[LLM 328.2]          We have been indolent in regard to our duty to Southern California. The many tourists who visit the cities in this conference should be given opportunity to hear the truth for this time. Let us do all in our power to enlighten the people in this large field. It is the privilege of every believer to let the light shine forth. We are drawing near to the close of this earth's history; we have not one hour to devote to needless matters. Our ministers in the Southern California Conference should now devote their best efforts to proclaiming the message of truth in all these large resorts. The Lord will impart His grace to all who will work in Christ's lines. And hope and faith will strengthen as the workers for God put their trust in Him.                                     (Signed) Ellen G. White.                                        -330-                                                    -    {LLM 328.2}
[LLM 330.1]     (585) Jan. 5, 1908.                B.-12-'08                                      Elmshaven, Sanitarium, Calif.                                      Jan. 5, 1908.     Dear Brother Burden:            I have received and read your letter. I have written a letter in response to the one which Elder Reaser wrote me, and sent the same to Elder Haskell to deliver. Today I sent Elder Haskell a telegram, telling him to hold the letter until later.  {LLM 330.1}
[LLM 330.2]          Brother Reaser's letter touched my heart, and I replied in the hope that he might be helped in just the right way. If this is possible, we shall accomplish much. If Elder Reaser will see himself as he is and acknowledge his mistakes, he can unite his strength with ours to save others from going over the same ground that he has traveled. Much will be gained if he learns to stand.                                       -331-     not in his own strength, but in the strength of God. I was so thankful for the acknowledgements that Brother Reaser made in his letter, that I could not refrain from weeping; for I knew that they would mean much to such a man as he. I know also that if he will turn his strength of purpose on the right side, he will be a power for good in the work of God. And the strength that he can give is needed.  {LLM 330.2}
[LLM 331.1]          I accepted his statements in sincerity, and wrote at once. Christ's lessons of forgiveness were in my mind. It was not I who had been hurt, but the precious cause of truth; for he in his self-confidence had taken a wonderfully bold stand. I thought that if the man was sincere, this acknowledgment and evidence in his life of the transforming grace of Christ, (586) was all that we need ask. I can not express to you the gladness I felt as I thought that Elder Reaser had indeed come to see matters in the same light with his brethren. I hope he has done so; it seemed to me that as I read his letter I could see the work in Southern Calif. standing on a better and surer foundation, strengthened by the unity of the workers and the churches. But if this is only supposition, and his has not been a true conversion, then my burden comes back to me with grievous force.  {LLM 331.1}
[LLM 331.2]          I send these lines to you and to Elder Haskell: Truth will triumph, and bear away the victory. I am so full of thanksgiving when one soul who has lost his bearings is recovered; I know not how to express my gratitude. If this soul can be saved, do all in your power to save him.  {LLM 331.2}
[LLM 331.3]          I was so sorry when I heard that Elder Reaser was undermining the confidence of the people in the testimonies God had been giving to His people for the past sixty years. I thought, He certainly could not have studied them and received them as from God, or he could not make them of no account in the minds of the people. Then when his letter came, acknowledging his belief in the messages, I was filled with joy. The Lord would not now be dishonored; Brother Reaser would not now be so taken up with his own ideas that he could turn away from the testimonies.  {LLM 331.3}
[LLM 331.4]          There are many, many who are not studying the testimonies as they should. Some read them casually, or make some reference to them, but they are not presented in the spirit of assurance of the Spirit of truth. Many of those who profess the truth for this time turn from the messages and accept their own opinions and ideas as verity and truth.  {LLM 331.4}
[LLM 331.5]          I have never in all my experience met a man who felt so fully competent to carry all lines of the work as Brother Reaser. (587) The Lord has shown me that he felt himself sufficient for this work, that he needed no others to advise or counsel him. How to reach him, how to open his eyes to see his true condition, seemed a very difficult thing. But this letter to me was of such a character that I could see that a change was taking place. If he continues to humble himself before God, Elder Reaser will become a little child to learn his lessons of the great Teacher, I have waited for this change to come, and I have felt sad indeed that it has been so long delayed. Let us see if our brother is not                                      -332-     changed; let us look for a spirit of humility and meekness in him. Unless he has this spirit he is not safe.  {LLM 331.5}
[LLM 332.1]          God help him, is my prayer.                                     Ellen G. White.                                                    -    {LLM 332.1}
[LLM 332.2]     (588)     Feb. 2, 1908            B.-58-'08                                     Sanitarium, Calif., Jan. 12, '08.     Elder J. A. Burden, Loma Linda, Calif.     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            I have just written a short letter to Elder Reaser. When a man exalts himself as Elder Reaser has done, he is in great peril. He is in danger of losing his soul; and the enemy will endeavor to take advantage of his influence and his capabilities, and use them to deceive others, and lead them into false paths.  {LLM 332.2}
[LLM 332.3]          But I have been shown that if Elder Reaser will humble his heart, and make a decided change in his attitude toward the work and toward his brethren, then we should come close to him to help him. It will not help him to treat him coldly. Let us not risk the chance of losing his soul, but let us help and strengthen him, and forgive as Christ forgives.  {LLM 332.3}
[LLM 332.4]          Brother Reaser needs help. If he sees the changes he should make, and casts away the false confidence he has had, putting his trust in the One who gave His life for man, he can have power to overcome.  {LLM 332.4}
[LLM 332.5]          Elder Reaser is seeking to keep the better world in view, and he wants us to trust him. How tenderly my heart went out toward him as I read his letters. I desire to help him over this hard place. I believe that if we can tenderly help him at this time, that he will respond to our efforts in his behalf. I feel that we should not make it known to the churches that we (589) feared he would have to resign his position. I would not take a step that would mar his life record. Let us try to help him to put his heart and soul and strength on the Lord's side, for the upbuilding of His church.  {LLM 332.5}
[LLM 332.6]          I would not willingly do anything that would show a spirit of coldness or lack of Christian forgiveness. I have told our brother where he has erred, and that the Lord was grieved with his course of action. We have many dangers to encounter in our Christian experience, but that which seems to me would be the most serious error just now would be to withdraw from one who needs our help while struggling to get on safe footing.  {LLM 332.6}
[LLM 332.7]          I have felt a deep yearning for the soul of Brother Reaser, and the mere thought that he may retain his position as president of the conference, and work in unison with his brethren, fills me with thankfulness. I shall rejoice greatly if he need not pass through the embarrassment of being separated from the work.                                      -333-  {LLM 332.7}
[LLM 333.1]         I have sought no counsel in this matter but the Lord's, and He has shown me that Brother Reaser, with the help and sympathy of his brethren, and working unitedly with them, can serve another year. Brethren Cottrell and Reaser should blend in their work, and give you the help you must have in your sanitarium work. This the Lord calls them to do.  {LLM 333.1}
[LLM 333.2]          Brother Reaser will have many difficulties to overcome; for he has misjudged the way in which the work of soul-winning should be done. He will need now, more than ever before, faithful, sympathizing friends,--those who will help him to do justice, to love mercy, and to walk humbly with God. He will be ennobled to do this if he will allow his heart to be worked by the Holy Spirit of God. And we are to watch, not only this soul, but other souls that may have been in the wrong way, and help them to place their feet (590) in the right way. With the help of his brethren, Brother Reaser may learn his lesson and find the path that Jesus traveled, and become a representative of Him.  {LLM 333.2}
[LLM 333.3]         Let Brother Reaser help you in every possible way, and seek to strengthen him in every right purpose. Tell him the Lord says, "Be not discouraged; for I am thy God." When I think of any other course being taken, I am filled with sorrow. Christ would have us united in Christian fellowship,--a tie more binding than the ties of human kinship. Let us take our stand on a higher platform. Christ has pledged Himself to work for us if we will take hold of Him by faith.  {LLM 333.3}
[LLM 333.4]          Jesus does not willingly give sorrow to a single soul. Let us learn of Him how to manifest a tender affection. His promises will never fail; in Him we have an unchanging friend. Let us now take hold to glorify, not self, but Christ; then the light of His presence will shine upon us, illuminating all the way.  {LLM 333.4}
[LLM 333.5]          I am very desirous, Brother Burden, that you should help Elder Reaser wherever you can. As he shall come into right relation to God, you will be encouraged to help him in many ways. If Brother Reaser will come into harmony with the work, he can be a help to you, and you to him. There are many who have received wrong impressions. There are many church members who need to feel the converting power of God upon mind and heart and character. There are many in Los Angeles who if they would move out of the city and find homes in more retired places, would have an experience of a higher character. There is a great work to be done for the city of Los Angeles.                               Ellen G. White.                                                    -    {LLM 333.5}
[LLM 333.6]     (591)     B.-46-'08         Sanitarium, Calif., Jan. 15, 1908.     Elders Burden and Reaser: Dear Brethren:            I have words to speak to you. The Lord has a great work to do for His cause in the earth, and He will do it through those workers who will unite with Him.                                      -334-  {LLM 333.6}
[LLM 334.1]          I plead with you, Elder Reaser, to take your stand wholly on the right side. We cannot change the presidency without feeling a deep regret. If you will take your position firmly to counterwork the influence you have exerted against the Testimonies of the Spirit of God, then the Lord can accept you. But while you remain in an unsettled condition, having more confidence in your own judgment than you have in the counsel of the Lord, you are doing a work to undermine the confidence of the people in the work of the Lord. I must say to you, Elder Reaser, that there is need for much searching of self, for you have much prejudice to overcome. One seed of unbelief sown in the heart, will change the atmosphere of the soul. There is a far-reaching work to be done in counterworking the work of unbelief that has been done. If you will place yourself under the control of the Spirit of God, the Lord will help you to do this. Angels of God are by the side of those who choose to be taught of the Lord and who seek His counsel. Our workers need to counsel often together, that they may know what spirit is controlling them.  {LLM 334.1}
[LLM 334.2]          The workers in the Southern California Conference need to be minute men. No one is to exalt his own judgment or entertain the thought that he can carry the work in his own way. My (592) brethren, when difficulties arise, do not leave the Lord out of your councils. Self-ruling will bring no strength to the church. A worker may magnify self to large proportions, but in doing so he will bring embarrassment to the work, and give an example to the church that God never designed it should have.  {LLM 334.2}
[LLM 334.3]          The work that was done in collecting money to lift the school debt in Southern Calif. was not a work of God's ordering. He gave our schools the precious book "Christ's Object Lessons" and He wants that book to be appreciated. The students have lost precious lessons because they have not taken up the work of pushing the sale of these books. There is a most valuable experience to be gained by those who will aid in doing this work for the benefit of our educational institutions. If teachers and students will act their part in this missionary enterprise, angels of God will open the way before them.  {LLM 334.3}
[LLM 334.4]          In this new year let new methods be recommended. Let parents encourage their children to act a part in the circulation of "Christ's Object Lessons." This will instruct the children in acts of self-denial. The work of selling "Christ's Object Lessons" is a work that Christ would have the children engage in and they themselves will be blessed in the work. Light, precious light, is contained in the book, which every family should follow.  {LLM 334.4}
[LLM 334.5]          "Ministry of Healing" is another book containing valuable instructions. It is also a gift to the work; its teachings will do good to those who receive them, as its title suggests. The sale of "Ministry of Healing" is one way in which the sanitarium is to receive help. Let us take a personal interest in this matter. These two books can be handled separately or together, as may be (593) deemed advisable. And those who read them will see in them precious light. Angels will be beside those who study them to impress minds and hearts.                                      -335-  {LLM 334.5}
[LLM 335.1]          The Loma Linda Sanitarium needs help. It was the Lord Who placed this institution in our possession, that we might carry forward His work through its instrumentality. It should have every convenience necessary to make it a blessing to the sick. In the efforts made to build up this work, Satan has tried in every way to discourage; but we must not be discouraged, but arouse to the task of carrying this work successfully. Los Angeles can help to meet the emergency by loaning means or making gifts to provide for the present necessities.  {LLM 335.1}
[LLM 335.2]          There is need of an elevator at the sanitarium; it is also necessary that some other improvements be made, and that, as far as possible, the indebtedness be decreased. Let all who possibly can, help in the circulation of "Ministry of Healing" that means may come in for the doing of the work. If at the beginning of this new year, we will take hold of this work, the blessing of the Lord will be upon us. The pushing of this enterprise is included in the missionary work to be done for this time. Let all plan to see what can be done.  {LLM 335.2}
[LLM 335.3]          We each need to arouse and be a benefit to the world in which we live. We are to act a part in the saving of souls. The spirit we reveal in words and character will live again in those for whom we labor as their ideal of what a Christian believer should be. When the will and desires are held subservient to the will and plans of the Lord, the soul will be as the garden of God, filled with all manner of pleasant flowers and fruits.  {LLM 335.3}
[LLM 335.4]          The first chapter of 2 Peter contains valuable instruction for every worker. Read this chapter, and understand it for your individual selves. It is your privilege to secure the everlasting life insurance policy there brought to view.                                                    -    {LLM 335.4}
[LLM 335.5]    (594)     Jan. 19, 1906.           B.-34-'06.                                      Sanitarium, California                                      Jan. 19, 1906. Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            . . . (note and deletion by copyist, erp, March 19, 1960. Letter deleted here covering original pages 594, through 600 may be found on pages 96, 97, 98, 99 of this edition, 1960, of Loma Linda Messages, paged in original as 266 through 273.)                                                    -    {LLM 335.5}
[LLM 335.6]          (594 through 600) Repetition of pages 266 through 273 found on pages 96-99, this edition (1960).                                                    -       (601) Not for Publication.     (Note) This compilation has been made with the thought that it would serve as material from which our ministers and physicians could use extracts when making up some lessons regarding                                      -336-     the medical missionary work, for presentation at our camp-meetings and among the churches.                                                    -    {LLM 335.6}
[LLM 336.1]     A Collection of Extracts from the Testimonies on the Medical Missionary Work.     1. Our Work--To Preach the Everlasting Gospel. Matthew 28:19, 20. Revelation 14:6-11.            The commission given to the disciples is given also to us. Today, as then, a crucified and risen Saviour is to be uplifted before those who are without God and without hope in the world. The Lord calls for pastors, teachers, and evangelists,--  {LLM 336.1}
[LLM 336.2]         The words, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature," are spoken to each one of Christ's followers. All who are ordained into the life of Christ are ordained to work for the salvation of their fellow men. The same longing of soul that He felt for the saving of the lost is to be manifest in them. Not all can fill the same place, but for all there is a place and a work. All upon whom God's blessing have been bestowed are to respond by actual service; every gift is to be employed for the advancement of His kingdom. - "Testimonies for the Church," Vol. VIII, pp. 15, 16.  {LLM 336.2}
[LLM 336.3]          It is essential that men be raised up to open the living oracles of God to all nations, tongues, and peoples. Men of all ranks and capacities, with various gifts, are to stand in their God-given armor, to cooperate harmoniously for a common result. (602) They are to unite in the work of bringing the truth to all nations and people, each worker fulfilling his own special appointment, --"General Conference Bulletin," 1899, p. 128.  {LLM 336.3}
[LLM 336.4]          The truth for this time, the third angel's message, is to be proclaimed with a loud voice, (meaning with increasing power), as we approach the great final test. This test must come to the churches in connection with the true medical missionary work, a work that has the great Physician to dictate and preside in all its comprehends. . . The present truth for this time comprises the messages, the third angel's message succeeding the first and second. The presentation of this message, with all it embraces, is our work. . . The third angel's message, in its clear, definite terms, is to be made the prominent warning; all that it comprehends is to be made intelligible to the reasoning minds of today. Unpublished MS. . . (H. 121-1900).     2. To Every Man His Work. Ephesians 4:11-13.  {LLM 336.4}
[LLM 336.5]          The Lord has need of all kinds of skillful workmen. "He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists, and some pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ; till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ.                                      -337-  {LLM 336.5}
[LLM 337.1]          Every child of God should have sanctified judgment to consider the cause as a whole and the relation of each part to every other part, that none may lack. The field is large, and there is a great work of reform to be carried forward, not in one or two lines, but in every line. The medical missionary work is a part of this work of reform, but it should never become the (603) means of separating the workers in the ministry from their field of labor. The education of students in medical missionary lines is not complete unless they are trained to work in connection with the church and the ministry, and the usefulness of those who are preparing for the ministry would be greatly increased if they would become intelligent on the great and important subject of health. The influence of the Holy Spirit is needed that the work may be properly balanced, and that it may move forward solidly in every line. "Test for the Church," Vol. VI, pp. 291. (Note: See chapter on Testimonies, Vol. VI, entitled, "The Medical Missionary Work and the Third Angel's Message.")  {LLM 337.1}
[LLM 337.2]          Let those who are laboring in the ministry or in the medical missionary work wear the yoke of Christ, walking in humility of mind before God, and using their varied gifts to bless humanity. Then God will use them as His helping hand. All are to be united in one Body under Christ. All parts of the work are to be controlled and guided by the wisdom which God gives. There is to be harmony in every action. There is to be no jealousy of Paul or Apollos or Cephas. All are to draw in even cords, without a sign of friction.--Unpub. MS). (B-107'01) (Note: See "Testimonies," Vol. VIII, p. 170.)  {LLM 337.2}
[LLM 337.3]     3 Medical Missionary Work a Part of the Gospel. Mark 16:17, 18.            The rich and wonderful provisions of the gospel embrace the medical missionary work. This work is to be to the third angel's message as the right arm is to the body. Some have endeavored to make it the head, but this is not right.  {LLM 337.3}
[LLM 337.4]          The Lord reproves those who do not watch unto prayer, those who forget that they are wholly dependent upon Him and amenable to Him. He reproves those who misrepresent the great Medical Missionary, those who do not keep the way of the Lord, (604) doing their utmost to prepare a people to become members of the family of the redeemed. He is dishonored by those whose course leads away from Christ and the truth for this time. The Lord desires that our medical workers shall proclaim the last warning message of the gospel. When they leave out the principles of present truth, skepticism runs through their work, and God can not endorse it.  {LLM 337.4}
[LLM 337.5]          The principles of present truth are to be studied and practiced by our people, that the line of demarcation between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not may be kept unmistakably distinct. A close examination of God's word will reveal the riches of the grace of Christ, which are to be received by God's people, and by them imparted to those in need.--Unpub. MS. (B. 256 '03).                                     -338-  {LLM 337.5}
[LLM 338.1]         Christ, the great Medical Missionary, is our example. Of Him it is written, that "He went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and diseases among the people." He healed the sick, and preached the gospel. In His service, healing and teaching were linked closely together. Today they are not to be separated.  {LLM 338.1}
[LLM 338.2]          We are to teach others how to obtain eternal life. And we should ever remember that the efficiency of the medical missionary work is in pointing sin-sick men and women to Jesus. We are to call upon them to "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the World." Unpub. MS. (MS. 97'03)  {LLM 338.2}
[LLM 338.3]          Christ understood the work that needed to be done for suffering humanity. As He was sending out the twelve disciples on their first missionary tour, He said to them, "As ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give." The fulfillment of this commission by the disciples made their message the power of God unto salvation.  {LLM 338.3}
[LLM 338.4]          (605) It is the divine plan that we shall work as the disciples worked. Connected with the divine healer, we may do great good in the world. The gospel is the only antidote for sin. As Christ's witnesses we are to bear testimony to its power. We are to bring the afflicted ones to the Saviour. His transforming grace and miracle-working power will win many souls to the truth. His healing power, united with the gospel message, will bring us success in emergencies. The Holy Spirit will work upon hearts, and we shall see the salvation of God.  {LLM 338.4}
[LLM 338.5]          In a special sense the healing of the sick is our work. But in order to do this work we must have faith,--that faith which works by love and purifies the soul.--Unpub. MS. (B. 134-'03).  {LLM 338.5}
[LLM 338.6]          In ministry to the sick, we have before us the work that Christ would have us do in behalf of our fellow men in every place where we can teach and practice the true principles of healing for both soul and body. Our time for work is short, and we must be more in earnest. There is a great work to be done, and we need means with which to do this work. Said Christ, "If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." Shall we not follow Him in self-denial and sacrifice, laboring with all our power to prepare men and women, physically and spiritually, for the coming of Christ? For the Son of man is coming in His glory, with all the holy angels, and then will He fulfill the promise made to His disciples: "And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself, that where I am, there ye may be also." --Unpub. MS. dated August 3, 1905. (MS- 144-'05)  {LLM 338.6}
[LLM 338.7]     4. Medical Missionary Work to Prepare the Way for Gospel Workers.            Our Saviour never used His power to make His own life less taxing. He went about doing good, healing the sick and preaching                                    -339-     the gospel. In our work today the ministry of the Word (606) and medical missionary work are to be combined.  {LLM 338.7}
[LLM 339.1]          Luke is called the "Beloved Physician." Paul heard of his skill as a physician, and he sought him out as one to whom the Lord had entrusted a special work. He secured his cooperation in his work. After a time he left him at Philippi. Here Luke continued to labor for several years, doing double service as a physician and a gospel minister. He was indeed a medical missionary. He did his part, and then besought the Lord, to let His healing power rest upon the afflicted ones. His medical skill opened many doors for Him, giving him opportunity to preach the gospel among the heathen.--Unpub. MS. (B. 134-'03).  {LLM 339.1}
[LLM 339.2]          Our sanitariums are established to break down the prejudice which exists in the world against the truth for this time. How important, then, that those connected with such an institution be free from reproach in any lines.--Unpub. MS. (B. 69"01).  {LLM 339.2}
[LLM 339.3]          The purest example of unselfishness is now to be shown by our medical missionary workers. With the knowledge and experience gained by practical work, they are to go out to give treatment to the sick. As they go from house to house, they will find access to many hearts. Many will be reached who otherwise would never have heard the gospel message. -- Unpub. MS. (MS- 125-'03)  {LLM 339.3}
[LLM 339.4]     5. Union of Medical Missionary and Gospel Work            Both home and foreign missions should be conducted in connection with the ministry of the Word. The medical missionary work is not to be carried forward as something apart from the work of the gospel ministry. The Lord's people are to be one. There is to be no separation in His work. Time and means are being absorbed in a work which is carried forward too earnestly in one direction. The Lord has not appointed this. He sent out His (607) twelve apostles and afterward the seventy to preach the Word to the people, and He gave them power to heal the sick and to cast out devils in His name. The two lines of work must not be separated. Satan will invent every possible scheme to separate those whom God is seeking to make one. We must not be misled by his devices. The medical missionary work is to be connected with the work of the third angel's message, as the hand is connected with the body; and the education of students in medical missionary lines is not complete unless they are trained to work in connection with the church and the ministry. . .  {LLM 339.4}
[LLM 339.5]          The medical missionary work is not to take men from the ministry, but to place them in the field. Wherever camp-meetings are held young men who have received an education in medical missionary lines should feel it their duty to act a part. They should be encouraged to speak, not only on these special lines, but also upon the points of present truth, giving the reasons why we are Seventh-day Adventists. These young men, given an opportunity to work with older ministers, will receive much help and blessing. -- "Gen. Conf. Bulletin." 1899, p. 129.                                     -340-  {LLM 339.5}
[LLM 340.1]          To our physicians and ministers I send the message, "Lay hold of the Lord's work as if you believed the truth for this time. Medical missionary workers and workers in the gospel ministry are to be bound together by indissoluble ties. Their work is to be done with freshness and power. Throughout our churches there is to be a reconversion, and a reconsecration to service. Shall we not, in our work in the future, and in the gatherings that we hold, be of one accord? "Test. for the Church." Vol. VIII, p. 46.  {LLM 340.1}
[LLM 340.2]          Let us now consecrate ourselves to the proclamation of the message, "Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God." "Review," Nov. 26, 1903.  {LLM 340.2}
[LLM 340.3]          The nurses in our sanitariums are to be fitted up to go out as medical missionary evangelists, uniting the ministry of the (608) Word with their ministry of physical healing. -- Unpub. MS. (MS. 71-'03)  {LLM 340.3}
[LLM 340.4]          No line is to be drawn between the genuine medical missionary work and the gospel ministry. These two must blend. They are not to stand apart as separate lines of work. They are to be joined in an inseparable union, even as the hand is joined to the body. Those in our institutions are to give evidence that they understand their part in the genuine gospel medical missionary work. A solemn dignity is to characterize genuine missionaries.--Unpub. MS. (B. 102'00)  {LLM 340.4}
[LLM 340.5]          Many are asking me how I regard the ministry of the gospel with reference to medical missionary work. These two lines of work should blend. They should both help to compose the body. The genuine medical missionary work should not be exalted above the gospel ministry. Some are in danger of regarding the medical missionary work as the body when it is only the arm and the hand.--Unpub. MS. (MS. 125-'03)  {LLM 340.5}
[LLM 340.6]          To those who go out to do medical missionary work, I would say serve the Lord Jesus Christ with sanctified understanding, in connection with the ministers of the gospel and the great Teacher. He who has given you your commission will give you skill and understanding as you consecrate yourselves to His service, engaging diligently in labor and study, doing your best to bring relief to the sick and suffering.  {LLM 340.6}
[LLM 340.7]          To those who are tired of a life of sinfulness, but who know not where to turn to obtain relief, present the compassionate Saviour, full of love and tenderness, longing to receive those who come to Him with broken hearts and contrite spirits. Take them by the hand, lift them up, speak to them words of hope and courage. Help them to grasp the hand of Him who has said, "Let him take hold of My strength, that He may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me." "Review," Nov. 19. 1903. (MS-125-'03)  {LLM 340.7}
[LLM 340.8]          (609) In the gospel medical missionary work there are noble men who bear aloft the banner upon which is inscribed, "The commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus." . . .                                      -341  {LLM 340.8}
[LLM 341.1]          Young men who have a practical knowledge of how to treat the sick, are now to be sent out to do gospel medical missionary work, in connection with more experienced gospel workers. If these young men will give themselves to the study of the Word, they will become successful evangelists. The ministers with whom these young men labor are to give them the same opportunity to learn that which Elijah gave Elisha. They are to show them how to teach the truth to others. Where it is possible, these young men should visit the hospitals, and in some cases they may connect with them for a while, laboring disinterestedly.-- "Review," Nov. 19, 1903.  {LLM 341.1}
[LLM 341.2]          Many will go out to labor for the Master who have not been able to take a regular course of study in school. God will help these workers. They will obtain knowledge from the higher school, and will be fitted to take their position in the rank and file of workers as nurses. The great Medical Missionary sees every effort that is made to find access to souls by presenting the principles of health reform.--"Review," Nov. 19, 1903. See also, "Testimonies for the Church," Vol. VIII, p. 168.  {LLM 341.2}
[LLM 341.3]    6. High Calling of Medical Missionaries            Christ came to this world as the great Medical Missionary. When His example is followed, medical missionary work will be carried forward on a much higher plane than it is at the present time. God calls for a reconversion among gospel teachers, and especially among physicians and other medical missionary workers, that Christ may not be misrepresented and put to shame. The cleansing must (610) begin in the heart and mind, and flow in the actions. The characters of our medical missionary workers need to be refined and ennobled. This result can be brought about only as these are made partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.-- Unpub. MS. (MS. 78'03)  {LLM 341.3}
[LLM 341.4]          Should we not see in the world today medical missionaries who in all the features of their work are worthy of the name they bear? who aspire to the doing of deeds worthy of valiant soldiers of Christ? We are living near the close of the great conflict, when many souls are to be rescued from the slavery of sin. We are living in a time when to Christ's followers the promise especially belongs, "Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world." He who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, He who has called us out of darkness into His marvelous light, bids us let our light shine brightly before men, that they may see our good works, and glorify our Father who is in heaven. In such rich measures has light been given to God's people that Christ is justified in telling them that they are to be the light of the world.--Unpub. MS. (MS. 134'03)  {LLM 341.4}
[LLM 341.5]          True sympathy between man and his fellow man is to be the sign distinguishing those who love and fear God from those who are unmindful of His law. How great the sympathy that Christ expressed in coming to this world to give His life a sacrifice for a dying world. His religion led to the doing of genuine                                    -342-     medical missionary work. He was a healing power; "I will have mercy and not sacrifice," He said. This is the test that the great Author of truth used to distinguish between true religion and false.  {LLM 341.5}
[LLM 342.1]          God wants His medical missionaries to act with the tenderness and compassion that Christ would show were He in our world. Is it not time that we understood that not a sparrow falls to the ground without the notice of our heavenly Father?--Unpub. MS. (MS. 117'03)  {LLM 342.1}
[LLM 342.2]     (611)   7. Every Church Member to Engage in Medical Missionary              Work            We have come to a time when every member of the church should take hold of medical missionary work. The world is a lazar-house filled with victims of both physical and spiritual disease. Everywhere people are perishing for lack of a knowledge of the truths that have been committed to us. The members of the church are in need of an awakening, that they may realize their responsibility to impart these truths. Those who have been enlightened by the truth are to be lightbearers to the world. To hide our light at this time is to make a terrible mistake. The message to God's people today is, "Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee." "Test. for the Church." Vol. VII, p. 62. (Read further.)  {LLM 342.2}
[LLM 342.3]         The medical missionary work should be a part of the work of every church in our land. Disconnected from the church, it would soon become a strange medley of disorganized atoms.--Test. for the Church, Vol. VI. 289.  {LLM 342.3}
[LLM 342.4]         Much good can be done by those who do not hold diplomas as fully accredited physicians. Some are to be prepared to work as competent physicians. Many, working under the direction of such ones, can do acceptable work without spending so long a time in study as it has been thought necessary to spend in the past.--Unpub. Test. (MS. 125'03)  {LLM 342.4}
[LLM 342.5]          Workers--gospel medical missionaries--are needed now. We cannot afford to spend years in preparation. Soon doors now open to the truth will be forever closed. Carry the message now. Do not wait, allowing the enemy to take possession of fields now open before you. Let little companies go forth to do work to which Christ appointed His disciples. Let them labor as evangelists, scattering our publications, talking of the truth to those they meet, praying for the sick, and, if need be, treating them, not with drugs, but with nature's remedies. Let the workers remember always that they are dependent on God.  {LLM 342.5}
[LLM 342.6]     (612)  8. The Training of Physicians and Nurses.            Great care should be exercised in the training of young people for the medical missionary work; for the mind is molded by that which it receives and retains. Too much incomplete work has been done in the education given. The most useful education is that gained by study in connection with practical work.                                     -343-  {LLM 342.6}
[LLM 343.1]          Our institutions are not to be so overgrown that the most important points in education do not receive the proper consideration. Instruction should be given in medical missionary work. The teachings given in medical lines should be blended with a study of the Bible. And physical training should not be neglected.  {LLM 343.1}
[LLM 343.2]          Great care should be exercised in regard to the influences that prevail in the institution. The influences under which the nurses are placed will mold their character for eternity. -- Unpub. MS. (MS. 115'03).  {LLM 343.2}
[LLM 343.3]          In every sanitarium established, preparation must be made to train young men and young women to be medical missionaries. The Lord will open the way before them as they go forth to work for Him. -- Unpub. MS. (B.128'03).  {LLM 343.3}
[LLM 343.4]          We must provide educational advantages in the different conferences. All our medical workers must not receive the stamp of one man's mind. In different places, there should be sanitariums of a high order, where our young people can receive a thorough training. We are not to countenance the carrying on of sanitariums of an inferior order, in which incompetent instructors will do slipped work and call it educational work. The instructors in our medical missionary training-schools must be picked men and women of ability.  {LLM 343.4}
[LLM 343.5]          (To the question, "Should such an educational center be established in every one of our Union Conferences?" Sister White gave the following reply): In one sense yes. A beginning should (613) be made in every Conference, and these schools can gradually attain to perfection. In every Conference educational advantages should be provided for young people." -- Unpub. MS. (MS. 169'02).  {LLM 343.5}
[LLM 343.6]         All our denominational colleges and training-schools should make provision to give their students the education essential for evangelists and for Christian business men. The youth and those more advanced in years who fell it their duty to fit themselves for work requiring the passing of certain legal tests should be able to secure at our Union Conference training-schools all that is essential, without having to go to Battle Creek for their preparatory education. . .  {LLM 343.6}
[LLM 343.7]          If there are legal requirements making it necessary that medical students shall take certain preparatory course of study, let our colleges teach the required additional studies in a manner consistent with Christian education. . . They should arrange to carry their students to the point of literary and scientific training that is necessary. Many of these requirements have been made because so much of the preparatory work done in ordinary schools is superficial. Let all our work be thorough, faithful, and true.  {LLM 343.7}
[LLM 343.8]          In our training-schools, the Bible is to be made the basis of all education. And in the required studies, it is not necessary                                -344-     for our teachers to bring in the objectionable books that the Lord has instructed us not to use in our schools. From light that the Lord has given me, I know that our training-schools in various parts of the field should be placed in the most favorable position possible for qualifying our youth to meet the tests specified by State Laws regarding medical students. To this end the very best teaching talent should be secured that our schools may be brought up to the required standard. . .  {LLM 343.8}
[LLM 344.1]          Let me repeat: It is not necessary for so many of our youth to study medicine. But for those who should take medical studies our Union Conference training-schools should make ample (614) provision in facilities for preparatory education. --"Review," Oct. 15, 1903.  {LLM 344.1}
[LLM 344.2]          A great work is to be done in a short time, and God forbids that we should encourage so many of our youth to bind themselves up for three, or four, or six years training, before engaging in active work. Men and women should gain an education by working along practical lines in different places, in accordance with the light that God has given, and under the instruction of experienced leaders. -- Unpub. MS. (J. 178-1903).  {LLM 344.2}
[LLM 344.3]          Let not our young men be deterred from entering the ministry. There is danger that through glowing representations some will be drawn out of the path where God bids them walk. Some have been encouraged to take a course of study in medical lines, who ought to be preparing themselves to enter the ministry. The Lord calls for more men to labor in His vineyard.--"Gen. Conf. Bulletin," 1899, p. 129.  {LLM 344.3}
[LLM 344.4]          We have a work to do in securing the best talent, and in placing these workers in positions where they can educate other workers. Then when our sanitariums call for physicians, we shall have young men who, through their experience gained by practical work, have become fitted to bear responsibilities. We have failed, decidedly failed, in allowing so much to be done in one place. Everything is not to be brought under the control of one institution. -- Unpub. MS. (D. 190'03).  {LLM 344.4}
[LLM 344.5]          All who desire to enter the medical missionary work, and who are worthy should be given an opportunity to learn. Giving the common treatments to the sick will accomplish much, and will give opportunity to those who administer these hygienic treatments to labor with earnestness for the spiritual recovery of their patients. Let the hearts of all who are working along these lines be softened and subdued. Let the workers learn to consult the great Physician in prayer much more than they have done. Pray, watch, wait, believe. - Unpub. MS (D. 190'03).  {LLM 344.5}
[LLM 344.6]          (615) In training workers to care for the sick, let the minds of the students be impressed with the thought that their highest aim, should always be to look after the spiritual welfare of their patients. To this end they should learn to repeat the promises of God's word, and to offer fervent prayers daily, while preparing for service. Let them realize that they                                     -345-     are always to keep the sweetening, sanctifying influence of the great Medical Missionary before their patients. If those who are suffering can be impressed with the fact that Christ is their sympathizing, compassionate Saviour, they will have rest of mind, which is so essential to the recovery of health.-- Unpub. MS. (D.190'03.)  {LLM 344.6}
[LLM 345.1]         In new places where schools are being set in operation, arrange to have a treatment-room or rooms connected with the school. Let this place be outside the main school building, so that the sick will be where it is quiet. Let those who are qualifying to teach, give lessons on treating the sick. Soon much permanent fruit will be gathered, in physical improvement and in spiritual advancement, which, combined will be of great advantage.--Unpub. MS. (D. 190'03).  {LLM 345.1}
[LLM 345.2]          Over the medical missionary department, as well as over every other department of the school, there should be a head instructor to teach those under him. The beginning may be small. There may be only a few patients, but as the head instructor gives treatment to those, quite a number of students can look on to see how he does this work, and they can help him in many ways. Thus they will learn to do this kind of work themselves. --Unpub. MS (D.190'03).  {LLM 345.2}
[LLM 345.3]          We must certainly arouse from our passive position along these lines. Much may be learned by visiting the hospitals. In these hospitals not a few of our young people should be learning to be successful medical missionaries in caring for the sick intelligently. Observation, and the practice of that which has been (616) learned, will result in consecrated youth becoming active, efficient medical missionary workers. But the surgical work must be done by faithful, skillful physicians. --Unpub. MS. (D. 190'03).  {LLM 345.3}
[LLM 345.4]          Those who expect to become medical missionary workers must be thoroughly educated in Bible lines. They should have the very best spiritual advantages, in order that they may be fitted to teach and train others. -- Unpub. MS. (J. 178'03). See also, "Testimonies for the Church," Vol. III, pp. 163,166.                                                    -                                       -347-  {LLM 345.4}
[LLM 347.1]    (619) Feb. 11, 1908.                         B.72-'08.                                   Sanitarium, Cal., Feb. 6, 1908. Elders Reaser and Burden, 257 So. Hill St., Los Angeles, Calif.     Dear Brethren:        I was very glad to receive your letter telling of your experience in Los Angeles. Bless the Lord, O my soul, and praise His holy name. This is a good work, and one which the Lord would have go forward in every conference. I am more thankful than I can express that Elder Reaser is coming out of the perilous darkness into the light.  {LLM 347.1}
[LLM 347.2]          There is a special work to be done in clearing away the malarial atmosphere that has been coming into our churches. There is only one way in which this work can be accomplished, and that is by leading the believers fully into the light. Let special meetings be held in the churches that shall be seasons of humbling the heart before God, and of confession and cleansing of the soul. I pray that the believers in Southern California may improve this opportunity, and open the door of the heart to the Holy Spirit, that He may work through them without let or hindrance. If they will draw nigh to God, He will draw nigh to them.  {LLM 347.2}
[LLM 347.3]          I am so thankful that this work has begun. Let it not cease until the whole conference shall feel the converting power of God. The Lord is waiting to be gracious to all who will take up the work of clearing the King's highway. It is a work which (620) should have been done in Oakland, but which a man ruling power has prevented from being accomplished.  {LLM 347.3}
[LLM 347.4]          I pray, Brother Reaser, that you may find an open door, that this may be made a pentecostal season in the churches. Encourage one another to put from the soul everything that would hinder the exercise of the grace of Christ. This precious privilege is now being presented that all may receive the assurance of the grace and love of Christ. The Lord will be the hope and strength of His commandment keeping people. Look for that grace that the Lord has in abundance for all who trust in him. Believe, and receive the special assurances of His grace. The blessing of God is more precious than silver and gold.  {LLM 347.4}
[LLM 347.5]         It was the unbelief of Israel, revealed in their repeated murmurings, that led Moses to plead with God, "Show my thy glory." And in response the Lord set his servant in the cleft of a rock, and caused all His glory to pass before Him.  {LLM 347.5}
[LLM 347.6]          "And Moses took the tabernacle, and pitched it without the camp, afar off from the camp, and called it the Tabernacle of the congregation. And it came to pass, that every one that sought the Lord went out into the tabernacle of the congregation, which was without the camp. And it came to pass, when Moses went out into the tabernacle, that every man rose up, and stood at his tent door, and looked after Moses, until he was gone                                     -348-     into the tabernacle, the cloudy pillar descended, and stood at the door of the tabernacle, and the Lord talked with Moses. And all the people saw the cloudy pillar stand at the tabernacle door; and all the people rose up and worshiped, every man in his tent door. And the Lord spake unto Moses face to face, as a man speaketh unto his friend. And he turned again unto the camp: but his servant Joshua, the son of Nun, a young man, departed not out of the tabernacle.  {LLM 347.6}
[LLM 348.1]          (621) "And Moses said unto the Lord, See, thou sayest unto me, Bring up this people, and thou hast not let me know whom Thou wilt send with me. Yet thou hast said, I know thee by name, and thou hast also found grace in My sight. Now therefore, I pray Thee, If I have found grace in They sight, show my now Thy way, that I may know Thee, that I may find grace in Thy sight; and consider that this nation is Thy people. And He said, "My presence shall go with thee, and I will give thee rest. And he said unto Him, If Thy presence go not with me, carry me not up hence. For wherein shall it be known here that I and thy people have found grace in Thy sight? Is it not in that Thou goest with us? so shall we be separated, I and Thy people, from all the people that are upon the face of the earth.  {LLM 348.1}
[LLM 348.2]          "And the Lord said unto Moses, I will do this thing also that thou hast spoken: for thou hast found grace in My sight and I know thee by name. And he said, I beseech Thee, shew my thy glory. And He said, I will make all My goodness pass before thee, and I will proclaim the name of the Lord before thee, and will be gracious to whom I will be gracious, and will show mercy to whom I will show mercy. And he said, Thou canst not see My face; for there shall no man see My face and live. And the Lord said, Behold, there is a place by Me, and thou shalt stand upon a rock; and it shall come to pass while My glory passeth by, that I will put thee in a cleft of a rock and will cover thee with my hand while I pass by."  {LLM 348.2}
[LLM 348.3]          There is need for professing Christians to act like Christians if they would maintain their connection with God. I ask you to study also the thirty-fourth chapter of Exodus.  {LLM 348.3}
[LLM 348.4]          (Note by copyist, erp, 1960: The text of Exodus 34:1-14, included on photoprint copy of original, I have deleted here, as follows:)            ". . . . .(622). . . . .           Ellen G. White.                                                    -                                       -353-                                                    -    {LLM 348.4}
[LLM 353.1]     (634) B.-82-'08.                      Sanitarium, Calif., Feb. 20, 1908     To the Physicians and Manager at Loma Linda, Calif.     Dear Brethren:        My rest has been broken during the past night. I find myself considering the best course to be pursued toward our sanitariums and schools.  {LLM 353.1}
[LLM 353.2]          I have no clear light in regard to where Elder Owen should labor. There are so many places where educational talent is needed, that I would not dare to specify his duty unless God should give me special light concerning it.  {LLM 353.2}
[LLM 353.3]          We feel encouraged to believe that Elder Reaser has placed himself in right relation to the work, determined to labor harmoniously with his brethren. There are in Southern Calif. a                                     -354-     goodly number of men of experience. But more, you have assurance from the highest Authority: "If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him." "Blessed is the man that trusteth in the Lord, and whose hope the Lord is; for he shall be like a tree planted by the waters, that spreadeth out her roots by the river; and shall not see when heat cometh; but her leaf shall be green, and shall not be careful in the year of drought, neither shall cease from yielding fruit." The whole of the seventeenth chapter of Jeremiah, which records, this precious promise, is worthy of your special study. . .  {LLM 353.3}
[LLM 354.1]         I dare not advise you in such large plans as you propose; you need to make the Lord your wisdom in these matters. (635) I do not feel that you should plan for such large outlay of means without you have some certainty that you can meet your obligations. I would caution you against gathering a large load of indebtedness. There is the food factory to be completed and set in operation. I call your attention to this enterprise that you may not lay more plans than you can well carry out.  {LLM 354.1}
[LLM 354.2]          You are men of varied talents, and you are right on the ground. The Lord will be your instructor in all matters if you will seek His counsel in faith. Study every step, and pray that the Lord may lead you. If He gives you light in this matter, then you can move with assurance. Now is the time for you to ask of the Lord wisdom, and to submit your plans to Him. It is an excellent opportunity for you to receive an individual experience. Plan wisely; move guardedly; and the Lord will certainly be your helper.  {LLM 354.2}
[LLM 354.3]          I feel the deepest interest in the work at Loma Linda. The plans you suggest seem to be essential; but you need to assure yourselves that they can be safely carried. You should not make hasty moves that will involve heavy indebtedness.  {LLM 354.3}
[LLM 354.4]          The work which you propose will require wise business men and efficient physicians. If you had the talent and means to carry such responsibilities, we would be glad to see your plans carry. But the sanitarium must be your first consideration. May the Lord give you wisdom and grace to bear these responsibilities as He would have you. This institution must have all the talent that is needed to make it a success.  {LLM 354.4}
[LLM 354.5]          Clear light has been given that our educational institution should be connected with our sanitariums wherever this is possible. The work of the two institutions is to blend. I am thankful that we have a school at Loma Linda. The educational (636) talent of competent physicians is a necessity to the school where medical missionary evangelists are to be trained for service. The students in the school are to be taught to be strict health reformers. The instructions given in regard to disease and its causes, and how to prevent disease, and the training given in the treatment of the sick, will prove an invaluable education, and one that the students in all our schools should have.                                     -355-  {LLM 354.5}
[LLM 355.1]          The blending of our schools and sanitariums will prove an advantage in many ways. Through the instruction given by the sanitarium, students will learn how to avoid forming careless, intemperate habits in eating. Let the instruction be given in simple words. We have no need to use the many expressions used by worldly physicians which are so difficult to understand that they must be interpreted by the physicians. These long names are often used to conceal the character of the drugs being used to combat disease. We do not need these.  {LLM 355.1}
[LLM 355.2]         Nature's simple remedies will aid in recovery without leaving the deadly aftereffects so often felt by those who use poisonous drugs. They destroy the power of the patient to help himself. This power the patients are to be taught to exercise by learning to eat simple healthful foods, by refusing to overload the stomach with a variety of foods at one meal. All these things should come into the education of the sick. Talks should be given showing how to preserve health, how to shun sickness, how to rest when rest is needed.  {LLM 355.2}
[LLM 355.3]          There are many inventions which cost large sums of money which it is just as well should not come into our work. They are not what our students need. Let the education given be simple in its nature. In giving us His Son, the Father gave the most costly gift that heaven could bestow. This gift it is our (637) privilege to use in our ministration to the sick. Let Christ be your dependence. Commit every case to the great Healer; let Him guide in every operation. The prayer offered in sincerity and in faith will be heard. This will give confidence to the physicians and courage to the sufferer.  {LLM 355.3}
[LLM 355.4]          I have been instructed that we should lead the sick in our institutions to expect large things because of the faith of the physician in the great Healer, who, in the years of His earthly ministry, went through the towns and villages of the land and healed all who came to Him. None were turned away; He healed them all. Let the sick realize that, although unseen, Christ is present to bring relief and healing.  {LLM 355.4}
[LLM 355.5]          After His resurrection, Christ met with His disciples, and for forty days instructed them concerning their future work. On the day of His ascension, He met with the disciples in a mountain in Galilee, where He had appointed them. And He said to them, "All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth; go ye therefore, and teach all nations; baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." It is the privilege of every physician and every sufferer to believe this promise; it is life to all who believe.                                       (Signed) Ellen G. White.                                                    -                                       -356-  {LLM 355.5}
[LLM 356.1]     (638)     Feb  23, 1908-6-              MS. 5,-'08.                          The Medical Missionary Work            In all our sanitariums the work done should be of such a character as to win souls to Jesus Christ. We have a wide missionary field in our health institutions; for here people of all countries come to regain their health. The best helpers to have connected with our sanitariums are those men who desire to make the Bible their guide, those who will put forth their mental and moral powers to advance the work in correct ways.  {LLM 356.1}
[LLM 356.2]         Let the workers in the sanitariums remember that the object of the establishment of these institutions is not alone the relief of suffering and the healing of diseases, but also the salvation of souls. Let the spiritual atmosphere of these institutions be such that men and women who are brought to the sanitariums to receive treatment for their bodily ills, shall learn the lessons that their diseased souls need healing.  {LLM 356.2}
[LLM 356.3]          To preach the gospel means much more than many realize. It is a broad, far-reaching work. Our sanitariums have been presented to me as most efficient mediums for the promotion of the gospel message. Simple, earnest talks may be given in the parlors, pointing the sufferers to their only hope for the salvation of the (639) soul. These religious meetings should be short and right to the point, and they will prove a blessing to the hearers. The word of Him who founded the world in six days, and on the seventh "rested and was refreshed," should be effectively brought before the mind. God has so clearly specified His claims upon the seventh day, that no soul need be in darkness. Jehovah regarded of such importance the knowledge of His law, of which the Sabbath commandment is a part, that He came down from heaven and on Mt. Sinai He proclaimed the ten commandments. God regards His law as a sacred thing, which it is the life of His people to obey.  {LLM 356.3}
[LLM 356.4]          Publications containing the precious truths of the gospel should be in the rooms of the patients, or where they can have easy access to them. There should be a library in every sanitarium, and it should be supplied with books containing the light of the gospel. Judicious plans should be laid that the patients may have constant access to reading matter that contains the light of present truth.  {LLM 356.4}
[LLM 356.5]          The work of the true medical missionary is largely a spiritual work. It includes prayer and laying on of hands; he therefore should be as sacredly set apart for his work as is the minister of the gospel. Those who are selected to act the part of missionary physicians, are to be set apart as such. This will strengthen them against the temptations to withdraw from the sanitarium work to engage in private practice. No selfish motive should be allowed to draw the worker from his post of duty. We are living in a time of solemn responsibility; a time when consecrated work is to be done. Let us seek the Lord                                    -357-     diligently and understandingly. If we will let the Lord work upon human hearts, we shall see a great and grand work accomplished.  {LLM 356.5}
[LLM 357.1]         The medical missionary work done, in connection with the giving of the third angel's message, is to accomplish wonderful (640) results. It is to be a sanctifying, unifying work, corresponding to the work which the great Head of the church sent forth the disciples to do. Calling these disciples together, Christ gave them their commission: "Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not; but go, rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel; and as ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give.  {LLM 357.1}
[LLM 357.2]         "Provide neither gold nor silver, nor brass in your purses, nor scrip for your journey, neither two coats, neither shoes, nor yet staves; for the workman is worthy of his meat. And into whatsoever city or town ye shall enter, inquire who in it is worthy, and there abide till ye go thence. . . Behold I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves, be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves."  {LLM 357.2}
[LLM 357.3]          It is well for us to read this chapter, and let its instruction prepare us for our labors. The early disciples were going forth upon Christ's errands, under His commission. His spirit was to prepare the way before them. They were to feel that with such a message to give, such blessings to impart, they should receive a welcome in the homes of the people.  {LLM 357.3}
[LLM 357.4]         Some restraint was placed upon them in this their first experience. They were not to go in the way of the Gentiles, nor enter into any city of the Samaritans; for this would bring upon them trial and perplexity. This first offer of salvation was to be made to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. Their deeds of mercy and love, their message of truth, was first to be given to the Jewish nation. In the blessings that they were thus carrying to the people, they were to proclaim, "The Kingdom of God is come nigh unto you."  {LLM 357.4}
[LLM 357.5]          (641) Through the first disciples a divine gift was proffered to Israel; the faithful evangelist today will do a similar work in every city where our missionaries enter. It is a work which to some extent we have tried to do in connection with some of our sanitariums, but a much wider experience in these lines is to be gained. Can not our Conference presidents open the way for the students in our schools to engage in this line of labor? Again and again it has been presented to me that "there should be companies organized, and educated most thoroughly to work as nurses, as evangelist, as ministers, as canvassers, as gospel students, to perfect a character after the divine similitude." There is a grand work to be done in relieving suffering humanity, and through the labors of students who are receiving an education and training to become efficient medical missionaries, the people living in many cities may become acquainted with the truths of the third angel's message. Consecrated leaders and teachers of experience should go out                                     -358-     with these young workers, at first, giving them instruction how to labor. When favors of food or of lodging are offered by those who fear and honor God, these favors may be accepted. Thus opportunity will be found for conversation, for explaining the Scriptures, for singing Bible songs, and praying with the family. There are many to whom such labor as this would prove a blessing...  {LLM 357.5}
[LLM 358.1]         And each worker, as he goes forth to labor, should realize that he is as surely sent of God as were the first disciples. God's eye follows them; His Spirit goes with them. To those who accept His great commission He gives the assurance, "Lo, I am with you alway even unto the end of the world." "He that dwelleth in the secret place of the Most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty." The Psalmist declares, "I will say of the Lord, He is my refuge and my fortress, my God, in Him will I trust. Surely (642) He shall deliver me from the snare of the fowler and from the noisome pestilence; He shall cover thee with His feathers, and under His wings shalt thou trust; His truth shall be thy shield and buckler." Servants of God, you have great advantage, which you should appreciate.  {LLM 358.1}
[LLM 358.2]          I am thankful when I think of the advantages enjoyed by the schools that are established near our sanitariums, so that the work of the two educational institutions can blend. The students in these schools, while gaining an education in the knowledge of present truth, can also learn how to be ministers of healing to those whom they go forth to serve. The prayer of Christ includes such work as this: "Neither pray I for these alone," He said, "but for them also that shall believe on me through their word; that they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee; that they also be one in us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are One; I in them; and Thou in Me; that they may be made perfect in one: that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me; and hast loved them as Thou hast loved Me."  {LLM 358.2}
[LLM 358.3]          What a glorious request for all who hide their life with Christ in God. What a prospect it opens before the sincere believer. What privileges, what heights and depths of experience it assures to us. We are to become in every sense laborers together with God. Shall we through the perfection that there is in Christ, reach this high standard?  {LLM 358.3}
[LLM 358.4]          A good education in all phases of the truth means more than many of us realize. Yet with all the knowledge we may gain, we shall never realize the purpose of God for us, unless we become partakers of His divine nature. Where is our faith? . . . We should be living each day as in the sight of God, becoming messengers of (643) peace to those who need Him. We have only a little time now in which to receive from God light and wisdom for the souls who are in error. If we will exercise faith in God our faith will increase.  {LLM 358.4}
[LLM 358.5]          Again and again I am instructed to present to our churches the work that should be done for the cities. Let us encourage                                     -359-     a spirit of consecration and earnest seeking after God in our schools and sanitariums. We need to feel the deep movings of the Spirit of God in our midst. Then humble workers will be encouraged to offer themselves in faith to the service of God. They will do this, not for the wages they receive, but out of sincere love for sinsick, suffering souls.  {LLM 358.5}
[LLM 359.1]          If ever there was a time when our work should be done under the special direction of the Spirit of God, it is now. Let those who are living at their ease, arouse. Let our sanitariums become what they should be--homes where healing is ministered to sinsick souls. And this will be done when the workers have a living connection with the great Healer.                                       Ellen G. White.                                                    -                                       -364-                                                    -    {LLM 359.1}
[LLM 364.1]     (652)                           B. 90'08. March 30, 1908.-7-              Sanitarium, Cal., March 24, 1908.     Elder J.A. Burden and Others Bearing Responsibilities at Loma Linda:     Dear Brethren:        I feel a deep interest that careful study shall be given to the needs of our institution at Loma Linda, and that the right moves may be made. In the carrying forward of the work at this place, men of talent and of decided spirituality are needed.  {LLM 364.1}
[LLM 364.2]          We may, in the work of educating our nurses, reach a high standard in the knowledge of the true sciences of healing. That which is of most importance is that the students be taught how to truly represent the principles of health reform. Teach the students to pursue this line of study faithfully, combined with other essential lines of education. The grace of Jesus Christ will give wisdom to all who will follow the Lord's plan of true education.  {LLM 364.2}
[LLM 364.3]          Let the students follow closely the example of the One who purchased the human race with the costly price of His own life. Let them appeal to the Saviour, and depend upon Him as the One who heals all manner of diseases. The Lord would have the workers make special efforts to point the sick and suffering to the great Physician who made the human body. He would have all become obedient children to the faith, that they may come with confidence and ask for bodily restoration. Many (653) who come to our sanitariums will be blessed as they learn the truth concerning the word of God, many who would never learn it through any other medium.  {LLM 364.3}
[LLM 364.4]          It is well that our training schools for Christian workers should be established near health institutions, that the students may be educated in the principles of healthful living. Institutions that send forth workers who are able to give a reason for their faith and who have faith that works by love and purifies the soul, are of great value.  {LLM 364.4}
[LLM 364.5]          I have clear instruction that wherever it is possible, schools should be established near to our sanitariums, that each                                     -365-     institution may be a help to the other. But I dare not advise that steps be taken at this time to branch out so largely in the educational work at Loma Linda that a large outlay of means will be required to erect new buildings. Our faithful workers at Loma Linda must not be overwhelmed with such great responsibilities that they will be in danger of becoming worn and discouraged.  {LLM 364.5}
[LLM 365.1]          I am charged to caution you against building extensively for the accommodations of students. It would not be wise to invest at this time so large a capital as would be required to equip a medical college that would properly qualify physicians to stand the test of the medical examinations of the different states.  {LLM 365.1}
[LLM 365.2]          A movement should not now be inaugurated that would add greatly to the investment upon the Loma Linda property. Already there is a large debt resting upon the institution, and discouragement and perplexity would follow if this indebtedness were to be greatly increased. As the work progresses, new improvements may be added from time to time as they are found necessary. An elevator should soon be installed in the main building. But (654) there is need of strict economy. Let our brethren move cautiously and wisely, and plan no larger than they can handle without being overburdened.  {LLM 365.2}
[LLM 365.3]          In the work of the school maintain simplicity. No argument is so powerful as is success founded upon simplicity. And you may attain success in the education of students as medical missionaries without a medical school that can qualify physicians to compete with the physicians of the world.  {LLM 365.3}
[LLM 365.4]          Let the students be given a practical education. And the less dependent you are upon worldly methods of education, the better it will be for the students. Special instruction should be given in the art of treating the sick without the use of poisonous drugs, and in harmony with the light that God has given. Students should come forth from the school without having sacrificed the principles of health reform.  {LLM 365.4}
[LLM 365.5]          The education that meets the world's standard is to be less and less valued by those who are seeking for efficiency in carrying the medical missionary work in connection with the work of the third angel's message. They are to be educated from the standpoint of conscience; and as they conscientiously and faithfully follow right methods in their treatment of the sick, these methods will come to be recognized as preferable to the method of nursing to which many have been accustomed, which demands the use of poisonous drugs.  {LLM 365.5}
[LLM 365.6]          We should not at this time seek to compete with worldly medical schools. Should we do this, our chances of success would be small. We are not now prepared to carry out successfully the work of establishing large medical institutions of learning. Moreover should we follow the world's methods of medical practice, exacting the large fees that worldly physicians demand for their (655) services, we would work away from Christ's plan for our ministry to the sick.                                      -366-  {LLM 365.6}
[LLM 366.1]          There should be at our sanitariums intelligent men and women who can instruct in Christ's methods of ministry. Under the instruction of competent, consecrated teachers the youth may become partakers of the divine nature, and learn how to escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust. I have been shown that we could have many more women who can deal especially with the diseases of women, many more lady nurses who will treat the sick in a simple way and without the use of drugs.  {LLM 366.1}
[LLM 366.2]         There are many simple herbs which, if our nurses would learn the value of, they could use in the place of drugs, and find very effective. Many times I have been applied to for advice as to what should be done in cases of sickness or accident, and I have mentioned some of these simple remedies, and they have proved helpful.  {LLM 366.2}
[LLM 366.3]         On one occasion a physician came to me in great distress. He had been called to attend a young woman who was dangerously ill. She had contracted fever while on the campground, and was taken to our school building, near Melbourne, Australia. But she became so much worse that it was feared she could not live. The physician, Dr. Merritt Kellogg, came to me and said, 'Sister White, have you any light for me on this case? If relief can not be given our sister she can live but a few hours." I replied, "Send to a blacksmith's shop, and get some pulverized charcoal; make a poultice of it, and lay it over her stomach and sides." The doctor hastened away to follow out my instructions. Soon he returned, saying, "Relief came in less than half an hour after the application of the poultice. She is now having the first natural sleep she has had for days."  {LLM 366.3}
[LLM 366.4]          (656) I have ordered the same treatment for others who were suffering great pain, and it has brought relief, and been the means of saving life. My mother had told me that snake bites and the sting of reptiles and poisonous insects could often be rendered harmless by the use of charcoal poultices. When working on the land at Avondale, Australia, the workmen would often bruise their hands and limbs, and this in many cases resulted in such severe inflammation that the worker would have to leave his work for some time. One came to me one day in this condition, with his hand tied in a sling. He was much troubled over the circumstances; for his help was needed in clearing the land. I said to him, "Go to the place where you have been burning the timber, and get me some charcoal from the eucalyptus tree, pulverize it, and I will dress your hand." This was done, and the next morning he reported that the pain was gone. Soon he was ready to return to his work  {LLM 366.4}
[LLM 366.5]          I write these things that you may know that the Lord has not left us without the use of simple remedies which when used will not leave the system in the weakened condition in which the use of drugs so often leaves it. We need well trained nurses who can understand how to use the simple remedies that nature provides for restoration to health, and who can teach those who, are ignorant of the laws of health how to use these simple but effective cures.                                      -367-  {LLM 366.5}
[LLM 367.1]          He who created men and women has an interest in those who suffer. He has directed in the establishment of sanitariums and in the building up of schools close to our sanitariums, that they may become efficient mediums in training men and women for the work of ministering to suffering humanity. In the treatment of the sick poisonous drugs need not be used. Alcohol or tobacco in any form must not be recommended, lest some should be led to (657) imbibe a taste for these evil things. There will be no excuse for the liquor-dealers in that day when every man shall receive according to his works. Those who have destroyed life, will by their own life have to pay the penalty. God's law is holy and just and good.  {LLM 367.1}
[LLM 367.2]          We have seen the poor wrecks of humanity come to our sanitariums to be cured of the liquor habit. We have seen those who have ruined their health by wrong habits of diet, and by the use of flesh meats. This is why we need to lift up the voice like a trumpet, and show "My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins."  {LLM 367.2}
[LLM 367.3]         The Lord will judge according to their works those who are seeking to establish a law of the nations that will cause men to violate the law of God. In proportion to their guilt will be their punishment. The Lord would have us lift up the Sabbath of the Lord our God. We have a sacred work to do in opening blind eyes in regard to the day that the Lord has set apart and sanctified as the rest day of mankind. He declares, "The seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God." He has placed His own signature upon that day that He has set apart to be observed as long as time shall last. We should have much to say upon this subject just now.  {LLM 367.3}
[LLM 367.4]         Let Seventh-day Adventist medical workers remember that the Lord God Omnipotent reigneth. Christ was the greatest physician that ever trod the sin-cursed earth. The Lord would have His people come to Him for their power of healing. He will baptize them with His Holy Spirit, and fit them for a service that will make them a blessing in restoring the spiritual and physical health of those who need healing.                                           Ellen G. White                                                    -                                        -375-                                                    -    {LLM 367.4}
[LLM 375.1]     (673)     April 28, 1908.        B.-132-'08.                                    Sanitarium, Calif., Apr. 23, 1908. To the Brethren in Southern California:     Dear Brethren:            I am instructed to say to you, Let every soul earnestly seek the Lord. We all need to understand clearly what is our duty, that we may make no false moves. We need to hold fast the experiences which in the past the Lord has given us. I have a great desire to see success attend every movement we shall make.  {LLM 375.1}
[LLM 375.2]          There is a very precious work to be done in connection with the interests of the sanitarium and school at Loma Linda; and this will be done when we all work to that end. The word of God is to be our lesson book. In the unity that is coming in among our people we can see that God is working in our midst.  {LLM 375.2}
[LLM 375.3]          "Wherefore be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is." Let us walk and work circumspectly. Let humble prayers go up to God, and let us seek Him with the whole heart. Then the Lord will open the way for us to lay wise plans. My brethren, speak to yourselves in psalms, and hymns, and spiritual songs, "singing and making melody in your hearts to the Lord, giving thanks always for all things unto the Lord."                                      -376-  {LLM 375.3}
[LLM 376.1]          Ever bear in mind that heaven is interested in every question that agitates your mind in regard to your school and sanitarium. Both are to be strengthened. The Lord is our helper and our God; let us look to him to open the way for carrying out of our plans.  {LLM 376.1}
[LLM 376.2]          (674) We must have a church at Loma Linda, that those in the sanitarium and school may have a suitable place in which to meet for worship; but this should not be an expensive building. We shall build a neat, modest, but roomy chapel, that will show that we believe we are living in the closing days of this earth's history, in a time when many of the cities because of their sins will be cast down and their lofty buildings destroyed.  {LLM 376.2}
[LLM 376.3]          In our school at Loma Linda many can be educated to work as missionaries in the cause of Health and Temperance. The best teachers are to be employed in this educational work,--not men who esteem highly their own capabilities, but men who will walk circumspectly, depending wholly upon the Lord.  {LLM 376.3}
[LLM 376.4]          Small cottages will have to be built at little cost to accommodate the teachers and students; for these are to gain all the advantages possible from the lectures given at the Sanitarium. This work should go forward as fast as means for it can be obtained.  {LLM 376.4}
[LLM 376.5]          If the teachers in medical lines will stand in their lot and place, we shall see a good work done. My soul is drawn out in earnest prayer to God that He will preserve the honest in heart from being led astray by those who are themselves in confusion and darkness.  {LLM 376.5}
[LLM 376.6]          Teachers are to be prepared for many lines of work. Schools are to be established in places where no efforts have been made. Missionaries are needed to go to other States where little work has been done. Truth, Bible truth, is to be presented in many places. Christ is represented as identifying Himself with all the needy upon earth when He said, "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these, My brethren, ye have done it unto Me."  {LLM 376.6}
[LLM 376.7]         (675) All should put forth efforts to enlarge their experience. We are in a most critical situation; but Christ identified Himself with our necessities. Christians are to learn daily of Christ. Spiritual sinew and muscle are now needed to work out right principles in every city and town and village. Varied talents are to be appreciated and cultivated, and with all we need true wisdom. We may not see our need of counseling with God; but the true Christian in every place will inquire what is the will of the Lord concerning his individual work.  {LLM 376.7}
[LLM 376.8]         All heaven is interested in the work of preparation to be done in our schools. Let the talent that is among us be combined wisely for the accomplishment of the greatest good. "Ye are God's husbandry; ye are God's building." Then link up the powers that God has given for the doing of the special work He designs to have done. If self is kept humble, the transforming grace of Christ and His wisdom, will blend heart to heart. Let us make                                      -377-     our gifts and offerings with a single heart. Let us draw upon our talents, remembering that for this purpose they were given. To every man God has given his work; and He would have this work done intelligently. The Lord will make it possible for each to do a work that can be accepted by Him.  {LLM 376.8}
[LLM 377.1]          The Lord expects all, by acts of self-denial, to help in the upbuilding of His work. In the house of worship to be erected and the additional schoolrooms that will be needed, let all be willing to do their best, willing to deny themselves the unnecessary expenditures for display, that they may have means to give to the cause of God. The work in promulgating the principles of health reform, which the Lord has outlined to us, must be accomplished. When we study the self-denial of Christ, and make his life our example, truth and righteousness will prevail among us. We will esteem as of highest value the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great value.                                        (signed) Ellen G. White.                                                    -    {LLM 377.1}
[LLM 377.2]     (676)     May 17, 1908.          MS. 31-'08.                               Deeper Consecration            The teachers employed in our schools should be men who are acquainted with God through an experimental knowledge. They know Him because they obey all the commandments He has given them. Jehovah engraved His ten commandments on tables of stone, that all the inhabitants of the earth might understand His eternal and unchangeable character. Those teachers who desire to advance in learning and proficiency, need to lay right hold of these wonderful revelations of God. But it is only as heart and mind are brought into harmony with God that they will understand the divine requirements.  {LLM 377.2}
[LLM 377.3]         None need concern themselves about those things which the Lord has not revealed to us.  {LLM 377.3}
[LLM 377.4]         In these days speculations will abound, but the Lord declares, "The secret things belong unto the Lord," The voice that spoke to Israel from Sinai is speaking in these last days to men and women, saying, "Thou shalt have no other gods before Me." The law of God was written with His own finger on tables of stone, thus showing that it could never be changed or abolished. It is to be preserved through the eternal ages, immutable as the principles of His government in heaven and in earth. Men have set their will against the will of God, but this will not silence His words of wisdom and command, though they may set their speculative theories in opposition to the teachings of revelation, and exalt human wisdom above a plain, "Thus saith the Lord."  {LLM 377.4}
[LLM 377.5]          It should be the determination of every soul who desires to enter the pearly gates, not so much to seek to understand all about the conditions that will prevail in the future state, as to know what the Lord requires of him in this life. It is the will                                      -378-     of God that each professing Christian shall perfect a character (677) after the divine similitude. By studying the character of Christ revealed in the word, by practicing His virtues, the believer will be changed into the same likeness of goodness and mercy. Christ's works of self-denial and sacrifice brought into the daily life, will develop in the soul the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. There are many who wish to evade the cross-bearing part, but the Lord speaks to all when He said, "If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me."  {LLM 377.5}
[LLM 378.1]         A great work is to be accomplished by the setting forth of the saving truths of the Bible. This is the means ordained of God to stem the tide of moral corruption in the earth. Christ gave His own life to make it possible for man to be restored to the image of God. It is the power of His grace that draws men together in obedience to the truth. Those who would experience more of the sanctification of the truth in their own souls, should present the truth to those who are ignorant of it. Never will they find a more elevating, ennobling work.  {LLM 378.1}
[LLM 378.2]          The Teacher and Evangelist The work of educating our youth, as outlined for us in the instruction given of God, is to be sacredly maintained. For this reason we must select as teachers those who will educate in right lines. Said my instructor: Let not teachers be chosen to educate and train the youth who will not maintain the simplicity of Christ's methods. His teachings contained the very essence of sanctified simplicity.  {LLM 378.2}
[LLM 378.3]          Those teachers who present matters to the students in an uncertain light are not fitted for the work of educating the youth. No man is qualified for this work unless he is daily learning to speak the words of the Teacher sent from God. Now is the time to sow the gospel seed. The seed we sow must be clean and pure, and that which will produce choicest fruit. We have no (678) time to lose. The work of our schools is to become more and more in character like the work of Christ. Only the power of the grace of God working on human hearts and minds will make and keep the atmospheres of our schools and churches clean.  {LLM 378.3}
[LLM 378.4]          There have been teachers in our schools who could pass well in a worldly institution of learning, but were unfitted for the training of our youth because they were ignorant of the truths of the gospel of Christ. They were unable to bring the simplicity of Christ into their labors. It should be the work of every teacher to present those truths that have called us out to stand as a peculiar people before the world, and which are able to keep us in harmony with heaven's laws. In the messages that have been sent to us from time to time, we have truths that will accomplish a wonderful work of reform in our characters, if we will give them a place. They will prepare us for entrance into the holy city of God. It is our privilege to make continual advancement to a higher grade of Christian living.  {LLM 378.4}
[LLM 378.5]          One night I was awakened and instructed to write a straight testimony regarding the work of our school at Loma Linda. By that                                     -379-     school a solemn and sacred work was to be done. The teachings of health reform were to stand out clearly and brightly that all youth in attendance might learn to practice them. All our educators should be strict health reformers. The Lord desires that genuine missionaries shall go out as pioneers from our schools. They are to be fully consecrated to the work, as laborers together with God daily enlarging their sphere of usefulness, and becoming more fully sanctified through the truth. The influence of a consecrated medical missionary teacher in our schools is invaluable.  {LLM 378.5}
[LLM 379.1]          I have been instructed to present these things before our teachers. We need to be converted from our faulty lives to the faith of the gospel. Christ's followers have no need to try (679) to shine. If they will behold constantly the life of Christ, they will be changed in mind and heart into the same image. Then they will shine without any superficial attempt. The Lord asks for no display of goodness. In the gift of His Son He has made provision that our inward lives may be imbued with the principles of heaven. It is the appropriation of this provision that will lead to a manifestation of Christ to the world. When the people of God experience the new birth, their honesty, their uprightness, their fidelity, their steadfast principles, will unfailingly reveal it. Oh, what words were spoken to me. What gentleness was recommended through the grace abundantly given. The greatest manifestation that men and women can make of the grace and power of Christ, is when the natural man becomes partaker of the divine nature, and through the power that the grace of Christ imparts, overcomes the corruptions that are in the world through lust.                                        (Signed) Ellen G. White.                                                    -    {LLM 379.1}
[LLM 379.2]     (680)     June 3, 1908.          MS. 63-'08.                        Instruction to Sanitarium Workers            I am very anxious that all those connected with our sanitariums shall be men whose lives are wholly devoted to God, free from all evil works. There are some who seem to have lost all sense of the sacred character of our institutions and the purpose for which they were established. A great dread has been upon my mind as to what the results will be of this lack of spirituality and clear discernment. There is great need of loyalty to principle. The Lord calls for young men to work in our sanitariums who will not yield to temptation. The lives of the young people connected with our sanitariums should be such as to exert a convicting and converting power upon those who have not received the message for this time.  {LLM 379.2}
[LLM 379.3]          Our sanitariums are to be conducted in such a way that God will be honored and glorified. They are not to become a snare. But unless the human instrumentalities are under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, the enemy will use them to carry out his devisings for the hindrance of God's cause and for the destruction of their own souls. Many have already lost their first love for the great, grand Bible truths concerning Christ's second coming.                                      -380-  {LLM 379.3}
[LLM 380.1]          It is only the Lord's working, believing people, who are full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, who will honor the truth they profess to believe. Their faith speaks out through their earnest belief of the truth. They render loyal obedience to their Leader. They rest upon the efficacy of His sacrifice for the race, knowing that it speaketh better things than the blood of Abel. (681) They believe that to those who look for Him He will appear the second time without sin unto salvation.  {LLM 380.1}
[LLM 380.2]          In our sanitariums a pure religious influence should be paramount. Solemn impressions are to be made on the minds of those who come for treatment. The very highest interests are to be given the first attention. The accumulated light of the past, which has made us what we are,--Seventh-day Adventists,--is to shine forth through us to the world. The light of truth is to illuminate and irradiate all our sanitariums. The helpers are to be light-bearers to the world.  {LLM 380.2}
[LLM 380.3]          The truth is to be cherished, not banished or hidden from sight. The light is to shine forth in clear, distinct rays. These institutions are the Lord's facilities for the revival of pure, elevated morality. We do not establish them as a speculative business, but to help men and women to follow right methods of living. Christ, the great Medical Missionary, is no longer in our world in person. But He has not left the world in darkness. To His subjects He has given the commission, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature," "teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." The great questions of Bible truth are to enter into the very heart of society, to reform and convert men and women, bringing them to see the great necessity of preparing for the mansions that Christ told His disciples He would prepare for them that love Him. "If I go away," He declared, "I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also."  {LLM 380.3}
[LLM 380.4]          Satan will introduce every form of error in an effort to lead souls away from the work to be accomplished in these last days. There needs to be a decided awakening, in accordance with (682) the importance of the subjects we are presenting. The conversion of souls is now to be our one object. Every facility for the advancement of God's cause is to be put into use, that His will may be done on earth as it is in heaven. We cannot afford to be irreligious and indifferent now. We must take advantage of the means that the Lord has placed in our hands for the carrying forward of medical missionary work. Through this work infidels will be converted. Through the wonderful restorations taking place in our sanitariums, souls will be led to look to Christ as the great Healer of soul and body.  {LLM 380.4}
[LLM 380.5]          God wants every one to stand with the whole armor on, ready for the great review. He wants us to do the work that He has given us. "In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy paths." "The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him."                                      -381-  {LLM 380.5}
[LLM 381.1]          The Lord will manifest Himself to all who seek Him with humble hearts. The end of all things is at hand. Let your eyes be fixed upon Christ. As the called and chosen of God, we must represent truth in its purity. Our lives are to be such that the world will take knowledge that we have been with Christ, and that truth may seem more desirable to them than error.  {LLM 381.1}
[LLM 381.2]          If rightly conducted, our sanitariums may exert a refining ennobling influence, and lead many souls to Christ. The religious principles maintained in these institutions will demonstrate that there is relief for the soul weary and sick with sin. Many are weak and sick because of the disease of the soul. Let Christ be held up before them as the great Healer who invites them to come to Him and find rest. Tell them that the heart of Christ is drawn out in compassion and love for His blood-bought heritage. He will heal the troubled heart that looks to Him in faith.  {LLM 381.2}
[LLM 381.3]          Great care should be exercised in regard to the influence (683) that prevails in the institution. The influences under which the nurses are placed will mold their characters for eternity.  {LLM 381.3}
[LLM 381.4]          The influence of the sanitarium family should be a united influence, each member seeking to become a power for good in that department in which he labors. If this result is obtained, there must first be a weeding out of every lame principle; then the workers can hope to succeed in perfecting themselves as Christian workers. It is only as they place themselves under the discipline of God, conforming their daily lives to the pattern that they have in the Saviour's earthly life, that they can become partakers of the divine nature, and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. As long as we are here in this world, we are on test and trial. We will be held accountable, not only for the working out of our own salvation, but for the influence for good or evil that we exert on other souls.  {LLM 381.4}
[LLM 381.5]          He who is meek in spirit, who is purest and most childlike, will be made strong for the battle. He will be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man. He who feels His weakness, and wrestles with God as did Jacob, and like this servant of old cries, "I will not let thee go except Thou bless me," will go forth with the fresh anointing of the Holy Spirit. The atmosphere of heaven will surround him. His influence will be a positive force in favor of the religion of Christ.  {LLM 381.5}
[LLM 381.6]          These words point out what the workers in the sanitarium may be. I am so glad that we can come to God in faith and humility and plead with Him until our souls are brought into such close relationship with Jesus, that we can lay our burdens at His feet, saying, "I know in Whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is able to keep that which I have committed to Him against that (684) day". The Lord is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we can ask or think. Our cold, faithless hearts may be quickened into sensibility and life, until we can say in faith, "The life that I now live in the flesh, I live by the faith of the Son of God." Let us seek for the fullness of the salvation of Christ. Let us follow in the footsteps of the Son                                      -382-     of God, for the promise is, "He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life."                                        Ellen G. White.                                                    -    {LLM 381.6}
[LLM 382.1]     (685)     June 1908            "Loma Linda is to be not only a sanitarium, but an educational center. A school is to be established here for the training of gospel medical missionary evangelists.  {LLM 382.1}
[LLM 382.2]          "Make the school especially strong for nurses and physicians. Thousands of workers are to be qualified with all the ability of physicians, to labor, not in professional lines, but as medical missionary evangelists.  {LLM 382.2}
[LLM 382.3]          "We need workers who will gain breadth of mind by studying the book God has opened before us of His created works. Angels cooperate with those who proclaim the truth represented by the things of nature."             --Loma Linda College of Medical Evangelists,             Third Annual Announcement.   1908-1900                                                    -    {LLM 382.3}
[LLM 382.4]          (686) With the possession of this place comes the weighty responsibility of making the work of the institution educational in character. Loma Linda is to be not only a sanitarium, but an educational center. A school is to be established here for the training of gospel medical missionary evangelists.  {LLM 382.4}
[LLM 382.5]          In Loma Linda we have an advantageous center for the carrying on of various missionary enterprises. We can see that it was in the providence of God that this sanitarium was placed in the possession of our people. We should appreciate Loma Linda as a place which the Lord foresaw we would need and which He gave us. There is a very precious work to be done in connection with the interests of the sanitarium and school at Loma Linda, and this will be done when we all work to that end, moving unitedly in God's order.  {LLM 382.5}
[LLM 382.6]          At Loma Linda many can be educated to work as missionaries in the cause of health and temperance. Teachers are to be prepared for many lines of work. Schools are to be established in places where as yet no efforts have been made.  {LLM 382.6}
[LLM 382.7]          In regard to the school, I would say, make it especially strong in the education of nurses and physicians. In medical missionary schools, many workers are to be qualified with the ability of physicians to labor as medical missionary evangelists. This training, the Lord has specified, is in harmony with the principles underlying true higher education. We hear a great deal about the higher education. The highest education is to follow in the footsteps of Christ, patterning after the example He gave when He was in the world. We cannot gain an education higher than this, for this class of training will make men laborers together with God.                                      -383-  {LLM 382.7}
[LLM 383.1]          That which is of the most importance is that the students be taught how to represent aright the principles of health reform. (687) Teach them to pursue this line of study faithfully, combined with other essential lines of education. The grace of Jesus Christ will give wisdom to all who follow the Lord's plan of true education. Let the students follow closely the example of the One who purchased the human race with the costly price of His own life. Let them appeal to the Saviour and depend upon Him as the One who heals all manner of diseases. The Lord would have the workers make special efforts to point the sick and suffering to the Great Physician who made the human body.  {LLM 383.1}
[LLM 383.2]          Let Seventh-day Adventist medical workers remember that the Lord God Omnipotent reigneth. Christ was the greatest physician that ever trod this sin-cursed earth. The Lord would have His people come to Him for their power of healing. He will baptize them with His Holy Spirit, and fit them for a service that will make them a blessing in restoring the spiritual and physical health to those who need healing.  {LLM 383.2}
[LLM 383.3]          The light given me is, We must provide that which is essential to qualify physicians, so that they may intelligently fit themselves to be able to stand the examinations required to prove their efficiency as physicians. And for the special preparation of our youth who have clear convictions of their duty to obtain a medical education that will enable them to pass the examinations required by law of all who practice as regularly qualified physicians we are to supply whatever may be required, so that these youth need not be compelled to go to medical schools conducted by men not of our faith. The medical school at Loma Linda is to be of the highest order, because those who are in that school have the privilege of maintaining a living connection with the wisest of all physicians, from whom there is communicated knowledge of a superior order.                 --Second Annual Announcement, College of Medical             Evangelists. 1910-'11.                                                    -    {LLM 383.3}
[LLM 383.4]     (688)             A Plea for Medical Missionary                  Evangelists. Importance of the Work.            The end of all things is at hand. The signs foretold by Christ are fast fulfilling. The nations are angry, and the time of the dead has come, that they should be judged. There are stormy times before us, but let us not utter one word of unbelief or discouragement. Let us remember that we bear a message of healing to a world filled with sin-sick souls. May the Lord increase our faith and help us to see that He desires us all to become acquainted with His ministry of healing and with the mercy-seat. He desires the light of His grace to shine forth from many places.  {LLM 383.4}
[LLM 383.5]          We are living in the last days. Troublous times are before us. He who understands the necessities of the situation arranges that advantages should be brought to the workers in various places,                                      -384-     to enable them more effectually to arouse the attention of the people. He knows the needs and the necessities of the feeblest of His flock, and He sends His own message into the highways and byways.  {LLM 383.5}
[LLM 384.1]          There are souls in many places who have not yet heard the message. Henceforth medical missionary work is to be carried forward with an earnestness with which it has never yet been done. This work is the door through which the truth is to find entrance to the large cities, and sanitariums are to be established in many places.  {LLM 384.1}
[LLM 384.2]          Sanitarium work is one of the most successful means of reaching all classes of people. Our sanitariums are the right hand of the gospel, opening ways whereby suffering humanity may be reached with the glad tidings of healing through Christ. In these institutions the sick may be taught to commit their cases to the great Physician, who will cooperate with their earnest efforts to regain health, bringing to them healing of soul as well as healing of body.  {LLM 384.2}
[LLM 384.3]          Christ is no longer in this world in person, to go through (689) our cities and towns and villages, healing the sick. He has commissioned us to carry forward the medical missionary work that He began; and in this work we are to do our very best. Institutions for the care of the sick are to be established, where men and women suffering from disease may be placed under the care of God-fearing physicians and nurses, and be treated without drugs.  {LLM 384.3}
[LLM 384.4]          I have been instructed that we are not to delay to do the work that needs to be done in health reform lines. Through this work we are to reach souls in all the walks of life. I have been given special light that in our sanitariums many souls will receive and obey present truth. In these institutions men and women are to be taught how to care for their own bodies, and at the same time how to become sound in the faith. They are to be taught what is meant by eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God. Said Christ, "The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life."  {LLM 384.4}
[LLM 384.5]          Our sanitariums are to be schools in which instruction shall be given in medical missionary lines. They are to bring to sin-sick souls the leaves of the tree of life, which will restore to them peace and hope and faith in Christ Jesus.  {LLM 384.5}
[LLM 384.6]          Let the Lord's work go forward, Let the medical missionary and the educational work go forward. I am sure that this is our great lack,--earnest, devoted, intelligent, capable workers. In every large city there should be a representation of true medical missionary work. Let many now ask, "Lord, what wilt Thou have me to do?" It is the Lord's purpose that His method of healing without drugs shall be brought into prominence in every large city through our medical institutions. God invests with holy dignity those who go forth farther and still farther, in every place to which it is possible to obtain entrance. Satan (690) will make the work as difficult as possible, but divine power will attend                                     -385-     all true-hearted workers. Guided by our heavenly Father's hand, let us go forward, improving every opportunity to extend the work of God.  {LLM 384.6}
[LLM 385.1]          The Lord speaks to all medical missionaries, saying, Go, work today in My vineyard to save souls. God hears the prayers of all who seek Him in truth. He has the power that we all need. He fills the heart with love, and joy, and peace, and holiness. Character is constantly being developed. We cannot afford to spend the time working at cross purposes with God.                                                    -    {LLM 385.1}
[LLM 385.2]          There are physicians who, because of a past connection with our institutions, find it profitable to locate close to them; and they close their eyes to the great field neglected and unworked in which unselfish labor would be a blessing to many. Missionary physicians can exert an uplifting, refining, sanctifying influence. Physicians who do not do this, abuse their power, and do a work that the Lord repudiates.  {LLM 385.2}
[LLM 385.3]                             The Training of Workers.          If ever the Lord has spoken by me, He speaks when I say that the workers engaged in educational lines, in ministerial lines, and in medical missionary lines must stand as a unit, all laboring under the supervision of God, one helping the other, each blessing each.  {LLM 385.3}
[LLM 385.4]          Those connected with our schools and sanitariums are to labor with earnest alacrity. The work that is done under the ministration of the Holy Spirit, out of love for God and for humanity will bear the signature of God, and will make its impression on human minds.  {LLM 385.4}
[LLM 385.5]          (691) The Lord calls upon our young people to enter our schools and quickly fit themselves for service. In various places, outside of cities, schools are to be established, where our youth can receive an education that will prepare them to go forth to do evangelical work and medical missionary work.  {LLM 385.5}
[LLM 385.6]          The Lord must be given an opportunity to show men their duty, and to work upon their minds. No one is to bind himself to serve for a term of years under the direction of one group of men or in one specified branch of the Master's work; for the Lord Himself will call men, as of old He called the humble fishermen, and will Himself give them instruction regarding their field of labor and the methods they should follow. He will call men from the plow and from other occupations, to give the last note of warning to perishing souls. There are many ways in which to work for the Master, and the great Teacher will open the understanding of these workers, enabling them to see wondrous things in His word.                                                    -    {LLM 385.6}
[LLM 385.7]          Medical Missionary work is yet in its infancy. The meaning of genuine medical missionary work is known by but few, Why?-- Because the Saviour's plan of work has not been followed. God's                                     -386-     money has been misapplied. In many places practical, evangelistic medical missionary work is being done; but many of the workers who should go forth as did the disciples are being collected together and held in a few places, as they have been in the past, notwithstanding the Lord's warning that this should not be.  {LLM 385.7}
[LLM 386.1]          Many of the men and women who should be out in the field, working as medical missionary evangelists, helping those engaged in the gospel ministry, are collecting in a favored locality, acting over the same program that has been acted over in the past, confining the forces, binding them up in one place.                                                    -    {LLM 386.1}
[LLM 386.2]     (692)                 Nurses to be Evangelists            Christ, the Great Medical Missionary, is our example. Of Him it is written that He "went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. He healed the sick and preached the gospel. In His service, healing and teaching were linked closely together. Today they are not to be separated.  {LLM 386.2}
[LLM 386.3]          The nurses who are trained in our institutions are to be fitted up to go out as medical missionary evangelists, uniting the ministry of the Word with that of physical healing.  {LLM 386.3}
[LLM 386.4]          We must let our light shine amid the moral darkness. Many who are now in darkness, as they see a reflection of the light of the world, will realize that they have a hope of salvation. Your light may be small, but remember that it is what God has given you, and that He holds you responsible to let it shine forth. Some one may light his taper from yours, and his light may be the means of leading others out from the darkness.  {LLM 386.4}
[LLM 386.5]          All around us are doors open for service. We should become acquainted with our neighbors, and seek to draw them to Christ. As we do this, He will approve and cooperate with us.  {LLM 386.5}
[LLM 386.6]          Often the inhabitants of a city where Christ labored wished Him to stay with them and continue to work among them. But He would tell them that He must go to cities that had not heard the truths that He had to present. After He had given the truth to those in one place, He left them to build upon what He had given them, while He went to another place. His methods of labor are to be followed today by those to whom He has left His work. We are to go from place to place, carrying the message. As soon as the truth has been proclaimed in one place, we are to go to warn others.  {LLM 386.6}
[LLM 386.7]          (693) From the instruction that the Lord has given me from time to time, I know that there should be workers who make medical evangelistic tours among the towns and villages. Those who do this work will gather a rich harvest of souls, both from the higher and the lower classes. The way for this work is best prepared by the efforts of the faithful canvasser.                                      -387-  {LLM 386.7}
[LLM 387.1]          Many will be called into the field to labor from house to house, giving Bible readings, and praying with those who are interested.  {LLM 387.1}
[LLM 387.2]          Let our ministers who have gained an experience in preaching the Word, learn how to give simple treatments, and then labor intelligently as medical missionary evangelists.  {LLM 387.2}
[LLM 387.3]          Workers -- gospel medical missionaries -- are needed now. We cannot afford to spend years in preparation. Soon doors now open to the truth will be forever closed. Carry the message now. Do not wait, allowing the enemy to take possession of the fields, now open before you. Let little companies go forth to do the work to which Christ appointed His disciples. Let them labor as evangelists, scattering our publications, and talking of the truth to those they meet. Let them pray for the sick, ministering to their necessities not with drugs, but with nature's remedies, and teaching them how to regain health and avoid disease.                                                    -    {LLM 387.3}
[LLM 387.4]          Christ stood at the head of humanity in the garb of humanity. So full of sympathy and love was His attitude that the poorest were not afraid to come to Him. He was kind to all; easily approached by the most lowly. He went from house to house, healing the sick, feeding the hungry, comforting the mourners, soothing the afflicted, speaking peace to the distressed. He took the little (694) children in His arms and blessed them, and spoke words of hope and comfort to the weary mothers. With unfailing tenderness and gentleness He met every form of human woe and affliction. Not for Himself, but for others, did He labor. He was willing to humble Himself, to deny Himself. He did not seek to distinguish Himself. He was the servant of all. It was His meat and drink to be a comfort and a consolation to others, to gladden the sad and heavy-laden ones with whom He daily came in contact.  {LLM 387.4}
[LLM 387.5]          Christ stands before us as a pattern Man, the great Medical Missionary,-- an example for all who should come after. His love, pure and holy, blessed all who came within the sphere of its influence. His character was absolutely perfect, free from the slightest stain of sin. He came as an expression of the perfect love of God, not to crush, not to judge and condemn, but to heal every weak defective character, to save men and women from Satan's power. He is the Creator, Redeemer, and Sustainer of the human race. He gives to all the invitation, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy-laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light."  {LLM 387.5}
[LLM 387.6]          What, then, is the example that we are to set to the world? We are to do the same work that the great Medical Missionary undertook in our behalf. We are to follow the path of self-sacrifice trodden by Christ.                              (Signed) Ellen G. White.                                                    -                                        -388-  {LLM 387.6}
[LLM 388.1]     (695)  D.-196-'08.               Sanitarium, Cal., June 20, 1908.     Elder A. G. Daniells, Takoma Park St., Washington, D.C.     Dear Brother:        I have been reading letters from you concerning the Bible Teacher needed at Union College.  {LLM 388.1}
[LLM 388.2]          I will say that Elder Owen is needed just where he is, and he is where the Lord would have him be. God has a work of special importance to be done in Southern California, and I know from the light given me that this work must now be perfected.  {LLM 388.2}
[LLM 388.3]          Loma Linda has been specified to me as a very important place and one which demands the best Bible teacher we can supply. There are promising youth here who are to be qualified to fill important positions in the work. They should have the best class of instructors, and capable Bible teachers who understand the truths of the Word. The truth and righteousness revealed in the Word of God is to be the stronghold of our workers.  {LLM 388.3}
[LLM 388.4]          There has been given me an outline of the work that must be done at Loma Linda, and I know that we must give to that place our best labors. The Lord wants the wisest talent there, for by means of our very best educational talent we are to train our ministerial laborers. The work is to be carried after the Lord's order, and not according to the suppositions of man.  {LLM 388.4}
[LLM 388.5]          (696) The Lord has given us a wonderful advantage in enabling us to secure Loma Linda for the establishment of the work in progress there. A school is to be built up at Loma Linda that will train Bible workers and missionary nurses for efficient service. The Lord calls for the best talents to be united at this center for the carrying on of the work as He has directed, not the talent that will demand the largest salary, but the talent that will place itself on the side of Christ to work in His lines.  {LLM 388.5}
[LLM 388.6]          We must have medical instructors who will teach the sciences of healing without the use of drugs. If physicians refuse to give their services unless they can be paid the highest wage, we shall not bribe them. We are to prepare a company of workers who will follow Christ's methods.  {LLM 388.6}
[LLM 388.7]          There has been a dearth of means for our educational work because we have neglected to follow fully the Lord's directions. The Lord now asks that energy and zeal be given to the carrying out of His methods. The books "Christ's Object Lessons" and "Ministry of Healing" are the Lord's specified agencies for the financial aid of our institutions. By following the plan that He has laid down, a continual work of education may be carried on. I pray that God may teach us to understand His ways, and help us to learn daily of Christ.                                   (Signed) Ellen G. White.                                                    -                                        -389-  {LLM 388.7}
[LLM 389.1]     (697)     Sept. 24, 1908.                    R. 270-'08.                                    Sanitarium, Cal., Sept. 23, 1908.     Dear Brother Reaser:        I hope that you will not again undertake the responsibilities connected with the Southern California Conference. It would be better for you to be in another field, and let new talent come into Southern California.  {LLM 389.1}
[LLM 389.2]         In some respects there are decided changes to be made in your character. Wherever you labor, you are to understand that while you are to stand as firm as a rock to principle, you are not to be a driver, but a fellow-laborer with our brethren. You are not to seek to rule, and dictate, and compel, but to be teachable in spirit, kind in disposition, and to be one with your brethren. It would be a serious mistake to place you again in a position which your past experience has shown that you have not wisdom to fill. The peculiar traits of your character lead you to desire to be a leader, but I have been shown that it would not be wisdom for you to occupy the position of the president of the Southern California Conference, another year.  {LLM 389.2}
[LLM 389.3]          I write this to you lest you should suppose that because there is some hindrance to the arrival of the one who was chosen for the Presidency of Southern Calif., you should retain the position. We need for the place a man who has less confidence in his own human judgment, one who will act as Christ acted, who, (698) though Himself the prince of life, made Himself of no reputation, and coming to a world that was all seared and marred with the curse, placed Himself as one among the most needy and dependent. When He revealed Himself to the world as its Saviour, He said, "Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls."  {LLM 389.3}
[LLM 389.4]         The presidents of our conferences must be men who are not self sufficient and dictatorial. They must not give place to the idea that the office of president comprehends a vast amount of rulership. With such ideas they will leave impressions upon minds that will do injury to the work. Precious privileges will be lost to the people when presidents minutely define and direct the work of their co-laborers.  {LLM 389.4}
[LLM 389.5]          As a people we are to be purified from our natural habits and desires. Our hearts must be changed, or we cannot correctly represent the Lord Jesus who gave His life for us. The Son of God took humanity upon Him that He might make it possible for humanity to take hold upon divinity through the exercise of a perfect faith. Christ is our example for the development of a perfect character. Through the strength we receive from Him, we may be overcomers. In seeking Him for those things that we need, we must exercise faith that will not be denied. We must represent Him by following humbly in His footsteps. Through belief in His merits and practice of the truth, we shall receive of His grace, and this will be revealed in kindness of heart and action and singleness of purpose. Courtesy and sympathy will be revealed in our daily lives. By a daily opening of the heart to                                      -390-     truth and righteousness as they are found in Jesus, we will be able to reveal that truth and that righteousness in our dealings with others.  {LLM 389.5}
[LLM 390.1]          (699) The Spirit of Christ is grieved when any of His followers give evidence of possessing a harsh, unfair, or exacting spirit. As laborers together with God, each should regard the other as a part of God's great firm. He desires that they shall counsel together. There is to be no drawing apart, for the spirit of independence dishonors the truth we profess. One special evidence that the love of Christ is abiding in His church is the unity and harmony which exist among its members. This is the brightest witness to the possession of true religion; for it will convert and transform the natural man, and fashion Him after the divine similitude.  {LLM 390.1}
[LLM 390.2]          The converting power of Christ is to have a telling influence in all our institutions, and this power is the agency that will overcome our individual defects of character and make us laborers together with God. By the truth held in its purity, souls will be reached who could not otherwise be influenced to obey. The Holy Spirit is to be our counselor and guide in every branch of the work. The will of God made manifest in the life reveals the power of the word to overcome every natural trait of character, and to conduct the believer "from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord."  {LLM 390.2}
[LLM 390.3]          I have a deep interest in you, my brother. I want you to receive the grace of our precious Saviour, that you may be sanctified soul, body, and spirit, through the belief of the truth. You are not required to set a standard of character for yourself, but to accept that standard, which if copied will lead you in the lowly steps of Jesus.                                        Ellen G. White.                                                    -    {LLM 390.3}
[LLM 390.4]          (700) Portion of a Letter from J. A. Burden to W. C. White,                            Nov. 18, 1908.            I am studying most carefully the question of how our medical work should develop. I can see very plainly the wonderful help that has come to us by having the Bible work made strong. If we only had something better in the way of clinical work for advanced students it would be a great blessing. I have been taking up correspondence with the Medical Board of Examiners, also with the Board of Trustees of the American Medical Association of Colleges, to learn what I could in reference to the latter question. I can see clearly if we are to launch a fully accredited college to stand along side of other medical colleges, duplicating their work, that it will be a big proposition. But if we were to do, say, three solid years' work such as would be recognized with that of other schools, and fit workers for                                        -391-     evangelistic work at home or in foreign fields, and at the same time would be counted for about two years in a recognized medical school, it seems to me it would open the way to the accomplishment of all that we want. It would give the student that which would enable him to stand when he entered these other Medical Colleges. I am going to correspond further, to see if such a plan can be worked out. If we could obtain a charter and incorporate our college in such a way as to carry out our plans, I believe it would be a step in the right direction.  {LLM 390.4}
[LLM 391.1]          I should be glad to receive any criticisms, counsel, or help on any of these points that I have suggested.                                                    -    {LLM 391.1}
[LLM 391.2]          (701)  Nov. 26, 1908.       B-332-'08.                                    Sanitarium, Calif., Nov. 25, 1908     Elder J. A. Burden, Loma, Linda, Calif.     Dear Brother Burden:        Willie has permitted me to read your recent letter to him, in which you speak of Elder Andross' need of help, and suggest that Elder Healey be called to Los Angeles to unite with him.  {LLM 391.2}
[LLM 391.3]          There are wise reasons why this would not be for the best interests of the work in Southern California Conference. Elder Healey has not the physical strength to fit him to carry large responsibilities. Moreover, in the past his voice has sometimes been raised to counterwork moves that God has clearly indicated should be made. The Lord has in the Southern California Conference, men who can be trained to fill responsible positions and these men should be sought for.  {LLM 391.3}
[LLM 391.4]          The work of the Lord must be carried forward intelligently. Clear, well-defined plans must be laid for the spread of our message. Men are needed who will manifest the spirit and the mind of Christ. He calls for men who are consecrated to Him, body, soul, and spirit, who will carry out His will in meekness and humility, respecting the counsels given by His spirit. Let every man stand in his lot and place, looking to Christ as his Guide and Counselor, and yoking up with his brethren in service for the Master.  {LLM 391.4}
[LLM 391.5]          Christ will instruct those who manifest a teachable spirit. Among those who heed His instruction He will raise up men and women to act as His agents. But those who follow their (702) own wisdom, fearing to walk in harmony with the revealed plans of the Lord, can be but a hindrance to the work He desires to be performed. You, Brother Burden, have seen how the Lord has wrought when men have not placed themselves directly in the way of the working of His plans.                                      -392-  {LLM 391.5}
[LLM 392.1]          We are engaged in an important and an essential work. We must carry on an aggressive warfare. We are to stand for the true Protestant principles; for the policies of the papacy will edge their way into every place possible, to proscribe liberty of conscience. Every eye must now be single to the glory of God. Those who have been seeking to undermine the confidence of our people in the testimonies that God has given for their benefit and in the leadings of Providence in our work, will some day be revealed as having acted a part similar to that acted by Judas.  {LLM 392.1}
[LLM 392.2]          Judas was tempted and tried, but not rising above his temptations and trials, he lost ground, and finally went so far as to betray his Lord. Christ permitted him to go with the other disciples on their evangelistic tours, but he often manifested a spirit of superiority. He sought to exercise authority over his brethren. This spirit, unchecked and unrestrained, opened the way for the enemy to work upon his mind and heart, until at length he went so far as to betray his Lord and Saviour with a treacherous kiss. There are today, among the professed people of God, some who are walking in the same path as did Judas. Unless they are converted, they will some day be numbered among the open enemies of God's work for this time.  {LLM 392.2}
[LLM 392.3]          I will endeavor to write again when I have time, and feel stronger.                                    Ellen G. White.                                                    -                                     -394-                                                    -    {LLM 392.3}
[LLM 394.1]          (707)        A Plain Statement of Facts Regarding the Establishment of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium.            During the thirty-third session of the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, held in South Lancaster, Mass., early in                                      -395-     1899, several communications were received from Mrs. E. G. White, then living in Australia. Among these was an appeal for means to be used in strengthening institutional work in the Australasian Union Conference. Particular reference was made to their need of a thoroughly equipped medical institution, suitably located. It was urged that such an institution might be made a center of training and of influence in that field.  {LLM 394.1}
[LLM 395.1]          It will be remembered by many that one of the principles brought out in the course of Sister White's plea for means, was that her continued presence in a field, is an indication that a special work is to be done there.  {LLM 395.1}
[LLM 395.2]          Here is a portion of the testimony read at the South Lancaster Conference, and published on pages 130 and 131 of the 1899 "Daily Bulletin:"  {LLM 395.2}
[LLM 395.3]          The Lord says to His people in America: "When I send my servants to establish My work in a new field, and build up the interests essential to give it character, I call upon My people to sustain that work with their prayers and with their means. . .  {LLM 395.3}
[LLM 395.4]          "When My servant whom I have called to make known My will was sent to Australia, you in America should have understood that you had a work to do in cooperation with her. Who was it that carried out My directions in laying the foundation of the institutions in America, which have grown to such large proportions? And when My servant was sent to establish the work in a new field, could you not see that He who owns all the gold and silver was calling for your cooperation? You had obtained a standing fully abundant and ample. And when the work was to begin in another field, I would be with My servant  indicate the work; and you should have been ready to aid.  {LLM 395.4}
[LLM 395.5]          (708) "Place your money where the work of God demands help, that the medical missionary work in that new field may be made a success. The work in Australia should have been placed on such a basis that after a time it might have become self-sustaining.  {LLM 395.5}
[LLM 395.6]          "When My servants were sent to Australia, you should have understood that God would work through them, and you should have exercised liberality in apportioning means to advance the work. . .  {LLM 395.6}
[LLM 395.7]          "Again the word of the Lord came to me, saying: 'I have spared your life to do My work, and wherever I send you, go, and I will send My angel with you. In no case should you be feeble in your request for the advantage of means. Wherever I send you, go, and speak My words. I will be thy mind, I will be thy judgment. All the advantages are mine. The means and facilities are Mine, and there should be no withholding. But selfishness, a desire to control, has kept the advantages in one place, so that everything is overbalanced. Call for the means God designed you to have long ago. Hold up My banner. Give honor to no human                                      -396-     instrumentality, but to God, that My name may be a praise in the earth. The Lord, He is God, and before Him there is no other. My work in Australia has been greatly hindered. . . But go not forth in hesitancy. I will be with you. Ask of My people the means that should have gone to advance the work in the Australasian field, the new world to which I have sent you.'"  {LLM 395.7}
[LLM 396.1]          Sister White continues: "The work should be established in this country, and it will be; for thus the Lord has said. We might be years in advance if our brethren in America had stood unflinchingly to their duty, to hear and obey the word of the Lord. Let no more time be lost. You who have so many advantages, do your work unselfishly. It is God's work we are doing, and you will not find the work in your hands restricted, if you follow the will and word of God. Share your advantages, with us in the field, that the work may stand on a true basis, and have the influence and character it should possess. Your minds may not now be prepared to see the importance of surrendering yourselves to do what ought to have been done when we were appointed to come to this field. You may not be able to see all the particulars involved in this request of God to impart. But the special work has been laid out, and you are called upon to do your God-given duty in our onward march in this country by furnishing us with facilities for our work.  {LLM 396.1}
[LLM 396.2]          "Our brethren have not discerned that in helping us to do this work, they would be helping themselves. That which is given to start the work here will result in strengthening the work in other places. As your gifts free us from continual embarrassment, our labors can be extended; there will be an ingathering of souls, churches will be established, and there will be increasing financial strength. We shall have sufficiency, not only to carry on the work here, but to impart to other fields. Nothing is gained by withholding the very means that would enable us to work to advantage, extending the knowledge of God and the triumphs of truth in regions beyond."  {LLM 396.2}
[LLM 396.3]          (709) In the above quotations, note particularly (1) The principle that wherever the servant of the Lord is sent to strengthen certain lines of work, God's people should stand ready to aid in bringing to pass that which is called for. Those who are familiar with Sister White's experience in Australia, and with the later development and prosperity of that which she was led to urge her brethren to establish in days of doubt and ［severe］ adversity, know that this principle is sound.  {LLM 396.3}
[LLM 396.4]         Note also (2) the principle that our minds may not be prepared to see the importance of surrendering ourselves to do that which ought to be done when God's servant is located for a time in a certain field. "You may not be able," she wrote, "to see all the particulars involved in this request of God to impart. But the special work has been laid out, and you are called upon to do your God-given duty."                                      -397-  {LLM 396.4}
[LLM 397.1]          And note further (3) the instruction that comes from a divine source to Sister White herself: "Wherever I send you, go, and I will send My angel with you. In no case should you be feeble in your request for the advantage of means. Wherever I send you, go, and speak My words. I will be thy mind, I will be thy judgment. All the advantages are Mine. The means and facilities are Mine, and there should be no withholding."  {LLM 397.1}
[LLM 397.2]          It is Plain from These Facts, That--          1. There is a Providence over-ruling the movements of the servant whom God has called to make known His will.  {LLM 397.2}
[LLM 397.3]          2. Of this divinely-appointed servant, the Lord has said: "I have spared your life to do My work; and wherever I send you, go, and I will send My angel with you. . . . I will be thy mind, I will be thy judgment."  {LLM 397.3}
[LLM 397.4]          (710) 3. When this servant of the Lord indicates that a certain work should be done, God's people should be ready to aid in an effort to do this work.  {LLM 397.4}
[LLM 397.5]          4. The minds of God's people may not be able to see all the particulars involved in these requests for aid in the accomplishment of a "special work" that "has been laid out," nevertheless, they are called upon to do their God-given duty.  {LLM 397.5}
[LLM 397.6]          5. That which the Lord says is to be established, will be established, notwithstanding the fact that years may be lost through a refusal to follow the leadings of God's providences. This is revealed in the statement regarding Australasia reading thus; "The work should be established in this country, and it will be; for thus the Lord has said. We might be years in advance if our brethren in America had stood unflinchingly to their duty, to hear and obey the word of the Lord. Let no more time be lost."  {LLM 397.6}
[LLM 397.7]          6. For the accomplishment of definite lines of work pointed out by the Spirit of Prophecy, the Lord's servant has been instructed: "In no case should you be feeble in your request for the advantage of means." And the people are instructed: "You may not be able to see all the particulars involved in this request of God to impart. But the special work has been laid out, and you are called upon to do God-given duty."                                                    -    {LLM 397.7}
[LLM 397.8]          When applied to the entire situation at Takoma Park, D. C., these principles stand out very clearly. But few, if any, understood all that was involved in the appeals to our people for means to establish a school and a sanitarium at this place, in connection with the denominational headquarters. It required large faith to (711) launch these enterprises; but the men in responsibility, while unable to "see all the particulars involved"                                      -398-     in doing "the special work" that had been "laid out," went forward in faith. The reasons for establishing a school and a sanitarium in connection with the new center at the capital of the nation, are now beginning to be understood. Those who had the faith and the courage to advance in response to counsel given through the Spirit of Prophecy, are not rejoicing over that which has been accomplished.  {LLM 397.8}
[LLM 398.1]          When these principles are applied in a study of the history of our missions work in the countries of Continental Europe, it is evident that some of the foundations laid during the period when Sister White was stationed there--1885-1887--have had much to do with the building up of a substantial, solid work, in that field along right lines. There was a divine providence in Sister White's visit to Europe just at the time she did go there--when foundations were being laid for the magnificent superstructure that we behold today.  {LLM 398.1}
[LLM 398.2]         And when we turn to Australasia, we learn that those acquainted with the struggles of the men and women of faith who led out in the establishment of the Avondale School and the Wahroonga Sanitarium, in harmony with the direct leadings of the Spirit of Prophecy, are able to appreciate fully the divine providence connected with the sojourn of Sister White in that center of the Island field just at the time she was permitted to labor there.                                                    -    {LLM 398.2}
[LLM 398.3]          The time came when the servant of the Lord whom He had called to make known His will, was bidden to return from Australasia to America. Before leaving Australasia, she began to see the fruition of her hopes. The word of the Lord, as spoken through the (712) human agent was being vindicated in a marked manner. And those who remained to carry on the work that had been set in operation, have with the passing years seen evidence upon evidence of the providential leadings of the Spirit of Prophecy during the formative period of the work in the Australasian Union Conference. God's promises, as spoken through His servant, are fulfilling; His word has been vindicated.  {LLM 398.3}
[LLM 398.4]               Medical Missionary Work in                     Southern California.            That there are special providences connected with Sister White's sojourn in California, and with her continued burden in behalf of medical missionary work in Southern California, but few are prepared to gainsay. Whether beyond our feeble comprehension, or not, there is a special providence connected with the establishment of Sanitariums near San Diego, Los Angeles, and in the Redlands-Riverside-San Bernardino district. Year after year since her return to America, Sister White pointed out the importance of doing a strong work in Southern California, and of establishing in that field, not one mammoth sanitarium, but several smaller institutions. It seemed as if no one fully comprehended the import of her words. Repeatedly she pointed out,                                      -399-     in this connection, the advantages to be gained by securing the Paradise Valley Sanitarium; and she urged the brethren in responsibility in Conferences (both State and Union), and also in our Medical Missionary and Benevolent Associations (both local and general) to act, and to act quickly. No one acted, apparently because of lack of faith in the proposed enterprise.  {LLM 398.4}
[LLM 399.1]          Sister White continued urging men in official positions to act, until, finally, she felt impelled to lead out herself, just (713) as she had formerly led out in advancing the interests of the Avondale School at a time when many were disheartened over the prospect of founding a training-school there. But, unlike their Australasian brethren, who, reluctantly at first, and enthusiastically after some years of trial, assumed their full share of the financial burden and the burden of control,-- unlike their Australasian brethren, the brethren in official responsibility in Southern California and in the Pacific Union Conference did not follow Sister White's leadings in this instance, and refused to take any financial responsibility what so ever. In fact, to this day, it is a matter of conjecture on the part of some who have been closely connected with the Paradise Valley enterprise, as to the real attitude that men in responsibility have taken, through the years, toward the plain instruction that came to them through Sister White to give serious consideration to the advantages that would be gained by securing possession of the Paradise Valley property.  {LLM 399.1}
[LLM 399.2]          When it came to the purchase of the Glendale Sanitarium property, it was in response to the repeated counsel of Sister White to secure a property near Los Angeles, suitable for a country sanitarium. This institution was to be one member of a sisterhood of sanitariums in the Southern California field, where extraordinary opportunities called for a special and an extraordinary work. In this instance, the Conference brethren--a few reluctantly, and many whole-heartedly--shouldered the entire responsibility of the enterprise. Nobly have the Conference officials stood by the Glendale institution.  {LLM 399.2}
[LLM 399.3]          When it came to the purchase of the Loma Linda property, Sister White again led out in urging that quick action be taken-- exceedingly quick action, in fact. There were a few men whose faith led them to wish to act; but the greater portion of the men in responsibility (714) in the Southern California Conference, and some counselors in the Pacific Union Conference, refused to act. The president of the Southern Calif. Conference, after consulting with some of his associates, even instructed the others not to act, save on their own individual responsibility. But, in this instance, the counsel of the Spirit of Prophecy to act, prevailed, after that memorable meeting in Los Angeles, when Elder Irwin held up before the Conference brethren the situation that the brethren in Australia had had to face when Sister White counseled them to persevere in an effort to build up a thoroughly-equipped training school for Christian workers,                                      -400-     notwithstanding their inability to see light in all that was outlined before them. As Elder Irwin recounted the special providences connected with the establishment of the Cooranbong school, and how every specification that had been outlined regarding the future work and prosperity of that school, had been met, the hearts of the brethren in responsibility in Southern California gathered courage, and the Loma Linda enterprise was recognized as a Conference enterprise.  {LLM 399.3}
[LLM 400.1]         Afterward, it is true, when the servant of the Lord began to bear them message after message pointing out the necessity of inaugurating and developing an untried and difficult line of educational work at Loma Linda, the faith of many wavered, and for a time some in authority did much to hinder the carrying forward of this new line of training. But notwithstanding all the opposition of the wavering ones, the Loma Linda enterprise has ever remained a conference enterprise.  {LLM 400.1}
[LLM 400.2]          Why did not the men in charge of Conference affairs respond to Sister White's repeated appeals to consider the advantages to be gained by purchasing the Paradise Valley property? Plainly speaking, it was because they did not see light in the counsel given. For some reason, they seemed unable to understand the matter as portrayed in the Spirit of Prophecy, and evidently they were not (715) prepared to move forward by faith in harmony with the repeated suggestions of the Lord's servant.  {LLM 400.2}
[LLM 400.3]          Why did the Conference brethren purchase the Glendale property?--Because they had turned resolutely from the long cherished dream of establishing something great and grand in the city of Los Angeles, and had recognized the wisdom of establishing, instead, smaller sanitariums in more retired locations. Accordingly, they acted in harmony with the counsel given through the Spirit of Prophecy--after a tedious delay, it is true, of two years and more; but they finally did act, and that right heartily.  {LLM 400.3}
[LLM 400.4]          Why did the Conference brethren respond to Sister White's appeals to purchase Loma Linda?--Because, after at first opposing this, they were visited by men of large faith in God's providential leadings, and were, in turn, inspired with faith through listening to a recital of providences connected with the establishment of large enterprises in other fields.  {LLM 400.4}
[LLM 400.5]                      The Proposed Transfer.          As to the proposed transfer of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium to Conference control: This was in harmony with Sister White's mind, provided the Conference wished to take over the property in the right spirit, and were ready to foster the enterprise whole-heartedly.  {LLM 400.5}
[LLM 400.6]          And why was the transfer not carried through?--Simply because, to all appearances at least, the Conference officials                                      -401-     failed to recognize the providences connected with the purchase of the property originally, and proposed such terms of transfer as would have indicated to our own people, and to the world at large, that those who had led out in the enterprise, moved unadvisedly, and that it would have been better had they never (716) secured the property in the first place. The impression was being left on the minds of many, that, inasmuch as the property had been purchased contrary to the judgment of the Southern California Conference officials, now the Conference would take over the enterprise as a matter of policy, and not because they even yet saw wisdom in the action taken by the original purchasers at a time when Conference officials refused to act.  {LLM 400.6}
[LLM 401.1]          Sister White was instructed, during the night season, that, under the existing circumstances, it would be wrong for the transfer to be made. There were providences connected with the purchase of the property, that should be recognized by those who take the management of the institution. Until such a time as the General Conference may be in a position to carry the burden of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium whole-heartedly and with freedom of spirit because of their conviction that the institution has been planted of God; until such time as they are prepared to act nobly and generously as men of faith in a heaven-born enterprise; until such time as those who assume control will have a desire to vindicate the reliability of the words that have been spoken regarding the work this institution is to do in the world, --until such time as the brethren in Southern California are prepared to take over the Paradise Valley Sanitarium on this basis, the present stockholders will in all probability be inclined to hold the property, and, as wise stewards, fulfill their God-given trust.  {LLM 401.1}
[LLM 401.2]                        A Summary of Facts.          There is every evidence that God has a wise purpose in view, in the presence of His appointed servant on the Pacific Coast, in placing on her a special and continuous burden in behalf (717) of medical missionary work in the Southern California field.  {LLM 401.2}
[LLM 401.3]          We read in the extract quoted at the beginning, these words, that have been given us regarding the work of Sister White: "When My servant whom I have called to make known My will was sent to Australia, you in America should have understood that you had a work to do in cooperation with her." Again: "When My servant was sent to establish the work in a new field, could you not see that He who owns all the gold and silver was calling for your cooperation."  {LLM 401.3}
[LLM 401.4]          We read still further: "When the work was to begin in another field, I would be with My servant to indicate the work, and you should have been ready to aid."                                      -402-  {LLM 401.4}
[LLM 402.1]          What means the continued presence of the Lord's appointed servant in the California field?  {LLM 402.1}
[LLM 402.2]          What means the bearing of repeated messages to our people, messages in which are indicated definite lines of work to be carried forward in several places in Southern California?  {LLM 402.2}
[LLM 402.3]          What means the intensity of Sister White's burden in behalf of medical missionary work in San Diego County, prior to the establishment of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium?  {LLM 402.3}
[LLM 402.4]          What means the counsel, oft-repeated, that those in responsibility make advance moves in the San Diego field, as well as in the Los Angeles district and in the San Bernardino valley?  {LLM 402.4}
[LLM 402.5]          What means the fact that simultaneously with the plain instruction that was being given as to the advantages of establishing small sanitariums in country locations, repeated efforts were made to invest large sums of money in medical missionary work in the heart of the city of Los Angeles?  {LLM 402.5}
[LLM 402.6]          What means the personal action taken by the servant of the Lord, when, in anguish of spirit over the refusal of men in responsibility to step forward by faith and secure the Paradise (718) Valley property, she herself and a few others assumed the responsibility?  {LLM 402.6}
[LLM 402.7]          What means the fact that those who thus advanced in faith made special provision for turning the property over to Conference control whenever a change of conducting might make it possible for a transfer to be made; in other words, whenever changed conditions would result in a willingness on the part of Conference officials to accept the property in the right spirit, and to conduct sanitarium work there in harmony with the divine plan?  {LLM 402.7}
[LLM 402.8]          What means the opportunity afforded the brethren in responsibility to take over the property, in the fall of 1907?  {LLM 402.8}
[LLM 402.9]          What means their action in proposing terms so exacting that the acceptance of these terms of transfer would have brought severe hardships upon the very ones who stepped forward in faith at a time when Conference officials refused to advance in the opening providence of God?  {LLM 402.9}
[LLM 402.10]          What means the counsel of the Lord through His servant, not to accept these terms--terms the acceptance of which would have made very difficult the vindication of His word concerning the wisdom of saving to the denomination the Paradise Valley property at a time when three days' longer delay would have made it well-nigh impossible to secure the property?                                      -403-  {LLM 402.10}
[LLM 403.1]          What means the attitude of many men in responsibility, even today, toward an enterprise, which, from the very beginning, might have been a Conference enterprise had Conference officials fulfilled their duty in the fear of God; but which, because of the inability of men in responsibility to discern the opening providences of God, has to this day remained in the hands of a few who acted quickly in a crisis to save to the denomination a passing opportunity to secure facilities for doing strong work in a needy field?  {LLM 403.1}
[LLM 403.2]                            (719) In Conclusion          There are men in responsibility who are keeping before their minds the noble purpose of making Sister White's declining years the brightest of all her long life of service in the cause of God. These men are doing all in their power to vindicate before a gainsaying world the reliability of the Spirit of Prophecy--the gift that has been preserved in our midst these many years.  {LLM 403.2}
[LLM 403.3]          In view of all that has been outlined in this "Statement of Facts," is it not apparent that there is something more involved in this problem of the status of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, than simply the question as to whether the institution is technically a private enterprise or a Conference enterprise? When determining the status of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, we are compelled, by the very fact of circumstances, to rise far above mere technicalities.  {LLM 403.3}
[LLM 403.4]          The facts herein set forth are abundantly sustained by documentary evidence, and by our own good judgment and our sense of justice and the right.  {LLM 403.4}
[LLM 403.5]          In view of these facts, in view of the strange and inexplainable attitude of men in responsibility toward this enterprise in former years, in view of our knowledge of the burden of anxiety and care resting on the heart of Sister White, because of the long-continued failure of her brethren to understand the messages regarding unusual opportunities for carrying on medical missionary work in the vicinity of San Diego, we can not afford to do otherwise than to rise above every technicality, and determine the status of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, in the light of God's over-ruling providences and His far-reaching purposes.                                        Clarence C. Crisler                                                    -    {LLM 403.5}
[LLM 403.6]          (720)                       Jan. 14, 1909     K-94-'09                                    K. 94 '09. Bro. and Sr. D. H. Kress            Soon after the Paradise Valley Sanitarium had been secured, the brethren at Los Angeles, after long search, decided to                                      -404-     purchase a hotel property at Glendale, eight miles from the city. This property was offered at a price below its original cost, and within the reach of the Conference. As everything seemed favorable, it was secured, and has since been refitted and opened as the Glendale Sanitarium. Some additions have been made to the old building.  {LLM 403.6}
[LLM 404.1]         When we first saw the Glendale property, so unlike some other properties we had visited in the vicinity of Los Angeles, we believed that this was a place that had been providentially reserved for us, and we have had no reason since for changing our minds.  {LLM 404.1}
[LLM 404.2]          In less than a year after the establishment of the Glendale Sanitarium, the Loma Linda property was purchased. Thus within a comparatively short period of time, God wrought marvelously in the establishment of three sanitariums within the territory of the Southern California Conference.  {LLM 404.2}
[LLM 404.3]          (721)                       M. 70 '09. April 12, '09.                                    Loma Linda, Calif.     Eliza Morton            We are about to leave Loma Linda for our journey to College View, Nebraska. I have spoken once while here. Last Sabbath the patients and church members assembled on the beautiful grounds of the sanitarium, and I spoke to them from the 58th chapter of Isaiah.  {LLM 404.3}
[LLM 404.4]          We hope that in the school established at Loma Linda many will be qualified to go forth and impart the knowledge of truth they have here received. A quick work will the Lord do in our world, for Satan is preparing his forces to seek to overcome the remnant people who love God and keep His commandments. He points to the smallness of their numbers, and flatters his followers that his larger army can out-number the believers. We know how powerful are the hosts of Satan; but God is more powerful than they. Our risen Saviour is all-sufficient for our needs.                                                    -    {LLM 404.4}
[LLM 404.5]          (722)  May 10 '09 -6-       B.84, - '09.                                    Washington, D. C., May 7, 1909.     To the Teachers in Union College:-     Dear Fellow-Laborers:-        Here are the words I spoke to you Monday morning, April 19, with a few paragraphs from a letter written upon the subject a few days before our visit to College View:--  {LLM 404.5}
[LLM 404.6]          'We then, as workers together with Him, beseech you also that ye receive not the grace of God in vain, (For He saith, I                                      -405-     have heard thee in a time accepted, and in the day of salvation have I succored thee: behold, now is the accepted time, behold, now is the day of salvation). Giving no offense in anything, that the ministry be not blamed; but in all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God, in much patience, in afflictions, in necessities, in distresses, in stripes, in imprisonments, in tumults, in labors, in watchings, by the Holy Ghost, by love unfeigned, by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armor of righteousness on the right hand and on the left, by honor and dishonor, by evil report and good report: as deceivers, and yet true, as unknown, and yet well known; as dying, and behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; as sorrowful, yet always rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as having nothing, and yet possessing all things.  {LLM 404.6}
[LLM 405.1]         "Be not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? and what concord hath Christ with Belial? or what part hath he that believeth with an infidel? and what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be my people. Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, (723) saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord almighty."  {LLM 405.1}
[LLM 405.2]          There is constant danger among our people that those who engage in labor in our schools and sanitariums will entertain the idea that they must get in line with the world, study the things which the world studies, and become familiar with the things that the world becomes familiar with. This is one of the greatest mistakes that could be made. We shall make grave mistakes unless we give special attention to the searching of the Word.  {LLM 405.2}
[LLM 405.3]          The question is asked, What is the higher education? There is no education higher than that contained in the principles laid down in the words that I have read to you from the sixth chapter of Second Corinthians. Let our students study diligently to comprehend this. Through His own chosen messengers God has given us light and instruction as to what constitutes the higher education. There is no higher education to be gained than that which was given to the early disciples, and which is given to us through the word. May the Holy Spirit of God impress your minds with the truth that there is nothing in all the world in the line of education that is so exalted as the instruction contained in the chapters to which I have referred. Let us advance just as far as the word will take us. Let us work intelligently for this higher education. Let our righteousness be the sign of our understanding of the will of God committed to us through His messengers.                                      -406-  {LLM 405.3}
[LLM 406.1]          It is the privilege of every believer to take the life of Christ and the teachings of Christ as His daily study. Christian education means the acceptance, in sentiment and principle, of the teachings of the Saviour. It includes a daily conscientious walking in the footsteps of Christ, who consented to lay off His (724) royal robe and crown and to come to our world in the form of humanity, that He might give to the human race a power that they could gain by no other means. What was that power? It was the power resulting from the human nature uniting with the divine, the power to take the teachings of Christ and follow them to the letter. In His resistance of evil, and His labor for others, Christ was giving to men an example of the highest education that it is possible for anyone to reach.  {LLM 406.1}
[LLM 406.2]          The Son of God was rejected by those whom He came to bless. He was taken by wicked hands and crucified. But after He had risen from the dead, He was with His disciples forty days, and in this time He gave them much precious instruction. He laid down to His followers the principles underlying the higher education. And when He was about to leave them and go to His Father, His last words to them were, "I am with you always, even unto the end of the world." Christ will not forsake us.  {LLM 406.2}
[LLM 406.3]          Strong temptations will come to many who place their children in our schools because they desire the youth to secure what the world regards as the most essential education. Who knows what the most essential education is unless it is the education to be obtained from that Book which is the foundation of all true knowledge. Those who regard as essential the knowledge to be gained along the line of worldly education are making a great mistake, one which will cause them to be swayed by individual opinions that are human and erring. To those who feel that their children must have what the world calls the essential education, I would say, bring your children to the simplicity of the word of God, and they will be safe. We are going to be greatly scattered before long, and what we do must be done quickly.  {LLM 406.3}
[LLM 406.4]         The light has been given me that tremendous pressure will (725) be brought upon every Seventh-day Adventist with whom the world can get into close connection.  {LLM 406.4}
[LLM 406.5]          We need to understand these things. Those who seek the education that the world esteems so highly are gradually led farther and farther from the principles of truth until they become educated worldlings. At what a price they have gained their education! They have parted with the Holy Spirit of God. They have chosen to accept what the world calls knowledge in the place of the truths which God has committed to men through His ministers and prophets and apostles. And there are some who, having secured this world education, think that they can introduce it into our schools. But let me tell you that you must not take what the world calls the higher education and bring it into our schools and sanitariums and churches. I speak to you definitely; this must not be done.                                      -407-  {LLM 406.5}
[LLM 407.1]          Upon the mind of every student should be impressed the thought that education is a failure unless the understanding has learned to grasp the truths of divine revelation, and unless the heart accepts the teachings of the gospel of Christ. The student who, in the place of the broad principles of the word of God, will accept common ideas, and will allow the time and attention to be absorbed in commonplace, trivial matters, will find his mind becoming dwarfed and enfeebled; he will lose the power of growth. The mind must be trained to comprehend the important truths that concern eternal life.  {LLM 407.1}
[LLM 407.2]          I am instructed that we are to carry the minds of our students higher than it is now thought by many to be possible. Hearts and mind are to be trained to preserve their purity by receiving daily supplies from the fountain of eternal truth. The divine Mind and Hand has preserved through the ages the record of creation in its purity. It is the word of God alone that gives to us an authentic account of the creation of our world. The Word is to be the chief study in our schools. Here we may hold converse (726) with patriarchs and prophets; here we may learn what our redemption has cost. One who was equal with the Father from the beginning, and who sacrificed His life that a people might stand before Him redeemed from every common, earthly thing, and renewed in the image of God.  {LLM 407.2}
[LLM 407.3]          If we are to learn of Christ, we must pray as the apostles prayed when the Holy Spirit was poured upon them. We need a baptism of the Spirit of God. We are not safe for one hour while we are failing to render obedience to the word of God.  {LLM 407.3}
[LLM 407.4]          I do not say that there should be no study of the languages. The languages should be studied. Before long there will be a positive necessity for many to leave their homes and work among those of other languages; and those who have some knowledge of foreign languages will thereby be able to communicate with those who know not the truth. Some of our people will learn the languages in the countries to which they are sent. This is the better way. And there is One who will stand right by the side of the faithful worker to open the understanding and to give them wisdom. If you did not know a word of the foreign languages, the Lord could make your work fruitful. As you go among these people, and present to them the publications, the Lord will work upon their minds, giving them an understanding of the truth. Some who take up the work in foreign fields can teach the word through an interpreter. As the result of faithful effort there will be a rich harvest gathered that you do not now understand.  {LLM 407.4}
[LLM 407.5]          There is another line of work to be carried forward, the work in large cities. There should be companies of earnest laborers working in the cities. We should study what needs to be done in the places that have been neglected. The Lord has been calling our attention to the neglected multitudes in the large cities, yet little regard has been given to the matter.                                     -408-  {LLM 407.5}
[LLM 408.1]          (727) We are not willing enough to trouble the Lord, and to ask Him for the gifts of the Holy Spirit. And the Lord wants us to trouble Him in this matter. He wants us to press our petitions to the throne. The most valuable education that can be obtained will be found in going out with the message of truth to the places that are in darkness, just as the first disciples went out in obedience to the commission of Christ. The Saviour gave the disciples their directions in a few words. He told them what they might expect. "I send you forth," He said, "as sheep in the midst of wolves. Be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves." These workers were to go forth as the representatives of Him who gave life for the life of the world.  {LLM 408.1}
[LLM 408.2]          The Lord wants us to come into harmony with His spirit. If we will do this, His spirit can rule our minds. If we have a true understanding of what constitutes the essential education, and endeavor to teach its principles, Christ will stand by to help us. He promised His followers that when they should stand before councils and judges, they were to take no thought what they should speak. I will instruct you, He said, I will guide you. Knowing what it is to be taught of God, when words of heavenly wisdom are brought to our mind, we will distinguish them from our own thoughts. We will understand them as the words of God, and we will see in them life and power that is for us.  {LLM 408.2}
[LLM 408.3]         "I will give you tongue and utterance," Of all the precious assurances God has given me regarding my work, none has been more precious to me than this, that He would give me tongue and utterance wherever I should go. In places where there was the greatest opposition, every tongue was silenced. I have spoken the plain message to our own people and to the multitude, and my words (728) have been accepted as coming from the Lord.  {LLM 408.3}
[LLM 408.4]          If we will look to Him, the Lord will help us to understand what constitutes true education. It is not to be gained by putting yourself through a long course of continuous study. In such a course you will get some things that are valuable, and many things that are not. The Lord would have us become laborers together with Him. He is our helper. He would have us come close to Him and learn of Him with all humility of mind.  {LLM 408.4}
[LLM 408.5]          We are to educate the youth to exercise equally the mental and the physical powers. The healthful exercise of the whole being will give an education that is broad and comprehensive. We had stern work to do in Australia in educating parents and youth along these lines; but we persevered in our efforts until the lesson was learned that in order to have education that was complete, the time of study must be divided between the gaining of book knowledge and the securing of a knowledge of practical work. Part of each day was spent in useful work, the students learning how to clear the land, how to cultivate the soil, and to build houses, in time that would otherwise have                                      -409-     been spent in playing games and seeking amusement. And the Lord blessed the students who thus devoted their time to learning lessons on usefulness.  {LLM 408.5}
[LLM 409.1]         Do not regard as most essential the theoretical part of your education. Medical students will have to follow the prescribed studies. They will listen to many theories that are contrary to truth. The Lord would have our medical students connect closely with those who believe and teach the truth. And as helpers with them they can learn how to treat the sick, and how to become faithful ministers to the sick. There are many ways by which the Lord would have us connect with these who honor and teach His word, and He will give us through this connection, a most valuable education.  {LLM 409.1}
[LLM 409.2]          You may say, the world will not acknowledge us. What if the world will not acknowledge you? It is the power of God that makes the impress on the human mind. Let it be more and more deeply impressed upon every student that every one of us should have an intelligent understanding of how to treat the physical system. And there are many who would have greater intelligence in these matters if they would not confine themselves to years of study without a practical experience under the instruction of learned physicians and surgeons. The more fully you put yourself under the direction of God, the greater knowledge you will receive from God. As you keep yourself in connection with the Source of all power, and as you minister to the sick, suggestions will come to your mind how you can apply to the case in hand the principles learned in your student days. "Ye are laborers together with God." He is to be your chief instructor.                                    Ellen G. White.                                                    -                                        -410-  {LLM 409.2}
[LLM 410.1]          (This was omitted from the last Conference Committee Meeting's report. It should have been included under item concerning Loma Linda and the Gen. Conf.)                                                    -    {LLM 410.1}
[LLM 410.2]          (731)  To The Delegates of the Thirty Seventh Session                      of the General Conference of            Seventh-Day Adventists at Takoma Park Assembled.            We the members of the Conference Committee of Southern California, and, of the Board of Loma Linda Sanitarium, would respectfully submit the following memorial for your consideration:  {LLM 410.2}
[LLM 410.3]          At the 1901 General Conference, in an article entitled, "Instruction regarding the School Work," read before the delegates April 22, 1901, it was pointed out that all our medical students were not to receive their training at the one medical College in Battle Creek. Of our schools that were introducing educational reforms, Sister White read: (G.C.B. 455-1901) "We are thankful that an interest is being shown in the work of establishing our schools on a right foundation, as they should have been established years ago. If the proper education is given to students, it is a positive necessity to establish our schools at a distance from cities, where the students can do manual work." . . .  {LLM 410.3}
[LLM 410.4]         Although there may be few students at first, do not be discouraged. The school will win its way. Introduce the medical missionary work. Some of the students are to be educated as nurses and some as physicians. It is not necessary for our students to go to Ann Arbor for a education. They may obtain at our schools all the education that is essential to perform the work for this time."  {LLM 410.4}
[LLM 410.5]          It will take some time to get a right understanding of the matter, but just as soon as we begin to work in the lines of true reform the Holy Spirit will lead us and guide us if we are willing to be guided. . . . All must place themselves under the influence of the Holy Spirit. When they place themselves under the (732) influence of the Spirit, they will accommodate themselves to Bible lines. When the word of God takes possession of the minds of teachers, then they are fitted to deal with the education of others. . . . The word of God is to stand as the foundation of all education. It is to be made the basis of all the schools that we shall establish."  {LLM 410.5}
[LLM 410.6]         Thus we see that eight years ago, God, foreseeing the calamity that would come upon the one medical school then in operation among us, counseled the establishment of other schools in which both nurses and physicians were to be educated. As pointing out the defectiveness of the American Medical College, and the necessity of giving the Bible its proper place in medical education,                                -411-     the following instruction was given,--which instruction should have been our guide in our school work.  {LLM 410.6}
[LLM 411.1]          Oct. 17, 1903, in a letter addressed "To our medical missionaries" (B-241-'03) we find the following: "God would have all who profess to be gospel medical missionaries, learn diligently the lessons of the great Teacher. . . . The one book that is essential for all to study is the Bible. Studied with reverence and Godly fear, it is the greatest of all educators. . . Study the Bible more and the theories of the medical fraternities, less, and you will have greater spiritual health. Your mind will be clearer and more vigorous. Much that is embraced in the medical course is positively unnecessary. Those who take a medical training, spend a great deal of time in learning that which is merely rubbish. Many of the theories that they learn may be compared in value to the traditions and maxims taught by the scribes and pharisees. Many of the intricacies with which they have to become familiar are an injury to their minds. These things God has been opening before me for many years. In our medical schools and institutions, we need men who have a deeper knowledge of the scriptures. . . . Because the word of God has been neglected, strange things have (733) been done in our medical missionary work of late. The Lord can not accept the present showing."  {LLM 411.1}
[LLM 411.2]          During the years from 1901 to 1904, the mind of the servant of the Lord was directed in a special way to Southern California as a field in which the medical missionary work was to be given great prominence by the establishment of at least, four leading sanitariums with branches in various cities. One of these was to be located near the towns of Riverside and Redlands.  {LLM 411.2}
[LLM 411.3]          During the session of the General Conference four years ago, under the direction and imperative demand of the Spirit of Prophecy, Loma Linda was purchased, situated four miles from Redlands and about nine miles from Riverside. Soon sanitarium work was begun at this place. This was followed immediately by testimonies which have continued to come up to the present time, both guiding, and urging forward the work. Extracts from these testimonies are as follows:--  {LLM 411.3}
[LLM 411.4]          "Loma Linda is to be not only a sanitarium, but an educational center. With the possession of this place comes the weighty responsibility of making the work of the institution, educational in character. A school is to be established here for the training of gospel, medical missionary evangelists." "In regard to the school I would say, make it all you possibly can in the education of nurses and physicians." "Make the school especially strong for nurses and physicians." "Thousands of workers are to be qualified with all the ability of physicians, to labor, not as physicians, but as medical missionary evangelists."                                      -412-  {LLM 411.4}
[LLM 412.1]          "I have clear instruction that wherever it is possible, schools should be established near to our sanitariums, that each institution may be a help to the other."  {LLM 412.1}
[LLM 412.2]          (734) Acting under the advice of these communications, steps were taken to establish the Loma Linda College of Evangelists. This was opposed by some and a communication was sent of which the following is an extract,--"Be very careful not to do anything that would restrict the work at Loma Linda. It is in the order of God that this property has been secured, and He has given instruction that a school should be connected with the sanitarium. A special work is to be done there in qualifying young men and young women to be efficient medical missionary workers. They are to be taught how to treat the sick without the use of drugs. Such an education requires an experience in practical work. The work at Loma Linda demands immediate consideration. Preparations must be made for the school to be opened as soon as possible. Our young men and young women are to find in Loma Linda a school where they can receive a medical missionary training, and where they will not be brought under the influence of some who are seeking to undermine the truth. The students are to unite faithfully in the medical work, keeping their physical powers in the most perfect condition possible, and laboring under the instruction of the great medical Missionary. The healing of the sick, and the ministry of the word, are to go hand in hand." In harmony with this instruction, the school was established with a three years' medical evangelistic course, supplemented by a strong three years' nurses course, designed to qualify workers with all the ability of physicians, in harmony with the testimonies given.  {LLM 412.2}
[LLM 412.3]          In connection with the opening of the school the following was sent:-  {LLM 412.3}
[LLM 412.4]          "Much is involved in this work and it is very essential that a right beginning be made. The Lord has a special work to be done in this field. He instructed me to call on Elder and Mrs. Haskell, to help us in getting properly started, a work similar to that they had carried on at Avondale."  {LLM 412.4}
[LLM 412.5]          (735) After the school was thus organized and our first class had nearly completed the second year in the medical course, testimonies came from which the following are extracts, dated April 23, 1908:  {LLM 412.5}
[LLM 412.6]          "There is a very precious work to be done in connection with the interests of the sanitarium and school at Loma Linda, and this will be done when all work to that end. . . . Ever bear in mind that heaven is interested in every question that agitates your mind in regard to your school and sanitarium. Both are to be strengthened. . . In our school at Loma Linda many can be educated to work as missionaries in the cause of Health                                     -413-     and Temperance. The best teachers are to be employed in this educational work. Not men who esteem highly their own capabilities, but men who will walk circumspectly, depending wholly upon the Lord." (B - 132'08)  {LLM 412.6}
[LLM 413.1]          That this school is not to be patterned after worldly standards of medical education, is shown by the following:-  {LLM 413.1}
[LLM 413.2]          "In the work of the school, maintain simplicity. No argument is so powerful as is success, founded upon simplicity. And you may attain success in the education of students as medical missionaries, without a medical school that can qualify physicians to compete with the physicians of the world. Let the students be given a practical education. And the less dependent you are upon worldly methods of education, the better it will be for the students. Special instruction should be given in the art of treating the sick without the use of poisonous drugs, and in harmony with the light that God has given. Students should come forth from the school without having sacrificed the principles of health reform.  {LLM 413.2}
[LLM 413.3]          "The education that meets the world's standard is to be less and less valued by those who are seeking for efficiency in carrying the medical missionary work in connection with the work of the third angel's message. They are to be educated from the standpoint of conscience, and as they conscientiously and faithfully follow right methods in their treatment of the sick, these methods will come to be recognized as preferable to the methods to which many have become accustomed, which demand the use of poisonous drugs." (B - 90 - '08)  {LLM 413.3}
[LLM 413.4]          That the school is designed of the Lord to be, not a local one, but general in its scope of influence and patronage, we would call attention to the following facts stated in the testimonies:--First, that thousands are to be trained. Second, that persons trained at this institution are to be sent to other states to conduct local schools of health and temperance. Both the school and sanitarium have been blessed of the Lord. And the school has now the endorsement and hearty cooperation of our local conference. During the last year the General Conference (736) has assisted it by the payment of the salary of the Bible teacher employed.  {LLM 413.4}
[LLM 413.5]          Believing the school to be general in its character, the Conference Committee of Southern California, and the Board of management of the institution, desiring counsel and help in perfecting the work of the school in harmony with the light given, passed the following:--  {LLM 413.5}
[LLM 413.6]          We respectfully ask the General Conference to recognize the Loma Linda College of Evangelists, as an institution for the education and training of both nurses and physicians, in harmony with the testimonies above quoted. Second, that it                                      -414-     assist the management in arranging the curriculum, and plans for the future development of the school.                                                    -    {LLM 413.6}
[LLM 414.1]          (737)                       B.100 - '09.                                    Washington, D. C. June 9, 1909.     Elder J. A. Burden:-        In the night season I seemed to be conversing with you, and encouraging you to go forward in the name of the Lord, preparing your school to give the education most needed at this time. The education that is to be given by our people in the large cities of Southern California is set before me day and night. The people in these cities are to be made to understand what constitutes "higher education." Higher education means conformity to the plan of salvation.  {LLM 414.1}
[LLM 414.2]         Obtain facilities for your school work. Let the means that shall come to you be used very economically. Do not spend one dollar unnecessarily.  {LLM 414.2}
[LLM 414.3]          Endeavor to place yourself where you will not be confused by the representations and forbiddings of human agencies who would misinterpret the true meaning of the higher education. Lift up the Man of Calvary. By the work of teaching and by earnest prayer, endeavor to place the students where they will receive inspiration of heaven. Jesus Christ is to be presented before them as the Source of all light and knowledge. Let none dishonor Him by choosing to accept the world's interpretation of what the higher education means. Let us leave that to those who do not acknowledge the truths of the word of God as the source of all true knowledge.  {LLM 414.3}
[LLM 414.4]         Give to the teachers all the advantages possible, to secure (738) a clear understanding of what constitutes the essential education.  {LLM 414.4}
[LLM 414.5]         Teach the students to look for wisdom to the One who gave His life for the salvation of the world. Now is your time to work. That same Jesus who walked with His disciples on earth, and who taught them from day to day, will teach His servants in this age.  {LLM 414.5}
[LLM 414.6]          I would call your attention to the eighth chapter of Acts, in which is related Philip's experience with the Ethiopian seeker after truth. The record states: - Acts 8:26-40 "And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the South unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert. And he arose and went; and, behold a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship, was returning, and sitting in his chariot read Esaias the prophet.                                     -415-  {LLM 414.6}
[LLM 415.1]          Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot. And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou readest? And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him.  {LLM 415.1}
[LLM 415.2]          The place of the scripture which he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so opened he not his mouth: In His humiliation His judgment was taken away: and who shall declare His generation? for his life is taken from the earth. And the eunuch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this? of himself, or of some other man?  {LLM 415.2}
[LLM 415.3]         Then Philip opened his mouth, and began at the same scripture, and preached unto him Jesus. (739)  {LLM 415.3}
[LLM 415.4]          And as they went on their way, they came unto a certain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized? And Philip said, If thou believest with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.  {LLM 415.4}
[LLM 415.5]          And he commanded the chariot to stand still: and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him. And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went on his way rejoicing. But Philip was found at Azotus; and passing through he preached in all the cities, till he came to Caesarea."  {LLM 415.5}
[LLM 415.6]          The whole of the book of Acts should receive careful study. It is full of precious instruction; it records experiments in evangelistic work, the teachings of which we need in our work today. This wonderful history; it deals with the highest education, which the students in our schools are to receive.                                                    -    {LLM 415.6}
[LLM 415.7]          (740)                      MS. 53 - '09.           Talk by Mrs. E. G. White before the General Conference                       Committee, June 11, 1909.            When Brother Burden was leaving for Southern California at the close of this Conference, he inquired of me, "What shall we plan to do for Loma Linda?" "Go straight ahead," I replied; "let the truth shine forth in every possible way. Continue to work with all your zeal in the territory surrounding your sanitarium. Help your students to learn how to labor, and keep sending them out into Redlands, and Riverside, and San Bernardino and the smaller towns and villages round about. Introduce                                     -416-     our publications, and do thorough work. Let your light shine as a lamp that burneth. Encourage the students to greater activity in missionary labor while taking their course of study."  {LLM 415.7}
[LLM 416.1]         Our brethren at Loma Linda are in need of funds with which to carry on their work. But notwithstanding their present necessity, I have encouraged them not to falter, but to go forward in the name of the Lord. And now I appeal to my brethren in Washington not to allow them to suffer. While we are planning to support the educational work in such places as Washington, we must not forget the important work that must be done at Loma Linda, and in other centers of training.                                      -424-  {LLM 416.1}
[LLM 424.1]          (754)                      MS. 71 - '09.            The Relation of Loma Linda to Medical Institutions.              Report of interview between Mrs. E. G. White, J. A.      Burden and W. C. White, Sanitarium, Calif., Sept. 20, 1909.            E. G. White: We want none of the kind of "higher education" that will put us in a position where the credit must be given, not to the Lord God of Israel, but to the god of Ekron. The Lord designs that we shall stand as a distinct people, so connected with Him that He can work with us. Let our physicians realize that they are to depend wholly upon the true God.  {LLM 424.1}
[LLM 424.2]         I felt a heavy burden this morning when I read over a letter that I found in my room, in which a plan was outlined for having medical students take some work at Loma Linda, but to get the finishing touches of their education from some worldly institution. I must state that the light that I have received is that we are to stand as a commandment-keeping people, and this will separate us from the world. The Sabbath is a great distinguishing line. As God's peculiar people we should not feel that we must acknowledge our dependence upon the transgressors of God's law to give us influence. He will give us advantages that are far above all the advantages we can receive from worldlings.  {LLM 424.2}
[LLM 424.3]          J. A. Burden: I know that these thoughts are what you have presented to us before. We do not want to cause you to carry a heavy burden. We simply wanted to be sure that we were moving in right lines. If the Lord gives you light, well and good, (755) we will be glad to receive it, and if not, then we will wait.                                    -425-  {LLM 424.3}
[LLM 425.1]          E. G. White: If we follow on to know the Lord, we shall know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. There are some who may not be able to see that here is a test as to whether we shall put our dependence on man, or depend upon God. Shall we by our course seem to acknowledge that there is a stronger power with the unbelievers than there is with God's own people. When we take hold upon God, and trust in Him, He will work in our behalf. But we are to stand distinct and separate from the world.  {LLM 425.1}
[LLM 425.2]          I feel a decided interest in the work at Loma Linda, and I desire that it shall exert a powerful influence for the truth. Your success depends upon the blessing of God, not upon the views of men who are opposed to the law of God. When they see that God blesses us, then people will be led to give consideration to the truths we teach.  {LLM 425.2}
[LLM 425.3]          We need not tie to men in order to secure influence. We need not think that we must have their experience and their knowledge. Our God is a God of knowledge and understanding, and if we will take our position decidedly on His side, He will give us wisdom. I would that all our people might see the inconsistency of our being God's commandment-keeping people, a peculiar people zealous of good works, and yet feeling that we must copy after the world in order to make our work successful. Our God is stronger than is any human influence. If we will accept Him as our educator, we will make Him our strength and righteousness, He will work in our behalf.  {LLM 425.3}
[LLM 425.4]          These principles may result in a condition of things that is not just as we should like them to be. We may like to have certain conditions, that in the end would result in bondage which we do not anticipate.  {LLM 425.4}
[LLM 425.5]          (756) Jesus Christ is our Saviour today, and He is willing to work in our behalf, if we will not put our dependence upon some other power. If we are sustained by the living God, the superiority of His Power will be manifested in His people. This is the testimony that I have borne all the way along.  {LLM 425.5}
[LLM 425.6]          J. A. Burden: We love to hear the truth over and over again, that we may be sure it is the truth.  {LLM 425.6}
[LLM 425.7]          E. G. White: You have the Word which tells you that God's commandment-keeping people are to have His special favor, and that they are to be sanctified through obedience to the truth. Shall we unite ourselves with those that are full of error, who have no respect for God's commandments, and shall our students go forth to obtain the finishing touches of their education from them?  {LLM 425.7}
[LLM 425.8]          W. C. White: What is to be the final outcome? Will all our medical missionaries be simply nurses? Shall we have no                                     -426-     more physicians, or shall we have a school in which we can ourselves give the finishing touches?  {LLM 425.8}
[LLM 426.1]          E. G. White: Whatever plan you follow, take your position that you will not unite with those that do not respect God's commandments.  {LLM 426.1}
[LLM 426.2]          W. C. White: Does that mean that we are not to have any more physicians, but that our people will work simply as nurses, or does it mean that we shall have a school of our own to educate physicians?  {LLM 426.2}
[LLM 426.3]          E. G. White: We shall have a school of our own. But we are not to be dependent upon the world, we must place our dependence upon a power that is higher than all human power. If we honor God, He will honor us.  {LLM 426.3}
[LLM 426.4]          J. A. Burden: The governments of earth provide that if we conduct a medical school we must take a charter from the (757) government. That in itself has nothing to do with how the school is conducted. It is required, however, that certain studies shall be taught. There are ten required subjects. Physiology is one. It is required that those who labor as physicians shall be proficient in these studies. In starting our sanitariums for the care of the sick, we must secure a charter from the government; our printing office must do the same. Would the securing of a charter for a medical school, where our students might obtain an education, militate against our dependence upon God?  {LLM 426.4}
[LLM 426.5]          E. G. White: No, I do not see that it would. Only see that you do not exalt men above God. If you can gain force and influence that will make your work more effective without tieing yourselves to worldly men, that would be right.  {LLM 426.5}
[LLM 426.6]          J. A. Burden: That is the vital point, where we have been hanging for three years. The only thing that we have asked for in this matter is to take advantage of the government provision that would give standing room for our students when they are qualified.  {LLM 426.6}
[LLM 426.7]          E. G. White: I do not see anything wrong in that, as long as you do not in any way lift men above the Lord God of Israel, or throw discredit upon His power.  {LLM 426.7}
[LLM 426.8]          J. A. Burden: In planning our course of study, we have tried to follow the light in the Testimonies, and in doing so it has led us away from the requirements of the world. The world will not recognize us as standing with them. We will have to stand distinct, by ourselves.  {LLM 426.8}
[LLM 426.9]          E. G. White: We shall always have to stand distinct. God desires us to be separate.                                     -427-  {LLM 426.9}
[LLM 427.1]          J. A. Burden: Now the proposition in this letter was to deviate from that, so that standing as we do, would enable us to stand with them, and to have their advantages. From the (758) instruction that has come, it has seemed to me from the very first that we were to stand by ourselves in a distinct light, following the light that God has given with reference to physical healing, and that when we do that God will open the way before us, and give us prestige with the people. But if we deviate and connect with these other schools, we would find ourselves being thrown more and more into the very things that they are doing, and our students would be molded after their similitude instead of after the similitude of the truth.  {LLM 427.1}
[LLM 427.2]          E. G. White: That is what I am trying to guard against all the time. As we read the Bible we see that God is dishonored when His people go to any worldly power, or put their trust in a worldly power. That is where God's people spoiled their history. You must arrange the matter the best you can, but that which is presented to me is that you are not to acknowledge any power as above that of our God. Our influence is to be acknowledged of God, because we keep His commandments, and His commandments are not grievous.  {LLM 427.2}
[LLM 427.3]          W. C. White: Jesus said at one time, "The scribes and the Pharisees sit in Moses' seat: all therefore whatsoever they bid you observe, that observe and do; but do not ye after their works." Now the law says that a man shall not practice medicine unless he has a diploma from a college, and unless he has passed the examination of the state board, and has a certificate. The law would not recognize the diplomas of our physicians unless they have studied some things that we do not think are really essential. For instance, in their preparation they have to study a number of things that we think they might get along without, but we can teach them. We do not have to teach these subjects in their way; we can teach them in our way. When it comes to the study of drugs, they (759) teach how to give them. We teach the dangers of using them, and how to get along without them. In some other schools they teach geology on the evolution basis. We can teach geology and show that evolution is false.  {LLM 427.3}
[LLM 427.4]          E. G. White: Well, you must plan these details yourselves. I have told you what I have received, but these details you will have to work out for yourselves.  {LLM 427.4}
[LLM 427.5]          J. A. Burden: It seems clear to me that any standing we can lawfully have without compromising, is not out of harmony with God's plan.  {LLM 427.5}
[LLM 427.6]          E. G. White: No, it is not. All I can say is that I have had very distinct light, however, that there is danger of our limiting the power of the Holy One of Israel. He is the God of the Universe. Our influence is dependent upon our                                     -428-     carrying out the word of the living God. We weaken our powers by not placing our dependence upon God, and taking hold of His strength. This is our privilege. (MS-105-'09 very similar to MS-71-'09)                                                    -    {LLM 427.6}
[LLM 428.1]          (760)              Medical Studies.     Oct. 1, 1909.                            The Medical Student            While seeking a preparation for his life-work, the medical student should be encouraged to attain the highest possible development of all his powers. His studies, taxing though they are, need not necessarily undermine his physical health, or lessen his enjoyment of spiritual things. Throughout his course of study, he may continually grow in grace and in a knowledge of the truth, while at the same time he may be constantly adding the store of knowledge that will make him a wise practitioner.  {LLM 428.1}
[LLM 428.2]          To medical students I would say, Enter upon your course of study with a determination to do right and to maintain Christian principles. Flee temptations, and avoid every influence for evil. Preserve your integrity of soul. Maintain a conscientious regard for truth and righteousness. Be faithful in the smaller responsibilities, and show yourselves to be close, critical thinkers, having soundness of heart and uprightness, being loyal to God and true to mankind.  {LLM 428.2}
[LLM 428.3]          Opportunities are before you; if studious and upright, you may obtain an education of the highest value. Make the most of your privileges. Be not satisfied with ordinary attainment; seek to qualify yourselves to fill positions of trust in connection with the Lord's work in the earth. United with the God of wisdom and power, you may become intellectually strong, and increasingly capable as soul-winners. You may become men and women of responsibility and influence, if, by the power of your will, coupled with divine strength, you earnestly engage in the work of securing a proper training.  {LLM 428.3}
[LLM 428.4]          (761) Exercise the mental powers, and in no case neglect the physical. Let not intellectual slothfulness close up your path to greater knowledge. Learn to reflect as well as to study, that your minds may expand, strengthen, and develop. Never think that you have learned enough, and that you may now relax your efforts. The cultivated mind is the measure of the man. Your education should continue during your lifetime; every day you should be learning, and putting to practical use the knowledge gained.  {LLM 428.4}
[LLM 428.5]          In order for you to become men and women that can be depended upon, there must be a growth of the powers, the exercise of every faculty, even in little things; then greater power is acquired to bear larger responsibilities. Individual responsibility                                     -429-     and accountability are essential. In putting into practice that which you are learning during your student days, do not shrink from bearing your share of responsibility because there are risks to take, because something must be ventured. Do not leave others to be brains for you. You must train your powers to be strong and vigorous; then the entrusted talents will grow, as a steady, uniform, unyielding energy is exercised in bearing individual responsibility. God would have you add, day by day, little by little, to your stock of ideas, acting as if the moments were jewels, to be carefully gathered and discreetly cherished. You will thus acquire breadth of thought and strength of intellect.  {LLM 428.5}
[LLM 429.1]          God will not require of man a more strict account of any thing than of the way in which he has occupied his time. Have its hours been wasted and abused? God has granted to us the precious boon of life, not to be devoted to selfish gratification. Our work is too solemn, our time to serve God and our fellow men too short, to be spent in seeking for fame. Oh, if men would stop in their aspirations where God has set the bounds, what different service would the Lord receive!  {LLM 429.1}
[LLM 429.2]          (762) Students who are in training for medical missionary work, should be willing to learn under those of experience to heed their suggestions, to follow their advice. There are many who are in such haste to climb to distinction, that they skip some of the rounds of the ladder, and in so doing, lose essential experiences which they must have in order to become intelligent workers. In their zeal, the knowledge of many things looks unimportant to them. They skim over the surface, and do not go deep into the mine of truth, thus by a slow and painstaking process gaining an experience that will enable them to be of special help to others. We want our medical students to be men and women who are most thorough, and who feel it their duty to improve every talent lent them, that they may finally double their entrusted capital.  {LLM 429.2}
[LLM 429.3]          The light that God has given in medical missionary lines will not cause His people to be regarded as inferior in scientific medical knowledge, but will fit them to stand upon the highest eminence. God would have them stand as a wise and understanding people because of His presence with them. In the strength of Him who is the source of all wisdom, all grace, defects and ignorance may be overcome.  {LLM 429.3}
[LLM 429.4]          Let every medical student aim to reach a high standard. Under the discipline of the greatest of all Teachers, our course must ever tend upward to perfection. All whom are connected with the medical missionary work must be learners. Let no one stop to say, "I can not do this." Let him say instead, "God requires me to be perfect, He expects me to work away from all commonness and cheapness, and to strive after that which is of the highest order.                                     -430-  {LLM 429.4}
[LLM 430.1]          There is only one power that can make medical students what they ought to be, and keep them steadfast,--the grace of God and the power of the truth exerting a saving influence upon life and character. These students, who intend to minister to suffering (763) humanity, will find no graduating place this side of heaven. That knowledge which is termed science should be acquired, while the seeker daily acknowledges that the fear of God is the beginning of wisdom. Everything that will strengthen the mind, should be cultivated to the utmost of their power, while at the same time they should seek God for wisdom; for unless they are guided by the wisdom from above, they will become an easy prey to the deceptive power of Satan. They will become large in their own eyes, pompous, and self-sufficient.  {LLM 430.1}
[LLM 430.2]          God-fearing physicians speak modestly of their work; but novices with limited experience in dealing with the bodies and souls of men will often speak boastingly of their knowledge and attainments. These need a better understanding of themselves; then they would become more intelligent in regard to their duties; and would realize that in every department where they have to labor, they must possess a willing mind, and earnest spirit, and a hearty, unselfish zeal in trying to do others good. They will not study how best to preserve their dignity, but by thoughtfulness and caretaking will earn a reputation for thoroughness and exactitude, and by sympathetic ministry will gain the hearts of those whom they serve.  {LLM 430.2}
[LLM 430.3]          In the medical profession there are many skeptics and atheists who exalt the works of God above the God of Science. Comparatively few of those who enter worldly medical colleges come out from them pure and unspotted. They have failed to become elevated, ennobled, sanctified. Material things eclipse the heavenly and eternal. With many, religious faith and principles are mingled with worldly customs and practices, and pure and undefiled religion is rare. But it is the privilege of every student to enter college with the same fixed determined principles that Daniel had when he entered the court of Babylon, and throughout his course, to keep his integrity untarnished. The strength and (764) grace of God has been provided at an infinite sacrifice that men might be victorious over Satan's suggestions and temptations, and come forth unsullied. The life, the words, and the deportment are the most forcible argument, the most solemn appeal, to the careless, irreverent, and skeptical. Let the life and character be the strong argument for Christianity; then men will be compelled to take knowledge of you that you have been with Jesus and have learned of Him.  {LLM 430.3}
[LLM 430.4]          Let not medical students be deceived by the wiles of the devil or by any of his cunning pretexts which so many adopt to beguile and ensnare. Stand firm to principle. At every step inquire, What saith the Lord? Say firmly, I will follow the light. I will respect and honor the Majesty of truth.                                     -431-  {LLM 430.4}
[LLM 431.1]          Especially should those who are studying medicine in the schools of the world, guard against contamination from the evil influences with which they are constantly surrounded. When their instructors are worldly-wise men, and their fellow students infidels who have no serious thought of God, even Christians of experience are in danger of being influenced by these irreligious associations. Nevertheless, some have gone through the medical course, and have remained true to principle. They would not continue their studies on the Sabbath; and they have proved that men may become qualified for the duties of a physician, and not disappoint the expectations of those who have encouraged them to obtain an education.  {LLM 431.1}
[LLM 431.2]          It is because of these peculiar temptations that our youth must meet in worldly medical schools, that provision should be made for preparatory and advanced medical training in our own schools, under Christian teachers. Our larger Union Conference training schools, in various parts of the field, should be placed in the most favorable position for qualifying our youth to meet the entrance requirements specified by state laws regarding medical (765) students. The very best teaching talent should be secured, that our schools may be brought up to the proper standard. The youth and those more advanced in years who feel it their duty to fit themselves for work requiring the passing of certain legal tests, should be able to secure at our Union Conference training-schools all that is essential for entrance into a medical college.  {LLM 431.2}
[LLM 431.3]          Prayer will accomplish wonders for those who give themselves to prayer, watching thereunto. God desires us all to be in a waiting hopeful position. What He has promised, He will do; and inasmuch as there are legal requirements making it necessary that medical students shall take a certain preparatory course of study, our colleges should arrange to carry their students to the point of literary and scientific training that is necessary.  {LLM 431.3}
[LLM 431.4]          And not only should our larger training schools give this preparatory instruction to those who contemplate taking a medical course but we must also do all that is essential for the perfecting of courses of study offered by our Loma Linda College of Medical Evangelists. As pointed out about the time this school was founded, we must provide that which is essential to qualify our youth who desire to be physicians so that they may intelligently fit themselves to stand the examinations required to prove their efficiency as physicians. They should be taught to treat understandingly the cases of those who are diseased, so that the door will be closed for any sensible physician to imagine that we are not giving in our school the instruction necessary for properly qualifying young men and young women to do the work of a physician. Continually the students who are graduated are to advance in knowledge, for practice makes perfect.                                     -432-  {LLM 431.4}
[LLM 432.1]          The medical school at Loma Linda is to be of the highest order because those who are in that school have the privilege of maintaining a living connection with the wisest of all physicians (766) from whom there is communicated knowledge of a superior order. And for the special preparation of those of our youth who have clear convictions of their duty to obtain a medical education that will enable them to pass the examinations required by law of all who practice as regularly qualified physicians, we are to supply whatever may be required, so that these youth need not be compelled to go to medical schools conducted by men not of our faith. Thus we shall close a door that the enemy would be pleased to have left open; and our young men and young women, whose spiritual interests the Lord desires us to safeguard, will not feel compelled to connect with unbelievers in order to obtain a thorough training along medical lines.  {LLM 432.1}
[LLM 432.2]          The teachers in our medical college should encourage the students to gain all the knowledge they can in every department. If they find the students deficient in care-taking, in a comprehension of their responsibilities, they should lay the matter frankly before such ones, giving them an opportunity to correct their habits and to reach a higher standard.  {LLM 432.2}
[LLM 432.3]          The teachers should not become discouraged because some are slow to learn. Neither should they discourage the students when mistakes are made. As errors and defects are kindly pointed out, the students in turn should feel grateful for any instruction given. A haughty spirit on the part of the students should be discouraged. All should be willing to learn, and the teachers should be willing to instruct, training the students to be self-reliant, competent, careful, painstaking. As the students study under wise instructors, and unite with them in sharing responsibilities, they may, by the aid of the teachers, climb the topmost round of the ladder.  {LLM 432.3}
[LLM 432.4]          Students should go as far as possible in thought, training, and intelligent enterprise; but they should never infringe (767) upon a rule, never disregard one principle, that has been interwoven into the upbuilding of the institution. The dropping down is easy enough; the disregard of regulations is natural to the heart inclined to selfish ease and gratification. It is much easier to tear down than to build up. One student with careless ideas may do more to let down the standard, than ten men with all their efforts can do to counteract the demoralizing influence.  {LLM 432.4}
[LLM 432.5]          Failure or success will be read in the course the students pursue. If they stand ready to question rules and regulations and order, if they indulge self, and by their example encourage a spirit of rebellion, give them no place. The institution might better close its doors than to suffer this spirit to leaven the helpers and break down the barriers that it has cost thought, effort and prayer to establish.                                     -433-  {LLM 432.5}
[LLM 433.1]          In training workers to care for the sick, let the student be impressed with the thought that his highest aim should always be to look after the spiritual welfare of his patients. He could learn to repeat the promises of God's word, and to offer fervent prayers, daily, while preparing for service. Help him to realize that he is always to keep the sweetening, sanctifying influence of the great Medical Missionary before his patients. If those who are suffering can be impressed with the fact that Christ is their sympathizing, compassionate Saviour, they will have rest of mind, which is so essential to recovery of health.  {LLM 433.1}
[LLM 433.2]          Importance of Bible Study. If medical students will study the word of God diligently they will be far better prepared to understand their other studies; for enlightenment always comes from an earnest study of the word of (768) God. Nothing will so help to give a retentive memory as a study of the Scriptures. Let our medical missionary workers understand that the more they become acquainted with God and with Christ, and the more they become acquainted with Bible history, the better prepared will they be to do their work.  {LLM 433.2}
[LLM 433.3]          Faithful teachers should be placed in charge of the Bible classes, teachers who will strive to make the students understand their lessons, not by explaining everything to them, but by requiring them to explain clearly every passage they read. Let these teachers remember that little good is accomplished by skimming over the surface of the Word. Thoughtful investigation and earnest, taxing study are necessary to an understanding of this Word.  {LLM 433.3}
[LLM 433.4]          Christ the great Medical Missionary, came to this world at infinite sacrifice, to teach men and women the lessons that would enable them to know God aright. He lived a perfect life, setting an example that all may safely follow. Let our medical students study the lessons that Christ has given. It is essential that they have a clear understanding of these lessons. It would be a fearful mistake for them to neglect the study of God's word for a study of theories which are misleading, which divert minds from the words of Christ to the fallacies of human production. God would have all who profess to be gospel medical missionaries learn diligently the lessons of the great Teacher. This they must do if they would find rest and peace. Learning of Christ, their hearts will be filled with the peace that He alone can give.  {LLM 433.4}
[LLM 433.5]          Make the Bible the man of your counsel. Your acquaintance with it will grow rapidly if you keep your minds free from the rubbish of the world. The more the Bible is studied, the deeper will be your knowledge of God. The truths of His word will be written in your soul, making an ineffaceable impression.                                    -434-  {LLM 433.5}
[LLM 434.1]          (769) These things God has been opening to me for many years. In our medical missionary training schools we need men who have a deep knowledge of the Scriptures, men who have learned the lessons taught in the Word of God, and who can teach these lessons to others clearly and simply, just as Christ taught His disciples that which He deemed most essential.  {LLM 434.1}
[LLM 434.2]          And the needed knowledge will be given to all who come to Christ, receiving and practising His teachings, making His word a part of their lives. The holy Spirit teaches the student of the Scriptures to judge all things by the standard of righteousness and truth and justice. The divine revelation supplies him with the knowledge that he needs. Those who place themselves under the instruction of the great Medical Missionary to be workers together with Him, will have a knowledge that the world, with all its traditionary lore, can not supply.                                       Ellen G. White.                                                    -                                       -436-                                                    -    {LLM 434.2}
[LLM 436.1]          (773)       ------- Memorial -------              To the General Conference Council, convened at                    College View, Nebr., Oct. 1909.     Dear Brethren:-        We, the Faculty of the Loma Linda College of Evangelists, at the request of the Southern California Conference, hereby submit the following memorial.  {LLM 436.1}
[LLM 436.2]          (774) In the great work of reform committed to us as a people, the necessity of capable workers in the line of the treatment of diseases and the general care of physical beings cannot be denied by any one who believes such statements as the following:  {LLM 436.2}
[LLM 436.3]          "The rich and wonderful provisions of the Gospel embraces the medical missionary work. This work is to be to the third angel's message as the right arm to the body. Some have endeavored to make it the head, but this is not right." Unpublished MS.  {LLM 436.3}
[LLM 436.4]          Again: "There are souls in many places who have not yet heard the message, henceforth the medical missionary work is to be carried forward with an earnestness with which it has                                    -437-     never yet been carried. This work is the door through which the truth is to find entrance to the large cities. And Sanitariums are to be established in many places.  {LLM 436.4}
[LLM 437.1]          Again in speaking of the work of Luke we read:  {LLM 437.1}
[LLM 437.2]          "His medical skill opened the way for the Gospel message to find access to hearts. It opened many doors to Him giving him opportunities to preach the Gospel to the heathen."  {LLM 437.2}
[LLM 437.3]          That the departure from right principles is no less in the medical line than it is in the Educational and spiritual lines and that we need medical schools established upon Christian principles to prepare our physicians for their work in connection with the message just as certainly as such schools are needed to prepare our ministers and teachers for their work. Also the fact that the education to be obtained in schools of the world is so deeply dyed with false theories and skepticism that it utterly fails to qualify its recipient for a place in the work which is to be done, is clearly set forth in the following:  {LLM 437.3}
[LLM 437.4]          "Great care should be exercised in the training of young people for the medical missionary work, for the mind is molded by that which it receives and retains." Unpublished MS.  {LLM 437.4}
[LLM 437.5]          Again: "Study the Bible more, and the theories of the medical fraternities less, and you will have greater spiritual health. Your mind will be clearer and more vigorous. Much that is embraced (775) in the medical course is positively unnecessary. Those who take a medical training, spend a great deal of time in learning that which is merely rubbish. Many of the theories that they learn may be compared in value to the traditions and maxims taught by the scribes and pharisees. Many of the intricacies with which they have to become familiar are an injury to their minds. These things God has been opening before me for many years." Instruction to Medical Missionaries, Oct. 17, 1903. (B-241-03)  {LLM 437.5}
[LLM 437.6]          "Their work should be more decidedly combined with the study of God's word. Ideas are inculcated that are not at all necessary, and the necessary things do not receive sufficient attention. While students are being educated in this way, they are being made less able to do acceptable work for the Master. The taxation that they undergo to obtain an extended knowledge in medical lines, unfits them for work as they should in ministerial lines. . . . . . Thus some are disqualified for the work that they might have done had they begun missionary work where it is needed, and let the medical line come in as an essential part connected with the work of the gospel ministry as a whole, as the hand is connected with the body."                                     -438-  {LLM 437.6}
[LLM 438.1]          That God has been endeavoring to lead us out into a position where we could work untrammeled by worldly influences is clearly shown in our past experiences and the instruction and reproof which have come to us in connection with these experiences. The need of medical missionary workers urged upon us by the Spirit of Prophecy led to the establishment of schools for training nurses in our sanitariums. This was a step in the right direction, but did not wholly supply the need. Still urged forward by the necessity of the situation and the Spirit of Prophecy we attempted to provide for the education of physicians by the establishment of the A.M.M.C. but when we came to receive our young people as students in this college, we found them deficient in many cases in preparatory work. The proposition to give them this preparatory work in outside schools was met by the Spirit of Prophecy in such words as the following:  {LLM 438.1}
[LLM 438.2]         If there are legal requirements making it necessary that medical students shall take a certain preparatory course of study, let our colleges teach the required additional studies in a manner consistent with Christian education. . . They should arrange to carry their students to the point of literary and scientific training that is necessary. Many of these requirements have been made because so much of the preparatory work done in ordinary schools is superficial.  {LLM 438.2}
[LLM 438.3]          (776) It is not necessary for so many of our youth to study medicine. But for those who should take medical studies our Union Conference training-schools should make ample provision in facilities for preparatory education." Review, Oct. 15, 1903.  {LLM 438.3}
[LLM 438.4]          Acting under this advice, our schools introduced lines of study calculated to qualify students to enter the medical course. Thus by the Spirit of Prophecy we were prevented from making an improper alliance with the education furnished by the world.  {LLM 438.4}
[LLM 438.5]          In 1898 by the gift of Prophecy God pointed out the departure which was being made in the work of the A.M.M.C. by many Testimonies, of which the following is a sample.  {LLM 438.5}
[LLM 438.6]          "Remember now, my Brother, that medical missionary work is not to take men from the ministry, but is to place men in the field better qualified to minister because of their knowledge of medical missionary work. Young men should receive an education in medical missionary lines and then should go forth to connect with the ministry. Those who are receiving an education in medical missionary lines, (Referring to the students of the A.M.M.C.) hear insinuations from time to time that disparage the church and the ministry. These insinuations are seeds that will spring up and bear fruit. The student might better be educated to realize that the Church of Christ on earth is to be respected. They need a clear knowledge of the reasons of our faith. This knowledge they must have in order to                                    -439-     serve God acceptably. Line upon line, precept upon precept, they must receive the Bible evidence of the truths that are hid in Jesus.  {LLM 438.6}
[LLM 439.1]          Do not, I beg of you, instill in the minds of the students ideas that will cause them to lose confidence in God's appointed ministers. But this you are certainly doing whether you are aware of it or not."  {LLM 439.1}
[LLM 439.2]          At the General Conference in 1901, in an article entitled, Instruction Regarding the School Work, read before the delegates in April 22, it was pointed out that all our medical students were not to receive their training at the one medical College at Battle Creek. Of our schools that were introducing educational reform, Sister White read: (G.C.B. 455-1901) "We are thankful that an interest is being shown in the work of establishing our schools on a right foundation, as they should have been established years ago. If the proper education is given to students, it is a positive necessity to establish our schools at a distance from the cities, (777) where the students can do manual work. . . . Altho there be a few students at first, do not be discouraged. The school will win its way. Introduce the medical missionary work. Some of the students are to be educated as nurses, some as physicians. It is not necessary for our students to go to Ann Arbor for a medical education. They may obtain at our schools all the education that is essential to perform the work for this time. It will take some time to get a right understanding of the matter, but just as soon as we begin to work in the line of true reform, the Holy Spirit will lead us and guide us, if we are willing to be guided. . . All must place themselves under the influence of the Holy Spirit. When they place themselves under the influence of the Holy Spirit they will accommodate themselves to Bible lines. When the Word of God takes possession of the minds of the teachers, then they are fitted to deal with the education of others. . . The Word of God is to stand as the foundation of all education. It is to be made the basis of all the schools that we establish."  {LLM 439.2}
[LLM 439.3]         Thus we see that eight years ago, God foreseeing the calamity that would come upon the one Medical School, then in operation among us, counseled the establishment of other schools in which both nurses and physicians were to be educated. In pointing out the defectiveness of the A.M.M.C., and the necessity of giving the Bible its proper place in a medical education the following instruction was given; which instruction should have been our guide in our school work.  {LLM 439.3}
[LLM 439.4]          This instruction is contained in a letter dated Oct. 17, 1903, and addressed "To our Medical Missionaries," and is as follows: (B-241-'03)  {LLM 439.4}
[LLM 439.5]          "God would have all who profess to be gospel medical missionaries learn diligently the lessons of the Great Teacher. . .                                     -440-     The one book that is essential for all to study is the Bible. (778) Studied with reverence, and Godly Fear, it is the greatest of all educators. . . In our medical schools and institutions we need men who have a deeper knowledge of the Scriptures. . . Because the Word of God has been neglected, strange things have been done in the medical missionary work of late. The Lord cannot accept the present showing."  {LLM 439.5}
[LLM 440.1]          During the years 1901 to 1904 the mind of the Servant of God was directed in a special way to Southern California as a field in which the medical missionary work was to be given great prominence by the establishment of at least four sanitariums. One of these was to be located near the towns of Riverside and Redlands. During the session of the General Conference four years ago, under the direction and imperative demand of the Spirit of Prophecy, Loma Linda was purchased, situated four miles from Redlands and about nine miles from Riverside. Soon sanitarium work was begun at this place. This was followed immediately by Testimonies which have continued to come up to the present time, both guiding and urging forward the work. Extracts from these testimonies are as follows:  {LLM 440.1}
[LLM 440.2]          "Loma Linda is to be not only a sanitarium, but an educational center. With the possession of this place comes the weighty responsibility of making the work of the institution, educational in character. A school is to be established here for the training of gospel, medical missionary, evangelists. In regard to the school, I would say, make it especially strong in the education of nurses and physicians. In medical missionary schools, many workers are to be qualified with the ability of physicians to labor as medical missionary evangelists. Make the schools especially strong for nurses and physicians.  {LLM 440.2}
[LLM 440.3]          I have clear instructions that wherever it is possible schools should be established near to our sanitariums, that each institution may be a help to the other." (779) Acting under the advice of these communications, steps were taken to establish the Loma Linda College of Evangelists. This was opposed by some, and a communication was sent of which the following is an extract:-  {LLM 440.3}
[LLM 440.4]          Be very careful not to do anything that would restrict the work at Loma Linda. It is in the order of God that this property has been secured, and He has given instruction that a school should be connected with the sanitarium. A special work is to be done there in qualifying young men and young women to be efficient medical missionary workers. They are to be taught how to treat the sick without the use of drugs. Such an education requires an experience in practical work. The work at Loma Linda demands immediate consideration. Preparations must be made for the school to be opened as soon as possible. Our young men and young women are to find in Loma Linda a school where they can receive a medical missionary training,                                     -441-     where they will not be brought under the influence of some who are seeking to undermine the truth. The students are to unite faithfully in the medical work, keeping their physical powers in the most perfect condition possible, and laboring under the instruction of the Great Medical Missionary. The healing of the sick, and ministry of the work, are to go hand in hand."  {LLM 440.4}
[LLM 441.1]          In harmony with this instruction, the school was established with medical evangelistic course designing to qualify workers with all the ability of physicians, in harmony with the testimonies given. In connection with the opening of the school the following was sent:-  {LLM 441.1}
[LLM 441.2]         "Much is involved in this work and it is very essential that a right beginning be made. The Lord has a special work to be done in this field. He instructed me to call on Elder and Mrs. Haskell, to help us in getting properly started, a work similar to that they had carried on at Avondale."  {LLM 441.2}
[LLM 441.3]          After the school was thus organized, and our first class had nearly completed their second year in the medical course, testimonies came from which the following are extracts, dated April 23, 1908.  {LLM 441.3}
[LLM 441.4]          (B-132-08) "There is a very precious work to be done in connection with the interest of the sanitarium and school at Loma Linda, and this will be done when all work to that end. Ever bear in mind that Heaven is interested in every question that agitates your mind in regard to your school and sanitarium. Both are to be strengthened. . . In our school at Loma Linda many can be educated to work as missionaries in the cause of Health and Temperance. The best teachers are to be employed in this educational work not men who esteem highly their own capabilities, but men who will walk circumspectly, depending wholly upon the Lord."  {LLM 441.4}
[LLM 441.5]          (780) That this school is not to be patterned after worldly standards of medical education, is shown by the following:-  {LLM 441.5}
[LLM 441.6]         (B-90-'08) "In the work of the school, maintain simplicity. No argument is so powerful as is success founded upon simplicity. You may attain success in the education of students as medical missionaries without a medical school that can qualify physicians to compete with the physicians of the world. Let the students be given a practical education. The less dependent you are upon worldly methods of education, the better it will be for the students. Special instruction should be given in the art of treating the sick without the use of poisonous drugs and in harmony with the light that God has given. . . . In the treatment of the sick, poisonous drugs need not be used. . . Students should come forth from the school without having sacrificed the principles of health reform or their love for God and righteousness.                                     -442-  {LLM 441.6}
[LLM 442.1]          The education that meets the world's standard is to be less and less valued by those who are seeking for efficiency in carrying the medical missionary work in connection with the work of the third angel's message. They are to be educated from the standpoint of conscience and, as they conscientiously and faithfully follow right methods in their treatment of the sick, these methods will come to be recognized as preferable to the method of nursing to which many have become accustomed, which demand the use of poisonous drugs."  {LLM 442.1}
[LLM 442.2]          While the work of the school is largely to be the fitting up of many to labor as Medical Evangelists, yet, that some are to be prepared as fully qualified physicians is shown by the following, which was sent in the Fall of 1906 in response to a question as to the scope, and work, of the school.  {LLM 442.2}
[LLM 442.3]          "Make the school especially strong in the preparation of nurses and physicians."  {LLM 442.3}
[LLM 442.4]          "Much good can be done by those who do not hold diplomas as fully accredited physicians. Many working under their direction can do acceptable work without spending so long a time in study as it has been thought necessary to spend in the past."  {LLM 442.4}
[LLM 442.5]          Feb. 21, 1908, in a testimony addressed "The Work in Southern California," we find the following:-  {LLM 442.5}
[LLM 442.6]          (MS-3-'08.) "Southern Calif. is a field that should depend more than it has upon its own resources. It should have more facilities, and should not be cramped as it has been in some respects. Southern Calif. is a missionary field, a large part of which has received but little missionary effort. Henceforth it should receive more attention. The various lines of work that can be carried on should be diligently studied, and the advantages of such cities as Redlands and Riverside and the need of putting forth decided effort for them, faithfully investigated. . . It was the Lord who placed in our possession the sanitarium at Loma Linda. . . . In Loma Linda we have an advantageous center for carrying on various missionary enterprises. We can see that it was in the providence of God that this sanitarium was placed in the possession of our people. (781) We should appreciate Loma Linda as a place which the Lord foresaw we should need, and which He gave."  {LLM 442.6}
[LLM 442.7]          These testimonies coming to us as they did, after the purchase of the three sanitariums and the establishment of the school at Loma Linda, with classes organized and operating in at least two years of the medical work, led us to believe that we had not yet reached the standard in the mind of God. Consequently at the recent General Conference, an effort was made to bring about a proper consideration of the Loma Linda School.                                     -443-  {LLM 442.7}
[LLM 443.1]          A lack of time prevented this, altho it was given some attention. This resulted in a recommendation involving a plan whereby the Loma Linda school should give two years of a medical course, and provide by affiliation with outside schools for the recognition of this work, thus enabling the students of our school to complete the medical course in schools which already have state recognition. This plan was laid before Sister White, and the result is seen in the following conversation which occurred in September 20, 1909:  {LLM 443.1}
[LLM 443.2]          (MS-105-'09) Mrs. E. G. White: "We want none of that kind of higher education, that will put us in a position where the credit must be given, not to the Lord God of Israel, but to the God of Ekron. The Lord designs that we shall stand as a distinct, sanctified and holy people, so connected with Him that He can work with us. Let our physicians realize that they are to depend wholly upon the true God. I felt a heavy burden this morning, when I read over the letter that I found in my room, in which a plan was outlined for having medical students take some work at Loma Linda, but to get the finishing touches of their education from some worldly institution. God forbid that such a plan should be followed. I must state that the light I have received is, that we are to stand as a distinct, commandment-keeping people. The Sabbath is the great distinguishing line, and its observance will separate us from the world. As God's peculiar people, we should not feel that we must acknowledge our dependence upon men who are transgressing God's law, to give us influence in the world. It is God that gives us influence. He is our exceeding great reward. He will give us advantages that are far beyond all the advantages that we might receive from worldlings by uniting with those who do not recognize the Law of God."  {LLM 443.2}
[LLM 443.3]          Elder J. A. Burden: "I know that these thoughts are what you have presented before. We do not want to cause you to carry a (782) heavy burden. We simply wanted to know if we were moving in right lines. If the Lord gives you light, well and good, we will be glad to receive it, if not then we will wait."  {LLM 443.3}
[LLM 443.4]          E. G. White: "If we follow on to know the Lord, we shall know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. There are some who may not be able to see that here is a test, as to whether we shall put our dependence on man or depend upon God. Shall we by our course seem to acknowledge that there is a stronger power with unbelievers than there is with God's own people? When we take hold upon God, and trust in him, He will work in our behalf. But whatever the consequences may be, we are, in regard to our faith, to stand distinct and separate from the world. I feel a decided interest in the work at Loma Linda, and I desire that it shall exert a powerful influence for the truth. Your success depends upon the blessing of God, not upon the ideas and views of men who are opposed to the requirements                                     -444-     of the law of God. When people see that God blesses us, and gives success to our work, as we make Him supreme, then they will be led to give consideration to the truth we teach. Many will be compelled to recognize that our methods are superior to those employed in the schools of the world, as they are commonly conducted. We need not tie to men in order to secure influence, we need not think that we are dependent upon the knowledge and experience of men who do not recognize the Lord as their Master. Our God is a God of knowledge and understanding, and if we will take our position decidedly on His side, to be wholly influenced by His spirit, He will give us wisdom. I would that all our people might see the inconsistency of those who profess to be God's Commandment-keeping people, a peculiar people, zealous of good works, thinking that they must copy after the world's pattern in order to make their work successful. Our God is stronger than any human influence. If we will accept Him as our educator, if we will make Him our strength and righteousness, He will work in our behalf. The following out of these principles, may result in a condition of things that is not just as we desire it to be. We might like to see certain conditions for the attainment of which we would be dependent on the world, but the result would be an experience that means weakness rather than strength. We should realize a bondage that we do not anticipate. Jesus Christ is our Saviour today, and He is willing to work in our behalf, if we will not put our dependence upon some other power. If we are sustained by the living God a superiority of His power will be manifest in His people. This is the testimony that I will continue to bear. We must exalt God, who is our wisdom, our sanctification, and our exceeding great reward. . . . Shall we unite ourselves with those who are full of error, who have no respect for God's commandments, and shall our students go forth to obtain the finishing touches of their education from men who unless they are converted, will not be honored with a place in the councils of Heaven?  {LLM 443.4}
[LLM 444.1]          W. C. White: "What is to be the final outcome? Will all our medical missionaries be simply nurses? Shall we have no more physicians? Or shall we have a school in which we can ourselves give the finishing touches?"  {LLM 444.1}
[LLM 444.2]          E. G. White: "Whatever plan you follow, take your position that you will not unite or be bound up with those that do not respect God's Commandments."  {LLM 444.2}
[LLM 444.3]          (783) W. C. White: "Does that mean that we are not to have any more physicians? But that our people shall work simply as nurses? Or does it mean that we shall have a school of our own where we can educate physicians?"  {LLM 444.3}
[LLM 444.4]         E. G. White: "We shall have a school of our own. But we are not to be dependent upon the world. We must put our dependence upon a power that is higher than all human strength, if                                     -445-     we honor God, He will honor us, because we observe His Commandments, which means eternal life.  {LLM 444.4}
[LLM 445.1]          J. A. Burden: "The governments of earth provide that if we conduct a medical school, we must take a charter from the Government. That in itself has nothing to do with how the school is conducted. It is required, however, that certain studies be taught. Physiology is one of these. It is required that those who labor as physicians shall be proficient in those subjects. In starting sanitariums for the care of the sick, we must secure a charter from the government. Our printing office must do the same. Would the securing of a charter for a medical school, where our students might obtain a medical education, militate against our depending upon God?  {LLM 445.1}
[LLM 445.2]          E. G. White: "No, I do not see that it would, if a charter was secured on right terms. Only be sure that you do not exalt men above God. If you can gain force and influence that will make your work more effective without tying yourselves to worldly men, that would be right. But we are not to exalt the human above the Divine."  {LLM 445.2}
[LLM 445.3]          Elder J. A. Burden: "That is the vital point where we have been hanging for three years. The only thing that we have asked for in this matter is to take advantage of the Government provision that would give standing room to our students when they are qualified."  {LLM 445.3}
[LLM 445.4]          Mrs. E. G. White: "I do not see anything wrong in that as long as you do not in any way lift men above the Lord God of Israel, or throw discredit upon His power. But enter into no agreement with any fraternity that would open a door of temptation to some weak soul to lose their hold on God."  {LLM 445.4}
[LLM 445.5]          We take this to be an unqualified statement that we are to have a chartered school for the education and training of physicians, as well as nurses. But in the conducting of this school, we are to recognize the power of God as superior to all earthly powers. And while thus relying upon Him, we have certain rights and privileges as citizens which we can use as did the apostle Paul to advantage for the truth, the right to charter our school being one of these.  {LLM 445.5}
[LLM 445.6]          We therefore solicit your endorsement and assistance in placing the school upon a successful working basis, so that it may accomplish what the Lord has designed that it shall.  {LLM 445.6}
[LLM 445.7]          (784) We sincerely hope that you will give this question careful consideration, that the work that has now been hanging in the balance and retarded for four years, may be pushed forward with alacrity and certainty.                                                    -                                       -446-  {LLM 445.7}
[LLM 446.1]          (785)             Condensed Memorial          Presented to the General Conference Council Convened                   at College View, Nebr. Oct., 1909.                      Loma Linda College of Evangelists.            "With the possession of this place comes the weighty responsibility of making the work of the institution educational in character."  {LLM 446.1}
[LLM 446.2]          "Loma Linda is to be not only a sanitarium, but an educational center."  {LLM 446.2}
[LLM 446.3]          "A school is to be established here for the training of gospel medical missionary evangelists. Much is involved in this work, and it is very essential that a right beginning be made."  {LLM 446.3}
[LLM 446.4]          "In regard to the school, I would say, Make it especially strong in the education of nurses and physicians."  {LLM 446.4}
[LLM 446.5]          "Too much imperfect work has been done in the education given. The most useful education is that gained by study in connection with practical work."  {LLM 446.5}
[LLM 446.6]          "In medical missionary schools many workers are to be qualified with the ability of physicians to labor as medical missionary evangelists. This training the Lord has specified is in harmony with the principles underlying true higher education."  {LLM 446.6}
[LLM 446.7]          "Some of the students are to be educated as nurses, some as physicians. It is not necessary for our students to go to Ann Arbor for a medical education. They may obtain at our schools all that is essential to perform the work for this time."  {LLM 446.7}
[LLM 446.8]          "It will take some time to get a right understanding of the matter, but just as soon as we begin to work in the line of true reform, the Holy Spirit will lead us and guide us if we are willing to be guided."  {LLM 446.8}
[LLM 446.9]          "Much good can be done by those who do not hold diplomas as fully accredited physicians. Some are to be prepared to work as competent physicians. Many working under the direction of such ones can do acceptable work without spending so long a time in study as it has been thought necessary in the past."  {LLM 446.9}
[LLM 446.10]          We ought to have a school where women can be educated by women physicians to do the best possible work in treating the diseases of women."  {LLM 446.10}
[LLM 446.11]          (786) To us, it seems clear from the foregoing testimonies that there are at least three classes of workers to be educated in medical lines,-                                     -447-  {LLM 446.11}
[LLM 447.1]          First, Many well trained nurses to work as evangelists;  {LLM 447.1}
[LLM 447.2]          Second, A large number of persons qualified with the ability of physicians to labor as evangelists;  {LLM 447.2}
[LLM 447.3]          Third, a few fully accredited physicians with recognition to stand at the head of the work.                                                    -    {LLM 447.3}
[LLM 447.4]          (788)                      B.-132-'09.                                   Sanitarium, Calif., Oct. 11, 1909.     Elder J. A. Burden,     Dear Brother:-        I am instructed to say that in our educational work, there is to be no compromise in order to meet the world's standards. God's commandment-keeping people are not to unite with the world, to carry various lines of work according to worldly plans and worldly wisdom.  {LLM 447.4}
[LLM 447.5]          Our people are now being tested as to whether they will obtain their wisdom from the greatest Teacher the world ever knew or seek to the god of Ekron. Let us determine that we shall not be tied by so much as a thread to the educational policies of those who do not discern the voice of God, and who will not hearken to His commandments.  {LLM 447.5}
[LLM 447.6]          We are to take heed to the warning: "Enter ye in at the straight gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because straight is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth into life, and few there be that find it." Those who walk in the narrow way are following in the footprints of Jesus. The light from heaven illuminates their path.  {LLM 447.6}
[LLM 447.7]          Shall we represent before the world, that our physicians must follow the pattern of the world, before they can be qualified to act as successful physicians? This is the question that is now testing the faith of some of our brethren. Let not any of our brethren displease the Lord, by advocating in their assemblies the idea that we need to obtain from unbelievers a higher education than that specified by the Lord.  {LLM 447.7}
[LLM 447.8]          (789) The representation of the great Teacher is to be considered an all-sufficient revelation. Those in our ranks who qualify as physicians are to receive only such education as is in harmony with these divine truths. Some have advised that students should, after taking some work at Loma Linda, complete their medical education in worldly colleges. But this is not in harmony with the Lord's plan. God is our wisdom, our sanctification, and our righteousness. Facilities should be                                     -448-     provided at Loma Linda, that the necessary instruction in medical lines may be given by instructors who fear the Lord, and who are in harmony with His plans for the treatment of the sick.  {LLM 447.8}
[LLM 448.1]         I have not a word to say in favor of the world's ideas of higher education in any school that we shall organize for the training of physicians. There is danger in their attaching themselves to worldly physicians. Satan is giving his orders to those whom he has led to depart from the faith. I would now advise that none of our young people attach themselves to worldly medical institutions in the hope of gaining better success, or stronger influence as physicians.  {LLM 448.1}
[LLM 448.2]          When Israel was a child then I loved him, and called My son out of Egypt. As they called them, so they went from them: they sacrificed unto Baalim, and burnt incense to graven images. I taught Ephraim also to go, taking them by their arm; but they knew not that I healed them. I drew them with cords of a man, with bands of love: and I was to them as they that take off the yoke on their jaws, and I laid meat unto them."  {LLM 448.2}
[LLM 448.3]          The Lord gave to His people advantages which they failed to recognize. "My people," He says, "are bent to backsliding (790) from Me; though they called them to the Most High, none at all would exalt Him. How shall I give thee up, Ephraim? How shall I deliver thee, Israel? how shall I make thee as Admah? how shall I set thee as Zeboim? Mine heart is turned within Me, My repentings are kindled together." Read also the promises of blessing to Israel on condition of their repentance, recorded in the fourteenth chapter of Hosea. These scriptures were written in times past, but they have also a present-day application.  {LLM 448.3}
[LLM 448.4]          The enemy has worked in Southern California, and has tried to thwart the purposes of God. Messages of reproof have been sent to leading men whose work was not done in righteousness. Reformations have been called for. What is now needed is that the leaders in the Lord's work shall be fully converted. It is time that the Lord's voice was heeded, and that men should put away the spirit of self-confidence and self-sufficiency. Should the ideas of some who are wise in their own estimation be carried out, there would result a condition of things that would demand a most thorough reformation.  {LLM 448.4}
[LLM 448.5]          Let none think that they can pass safely through the perils of these last days, while puffed up with self-sufficiency. Some would unsettle minds by urging the carrying out of false plans. False theories are taught as truth, and I am charged to meet these errors decidedly. We should heed the instruction found in the third and fourth chapters of second Timothy, especially the solemn charge given by Paul to Timothy:  {LLM 448.5}
[LLM 448.6]          "I charge thee, therefore, before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing;                                     -449-     preach the Word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all long-suffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine, but after their (791) own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry.  {LLM 448.6}
[LLM 449.1]         "I am now ready to be offered, and the time of my departure is at hand. I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous Judge, shall give me in that day; and not to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing."  {LLM 449.1}
[LLM 449.2]          I am intensely in earnest that our people shall realize that the only true education lies in walking humbly with God. The teachings of the word of God are opposed to the ideas of those who think that our students must receive the mold of an education that is according to human ideas. Some are departing from the faith, as the result of receiving from the world what they regard as a "higher education." The word of God just as it reads contains the very essence of truth. The highest education is the keeping of the law of God.  {LLM 449.2}
[LLM 449.3]          "Therefore, my brethren dearly beloved and longed for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved. . . Let your moderation be known unto all men. The Lord is at hand. Be careful for nothing; but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God. And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.  {LLM 449.3}
[LLM 449.4]          "Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things (792) are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. Those things which ye have both learned, and received, and heard, and seen in me, do: and the God of peace shall be with you."                                     -452-                                                    -    {LLM 449.4}
[LLM 452.1]          (797)                      B.-140-09.                                   Sanitarium, Calif., Nov. 5, 1909.     Elder J. A. Burden, Loma Linda, Calif.     Dear Brother Burden:-        Some questions have been asked me regarding our relation to the laws governing medical practitioners. We need to move understandingly, for the enemy would be pleased to hedge up our work so that our physicians would have only a limited influence. Some men do not act in the fear of God, and they may seek to bring us into trouble by placing on our necks yokes that we could not consent to bear. We cannot submit to regulations if the sacrifice of principle is involved; for this would imperil the soul's salvation.  {LLM 452.1}
[LLM 452.2]         But whenever we can comply with the law of the land without putting ourselves in a false position, we should do so. Wise laws have been framed in order to safeguard the people against the imposition of unqualified physicians. These laws we should respect, for we are ourselves by them protected from presumptuous pretenders. Should we manifest opposition to these requirements, it would tend to restrict the influence of our medical missionaries.  {LLM 452.2}
[LLM 452.3]          We must carefully consider what is involved in these matters. If there are conditions to which we could not subscribe, we                                     -453-     should endeavor to have these matters adjusted, so that there would not be strong opposition against our physicians. The Saviour bids us be wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.  {LLM 452.3}
[LLM 453.1]          The Lord is our leader and teacher, He charges us not to connect with those who do not acknowledge God.  {LLM 453.1}
[LLM 453.2]          (798) "Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep, for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations." Connect with those who honor God by keeping His commandments. If the recommendation goes forth from our people that our workers are to seek for success by acknowledging as essential the education which the world gives, we are virtually saying that the influence the world gives is superior to that which God gives. God will be dishonored by such a course. God has full knowledge of the faith and trust and confidence that His professed people have in His providence.  {LLM 453.2}
[LLM 453.3]          Our workers are to become intelligent in regard to Christ's life and manner of working. The Lord will help those who desire to cooperate with Him as physicians, if they will become learners of Him how to work for the suffering. He will exercise His power through them for the healing of the sick.  {LLM 453.3}
[LLM 453.4]          Intemperance and ungodliness are increasing everywhere. The work of temperance must begin in our own hearts. And the work of the physician must begin in an understanding of the works and teachings of the Great Physician. Christ left the courts of heaven that He might minister to the sick and suffering of earth. We must cooperate with the Chief of Physicians, walking in all humility of mind before Him. Then the Lord will bless our earnest efforts to relieve the suffering of Humanity. It is not by the use of poisonous drugs that this will be done, but by the use of simple remedies. We should seek to correct false habits and practices, and teach the lessons of self-denial. The indulgence of appetite is the greatest evil with which we have to contend.  {LLM 453.4}
[LLM 453.5]          The truth brought to light by Christ teaches that humanity through obedience to the truth as it is in Jesus, may realize power to overcome the corruptions that are in the world through lust. Through living faith in the merits of Christ the soul may be converted and transformed into Christlikeness. Angels of God will be by the side of those who in humbleness of mind learn daily the lessons taught by Christ.                                     -459-                                                    -    {LLM 453.5}
[LLM 459.1]          (808)                      B.168-09. Dec. 1, 1909.                                   Extracts from Testimony,     To the Officers of the General Conference     Dear Brethren:-        In the night seasons I seem to be repeating the messages of warning and encouragement that I bore at the General Conference and I am instructed to urge upon our people that we, as the people of God, are not to follow the customs and fashions of the world. The world is following their leader, the great apostate; and we are to follow the Great Teacher, Jesus Christ.  {LLM 459.1}
[LLM 459.2]          I have endeavored to arouse our people to labor for the unworked portions of the great Missionary field, yet but few seem to respond to the appeals of the Spirit of God. We do not realize the extent to which Satanic agencies are at work in these large cities. The work of bringing the messages of present truth before the people is becoming more and more difficult. It is essential that new and varied talents unite in intelligent labor for the people. If the burden of these unworked cities rested upon the hearts of our people as it should, they would arouse to labor as they have not yet done for the souls that are perishing in sin. . .  {LLM 459.2}
[LLM 459.3]          The message that I am bidden to bear to our people at this time is, Work the cities without delay, for time is short. The Lord has kept this work before us for the last twenty years or more. A little has been done in a few places, but much more might be done. I am carrying a burden day and night, because so little is being accomplished to warn the inhabitants of our great centers of population of the judgments that will fall upon the transgressors of God's law. . .  {LLM 459.3}
[LLM 459.4]         It will be a great advantage to have our buildings in retired locations so far as possible. The healthfulness of the (809) surroundings should be fully considered. Locations should be selected a little out from the noisy cities. Those who labor in the large cities need special advantages, that they may not be called to sacrifice life or health unnecessarily.                                     -460-  {LLM 459.4}
[LLM 460.1]          I write these things because it has been presented to me as a matter of importance that our workers should so far as possible avoid everything that would imperil their health. We need to exercise the best of judgment in these matters. Feeble or aged men and women should not be sent to labor in unhealthful crowded cities. Let them labor where their lives will not be needlessly sacrificed. Our brethren who bring the truth to the cities must not be obliged to imperil their health in the noise and bustle and confusion, if retired places can be secured.  {LLM 460.1}
[LLM 460.2]          Those who are engaged in the difficult and trying work in the cities should receive every encouragement possible. Let them not be subjected to unkind criticism from their brethren. We must have a care for the Lord's workers who are opening the light of truth to those who are in the darkness of error. We have a high standard presented before us. . . .  {LLM 460.2}
[LLM 460.3]          Now is the opportune time to work the cities; for we must reach the people there. As a people, we have been in danger of centering too many important interests in a few places. This is not good judgment nor wisdom. An interest is now to be created in the principle cities. Many small centers must be established rather than a few large centers. . .  {LLM 460.3}
[LLM 460.4]          Let missionaries be laboring two and two in different parts of all our large cities. The workers in each city should frequently meet together for prayer and counsel, that they may have wisdom and grace to work together effectively and harmoniously. Let all be wide awake to make the most of every advantage. Our (810) people must gird the armor on and establish centers in all the large cities. The agencies of Satan are active in the field, putting forth efforts to confuse the minds of men, and to fill them with vain imaginations, that they may not become interested in the truth.  {LLM 460.4}
[LLM 460.5]          The people of God have received many admonitions and encouragements to advance, and it is time that the purposes of God regarding His work shall be understood by them and carried out. By cherishing unbelief in the plans and directions that have been laid out for them to follow, and by exalting human judgment, much time and valuable experience have been lost. The Lord, He is God, and beside Him there is none else. Let all now search the word of the Lord, and walk in His ways. Let the prophecies of Isaiah be studied and heeded, and the Lord will perform His part. "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life."  {LLM 460.5}
[LLM 460.6]         While no one should be presumptuous, there is need that wise efforts be put forth to reach many who by the ordinary methods of labor are not reached. Let the leading men and women, chosen of God, unite in carrying forward the work intelligently and in faith. I am pained when I see with some a desire for the                                     -461-     highest position, and to be honored of men. This is not the leading of the Holy Spirit. Angels of God are commissioned to labor with every company that will work humbly and intelligently. Truth and righteousness must go forth as a lamp that burneth. . .                                       Ellen G. White.                                                    -    {LLM 460.6}
[LLM 461.1]          (812)                      B-178-'09.                                   Sanitarium, Calif., Dec. 6, 1909.     To the Leading Ministers in California     Dear Brethren:-        In the night watches of Nov. 22, I seemed to be bearing my testimony in a meeting where believers and unbelievers were assembled. I spoke to them in regard to the short work to be done in the earth, and our need of keeping before the world the evidences that the Lord is in our midst. This evidence may be given in words of praise and thanksgiving. Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God." The Lord calls for faithful witnesses. With our lips and in our works, we should praise Him. As a people                                     -462-     we have received special advantages from the Lord, but we do not render to Him sincere thanksgiving. Daily His praise should be spoken by every one of us.  {LLM 461.1}
[LLM 462.1]          My attention was called to these words, which are profitable for our study:  {LLM 462.1}
[LLM 462.2]          "I am the Lord, and there is none else, there is no God beside Me: I girded thee, though thou hast not known Me; that they may know from the rising of the sun, and from the West, that there is none beside Me. I am the Lord, and there is none else; I form light, and create darkness; I make peace, and create evil: I the Lord do all these things. Drop down, ye heavens from above, and let the skies pour down righteousness: let the earth open, and let them bring forth salvation, and let righteousness spring up together. I the Lord have created it." (Isaiah 45:5-8)  {LLM 462.2}
[LLM 462.3]          (813) "Thus saith the Lord, in an acceptable time have I heard thee, and in a day of salvation have I helped thee: and I will preserve thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people, to establish the earth, to cause to inherit the desolate heritage that thou mayest say to the prisoners, Go forth; to them that are in darkness, show thyselves. They shall feed in the ways, and their pastures shall be in all high places. They shall not hunger nor thirst; neither shall the heat nor sun smite them; for He that hath mercy on them shall lead them, even by the spring of water shall He guide them. And I will make all My mountains a way, and My highways shall be exalted. Behold these shall come from far; and lo, these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim.  {LLM 462.3}
[LLM 462.4]          "Sing, O ye heavens, and be joyful; and break forth unto singing, O mountains: for the Lord hath comforted His people, and will have mercy on His afflicted. But Zion said, the Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me. Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she may not have compassion on the son of her womb? yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee. Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of My hands; thy walls are continually before me." (Isaiah 49:8-16)  {LLM 462.4}
[LLM 462.5]         "Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath no money; come ye, buy and eat; yea, come buy wine and milk without money and without price. Wherefore do ye spend money for that which is not bread? and your labor for that which satisfieth not? hearken diligently unto Me, and eat ye that which is good, and let your soul delight itself in fatness. Incline your ear, and come unto Me; hear, and your soul shall live and I will make an everlasting covenant with you, even the sure mercies of David. Behold, I have given Him for a witness to the (814) people, a leader and a commander to the people. Behold thou shalt call a nation that you knowest not; and nations                                     -463-     that know not thee shall run after thee, because of the Lord thy God, and for the holy One of Israel; for He hath glorified thee." (Isaiah 55:1-5)  {LLM 462.5}
[LLM 463.1]          (Isaiah 55:6-13)          Let the instruction given in the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah be studied in connection with these Scriptures. Wonderful would be the results if ministers and church members would be converted, and adopt Christ's manner of witnessing to the power of the Lord.  {LLM 463.1}
[LLM 463.2]         In many places, and especially in Southern California plans and methods of labor have been followed that have hindered the Lord's work, so that those upon whom the Lord has laid special burdens could not do the work to which they were appointed. In some cases watchers were set to restrict the work and to hedge up the way of some who were laboring most earnestly for advancement (of the work. erp, 1960).  {LLM 463.2}
[LLM 463.3]         Unsanctified plans were laid that worked counter to the plans of God. All this was greatly displeasing to the Lord, and it was work which He repudiated. There were cities that might have been entered and a good work begun, but through lack of faith there developed a counter-working influence. With unbelief, jealousies arose, and with sacred missionary enterprises were linked up men who themselves needed to experience the converting power of God, and to learn to walk humbly before Him.  {LLM 463.3}
[LLM 463.4]          To those who had kept the way hedged up, I wrote out the instruction given me, and trusted the result with the Lord. The burden was heavy, and I feared I should not live to see the results of my efforts to break the yokes which men were placing upon their fellow-workers. The Lord presented before me in decided representations that it would take years to root out the evil resulting from placing in the hands of finite men the power to (815) hinder and delay the work of God. Repeated messages of reproof and counsel were necessary, that capable men whom the Lord had specified as the ones to do a special work might be set free to follow the light that God was giving.  {LLM 463.4}
[LLM 463.5]          There were strong men in Southern California who stood decidedly against the light the Lord was giving His messenger regarding the work to be done. They were following their own counsel and judgment, and were imperiling the cause of God. I was instructed that the only way to counterwork this evil was to have placed in positions of trust men who would be guided by counsel of the Lord, and who would not be turned aside by those who were deficient in faith.  {LLM 463.5}
[LLM 463.6]          The Lord has wrought in a remarkable manner to uphold the messages sent to correct the strange work that was being done.                                      -464-     The evil has been checked, but it has not yet been fully rooted out, and if there were not a continuation of the messages from the Lord to His people, the will and ways of men would yet prevail to bring in strife and contention, and a deformed work would be the result. I was shown that human power is constantly working to weave itself into the work of God. This brings in disjointed and inharmonious action. The messages of pure and unadulterated truth are in danger of being trampled under feet by self-willed unconverted men who work to destroy confidence in the warnings that God would speak to the hearts of His people to correct error, and to encourage righteousness.  {LLM 463.6}
[LLM 464.1]          A great many of the difficulties that have come into our work in California and elsewhere have come in through a misunderstanding on the part of men in official positions concerning their individual responsibility in the matter of controlling and ruling (816) their fellow-laborers. Men entrusted with responsibilities have supposed that their official position embraced very much more than was ever thought of by those who placed them in office, and serious difficulties arose as the result.  {LLM 464.1}
[LLM 464.2]          Simple organization and church order are set forth in the New Testament Scriptures, and the Lord has ordained these for the unity and perfection of the church. The man who holds office in the church should stand as a leader, as an adviser and a counselor and helper in carrying the burdens of the work. He should be a leader in offering thanksgiving to God. But he is not appointed to order and command the Lord's laborers. The Lord is over His heritage. He will lead His people if they will be led of the Lord in the place of assuming a power God has not given them. Let us study the twelfth and thirteenth chapters of First Corinthians, and the fifteenth chapter of Acts.  {LLM 464.2}
[LLM 464.3]         Let the men carrying responsibilities treat those who labor with them with the same consideration that they would wish to receive, were they the helpers, and others the leaders. "All ye are brethren," the Saviour declares. Position does not give a man kingly authority. The meekness of Christ is a wonderful lesson given to the fallen world. Learning this meekness from the great Teacher, the worker will become Christlike.  {LLM 464.3}
[LLM 464.4]          For several years there have been leading men in the Northern California Conference who exercised an authority which they supposed was theirs by virtue of their office, to control the work according to their own disposition and judgment. The work was becoming confused, and the Lord gave me a message regarding the movements that should be made. Because of the strange conditions in the conference, Elder Haskell was to be called to take the presidency.  {LLM 464.4}
[LLM 464.5]          (817) Elder Haskell and his wife have been engaged in the work for years, and their faith in the truth and in the                                     -465-     Testimonies given by the Holy Spirit is strong. They have unitedly served according to the Lord's appointment, and we have sought to sustain them in their work. Conditions in the churches have changed decidedly, but the Lord has shown me that some in responsible positions are not yet converted, and without thorough conversion, they cannot conduct the work in right lines. Some who have been reproved and warned are not established and settled, and fully yielded to the guiding power of the Holy Spirit. Satan is not yet fully cast out of the minds of some, and it would take very little to produce again the conditions that existed ten years ago.  {LLM 464.5}
[LLM 465.1]          The cause of God in Oakland, San Francisco, and the surrounding places needs men of solid Christian character, who fear God and take counsel of God, or believers will be misled by those who attach themselves to the work, and who desire to guide and control according to human judgment and plans. The Lord desires to work through men of clean purposes and decided experiences, men who will learn from the Testimonies of His Spirit where they have not been in harmony with the Lord's will, and who will be converted. Then decided changes will be made. The perils threatening the work will be seen, conversions will be experienced, and our people will be preparing to stand firmly and unitedly with God to build up His kingdom in the earth.  {LLM 465.1}
[LLM 465.2]          Men who repudiate the teachings of the Spirit of God are not the proper persons to be placed in offices as leaders in the church. There is danger that the teachings of men who are not soundly converted may lead others into by and forbidden paths. In our efforts to secure consecrated leadership, we may expect to (818) encounter opposition, for the enemy is seeking through unconverted men in positions of trust to mold the work, and he has too much at stake lightly to lose their influence.  {LLM 465.2}
[LLM 465.3]          Many have refused to see and adopt the light, because they would not humble themselves before God, and be daily converted to Christ. Yet this must be the experience of all who overcome by the blood of the lamb and the word of their testimony. When men humble their hearts, and are daily converted, following the example of the meek and lowly Jesus, then there is hope that they will become wise in their religious experiences. . . .  {LLM 465.3}
[LLM 465.4]          I see a crisis before us, and the Lord calls for His workmen to come into line. Every soul should now stand in a position of deeper, truer consecration to God, than during the years that are past.  {LLM 465.4}
[LLM 465.5]          God corrects His people when they are in danger of being corrupted by those who obey not the truth. I have been charged to stand faithfully in the position in which the Lord has placed me among His people, that they might be instructed and counseled.                                     -466-  {LLM 465.5}
[LLM 466.1]          I have been shown that there are men helping to form committees, and men filling important positions in the churches, who are self-righteous, men walking after the counsel of their own hearts. Neither these self-righteous men nor those who have been influenced to hurt the work of God, should now be put in places of large responsibility; for the work of God will be marred by such steps. There are some who will always be deceived. We are living amid the perils of the last days. Let the Word of God teach righteousness. Let the chaff be separated from the wheat.  {LLM 466.1}
[LLM 466.2]          The work of Elder Haskell and others who have labored in Oakland and the nearby places might have been a much greater (819) blessing, had they not been obliged to meet wrong influences in opposition to the counsels that God has given to build up and prepare a people for the final conflict that is before us.  {LLM 466.2}
[LLM 466.3]          It is not in harmony with the plan of God that men who are working counter to the spirit of the messages that the Lord gives to bless and strengthen His people, should be given places of large influence in our churches. Such men are not a help, but a hindrance. Their work is to unsettle minds, and they sow the seed which will spring up and bear its fruit to make of none effect the counsels that the Lord has so graciously given to His people.                                                    -                                       -473-                                                    -    {LLM 466.3}
[LLM 473.1]          (831)      A Message for Our Time on Medical                           Missionary Work.            Isaiah 58, 55. These two chapters describe in a special sense our condition, our work, and its possibilities under God in Southern California.  {LLM 473.1}
[LLM 473.2]         First, let us note the message to us describing our condition and the causes that have brought it. Isaiah 58:1-6. "Cry aloud and show my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins. My people, even the faithful ones in the church are guilty, for all have sinned. The real trouble is between their way and God's way. The difference in the two ways is of such a nature that they cannot be united. Isaiah 58:8, 9. Our only hope is to give up our way and accept God's way. Isaiah 65:5-7.  {LLM 473.2}
[LLM 473.3]    	 God's way as compared with the results under our way. Isaiah 58:6-14; 55:10-13. The one is mercenary and disappointing in results, even to ourselves. The other is missionary and full of blessing to us and to others, and is crowned with everlasting success.  {LLM 473.3}
[LLM 473.4]         Such is the work to which God has called us in Southern California. The appeals to this people show that God would have us give to the world a living representation of Isaiah 58:6-14. He is calling for such a representation of medical missionary work in this field as the world has not seen since the days when Jesus of Nazareth walked among men and ministered to their necessity.  {LLM 473.4}
[LLM 473.5]          Here in this small territory, where the climate is so favorable, and where thousands are coming in search of health, Christ would have His people establish everywhere memorials for Him--institutions to which they may be drawn and learn of His healing power; places in which the laws of life and health shall be (832) lived and taught in such simplicity that all may receive their benefit.  {LLM 473.5}
[LLM 473.6]          Shall we not at this time study most carefully the light that has been given upon this important subject that we may understand the mind of the Lord and be able to cooperate in His plan. Is it not time to put away our unbelief and go up and possess the goodly land? If the Lord delight in us, then He will bring us into this land. Numbers 14:8.                                     -474-  {LLM 473.6}
[LLM 474.1]          That we may better understand the real purpose and plan of God for the medical work in Southern California, and may better appreciate its needs, we desire to bring to your minds a few of the many definite outlines for the work sent us by the spirit of prophecy, and rehearse to you a number of providential experiences that have attended the efforts put forth to carry out the instruction given. It may be that in the light of these experiences and the instruction given, our faith shall be strengthened, and our vision cleansed to forsake our way and walk in the Lord's.  {LLM 474.1}
[LLM 474.2]          Early in 1902, the following instruction came:-  {LLM 474.2}
[LLM 474.3]               To Our Sanitarium Workers in Southern California          "I have a decided message for our people in Southern California . . . for months I have carried on my soul the burden of the medical missionary work in Southern California. Recently much light has been given me in regard to the manner in which God desires us to conduct sanitarium work. We are to encourage the patients to spend much of their time out-of-doors. I have been instructed to tell our brethren to keep on the look-out for cheap, desirable property in healthful places suitable for sanitarium purposes. Soon the reputation of the health resorts in Southern California will stand even higher than it stands at present. Now is our time to enter that field for the purpose of carrying forward medical missionary work. As soon as possible sanitariums (833) are to be established in different places in Southern California. Let a beginning be made in several places. If possible, let land be purchased on which buildings are already erected. Then, as the prosperity of the work demands, let appropriate enlargements be made.  {LLM 474.3}
[LLM 474.4]          "In Southern California there are many properties for sale on which buildings suitable for sanitarium work are already erected. Some of these properties should be purchased, and medical missionary work carried forward on sensible, rational lines. Several small sanitariums are to be established in Southern California, for the benefit of the multitudes drawn there in hope of finding health. Instruction has been given me that now is our opportunity to reach the invalids flocking to the health resorts of Southern California, and that a work may be done also in behalf of the attendants.  {LLM 474.4}
[LLM 474.5]          On the night of October 10, 1901, I was unable to sleep after half past eleven at night. Many things regarding the sanitarium work were presented to me in figures and symbols. I was shown a sanitarium near Los Angeles in running order. At one place I saw sanitarium work being carried on in a beautiful building. On the grounds surrounding the building there were many fruit trees.                                     -475-  {LLM 474.5}
[LLM 475.1]          "As in the visions of the night I saw this place, I said to our brethren: O, ye of little faith! You have lost much time. On the lawn were the sick in wheel chairs. On the grounds of this beautiful place that I saw in the visions of the night, there were many shade trees the boughs of which hung down in such a way as to form leafy canopies somewhat in the shape of tents. Underneath these canopies patients were resting. The sick were delighted in their surroundings. While some worked, others were singing. There was no sign of dissatisfaction.  {LLM 475.1}
[LLM 475.2]          "I awoke and for some time could not sleep. Many vivid scenes had passed before me, and I could not forget the words I had spoken to the helpers and patients. Again I lost consciousness, (834) and other scenes passed before me. I was in another locality surrounded by different scenery. Again it seemed as it I were pleading with those who were sick to look unto Jesus, the great Healer.  {LLM 475.2}
[LLM 475.3]          "I then awoke, and began writing out some cautions that had been given me.  {LLM 475.3}
[LLM 475.4]          "In the night season I was given a view of a sanitarium in the country. The institution was not large, but it was complete. It was surrounded by beautiful trees and shrubbery, beyond which were orchards and groves. Connected with the place were gardens, in which the lady patients, when they chose, could cultivate flowers of every description, each patient selecting a special plot for which to care. Out-door exercise in these gardens was prescribed as a part of the regular treatment:  {LLM 475.4}
[LLM 475.5]          "Scene after scene passed before me. In one scene a number of suffering patients had just come to one of our country sanitariums. In another scene I saw the same company, but, O, how transformed their appearance! Disease had gone, the skin was clear, the countenance joyful; body and mind seemed to be animated with new life. God will work wonders for us if we will in faith cooperate with Him. Let us, then, pursue a sensible course, that our efforts may be blessed of heaven, and crowned with success."  {LLM 475.5}
[LLM 475.6]          This instruction led the brethren to make a forward move in medical missionary work. Plans were laid for the erection of a large sanitarium building in the city of Los Angeles. This move was contrary to the plain instruction given by the Spirit of Prophecy and called forth repeated counsel that the sanitarium should be outside the city as is shown by the following:-  {LLM 475.6}
[LLM 475.7]          In an article dated March 12, 1902 (MS-44-'02) I read: "Those who have true wisdom, will plan to establish our sanitariums (835) in the country, where the patients can have the benefit of out-of-door life, where they can sit in the sunshine,                                     -476-     or, when the sunshine is too warm, under the shade of the trees. The patients are to be given the advantage of the Lord's health-giving remedies to be found out-of-doors. And the treatments given them in other lines are to be conducted on the same natural, health-restoring principles."  {LLM 475.7}
[LLM 476.1]          Again, from manuscript dated March 17, 1902 (MS-43-'02) I read: "During the past three nights light has been given me that in the medical missionary work we have lost great advantages by failing to realize the need of a change in our plans in regard to the location of sanitariums. It is the Lord's will that our sanitariums shall be established outside the city. . . The surroundings of a sanitarium should be as attractive as possible. Out-of-doors life is a means of gaining health and happiness. . . In flower gardens and orchards, the sick will find health, cheerfulness, and happy thoughts.  {LLM 476.1}
[LLM 476.2]         "All these representations, and many more, passed as living reality before me. I felt grateful to God, as I realized what an influence an out-of-door life among the flowers and fruit-laden trees has upon those who are sick, both in body and in mind. . . "Let our medical institutions be established on extensive tracts of land, where the patients can have opportunity for out-of-doors exercise. This will prove to be one means for their restoration of health. Encourage the patients to live out-of-doors. Devise plans to keep them out-of-doors, where they will become acquainted with God through nature. As they take exercise in the open air, restoration will begin in body, mind, and soul. . . Jesus expects those who believe in Him to give the patients in our medical institutions the messages of God's word as healing leaves from the tree of life.  {LLM 476.2}
[LLM 476.3]          In another communication, dated March 14, 1902, (MS-41-'02) I read: "In the visions of the night I have been writing letters, (836) and I dare not put off longer the work to be done. Night after night, I have been awakened at eleven, twelve, and one o'clock with a message from the Lord, and I arise at once, and begin to write, fearing that if I do not, I shall forget the instruction given me. Thus it was when I was at Los Angeles. In the night season I was in a council meeting and the question under consideration was the establishment of a sanitarium in southern California. One brother urged that it would be best to have the sanitarium in the city of Los Angeles, and he pointed out the objections to establishing the sanitarium out of the city.  {LLM 476.3}
[LLM 476.4]          "There was among us One who presented this matter very clearly, and with the utmost simplicity. He told us it would be a mistake to establish a sanitarium within the city limits. A sanitarium should have the advantage of plenty of land, so that the invalids can work in the open air. For nervous, gloomy, feeble patients, out-of-door work is invaluable. Let them have flower beds to care for. In the use of rake and hoe and spade                                     -477-     they will find relief for many of their maladies. Idleness is the cause of many diseases. . . .  {LLM 476.4}
[LLM 477.1]          Life in the open air is good for body and mind. It is God's medicine for the restoration of health. Pure air, good water, sunshine, beautiful surroundings,--these are God's means for restoring the sick to health in natural ways. . . It is worth more than silver or gold to sick people to lie in the sunshine or in the shade of the trees.  {LLM 477.1}
[LLM 477.2]          "The time will come when God's people will have to move away from the cities, and live in small companies, by themselves. If our people regard God's instructions as of value, they will move out of the cities, so that they will not be corrupted by its revolting sights, and so that their children will not be corrupted by its vices. Those who choose to remain in the cities . . . must share the disaster that will come upon them. . . .  {LLM 477.2}
[LLM 477.3]          (837) "Candid consideration is to be given to the matter of establishing a sanitarium in southern California. One thing is certain; this sanitarium is not to be established in the city. This I have said repeatedly, establish it where there is ground for cultivation, where the patients can have opportunity for healthful exercise. Out-of-door exercise, combined with hygienic treatment, will work miracles in restoring health to the sick. . . .  {LLM 477.3}
[LLM 477.4]          "Grave mistakes have been made in establishing sanitariums in the cities. I was instructed that our sanitariums should be established in the most pleasant surroundings, in places outside the city, where by wise instruction the thoughts of the patients can be bound up with the mind of God. Again and again I have described such places, but it seems there has been no ear to hear. Last night in a most clear and convincing manner the mistakes now being made in our sanitarium work was presented to me.  {LLM 477.4}
[LLM 477.5]          In a communication dated March 17, 1902 (MS-43-'02), I read: "I am unable to sleep. My mind is much burdened in regard to the location of the sanitarium in southern California. There is a work to be done in California that has been strangely neglected. This work must now be done. . . Southern California is to be worked. . . Not half the energy has been brought into the management of the various lines of God's work that should be brought into them. . . The question of the location of the sanitarium in southern California is of great importance, and is not to be settled by the judgment of one man, or of several men who are all inclined to want the same thing. . .  {LLM 477.5}
[LLM 477.6]          "At the time when this matter was under consideration before, it was left unsettled because all did not agree. The delay has been long, but thus abrupt haste does not show wisdom.                                     -478-     Many are to have the privilege of considering the subject of the location (838) of the sanitarium in southern California. The Lord is interested in every line of His work. He understands when men are prepared to take hold of the work in the right spirit, when they are prepared to carry it forward wisely. His way is the best way.  {LLM 477.6}
[LLM 478.1]          "Last night the same scenes passed before me that passed before me thirty-five years ago, when the light was given to establish a sanitarium that would be the means of educating many souls in regard to right principles of living, and of bringing them to a knowledge of the truth. We must establish sanitariums for this purpose, and they must be so conducted that God can cooperate with the efforts made in them to relieve physical and spiritual suffering. God wants the sick and suffering to understand what it means to have the advantage of living in a sanitarium conducted in accordance with the principles of the gospel. Every worker connected with these institutions is to follow on to know the Lord, that He may know that his goings forth is prepared as the morning. If our missionary spirit were stronger, if the love of Jesus filled the hearts of those in service for Him, many of the sick and suffering would be drawn to Jesus, led to the tree of Life, to take of its health-restoring, life-sustaining power.  {LLM 478.1}
[LLM 478.2]          Again in a council meeting, dated April 13, 1902 (MS-86-'02) "Our sanitariums should not be established in the large cities. According to the light that the Lord has given me, in a little while from now, these cities will be terribly shaken. No matter how large or how strong the buildings may be, no matter how many safeguards against fire have been provided, if God touches it, in a few moments or in a few hours it is in ruins."  {LLM 478.2}
[LLM 478.3]          These repeated instructions from the Spirit of Prophecy stopped the erection of the large sanitarium in Los Angeles. Soon after the Los Angeles Medical Missionary Benevolent Association was organized to take charge of the medical work in southern (839) California. Certain resolutions outlining plans and policies for the new organization were adopted. The history that followed I need not repeat.  {LLM 478.3}
[LLM 478.4]          Suffice it to say that the counsel from the spirit of prophecy continued the same as is shown by a communication to the directors of the Los Angeles Medical Missionary Benevolent Association, dated Oct. 13, 1902, from which I read: (B-157-'02)  {LLM 478.4}
[LLM 478.5]     "Dear Brethren:"-        During my stay in southern California I was enabled to visit places that in the past had been presented to me by the Lord as suitable for the establishment of sanitariums and schools. . . . I have been instructed that the work in southern California should have advantages that it has not yet enjoyed.                                     -479-     I have been shown that in southern California there were properties for sale on which buildings are already erected that could be utilized for our work, . . and that such properties will be offered to us at much less than their original cost. . . The work in southern California is to advance more rapidly than it has advanced in the past. The means lying in banks or hidden in the earth is now called for to strengthen the work in southern California. Every year many thousands of tourists visit southern California, and by various methods we should seek to reach them with the truth.  {LLM 478.5}
[LLM 479.1]          "Our medical missionary work in Los Angeles should be in a much more favorable condition than it is. The Lord designs that much more shall be done in this city than has been done there. But I cannot speak freely about this at present, for fear that men will take advantage of what I say, and will endeavor by my words, to vindicate wrong plans. Some of the brethren in Los Angeles have at times lacked spiritual discernment. They have not always been able to see what could be done by proper efforts on their part. A large work had been done in some lines, but the methods followed have not been such as to bring glory to God in the saving of souls." (840) Various changes now came to the medical work in southern California, which resulted in opening a small sanitarium, not in the country, but in the city of Pasadena. Instead of prosperity, reverses come to the work which strained its credit and resulted in such heavy financial losses that the brethren were led to pass some very stringent measures against incurring further indebtedness in an effort to carry forward the medical missionary work.  {LLM 479.1}
[LLM 479.2]          All this time the spirit of prophecy was saying that sanitariums should be started in the country outside the city, as is shown by the following: (Similar to B-145-'04)  {LLM 479.2}
[LLM 479.3]     "Dear Brethren:-        I wish to write you a few lines regarding the work in San Diego. We have long desired to see sanitarium work established in this place, not that we ourselves may be benefited, but that those who have never heard the truth may have an opportunity of hearing the last message of mercy to be given to the world. . . .  {LLM 479.3}
[LLM 479.4]          I have always looked with great interest upon the work in Los Angeles and San Diego, hoping that right moves would be made, and that the sanitarium work might be established in these important places. Every year large numbers of tourists visit these places, and I have longed to see men moved by the Holy Spirit, meeting these people with the message borne by John the Baptist. . . .  {LLM 479.4}
[LLM 479.5]          "The Lord has ordained that memorials for Him shall be established in many places. He has presented before me buildings                                     -480-     away from cities, suitable for our work, which can be purchased at a low price. We must take advantage of the favorable openings for sanitarium work in southern California, where the climate is so favorable for this work.  {LLM 479.5}
[LLM 480.1]          "There are many other places in southern California, besides Los Angeles and San Diego, in which sanitarium work could be (841) started. To sanitariums in southern California, people will come far and near, because the fame of the climate is world-wide. It is the Lord's purpose that sanitariums shall be established in southern California, and that from these institutions shall go forth the light of truth for this time. By them the claims of the true Sabbath are to be presented, and the third angel's message proclaimed.  {LLM 480.1}
[LLM 480.2]          Institutions in which medical missionary work can be done are to be regarded as a special essential to the advancement of the Lord's work. The buildings secured for this work should be out of the cities, in rural districts, so that the sick may have the benefit of out-of-door life. By the beauty of flower and field, their minds will be diverted from themselves, from their aches and pains, and they will be led to look from nature to the God of nature, who has provided so abundantly the beauties of the natural world. The convalescent can lie in the shade of the trees, and those who are stronger can, if they wish, work among the flowers, doing just a little at first, and increasing their efforts as they grow stronger. Working in the garden, gathering flowers and fruit, listening to the birds praising God, the patients will be wonderfully blessed. The angels of God will draw near to them. The fresh air and sunshine, and the exercise taken, will bring them life and vitality.  {LLM 480.2}
[LLM 480.3]          "At San Diego we have made an advance move by purchasing the Pott's Sanitarium in Paradise Valley. Three years ago light was given me that our people in Southern California must watch for opportunities to purchase such properties. I told our brethren that they would find already for use, and for sale at reasonable prices, just the buildings they would need for their work. And thus it has proved. In a most remarkable way the Lord is preparing the way for the advancement of His work in southern California.  {LLM 480.3}
[LLM 480.4]          (842) "For two years I have been interested in the Pott's Sanitarium property and had advised and urged our people to secure it. I advised those having charge of the medical work in southern California, to purchase the building, and when they hesitated, because of a lack of funds, I persuaded Sister Gotzian and Brother Ballenger to join me, and we have purchased the Pott's sanitarium, and eight acres adjoining, for five thousand dollars.                                     -481-  {LLM 480.4}
[LLM 481.1]          "Something similar can be done in the neighborhood of Los Angeles, if wise plans are adopted for the carrying forward of the work, and if the men to whom God has entrusted His talent and means will put their money into use for the honor of God and the blessing of humanity.  {LLM 481.1}
[LLM 481.2]          "We have not purchased the Pott's Sanitarium to gain an advantage to ourselves, but to help in carrying forward the work which Christ has given us to do.  {LLM 481.2}
[LLM 481.3]          "From the light which was given me when I was in Australia, and which has been renewed since I came to America, I know that our work in southern California must advance. The people flocking there for health must hear the last message of mercy.  {LLM 481.3}
[LLM 481.4]          "God has not been pleased with the way in which this work has been neglected. From many places in southern California, the light is to shine forth to the multitudes. Present truth is to be as a city set on a hill which cannot be hid.  {LLM 481.4}
[LLM 481.5]         Southern California is world-renowned as a health resort. Every year thousands of tourists go there. These must hear the last warning message. We are called upon by God to explain the Scriptures to these people. We are not to build hotels for the accommodation of tourists, and we are not to establish sanitariums in the cities. We are to establish our work where we shall be able to do the most good to those who come to our sanitariums for treatment.  {LLM 481.5}
[LLM 481.6]          (843) From the Review and Herald, dated March 16, 1905, I quote the following:  {LLM 481.6}
[LLM 481.7]          "During the spring of 1902 the attention of several of our brethren was called to the Paradise Valley Sanitarium building, which was erected for a sanitarium by Mrs. Mary L. Potts about twenty years ago. . . .  {LLM 481.7}
[LLM 481.8]          "In September, 1902, after the Los Angeles camp meeting, we spent a week in San Diego, and visited several places that were offered us for sanitarium work. In the building offered us by Mrs. Potts, it seemed to me we found about all that we could ask. . .  {LLM 481.8}
[LLM 481.9]          "A year before, light had been given me that our people in southern California must watch their opportunity to purchase such properties, and it seemed plain to me and to those who were with me, that the opportunity of securing this place was a fulfillment of the encouragement given us. . . .  {LLM 481.9}
[LLM 481.10]          "In December we learned that this place could be purchased, . . . and I encouraged Dr. Whitelock to take steps to secure it. But our leading brethren in the southern California conference were not ready to cooperate in the matter, and nothing                                    -482-     was done. In the summer of 1903 the property was offered us for eight thousand dollars, and again we found that our brethren were not in a position to act. . . In January, 1904, Dr. Whitelock wrote me that the mortgage could be bought for six thousand dollars, and perhaps less. Again I advised our brethren connected with the medical work in southern California to secure the place. But I learned that they were not prepared to act. Then I laid the matter before Sister Gotzian, and she consented to join me in securing the place. We then telegraphed an offer of four thousand dollars for the mortgage. Two days later a telegram was returned accepting the offer. Meanwhile a letter from other parties in San Diego was on its way to New York, offering six thousand dollars for the mortgage.  {LLM 481.10}
[LLM 482.1]          (844) "When we visited the place in November 1, 1904, we found that much had been done during the summer. . . . Our great anxiety about the place was the matter of an ample supply of water. . . . The great question was, can we get plenty of water by digging? The well diggers had gone down eighty feet, and found a little water, but they wanted much more. O, how much depended upon our finding plenty of good pure water. . . . From the beginning I had felt the assurance that the Lord would open the way for our work to advance; but who could tell when and how? Our people were deeply desirous of seeing the sanitarium make a success, and as we met them, the question was, Have you found water? . . . The next morning Brother Palmer came up early to tell me that there was fourteen feet of water in the well. The water is soft and pure, and we are greatly rejoiced to know that there is an abundant supply. This well is a treasure more valuable than gold or silver or precious stones. . . .  {LLM 482.1}
[LLM 482.2]          "During the last three nights of my stay at this institution, much instruction was given me regarding the sanitarium which for years had been greatly needed, and which should long ago have been equipped and set in working order. . . . Our sanitariums are one great means of doing medical missionary work."  {LLM 482.2}
[LLM 482.3]          In a letter dated June 26, 1905, I read again: (B-335-'05)  {LLM 482.3}
[LLM 482.4]     "Dear Brethren and Sisters:-        As we returned from the General Conference, we stopped ten days in southern California, and between the council meetings at Los Angeles, we made a short visit to San Diego, and spent four days at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. I am much pleased to see the sanitarium fully furnished and in running order. . . My heart rejoices as I review the way in which the providences of God worked to help us to secure this property. . .  {LLM 482.4}
[LLM 482.5]          "More decided efforts are to be put forth in southern California. There is a great work to be done in this field. We (845) have done all in our power to advance the work there, and                                     -483-     now that this sanitarium property in San Diego County has been purchased, we call upon our brethren and sisters to aid us in properly equipping the institution that we may do successful work. I ask those who have been entrusted with the Lord's money to make gifts to this sanitarium, that it may be prepared to do the work that must be done for the sick and suffering.  {LLM 482.5}
[LLM 483.1]          "Brethren and sisters, I plead with you to help forward our sanitarium work. The Paradise Valley Sanitarium is in need of assistance. . . I ask you, my dear friends, to help us in this time of need, and I believe you will."  {LLM 483.1}
[LLM 483.2]          Such in brief is the instruction, the history, and the experience, in connection with the establishment of the sanitarium at San Diego. Had we lived in those days, what would have been our attitude?                                                    -                                      -484-  {LLM 483.2}
[LLM 484.1]          To this letter, we received the following reply: (Almost identical with MS-7-1910).              "A Statement Regarding the Training of Physicians."            (The statement given below, was called forth by a question        submitted to Mrs. E. G. White by Elders I. H. Evans, E.        E. Andross, and H. W. Cottrell, reading as follows: "Are        we to understand, from what you have written concerning        the establishment of a medical school at Loma Linda, that,        according to the light you have received from the Lord,        we are to establish a thoroughly equipped medical school,        the graduates from which will be able to take State Board        examinations and become registered qualified physicians?)  {LLM 484.1}
[LLM 484.2]          "The light given me is, We must provide that which is essential to qualify our youth who desire to be physicians, so that they may intelligently fit themselves to be able to stand the examinations required to prove their efficiency as physicians. They should be taught to treat understandingly the cases of those who are (848) diseased, so that the door will be closed for any sensible physician to imagine that we are not giving in our school the instruction necessary for properly qualifying young men and young women to do the work of a physician. Continually the students who are graduated are to advance in knowledge for practice makes perfect.  {LLM 484.2}
[LLM 484.3]          "The medical school at Loma Linda is to be the highest order, because those who are in that school have the privilege of maintaining a living connection with the wisest of all                                     -485-     physicians, from whom there is communicated knowledge of a superior order. And for the special preparation of those of our youth who have clear convictions of their duty to obtain a medical education that will enable them to pass the examinations required by law of all who practice as regularly qualified physicians, we are to supply whatever may be required, so that these youth need not be compelled to go to medical schools conducted by men not of our faith. Thus we shall close a door that the enemy would be pleased to have left open; and our young men and young women, whose spiritual interests the Lord desires to safeguard, will not feel compelled to connect with unbelievers in order to obtain a thorough training along medical lines.                                       (Signed)  Ellen G. White.                                                    -                                       -486-                                                    -    {LLM 484.3}
[LLM 486.1]     (851)                           MS.-7-'10.                                   Jan. 27, 1910 -4-               A Statement Regarding the Training of Physicians            The statement given below, was called forth by a question        submitted to Elder I. H. Evans, E. E. Andross and H. W.        Cottrell, reading as follows:            "Are we to understand, from what you have written concerning        the establishment of a medical school at Loma Linda,        that, according to the light you have received from the        Lord, we are to establish a thoroughly equipped medical        school, the graduates from which will be able to take        State Board examinations and become registered, qualified        physicians."            The light given me is, we must provide that which is essential to qualify our youth who desire to be physicians, so that they may intelligently fit themselves to be able to stand the examinations essential to prove their efficiency as physicians. They are to be prepared to stand the essential tests required                                     -487-     by law, and to treat understandingly the cases of those who are diseased, so that the door will be closed for any sensible physician to fear that we are not giving in our school the instruction essential for the proper qualification of a physician. Continually the students who are graduated are to advance in knowledge; for practice makes perfect.  {LLM 486.1}
[LLM 487.1]          The medical school at Loma Linda is to be of the highest order, because we have a living connection with the wisest of all physicians, from whom there is communicated knowledge of a superior order. And whatever subjects are required as essential in the school conducted by those not of our faith, we are to supply so that our youth need not go to those worldly schools. Thus we shall close the door that the enemy would be pleased to have left open; and our young men and young women, whom the Lord would have us guard religiously, will not then need to connect with worldly medical schools conducted by unbelievers.                                                    -    {LLM 487.1}
[LLM 487.2]          (852)                      Mountain View, Calif.,                                   January 27, 1910.     Dear Brother:-            . . . .            No man's judgment is to be regarded as a safe and infallible guide. There is a certainty in sanctified submission to the will of God, and this is the only certainty that any man has the right to stand by. Any other position of certainty than this, of humble submission to the will of God, is unsafe, and is liable to lead a man to lose his hold on God, and mar his religious experience.  {LLM 487.2}
[LLM 487.3]          Many trials come to all who are called to engage in the work of God. Those who have the responsibility of locating and fostering our sanitariums and training schools, need the advice and counsel of men of sound judgment,--men who trust not in their own supposed wisdom, but who stand ready to advance by faith in the opening providences of God, and who constantly look to the Lord for wisdom and guidance. . .  {LLM 487.3}
[LLM 487.4]          In this our age of the world, we claim to be, in a special sense, the Lord's chosen people, as did Israel of old. And we are, indeed, the Lord's covenant-keeping people, pledged by our baptismal vows to walk in newness of life, and in obedience to all the commandments of Holy Writ. The Lord God of Israel is our God, whom we serve. Throughout the ages, the Sabbath of Jehovah has lost none of its meaning. It is still a sign between God and His people, and will ever remain a sign.  {LLM 487.4}
[LLM 487.5]          Those who have the responsibility of locating and keeping in operation our sanitariums and schools, are ever to bear in                                     -488-     mind that those institutions are to be regarded as divinely appointed (853) agencies for the restoration of the entire man,--physical, mental, and spiritual. In planning for the establishment of sanitariums in places where God has designated we should do a special work, we are to allow no selfishness, no personal ambition, to mar the work. Over and over again I have repeated that the establishment and maintenance of sanitariums is ordained of God for the advancement of His cause in the earth. While Christ was on this earth, He ministered to the needs of suffering humanity. He is our example. We are to labor intelligently; and in planning for the extension of sanitarium work, we are to seek to secure the very places that God indicates are most suitable for carrying forward this line of our work.  {LLM 487.5}
[LLM 488.1]          In the providence of God, there come to this people, in time of need, favorable opportunities to secure valuable facilities that can be utilized wisely for the rapid advancement of the cause. At times, the Lord has specified that we should come into possession of properties in certain localities where we needed to obtain an entrance for the proclamation of the third angel's message. The idea that we are not to purchase any such properties, unless first the money is in hand, is not in accordance with the mind of God. Again and again, in years past, the Lord has tested our faith by opening the way for us to secure places possessing advantages, at a cost far below their real value and at a time when we had no money. We have at such times, met the situation by borrowing money on interest, and advancing in harmony with the command of our divine leader who bade us advance in faith. These experiences have been attended with many perplexing problems, but the Lord has helped us through them all, and His name has been glorified. Had we hesitated, the precious cause would have been retarded rather than advanced, and, in many cases, opportunity would have been given our enemies (854) to triumph over our failures to secure these advantages placed within our reach. In such matters as these, we are to learn to walk by faith, when necessary, as some have walked in the past.  {LLM 488.1}
[LLM 488.2]          Light has been given that it is best to establish our sanitariums outside the cities. Some of our physicians have spoken in favor of locating our sanitariums in the cities. It is difficult to understand why any one would plan to establish a large sanitarium in a city. The very atmosphere of the cities is objectionable. We must conduct our sanitarium work in places suitable for the recovery of the sick. The more attractive the surroundings, the better. In the gardens of nature, the sick rapidly find something to please. Their thoughts are uplifted to the Creator. Let us thank God that so many of our sanitariums are established in pleasing country locations, and yet within easy reach of important centers of population where there are many people to whom we are to communicate a knowledge of saving truth.                                     -489-  {LLM 488.2}
[LLM 489.1]          It is the favorable situation of the property, that makes Loma Linda an ideal place for the recovery of the sick and for the warning of many who might otherwise never hear the truth for this time. It is God's plan that Loma Linda shall be not only a sanitarium, but a special center for the training of gospel medical missionary evangelists.                                                    -    {LLM 489.1}
[LLM 489.2]          (855)   Interview Between Mrs. E. G. White and                             W. C. White,                  Thursday morning, January 27, 1910.            When I called to see how Mother was this morning, and to inquire if she was willing to attend the half-past eight meeting, she began to talk about her interview yesterday afternoon with Elder Evans. Then she inquired about the meetings--how they were progressing. I told her that one of the matters which was delaying the progress of the meeting, was the question which our brethren had submitted to her in writing, about the Loma Linda Medical school. And as the document was lying on her table, I handed it to her, and she read it again.  {LLM 489.2}
[LLM 489.3]          Then she began to repeat to me what she had said to Elder Evans regarding the work that must be done for the sick by nurses, and by intelligent people who are not physicians. Then I said to her, Mother, there is quite a general agreement on the part of our people that a great amount of work of this kind ought to be done, and that the Loma Linda School should train people to take a part in this work. But the question which perplexes many, is this: There are some among our young people who believe they ought to pursue a full line of studies that will enable them to receive diplomas, and take State examinations, and be prepared to meet all the requirements of a legalized physician. Shall the Loma Linda school undertake to furnish them the education they require, notwithstanding the large expense involved, or shall we permit the few who think they must qualify to be regular physicians, to get their education and qualification at the world's best colleges and universities, as they are doing at the present time?  {LLM 489.3}
[LLM 489.4]          The answer was: "Whatever education our young people preparing to be physicians, require, that we must give."  {LLM 489.4}
[LLM 489.5]          Afterward, she took pencil and paper, and wrote out a more complete statement, and sent it to Brother Crisler to be manifolded and placed in the hands of our brethren.                                           W. C. White.                                                    -                                       -493-  {LLM 489.5}
[LLM 493.1]                            Words of Counsel                                     B-132-'09                                   "Sanitarium, Cal., Oct. 11, 1909.     "Elder J. A. Burden:     "Dear Brother,--        I am instructed to say that in our educational work, there is to be no compromise in order to meet the world's standards.                                     -494-     God's commandment-keeping people are not to unite with the world, to carry various lines of work according to worldly plans and worldly wisdom. "Our people are now being tested as to whether they will obtain their wisdom from the greatest Teacher the world ever knew, or seek to the god of Ekron. Let us determine that we shall not be tied by so much as a thread to the educational policies of those who do not discern the voice of God, and who will not hearken to His commandments.  {LLM 493.1}
[LLM 494.1]          "We are to take heed to the warning: 'Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.' Those who walk in the narrow way are following in the footprints of Jesus. The light from heaven illuminates their path.  {LLM 494.1}
[LLM 494.2]          "Shall we represent before the world that our physicians must follow the pattern of the world before they can be qualified to act as successful physicians? This is the question that is now testing the faith of some of our brethren. Let not any of our brethren displease the Lord by advocating in their assemblies the idea that we need to obtain from unbelievers a higher education than that specified by the Lord.  {LLM 494.2}
[LLM 494.3]          "The representation of the great Teacher is to be considered an all-sufficient revelation. Those in our ranks who qualify as physicians are to receive only such education as is in harmony with these divine truths. Some have advised that students should, after taking some work at Loma Linda, complete their medical education in worldly colleges. But this is not in harmony with the Lord's plan. God is our wisdom, our sanctification, and our righteousness. Facilities should be provided at Loma Linda, that the necessary instruction in medical lines may be given by instructors who fear the Lord, and who are in harmony with His plans for the treatment of the sick.  {LLM 494.3}
[LLM 494.4]         "I have not a word to say in favor of the world's ideas of higher education in any school that we shall organize for the training of physicians. There is danger in their attaching themselves to worldly institutions, and working under the ministrations of worldly physicians. Satan is giving his orders to those whom he has led to depart from the faith. I would advise that none of our young people attach themselves to worldly medical institutions in the hope of gaining better success, or stronger influence as physicians. . . .                                       (Signed)   Ellen G. White."                                        -496-  {LLM 494.4}
[LLM 496.1]            "A Statement Regarding the Training of Physicians          The light given me is, We must provide that which is essential to qualify our youth who desire to be physicians, so that they may intelligently fit themselves to be able to stand the examinations required to prove their efficiency as physicians. They should be taught to treat understandingly the cases of those who are diseased so that the door will be closed for any sensible physician to imagine that we are not giving in our school the instruction necessary for properly qualifying young men and young women to do the work of a physician. Continually the students who are graduated are to advance in knowledge, for practice makes perfect.  {LLM 496.1}
[LLM 496.2]          "The Medical school at Loma Linda is to be of the highest order, because those who are in that school have the privilege of maintaining a living connection with the wisest of all physicians, from whom there is communicated knowledge of a superior order. And for the special preparation of those of our youth who have clear convictions of their duty to obtain a medical education that will enable them to pass the examinations required by law of all who practice as regularly qualified physicians, we are to supply whatever may be required, so that these youth need not be compelled to go to medical schools conducted by men not of our faith. Thus we shall close a door that the enemy would be pleased to have left open; and our young men and young women, whose spiritual interests the Lord desires us to safeguard, will not feel compelled to connect with unbelievers in order to obtain a thorough training along medical lines.                                      "(Signed) Ellen G. White."                                    -533-                                                    -    {LLM 496.2}
[LLM 533.1]          (885) Talk to the Students at Loma Linda, Calif.                            April 5, 1910.                        By Mrs. E. G. White.            Luke 13: "And behold there was a woman which had a spirit of infirmity eighteen years, and was bowed together, and could in no wise lift herself up. And when Jesus saw her He called her to him and said unto her, Woman, thou art loosed from thine infirmity. And he laid his hands on her, and immediately she was made straight and glorified God."  {LLM 533.1}
[LLM 533.2]          Thank God for this! That we can have such manifestations!  {LLM 533.2}
[LLM 533.3]          "And the ruler of the synagogue answered with indignation because that Jesus had healed on the Sabbath Day, and said unto the people, There are six days in which men ought to work; in them therefore, come and be healed and not on the Sabbath Day. The Lord then answered him and said. Thou hypocrite, doth not each one of you on the Sabbath Day loose his ox or his ass from the stall, and lead him away to the watering? And ought not this woman being a daughter of Abraham, be loosed from this bond on the Sabbath day?"  {LLM 533.3}
[LLM 533.4]          Consistency is a jewel and we all want it.  {LLM 533.4}
[LLM 533.5]          "And when he had said all these things his adversaries were ashamed"--and well might they be--"and all the people rejoiced for all the glorious things that were done by him.  {LLM 533.5}
[LLM 533.6]          Then said he, what is the kingdom of God like, and whereunto shall I resemble it? It is like a grain of mustard seed, which a man took and cast into his garden; and it grew and waxed a great tree; and the fowls of the air lodged in the branches of it. And again he said whereunto shall I liken the kingdom of God? It is like leaven which a woman took and hid in three measures of meal till the whole was leavened.  {LLM 533.6}
[LLM 533.7]          (886) And He went thru the cities and villages teaching and journeying toward Jerusalem."  {LLM 533.7}
[LLM 533.8]          We want to have just such a work that we shall take up after Christ's example. That is what we need. We need much                                -534-     more of the baptism of the Holy Spirit of God than we now manifest and it is our privilege to have it.  {LLM 533.8}
[LLM 534.1]          "And he went thru the cities and villages teaching and journeying toward Jerusalem. Then said one unto Him, Lord, are there few that be saved? And he said unto them, Strive to enter in at the straight gate; for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able."  {LLM 534.1}
[LLM 534.2]          Why? Why, because they trust to uncertainties. They do not read the Bible. They do not understand what the Word says. When they read the Bible and understand what the Word says, let me tell you, there will be a hundred fold more accomplished by our churches, by the ministers, and by those that are teachers, and by all men in office, and they will then see of the salvation of our God. What is the matter with us? We haven't a love from above. We do not make a business of serving God.  {LLM 534.2}
[LLM 534.3]          "And he went thru the cities and villages teaching and journeying toward Jerusalem."  {LLM 534.3}
[LLM 534.4]          Teaching on the way. He did not go right straight along. He was teaching on the way and when He saw persons who needed help he would take their cases and represent them in his teaching.  {LLM 534.4}
[LLM 534.5]          "Then said one unto him, Lord are there few that be saved? He said unto them, Strive to enter in at the straight gate for many I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able."  {LLM 534.5}
[LLM 534.6]          What is the matter? Why, they are not living their faith. They seek to enter in but are not able because it requires earnest effort for every one of us to walk in the narrow path that leads to eternal life.  {LLM 534.6}
[LLM 534.7]          (887) "When once the Master of the house is risen up and hath shut to the door, and ye begin to stand without, and to knock at the door saying, Lord, Lord, open unto us; and he shall answer and say unto you, I know ye not whence ye are; Then shall ye begin to say, we have eaten and drunk in thy presence, and thou hast taught in our streets, but he shall say, I tell you I know you not whence ye are; depart from me all ye workers of iniquity. And there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth, when ye shall see Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, and all the prophets in the kingdom of God, and you yourself thrust out. And they shall come from East, and from the West and from the North and from the South, and shall sit down in the kingdom of God. And behold there are last which shall be first, and there are first which shall be last.  {LLM 534.7}
[LLM 534.8]          The same day there came certain of the Pharisees, saying unto him, Get thee out and depart hence for Herod will kill thee.                                     -535-     And He said unto them, Go ye and tell that fox, Behold I cast out devils, and I do cures today and tomorrow, and the third day I shall be perfected. Nevertheless, I must walk today, and tomorrow, and the day following; for it can not be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem."  {LLM 534.8}
[LLM 535.1]         "O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, which killest the prophets, and stonest them that are sent unto thee; how often would I have gathered thy children together, as a hen doth gather her brood under her wings and ye would not. Behold, your house is left unto you desolate, and verily I say unto you, Ye shall not see me, until the time when ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord."  {LLM 535.1}
[LLM 535.2]          We see there is a great work to be done and we want everyone to be in the right position and do their part of the work. We are laborers together with God. Now, here God expects us to have a living experience as laborers together with God and he wants every (888) one of us to be in working order. We are careless, we are too indifferent; we do not seem to know the plan being worked out. Now I see when I go on the cars, there is one comes thru with a great package of papers. We could read them, but what are they good for? We may find a little news in them, but what we need is the work of life and to have a missionary spirit wherever we are. The world will never be warned if we take it so easy. We know how it was with the schools of the prophets. We know that they were learning out of the scriptures and that they were praising God; because they understood the Scriptures, God was glorified. And as Saul was searching for David he came right up to the school of the Prophets and behold the first thing they knew he was prophesying right with the prophets. The school of the prophets was a special school to get the endowment of the Holy Spirit of God and then go forth into the dark places of the earth and seek for those who would listen to the testimony that they had to bring.  {LLM 535.2}
[LLM 535.3]          We are not half awake. . . . I was so astonished when I came back the first time after we had been gone nearly ten years in Australia, to see nothing being done scarcely at all in San Francisco and Oakland. There was so little being done! Well, I tried to inquire into it,--what it meant. "Oh, well" they said, they had men out. "How many have you?" "How many will it take in the manner you are doing the work?" Well, they said they had other duties to do, but they did not tell me what they were doing, and there the very work they ought to be doing-- there was only one man going round and visiting, and he was not competent, he did not have the experience he needed and was a man of incompetency. But what right had that minister to do as he did, unless he would take a company and with them get out and hold meetings in different sections. God wants active men. He                                    -536-     wants men that will work. He wants men that will (889) understand that there is work for them to do. They can go in and give Bible readings. We know, because we have seen that accomplished. We have advised it and they have done it and the Spirit of the Lord has blessed their labors, but not one thousandth part has been done in these cities that ought to have been done. That is what is presented to me.  {LLM 535.3}
[LLM 536.1]          Now I want to tell our brethren that there is a work we are to do and they are to be interested in the cases of others. There are cities all around us, and when I was in Australia how glad I would have been, if we could have gone right around where the people were (as you can here). Christ said go everywhere preaching the word. It is the Word they must have. It is the Scriptures they must have. We do not need these papers that are coming into our parlors. Those who have never been used to our house sometimes don't know where to find their papers, but I say, "If you miss your papers, you must find them where you can. I do not take any charge of them whatever only to put them out of sight. We may want to know the news of the day and we may have some excuse to just run thru them and see what it is. But I want to tell you there is a great work to be done in our world and we feel intensely like doing our part.  {LLM 536.1}
[LLM 536.2]          Romans 14:1: "Him that is weak in the faith receive ye, but not to doubtful disputations. . . . Verse 11.  {LLM 536.2}
[LLM 536.3]         "For it is written, As I live saith the Lord every knee shall bow to me, and every tongue shall confess to God.  {LLM 536.3}
[LLM 536.4]          "So then every one of us shall give account of himself to God."  {LLM 536.4}
[LLM 536.5]          Are you prepared to do it? Are you preparing? Are you preparing to give an account of yourself before you shall go to rest in the night season? Have you called to mind what you can do (890) to glorify God? Now, here is this institution and we are glad we have it. It is just what we wanted and now we want to act our individual part in it every one of us. We believe in Jesus Christ that He is our Saviour and that He will bear our sins and we want to glorify His name. But many who are coming into position just as soon as they consider that they are looked upon as those who can help--they grow into such large proportions that they cannot handle themselves nor anybody else. We want to be humble workers for Jehovah. We have to face the future of this work; we have to face it. We want those who come to this institution to obtain just as much blessing as they possibly can obtain. We want them to receive instruction, and light and physical health and understanding, so that when they return to their homes they can treat their own families and their own sick, and no doubt many consider this a great advantage.                                     -537-  {LLM 536.5}
[LLM 537.1]         Now, every one of us can be workers with God and while we are here we can watch to see if we can not speak a word in season to this one and that one and the other one. And we shall have words enough to say. The blessing of the Lord will rest upon us just as surely as we try to bring ourselves in right relationship to God.  {LLM 537.1}
[LLM 537.2]          "In our campmeeting services there should be singing and instrumental music. Musical instruments were used in the religious services in ancient times. The worshippers praised God upon the harp and cymbal. Music should have its place in our services. It will add to the interest. And every day a praise meeting should be held, a simple service of thanksgiving to God. There would be much more power in our campmeetings if we had a true sense of the goodness and mercy and longsuffering of God, and if more praise went forth from our lips to the honor and glory of His name. (891) We need to cultivate more fervor of soul. The Lord says whoso offereth praise glorifieth me.  {LLM 537.2}
[LLM 537.3]          "It is Satan's plan to talk about that which concerns himself. He is delighted to have human beings talk of his power, of his working thru the children of men, but by indulgence in such conversation the mind becomes gloomy and sour and disagreeable. We may become channels of communication for Satan thru which words bring no sunshine to the heart. But let us decide that this shall not be. Let us decide not to be channels thru which Satan shall send gloomy disagreeable thoughts. Let our words be not a savor of death unto death, but of life unto life, in the words we speak to the people and in the prayers we offer. God desires us to give unmistakable evidences that we have a spiritual life. We do not enjoy the fulness of the blessing which the Lord has prepared for us because we do not ask in faith. If we would exercise faith in the word of the living God, we should have the richest blessings. We dishonor God by our lack of faith; therefore we can not impart life to others unless we ourselves bear a living, uplifting testimony. We cannot give that which we do not possess. If we will walk humbly with God, if we will walk in the spirit of Christ, none of us will carry heavy burdens. We shall lay them on the great burden-bearer. Then we may expect triumphs in the presence of God, in the communion of His love. Every campmeeting may be a love feast from the beginning to the end because God's presence is with His people. All heaven is interested in our salvation. The angels of God, thousands upon thousands, and ten thousand times ten thousand are commissioned ministers to those who shall be heirs of salvation. They guard us against evil and press back the powers of darkness that are seeking our destruction. Have we not reason to be thankful every moment; thankful even when there are apparent (892) difficulties in our pathway. The Lord Himself is our Helper."  {LLM 537.3}
[LLM 537.4]          "Sing, O daughter of Zion; shout, O Israel; be glad and rejoice with all the heart, O daughter of Jerusalem.                                     -538-  {LLM 537.4}
[LLM 538.1]         "The Lord hath taken away thy judgments, he hath cast out thine enemy; the King of Israel, even the Lord, is in the midst of thee; thou shalt not see evil any more.  {LLM 538.1}
[LLM 538.2]          "In that day it shall be said to Jerusalem, Fear thou not; and to Zion, Let not thine hands be slack.  {LLM 538.2}
[LLM 538.3]          The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; He will save, He will rejoice over thee with joy; He will rest in His love, He will joy over thee with singing." Zephaniah 3:14-17.  {LLM 538.3}
[LLM 538.4]          This is the testimony that the Lord desires to bear to the world. His praise should be continually in our hearts and upon our lips. Such testimonies will be an influence upon others as we seek to turn men from their self-indulgent efforts to secure happiness. We must show them that we have something better than that which they are seeking. When Jesus talked to the Samaritan woman he did not reprove her for coming to draw water from Jacob's well but he presented something of far greater value. In comparison with Jacob's well he presented the fountain of living waters."  {LLM 538.4}
[LLM 538.5]          If we prayed as much as we ought to pray, if we realized that there is an open communication between us and God, we should be in an altogether different position than we are. We should be cheerful, and we shall see that there are a hundred blessings all around no matter whether we belong to this institution or a different institution you will see that you can speak a word for Christ in the different places. We have a work to do, every one of us, and time is short. We have but a little time now! And we want that Satan shall not take the victory of the whole world. He is at work--the devil and the fallen angels. You remember that.  {LLM 538.5}
[LLM 538.6]          They too, rebelled in heaven with Satan and were turned out of (893) heaven. Now, they have the highest efficiency and power. They have the highest efficiency and they want to hinder every one of you from obeying the Lord. They want to hinder every one of you that they can, in building up coldness and indifference between you. Now, we have work to do every one of us, and I need not tell you of it. But men may be doing all they can and still there are many on the lost side. In these books I have here--reads from Vol. 6:  {LLM 538.6}
[LLM 538.7]          "His praise should continually be in our hearts and upon our lips. Now, as I read, in comparison with Jacob's well He presented the fountain of living waters. "If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink thou wouldst have asked him, and He would have given thee living waters."  {LLM 538.7}
[LLM 538.8]          We had to work wonderfully hard before our institutions were established. We went from place to place giving treatments.                                     -539-     There are a great many who cannot go to the sanitariums, but we may go right in where they are and see the sick and tell them how to treat themselves. That is the way my husband and I would do, and we took them right into our house, he would take the men and I the women and work that way. What is Satan doing? He links himself with every discordant spirit in the world. Satan and his vast, vast, numbers who are disobedient to the heavenly commands, and they will represent these things that are of great importance and give all to understand that they know all about it and that they can do thus and so. We are not building up what we should outside of our churches, and this is the very work the Lord wants carried forward. We have every endowment and capability and every facility provided for discharging the duties that devolve upon us. We should be grateful to God for these advantages.  {LLM 538.8}
[LLM 539.1]          When we went to Australia I cannot begin to tell you and you can't understand how little were the advantages there, (894) compared with the darkest places around here. It was hard to gain a foothold for the work there. Here you are better situated. Here are the sick and you can go into their houses and take the Bible in your hand and take some of our books along and read some of the comforting things in these books and some of the encouraging things. We must not give ourselves right up to ourselves. This institution must spread as a great blessing.  {LLM 539.1}
[LLM 539.2]          This is a good school for children if you make it so; but if you do not make it so, why then it is worse than if they had not been here. We want to be in a position where we will honor and glorify God every day. Why are we here? What have we this institution for? To bring relief to the sick. This is according to our mission and just the work which should be carried on and the Lord wants every one of us to be in working order. And if we will come under discipline to God we will be as happy a people as you will wish to see. Why? We see the devil working on one side, and that is his side, and he can bring the most entrancing things of heaven that he is acquainted with. He brings these things into his work, but we can have a great deal more knowledge in these things than we possess and we can be the happiest people of any in the world. And right in this institution we can be continually at work on the right side. And do not let us look on the dark side. If you have children, here is a good place for you to learn how to bring them up and how to teach them and how to guide them. You can do this right here. But that is not enough. There are other places and other towns. We have seen these places being worked and we have felt thankful for it and we expect there is a work being done more or less, all around. What you want every one of you and every one of us is to keep the Saviour in view. Jesus told His disciples just before He left them, not to mourn about it, but he said "Let not your hearts be troubled; ye believe in God believe also in me. (895) In my Father's house are many                                        -540-     mansions; if it were not so I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you and if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again and receive you unto myself, that where I am there ye may be also."  {LLM 539.2}
[LLM 540.1]          Well, now He tells them just what He is going to do. We want to say we are a people now that have to have a religious experience for ourselves, and we can never enter heaven unless we have that experience. We may have our names on the church books, but have we a daily experience in the things of God? "Let not your hearts be troubled; ye believe in God believe also in me." And thus He comforts and encourages them with the cross right in view.  {LLM 540.1}
[LLM 540.2]          Our dear Saviour says again, "I am the true vine and ye are the branches and my Father is the husbandman. Every branch in me that beareth not fruit He taketh away; and every branch that beareth not fruit he taketh it away." Now we want to know what fruit we are bearing. We want our fruits shall be right before the world in the ministry of Christ on the earth, and they can be if we will. We have all these advantages and how thankful we should be. The Lord brought this place right into our hands. What advantages we have in this very place! But there are other places where they need help, and let every one who can, take his Bible in his hand and see what missionary work he can do; carry with him some of the little books that we have published, and if the people do not want to buy, leave the books with them, and tell them to read them whether they want to buy or not; and if any of you want to give some away, just do that. There is a chance to let our light shine and we want to do so. Now Satan has the advantage in many things. He can quote those glories that he had in the heavenly sanctuary just as though they belonged to him, and he will quote these things. He is working upon human minds and he will bring in all (896) the sophistries that he can bring in, and mix it in with some of his wonderful learning and agency that he had in the heavenly courts. The world will certainly think that he is excellent. We want all that excellency and power, but we shall have the light of truth which is to shine. But Satan will present that light that he had in the heavenly courts, and many will think that it must be the truth, and they are intelligent men and good women, and he leads them right along to perdition.  {LLM 540.2}
[LLM 540.3]          But we have a Saviour who wants to make this institution a perfect success; He wants us to do the work intelligently, and He wants us to praise His holy name. We can do it if we will. Satan grasps the minds every time we come into a meeting where they have the love of the truth in its beauty and its charms. We want to be full of usefulness every one of us and God can make a success of this institution, but it depends upon us to make this all and in all.                                     -541-  {LLM 540.3}
[LLM 541.1]          "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet and show my people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek me daily and delight to know my ways as a nation that did righteousness and forsook not the ordinance of their God."  {LLM 541.1}
[LLM 541.2]          Well, now you see those who had not believed in the commandments of God. They did not believe in the Sabbath commandment. They did not obey this. We want to be in a situation where we can live these commandments; so that our lives will teach the people we believe just what we profess to believe. I want to say that it will be well for you to become acquainted with these books. (Vols. Test.)  {LLM 541.2}
[LLM 541.3]          We have seen the application. We have been placed where we had to see it. God meant we should see it.  {LLM 541.3}
[LLM 541.4]          A lady was passing by--one of our highest teachers in Battle Creek, and it was icy and she didn't know how to drive and neither did her husband, and the sleigh slipped and jerked the lines right out of their hands. "Jump, jump," said the husband, and she jumped and was caught right on the side of the sleigh and (897) struck her head on the ice and the blood poured out of her ears and nose and eyes and they thought it would be impossible to save her, but we gathered her up and took her into the house. We said we will take care of her but it is a question of how long she can live. There must be no noise around anywhere. It may be possible we can save her life. The doctor was sent for and when he said, "What are you doing?" We said, giving her a hot foot bath right under the bed clothes. Well, he said, you know better than I, and he turned on his heel and walked off and that was the last we saw of the doctor. Well, we kept her for four weeks and we had all the roosters removed from the neighborhood and every bit of noise excluded. And we succeeded in saving her life. Five years later in passing a woman who looked like this same teacher, when she saw me she grasped me in her arms and said, "You saved my life and the life of this child, the only child I have, and I feel so grateful whenever I hear the name of Ellen White mentioned.  {LLM 541.4}
[LLM 541.5]          From this beginning they founded the institution in Battle Creek. It takes a great deal to break down prejudice. Tepid water will not melt cold tallow. We can not make much impression on cold tallow with warm water.  {LLM 541.5}
[LLM 541.6]          Well, now I have talked with you long enough. We are intensely interested. We have a grand review before us. People are watching us everywhere and they are watching to see how much higher our piety is than the piety of those who have no connection with an institution. We want to be in a position where we can let our piety pour over the outside when we can. There will be opportunities. You cannot neglect things here;                                     -542-     you cannot do that; but you can find opportunities where you can let the light of this institution shine forth. God wants you to do it. I believe that you will try to do it. What we want is a greater work of faith that we may show forth the praises of God in what He is doing and what He will do for us. If we will show this faith, it will have (898) as much influence as any treatment you can give to those who are looking on to see what we are doing. Let us get into the position where we will lay all on Jesus Christ, for there is a grand review to take place; only a little while and there is to be an examination of what we believe and what we are. Are we prepared to be transferred to higher grades? To a higher school where Christ will lead us to the tree of life and there will continue to teach us in regard to the ages of the eternal life. Are we prepared for that grand review? Are we fashioning our characters to that divine similitude? God help us that we may be Christians in every sense of the word. If we will obey God let me tell you the way is already open; the angels of God will be our representatives wherever we go. The angels of God are round about us. Every one is in communication with Jesus Christ; they are one with Him and we want to do the works of God. We want to be wide awake, full of zeal, and live for God and advance step by step heavenward. Are we prepared for the grand review? It is coming on. Satan is gathering all of his beautiful knowledge that he had when he was an angel of light and he is coming in to deceive the very elect with that very knowledge, and we want to be in a position where we can work intelligently,-- where we can work in faith and bring souls to a knowledge of the truth of the grand review that will take place when he tells them that he is going to have the whole world as his subjects and they will gather under his banner, but we must stand higher. Young men and young women, teachers, doctors, do not put on pompous (manners) positions, as tho you knew everything worth knowing, but act as little children coming to ask God to let His blessing rest upon you, that you may teach others; for if you do that the will of God will be revealed and it will follow you wherever you go. We have a whole Saviour. He is not a piece of a Saviour. He will save every soul that comes unto Him. Now, let us have that working faith, have that believing faith, have that intelligent faith that it is our privilege to have.                                                    -    {LLM 541.6}
[LLM 542.1]         (899)                      June 28, 1910 -6- B.-61-1910.                                   Sanitarium, Calif., April 27, 1910.     Elder J. A. Burden,     Dear Brother:-        I wish to express to you some thoughts that should be kept before the sanitarium workers. That which will make them a power for good is the knowledge that the great Medical Missionary                                     -543-     has chosen them to this work, that He is their chief instructor, and that it is ever their duty to recognize Him as their teacher.  {LLM 542.1}
[LLM 543.1]         The Lord has shown us the evil of depending upon the strength of earthly organizations. He has instructed us that the commission of the medical missionary is received from the very highest authority; He would have us understand that it is a mistake to regard as most essential the education given by physicians who reject the authority of Christ, the greatest Physician who ever lived upon the earth. We are not to accept and follow the views of men who refuse to recognize God as their teacher, but who learn of men, and are guided by man-made laws and restrictions.  {LLM 543.1}
[LLM 543.2]         During the night of April 26, many things were opened before me. I was shown that now in a special sense we as a people are to be guided by divine instruction. Those fitting themselves for medical missionary work should fear to place themselves under the direction of worldly doctors, to imbibe their sentiments and peculiar prejudices, and to learn to express their ideas and views. They are not to depend for their influence upon worldly teachers. They should be "looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith."  {LLM 543.2}
[LLM 543.3]          (900) The Lord has instructed us that in our institutions of education, we should ever be striving for the perfection of character to be found in the life of Christ, and in His instruction to His disciples. Having received our commission from the highest authority, we are to educate, educate, educate, in the simplicity of Christ. Our aim must be to reach the highest standard in every feature of our work. He who healed thousands with a touch and a word is our Physician. The precious truths contained in His teachings are to be our front guard and our rearward.  {LLM 543.3}
[LLM 543.4]          The standard set for our sanitariums and schools is a high one, and a great responsibility rests upon the physicians and teachers connected with these institutions. Efforts should be made to secure teachers who will instruct after Christ's manner of teaching, regarding this of more value than any human methods. Let them honor the educational standards established by Christ, and following His instruction give their students lessons in faith and in holiness.  {LLM 543.4}
[LLM 543.5]          Christ was sent of the Father to represent His character and will. Let us follow His example in laboring to reach the people where they are. Teachers who are not particular to harmonize with the teachings of Christ, and who follow the custom and practices of worldly physicians, are out of line with the charge that the Saviour has given us.  {LLM 543.5}
[LLM 543.6]          It is not necessary that our medical missionaries follow the precise track marked out by medical men of the world. They                                     -544-     do not need to administer drugs to the sick. They do not need to follow the drug medication in order to have influence in their work. The message was given me that if they would consecrate themselves to the Lord, if they would seek to obtain under men ordained of God, a thorough knowledge of their work, the Lord would make (901) them skillful. Connected with the divine Teacher, they will understand that their dependence is upon God and not upon the professedly wise men of the world.  {LLM 543.6}
[LLM 544.1]          Some of our medical missionaries have supposed that a medical training according to the plans of worldly schools is essential to their success. To those who have thought that the only way to success is by being taught by worldly men, I would now say, Put away such ideas. This is a mistake that should be corrected. It is a dangerous thing to catch the spirit of the world the popularity which such a course invites, will bring into the work a spirit which the word of God cannot sanction. The medical missionary who would become efficient, if he will search his own heart and consecrate himself to Christ, may by diligent study and faithful service, learn how to grasp the mysteries of his sacred calling.  {LLM 544.1}
[LLM 544.2]          At Loma Linda, at Washington, at Wahroonga, Australia, and in many other sanitariums established for the promulgation of the work of the third angel's message there are to come to the physicians and to the teachers new ideas, and a new understanding of the principles that must govern the medical work. An education is to be given that is altogether in harmony with the teachings of the word of God.  {LLM 544.2}
[LLM 544.3]          In the first chapter of Ephesians, beginning with vs. 2, we read: "Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ: according as He hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love: having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself, according to the good pleasure of His will, to the praise of the glory (902) of His grace, wherein He hath made us accepted in the beloved. In whom we have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace; wherein He hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; having made known unto us the mystery of His will, according to His good pleasure which He hath purposed in Himself." Study the whole of this chapter, and grasp the assurances that are given again and again for your acceptance.  {LLM 544.3}
[LLM 544.4]          It is a lack of faith in the power of God that leads our physicians to lean so much upon the arm of the law, and to trust so much to the influence of worldly powers. The truly converted man and woman who will study these words of inspiration                                     -545-     spoken by the apostle Paul may learn to claim in all their depth and fulness the divine promises.  {LLM 544.4}
[LLM 545.1]          I am charged to present these Scriptures to our people, that they may understand that those who do not believe the word of God can not possibly present to those who desire to become acceptable medical missionaries, the way by which they will become most successful. Christ was the greatest Physician the world has ever known; His heart was ever touched with human woe. He has a work for those to do who will not place their dependence upon worldly powers.  {LLM 545.1}
[LLM 545.2]         God's true commandment-keeping people will be instructed by Him. The true medical missionary will be wise in the treatment of the sick, using the remedies that Nature provides. And then he will look to Christ as the true Healer of disease. The principles of health reform brought into the life of the patient, the use of Nature's remedies, and the cooperation of divine agencies in behalf of the suffering, will bring success.  {LLM 545.2}
[LLM 545.3]          Satan will try to place barriers in the way of the true (903) medical missionary. He will seek to bring discouragement upon those who recognize the commandments of God, and are determined to obey them. We must be careful not to carry our views of health reform to extremes, thus making it "health deform." Our food should be plain and free from all objectionable elements, but let us be careful that it is always palatable and good.  {LLM 545.3}
[LLM 545.4]          A time will come when medical missionaries of other denominations will become jealous and envious of the influence exerted by Seventh-day Adventists who are working in these lines. They will feel that influence is being secured by our workers which they ought to have. We should have in various places, men of extraordinary ability, who have obtained their diplomas in medical schools of the best reputation, who can stand before the world as fully qualified and legally recognized physicians. Let God-fearing men be wisely chosen to go through the training essential in order to obtain such qualifications. They should be prudent men who will remain true to the principles of the message.  {LLM 545.4}
[LLM 545.5]          These should obtain the qualifications, and the authority to conduct an educational work for our young men and our young women who desire to be trained for medical missionary work.  {LLM 545.5}
[LLM 545.6]          Now while the world is favorable toward the teaching of the health reform principles, moves should be made to secure for our own physicians the privilege of imparting medical instruction to our young people who would otherwise be led to attend the worldly medical colleges. The time will come when it will                                     -546-     be more difficult than it is now, to arrange for the training of our young people in medical missionary lines.                                                    -                                       -549-  {LLM 545.6}
[LLM 549.1]               A Statement Regarding the Training of Physicians          "The light given me is: We must provide that which is essential to qualify our youth who desire to be physicians, so that they may intelligently fit themselves to be able to stand the examinations required to prove their efficiency as physicians. They should be taught to treat understandingly the cases of those who are diseased, so that the door will be closed for any sensible physician to imagine that we are not giving in our school the instruction necessary for properly qualifying young men and young women to do the work of a physician. Continually the students who are graduated are to advance in knowledge, for practice makes perfect.  {LLM 549.1}
[LLM 549.2]          "The medical school at Loma Linda is to be of the highest order, because those who are in that school have the privilege of maintaining a living connection with the wisest of all physicians from whom there is communicated knowledge of a superior order. And for the special preparation of these of our youth who have clear convictions of their duty to obtain a medical education that will enable them to pass the examinations required by law of all who practice as regularly qualified physicians, we are to supply whatever may be required so that these youth need not be compelled to go to medical schools conducted by men not of our faith. Thus we shall close a door that the enemy would be pleased to have left open; and our young men and women, whose spiritual interests the Lord desires us to safeguard, will not feel compelled to connect with unbelievers in order to obtain a thorough training along medical lines.                                       (Signed) "Ellen G. White."                                                    -                                      -554-  {LLM 549.2}
[LLM 554.1]          (915) In one of the most recent communications relative to this work, these words occur, "We are not to accept and follow the views of men who refuse to recognize God as their teacher, but who learn of men and are guided by man-made laws and restrictions. I was shown how that in a special sense we as a people                                     -555-     are to be guided by divine instruction. Those fitting themselves for medical missionary work should fear to place themselves under worldly doctors, to imbibe their sentiments and peculiar prejudices, and to learn to express their ideas and views. . . . It is not necessary that our medical missionaries follow the precise track marked out by medical men of the world. They do not need to administer drugs to the sick. They do not need to follow the drug medication in order to have influence in their work. The message was given me that if they would consecrate themselves to the Lord, if they would seek to obtain under men ordained of God, a thorough knowledge of their work, the Lord would make them skillful. . . . Some of our medical missionaries have supposed that a medical training according to the plans of worldly schools is essential to their success. To those who have thought that the only way to success is by being taught by worldly men and by pursuing a course that is sanctioned by worldly men, I would now say, put away such ideas. This is a mistake that should be corrected. It is a dangerous thing to catch the spirit of the world; the popularity which such a course invites, will bring into the work a spirit which the word of God cannot sanction. It is a lack of faith in the power of God that leads our physicians to lean so much upon the arm of law, and to trust so much to the influence of worldly powers. The true medical missionary will be wise in the treatment of the sick, using the remedies that nature provides. And then he will look to Christ as the true healer of diseases. The principles of health (916) reform brought into the life of the patient, the use of nature's remedies and the cooperation of divine agencies in behalf of the suffering, will bring success.  {LLM 554.1}
[LLM 555.1]         I am instructed to say that in our educational work there is to be no compromise in order to meet the world's standards. God's commandment-keeping people are not to unite with the world to carry various lines of work according to worldly plans and worldly wisdom.  {LLM 555.1}
[LLM 555.2]          "Our people are now being tested as to whether they will obtain their wisdom from the greatest Teacher the world ever knew, or seek to the god of Ekron. Let us determine that we shall not be tied by so much as a thread to the educational policies of those who do not discern the voice of God, and who will not hearken to His commandments.  {LLM 555.2}
[LLM 555.3]          "Shall we represent before the world that our physicians must follow the pattern of the world, before they can be qualified to act as successful physicians? This is the question that is now testing the faith of some of our brethren. Let not any of our brethren displease the Lord by advocating in their assemblies the idea that we need to obtain from unbelievers a higher education than that specified by the Lord.  {LLM 555.3}
[LLM 555.4]          "The representation of the great Teacher is to be considered an all-sufficient revelation. Those in our ranks who                                     -556-     qualify as physicians are to receive only such education as is in harmony with these divine truths. Some have advised that students should, after taking some work at Loma Linda, complete their medical education in worldly colleges. But this is not in harmony with the Lord's plan. God is our wisdom, our sanctification and our righteousness. Facilities should be provided at Loma Linda, that the necessary instruction in medical lines may be given by instructors (917) who fear the Lord, and who are in harmony with His plans for the treatment of the sick.  {LLM 555.4}
[LLM 556.1]          "I have not a word to say in favor of the world's ideas of higher education in any school that we shall organize for the training of physicians. There is danger in their attaching themselves to worldly institutions, and working under the ministrations of worldly physicians. Satan is giving his orders to those whom he has led to depart from the faith. I would now advise that none of our young people attach themselves to worldly medical institutions in hope of gaining better success, or stronger influence as physicians."                                     -558-                                                    -    {LLM 556.1}
[LLM 558.1]          (921)                      B.-76-1910. Sept. 4, 1910                                   Pacific Union College, Calif.     Elder J. A. Burden, Loma Linda, California     Dear Brother Burden:        I am at the Pacific Union College, attending a council meeting of the church school teachers. Yesterday, Sabbath, I spoke in the chapel. The room was filled. A larger place will have to be provided in which to hold meetings. I spoke from the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. I had some very important instruction to give to those present regarding the necessity of our working intelligently, and the Lord gave me strength to speak.  {LLM 558.1}
[LLM 558.2]          Brother and Sister Burden, I am very anxious that you should work with the best of courage. Notwithstanding that there are those who do not speak to you the encouraging words that for their own souls' good the Lord would have them speak, yet I have this word for you: You are to press on; still bearing the Lord's message for this time. There is a great work that with the help of the Lord you can both do. I wish that all those                                     -559-     connected with you were united heart and mind in assisting you in the right way by speaking words of encouragement. But so long as you keep the eye of faith fixed on your Leader, you are safe. Rest in his hands. I am bidden to charge you not to fail or become discouraged. Keep (922) your hearts filled with courage. Talk faith. Some are ready to speak words of discouragement. The Lord says to you, Be of good courage. Walk humbly, and work out the will of God. I am to say to you, There are many words of an objectionable character spoken by some who suppose that thus they can bring in improvements. But go straight ahead, following the instruction of Christ.                                                    -    {LLM 558.2}
[LLM 559.1]                                       B-77-1910, Sept. 10, 1910                                   Sanitarium, Napa Co., Calif.                         To Those in our Sanitariums.            I have decided words to speak to all who shall act a part in bearing responsibilities in our Sanitariums. We are intensely desirous that all connected with our Sanitariums shall give evidence that they are men and women who believe in Christ as the world's Redeemer. They are to show that they are laborers together with the Saviour, seeking to save the souls of those who are not truly converted, and working to save their own souls by striving to exert a correct example. Do not gather to your working forces men who, if they are tempted, give way to their feelings; men who will not understand that if they are influenced by wrong principles, they will be sure to sow seeds of distrust in other minds.  {LLM 559.1}
[LLM 559.2]          Christ came to our world to set his followers an example of perfection of character, that in his strength they might become Christlike, building for time and for eternity. I am bidden to give all our workers, men and women, a most solemn charge; if you (923) are not truly converted, God can not use you. In word, in spirit, and in all your works you are to bear testimony to the truth, making straight paths for your feet lest the lame be turned out of the way by your walking in strange paths.  {LLM 559.2}
[LLM 559.3]          "Beloved, I wish above all things that thou mayest prosper and be in health, even as thy soul prospereth. I have no greater joy than to hear that my children walk in truth. Beloved, thou doest faithfully whatsoever thou doest to the brethren and to strangers which have borne witness of thy charity before the church, whom if thou bring forward on thy journey after a godly sort, thou shalt do well, because that for his name's sake they went forth, taking nothing of the Gentiles. We therefore ought to receive such, that we might be fellow-helpers to the truth."                                     -560-  {LLM 559.3}
[LLM 560.1]          Read slowly the whole of the first chapter of second Peter and grasp by faith the precious truths given for our encouragement.                                       Ellen G. White.                                    -563-                                                    -    {LLM 560.1}
[LLM 563.1]          (929)                     June 18, 1911. -5- MS. 9-1911.          Remarks of Mrs. E.G. White Regarding Aggressive Moves at                             Loma Linda              At a Meeting in the Chapel, April 20, 1911.            (Thursday afternoon, April 20, there was a council meeting in the Loma Linda Chapel, to consider the opportunity that had just been presented to purchase from Mr. Kelly a tract of land west of the Pepper Drive and south of the Colton road, consisting of about eighty-four acres.  {LLM 563.1}
[LLM 563.2]          After very brief remarks about the Vine and the Branches, and the benefits resulting from the disciplinary process of pruning, Sister White spoke of various phases of the work.)  {LLM 563.2}
[LLM 563.3]          Today with Sister McEnterfer, and again with my son, I rode around the Loma Linda grounds, and took more particular notice of them than ever before; and I feel very thankful that we have such a place. Surely we ought to be a grateful people because God has brought us into possession of this beautiful place.  {LLM 563.3}
[LLM 563.4]          In our meetings during this council, we have been speaking of the higher education. What is the higher education. It is to understand Christ's words and teachings, and to follow on to know the Lord. It is to know that His going forth is prepared as the morning.  {LLM 563.4}
[LLM 563.5]          Today, as I looked over the place more thoroughly than ever before, and saw the grounds, the drives, and the cottages that were standing before we came here, I felt gratitude in my heart toward God, that through His providences we had been brought into possession of Loma Linda. I felt thankful also to see the improvements that have been made since we had had the place, and I thought how important it is that we make every move in accordance (930) with the will of God.  {LLM 563.5}
[LLM 563.6]          As the Lord prospers us, we should manifest our gratitude by a willingness to advance. We should see the advantage of adding to that which we already have. I feel a burden regarding                                     -564-     the danger of letting anybody come into the neighborhood to spoil the place.  {LLM 563.6}
[LLM 564.1]          There is a piece of land across the railroad, lying next to a piece already purchased, which should be secured. One day we drove over it, and all around it. We wanted to see all about it. And I am sure from the representations that have been made to me, that this piece of land ought to come into our possession. If you are wise, the next time I come here, you will have that land. I will try to help you all I can. Let us work intelligently.  {LLM 564.1}
[LLM 564.2]          There are several reasons why you should have this land. You need the produce from it for your cattle to subsist upon; this piece is close at hand, and joins that which you already have.  {LLM 564.2}
[LLM 564.3]          Here we have our school, and here many important interests are centered. We must not permit elements to come in that will tend to hinder and retard the work. It will be pleasing to the Lord if we keep our eyes wide open, and are fully awake, ready to take advantage of every circumstance that will place us in right relation to the work we have to do. It would be a grievous error for us to allow to pass an opportunity to secure this property, for we might never again have such an opportunity. I advise you to secure it before it becomes so expensive that you could not afford to buy it.  {LLM 564.3}
[LLM 564.4]          There is danger of our becoming too narrow. Those many little houses close together across the railroad do not look well. If we can get land, and have room, so as not to build any more in that way, it will be better.  {LLM 564.4}
[LLM 564.5]          (931) You need the land, and it will be a matter of regret by and by if it is not secured. Do not make any delay to take steps that will prevent its being taken up by those who would plan for unbelievers to crowd into it. We should keep them out. If we do this, we shall have reason to rejoice.  {LLM 564.5}
[LLM 564.6]          The Lord is well pleased with what you have already done here at Loma Linda. When one sees the prosperity that has attended the work, and the spirit of consecration that prevails, the conviction deepens that you are working in harmony with God.  {LLM 564.6}
[LLM 564.7]          I desire that all the work of this place shall be a correct representation of what our health institutions should be. Let everything that we lay our hands to, show the result of the moving of the Spirit of God upon the human heart. This will be evidence that we have the higher education. Workers whose hearts are in obedience to the movings of the Spirit of God will make this place what God desires it to be. I am surprised, happily surprised to see everything looking so well. It is beyond my                                    -565-     expectations. And now let every one strive to keep it so, and labor for improvements.  {LLM 564.7}
[LLM 565.1]          I am highly gratified as I look upon the land we already have. This will be one of the greatest blessings to us in the future,--one that we do not fully appreciate now, but which we shall appreciate by and by. I hope that you will get the other land that I have spoken of, and join it to that which you already have. It will pay you to do this. As I have carried the burden of this place from the very beginning, I wanted to say this much to you. Now I leave the matter with you; and let us work in harmony.  {LLM 565.1}
[LLM 565.2]          (932)            Our Duty to Reach Out          Individually we should stand in freedom before God, serving Him intelligently. The Lord will work through every soul who is consecrated to Him. He will give them knowledge and spiritual understanding; and He will direct their steps. How shall we know that He is leading us? Because we act in accordance with the Holy Spirit and are in harmony with Christ.  {LLM 565.2}
[LLM 565.3]          You know how hard the enemy worked that we should not get this place. Now it is in our possession, and you have been working to the point of occupying and using and improving the place for the benefit of the sick and the honor of Christ's name. The Lord is pleased with this. He wants you to work His vineyard faithfully; and your faithful service appeals to the understanding of the patients and visitors. If it were not for this faithfulness, you never would have secured the favor and gained the advantages that you enjoy today in regard to the educational work taken up here. You stand in favor before the people. This advantageous position you could not have gotten if there had been a laxness in the work and a leaving things at loose ends.  {LLM 565.3}
[LLM 565.4]          "Wherefore, gird up the loins of your mind; be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ."  {LLM 565.4}
[LLM 565.5]          Those who stand here are to be an example in humility, in steadfastness, in high standing, showing to the world what is the higher education, showing what it means to be linked up with Christ. If your will is united with Jesus Christ, we shall see the work of God advance steadily in this place. It will reach to Riverside; it will reach to other places that are all around. There is a work to be done in many little settlements (933) round about here. There is no virtue in settling down in one place, and spending all your time and energies there. There are many towns and settlements where earnest work needs to be done for the saving of souls. You are to have an arm of strength in all these places. The word comes to you; Be wise; be vigilant.                                     -566-  {LLM 565.5}
[LLM 566.1]          We should feel a deep interest in those souls who are brought into connection with us. We are to labor for them, leaving unused no means that God has put in His world for our use in behalf of others. It was thus that Christ labored: Going from place to place, He preached the precious gospel, sowing the seeds of truth in the hearts of men and women who would listen to His testimony. And He wants every soul of us to appreciate the work that He has given us, and the example He has set.  {LLM 566.1}
[LLM 566.2]                            Unity Among the Workers          Do not let division come in to destroy the spirit of unity. We want unity; and when we pray together, let faith lay hold upon the Mighty One. Christ is looking upon us in love. If we will walk in His footsteps, following on to know the Lord, we shall know that His going forth is prepared as the morning.  {LLM 566.2}
[LLM 566.3]          The blessed Saviour did not refuse to die for men, but for their sakes submitted to abuse and mockery from His enemies, His life was taken away in cruelty. As He hung upon the cross, His enemies, standing at the foot, divided His garments among them. Consider how much Christ endured that we might believe that no experience can come to us that He does not fully understand. We are to be led by a spirit entirely opposite to that which inspired the enemies of Christ. It is our privilege to help one another and sustain one another, thus showing that the Spirit of God is working in heart and mind and character.  {LLM 566.3}
[LLM 566.4]          I am glad there are sensible men and women here. I am (934) pleased that there is a strong force of physicians and teachers. And I want to say to you all: work in harmony, "I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no division among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind, and in the same judgment." The Lord wants you to do this, and I believe you will. If you cannot possibly do it here; just go away where you can. We need to draw steadily with Christ, and to labor to glorify His holy name. And the responsible men and women in this place should give thanks to God for His manifold mercies. But do not complain or indulge in criticism, because this is all out of place. It will spoil the work.  {LLM 566.4}
[LLM 566.5]                      Not Amusements but Consecrated Work          There are some who feel that if there is prosperity here it will be necessary to get up some amusement. Let us not cherish such thoughts as this. Rather let the people see that you have a mind for usefulness and duty, and that to the saving of the soul. The amusements that consume time just to gratify self, do not pay.                                     -567-  {LLM 566.5}
[LLM 567.1]          I have felt so thankful regarding the improvements that I see here. God has prospered you, and He will continue to prosper. And we must give ourselves to the education of those who do not appreciate these things. We must keep it before them in the living light. Regarding the securing of means for the development of the work, you must exercise the living faith that takes hold from above. Some here know what a battle we have had in order to secure harmonious action; and we thank the Lord that when the enemy comes in like a flood, then the Spirit of the Lord lifts up for us a standard against the enemy.  {LLM 567.1}
[LLM 567.2]          Some will think that by having amusements here we will (935) gain more influence. But what we want is to go steadily forward, with our hands firmly holding the divine promises, believing that Christ will lead and guide and bless, and place a heavenly stamp upon our work. Do not feel that there is not enough in all that we have to do in this place for Christ and heaven, and that you must reach out for some amusement outside of your God-given work. Do not do it; for this will not harmonize with Christ's example. Stand solidly for God. Tell the students, here we have Riverside and other places. If you want to do a good work, take our publications, and carry them to these places. Hold meetings, and let the people see that you have a living connection with heaven. If you are a child of God, your prayers, and your work to strengthen and build up will have an influence, and God will bestow His blessing upon you. We need not feel that we must provide amusements to gratify the desires of some who come in here hoping to attract attention to themselves. It would be better that such ones should go elsewhere. We are here to give the last message of warning to a perishing world, and every jot of our influence is to be consecrated to God. It is not His will that frivolous, unsanctified amusements shall be instituted here. We have a heaven to win, a hell to shun; let us work solidly in behalf of ourselves and others for eternal life in the kingdom of God.  {LLM 567.2}
[LLM 567.3]          At Paradise Valley I told the workers that they must do all in their power to honor and glorify God. God makes the impression upon hearts; it is not we who make it. If we work faithfully to glorify God, he will make the impression upon the people. He will lift up and strengthen every soul that seeks Him in sincerity. He will teach us how to lay hold of His promises, so that His grace shall abound in the soul.  {LLM 567.3}
[LLM 567.4]          (936) It is our privilege to be co-workers with God. Let no one feel that he must secure the highest place in order that he may do the greatest amount of acceptable service. Do not fear that you will lose patronage unless you enter into some of the world's fashions and amusements. Your eyes must be fixed on the pattern Christ Jesus. Imitate Him, in works, in conversation, in your deportment before the people. If you will follow in the footsteps of Jesus, you will have an everlasting reward.                                     -568-     The way is open for you to work in unison with Christ; and He who gave His precious life for you will help and strengthen you, and guide you step by step, if you desire to be led.                                                    -    {LLM 567.4}
[LLM 568.1]          (937)                      May 22, 1911.-5- B.-20-1911.                                   Sanitarium, Calif., April 30,'11.     Elder J. A. Burden, Loma Linda, Calif.     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:        On Wednesday evening we took the train at Los Angeles. We had good accommodations, and nothing in particular transpired to cause any unpleasantness. It was a very long train of cars. We had a good lunch, and were all very comfortable.  {LLM 568.1}
[LLM 568.2]          My letter must be a short one, as my head is easily wearied. As soon as I begin to use it, I am troubled with disagreeable pains. I have not yet recovered from the severe affliction I suffered at Glendale. After our trip to Fernando my heart and arm were seriously painful. Sara gave me most thorough treatment, and after a long time relief came. I was urged to visit Long Beach, to see how they were situated in the work there; but I was in such pain that I had to refuse. I dared not venture to go.  {LLM 568.2}
[LLM 568.3]          In the afternoon of the day that we left for home, Elder Andross took us in an automobile to visit the several churches and the Bible workers' home in Los Angeles. We did not get out of the conveyance, but stopped and spoke to some of those engaged in the work. It was a very pleasant trip, and I was very glad to see so much of the work in Los Angeles. The automobile was an easy-riding machine that did not jolt me, so I was spared any increased suffering.  {LLM 568.3}
[LLM 568.4]          (938) We reached home in safety, and on Friday I got relief from the pain I had endured for two days and nights. I felt that the Lord had blessed me; and on the next day, Sabbath, I consented to speak in the Sanitarium chapel. I was surprised to meet so large a congregation there, and was thankful for the opportunity of speaking to them.  {LLM 568.4}
[LLM 568.5]          My mind is settled in regard to the purchase of the land in front of the Loma Linda Sanitarium. We must have that piece of land. I will pledge myself to be depended upon for one thousand dollars. I hope to be favored with an opportunity to hire some money soon but I shall not worry in regard to this, or I shall not be able to do anything. The effort of speaking on Sabbath and of reading my letters today is all I have been able to do to the present time. But as soon as I can I will make some movement concerning the raising of the one thousand dollars. The piece of land we must have; for it will never do                                     -569-     to have buildings crowded in there. Do not fail to carry through the purchase of it. Do your best, and I will do my best. The money from me you may depend upon. We shall be able to send it soon.                                                                   -    {LLM 568.5}
[LLM 569.1]          (939)                      May 24, '11 -5- B.-22-1911.                                   Sanitarium, Calif., May 7, 1911.     Brethren Ruble, Burden, and Evans, Loma Linda, Calif.     Dear Brethren:-        I have words of instruction for you and your co-workers who are ministers and physicians and counsellors at Loma Linda. During my visit to Southern California, light was given me that many of the leaders in our sanitariums were failing of meeting the requirements of God, and, more than this, they did not realize their lack. I was instructed that those who stand in positions of responsibility in these important institutions are engaged in a most sacred work, that they have little time in which to do the work committed to their trust, and that it was of the utmost importance that faithfulness and consecration mark their efforts in every line.  {LLM 569.1}
[LLM 569.2]          In a remarkable way God has brought into our possession some of the institutions through whose agency we are to accomplish the work of reformation to which we as a people are called. At this time every talent of every worker should be regarded as a sacred trust to be used in extending the work of reform.  {LLM 569.2}
[LLM 569.3]          The Lord instructed me that our sisters who have received training that has fitted them for positions of responsibility, are to serve with faithfulness and discernment in their calling, using their influence wisely, and, with their brethren in the faith, obtaining an experience that will fit them for still greater usefulness. The instruction of the apostle Peter, "Add to your faith virtue, and to virtue knowledge," they are to bring into their (940) individual experience, and this work of daily sanctification through cooperation with the Spirit of God, will develop their knowledge and capabilities.  {LLM 569.3}
[LLM 569.4]          In ancient times the Lord worked in a wonderful way through consecrated women who united in his work with men whom He had chosen to stand as His representatives. He used women to gain great decisive victories. More than once, in times of emergency, He brought them to the front and worked through them for the salvation of many lives. Through Esther the queen the Lord accomplished a mighty deliverance for His people. At a time when it seemed that no power could save them, Esther, and the women associated with her, by fasting and prayer and prompt action, met the issue, and brought salvation to their people.                                     -570-  {LLM 569.4}
[LLM 570.1]         A study of women's work in connection with the cause of God in the old Testament times will teach us lessons that will enable us to meet emergencies in the work today. We may not be brought into such a critical and prominent place as were the people of God in the time of Esther; but often converted women can act an important part in more humble positions. This many have been doing and are still ready to do. It is a woman's duty to unite with her husband in the disciplining and training of her sons and daughters, that they may be converted, and their powers consecrated to the service of God. There are many who have ability to stand with their husbands in sanitarium work, to give treatments to the sick and to speak words of counsel and encouragement to others. There are those who should seek an education that will fit them to act the part of physicians.  {LLM 570.1}
[LLM 570.2]         In this line of service a positive work needs to be done, women as well as men are to receive a thorough medical training. (941) They should make a special study of the diseases common to women, that they may understand how to treat them. It is considered most essential that men desiring to practice medicine shall receive the broad training necessary for the following of such a profession. It is just as essential that women receive such a training, and obtain their diplomas certifying their right to act as physicians.  {LLM 570.2}
[LLM 570.3]          Our institutions should be especially thorough in giving to women a training that will fit them to act as midwives. There should be in our sanitariums lady physicians who understand well their profession, and who can attend women at the time of childbirth. Light has been given me that women instead of men should take the responsibility in such cases. I was directed to the Bible plan, in which at such times women acted the part of the physician. This plan should be carried out by us; for it is the Lord's plan.  {LLM 570.3}
[LLM 570.4]          Again and again light has been given me that women should be chosen and educated for this line of work. Now the time has come when we should face the matter clearly. More women should be educated for this work, and thus a door of temptation may be closed. We should allow no unnecessary temptation to be placed in the way of physicians and nurses, or the people for whom they minister.  {LLM 570.4}
[LLM 570.5]          The Lord has greatly favored us in providing suitable buildings at Loma Linda for the carrying forward of the work as it should be carried. Let us be in earnest in following the counsel we have received.  {LLM 570.5}
[LLM 570.6]          I have been instructed to say to our leading sanitarium workers throughout our ranks; the work must move forward on a higher plane, and after a more sacred order than it has heretofore if it is to accomplish all that God designs should be                                     -571-     accomplished by it in our churches and for the world. We need to pray, and to consider earnestly what is the great spiritual need of men (942) and women in this age. Strange things are being done, which are not after the Lord's counsel, but after the devising of men. As wicked practices increase among those who are determined to do wickedly, there is a great need that our people bring into prominence before the world a pure, untainted work. The Lord says to us, Be ye clean that labor in the health institutions. Work under the influence of the Holy Spirit of God. Let the men holding positions of sacred trust view the work from a high standpoint.  {LLM 570.6}
[LLM 571.1]          I ask you who stand as leaders in this work to read prayerfully chapters four to eleven of the book of Deuteronomy; for there is instruction that all need who would understand God's dealings with His people. And I wish to impress upon all who read these chapters that they mean much to every soul who carries responsibilities in connection with sanitarium work. "Thou art a holy people unto the Lord thy God," the Lord declares, "and the Lord thy God hath chosen thee to be a peculiar people unto Himself above all nations that are upon the earth." All the directions He has given are to be carefully observed, from the greatest to that which may seem least.  {LLM 571.1}
[LLM 571.2]          The Lord says, to all, Purify your souls from all commonness. Set before your children and households an example in word and deportment that will lead them to desire above all things to render to God consecrated loving service. Pray for your home; instruct your family, sanctify the Lord God of Israel in your hearts and in your lives. I am deeply pained as I see with some a spirit of carelessness in speech and deportment. This is a hindrance to spirituality. The Lord declared to Israel. "What doth the Lord require of thee, but to fear the Lord thy God, and to walk in all His ways, and (943) to love Him, and to serve the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul, and to keep the commandments of the Lord, and His statutes, which I command thee this day for thy good. Behold the heaven and the heaven of heavens is the Lord's thy God, the earth also, and all that therein is. Only the Lord had a delight in thy fathers to love them, and He chose their seed after them, even you above all people, as it is this day." Read these words thoughtfully, and consider how great are the privileges of the people whom the Lord chose to serve Him. To all connected with sacred duties I am charged to say, Seek the Lord. Take heed to your conversation; lay off all cheapness of speech; for the Lord would have you become intelligent workers and wise counsellors. Let those with whom you associate see nothing of frivolity in your words and works. You have the knowledge of sacred truth, and you are to honor those truths as men and women who must give an account for the talents entrusted to them.                                     -572-  {LLM 571.2}
[LLM 572.1]         God would have His honor exalted before men as supreme, and His counsels confirmed in the eyes of the people. The witness of the prophet Elijah on Mount Carmel gives the example of one who stood wholly for God and His work in the earth. The prophet calls the Lord by His name, Jehovah God, which He himself had given to denote His condescension and compassion. Elijah calls Him the God of Abraham and Isaac and Israel. He does this that he may excite in the hearts of his backslidden people humble remembrance of the Lord, and assure them of His rich free grace. Elijah prays, "Be it known this day that thou art the God of Israel." The honor of God is to be exalted as supreme, but the prophet asks further that his mission also may be confirmed. "Let it be known that Thou art God in Israel," he prays," and that I am Thy servant, and have done all things at Thy word." "Hear me, O Lord," he pleads, "Hear me." (944) Elijah is intense. As he prayed the silence of death seemed to be about him. As the Amen was spoken, lo, the fire of heaven descended on the sacrifices in sight of the multitude.  {LLM 572.1}
[LLM 572.2]          The people were wonderfully affected by the scene. At the manifestation of God's power, they fell on their faces on the earth, and extolled the God of Abraham, and gave glory to the God of Israel. With a loud voice they shouted, "The Lord, He is the God; the Lord, He is the God."  {LLM 572.2}
[LLM 572.3]         But while the people acknowledged the God of heaven, the priests, with hardened hearts, refused to be convinced. They would remain still the prophets of Baal. Thus they showed themselves ripe for destruction. And Elijah said to the people, "Take the prophets of Baal; let not one of them escape." The time had come when delusion was unveiled. The people saw the false prophets, and when the word was spoken, they fell upon the prophets, brought them down to the brook Kishon, and took part in their slaughter. Thus was Elijah's faith crowned with victory, the priests of Baal put to shame, and the worshipers of false gods confounded.  {LLM 572.3}
[LLM 572.4]          Elijah's whole life was devoted to the work of reform. He was a voice crying in the wilderness to rebuke sin and press back the tide of moral evil. And while he came to the people as a reprover of sin, his message offered the balm of Gilead for the sinsick souls of all who would be healed. His zeal for God's glory and his deep love for the house of Israel present lessons for the instruction of all who stand today as representatives of God's work in the earth. Let the conductors of our institutional work catch the spirit of zeal felt by Elijah and learn its intensity. Let them seek for the grace of God that will give them an experience in advance of that which they have heretofore enjoyed. Let them love the work of God, and pray for its advancement in the world.                                                    -                                       -573-  {LLM 572.4}
[LLM 573.1]          (945)                      May 22, 1911.-5- B. 18, 1911.                                   Sanitarium, Calif., May 18, 1911.     J. A. Burden.        . . . .            I wish to say to Elder Burden that the money which I pledged to help purchase the eighty-five acres will be sent without fail. Please let me know if a couple of weeks' delay will trouble you seriously. I am truly glad that I gave my promise to help to purchase this land, under the influence of the Spirit of God. I felt that the land must be secured; otherwise that we should have reason to regret that we did not obtain it.                                                    -    {LLM 573.1}
[LLM 573.2]          (946)                      June 7, 1911 -5- K.-32-1911.                                   Sanitarium, Calif., June 5, 1911.     Dr. D. H. Kress.        I realize that a place like Loma Linda needs experienced men and women to conduct the work in its different departments. But the Lord is willing to work with all who will commit their ways to Him, and who will be led by the Holy Spirit. All are to be workers with Christ. He commits to His true followers the power of persuasion, the power of His grace and truth, a deep and constant love for His work in home and foreign fields. He gives them hearts that are in earnest in gathering with Christ. With helpers possessing such gifts as these, the medical missionary work cannot be without fruit.  {LLM 573.2}
[LLM 573.3]          The power of persuasion is a wonderful gift. It means much to those who would win souls to Christ. Let us keep our souls in the love of God. If Christ is working with His messengers, fruit will be seen as the result of their efforts.                                                    -    {LLM 573.3}
[LLM 573.4]          (947)                      July 7, '11-5- B.-34-1911.                                   Sanitarium, Calif., June 7, 1911.     Elder J. A. Burden, Loma Linda, Calif.     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:-        I want to say to you both that I am thankful I was moved to speak as I did concerning the piece of land in front of the Loma Linda Sanitarium. I was urged by the Spirit of God to make the pledge of one thousand dollars; and I did so hoping that others, who were better able to give than I, would follow my example. I dared not leave the meeting without following the conviction I had; and now I feel that I have done my duty, showing my faith by my works.                                     -574-  {LLM 573.4}
[LLM 574.1]          I am glad that we were able to send you my part of the first payment a few days ago.  {LLM 574.1}
[LLM 574.2]          I would like to inquire what progress has been made in the raising of means for the purchase of the land. My investment was not made in order to lessen the responsibility of others who should help. Do what you can to encourage those who have money that they can use in the cause, to use it wisely and not let it slip away into speculation. Secure pledges from those who have not money in sight. We need special wisdom to move out at the right time. I thank the Lord that He encouraged me to walk by faith, and I pray that He will help you to show others their privilege in this matter.  {LLM 574.2}
[LLM 574.3]          True faith is the substance of things hope for, and the (948) evidence of things not seen. Thus far the Lord has led us as we have moved under the guidance of His Spirit. He will continue to work for us if we are careful to follow the counsel He gives.  {LLM 574.3}
[LLM 574.4]          Medical missionary work is the pioneer work of the gospel. Let us seek to understand the scope of the work to be done in our sanitariums for the saving of the souls and the healing of the bodies of those who come to us for relief. My soul is drawn out to encourage men and women to see in Christ the great Physician. If they will be drawn to Him, He will be their helper. He understands their every need. He stands ready to heal both body and soul. Let Physicians and nurses learn to tell of the One who has power and who is willing to do a marvelous work for human beings. Talk of His love, tell of His power to save every sinful soul who will cast himself upon Christ's merits. His power will save to the uttermost all who truly accept Him.  {LLM 574.4}
[LLM 574.5]          I am glad that your wife is wholeheartedly united with you in the work. Let her stand by you to give help and encouragement.  {LLM 574.5}
[LLM 574.6]          I have written to you the instruction that has been given me regarding the special work to be done by the lady physicians in our sanitariums. It is the Lord's plan that men shall be trained to treat men, and the women trained to treat women. In the confinement of women, midwives should take the responsibility of the case. In the Bible times it was not considered a proper thing for men to act in this capacity; and it is not the will of God that men should do this work today. Very much evil has resulted from the practice of men treating women, and women treating men. It is a practice according to human devising, and not according to God's plan. Long has the evil been left to grow, but now we lift our voice in protest against that which is displeasing to God.                                       (Signed) Ellen G. White                                                    -                                       -579-  {LLM 574.6}
[LLM 579.1]         (957)                      Aug. 29, 1911.-5- Ms.-13-1911.            Regarding the Purchase of Land Adjoining Loma Linda            Loma Linda is an important center. We needed this place and all its advantages. We were successful in obtaining it, and we have had success in operating it, notwithstanding the opposition shown by some who should have been acting as helpers in the effort to equip the sanitarium properly. I have a deep interest in Loma Linda. It is a beautiful place. For sanitarium work, we could not have a more favorable situation. And it is well adapted for the other lines of work that we desire to see done there.  {LLM 579.1}
[LLM 579.2]          Recently the question arose about securing more of the nearby land that is for sale. One piece, a tract of 86 acres, has already been purchased, and there is another of 47 acres joining the Loma Linda property, which is now offered for sale. Because this piece of land is so near to our Loma Linda buildings, we do not want to see it sold to outsiders, who will divide it up, and sell it to those who may desire to crowd into this neighborhood. In the night season I was talking to our brethren, telling them that this must not be allowed, and pointing out what unfavorable results would follow. If this                                     -580-     piece of land should be purchased by outsiders, and divided up and sold to those who would be no help to our work, the injury to Loma Linda would be serious and lasting. I cannot bear the thought of this. Cannot a group of individuals who are alive to the vital interests of the Lord's work, unite together and make this land our property? Then if we wish to sell any portion of it, let it be sold to our people. There is an orange orchard on the place, and this could be handled to advantage by the sanitarium. The institution is hardly complete (958) without the control of this orange orchard.  {LLM 579.2}
[LLM 580.1]          Will not some of our brethren who thus far have invested but little in Loma Linda, help the Lord's cause by assisting in the purchase of this piece of land? I place this matter before you, feeling sure that you will not allow the land to pass into the hands of unbelievers. We ought not to place ourselves where we shall become unfavorably associated with those who could make it hard for us if they chose to do so, and restrict us to certain limits.  {LLM 580.1}
[LLM 580.2]          Families and institutions should learn to do more in the cultivation and improvement of land. If people only knew the value of the products of the ground, which the earth brings forth in their season, more diligent efforts would be made to cultivate the soil. All should be acquainted with the special value of fruit and vegetables fresh from the orchard and garden. As the number of patients and students increase, more land will be needed. Grape vines should be planted, thus making it possible for the institution to produce its grapes. The orange orchard that is on the place would be an advantage.  {LLM 580.2}
[LLM 580.3]          We must have room to keep ourselves distinct as a Sabbath-keeping people. The Lord has given directions that we are to make provision which will prevent our being harassed and inconvenienced by having to crowd in with unbelievers. I wish I might make on your minds the impression that has been made on mine regarding this matter.  {LLM 580.3}
[LLM 580.4]          If a portion of this land must be sold, we can sell it to the friends of the institution.                                                    -    {LLM 580.4}
[LLM 580.5]          (959)                      MS-15-1911                                   Sanitarium, Calif.. Aug. 29, 1911.                  An Appeal in Behalf of our Medical College.            The proper development of the work at Loma Linda calls for prayerful thought and planning, that the instruction which the Lord has given concerning the work there may be fulfilled. Our people in the Eastern and Middle States, as well as those on the Pacific Coast, should feel an intense interest that a special                                     -581-     work be done at Loma Linda at the present time. It fills me with anxiety to think that any who seek to obtain the benefits of the education that Loma Linda can give, should be turned away because the buildings are insufficient to give them a place. That some patients have had to be turned away from the Sanitarium has caused me sorrow. The work of the Medical College at Loma Linda must not be crippled for lack of room. There must be some way devised to enlarge quickly the buildings for the rooming of students, so that those who seek a training may not be turned away.  {LLM 580.5}
[LLM 581.1]          The students at Loma Linda are seeking for an education that is after the Lord's order, an education that will help them to develop into successful teachers and laborers for others. When their education there is completed, they should be able to go forth and join the intelligent workers in the world's great harvest fields who are carrying forward the work of reform that is to prepare a people to stand in the day of Christ's coming. Everywhere workers are needed who know how to combat disease and give skillful care to the sick and suffering. We should do all in our power to enable those who desire to be thus fitted for service, to gain the necessary training. I am instructed that those among us who have means should become God's agencies in this work.  {LLM 581.1}
[LLM 581.2]          (960) Our people should become intelligent in the treatment of sickness without the aid of poisonous drugs. Many should seek to obtain the education that will enable them to combat disease in its varied forms by the most simple methods. Thousands have been restored to health by simple methods of treatment. Let diligent study be united with faithful ministry. Let prayers of faith be offered by the bedside of the sick. Let the sick be encouraged to claim the promises of God for themselves. "Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." Christ Jesus, the Saviour of men, is to be brought into our labors and councils more and more.  {LLM 581.2}
[LLM 581.3]          I am instructed that there are among us those who should become God's agents to labor for the advancement of this work. The Lord would be pleased to see our people who have means using it freely in opening the way for workers to get a training as medical missionaries. To those who have money we say, Make your donations. The Lord has given us great advantages in bringing into our possession such institutions as Loma Linda. Let us cooperate with Him in making these places a blessing to humanity. By liberal gifts let us say to the burden-bearers at Loma Linda, "Put up your men's dormitory quickly."  {LLM 581.3}
[LLM 581.4]          Elders Irwin and Corliss have been selected to visit our brethren in some of the larger conferences, and to ask for immediate help for Loma Linda. Others also are to be appointed to prepare the way for the work to go forward at Loma Linda. The Lord has made it possible for this place to stand as a training center for medical evangelists. A good beginning has been made, but the work must broaden. Help is needed at this time. Let us (961) make room for the carrying forward of the grand work that                                     -582-     the Lord has specified should be done. Now, just now, let your means be invested to provide the buildings which the carrying on of this work demands. Do not delay. Encourage the brethren who call for means by revealing a spirit that is willing to do the work which greatly needs to be done.  {LLM 581.4}
[LLM 582.1]          I ask you, my brethren and sisters, to do what you can to help, and to do it now. Let your means be invested in this work that is so far-reaching. This is the work of God. He has given us great advantages for the carrying on of His work; He now calls for the advantage of your means, that many may be qualified to go forth to finish up His work in the earth. The Lord will reward all who come forward in emergencies, and do their best. Those who can help should be deeply interested in preparing the way for those who wish to be qualified as missionaries for God. My brethren, and sisters, work for God with your means while you have opportunity. In doing this, you will be using your talent to His name's glory.                                     (Signed) Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -                                       -586-                                                    -    {LLM 582.1}
[LLM 586.1]     (970) Sept. 28, 1911.-5-                H. 78-1911. Elder S. N. Haskell,            Sanitarium, Calif., Sept. 28, 1911.            I have made some investments for Loma Linda to enable that institution to secure land adjoining the sanitarium that was for sale. Had this land been sold to unbelievers, and they had crowded in, the institution would have been placed at a disadvantage. I felt that we could not afford to run this risk. The land is now                                     -587-     purchased, and to that extent we are safe from elements that might work trouble and confusion to our medical school. I could not rest until I had the assurance that we were safe from this possibility. This purchase may mean the keeping away from the institution a class of people who might have proved burdensome. Now that we have this land a burden is rolled off my heart.                                      -590-  {LLM 586.1}
[LLM 590.1]    (976) A Statement Regarding Some Interviews With Mrs. E. G. White.                                           (Feb. 13, 1912.)            Shortly after I reached the office on Tuesday, February 13, 1912, Sister White came into my room, and told me that she had had a strange experience the night before, and experience somewhat similar to that which she passed through during the session of the Pacific Union Conference held at Mountain View in January 1910, when it had seemed as if she were being torn to pieces by the powers of darkness. She said that she had been struggling all night with unseen agencies that were striving to oppress and discourage and thus defeat the purposes of God. The struggle had been a long and wearing one, and at times had seemed as if the enemy might obtain the mastery; but finally, toward morning, the Lord had helped her to gain a decisive victory. The trying experience had left her, however, very weak, and she feared that during the day she would not be able to do much writing.  {LLM 590.1}
[LLM 590.2]          Sister White went on to say that it had seemed during the night as if some of the brethren were misrepresenting matters by placing unfair interpretations upon her writings. The counsels she had given, were being misapplied. Several times, in the course of our conversation, she used the words, misinterpret and misapply; and she brought out clearly the thought that some were making an unwise and an unwarranted use of isolated passages in her writings which, taken out of their original setting, seemed to vindicate and uphold their own policies, and to indicate that                                    -591-     God's cause should be held back. She added that she had been instructed to meet these misinterpretations of her writings by preparing proper presentations, thus meeting the plans of the enemy, and bringing victory to the cause.                                                    -    {LLM 590.2}
[LLM 591.1]          (977) Sunday forenoon, February 25, Sister White again came into my office room, and after spending a few minutes in conversation over various matters pertaining to the manuscript work, she began to outline quite fully her experience in connection with the control of tracts of land adjacent to the Loma Linda Sanitarium. She spent fully half an hour in conversation on this one point, and emphasized the necessity of our being wide awake at times when we have opportunity to gain control of properties close by our leading institutions.  {LLM 591.1}
[LLM 591.2]          Sister White pointed out the advantages of our having control of certain farming lands close by Loma Linda, and even if we should not think best to have them owned always by the institution. She said that it is far better for us to have the deciding voice as to the future disposition of these lands, than allow speculators to come in and subdivide and sell to any one who may choose to buy.  {LLM 591.2}
[LLM 591.3]          She pointed out the fact that there are loyal men or large means who at some time may wish to settle close by Loma Linda, and that these brethren, if thought best, could be permitted to purchase portions of the land we are now seeking to control, and could stand as bulwarks against the invasion of the Loma Linda neighborhood by unfriendly parties.  {LLM 591.3}
[LLM 591.4]          Sister White also said that the growing needs of Loma Linda may make it advisable for the institution to control the farming lands in the future, so as to make suitable provision for the feeding of their stock, etc.  {LLM 591.4}
[LLM 591.5]          Over and over again she emphasized the importance of the opportunity we now have to reveal wisdom by keeping these properties under our own control, even if we could not immediately decide just what disposition ought finally to be made of them; for the interest on the investment required would be largely met by the annual crops that might be produced, and in the end we should not be the losers, (978) even if we should some day decide to sell the lands to those who are favorable to the objects for which the institution has been founded. She said she was sure that our brethren who are gifted with wise discernment will appreciate the advantage of our handling these properties ourselves, thus conserving the interests of the institution, rather than to allow speculators to step in and handle the properties for selfish gain, regardless of the interests of the institution.                                                    -    {LLM 591.5}
[LLM 591.6]          Wednesday morning, February 28, Sister White called me to her office room, and after going over some manuscript work relating to our cause in the Southern States, she dwelt on the                                         -592-     importance of our preparing the publishing proper historical compilations on important missionary enterprises that have been undertaken and carried forward under the special guidance of the Holy Spirit, by workers of large faith. She referred particularly to the story of the work in the South, the story of the earlier experience of our workers in Europe, and the story of the rise and development of the third angel's message in Australia. During the course of our conversation along these lines, Sister White abruptly turned the conversation toward Loma Linda matters, and said that some of the brethren have thought it rather strange that she should take so active a part in the matter of our brethren at Loma Linda securing control of the farming lands lying close by the institutions.  {LLM 591.6}
[LLM 592.1]          Sister White said that when these lands were offered for sale, there were those who would have been glad to purchase them, to sell again as a matter of financial profit.  {LLM 592.1}
[LLM 592.2]          She told me that while at Loma Linda, she was instructed during the night season, "Beware." She awoke, and immediately fell (979) asleep again, when she was further instructed that it was her duty to make proper presentation of the Loma Linda work before the people, just as she had thought of preparing histories of the early experiences of our workers in the South, in Europe, and in Australia, and in connection with the sanitarium and publishing enterprises.  {LLM 592.2}
[LLM 592.3]          Sister White said further that the angel instructed her that there are those who, because of their fear of the consequences of advancing by faith in the opening providences of God in connection with the development of the Loma Linda enterprise, might make a wrong use of her writings concerning the conduct of the work. She was also instructed that there are still others who, in their eagerness to press the work forward, might go too far, if left alone and unaided in their efforts to present to the people the encouraging counsels that have been given regarding the Loma Linda enterprise. In view of this situation, she was instructed that it was her duty to take an active part in the preparation of a correct presentation of the Loma Linda enterprise in all its general features, for publication at an early date.  {LLM 592.3}
[LLM 592.4]          Then Sister White began to speak again of the advantages we shall gain by making a wise use of the farming lands that have recently been secured by friends of the institution. I asked her particularly if she had been instructed to prepare some of her writings regarding Loma Linda, for publication, and she answered in the affirmative, and immediately began speaking again of the control of adjacent properties. She emphasized repeatedly the necessity of our being wide awake, at times when the enemy seeks to thwart the purposes of God concerning the advancement of His work in important centers.  {LLM 592.4}
[LLM 592.5]          Sanitarium, Calif. Feb. 28, 1912. Clarence C. Crisler                                   -598-  {LLM 592.5}
[LLM 598.1]     (990)                  The Work Before Us         MS-11-1912.            Remarks by Mrs. E. G. White to those assembled at the        annual meeting of the College of Medical Evangelists,        Loma Linda Chapel, March 28 (or 23,. 1960), 1912.            As we were coming from Los Angeles, I thought of many things that should be considered at this meeting; but I did not expect to be the one to speak first. This, I say, however, I thank the                                     -599-     Lord that we have this beautiful place. Last night I was considering this: We must always keep in mind that we are doing a work for time and for eternity.  {LLM 598.1}
[LLM 599.1]         In our Los Angeles meeting there was a unity of sentiment in the councils that gives me great encouragement; and here at Loma Linda we must strive to see, not how much we can differ from one another, but how closely we can come into the perfect unity of which the Word of God advises us.  {LLM 599.1}
[LLM 599.2]          (991) Whenever I look at the buildings, the fields, and the orchards here at Loma Linda, I am thankful that we have this beautiful place, thankful for every foot of land that we control. By and by you will see, if you do not understand it now, that the securing of the land was essential. It may not appear to you now that it was necessary for us to secure so large a tract, but I am instructed that our work here must be carried forward on broad lines and in solid unity. That the will of the Lord may be done in this place, we must be in a position where we can understand His pleasure in regard to our words and actions, where we may be always helping forward that work which is most essential. During the night it was again impressed upon my mind that it was through the providence of God we obtained this place when we did. Also that the branching out and enlargement that we have done, and the development of the work as it stands today, is what the Lord would have us do.  {LLM 599.2}
[LLM 599.3]          As a people we cannot stand still. The work must grow as we move forward. We have now come to a time when there will be intensity of action on the part of some whose movements we do not now understand. How then shall we carry the work at such a time, when opportunities for advancement come unexpectedly and difficulties are constantly increasing? We must daily commit our ways to God in faith, and be learning continually of Christ Jesus. He will not leave us to walk in darkness, but will give us the enlightenment of the Holy Spirit.  {LLM 599.3}
[LLM 599.4]          Those who are bearing responsibilities in our institutions and in various branches of the Lord's work, need to be constant learners in the school of Christ. We must understand and know that the Lord is at the head of the work; although we do not always discern His overruling power. At all times it is our privilege to know that He is there, and to have the assurance that He will work with us if we will work with Him. But if one plans one thing and another plans another thing, and each endeavors to lead, we shall get things into confusion. We may avoid this if we will. We may carry this work intelligently, in the love and fear of God. If we will make up our minds to do this at any sacrifice, if we labor patiently, we shall not fail.  {LLM 599.4}
[LLM 599.5]          As I looked out of the window this morning after the fog had lifted, and saw the fields and the orchards in front of the institution, I felt thankful for all the land that is now in our possession. We are not to sell portions hastily to this one and to that; but we are to consider well who it is that we may                                    -600-     sell to. Let every decision be made after prayer and faithful study. We need to cultivate the spirit of prayer, that all our plans may be laid wisely and in the fear of God.  {LLM 599.5}
[LLM 600.1]          (992) The work to be carried on here at Loma Linda is a great work. To carry it forward successfully every one of us must stand in right relation to God, all striving to be learners in the school of Christ. We are not to stand in the position of persons looking for some opportunity to differ from one another. We are not to cherish differences of opinion and keep them to the front; but we are to seek to be of one mind, one heart, one spirit, because there is One who stands at the head, and it is His Character that we are to represent in our labors and association together.  {LLM 600.1}
[LLM 600.2]          When I was here last, representations were given to me showing what we as a people ought to be. We are to labor in perfect harmony, not trying to be as different as possible from our fellow-laborers, or to secure the leadership in some little matter; but striving to learn how to unify. The workers have come here from many different institutions, having different plans and methods of working, but no one is to put himself to the strain to bring in that which is new and odd, or something that nobody else has thought of or approves. Let us rather endeavor to come into harmony, that the blessing of God may rest upon us. We should know and understand that the Lord Jesus is our ruler, if we follow on to know the Lord, we shall know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. The righteousness and peace of God will be given to all who will follow on to know the Lord.  {LLM 600.2}
[LLM 600.3]          My brethren and sisters, harmonize, harmonize. Bring your minds into the right relation to God, and as your minds are sanctified, they will be refined. It cannot be otherwise , because the refining influence of the Spirit of God is upon you. It is for us to understand and appreciate that God has done great things for us. He has manifested such an intense interest in us, and worked so wonderfully in our behalf, that it is impossible for us to fully comprehend His goodness and His grace. He "so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {LLM 600.3}
[LLM 600.4]          (993) Sometimes when I have seen brethren who do not appear to weigh carefully the influence of their words and actions upon those around them, I have felt an intense fear that they would miss the mark. We must talk humbly with God. We must learn to overcome difficulties through faith in the living God. "This is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith."  {LLM 600.4}
[LLM 600.5]          We are here, a large company of workers, consecrated to the service of God. And when I have heard that this one wants to leave because something does not suit him, and another plans to go because he thinks something is going wrong, I have thought, Poor souls; it is you who must change. It is you who must come upon your knees to God, asking for the baptism of His Spirit. What we all need is a consecration and a faith that will stand                                    -601-     the day of test and trial. We must have intelligence and confidence to look to God and say, We trust Thee, Our Saviour; and we will not be driven from our post of duty in order to gratify the enemy of the work.  {LLM 600.5}
[LLM 601.1]         What we need is a right hold on God; and if we have this, we shall come off victorious. Let us ask Him to bind us together in unity of mind, in an understanding of His guidance; and then He can work for us wonderfully. Then we shall see of the salvation of God.  {LLM 601.1}
[LLM 601.2]          I am thankful to see so many of my brethren here today--brethren whom I have not seen for a long time. The Lord will surely reveal Himself to His people in this place, that they may communicate the precious truth to all parts of the world. Let us bear in mind that it is faith that leads to perfection of character. I want to be in that position where I can hear the words of my Saviour to me. Let us each endeavor to keep our minds (994) stayed upon God, and prove the Lord whether He will not give us wisdom and guidance at every step.  {LLM 601.2}
[LLM 601.3]          To the ministers assembled here I will say, Let every minister of the gospel give himself unreservedly to the work of God, laboring intelligently, patiently and with unflagging energy. Hold fast to the truth, as to hidden treasure, and advance constantly. As you advance you will find that you are not alone. You have the presence of Him who said,"Lo I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {LLM 601.3}
[LLM 601.4]          (995)                      MS-15-1912.          You may ask "Why does Sister White read all this? (Matthew 6) I answer, "because there are lessons here that we have not yet learned." God wants us to recognize every gift we receive as coming from Him. When we do this, and gratitude for the goodness of God fills our hearts, a heavenly atmosphere will surround the soul. My brethren and sisters, shall we not strive to order our lives by the truth of God as it is found in His word? We need to be more diligent in the study of the Scriptures. They must be to us, not a make-believe story, but the truth of the living God, the foundation of our faith, the assurance on which we build our hope of eternal life in the kingdom of heaven.  {LLM 601.4}
[LLM 601.5]         I wish to bring before you this morning some things that have been presented to me, showing wherein some of us are making serious mistakes. The minds of many are occupied with the consideration of worldly matters, often to the exclusion of the religion of God's word. The thoughts are more often upon the matter of eating and drinking and dressing than upon the great and important duty of serving God with humility and prayer.  {LLM 601.5}
[LLM 601.6]          The Lord has shown me that in many families decided changes must be brought about it. They need to know what they must do to be saved. If they will inquire diligently the way of life, God will impart to them an understanding of His Word, and teach them to value at their true worth the things of eternity. Then the heart will no longer reach out covetously for worldly benefits and the pleasures of this life.                                     -602-  {LLM 601.6}
[LLM 602.1]          Shall we not give diligent heed to the lessons that I have read? There is an individual work for us to do in union with Christ. We are to put on Christ, put on His (996) qualities of character to represent Him in all our words and actions. When we are willing thus to follow on to know the Lord, walking in humility before Him and being taught of Him daily, the Holy Spirit will work through us, giving us power to represent to the world a better way.  {LLM 602.1}
[LLM 602.2]          "Therefore, I say unto you, Take no (anxious) thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment?" While you do your best, weary not your body and mind with the cares of this life; do not spoil your religious experience by worry; but trust the Lord to work for you, and to do for you what you cannot do for yourself. The life is more than meat, and the body is more than raiment.  {LLM 602.2}
[LLM 602.3]          There is much needless worrying, much trouble of mind, over things that cannot be helped. The Lord would have His children put their trust fully in Him. Our Lord is a just and righteous God. His children should acknowledge His goodness and His justice in the large and the small things of life. Those who cherish the spirit of worry and complaint are refusing to recognize His guiding hand. Needless anxiety is a foolish thing; and it hinders us from standing in a true position before God. When the Holy Spirit comes into the soul, there will be no desire to complain and murmur because we do not have everything we want; rather, we will thank God from a full heart for the blessings that we have. There is great need of more thankfulness among our workers today; and until they have this spirit they will be unprepared for a place in the kingdom of heaven. There is a mighty work to be done for every one of us. We comprehend (997) but little of what God desires to work out through us. We should seek to realize the breadth of His plans, and profit by every lesson that He tried to teach us.  {LLM 602.3}
[LLM 602.4]          A great deal of mischief is wrought in the imagination of our own hearts and minds when we seek to carry our own way contrary to the law of kindness. Here is where many fail. We do not cultivate a disposition to kindness, we want everything to come in an easy way to ourselves. But the question of greatest importance to each one of us should be, not how we can carry our own plans against the plans of others, but how we can have the power to live Christ every day. Christ came to earth and gave His life that we might have eternal salvation. He wants to encircle each of us with the atmosphere of heaven, that we may give to the world an example that will honor the religion of Christ.  {LLM 602.4}
[LLM 602.5]          There is one blessing all may have who seek for it in the right way. It is the Holy Spirit of God; and this is a blessing that brings all others in its train. If we will come to God as little children, asking for His grace and power and salvation, not for our own uplifting, but that we may bring blessing to those around us, our petitions will not be denied. Then let us                                     -603-     study the Word of God that we may know how to take hold of His promises, and claim them as our own. Then we shall be happy. The enemy will be unable to destroy our peace. As we come into right relation to God, we shall see of His salvation.  {LLM 602.5}
[LLM 603.1]         In our schools we do not see the mighty working of the Holy Spirit as we ought. Although we have worked hard that they might be conducted on right lines, and advance in the fear of God, we do not see that willingness to be guided by the Spirit of God (998) that opens the way for its working in the fullness of its power. God desires that His rich blessing shall rest upon teachers and students. When they have the experience of being daily converted to God, the perverse disposition will be overcome; there will be no place for it. The converting power of God will come in to lead the students to act for Christ, to serve and glorify Him who by His infinite sacrifice has made it possible for them to be saved. We need to appreciate more than we do the wonderful condescension of Christ, that we may work out in our lives His gracious character.  {LLM 603.1}
[LLM 603.2]          The Lord has a very special work to do for all who shall become citizens of His kingdom. Here are many young people associating together day after day in labor and in study, and in all things their conduct should reveal that they are controlled by the Spirit of God. They are to receive an education that will result in full consecration to God. And their own conversion is not the end of this education; they are to learn how to win others to the truth. This they will best accomplish by a life that reveals the transforming power of truth. Christ is to be formed within the hope of glory.  {LLM 603.2}
[LLM 603.3]          To those having families I will say, there is a work to be done for your children in your homes. Speak kindly to them. They are the Lord's property; His heritage. You have no right to create unhappiness in their lives. In the home it is the privilege of these children to prepare for the heavenly mansions. By no better way than by their own example can parents help the youth to gain this preparation. They are to learn by example as well as (999) by precept that there must be no coarseness, no unkindness where angels of God dwell.  {LLM 603.3}
[LLM 603.4]          In this life we are to be controlled by the Spirit that rules in the heavenly courts. Righteousness and truth are to go before us. And the glory of the Lord will be the reward of all who serve Him acceptably. They obtain Christ's righteousness.  {LLM 603.4}
[LLM 603.5]          We want our children to be saved; but we must save them in God's appointed way. They must be made to understand that they have something to do if they would win heaven. When I see so many of our children who are receiving no preparation to meet temptation, I feel that I cannot do enough in the line of helping to provide places where they can receive an education in the things of God. But unless, when we gather the youth into such places as this we give them the education that will fit them to be overcomers, we had better not gather them into our institutions. Do we want these children and youth to enter the courts of heaven                                     -604-     and enjoy the blessings of eternal life? Then let us work to this end understandingly, and we shall see blessed results for our labors.  {LLM 603.5}
[LLM 604.1]         Great is our need of the saving grace of Christ. Everywhere we turn we see more or less clearly revealed the spirit of strife for place and position, a reaching out for honor and recognition. My brethren and sisters, if you desire honor, seek it in the right way. How shall you seek it, do you ask? in obedience to the word of truth. Our ambition in this life should be to honor Christ at every step. The hasty temper, the cruel speech, the unkind thought, are not to be indulged. It is not for us to exalt this one, and condemn that one. In right words, words that (1000) bless and encourage, we are to reveal the fruits of righteousness.  {LLM 604.1}
[LLM 604.2]          Have you determined to be rich? Then let these words recorded in the sixth chapter of Matthew impress your heart and direct your life. They will teach you to be content, and to yield your will to the control of the Holy Spirit. You will not then be elbowing your fellow-workers that you may make room for your plans. But your greatest desire will be to work in just the place that God assigned you, and where He can look upon you with approval. Shall we not come into right relation to God? Shall we not put away all strife, which is a manifestation of unconverted self? When you feel sore because you think that somebody else is getting ahead of you, take the matter to the Father in prayer. Ask Him to put the impress of His Spirit upon your mind and character. When you feel like complaining at your lot, look about you for some soul who does not have all the blessings that you enjoy. Speak to him words of hope and comfort and encouragement. Such ministry will be a blessing to him, and a greater blessing to yourself. We need to reach the place where as a people we shall reveal in word and work that the Spirit of God is dwelling within; that we are over-comers by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony. It is our privilege to make the battle of life easier for those with whom we associate. Shall we not endeavor to do this? If we will partake of Christ's labors for the uplifting and redemption of souls, we shall hear His words of benediction, "Well done, good and faithful servant; enter thou into the joy of thy Lord."  {LLM 604.2}
[LLM 604.3]         Pure and undefiled religion,--this is our great need. When the religion of Christ is permitted to hold sway in our lives, there will be advance moves made that will reveal to all in this place the working of divine power. Our lives will be unselfish thoughtful lives, as we unitedly follow heavenward the path of self-denial and cross-bearing.  {LLM 604.3}
[LLM 604.4]          (1001) There is a great work for our people to do in this place. You have great advantages here,--advantages that have cost much labor and prayer to secure. I remember how hard we labored to secure this property. Now additional property has come to us. We are glad of this addition, for we need every foot of this land. Our duty in regard to this matter is very clear to                                     -605-     my mind; and I mean to work in harmony with the light given to me. We are talking of enlarging our facilities, of adding more buildings; but I would not urge that this work go forward unless a different spiritual atmosphere shall pervade the institution. There is a spirit of strife for position with some. This must be overcome. When the soul is truly converted, all questions of promotion will be decided in the light of eternal interests.  {LLM 604.4}
[LLM 605.1]          It has been presented to me that unless changes are wrought in the dispositions of many who are here, they will never enter the kingdom of heaven. With some, self is uppermost. Contention and emulation are being cherished, the Spirit of God cannot control, but the enemy comes in to suggest and advise. My brethren and sisters, you cannot afford to permit this condition to continue. You cannot afford to make self-service first. This will destroy our work. It must not be that we have taken all these large responsibilities upon us for naught. We must do our work intelligently, and to the very best of our ability, if we would bring glory to God. His Spirit must come in and abide.  {LLM 605.1}
[LLM 605.2]          The Lord wants us to be Christlike, to represent to the world the beauties of Christian character. This has not always been done in this place by all the workers. When the character of Christ is reflected in God's professed people, they will desire, not the place of greatest honor, but the place that God chooses for them. "Learn of Me", the great Teacher said, "for I am meek, (1002) and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls." Christ wants us to work out the dispositions that He will work in, as we yield our lives to His fashioning.  {LLM 605.2}
[LLM 605.3]          My brethren and sisters, let us stand where Heaven can cooperate with us, where the grace of God and His Holy Spirit can rest upon us, and work through us. I was going away today, but I felt that before departing I must lay before you the great need of the converting power of God if the workers in this institution are to obtain the experience that was in His purpose in the establishing of this institution. All this seeking for the highest place, all this determination to carry our individual ideas and desires should stop right now. It does not please the Master. God wants us to be converted from our ways to His way.  {LLM 605.3}
[LLM 605.4]          As a people we are being watched by the world, and we should conduct ourselves in such a way that men and women will be convinced that we have something that they have not. We need the help of all who are located here. If any have concluded that they cannot throw their energies into this work, there is the world before them. God bids His people order their lives by the living principles that moved Christ to sacrifice Himself for the saving of the lost. The Son of God gave His life to redeem the youth. What shall we do for them? What shall we do for those older in years? My brethren, you need first to order your own lives by the plan of salvation, then gather with Christ with all the powers of your being. Then the Lord will work through your efforts.                                     -606-  {LLM 605.4}
[LLM 606.1]          When I consider how hard we have worked in different places to establish health institutions, I feel it my duty to impress upon the workers connected with them that they have a great responsibility to act in a way that will rightly represent the principles that are the foundation of this message. They should be righteous in word and deed. Strife and contention, (1003) which is of the devil, should find no place in their experience.  {LLM 606.1}
[LLM 606.2]          We may inherit the things prepared for God's people from the foundation of the world, if we will live in harmony with the righteous life of Christ. Let there be no contention, no strife. There is room enough in the world; there is opportunity for all to perfect a Christian character. Let us take hold of this work intelligently. Then when any change takes place in the working of the cause here, it will be seen, in the course taken by the workers, that their dispositions are being molded by the Spirit of God, that the grace of Christ is sanctifying character.  {LLM 606.2}
[LLM 606.3]         I do not want to weary you; I have spoken long enough, but, my brethren, I want you to understand how greatly I appreciate everything that is for the advantage of this place. I pray that from this institution an army of workers may go forth to glorify the One who gave His life for us. Oh, that we might all show in our daily lives that we appreciate this gift. May God bless you every one, is my prayer.                                     -611-                                                    -    {LLM 606.3}
[LLM 611.1]          (1012)                     MS. 71, 1912.                             Be of Good Cheer                           By Ellen G. White            Words addressed to board of directors of the College        of Medical Evangelists, Loma Linda, Calif., Nov. 9, 1912.            I feel very thankful that it is our privilege to believe in God, and to walk carefully in accordance with the instruction He has given us in His Word. If we do this, our hearts will respond to the impressions of the Spirit of God, and we shall follow on to know the Lord, whose going forth is prepared as the morning, so we are to expect the revelations of His grace as we advance.  {LLM 611.1}
[LLM 611.2]          But if we keep silent, if we do not feel the importance of moving in harmony with His will, we shall not have His blessing attending us. We cannot afford, brethren and sisters, to be without His help and guidance. We need to be in a position where we can talk with God. We are to commune with Him. He who is our sanctification, our righteousness, has given us the privilege of being in a position where we may have a continually increasing faith. We must ever live by faith, and follow on to know the Lord.  {LLM 611.2}
[LLM 611.3]          God's promises to us are so rich, so full, that we need never hesitate or doubt: we need never waver or backslide. In view of the encouragements that are found all through the Word of God, we have no right to be gloomy or despondent. We may have weakness of body; but the compassionate Saviour says: "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened."  {LLM 611.3}
[LLM 611.4]          Will you believe these assurances? Will you say, "Yes, Lord, I take Thee at Thy word. I will begin where I am, to                                   -612-     talk (1013) an increase of faith; I will take hold of the promises; they are for me"? O brethren and sisters, what we want is a living, striving, growing faith in the promises of God, which are indeed for you and for me.  {LLM 611.4}
[LLM 612.1]                          Words of Encouragement          Many, many times I have been instructed by the Lord to speak words of courage to His people. We are to put our trust in God, and believe in Him, and act in accordance with His will. We must ever remain in a position where we can praise the Lord and magnify His name. Then we shall see light in His Word, and follow on to know Him, whose going forth is prepared as the morning. Read 1 Peter 1:1-5.  {LLM 612.1}
[LLM 612.2]          These words are all-sufficient evidence that God desires us to receive great blessings. His promises are so clearly stated that there is no cause for uncertainty. He desires us to take Him at His word. At times we shall be in great perplexity, and not know just what to do. But at such times it is our privilege to take our Bibles, and read the messages He has given us; and then get down on our knees, and ask Him to help us. Over and over again He has given evidence that He is a prayer-hearing and a prayer-answering God. He fulfills His promises in far greater measure than (1014) we expect to receive help.  {LLM 612.2}
[LLM 612.3]                                Perplexities          So long as Satan continues to live, we shall have perplexity; and if we choose to follow the counsel of the enemy, we shall have constant difficulty; but if we refuse to yield to satanic influences, choosing rather to lay hold on God and on the promises of His Word, we shall be able to help and strengthen and uphold one another. Thus we shall bring into the work with which we are connected a spirit of courage.  {LLM 612.3}
[LLM 612.4]          Never are we to utter a word that would arouse doubt or fear, or that would cast a shadow over the minds of others. I am determined not to permit myself to speak discouraging words; and when I hear criticism and complaint, or an expression of doubt and fear, I know that he who thus speaks has his eyes turned away from the Saviour. I know every such person does not appreciate Him who at infinite sacrifice left the royal courts and came down into the world that was lost, and lived among the children of men in order that He might speak words of hope and good cheer to the discouraged and desponding.  {LLM 612.4}
[LLM 612.5]          Wherever we are, we are under obligation, as disciples of our Lord and Master, to anchor our faith in the promises of God. Individually we are to believe. We are not to cast about for a possible doubt, or imagine that sometime we may have to stand beneath the shadow of a cloud that seems to be gathering.                                     -613-     We are chosen of God to be His children. We have been bought with an infinite price, and we have no occasion for placing the suggestion of the enemy before the assurances of the Lord Jesus Christ.  {LLM 612.5}
[LLM 613.1]          The Lord desires us to act sensibly. We shall have trials; we need never expect anything else; for the time has not yet come when Satan is to be bound. Wherever we may be, we shall continue to have trials. But if we give up to the suggestions of the enemy, we lose the battle. Can we afford to yield to the (1015) arch-deceiver? Oh, no! We are to turn for help and deliverance to Him who "according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ," even the hope of an eternal inheritance reserved for those "who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation."  {LLM 613.1}
[LLM 613.2]          I was here at Loma Linda when this place was purchased. As I spoke to the people the power of God came into our midst, again and again. On the occasion of my first visit to look over the property, I knelt right down with our brethren and the representatives of the owners of the place who were here; I knelt right down in the midst of them and prayed to God about the work that should be undertaken and carried forward in Loma Linda. When I got up, some of those who were not of our faith seemed to be deeply moved. From that time I have ever felt under bounden duty to God to make of this place just what it should be. I know that there are men here who have wrestled in the cause of God, and I know that they have passed through an experience that they never would have had if Satan had not had the power to oppress them.  {LLM 613.2}
[LLM 613.3]          Let us all strive to make of Loma Linda just what God means it should be. This is the principle thing I have to say-- make of this place what God would have you make of it. Every one of you is under bounden duty to God to labor in harmony, and press the battle to the gate. (Note: This article, except last two paragraphs, above, in N. L.)  {LLM 613.3}
[LLM 613.4]          If unbelievers come in and talk their doubts and fears, remember that Satan is not dead. He has agencies through whom he works. But shall we become discouraged because of this? Oh, no! Christ, our Saviour, lives and reigns. Let us not look on the dark side. As soon as we yield to the temptation to do this, we shall have plenty of company. But there is nothing to be gained by looking on the dark side. What we want is courage in the Lord; and we want to follow on to know the Lord, that we may know that His going forth is prepared as (1016) the morning. This is not going back into darkness. You know how the morning is prepared. If you follow on to know the Lord every day, you will increase in brightness, in courage, in faith,                                     -614-     and the Lord Jesus will be to you a present help in every time of need.--MS, 71, 1912.                                                    -    {LLM 613.4}
[LLM 614.1]          (1017)     An Important Interview Regarding                           Physicians' Wages            (On the morning of Dec. 4, 1913, the leading brethren        of the Pacific Union Conference conferred with Mrs. E.        G. White at her Elmshaven home in regard to the remuneration        of our sanitarium Physicians. A stenographic report        of the interview was made and the ribbon copy bears a        handwritten note of endorsement by Mrs. White in these        words: "This is correctly presented, and I repeat this        for the benefit of others. May the Lord help us and teach        and guide us at every step in our difficulties." Essential        portions of the report of this Interview follow.--        Compilers of Selected Messages II, p. 202.)            Present: Ellen G. White, Elders F. M Burg, G. W. Reaser, W. M. Adams, J. H. Behrens, C. L. Taggart, A. G. Christiansen, W. C. White; Also C. C. Crisler.  {LLM 614.1}
[LLM 614.2]          After introductions and greetings, Elder W. C. White said in part:  {LLM 614.2}
[LLM 614.3]          All day yesterday we were considering the interests of our various schools in the Pacific Union Conference. In these schools located at Angwin, Lodi, Fernando, Armona, and Loma Linda, there are between six and seven hundred students in training. We were encouraged as we took counsel together regarding these schools.  {LLM 614.3}
[LLM 614.4]          Today we must enter into consideration of sanitarium problems, particularly the question of the wages we should pay to physicians and surgeons. We have in our _____ Sanitarium a God-fearing physician who has won the confidence of all his associates--a man whom God has blessed greatly in his ministry to the sick. He wants to remain, and everybody wants him to remain, and he feels that it would be right for him to remain if his brethren could grant him a wage about twice as large as that paid to our average workers. He loves to give freely, and he wishes to have funds with which to live and to use for this purpose. We are much perplexed, and we would be glad to know if you have any light on this matter.  {LLM 614.4}
[LLM 614.5]          Sister White: If he is granted considerably more than other physicians, they will come to believe they are not treated (1018) right unless they have more also. We must move cautiously and understandingly, and not allow wages to creep up so high that many will be tempted. There may have to be a coming down                                     -615-     rather than a going up, in physicians' wages; because there is a great work to be done. Unless you have some clear light from the Lord, it is not advisable to pay one man considerably more than another doing similar work. For, if you do, the other will think it perfectly proper to expect similar high wages. We must look at things on all sides, and it is of no use for us to think that we can offer a successful worker a high wage simply because he may demand it. We must rather, consider what we can afford to do at the present time, when the fields are opening upon which we shall henceforth have to expend much more means than we have spent hitherto. These are matters that will test the faith of our people.  {LLM 614.5}
[LLM 615.1]          W. C. White: They do test our faith, Mother,--especially when a group of workers have labored with a man until they have learned to love him and adore him and they believe that he can do better work than any other man. Then it is natural for them to think that it is wrong for the brethren to withhold from him that which he might use to advantage. They think, "What is a thousand dollars, or fifteen hundred dollars, extra, when life is involved?" They say, "Here is such and such a case that he has just brought through, and there is another whose life he has saved;" and they feel as if it would be awfully mean of us not to meet his requirements. They say, "There is no one who has to work and suffer as does a surgeon. Think of the hours of arduous labor, of anxiety, of mental anguish they have to endure, when a precious life is hanging by a slender thread."  {LLM 615.1}
[LLM 615.2]          But on the other hand, in considering this matter, we must remember that other institutions are influenced by our action. We see a poor struggling sanitarium situated in a beautiful place, in a position to do a large business, and with every prospect of making money if only they can have a brilliant physician; and they can get a good physician if they are encouraged to pay only three to five hundred dollars more than the wage scale recommended. They say, "If you will only let us pay a few hundred dollars more than you have advised, we can gain five thousand dollars to cover this small additional expense for wages." And thus it seems--when we look at it from a business point of view.  {LLM 615.2}
[LLM 615.3]          (1019) Sister White: You see there is a selfishness that underlies that, that the Lord is not pleased with. We must work harmoniously. It is through harmonious action that our work is to be carried forward, and some will have a very hard time. Some will have an easier time. But all these things will have to be taken just as they come, and the workers must remember what Jesus gave in coming to our world. I think of it over and over and over again, and it seems to me that we can do an excellent work, if we set a right example. But if we desire that which the most of our brethren can not receive, this injures our                                   -616-     influence. One brother says, "Such and such a brother has a certain wage, and I must have a wage to correspond." And so the wages will climb, and keep climbing, higher and still higher. The fact is, that the wage of some may have to be lower and still lower in order that we may meet the extensive requirements of the work that is before us in warning the world.  {LLM 615.3}
[LLM 616.1]          O, I am so thankful that the Lord has given me a little strength that I may use in completing my books! I have not gotten through yet. I have not completed all that I desire to see done. I mean to take just as good care of myself as possible, that I may complete intelligently the work the Lord has entrusted to me. And in all this I desire to share with my brethren in self-denial. What we want, brethren, is to be an example in all matters, whether man sees it or not. Let us remember, brethren, that the Lord sees every sacrifice we make individually for the spread of the truth. But if you encourage some to receive a wage considerably higher than that which their brethren are receiving, others will desire to climb just as high; and if they are not allowed to do so, they will become dissatisfied. (1020 begins)  {LLM 616.1}
[LLM 616.2]          Brethren, we cannot afford to lay a stumbling-block in the path of any soul simply because they think they must have matters arranged so and so. The Lord desires us to be consistent in everything. He desires us to follow the self-sacrificing example of Christ, and when we do that, His blessing rests upon us. When we go to various places and our brethren know that we have been tempted to ask for higher pay but that we have overcome this temptation, He will give us influence with the people. It is not the higher pay that brings success. Success comes through following in the footsteps of the Saviour, in self-denial and self-sacrifice. When we do this, the Lord pronounces His blessing upon us. He discerns the hidden motives, and when the work that is to be done is especially difficult and taxing, His grace will be sufficient for our every need.  {LLM 616.2}
[LLM 616.3]          Even if we as laborers of God go beyond that which seems to be for the good of our health and strength, we may look to Him in confidence, casting our helpless soul upon Him, and realizing that He who Himself led a self-sacrificing life of toil on this earth will acknowledge our faithfulness, and will help us marvelously. When we come to hard places, the angels of God will be right impressions upon those with whom we are associated, and to whom we are ministering.  {LLM 616.3}
[LLM 616.4]          (1021 begins) Some may think that I ought to be in the field, at work, and brethren, it is in my heart to do public labor at general meetings. But at my age if I should undertake to travel from place to place, I would soon use up the little remnant of strength I still have, and would be unable to do the special work the Lord has called me to do. In former                                     -617-     years I was strengthened to labor early and late, both in writing for the press and in public speaking. Now I am spending my chief energies in gathering up the fragments, and in preparing for publication that which should be placed in the hands of the people. If I had the strength, I should be very willing to go anywhere and to bear heavy burdens,--not that I desire to lift up myself, but that I might do some one some good.  {LLM 616.4}
[LLM 617.1]          Those who have the cause of God at heart, must realize that they are not working for themselves or for the small wage they may be receiving, and that God can make the little they do receive, go farther than they may think it can. He will give them satisfaction and blessing as they go forward in self-sacrificing labor. And He will bless every one of us as we labor in the meekness of Christ. And when I see some seeking for higher wages, I say to myself, "They are losing a precious blessing," I know this to be a fact. I have seen it worked out again and again.  {LLM 617.1}
[LLM 617.2]          Now brethren, let us take hold and do the very best that we possibly can, without asking for higher wages except as we find that it is an impossibility to do the work given us without more; but even then let others see this necessity as well as ourselves, for God puts it into their hearts to see it, and they will speak the word that will have more influence than for us to speak a thousand words. They will speak words that will give us a proper standing before the people. The Lord is our helper and God, our frontguard, and our rearward.  {LLM 617.2}
[LLM 617.3]          (1022) As we bring ourselves into right relationship with God, we shall have success wherever we go; and it is success that we want, not money--living success, and God will give it to us because He knows all about our self-denial. He knows every sacrifice that we make. You may think that your self-denial does not make any difference, that you ought to have more consideration, and so on. But it makes a great difference with the Lord. Over and over again I have been shown that when individuals begin to reach out after higher and still higher wages something comes into their experience that places them where they stand no longer on vantage ground. But when they take the wage that carries on the face of it the fact that they are self-sacrificing, the Lord sees their self-denial and He gives them success and victory. This has been presented to me over and over again. The Lord that seeth in secret will reward openly for every sacrifice that His tried servants have been willing to make.  {LLM 617.3}
[LLM 617.4]          The brethren often leave their families and make many other sacrifices in behalf of the cause that they love more than anything else in life. They may be tempted to think that in return for this self-denial they ought to receive more remuneration; but the more they might receive would not always bring                                    -618-     them a blessing. If they go forward in a spirit of cheerfulness, others will follow their example; and as they go forward, following on to know the Lord more perfectly, they will know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. The Lord guards the men that are willing to brave hardship and danger in order to reach precious souls in out-of-the-way places. He regards their determination to make His cause first. He honors those who are willing to endure hardness as good soldiers of Christ. He sees every sacrifice that is made; He sees the end from the beginning, and He will care for every one of His servants who remain faithful. There have been times when I have thought that my brethren might have done better than they did do in my behalf. But I have been careful about criticizing. I have thought of the great sacrifice Christ made in giving His life for a lost world. God gave His only begotten Son to save fallen man, and the offering that was made was prompted by the spirit of self-sacrifice.  {LLM 617.4}
[LLM 618.1]          (1023) In years past, when this subject of wages has been under consideration, I have told my brethren that the Lord knows all about the spirit that prompts us to action, and that He can turn matters in our favor at times we do not expect it. As we set a right example the blessing of the Lord will rest upon us. I have seen the Lord work in many ways and in many places to help the very ones that view these matters in the right light and set a self-sacrificing example. And, brethren, as you labor earnestly, prayerfully, humbly, in the spirit of Christ, God will open doors before you. The people will see your self-denial.  {LLM 618.1}
[LLM 618.2]          At times when my brethren have come to me, seeking advice as to whether they should demand a higher wage, I have told them they might gain a little means by asking for higher waves, but that the blessing of God will accompany those who follow a different course. God sees the self-denial; the Lord God of Israel sees every motive; and when you come into a hard place, the angels of God are there to help you, and to give you victory after victory.  {LLM 618.2}
[LLM 618.3]          I have been very clear in counselling my brethren not to demand large wages, for this is not the impelling motive that leads us to spend our energies in the work of soul-saving. We are not to let the wage question stand in the way of our responding to the call of duty, wherever our services may be required. The Lord can bring matters around so that a blessing will attach to our labors far exceeding any compensation we may or may not receive; and He will give to His servants words to speak that are of the highest consequence to perishing souls.  {LLM 618.3}
[LLM 618.4]          (1024) The people are hungering and thirsting for help from heaven. I have tried to put in practice these principles of self-sacrifice, and I know whereof I speak when I say that                                     -619-     the blessing of God will rest upon you when you make the call of duty first. I am glad for this privilege of testifying before you this morning that the Lord has turned matters, over and over again, in such a way as to give us more than we could possibly ask for. The Lord will prove His servants; and if they prove true to Him, and leave their cases with Him, He will help them in every time of need.  {LLM 618.4}
[LLM 619.1]          We are not laborers together for God for the wages we may receive in His service. True brethren, you must have wages with which to support your families; but if you should begin to stipulate as to just how much you shall receive, you may prove a stumbling-block to some one else who does not have the disposition, perhaps, that you have to be liberal; and the result will be confusion. Others will think that all are not dealt with on an equality. You will soon find that the cause of God will become cramped; and this result you do not desire to see. You wish to see the cause of God placed on vantage ground. By your example, as well as by your words, the people are to have a living assurance that the truth received into the heart begets a spirit of self-denial. And as you go forward in this spirit, there are many that will follow.  {LLM 619.1}
[LLM 619.2]          The Lord desires His children to act in that self-denying self-sacrificing way that will bring to us the satisfaction of having performed our duty well because it was duty. The only Begotten Son of God gave Himself to an ignominious death on the cross, and should we complain at the sacrifice we are called upon to make?  {LLM 619.2}
[LLM 619.3]         (1025) During my wakeful hours through the night season, I have been pleading with the Lord to guard our brethren against the tendency to promise to go here or there on the stipulation that they are to have a little higher wage. If they go in a spirit of self-sacrificing, trusting in Him, the Lord will grant sustaining power to mind and character, and success will be the result.  {LLM 619.3}
[LLM 619.4]          In the future, our work is to be carried forward in self-denial and self-sacrifice even beyond that which we have seen in past years. God desires us to commit our souls to Him, that He may work through us in manifold ways. I feel intensely over these matters. Brethren, let us walk in meekness and lowliness of mind, and put before our associates an example of self-sacrifice. If we do our part in faith, God will open ways before us now undreamed of.  {LLM 619.4}
[LLM 619.5]          W. C. White: How shall we meet this condition? Some of our physicians, like Dr. _____ and Dr. _____ and others, who are big-hearted and generous, are brought into contact with sickness and poverty and distress, and they feel intensely the importance of advance moves in the church and in the institutions                                   -620-     with which they are connected, and they feel that they must give. They love to give. They make big donations, and they keep making big donations, and they say, "We need money so that we can keep on giving." How ought we to meet such proposals? Shall we put the money into their hands in the form of wages, or ought our institutions that have a surplus be willing to respond liberally to the requests to these men to do things for the poor and needy who greatly desire help?  {LLM 619.5}
[LLM 620.1]          Sister White: Yes, that is the way the matter should be handled. The institution should do what it can to help.  {LLM 620.1}
[LLM 620.2]          (1026) W. C. White: Sometimes the brethren call the attention of the management to certain needy cases, and they are met with the response, "We cannot afford it; there are lots of poor people in the world, and we cannot help them all." Then the physicians say, "We must have money to use in urgent cases, and the surest way to get it is to demand a liberal wage."  {LLM 620.2}
[LLM 620.3]          Sister White: That is not the best way. If matters are arranged so that the cause of God will be served to the best account, angels of God will work, and a right influence will be exerted. As those connected with the institutions share in sacrifice, the minds of the people will be impressed and all will be inspired to do the utmost of their ability. But if men feel that they cannot labor in our institutions unless they have large wages, they will meet with disappointment. This has been presented to me over and over again.  {LLM 620.3}
[LLM 620.4]          Let us not forget the infinite sacrifice Christ has made in our behalf. That He might obtain for us heaven, He hung on the cross and suffered death--a most shameful death. If He were willing to give Himself freely in order that we might have life everlasting, how glad we should be for the privilege of service, and how eager we should be to follow His example of self-sacrifice.  {LLM 620.4}
[LLM 620.5]          Many nights, when I think of these matters, I am unable to sleep. I keep saying to myself, O if I could only go before the public as I used to and set before them the self-sacrificing Saviour as our divine Pattern, how glad I would be! But my age does not permit me to do this at present.  {LLM 620.5}
[LLM 620.6]          W. C. White: Mother often mourns that she cannot go out as in former years to attend general meetings; but I try to encourage her that she can do more for the cause of God by sending out her writings for others to use in all parts of the field, than by attempting to attend meetings in a small portion of the field.  {LLM 620.6}
[LLM 620.7]          (1027) Sister White: In former years God blessed me as I went from place to place, preaching the Word. He gave me some                                    -621-     remarkable experiences in temperance work, near Boston, where I was permitted to address thousands of people. During these meetings when I spoke in response to the invitation of those not of our faith, I usually refused to accept any remuneration for such labor, so that they might not misinterpret my motives.  {LLM 620.7}
[LLM 621.1]          W. C. White: May I tell the brethren of the things you said to me at New Castle, N. S. W., about the reform that we as a people must stand for in the matter of high charges? There are many others things you have said we should stand for, like men nursing men, and women nursing women; and some of these matters have been written out and printed. But I am not sure that this that you told me at that time has ever been written out, and I should like to repeat it to these brethren in your presence, so that you can testify as to whether I have told it correctly or not.  {LLM 621.1}
[LLM 621.2]          In New Castle, you remember, we were down there one time when Brother Starr and others were holding meetings. One Friday afternoon you and I were walking out by the creek, and you said that there was a reformation that we must stand for, in medical practice that was just as important as the discarding of drugs, and that was, the matter of very high charges for medical service.  {LLM 621.2}
[LLM 621.3]          E. G. White: I have some things written regarding this, but have not brought them before the public. I have not had a chance to prepare all the matter that I would like to prepare. But I mean to give myself to it.  {LLM 621.3}
[LLM 621.4]          W. C. White: Well, we are getting past our meeting's hour before we knew it. It seems to me, Mother, as if the Lord gave you thoughts this morning to help us in our present perplexities.  {LLM 621.4}
[LLM 621.5]          (1028) (Voices: Yes, Amen, True.) And we thank Him for it. Before we go may we kneel down and thank Him for these words of counsel, and pray for guidance today. And we will also ask your prayers that we may be guided today while we are considering many very perplexing matters.  {LLM 621.5}
[LLM 621.6]          E. G. White: Well brethren, if some one proposes something that is not in accordance with self-sacrificing principles on which our work is based, let us remember that one stroke of God's Hand can sweep away all seeming benefit because it was not to His Name's glory.  {LLM 621.6}
[1NL 0.1]         1NL - Notebook Leaflets from the Elmshaven Library Vol. 1 (1945)      Table of Contents    Notebook Leaflets, Volume 1                                         Page                                   Christian Experience    1.  The Loving Watchcare of Jesus (Portion of        a letter to W. C. White)                                       9  2.  Christ Holds Control                                             11  3.  Willing to Spend and Be Spent                                    13  4.  How to Deal With Error                                           15  5.  How to Be Preserved From Deceptive Influences                    17  6.  By Faith See Jesus (Portion of a letter        to Elder Uriah Smith, Jan. 12, 1898)                           19  7.  Unity and Devotion                                               21  8.  In Every Place                                                   23  9.  Fortitude in Affliction                                          25  10. Our Duty to the Missionary Work                                  27  11. A Deeper Experience ("Sunnyside",        Cooranbong,  Australia, Dec. 5, 1898)                          31  12. Examine Yourselves                                               33  13. "No Other Gods Before Me"                                        37  14. Be of Good Cheer                                                 39  15. Good Angels More Powerful Than Evil                              43  16. Our Duty to Represent the Master (to        W. C. White)                                                   45                                        The Church    17. (1) Babylon and the Remnant Church                               49  18. (2) Restlessness and Accusation                                  53  19. (3) Apostasies                                                   57  20. (4) The Pillars of Our Faith                                     61  21. (5) Relation of Faith and Works                                  63                                                   iv    22. (6) Doubting the Testimonies                                     67  23. (7) What Are We Worth?                                           69  24. (8) An Earnest Appeal                                            73                                       Education    25. (1) The Church School Question                                   77  26. (2) Appeal to Young Men                                          81  27. (3) Parents and Children                                         85  28. (4) A Work of Co-operation                                       89  29. (5) Home Training                                                93  30. (6) Useful Occupation Better Than Games                          97                                        Methods    31. (1) Admonition Will Be Heard                                     101  32. (2) How to Present Truth                                         105  33. (3) Deeper Consecration                                          107  34. (4) The Teaching of Extreme Views                                109  35. (5) Appeal to a Popular Evangelist                               113  36. (6) Christ's Lifework and Ours                                   117  37. (7) The Attitude in Prayer                                       119  38. (8) Be Earnest and Steadfast                                     123  39. (9) Brace Your Souls for Action                                  125  40. (10) A Variety of Gifts                                          127  41. (11) A Perfect Service Required by God                           131  42. (12) Give the Medical Missionary Work Its Place                  135  43. (13) How to Open Closed Doors                                    139                                                  v    Notebook Leaflets, Volume 2    1.  "Preach the Word"                                                153  2.  (No record of a No. 2)                                           165    {1NL 0.1}
[1NL 9.1]     Chap. 1 -The Loving Watchcare of Jesus  ［PORTION OF  LETTER WRITTEN FEBRUARY 18, 1904.］    By Ellen G. White         As I write I have a deep sense of gratitude for the loving watchcare of our Saviour over us all. As I read the Word of God and kneel in prayer, I am so impressed with the goodness and mercy of God that I cannot offer my petition without weeping. My heart is subdued and broken as I think of my heavenly Father's goodness and love. I hunger and thirst for more and still more of Jesus in this life. Christ was crucified for me, and shall I complain if I am crucified with Christ? . . .  {1NL 9.1}
[1NL 9.2]          We know not what is before us, and our only safety is in walking with Christ, our hand in His, our hearts filled with perfect trust. Has He not said, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me"? Let us keep close to the Saviour. Let us walk humbly with Him, filled with His meekness. Let self be hid with Him in God. . . .  {1NL 9.2}
[1NL 9.3]                                     The Outward Adorning        Those who cherish and flatter self, fostering pride and vanity, giving to dress and appearance the time and attention that ought to be given to the Master's work, are incurring a fearful loss. Many who are clothed in beautiful outward garments know nothing of the inward adorning that is in the sight of God of great price. Their fine clothing covers a heart that is sinful and diseased, full of vanity and pride. They know not what it means to "seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God."  {1NL 9.3}
[1NL 9.4]         I long to be filled day by day with the Spirit of Christ. The treasure of His grace is of more value to me than gold or silver or costly array. I never felt a more earnest longing for righteousness than at the present time.  {1NL 9.4}
[1NL 9.5]                                       Self an Idol          When my sisters catch a glimpse of what Christ has suffered in their behalf, that they might become children of God by adoption, they will no longer be satisfied with worldly pride and self-love. No longer will they worship self. God will be the object of their supreme regard.  {1NL 9.5}
[1NL 9.6]          My heart aches as I am shown how many there are who make self their idol. Christ has paid the redemption price for them. To Him belongs the service of all their powers. But their hearts are filled with self-love, and the desire for self-adorning. They give no thought to the words, "Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." Self-gratification is hiding Christ from their view. They have no desire to walk before God in meekness and lowliness. They are not looking to Jesus. They are not praying that they may be changed into His likeness. Their cases are represented by the man who came to the king's banquet clothed in his common citizen dress. He had refused to make the preparation required by the king. The garment provided for him at great cost he disdained to wear. To the king's demand, "How camest thou in hither not having a wedding garment?" he could answer nothing. He was speechless; for he was self-condemned.  {1NL 9.6}
[1NL 9.7]          Many who profess to be Christians are such only in name. They are not converted. They keep self prominent. They do not sit at the feet of Jesus, as Mary did, to learn of Him. They are not ready for Christ's coming.  {1NL 9.7}
[1NL 9.8]                                    A Great Surprise          In the night season I was in a company of people whose hearts were filled with vanity and conceit. Christ was hid from their eyes. Suddenly in loud, clear accents, the words were heard, "Jesus is coming to take to Himself those who on this earth have loved and served Him, to be with Him in His kingdom forever." Many of those in the company went forth in their costly apparel to meet Him. They kept looking at their dress. But when they saw His glory, and realized that their estimation of one another had been so largely measured by outward appearance, they knew that they were without the robe                                                                              10  of Christ's righteousness, and that the blood of souls was on their garments.  {1NL 9.8}
[1NL 10.1]                                         Left Behind          When Christ took His chosen ones, they were left; for they were not ready. In their lives self had been given the first place, and when the Saviour came, they were not prepared to meet Him.  {1NL 10.1}
[1NL 10.2]          I awoke with the picture of their agonized countenances stamped on my mind. I cannot efface the impression. I wish I could describe the scene as it was presented to me. Oh, how sad was the disappointment of those who had not learned by experience the meaning of the words, "Ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God."  {1NL 10.2}
[1NL 10.3]          There are many professing Christians who know not Christ by an experimental knowledge. Oh, how my heart aches for these poor, deceived, unprepared souls! As I stand before congregations, and see the self-sufficient, self-righteous ones, and know that they are not preparing themselves to do acceptable work for Christ, and to meet Him in peace, I am so burdened that I cannot sleep. I ask myself, What can I say to these souls that will arouse them to a sense of their true condition? Self is the all-absorbing theme of their life. I long to reveal Christ so plainly that they will behold Him, and cease to center their attention on self. . . .  {1NL 10.3}
[1NL 10.4]                                     The Self-Deceived          Among those to whom bitter disappointment will come at the day of final reckoning will be some who have been outwardly religious, and who apparently have lived Christian lives. But self is woven into all they do. They pride themselves on their morality, their influence, their ability to stand in a higher position than others, ［and］ their knowledge of the truth, for they think that these will win for them the commendation of Christ. "Lord," they plead, "we have eaten and drunk in Thy presence, and Thou hast taught in our streets." "Have we not prophesied in Thy name? and in Thy name have cast out devils? and in Thy name done many wonderful works?"  {1NL 10.4}
[1NL 10.5]          But Christ says, "I tell you, I know you not whence ye are; depart from Me." "Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven."  {1NL 10.5}
[1NL 10.6]          There is no discussion; the time for that is past. The irrevocable sentence has been pronounced. They are shut out from heaven by their own unfitness for its companionship. (Read Matthew 7:24-27.)--Letter 91, 1904.                                                    -    {1NL 10.6}
[1NL 10.7]          Through the plan of redemption, God has provided means for subduing every sinful trait, and resisting every temptation, however strong.--R. & H., Dec. 22, 1885.                                                    -    {1NL 10.7}
[1NL 10.8]                                God's Purpose For His People          God has in store love, joy, peace, and glorious triumph for all who serve Him in spirit and in truth. His commandment-keeping people are to stand constantly in readiness for service. They are to receive increased grace and power, and increased knowledge of the Holy Spirit's working. But many are not ready to receive the precious gifts of the Spirit which God is waiting to bestow on them. They are not reaching higher and still higher for power from above, that, through the gifts bestowed, they may be recognized as God's peculiar people, zealous of good works.--8T 247, 248.                                                    -    {1NL 10.8}
[1NL 10.9]          If God's people had the love of Christ in the heart; if every church member were thoroughly imbued with the spirit of self-denial; if all manifested thorough earnestness, there would be no lack of funds for home and foreign missions; our resources would be multiplied; a thousand doors of usefulness would be opened, and we would be invited to enter. Had the purpose of God been carried out by His people in giving the message of mercy to the world, Christ would have come to the earth, and the saints would ere this have received their welcome into the city of God.--Union Conference Record (Australasian), Oct. 15, 1898.  {1NL 10.9}
[1NL 11.1]       Chap. 2 - Christ Holds Control    By Ellen G. White         The Gergesenes desired Christ to depart. They of Capernaum received Him, and among them He wrought wonderful miracles.  {1NL 11.1}
[1NL 11.2]          Christ has all power in heaven and in earth. He is the great Physician, upon whom we are to call when suffering from physical or spiritual disease. Over the winds and the waves and over men possessed with demons, He showed that He possessed absolute control. To Him have been given the keys of death and of hell. Principalities and powers were made subject to Him, even while in His humiliation. . . .  {1NL 11.2}
[1NL 11.3]                                   We Need More Faith          Why do we not exercise greater faith in the divine Physician? As He worked for the man with the palsy, so He will work today for those who come to Him for healing. We have great need of more faith. I am alarmed as I see the lack of faith among our people. We need to come right into the presence of Christ, believing that He will heal our physical and spiritual infirmities.  {1NL 11.3}
[1NL 11.4]          We are too faithless. Oh, how I wish that I could lead our people to have faith in God! They need not feel that in order to exercise faith, they must be wrought up into a high state of excitement. All they have to do is to believe God's Word, just as they believe one another's word. "He hath said it, and He will perform His Word." Calmly rely on His promise, because He means all that He says. Say, He has spoken to me in His Word, and He will fulfill every promise that He has made. Do not become restless. Be trustful. God's Word is true. Act as if your heavenly Father could be trusted. . . .  {1NL 11.4}
[1NL 11.5]                                      Funds Needed          Men are appointed to proclaim the truth in new places. These men must have funds for their support. And they must have a fund to draw upon for the help of the poor and needy whom they meet in their work. The benevolence that they show toward the poor gives influences to their efforts to proclaim the truth. Their willingness to help those in need gains for them the gratitude of those they help, and the approval of Heaven.  {1NL 11.5}
[1NL 11.6]          These faithful workers should have the sympathies of the church. The Lord will hear prayer in their behalf. And the church should not fail to show a practical interest in their work.  {1NL 11.6}
[1NL 11.7]          No one lives to himself. In God's work each one is assigned a post of duty. The union of all strengthens the work of each. As the faith and love and unity of the church grow stronger, their circle of influence enlarges, and ever they are to reach to the farthest limit of this influence, constantly extending the triumphs of the cross.  {1NL 11.7}
[1NL 11.8]                                     Arise, Shine          God calls upon us to burst the bands of our precise, indoor service. The message of the gospel is to be borne in the cities and outside of the cities. We are to call upon all to rally around the banner of the cross. When this work is done as it should be, when we labor with divine zeal to add converts to the truth, the world will see that a power attends                                                                              12  the message of truth. The unity of the believers bears testimony to the power of the truth that can bring into perfect harmony men of different dispositions, making their interests one.  {1NL 11.8}
[1NL 12.1]          The prayers and offerings of the believers are combined with earnest, self-sacrificing efforts, and they are indeed a spectacle to the world, to angels and to men. Men are converted anew. The hand that once grasped for recompense in higher wages has become the helping hand of God. The believers are united by one interest--the desire to make centers of truth where God shall be exalted. Christ joins them together in holy bonds of union and love, bonds which have irresistible power.  {1NL 12.1}
[1NL 12.2]          It was for this unity that Jesus prayed just before His trial, standing but a step from the cross. "That they all may be one," He said, "as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me."  {1NL 12.2}
[1NL 12.3]                                     Awake! Awake!          God calls upon those who are half awake to arouse, and engage in earnest labor, praying to Him for strength for service. Workers are needed. It is not necessary to follow rules of exact precision. Receive the Holy Spirit, and your efforts will be successful. Christ's presence is that which gives power. Let all dissension and strife cease. Let love and unity prevail. Let all move under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. If God's people will give themselves wholly to Him, He will restore to them the power they have lost by division. May God help us all to realize that disunion is weakness and that union is strength.-- Letter 32, 1903.                                                    -    {1NL 12.3}
[1NL 12.4]                                Never Be Discouraged          Whatever may arise, never be discouraged. The Lord loves us, and He will perform His Word. Try to encourage in the patients a trust in God. Bid them be of good courage. Talk hope, even to the last. If they are to die, let them die praising the Lord. He ever lives; and though some of His faithful followers may fall in death, their works will follow them, and theirs will be a joyous awakening in the resurrection morning.  {1NL 12.4}
[1NL 12.5]          Let us not be discouraged. Let us not talk doubt, but faith; for faith brings infinite power. If we lay hold upon this power, and do not trust in our own human strength, we shall see the salvation of God. There are many who are hungering and thirsting for a better knowledge of spiritual truths, and it is the privilege of those in this institution to impart to them that which will satisfy their longing.--R. & H., Dec. 30, 1909.                                                    -    {1NL 12.5}
[1NL 12.6]                                 Humility and Faith          In the work for this time, it is not money or talent or learning or eloquence that are needed so much as faith graced with humility. No opposition can prevail against truth presented in faith and humility, by workers who willingly bear toil and sacrifice and reproach for the Master's sake. We must be co-workers with Christ if we would see our efforts crowned with success. We must weep as He wept for those who will not weep for themselves, and plead as He pleaded for those who will not plead for themselves.--MS. 24, 1903.  {1NL 12.6}
[1NL 13.1]       Chap. 3 - Willing to Spend and Be Spent    By Ellen G. White         He who loves God supremely and his neighbor as himself will work with the constant realization that he is a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. Making God's will his will, he will reveal in his life the transforming power of the grace of Christ. In all the circumstances of life, he will take Christ's example as his guide.  {1NL 13.1}
[1NL 13.2]          Every true, self-sacrificing worker for God is willing to spend and be spent for the sake of others. Christ says, "He that loveth his life shall lose it; and he that hateth his life in this world shall keep it unto life eternal." By earnest, thoughtful efforts to help where help is needed, the true Christian shows his love for God and for his fellow beings. He may lose his life in service. But when Christ comes to gather His jewels to Himself, he will find it again.  {1NL 13.2}
[1NL 13.3]          My brethren and sisters, do not spend a large amount of time and money on self, for the sake of appearance. Those who do this are obliged to leave undone many things that would have comforted others, sending a warm glow to their weary spirits. We all need to learn how to improve more faithfully the opportunities that so often come to us to bring light and hope into the lives of others. How can we improve these opportunities if our thoughts are centered upon self? He who is self-centered loses countless opportunities for doing that which would have brought blessing to others and to himself. It is the duty of the servant of Christ, under every circumstance, to ask himself, "What can I do to help others?" Having done his best, he is to leave the consequences with God.  {1NL 13.3}
[1NL 13.4]          I desire so to live that in the future life I can feel that during this life I did what I could. God has provided for every one pleasure that may be enjoyed by rich and poor alike--the pleasure found in cultivating pureness of thought and unselfishness of action, the pleasure that comes from speaking sympathizing words and doing kindly deeds. From those who perform such service the light of Christ shines to brighten lives darkened by many shadows.  {1NL 13.4}
[1NL 13.5]         God is dishonored when we fail to speak the truth plainly to one another. But we are to speak the truth in love, bringing tenderness and sympathy into our voices.  {1NL 13.5}
[1NL 13.6]          The perils of the last days are upon us. Those who live to please and gratify self are dishonoring the Lord. He cannot work through them, for they would misrepresent Him before those who are ignorant of the truth. Be very careful not to hinder, by an unwise expenditure of means, the work that the Lord would have done in proclaiming the warning message to a world lying in wickedness. Study economy, cutting down your personal expense to the lowest possible figure. On every hand the necessities of the cause of God are calling for help. God may see that you are fostering pride. He may see                                                                              14  that it is necessary to remove from you blessings which, instead of improving, you have used for the gratification of selfish pride. The truth that we hear will save us only as we gladly accept it, showing in our lives the result of its working, growing in grace and in a knowledge of God.  {1NL 13.6}
[1NL 14.1]                               Help in Every Time of Need          Those who are laboring in places where the work has not long been started, will often find themselves in great need of better facilities. Their work will seem to be hindered for lack of these facilities; but let them not worry. Let them take the whole matter to the Lord in prayer. When trying to build up the work in new territory, we have often gone to the limit of our resources. At times it seemed as if we could not advance farther. But we kept our petitions ascending to the heavenly courts, all the time denying self; and God heard and answered our prayers, sending us means for the advancement of the work.  {1NL 14.1}
[1NL 14.2]          Lay every care at the feet of the Redeemer. "Ask, and ye shall receive." Work, and pray, and believe with the whole heart. Do not wait until the money is in your hands, before doing anything. Walk out by faith. God has declared that the standard of truth is to be planted in many places. Learn to believe, as you pray to God for help. Practice self-denial; for Christ's whole life on this earth was one of self-denial. He came to show us what we must be and do in order to gain eternal life.  {1NL 14.2}
[1NL 14.3]          Do your best, and then wait, patiently, hopefully, rejoicingly, because the promise of God cannot fail. Failure comes because many who could put their means into circulation for the advancement of God's work are lacking in faith. The longer they withhold their means, the less faith they will have. They are barrier builders, who fearfully retard the work of God.  {1NL 14.3}
[1NL 14.4]          My dear fellow workers, be true, hopeful, heroic. Let every blow be made in faith. As you do your best, the Lord will reward your faithfulness. From the life-giving fountain draw physical, mental, and spiritual energy. Manliness, womanliness--sanctified, purified, refined, ennobled--we have the promise of receiving. We need that faith which will enable us to endure the seeing of Him who is invisible. As you fix your eyes upon Him, you will be filled with a deep love for the souls for whom He died, and will receive strength for renewed effort.  {1NL 14.4}
[1NL 14.5]          Christ is our only hope. Come to God in the name of Him who gave His life for the world. Rely upon the efficacy of His sacrifice. Show that His love, His joy, is in your soul, and that because of this your joy is full. Cease to talk unbelief. In God is our strength. Pray much. Prayer is the life of the soul. The prayer of faith is the weapon by which we may successfully resist every assault of the enemy.--MS. 24, 1904.                                                    -    {1NL 14.5}
[1NL 14.6]          If we will restrain the expression of unbelief, and by hopeful words and prompt movements strengthen our own faith and the faith of others, our vision will grow clearer. The pure atmosphere of heaven will surround our souls.--6T 462.  {1NL 14.6}
[1NL 15.1]       Chap. 4 - How to Deal With Error    By Ellen G. White         When errors come into our ranks, we are not to enter into controversy over them. We are to present the message of reproof and then lead the minds of the people away from fanciful, erroneous ideas, presenting the truth in contrast with error. Presenting heavenly scenes will open up principles that rest upon a foundation as enduring as eternity.  {1NL 15.1}
[1NL 15.2]          Christ is the root, His people are the branches. This makes a perfect whole. Those people are most serviceable to the Master whose Christian convictions are so consistent and so commendable that their characters are of solid worth. Nothing can move them from the faith. Truth is to them a precious treasure. The truth of God is found in His Word, and those who feel that they must seek elsewhere for present truth need to be converted anew. They have habits to mend, evil ways to be abandoned. They need to seek anew the truth as it is in Jesus, that their character building may be in harmony with the lessons of Christ. As they abandon their human ideas and take up their duties, beholding Christ and becoming conformed to His image, they say, "Nearer, my God, to Thee, nearer to Thee, e'en though it be a cross that raiseth me."  {1NL 15.2}
[1NL 15.3]                                  Sanctifying Truth          With the Word of God in hand, we may draw nearer, step by step, in consecrated love, to Jesus Christ. Let those who have been deluded give up all their fallacies. The love of Jesus will not endure such rivals. As the Spirit of God becomes better known, the Bible will be received as the only foundation of faith. God's people will receive the Word as the leaves of the tree of life, more precious than fine gold purified in the fire and more powerful to sanctify than any other agency. To talk of Christ without the Word leads to sentimentalism. And to receive the theory of the Word, without accepting and appreciating the Author, makes men legal formalists. But Christ and His precious Word are in perfect harmony. Received and obeyed, they open a sure path for the feet of all who are willing to walk in the light as Christ is in the light.  {1NL 15.3}
[1NL 15.4]          If the people of God would appreciate His Word, what a heaven we should have here below in the church. Christians would be eager, hungry to search the Word. They would be anxious for time to compare scripture with scripture and to meditate upon the Word. They would be more eager for the light of the Word than for the morning papers, magazines, or novels. Their greatest desire would be to eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God.  {1NL 15.4}
[1NL 15.5]          And as a result their lives would be conformed to the principles and promises of His Word. Its instruction would be to them as the leaves of the tree of life. It would be in them a well of water, springing up unto everlasting life. Refreshing showers of grace would refresh and revive the soul, causing them to forget all weariness and toil. They would be strengthened and encouraged by the words of inspiration.                                                                              16   {1NL 15.5}
[1NL 16.1]          Then the ministers would be inspired by divine truth. Their prayers would be characterized by earnestness, filled with the divine assurance of truth. Weariness would be forgotten as the soul basks in the sunlight from the heavenly atmosphere. Truth would be interwoven with their lives, and its heavenly principles would be as a fresh running stream, continually satisfying the soul. "And thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not. . . .  {1NL 16.1}
[1NL 16.2]                                     Bible Piety          The Lord's philosophy is the rule of the Christian's life. The entire being is imbued with the life-giving principles of heaven. The busy nothings which consume the time of so many shrink into their proper subordinate position before a healthy, sanctifying, Bible piety. The Bible, and the Bible alone, can produce this good fruit. It is the wisdom of God and the power of God, and it works with all power in the receptive heart. Oh, what might we not reach if we would conform our wills to the will of God. Oh, it is the power of God we need, my dear brother and sister, wherever we are. The mass of frivolity that cumbers the church makes it weak and inefficient. The Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit are seeking and longing for channels through which to communicate the divine principles of truth to the world.  {1NL 16.2}
[1NL 16.3]                                 Artificial Lights          Artificial lights may appear, claiming to come from heaven, but they cannot shine forth as the star of holiness, the star of heavenly brightness, to guide the feet of the pilgrim and the stranger into the city of our God. Shall we allow heaven's bright beams to be eclipsed by artificial lights? False lights will take the place of the true, and many souls will be for a time deceived. God forbid that it should be so with us. The true light now shineth, and will light up the windows of the soul that are opened heavenward.--Letter 43, 1901.                                                    -    {1NL 16.3}
[1NL 16.4]                                     Angels Looking for                                    Co-operation            Satan uses human agents to bring the soul under the power of temptation, but the angels of God are searching for human agents through whom they may co-operate to save the tempted ones. Angels are looking for those who will work in Christ's lines, who will be moved by the realization that they belong to Christ. They are looking for those who will feel that those who fall under temptation, whether high or low, are the ones who need their special labors, and that Christ looks on those who are passed by, neglected, wounded, and bruised by the enemy, and ready to die, and is grieved at the hardness of men, who refuse to exercise the faith that works by love, which will purify the soul.  {1NL 16.4}
[1NL 16.5]          Angels of God will work with, and through, and by those who will co-operate with the heavenly agencies for the saving of a soul from death, and the hiding of a multitude of sins, that will lead them to consider themselves, lest they also be tempted.  {1NL 16.5}
[1NL 16.6]          It is the sick that need a physician, not those who are whole. When you expend labor on those who do not need it, and take no notice of the very ones whom your words and actions could bless, you are forming a character that is not after the likeness of Christ--Letter 70, 1894.  {1NL 16.6}
[1NL 17.1]       Chap. 5 - How to Be Preserved From Deceptive Influences    By Ellen G. White         Satan often finds a powerful agency for evil in the power which one human mind is capable of exerting on another human mind. This influence is so seductive that the person who is being molded by it is often unconscious of its power. God has bidden me speak warning against this evil, that His servants may not come under the deceptive power of Satan. The enemy is a master worker, and if God's people are not constantly led by the Spirit of God, they will be snared and taken.  {1NL 17.1}
[1NL 17.2]          For thousands of years Satan has been experimenting upon the properties of the human mind, and he has learned to know it well. By his subtle workings in these last days, he is linking the human mind with his own, imbuing it with his thoughts; and he is doing this work in so deceptive a manner that those who accept his guidance know not that they are being led by him at his will: The great deceiver hopes so to confuse the minds of men and women, that none but his voice will be heard.  {1NL 17.2}
[1NL 17.3]          When Christ revealed to Peter the time of trial and suffering that was just before Him, and Peter replied, "Be it far from Thee, Lord: this shall not be unto Thee," the Saviour commanded, "Get thee behind Me, Satan." Satan was speaking through Peter, making him act the part of the tempter. Satan's presence was unsuspected by Peter, but Christ could detect the presence of the deceiver, and in His rebuke to Peter He addressed the real foe.  {1NL 17.3}
[1NL 17.4]          On one occasion, speaking to the twelve, and referring to Judas, Christ declared, "One of you is a devil." Often in the days of His earthly ministry the Saviour met His adversary in human form, when Satan as an unclean spirit took possession of men. Satan takes possession of the minds of men today. In my labors in the cause of God, I have again and again met those who have been thus possessed, and in the name of the Lord I have rebuked the evil spirit.  {1NL 17.4}
[1NL 17.5]          It is not by force that Satan takes possession of the human mind. While men sleep, the enemy sows tares in the church. While men are spiritually sleeping, the enemy accomplishes his work of iniquity. It is when his subject "understandeth it not" that he catcheth away the good seed sown in the heart. When men and women are in this condition, when their spiritual life is not being constantly fed by the Spirit of God, Satan can imbue them with his spirit, and lead them to work his works. . . .  {1NL 17.5}
[1NL 17.6]          I entreat that there may be a putting away from the life every action which does not bear the approval of God. We are drawing near to the close of earth's history; the battle is growing daily more fierce. There is a day appointed when men who have bowed to the mandates of Satan will find themselves the subjects of the wrath of God, when the Judge of all the earth shall pronounce the sentence against Satan and his adherents, "Depart from Me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels."--Letter 244, 1907.                                                                              18   {1NL 17.6}
[1NL 18.1]                              Take Heed How Ye Hear          From time to time we need unitedly to examine the reasons of our faith. It is essential that we study carefully the truths of God's Word; for we read that "some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils." We are in grave danger when we lightly regard any truth; for then the mind is opened to error. We must take heed how and what we hear. We need not seek to understand the arguments that men offer in support of their theories, when it may be readily discerned that these theories are not in harmony with the Scriptures. Some who think that they have scientific knowledge are by their interpretations giving wrong ideas both of science and of the Bible. Let the Bible decide every question that is essential to man's salvation. . . .  {1NL 18.1}
[1NL 18.2]          Only by accepting Christ as a personal Saviour, can human beings be uplifted. Beware of any theory that would lead men to look for salvation from any other source than that pointed out in the Word. Only through Christ can men sunken in sin and degradation be led to a higher life. Theories that do not recognize the atonement that has been made for sin, and the work that the Holy Spirit is to do in the hearts of human beings, are powerless to save.  {1NL 18.2}
[1NL 18.3]          Man's pride would lead him to seek for salvation in some other way than that pointed out in the Scriptures. He is unwilling to be accounted as nothing, unwilling to recognize Christ as the only One who can save to the uttermost. To this pride Satan appealed in the temptation that he brought to our first parents. "Ye shall be as gods"; "ye shall not surely die," he said. And by a belief of his words, they placed themselves on his side.--Letter 25, 1904.                                                    -    {1NL 18.3}
[1NL 18.4]                                   Thousands of Streams          When our churches will fulfill the duty resting upon them, they will be living, working agencies for the Master. The manifestation of Christian love will fill the soul with a deeper, more earnest fervor to work for Him who gave His life to save the world. By being good and doing good Christ's followers expel selfishness from the soul. To them the most costly sacrifice seems too cheap to give. They see a large vineyard to be worked, and they realize that they must be prepared by divine grace to labor patiently, earnestly, in season and out of season, in a sphere which knows no boundaries. They obtain victory after victory, increasing in experience and efficiency, extending on all sides their earnest efforts to win souls for Christ. They use to the best advantage their increasing experience; their hearts are melted by the love of Christ.  {1NL 18.4}
[1NL 18.5]          We shall see the medical missionary work broadening and deepening at every point of its progress, because of the inflowing of hundreds and thousands of streams, until the whole earth is covered as the waters cover the sea.--MS. 32, 1901.  {1NL 18.5}
[1NL 19.1]       Chap. 6 - By Faith See Jesus    By Ellen G. White         I am pleased that the Lord is in mercy again visiting the church. My heart trembles as I think of the many times He has come in and His Holy Spirit has worked in the church; but after the immediate effort was over, the merciful dealings of God were forgotten. Pride, spiritual indifference, was the record made in heaven. Those who were visited by the rich mercy and grace of God, dishonored their Redeemer by their unbelief.  {1NL 19.1}
[1NL 19.2]          When Christ was upon the earth, He used every means possible to gain admission to the hearts of those whose doors should have been thrown open to receive Him. He came to His vineyard seeking fruit. He dug about the vine He had planted. He pruned it and dressed it. But when He looked for grapes, behold, only wild grapes rewarded His care. The people disappointed their Saviour.  {1NL 19.2}
[1NL 19.3]          How earnestly and untiringly Christ labored to reach the most lowly, as well as those who occupied higher positions. Hear Him saying to His disciples, "Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder." What an example He gave them of His prayers in their behalf, that their faith should not fail, but increase.  {1NL 19.3}
[1NL 19.4]          Christ's heart was ever touched by human woe. He walked and worked in the streets of the cities, teaching the weary, inviting them to come to Him, crying, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and my burden is light." Christ employed every means to arrest the attention of the impenitent. How tender and considerate were His dealings with all. He longed to break the spell of infatuation upon those who were deceived and deluded by satanic agencies. He longed to give the sin-polluted soul pardon and peace.  {1NL 19.4}
[1NL 19.5]                                Behold the Mighty Healer          Christ was the mighty Healer of all spiritual and physical maladies. Look, oh, look upon the sympathetic Redeemer. With the eye of faith behold Him walking in the streets of the cities, gathering the weak and weary to Himself. Helpless, sinful human beings crowd about Him. See the mothers with their sick and dying little ones in their arms pressing through the crowd that they may get within reach of His notice and touch. Let the eye of faith take in the scene. Watch these mothers pressing their way to Him, pale, weary, almost despairing, yet determined and persevering, bearing their burden of suffering in their arms.  {1NL 19.5}
[1NL 19.6]          As these anxious ones are being crowded back, Christ makes His way to them step by step, until He is close by their sides. Tears of gladness and hope fall freely as they catch His attention, and look into the eyes expressing such tender pity and love, for the weary mother as well as for the suffering child. He invites her confidence, saying, What shall I do for you? She sobs out her great want, Master, that Thou wouldest heal my child. She has shown her faith in urging her way to Him,                                                                              20  though she did not know that He was making His way to her; and Christ takes the child from her arms. He speaks the word, and disease flees at His touch. The pallor of death is gone; the life-giving current flows through the veins; the muscles receive strength.  {1NL 19.6}
[1NL 20.1]          Words of comfort and peace are spoken to the mother, and then another case just as urgent is presented. The mother asks help for herself and her children; for they are all sufferers. With willingness and joy Christ exercises His life-giving power, and they give praise and honor and glory to His name who doeth wonderful things.  {1NL 20.1}
[1NL 20.2]          No frown on Christ's countenance spurned the humble suppliant from His presence. The priests and rulers sought to discourage the suffering and needy, saying that Christ healed the sick by the power of the devil. But His way could not be hedged up. He was determined not to fail or become discouraged. Suffering privation Himself, He traversed the country that was the scene of His labor, scattering His blessings, and seeking to reach obdurate hearts.  {1NL 20.2}
[1NL 20.3]          That Saviour has oft visited you in -----. Just as verily as He walked the streets of Jerusalem, longing to breathe the breath of spiritual life into the hearts of those discouraged and ready to die, has He come to you. The cities that were so greatly blessed by His presence, His pardon, His gifts of healing, rejected Him. . . .  {1NL 20.3}
[1NL 20.4]          Jerusalem is a representation of what the church will be if it refuses to receive and walk in the light that God had given. Jerusalem was favored of God as the depository of sacred trusts. But her people perverted the truth, and despised all entreaties and warnings. They would not respect His counsels. The temple courts were perverted with merchandise and robbery. Selfishness and love of mammon, envy and strife, were cherished. Everyone sought for gain from his quarter. Christ turned from them, saying, O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, how can I give thee up? "How often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not." So Christ sorrows and weeps over our churches, over our institutions of learning, that have failed to meet the demand of God. . . .  {1NL 20.4}
[1NL 20.5]                              Choose! Oh, Choose!          Those who receive Christ by faith as their personal Saviour cannot be in harmony with the world. There are two distinct classes. One is loyal to God, keeping His commandments, while the other talks and acts like the world, casting away the Word of God, which is truth, and accepting the words of the apostate, who rejected Jesus.  {1NL 20.5}
[1NL 20.6]          On whose side are we? The world cast Christ out; the heavens received Him. Man, finite man, rejected the Prince of life; God, our Sovereign Ruler, received Him into the heavens. God has exalted Him. Man crowned Him with a crown of thorns; God has crowned Him with a crown of royal majesty. We must all think candidly. Will you have this man Christ Jesus to rule over you, or will you have Barabbas? The death of Christ brings to the rejecter of His mercy the wrath and judgments of God, unmixed with mercy. This is the wrath of the Lamb. But the death of Christ is hope and eternal life to all who receive Him and believe in Him.--Letter 31, 1898.  {1NL 20.6}
[1NL 21.1]       Chap. 7 - Unity and Devotion    By Ellen G. White         The Lord has appointed His work to go forward in missionary lines in such a way as to extend the knowledge of the truth for these last days. A deception has certainly been on those who ought to have been wide awake to see the great, grand work to be done by the people who bear God's sign as represented in Exodus 31:12-18.  {1NL 21.1}
[1NL 21.2]          The Lord desires faithful stewards to measure the fields to be worked, and then use wisely His means in advancing the work in these fields. God has a people, and a ministry, who are to co-operate with Him. . . .  {1NL 21.2}
[1NL 21.3]          The Lord will work for His people if they will submit to be worked by the Holy Spirit, not thinking that they must work the Spirit. "And now, Israel, what doth the Lord thy God require of thee, but to fear the Lord thy God, to walk in all His ways, and to love Him, and to serve the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul, to keep the commandments of the Lord, and His statutes, which I command thee this day for thy good?" . . .  {1NL 21.3}
[1NL 21.4]          God's ministers have a most solemn, sacred work to do in our world. The end is near. The message of truth must go. As faithful shepherds of the flock, God's servants are to bear a clear, sharp testimony. There is to be no perverting of the truth. Divine grace never leads away from mercy and the love of God. It is the power of Satan that does this. When Christ preached, His message was like a sharp, two-edged sword, piercing the consciences of men and revealing their inmost thoughts. The work that Christ did His faithful messengers will have to do. In simplicity, purity, and the strictest integrity they are to preach the Word. Those who labor in word or doctrine are to be faithful to their charge. They are to watch for souls as they that must give an account. Never are they to clothe a "Thus saith the Lord" with enticing words of man's wisdom. Thus they destroy its living energy, making it weak and powerless, so that it fails to convict of sin. Every word spoken by the direction of the Holy Spirit will be full of the deepest solicitude for the salvation of souls.  {1NL 21.4}
[1NL 21.5]          The minister's acceptance with God depends not on outward show, but on his faithful discharge of duty. Christ's road to exaltation lay through the deepest humiliation. Those who are partakers with Christ in His sufferings, who follow cheerfully in His footsteps, will be partakers with Him in His glory.  {1NL 21.5}
[1NL 21.6]          It has been the continual endeavor of the enemy to introduce into the church persons who assent to much that is truth, but who are not converted. Professed Christians who are false to their trust are channels through whom Satan works. He can use unconverted church members to advance his own ideas and retard the work of God. Their influence is always on the side of wrong. They place criticism and doubt as stumbling blocks in the way of reform. They introduce unbelief because they have closed their eyes to the righteousness of Christ and have not the glory of the Lord as their rereward.                                                                              22   {1NL 21.6}
[1NL 22.1]          Unity is the strength of the church. Satan knows this, and he employs his whole force to bring in dissension. He desires to see a lack of harmony among the members of the church of God. Greater attention should be given to the subject of unity. What is the recipe for the cure of the leprosy of strife and dissension? Obedience to the commandments of God.  {1NL 22.1}
[1NL 22.2]          God has been teaching me that we are not to dwell upon the differences which weaken the church. He prescribes a remedy for strife. By keeping His Sabbath holy we are to show that we are His people. His Word declares the Sabbath to be a sign by which to distinguish the commandment-keeping people. Thus God's people are to preserve among them a knowledge of Him as their Creator. Those who keep the law of God will be one with Him in the great controversy commenced in heaven between Satan and God. Disloyalty to God means contention and strife against the principles of God's law.  {1NL 22.2}
[1NL 22.3]          Everything connected with the cause of God is sacred, and is to be thus regarded by His people. The counsels that have any reference to the cause of God are sacred. Christ gave His life to bring a sinful world to repentance. Those who are imbued with the spirit that dwelt in Christ will work as God's husbandmen in caring for His vineyard. They will not merely work in spots which they may choose. They are to be wise managers and faithful workers, making it their highest aim to fulfill the commission which Christ has given. Just before His ascension the Saviour told His disciples that beginning at Jerusalem they must go to all nations, kindreds, tongues, and peoples; and He added, "Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world."--MS. 14, 1901.                                                    -    {1NL 22.3}
[1NL 22.4]                                   The Ministry of Trials          In Christian experience, the Lord permits trials of various kinds to call men and women to a higher order of living and to a more sanctified service. Without these trials there would be a continual falling away from the likeness of Christ, and men would become imbued  with a spirit of scientific, fanciful, human philosophy, which would lead them to unite with Satan's followers.  {1NL 22.4}
[1NL 22.5]          In the providence of God, every good and great enterprise is subjected to trials, to test the purity and the strength of the principles of those who are standing in positions of responsibility, and to mold and substantiate the individual human character after God's model. This is the highest order of education.  {1NL 22.5}
[1NL 22.6]          Perfection of character is attained through exercise of the faculties of the mind, in times of supreme test, by obedience to every requirement of God's law. Men in positions of trust are to be instrumentalities in the hands of God for promoting His glory, and in performing their duties with the utmost faithfulness, they may attain perfection of character.  {1NL 22.6}
[1NL 22.7]          In the lives of those who are true to right principles, there will be a continual growth in knowledge. They will have the privilege of being acknowledged as colaborers with the great Master Worker in behalf of the human family, and will act a glorious part in carrying out the purposes of God. Thus, by precept and example, as laborers together with God, they will glorify their Creator.--Undated MS. 150.  {1NL 22.7}
[1NL 23.1]       Chap. 8 - In Every Place    By Ellen G. White         Christ was the great Medical Missionary to our world. He calls for volunteers who will co-operate with Him in the great work of sowing the world with truth. God's workers are to plant the standards of truth in every place to which they can gain access. The world needs restoring. It is lying in wickedness and the greatest peril. God's work for those out of Christ should broaden and extend. God calls upon His people to labor diligently for Him, so that Christian efficiency shall become widespread. His kingdom is to be enlarged. Memorials for Him are to be raised in America and in foreign countries.  {1NL 23.1}
[1NL 23.2]          The work of health reform connected with the present truth for this time, is a power for good. It is the right hand of the gospel, and often opens fields for the entrance of the gospel. But let it ever be remembered that the work must move solidly and in complete harmony with God's plan of organization. Churches are to be organized, and in no case are these churches to divorce themselves from the medical missionary work. Neither is the medical missionary work to be divorced from the gospel ministry. When this is done, both are one-sided. Neither is a complete whole.  {1NL 23.2}
[1NL 23.3]          The work for this time is to appeal to the Christian's mind as the most important work that can be done. It is the question of cultivating the Lord's vineyard. In this vineyard every man has a lot and a place, which the Lord has assigned him. And the success of each depends on his individual relationship to the one Divine Head.  {1NL 23.3}
[1NL 23.4]          The grace and love of our Lord Jesus Christ and His tender relationship to His church on earth are to be revealed by the growth of His work and the evangelization of people in many places. The heavenly principles of truths and righteousness are to be seen more and still more plainly in the lives of Christ's followers. More unselfishness and uncovetousness is to be seen in business transactions than has been seen in the churches since the pouring out of the Holy Spirit on the day of Pentecost. Not a vestige of the influence of selfish, worldly monopolies is to make the slightest impression on the people who are watching and working and praying for the second coming of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.  {1NL 23.4}
[1NL 23.5]          As a people we are not ready for the Lord's appearing. If we would close the windows of the soul earthward and open them heavenward, every institution established would be a bright and shining light in the world. Each member of the church, if he lived the great, elevated, ennobling truths for this time, would be a bright shining light. God's people cannot please Him unless they are surcharged with the Holy Spirit's efficiency. So pure and true is to be their relationship to one another that by their words, their affections, their attributes, they will show that they are one with Christ. They are to be as signs and wonders in our world, carrying forward intelligently                                                                              24  every line of the work. And the different parts of the work are to be so harmoniously related to one another that all will move like well-regulated machinery. Then will the joy of Christ's salvation be understood. There will then be none of the representation now made by those who have been given the light of truth to communicate, but who have not revealed the principles of truth in their association with one another, who have not done the Lord's work in a way that glorifies Him. . . .  {1NL 23.5}
[1NL 24.1]          After Christ rose from the dead, He proclaimed over the sepulcher, " I am the resurrection and the life." Christ, the risen Saviour, is our life. As Christ becomes the life of the soul, the change is felt, but language cannot describe it. All claims to knowledge, to influence, to power, are worthless without the perfume of Christ's character. Christ must be the very life of the soul, as the blood is the life of the body. . . .  {1NL 24.1}
[1NL 24.2]          Those who are connected with the service of God must be purified from every thread of selfishness. All is to be done in accordance with the injunction, "Whatsoever ye do, in word or deed, do all to the glory of God." God's laws of justice and equity must be strictly obeyed in the transactions between neighbor and neighbor, brother and brother. We are to seek for perfect order and perfect righteousness, after God's own similitude. On these grounds alone will our works bear the test of the judgment. . . .  {1NL 24.2}
[1NL 24.3]          Christianity is the revealing of the tenderest affection for one another. The Christian life is made up of Christian duties and Christian privileges. Christ in His wisdom gave to His church in its infancy a system of sacrifices and offerings, of which He Himself was the foundation, and by which His death was prefigured. Every sacrifice pointed to Him as the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world, that all might understand that the wages of sin is death. In Him was no sin, yet He died for our sins.  {1NL 24.3}
[1NL 24.4]          The symbolic system of ceremonies worked to one end--the vindication of the law of God, that all who believe in Christ might come "in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, until the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ." In Christian work there is ample room for the activity of all the gifts God has given. All are to be united in carrying out God's requirements, revealing at every advance step that faith which works by love and purifies the soul.  {1NL 24.4}
[1NL 24.5]          Christ is to receive supreme love from the beings He has created. And He requires also that man shall cherish a sacred regard for his fellow beings. Every soul saved will be saved through love, which begins with God. True conversion is a change from selfishness to sanctified affection for God and for one another. Will Seventh-day Adventists now make a thorough reformation, that their sin-stained souls may be cleansed from the leprosy of selfishness?  {1NL 24.5}
[1NL 24.6]          I must speak the truth to all. Those who have accepted the light from God's Word are never, never to leave an impression upon human minds that God will serve with their sins. His Word defines sin as the transgression of the law.--MS. 16, 1901.  {1NL 24.6}
[1NL 25.1]       Chap. 9 - Fortitude in Affliction    By Ellen G. White    Dear Brother and Sister:            When the last mail was enveloped and sent to the office, I had six pages written that, by some mistake of mine, were left out of the envelope. . . .  {1NL 25.1}
[1NL 25.2]          You will not forget that I am doing considerable writing. Every mail has taken from one to two hundred pages from my hand, and most of it has been written either as I am now propped up on the bed by pillows, half lying or half sitting, or bolstered up sitting in an uncomfortable chair.  {1NL 25.2}
[1NL 25.3]          It is very painful to my hip and to the lower part of my spine to sit up. If such easy chairs were to be found in this country as you have at the Sanitarium, one would be readily purchased by me, if it cost thirty dollars. . . . It is with great weariness that I can sit erect and hold up my head. I must rest it against the back of the chair on the pillows, half reclining. This is my condition just now.  {1NL 25.3}
[1NL 25.4]          But I am not at all discouraged. I feel that I am sustained daily. In the long weary hours of the night when sleep has been out of the question, I have devoted much time to prayer; and when every nerve seemed to be shrieking with pain, when if I considered myself, it seemed I should go frantic, the peace of Christ has come into my heart in such measure that I have been filled with gratitude and thanksgiving. I know that Jesus loves me and I love Jesus. Some nights I have slept three hours; a few nights four hours and much of the time only two, and yet in these long, Australian nights, in the darkness, all seems light about me, and I enjoy sweet communion with God.  {1NL 25.4}
[1NL 25.5]          When I first found myself in a state of helplessness I deeply regretted having crossed the broad waters. Why was I not in America? Why at such expense was I in this country? Time and again I could have buried my face in the bed quilts and had a good cry. But I did not long indulge in the luxury of tears. I said to myself, "Ellen G. White, what do you mean? Have you not come to Australia because you felt that it was your duty to go where the Conference judged it best for you to go? Has not this been your practice?" I said, "Yes." "Then why do you feel almost forsaken and discouraged? Is not this the enemy's work?" I said, "I believe it is." I dried my tears as quickly as possible and said, "It is enough; I will not look on the dark side any more. Live or die, I commit the keeping of my soul to Him who died for me."  {1NL 25.5}
[1NL 25.6]          I then believed that the Lord would do all things well, and during this eight months of helplessness, I have not had any despondency or doubt. I now look at this matter as a part of the Lord's great plan, for the good of His people here in this country, and for those in America, and for my good. I cannot explain why or how, but I believe it. And I am happy in my affliction. I can trust my heavenly Father. I will not doubt His love. I have an ever-watchful guardian day and night, and I will praise the Lord; for His praise is upon my lips because it comes from a heart full of gratitude.--Letter 18a, 1892.                                                                              26   {1NL 25.6}
[1NL 26.1]                              Parents and Children          Many parents who have believed the truth for years have failed to train their children in the way they should go. Notwithstanding all the light that has shone on them, they have indulged their children, making them mere household pets, mere idols. . . .  {1NL 26.1}
[1NL 26.2]          Too often parents allow their children to grow up in ignorance of household labor. To save their children the least discomfort, the father and the mother make themselves the household drudges. They get up early in the morning to build a fire and cook breakfast. While they are busy with their daily cares, they allow their dear, lazy children to lie in bed, calling them only in time to eat that which has been prepared by the labor of others. They consult the wishes of their children and excuse them if they are not up early.  {1NL 26.2}
[1NL 26.3]          What a delusion parents must be under who pursue so unwise a course in training children! In thus making everything secondary to the supposed comfort of their children, unwise parents deprive them of the capacity for enjoying even this life. Parents should train their daughters to bear life's burdens, that they may be well qualified to act their part as faithful, judicious, ingenious, economical housekeepers. In afterlife they will appreciate the training that taught them to bear burdens.  {1NL 26.3}
[1NL 26.4]          Many girls from sixteen to twenty years of age are unskilled in cookery or in any other kind of domestic labor. These girls can eat, sleep, and dress; they can use their fingers in doing fancy-work; but they claim that labor over a washtub makes them sick. Cooking they do not understand. "Mother prefers to cook," they say. Why does she?--Because her daughters have not chosen to help her. They have not been trained to enjoy the doing of home duties and are as unfitted to become wives as are babies.  {1NL 26.4}
[1NL 26.5]          Among us are hard-working men, men who earn large wages, but who are always financially cramped and often in debt. What is the cause?--Nothing more, nothing less, than this: Their wives are not practical housekeepers. In their youth they did not gain the experience that they should have gained. They are not skilled cooks. They waste much--enough to supply another family. Yet their own families are not half provided with nourishing food. They think they must use canned meat, or something else already prepared. If in their girlhood such wives had been taught how to make a little go as far as possible, they could prepare palatable, nourishing food from simple, inexpensive ingredients.  {1NL 26.5}
[1NL 26.6]          Such girls seldom realize and remedy their deficiencies, and therefore, when they become mothers, they are unprepared to educate their children aright. They cannot give to others the knowledge that they themselves do not possess. Because of a lack of care, skill, economy, and experience in household matters, both mothers and children waste much. Thus they spend all that the father earns. The hard-working husband and father is always cramped financially. Because he never has at his command means to aid the cause of God, he is discouraged.  {1NL 26.6}
[1NL 26.7]          These cases are not rare. On every hand they are to be found. And many an honest, truehearted man has become so discouraged and desperate that in order to lighten his load he has been led to practice dishonesty.-- MS 21, 1902.  {1NL 26.7}
[1NL 27.1]       Chap. 10 - Our Duty to the Missionary Work  ［A APPEAL  WRITTEN IN 1886 FROM BASEL, SWITZERLAND.］    By Ellen G. White         The members of the church are not all called to labor in foreign lands, but all have a part to act in the great work of giving light to the world. The gospel of Christ is aggressive and diffusive. In the day of God not one will be excused for having been shut up to his own selfish interests. There is work for every mind and for every hand. There is a variety of work, adapted to different minds and varied capabilities. Everyone who is connected with God will impart light to others. If there are any who have no light to give, it is because they have no connection with the Source of light.  {1NL 27.1}
[1NL 27.2]          Ministers should not do the work which belongs to the church, thus wearying themselves, and preventing others from performing their duty. They should teach the members how to labor in the church and in the community. There is work for all to do in their own borders, to build up the church, to make the social meetings interesting, and to train the youth of ability to become missionaries. All should cultivate spirituality and self-sacrifice, and by their means and their earnest prayers assist those who enter new and difficult fields. They should co-operate actively with the minister in his labors, making the section of country around them their field of missionary effort; and the larger churches should labor to build up and encourage those that are weak or few in numbers.  {1NL 27.2}
[1NL 27.3]          This work has been neglected. Is it any marvel that God does not visit the churches with greater manifestations of His power, when so large a number are shut in to themselves, engrossed in their own interests? It is thus that their piety becomes tame and weak, and they grow bigoted and self-caring. It is in working for others that they will keep their own souls alive. If they will become co-laborers with Jesus, we shall see the light in our churches steadily burning brighter and brighter, sending forth its rays to penetrate the darkness beyond their own borders.  {1NL 27.3}
[1NL 27.4]                                   Jealousy Would Cease          A close sympathy with Christ in His mission of love and mercy would bring the workers into sympathy with one another, and there would be no disposition to cherish the evils, which, if indulged, are the curse of the churches. The jealousy and fault finding, the heartburnings, the envy and dissension, the strife for the supremacy, would cease. The attention given to the work of saving souls would stimulate the workers themselves to greater piety and purity. There would be with them a unity of purpose, and the salvation of the soul would be felt to be of so great importance that all little differences would be lost sight of. . . .  {1NL 27.4}
[1NL 27.5]          Heaven is indignant at the ease of men and women in Zion, while souls are going down to ruin in their ignorance and their sins. If the members of the church were to see themselves as God sees them, they would be overwhelmed with self-reproach. They could not endure to look their responsibilities and delinquencies in the face.  {1NL 27.5}
[1NL 27.6]                                   Our Message World Wide          If we indeed have the truth for these last days, it must be carried to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people. Erelong the living and the                                                                              28  dead are to be judged according to the deeds done in the body, and the law of God is the standard by which they are to be tested. Then they must now be warned; God's holy law must be vindicated, and held up before them as a mirror. To accomplish this work, means is needed. I know that times are hard, money is not plenty; but the truth must be spread, and money to spread it must be placed in the treasury. . . .  {1NL 27.6}
[1NL 28.1]         Our message is world wide; yet many are doing literally nothing, many more so very little, with so great a want of faith, that it is next to nothing. Shall we abandon the fields we have already opened in foreign countries? Shall we drop part of the work in our home missions? Shall we grow pale at a debt of a few thousand dollars? Shall we falter and become laggards now, in the very last scenes of this earth's history? My heart says, No, no. I cannot contemplate this question without a burning zeal to have the work go. We would not deny our faith, we would not deny Christ, yet we shall do this unless we move forward as the providence of God opens the way.  {1NL 28.1}
[1NL 28.2]                                   A Safe Investment          The work must not stop for want of means. More means must be invested in it. Brethren in America, in the name of my Master I bid you wake up! You that are placing your talents of means in a napkin and hiding them in the earth, who are building houses and adding land to land, God calls upon you, "Sell that ye have, and give alms." There is a time coming when commandment keepers can neither buy nor sell. Make haste to dig out your buried talents. If God has entrusted you with money, show yourselves faithful to your trust; unwrap your napkin, and send your talents to the exchangers, that when Christ shall come, He may receive His own with interest.  {1NL 28.2}
[1NL 28.3]          In the last extremity, before this work shall close, thousands will be cheerfully laid upon the altar. Men and women will feel it a blessed privilege to share in the work of preparing souls to stand in the great day of God, and they will give hundreds as readily as dollars are given now. If the love of Christ were burning in the hearts of His professed people, we would see the same spirit manifested today. Did they but realize how near is the end of all work for the salvation of souls, they would sacrifice their possessions as freely as did the members of the early church. They would work for the advancement of God's cause as earnestly as worldly men labor to acquire riches. Tact and skill would be exercised, and earnest and unselfish labor put forth to acquire means, not to hoard, but to pour into the treasury of the Lord.  {1NL 28.3}
[1NL 28.4]          What if some become poor in investing their means in the work? Christ for your sakes became poor; but you are securing for yourselves eternal riches, a treasure in heaven that faileth not. Your means is far safer there than if deposited in the bank, or invested in houses and lands. It is laid up in bags that wax not old. No thief can approach it, no fire consume it.  {1NL 28.4}
[1NL 28.5]          Some have selfishly retained their means during their lifetime, trusting to make up for their neglect by remembering the cause in their wills; but not one half the means thus bestowed in legacies ever comes to the objects specified. Brethren and sisters, invest in the bank of heaven yourselves, and do not leave your stewardship upon another.  {1NL 28.5}
[1NL 28.6]                                    Louder Than Words          In obeying the Saviour's injunction, our example will preach louder than words. The highest display of the power of truth is seen when                                                                              29  those who profess to believe it give evidence of their faith by their works. Those who believe this solemn truth should possess such a spirit of self-sacrifice as will rebuke the worldly ambition of the money worshiper.  {1NL 28.6}
[1NL 29.1]          My soul is burdened as I look over the destitute fields here in Europe, and see the poverty of many, and the difficulties they must meet in keeping the Sabbath, and then think how the way to reach souls is blocked up for want of means. The Lord has made provision that all may be reached by the message of truth, but the means placed in the hands of His stewards for this very purpose has been selfishly devoted to their own gratification.  {1NL 29.1}
[1NL 29.2]          How much has been thoughtlessly wasted by our youth, spent for self-indulgence and display, for that which they would have been just as happy without. Every dollar which we possess is the Lord's. Instead of spending means for needless things, we should invest it in answering the calls of missionary work.  {1NL 29.2}
[1NL 29.3]                                     A Time for Economy          As new fields are opened, the calls for means are constantly increasing. If ever we needed to exercise economy it is now. All who labor in the cause should realize the importance of closely following the Saviour's example of self-denial and economy. They should see in the means they handle a trust which God has committed to them, and they should feel under obligation to exercise tact and financial ability in the use of their Lord's money. Every penny should be carefully treasured. A cent seems like a trifle, but a hundred cents make a dollar, and rightly spent may be the means of saving a soul from death. If all the means which has been wasted by our own people in self-gratification had been devoted to the cause of God, there would be no empty treasuries, and missions could be established in all parts of the world.  {1NL 29.3}
[1NL 29.4]          Let the members of the church now put away their pride and lay off their ornaments. Each should keep a missionary box at hand, and drop into it every penny he is tempted to waste in self-indulgence. But something more must be done than merely to dispense with superfluities. Self-denial must be practiced. Some of our comfortable and desirable things must be sacrificed. The preachers must sharpen up their message, not merely assailing self-indulgence, and pride in dress, but presenting Jesus, His life of self-denial and sacrifice. Let love, piety, faith be cherished in the heart, and the precious fruits will appear in the life.  {1NL 29.4}
[1NL 29.5]                                        Care in Benevolence          In many cases means which should be devoted to the missionary work is diverted into other channels, from mistaken ideas of benevolence. We may err in making gifts to the poor which are not a blessing to them, leading them to feel that they need not exert themselves and practice economy, for others will not permit them to suffer. We should not give countenance to indolence, or encourage habits of self-gratification by affording means for indulgence. While the worthy poor are not to be neglected, all should be taught, so far as possible, to help themselves. The salvation of souls is the burden of our work. It was for this that Christ made the great sacrifice, and it is this that specially demands our beneficence.  {1NL 29.5}
[1NL 29.6]          We shall be brought into strait places in our work. Trials will come. God will test the strength of our faith; He will prove us to see if we will trust Him under difficulties. The silver and gold are the Lord's, and when His stewards have done their duty fully, and can do no more, they are not to sit down at ease, let things take their course,                                                                              30  and let the missionary work come to a standstill. It is then that they should cry to God for help. Let those who have faith seek the Lord earnestly, remembering that "the kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and the violent taketh it by force."  {1NL 29.6}
[1NL 30.1]          There are those in the church who have with open hand and heart come forward to the work hitherto, and they will not be behind now. We have confidence in their integrity. But the offerings of the church have been in many instances more numerous than her prayers. The missionary movement is far in advance of the missionary spirit. Earnest prayers have not, like sharp sickles, followed the workers into the harvest field. It is true there is an interest to see success attend the efforts to unfurl the banner of truth in foreign lands, but there has been a lack of heartfelt sympathy with the laborers, and real burden of soul that the means invested may do its work.  {1NL 30.1}
[1NL 30.2]                                 Spiritual Awakening Called For          This is the ground of our difficulties; this is the reason for the pressure for means. The people must be called to reflection. There must be a spiritual awakening. They must have a personal interest, a burden of soul, to watch and pray for the success of the work. Let every one who gives of his means also send up his prayers daily that it may bring souls to the foot of the cross. In every church there should be stated seasons for united prayer for the advancement of this work. Let all be united, having a specific object for their faith and entreaties. Brethren, move high heaven with your prayers for God to work with the efforts of His servants.  {1NL 30.2}
[1NL 30.3]          We need to cry to God as did Jacob for a fuller baptism of the Holy Spirit. The time for labor is short. Let there be much praying. Let the soul yearn after God. Let the secret places of prayer be often visited. Let there be a taking hold of the strength of the Mighty One of Israel. Let the ministers walk humbly before the Lord, weeping between the porch and the altar, and crying, "Spare Thy people, O Lord, and give not Thine heritage to reproach."  {1NL 30.3}
[1NL 30.4]          Let none indulge the thought that we have attempted too much. No, no; we have attempted too little. The work which we are now doing ought to have been done years ago. Our plans must enlarge, our operations must be extended. What is needed now is a church whose individual members shall be awake and active to do all that is possible for them to accomplish.  {1NL 30.4}
[1NL 30.5]                                  Laborers with God          We are not left alone in this work. We are laborers together with God, in partnership with divine resources. The Lord has agencies that He will put in operation in answer to the importunate prayer of faith. He will fulfill His word, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." The Captain of our salvation is on every field of battle where truth is waging war against error. The truth which we profess offers the highest encouragement to the most devoted self-denial and persevering effort that mortal energies can bestow. We should have the courage of heroes and the faith of martyrs.--Historical Sketches of S.D.A. Foreign Missions, pp. 290-294.  {1NL 30.5}
[1NL 31.1]       Chap. 11 - A Deeper Experience  By Ellen G. White    Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:        Never did I see as now the necessity of thorough sanctification to God. We teach the truth, but do we practice it? Is the Word of God eaten by us? Do we drink the water of life in the rich current of love? Do we practice the Word of God by seeking for that perfect unity that should exist? "Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy Word is truth." We must have a deeper experience, which will lead us to let go self and hold fast to Christ.  {1NL 31.1}
[1NL 31.2]          If we keep a firm hold of self, we cannot possibly get hold of Christ. Let us now who believe that the end of all things is at hand, seek the Lord most earnestly. It is no time to be depressed. There is no safety in trusting in self. We must educate our souls to trust in God. I see that Satan will contest every step of progress we may make. There is no safety for us only as we walk with our hands in the hand of Christ. Our feet will sometimes slip upon the supposed safest path. But the only safe path is to be sure we love God supremely and our neighbor as ourself.  {1NL 31.2}
[1NL 31.3]                               Clasp the Hand of Christ          Not one thread of selfishness must be drawn into the fabric of character we are weaving. To go on without fear we must know that an almighty hand will hold us up, and an infinite humanity in Christ pities us. But do not let us pity ourselves, for this is not the thing to do. It is not enough for us to have faith in law and force, things which have no pity, and never hear the cry for help. We need to clasp a hand that is warm, and trust in a heart full of love and tenderness. We are never to feel that there is no danger, thinking, "I have a large experience; I shall never fall." God permits the wisest to be brought into circumstances which reveal their human weakness. We shall meet with obstacles all along the path heavenward, but if we abide in Christ, self will not appear in so many ways.  {1NL 31.3}
[1NL 31.4]          "As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in Him, rooted and built up in Him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught." Through faith we receive the Lord Jesus. Through faith we are united to Him. Through faith we are rooted and established in Him. We are united with Christ. We are not to lose our first love. He will each day do for us who are repenting, believing sinners just as much as He did when we first surrendered our hearts to Him.  {1NL 31.4}
[1NL 31.5]                                 The Life of Faith          We are to live a life of faith in Jesus Christ. That love that He has manifested for us is to be an increasing love. Self must die. We find that this is hard; for self dies hard. It is not our work to uphold self. "Without Me," Christ says, "ye can do nothing." The life of grace is always a life of faith. Without faith it is impossible to please God.  {1NL 31.5}
[1NL 31.6]          My brother, might you not better look to the source of your strength, and take Christ at His word? Feeling is nothing; praise of men, good or bad, is nothing. Whatever men                                                                              32  may say or think of me, it cannot make me white or black. I am not changed in character at all by what others think of me. Looking unto Jesus, who is the Author and Finisher of my faith, I can overcome all things. My guilt in the past He has forgiven. Saying the words in faith, I am in Christ. He is the parent stock. According to my faith I unite fiber to fiber with the living Vine. The parent stock bears me, not I the parent stock.  {1NL 31.6}
[1NL 32.1]          All things are possible to him that believeth. We need not try to lead ourselves. He leads, He guides, He sanctifies through the truth. We need now, just now, to surrender self, and all its worries and perplexities. If we live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God, we possess the richest grace mortals can have. But if we look on the dark side, and talk unbelief, we shall have plenty of unbelief. Throw this rubbish overboard, and taking the oars of faith, row as for your life. Do not think of self, but of Christ. Draw nigh to God, and then you will draw nigh to one another. You will love as brethren. Remember that Jesus intercedes for erring souls.  {1NL 32.1}
[1NL 32.2]                                     Looking Unto Jesus          You need not be surprised if everything in the journey heavenward is not pleasant. There is no use in looking to our own defects. Looking unto Jesus, the darkness passes away, and the true light shineth. Go forth daily, expressing the prayer of David, "Hold up my goings in Thy paths, that my footsteps slip not." All the paths of life are beset with peril, but we are safe if we follow where the Master leads the way, trusting the One whose voice we hear saying, "Follow Me." "He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." Let your heart repose in His love. We need sanctification, soul, body, and spirit. This we must seek for. . . .  {1NL 32.2}
[1NL 32.3]                                         Look Up          We must do our work purely and faithfully even though there is no one in the world to say, "It is well done." Our lives must be just what God designs they shall be, faithful in good words, in kind and thoughtful deeds, in the expression of meekness, purity, and love. Thus we represent Christ to the world. On our own peculiar phase of character, whatever it may be, Christ can imprint His own image, if we will allow Him to do this. The toil-worn men, who are now first and foremost in the great work of saving souls, are the ones whom God will honor. They have wrought righteousness and subdued their own hearts. They have learned the sacredness of work and the joy of self-denial and self-sacrifice, and this knowledge brings an eternal reward.  {1NL 32.3}
[1NL 32.4]          Look up, look up, not down, for guidance and protection. You will find it.--Letter 120, 1898.  {1NL 32.4}
[1NL 33.1]       Chap. 12 - Examine Yourselves    By Ellen G. White         "Examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith; prove your own selves." Closely criticize the temper, the disposition, the thoughts, words, inclinations, purposes, and deeds. How can we ask intelligently for the things we need unless we prove by the Scriptures the condition of our spiritual health?  {1NL 33.1}
[1NL 33.2]         Many in their religious life are making crooked paths for their feet. Their prayers are offered in a loose, haphazard manner. He who is placed in a position of responsibility should remember that of himself he is not able to do that which is required of him. Every day he should remember that he is a spectacle unto the world, to angels, and to men.  {1NL 33.2}
[1NL 33.3]         No one is to wait to be borne to fields of labor and provided with costly facilities for doing good. He who serves must cheerfully take up his work, however humble it is, and wherever he may be placed. Christ, our example in all things, was poor, that through His poverty He might make many rich.  {1NL 33.3}
[1NL 33.4]                                 Serving in Meekness          He whose heart is filled with the grace of God and love for his perishing fellow men will find opportunity, wherever he may be placed, to speak a word in season to those who are weary. Christians are to work for their Master in meekness and lowliness, holding fast to their integrity amid the noise and bustle of life.  {1NL 33.4}
[1NL 33.5]         God calls upon men to serve Him in every transaction of life. Business is a snare when the law of God is not made the law of the daily life. He who has anything to do with the Master's work is to maintain unswerving integrity. In all business transactions, as verily as when on bended knees he seeks help from on high, God's will is to be his will. He is to keep the Lord ever before him, constantly studying the subjects about which the Holy Word speaks. Thus, though living amid that which would debase a man of lax principles, the man of piety and stern integrity preserves his Christianity.  {1NL 33.5}
[1NL 33.6]         The world is no more favorable today for the development of Christian character than in Noah's day. Then wickedness was so widespread that God said, "I will destroy man whom I have created from the face of the earth; both man, and beast, and the creeping thing, and the fowls of the air; for it repenteth Me that I have made them. But Noah found grace in the eyes of the Lord. . . . Noah was a just man and perfect in his generations, and Noah walked with God." Yes, amid the corruption of that degenerate age, Noah was a pleasure to his Creator.  {1NL 33.6}
[1NL 33.7]         We are living in the last days of this earth's history, in an age of sin and corruption, and like Noah we are to so live that we shall be a pleasure to God, showing forth the praises of Him "who hath called you out of darkness into His marvelous light." In the prayer which Christ offered to His Father just before His crucifixion, He said, "I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil."  {1NL 33.7}
[1NL 33.8]                                The Highest Service          When men and women have formed characters which God can endorse, when their self-denial and self-sacrifice have been fully made, when they are ready for the final test, ready to be introduced into God's family, what service will stand highest in the estimation of Him who gave Himself a willing offering to save a guilty race? What enterprise will be most dear to the heart of infinite love? What work will bring the greatest satisfaction and joy to the Father and the Son?--The salvation of perishing souls. Christ died to bring to men the saving power of the gospel. Those who co-operate with Him in carrying forward His great enterprise of mercy, laboring with all the strength God has given them to save those nigh and afar off, will share in the joy of the Redeemer when the redeemed host stand around the throne of God.  {1NL 33.8}
[1NL 33.9]         God has entrusted means and capabilities to His servants for the doing of                                                                              34  a work far higher than that which today He looks upon.  {1NL 33.9}
[1NL 34.1]         "O," said the heavenly messenger, "the Lord's institutions are terribly behind the greatness of the truths which are being fulfilled at the present time. There is a fearful misconception of the claims of duty. The frosty atmosphere in which believers are content to live retards the self-sacrificing movements which should be made to warn the world and save souls.  {1NL 34.1}
[1NL 34.2]                                 The Unnamed Multitudes          "The powers of darkness are working with an intensity of effort, and year by year thousands of people, from all kindreds, nations, and tongues, pass into eternity, unwarned and unready. Our faith must mean something more definite, more decided, more important.  {1NL 34.2}
[1NL 34.3]          "Ask my institutions and churches, 'Do you believe the Word of God? What then are you doing in missionary lines? Are you working with self-denial and self-sacrifice? Do you believe that the Word of God means what it says? Your actions show that you do not. How will you meet at the bar of God the countless millions who, unwarned, are passing into eternity? Will there be a second probation? No, no. This fallacy might just as well be given up at once. The present probation is all that we shall have. Do you realize that the salvation of fallen human beings must be secured in this present life, or they will be forever lost?'"  {1NL 34.3}
[1NL 34.4]                                  Our Responsibilities          The Laodicean message is applicable to the church at this time. Do you believe this message? Have you hearts that feel? Or are you constantly saying, We are rich and increased in goods, and have need of nothing? Is it in vain that the declaration of eternal truth has been given to this nation to be carried to all the nations of the world? God has chosen a people and made them the repositories of truth weighty with eternal results. To them has been given the light that must illuminate the world. Has God made a mistake? Are we indeed His chosen instrumentalities? Are we the men and women who are to bear to the world the messages of Revelation fourteen, to proclaim the message of salvation to those who are standing on the brink of ruin? Do we act as if we were?  {1NL 34.4}
[1NL 34.5]                                   What Are We Doing?          In a clear, determined voice the messenger said, "I ask you what you are doing? O that you could comprehend! O that you could understand the importance of the warning and what it means to you and to the world! If you did understand, if you were filled with the spirit of the One who gave His life for the life of the world, you would co-operate with Him, making earnest, self-sacrificing efforts to save sinners."  {1NL 34.5}
[1NL 34.6]                                  A Great Awakening          "He that saith, I know Him, and keepeth not His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him." A great awakening must come to the church. If we only knew, if we only understood, how quickly the spirit of the message would go from church to church. How willingly would the possessions of believers be given to support the work of God. God calls upon us to pray and watch unto prayer. Cleanse your homes of the picture-idols which have consumed the money that ought to have flowed into the Lord's treasury. The light must go forth as a lamp that burneth. Those who bear the message to the world should seek the Lord earnestly, that His Holy Spirit may be abundantly showered upon them. You have no time to lose. Pray for the power of God, that you may work with success for those nigh and afar off.  {1NL 34.6}
[1NL 34.7]                                   Warnings to Be Given          We must have genuine faith. As yet we scarcely grasp the reality of the truth. We only half believe the Word of God. A man will act out all the faith he has. Notwithstanding that the signs of the times are fulfilling all over the world, faith in the Lord's coming has been growing feeble. Clear, distinct, certain, the warnings are to be given. At the peril of our souls we are to learn the prescribed conditions under which we are to work out our own salvation, remembering that it is God which worketh in us, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.                                                                              35   {1NL 34.7}
[1NL 35.1]          It will not do for us to float along with the current, guided by tradition and presumptuous fallacies. We are called laborers together with God. Then let us arise and shine. There is no time to spend in controversy. Those who have a knowledge of the truth as it is in Jesus must now become one in heart and purpose. All differences must be swept away. The members of the church must work unitedly under the great Head of the church.  {1NL 35.1}
[1NL 35.2]                                      Arise, Shine          Let those who have a knowledge of the truth arise and shine. "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet." No longer mutilate the truth. Let the soul cry out for the living God. Cease ye from man, whose breath is in his nostrils. The Comforter will come to you, if you will open the door to Him. "Seeing then that we have a great high priest, that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feelings of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in every time of need."--MS. 51, 1901.                                                    -    {1NL 35.2}
[1NL 35.3]                                      Daily Surrender          I arise this morning at one o'clock A.M. I have tried to sleep, but cannot....  {1NL 35.3}
[1NL 35.4]          I am feeling deeply over the work which is to be done all around us. Whichever way we may turn we find temporal and spiritual poverty. Sometimes my spirit is weighed down, but although I see the great need soliciting our attention at every place we go, we need not feel that the burden rests upon us. There is One who is our burden bearer. Neither are we capable of bearing the sins of others.  {1NL 35.4}
[1NL 35.5]                                        Our Message          We have always a decided message to bear, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." Satan will cast his hellish shadow athwart our pathway, and if we allow our eyes to rest on this shadow, we cannot discern the light which is beyond. Whatever discouragement may appear to our human sight, we must ever remember that there is infinity beyond the darkness. Our faith cannot, must not, for a moment sink in that dark shadow. Light beyond is shining for every soul of us. Our voice, our words, must testify of that light.  {1NL 35.5}
[1NL 35.6]          If the life we live in this world is wholly and entirely for Christ, it is a life of daily surrender. He has the freewill service, and each soul is His own jewel. If we can impress upon the minds of our sisters the good which it is in their power to do through the Lord Jesus Christ, we shall see a large work accomplished. But this work can be done only through the Holy Spirit.  {1NL 35.6}
[1NL 35.7]          If we can arouse the mind and heart to co-operate with the great Worker, we shall gain through the work they may accomplish great victories. But self must be hidden. Christ must appear as the worker. Christ invites us, Abide in Me, and I in you. Cannot we bring these souls to understand without a moment's delay that every day is the ever-present now?  {1NL 35.7}
[1NL 35.8]                                     Receiving and Giving          There must ever be an interchange of taking in and giving out, receiving and restoring. This links us up as laborers together with God. Not one expression of unbelief is to come from our lips under the hardest trial. Heaven is much nearer to earth when every soul who knows the truth, expresses it in word and action. The giving out ever expresses the truth, and increases the power of taking in. This is the lifework of the Christian. He that will lose his life will find it.  {1NL 35.8}
[1NL 35.9]          The capacity for receiving the holy oil from the two olive trees which empty themselves, is by the receiver emptying that holy oil out of himself in word and in action to supply the necessities of other souls. Work, precious, satisfying work--to be constantly receiving and constantly imparting! The capacity for receiving is only kept up by imparting. Isaiah 58 explains the matter: "Thy                                                                              36  righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward."  {1NL 35.9}
[1NL 36.1]          We need and must have fresh supplies every day. And how many souls we may help by communicating to them. All heaven is waiting for channels through whom can be poured the holy oil to be a joy and refreshing to others. We may work continuously and solidly, so that our work may abide, if Christ is abiding with us. I have no fears of any person making blundering work, if he will only become one with Christ. The divine fullness will flow through the consecrated human agent, to be given forth to others. Linked with the unchanging Jesus Himself, there is a representation of Christ in character. Truth, our Saviour continually insisted upon, must be sought after, found, and given to others. He, our Lord and Saviour, insisted that we should sell all to secure the treasure. Self-sacrifice must be seen in this path at every step. There is to be no lifting up of self, not a thread of self-seeking; for this always separates from Christ. . . .  {1NL 36.1}
[1NL 36.2]          When we feel oppressed, as we often will, I find it is my best remedy to talk of the light and love of God. My soul is strengthened and blessed; for I draw nigh unto God, and He draws nigh to me, and lifts up for me a standard against the enemy.--Letter 119, 1898.  {1NL 36.2}
[1NL 36.3]                                      In Hard Places          Often God's soldiers find themselves brought into hard and difficult places, they know not why. But are they to relax their hold because difficulties arise? Is their faith to diminish because they cannot see their way through the darkness? God forbid. They are to cherish an abiding sense of God's power to uphold them in their work. They cannot perish, neither can they lose their way if they will follow His guidance, and strive to uphold His law.--Undated MS. 145.                                                    -    {1NL 36.3}
[1NL 36.4]                                      Walk in the Light          I was shown that God's people dwell too much under a cloud. It is not His will that they should live in unbelief. Jesus is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. His children are the children of light. They are renewed in His image, and called out of darkness into His marvelous light. He is the light of the world, and so also are they that follow Him. They shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life. The more closely the people of God strive to imitate Christ, the more perseveringly will they be pursued by the enemy; but their nearness to Christ strengthens them to resist the efforts of our wily foe to draw them from Christ.--1T 405, 406.  {1NL 36.4}
[1NL 37.1]       Chap. 13 - "No Other Gods Before Me"    By Ellen G. White         Every true child of God will be sifted as wheat, and in the sifting process every cherished pleasure which diverts the mind from God must be sacrificed. In many families the mantel shelves, stands, and tables are filled with ornaments and pictures. Albums filled with photographs of the family and their friends are placed where they will attract the attention of visitors. Thus the thoughts, which should be upon God and heavenly interests, are brought down to common things. Is not this a species of idolatry? Should not the money thus spent have been used to bless humanity, to relieve the suffering, to clothe the naked, and to feed the hungry? Should it not be placed in the Lord's treasury to advance His cause and build up His kingdom in the earth?  {1NL 37.1}
[1NL 37.2]          This matter is of great importance, and it is urged upon you to save you from the sin of idolatry. Blessing would come to your souls if you would obey the word spoken by the Holy One of Israel, "Thou shalt have no other gods before Me." Many are creating unnecessary cares and anxieties for themselves by devoting time and thought to the unnecessary ornaments with which their houses are filled. The power of God is needed to arouse them from this devotion; for to all intents and purposes it is idolatry.  {1NL 37.2}
[1NL 37.3]          He who searches the heart, desires to win His people from every species of idolatry. Let the Word of God, the blessed book of life, occupy the tables now filled with useless ornaments. Spend your money in buying books that will be the means of enlightening the mind in regard to present truth. The time you waste in moving and dusting the multitudinous ornaments in your house, spend in writing a few lines to your friends, in sending papers or leaflets or little books to someone who knows not the truth. Grasp the word of the Lord as the treasure of infinite wisdom and love; this is the Guidebook that points out the path to heaven. It points us to the sin-pardoning Saviour, saying, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world."  {1NL 37.3}
[1NL 37.4]          O that you would search the Scriptures with prayerful hearts, and a spirit of surrender to God! O that you would search your hearts as with a lighted candle, and discover and break the finest thread that binds you to worldly habits, which divert the mind from God! Plead with God to show you every practice that draws your thoughts and affections from Him. God has given His holy law to man as His measure of character. By this law you may see and overcome every defect in your character. You may sever yourself from every idol, and link yourself to the throne of God by the golden chain of grace and truth.--R. & H., May 14, 1901.                                                    -    {1NL 37.4}
[1NL 37.5]                                    A Caution Regarding                                 Extreme Positions            There were some who had capabilities to help the church, but who needed first to set their own hearts in order. Some had been bringing in false tests, and had made their own ideas and notions a criterion, magnifying matters of little importance into tests of Christian fellowship, and binding heavy burdens upon others. Thus a spirit of criticism, faultfinding, and dissension had come in, which had been a great injury to the                                                                              38  church. And the impression was given to unbelievers that Sabbath-keeping Adventists were a set of fanatics and extremists, and that their peculiar faith rendered them unkind, uncourteous, and really unchristian in character. Thus the course of a few extremists prevented the influence of the truth from reaching the people.  {1NL 37.5}
[1NL 38.1]          Some were making the matter of dress of first importance, criticizing articles of dress worn by others, and standing ready to condemn everyone who did not exactly meet their ideas. A few condemned pictures, urging that they are prohibited by the second commandment, and that everything of this kind should be destroyed.  {1NL 38.1}
[1NL 38.2]                                       One-Idea Men          These one-idea men can see nothing except to press the one thing that presents itself to their minds. Years ago we had to meet this same spirit and work. Men arose claiming to have been sent with a message condemning pictures, and urging that every likeness of anything should be destroyed. They went to such lengths as even to condemn clocks which had figures, or "pictures," upon them.  {1NL 38.2}
[1NL 38.3]          Now we read in the Bible of a good conscience; and there are not only good but bad consciences. There is a conscientiousness that will carry everything to extremes, and make Christian duties as burdensome as the Jews made the observance of the Sabbath. The rebuke which Jesus gave to the scribes and Pharisees applies to this class as well: "Ye tithe mint and rue and all manner of herbs, and pass over judgment and the love of God." One fanatic, with his strong spirit and radical ideas, who will oppress the conscience of those who want to be right, will do great harm. The church needs to be purified from all such influences.  {1NL 38.3}
[1NL 38.4]                                    Pictures Used by God          The second commandment prohibits image worship; but God Himself employed pictures and symbols to represent to His prophets lessons which He would have them give to the people, and which could thus be better understood than if given in any other way. He appealed to the understanding through the sense of sight. Prophetic history was presented to Daniel and John in symbols, and these were to be represented plainly upon tables, that he who read might understand.  {1NL 38.4}
[1NL 38.5]          It is true that altogether too much money is expended upon pictures; not a little means which should flow into the treasury of God is paid to the artist. But the evil that will result to the church from the course of these extremists is far greater than that which they are trying to correct. It is sometimes a difficult matter to tell just where the line is, where picturemaking becomes a sin. But those who love God and desire with all their hearts to keep His commandments, will be directed by Him. God would not have them depend on any man to be conscience for them. He who accepts all the ideas and impressions of unbalanced minds will become confused and bewildered. It is Satan's object to divert the attention from the third angel's message to side issues, that minds and hearts that should be growing in grace and in the knowledge of the truth, may be dwarfed and enfeebled, so that God may not be glorified by them.--Historical Sketches of S.D.A. Foreign Missions, pp. 211, 212.  {1NL 38.5}
[1NL 39.1]       Chap. 14 - Be of Good Cheer  ［WORDS ADDRESSED TO  BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COLLEGE  OF MEDICAL EVANGELISTS, LOMA LINDA,  CALIFORNIA, NOVEMBER 9, 1912.］    By Ellen G. White         I feel very thankful that it is our privilege to believe in God, and to walk carefully in accordance with the instruction He has given us in His Word. If we do this, our hearts will respond to the impressions of the Spirit of God, and we shall follow on to know the Lord, whose going forth is prepared as the morning. And let us always remember that just as His going forth is prepared as the morning, so we are to expect the revelations of His grace as we advance.  {1NL 39.1}
[1NL 39.2]          But if we keep silent, if we do not feel the importance of moving in harmony with His will, we shall not have His blessing attending us. We cannot afford, brethren and sisters, to be without His help and guidance. We need to be in a position where we can talk with God. We are to commune with Him. He who is our sanctification, our righteousness, has given us the privilege of being in a position where we may have a continually increasing faith. We must ever live by faith, and follow on to know the Lord.  {1NL 39.2}
[1NL 39.3]          God's promises to us are so rich, so full, that we need never hesitate or doubt; we need never waver or backslide. In view of the encouragements that are found all through the Word of God, we have no right to be gloomy or despondent. We may have weakness of body; but the compassionate Saviour says: "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened."  {1NL 39.3}
[1NL 39.4]          Will you believe these assurances? Will you say, "Yes, Lord, I take Thee at Thy word. I will begin where I am, to talk an increase of faith; I will take hold of the promises; they are for me"? O brethren and sisters, what we want is a living, striving, growing faith in the promises of God, which are indeed for you and for me.  {1NL 39.4}
[1NL 39.5]                                   Words of Encouragement          Many, many times I have been instructed by the Lord to speak words of courage to His people. We are to put our trust in God, and believe in Him, and act in accordance with His will. We must ever remain in a position where we can praise the Lord and magnify His name. Then we shall see light in His Word, and follow on to know Him, whose going forth is prepared as the morning. Read 1 Peter 1:1-5.  {1NL 39.5}
[1NL 39.6]          These words are all-sufficient evidence that God desires us to receive great blessings. His promises are so clearly stated that there is no cause for uncertainty. He desires us to take Him at His word. At times we shall be in great perplexity, and not know just what to do. But at such times it is our privilege to take our Bibles, and read the messages He has given us; and then get down on our knees, and ask Him to help us. Over and over again He has given evidence that He is a prayer-hearing and a prayer-answering God. He fulfills His promises in far greater measure than we expect to receive help.  {1NL 39.6}
[1NL 39.7]                                      Perplexities          So long as Satan continues to live, we shall have perplexity; and if we choose to follow the counsel of the enemy, we shall have constant difficulty;                                                                              40  but if we refuse to yield to satanic influences, choosing rather to lay hold on God and on the promises of His Word, we shall be able to help and strengthen and uphold one another. Thus we shall bring into the work with which we are connected a spirit of courage.  {1NL 39.7}
[1NL 40.1]          Never are we to utter a word that would arouse doubt or fear, or that would cast a shadow over the minds of others. I am determined not to permit myself to speak discouraging words; and when I hear criticism and complaint, or an expression of doubt and fear, I know that he who thus speaks has his eyes turned away from the Saviour. I know every such person does not appreciate Him who at infinite sacrifice left the royal courts and came down into the world that was lost, and lived among the children of men in order that He might speak words of hope and good cheer to the discouraged and the desponding.  {1NL 40.1}
[1NL 40.2]          Wherever we are, we are under obligation, as disciples of our Lord and Master, to anchor our faith in the promises of God. Individually we are to believe. We are not to cast about for a possible doubt, or imagine that sometime we may have to stand beneath the shadow of a cloud that seems to be gathering. We are chosen of God to be His children. We have been bought with an infinite price, and we have no occasion for placing the suggestions of the enemy before the assurances of the Lord Jesus Christ.  {1NL 40.2}
[1NL 40.3]          The Lord desires us to act sensibly. We shall have trials; we need never expect anything else; for the time has not yet come when Satan is to be bound. Wherever we may be, we shall continue to have trials. But if we give up to the suggestions of the enemy, we lose the battle. Can we afford to yield to the arch-deceiver? Oh, no! We are to turn for help and deliverance to Him who "according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ," even the hope of an eternal inheritance reserved for those "who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation." . . .  {1NL 40.3}
[1NL 40.4]          If unbelievers come in and talk their doubts and fears, remember that Satan is not dead. He has agencies through whom he works. But shall we become discouraged because of this? Oh, no! Christ, our Saviour, lives and reigns. Let us not look on the dark side. As soon as we yield to the temptation to do this, we shall have plenty of company. But there is nothing to be gained by looking on the dark side. What we want is courage in the Lord; and we want to follow on to know the Lord, that we may know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. This is not going back into darkness. You know how the morning is prepared. If you follow on to know the Lord every day, you will increase in brightness, in courage, in faith, and the Lord Jesus will be to you a present help in every time of need.--MS. 71, 1912.                                                    -    {1NL 40.4}
[1NL 40.5]                                       Present Duty          We must seek to become a united people. Every phase of our work is to bear the signature of God. Those who have not placed themselves on the Lord's side are becoming more bold and more defiant. He calls upon His people to take their stand firmly on the platform of eternal truth. To His true and loyal subjects He has given the words of eternal life. It is for them to obey His Word and do His work, in accordance with His instructions.  {1NL 40.5}
[1NL 40.6]          God sends His Holy Spirit to kindle in the hearts of His followers a desire to open the Word to those who sit in darkness, that they may                                                                              41  come to the light of the knowledge of God.  {1NL 40.6}
[1NL 41.1]          We are to carry forward in our world gospel medical missionary work. This work means far more than many comprehend. The one great work of medical missionaries is to be to fulfill the commission to carry the gospel of salvation to all parts of the world.  {1NL 41.1}
[1NL 41.2]          Medical missionary workers must be set apart by God Himself for His work. If they consecrate themselves to God, and are by Him sanctified, body, soul, and spirit; if they walk and work as men called to exalt Christ, they will be recognized as God's appointed agencies. But they need to study carefully the life and character of their divine Example, that all their work may be done after the divine similitude. They need to be humble. Then the language of their hearts will be, "Who is sufficient for these things?" Their success depends upon co-operation with Christ.  {1NL 41.2}
[1NL 41.3]          Who can say where Seventh-day Adventists might be standing today, had they fully carried out the instruction given in the sixth chapter of John, had they received the words which, Christ declares, are spirit and life to the receiver? I hope and pray that we may now seek to understand these words; for they mean much to every soul.  {1NL 41.3}
[1NL 41.4]          Many do not earnestly seek to understand the lessons found in God's Word. They lay aside the Bible, and allow their minds to become engrossed with the cheap reading found in books of fiction, newspapers, and magazines.  {1NL 41.4}
[1NL 41.5]          "Search the Scriptures," said Christ, "for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of Me." The Lord calls for workers whose motives are pure and sincere. He calls upon His people to arouse, and consecrate their capabilities to Him. He will lead all who are willing to be led by Him.  {1NL 41.5}
[1NL 41.6]          Will not all now make a resolute determination to exclude from the life all unprofitable reading, and to feed upon the Word, which, if received, is eternal life? At this time there needs to be a close searching of the heart. To become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King, is of far greater value than treasures of gold and silver and precious stones.-- MS. 146, 1903.                                                    -    {1NL 41.6}
[1NL 41.7]                                The Final Triumph of Truth          Ages before His incarnation, Christ distinctly chose His position. He foresaw His life of humiliation, His rejection and crucifixion, His victory over satanic agencies, His victory over death and the grave. He saw the world flooded with light and life, and heard the song of triumph sung by the millions rescued from the hold of Satan.  {1NL 41.7}
[1NL 41.8]          Christ is our Deliverer. He exclaims, "I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death, I will be thy plagues; O grave, I will be thy destruction." Thrice in rapid succession He exclaimed, "I will raise him up at the last day."  {1NL 41.8}
[1NL 41.9]          "Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of His saints, to execute judgment upon all." And Solomon, when in the capacity of a preacher tried to present the strongest motive to holy obedience--the motive that was above all estimate in view of the judgment to come--said, "Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God, and keep His commandments: for this is the whole duty of man. For God shall bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil."                                                                              42   {1NL 41.9}
[1NL 42.1]          God places every action in the scale. What a scene it will be! What impressions will be made regarding the holy character of God and the terrible enormity of sin, when the judgment, based on the law, is carried forward in the presence of all the worlds. Then before the mind of the unrepentant sinner there will be opened all the sins that he has committed, and he will see and understand the aggregate of sin and his own guilt.  {1NL 42.1}
[1NL 42.2]          When the loyal overcomers are crowned, God would have present all who have transgressed His law and broken their covenant with Him. And not one of the righteous will be absent. They see, in the Judge, Christ Jesus, the one whom every sinner has crucified. The Son of man shall come in His glory, and before Him shall be gathered all nations. The Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment to the Son.  {1NL 42.2}
[1NL 42.3]          But the trumpet is waxing louder and louder, and the wicked dead come forth to confront Christ. When the multitude of the lost, those whom God has favored with great light, shall look upon the goodness, mercy, and love of Jesus, when those who might have been saved if they had accepted the light and the blessings of God's Word, but who refused to obey His law, see the great sacrifice made in their behalf, they understand the unmeasured love of the Redeemer; they understand His incarnation, the sweatdrops of blood, the marks of the nails in His hands and feet, the pierced side; and they ask to be hidden from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. They see as in reality the condemnation of Christ, they hear the loud cry, "Release unto us Barabbas." They hear the question, "What shall I do then with Jesus?" and the answer, "Crucify Him, crucify Him."  {1NL 42.3}
[1NL 42.4]          The reign of appearance and pretense is over. The voice of the righteous Judge speaks with awful emphasis, as He utters the sentence, "Depart from Me: I never knew you."  {1NL 42.4}
[1NL 42.5]          The division of the whole multitude will be made. "When the Son of man shall come in His glory, and all the holy angels with Him, then shall He sit upon the throne of His glory: and before Him shall be gathered all nations: and He shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats; and He shall set the sheep on His right hand, but the goats on the left." Those who have done good and those who have done evil will receive a reward according to their works. Then shall Jesus say to those on His right hand, "Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world." Thus He welcomes them, to live hereafter in eternal communion with Himself. Every voice in the mansions of heaven echoes the welcome, "Come, ye blessed of My Father; inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world."--MS. 77, 1906.  {1NL 42.5}
[1NL 43.1]       Chap. 15 - Good Angels More Powerful Than Evil    By Ellen G. White         It is expressly stated that Satan works in the children of disobedience, not merely having access to their minds, but working through their influence, conscious and unconscious, to draw others into the same disobedience. If evil angels have such power over the children of men in their disobedience, how much greater power the good angels have over those who are striving to be obedient. When we put our trust in Jesus Christ, working obedience unto righteousness, angels of God work in our hearts unto righteousness. . . .  {1NL 43.1}
[1NL 43.2]                                  Power of Satan Limited          Angels came and ministered to our Lord in the wilderness of temptation. Heavenly angels were with Him during all the period in which He was exposed to the assaults of satanic agencies. These assaults were more severe than man has ever passed through. Everything was at stake in behalf of the human family. In this conflict Christ did not frame His words even. He depended upon "It is written." In this conflict the humanity of Christ was taxed as none of us will ever know. The Prince of life and the prince of darkness met in terrible conflict, but Satan was unable to gain the least advantage in word or in action. These were real temptations, no pretense. Christ "suffered being tempted." Angels of heaven were on the scene on that occasion, and kept the standard uplifted, that Satan should not exceed his bounds and overpower the human nature of Christ.  {1NL 43.2}
[1NL 43.3]          In the last temptation Satan presented to Christ the prospect of gaining the whole world with all its glory if He would only worship him who claimed to be sent of God. Christ must then issue His command. He must then exercise authority above all satanic agencies. Divinity flashed through humanity, and Satan was pre-emptorily repulsed. "Get thee hence, Satan," Christ said, "for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve." It was enough. Satan could go no farther. Angels ministered to the Saviour. Angels brought Him food. The severity of this conflict no human mind can compass. The welfare of the whole human family and of Christ Himself was at stake. One admission from Christ, one word of concession, and the world would be claimed by Satan as his; and he, the prince of the power of darkness, would, he supposed, commence his rule. There appeared unto Christ an angel from heaven; for the conflict ended. Human power was ready to fail. But all heaven sang the song of eternal victory.  {1NL 43.3}
[1NL 43.4]          The human family have all the help that Christ had in their conflicts with Satan. They need not be overcome. They may be more than conquerors through Him who has loved them and given His life for them. "Ye are bought with a price." And what a price! The Son of God in His humanity wrestled with the very same fierce, apparently overwhelming temptations that assail men-- temptations to indulgence of appetite, to presumptuous venturing where God has not                                                                              44  led them, and to the worship of the god of this world, to sacrifice an eternity of bliss for the fascinating pleasures of this life. Everyone will be tempted, but the Word declares that we shall not be tempted above our ability to bear. We may resent and defeat the wily foe.  {1NL 43.4}
[1NL 44.1]          Every soul has a heaven to win, and a hell to shun. And the angelic agencies are all ready to come to the help of the tried and tempted soul. He the Son of the infinite God endured the test and trial in our behalf. The cross of Calvary stands vividly before every soul. When the cases of all are judged, and they are delivered to suffer for their contempt for God and their disregard of His honor in their disobedience, not one will have an excuse, not one will need to have perished. It was left to their own choice who should be their prince, Christ or Satan. All the help Christ received, every man may receive in the great trial. The cross stands as a pledge that not one need be lost, that abundant help is provided for every soul. We can conquer the satanic agencies, or we can join ourselves with the powers that seek to counterwork the work of God in our world. . . .  {1NL 44.1}
[1NL 44.2]          We have an Advocate pleading in our behalf. The Holy Ghost is continually engaged in beholding our course of action. We need now keen perception, that by our own practical godliness the truth may be made to appear truth as it is in Jesus. The angelic agencies are messengers from heaven, actually ascending and descending, keeping earth in constant connection with the heaven above. These angel messengers are observing all our course of action. They are ready to help all in their weakness, guarding all from moral and physical danger according to the providence of God. And whenever souls yield to the softening, subduing influence of the Spirit of God under these angel ministrations, there is joy in heaven; the Lord Himself rejoices with singing.  {1NL 44.2}
[1NL 44.3]          Men take altogether too much glory to themselves. It is the work of heavenly agencies co-operating with human agencies according to God's plan that brings the result in the conversion and sanctification of the human character. We cannot see and could not endure the glory of angelic ministrations if their glory was not veiled in condescension to the weakness of our human nature. The blaze of the heavenly glory, as seen in the angels of light, would extinguish earthly mortals. Angels are working upon human minds just as these minds are given to their charge; they bring precious remembrances fresh before the mind as they did to the women about the sepulcher.  {1NL 44.3}
[1NL 44.4]          A created instrumentality is used in heaven's organized plan for the renewing of our nature, working in the children of disobedience obedience unto God. The guardianship of the heavenly host is granted to all who will work in God's ways and follow His plans. We may in earnest, contrite prayer call the heavenly helpers to our side. Invisible armies of light and power will work with the humble, meek, and lowly one. . . .  {1NL 44.4}
[1NL 44.5]          "Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones." Isaiah 57:15. ［Read also verses 16-19.］-- Letter 116, 1899.  {1NL 44.5}
[1NL 45.1]      Chap. 16 - Our Duty to Represent the Master  ［PORTION  OF A LETTER WRITTEN FROM ST. HELENA,  CALIFORNIA, DECEMBER 10, 1905.］    By Ellen G. White         We are usually well, and are seeking to put our entire dependence in the Lord. I have been looking over a large amount of matter. My head was tired on Sabbath and I had to keep quiet.  {1NL 45.1}
[1NL 45.2]          We are having most beautiful weather. It is almost like summer. The light of the moon makes the nights almost as light as day.  {1NL 45.2}
[1NL 45.3]          I have received a letter from Elder Haskell. They are on their way to Loma Linda, and they expect to meet me there. But I do not really see it to be my duty to leave my workers and break up just at this critical time. We need every jot of ability we have.  {1NL 45.3}
[1NL 45.4]          I have to work carefully and not feel too deeply over the known position of our brethren who are not disentangling themselves from erroneous science and making sure that they are on the firm foundation. I carry a burden continually because of the souls who know the truth, but have not manifested its sanctifying power in their lives and characters. I should suffer much if I could not lay my burden upon the great Burden Bearer.  {1NL 45.4}
[1NL 45.5]                                    Bring Forth Good Fruit          We must keep before the people veracity, justice, love, goodness, and every virtue that comes to us through the Lord Jesus Christ. In all the lowliness, meekness, and gentleness of Christ, His love is expressed to us. His spiritual life energy we must have if we are daily overcomers. All our power is derived from Him. Of His fullness we have all received, and grace for grace. The prayer of Christ to His Father is a representation of what we must be if we are working to be overcomers; and if we meet this representation we shall certainly bring forth good fruits. ［John 17:17-26.］  {1NL 45.5}
[1NL 45.6]          As Christ came to the world to seek and to save perishing souls, that they should have the light of truth, so also hath He committed the same work to all who receive Him as their Saviour. "And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth."  {1NL 45.6}
[1NL 45.7]          How important that we should be rooted and grounded in the truth! No falsehood is of the truth. The Lord Jesus has promised that if we receive Him by faith and believe in Him as our pattern He will give us "power to become the sons of God." The gospel of Jesus Christ contains the grand principles of all truth, expressed in a life of purity. In love and true righteousness these principles are to be proclaimed to the world. In all our dealings with one another we are to obey the precepts of the law of God. "I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word."  {1NL 45.7}
[1NL 45.8]                               Christ Judged by His Followers          From these words we see how much is dependent on the character of all those who claim to believe the gospel of Jesus Christ. By the lives of Christ's followers the world will judge the Saviour. If anyone, in word or deed, departs from the living principles of the truth, he dishonors his Saviour and puts Christ to open shame. Let every soul believe in Christ, and receive the power that Christ has promised, that he                                                                              46  may be a child of God, holding the truth conscientiously, its principles interwoven with his words, his spirit, and all his works. Thus Christians may become a refining, purifying influence, working against false religion and infidelity. Their presence brings with it the grand influence of heavenly principles, making them, through Christ, an honor to the gospel. They increase in power to communicate the sanctifying grace of heaven, gaining continually in influence through their increasing reverence for the truth. Their hearts are filled with the peace of Christ.  {1NL 45.8}
[1NL 46.1]          A true Christian feels daily that his lifework should be to represent the untiring earnestness that was shown in the life of Christ. Every soul should feel under sacred obligation to represent Christ to the world. All are to remember that they are in the presence of Christ, and in no case are they to utter a word that will grieve the Holy Spirit. They must show to the world that they are sons of God, that because they have chosen and believed on Christ, He has given them power to become the sons of God. In every business deal, in every act, they must honor Him who has given them this power.  {1NL 46.1}
[1NL 46.2]          I am instructed to present these principles, the message to which I have listened in the night season. I am to present the underlying principles of the Christian warfare. All who truly love the Lord Jesus will accept His yoke and learn of Him. "Learn of Me," said the holy, sanctified Teacher, "for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls."  {1NL 46.2}
[1NL 46.3]          The Christian life is a warfare, not against believing brethren, but against the seducing spirit of the enemy, against the subtle, deceiving influence of the serpent, which creeps into our thoughts and minds. "Resist the devil, and he will flee from you." Make no provision for the flesh, to deceive, to falsify, to work just as Satan worked in Eden. He is watching his chance to develop if he can only have an opportunity. Give him no foothold. There is something we are charged to do: "Resist the devil," and the promise is, "he will flee from you." Why? Because the angel of God lifts up for you a standard against the enemy, and he flees.--Letter 327, 1905.                                                    -    {1NL 46.3}
[1NL 46.4]                                   When the Church Awakes          Prayer is needed in the home life, in the church life, in the missionary life. The efficiency of earnest prayer is but feebly understood. Were the church faithful in prayer, she would not be found remiss in so many things; for faithfulness in calling upon God will bring rich returns.  {1NL 46.4}
[1NL 46.5]          When the church awakes to the sense of her holy calling, many more fervent and effective prayers will ascend to heaven for the Holy Spirit to point out the work and duty of God's people regarding the salvation of souls. We have a standing promise that God will draw near to every seeking soul.  {1NL 46.5}
[1NL 46.6]          The church needs to be begotten again unto a lively hope "by the resurrection of Jesus from the dead, to an inheritance incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away." When the church awakes to a sense of what must be done in our world, the members will have travail of soul for those who know not God and who in their spiritual ignorance, cannot understand the truth for this time. Self-denial, self-sacrifice, is to be woven into all our experience. We are to pray and watch unto prayer, that there may be no inconsistency in our lives. We must not fail to show others that we understand that watching unto prayer means living our prayers                                                                              47  before God, that He may answer them.  {1NL 46.6}
[1NL 47.1]          The church will not retrograde while the members seek help from the throne of grace, that they may not fail to co-operate in the great work of saving the souls that are on the brink of ruin. The members of a church that is an active, working church, will have a realization that they are wearing Christ's yoke, and drawing with Him.  {1NL 47.1}
[1NL 47.2]          The heavenly universe is waiting for consecrated channels, through which God can communicate with His people, and through them with the world. God will work through a consecrated, self-denying church, and He will reveal His Spirit in a visible and glorious manner, especially in this time, when Satan is working in a masterly manner to deceive the souls of both ministers and people. If God's ministers will co-operate with Him, He will be with them in a remarkable manner, even as He was with His disciples of old.  {1NL 47.2}
[1NL 47.3]          Will not the church awake to her responsibility? God is waiting to impart the spirit of the greatest missionary the world has ever known to those who will work with self-denying, self-sacrificing consecration. When God's people receive this Spirit, power will go forth from them.--MS. 59, 1898.                                                    -    {1NL 47.3}
[1NL 47.4]                                      The Passive Graces          The Lord permits circumstances to come that call for the exercise of the passive graces, which increase in purity and efficiency as we endeavor to give back to the Lord His own in tithes and offerings. You know something of what it means to pass through trials. These have given you the opportunity of trusting in God, of seeking Him in earnest prayer, that you may believe in Him, and rely upon Him with simple faith. It is by suffering that our virtues are tested, and our faith tried. It is in the day of trouble that we feel the preciousness of Jesus. You will be given opportunity to say, "Though He slay me, yet will I trust in Him." O, it is so precious to think that opportunities are afforded us to confess our faith in the face of danger, and amid sorrow, sickness, pain, and death. . . .  {1NL 47.4}
[1NL 47.5]          With us, everything depends on how we accept the Lord's terms. As is our spirit, so will be the moral result upon our future life and character. Each individual soul has victories to gain, but he must realize that he cannot have things just as he wants them. We are to observe carefully every lesson Christ has given throughout His life and teaching. He does not destroy; He improves whatever He touches.--Letter 135, 1897.                                                    -    {1NL 47.5}
[1NL 47.6]                                         A Quick Work          When divine power is combined with human effort, the work will spread like fire in the stubble. God will employ agencies whose origin man will be unable to discern; angels will do a work which men might have had the blessing of accomplishing, had they not neglected to answer the claims of God.--R. & H., Dec. 15, 1885.                                                    -    {1NL 47.6}
[1NL 47.7]                                   Signs of Christ's Coming          Satan now knows that his time has come. He has deceived the world until his image and superscription is stamped upon all their ambitious projects. Whatever their object for wishing to gain the supremacy, men are willing to sell their souls to Satan in order to obtain the highest place.  {1NL 47.7}
[1NL 47.8]          Christ sees the termination of the conflict. The battle is waging more and more fiercely. Soon He will come whose right it is, and will take possession of all earthly things. All the confusion in our world, all the                                                                              48  violence and crime, are a fulfillment of the words of Christ. They are signs of the nearness of His coming.--Letter 264, 1903.                                                    -    {1NL 47.8}
[1NL 48.1]                                  At the End of the Conflict          As Noah proclaimed his warning message, some listened, and worked with him in building the ark. But they did not endure. Evil influences prevailed. They turned away from the truth to become scoffers.  {1NL 48.1}
[1NL 48.2]          Thus it will be in the last days of this earth's history. Those who today hear the message of truth, but do not believe, will fall amid the moral infidelity, even as in Noah's day those who were not firmly grounded failed to stand till the end of their probation. When the Lord rewards every man according to his deeds, these men will understand that God is truth, and that His message would have been their life and salvation if they had accepted the evidence given, and practiced the conditions laid down. Then they will see that they might have been saved had they not rejected the only means of salvation.  {1NL 48.2}
[1NL 48.3]         The trials of God's people may be long and severe, but the Lord never forgets them. Those who believe the truth and obey the commandments will find refuge in Christ. They will have the effectual protection of His ever-loving care as long as they take their position on the side of God and His law, which ever has governed and ever will govern His kingdom. Those who hold fast the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end will find that God is faithful and that He will fulfill His covenant to His commandment-keeping people.--MS. 42, 1900.                                                    -    {1NL 48.3}
[1NL 48.4]                                  The Keeping Power of God          We are not kept by our intelligence, by our words, or by our riches. In these we find no safety. We are kept only by the power of God through faith unto salvation. We are living in a period of time during which we must by faith be allied with an infinite God, or else we cannot overcome the strong powers of darkness seeking to destroy us. The Holy Spirit is as a light shining on our pathway. Let us put our trust in Christ, who is ever at our right hand to help us. Let us take courage, placing our confidence and our trust in Him. He has not left us destitute.--MS. 110, 1901.  {1NL 48.4}
[1NL 49.1]       Chap. 17 - Babylon and the Remnant Church                                 The Contrast as Shown                        In the Writings of Ellen G. White                                   The Church the Light of                                     the World            Although there are evils existing in the church, and will be until the end of the world, the church in these last days is to be the light of the world that is polluted and demoralized by sin. The church, enfeebled and defective, needing to be reproved, warned, and counseled, is the only object upon earth upon which Christ bestows His supreme regard. The world is a workshop in which, through the co-operation of human and divine agencies, Jesus is making experiments by His grace and divine mercy upon human hearts.  {1NL 49.1}
[1NL 49.2]          Angels are amazed as they behold the transformation of character brought about in those who yield themselves to God, and they express their joy in songs of rapturous praise to God and to the Lamb. They see those who are by nature the children of wrath, converted, and becoming laborers together with Christ in drawing souls to God. They see those who were in darkness becoming lights to shine amid the moral night of this wicked and perverse generation. They see them becoming prepared by a Christlike experience to suffer with their Lord, and afterward to be partakers with Him in His glory in heaven above.  {1NL 49.2}
[1NL 49.3]          God has a church on earth who are lifting up the downtrodden law, and presenting to the world the Lamb of God that taketh away the sins of the world. The church is the depositary of the wealth of the riches of the grace of Christ, and through the church eventually will be made manifest the final and full display of the love of God to the world that is to be lightened with its glory. The prayer of Christ that His church may be one as He was one with His Father, will finally be answered. The rich dowry of the Holy Spirit will be given, and through its constant supply to the people of God, they will become witnesses in the world of the power of God unto salvation.  {1NL 49.3}
[1NL 49.4]                                 A Work of Tearing Down          There is but one church in the world who are at the present time standing in the breach, and making up the hedge, building up the old waste places; and for any man to call the attention of the world and other churches to this church, denouncing her as Babylon, is to do a work in harmony with him who is the accuser of the brethren. Is it possible that men will arise from among us, who speak perverse things, and give voice to the very sentiments that Satan would have disseminated in the world in regard to those who keep the commandments of God, and have the faith of Jesus? Is there not work enough to satisfy your zeal in presenting the truth to those who are in the darkness of error?  {1NL 49.4}
[1NL 49.5]          As those who have been made stewards of means and ability, you have been misapplying your Lord's goods in disseminating error. The whole world is filled with hatred of those who proclaim the binding claims of the law of God, and the church who are loyal to Jehovah must engage in no ordinary conflict. "We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places."                                                                              50  Those who have any realization of what this warfare means, will not turn their weapons against the church militant, but with all their powers will wrestle with the people of God against the confederacy of evil.  {1NL 49.5}
[1NL 50.1]          Those who start up to proclaim a message on their own individual responsibility, who, while claiming to be taught and led of God, still make it their special work to tear down that which God has been for years building up, are not doing the will of God. Be it known that these men are on the side of the great deceiver. Believe them not. They are allying themselves with the enemies of God and the truth. They will deride the order of the ministry as a system of priestcraft. From such turn away, have no fellowship with their message, however much they may quote the Testimonies and seek to intrench themselves behind them. Receive them not; for God has not given them this work to do. The result of such work will be unbelief in the Testimonies, and as far as possible, they will make of none effect the work that I have for years been doing.  {1NL 50.1}
[1NL 50.2]         Almost my whole lifetime has been devoted to this work, but my burden has often been made heavier by the arising of men who went forth to proclaim a message that God had not given them. This class of evil workers have selected portions of the Testimonies and have placed them in the framework of error, in order by this setting to give influence to their false testimonies. When it is made manifest that their message is error, then the Testimonies brought into the companionship of error, share the same condemnation; and people of the world, who do not know that the Testimonies quoted are extracts from private letters used without my consent, present these matters as evidence that my work is not of God, or of truth, but falsehood. Those who thus bring the work of God into disrepute will have to answer before God for the work they are doing.  {1NL 50.2}
[1NL 50.3]                              A Divinely Appointed Ministry          God has a church, and she has a divinely appointed ministry. "And He gave some apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints; for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ: that we henceforth be no more children tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into Him in all things, which is the head, even Christ."--TM 49-52.  {1NL 50.3}
[1NL 50.4]                              The Time of Celestial Glory          Satan is a diligent Bible student. He knows that his time is short, and he seeks at every point to counterwork the work of the Lord upon this earth. It is impossible to give any idea of the experience of the people of God who shall be alive upon the earth when celestial glory and a repetition of the persecutions of the past are blended. They will walk in the light proceeding from the throne of God. By means of the angels, there will be constant communication between heaven and earth. And Satan, surrounded by evil angels, and claiming to be God, will work miracles of all kinds, to deceive, if possible, the very elect.  {1NL 50.4}
[1NL 50.5]                                Miracles Not the Sign          God's people will not find their safety in working miracles; for Satan will counterfeit the miracles that will be wrought. God's tried and tested                                                                              51  people will find their power in the sign spoken of in Exodus 31:12-18. They are to take their stand on the living word, "It is written." This is the only foundation upon which they can stand securely. Those who have broken their covenant with God will in that day be without God and without hope.--9T 16.  {1NL 50.5}
[1NL 51.1]                                 Beware of False Teachers          Those who have proclaimed the Seventh-day Adventist Church as Babylon, have made use of the Testimonies in giving their position a seeming support; but why is it that they did not present that which for years has been the burden of my message--the unity of the church? Why did they not quote the words of the angel, "Press together, press together, press together"? Why did they not repeat the admonition and state the principle, that "in union there is strength, in division there is weakness"?  {1NL 51.1}
[1NL 51.2]          It is such messages as these men have borne, that divide the church, and put us to shame before the enemies of truth, and in such messages is plainly revealed the specious working of the great deceiver, who would hinder the church from attaining unto perfection in unity. These teachers follow the sparks of their own kindling, move according to their own independent judgment, and cumber the truth with false notions and theories. They refuse the counsel of their brethren, and press on in their own way, until they become just what Satan would desire to have them--unbalanced in mind.--TM 56.  {1NL 51.2}
[1NL 51.3]                                     Walk in Unity          I urge those who claim to believe the truth, to walk in unity with their brethren. Do not seek to give to the world occasion to say that we are extremists, that we are disunited, that one teaches one thing, and one another. Avoid dissension. Let every one be on guard, and be careful to be found standing in the gap to make up the breach, in place of standing at the wall seeking to make a breach.  {1NL 51.3}
[1NL 51.4]          Let all be careful not to make an outcry against the only people who are fulfilling the description given of the remnant people, who keep the commandments of God, and have faith in Jesus, who are exalting the standard of righteousness in these last days.--TM 57, 58.  {1NL 51.4}
[1NL 51.5]                                      Chosen Watchmen          In a special sense Seventh-day Adventists have been set in the world as watchmen and light bearers. To them has been entrusted the last warning for a perishing world. On them is shining wonderful light from the Word of God. They have been given a work of the most solemn import--the proclamation of the first, second, and third angels' messages. There is no other work of so great importance. They are to allow nothing else to absorb their attention.  {1NL 51.5}
[1NL 51.6]          The most solemn truths ever entrusted to mortals have been given us to proclaim to the world. The proclamation of these truths is to be our work. The world is to be warned, and God's people are to be true to the trust committed to them.--9T 19.                                                    -    {1NL 51.6}
[1NL 51.7]                                 No New Organization          The Lord has declared that the history of the past shall be rehearsed as we enter upon the closing work. Every truth that He has given for these last days is to be proclaimed to the world. Every pillar that He has established is to be strengthened. We cannot now step off the foundation that God has established. We cannot now enter into any new organization; for this would mean apostasy from the truth.--MS. 129, 1905.                                                                              52   {1NL 51.7}
[1NL 52.1]                                    What Constitutes                                       Babylon                                      Poisonous Doctrines            It is our individual duty to walk humbly with God. We are not to seek any strange, new message. We are not to think that the chosen ones of God who are trying to walk in the light, compose Babylon.  {1NL 52.1}
[1NL 52.2]          The fallen denominational churches are Babylon. Babylon has been fostering poisonous doctrines, the wine of error. This wine of error is made up of false doctrines, such as the natural immortality of the soul, the eternal torment of the wicked, the denial of the pre-existence of Christ prior to His birth in Bethlehem, and advocating and exalting the first day of the week above God's holy and sanctified day.--TM 61.  {1NL 52.2}
[1NL 52.3]                                     Following Rome          Many of the Protestant churches are following Rome's example of iniquitous connection with "the kings of the earth"--the state churches, by their relation to secular governments; and other denominations, by seeking the favor of the world. And the term "Babylon"--confusion--may be appropriately applied to these bodies, all professing to derive their doctrines from the Bible, yet divided into almost innumerable sects, with widely conflicting creeds and theories.--GC 383.  {1NL 52.3}
[1NL 52.4]                                     Call to Come Out          God's word to His people is: "Come out from among them, and be ye separate,... and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters." 2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.... God's people are to be distinguished as a people who serve Him fully, wholeheartedly, taking no honor to themselves, and remembering that by a most solemn covenant they have bound themselves to serve the Lord, and Him only.--9T 17.  {1NL 52.4}
[1NL 52.5]                                    The Sins of Babylon          The great sin charged against Babylon is, that she "made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication." This cup of intoxication which she presents to the world, represents the false doctrines that she has accepted as the result of her unlawful connection with the great ones of the earth. Friendship with the world corrupts her faith, and in her turn she exerts a corrupting influence upon the world by teaching doctrines which are opposed to the plainest statements of Holy Writ.--GC. 388.  {1NL 52.5}
[1NL 52.6]                                  The Doctrine of Eternal                                     Torment            The theory of eternal torment is one of the false doctrines that constitute the wine of the abominations of Babylon, of which she makes all nations drink. That ministers of Christ should have accepted this heresy and proclaimed it from the sacred desk, is indeed a mystery. They received it from Rome, as they received the false sabbath. True, it has been taught by great and good men; but the light on this subject had not come to them as it has come to us.--GC 536.  {1NL 52.6}
[1NL 52.7]                                 Alliance with the World          Babylon is also charged with the sin of unlawful connection with "the kings of the earth." It was by departure from the Lord, and alliance with the heathen, that the Jewish church became a harlot; and Rome, corrupting herself in like manner by seeking the support of worldly powers, receives a like condemnation.--GC 382.  {1NL 52.7}
[1NL 53.1]       Chap. 18 - Restlessness and Accusation  By Ellen G. White                                  The Accuser Rebuked          Satan stands at the head of all the accusers of the brethren; but when he presents the sins of the people of God, what does the Lord answer? He says, "The Lord rebuke ［not Joshua, who is a representative of the tried and chosen people of God, but］ thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire? Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the angel." Satan had represented the chosen and loyal people of God as being full of defilement and sin. He could depict the particular sins of which they had been guilty. Had he not set the whole confederacy of evil at work to lead them, through his seductive arts, into these very sins?  {1NL 53.1}
[1NL 53.2]          But they had repented, they had accepted the righteousness of Christ. They were therefore standing before God clothed with the garments of Christ's righteousness, and "He answered and spake unto those that stood before him, saying, Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment." Every sin of which they had been guilty was forgiven, and they stood before God as chosen and true, as innocent, as perfect, as though they had never sinned.  {1NL 53.2}
[1NL 53.3]                                 The Encouraging Word          "And I said, Let them set a fair miter upon his head. So they ［the angels of God］ set a fair miter upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the angel of the Lord stood by ［Jesus their Redeemer］. And the angel of the Lord protested unto Joshua, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts: If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by." I wish that all who claim to believe present truth, would think seriously of the wonderful things presented in this chapter. However weak and compassed with infirmity the people of God may be, those who turn from disloyalty to God in this wicked and perverse generation, and come back to their allegiance, standing to vindicate the holy law of God, making up the breach made by the man of sin under the direction of Satan, will be accounted the children of God, and through the righteousness of Christ will stand perfect before God.  {1NL 53.3}
[1NL 53.4]          Truth will not always lie in the dust to be trampled underfoot of men. It will be magnified and made honorable; it will yet arise and shine forth in all its natural luster, and will stand fast forever and ever.  {1NL 53.4}
[1NL 53.5]                           Words of Accusation Not of God          God has a people in which all heaven is interested, and they are the one object on earth dear to the heart of God. Let every one who reads these words give them thorough consideration; for in the name of Jesus I would press them home upon every soul. When anyone arises, either among us or outside of us, who is burdened with a message which declares that                                                                              54  the people of God are numbered with Babylon, and claims that the loud cry is a call to come out of her, you may know that he is not bearing the message of truth. Receive him not, nor bid him Godspeed; for God has not spoken by him, neither has He given a message to him, but he has run before he was sent.  {1NL 53.5}
[1NL 54.1]                                False Messages Will Come          The message contained in the pamphlet called the Loud Cry, is a deception. Such messages will come, and it will be claimed for them that they are sent of God, but the claim will be false; for they are not filled with light, but with darkness. There will be messages of accusation against the people of God, similar to the work done by Satan in accusing God's people, and these messages will be sounding at the very time when God is saying to His people, "Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people: but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee."  {1NL 54.1}
[1NL 54.2]                                   A Work of Deception          It will be found that those who bear false messages will not have a high sense of honor and integrity. They will deceive the people, and mix up with their error the Testimonies of Sister White, and use her name to give influence to their work. They make such selections from the Testimonies as they think they can twist to support their positions, and place them in a setting of falsehood, so that their error may have weight, and be accepted by the people. They misinterpret and misapply that which God has given to the church to warn, counsel, reprove, comfort, and encourage those who shall make up the remnant people of God.  {1NL 54.2}
[1NL 54.3]          Those who receive the Testimonies as the message of God, will be helped and blessed thereby; but those who take them in parts, simply to support some theory or idea of their own, to vindicate themselves in a course of error, will not be blessed and benefited by what they teach.  {1NL 54.3}
[1NL 54.4]          To claim that the Seventh-day Adventist Church is Babylon, is to make the same claim as does Satan, who is an accuser of the brethren, who accuses them before God night and day. By this misusing of the Testimonies, souls are placed in perplexity, because they cannot understand the relation of the Testimonies to such a position as is taken by those in error; for God intended that the Testimonies should always have a setting in the framework of truth.  {1NL 54.4}
[1NL 54.5]                                The Need of Men and Means          Those who advocate error, will say, "The Lord saith," "when the Lord hath not spoken." They testify to falsehood, and not to truth. If those who have been proclaiming the message that the church is Babylon, had used the money expended in publishing and circulating this error, in building up instead of tearing down, they would have made it evident that they were the people whom God is leading.  {1NL 54.5}
[1NL 54.6]          There is a great work to be done in the world, a great work to be done in foreign lands. Schools must be established in order that youth, children, and those of more mature age may be educated as rapidly as possible to enter the missionary field. There is need not only of ministers for foreign fields, but of wise, judicious laborers                                                                              55  of all kinds. The Macedonian cry is sounding from all parts of the world, "Come over and help us." With all the responsibility upon us to go and preach the gospel to every creature, there is great need of men and means, and Satan is at work in every conceivable way to tie up means, and to hinder men from engaging in the very work that they should be doing.  {1NL 54.6}
[1NL 55.1]          The money that should be used in doing the good work of building houses of worship, of establishing schools for the purpose of educating laborers for the missionary field, of drilling young men and women so that they may go forth and labor patiently, intelligently, and with all perseverance, that they may be agents through whom a people may be prepared to stand in the great day of God, is diverted from a channel of usefulness and blessing, into a channel of evil and cursing.--TM 40-43.                                                    -    {1NL 55.1}
[1NL 55.2]                                   Preparing a People                                     to Stand            God is bringing out a people and preparing them to stand as one, united, to speak the same things, and thus carry out the prayer of Christ for His disciples. "Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me."  {1NL 55.2}
[1NL 55.3]                                     Restless Minds          There are little companies continually arising who believe that God is only with the very few, the very scattered, and their influence is to tear down and scatter that which God's servants build up. Restless minds who want to be seeing and believing something new continually, are constantly arising, some in one place and some in another, all doing a special work for the enemy, yet claiming to have the truth.  {1NL 55.3}
[1NL 55.4]          They stand separate from the people whom God is leading out and prospering, and through whom He is to do His great work. They are continually expressing their fears that the body of Sabbathkeepers are becoming like the world; but there are scarcely two of these whose views are in harmony.  {1NL 55.4}
[1NL 55.5]          They are scattered and confused, and yet deceive themselves so much as to think that God is especially with them. Some of these profess to have the gifts among them; but are led by the influence and teachings of these gifts to hold in doubt those upon whom God has laid the special burden of His work, and to lead off a class from the body. The people who, in accordance with God's Word, are putting forth every effort to be one, who are established in the message of the third angel, are looked upon with suspicion, for the reason that they are extending their labor, and are gathering souls into the truth.  {1NL 55.5}
[1NL 55.6]          They are considered worldly, because they have an influence in the world, and their acts testify that they expect God yet to do a special and great work upon the earth, to bring out a people and fit them for Christ's appearing.  {1NL 55.6}
[1NL 55.7]          This class do not know what they really believe, or the reasons of their belief. They are ever learning, and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth. One man arises with wild, erroneous views, and claims that God has sent him with new and glorious light, and all must believe what he brings. Some who have no established faith, who are not subject to the body, but are drifting about without an anchor to hold them, receive that wind of doctrine. His light shines in such a manner as to cause the world to turn from him in disgust and to hate him. Then he blasphemously places himself by the side of Christ, and claims that the world hate him for the same reason that they hated Christ. . . .  {1NL 55.7}
[1NL 55.8]                                      Spurious Gifts          Some rejoice and exult that they have the gifts, which others have not. May God deliver His people from such gifts. What do these gifts do for them? Are they, through the exercise of these gifts, brought into the unity of the faith? And do they convince the unbeliever that God is with them of a truth? When these discordant ones, holding their different                                                                              56  views, come together and there is considerable excitement and the unknown tongue, they let their light so shine that unbelievers would say, These people are not sane; they are carried away with a false excitement, and we know that they do not have the truth. Such stand directly in the way of sinners; their influence is effectual to keep others from accepting the Sabbath. Such will be rewarded according to their works. Would to God they would be reformed or give up the Sabbath! They would not then stand in the way of unbelievers.  {1NL 55.8}
[1NL 56.1]                                        A Sound Work          God has led out men who have toiled for years, who have been willing to make any sacrifice, who have suffered privation, and endured trials to bring the truth before the world, and by their consistent course remove the reproach that fanatics have brought upon the cause of God. They have met opposition in every form. They have toiled night and day in searching the evidences of our faith, that they might bring out the truth in its clearness, in a connected form, that it might withstand all opposition. Incessant labor and mental trials in connection with this great work have worn down more than one constitution, and prematurely sprinkled heads with gray hairs. They have not worn out in vain. God has marked their earnest, tearful, agonizing prayers that they might have light and truth, and that the truth might shine in its clearness to others. He has marked their self-sacrificing efforts, and He will reward them as their works have been.  {1NL 56.1}
[1NL 56.2]          On the other hand, those who have not toiled to bring out these precious truths, have come up and received some points, like the Sabbath truth, which are all prepared to their hand, and then all the gratitude they manifest for that which cost them nothing, but others so much, is to rise up like Korah, Dathan, and Abiram and reproach those upon whom God has laid the burden of His work. They would say, "Ye take too much upon you, seeing all the congregation are holy, every one of them, and the Lord is among them." They are strangers to gratitude. They possess a strong spirit, which will not yield to reason, and which will lead them on to their own destruction.  {1NL 56.2}
[1NL 56.3]          God has blessed His people who have moved forward, following His opening providence. He has brought out a people from every class upon the great platform of truth. Infidels have been convinced that God was with His people, and have humbled their hearts to obey the truth. The work of God moves steadily on.  {1NL 56.3}
[1NL 56.4]                                  Fruits of Inconsistency          Yet notwithstanding all the evidences that God has been leading the body, there are, and will continue to be, those who profess the Sabbath, who will move independent of the body, and believe and act as they choose. Their views are confused. Their scattered state is a standing testimony that God is not with them. By the world, the Sabbath and their errors are placed upon a level, and thrown away together.  {1NL 56.4}
[1NL 56.5]          God is angry with those who pursue a course to make the world hate them. If a Christian is hated because of his good works, and for following Christ, he will have a reward; but if he is hated because he does not take a course to be loved, hated because of his uncultivated manners and because he makes the truth a matter of quarrel with his neighbors, and takes a course to make the Sabbath as annoying as possible to them, he is a stumbling block to sinners, a reproach to the sacred truth, and unless he repents it were better for him that a millstone were hung about his neck, and he were cast into the sea.--1T 417-420.                                       Bibliography     GC 388-390, 536-537                   Babylon full of wine of false doctrine   TM 20, 23, 32-62                       S.D.A Church not Babylon   GC 388, 605-606; EW 273-274           Sins of Babylon   3T 450-451; 5T 107-108; GW 444         Authority of church ordained of God   AA 587-588; TM 49; 6T 42; 7T 16         Church defective, yet loved by the Lord   AA 162-164 (GW 443)                  God acknowledges His organized church   PK 590; COL 298; 9T 228               God's love for the church   EW 270; 1T 181-183, 186-188; 3T         Laodicean message to cause a shaking,     259-260                                 followed by loud cry   LS 437-439                            God with His ministering servants  {1NL 56.5}
[1NL 57.1]      Chap. 19 - Apostasies    By Ellen G. White         I am in great travail of soul for our people. We are living in the perils of the last days. A superficial faith results in a superficial experience. There is a repentance that needs to be repented of. All genuine experience in religious doctrines will bear the impress of Jehovah. All should see the necessity of understanding the truth for themselves individually. We must understand the doctrines that have been studied out carefully and prayerfully. It has been revealed to me that there is among our people a great lack of knowledge in regard to the rise and progress of the third angel's message. There is great need to search the book of Daniel and the book of Revelation, and learn the texts thoroughly, that we may know what is written.  {1NL 57.1}
[1NL 57.2]          The light given me has been very forcible that many would go out from us, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. The Lord desires that every soul who claims to believe the truth shall have an intelligent knowledge of what is truth. False prophets will arise, and will deceive many. Everything is to be shaken that can be shaken. Then does it not become everyone to understand the reasons of our faith? In place of having so many sermons there should be a more close searching of the Word of God, opening the Scriptures, text by text, and searching for the strong evidences that sustain the fundamental doctrines that have brought us where we now are, upon the platform of eternal truth.  {1NL 57.2}
[1NL 57.3]                               Charmed by Spurious Holiness          My soul is made very sad to see how quickly some who have had light and truth will accept the deceptions of Satan, and be charmed with a spurious holiness. When men turn away from the landmarks the Lord has established that we may understand our position as marked out in prophecy, they are going they know not whither.  {1NL 57.3}
[1NL 57.4]          I question whether genuine rebellion is ever curable. Study in Patriarchs and Prophets the rebellion of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram. This rebellion was extended, including more than two men. It was led by two hundred and fifty princes of the congregation, men of renown. Call rebellion by its right name and apostasy by its right name, and then consider that the experience of the ancient people of God with all its objectionable features was faithfully chronicled to pass into history. The Scripture declares, "These things . . . are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come." And if men and women who have the knowledge of the truth are so far separated from their Great Leader that they will take the great leader of apostasy and name him Christ our Righteousness, it is because they have not sunk deep into the mines of the truth. They are not able to distinguish the precious ore from the base material.  {1NL 57.4}
[1NL 57.5]                                        False Prophets          Read the cautions so abundantly given in the Word of God in regard to false prophets that will come in with their heresies, and if possible will deceive the very elect. With these warnings, why is it that the church does not distinguish the false from the genuine? Those who have in any way been thus misled need to humble themselves before God, and sincerely repent, because they have so easily been led astray. They have                                                                              58  not distinguished the voice of the true Shepherd from that of a stranger. Let all such review this chapter of their experience.  {1NL 57.5}
[1NL 58.1]          For more than half a century God has been giving His people light through the testimonies of His Spirit. After all this time is it left for a few men and their wives to undeceive the whole church of believers, declaring Mrs. White a fraud and a deceiver? "By their fruits ye shall know them."  {1NL 58.1}
[1NL 58.2]          Those who can ignore all the evidences which God has given them, and change that blessing into a curse, should tremble for the safety of their own souls. Their candlestick will be removed out of its place unless they repent. The Lord has been insulted. The standard of truth, of the first, second, and third angels' messages has been left to trail in the dust. If the watchmen are left to mislead the people in this fashion, God will hold some souls responsible for a lack of keen discernment to discover what kind of provender was being given to His flock.  {1NL 58.2}
[1NL 58.3]          Apostasies have occurred and the Lord has permitted matters of this nature to develop in the past in order to show how easily His people will be misled when they depend upon the words of men instead of searching the Scriptures for themselves, as did the noble Bereans, to see if these things are so. And the Lord has permitted things of this kind to occur that warnings may be given that such things will take place.  {1NL 58.3}
[1NL 58.4]                                   Rebellion and Apostasy          Rebellion and apostasy are in the very air we breathe. We shall be affected by them unless we by faith hang our helpless souls upon Christ. If men are so easily misled now, how will they stand when Satan shall personate Christ, and work miracles? Who will be unmoved by his misrepresentations then--professing to be Christ when it is only Satan assuming the person of Christ, and apparently working the works of Christ? What will hold God's people from giving their allegiance to false christs? "Go not after them."  {1NL 58.4}
[1NL 58.5]          The doctrines must be plainly understood. The men accepted to preach the truth must be anchored; then their vessel will hold against storm and tempest, because the anchor holds them firmly. The deceptions will increase, and we are to call rebellion by its right name. We are to stand with the whole armor on. In this conflict we do not meet men only, but principalities and powers. We wrestle not against flesh and blood. Let Ephesians 6:10-18 be read carefully and impressively in our churches.  {1NL 58.5}
[1NL 58.6]                                  Voicing the Dragon's Words          Those who apostatize are voicing the words of the dragon. We have to meet the satanic agencies who went to make war with the saints. "The dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ." Those who apostatize leave the true and faithful people of God, and fraternize with those who represent Barabbas. "By their fruits ye shall know them."  {1NL 58.6}
[1NL 58.7]          I write this because many in the church are represented to me as seeing men like trees walking. They must have another and deeper experience before they discern the snares spread to take them in the net of the deceiver. There must be no halfway work done now. The Lord calls for stanch, decided, whole-souled men and women to stand in the gap, and make up the hedge. "And they that shall be of thee shall build the old waste places: thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in. If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing                                                                              59  thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words: then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father: for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it."  {1NL 58.7}
[1NL 59.1]         There is a decided testimony to be borne by all our ministers in all our churches. God has permitted apostasies to take place in order to show how little dependence can be placed in man. We are always to look to God; His word is not Yea and Nay, but Yea and Amen.--Undated MS. 148.                                                    -    {1NL 59.1}
[1NL 59.2]                                     The Shadows of Satan          Bear in mind that the time will never come when the shadow of Satan will not be cast athwart our pathway to obstruct our faith and eclipse the light coming from the Sun of Righteousness. Our faith must not stagger, but cleave through that shadow. We have an experience that is not to be buried in the darkness of doubt. Our faith is not in feeling, but in truth. None of us need flatter ourselves that while the world is progressing in wickedness we shall have no difficulties.  {1NL 59.2}
[1NL 59.3]                                 Difficulties Lead to Prayer          It is these very difficulties that bring us to the audience chamber of the Most High, to seek counsel of the One who is infinite in wisdom. He loves to have us seek Him; He loves to have us trust Him and believe His Word. If we had no perplexities, no trials, we would become self-sufficient and lifted up in ourselves. The true saints will be purified, and made white, and tried.  {1NL 59.3}
[1NL 59.4]                                     Behold the Light          Let not depression and discouragement mar your representation of Christ. "Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvelous light." Let your light be seen. Educate your heart and lips to speak the praises of God for His matchless love for you. If you will educate your soul to be hopeful, and to see the light shining from the cross of Calvary, you will see His salvation brought near, and rejoice in the hope of a glorious immortality.  {1NL 59.4}
[1NL 59.5]          There is but one power that can bring us into conformity to the likeness of Christ, that can make us steadfast, and keep us constant. It is the grace of God that comes to us through obedience to the law of God which is the transcript of the divine character. It is a knowledge of Jesus Christ that we should cultivate to the uttermost of our power, in order that we may be doers of the Word.  {1NL 59.5}
[1NL 59.6]                                     Growth in Grace          Those who have Christ enthroned within, will manifest Christlike principles. They will make it evident that the Holy Spirit has imparted a new life to them, and that they are nourishing and cherishing that life. Its beginning is found in spiritual union with the Lord Jesus Christ, and as they go on increasing in the knowledge of God, they will manifest a growth in grace and will show Christlike love to others.  {1NL 59.6}
[1NL 59.7]          We are to be very humble in our work for God. We are to keep all His commandments that we may live. Let us seek to honor Christ in our daily lives, believing His Word, and following in His footsteps.--Letter 58, 1909.                                                                              60   {1NL 59.7}
[1NL 60.1]                                    An Active Conflict          Christ's manner of rule and government is to be established to counterwork the works of Satan, and to bring the world back to its loyalty to God. The Prince of heaven, He who was one with the Father, gave Himself that He might save the fallen race. Satan is actively at work to defeat His highest purposes. But Christ says, Where Satan has set his throne, there will I establish My cross. The prince of evil shall be cast out, and I will become the center of a world redeemed.  {1NL 60.1}
[1NL 60.2]          True conversion to the message of present truth embraces conversion to the principles of health reform. "I, if I be lifted up," said Christ, "will draw all men unto Me." Men who in their unconverted state are controlled by human ambitions and human passions, will, through faith in the sacrifice made in their behalf, embrace the terms of discipleship. Human ambitions will be sacrificed; evil passions will be converted; capabilities which through Satan's influence have been employed to counterwork all good, will be turned into channels for the upbuilding of that which once they destroyed.  {1NL 60.2}
[1NL 60.3]                              Deceived Men Oppose God's Law          Satan is so deceiving men that many believe they are doing right in opposing the law of Jehovah. The enemy of God has led them to look upon His righteous law as an arbitrary requirement. All who unite on the side of righteousness in the conflict of good against evil will come into decided conflict with satanic forces; but this should not discourage the servant of God.  {1NL 60.3}
[1NL 60.4]          The Lord declares, "My Spirit shall strengthen every right principle in its opposition to evil. I will give power to every soul who will work on the side of righteousness and truth. I have a work for all to do who love Me, and who will hold aloft the banner of truth. And heavenly angels will be near to aid every human agency that is sanctified through the truth. All who preserve strict loyalty to God will do a righteous work in the earth in saving perishing souls."  {1NL 60.4}
[1NL 60.5]                                     Satan's Wiles          There are few among those who claim to be Christians who realize how deceptive are the wiles of Satan, and are prepared to oppose them firmly. Christ has promised His Spirit to go with those who will yield to His workings, and who will be loyal in opposing unrighteousness in every form. He has given to every human agent a work to do, that He may learn how to work in union with His Redeemer and in connection with heaven. It is the duty of every true Christian to unite the utmost powers of his being with the efforts of Him who made His life an example to mankind of what human agencies may accomplish in His name.--Letter 62, 1909.                                                    -    {1NL 60.5}
[1NL 60.6]                                     Denying Christ          We may deny Christ in our life by indulging love of ease or love of self, by jesting and joking, and by seeking the honor of the world. We may deny Him in our outward appearance, by conformity to the world, by a proud look or costly apparel. Only by constant watchfulness and persevering and almost unceasing prayer, shall we be able to exhibit in our life the character of Christ or the sanctifying influence of the truth.-- 1T 304.  {1NL 60.6}
[1NL 61.1]       Chap. 20 - The Pillars of Our Faith  ［WRITTEN ON THE TRAIN  EN ROUTE TO LYNN, MASSACHUSETTS, DECEMBER, 1890.］    By Ellen G. White         During the last fifty years of my life, I have had precious opportunities to obtain an experience. I have had an experience in the first, second, and third angels' messages. The angels are represented as flying in the midst of heaven, proclaiming to the world a message of warning, and having a direct bearing upon the people living in the last days of this earth's history. No one hears the voice of these angels, for they are a symbol to represent the people of God who are working in harmony with the universe of heaven. Men and women, enlightened by the Spirit of God and sanctified through the truth, proclaim the three messages in their order.  {1NL 61.1}
[1NL 61.2]          I have acted a part in this solemn work. Nearly all my Christian experience is interwoven with it. There are those now living who have an experience similar to my own. They have recognized the truth unfolding for this time; they have kept in step with the great Leader, the Captain of the Lord's host.  {1NL 61.2}
[1NL 61.3]                                   Prophecy Fulfilled          In the proclamation of the messages, every specification of prophecy has been fulfilled. Those who were privileged to act a part in proclaiming these messages have gained an experience which is of the highest value to them; and now when we are amid the perils of these last days, when voices will be heard on every side saying, "Here is Christ," "Here is truth"; while the burden of many is to unsettle the foundation of our faith which has led us from the churches and from the world to stand as a peculiar people in the world, like John our testimony will be borne:  {1NL 61.3}
[1NL 61.4]          "That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life;. . . that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us."  {1NL 61.4}
[1NL 61.5]          I testify the things which I have seen, the things which I have heard, the things which my hands have handled of the Word of life. And this testimony I know to be of the Father and the Son. We have seen and do testify that the power of the Holy Ghost has accompanied the presentation of the truth, warning with pen and voice, and giving the messages in their order. To deny this work would be to deny the Holy Ghost, and would place us in that company who have departed from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits.  {1NL 61.5}
[1NL 61.6]                                   Confidence Assailed          The enemy will set everything in operation to uproot the confidence of the believers in the pillars of our faith in the messages of the past, which have placed us upon the elevated platform of eternal truth, and which have established and given character to the work. The Lord God of Israel has led out His people, unfolding to them truth of heavenly origin. His voice has been heard, and is still heard, saying, Go forward from strength to strength, from grace to grace, from glory to glory. The work is strengthening and broadening, for the Lord God of Israel is the defense of His people.  {1NL 61.6}
[1NL 61.7]         Those who have a hold of the truth theoretically, with their fingertips as it were, who have not brought                                                                              62  its principles into the inner sanctuary of the soul, but have kept the vital truth in the outer court, will see nothing sacred in the past history of this people which has made them what they are, and has established them as earnest, determined, missionary workers in the world.  {1NL 61.7}
[1NL 62.1]          The truth for this time is precious, but those whose hearts have not been broken by falling on the rock Christ Jesus, will not see and understand what is truth. They will accept that which pleases their ideas, and will begin to manufacture another foundation than that which is laid. They will flatter their own vanity and esteem, thinking that they are capable of removing the pillars of our faith, and replacing them with pillars they have devised.  {1NL 62.1}
[1NL 62.2]          This will continue to be as long as time shall last. Anyone who has been a close student of the Bible will see and understand the solemn position of those who are living in the closing scenes of this earth's history. They will feel their own inefficiency and weakness, and will make it their first business to have not merely a form of godliness, but a vital connection with God. They will not dare to rest until Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. Self will die; pride will be expelled from the soul, and they will have the meekness and gentleness of Christ.--MS. 28, 1890.                                                    -    {1NL 62.2}
[1NL 62.3]                          Instruction Given the Redeemed          Some among the redeemed will have laid hold of Christ in the last hours of life, and in heaven instruction will be given to those who, when they died, did not understand perfectly the plan of salvation. Christ will lead the redeemed ones beside the river of life, and will open to them that which while on this earth they could not understand.--Undated MS. 150.                                                    -    {1NL 62.3}
[1NL 62.4]                              Christ's Abiding Presence          Christ's last words to His disciples were: "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations." "Go to the farthest bounds of the habitable globe, and know that wherever you go, My presence will attend you." No more valuable legacy could He have left them than the promise of His abiding presence.  {1NL 62.4}
[1NL 62.5]          To us also the commission is given. We are bidden to go forth as Christ's messengers, to teach, instruct, and persuade men and women, to urge upon their attention the word of life. And to us also the assurance of Christ's abiding presence is given.--MS. 24, 1903.                                                    -    {1NL 62.5}
[1NL 62.6]                            Work of Minister and Doctor          We have a great work to do in our world. If ministers and doctors will work in God's lines, He will work with them. But they must change, decidedly change, in spirit and character. They must remember that they are not the only ones to whom the Lord will give wisdom. If His people will not follow in His way, the Lord will employ heathen princes to do His will. . . .  {1NL 62.6}
[1NL 62.7]          Let ministers and physicians remember that their only safety is in being bound up together with Christ in God. They are to do their work by the Lord's appointment, and both occupy the same field.--MS. 14, 1901.  {1NL 62.7}
[1NL 63.1]       Chap. 21 - Relation of Faith and Works    By Ellen G. White    Napier, New Zealand  April 9, 1893    Brother A. T. Jones:            I was attending a meeting, and a large congregation were present. In my dream you were presenting the subject of faith and the imputed righteousness of Christ by faith. You repeated several times that works amounted to nothing, that there were no conditions. The matter was presented in that light that I knew minds would be confused, and would not receive the correct impression in reference to faith and works, and I decided to write to you. You state this matter too strongly. There are conditions to our receiving justification and sanctification, and the righteousness of Christ. I know your meaning, but you leave a wrong impression upon many minds. While good works will not save even one soul, yet it is impossible for even one soul to be saved without good works. God saves us under a law, that we must ask if we would receive, seek if we would find, and knock if we would have the door opened unto us.  {1NL 63.1}
[1NL 63.2]          Christ offers Himself as willing to save unto the uttermost all who come unto Him. He invites all to come to Him. "Him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out." You look in reality upon these subjects as I do, yet you make these subjects, through your expressions, confusing to minds. And after you have expressed your mind radically in regard to works, when questions are asked you upon this very subject, it is not lying out in so very clear lines, in your own mind, and you cannot define the correct principles to other minds, and you are yourself unable to make your statements harmonize with your own principles and faith.  {1NL 63.2}
[1NL 63.3]          The young man came to Jesus with the question, "Good Master, what good thing shall I do, that I may have eternal life?" And Christ saith unto him, "Why callest thou Me good? there is none good but one, that is, God: but if thou wilt enter into life, keep the commandments." He saith unto Him, "Which?" Jesus quoted several, and the young man said unto Him, "All these things have I kept from my youth up: what lack I yet?" Jesus said unto him, "If thou wilt be perfect, go and sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come and follow Me." Here are conditions, and the Bible is full of conditions. "But when the young man heard that saying, he went away sorrowful: for he had great possessions."  {1NL 63.3}
[1NL 63.4]          Then when you say there are no conditions, and some expressions are made quite broad, you burden the minds, and some cannot see consistency in your expressions. They cannot see how they can harmonize these expressions with the plain statements of the Word of God. Please guard these points. These strong assertions in regard to works, never make our position any stronger. The expressions weaken our position, for there are many who will consider you an extremist, and will lose the rich lessons you have for them, upon the very subjects they need to know....                                                                              64  My brother, it is hard for the mind to comprehend this point, and do not confuse any mind with ideas that will not harmonize with the Word. Please to consider that under the teaching of Christ many of the disciples were lamentably ignorant; but when the Holy Spirit that Jesus promised, came upon them and made the vacillating Peter the champion of faith, what a transformation in his character! But do not lay one pebble, for a soul that is weak in the faith to stumble over, in overwrought presentations or expressions. Be ever consistent, calm, deep, and solid. Do not go to any extreme in anything, but keep your feet on solid rock. O precious, precious Saviour. "He that hath My commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth Me; and he that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself to him."  {1NL 63.4}
[1NL 64.1]          This is the true test--the doing of the words of Christ. And it is the evidence of the human agent's love to Jesus, and he that doeth His will giveth to the world the practical evidence of the fruit he manifests in obedience, in purity, and in holiness of character. . . .  {1NL 64.1}
[1NL 64.2]          O my brother, walk carefully with God. But remember that there are some whose eyes are intently fixed upon you, expecting that you will overreach the mark, and stumble, and fall. But if you keep in humility close to Jesus, all is well. . . .  {1NL 64.2}
[1NL 64.3]          There is no place in the school of Christ where we graduate. We are to work on the plan of addition, and the Lord will work on the plan of multiplication. It is through constant diligence that we will, through the grace of Christ, live on the plan of addition, making our calling and election sure. . . . "For if ye do these things ye shall never fall: for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ."--Letter 44, 1893.                                                    -    {1NL 64.3}
[1NL 64.4]                                  No Compromise With Sin          Let my brethren be very careful how they present the subject of faith and works before the people, lest minds become confused. The people need to be urged to diligence in good works. They should be shown how to be successful, how to be purified, and their offerings may be fragrant before God. It is by virtue of the blood of Christ. Messages of a decided character must be borne to the people. Men must go forth reproving, rebuking every manner of evil.  {1NL 64.4}
[1NL 64.5]          If there is given to the angel of any church a commission like unto that given to the angel of the church of Ephesus, let the message be heard through human agents rebuking carelessness, backsliding, and sin, that the people may be brought to repentance and confession of sin. Never seek to cover sin; for in the message of rebuke, Christ is to be proclaimed as the first and the last, He who is all in all to the soul.  {1NL 64.5}
[1NL 64.6]          His power awaits the demand of those who would overcome. The reprover is to animate his hearers so that they shall strive for the mastery. He is to encourage them to struggle for deliverance from every sinful practice, to be free from every corrupt habit, even if his denial of self is like taking the right eye, or separating the right arm from the body. No concession or compromise is to be made to evil habits or sinful practices.--MS 26a, 1892.                                                                              65   {1NL 64.6}
[1NL 65.1]                                      No Short Route to                                       Holiness            This is an age famous for surface work, for easy methods, for boasted holiness aside from the standard of character that God has erected. All short routes, all cut-off tracks, all teaching which fails to exalt the law of God as the standard of religious character, is spurious. Perfection of character is a lifelong work, unattainable by those who are not willing to strive for it in God's appointed way, by slow and toilsome steps. We cannot afford to make any mistake in this matter, but we want day by day to be growing up into Christ, our living head."--5T 500.                                                    -    {1NL 65.1}
[1NL 65.2]                                     Co-operation with God          Man is to co-operate with God, employing every power according to his God-given ability. He is not to be ignorant as to what are right practices in eating and drinking, and in all the habits of life. The Lord designs that His human agents shall act as rational, accountable beings in every respect. . . .  {1NL 65.2}
[1NL 65.3]          We cannot afford to neglect one ray of light God has given. To be sluggish in our practice of those things which require diligence is to commit sin. The human agent is to co-operate with God, and keep under those passions which should be in subjection. To do this he must be unwearied in his prayers to God, ever obtaining grace to control his spirit, temper, and actions. Through the imparted grace of Christ, he may be enabled to overcome. To be an overcomer means more than many suppose it means.  {1NL 65.3}
[1NL 65.4]                                Repentance the Gift of God          The Spirit of God will answer the cry of every penitent heart; for repentance is the gift of God, and an evidence that Christ is drawing the soul to Himself. We can no more repent of sin without Christ, than we can be pardoned without Christ, and yet it is a humiliation to man with his human passion and pride to go to Jesus straightway, believing and trusting Him for everything which he needs. . . .  {1NL 65.4}
[1NL 65.5]                                From First to Last, A Laborer                                   Together With God            Let no man present the idea that man has little or nothing to do in the great work of overcoming; for God does nothing for man without his co-operation. Neither say that after you have done all you can on your part, Jesus will help you. Christ has said, "Without Me ye can do nothing." From first to last man is to be a laborer together with God. Unless the Holy Spirit works upon the human heart, at every step we shall stumble and fall.  {1NL 65.5}
[1NL 65.6]          Man's efforts alone are nothing but worthlessness; but co-operation with Christ means a victory. Of ourselves we have no power to repent of sin. Unless we accept divine aid we cannot take the first step toward the Saviour. He says, "I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end," in the salvation of every soul.  {1NL 65.6}
[1NL 65.7]          But though Christ is everything, we are to inspire every man to unwearied diligence. We are to strive, wrestle, agonize, watch, pray, lest we shall be overcome by the wily foe. For the power and grace with which we can do this comes from God, and all the while we are to trust in Him,                                                                              66  who is able to save to the uttermost all who come unto God by Him. Never leave the impression on the mind that there is little or nothing to do on the part of man; but rather teach man to co-operate with God, that he may be successful in overcoming.  {1NL 65.7}
[1NL 66.1]          Let no one say that your works have nothing to do with your rank and position before God. In the judgment the sentence pronounced is according to what has been done or to what has been left undone. (Matthew 25:34-40.)  {1NL 66.1}
[1NL 66.2]                                 Effort and Labor Required          Effort and labor are required on the part of the receiver of God's grace; for it is the fruit that makes manifest what is the character of the tree. Although the good works of man are of no more value without faith in Jesus than was the offering of Cain, yet covered with the merit of Christ, they testify ［to］ the worthiness of the doer to inherit eternal life. That which is considered morality in the world does not reach the divine standard and has no more merit before heaven than had the offering of Cain. --MS. 26a, 1892.                                                    -    {1NL 66.2}
[1NL 66.3]                                    How Daniel Overcame          When Daniel was in Babylon, he was beset with temptations of which we have never dreamed, and he realized that he must keep his body under. He purposed in his heart that he would not drink of the king's wine or eat of his dainties. He knew that in order to come off a victor, he must have clear mental perceptions, that he might discern between right and wrong. While he was working on his part, God worked also, and gave him "knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom: and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams." This is the way God worked for Daniel; and He does not propose to do any differently now. Man must co-operate with God in carrying out the plan of salvation.--R. & H., April 2, 1889.                                                    -    {1NL 66.3}
[1NL 66.4]                                  While Submitting to the                                    Holy Spirit            Everyone who has a realizing sense of what it means to be a Christian, will purify himself from everything that weakens and defiles. All the habits of his life will be brought into harmony with the requirements of the word of truth, and he will not only believe, but will work out his own salvation with fear and trembling, while submitting to the molding of the Holy Spirit.-- R. & H., March 6, 1888.                                                    -    {1NL 66.4}
[1NL 66.5]                                He Becomes Our Righteousness          Christ looks at the spirit, and when He sees us carrying our burden with faith, His perfect holiness atones for our shortcomings. When we do our best, He becomes our righteousness. It takes every ray of light that God sends to us to make us the light of the world.--Letter 33, 1889.  {1NL 66.5}
[1NL 67.1]       Chap. 22 - Doubting the Testimonies  ［EXTRACT  FROM A SERMON AT THE GENERAL  CONFERENCE OF 1883.］    By Ellen G. White         When you find men questioning the Testimonies, finding fault with them, and seeking to draw away the people from their influence, be assured that God is not at work through them. It is another spirit. Doubt and unbelief are cherished by those who do not walk circumspectly. They have a painful consciousness that their life will not abide the test of the Spirit of God, whether speaking through His Word or through the Testimonies of His Spirit that would bring them to His Word. Instead of beginning with their own hearts, and coming into harmony with the pure principles of the gospel, they find fault, and condemn the very means that God has chosen to fit up a people to stand in the day of the Lord.  {1NL 67.1}
[1NL 67.2]          Let some skeptical one come along, who is not willing to square his life by the Bible rule, who is seeking to gain the favor of all, and how soon the class that are not in harmony with the work of God are called out. Those who are converted, and grounded in the truth, will find nothing pleasing or profitable in the influence or teaching of such a one. But those who are defective in character, whose hands are not pure, whose hearts are not holy, whose habits of life are loose, who are unkind at home, or untrustworthy in deal--all these will be sure to enjoy the new sentiments presented. All may see, if they will, the true measure of the man, the nature of his teaching, from the character of his followers.  {1NL 67.2}
[1NL 67.3]          Those who have most to say against the Testimonies are generally those who have not read them, just as those who boast of their disbelief of the Bible are those who have little knowledge of its teachings. They know that it condemns them, and their rejection of it gives them a feeling of security in their sinful course.  {1NL 67.3}
[1NL 67.4]                                 Error's Bewitching Power          There is in error and unbelief that which bewilders and bewitches the mind. To question and doubt and cherish unbelief in order to excuse ourselves in stepping aside from the straight path is a far easier matter than to purify the soul through a belief of the truth, and obedience thereto. But when better influences lead one to desire to return, he finds himself entangled in such a network of Satan, like a fly in a spider's web, that it seems a hopeless task to him, and he seldom recovers himself from the snare laid for him by the wily foe.  {1NL 67.4}
[1NL 67.5]          When once men have admitted doubt and unbelief of the Testimonies of the Spirit of God, they are strongly tempted to adhere to the opinions which they have avowed before others. Their theories and notions fix themselves like a gloomy cloud over the mind, shutting out every ray of evidence in favor of the truth. The doubts indulged through ignorance, pride, or love of sinful practices, rivet upon the soul fetters that are seldom broken. Christ, and He alone, can give the needed power to break them.  {1NL 67.5}
[1NL 67.6]                                    Importance of Heeding                                     Testimonies            The Testimonies of the Spirit of God are given to direct men to His Word, which has been neglected. Now if their messages are not heeded, the Holy Spirit is shut away from the soul. What further                                                                              68  means has God in reserve to reach the erring ones, and show them their true condition?  {1NL 67.6}
[1NL 68.1]          The churches that have cherished influences which lessen faith in the Testimonies, are weak and tottering. Some ministers are working to attract the people to themselves. When an effort is made to correct any wrong in these ministers, they stand back in independence and say, "My church accepts my labors."  {1NL 68.1}
[1NL 68.2]          Jesus said, "Every one that doeth evil, hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved." There are many today pursuing a similar course. In the Testimonies are specified the very sins of which they are guilty; hence they have no desire to read them. There are those who from their youth up have received warning and reproofs through the Testimonies; but have they walked in the light and reformed?--Not at all. They still indulge the same sins; they have the same defects of character. These evils mar the work of God, and make their impress upon the churches. The work the Lord would do to set the churches in order is not done, because the individual members--and especially the leaders of the flock--would not be corrected.  {1NL 68.2}
[1NL 68.3]                                    A Partial Acceptance          Many a man professes to accept the Testimonies, while they have no influence upon his life or character. His faults become stronger by indulgence until, having been often reproved and not heeding the reproof, he loses the power of self-control, and becomes hardened in a course of wrongdoing. If he is overworked, if weakness comes upon him, he has not moral power to rise above the infirmities of character which he did not overcome; they become his strongest points, and he is overborne by them. Then bring him to the test and ask, "Did not God reprove this phase in your character by the Testimonies years ago?" He will answer, "Yes, I received a written Testimony saying that I was wrong in these things." "Why, then, did you not correct these wrong habits?" "I thought the reprover must have made a mistake; that which I could see, I accepted; that which I could not see, I said was the mind of the one who gave the message. I did not accept the reproof."  {1NL 68.3}
[1NL 68.4]                                   The Cost of Rejection          In some cases the very faults of character which God would have His servants see and correct, but which they refuse to see, have cost these men their life. They might have lived to be channels of light. God wanted them to live, and sent them instruction in righteousness, that they might preserve their physical and mental powers to do acceptable service for Him; and had they received the counsel of God, and become altogether such as He would have them, they would have been able workmen for the advancement of the truth, men who would have stood high in the affections and confidence of our people. But they are sleeping in the grave, because they did not see that God knew them better than they knew themselves. His thoughts were not their thoughts, nor His ways, their ways. These one-sided men have molded the work wherever they have labored. The churches under their management have been greatly weakened.  {1NL 68.4}
[1NL 68.5]          God reproves men because He loves them. He wants them to be strong in His strength, to have well-balanced minds and symmetrical characters; then they will be examples to the flock of God, leading them by precept and example nearer to heaven. Then they will build up a holy temple for God.-- MS. 1, 1883.  {1NL 68.5}
[1NL 69.1]       Chap. 23 - What Are We Worth?  ［PORTION OF A SERMON  DELIVERED IN THE ST. HELENA SANITARIUM  CHAPEL, JANUARY 23, 1904.］    By Ellen G. White       The Lord desires every one of us to be decidedly in earnest. We cannot afford to make a mistake in spiritual matters. The life-and-death question with us is, "What shall I do, that I may be saved, eternally saved?" "What shall I do, that I may inherit eternal life--a life that measures with the life of God?" This is a question that it becomes every one of us to consider carefully. . . .  {1NL 69.1}
[1NL 69.2]          While living in this world, we are to be God's helping hand. Paul declared, "Ye are God's husbandry; ye are God's building." We are to co-operate with God in every measure that He desires to carry out. Are we fulfilling the purpose of the eternal God? Are we daily seeking to have the mind of Christ and to do His will in word and work?  {1NL 69.2}
[1NL 69.3]          What a condition the human family is in today! Have you ever seen before such a time of confusion--of violence, of murder, theft, and every other kind of crime? In this time, where are we individually standing?  {1NL 69.3}
[1NL 69.4]                                     A Hypocritical Fast          In the fifty-eighth of Isaiah we have read of those who "fast for strife and debate, and to smite with the fist of wickedness," and we have learned that God will not accept such a fast. "Ye shall not fast as ye do this day," He declares, "to make your voice to be heard on high.  {1NL 69.4}
[1NL 69.5]         "Is it such a fast that I have chosen? a day for a man to afflict his soul? is it to bow down his head as a bulrush, and to spread sackcloth and ashes under him? wilt thou call this a fast, and an acceptable day to the Lord?  {1NL 69.5}
[1NL 69.6]                                     The Acceptable Fast          "Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens ［instead of binding them on］, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?  {1NL 69.6}
[1NL 69.7]                                         The Reward          "Then ［after they do these works of mercy and necessity］ shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily; and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward."  {1NL 69.7}
[1NL 69.8]          We are to put into practice the precepts of the law, and thus have righteousness before us; the rereward will be God's glory. The light of the righteousness of Christ will be our front guard, and the glory of the Lord will be our rereward. Let us thank the Lord for this assurance. Let us constantly stand in a position where the Lord God of heaven can favor us. Let us consider that it is our high privilege to be in connection with God--to be His helping hand.  {1NL 69.8}
[1NL 69.9]          In God's great plan for the redemption of a lost race, He has placed Himself under the necessity of using human agencies as His helping hand. He must have a helping hand, in order to reach humanity. He must have the co-operation of those who will be active, quick to see opportunities, quick to discern what must be done for their fellow men.  {1NL 69.9}
[1NL 69.10]          Christ gave His life for sinful men and women. He desired to rescue the race from a life of transgression to a life of obedience and righteousness; and to those who accept Him as their Redeemer He offers the richest reward that Heaven can bestow--even the inheritance of life eternal. . . .  {1NL 69.10}
[1NL 69.11]                                       What Are We Worth?          O that we might comprehend more fully the infinite price that has been paid for our redemption! Paul declares, "Ye are bought with a price;" and it is true; for the price paid is nothing less than the life of the only-begotten Son of God. Let us all consider this. We may refuse the invitations that Christ sends                                                                              70  to us; we may neglect His offer of pardon and peace; but still it remains a fact that every one of us has been bought with a price, even with the precious blood of the Son of God. Therefore, "Consider Him."  {1NL 69.11}
[1NL 70.1]          You have cost much. "Glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's." That which you may regard as your own, is God's. Take care of His property. He has bought you with an infinite price. Your mind is His. What right has any person to abuse a body that belongs not to himself, but to the Lord Jesus Christ? What satisfaction can anyone take in gradually lessening the powers of body and mind by selfish indulgence of any form?  {1NL 70.1}
[1NL 70.2]          God has given to every human being a brain. He desires that it shall be used to His glory. By it, man is enabled to co-operate with God in efforts to save perishing fellow mortals. We have none too much brain power or reasoning faculties. We are to educate and train every power of mind and body--the human mechanism that Christ has bought--in order that we may put it to the best possible use. We are to do all we can to strengthen these powers; for God is pleased to have us become more and still more efficient colaborers with Him.  {1NL 70.2}
[1NL 70.3]          Of those who do their part faithfully, it is said, "We are laborers together with God." Apart from divine aid, man can do very little; but the heavenly Father and His Son are ready to work through every one who consecrates himself wholly on the altar of service. Every soul before me may co-operate with God, and labor for Him acceptably. The Lord desires us all to come into line. To every man He has given an appointed work, according to their several ability. . . .  {1NL 70.3}
[1NL 70.4]                                  Personal Experience          At the age of seventeen, when all my friends thought I was an invalid for life on account of a severe accident I had sustained in my girlhood, a heavenly visitant came and spoke to me, saying, "I have a message for you to bear." "Why," I thought, "there certainly must be a great mistake somewhere." Again were spoken the words: "I have a message for you to bear. Write out for the people what I give you." Up to that time, my trembling hand had not been able to write a line. I replied, "I cannot do it; I cannot do it." "Write! write!" were the words spoken once again. I took the pen and paper, and I began to write; and how much I have written since, it is impossible to estimate. The strength, the power, was of God.  {1NL 70.4}
[1NL 70.5]          Since that time, the books that I have written have been published in many, many languages, and have gone to all parts of the earth. Just a short time ago I received word that a copy of one of my books had been graciously received by the queen of Germany, and that she had written a kind letter expressing her appreciation of the volume. To the Lord be all the praise.  {1NL 70.5}
[1NL 70.6]                                        Our Privilege          Of ourselves we can do nothing good. But it is our privilege to place ourselves in right relation to God, and to determine that by His help we will do our part in this work, to make it better. In the lives of those who humbly yet unfalteringly carry out this resolution, will be revealed the glory of God. I know this by experience. I have had no power of my own. I have realized that I must hang my helpless soul on Jesus Christ; and as the result of doing this, of praying, and of believing, the salvation of God has gone before me, and the glory of the Lord has followed.  {1NL 70.6}
[1NL 70.7]          I tell you that which I know, for your encouragement and comfort. Let us all place ourselves in right relation to God. What satisfaction is to be found in keeping pace with the fashions of this world? You have a better work to do. Fashion character. Use every ability, every nerve, every muscle, every thought, every action, to the glory of God. Then you will see, as you have never seen before, the salvation of God going before you.  {1NL 70.7}
[1NL 70.8]                                In God Is Our Strength          O, I have nought to complain of. The Lord has never failed me. I laid my husband in the grave twenty-two years ago; and several years afterward, when the decision was made that more missionaries must go to Australia to unite with the few who had been sent, we went there ourselves to strengthen the hands of our brethren, and to establish the work on right lines in this new center. There we did much pioneer work.                                                                              71   {1NL 70.8}
[1NL 71.1]                              Helping Establish A School          We saw the great need for a school in which promising young men and young women could be trained for the Master's service; and we went right into the woods in New South Wales, purchased fifteen hundred acres of land, and there established a training school away from the cities. . . .  {1NL 71.1}
[1NL 71.2]          Three years ago we returned to America. Others were sent to Australia to take our places. The work has continued to grow; prosperity has attended every effort. I wish you could read the letters that come to us. Doubtless you have heard of the dreadful drought that has caused famine in so many places in Australia during the past two years. Hundreds of thousands of sheep and cattle and horses have perished. In all the colonies, and especially in Queensland, the suffering and the financial loss have been great.  {1NL 71.2}
[1NL 71.3]          But the spot that was chosen for our training school, has had sufficient rainfall for good pasture land and bountiful crops; in fact, in legislative assemblies and in the newspapers of the great cities it has been specified as "the only green spot in all New South Wales."  {1NL 71.3}
[1NL 71.4]          Is not this remarkable? Has not the Lord blessed? From one of the reports received, we learn that last year seven thousand pounds of honey of the best quality has been made on the school estate. Large quantities of vegetables have been raised, and the sale of the surplus has been a source of considerable revenue to the school. All this is very encouraging to us; for we took the wild land, and helped to bring it to its present fruitful state. To the Lord we ascribe all the praise.  {1NL 71.4}
[1NL 71.5]                                Opportunities for Service          In every land and in every community there are many opportunities for helpful service. Even in these valleys in which we are now living, there are families that need help along spiritual lines. Look these ones up. Use your talent, your ability, by helping them. First give yourself to the Master; then He will work with you. To every man He gives his work.  {1NL 71.5}
[1NL 71.6]                              Is Sister White Getting Rich?          Sometimes it has been reported that I am trying to get rich. Some have written to us, inquiring, "Is not Mrs. White worth millions of dollars? I am glad that I can say, "No." I do not own in this world any place that is free from debt. Why?--Because I see so much missionary work to be done. Under such circumstances, could I hoard money?--No, indeed. I receive royalties from the sale of my books; but nearly all is spent in missionary work.  {1NL 71.6}
[1NL 71.7]          The head of one of our publishing houses in a distant foreign land, upon hearing from others recently that I was in need of means, sent me a bill of exchange for five hundred dollars; and in the letter accompanying the money, he said that in return for the thousands upon thousands of dollars royalty that I had turned over to their mission field for the translation and distribution of new books and for the support of new missionary enterprises, they regarded the enclosed five hundred dollars as a very small token of their appreciation. They sent this because of their desire to help me in my time of special need; but heretofore I have given, for the support of the Lord's cause in foreign lands, all the royalties that come from the sale of my foreign books in Europe; and I intend to return this five hundred dollars as soon as I can free myself from debt.  {1NL 71.7}
[1NL 71.8]                               A Gift to Our Schools          For the glory of God, I will tell you that about four years ago He enabled me to finish writing a book on the parables of Jesus, and then He put it into my heart to give this book for the advancement of our denominational educational work.  {1NL 71.8}
[1NL 71.9]          At that time some of our larger training schools and colleges were heavily in debt; but through the efforts of our people to sell this book and to devote the entire proceeds to the liquidation of these debts, over two hundred thousand dollars has already been raised and applied on the debts; and the good work is still going on. The success of this plan has been a source of great satisfaction to me. I am now completing another book, to be used in a similar way for other enterprises.  {1NL 71.9}
[1NL 71.10]          But the financial gain is not the most encouraging feature to me. I love to dwell on the thought that the circulation of these books is bringing many souls into the truth. This thought makes                                                                              72  my heart glad indeed. I have no time to sit down and mourn. I go right on with my work, and constantly keep writing, writing, writing. Early in the morning, when the rest of you are asleep, I am generally up, writing.  {1NL 71.10}
[1NL 72.1]                              Perseverance Under Affliction          Even affliction has not caused me to cease writing. Not long after going to Australia, I was stricken with disease. Because of the dampness of the houses, I suffered an attack of inflammatory rheumatism, which prostrated me for eleven months. At times I was in intense agony. I could sleep in one position for only about two hours, then I had to be moved so that I could lie in another position. My rubber air mattress gave me very little relief, and I passed through periods of great suffering.  {1NL 72.1}
[1NL 72.2]          But in spite of this I did not cease my work. My right arm, from the elbow to the finger tips, was free from pain; the rest of the arm, the whole of the left arm, and both shoulders, could not be moved voluntarily. A framework was devised, and by the aid of this, I could write. During these eleven months, I wrote twenty-five hundred pages of letter paper, to send across the broad waters of the Pacific for publication in America.  {1NL 72.2}
[1NL 72.3]                                       A Pioneer          I feel so thankful to the Lord that He never disappoints me; that He gives me strength and grace. As I stood by the side of my dying husband, I placed my hand in his, and said, "Do you know me, husband?" He nodded. Said I: "All through the years I have allowed you to bear the business responsibilities, and to lead out in new enterprises. Now I promise you to be a pioneer myself." And I added, "If you realize what I say, grasp my hand a little more firmly." He did so; he could not speak.  {1NL 72.3}
[1NL 72.4]          After my husband had been laid away in the grave, his friends thought of putting up a broken shaft as a monument. "Never!" said I, "never! He has done, singlehanded, the work of three men. Never shall a broken monument be placed over his grave!" . . .  {1NL 72.4}
[1NL 72.5]          God has helped me. Today I glorify His name in the presence of His people. I spent nearly ten years in Australia. A wonderful work has been done there; but more than twice as much could have been accomplished, if we had had the men and the means that we should have had. We thank God, nevertheless, for His sustaining presence, and for what we can now see in that field as the result of the efforts put forth.--MS. 8, 1904.                                                    -    {1NL 72.5}
[1NL 72.6]                            Earnest, Untiring Activity          Camp meetings should be held in our large cities. And if the speakers are careful in all they say, hearts will be reached as the truth is proclaimed in the power of the Spirit. The love of Christ received into the heart will banish the love of error. The love and benevolence manifested in the life of Christ is to be manifested in the lives of those who work for Him. The earnest, untiring activity that marked His life is to mark their lives. The character of the Christian is to be a reproduction of the character of Christ.  {1NL 72.6}
[1NL 72.7]          Let us never forget that we are not our own, that we have been bought with a price. Our powers are to be regarded as sacred trusts, to be used to the glory of God and the good of our fellow men. We are a part of the cross of Christ. With earnest, unwearying fidelity we are to seek to save the lost.--MS 6, 1902.                                                    -    {1NL 72.7}
[1NL 72.8]                          Simple Agencies Will Be Used          Representations have been made to me, showing that the Lord will carry out His plans through a variety of ways and instruments. It is not alone the most talented, not alone those who hold high positions of trust, or are the most highly educated from a worldly point of view, whom the Lord uses to do His grand and holy work of soulsaving. He will use simple means; He will use many who have had few advantages to help in carrying forward His work. He will, by the use of simple means, bring those who possess property and lands to a belief of the truth, and these will be influenced to become the Lord's helping hand in the advancement of His work.--Letter 62, 1909.  {1NL 72.8}
[1NL 73.1]       Chap. 24 - An Earnest Appeal    By Ellen G. White                                                     Battle Creek, Oct. 15, 1880   Elder D. M. Canright Dear Brother:        I was made sad to hear of your decision, but I have had reason to expect it. It is a time when God is testing and proving His people. Everything that can be shaken will be shaken. Only those will stand whose souls are riveted to the eternal Rock. Those who lean to their own understanding, those who are not constantly abiding in Christ, will be subject to just such changes as this. If your faith has been grounded in man, we may then expect just such results.  {1NL 73.1}
[1NL 73.2]          But if you have decided to cut all connection with us as a people, I have one request to make, for your own sake as well as for Christ's sake: keep away from our people, do not visit them and talk your doubts and darkness among them. Satan is full of exultant joy that you have stepped from beneath the banner of Jesus Christ, and stand under his banner. He sees in you one he can make a valuable agent to build up his kingdom. You are taking the very course I expected you would take if you yielded to temptation.  {1NL 73.2}
[1NL 73.3]          You have ever had a desire for power, for popularity, and this is one of the reasons for your present position. But I beg of you to keep your doubts, your questionings, your skepticism to yourself. The people have given you credit for more strength of purpose and stability of character than you possessed. They thought you were a strong man; and when you breathe out your dark thoughts and feelings, Satan stands ready to make these thoughts and feelings so intensely powerful in their deceptive character, that many souls will be deceived and lost through the influence of one soul who chose darkness rather than light, and presumptuously placed himself on Satan's side in the ranks of the enemy.  {1NL 73.3}
[1NL 73.4]          You have wanted to be too much, and make a show and noise in the world, and as the result your sun will surely set in obscurity. Every day you are meeting with an eternal loss. The schoolboy who plays truant thinks he is cheating his parent and his teacher; but who is meeting with the greatest loss? Is it not himself? Is he not cheating and deceiving himself, robbing himself of the knowledge he might have? God would have us become efficient in copying the example of Christ in good works; but you are playing truant, you are nursing a feeling which will sting and poison your soul to its own ruin, playing truant upon important eternal things, robbing your soul of the richness, the knowledge of the fullness of Christ. Your ambition has soared so high, it will accept of nothing short of elevation of self. You do not know yourself. What you have always needed was a humble, contrite heart.  {1NL 73.4}
[1NL 73.5]                                Christ the Pattern Man          What a life was that of Christ? He was just as certainly fulfilling His mission as the Pattern Man when toiling as a carpenter, and hiding the great secret of His divine mission from the world, as when He trod the foaming white-capped billows on the Sea of Galilee, or when raising the dead to life, or when dying ［as］ man's sacrifice upon the cross, that He might lift up the whole race to a new and perfect life. Jesus dwelt long at Nazareth, unhonored and unknown, that the lesson in His example might teach men and women how closely they may walk with God in even the common course of daily life. How humiliating, how rude and homely, was this condescension of the Majesty of heaven, that He might be made one of us. He drew the sympathy of all hearts by showing Himself capable of sympathizing with all. The men of Nazareth in their questioning doubts asked, "Is not this the carpenter," the son of Joseph and Mary?  {1NL 73.5}
[1NL 73.6]          Heaven and earth are no wider apart today than when common men of common occupation met angels at noonday, or when on Bethlehem's plains shepherds heard the songs of the heavenly host as they watched their flocks by night. It is not the seeking to climb to eminence that will make you great in God's sight, but it is the humble life of goodness, of fidelity, that will make you the object of the heavenly angels' special guardianship. The Pattern Man, who thought it not robbery to be equal with God, took upon Himself our nature, and                                                                              74  lived nearly thirty years in an obscure Galilean town, hidden away among the hills. All the angel host was at His command, yet He did not claim to be anything great or exalted. He did not attach "Professor" to His name to please Himself. He was a carpenter, working for wages, a servant to those for whom He labored, showing that heaven may be very near us in the common walks of life, and that angels from the heavenly courts will take charge of the steps of those who come and go at God's command.  {1NL 73.6}
[1NL 74.1]          O that the spirit of Christ might rest upon His professed followers. We must all be willing to work and toil, for this is the lesson Christ has given us in His life. If you had lived for God in common things, doing your work purely and faithfully when there was no one to say it was well done, you would not be in your present position. Your life you could make faithful by good words wisely spoken, by kind deeds thoughtfully done, by the daily manifestation of meekness, purity, and love. In view of all the light you have had, I fear you have made your final move. You have given Satan every advantage.  {1NL 74.1}
[1NL 74.2]                                    Hasty Decisions          Decisions may be made in a moment that fix one's condition forever. Satan has come to you as he came to Christ, with the presentation of worldly honor and glory, if you will only acknowledge his supremacy. This you are now doing. But before you take one more step, I beseech you to reflect.  {1NL 74.2}
[1NL 74.3]          What record are angels making in regard to you? How will you meet that record? What excuse will you render to God for the abrupt apostasy? There has ever been with you a desire to do a large work. Had you been content to do your small work with thoroughness and fidelity, this would meet the approval of the Master. But remember, it would take the work of a lifetime to recover what a moment of yielding to temptation and thoughtlessness throws away.  {1NL 74.3}
[1NL 74.4]          We are traveling, strangers and pilgrims, traveling to a better country; but it would be better for you and me to be beasts of burden to plow the field rather than to be in heaven without a heart to sympathize with its inhabitants. By a momentary act of will you may place yourself in the power of Satan, but it will require more than a momentary act of will to break his fetters and reach for a higher, holier life. The purpose may be formed, the work begun, but its accomplishment will require toil, time, and perseverance, patience and sacrifice. The man who deliberately wanders from God in the full blaze of light will find, when he wishes to set his face to return, that briars and thorns have grown up in his path, and he must not be surprised or discouraged if he is compelled to travel long with torn and bleeding feet. The most fearful and most to be dreaded evidence of man's fall from a better state is the fact that it costs so much to get back. The way of return can be gained only by hard fighting, inch by inch, every hour.  {1NL 74.4}
[1NL 74.5]          Heaven's path is too narrow for rank and riches to ride in state, too narrow for the play of ambition, too steep and rugged for carriages of ease to climb. Toil, patience, self-sacrifice, reproach, poverty, hard work, enduring the contradiction of sinners against Himself, was the portion of Christ, and it must be the portion of man if he ever enters the Paradise of God.  {1NL 74.5}
[1NL 74.6]          If your present faith is yielded so easily, it is because you never sent down the taproot in clinging faith. It has cost you too little. If it does not sustain you in trial and comfort you in affliction, it is because your faith has not been made strong by effort and pure by sacrifice. Those who are willing to suffer for Christ will experience more joy in suffering than in the fact that Christ has suffered for them, thus showing that He loved them. Those who win heaven will put forth their noblest efforts, and will labor with all long-suffering, that they may reap the fruit of toil.  {1NL 74.6}
[1NL 74.7]          There is a hand that will open wide the gates of Paradise to those that have stood the test of temptation and kept a good conscience by giving up the world, its honors, its applause, for the love of Christ, thus confessing Him before men, and waiting with all patience for Him to confess them before His Father and holy angels.  {1NL 74.7}
[1NL 74.8]                                The Influence of Doubt          I do not ask an explanation of your course. Brother Stone wished to read your letter to me. I refused to hear it. The breath of doubt, of complaint and unbelief, is contagious; if I make my mind a channel for the filthy stream, the turbid, defiling water proceeding from Satan's fountain, some suggestion may linger in any mind, polluting it. If his suggestions have had such power on you as to lead you to sell                                                                              75  your birthright for a mess of pottage--the friendship of the Lord's enemies--I want not to hear anything of your doubts, and I hope you will be guarded, lest you contaminate other minds; for the very atmosphere surrounding a man who dares to make the statements you have made is as a poisonous miasma.  {1NL 74.8}
[1NL 75.1]          I beg of you to go entirely away from those who believe the truth; for if you have chosen the world and the friends of the world, go with those of your own choice. Do not poison the minds of others and make yourself Satan's special agent to work the ruin of souls. If you have not fully taken your stand, make haste to resist the devil before it shall be forever too late. Do not take another step into darkness, but take your position as a man of God.  {1NL 75.1}
[1NL 75.2]         If you would secure the grand aim and purpose of life without mistake in your choice or fear of failure, you must make God first and last and best in every plan and work and thought. If you want a path that leads straight into darkness, you have only to cast the light of God behind you, live without God. When God points out your path and says, "This is your way of safety and peace," you have only to set your face in an opposite direction from the way of the Lord and your feet will take hold on perdition. The voice of the Lamb of God is heard speaking to us, "Follow Me, and ye shall not walk in darkness."  {1NL 75.2}
[1NL 75.3]                                A Commission from the King                                      of Kings            God has chosen you for a great and solemn work. He has been seeking to discipline, to test, to prove you, to refine and ennoble you, that this sacred work may be done with a single eye to His glory which belongs wholly to God. What a thought that God chooses a man and brings him into close connection with Himself, and gives him a mission to undertake, a work to do, for Him. A weak man is made strong, a timid man is made brave, the irresolute becomes a man of firm and quick decision. What! is it possible that man is of so much consequence as to receive a commission from the King of kings!! Shall worldly ambition allure from the sacred trust, the holy commission?  {1NL 75.3}
[1NL 75.4]          The Majesty of heaven came to our world to give to man an example of a pure and spotless life, and to sacrifice Himself to the joy of saving the perishing. Whoever follows Christ is a colaborer with Him, sharing with Him the divine work of saving souls. If you have a thought of being released from it because you see some prospect of forming an alliance with the world which shall bring yourself to greater notice, it is because you forget how great and noble it is to do anything for God, how exalted a position it is to be a colaborer with Jesus Christ, a light bearer to the world, shedding light and love upon the pathway of others.  {1NL 75.4}
[1NL 75.5]                                   Reward of Fidelity          You will have a great conflict with the power of evil in your own heart. You have felt that there was a higher work for you, but, oh, if you would only take up the work lying directly in your path, and do it with fidelity, not seeking in any way to exalt self, the peace and joy would come to your soul, purer, richer, and more satisfying than the conquerors in earthly warfare. To live and work for God and make the best use we can of all our time and faculties, is to grow in grace and knowledge. This we can do, because it is our work. You must needs put away your questioning doubts, and have full faith in the reality of your divine mission, to be indeed successful in labor.  {1NL 75.5}
[1NL 75.6]          The joy, the success, the glory of your ministry, is to be ever ready with listening ear to answer the call of the Master, "Here am I; send me." Here, Lord, with my heart's best and holiest affections; here, take my mind with its purest and noblest thoughts, take me, and qualify me for Thy service.  {1NL 75.6}
[1NL 75.7]          I now appeal to you to make back tracks as fast as possible; take up your God-given mission, and seek for purity and holiness to sanctify that mission. Make no delay; halt not between two opinions. If the Lord be God, serve Him; but if Baal, serve him. You have the old lesson of trust in God to learn anew in the hard school of suffering. Let D. M. Canright be swallowed up in Jesus. What is your life? The answer was given by a voice from heaven long ago. It is like a vapor of the morning, that appeareth for a little time, and then vanisheth way.  {1NL 75.7}
[1NL 75.8]          Our names may be called in a little while, and there will be none to answer. Let that life be hid in God, and that name be registered in heaven, and it is immortalized. Follow on whether Christ leads the way,                                                                              76  and let the footprints which you leave behind you on the sands of time be such that others may safely follow in the path of holiness.  {1NL 75.8}
[1NL 76.1]                                    The Two Paths          All along the path that leads to death there are pains and penalties, there are sorrows and disappointments, there are warnings from God's messengers not to go on, and God will make it hard for the heedless and the headstrong to destroy themselves. All the way up the steep path leading to eternal life are wellsprings of joy to refresh the weary. The true, strong joy of the soul begins when Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. If you now choose the path where God leads, and go forward where the voice of duty calls, the difficulties which Satan has magnified before you will disappear.  {1NL 76.1}
[1NL 76.2]         No path is safe, save that which grows clearer and firmer the farther it is pursued. The foot may sometimes slip upon the safest path. In order to walk without fear, you must know that your hand is firmly held by the hand of Christ. You must not for a moment think there is no danger for you. The wisest make mistakes. The strongest sometimes falter. The foolish, self-confident, heady and high-minded who press heedlessly on upon forbidden paths, flattering themselves that they can change their course when they please are walking upon a path of pitfalls. They may recover a fall, a mistake they make, but how many make one misstep which will prove their eternal ruin. If you play the policy of non-committal in order to gain objects you would otherwise fail to obtain, if you secure by art and cunning what should be won by perseverance, toil, and conflict, you will be entangled in a net of your own weaving, and will be ruined, not only for this world, but for the future life.  {1NL 76.2}
[1NL 76.3]          God forbid that you should make shipwreck of faith here. Look at Paul; listen to his words sounding along the line to our time: "I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing." Here is the battle shout of victory from Paul. What will be yours?  {1NL 76.3}
[1NL 76.4]          Now, Elder Canright, for your soul's sake grasp firmly again the hand of God, I beseech you. I am too weary to write more. God deliver you from Satan's snare is my prayer.--Letter 1, 1880.                                                    -    {1NL 76.4}
[1NL 76.5]                                     Exalting Christ          Every soul who truly accepts Christ by faith will walk in humility of heart. There will be no exalting of self; but Christ will be exalted as the One on whom the hope of eternal life depends. "By grace are ye saved through faith," the apostle Paul declared. And it is the grace of Christ in us that makes us His witnesses. We can be overcomers only by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of our testimony. By a well-ordered life and a godly conversation, we become lights in the church and in the world. Spiritual things must be spiritually discerned. Those who drink most deeply of the waters of salvation will reveal most fully the meekness and lowliness of Christ.  {1NL 76.5}
[1NL 76.6]          I am bidden to say to those who have been called to teach the Word of God to others: Never encourage men to look to you for wisdom. When men come to you for counsel, point them to the One who reads the motives of every heart. A different spirit must come into our ministerial work. No persons must act as confessors; no man must be exalted as supreme. Our work is to humble self and to exalt Christ before the people. After His resurrection, the Saviour promised that His power would be with all who would go forth in His name. Let this power and this name be exalted. We need to keep continually before our minds the prayer of Christ when He prayed that self might be sanctified by truth and righteousness.  {1NL 76.6}
[1NL 76.7]          The power of the eternal Father and the sacrifice of the Son should be studied more than it is. The perfect work of Christ was consummated in His death upon the cross. In His sacrifice and His intercession at the right hand of the Father, is our only hope of salvation. It should be our joy to exalt the character of God before men, and make His name a praise in the earth.- MS. 137, 1907.  {1NL 76.7}
[1NL 77.1]       Chap. 25 - The Church School Question  ［AN ADDRESS GIVEN  IN THE ST. HELENA SANITARIUM (CALIFORNIA)  CHAPEL, JULY 14, 1902.］    By Ellen G. White         I promised that I would speak this morning in regard to the necessity of withdrawing our children from the public schools, and of providing suitable places where they can be educated aright. I have felt surprised at the apparently indifferent attitude of some, notwithstanding the oft-repeated warnings given that parents must provide for their families not merely with reference to their present interests, but especially with reference to their future, eternal interests. The characters that we form in this life are to decide our destiny. If we choose, we may live a life that measures with the life of God.  {1NL 77.1}
[1NL 77.2]                                       The Home A School          Every Christian family is a church in itself. The members of the family are to be Christlike in every action. The father is to sustain so close a relation to God that he realizes his duty to make provision for the members of his family to receive an education and training that will fit them for the future, immortal life. His children are to be taught the principles of heaven. He is the priest of the household, accountable to God for the influence that he exerts over every member of his family. He is to place his family under the most favorable circumstances possible, so that they shall not be tempted to conform to the habits and customs, the evil practices and lax principles, that they would find in the world.  {1NL 77.2}
[1NL 77.3]                                   Influence of the Home          Setting a right example in the home, parents are able to exert a good influence in the church. . . . Into the home there must be brought the heavenly rule. This will fit us for church relationship as laborers together with God, and will make us examples to the world.  {1NL 77.3}
[1NL 77.4]          The Lord desires us to understand that we must place our children in right relation to the world, the church, and the family. Their relation to the family is the first point to be considered. Let us teach them to be polite to one another, and polite to God. "What do you mean," you may inquire, "by saying that we should teach them to be polite to God?" I mean that they are to be taught to reverence our heavenly Father, and to appreciate the great and infinite sacrifice that Christ has made in our behalf.  {1NL 77.4}
[1NL 77.5]          Christ placed Himself at the head of humanity in order that He might exemplify what humanity could be in connection with divinity. Teach them that together, as children and parents, it is your privilege to be members of the church of God--living stones in His beautiful temple.  {1NL 77.5}
[1NL 77.6]                                   Companionship of Angels          Parents and children are to sustain so close a relation to God that the heavenly angels can communicate with them. These messengers are shut out from many a home where iniquity and impoliteness to God abound. Let us catch from His Word the spirit of heaven, and bring it into our life here below.  {1NL 77.6}
[1NL 77.7]                                   Miracle-Working Powers          Some may say, "If we believe the Bible, why does not the Lord work miracles for us?" He will, if we will let Him. When a human mind is allowed to come under the control of God, that mind will reveal the miracle-working power of God; the power of that mind in action is like the miracle-working power of God.  {1NL 77.7}
[1NL 77.8]          In our prayers we are to hold on by faith to the children in our home; and we are to do faithfully the duties that belong to us. From the light that God has given me, I know that the husband and the wife are to be, in the home, minister, physician, nurse, and teacher, binding their children to themselves and to God, training them to avoid every habit that will in any way militate against God's work in the body, and teaching them to care for every part of the living organism. Parents are under a most solemn responsibility to keep themselves in physical soundness and in spiritual health, that the light of heaven may shine into the chambers of the mind and illuminate the soul temple. Such parents are able to give their children instruction from babyhood as to what God wants them to do. Taking His Word as their counselor, they bring them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord.                                                                              78   {1NL 77.8}
[1NL 78.1]                                     Not Allowed to Drift          Many parents allow their children to drift, as it were, hither and thither. But this is not right. Parents are held accountable to God for the salvation of their children. They are also held accountable for their physical health. In every way possible they should help them to grow up with a sound constitution. They should teach them not to indulge appetite or to imperil their physical and mental capabilities by wrong habits; for God desires to use all their powers. Every word spoken by fathers and mothers has its influence over the children, for good or for evil. If the parents speak passionately, if they show the spirit shown by the children of this world, God counts them as the children of this world, not as His sons and daughters.  {1NL 78.1}
[1NL 78.2]                                   Politeness and Courtesy          Parents, from the moment that we are born again into the kingdom of heaven, we are in God's service. Our lives are to be such that He can approve. The principles of heaven are to be brought into the government of the home. Every child is to be taught to be polite, compassionate, loving, pitiful, courteous, tenderhearted. Peter speaks of these characteristics of a Christian, and also instructs us how to rid ourselves of all evil by living on the plan of addition. "Giving all diligence," he says, "add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity ［love］."  {1NL 78.2}
[1NL 78.3]          We want the knowledge of our Saviour. Is it not best for every one of us to begin to teach our children to be polite in the home and polite to God? Is not this the work that as "laborers together with God" it is our bounden duty to do?  {1NL 78.3}
[1NL 78.4]          From the light that God has given me for years, I know that the households of His people are in great need of purification. The end is nearer than when we first believed. As fathers and mothers, we are to purify ourselves, even as Christ is pure; that is, we are to be perfect in our sphere, even as God is perfect in His sphere. Instead of backsliding, we should now be conformed to the will of heaven, the heavenliness of heaven. Let us put away the spirit of murmuring and complaining, remembering that by cherishing such a spirit we are disrespectful to God. We are living in His dwelling place; we are members of His family--His by creation and by redemption.  {1NL 78.4}
[1NL 78.5]          Everyone is to cherish feelings of respect and tenderness for those with whom he associates. In our relations with one another we should be careful never to mar and scar the life and the spirit of others. When in life and character we show the miracle-working power of God, the world will take knowledge of us that we have been with Jesus and learned of Him. . . .  {1NL 78.5}
[1NL 78.6]         We are not to feel that we have reached perfection. We need to be melted over, that we may be purified from all dross. We are in need of the rich blessings that Heaven is so ready to bestow, the blessings promised to every believer.  {1NL 78.6}
[1NL 78.7]                                    Faith to Be Exercised          The Lord withholds from us no good thing. He declares, "Ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you." He does not tell us to restrict our asking to certain things, but assures us that He will bless us according to the riches of His grace. He is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to those who ask Him than parents are to give good gifts to their children. To show his willingness, He refers to the tender relationship that a father sustains to his son. "What man is there of you," He says, "whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask Him?"  {1NL 78.7}
[1NL 78.8]          Parents can learn this lesson in all its significance. Children who ask for something that is not for their best good are not to be rebuffed, but kindly told, "That would not be for your good. You cannot have it, because it would injure you. But although we cannot give it to you, we will try in every way possible to make you happy."  {1NL 78.8}
[1NL 78.9]                                     Lessons in Fellowship          The father should always feel kindly disposed toward his children. How sad it is that the father's disposition is not always that which it should be! The father of the boys is to come into close connection with his sons, giving them the benefit of his larger experience, and talking with them in such simplicity and tenderness that he binds them to his heart. He is to let them see that he                                                                              79  has their best interest, their happiness, in view all the time.  {1NL 78.9}
[1NL 79.1]          Parents, let us constantly keep before our children the relation that we sustain to our heavenly Father. Let us tell them that we are His children, and that we desire to treat them as He treats us. He does not indulge us in injurious things. He gives us only the things that are for our best good. He says, "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you; for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened."  {1NL 79.1}
[1NL 79.2]          We are all amenable to God. When we take into consideration our accountability to Him for every action, when we remember that we are "a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men," we will desire to be purged from our fretfulness and harshness, our lack of sympathy and tenderness for one another. These evils are as tares amid the wheat, and must be destroyed.  {1NL 79.2}
[1NL 79.3]                                 Children to be Shielded From                               Contaminating Influences            Upon fathers and mothers devolves the responsibility of giving a Christian education to the children entrusted to them. They are never to neglect their children. In no case are they to let any line of business so absorb mind and time and talents that their children, who should be led into harmony with God, are allowed to drift until they are separated far from Him. They are not to allow their children to slip out of their grasp into the hands of unbelievers. They are to do all in their power to keep them from imbibing the spirit of the world. They are to train them to become helpers together with God. They are God's human hand, fitting themselves and their children for an endless life in the heavenly home. . . .  {1NL 79.3}
[1NL 79.4]          Some fathers and mothers are so indifferent, so careless, that they think it makes no difference whether their children attend a church school or a public school. "We are in the world," they say, "and we cannot get out of it." But, parents, we can get a good way out of the world, if we choose to do so. We can avoid seeing many of the evils that are multiplying so fast in these last days. We can avoid hearing about much of the wickedness and crime that exist.  {1NL 79.4}
[1NL 79.5]                                       Evils of Newspapers          Everything that can be done should be done to place ourselves and our children where we shall not see the iniquity that is practiced in the world. We should carefully guard the sight of our eyes and the hearing of our ears, so that these awful things shall not enter our minds. When the daily newspaper comes into the house, I feel as if I wanted to hide it, that the ridiculous, sensational things in it may not be seen. It seems as if the enemy is at the foundation of the publishing of many things that appear in newspapers. Every sinful thing that can be found is uncovered and laid bare before the world.  {1NL 79.5}
[1NL 79.6]                                  An Unmistakable Distinction          The line of demarcation between those who serve God and those who serve Him not, is ever to remain distinct. The difference between believers and unbelievers should be as great as the difference between light and darkness. When God's people take the position that they are the temple of the Holy Ghost, Christ Himself abiding within, they will so clearly reveal Him in spirit, words, and actions, that there will be an unmistakable distinction between them and Satan's followers. . . .  {1NL 79.6}
[1NL 79.7]                                  A Lesson from Israel          While the judgments of God were falling upon the land of Egypt, the Lord directed the Israelites not only to keep their children within their houses, but to bring in even their cattle from the fields. . . .  {1NL 79.7}
[1NL 79.8]          As the Israelites kept their children within their houses during the time when the judgments of God were in the land of Egypt, so in this time of peril we are to keep our children separate and distinct from the world. We are to teach them that the commandments of God mean much more than we realize. Those who keep them will not imitate the practices of the transgressors of God's law.  {1NL 79.8}
[1NL 79.9]                               Bible Principles Diligently                                     Taught            Parents must regard God's Word with respect, obeying its teachings. To the parents in this day, as well as to the Israelites, God declares: "These words . . . shall be in thine heart: and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as                                                                              80  frontlets between thine eyes. And thou shalt write them upon the posts of thy house, and on thy gates." . . .  {1NL 79.9}
[1NL 80.1]          Christian parents, you must make provision for your children to be educated in Bible principles. And do not rest satisfied merely with having them study the Word in the church school. Teach the Scriptures to your children yourselves when you sit down, when you go out, when you come in, and when you walk by the way. Walk with your children much oftener than you do. Talk with them. Set their minds running in a right channel. As you do this, you will find that the light and the glory of God will come into your homes. But how can you expect His blessing when you do not teach your children aright? . . .  {1NL 80.1}
[1NL 80.2]                                 A Reformation Necessary          Seventh-day Adventists must move in a way altogether different from the way in which they have been moving, if they expect the approval of God to rest upon them in their homes.  {1NL 80.2}
[1NL 80.3]          Every faithful parent will hear from the lips of the Master the words, "Well done, good and faithful servant; . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord." May the Lord help us to be good and faithful servants in our dealings with one another. He tells us to "consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works," helping and strengthening one another.--MS. 100, 1902.                                                    -    {1NL 80.3}
[1NL 80.4]                                  Regarding Children          Christ is waiting in gracious mercy, waiting to make you vessels unto honor. The Holy Ghost inspired Paul to lift up his voice in earnest, solemn words, saying, "None of us liveth to himself." We should take these words to heart. Money has been worse than thrown away for needless adornment of yourselves and your children. You should turn this current of means into the channel that reaches the treasury of the Lord.  {1NL 80.4}
[1NL 80.5]          God requires that you should educate and discipline your children for His work; and the very first lesson that you should teach them is that of self-denial and self-sacrifice. You should set before them the great Pattern, Christ Jesus, and imitate Him yourselves, and teach your children to walk in His footsteps.  {1NL 80.5}
[1NL 80.6]          We may manufacture many wants, we may place snares before our children by allowing them to gratify their every desire. We may curtail their usefulness by granting them the free use of means that they may make a display.  {1NL 80.6}
[1NL 80.7]          Children are a gift of God to increase the experience and happiness of parents. Parents through discipline may become more useful in teaching their children to be Christ's children and so increase their influence for good.  {1NL 80.7}
[1NL 80.8]          Instead of denying self, how many will give a trifle to the cause of God, and then indulge their children in the gratification of selfish desires, thus educating them to place their influence on Satan's side. It would be better had such parents never been born, for if the grace of Christ's has never controlled your souls, how can you expect it to control the souls of your children?  {1NL 80.8}
[1NL 80.9]          Self-indulgence is the curse of our families, and as a consequence, the curse of our churches.  {1NL 80.9}
[1NL 80.10]          The world lives for pleasure, for selfishness, and how can we hope to draw the world to Christ, when we also live for the gratification of self? Christ has said, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature."--MS. 53, 1895.                                                    -              In this connection see also:        F. E., pp. 64-70, "The Home and the School."        F. E., pp. 149-161, "Home Education."        Ed., pp. 186-189, "Family Study."        C. T., pp. 173-177, "The Work of the Church School."        C. T., pp. 150-157, "Co-operation Between the Home and the School."        6T., pp. 193-205, "Church Schools."        6T., p. 119, "Teaching Home Religion."  {1NL 80.10}
[1NL 81.1]       Chap. 26 - Appeal to Young Men  ［WRITTEN FROM GISBORNE,  NEW ZEALAND, OCTOBER 28, 1893.］    By Ellen G. White       My mind is exercised in regard to the young men who have crossed the broad waters to America, in order to obtain an education that they thought they could not obtain in their own country.  {1NL 81.1}
[1NL 81.2]          I am much pleased with New Zealand. I think it a very fine country, and would have no objection to making my home here if this were the will of God. But my mission and work require me to be a pilgrim and a stranger, waiting, watching, and working, till the time shall fully come, when with the saints in light, I shall enter the city which hath foundations, whose Maker and Builder is God.  {1NL 81.2}
[1NL 81.3]          For many years I have seen by faith the inheritance of the saints afar off, and I have been persuaded of the promises, and have embraced them. I have perfect confidence in the God who is behind the promises. I am pleased to confess that I am a pilgrim and a stranger in the earth. My earnest determination is to declare plainly by my life and character to all with whom I am brought in contact, that I seek a better country, even a heavenly, as did those men of old who loved and feared God. "Wherefore God is not ashamed to be called their God; for He hath prepared for them a city."  {1NL 81.3}
[1NL 81.4]                              The Expectation of Friends          I feel very anxious that our New Zealand boys who have gone to America to obtain an education shall be a credit in every respect to those who have assisted them. I would say to these students, Those who have interested themselves in your behalf have flattering hopes of you, as I well know. They have taken upon themselves much responsibility for you; and they earnestly desire that you shall reach a high standard, and be signalized as useful men, men of moral worth and unswerving integrity.  {1NL 81.4}
[1NL 81.5]          Remember that you will never reach a higher standard than you yourselves set. Set your mark high, and then step by step, even though it be by painful effort, by self-denial and self-sacrifice, ascend the whole length of the ladder of progress. Let nothing hinder you. Christ will be to you a present help in every time of trouble. Stand like Daniel, the faithful statesman, a man whom no temptation could corrupt. Do not disappoint your parents and friends. And there is another to be considered. Do not disappoint Him who so loved you that He gave His own life to cancel your sins. He says: "Without Me ye can do nothing." Remember this, If you have made mistakes, you certainly gain a victory if you see these mistakes, and regard them as beacons of warning. I need not tell you that thus you turn defeat into victory, disappointing the enemy and honoring your Redeemer.  {1NL 81.5}
[1NL 81.6]                                 Sympathy with Teachers          We feel sorry indeed that any weakness of character should mar the record of the past, because we know that if you had watched unto prayer, this need not have been. We feel sorry for your teachers; for your wrong conduct places upon them burdens they ought not to be asked to bear. They may have moved unwisely; for each one has the weakness of his own natural character to contend against. They may have thought they were doing right when they were making mistakes. But how much better it would be if every student would place himself upon his honor, and cherish pure, high, noble motives, feeling it his duty to help his teachers in every possible way, thinking how he would like to be treated were he in a position of trust and responsibility.  {1NL 81.6}
[1NL 81.7]          If teachers are disciples of Christ, and engaged in a work that is approved by God, Satan will surely assault them with every possible temptation. And if he can stir up in the student elements of character that will aid him in bringing perplexities and discouragements to the educators, he has gained a great advantage. If the tempted one reveals weakness in any respect, his influence is weakened; and the one who has by a wrong course of action proved to be an agent under the controlling power of the adversary of souls, must render an account to God for the part he has acted in laying a stumbling block in the way of                                                                              82  his fellow man. Will our students study carefully this phase of the subject? Why should they link themselves with the great apostate? Why should they become his agents in temptation, in their turn to tempt others? Why do they not realize that every human being has his own trials, peculiar to himself, and that no one is free from temptation? Students, study to help sustain and encourage your teachers in their position in the school. Thus doing, you are not sowing tares, but wheat; and God's Word declares, "Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap."  {1NL 81.7}
[1NL 82.1]                                     Fun and Lawlessness          Students will be tempted to do lawless things, to please themselves. They may think this only fun. But if they would put themselves upon their honor, and realize that in doing these things they bless no one, but involve others as well as themselves in difficulty, they would be more careful of their actions. How much more manly and honorable it would be to act like gentlemen, who do not ask that all sympathy be shown them, but who realize that they must put their will on Christ's side, and work in His lines by helping their teachers to carry burdens and perplexities that Satan would make discouragingly heavy. By helping to bear these burdens, instead of making them more taxing, what a blessing students would receive. They would create an atmosphere in the school that would be helpful and exhilarating, not depressing and enfeebling. Every student would enjoy the consciousness that he had acted his part on Christ's side, and had not given one jot of his ability or influence to the great adversary of all that is good or ennobling. How much more satisfactory it would be for the students to think that they had not given their sanction to any plans showing disrespect for order, diligence, and obedience, even against the clamoring of inclination for indulgence.  {1NL 82.1}
[1NL 82.2]          Will not students remember that it is in their power to help and not to hinder? They are at school for the purpose of gaining a knowledge of books, and especially a knowledge of the Scriptures. "The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom." Lay the foundation, and you will be happy men and women.  {1NL 82.2}
[1NL 82.3]                                  Agents of Righteousness          Students are in no case to cheapen and decrease their value in Christian endeavor lines. They are to prepare to go forth as missionaries to warn the world. They should have their seasons of prayer. From them earnest, fervent prayers should ascend to heaven for the president of the school, that God may bless him with health, and give him moral power, clearness of mind, and spiritual discernment. They should pray that the teachers may be blessed and qualified by the grace of Christ to do their work with fidelity, with an active, fervent love that is in harmony with the mind of the Saviour. They are to be His agents through whom He works that good may prevail over evil. May God give the students who attend our institutions of learning, grace and courage to act up to the principles revealed in the laws of God.  {1NL 82.3}
[1NL 82.4]          By dying for man, Jesus exalted humanity in the scale of moral value with God. The Son of the infinite God clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might become a steppingstone for every human being to heaven, that by His power humanity might be a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. He is working to uplift and ennoble man, and He requires every soul that He has redeemed from hopeless misery to co-operate with Him in the great work of saving souls. Oh, if all could see this matter as it is presented before me, how soon would they cease to aid the enemy in his work! How they would despise his efforts to bring sin into the world! With what a perfect hatred they would hate sin, as they thought of how it cost the life of the Commander of heaven!  {1NL 82.4}
[1NL 82.5]                                     Choosing a Leader          Christ died that man might not be bound hopelessly to Satan's chariot as the trophies of his victory. Who then will link with Satan? Who will choose to wear his badge? Who will choose him as their leader, refusing to stand under a banner stained with the blood of the Captain of their salvation? Christ died for every son and daughter of Adam. It was for us He manifested this amazing love. How can the subjects of His love be indifferent, standing in sin and disobedience, refusing to confess Christ? How can they love to do evil? How can they prostitute their reasoning faculties, and place their influence on Satan's side? By doing this they weaken their moral power and efficiency, instead of strengthening every faculty to do the will of Him who so loved the world                                                                              83  that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth on Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.  {1NL 82.5}
[1NL 83.1]          The Lord has greatly honored men by giving Christ as their ransom, that they might be recovered from the enemy's service. But are they willing to be recovered? Will they accept the precious gift Christ Jesus, or will they refuse to do Him service? Christ declared, "He that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad." Those who try to do well in their finite strength will fail. But those who accept Jesus are upheld by a higher than human power. They confess Christ. They become His soldiers in their school associations. They will realize that they are enlisted to make the school the most orderly, elevated, and praiseworthy institution in the world. They will place every jot and tittle of their influence on the side of Christ and heavenly intelligences.  {1NL 83.1}
[1NL 83.2]                                 Help-One-Another Societies          They will feel it their duty to form Christian endeavor societies, to help every student to see the consistency of a course of action that God will approve. They will draw with Christ, doing their utmost to perfect a Christian character. They will take upon themselves the work of leading the lame and the weak into the safe, upward paths that Christ has cast up for His chosen ones. They will plan to do all they can to make the institution in which they are all that God designed it to be when He signified that it should be brought into existence.  {1NL 83.2}
[1NL 83.3]                                         Be Helpers          Students, never be found disparaging the schools which God has established. If you have failed at any time, if you have fallen under temptation, it was because you did not make God your strength, because you did not have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul. If you had felt that as human agents for whom Christ has given His precious life, it was your privilege to do all you possibly could to aid the work God has recognized as His work, if you had called into existence every ability in an effort to co-operate with Christ in blessing and saving the youth, you would have made great advance upward and onward. When each student in our institutions of learning acts his part with fidelity, as Daniel acted his part in wicked Babylon, these institutions will resemble the schools of the prophets. No wrong influence will then go from the students. As consecrated instrumentalities, they will help to do the work they see necessary to be done. They will help to carry the burdens borne by the president and the teachers, and instead of disparaging the school, they will speak of the excellence and personal merit of the teachers.  {1NL 83.3}
[1NL 83.4]          Let all who have any connection with the schools already established be firm and determined, in the strength of Him who has paid the ransom for their souls to be faithful servants in the cause of Christ, to help their fellow students to be faithful, pure, and holy in life and character. Let everyone who loves God seek to win those who have not confessed Christ to do this without delay. A silent, prayerful interest may be manifest every day. The very best experience in missionary lines may be gained by thus co-operating with Jesus, the missionary in chief to our world. Let every soul grow in excellence of character, in devotion, in purity, in holiness, exercising aright every God-given ability, that the enemies of our faith shall not triumph, that those in open rebellion against God shall not mold and fashion the characters of His children. Let the influence of the sons and daughters of God, united by the bonds of holy faith, be wholly on the Lord's side. Give evidence that you have a living connection with God, and that you are ambitious, for the Master's glory, to cultivate every grace of character. May the love of Christ constrain all to help their associates, by their love and sympathy, to walk in the heavenly way, the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in.  {1NL 83.4}
[1NL 83.5]                                        A Right Choice          When the students in our schools learn to choose God's will, they will find it comparatively easy to do His will. Let every student remember that he is a member of God's firm, and that he is to make the school what God would have it. If you see defects in students or in church members, be thankful to God you have discerned these defects. Do not grieve your Redeemer by imitating them. Avoid them. You will see those who are weak in spiritual understanding, who are not learning in the school of Christ His meekness and lowliness, who manifest a vain, frivolous, worldly character, which loves display. The only remedy for these is to talk of Jesus and behold Jesus. If they can be led to look at Him, and study His character,                                                                              84  they will learn to despise everything that is vain and frivolous; for Christ was intensely earnest, full of goodness, mercy, forbearance, patience, and unexampled love. By continuing to behold Jesus, they will rise above the littleness of the things that so molded them that they were unlovely and unholy in character. They will feel contempt for themselves. They will say, "I will not sit with vain persons, neither will I go in with dissemblers." "He that walketh with wise men shall be wise: but a companion of fools shall be destroyed." . . .  {1NL 83.5}
[1NL 84.1]          Even some who are striving for the mastery over the enemy develop a predisposition to do wrong. Evil prevails over good, because they do not trust wholly in Christ. They do not abide in Him, and because of their lack of dependence on God, they show inconsistency of character. But no one is compelled to choose this class as familiar associates. The temptations of life are met everywhere, and those who complain of the church members, being cold, proud, haughty, un-Christlike, need not associate with this class. There are many who are warmhearted, self-denying, self-sacrificing, who would if necessary lay down their lives to save souls. Let none, then, become accusers of the brethren, but let the tares grow together with the wheat; for thus Christ has said it should be. But we are not under the necessity of being tares ourselves, because the harvest is not all wheat.  {1NL 84.1}
[1NL 84.2]          He who rejects the life and character of Jesus, refusing to be like Him, declares himself to be in controversy with God. "He that is not with Me is against Me," Christ declares, "and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad." Those who love God will not choose His enemies as their friends. The question is asked, "Shouldest thou help the ungodly, and love them who hate the Lord?" True Christians will not choose the society of non-Christians. If the Lord gives them a special position in the world, as He gave Joseph and Daniel, He will keep them from being contaminated. We need to discern good from evil. We need all the help and instruction that comes from a true faith. We need to listen to the inculcation of Scripture doctrines, which are free from the sophistry and deception of the great deceiver. We need to live in as pure a religious atmosphere as possible, that we may bring solid timbers into our character building.  {1NL 84.2}
[1NL 84.3]                              Evil Associations to be Shunned          By association with those who have no faith in God, wrong ideas are imperceptibly insinuated into mind and heart by the masterwork of deception. These prove the ruin of many. Will you choose the association of the irreligious and the disloyal, who are openly transgressing God's law? Will you separate yourselves by your own choice from those who love God? Will you place yourselves as far from the light as possible? This is a way of delusion. You will never be where you will find too much light, but woe to those who choose darkness rather than light.--MS. 74, 1893.                                                    -              In this connection see also:        F. E., pp. 541-545, "The True Ideal for Our Youth."        F. E., pp. 191-195, "Christian Character Exemplified."        F. E., pp. 245-252, "Students Deciding Their Eternal Destiny."        F. E., pp. 291-296, "Students Required to Be Workers With God."        3T., pp. 221-227, "Dangers and Duties of Youth."  {1NL 84.3}
[1NL 85.1]       Chap. 27 - Parents and Children  ［REMARKS AT THE  MINISTERIAL INSTITUTE HELD IN LOS  ANGELES, MONDAY, MARCH 18, 1912.］    By Ellen G. White         I felt that if I should come before you again I should say the same things that I was saying last night in my dreams. I seemed to be speaking to a company of people, who listened earnestly to my words. I was pleading with them to devote their energies to training their children for the future life. There were many in the congregation who were condemned by the truths spoken; for they had been giving misguided instruction, with scoldings and denials. They had not brought up their children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord.  {1NL 85.1}
[1NL 85.2]          There are many among us who, though they stand in the position of guardians of the young, are not awake to the danger of letting the children and youth drift with the world. They do not seem to realize the possibilities and probabilities of the early years of training. The first years of that life which is to measure with the life of God begin here. None who stand in positions of accountability can afford to turn the youth away to go whither they will, taking no account of the influences to which they are exposed.  {1NL 85.2}
[1NL 85.3]          There are those here who, if truly converted, could do a far-reaching work for God in the training of the youth. But those who would win souls to Christ, must first have Christ themselves. Only in His wisdom can they teach how the heart may be safeguarded against the assaults of temptation, and be able to reveal to others the transforming power of grace.  {1NL 85.3}
[1NL 85.4]          As a people we need the truth of God. We need to understand its power to convert the soul and transform the life. We need to appreciate the great sacrifice that has made possible a home for us in the heavenly courts.  {1NL 85.4}
[1NL 85.5]          Our children need this truth. We do not do half enough in instructing them in its principles. If we could realize the responsibilities that rest upon us as their teachers and guardians, we would be much more careful and persevering in their education in religious things.  {1NL 85.5}
[1NL 85.6]          Not one parent in a hundred fully understands the work committed to him in the training of the youth. It is important that ministers and teachers act their part in this special line of service for God. It is for them to see that these little ones understand what the Bible approves and disapproves. The Lord is coming soon; there is not much time in which to redeem the past.  {1NL 85.6}
[1NL 85.7]                                 Converted Parents          Day and night I am burdened with the thought of our great need of converted parents. How many there are who need to humble their hearts before God and come into right relation to heaven if they would exert a saving influence over their families. They should know what they must do to inherit eternal life, if they would train their children for the inheritance of the redeemed. Every day they should be receiving the light of heaven into their souls; every day be receiving the impressions of the Holy Spirit upon heart and mind. Every day they should be receiving the word of truth and letting it control the life.  {1NL 85.7}
[1NL 85.8]          Terrible will be the revelations of the day of judgment regarding the neglect of parents to bring up their                                                                              86  children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. What does this mean--in the nurture and admonition of the Lord? It means to teach them to order the life by the requirements and the lessons of the Word; to help them to a clear understanding of the terms of entrance into the city of God. The gates of that city will not be opened to all who would enter, but to those only who have studied God's will, and have yielded their lives to His control.  {1NL 85.8}
[1NL 86.1]          One great reason why there is so much evil in the world today is that parents occupy their minds with other things than that which is all-important--how to adapt themselves to the work of patiently and kindly teaching their children the way of the Lord. If the curtain could be drawn aside, we should see that many, many children who have gone astray have been lost to good influence through this neglect. Parents, can you afford to have it so in your experience? You should have no work so important that it will prevent you from giving to your children all the time that is necessary to make them understand what it means to obey and trust the Lord fully.  {1NL 86.1}
[1NL 86.2]                                A Training for Eternity          These children are to be trained for eternity. Do not then occupy your time by endeavoring to follow all the foolish fashions in dress. Dress neatly and becomingly, but do not make yourself the subject of remarks either by being overdressed or by dressing in a lax, untidy manner. Act as though you know that the eye of heaven is upon you, and that you are living under the approbation or disapprobation of God.  {1NL 86.2}
[1NL 86.3]          Before visitors, before every other consideration, your children should come first. This will teach them that they are worth being cared for. They will see that you value them above everything else.  {1NL 86.3}
[1NL 86.4]          And what will you reap as a reward of your effort?--You will find your children right by your side, willing to take hold and co-operate with you in the lines that you suggest. You will find your work made easy. But if you give yourself up to visitors and to things that are unessential, while you let your children drift for want of proper instruction, when they go astray, remember that you must give account to God for their wrongdoing.  {1NL 86.4}
[1NL 86.5]          The less attention we give to spiritual things, the more satisfied we are with our own righteousness. There are many who claim to be righteous, and who think that they are righteous. These souls need to study Christ's life of self-renunciation.  {1NL 86.5}
[1NL 86.6]          When the Spirit of God dwells in our hearts and controls our actions, we shall not fail of giving our children and youth the training that will fit them for a place in the heavenly courts. But when parents are careless in regard to these things, what hope is there that the children will be converted? They are forming character of another kind--character that Christ cannot accept. Can we afford to have it so?  {1NL 86.6}
[1NL 86.7]                                     Co-Operation          We want the children to honor us. Then we must honor God, acting our part in the fashioning of their characters. We must not do haphazard work here. Every Christian parent is responsible to God for the training of his children. And this should be a united work on the part of fathers and mothers. And the Holy Spirit waits to co-operate with them, to impress the heart and mind, to take the life under His control.  {1NL 86.7}
[1NL 86.8]          Parents should be careful not to allow the spirit of dissension to creep into the home; for this is one of Satan's agents to make his impression on the character. If parents will strive for unity in the home by inculcating the principles that governed                                                                              87  the life of Christ, dissension will be driven out and unity and love will abide there. Parents and children will partake of the gift of the Holy Spirit.  {1NL 86.8}
[1NL 87.1]                                 Kindness and Patience          I shall not speak very long this morning, but I want you to carry away with you the few thoughts that I shall suggest. Let it be deeply impressed on your hearts that when you speak angry words to your children, you are helping the cause of the enemy of all righteousness. Let every child have a fair chance from babyhood up. The work of teaching should begin in childhood, not accompanied by harshness and fretting, but in kindness and patience; and this instruction should be continued through all their years to manhood and womanhood. It is the blessed privilege of every Christian parent to reveal the Lord to the child as merciful and good and full of kindness. He will put His Holy Spirit on the children, even though they sometimes make mistakes and do wrong. These children may hear the "Well done" as verily as the older members of the Lord's family.  {1NL 87.1}
[1NL 87.2]          It is not bringing up the children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord to meet their mistakes with anger and chiding, to send them off feeling that you do not care what they do. To manifest passion toward an erring child is to increase the evil. It arouses the worst passion of the child, and leads him to feel that you do not care for him. He reasons with himself that you could not treat him so if you cared.  {1NL 87.2}
[1NL 87.3]          And think you that God takes no cognizance of the way in which these children are corrected? He knows, and He knows also what might be the blessed results if the work of correction were done in a way to win rather than to repel.  {1NL 87.3}
[1NL 87.4]                                  A Blessed Work          My brethren and sisters, it takes time to give nurture and admonition. Tell them of the Father who loved them so that He gave His only Son for their salvation. Tell them the story of Christ's earthly life and His sacrifice in their behalf. This will touch their hearts. By such instruction they will see that you want them to be conformed to His likeness.  {1NL 87.4}
[1NL 87.5]          It is a great work, and a simple work--a work that, as we carry it forward, will soften the spirit and tender the heart. It will strengthen our hold on heaven. It will teach us to control the temper, and yield the life to the influence of truth.  {1NL 87.5}
[1NL 87.6]          Jesus loves us. The seventeenth chapter of John shows how full and how broad is the mercy and love that He waits to bestow upon all who will walk in obedience and humility before Him.  {1NL 87.6}
[1NL 87.7]                                Arouse, Arouse, Arouse!          My brethren and sisters, have you improved your opportunities to bring up your children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord? God wants you to co-operate with Him in this work. Will you do it? May God help every father and every mother to arouse to the responsibilities that rest upon them. You must not let mischief come to your children; you must not see it coming, and say no word of warning to them. I am now grown old, and my children are men; but I could not today see one of them going into wrong ways and say nothing to him about it. I would be responsible if I did not counsel them in regard to the way of the Lord.  {1NL 87.7}
[1NL 87.8]          We are too independent in our ideas and ways. Many want to lead, and thus they get out of the path of meekness and obedience. We take our own way altogether too much.                                                                              88  We act too often like stubborn children. This is not pleasing to the Lord.  {1NL 87.8}
[1NL 88.1]          I ask you to consider these words. Do not, I beg of you, correct your children in anger. That is the time of all times when you should act with humility and patience and prayer. Then is the time to kneel down with the children and ask the Lord for pardon. Seek to win them to Christ by the manifestation of kindness and love, and you will see that a higher power than that of earth is co-operating with your efforts. . . .  {1NL 88.1}
[1NL 88.2]          When the time of final award shall come, you will want to hear from the lips of the Saviour the words, "Well done, good and faithful servant." May God help you to be converted daily. Fathers and mothers, sisters and brothers, old and young, work in harmony with Christ, so that the Spirit of God and holy angels can dwell with you and mold your lives. And if these influences are fashioning the lives of parents, the characters of the children will be renewed after the likeness of Christ. If parents do their work faithfully, the children will not be left to go to ruin.  {1NL 88.2}
[1NL 88.3]          "The eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous, and His ears are open to their cry. The face of the Lord is against them that do evil." "Sanctify the Lord God in your hearts; and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear.". . .  {1NL 88.3}
[1NL 88.4]          I want you to get your minds on the possibilities of a thorough conversion; for when this experience comes to you, you will strike a note that will be recognized as having its origin in God. Let us seek for such a conversion. . . . Let us seek for a deeper consecration. God will accept us as we come to Him in our weakness, and will impart to us that which we so greatly need--the spirit of perfect submission to the will of God.--MS. 53, 1912.  {1NL 88.4}
[1NL 89.1]       Chap. 28 - A Work of Co-operation    By Ellen G. White         "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure." The work of salvation is a work of co-partnership, a joint operation. No man can work out his own salvation without the aid of the Holy Spirit. The co-operation of divine and human forces is necessary for the formation of right principles in the character.  {1NL 89.1}
[1NL 89.2]          Man is to make the most strenuous efforts to overcome the tempter, to subdue natural passions; but he is wholly dependent upon God for success in the work of overcoming the propensities that are not in harmony with correct principles. Success depends wholly upon willing obedience to the will and way of God.  {1NL 89.2}
[1NL 89.3]          Character develops in accordance with conformity to the divine plan. But man must work in Christ's lines. He must be a laborer together with God. He must submit to God's training, that he may be complete in Christ.  {1NL 89.3}
[1NL 89.4]          God has originated and proclaimed the principles on which divine and human agencies are to combine in temporal matters as well as all spiritual achievements. They are to be linked together in all human pursuits, in mechanical and agricultural labor, in mercantile and scientific enterprises. In all lines of work it is necessary that there be co-operation between God and man.  {1NL 89.4}
[1NL 89.5]          God has provided facilities with which to enrich and beautify the earth. But the strength and ingenuity of human agencies are required to make the very best use of the material. God has filled the earth with treasure, but the gold and silver are hidden in the earth, and the exercise of man's powers is required to secure this treasure which God has provided. Man's energy and tact are to be used in connection with the power of God in bringing the gold and silver from the mines, and trees from the forest. But unless by His miracle-working power God co-operated with man, enabling him to use his physical and mental capabilities, the treasures in our world would be useless.  {1NL 89.5}
[1NL 89.6]          We cannot keep ourselves for one moment. We are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation. We are utterly dependent upon God every moment of our lives.  {1NL 89.6}
[1NL 89.7]          God desires every human being in our world to be a worker together with Him. This is the lesson we are to learn from all useful employment, making homes in the forest, felling trees to build houses, clearing land for cultivation. God has provided the wood and the land, and to man He has given the work of putting them in such shape that they will be a blessing. In this work man is wholly dependent upon God.  {1NL 89.7}
[1NL 89.8]          The fitting of the ships that cross the broad ocean is not alone due to the talent and ingenuity of the human agent. God is the great Architect. Without His co-operation, without the aid of the higher intelligences, how worthless would be the plans of men! God must aid, else every device is worthless.  {1NL 89.8}
[1NL 89.9]          The human organism is the handiwork of God. The organs employed in all the different functions of the body were made by Him. The Lord gives us food and drink, that the wants of the body may be supplied. He has given the earth different properties adapted to the growth of food for His children. He gives the                                                                              90  sunshine and the showers, the early and the latter rain. He forms the clouds and sends the dew. All are His gifts. He has bestowed His blessings upon us liberally. But all these blessings will not restore in us His moral image unless we co-operate with Him, making painstaking effort to know ourselves, to understand how to care for the delicate human machinery. Man must diligently help to keep himself in harmony with nature's laws. He who co-operates with God in the work of keeping this wonderful machinery in order, who consecrates all his powers to God, seeking intelligently to obey the laws of nature, stands in his God-given manhood, and is recorded in the books of heaven as a man.  {1NL 89.9}
[1NL 90.1]          God has given man land to be cultivated. But in order that the harvest may be reaped, there must be harmonious action between divine and human agencies. The plow and other implements of labor must be used at the right time. The seed must be sown in its season. Man is not to fail of doing his part. If he is careless and negligent, his unfaithfulness testifies against him. The harvest is proportionate to the energy he has expended.  {1NL 90.1}
[1NL 90.2]                                  A Divine Relationship          So it is in spiritual things. We are to be laborers together with God. Man is to work out his own salvation with fear and trembling, for it is God that worketh in him, both to will and to do of His good pleasure. There is to be co-partnership, a divine relation, between the Son of God and the repentant sinner. We are made sons and daughters of God. "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God." Christ provides the mercy and grace so abundantly given to all who believe in Him. He fulfills the terms upon which salvation rests. But we must act our part by accepting the blessing in faith. God works and man works. Resistance of temptation must come from man, who must draw his power from God. Thus he becomes a co-partner with Christ.  {1NL 90.2}
[1NL 90.3]          The infinitely wise and all-powerful God proposes co-operation with His frail, erring creatures, whom He has placed on vantage ground. On the one side there is infinite wisdom, goodness, compassion, power; on the other, weakness, sinfulness, absolute helplessness, poverty, dependence. We are dependent upon God, not only for life and all its blessings, but for our entrusted talents, and for all the resources required in the work we must do if we accept the invitation to work with God. Man's intellect, his understanding, his every valuable thought, the opportunities and privileges that are placed within his reach, all come from Him who is the Way, the Truth, and the Life. We have nothing of ourselves. Our success in the Christian life depends upon our co-operation with Christ, and our submission to His will. It is not a sign of pure, consecrated service for a worker to follow his own way. Every worker is to willingly obey his Leader, to receive and practice every word of God.  {1NL 90.3}
[1NL 90.4]                                    Perfection of Character          We are to be individual toilers. Character cannot be bought or sold. It is formed by patient, continuous effort. Much patience is required in the striving for that life which is to come. We may all strive for perfection of character, but all who come into possession of it will earn it step by step, by the cultivation of the virtues which God commends. The Holy Spirit presents before man the agencies provided for his transformation. If he heeds the words, "He that will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross and follow Me," he will receive help from a power that is infinite.                                                                              91   {1NL 90.4}
[1NL 91.1]          Man is given the privilege of working with God in the saving of his own soul. He is to receive Christ as his personal Saviour and believe in Him. Receiving and believing is his part of the contract. This means abiding in Christ, showing in Him at all times and under all circumstances a faith that works by love and purifies the soul from all defilement. Christ is the author of this faith, and He demands that it be constantly exercised. Thus we receive a constant supply of grace.--Article 21, 1899.                                                    -    {1NL 91.1}
[1NL 91.2]                                      Words to Parents          Is it at all necessary that there should be so large a number of feeble, helpless women in our world? No; I answer, decidedly; no. The opinion prevails in this generation that women do not need active, vigorous muscles and strong, sturdy frames; but does not reason tell us differently? It is argued that by nature their muscles are softer and feebler, and their strength and power of endurance less. We admit that this is the case, but why? Because for many generations back false ideas, degenerating in their influence, have been brought in through their efforts to meet the standard of fashion. The great master worker, Satan, has not been idle. He has brought in a variety of fashions, and has led men and women to encourage delicate idleness.  {1NL 91.2}
[1NL 91.3]          If food were prepared with more simplicity and in less variety, if mothers dressed their children in neat, modest apparel, without striving to meet the demands of fashion, there would be far more well-balanced minds, calm nerves, and sweet tempers. Mothers wear out their nerves by doing needless things, in order to keep pace with fashion. One third of the time now devoted to this work should be spent with their children in the open air, weeding the garden, picking berries, teaching the children to help. Enough time is wasted on fashionable dress and in the preparation of articles of food that irritate the digestive organs, to purchase a spot of ground which the children could have as their own, and from which mothers and fathers could derive precious lessons, to be given to their children. Teach your children that the garden in which they place the tiny seed represents the garden of the heart, and that God has enjoined upon you, their parents, to cultivate the soil of their hearts, as they cultivate the garden.  {1NL 91.3}
[1NL 91.4]                                Cultivate the Soil of the Heart          The Lord has entrusted to parents a solemn, sacred work. They are to cultivate carefully the soil of the heart. Thus they may be laborers together with God. He expects them to guard and tend carefully the garden of their children's hearts. They are to sow the good seed, weeding out every unsightly weed. Every defect in character, every fault in disposition, needs to be cut away; for if allowed to remain, these will mar the beauty of the character.  {1NL 91.4}
[1NL 91.5]          Patiently, lovingly, as faithful stewards of the manifold grace of God, parents are to do their appointed work. It is expected of them that they will be found faithful. Everything is to be done in faith. Constantly they must pray that God will impart His grace to their children. Never must they become weary, impatient, or fretful in their work. They must cling closely to their children and to God.  {1NL 91.5}
[1NL 91.6]          If parents work in patience and love, earnestly endeavoring to help their children to reach the highest standard of purity and modesty, they will succeed. In this work parents need to manifest patience and faith, that they may present their children to God, polished after the similitude of a palace.--MS. 138, 1898.                                                                              92   {1NL 91.6}
[1NL 92.1]                                         Why God Chose                                        Abraham            God judges a man by what he is in his family. Abraham is called the father of the faithful. "I know him," said the Searcher of hearts, "that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment." The Lord chose Abraham as a representative man, because He knew that he would cultivate home religion, that he would cause the fear of the Lord to circulate through his tent. There would be no betrayal of sacred trust on Abraham's part. He would acknowledge and keep God's law. Blind affection and indulgence, which is the veriest cruelty, would not be shown by him. By the combined influence of authority and affection he would rule his house. Mercy and justice were blended in his rule.  {1NL 92.1}
[1NL 92.2]                                         The Harvest          "Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap." Parents, your work is to win the confidence of your children, and in love patiently sow the precious seed. Do your work with contentment, never complaining of the hardship, care, and toil. If by patient, kindly, Christlike efforts, you may present one soul perfect in Christ Jesus, your life will not have been in vain. Keep your own soul hopeful and patient. Let no discouragement be traced in your features or attitude. You have in your hands the making of a character, through the help of God, that may work in the Master's vineyard, and win many souls to Jesus. Ever encourage your children to reach a high standard in all their habits and tendencies. Be patient with their imperfections, as God is patient with you in your imperfections, bearing with you, watching over you, that you may bring forth fruit unto His glory. Encourage your children to strive to add to their attainments the virtues they lack. Let no cheap, frivolous conversation be indulged. Take your Bible, and read to your children the words of the inspired apostle. (Read Titus 2:6-8 and 1 Peter 1:13-16.)  {1NL 92.2}
[1NL 92.3]          There is need of guarding the conversation, that the words shall be pure, chaste, elevated. If parents would strictly guard their words, they would by precept and example teach their children to be select in their words.  {1NL 92.3}
[1NL 92.4]          The home may be a school where the children are indeed fashioned in character after the similitude of a palace. No coarseness or roughness is to be indulged; for it is entirely contrary to heaven's custom.--MS. 136, 1898.  {1NL 92.4}
[1NL 93.1]       Chap. 29 - Home Training    By Ellen G. White         Watch, pray, work. Watching, working, and waiting for the Lord: this is our proper position. We are to act as servants who strive faithfully to do the Master's will. I am particularly burdened in reference to home training. The father is the house-band of the family. This is his position, and if he is a Christian, he will maintain right government in every respect. His authority is to be recognized, but in many families parental authority is never fully acknowledged. Various excuses are framed for the disobedience of children, and the life is a scene of endless variance between parents and children. Often the mother works to counteract the influence of the father, who, she thinks, is too severe, too exacting.  {1NL 93.1}
[1NL 93.2]          If the father is a Christian, he represents the divine authority of God, whose vicegerent he is, and whose work it is to carry out the gracious designs of an infinite God in the establishment of upright principles and the foundation of pure, virtuous, well-balanced characters. But if the father and mother are at variance with each other, the condition of things in the home is demoralizing. Neither the father nor mother receives the respect and confidence essential to correct management. The mother leaves on the minds of the children the impression that she thinks the father too severe; for children are quick to see anything that casts the slightest reflection on rules or regulations, especially if they restrict them in carrying out their inclinations.  {1NL 93.2}
[1NL 93.3]                                    Working in Unity          I would that parents had sanctified intelligence, that they might see the necessity of working in unity. The husband, wife, and children are a firm. They should look upon themselves as God's agents who are to work together intelligently, regarding the family as a divine institution. The parents are to instruct their children wisely, and patiently, teaching them line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. With faith and perseverance they are to educate, train, and discipline, requiring their children to be obedient, allowing no disrespect. Thus the seeds of reverence and respect for the heavenly Father are sown. The home should be a preparatory school, where children and youth may be fitted to do service for the Master, preparatory to joining the higher school in the kingdom of God.  {1NL 93.3}
[1NL 93.4]          Parents need to remember that they occupy the place of God to their children. Just as you deal with your children, parents, so will God deal with you. Their lack of experience is to be supplied by wise precepts and godly practice. This work is to begin in their early years, when the heart is tender and impressible, and is to be carried forward step by step. Every word, every action, of the parents is to be an object lesson of the right kind. They should not act impulsively, but as though realizing that God sees them, that the heavenly universe witnesses every act when dealing with each other and with their children.  {1NL 93.4}
[1NL 93.5]          Children are the Lord's heritage, purchased by the blood of the only-begotten Son of God. With intense interest heavenly intelligences watch to see how children are dealt with by their parents, guardians, and teachers. And what strange management                                                                              94  they witness at times, when father and mother disagree, and express their variance by words and actions.  {1NL 93.5}
[1NL 94.1]          Sometimes the father casts reflections on the mother. He sternly disciplines the children, as if to disparage the mother's tenderness and love. Because of this the mother thinks she must bestow on them increased affection, and gratify and indulge their inclinations. Thus she seeks to counteract the father's impatience and severity; but oh, how God is dishonored. The family is demoralized, and the children are confused in regard to true discipline and correct education.  {1NL 94.1}
[1NL 94.2]                                  Govern with Wisdom          There is danger of too severely criticizing small things. Criticism that is too severe, rules that are too rigid, lead to the disregard of all regulations; and by and by children thus educated will show the same disrespect for the laws of Christ.  {1NL 94.2}
[1NL 94.3]          Parents must be converted before they can guide their children aright. They must become submissive to the requirements of God before they can expect their children to submit to them. Then their words and even their thoughts will be brought into captivity to Jesus Christ. Day by day they must learn from Jesus, catching His Spirit, that they may reveal the Christlikeness in their lives. In childhood and youth the powers of imitation are strong, and children should have the most perfect pattern set before them, that they may have unquestionable confidence in the wisdom of their parents.  {1NL 94.3}
[1NL 94.4]          Religion in the home--what will it not accomplish? It will do the very work that God designed should be done in every family. Children will be brought up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. They will be educated and trained, not to be society devotees, but members of the Lord's family. They will not be sacrificed to Moloch. Parents will become willing subjects of Christ. Both father and mother will consecrate themselves to the work of properly training the children given them. They will firmly decide to work in the love of God with the utmost tenderness and compassion to save the souls under their guidance. They will not allow themselves to be absorbed with the customs of the world. They will not give themselves up to parties, concerts, dances, to give feasts and attend feasts, because after this manner do the Gentiles.  {1NL 94.4}
[1NL 94.5]                                      Vigilance          Eternal vigilance must be manifested with regard to our children. With his manifold devices Satan begins to work with their tempers and their wills as soon as they are born. Their safety depends upon the wisdom, and the vigilant care of the parents. They must strive in the love and fear of God to preoccupy the garden of the heart, sowing the good seeds of a right spirit, correct habits, and the love and fear of God.  {1NL 94.5}
[1NL 94.6]          Obedience to parental authority must be inculcated in babyhood, childhood, and youth. The will of the parents must be under the discipline of Christ. Molded and controlled by God's pure, Holy Spirit, they may establish unquestioned dominion over the children.  {1NL 94.6}
[1NL 94.7]                                  Effects of Misrule          But if the parents are severe and exacting in their discipline, they do a work which they themselves can never undo. By their arbitrary course of action they stir up a sense of injustice. Many parents have to meet in their children their own temper and disposition. But instead of ruling with wisdom and kindness, they are harsh and exacting. They do not make the religious life attractive, and the children say, "If this is religion, we want none of it." Enmity against the rules of God is created. The rebellious spirit which refused to                                                                              95  render obedience to parental authority is the last to yield to divine authority. Thus, by misrule, parents fix the eternal destiny of their children. By mismanagement they drive them to the enemy's ranks, to serve the prince of darkness rather than the Prince of light.  {1NL 94.7}
[1NL 95.1]          Such parents will have a fearful account to settle with God. In the great day of judgment He will ask them, "What have you done with My heritage? Where are the children I entrusted to your care?" Then with terrible distinctness the parents will see that their neglect has not only proved the ruin of their children, but of themselves, and that the wrong traits of character they cherished have been transmitted from parent to child to the third and fourth generation. The seeds which have been sown have produced a harvest they will not care to garner. The course of action which confirmed the children in irreligious practices has reacted upon themselves, making their influence a curse instead of a blessing.  {1NL 95.1}
[1NL 95.2]                                 Educate for the Master          The family should be a school where the father and mother, under the control of Christ, seek to educate their children for the Master. They should not try to evade the responsibilities of this work. They should not give their time to visiting, to the entertainment of visitors, neglecting their children to do this. If parents neglect to teach their children to be useful and helpful, Satan takes them and instructs them in his school, and those who learn in this school show who has been their instructor.  {1NL 95.2}
[1NL 95.3]          Parents lose much when they are only half converted. Of Abraham Christ said, "I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord."  {1NL 95.3}
[1NL 95.4]          By the combined influence of love and authority, Abraham was to rule his home. He was to walk before his household without hypocrisy or deception. He would do nothing to betray the truth. The rule for master and servant, parent and child, is obedience to the great standard of righteousness. But how few bring religion into the home life! Parents, what course are you pursuing? Are you acting on the theory that in things concerning the religious life your children shall be left free from restraint, that all you have to do is to counsel with them, and then leave them to do as they please? If so, you are neglecting your duty, neglecting the souls for whom God holds you responsible.--MS. 7, 1899.                                                    -    {1NL 95.4}
[1NL 95.5]          So great is the value of the human soul that Christ paid an infinite price for the redemption of the race. God gave His Son up to shame and reproach and to an ignominious death that man might have eternal life. In view of this, why are we not working more earnestly to save sinners? Why are we so indifferent, so careless? Where is our faith, where our works?--MS. 24, 1903.                                                    -    {1NL 95.5}
[1NL 95.6]                                   A Sacred Circle          I have been shown that around every family there is a sacred circle, which should be kept unbroken. Within this circle no other person has a right to come.  {1NL 95.6}
[1NL 95.7]          The husband and the wife should have confidence in each other. The wife should keep no secret from her husband and the husband should keep no secret from his wife. Neither should relate family secrets to others. The heart of the wife should be the grave for her husband's faults and the heart of the husband should be the grave for his wife's faults.  {1NL 95.7}
[1NL 95.8]          Never should either husband or wife indulge in a joke at the expense of the other's feelings. Never should either one in sport or in any other                                                                              96  way complain to others concerning their companion; for frequently indulgence in foolish and what may apparently be harmless joking will eventually become habit, and may end in trial and possibly in estrangement.--MS. 21, 1902.                                                    -    {1NL 95.8}
[1NL 96.1]                                  Husband the Time          The closing scenes of this earth's history are near at hand. The unfulfilled predictions of the book of Revelation are soon to be fulfilled. This prophecy is now to be studied with diligence by the people of God, and should be clearly understood. It does not conceal the truth; it clearly forewarns, telling us what will be in the future.  {1NL 96.1}
[1NL 96.2]          Our work now is to husband the time, the influence, and the means that God has given us, and to cooperate with the Lord at every step. We are to be true, courageous, and faithful. Unless we stand firmly and intelligently for the truth, there will be serious misconceptions, and the work that the Lord would have done will be left undone.  {1NL 96.2}
[1NL 96.3]          Let us not be in any way deceived. Let us realize the weakness of humanity, and see where man fails in his self-sufficiency. We shall then be filled with a desire to be just what God desires us to be--pure, noble, sanctified. We shall hunger and thirst after the righteousness of Christ. To be like God will be the one desire of the soul.  {1NL 96.3}
[1NL 96.4]          This is the desire that filled Enoch's heart. And we read that he walked with God. He studied the character of God to a purpose. He did not mark out his own course, or set up his own will, as if he thought himself fully qualified to manage matters. He strove to conform himself to the divine likeness.  {1NL 96.4}
[1NL 96.5]          The Lord calls upon our young people to enter our schools, and quickly fit themselves for service. In various places, outside of the cities, schools are to be established, where our youth can receive an education that will prepare them to go forth to do evangelical work and medical missionary work.--Letter 210, 1903.                                                    -    {1NL 96.5}
[1NL 96.6]                               Why Men are Condemned          The wrath of God is not declared against men merely because of the sins which they have committed, but for choosing to continue in a state of resistance, and, although they have light and knowledge, repeating their sins of the past. If they would submit, they would be pardoned; but they are determined not to yield. They defy God by their obstinacy. These souls have given themselves to Satan, and he controls them according to his will.--TM 74, 75.  {1NL 96.6}
[1NL 97.1]       Chap. 30 - Useful Occupation Better Than Games  ［PORTION  OF A LETTER ADDRESSED TO A COLLEGE STUDENT,  WRITTEN FROM NAPIER, NEW ZEALAND, OCTOBER 2, 1893.］    By Ellen G. White         Educate men and women to bring up their children free from false, fashionable practices, to teach them to be useful. The daughters should be educated under the mothers to do useful labor, not merely indoor labor but out-of-door labor as well. Mothers could also train the sons, to a certain age, to do useful things indoors and out-of-doors.  {1NL 97.1}
[1NL 97.2]          There are plenty of necessary, useful things to do in our world that would make the pleasure amusement exercise almost wholly unnecessary. Brain, bone, and muscle will acquire solidity and strength in using them to a purpose, doing good hard thinking, and devising plans which shall train them to develop powers of intellect, and strength of the physical organs, which will be putting into practical use their God-given talents with which they may glorify God.  {1NL 97.2}
[1NL 97.3]          This was plainly laid out before our health institution and our college as the forcible reason why they should be established among us; but as it was in the days of Noah and Lot, so it is in our time. Men have sought out many inventions and have widely departed from God's purposes and His ways.  {1NL 97.3}
[1NL 97.4]                                   The Danger in Sports          I do not condemn the simple exercise of playing ball; but this, even in its simplicity, may be overdone. I shrink always from the almost sure result which follows in the wake of these amusements. It leads to an outlay of means that should be expended in bringing the light of truth to souls that are perishing out of Christ. The amusements and expenditures of means for self-pleasing, which lead on step by step to self-glorifying, and the educating in these games for pleasure, produce a love and passion for such things that is not favorable to the perfection of Christian character.  {1NL 97.4}
[1NL 97.5]          The way that they have been conducted at the college does not bear the impress of heaven. It does not strengthen the intellect. It does not refine and purify the character. There are threads leading out through the habits and customs and worldly practices, and the actors become so engrossed and infatuated that they are pronounced in heaven, lovers of pleasure more than lovers of God. In the place of the intellect becoming strengthened to do better work as students, to be better qualified as Christians to perform the Christian duties, the exercise in these games is filling their brains with thoughts that distract the mind from their studies.  {1NL 97.5}
[1NL 97.6]                                    The More Excellent Way          Now the same power of exercise of mind and muscle might invent ways and means of altogether a higher class of exercise, in doing missionary work which would make them laborers together with God, and would be educating for higher usefulness in the present life, in doing useful work, which is a most essential branch in education.  {1NL 97.6}
[1NL 97.7]          There are many ways in which the youth can be putting to usury the talents entrusted to them of God, to build up the work and cause of God, not to please themselves but to glorify God. The Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, made the infinite sacrifice in coming to our                                                                              98  world in order that He might elevate and ennoble humanity. He was a persevering, diligent worker. We read, He "went about doing good."  {1NL 97.7}
[1NL 98.1]          Is not this the work that every youth should be seeking to do, working in Christ's lines? You have Christ's help. The ideas of the students will broaden. They will be far-reaching, and the powers of usefulness, even in your student's life, will be continually growing. The arms, the hands, which God has given, are to be used in doing good which shall bear the signet of heaven, that you can at last hear the "Well done, thou good and faithful servant."  {1NL 98.1}
[1NL 98.2]          I do not think, from the way the matter has been presented to me, that your ball games are so conducted that the record of the students will be of that character, in the estimation of Him who weighs actions, that will bring a reward to the actors.  {1NL 98.2}
[1NL 98.3]                             Missionary Work for Students          Let there be a company formed somewhat after the plan of the Christian Endeavor order, and see what can be done by each accountable human agent, in watching and improving opportunities to do work for the Master. He has a vineyard in which everyone can perform good work. Suffering humanity needs help everywhere. The students may win their way to hearts, by speaking words in season, by doing favors for those who need even physical labor. This will not degrade any one of you, and it will bring a consciousness of the approval of God. It will be putting the talents, entrusted to you for wise improvement, to the exchangers. It will increase them by trading upon them.  {1NL 98.3}
[1NL 98.4]                               Beneficial Methods of Exercise          There are healthful methods of exercise that may be planned which will be beneficial to both soul and body. There is a great work to be done and it is essential that every responsible agent shall educate himself to do this work acceptably to God. There is much for all to learn, and there cannot be invented a better use for brain, bone, and muscle than to accept the wisdom of God in doing good, and adopting some human device for remedying the existing evils of this profligate, extravagant age.  {1NL 98.4}
[1NL 98.5]          It is our duty ever to seek to do good in the use of the muscles and brain God has given to youth, that they may be useful to others, making their labors lighter, soothing the sorrowing, lifting up the discouraged, speaking words of comfort to the hopeless, turning the minds of the students from fun and frolic which often carries them beyond the dignity of manhood and womanhood to shame and disgrace. The Lord would have the mind elevated, seeking higher, nobler channels of usefulness.  {1NL 98.5}
[1NL 98.6]                                The Dangers to Spirituality          Is the eye single to the glory of God in these games? I know that this is not so. There is a losing sight of God's way and His purposes. The employment of intelligent beings, in probationary time, is superseding God's revealed will, and substituting for it the speculations and inventions of the human agent, with Satan by his side to imbue with his spirit. Keep the Word of God close by your side. Guided by it you will be wise, you will be steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord. We must in these last days watch unto prayer. The Lord God of heaven protests against the burning passion cultivated for supremacy in the games that are so engrossing.  {1NL 98.6}
[1NL 98.7]          In no time in your life have you been more critically placed than you are while prosecuting your medical studies in Ann Arbor. Satan is watching every avenue whereby he can take advantage to enter with his specious temptations to spoil the soul.                                                                              99  You will meet with infidel sentiments in very intelligent men who call themselves Christians. Cling to the wisdom which is revealed to you in the Word of God, for it will bind you, if you obey its teachings, to the throne of God.  {1NL 98.7}
[1NL 99.1]          I am fearful now, more than at any other period of time, that Christians, as individuals, may separate from God because they lose sight of the Pattern Jesus Christ, and think it is safe to walk in the sparks of their own kindling, deceiving the soul with thinking it is the way of the Lord.-- Letter 17a, 1893.                                                    -    {1NL 99.1}
[1NL 99.2]                             Need of Self-Sacrificing Effort          Will young men and young women accept the holy trust from the Master's hands? Will they offer themselves for service, and put all the fervor of the soul into the work of reforming themselves, that they may labor acceptably for the youth who are wholly given to pleasure and self-gratification?  {1NL 99.2}
[1NL 99.3]          Because of our artificial civilization people are sick; they need a physician who can cure them. Each human being is entrusted with talents. These talents are to be appreciated; they are to be used, not abused. The love of Christ alone can enable us to properly appreciate our talents. In every school established, the most simple theory of theology should be taught. In this theory the atonement of Christ should be the great substance, the central truth. The wonderful theme of redemption should be presented to the students. . . .  {1NL 99.3}
[1NL 99.4]          Those who claim to believe the truth do not possess that power that God would bestow upon them if they really believed, and were striving for conformity to His image. The church is in the Laodicean state. The presence of God is not in her midst. If Christ were formed within, the hope of glory, conformity to His image would be seen, and the church trials which separate the members from Christ would disappear. . . .  {1NL 99.4}
[1NL 99.5]          Mission work must not cease because of limited means. Let every church member practice self-denial. The Word of God gives the commission, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature." There is no restriction, no limit, to the work. And the promise is "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." Abridge the work, limit your labors, and you remove your Helper. The sickly, unhealthy state of the church reveals a church afraid to work, fearing that self-denial will be required. The presence of the Lord is ever seen where every energy of the church is aroused to meet the spiritual responsibilities. But many of the churches who have had the light of present truth are dwarfed and crippled by the evils existing in their midst, by the selfishness cherished, by spending on self that which should be given to the Lord. Because of self-indulgence, they have nothing to give toward the work of saving souls.  {1NL 99.5}
[1NL 99.6]          Angels of God are sent to measure the temple and the worshipers therein. The Lord looks with sadness upon those who are serving their idols, with no care for the souls perishing in darkness and error. He cannot bless the church who feel it no part of their duty to be laborers together with God. What a terrible thing it is to exclude Christ from His own temple! What a loss to the church!  {1NL 99.6}
[1NL 99.7]                                 A Gracious Invitation          Our Redeemer sends His messengers to bear a testimony to His people. He says, "Behold, I stand at the door, and knock. If any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me." But many refuse to receive Him, because                                                                              100  they fear that He will be an expensive guest. The Holy Spirit waits to soften and subdue hearts, but they are not willing to open the door and let the Saviour in; for they fear that He will require something from them. And so Jesus of Nazareth passes by. He longs to bestow on them His rich blessings and gifts of grace, but they refuse to accept them.  {1NL 99.7}
[1NL 100.1]          The Lord requests His church to have a higher grade of piety, a more just sense of duty; a clear realization of their obligation to their Creator. All who will read the third chapter of Malachi will see that God calls for systematic contributions from His people. The funds so given will be abundantly blessed. If all whose names are on the church books would give to the Lord a tenth of their increase, as He has prospered them, abundant resources would swell the revenues of the church. God desires even the poorest to give their gifts, small though they may be. By giving as we have been prospered, we acknowledge God's mercy and liberality in supplying our necessities.--MS. 156, 1898.                                                    -    {1NL 100.1}
[1NL 100.2]                                   Example of Faithfulness          There are two great principles, one of loyalty and the other of disloyalty. Christian strength is obtained by serving the Lord faithfully. We all need greater Christian courage, that we may uplift the standard on which is inscribed, The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus. We are to make no compromise with the leaders of rebellion. The line of demarcation between the obedient and the disobedient must be plain and distinct. We must have a firm determination to do the Lord's will at all times and in all places.  {1NL 100.2}
[1NL 100.3]          Young men and young women should learn the lesson that to be one with Christ is the highest honor to which they can attain. By the strictest fidelity they should strive for a moral independence, and this independence they should maintain against every influence that tries to turn the soul from righteous principles. Stronger minds may, yes, they will, make assertions which have no foundation in truth. Let the heavenly eyesalve be applied to the eyes of your understanding, that you may distinguish between truth and error. Search the Word, and when you find a "Thus saith the Lord," take your stand.  {1NL 100.3}
[1NL 100.4]          The wrong customs, practices, and theories of the world are to find no recognition in the life of the one who has chosen to be on the Lord's side. Consecrate all that there is of you, soul, body, and spirit, to the Saviour. Yield every power that you have to the control of the Holy Spirit.--MS. 121, 1898.  {1NL 100.4}
[1NL 101.1]       Chap. 31 - Admonition Will Be Heard    By Ellen G. White                                  Dangers of the Last Days          We are living in the last days of this earth's history, and we may be surprised at nothing in the line of apostasies and denials of the truth. Unbelief has now come to be a fine art which men work at to the destruction of their souls. There is constant danger of there being shams in pulpit preachers, whose lives contradict the words they speak; but the voice of warning and of admonition will be heard as long as time shall last; and those who are guilty of transactions that should never be entered into, when reproved or counseled through the Lord's appointed agencies, will resist the message and refuse to be corrected. They will go on as did Pharaoh and Nebuchadnezzar, until the Lord takes away their reason, and their hearts become unimpressible. The Lord's word will come to them; but if they choose not to hear it, the Lord will make them responsible for their own ruin.  {1NL 101.1}
[1NL 101.2]                                    An Unflinching Testimony          In John the Baptist the Lord raised up for Himself a messenger to prepare the way of the Lord. He was to bear to the world an unflinching testimony in reproving and denouncing sin. Luke, in announcing his mission and work, says, And he shall go before Him in the spirit and power of Elias, to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people, prepared for the Lord."  {1NL 101.2}
[1NL 101.3]          Many of the Pharisees and Sadducees came to the baptism of John, and addressing these, he said, "O generation of vipers, who hath warned you to flee from the wrath to come? Bring forth therefore fruits meet for repentance: and think not to say within yourselves, We have Abraham to our father: for I say unto you, that God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abraham. And now also the ax is laid unto the root of the trees: therefore every tree which bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. I indeed baptize you with water unto repentance: but He that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost, and with fire; whose fan is in His hand, and He will thoroughly purge His floor, and gather His wheat into the garner; but He will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire."  {1NL 101.3}
[1NL 101.4]          The voice of John was lifted up like a trumpet. His commission was, "Show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins." He had obtained no human scholarship. God and nature had been his teachers. But one was needed to prepare the way before Christ who was bold enough to make his voice heard like the prophets of old, summoning the degenerate nation to repentance.  {1NL 101.4}
[1NL 101.5]                                   Heard by All Classes          And all went forth into the wilderness to hear him. Unlearned fishermen and peasants came from the surrounding countries and from regions nigh and afar off. The Roman soldiers from the barracks of Herod came to hear. Chieftains came with their swords girded by their sides, to put down anything that savored of riot or rebellion. The avaricious taxgatherers came from the regions round about; and from the Sanhedrim came forth the phylacteried priests.                                                                              102  All listened as if spellbound; and all came away, even the Pharisee, the Sadducee, and the cold, unimpressionable scoffer of the age, with the sneer gone, and cut to the heart with a sense of their sin. There were no long arguments, no finely cut theories, elaborately delivered in their "firstly," "secondly," and "thirdly." But pure native eloquence was revealed in the short sentences, every word carrying with it the certainty and truth of the weighty warnings given.  {1NL 101.5}
[1NL 102.1]                                       Nineveh an Example          The warning message of John was in the same lines as the warning to Nineveh, "Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown." Nineveh repented, and called upon God, and God accepted their acknowledgement of Him. Forty years of probation was granted them in which to reveal the genuineness of their repentance and to turn from sin. But Nineveh turned again to the worship of images; her iniquity became deeper and more desperate than before, because the light had come and had not been heeded.  {1NL 102.1}
[1NL 102.2]                                       False Hopes Exposed          John called every class to repentance. To the Pharisees and Sadducees he said, Flee from the wrath to come. Your claims to Abraham as your father are not of the least value to you. They will not impart to you pure principles and holiness of character. Ceremonial sacrifices possess no value unless you discern their object, the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world. You turn from God's requirements and follow your own perverted ideas; and you lose those characteristics which constitute you children of Abraham. And pointing to the rocks in wild confusion around through which the stream was winding its course, he said, "God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abraham."  {1NL 102.2}
[1NL 102.3]          John the Baptist met sin with open rebuke in men of humble occupation and in men of high degree. He declared the truth to kings and nobles, whether they would hear or reject it. He spoke personally and pointedly. He reproved the Pharisees of the Sanhedrim because their religion consisted in forms and not in righteousness of pure, willing obedience. . . . He spoke to Herod in regard to his marriage with Herodias, saying, It is not lawful for thee to have her. He spoke to him of a future retribution, when God would judge every man according to his works. . . .  {1NL 102.3}
[1NL 102.4]                                        What Shall We Do?          "Then came also publicans to be baptized, and said unto him, Master, what shall we do?" Did he say, Leave your toll and custom houses? No, he said to them, "Exact no more than that which is appointed you." If they were taxgatherers still, they could hold just weights and balances of truth in their hands. They could reform in those things that savored of dishonesty and oppression.  {1NL 102.4}
[1NL 102.5]          "And the soldiers likewise demanded of him, saying, And what shall we do? And he said unto them, Do violence to no man, neither accuse any falsely; and be content with your wages.". . .  {1NL 102.5}
[1NL 102.6]                                  The Sword of Truth at Work          Christ also spoke pointedly to every class of men. He reproved those who dominated over their fellow men, those whose passions and prejudices caused many to err and compelled many to blaspheme God. The sword of truth was blunted by apologies and suppositions; but Christ called things by their right names. The ax was laid to the root of the tree. He showed that all the religious forms of worship could not save the Jewish nation, because they did not behold and receive by faith the Lamb of God as their Saviour.                                                                              103   {1NL 102.6}
[1NL 103.1]          Just such a work and message as that of John will be carried on in these last days. The Lord has been giving messages to His people, through the instruments He has chosen, and He would have all take heed to the admonitions and warnings He sends.  {1NL 103.1}
[1NL 103.2]                                      Repent! Repent!          The message preceding the public ministry of the Son of God was, Repent, publicans, repent, Pharisees and Sadducees, "for the kingdom of heaven is at hand." Our message is not to be one of "peace and safety." As a people who believe in Christ's soon appearing, we have a work to do, a message to bear --"Prepare to meet thy God." We are to lift up the standard, and bear the third angel's message--the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.  {1NL 103.2}
[1NL 103.3]                                  The Message for Today          The message we bear must be as direct as was the message of John. He rebuked kings for their iniquity. He rebuked the adultery of Herod. Notwithstanding his life was in peril, the truth did not languish upon his lips. And our work in this age must be as faithfully done. The inhabitants of the world at this time are represented by the dwellers upon the earth at the time of the flood. The wickedness of the inhabitants of the old world is plainly stated: "And God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually." God became weary of these people whose only thoughts were of pleasure and indulgence. They sought not the counsel of the God who had created them, nor cared to do His will. The rebuke of God was upon them because they followed the imagination of their own hearts continually; and there was violence in the land. "And it repented the Lord that He had made man on the earth, and it grieved Him at His heart. And God looked upon the earth, and, behold, it was corrupt; for all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth. And God said unto Noah, The end of all flesh is come before Me; for the earth is filled with violence through them; and behold, I will destroy them with the earth.". . .  {1NL 103.3}
[1NL 103.4]                                   Stern Rebuke Called For          There are special duties to be done, special reproofs to be given in this period of the earth's history. The Lord will not leave His church without reproofs and warnings. Sins have become fashionable; but they are none the less aggravating in the sight of God. They are glossed over, palliated, and excused; the right hand of fellowship is given to the very men who are bringing in false theories and false sentiments, confusing the mind of the people of God, deadening their sensibilities as to what constitutes right principles. Conscience has thus become insensible to the counsels and the reproofs which have been given. The light given, calling to repentance, has been extinguished in the clouds of unbelief and opposition brought in by human plans and human inventions.  {1NL 103.4}
[1NL 103.5]          It is living earnestness that God requires. Ministers may have little learning from books; but if they do the best they can with their talents; if they work as they have opportunity; if they clothe their utterances in the plainest and most simple language; if they are humble men who walk in carefulness and humility, seeking for heavenly wisdom, working for God from the heart, and actuated by one predominating motive--love for Christ and the souls for whom He has died--they will be listened to by men of even superior ability and talents. There will be a charm in the simplicity of the truths they present. Christ is the greatest teacher that the world has ever known.                                                                              104   {1NL 103.5}
[1NL 104.1]          John had not learned in the schools of the rabbis. Yet kings and nobles, Pharisees and Sadducees, Roman soldiers and officers, trained in all court etiquette, wily, calculating taxgatherers, and world-renowned men, listened to his words. They had confidence in his plain statements, and were convicted of sin. They asked of him, "What shall we do?" . . .  {1NL 104.1}
[1NL 104.2]                                      Earnestness is Necessary          In this age, just prior to the second coming of Christ in the clouds of heaven, the Lord calls for men who will be earnest and prepare a people to stand in the great day of the Lord. The men who have spent long terms in the study of books are not revealing in their lives that earnest ministry which is essential for this last time. They do not bear a simple, straightforward testimony. Among ministers and students there is need of the infusion of the Spirit of God. The prayerful, earnest appeals that come from the heart of a whole-souled messenger will create convictions. It will not need the learned men to do this; for they depend more on their learning from books than upon their knowledge of God and Jesus Christ whom He has sent. All who know the only true and living God will know Jesus Christ, the only-begotten Son of God, and will preach Jesus Christ and Him crucified. . . .  {1NL 104.2}
[1NL 104.3]          Does anyone suppose that the messages of warning will not come to those whom God reproves? The ones reproved may rise up in indignation and seek to bring the law to bear upon God's messenger, but in doing this, they are not bringing the law upon the messenger, but upon Christ, who gave the reproof and the warning. When men endanger the work and cause of God by their own wrong course of action, shall they hear no voice of reproof? If the wrongdoer only were concerned, and the work reached no farther than him, he alone should have the words of warning; but when his course of action is doing positive harm to the cause of truth, and souls are imperiled, God requires that the warning be as broad as the injury done. The testimonies will not be hindered. The words of rebuke and warning, the plain, "Thus saith the Lord," will come from God's appointed agencies; for the words do not originate with the human instrument; they are from God, who appointed them their work. If a suit is instituted in earthly tribunals, and God suffers it to come to trial, it is that His own name may be glorified. But a woe will be upon the man who gives himself to do this work. God reads the motives, whatever they may be. I pray that the Lord will teach our brethren to be straightforward, and make no compromise in the matter. The cause of God has been bruised and wounded by any such men connecting with it, and the sooner they are separated from it, the better. . . .  {1NL 104.3}
[1NL 104.4]          God calls for men of decided fidelity. He has no use in an emergency for two-sided men. He wants men who will lay their hand upon a wrong work and say, "This is not according to the will of God."--Letter 19 1/2, 1897.  {1NL 104.4}
[1NL 105.1]       Chap. 32 - How to Present Truth    By Ellen G. White         Our success will depend on carrying forward the work in the simplicity in which Christ carried it forward, without any theatrical display. . . .  {1NL 105.1}
[1NL 105.2]          All our preparations for presenting and illustrating the truth must correspond with the solemnity of the message we bear. The Lord never designed the advancement of His work to depend on outward display. Thus the means would quickly be spent, and little would be left with which to open new fields. . . .  {1NL 105.2}
[1NL 105.3]                               Creating A False Appetite          Every part of the work is to be carried forward solidly. When large, expensive preparations are made in connection with the public effort made in cities, these preparations may at first attract a large number of people. But they cannot be maintained for any length of time. It is found, however when an effort is made to dispense with them, that they have created an appetite for such things, and that they cannot be dispensed with without a falling off in interest and in the number of hearers.  {1NL 105.3}
[1NL 105.4]                                   Works of Healing          The way in which Christ worked was to preach the Word, and to relieve suffering by miraculous works of healing. But I am instructed that we cannot now work in this way; for Satan will exercise his power by working miracles. God's servants today could not work by means of miracles; because spurious works of healing, claiming to be divine, will be wrought.  {1NL 105.4}
[1NL 105.5]          For this reason the Lord has marked out a way in which His people are to carry forward a work of physical healing, combined with the teaching of the Word. Sanitariums are to be established, and with these institutions are to be connected workers who will carry forward genuine medical missionary work. Thus a guarding influence is thrown around those who come to the sanitariums for treatment.  {1NL 105.5}
[1NL 105.6]          This is the provision the Lord has made whereby gospel medical missionary work is to be done for many souls. These institutions are to be established out of the cities, and in them educational work is to be intelligently carried forward. . . .  {1NL 105.6}
[1NL 105.7]                              Christ's Work Our Example          In our work we are not to go onto a hilltop to shine. We are not told that we must make a special, wonderful display. The truth must be proclaimed in the highways and the byways, and thus work is to be done by sensible, rational methods. The life of every worker, if he is under the training of the Lord Jesus Christ, will reveal the excellence of His life. The work that Christ did in our world is to be our example, as far as display is concerned. We are to keep as far from the theatrical and the extraordinary as Christ kept in His work. Sensation is not religion, although religion will exert its own pure, sacred, uplifting, sanctifying influence, bringing spiritual life and salvation. . . .  {1NL 105.7}
[1NL 105.8]                            Best Methods for Large Cities          How shall we carry on evangelistic work in large cities?--As you are carrying it on in Washington, without the parade that some who are deceiving their own souls are inclined to think necessary. The truth that we have to proclaim is the most                                                                              106  solemn truth ever entrusted to mortals, and it is to be proclaimed in a way that corresponds to its solemnity and importance. There is to be attached to it no fantastic display. Such display meets the minds of some, but how few are really convicted and converted by a fanciful blending of display with the proclamation of the solemn gospel message for this time. The display counterworks the impression made by the gospel message.  {1NL 105.8}
[1NL 106.1]          Were all to connect with the preaching of the Word the display that some deem so essential, how soon there would be a dearth of means. Extravagance would be seen on every side, and all through our ranks an appetite for display would be created and developed.  {1NL 106.1}
[1NL 106.2]          God expects us to follow the example of the Majesty of heaven, who clothed His divinity with humanity that divinity might touch humanity and humanity might partake of the divine nature. It is only as we are clothed with humility that God can accept us as Christ's followers.  {1NL 106.2}
[1NL 106.3]                                    Avoid Peculiar Ideas          We are not to try to gather together strange, peculiar ideas, which are not revealed in the Word of God. If the shepherds of the flock of God are partakers of the divine nature, they will be clothed with genuine humility. They will fill contentedly the place God gives them, shining brightly amidst the moral darkness. Realizing the sacredness of the truth, they will refuse to be drawn out of their place by the attractions of the world or the praise of men. They will stand firmly at their post of duty as brave soldiers.  {1NL 106.3}
[1NL 106.4]                                        How to Shine          Christ does not say to us, "Strive to shine." He says, "Let your light shine." He in whose heart Christ abides cannot help shining. "Let your light shine." Do not allow your light to be dimmed by selfishness or unrighteous actions. Never gather clouds about you; for this means concealment of your light. Do not dim it by speaking words of harshness or anger. Let the light shine forth brightly to those within and without the home. Gather rays of light from Him who is the Light of the world, and shine more and more brightly. Let your lamp be always trimmed and burning.  {1NL 106.4}
[1NL 106.5]          Bring the Lord Jesus very near you in your home life; then when you speak the Word of God, this Word will be as a sharp, two-edged sword, cutting through the sinful practices of the sinner. The Lord will make the application of the word spoken.  {1NL 106.5}
[1NL 106.6]          Keep your lamp trimmed and burning, that the light may shine forth to all who are in the house. "Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven."--Letter 53, 1904.  {1NL 106.6}
[1NL 107.1]       Chap. 33 - Deeper Consecration    By Ellen G. White         I long to be able to rest, but the burden continues to weigh heavily upon my soul, as night after night I am calling upon our medical missionary workers to seek the Lord while He may be found, and call upon Him while He is near. I am instructed to say that the teachers of our people need to have a work done for themselves. Their spirit needs to be brought under the control of God. Those who have a knowledge of the truth should live the truth. Our ministers and physicians need real conversion of soul, that they may be imbued with power from on high. They need to rend their hearts before God. A thorough work needs to be done in the hearts of the workers in every line of the cause of God. I call upon them to awake, while they still have opportunity to repent, and prepare to meet their God.  {1NL 107.1}
[1NL 107.2]                                 A Real Conversion Needed          Over and over again I am instructed that our ministers and physicians need to have a decided work done for them. I beg of them not to flatter themselves that they know how to carry forward the work of the Lord. They need a reformation, a real conversion. When they get a glimpse of their need of God, there will come to them a humiliation of heart that will be a savor of life unto life.  {1NL 107.2}
[1NL 107.3]          God calls upon the men in charge of His work to arouse themselves. They are not now awake. Their hearts need to be changed. Their human desires and inclinations need to be brought under the control of the Holy Spirit.  {1NL 107.3}
[1NL 107.4]          I heard the voice of a mighty general crying in trumpet tones, "Prepare to meet thy God. Prepare for the great conflict before you. Quit yourselves as brave soldiers of the Lord's army. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the enemy. We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God."  {1NL 107.4}
[1NL 107.5]                                  An Inspiring Message          I seemed to see a company bowed in prayer. Confessions of sin were made that till then had been withheld. Then One of authority arose, and with deep feeling read the following scripture:  {1NL 107.5}
[1NL 107.6]          "If there be therefore any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of love, if any fellowship of the Spirit, if any bowels and mercies, fulfill ye my joy, that ye be like-minded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind. Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem others better than themselves. Look not every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others. Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus: who,                                                                              108  being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God: but made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men; and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross."  {1NL 107.6}
[1NL 108.1]          "The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into His hands." "It pleased the Father that in Him should all fullness dwell." "God also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is above every name: that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth; and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father." "For by Him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers: all things were created by Him, and for Him: and He is before all things, and by Him all things consist."  {1NL 108.1}
[1NL 108.2]          "Christ both died, and rose, and revived, that He might be Lord both of the dead and living." "In Him dwelleth all the fullness of the Godhead bodily. And ye are complete in Him."  {1NL 108.2}
[1NL 108.3]                                    A Timely Warning          I am instructed to warn our physicians and ministers not to become exalted, but to walk as children, wholly consecrated to God's service, wholly dependent on Him. My brethren, my prayer for you is "that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him: the eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that ye may know what is the hope of His calling, and what the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints, and what is the exceeding greatness of His power to usward who believe, according to the working of His mighty power, which He wrought in Christ, when He raised Him from the dead, and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places, far above all principality, and power, and might, and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come."  {1NL 108.3}
[1NL 108.4]                                      Working Together          You are God's husbandry, God's building. You are to be laborers together with Him. Will you not remember that word "together"? Keeping it ever in mind sanctifies the soul. You come far short of appreciating the advantages that are for those who are called and chosen. Will you not walk worthy of the high honor that God will place upon you if you are faithful? You must walk humbly before Him. Put away all abruptness of speech and action. . . .  {1NL 108.4}
[1NL 108.5]          Work in unity. Press together. Let each one stand in his place. Speak the truth plainly, but in love. Keep the standard of truth uplifted.  {1NL 108.5}
[1NL 108.6]          May God help you to heed these words.--Letter 266, 1903.  {1NL 108.6}
[1NL 109.1]       Chap. 34 - The Teaching of Extreme Views    By Ellen G. White                                                               St. Helena, Calif.                                                                    May 19, 1890     Dear Brother:        I expected ere this to see you and talk with you, or write to you; but I have not been able to do either, neither am I now able; but I feel a deep interest in you and am desirous that you shall not be separated from the work. I have not strength to do justice in conversation with you; your mind is so quick and your tongue so fluent, that I fear I should become very much wearied, and that which I might say would not remain distinct in your mind.  {1NL 109.1}
[1NL 109.2]          I see your danger; you can readily put your thoughts into words. You put things in a strong light; and your language is not guarded. Your views on some points are so expressed that you make your brethren afraid of you. This need not be. You should not try to get as far from your brethren as you can, making it appear that you do not see alike.  {1NL 109.2}
[1NL 109.3]          I have been shown that your influence for good is greatly lessened because you feel it your duty to express your ideas on certain points which you do not fully comprehend yourself, and which, with all your efforts, you cannot make others comprehend. I have been shown that it was not necessary for you to feel that you must dwell upon these points. Some of your ideas are correct, others incorrect and erroneous.  {1NL 109.3}
[1NL 109.4]                                 Dwell on Essential Themes          If you would dwell on such subjects as Christ's willingness to forgive sins, to receive the sinner, to save that which is lost, subjects that inspire hope and courage, you would be a blessing. But while you strive to be original and take such extreme views, and use such strong language in presenting them, there is danger of doing much harm. Some may grasp your thought and seem to be benefited, but when tempted and overcome, they lose courage to fight the good fight of faith.  {1NL 109.4}
[1NL 109.5]          If you will dwell less on these ideas, which seem to you so important, and will restrain your extravagant expressions, you yourself will have more faith. I saw that your mind was at times unbalanced from trying very hard to study into and explain the mystery of godliness, which is just as great a mystery after your study and explanations as it was before.  {1NL 109.5}
[1NL 109.6]                                  Differing Experiences in                                     Conversion            Lead the people to look to Jesus as their only hope and helper; leave the Lord room to work upon the mind, to speak to the soul, and to impress the understanding. It is not essential for you to know and tell others all the whys and wherefores as to what constitutes the new heart, or as to the position they can and must reach so as never to sin. You have no such work to do.  {1NL 109.6}
[1NL 109.7]          All are not constituted alike. Conversions are not all alike. Jesus impresses the heart, and the sinner is born again to new life. Often souls have been drawn to Christ when there was no violent conviction, no soul rending, no remorseful terrors. They looked upon an uplifted Saviour, they lived. They saw the soul's need, they saw the Saviour's sufficiency, and His claims, they heard His voice saying, "Follow Me," and they rose up and followed Him. This conversion was genuine, and the religious life was just as decided as was that of others who suffered all the agony of a violent process.  {1NL 109.7}
[1NL 109.8]          Our ministers must cease to dwell upon their peculiar ideas with the feeling, "You must see this point as I do, or you cannot be saved." Away with this egotism. The great work to be done in every case is to win souls to Christ. Men must see Jesus on the cross, they must look and live. It is not your ideas they must feed upon, but it is the flesh and blood of the Son of God. He says, "My flesh is meat indeed." "The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life."  {1NL 109.8}
[1NL 109.9]                                Leave Christ Room to Work          The soul that accepts Jesus places himself under the care of the Great Physician, and let men be careful how they come between the patient and the physician who discerns all the needs of the soul. Christ, the Physician of the soul, understands its defects and its maladies, and knows how to heal with the purchase of His own blood.                                                                              110  What the soul lacks, He can best supply. But men are so officious, they want to do so much, that they overdo the matter, leaving Christ no room to work.  {1NL 109.9}
[1NL 110.1]          Whatever molding and fashioning needs to be wrought in the soul, Christ can best do. The conviction may not be deep, but if the sinner comes to Christ, viewing Him upon the cross, the just dying for the unjust, the sight will break every barrier down. Christ has undertaken the work of saving all who trust in Him for salvation. He sees the wrongs that need to be righted, the evils that need to be repressed. He came to seek and save that which was lost. "Him that cometh to Me," He says, "I will in no wise cast out."  {1NL 110.1}
[1NL 110.2]          Through the goodness and mercy of Christ the sinner is to be restored to the divine favor. God in Christ is daily beseeching men to be reconciled to God. With outstretched arms He is ready to receive and welcome not only the sinner but the prodigal. His dying love, manifested on Calvary, is the sinner's assurance of acceptance, peace, and love. Teach these things in the simplest form, that the sin-darkened soul may see the light shining from the cross of Calvary.  {1NL 110.2}
[1NL 110.3]                              Idolizing Fine-Drawn Theories          Satan is working in many ways, that the very men who ought to preach the message may be occupied with fine-drawn theories which he will cause to appear of such magnitude and importance as to fill the whole mind; and while they think they are making wonderful strides in experience, they are idolizing a few ideas, and their influence is injured, and tells but little on the Lord's side.  {1NL 110.3}
[1NL 110.4]          Let every minister make earnest efforts to ascertain what is the mind of Christ. Unless your mind becomes better balanced in regard to some things, your course will separate you from the work, and you will not know at what you stumble. You will advance ideas which you might better never have originated.  {1NL 110.4}
[1NL 110.5]                                  Detached Sentences          There are those who pick out from the Word of God, and also from the Testimonies, detached paragraphs or sentences that may be interpreted to suit their ideas, and they dwell upon these, and build themselves up in their own positions, when God is not leading them. Here is your danger.  {1NL 110.5}
[1NL 110.6]         You will take passages in the Testimonies that speak of the close of probation, of the shaking among God's people, and you will talk of a coming out from this people of a purer, holier people that will arise. Now all this pleases the enemy. We should not needlessly take a course that will make differences or create dissension. We should not give the impression that if our particular ideas are not followed, it is because the ministers are lacking in comprehension and in faith, and are walking in darkness.  {1NL 110.6}
[1NL 110.7]                             Truth Mingled with Supposition          Your mind has been on an unnatural strain for a long time. You have much truth, precious truth, but mingled with suppositions. Your extreme ideas and strong language often destroy the effect of your best efforts. Should many accept the views you advance, and talk and act upon them, we would see one of the greatest fanatical excitements that has ever been witnessed among Seventh-day Adventists. This is what Satan wants.  {1NL 110.7}
[1NL 110.8]          Now there are in the lessons of Christ, subjects in abundance that you can speak upon. And mysteries which neither you nor your hearers can understand or explain might better be left alone. Give the Lord Jesus Christ room Himself to teach; let Him by the influence of His Spirit open to the understanding the wonderful plan of salvation.  {1NL 110.8}
[1NL 110.9]          There is a time of trouble coming to the people of God, but we are not to keep that constantly before the people, and rein them up to have a time of trouble beforehand. There is to be a shaking among God's people, but this is not the present truth to carry to the churches. . . .  {1NL 110.9}
[1NL 110.10]          The ministers should not feel that they have some wonderful advanced ideas, and unless all receive these, they will be shaken out and a people will arise to go forward and upward to the victory. Some of those who are resisting the very principles of the message God has sent for this time, present just such cases as yourself. They point to your extreme views and teaching as an excuse for their neglect of receiving the Lord's messages.  {1NL 110.10}
[1NL 110.11]          Satan's object is accomplished just as surely when men run ahead of Christ and do the work He has never entrusted to their hand, as when they remain in the Laodicean state, Lukewarm, feeling rich and increased with goods, and in need of nothing. The two classes are equally stumbling blocks.                                                                              111   {1NL 110.11}
[1NL 111.1]                                Straining for Originality          Some zealous ones who are aiming and straining every energy for originality have made a grave mistake in trying to get something startling, wonderful, entrancing before the people, something that they think others do not comprehend; but they do not themselves know what they are talking about. They speculate upon God's Word, advancing ideas that are not a whit of help to themselves or to the churches. For the time being they may excite the imagination, but there is a reaction, and these very ideas become a hindrance. Faith is confounded with fancy, and their views may bias the mind in a wrong direction.  {1NL 111.1}
[1NL 111.2]          Let the plain, simple statements of the Word of God be food for the mind; this speculating upon ideas that are not clearly presented there is dangerous business.  {1NL 111.2}
[1NL 111.3]          You are naturally combative. You do not care much whether you harmonize with your brethren or not. You would like to enter into controversy, would like to fight for your particular ideas; but you should lay this aside, for this is not developing the Christian graces. Work with all your power to answer the prayer of Christ, that His disciples may be one, as He is one with the Father.  {1NL 111.3}
[1NL 111.4]          Not a soul of us is safe unless we learn of Jesus daily, His meekness, His lowliness of heart. When you go to any place to labor, do not be dictatorial, do not be severe, do not be antagonistic. Preach the love of Christ, and this will melt and subdue hearts. Seek to be of one mind and of one judgment, coming close in harmony with your brethren, and to speak the same things.  {1NL 111.4}
[1NL 111.5]                               Talk Not of Divisions          This talking about divisions because all do not have the same ideas as present themselves to your mind, is not the work of God, but of the enemy. Talk the simple truths wherein you can agree. Talk of unity; do not become narrow and conceited; let your mind broaden.  {1NL 111.5}
[1NL 111.6]          Christ does not weigh character in scales of human judgment. He says, "I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto Me." Every soul who responds to this drawing will turn from iniquity. Christ is able to save to the uttermost all who come unto Him. He who comes to Jesus is setting his feet upon a ladder that reaches from earth to heaven. Teach it by pen, by voice, that God is above the ladder; the bright rays of His glory are shining upon every round of the ladder. He is looking graciously upon all who are climbing painfully upward, that He may send them help, divine help, when the hand seems to be relaxing and the foot trembling. Yes, tell it, tell it in words that will melt the heart, that not one who shall perseveringly climb the ladder will fail of an entrance into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ; those who believe in Christ shall never perish, neither shall any pluck them out of His hand.  {1NL 111.6}
[1NL 111.7]          Tell the people in clear, hopeful language how they may escape the heritage of shame which is our deserved portion. But for Christ's sake do not present before them ideas that will discourage them, that will make the way to heaven seem very difficult. Keep all these overstrained ideas to yourself.  {1NL 111.7}
[1NL 111.8]          While we must often impress the mind with the fact that the Christian life is a life of warfare, that we must watch and pray and toil, that there is peril to the soul in relaxing the spiritual vigilance for one moment, the completeness of the salvation proffered us from Jesus who loves us and gave Himself that we should not perish, but have everlasting life, is to be the theme.  {1NL 111.8}
[1NL 111.9]                                Walk Day by Day with God          Day by day we may walk with God, day by day following on to know the Lord, entering into the holiest by the blood of Jesus, laying hold on the hope set before us. If we reach heaven it must be by binding the soul to the Mediator, becoming partakers of the divine nature. Leaning on Christ, your life being hid with Christ in God and led by His Spirit, you have the genuine faith.  {1NL 111.9}
[1NL 111.10]          Believing fully in the efficacy of His atoning sacrifice, we shall be laborers together with God. Trusting in His merits, we are to work out our own salvation with fear and trembling; for it is God that worketh in us both to will and to do of His good pleasure. Always keeping hold of Christ, we are coming nearer and nearer to God. Jesus desires us to keep this always prominent. Do not arouse your combative spirit; the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits. . . .  {1NL 111.10}
[1NL 111.11]                             Harmonize with Your Brethren          Do not think that you must make prominent every idea your imagination receives. Jesus said to His disciples, "I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot                                                                              112  bear them now." How much more should we, who are constantly liable to err, beware of urging upon others that which they are not prepared to receive. Constantly looking unto Jesus, restrain your strong extravagant expressions. But while you should be cautious as to your words and ideas, it is not necessary that your labors should entirely cease. Seek to be in harmony with your brethren, and there will be plenty for you to do in the vineyard of the Lord. But exalt Christ, not your ideas and views. Put on the armor, and keep step with God's workers, shoulder to shoulder; press the battle against the enemy. Hide in Jesus. Dwell on the simple lessons of Christ, feed the flock of God, and you will become settled, strengthened, established; you will work to build up others in the most holy faith.  {1NL 111.11}
[1NL 112.1]                               Avoid Foolish Contentions          If you differ with your brethren as to your understanding of the grace of Christ and the operations of His Spirit, you should not make these differences prominent. You view the matter from one point; another, just as devoted to God, views the same question from another point, and speaks of the things that make the deepest impression on his mind; another viewing it from a still different point, presents another phase; and how foolish it is to get into contention over these things, when there is really nothing to contend about. Let God work on the mind and impress the heart.  {1NL 112.1}
[1NL 112.2]          The Lord is constantly at work to open the understanding, to quicken the perceptions, that man may have a right sense of sin and of the far-reaching claims of God's law. The unconverted man thinks of God as unloving, as severe, and even revengeful; His presence is thought to be a constant restraint, His character an expression of "Thou shalt not." His service is regarded as full of gloom and hard requirements. But when Jesus is seen upon the cross, as the gift of God because He loved man, the eyes are opened to see things in a new light. God as revealed in Christ is not a severe judge, an avenging tyrant, but a merciful and loving Father.  {1NL 112.2}
[1NL 112.3]          As we see Jesus dying upon the cross to save lost man, the heart echoes the words of John, "Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not." There is nothing that more decidedly distinguishes the Christian from the worldly man than the estimate he has of God. (Hebrews 2:16-18; 12:12-15.)  {1NL 112.3}
[1NL 112.4]         Some workers in the cause of God have been too ready too hurl denunciations against the sinner; the grace and love of the Father in giving His Son to die for the sinful race have been put in the background. The teacher needs the grace of Christ upon his own soul, in order to make known to the sinner what God really is--a Father waiting with yearning love to receive the returning prodigal, not hurling at him accusations in wrath, but preparing a festival of joy to welcome his return. (Zephaniah 3:14-17.)  {1NL 112.4}
[1NL 112.5]                               God's Way of Winning Souls          O that we might all learn the way of the Lord in winning souls to Christ! We should learn and teach the precious lessons in the light that shineth from the sacrifice upon the cross of Calvary. There is but one way that leads from ruin, and continuously ascends, faith all the time reaching beyond the darkness into the light, until it rests upon the throne of God. All who have learned this lesson have accepted the light which has come to their understanding. To them this upward way is not a dark, uncertain passage; it is not the way of finite minds, not a path cut out by human device, a path in which toll is exacted from every traveler.  {1NL 112.5}
[1NL 112.6]          You cannot gain an entrance by penance nor by any works that you can do. No, God Himself has the honor of providing a way, and it is so complete, so perfect, that man cannot, by any works he may do, add to its perfection. It is broad enough to receive the greatest sinner if he repents, and it is so narrow, so holy, lifted up so high, that sin cannot be admitted there.  {1NL 112.6}
[1NL 112.7]          When God is seen as He is, the blessed truth shines with a new and clearer light. That which kept the mind in perplexity is cleared away by the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness. And yet there are many things we shall not comprehend; but we have the blessed assurance that what we know not now, we shall know hereafter.--Letter 15a, 1890.  {1NL 112.7}
[1NL 113.1]       Chap. 35 - Appeal to a Popular Evangelist    By Ellen G. White         God will richly bless those who are humble and sincere, those who are kind and benevolent, who relieve the wants of the widow and the fatherless.  {1NL 113.1}
[1NL 113.2]          This is an age of extravagance and display. Men think that it is necessary to make a display in order to gain success. But this is not so. Take up your work in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, and show the fallacy of expending means needlessly for effect. Preach and practice economy. Labor with simplicity, humility, and graceful dignity, and your work will make a lasting impression. Trustful dependence on God, earnest prayer to Him for help, obedience to His Word--these are as gold and silver and precious stones brought to the foundation.  {1NL 113.2}
[1NL 113.3]          Make it stand out with the greatest clearness that all created things are dependent on and under the control of Jehovah, and that as He sees best, He uses them as His instruments for the salvation of those who believe, and as instruments for the destruction of those who harden their-hearts in impenitence.  {1NL 113.3}
[1NL 113.4]                                  To Reach Thousands          There are thousands to be reached by the truth. There are thousands who are to receive Christ as a personal Saviour. Greater New York must be worked on an altogether more economical plan than the plan on which you have been working. Christ says, "Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." Talk the truth, live the truth, walk before God in all humility of mind and in all simplicity of action. Let the angels see that you love God, and that you practice the humility of Christ. This all must do who enter the courts of the Lord. In this life they must walk in the new and precious way that Christ has provided for His followers.  {1NL 113.4}
[1NL 113.5]          My brother, I write you this at this time because I want you to be prepared to engage in camp meeting work, prepared to speak to thousands, making plain by word and illustration the truths that must be presented. Suffer me to say the things that must be said to you. Hasty decisions, formed under the influence of strong feeling, without time for deliberation or for asking counsel from God, are generally wrong and are often exceedingly unjust.  {1NL 113.5}
[1NL 113.6]                                Cultivate Gentleness          I have the word of the Lord for you. You need to cultivate the gentleness of Christ. Communion with God will give you increased influence for good. Bring humility into your business life and into your religious life. Watch, watch, watch! For the sake of your children, watch!  {1NL 113.6}
[1NL 113.7]          Unite with your brethren in counsel. Do not, I beg of you, stand apart as a separate whole. Unify! unify! Exercise care to avoid discord and strife. Do not speak words such as I heard you speak when in the night season I was in a council meeting at which you were present. Speak the words that Christ would speak were He in your place.  {1NL 113.7}
[1NL 113.8]          The Lord is your only safeguard. Fear Him, and tremble at His word. He will manifest Himself to His people as He does not to the world.  {1NL 113.8}
[1NL 113.9]          Those who claim to believe the truth are to guard carefully the powers of body and mind, so that God and His cause will not be in any way dishonored by their words or actions. The habits and practices                                                                              114  are to be brought into subjection to the will of God. We are to give careful attention to our diet.  {1NL 113.9}
[1NL 114.1]                               The Use of Flesh Meats          It has been clearly presented to me that God's people are to take a firm stand against meat eating. Would God for thirty years give His people the message that if they desire to have pure blood and clear minds, they must give up the use of flesh meat, if He did not want them to heed this message?  {1NL 114.1}
[1NL 114.2]          By the use of flesh meat the animal nature is strengthened and the spiritual nature weakened. Such men as you, who are engaged in the most solemn and important work ever entrusted to human beings, need to give special heed to what they eat.  {1NL 114.2}
[1NL 114.3]          Remember that when you eat flesh meat, you are but eating grains and vegetables secondhand; for the animal receives from these things the nutrition that makes it grow and prepares it for market. The life that was in the grains and vegetables passes into the animal, and becomes part of its life, and then human beings eat the animal. Why are they so willing to eat their food secondhand?  {1NL 114.3}
[1NL 114.4]          In the beginning, fruit was pronounced by God as "good for food." The permission to eat flesh meat was a consequence of the fall. Not till after the flood was man given permission to eat the flesh of animals. Why then need we eat flesh meat? Few who eat this know how full it is of disease. Flesh meat never was the best food, and now it is cursed by disease.  {1NL 114.4}
[1NL 114.5]          The thought of killing animals to be eaten is in itself revolting. If man's natural sense had not been perverted by the indulgence of appetite, human beings would not think of eating the flesh of animals.  {1NL 114.5}
[1NL 114.6]                            Our Relation to Health Reform          We have been given the work of advancing health reform. The Lord desires His people to be in harmony with one another. As you must know, we shall not leave the position in which, for the last thirty-five years, the Lord has been bidding us stand. Beware how you place yourself in opposition to the work of health reform. It will go forward; for it is the Lord's means of lessening the suffering in our world, and of purifying His people.  {1NL 114.6}
[1NL 114.7]          Be careful what attitude you assume, lest you be found causing division. My brother, even while you fail to bring into your life and into your family the blessing that comes from following the principles of health reform, do not harm others by opposing the light God has given on this subject.  {1NL 114.7}
[1NL 114.8]          While we do not make the use of flesh meat a test, while we do not want to force anyone to give up its use, yet it is our duty to request that no minister of the conference shall make light of or oppose the message of reform on this point. If, in the face of the light God has given concerning the effect of meat eating on the system, you will still continue to eat meat, you must bear the consequences. But do not take a position before the people that will permit them to think that it is not necessary to call for a reform in regard to meat eating, because the Lord is calling for reform. The Lord has given us the work of proclaiming the message of health reform, and if you cannot step forward in the ranks of those who are giving this message, you are not to make this prominent. In counterworking the efforts of your fellow laborers, who are teaching health reform, you are out of order, working on the wrong side.  {1NL 114.8}
[1NL 114.9]                                 Be Like Minded          Christ is our Example. He was next to God in the heavenly courts.                                                                              115  But He came to this earth to live among men. "If there be therefore any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of love, if any fellowship of the Spirit, if any bowels and mercies, fulfill ye my joy, that ye be like minded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind. Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves. Look not every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others. Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus: who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God: but made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men: and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is above every name: that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father."--Letter 48, 1902.                                                    -    {1NL 114.9}
[1NL 115.1]               Divine and Human Agencies in the Work of Saving Souls          Our fidelity to Christian principles calls us to active service for God. Those who do not use their talents in the cause and work of God, will have no part with Jesus in His glory. Light is to shine forth from every soul that is a recipient of the grace of God. There are many souls in darkness, but what rest, and ease, and quietude many feel in this matter!  {1NL 115.1}
[1NL 115.2]          Thousands enjoy great light and precious opportunities, but do nothing with their influence or their money to enlighten others. They do not even take the responsibility of keeping their own souls in the love of God, that they may not become a burden to the church. Such ones would be a burden and a clog in heaven. For Christ's sake, for the truth's sake, for their own sakes, such should arouse and make diligent work for eternity. Heavenly mansions are preparing for all who will comply with the conditions laid down in the Word of God.  {1NL 115.2}
[1NL 115.3]          In behalf of the souls for whom Christ has died, who are in the darkness of error, it is enjoined upon all true followers of Christ to be a light to the world. God has done His part in the great work, and is waiting for the co-operation of His followers. The plan of salvation is fully developed.  {1NL 115.3}
[1NL 115.4]          The blood of Jesus Christ is offered for the sins of the world, the Word of God is speaking to man in counsels, in reproofs, in warnings, in promises, and in encouragement, and the efficacy of the Holy Spirit is extended to help him in all his efforts. But with all this light the world is still perishing in darkness, buried in error and sin.  {1NL 115.4}
[1NL 115.5]                               Messengers of Mercy          Who will be laborers together with God, to win these souls to the truth? Who will bear to them the good tidings of salvation? The people whom God has blessed with light and truth are to be the messengers of mercy. Their means is to flow into the divine channel. Their earnest efforts are to be put forth. They are to become laborers together with God, self-denying, self-sacrificing, like Jesus, who for our sakes became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich. . . .  {1NL 115.5}
[1NL 115.6]          Has God enlightened you with a knowledge of Himself? Have the                                                                              116  treasures of His Word been opened to your understanding, so that you have become intelligent in regard to the truths therein? Then go to work with your ability. If you are only humble, pure in heart, single in purpose, you will see the needs and wants of God's cause. You will see that there are foreign countries to be visited, that missionaries must go forth with the spirit of self-sacrifice and devotion, to labor, to deny self, to suffer for Christ's sake.  {1NL 115.6}
[1NL 116.1]          And even in our own country there are thousands of all nations, and tongues, and peoples who are ignorant and superstitious, having no knowledge of the Bible or its sacred teachings. God's hand was in their coming to America, that they might be brought under the enlightening influence of the truth revealed in His Word, and become partakers of His saving faith. How many have felt any interest for these strangers? How many have been stirred with the spirit of the Master to act as missionaries to those brought, as it were, to our very doors? What will arouse our churches to their true condition of sleepiness and inactivity while souls are perishing within their reach?  {1NL 116.1}
[1NL 116.2]          Where there is one laborer there ought to be hundreds receiving every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God, and giving it to the people as they can bear it. A hundredfold more might have been done than has been done.  {1NL 116.2}
[1NL 116.3]          A worldly spirit has prevailed among the professed servants of God, and the souls of men have not been counted of half as much value as their cattle, their farms, and their business. God will hold them accountable for this terrible neglect in the past; but what are they going to do in the future? Will they come into co-operation with our great Benefactor? Will they as men who have had the light of truth, let that light shine forth to those in darkness?  {1NL 116.3}
[1NL 116.4]          God has honored them with the privilege of being colaborers with Christ in the great harvest field. Will they thankfully, heartily receive all the advantages God has provided, and diligently improve them by exercise, using every ability and every sacred trust in the service of the Master? Their success in advancement in the divine life depends upon the improvement of the talents lent them. Their future reward will be proportioned to the integrity and earnestness with which they serve the Master.--R. & H., March 1, 1887.  {1NL 116.4}
[1NL 117.1]       Chap. 36 - Christ's Lifework and Ours    By Ellen G. White         We read of One who walked this earth in meekness and lowliness, who went about "doing good," who spent His life in loving service, comforting the sorrowing, ministering to the needy, lifting up the bowed down. He had no home in this world, only as the kindness of His friends provided it for Him as a wayfarer. Yet it was heaven to be in His presence. Day by day He met trials and temptations, yet He did not fail or become discouraged. He was surrounded by transgression, yet He kept His Father's commandments. He was always patient and cheerful, and the afflicted hailed Him as a messenger of life and peace and health. He saw the needs of men and women, and to all He gives the invitation, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light."  {1NL 117.1}
[1NL 117.2]          What an example Christ has left us in His lifework! Who of His children are living as He did, for the glory of God? He is the light of the world, and he who works successfully for the Master must kindle his taper from His divine life.  {1NL 117.2}
[1NL 117.3]          To His disciples Christ said, "Ye are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savor, . . . it is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men." How careful then we should be to follow the example of Christ in our lifework. Unless we do this, we are worthless to the world--salt which has lost its savor. . . .  {1NL 117.3}
[1NL 117.4]          God uses a diversity of talents in His cause. He carries on His work for the church by a variety of instruments. No man who desires to make of himself the only teacher in the church is working for God. No one who says, I want my influence only to tell in the church over which I preside, is letting his light shine for God. Those who are uncourteous to their fellow workers must reckon with God. By their influence they keep out of the church the light which God desires His people to have. They manifest a spirit which God does not endorse.  {1NL 117.4}
[1NL 117.5]                                     Christ the Pattern          Christ was sent to the world to look after His Father's interests. He is our pattern in all things. The variety of His teaching is a lesson we need to study.  {1NL 117.5}
[1NL 117.6]          All workers are not alike in their understanding and experience or in their administration of the Word. Some are constantly partaking of Christ's flesh and blood. They eat the leaves of the tree of life. They are constant learners in the school of Christ. They make daily progress in goodness, and gain an experience which fits them to labor for the Master. Their influence is a savor of life unto life. So spiritually minded are they that they readily discern spiritual things. The Bible is their study. Magazines, newspapers, and books which treat of nothing heavenly or divine have no attraction for them. But the Word of God grows constantly more precious to them. God draws near and speaks to them in language which cannot be misunderstood.  {1NL 117.6}
[1NL 117.7]          There are others who have not                                                                              118  learned how to fix their minds so intently upon the Scriptures that they draw from them each day a fresh supply of grace.  {1NL 117.7}
[1NL 118.1]          Some men have a special message from heaven. They are to be sent forth to waken the people, not to hover over the churches to their own detriment and the hindrance of the work of God. It does a church no good to have two or three ministers waiting upon it. Were these ministers to go forth to labor for those in darkness, their work would show some results. Let the experienced men take the young men who are preparing for the ministry and go forth into new territory to proclaim the message of warning.  {1NL 118.1}
[1NL 118.2]          Those who believe the truth will be greatly blessed as they impart the blessings God has given them, letting their light shine forth in good works. As they let their light shine by personal piety, by revealing sound principles in all business transactions, they will magnify the principles of God's law. God calls upon His workers to annex new territory for Him. With intense earnestness we are to work for those who are without hope and without God in the world. There are rich fields of toil waiting for the faithful worker.  {1NL 118.2}
[1NL 118.3]          The laborers in God's cause should bow before Him in humble, earnest prayer, and then go forth, Bible in hand, to arouse the benumbed senses of those represented in the Word as dead in trespasses and sins. Those who do this work will be greatly blessed. Those who know the truth are to strengthen one another, saying to the ministers, "Go forth into the harvest field in the name of the Lord, and our prayers shall go with you as sharp sickles." Thus our churches should bear decided witness for God, and they should also bring Him their gifts and offerings, that those who go forth into the field may have wherewith to labor for souls.  {1NL 118.3}
[1NL 118.4]          Who is working faithfully for the Master in this age of the world, when the corruption of the earth is even as the corruption of Sodom and Gomorrah? Who is helping those around him to win eternal life? Are we cleansed and sanctified, fit to be used by the Lord as vessels unto honor? Will every church member now remember that deformity is not from God? The Divine Being is to be worshiped in the beauty of holiness; for He is excellent in majesty and power. . . .  {1NL 118.4}
[1NL 118.5]          God desires His people to show by their lives the advantage of Christianity over worldliness. We are to live so that God can use us in His work of converting men and women and leading them to wash their garments of character and make them white in the blood of the Lamb. We are His workmanship, "created in Christ Jesus unto good works." Through us God desires to reveal His manifold wisdom. Therefore He bids us let our light shine forth in good works.--MS. 73a, 1900.                                                    -    {1NL 118.5}
[1NL 118.6]          When divine power is combined with human effort, the work will spread like fire in the stubble. God will employ agencies whose origin man will be unable to discern; angels will do a work which men might have had the blessing of accomplishing, had they not neglected to answer the claims of God.--R. & H., Dec. 15, 1885.  {1NL 118.6}
[1NL 119.1]       Chap. 37 - The Attitude in Prayer    By Ellen G. White         I have received letters questioning me in regard to the proper attitude to be taken by a person offering prayer to the Sovereign of the universe. Where have our brethren obtained the idea that they should stand upon their feet when praying to God? One who has been educated for about five years in Battle Creek was asked to lead in prayer before Sister White should speak to the people. But as I beheld him standing upright upon his feet while his lips were about to open in prayer to God, my soul was stirred within me to give him an open rebuke. Calling him by name, I said, "Get down upon your knees." This is the proper position always.  {1NL 119.1}
[1NL 119.2]          "And He was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, and prayed." Luke 22:41.  {1NL 119.2}
[1NL 119.3]          "Peter put them all forth, and kneeled down, and prayed; and turning him to the body said, Tabitha, arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Peter, she sat up." Acts 9:40.  {1NL 119.3}
[1NL 119.4]          "They stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep." Acts 7:59, 60.  {1NL 119.4}
[1NL 119.5]          "When he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all." Acts 20:36.  {1NL 119.5}
[1NL 119.6]          "When we had accomplished those days, we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way, with wives and children, till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore, and prayed." Acts 21:5.  {1NL 119.6}
[1NL 119.7]          "At the evening sacrifice I arose up from my heaviness; and having rent my garment and my mantle, I fell upon my knees, and spread out my hands unto the Lord my God, and said, O my God, I am ashamed and blush to lift up my face to Thee, my God: for our iniquities are increased over our head, and our trespass is grown up unto the heavens." Ezra 9:5, 6.  {1NL 119.7}
[1NL 119.8]          "O come, let us worship and bow down: let us kneel before the Lord our maker." Psalms 95:6.  {1NL 119.8}
[1NL 119.9]          "For this cause I bow my knees unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ." Ephesians 3:14. And this whole chapter will, if the heart is receptive, be as precious a lesson as we can learn.  {1NL 119.9}
[1NL 119.10]                                       To Bow Down          To bow down when in prayer to God is the proper attitude to occupy. This act of worship was required of the three Hebrew captives in Babylon. . . . But such an act was homage to be rendered to God alone--the Sovereign of the world, the Ruler of the universe; and these three Hebrews refused to give such honor to any idol, even though composed of pure gold. In doing so, they would, to all intents and purposes, be bowing to the king of Babylon. Refusing to do as the king had commanded, they suffered the penalty, and were cast into the burning fiery furnace. But Christ came in person and walked with them through the fire, and they received no harm.  {1NL 119.10}
[1NL 119.11]          Both in public and private worship it is our duty to bow down upon our knees before God when we offer our petitions to Him. This act shows our dependence upon God.                                                                              120   {1NL 119.11}
[1NL 120.1]          At the dedication of the temple, Solomon stood facing the altar. In the court of the temple was a brazen scaffold or platform and after ascending this, he stood and lifted up his hands to heaven, and blessed the immense congregation of Israel, and all the congregation of Israel stood. . . .  {1NL 120.1}
[1NL 120.2]          "Then said Solomon, The Lord hath said that He would dwell in the thick darkness. But I have built an house of habitation for Thee, and a place for Thy dwelling forever. And the king turned his face and blessed the whole congregation of Israel: and all the congregation of Israel stood. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of Israel, who hath with His hands fulfilled that which He spake with His mouth to my father David, saying, Since the day that I brought forth My people out of the land of Egypt I chose no city among all the tribes of Israel to build an house in, that My name might be there; neither chose I any man to be a ruler over My people Israel: but I have chosen Jerusalem, that My name might be there; and have chosen David to be over My people Israel. Now it was in the heart of David my father to build an house for the name of the Lord God of Israel. But the Lord said to David my father, Forasmuch as it was in thine heart to build an house for My name, thou didst well in that it was in thine heart: notwithstanding thou shalt not build the house; but thy son which shall come forth out of thy loins, he shall build the house for My name. The Lord therefore hath performed His word that He hath spoken: for I am risen up in the room of David my father, and am set on the throne of Israel as the Lord promised, and have built the house for the name of the Lord God of Israel. And in it have I put the ark, wherein is the covenant of the Lord, that He made with the children of Israel. . . .  {1NL 120.2}
[1NL 120.3]          "For Solomon had made a brazen scaffold, of five cubits long, and five cubits broad, and three cubits high, and had set it in the midst of the court: and upon it he stood, and kneeled down upon his knees before all the congregation of Israel, and spread forth his hands toward heaven." 2 Chronicles 6:1-13.  {1NL 120.3}
[1NL 120.4]          The lengthy prayer which he then offered was appropriate for the occasion. It was inspired of God, breathing the sentiments of the loftiest piety blended with the deepest humility.  {1NL 120.4}
[1NL 120.5]                                    A Growing Laxness          I present these proof texts with the inquiry, "Where did Brother ----- obtain his education?"--At Battle Creek. Is it possible that with all the light that God has given to His people on the subject of reverence, that ministers, principals, and teachers in our schools, by precept and example teach young men to stand erect in devotion as did the Pharisees? Shall we look upon this as significant of their self-sufficiency and self-importance? Are these traits to become conspicuous?  {1NL 120.5}
[1NL 120.6]          "And He spake this parable unto certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised others: Two men went up into the temple to pray; the one a Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself, God, I thank Thee, that I am not as other men are, extortioners, unjust, adulterers, or even as this publican. I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess." Mark you it was the self-righteous Pharisee who was not in a position of humility and reverence before God; but standing in his haughty self-sufficiency, he told the Lord all his good deeds. "The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself"; and his prayer reached no higher than himself.  {1NL 120.6}
[1NL 120.7]          "And the publican, standing afar                                                                              121  off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote upon his breast, saying, God be merciful to me a sinner. I tell you, this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalteth himself shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted."  {1NL 120.7}
[1NL 121.1]          We hope that our brethren will not manifest less reverence and awe as they approach the only true and living God than the heathen manifest for their idol deities, or these people will be our judges in the day of final decision. I would speak to all who occupy the place of teachers in our schools. Men and women, do not dishonor God by your irreverence and pomposity. Do not stand up in your Phariseeism and offer your prayers to God. Mistrust your own strength. Depend not in it; but often bow down on your knees before God, and worship Him.  {1NL 121.1}
[1NL 121.2]                              A Token of Complete Subjection          And when you assemble to worship God, be sure and bow your knees before Him. Let this act testify that the whole soul, body, and spirit are in subjection to the Spirit of truth. Who have searched the Word closely for examples and direction in this respect? Whom can we trust as teachers in our schools in America and foreign countries? After years of study shall students return to their own country with perverted ideas of the respect and honor and reverence that should be given to God, and who feel under no obligation to honor the men of gray hairs, the men of experience, the chosen servants of God who have been connected with the work of God through almost all the years of their life? I advise all who attend the schools in America or in any other place, do not catch the spirit of irreverence. Be sure you understand for yourself what kind of education you need that you may educate others to obtain a fitness of character, that will stand the test that is soon to be brought upon all who live upon the earth. Keep company with the soundest Christians. Choose not the pretentious instructors or pupils, but those who show the deepest piety, those who have a spirit of intelligence in the things of God.  {1NL 121.2}
[1NL 121.3]          "And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent." This is the only safe knowledge that students can obtain. The light reading of the Scriptures makes my heart ache. Whilst I am writing I groan in spirit as I see how superficial is the understanding of the Scriptures. There is an abundance of profession of Christianity, but very little practice. Jesus says, I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life. Who will prove themselves wise virgins? Who the foolish virgins who have no oil in their vessels with their lamps? Shall it be as represented--half wise, and half foolish?  {1NL 121.3}
[1NL 121.4]                                    On Bended Knee          We are living in perilous times. Seventh-day Adventists are professedly the commandment-keeping people of God; but they are losing their devotional spirit. This spirit of reverence for God teaches men how to approach their Maker--with sacredness and awe through faith, not in themselves, but in a Mediator. Thus man is kept fast, under whatever circumstances he is placed. Man must come on bended knee, as a subject of grace, a suppliant at the footstool of mercy. And as he receives daily mercies at the hand of God, he is ever to cherish gratitude in his heart, and give expression to it in the words of thanksgiving and praise for these unmerited favors. Angels have been guarding his pathway through all his life, and many of the snares he has been delivered from he has not seen. And for this                                                                              122  guardianship and watchcare by eyes that never slumber and never sleep, he is to recognize in every prayer the service of God for him.  {1NL 121.4}
[1NL 122.1]          All should lean upon God in their helplessness and daily necessity. They should keep humble, watchful, and prayerful. Praise and thanksgiving should flow forth in gratitude and sincere love for God.  {1NL 122.1}
[1NL 122.2]                                   Witnesses for God          In the assembly of the upright and in the congregation should they praise the Most High God. All who have a sense of their vital connection with God should stand before the Lord as witnesses for Him, giving expression of the love, the mercies, and the goodness of God. Let the words be sincere, simple, earnest, intelligent, the heart burning with the love of God, the lips sanctified to His glory to make known the mercies of God not only in the assembly of the saints, but to be His witnesses in every place. The inhabitants of the earth are to know that He is God, the only true and living God.  {1NL 122.2}
[1NL 122.3]          There should be an intelligent knowledge of how to come to God in reverence and godly fear with devotional love. There is a growing lack of reverence for our Maker, a growing disregard of His greatness and His majesty. But God is speaking to us in these last days. We hear His voice in the storm in the rolling thunder. We hear of the calamities He permits in the earthquakes, the breaking forth of waters, and the destructive elements sweeping all before them. We hear of ships going down in the tempestuous ocean. God speaks to families who have refused to recognize Him, sometimes in the whirlwind and storm, sometimes face to face as He talked with Moses. Again He whispers His love to the little trusting child and to the gray-haired sire in his dotage. And earthly wisdom has a wisdom as it beholds the unseen.  {1NL 122.3}
[1NL 122.4]          When the still small voice which succeeds the whirlwind and the tempest that moves the rocks out of position, is heard, let all cover their face, for God is very near. Let them hide themselves in Jesus Christ; for He is their hiding place. The cleft in the rock is hidden with His own pierced hand while the humble seeker waits in bowed attitude to hear what saith the Lord unto His servant.--MS. 84b, 1897.                                                    -    {1NL 122.4}
[1NL 122.5]                          Prayer Never Inappropriate          There is no time or place in which it is inappropriate to offer up a petition to God. . . . In the crowds of the street, in the midst of a business engagement, we may send up a petition to God, and plead for divine guidance, as did Nehemiah when he made his request before King Artaxerxes.-- SC 103.                                                    -    {1NL 122.5}
[1NL 122.6]          We may speak with Jesus as we walk by the way, and He says, I am at thy right hand. We may commune with God in our hearts; we may walk in companionship with Christ. When engaged in our daily labor, we may breathe out our heart's desire, inaudible to any human ear; but that word cannot die away into silence, nor can it be lost. Nothing can drown the soul's desire. It rises above the din of the street, above the noise of machinery. It is God to whom we are speaking, and our prayer is heard.--GW 258.                                                    -    {1NL 122.6}
[1NL 122.7]          It is not always necessary to bow upon your knees in order to pray. Cultivate the habit of talking with the Saviour when you are alone, when you are walking, and when you are busy with your daily labor.-- MH 510, 511.  {1NL 122.7}
[1NL 123.1]       Chap. 38 - Be Earnest and Steadfast    By Ellen G. White         Never was there a time when it is more plainly the duty of the people of God to understand that actions are determined by motives. Those in positions of responsibility are very apt to judge others by themselves. Doing many things that are not in harmony with their profession, they judge others according to their own deviation from righteousness. But as they pronounce judgment upon others, they condemn themselves.  {1NL 123.1}
[1NL 123.2]          We need now to repent before God. Those who show a repentance that means reconversion will not be left to beat about in the fog of uncertainty and discouragement. He who knocks at the door of mercy and asks forgiveness will receive that for which he asks. The Lord understands the voice of petition. Ask, then; in everything by prayer and supplication let your requests be made known unto God.  {1NL 123.2}
[1NL 123.3]          "Every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened." Continue to present your requests to God; continue to ask for the blessings which you must receive from His never-failing goodness. Knock at the door of mercy and grace with a sincerity and earnestness which shows that you will continue to knock and seek until your efforts are rewarded by the bestowal of the gifts that are needed by all who perfect a Christian character. Read John 16:32, 33;  15:16,18-21.  {1NL 123.3}
[1NL 123.4]                               The Conflict of Two Leaders          Here are two opposing elements, with two different leaders. One party is under the control of Satan. He is their captain. Jesus Christ, the only-begotten Son of God, is the leader of the other party. He laid off His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothed Himself with the garment of humanity, that He might stand at the head of the human race, bearing the trials that we must bear, and meeting the temptations that we must meet. The power of the temptations brought against Him was as much greater as He is higher and purer than we are, and yet not for an instant during His sojourn in this earth did He swerve from His loyalty to God. He lived a life pure and undefiled, unmarred by spot or stain of sin. It was in His right to place one hand upon the throne of God in heaven, while with the other He laid hold of fallen human beings, and has raised them from their degradation. To all who receive Him He gives power to become the sons of God.  {1NL 123.4}
[1NL 123.5]          "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {1NL 123.5}
[1NL 123.6]                             Fanciful Theories Regarding God          Be careful what you teach. Those who are learners of Christ will teach the same things that He taught.  {1NL 123.6}
[1NL 123.7]          The religious bodies all over Christendom will become more and more closely united in sentiment. They will make of God a peculiar something in order to escape from loyalty to Him who is pure, holy, and undefiled, and who denounces all sin as a production of the apostate. Christ came to counterwork the                                                                              124  theories of the great deceiver. In His life, no sin appeared. He could say to His enemies, Which of you convinceth Me of sin? He was in a world of sinful human beings, yet He "did no sin, neither was guile found in His mouth."  {1NL 123.7}
[1NL 124.1]          No requirement is laid upon man that Christ has not obeyed. We can overcome as He overcame, if we will avail ourselves of the help of the three great powers of heaven, who are waiting to answer the demand made upon them by God's people for power to defeat satanic agencies.  {1NL 124.1}
[1NL 124.2]          "Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy Word is truth." Christ's teachings are truth. Those who surrender their wills to the divine guidance will be protected from Satan's snares. Draw nigh to God in your helplessness, and He will draw nigh to you. He will lift up for you a standard against the enemy.  {1NL 124.2}
[1NL 124.3]          "As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth."  {1NL 124.3}
[1NL 124.4]          Let not the theory be presented that God would dwell in the soul-temple of a wicked man. No greater falsehood could be presented.  {1NL 124.4}
[1NL 124.5]          "Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us."  {1NL 124.5}
[1NL 124.6]                                 Distinct Personalities          These words present God and Christ as two distinct personalities.  {1NL 124.6}
[1NL 124.7]          Christ prays that a pure, holy love may bind His followers to Himself, and to the Father, that this close fellowship may be a sign that God loves as His own Son those who believe in Him.  {1NL 124.7}
[1NL 124.8]          Still the Son of God urges His petition to His Father, Read John 17:24-26.  {1NL 124.8}
[1NL 124.9]          Let no man claim that the subjects of the enemy are the temples of God. Read 1 Corinthians 6:9-20.  {1NL 124.9}
[1NL 124.10]          The Lord is speaking through His apostle to those who claim to be Christians. He is not speaking to those who have made no profession of righteousness. We are to make no concessions to the enemy. We are not to change one principle of the truth that we have received from God. We cannot hold converse with those who are in league with evil angels. Christ never purchased peace by compromise.--Undated MS. 131.                                                    -    {1NL 124.10}
[1NL 124.11]                          New Glories of the Word of God          In the Scriptures thousands of gems of truth lie hidden from the surface-seeker. The mine of truth is never exhausted. The more you search the Scriptures with humble hearts, the greater will be your interest, and the more you will feel like exclaiming with Paul: "O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out!"  {1NL 124.11}
[1NL 124.12]          Every day you should learn something new from the Scriptures. Search them as for hid treasures, for they contain the words of eternal life. Pray for wisdom and understanding to comprehend these holy writings. If you would do this, you would find new glories in the Word of God; you would feel that you had received new and precious light on subjects connected with the truth, and the Scriptures would be constantly receiving a new value in your estimation.--5T 266.  {1NL 124.12}
[1NL 125.1]       Chap. 39 - Brace Your Souls for Action    By Ellen G. White         I ask the believers in Los Angeles to seek for a deeper, higher experience in the things of God. The Father seeketh such to worship Him. Arise, and brace your souls for action. Take an extensive survey of the work that is to be done. Read your Bibles with an increasing determination to have a larger experience in the things of God. Stand in the light of the Sun of Righteousness.  {1NL 125.1}
[1NL 125.2]          What could induce the pure, sinless Son of God to tabernacle with men in a world filled with crime and strife and wickedness. He did this that He might better reach the lost and perishing. He suffered, being tempted. Proportionate to the perfection of His holiness was the strength of the temptation. Because of the depravity so revolting to His purity, His residence in the world was a perpetual sorrow. On every hand He saw men and women destroying themselves by yielding to perverted appetite and passion.  {1NL 125.2}
[1NL 125.3]          Christ gave His life for the life of the world. He came to this earth in the likeness of man, to present before human beings an example of the character that all must form in order to be saved. He came to bring them power to overcome all the temptations of the enemy.  {1NL 125.3}
[1NL 125.4]          O that every soul might be awakened, and led to become a subject of the heavenly kingdom, surrendering all to Christ. The Word of God gives us no encouragement that a sinner is pardoned in order that he may continue in sin. He is pardoned on condition that he receives Christ, confessing and repenting of his sin, and becoming renewed. Many who pass under the name of Christian are not converted. Conversion means renovation. The sinner must enter into the renovating process for himself. He must come to Jesus. He must give up the wrong habits in which he has indulged. He must bring his unsubdued, un-Christlike tendencies under the control of Christ, else he cannot be made a laborer together with God. Christ works, and the sinner works. The life of Christ becomes the life of the human agent. It is through the renewing power of the divine Spirit that man is fashioned into a perfect man in Christ.  {1NL 125.4}
[1NL 125.5]          By the character that he is forming, every man is deciding his future destiny. In the books of heaven is made the record. There the character is photographed. There is seen a picture of the unclothed soul.  {1NL 125.5}
[1NL 125.6]          The promise is given, "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name." It is the striving souls who receive the assistance of heaven, and partake of its elements. It is by test and trial that the followers of Christ are fitted to dwell with Him in the heavenly courts.--Letter 161, 1905.                                                    -    {1NL 125.6}
[1NL 125.7]                                   Work in the Cities          The importance of making our way in the great cities is still kept before me. For many years the Lord has been urging upon us this duty, and yet we see but comparatively little accomplished in our great centers of population. If we do not take up this work in a determined manner, Satan will multiply difficulties which will not be easy to surmount. We are far behind in doing the work that should have                                                                              126  been done in these long-neglected cities.  {1NL 125.7}
[1NL 126.1]                                    Barriers Broken Down          The work will now be more difficult than it would have been a few years ago. But if we take up the work in the name of the Lord, barriers will be broken down, and decided victories will be ours.  {1NL 126.1}
[1NL 126.2]          In this work physicians and gospel ministries are needed. We must press our petitions to the Lord, and do our best, pressing forward with all the energy possible to make an opening in the large cities. Had we in the past worked after the Lord's plans, many lights would be shining brightly that are going out.  {1NL 126.2}
[1NL 126.3]                                   Work for Laymen in Cities          In connection with the presentation of spiritual truth, we should also present what the Word of God says upon the questions of health and temperance. In every way possible, we must seek to bring souls under the convincing and converting power of God. The believers in our churches need to be aroused to act their part. Let seasons of prayer be appointed, and let us earnestly seek the Lord for an increase of faith and courage. Let ministers and other church members labor for souls as never before. We are not to spend our time merely in repeating over and over again the same things to the churches where the truth is well known. Let the church members labor unitedly in their several lines to create an interest. The disciples of Christ are to unite in labor for perishing souls. Let the laborers invite others to unite with them in their efforts, that many may be fired with zeal to work for the Master.  {1NL 126.3}
[1NL 126.4]          I entreat of the church members in every city that they lay hold upon the Lord with determined effort for the baptism of the Holy Spirit. Be assured that Satan is not asleep. Every obstacle possible he will place in the way of those who would advance in this work. Too often these obstacles are regarded as insurmountable. Let everyone now be soundly and truly converted, and then lay hold of the work intelligently and with faith.-- Letter 148, 1909.                                                    -    {1NL 126.4}
[1NL 126.5]                                    Growing in Grace          No Christian reaches the highest point of attainment that overloads himself with worries about this world or in carrying his pet sins along with him. We can and should breathe a purer atmosphere and taste more heavenly joys. We need Jesus every day and with His strength we may gain strength, yes, grow in grace for heavier conflicts and obtain inspiring views of heavenly things. The pierced hand of our divine Master holds the signal for us to come up higher. "This one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus." O that we might arise and shine, for our light has come and the glory of the Lord hath arisen upon us. The more closely we copy the Pattern the more wisdom and intelligence we will have of His matchless loveliness.--MS. 10, 1889.  {1NL 126.5}
[1NL 127.1]      Chap. 40 - A Variety of Gifts    By Ellen G. White         Last night I seemed to be in an assembly of men who had been entrusted with large and important responsibilities. There were ministers present, and all seemed to be filled with apprehension for the future. After prayer had been offered, the cases of canvassers who had been appropriating means from the treasury instead of bringing means into it, were considered with much sorrow, and some counsel was offered as to the best way of dealing with those who were proving unfaithful to their trust.  {1NL 127.1}
[1NL 127.2]          When other grave matters had been presented, I arose and said, For a long time I have been pressed under the burden of the fact that we are not elevating the standard as we should. New fields are continually opening, and the third angel's message must be proclaimed to all kindreds, nations, tongues, and peoples.  {1NL 127.2}
[1NL 127.3]          We must not feel that we are compelled to hover over churches who have received the truth. We are not to spend our time doing detail work, but are to educate others, teaching them how to labor in right lines. We must not encourage the people to depend on ministerial help and labor to preserve spiritual life. Everyone who has received the truth must go to God for his individual self, and decide to live by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God, and do true service for God. Those who have embraced the third angel's message must not make man their trust, depending upon the ministers to make their experience for them. They are to secure an individual experience by looking to God for themselves.  {1NL 127.3}
[1NL 127.4]                                    "Have Root in Yourselves"          Let the people of God have root in themselves, because they are planted in Jesus Christ. There must be no strife for supremacy. Let everyone seek God for himself, and know for himself that the truth of God is the sanctifier of soul, life, and character. Service to God is an individual responsibility. Let all feel that it is their duty and privilege to bear their testimony in the church, speaking of those things which will edify. No one should try to sermonize. No one should speak in a way that savors in the least of self-exaltation, or raise questions that will cause dissension. Let each one present lessons from the life of Christ, and reveal none of self but all of Jesus.  {1NL 127.4}
[1NL 127.5]          Let ministers and responsible men impress the individual members of the church that in order to grow in spirituality they must take the burden of the work which the Lord has laid upon them--the burden of leading souls into the truth. Let them teach the people that they should have a strong desire to see those not in the faith converted to the truth. Let those who have opportunity do their God-given work. Those who are not fulfilling their responsibility should be visited, prayed with, and labored for, that they may become faithful stewards of the grace of Christ. Do not lead the people to depend upon you as ministers, but teach every one who shall embrace the truth that he has a work to do in using the talents God has given him to save the souls of those who are nigh him. In thus working, the people will have the co-operation of the angels of God. They will obtain                                                                              128  a valuable experience which will increase their faith and give them a strong hold of God.  {1NL 127.5}
[1NL 128.1]                                  Pray for the Laborers          Let everyone do all in his power to help both by his means and by his prayers to carry the burden for the souls for whom the ministers are laboring. Earnest prayer sent up to God for His blessing upon the laborers in the field will follow the laborers as sharp sickles into the harvest field. When the people thus pray for the work, they will not be selfish. They will seek to answer their own prayers by corresponding works. They will not hold the minister preaching to them, but will say to him, Go and carry the truth so precious to us to those who are in error, and our prayers will go with you. This will be a valuable experience to every member of the church.  {1NL 128.1}
[1NL 128.2]                                 In Humanity and Weakness          The messengers God sends to the people must not permit the people to attach themselves to them. They must ever keep Jesus Christ before their congregations as the One in whom all their hopes of eternal life are centered.  {1NL 128.2}
[1NL 128.3]          In every messenger whom the Lord uses there must be humility, meekness, and lowliness of mind. . . . Self must not seek for recognition. There should be no striving to be first. Self must be hid with Christ in God. Self must die, and Christ must live in the soul.  {1NL 128.3}
[1NL 128.4]                                     Call for Action          The laborers must learn to bear a firm, decided testimony, in humility of mind. The truth ［must be］ unadulterated with cheap matters which are never a help, but always a hindrance to the truth. Carry the people upward and forward positively, step by step, from strength to strength, to the firm foundation of sound Bible doctrine. The laborers should have an intense interest in their work, and as they advance, call for decided action. While the spirit of conviction rests upon the hearts of the people, fasten upon their minds the importance of deciding for and living out the truth. While they are obtaining gems of truth, lead them out to give practical expression to their faith and their gratitude for every ray of light. Let them see that the truth is a living reality to those who are holding forth the words of life. Impress upon them the importance of walking in the light that shines upon them from the Word of God.  {1NL 128.4}
[1NL 128.5]          The workers in the cause of God are to hold themselves continually under the bright rays of the Sun of Righteousness. They are to pray much, opening their hearts to receive the Holy Spirit into the life and character. Then they will manifest His holy influence in their life practice. They are not to feel that it is their prerogative to work the Holy Spirit. The Holy Spirit is to work them, mold them out of self, away from hereditary and cultivated tendencies, and fashion them into the image of Christ's mind and ways. The workers must present with long patience, line upon line, precept upon precept, the duty of the people to be earnest workers.  {1NL 128.5}
[1NL 128.6]                                  Religion in the Home          They are to point out the duty of parents to teach their little ones the truth as it is in Jesus, that in their simplicity the children may present to their associates that which they have learned. . . . The home is to be an educating school where parents are to do their work in perfecting the characters of their children. But parents are asleep. Their children are going to destruction before their eyes, and the Lord would have His messengers present before the people the necessity of home religion. Urge this matter home upon your                                                                              129  congregation. Press the conviction of these solemn duties, so long neglected, upon the conscience. This will break up the spirit of Pharisaism and resistance to the truth as nothing else can. Religion in the home is our great hope, and makes the prospect bright for the conversion of the whole family to the truth of God.  {1NL 128.6}
[1NL 129.1]          Will not our ministers wrestle in earnest prayer for the holy unction, that they may not bring unimportant, unessential things into their labor at this important time? Let them not bring into their ministerial labors only that which can be heard in any of the denominational churches. Let them ever keep an uplifted Saviour before their hearers, in order to prevent their converts from attaching themselves to the man, to bear his mold, and copy his ways in their manner of conversation and conduct.  {1NL 129.1}
[1NL 129.2]                           Workers in Many Lines to Blend          The Lord has a variety of workers who must impress the people in various lines. One man's mind and one man's manner or ways are not to be regarded as perfect, to be imitated exclusively. Christ is our model.  {1NL 129.2}
[1NL 129.3]          This Scripture is to be understood: "And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers." These different workers are each to do a special work; but are they to separate themselves from their fellow laborers, confining their labors to a few whom they think they have succeeded in bringing to a knowledge of the truth? Shall one say to another of the instrumentalities of God, Leave these souls to me to work with, and to bring to perfection of the faith? Let me work for them and train and educate them to perfection of faith and character?  {1NL 129.3}
[1NL 129.4]          No, this is not the way the Lord works. The one who thus thinks and thus acts is himself deficient in character. He has some strong points, and can work in certain lines; but in other lines he is weak. Other human agencies are needed whom the Holy Spirit shall guide to act their part in completing the work. No man is complete in or through any other man. It is not any one man's gift that accomplishes the work essential. It is the Holy Spirit that works the man. Human agents of diverse gifts are needed.  {1NL 129.4}
[1NL 129.5]                            By the Power of the Spirit          One man cannot carry through any work and make it complete himself, unless no other worker is available; then the Holy Spirit supplies the deficiencies of the worker. But because a measure of success attends his labors, let him not suppose that it is his methods and capabilities which have done the work; for this idea will often bring defeat. Let not men flatter themselves and take to themselves the credit of doing wonderful things; for they are weak and feeble in doing even their best. The Holy Spirit is the worker, and if the human instrument is a close student of his Bible, seeking to know the light and to walk in it, thus learning daily of Jesus, the Holy Spirit will use him as a means of communicating the Word while the Holy Spirit Himself works the heart.  {1NL 129.5}
[1NL 129.6]          All those who hold forth the Word of Life, whether they be apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors, or teachers, have a part to act in the work of the perfection of the saints, wherever they may be. They are all to work together harmoniously.        ［Read Ephesians 4:12-16.］  {1NL 129.6}
[1NL 129.7]                              Begin at the Heart          To every man is given his work. One man may not be able to do the work for which another man has been trained and educated. But the work of every man must begin at the heart, not resting in a theory of the truth. The work of him who surrenders the soul to God and                                                                              130  co-operates with divine agencies will reveal an able, wise workman, who discerns how to adapt himself to the situation. The root must be holy, or there will be no holy fruit. All are to be workers together with God. Self must not become prominent. The Lord has entrusted talents and capabilities to every individual, and those who are most highly favored with opportunities and privileges to hear the Spirit's voice are under the heaviest responsibility to God.  {1NL 129.7}
[1NL 130.1]          Those who are represented as having but one talent have also their work to do. By trading, not with pounds, but with pence, they are diligently to employ their ability, determined not to fail or be discouraged. They are to ask in faith, and depend upon the Holy Spirit to work upon unbelieving hearts. If they depend upon their own capabilities, they will fail. Those who faithfully trade upon the one talent will hear the gracious commendations spoken to them with as much heartiness as to those who have been gifted with many talents, and who have wisely improved them, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things."  {1NL 130.1}
[1NL 130.2]          It is the spirit of humility in which the work is done which God regards. He who had but one talent had an influence to exert, and his work was needed. In perfecting his own character, in learning in the school of Christ, he was exerting an influence that helped to perfect the character of those who had larger responsibilities, who were in danger of building themselves up, and of neglecting some important little things, which that faithful man with his one talent was regarding with diligent care. . . .  {1NL 130.2}
[1NL 130.3]                         God Honors the Humble Worker          There should be no murmuring or complaining among the workers, when one who moves in a humble position is appointed to work with them, who are looked upon as more capable. They may suppose this humble worker incapable of co-operating with them; but in this they may be greatly in error. It is essential that they learn the lesson of humility and contrition, and become capable of blending in unity with any of God's workers, doing their best under all circumstances, believing that God alone can water the seed sown. In thus doing they will double their influence; for when duty is done with fidelity, and faithful diligence is manifested by the worker, it is evident that he bears the test and pruning of God; and the Lord requires nothing more. That man who thinks himself least the Holy Spirit assists most.--MS. 21, 1894.  {1NL 130.3}
[1NL 131.1]       Chap. 41 - A Perfect Service Required By God    By Ellen G. White         Everything that God could do was done to save a perishing world. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." God has made it impossible for it to be said that He could have done more than He has done for the fallen race. When He gave His Son, He gave Himself. In one great gift He poured out the whole treasure of heaven. He has revealed a love that defies all computation, a love that should fill our hearts and lives with gratitude.  {1NL 131.1}
[1NL 131.2]          Christ loves human beings, and He died to save them. At an infinite price He ransomed them from the power of the enemy. He invites them to become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. He desires to see them prepared to receive the crown of life. He longs to bestow on them the eternal riches. He came to restore in them the image of Divinity. He calls upon those who have accepted Him to join Him in this work. He has chosen us as His instruments. By us He desires to carry out His merciful purposes. He says, You are laborers together with Me. Shall we not co-operate with Him in His great plan, working earnestly to save His blood-bought heritage?  {1NL 131.2}
[1NL 131.3]                            Proper Use of the Voice          He has given us grand and solemn truths to impart to those who are in darkness. Let us not mar these truths by imperfect utterance. God has given us voices that we may speak His truth. He desires that the music of the voice shall aid in impressing His word upon minds.  {1NL 131.3}
[1NL 131.4]          We should train ourselves to take deep, full inspirations, and to speak clearly and distinctly. The voice should not be dropped at the end of a sentence, so that the closing words are hardly audible.  {1NL 131.4}
[1NL 131.5]          Those who open the oracles of God to the people should improve in their manner of communicating the truth, that it may be presented to the world in an acceptable way. Place proper emphasis upon the words that should be made impressive. Speak slowly. Let the voice be as musical as possible.  {1NL 131.5}
[1NL 131.6]                           Seek for Perfection          God desires His ministers to seek for perfection, that they may be vessels unto honor. They are to be controlled by the Holy Spirit; and when they speak, they are to show an energy proportionate to the importance of the subject they are presenting. They are to show that the power about which they speak has made a change in their lives. When they are truly united with Christ, they will give the heavenly invitation with an earnestness that will impress hearts. As they manifest zeal in proclaiming the gospel message, a corresponding earnestness will be produced in the hearers, and lasting impressions for good will be made.  {1NL 131.6}
[1NL 131.7]          The greater the influence of the truth upon us, the greater will be our earnestness in seeking for perfection in our manner of imparting truth.  {1NL 131.7}
[1NL 131.8]                           An Increase of Vitality          Sin brings physical and spiritual disease and weakness. Christ has made it possible for us to free ourselves from this curse. The Lord promises, by the medium of truth, to renovate the soul. The Holy Spirit will make all who are willing                                                                              132  to be educated able to communicate the truth with power. It will renew every organ of the body, that God's servants may work acceptably and successfully. Vitality increases under the influence of the Spirit's action. Let us, then, by this power lift ourselves into a higher, holier atmosphere, that we may do well our appointed work.  {1NL 131.8}
[1NL 132.1]          By constant obedience those who are born again are fitted for service. The entire being is to be placed under the molding, fashioning hand of God, that physical, mental, and spiritual perfection may be attained. Christians are to grow to the full stature of men and women in Christ.  {1NL 132.1}
[1NL 132.2]                           Counsel Regarding Prayer          The Lord desires His servants to improve in their manner of praying. He inquires, Where is the vivifying influence of your prayers? He does not accept the tame, lifeless, lengthy prayers which are so destitute of His Spirit. He calls for a reformation, else He will remove the candlestick out of its place. He desires the candle to burn brightly, sending forth light to all parts of the world. When the church turns fully to the Lord, lifeless, spiritless prayers will no more be heard.  {1NL 132.2}
[1NL 132.3]          I urge my ministering brethren to improve in their manner of praying. This can and must be done. I must say to them, The shorter you make your spiritless prayers, the better will it be for the congregation. It is generally the case that the less of heaven's vitality there is in a prayer, the more lengthy it is. Do not spend a long time in prayer before a congregation unless you know that God is inditing the prayer. Let the prayers made in public be short and full of earnestness. The effectual, fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much; but the prayer uttered in a low, monotonous tone and spiritless manner is not accepted by God. The voice of prayer should rise to God from hearts burdened by a sense of need. Let there be a revival of the Holy Spirit, that your prayers may be filled with the power of heaven.  {1NL 132.3}
[1NL 132.4]          Learn to seek the Lord most earnestly for power to reach sinners. Heed the message God has sent to His church of today. ［Read Revelation 3:15-18.］  {1NL 132.4}
[1NL 132.5]          The Lord calls for those in His service to make all the improvement He has made it possible for them to make. The truth in our possession is of infinite importance. How essential, then, that it should lose none of its power in passing from us to those who are in darkness. It should not be bereft of its luster by our inefficiency. Our expression of God's wondrous loving-kindness, frame our words as we may, will be tame enough as it falls from our lips. But when, with sanctified lips, we offer praise for God's love, hearts are reached. Let us pray that the wondrous message of Christ's love may reach hearts. Let us watch for the Lord more earnestly than they that watch for the morning. Let us hope in Him and walk in His ways. He is well pleased when His servants work with implicit faith in Him, asking Him to supply all their needs.  {1NL 132.5}
[1NL 132.6]                        Importunate, Prevailing Prayer          From the experience of Jacob we may learn the power of importunate prayer.        ［Read Patriarchs and Prophets, pp. 196, 197.］  {1NL 132.6}
[1NL 132.7]          Jacob prevailed because he was persevering and determined. His experience testifies to the power of importunate prayer. It is now that we are to learn this lesson of prevailing prayer, of unyielding faith. The greatest victories to the church or to the individual Christian are not those that are gained by talents or education, by wealth, or the favor of men; they are those victories that are gained in the audience chamber with                                                                              133  God, when earnest, agonizing faith lays hold upon the mighty arm of power.  {1NL 132.7}
[1NL 133.1]          We can do nothing of ourselves. In our helpless unworthiness we must trust in the merits of the crucified and risen Saviour. None will ever perish while they do this. The long, black catalog of our delinquencies is before the eye of the Infinite. The register is complete; none of our offenses are forgotten. But He who listened to the cries of His servants of old, will hear the prayer of faith, and pardon our transgressions. He has promised, and He will fulfill His word.-- R. & H., Jan 14, 1902.                                                    -    {1NL 133.1}
[1NL 133.2]                                  Angels Are Amazed          Angels are amazed that men regard so lightly and indifferently the vital truths which mean so much to the sinner, and continue willing subjects under the captivity of Satan and sin, when so much has been endured in the divine person of the Son of God. O that we may cultivate habits of contemplation, of the self-denial and self-sacrifice of the life of Christ, until we shall have a deep sense of the aggravating character of sin; and hate it as the vile thing it is.  {1NL 133.2}
[1NL 133.3]          Let the mind awaken to gratitude that through Christ Jesus, the Father is faithful to fulfill the promise to forgive all sin. His mercy and His love are forever an assurance as we look upon Christ uplifted upon the cross of Calvary. Will we individually rise to the appreciation as far as we have capacity to comprehend the truth, that God Jehovah, loves and forgives us if we believe in and love Jesus?  {1NL 133.3}
[1NL 133.4]          O what a glorious truth! God is waiting to forgive all who come unto Him with repentance. Preach it. Lift up Jesus high that the people may behold Him. Let the salvation of the souls of men, women, and children be the great aim and purpose of our labor. . . .  {1NL 133.4}
[1NL 133.5]          The Jews saw in the sacrificial offerings the symbol of Christ whose blood was shed for the salvation of the world. All these offerings were to typify Christ and to rivet the great truth in their hearts that the blood of Jesus Christ alone cleanseth from all sin, and without the shedding of blood there is no remission of sins. Some wonder why God desired so many sacrifices and appointed the offering of so many bleeding victims in the Jewish economy.  {1NL 133.5}
[1NL 133.6]          Every dying victim was a type of Christ, which lesson was impressed on mind and heart in the most solemn sacred ceremony, and explained definitely by the priests. Sacrifices were explicitly planned by God Himself to teach this great and momentous truth, that through the blood of Christ alone there is forgiveness of sins.  {1NL 133.6}
[1NL 133.7]          This grand and saving truth is oft repeated in the hearing of believers and unbelievers, and yet it is with amazement that angels behold the indifference on men to whom these truths mean so much. How little is evidenced that the church feels the force of the wonderful plan of redemption. How few make this truth, that only through faith in the cleansing blood of Jesus Christ there is forgiveness of the sins that cling to human beings like the foul leprosy, a living reality.  {1NL 133.7}
[1NL 133.8]          What depths of thought should this awaken in every mind. He needed no suffering to atone for Himself. His was a depth of suffering, proportionate to the dignity of His person, and His sinless exalted character.--Letter 43, 1892.                                                    -    {1NL 133.8}
[1NL 133.9]                                    Spasmodic Repentance          "Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in                                                                              134  to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne."  {1NL 133.9}
[1NL 134.1]          Some may say, Why is this message sounded so constantly in our ears? It is because you do not thoroughly repent. You do not live in Christ and have Christ abiding in you. When one idol is expelled from the soul, Satan has another prepared to supply its place. Unless you make an entire consecration to Christ and live in communion with Him, unless you make Him your Counselor, you will find that your heart, open to evil thoughts, is easily diverted from the service of God to the service of self.  {1NL 134.1}
[1NL 134.2]                                       As Morning Dew          At times you may have a desire to repent. But unless you decidedly reform and put into practice the truths you have learned, unless you have an active, working faith, a faith that is constantly increasing in strength, your repentance is as the morning dew. It will give no permanent relief to the soul. A repentance caused by a spasmodic exercise of the feelings is a repentance that needs to be repented of; for it is delusive. A violent exercise of the feelings, which does not produce in you the peaceable fruits of righteousness, leaves you in a worse state than you were in before.  {1NL 134.2}
[1NL 134.3]          Every day the tempter will be on your track with some delusive, plausible excuse for your self-serving, your self-pleasing, and you will fall back into your old practices, neglecting the work of serving God, by which you would gain hope and comfort and assurance.  {1NL 134.3}
[1NL 134.4]          God calls for willing service--a service inspired by the love of Jesus in the heart. God is never satisfied with halfhearted, selfish service. He requires the whole heart, the undivided affections, and a complete faith and trust in His power to save from sin. . . .  {1NL 134.4}
[1NL 134.5]          God will honor and uphold every truehearted, earnest soul who is seeking to walk before Him in the perfection of the grace of Christ. The Lord Jesus will never leave nor forsake one humble, trembling soul. Shall we believe that God will work in our hearts? that if we allow Him to do so, He will make us pure and holy, by His rich grace qualifying us to be laborers together with Him. Can we with keen, sanctified perception appreciate the strength of the promises of God, and appropriate them to our individual selves, not because we are worthy, but because Christ is worthy, not because we are righteous, but because by living faith we claim the righteousness of Christ in our behalf?--MS. 125, 1901.  {1NL 134.5}
[1NL 135.2]          When health reform was first brought to our notice, about thirty-five years ago, the light presented to me was contained in this scripture, "The Spirit of the Lord God is upon Me; because the Lord hath anointed Me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent Me to bind up the brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn; to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of the heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified. And they shall build the old wastes, they shall raise up the former desolations, and they shall repair the waste cities, the desolations of many generations."  {1NL 135.2}
[1NL 135.3]          In the light given me so long ago, I was shown that our own people, those who claimed to believe the present truth, should do this work. How were they to do it? In accordance with the directions Christ gave His twelve disciples, when He called them together, and sent them forth to preach the gospel. "When He had called unto Him His twelve disciples, He gave them power against unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness, and all manner of disease. . . . These twelve Jesus sent forth, and commanded them, saying, Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not. But go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. And as ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils: freely ye have received, freely give."  {1NL 135.3}
[1NL 135.4]                                  The Call for Reform          In the light given me so long ago, I was shown that intemperance would prevail in the world to an alarming extent, and that every one of the people of God must take an elevated stand in regard to reformation in habits and practices. At that time I was eating meat two or three times a day, and I was fainting away two or three times a day. The Lord presented a general plan before me. I was shown that God would give to His commandment-keeping people a reform diet, and that as they received this, their disease and suffering would be greatly lessened. I was shown that this work would progress.                                                                              136   {1NL 135.4}
[1NL 136.1]                                Teaching Health Principles          Then, in afteryears, the light was given that we should have a sanitarium, a health institution, which was to be established right among us. This was the means God was to use in bringing His people to a right understanding in regard to health reform. It was also to be the means by which we were to gain access to those not of our faith. We were to have an institution where the sick could be relieved of suffering, and that without drug medication. God declared that He Himself would go before His people in this work.  {1NL 136.1}
[1NL 136.2]          Well, the work has been steadily increasing. The way was opened for our churches to take hold of it. I proclaimed health reform everywhere I went. At our camp meetings I spoke on Sunday afternoons, and I proclaimed the message of temperance in eating, drinking, and dressing. This was the message I bore for years before I left for Australia.  {1NL 136.2}
[1NL 136.3]          But there were those who did not come up to the light God had given. There were those in attendance at our camp meetings who ate and drank improperly. Their diet was not in harmony with the light God had given, and it was impossible for them to appreciate the truth in its sacred, holy bearing.  {1NL 136.3}
[1NL 136.4]          So the light has been gradually coming in. Over and over again instruction was given that our health institutions were to reach all classes of people. The gospel of Jesus Christ includes the work of helping the sick. When I heard that Dr. Kellogg had taken up the medical missionary work, I encouraged him with heart and soul, because I knew that only by this work can the prejudice which exists in the world against our faith be broken down.  {1NL 136.4}
[1NL 136.5]          In Australia we have tried to do all we could in this line. We located in Cooranbong, and there, where the people have to send twenty-five miles for a doctor, and pay him twenty-five dollars a visit, we helped the sick and suffering all we could. Seeing that we understood something of disease, the people brought their sick to us, and we cared for them. Thus we entirely broke down the prejudice in that place.  {1NL 136.5}
[1NL 136.6]          Here is Battle Creek, with a large church, the members of which are called upon, in the name of the Lord, to go out into the field and help their fellow beings, to bring joy to those in sorrow, to heal the sick, to show men and women that they are destroying themselves.  {1NL 136.6}
[1NL 136.7]                                       A Pioneer Work          Medical missionary work is the pioneer work. It is to be connected with the gospel ministry. It is the gospel in practice, the gospel practically carried out. I have been made sorry to see that our people have not taken hold of this work as they should. They have not gone out into the places round about to see what they could do to help the suffering. . . .  {1NL 136.7}
[1NL 136.8]          This is the work which is to interest the world, which is to break down prejudice, and force itself upon the attention of the world. . . .  {1NL 136.8}
[1NL 136.9]          I have seen that all heaven is interested in the work of relieving suffering humanity. Satan is exerting all his powers to obtain control over the souls and bodies of men. He is trying to bind them to the wheels of his chariot. My heart is made sad as I look at our churches, which ought to be connected in heart and soul and practice with the medical missionary work.  {1NL 136.9}
[1NL 136.10]          In Australia we have been wrestling to get a sanitarium established, and a building is now in progress of erection, though not yet completed. The sanitarium work was started in a private dwelling house, and the one in charge of it devoted part of his time to conference work and part of his time to medical work. He was                                                                              137  afraid that it would not be possible to pay the rent of the house which had been hired; so in order to help, I rented one room, and Brother Baker rented two. But these rooms were soon needed for patients, and the work has grown so that at the present time several houses are rented for the sanitarium patients and nurses.  {1NL 136.10}
[1NL 137.1]          Through this work many souls have accepted the truth. A minister from Tasmania, a wealthy and educated man, came to the sanitarium for treatment, and while there, became interested in the truth. He soon began keeping the Sabbath, and he at once began to help the work with his means.  {1NL 137.1}
[1NL 137.2]          Whole families have commenced keeping the Sabbath through some of the members coming to the sanitarium for treatment. But I need not say more about this; for you know it. You are not ignorant of it.  {1NL 137.2}
[1NL 137.3]          I wish to tell you that soon there will be no work done in ministerial lines but medical missionary work. The work of a minister is to minister. Our ministers are to work on the gospel plan of ministering. It has been presented to me that all through America there are barren fields.  {1NL 137.3}
[1NL 137.4]                                 Each Member to Work          As I traveled through the South on my way to the Conference, I saw city after city that was unworked. What is the matter? The ministers are hovering over churches which know the truth, while thousands are perishing out of Christ. If the proper instruction were given, if the proper methods were followed, every church member would do his work as a member of the body. He would do Christian missionary work. But the churches are dying, and they want a minister to preach to them. They should be taught to bring a faithful tithe to God, that He may strengthen and bless them. They should be brought into working order, that the breath of God may come to them. They should be taught that unless they can stand alone, without a minister, they need to be converted anew, and baptized anew. They need to be born again.  {1NL 137.4}
[1NL 137.5]          The barren fields in America have been presented to me. In every city in Michigan there should be a monument erected for God. You have been long in the truth. Had you carried the work forward in the lines in which God intended you to, had you done medical missionary work, trying to heal soul and body, you would have seen hundreds and thousands coming into the truth. . . .  {1NL 137.5}
[1NL 137.6]                               Practical Missionary Work          Go to places where the people have not heard the truth, and live before them the gospel of Jesus Christ. Do among them practical missionary work. Thus many souls will be brought to a knowledge of the truth.  {1NL 137.6}
[1NL 137.7]          You will never be ministers after the gospel order till you show a decided interest in medical missionary work, the gospel of healing and blessing and strengthening. Come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty powers of darkness, that it be not said of you, "Curse ye Meroz, . . . curse ye bitterly the inhabitants thereof; because they came not to the help of the Lord." . . .  {1NL 137.7}
[1NL 137.8]          I knew that the ministers laboring with those who know the truth, tending them like sick sheep, should be out in the field, planting the standard of truth in new places, bringing the sick to their houses, and clothing the naked. Christ says that His righteousness will go before those who do this work, and that the glory of God will be their rereward. But this work is not done by our churches, and the ministers are preaching to those who know the truth, when there are thousands who know nothing of the third angel's message. . . .                                                                              138   {1NL 137.8}
[1NL 138.1]                                       Come Into Line          It is because of the directions I have received from the Lord that I have the courage to stand among you and speak as I do, notwithstanding the way in which you may look at the medical missionary work. I wish to say that the medical missionary work is God's work. The Lord wants every one of His ministers to come into line. Take hold of the medical missionary work, and it will give you access to the people. Their hearts will be touched as you minister to their necessities. As you relieve their sufferings, you will find opportunity to speak to them of the love of Jesus. . . .  {1NL 138.1}
[1NL 138.2]          God will work mightily with His ministers when their hearts are filled with love for the poor lost sheep of the house of Israel. Hunt up the backsliders, those who once knew what religion was, and give them the message of mercy. The story of Christ's love will touch a chord in their hearts. Christ draws human beings to Himself with the cord which God has let down from heaven to save the race. The love of Christ can be measured only when this cord is measured. . . .  {1NL 138.2}
[1NL 138.3]          Medical missionary work, ministering to the sick and suffering, cannot be separated from the gospel. God help those whose attention has been aroused on this subject to have the mind of Christ, the sympathy of Christ. God help you to remember that Christ was a worker, that He went from place to place healing the sick. If we were as closely connected with Christ as were His disciples, God could work through us to heal many who are suffering.  {1NL 138.3}
[1NL 138.4]          The Lord bless His people, and enable them to come to a right understanding of His will.--G. C. B., April 12, 1901.  {1NL 138.4}
[1NL 138.5]                                  No Better Way          From talk given by Mrs. E. G. White, Sabbath, April 20, 1901--"His Wonderful Love."--From General Conference Bulletin, April 23, 1901.  {1NL 138.5}
[1NL 138.6]          There is a great work to be done. How shall we reveal Christ? I know of no better way to reveal Him than to go forth as missionaries to our world. I know of no better way than to take hold of the medical missionary work in connection with the ministry. Wherever you go, there begin to work. Take an interest in those around you who need help and light. You may stand and preach to those here who know the truth, you may preach sermon after sermon to them, but they do not appreciate it. Why?--Because they are inactive. Everyone who is able to get out and work should bring to the foundation stone, not hay, wood, or stubble, but gold, silver, and precious stones.-- MS. 150, 1901.  {1NL 138.6}
[1NL 139.1]       Chap. 43 - How to Open Closed Doors    By Ellen G. White         During the night season I was speaking in a large congregation. We have been instructed by the Lord that the medical missionary work is to be to the work of the third angel's message as the right hand to the body. The right hand is used to open doors through which the body may find entrance. This is the part the medical missionary work is to act. It is to largely prepare the way for the reception of the truth for this time. A body without hands is useless. In giving honor to the body, honor must also be given to the helping hands, which are agencies of such importance that without them the body can do nothing. Therefore the body which treats indifferently the right hand, refusing its aid, is able to accomplish nothing.  {1NL 139.1}
[1NL 139.2]          In Australia we found that the medical missionary work breaks down prejudice and opens the way for the truth to go with power. And I have now come to America to see if my words will have more power than my letters have had in leading my brethren to a proper appreciation of medical missionary work. . . .  {1NL 139.2}
[1NL 139.3]                                No Other Work So Successful          In new fields no work is so successful as medical missionary work. If our ministers would work earnestly to obtain an education in medical missionary lines, they would be far better fitted to do the work Christ did as a medical missionary. By diligent study and practice, they can become so well acquainted with the principles of health reform, that wherever they go they will be a great blessing to impart information so much needed to the people they meet. . . .  {1NL 139.3}
[1NL 139.4]          "They shall build the old wastes, they shall raise up the former desolations, and they shall repair the waste cities, the desolations of many generations. And strangers shall stand and feed your flocks, and the sons of the alien shall be your plowmen and your vinedressers. But ye shall be named the Priests of the Lord: men shall call you the Ministers of our God: ye shall eat the riches of the Gentiles, and in their glory shall ye boast yourselves. For your shame ye shall have double; and for confusion they shall rejoice in their portion: therefore in their land they shall possess the double: everlasting joy shall be unto them." . . .  {1NL 139.4}
[1NL 139.5]                                  A Revelation of Christ's                                    Compassion            Medical missionary work brings to humanity the gospel of release from suffering. It is the pioneer work of the gospel. It is the gospel practiced, the compassion of Christ revealed. Of this work there is great need, and the world is open for it. God grant that the importance of medical missionary work shall be understood, and that new fields may be immediately entered. Then will the work of the ministry be after the Lord's order; the sick will be healed, and poor, suffering humanity will be blessed.  {1NL 139.5}
[1NL 139.6]          Begin to do medical missionary work with the conveniences which you have at hand. You will find that thus the way will open for you to hold Bible readings. The heavenly Father will place you in connection with those who need to know how to treat their sick ones. Put into practice what you know regarding the treatment of disease. Thus suffering will be relieved and you will have                                                                              140  opportunity to break the bread of life to starving souls.  {1NL 139.6}
[1NL 140.1]          It is the duty of Christians to convince the world that the religion of Christ disrobes the soul of the garments of heaviness and mourning, and clothes it with joy and gladness. Those who receive Christ as a sin-pardoning Saviour are clothed with His garments of light. He takes away their sin and imparts to them His righteousness. Their joy is full.  {1NL 140.1}
[1NL 140.2]          Who have a better right than Christians to sing songs of rejoicing? Have they not the expectation of being members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King? Is not the gospel good tidings of great joy? When the promises of God are freely and fully accepted, heaven's brightness is brought into the life. . . .  {1NL 140.2}
[1NL 140.3]                                    Brings Rays of Heavenly                                      Brightness            The doing of medical missionary work brings rays of heavenly brightness to wearied, perplexed, suffering souls. It is as a fountain opened for the wayworn, thirsty traveler. At every work of mercy, every work of love, angels of God are present. Those who live nearest to heaven will reflect the brightness of the Sun of Righteousness. . . .  {1NL 140.3}
[1NL 140.4]                                 This is True Ministry          Read the Scriptures carefully, and you will find that Christ spent the largest part of His ministry in restoring the suffering and afflicted to health. Thus He threw back upon Satan the reproach of the evil which the enemy of all good had originated. Satan is the destroyer; Christ is the restorer. And in our work as Christ's colaborers, we shall have success if we work on practical lines. Ministers, do not confine your work to giving Bible instruction. Do practical work. Seek to restore the sick to health. This is true ministry. Remember that the restoration of the body prepares the way for the restoration of the soul.--MS. 55, 1901.  {1NL 140.4}
[1NL 140.5]                                The Right Hand of the                                   Gospel            Medical missionary work is the right hand of the gospel. It is necessary to the advancement of the cause of God. As through it men and women are led to see the importance of right habits of living, the saving power of the truth will be made known. Every city is to be entered by workers trained to do medical missionary work. As the right hand of the third angel's message, God's methods of treating disease will open doors for the entrance of present truth. Health literature must be circulated in many lands. Our physicians in Europe and other countries should awake to the necessity of having health works prepared by men who are on the ground and who can meet the people where they are with the most essential instruction.--7T 59.                                                    -    {1NL 140.5}
[1NL 140.6]                                Preparing for Service          So great are the world's needs, that not all who are called to be medical missionary evangelists can afford to spend years in preparation before beginning to do actual field work. Soon doors now open to the gospel messenger will be forever closed. God calls upon many who are prepared to do acceptable service, to carry the message now, not waiting for further preparation; for while some delay, the enemy may take possession of fields now open.  {1NL 140.6}
[1NL 140.7]          I have been instructed that little companies who have received a suitable training in evangelical and medical missionary lines, should go forth to do the work to which Christ appointed His disciples. Let them labor as evangelists, scattering our publications, talking of the truth to those they meet, praying for the sick, and, if need be, treating them, not                                                                              141  with drugs, but with nature's remedies, ever realizing their dependence on God. As they unite in the work of teaching and healing, they will reap a rich harvest of souls.  {1NL 140.7}
[1NL 141.1]          And while God is calling upon young men and women who have already gained a practical knowledge of how to treat the sick, to labor as gospel medical missionaries in connection with experienced evangelical workers, He is also calling for many recruits to enter our medical missionary training schools to gain a speedy and thorough preparation for service. Some need not spend so long a time in these schools as do others. It is not in harmony with God's purpose that all should plan to spend exactly the same length of time, whether three, four, or five years in preparation, before beginning to engage in active field work. Some, after studying for a time, can develop more rapidly by working along practical lines in different places, under the supervision of experienced leaders, than they could by remaining in an institution. As they advance in knowledge and ability, some of these will find it much to their advantage to return to one of our sanitarium training schools for more instruction. Thus they will become efficient medical missionaries, prepared for trying emergencies.--CT 469,470.                                                    -    {1NL 141.1}
[1NL 141.2]          The stream of living water is to deepen and widen in its course. In all fields, nigh and afar off, men will be called from the plow and from the more common commercial business vocations that largely occupy the mind, and will be educated in connection with men of experience. As they learn to labor effectively, they will proclaim the truth with power.--LS 415.  {1NL 141.2}
[1NL 141.3]                                      The Divine Plan          Our Saviour never used His power to make His own life less taxing. He went about doing good, healing the sick and preaching the gospel. In our work today the ministry of the Word and medical missionary work are to be combined.  {1NL 141.3}
[1NL 141.4]          Luke is called "the beloved physician." Paul heard of his skill as a physician, and he sought him out as one to whom the Lord had entrusted a special work. He secured his cooperation in his work. After a time he left him at Philippi. Here Luke continued to labor for several years, doing double service as a physician and a gospel minister. He was indeed a medical missionary. He did his part, and then besought the Lord to let His healing power rest upon the afflicted ones. His medical skill opened the way for the gospel message to find access to hearts. It opened many doors for him, giving him opportunity to preach the gospel among the heathen.  {1NL 141.4}
[1NL 141.5]                                   Christ's Instruction          Christ understood the work that needed to be done for suffering humanity. As He was sending out the twelve disciples on their first missionary tour, He said to them, "As ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils: freely ye have received, freely give." The fulfillment of this commission by the disciples made their message the power of God unto salvation.  {1NL 141.5}
[1NL 141.6]          It is the divine plan that we shall work as the disciples worked. Connected with the divine Healer, we may do great good in the world. The gospel is the only antidote for sin. As Christ's witnesses we are to bear testimony to its power. We are to bring the afflicted ones to the Saviour. His transforming grace and miracle-working power will win many souls to the truth. His healing power, united with the gospel message, will bring us success in                                                                              142  emergencies. The Holy Spirit will work upon hearts, and we shall see the salvation of God.  {1NL 141.6}
[1NL 142.1]          In a special sense the healing of the sick is our work. But in order to do this work, we must have faith--that faith which works by love and purifies the soul.  {1NL 142.1}
[1NL 142.2]          The Great Teacher delegated power to His servants. "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth," He said. "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {1NL 142.2}
[1NL 142.3]          The lapse of time has wrought no change in Christ's parting promise. He is with us today as He was with the disciples, and He will be with us "unto the end." Christ ordained that a succession of men should proclaim the gospel, deriving their authority from Him, the Great Teacher.  {1NL 142.3}
[1NL 142.4]          In our work we meet with many discouragements. But we shall not gain a particle of strength by dwelling on the discouragements. By beholding we become changed. As we look in faith to Jesus, His image is engraven on the heart. We are transformed in character.--Letter 134, 1903.                                                    -    {1NL 142.4}
[1NL 142.5]                                   In Time of Persecution          As religious aggression subverts the liberties of our nation, those who would stand for freedom of conscience will be placed in unfavorable positions. For their own sake, they should, while they have opportunity, become intelligent in regard to disease, its causes, prevention, and cure. And those who do this will find a field of labor anywhere. There will be suffering ones, plenty of them, who will need help, not only among those of our own faith, but largely among those who know not the truth. The shortness of time demands an energy that has not been aroused among those who claim to believe the present truth.--CH 506.                                                    -    {1NL 142.5}
[1NL 142.6]                       Zeal and Perseverance In Medical Missionary Work          Could I arouse our people to Christian effort, could I lead them to engage in medical missionary work with holy zeal and divine perseverance, not in a few places, but in every place, putting forth personal effort for those out of the fold, how grateful I should be! This is true missionary work. In some places it is attended with little success, apparently; but again the Lord opens the way, and signal success attends the effort. Words are spoken which are as nails fastened in a sure place. Angels from heaven co-operate with human instrumentalities, and sinners are won to the Saviour. . . .  {1NL 142.6}
[1NL 142.7]          Christ has placed upon His church a sacred charge, the fulfilling of which calls for self-denial at every step. When those who believe in Him are seen lifting the cross and bearing it after Him in the path of self-denial, willingly doing all in their power to bring blessing to those for whom Christ died, witness will be borne to the power of Christianity, and in the hearts of many now unbelievers will spring up faith in Him who gave His life to save a guilty world from eternal ruin.--Letter 43, 1903.  {1NL 142.7}
[2NL 153.1]         2NL - Notebook Leaflets from the Elmshaven Library Vol. 2 (1985)      Chap. 1 - "Preach the Word"    By Ellen G. White         Much valuable instruction pertaining to the work of the ministry has been published from the pen of Ellen G. White. For the benefit of leading evangelists, however, the following passages relating to the subject matter of their discourses has been compiled from the Manuscript and Letter file. --Trustees of the Ellen G. White Estate.  {2NL 153.1}
[2NL 153.2]                                     Let Christ Appear          The object of all ministry is to keep self out of sight, and to let Christ appear. The exaltation of Christ is the great truth that all who labor in word and doctrine are to reveal.--MS-109-1897.  {2NL 153.2}
[2NL 153.3]                             Righteousness and Love of Christ          Laborers in the cause of truth should present the righteousness of Christ, not as new light, but as precious light that has for a time been lost sight of by the people. We are to accept of Christ as our personal Saviour, and He imputes unto us the righteousness of God in Christ. Let us repeat and make prominent the truth that John has portrayed, "Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins." 1 John 4:10.  {2NL 153.3}
[2NL 153.4]         In the love of God has been opened the most marvelous vein of precious truth, and the treasures of the grace of Christ are laid open before the church and the world. "For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." John 3:16. What love is this, what marvelous, unfathomable love that would lead Christ to die for us while we were yet sinners. What a loss it is to the soul who understands the strong claims of the law, and who yet fails to understand the grace of Christ which doth much more abound.  {2NL 153.4}
[2NL 153.5]         It is true that the law of God reveals the love of God when it is preached as the truth in Jesus; for the gift of Christ to this guilty world must be largely dwelt upon in every discourse. It is no wonder that hearts have not been melted by the truth, when it has been presented in a cold and lifeless manner. No wonder faith has staggered at the promises of God, when ministers and workers have failed to present Jesus in His relation to the law of God. How often should they have assured the people that "He that spared not His own Son, but delivered him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?" Romans 8:32.  {2NL 153.5}
[2NL 153.6]          Satan is determined that men shall not see the love of God which led Him to give His only begotten Son to save a lost race; for it is the goodness of God that leads men to repentance. O how shall we succeed in setting forth before the world the deep, precious love of God? In no other way can we compass it except by exclaiming                                                                              154  "Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God." 1 John 3:1. Let us say to sinners, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sins of the world." John 1:29. By presenting Jesus as the representative of the Father, we shall be able to dispel the shadow that Satan has cast upon our pathway, in order that we shall not see the mercy and inexpressible love of God as manifested in Jesus Christ. Look at the cross of Calvary. It is a standing pledge of the boundless love, the measureless mercy of the heavenly Father.-- MS-154-1897.  {2NL 153.6}
[2NL 154.1]                                     The Holy Spirit          Christ, the great Teacher, had an infinite variety of subjects from which to choose, but the one upon which He dwelt most largely was the endowment of the Holy Spirit. What great things He predicted for the church because of this endowment. Yet what subject is less dwelt upon now? What promise is less fulfilled? An occasional discourse is given upon the Holy Spirit, and then the subject is left for after consideration.-- MS-20-1891.  {2NL 154.1}
[2NL 154.2]                          Effect of Preaching the Second Advent          The second coming of the Son of man is to be the wonderful theme kept before the people. Here is a subject that should not be left out of our discourses. Eternal realities must be kept before the mind's eye, and the attractions of the world will appear as they are, altogether profitless as vanity. What are we to do with the world's vanities, its praises, its riches, its honors, or its enjoyments?  {2NL 154.2}
[2NL 154.3]          We are pilgrims and strangers who are waiting, hoping and praying for that blessed hope, the glorious appearing of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. If we believe this and bring it into our practical life, what vigorous action would this faith and hope inspire; what fervent love one for another; what careful holy living for the glory of God, and in our respect for the recompense of the reward, what distinct lines of demarcation would be evidenced between us and the world.--MS-39-1893.  {2NL 154.3}
[2NL 154.4]                                Teach Steps in Conversion          Ministers need to have a more clear, simple manner in presenting the truth as it is in Jesus. Their own minds need to comprehend the great plan of salvation more fully. Then they can carry the minds of the hearers away from earthly things to the spiritual and eternal. There are many who want to know what they must do to be saved. They want a plain and clear explanation of the steps requisite in conversion, and there should not a sermon be given unless a portion of that discourse is to especially make plain the way that sinners may come to Christ and be saved. They should point them to Christ, as did John and with touching simplicity, their hearts aglow with the love of Christ, say, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sins of the world." Strong and earnest appeals should be made to the sinner to repent and be converted.  {2NL 154.4}
[2NL 154.5]          Those who neglect this part of the work need to be converted themselves before venturing to give a discourse. Those whose hearts are filled with the love of Jesus, with the precious truths of His word, will be able to draw from the treasure-house of God things new and old. They will not find time to relate anecdotes; they will not strain to become orators, soaring so high that they cannot carry the people with them; but in simple language, with touching earnestness, they will                                                                              155  present the truth as it is in Jesus.--R. & H., Feb. 22, 1887.  {2NL 154.5}
[2NL 155.1]                             The Ministration of Angels          Over every man good and evil angels strive. It is the man himself who determines which shall win. I call upon the ministers of Christ to press home upon the understanding of all who come within the reach of their voice, the truth of the ministration of angels. Do not indulge in fanciful speculations. The written word is our only safety. We must pray as did Daniel, that we may be guarded by heavenly intelligences.--Let.-201-1899.  {2NL 155.1}
[2NL 155.2]                              Revival of Old Advent Truths          There is a work of sacred importance for ministers and people to do. They are to study the history of the cause and people of God. They are not to forget the past dealing of God with His people. They are to revive and recount the truths that have come to seem of little value to those who do not know by personal experience of the power and brightness that accompanied them when they were first seen and understood. In all their original freshness and power these truths are to be given to the world.--MS-22-1890.  {2NL 155.2}
[2NL 155.3]                                    Eloquent Sermons          The minister may make a high range into the heavens, by poetical descriptions, and fanciful presentations which please the senses and feed the imagination, but which do not touch the common life experience, the daily necessities; bringing home to the heart the very truths which are of vital interest. The immediate requirements, the present trials, need present help and strength,--the faith that works by love and purifies the soul, not words which have no real influence upon the living daily walk in practical Christianity.  {2NL 155.3}
[2NL 155.4]          The minister may think that with his fanciful eloquence, he has done great things in feeding the flock of God; the hearers may suppose that they never before heard such beautiful themes, they have never seen the truth dressed up in such beautiful language, and as God was represented before them in His greatness, they felt a glow of emotion. But trace from cause to effect all this ecstasy of feeling caused by these fanciful representations. There may be truths, but too often they are not the food that will fortify them for the daily battles of life.--MS-59-1900.  {2NL 155.4}
[2NL 155.5]                                   Argumentative Sermons          The many argumentative sermons preached, seldom soften and subdue the soul. . . . It should be the burden of every messenger to set forth the fulness of Christ. When the free gift of Christ's righteousness is not presented, the discourses are dry and spiritless; the sheep and lambs are not fed. Said Paul, "My speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man's wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power." There is marrow and fatness in the gospel. Jesus is the living center of everything. Put Christ into every sermon. Let the preciousness, mercy and glory of Jesus Christ be dwelt upon; for Christ formed within is the hope of glory.-- Let.-15-1892.  {2NL 155.5}
[2NL 155.6]                               Not Excitement, But Solid Work          Those who have the outpouring of the gospel of Christ which comes from the heart imbued by His Holy Spirit, will give light and comfort and hope to hearts that are hungering and thirsting for righteousness. It is not excitement we wish to create, but deep, earnest consideration that those who hear shall do solid work, real sound, genuine work that will be                                                                              156  enduring as eternity. We hunger not for excitement, for the sensational; the less we have of this, the better. The calm, earnest reasoning from the Scriptures is precious and fruitful. Here is the secret of success, in preaching a living personal Saviour in so simple and earnest a manner that the people may be able to lay hold by faith of the power of the word of life. --Let.-102-1894.  {2NL 155.6}
[2NL 156.1]                              Present Truth in the Meekness and Love of Christ          Be careful messengers. Do not be anxious to hear and accept new theories; for often they are such as should never be presented before any congregation. Speak no boastful, self-exalting words. Let the word of God come forth from lips that are sanctified by the truth. Every minister is to preach the truth as it is in Jesus. He should be assured of that which he affirms, and should handle the word of God under the direction of the Holy Spirit of God. Walk and work carefully before God, my brethren, that no soul may be led into deception by your example. It had been better for you never to have been born, than that you should lead one soul astray.  {2NL 156.1}
[2NL 156.2]         Those who profess to be servants of God need to make diligent work for the obtaining of that life where sin and sickness and sorrow cannot enter. They are to be instant in season and out of season.  {2NL 156.2}
[2NL 156.3]          God is calling for reformers who will speak strong, uplifting words from our pulpits. It is when men speak their own words in their own strength, instead of preaching the word of God in the power of the Spirit, that they are hurt and offended when their words are not received with enthusiasm. It is then that they are tempted to speak words that will arouse a spirit of bitterness and opposition in their hearers. My brethren, be advised. Such words are not to come from the lips of Christ's ambassadors. Sanctified lips will speak words that reform, but do not exasperate. The truth is to be presented in the meekness and love of Christ.--Let.-348-1907.  {2NL 156.3}
[2NL 156.4]                                    A Device of the Enemy          We are to pray for divine enlightenment, but at the same time we should be careful how we receive everything termed new light. We must beware lest, under cover of searching for new truth, Satan shall divert our minds from Christ and the special truths for this time. I have been shown that it is the device of the enemy to lead minds to dwell upon some obscure or unimportant point, something that is not fully revealed or is not essential to our salvation. This is made the absorbing theme, the "present truth," when all their investigations and suppositions only serve to make matters more obscure than before, and to confuse the minds of some who ought to be seeking for oneness through sanctification of the truth.--Let.-7-1891.  {2NL 156.4}
[2NL 156.5]                               Mingling Human Suppositions and Conjectures          Let no one present beautiful, scientific sophistries to lull the people of God to sleep. Clothe not the solemn, sacred truth for this time in any fantastic dress of man's wisdom. Let those who have been doing this stop and cry unto God to save their souls from deceiving fables.  {2NL 156.5}
[2NL 156.6]          It is the living energy of the Holy Spirit that will move hearts, not pleasing, deceptive theories. Fanciful representations are not the bread of life; they can not save the soul from sin.  {2NL 156.6}
[2NL 156.7]          Christ was sent from heaven to                                                                              157  redeem humanity. He taught the doctrines that God gave Him to teach. The truths that He proclaimed, as found in the Old Testament and the New, we today are to proclaim as the word of the living God.  {2NL 156.7}
[2NL 157.1]          Let those who want the bread of life go to the Scriptures, not to the teaching of finite, erring man. Give the people the bread of life that Christ came from heaven to bring to us. Do not mix with your teaching human suppositions and conjectures. Would that all knew how much they need to eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God,--to make His words a part of their very lives.--MS-44-1904.  {2NL 157.1}
[2NL 157.2]                                Our Faith Founded on Truth          I long daily to be able to do double duty. I have been pleading with the Lord for strength and wisdom to reproduce the writings of the witnesses who were confirmed in the faith and in the early history of the message. After the passing of the time in 1844, they received the light and walked in the light, and when the men claiming to have new light would come in with their wonderful messages regarding various points of Scripture, we had, through the moving of the Holy Spirit, testimonies right to the point, which cut off the influence of such messages as Elder ----- has been devoting his time to presenting. . . .  {2NL 157.2}
[2NL 157.3]          When the power of God testifies as to what is truth, that truth is to stand forever as the truth. No after-suppositions, contrary to the light God has given are to be entertained. Men will arise with interpretations of Scripture which are to them truth, but which are not truth. The truth for this time, God has given us as a foundation for our faith. He Himself has taught us what is truth. One will arise, and still another with new light, which contradicts the light that God has given under the demonstration of His Holy Spirit. A few are still alive who passed through the experience gained in the establishment of this truth. God has graciously spared their lives to repeat and repeat till the close of their lives, the experience through which they passed even as did John the apostle till the very close of his life. And the standard bearers who have fallen in death, are to speak through the reprinting of their writings. I am instructed that thus their voices are to be heard. They are to bear their testimony as to what constitutes the truth for this time.  {2NL 157.3}
[2NL 157.4]          We are not to receive the words of those who come with a message that contradicts the special points of our faith. They gather together a mass of Scripture, and pile it as proof around their asserted theories. This has been done over and over again during the past fifty years. And while the Scriptures are God's Word, and are to be respected, the application of them, if such application moves one pillar from the foundation that God has sustained these fifty years, is a great mistake. He who makes such an application knows not the wonderful demonstration of the Holy Spirit that gave power and force to the past messages that have come to the people of God.  {2NL 157.4}
[2NL 157.5]          Elder -----'s proofs are not reliable. If received they would destroy the faith of God's people in the truth that has made us what we are.  {2NL 157.5}
[2NL 157.6]          We must be decided on this subject; for the points that he is trying to prove by Scripture, are not sound. They do not prove that the past experience of God's people was a fallacy. We had the truth; we were directed by the angels of God. It was under the guidance of the Holy Spirit that the                                                                              158  presentation of the sanctuary question was given. . . . God never contradicts Himself. Scripture proofs are misapplied if forced to testify to that which is not true. Another and still another will arise and bring in supposedly great light, and make their assertions. But we stand by the old land marks. . . . We are hindered in our work by men who are not converted, who seek their own glory. They wish to be thought originators of new theories, which they present claiming that they are truth. But if these theories are received they will lead to a denial of the truth that for the past fifty years God has been giving to His people, substantiating it by the demonstration of the Holy Spirit.--Let.-329-1905.  {2NL 157.6}
[2NL 158.1]                                  The Truths That Have Been Revealed          "Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth." Learn to take the truths that have been revealed, and to handle them in such a way that they will be food for the flock of God.  {2NL 158.1}
[2NL 158.2]          We shall meet those who allow their minds to wander into idle speculations about things of which nothing is said in the word of God. God has spoken in the plainest language upon every subject that affects the salvation of the soul. But He desires us to avoid all day-dreaming, and He says, Go work today in my vineyard. The night cometh wherein no man can work. Cease all idle curiosity; watch, and work, and pray. Study the truths that have been revealed. Christ desires to break up all vacant reveries, and He points us to the fields ripe for the harvest. Unless we work earnestly, eternity will overwhelm us with its burden of responsibility. . . .  {2NL 158.2}
[2NL 158.3]          In the days of the apostles the most foolish heresies were presented as truth. History has been and will be repeated. There will always be those who, though apparently conscientious, will grasp at the shadow, preferring it to the substance. They take error in the place of truth, because error is clothed with a new garment, which they think covers something wonderful. But let the covering be removed, and nothingness appears.--R. and H., February 5, 1901.  {2NL 158.3}
[2NL 158.4]                                  Questions of Eternal Import          Dwell upon the lessons that Christ dwelt upon. Present them to the people as He presented them. Dwell upon questions that concern our eternal welfare. Anything that the enemy can devise to divert the mind from God's word, anything new and strange that he can originate to create a diversity of sentiment, he will introduce as something wonderfully important. But those things that we cannot clearly comprehend are not a tenth as important to us as are the truths of God's word, that we can clearly comprehend and bring into our daily life. We are to teach the people the lessons that Christ brought into His teachings from the Old Testament Scriptures. The language of divine truth is exceedingly plain.--Let.-16-1903.  {2NL 158.4}
[2NL 158.5]                               Points Unnecessary for Faith          There are many questions treated upon that are not necessary for the perfection of the faith. We have no time for their study. Many things are above finite comprehension. Truths are to be received not within the reach of our reason, and not for us to explain. Revelation presents them to us to be implicitly received as the words of an infinite God. While every ingenious inquirer is to search out the truth as it is in Jesus, there are things not yet simplified, statements that                                                                              159  human minds cannot grasp and reason out, without being liable to make human calculation and explanations, which will not prove a savor of life unto life.  {2NL 158.5}
[2NL 159.1]          But every truth which is essential for us to bring into our practical life, which concerns the salvation of the soul, is made very clear and positive.                                                          --Let.-8-1895.  {2NL 159.1}
[2NL 159.2]                               Our Attitude Toward Doctrinal Controversy          I have words to speak to my brethren east and west, north and south. I request that my writings shall not be used as the leading argument to settle questions over which there is now so much controversy. I entreat of Elders -----, -----, -----, and others of our leading brethren, that they make no reference to my writings to sustain their views of "the daily."  {2NL 159.2}
[2NL 159.3]          It has been presented to me that this is not a subject of vital importance. I am instructed that our brethren are making a mistake in magnifying the importance of the difference in the views that are held. I can not consent that any of my writings shall be taken as settling this matter. The true meaning of "the daily" is not to be made a test question.  {2NL 159.3}
[2NL 159.4]          I now ask that my ministering brethren shall not make use of my writings in their arguments regarding this question ［"the daily"］; for I have had no instruction on the point under discussion, and I see no need for the controversy. Regarding this matter under present conditions, silence is eloquence.  {2NL 159.4}
[2NL 159.5]          The enemy of our work is pleased when a subject of minor importance can be used to divert the minds of our brethren from the great questions that should be the burden of our message. As this is not a test question, I entreat of my brethren that they shall not allow the enemy to triumph by having it treated as such.  {2NL 159.5}
[2NL 159.6]          The work that the Lord has given us at this time is to present to the people the true light in regard to the testing questions of obedience and salvation,--the commandments of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ.  {2NL 159.6}
[2NL 159.7]          In some of our important books that have been in print for years, and which have brought many to a knowledge of the truth, there may be found matters of minor importance that call for careful study and correction. Let such matters be considered by those regularly appointed to have the oversight of our publications. Let not these brethren, nor our canvassers, nor our ministers magnify these matters in such a way as to lessen the influence of these good soul-saving books. Should we take up the work of discrediting our literature, we would place weapons in the hands of those who have departed from the faith, and confuse the minds of those who have newly embraced the message. The less that is done unnecessarily to change our publications, the better it will be.  {2NL 159.7}
[2NL 159.8]          In the night seasons I seem to be repeating to my brethren in responsible positions, words from the first epistle of John. ［Chapter 1 is quoted.］  {2NL 159.8}
[2NL 159.9]          Our brethren should understand that self needs to be humbled, and brought under the control of the Holy Spirit. The Lord calls upon those of us who have had great light to be converted daily. This is the message I have to bear to our editors and to the presidents of all our conferences. We must walk in the light while we have the light, lest darkness come upon us.  {2NL 159.9}
[2NL 159.10]          All who are led by the Holy Spirit of God will have a message for this                                                                              160  last time. With mind and heart they will be carrying a burden for souls, and they will bear the heavenly message of Christ to those with whom they associate. Those who in speech act as the Gentiles act, can not be introduced into the heavenly courts. My brethren, receive the light, redeeming the time because the days are evil.  {2NL 159.10}
[2NL 160.1]          Satan is busily working with all who will give him encouragement. Those who have the light, but refuse to walk in it, will become confused, until darkness pervades their souls, and shapes their whole course of action. But the spirit of wisdom and goodness of God as revealed in His word, will become brighter and brighter as they follow on in the path of true obedience. All the righteous demands of God will be met through sanctification of the Holy Spirit ....  {2NL 160.1}
[2NL 160.2]          There are great privileges and blessings for all who will humble themselves, and fully consecrate their hearts to God. Great light will be given to them. When men are willing to be transformed, then they will be exercised unto godliness.  {2NL 160.2}
[2NL 160.3]          "And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace." "My grace is sufficient for thee: for My strength is made perfect in weakness." Says the Saviour: "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {2NL 160.3}
[2NL 160.4]          Shall this wealth of grace and power for service continue among us to be unappreciated and turned from, without relish or appetite?  {2NL 160.4}
[2NL 160.5]          The instruction I am bidden to give to our people now is the same as I gave while in Washington. The Lord calls for individual effort. One can not do the work of another. Great light has been shining, but it has not been fully comprehended and received.  {2NL 160.5}
[2NL 160.6]          If our brethren will now consecrate themselves, unreservedly to God, He will accept them. He will give them a transformation of mind, that they may be savors of life unto life. Wake up, brethren and sisters, that you may attain to your high calling through Christ Jesus our Lord.-- MS-11-1910.  {2NL 160.6}
[2NL 160.7]                                 Not a Test Question     To My Brethren in the Ministry: Dear Fellow-workers,--        I have words to speak to...all who have been active in urging their views in regard to the meaning of "the daily" of Daniel 8. This is not to be made a test question, and the agitation that has resulted from its being treated as such has been very unfortunate. Confusion has resulted, and the minds of some of our brethren have been diverted from the thoughtful consideration that should have been given to the work that the Lord has directed should be done at this time in our cities. This has been pleasing to the great enemy of our work.  {2NL 160.7}
[2NL 160.8]          The light given me is that nothing should be done to increase the agitation upon this question. Let it not be brought into our discourses, and dwelt upon as a matter of great importance. We have a great work before us, and we have not an hour to lose from the essential work to be done. Let us confine our public efforts to the presentation of the important lines of truth on which we are united, and on which we have clear light.  {2NL 160.8}
[2NL 160.9]          I would bring to your attention the last prayer of Christ, as recorded in John 17. There are many subjects upon which we can speak,--sacred, testing truths, beautiful in their                                                                              161  simplicity. On these you may dwell with intense earnestness. But let not "the daily," or any other subject that will arouse controversy among brethren, be brought in at this time; for this will delay and hinder the work that the Lord would have the minds of our brethren centered upon just now. Let us not agitate questions that will reveal a marked difference of opinion, but rather let us bring from the Word the sacred truths regarding the binding claims of the law of God.  {2NL 160.9}
[2NL 161.1]          Our ministers should seek to make the most favorable presentation of truth. So far as possible, let all speak the same things. Let the discourses be simple, and treating upon vital subjects that can be easily understood. When all our ministers see the necessity of humbling themselves, then the Lord can work with them. We need now to be reconverted, that angels of God may cooperate with us, making a sacred impression upon the minds of those for whom we labor.  {2NL 161.1}
[2NL 161.2]          We must blend together in the bonds of Christ-like unity; then our labors will not be in vain. Draw in even cords, and let no contentions be brought in. Reveal the unifying power of truth, and this will make a powerful impression on human minds. In unity there is strength.  {2NL 161.2}
[2NL 161.3]          This is not a time to make prominent unimportant points of difference. If some who have not had a strong living connection with the Master, reveal to the world their weakness of Christian experience, the enemies of the truth who are watching us closely will make the most of it, and our work will be hindered. Let all cultivate meekness, and learn lessons from Him who is meek and lowly in heart.  {2NL 161.3}
[2NL 161.4]          The subject of "the daily" should not call forth such movements as have been made. As a result of the way this subject has been handled by men on both sides of the question, controversy has arisen and confusion has resulted.... While the present condition of difference of opinion regarding this subject exists, let it not be made prominent. Let all contention cease. At such a time silence is eloquence.  {2NL 161.4}
[2NL 161.5]          The duty of God's servants at this time is to preach the Word in the cities. Christ came from the heavenly courts to this earth in order to save souls, and we, as almoners of His grace, need to impart to the inhabitants of the great cities, a knowledge of His saving truth.--Let.-62-1910.  {2NL 161.5}
[2NL 161.6]                                  No Compromise          I must bear a decided message to our brethren. Let there be no compromise with evil. Meet boldly the dangerous influences that arise. Do not fear for the results of resisting the powers of the enemy.  {2NL 161.6}
[2NL 161.7]          In these days many deceptions are being taught as truth. Some of our brethren have taught views which we cannot endorse. Fanciful ideas, strained and peculiar interpretations of the Scripture are coming in. Some of these teachings may seem to be but jots and tittles now, but they will grow and become snares to the inexperienced.  {2NL 161.7}
[2NL 161.8]          We have a decided work to do. Let not the enemy cause us to swerve from the proclamation of the definite truth for this time, and turn our attention to fanciful ideas.  {2NL 161.8}
[2NL 161.9]          Unless we are individually wide-awake to discern the workings of the Holy Spirit, we shall certainly stumble and fall into Satan's pitfalls of unbelief. I call upon our brethren to watch as faithful shepherds and guardians over the inexperienced, who                                                                              162  are exposed to the wiles of seductive influences. Keep a continual lookout for rocks and quicksands that threaten to destroy faith in the messages that God has given for us at this time. Watch for souls as they that must give account....  {2NL 161.9}
[2NL 162.1]          We need to search the Scriptures daily, that we may know the way of the Lord, and that we be not deceived by religious fallacies. The world is full of false theories and seductive spiritualistic ideas, which tend to destroy clear spiritual perception, and to lead away from truth and holiness. Especially at this time do we need to heed the warning, "Let no man deceive you with vain words." Ephesians 5:6.  {2NL 162.1}
[2NL 162.2]          We must be careful lest we misinterpret the Scriptures. The plain teachings of the word of God are not to be so spiritualized, that the reality is lost sight of. Do not overstrain the meaning of sentences in the Bible in an effort to bring forth something odd in order to please the fancy. Take the Scriptures as they read. Avoid idle speculation concerning what will be in the kingdom of heaven.--MS-30-1904.  {2NL 162.2}
[2NL 162.3]                            A Life and Death Question          I would say to my brethren and sisters, Keep close to the instruction found in the word of God. Dwell upon the rich truths of the Scriptures. Thus only can you become one in Christ. You have no time to engage in controversy regarding the killing of insects. Jesus has not placed this burden upon you. "What is the chaff to the wheat?" These side issues which arise are as hay, wood, and stubble compared with the truth for these last days. Those who leave the great truths of God's word to speak of such matters are not preaching the gospel. They are dealing with the idle sophistry which the enemy brings forward to divert minds from the truths that concern their eternal welfare. They have no word from Christ to vindicate their suppositions.  {2NL 162.3}
[2NL 162.4]          Do not spend your time in the discussion of such matters. If you have any question as to what you should teach, any question as to the subjects upon which you should dwell, go right to the discourses of the Great Teacher, and follow his instructions....  {2NL 162.4}
[2NL 162.5]          Do not allow anything to draw your attention from the question, "What shall I do to inherit eternal life?" This is a life and death question, which we must each settle for eternity. Let the mind be weighted with the importance of the solemn truth which we possess. Those who allow the mind to wander in search of cheap, unimportant theories need to be converted.  {2NL 162.5}
[2NL 162.6]          Erroneous theories, with no authority from the word of God, will come in on the right hand and on the left, and to weaklings these theories will appear as truth which makes wise. But they are as nothingness. And yet many church members have become so well satisfied with cheap food that they have a dyspeptic religion. Why will men and women belittle their experience by gathering up idle tales and presenting them as matters worthy of attention? The people of God have no time to dwell on the indefinite, frivolous questions which have no bearing on God's requirements.  {2NL 162.6}
[2NL 162.7]          God desires men and women to think soberly and candidly. They are to ascend to a higher and still higher grade, commanding a wider and still wider horizon. Looking unto Jesus, they are to be changed into His image. They are to spend their time in                                                                              163  searching for the deep, everlasting truths of heaven. Then there will be nothing frivolous in their religious experience. As they study the grand truths of God's word, they endure the seeing of Him who is invisible. They see that the most uplifting, ennobling truths are those most closely connected with the Source of all truth. And as they learn of Him, their motives and sympathies become firm and unchanging; for the impressions made by the All-Wise are substantial and enduring. The living water, which Christ gives, is not like a surface spring, which babbles for a short time, and then dries up. The living water springs up unto everlasting life.  {2NL 162.7}
[2NL 163.1]          Let us follow the revealed will of God. Then we shall know that the light we receive comes from the divine source of all true light. Those who cooperate with Christ are on safe ground. God richly blesses them as they consecrate their energies to the work of rescuing the world from corruption. Christ is our example. By beholding Him we are to be changed into His image, from glory to glory, from character to character. This is our work. God help us rightly to represent the Saviour to the world.--R. and H., August 13, 1901.  {2NL 163.1}
[2NL 163.2]                    Conjectures Regarding the Future Life          There are men today who express their belief that there will be marriages and births in the new earth; but those who believe the Scriptures cannot accept such doctrines. The doctrine that children will be born in the new earth is not a part of the "sure word of prophecy." The words of Christ are too plain to be misunderstood. They should forever settle the question of marriages and births in the new earth. Neither those who shall be raised from the dead, nor those who shall be translated without seeing death, will marry or be given in marriage. They will be as the angels of God, members of the royal family.  {2NL 163.2}
[2NL 163.3]                    Preach the Word          I would say to those who hold views contrary to this plain declaration of Christ, Upon such matters silence is eloquence. It is presumption to indulge in suppositions and theories regarding matters that God has not made known to us in His word. We need not enter into speculation regarding our future state.  {2NL 163.3}
[2NL 163.4]          To my ministering brethren, I would say, "Preach the Word. Be instant in season and out of season." Do not bring to the foundation wood, and hay, and stubble,--your own surmisings and speculations, which can benefit no one.  {2NL 163.4}
[2NL 163.5]          Christ withheld no truths essential to our salvation. Those things that are revealed are for us and our children, but we are not to allow our imagination to frame doctrines concerning things not revealed.  {2NL 163.5}
[2NL 163.6]          The Lord has made every provision for our happiness in the future life, but He has made no revelations regarding these plans, and we are not to speculate concerning them. Neither are we to measure the conditions of the future life by the conditions of this life.  {2NL 163.6}
[2NL 163.7]          Matters of vital importance have been plainly revealed in the word of God. These subjects are worthy of our deepest thought. But we are not to search into matters on which God has been silent. Some have put forth the speculation that the redeemed will not have gray hair. Other foolish suppositions have been put forward, as though these were matters of importance. May God help His people to think rationally. When                                                                              164  questions arise upon which we are uncertain, we should ask, "What saith the Scripture?"  {2NL 163.7}
[2NL 164.1]          Let those who wish for something new seek for that newness of life resulting from the new birth. Let them purify their souls by obeying the truth, and act in harmony with the instruction Christ gave to the lawyer who asked what he must do in order to inherit eternal life:  {2NL 164.1}
[2NL 164.2]          "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself." "This do and thou shalt live." Luke 10:27, 28. All who will conform their lives to the plain requirements of God's word will inherit eternal life.--MS-28-1904.  {2NL 164.2}
[2NL 164.3]                     Invitation to the Banquet          In this work there is danger of bringing before the people theories, which, while they may be all truth, will create controversy, and will not lead men to the great supper prepared for them. We want the love of God formed within to subdue and soften our human nature, and to bring us into conformity to His holy character. Then we shall spread before the people the unsearchable riches of Christ in all their abundance. The invitation is given by Christ Himself, and it is the work of all His followers to call attention to the board of provisions that has been made accessible to all. Then let not subjects difficult to be understood come first. Christ is calling men to the banquet, and let all who will, come.--Let.-89-1898.  {2NL 164.3}
[2NL 164.4]                        The One Hundred and Forty-Four Thousand          Christ says that there will be those in the church who will present fables and suppositions, when God has given grand, elevating, ennobling truths, which should ever be kept in the treasure-house of the mind. When men pick up this theory and that theory, when they are curious to know something it is not necessary for them to know, God is not leading them. It is not His plan that His people shall present something which they have to suppose, which is not taught in the Word. It is not His will that they shall get into controversy over questions which will not help them spiritually, such as, Who is to compose the hundred and forty-four thousand. This those who are the elect of God will in a short time know without question.  {2NL 164.4}
[2NL 164.5]          My brethren and sisters, appreciate and study the truths God has given for you and your children. Spend not your time in seeking to know that which will be no spiritual help. "What shall I do to inherit eternal life?" This is the all-important question, and it has been clearly answered. "What is written in the law? how readest thou?"--MS-26-1901.  {2NL 164.5}
[2NL 164.6]                         Effect of Difference Among Ministers          Our church members see that there are differences of opinion among the leading men, and they themselves enter into controversy regarding the subjects under dispute. Christ calls for unity. But He does not call for us to unify on wrong practices. The God of heaven draws a sharp contrast between pure, elevating, ennobling truth and false, misleading doctrines. He calls sin and impenitence by the right name. He does not gloss over wrongdoing with a coat of untempered mortar. I urge our brethren to unify upon a true, Scriptural basis.--MS-10-1905.                                                                              188   {2NL 164.6}
[2NL 188.1]          "I write from fifteen to twenty pages each day. It is now 11 o'clock and I have written fourteen pages of manuscript for Volume IV. . . . As I write upon my book I feel intensely moved. I want to get it out as soon as possible, for our people need it so much. I shall complete it next month if the Lord gives me health as He has done. I have been unable to sleep nights, for thinking of the important things to take place. Three hours and sometimes five is the most sleep I get. My mind is stirred so deeply I cannot rest. Write, write, write, I feel that I must and not delay.  {2NL 188.1}
[2NL 188.2]         "Great things are before us, and we want to call the people from their indifference to get ready. Things that are eternal crowd upon my vision day and night. The things that are temporal fade from my sight."--Letter 11a, 1884.                                                                              191   {2NL 188.2}
[2NL 191.1]          "I regard this new edition with great satisfaction." "The book 'Great Controversy' I appreciate above silver or gold, and I greatly desire that it shall come before the people. While writing the manuscript of 'Great Controversy' I was often conscious of the presence of the angels of God. And many times the scenes about which I was writing were presented to me anew in visions of the night, so that they were fresh and vivid in my mind." --Letter 56-1911.  {2NL 191.1}
[2NL 191.2]          "I walk with trembling before God, I know not how to speak or trace with pen the large subjects of the atoning sacrifice. I know not how to present subjects in the living power in which they stand before me. I tremble for fear lest I shall belittle the great plan of salvation by cheap words. I bow my soul in awe and reverence before God and say, 'Who is sufficient for these things?"--Letter 40-1892.  {2NL 191.2}
[2NL 191.3]          "Now after I have been in this country nearly three years, there is still much to be done before the book will be ready for publication. Many branches of work have demanded my attention. I am pressed beyond measure with the work of writing out testimonies, caring for the poor, and traveling with my own conveyance, 8, 11 and 13 miles to meet with the churches."--Letter 69-1894.  {2NL 191.3}
[2NL 191.4]          "My time for writing usually commences at three o'clock in the morning," she says, "when all in the house are asleep. Often I am awakened at half past twelve; one or two o'clock."--Letter 114-1896.  {2NL 191.4}
[2NL 191.5]          "I awaken at half past two, and offer up my prayer to God in the name of Jesus. I am weak in physical strength; my head is not free from                                                                              192  pain; my left eye troubles me. In writing upon the life of Christ, I am deeply wrought upon. I forget to breathe as I should. I cannot endure the intensity of feeling that comes over me as I think of what Christ has suffered in our world.  {2NL 191.5}
[2NL 192.1]          "He was a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief; He was wounded for our transgressions; He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed, if we receive Him by faith as our personal Saviour." --MS 70-1897.  {2NL 192.1}
[2NL 192.2]          "I have been passing through great trial in pain and suffering and helplessness, but through it all I have obtained a precious experience more valuable to me than gold."  {2NL 192.2}
[2NL 192.3]          "This unreconciliation was at the beginning of my sufferings and helplessness, but it was not long until I felt that my affliction was a part of God's plan. I found that by partly lying and partly sitting I could place myself in position to use my crippled hands, and although suffering much pain, I could do considerable writing. Since coming to this country, I have written sixteen hundred pages. . . .  {2NL 192.3}
[2NL 192.4]          "Many nights during the past nine months, I was enabled to sleep but two hours a night, and then at times darkness would gather about me; but I prayed and realized much sweet comfort in drawing nigh to God. . . . I was all light in the Lord. Jesus was sacredly near and I found the grace given sufficient."--Letter 7-1892.  {2NL 192.4}
[2NL 192.5]          "I have about decided to ... devote all my time to writing for the books that ought to be prepared without further delay. I would like to write on the Life of Christ, on Christian Temperance ［"Ministry of Healing"］ and prepare testimony Number 34 ［Volume 6］, for it is very much needed. . . .  {2NL 192.5}
[2NL 192.6]          "You know that my whole theme both in the pulpit and in private, by voice and pen, is the life of Christ."--Letter 41-1895.                                                                              194   {2NL 192.6}
[2NL 194.1]          "The books are not Marian's productions, but my own, gathered from all my writings. Marian has a large field from which to draw, and her ability to arrange the matter is of great value to me. It saves my poring over a mass of matter, which I have no time to do."--Letter 61a-1900.                                                                              196   {2NL 194.1}
[2NL 196.1]          "My work on the book, 'The Acts of the Apostles,' is completed. In a few weeks you shall have a copy. I have had excellent help in preparing this work for the press. There are other writings that I desire to get before our people, that they may speak when my voice is silent. The book on Old Testament History, ［'Prophets and Kings'］, which we hope to bring out next, will call for earnest effort. I am grateful for the help the Lord is giving me in the labors of faithful, trained workers, and that these workers are ready to carry forward this work as fast as it is possible." --Letter 88-1911.  {2NL 196.1}
[PC 1.1]         PC - The Paulson Collection of Ellen G. White Letters (1985)      July 16, 1901-6-                                               B-83-'01                                           St. Helena, Calif., July 15, 1901 Dear Brethren and Sisters:          You ask in regard to meat-eating. I will say that it is quite true that nearly all animal flesh is diseased. Many people are eating meat filled with consumption and cancerous germs. At the present day animals are suffering from all kinds of deadly diseases.  {PC 1.1}
[PC 1.2]         The Lord has been teaching His people that it is for their spiritual and physical good to abstain from flesh-eating. There is no need to eat the flesh of dead animals.  {PC 1.2}
[PC 1.3]          After the curse was pronounced upon the human family, God permitted man to eat flesh-meat. This He did that life might be shortened. The punishment of death has been pronounced upon the race, and the permission to eat flesh-meat was one of the means used by God to inflict this punishment.  {PC 1.3}
[PC 1.4]          When the Lord took His people from Egypt, He did not give them flesh-meat to eat till they mourned and wept in His ears, saying, "Who shall give us flesh to eat? We remember the flesh, which we did eat in Egypt freely; the cucumbers, and the melons, and the leeks, and the onions, and the garlick; but now our soul is dried away; there is nothing at all beside this manna, before our eyes." Then the Lord gave them flesh to eat. He sent them quails from heaven, but we read, "While the flesh was yet between their teeth, ere it was chewed, the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people, and the Lord smote the people with a very great plague."  {PC 1.4}
[PC 1.5]         The light God has given His people is that by eating the flesh and blood of dead animals, man becomes animalized. His lower passions are greatly strengthened by such a diet.  {PC 1.5}
[PC 1.6]          Worldly physicians can not account for the rapid increase of disease among the human family. But we know that much of this suffering is caused by the eating of dead flesh.  {PC 1.6}
[PC 1.7]          Over thirty years ago I was often in great weakness. Many prayers were offered in my behalf. It was thought that flesh-meat would give me vitality, and this was therefore my principal article of diet. But instead of gaining strength I grew weaker and weaker. I often fainted from exhaustion. Light came to me, showing me the injury men and women were doing to the mental, moral, and physical faculties by the use of flesh-meat. I was shown that the whole human structure is affected by this diet, that by it man strengthens the animal propensities and the appetite for liquor.  {PC 1.7}
[PC 1.8]          I at once cut meat out of my bill of fare. After that I was at times at or in places where I was compelled to eat a little meat. But for many years not a morsel of the flesh of dead animals has passed my lips. Neither has meat been placed upon my table. My visitors have been given wholesome, nourishing food, but no meat.  {PC 1.8}
[PC 1.9]          Wise counsel and righteous practices are needed now, if the people of God succeed in preserving clear minds and healthy bodies. We must give     2.     close attention to eating, drinking, and dressing. The entire body of believers needs to make a decided reform. A high profession, followed by a disregard of the laws of life, shows a faithless life. Lack of fidelity, want of stability, slavery to wrong habits,--this is the sure result of such a course. Those who follow this course are not consistent Christians. Salvation means deliverance from every habit which tends to drag humanity down. Transgression of the laws of our being is transgression of the laws of God.                                                    -    {PC 1.9}
[PC 2.1]     June 19, 1908 -8-                                                MS. 73, '08                                        Counsels Repeated            Again representations have been made to me that all who have the care of the sick, in our sanitariums, should bear in mind that these institutions are established for a special work, and are to be conducted in a way that will bring honor to God.  {PC 2.1}
[PC 2.2]          Our sanitariums should be established in retired places, that are free from all noise and confusion, such as the rumbling of carriages and street cars.  {PC 2.2}
[PC 2.3]          The Lord has taught us that great efficacy for healing lies in a proper use of water. These treatments should be given skillfully. We have been instructed that in our treatment of the sick we should discard the use of drugs. There are simple herbs that can be used for the recovery of the sick, whose effect upon the system is very different from that of those drugs that poison the blood and endanger life.  {PC 2.3}
[PC 2.4]          The number of our lady physicians should be increased. Care should be taken that lady nurses have the care of lady patients, and gentleman nurses of gentleman patients.  {PC 2.4}
[PC 2.5]          I would say to our physicians, Never allow your patients to think that in the human being is power to heal the sick. You are to depend much more than you have done on the co-operation of the Great Physician in the work of healing disease. Your faith is to lay hold upon the efficacy of Christ to make effectual the effort put forth for the recovery of the sick.  {PC 2.5}
[PC 2.6]          There are some in our institutions who claim to believe the principles of health reform, and yet who indulge in the use of flesh-meats and other foods which they know to be injurious to health. I say to such in the name of the Lord, Do not accept positions in our institutions while you refuse to live the principles for which our institutions stand; for by doing this you make doubly hard the work of teachers and leaders who are striving to carry the work on right lines. Clear the King's highway. Cease to block the way of the message He sends.  {PC 2.6}
[PC 2.7]          I have been shown that the principles that were given us in the early days of the message are to be regarded as just as important by our people today as they were then. There are some who have never followed the light given us on the question of diet. It is time now to take the light from under the bushel, and let it shine forth in clear, bright rays.                                                                                3.  {PC 2.7}
[PC 3.1]          Some who are not willing to receive the light, but who prefer to walk in ways of their own choosing, will search the Testimonies to find something in them to encourage the spirit of unbelief and disobedience. Thus a spirit of disunion will be brought in; for the spirit which leads them to criticise the Testimonies will also lead them to watch their brethren to find in them something to condemn.  {PC 3.1}
[PC 3.2]          Satan's rebellion shut him out from the courts of heaven, and all who engaged with him in warfare against Christ were cast out with him. The exercise of Satan's seductive arts against the government of heaven did not cease with his expulsion from the presence of God. Year by year they have grown more deceptive, more subtle, more determined. Every additional evidence rejected increases his power to resist the government of God and of Christ. And every ray of hope resisted, helps to create for him and his followers a hopeless future.  {PC 3.2}
[PC 3.3]          Satan has turned men from the worship of the true Sabbath, which at the creation of the world God sanctified and blessed, and which on Mt. Sinai He repeated amid terrible majesty to His people. All who reject the sacred message regarding the requirements of the law of God, reject truth. God's obedient people are to hold fast to truth in every line. This is the only hope of the soul when Satan seeks to take control of heart and mind.  {PC 3.3}
[PC 3.4]          The resistance of truth leaves men captive to the will of Satan. Those who today hold fast to erroneous ideas, and feel satisfied with popular errors, rejecting a plain "Thus saith the Lord," reveal that had they lived in the days of Christ, they would have helped to swell the cry of the murderous mob, "Crucify Him! Crucify Him!"  {PC 3.4}
[PC 3.5]          God requires continual advancement from His people. They need to learn that indulged appetite is the greatest hindrance to mental improvement and soul sanctification. As a people, with all our profession of health reform, we eat too much. Indulgence of appetite is the greatest cause of physical and mental debility, and lies largely at the foundation of feebleness and premature death. Intemperance begins at our tables, when we use an unwise combination of foods. Let the individual who is seeking to possess purity of spirit, bear in mind that in Christ there is power to control the appetite.                                                    -    {PC 3.5}
[PC 3.6]     Dec. 28, 1904                                                S-343-'04                                                  "Elmshaven," Sanitarium, Cal.                                              Dec. 27, 1904 Dear Brother and Sister Simpson;            I can now feel at rest in regard to the positions that you have been chosen to fill in the Glendale Sanitarium. Those bearing the chief responsibilities in that institution can be a great help to one another if they will seek to understand the Lord's instruction. I have great hope that as you and Brother and Sister Burden fill your important places, you will realize the presence of a spiritual helper, One who is ever ready to be the head of your councils. I pray that you will feel His divine presence. Under His guidance none of you need become discouraged.  {PC 3.6}
[PC 3.7]          I am sure that you will find Brother Ballenger a great help to your Board.     4.     He visits many places, and his influence will work for the upbuilding of the two Southern California sanitariums.  {PC 3.7}
[PC 4.1]          The strength of the combination of workers in the Glendale Sanitarium depends on their souls being imbued with heavenly love. Christ clothed His divinity with humanity that human beings might lay hold upon His merits, and that they might recognize obedience to God's law as the virtue of the covenant of grace.  {PC 4.1}
[PC 4.2]          Worldly policy plans are not to be woven into the pattern that the Lord's people have been given. To those who receive Him, Christ gives power to become the sons of God, even to as many as believe on His name. God declares, "I will put My laws in their minds." David's prayer expresses this same precious assurance:"Blessed are the undefiled in the way, who walk in the law of the Lord. Blessed are they that keep His testimonies, and that seek Him with the whole heart. They also do no iniquity, they walk in His way. Thou hast commanded me to keep Thy precepts diligently. Then shall I not be ashamed, when I have respect unto all Thy commandments. I will praise Thee with uprightness of heart, when I shall have learned Thy righteous judgments. Wherewithal shall a young man cleanse his way? By taking heed thereto according to Thy word. With my whole heart have I sought Thee; O, let me not wander from Thy commandments."  {PC 4.2}
[PC 4.3]          Here is our strength. The Lord will just as surely lead the workers in the Glendale Sanitarium, as He led David, if they will unite to do His will.  {PC 4.3}
[PC 4.4]          There is a great work to be done in bringing the principles of health reform to the notice of the people. Public meetings should be held to introduce the subject, and schools should be held in which those who are interested can be told more particularly about our health foods and how a wholesome, nourishing, appetizing diet can be provided without the use of meat, tea, or coffee.  {PC 4.4}
[PC 4.5]          Thus we did in the early history of our work. We taught the people by demonstration that we can safely depend for the sustenance of life upon the productions which God gave our first parents in Eden.  {PC 4.5}
[PC 4.6]          Let men engage in this work who can speak on the principles of health reform. You need not feel that you must depend upon Dr. Kellogg or upon any other man from afar. No, no. At the dedication of the Glendale Sanitarium, let your most intelligent speakers on the subject of health reform come to the front. And remember that God would have the workers in the two Southern California Sanitariums lean wholly upon His wisdom.  {PC 4.6}
[PC 4.7]          Make as much as possible of the dedicatory services to arouse an interest in health reform. Press home the temperance question with all the force of the Holy Spirit's unction. Show the need of total abstinence from all intoxicating liquor. Show the terrible harm that is wrought in the human system by the use of tobacco and alcohol. Explain your methods of giving treatment. Let the talks given be such as will enlighten your hearers. God has mercy on the unrighteous. This service will be an opportunity to tell what health reform really is.  {PC 4.7}
[PC 4.8]          Such services will give the Sanitarium a publicity that will be a great                                                                               5.     help to it in its work. We must study Christ's methods. He accepted invitations to feasts given by wealthy men. He went to these feasts because He knew that there He would have opportunity to present the truth. We must study how to reach the masses with the truth for this time. As we strive to do this, God will bring to the minds of those not of our faith convictions that can not be turned aside with a joke. They will be convinced that we have the truth.  {PC 4.8}
[PC 5.1]          Tell them of the principles that we hold, and of why we have established the Sanitarium,--that, under the guidance of God, it may be a help in relieving suffering humanity. Tell them that medical missionary work is to prepare people for the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who are true and loyal to His commandments. Let it be understood that the love of God alone can keep His people true in the self-denial and self-sacrifice that they are called to endure for Christ's sake. Repeat often the first three verses of the fourteenth chapter of John. This scripture is a panacea for trouble, disappointment, and affliction. A conviction that the hope of eternal life is sure causes the heart to overflow with gratitude and thanksgiving.                                                    -    {PC 5.1}
[PC 5.2]     Jan. 3, 1906                                                 B.-16-'06                               "Elmshaven," Sanitarium, Cal. Nov. 26, 1905     Dear Brother and Sister Belden:            The past night I have slept better than I have for years. I have no pain. My mind is clear, and I can do much work if I have a chance. I am now seventy-eight years old. I am grateful to my heavenly Father that I am able to do my writing. My appetite is excellent. We have been favored with Brother and Sister King to be our helpers. Both are very useful workers. Sister King is my cook, and the food comes on to the table in an appetizing shape for my workers. This is what we need: simple food prepared in a simple, wholesome and relishable manner. We have no butter and no meat on our table. We do not think fried potatoes are healthful, for there is more or less grease or butter used in preparing them. Good baked or boiled potatoes served up with cream and a sprinkling of salt are more healthful. The remnants of Irish and sweet potatoes are prepared with a little cream and salt and rebaked, and not fried; they are excellent. I have had a good appetite and relish my food, and am perfectly satisfied with the portion which I select, which I know does not injure my digestive organs. Others can eat food which I can not, such as lentils and beans. We are favored with the services of Brother and Sister King; they are a blessing to us, and we are thankful for their help. Sister Nelson was highly prized as our housekeeper and cook, and we would have kept her if she would have remained. She wished to perfect her education as a nurse, which position she will fill and do good service. This was understood when she came to us. We were troubled at the thought of her leaving us, as she had done good service and was an excellent caretaker both indoors and out of doors. We thought it would be difficult to supply her place, but it would not be doing Sister Nelson justice to keep her here when she desired a change and we considered that she ought to have it. So I let her go. I am glad and thankful that we have secured Sister King, as the matron of our home, and her husband to be a care-taker outside of the home and inside when needed. They served one year at     6.     Healdsburg College and gave good satisfaction. So we are doing well notwithstanding our fears.  {PC 5.2}
[PC 6.1]          I am grateful to my heavenly Father for the preservation of my health for the close application to prepare a repetition of the experiences we have had in the past, as we have prepared testimonies in regard to our first labors and the matter is in print. We have a large amount of matter which the Lord has given me, which light and instruction should not be hid under a bushel or under a bed. The warnings and the messages that the Lord has graciously given me to correct the errors that would come in, and to set things in order, the people should have, for the enemy will continue to work to bring in false theories and to mingle with the truth strange suppositions. These appear as light to those who receive them, but they are deceptive theories that will be brought in as tares sown among the wheat. The Lord has for the last fifty years been instructing me when the seducing theories would arise that they were not to be received, and I must do as did Moses and Joshua: Repeat the errors of the past and the gracious working out of the Lord's will. I praise His holy name.  {PC 6.1}
[PC 6.2]          The sadness of my heart is beyond expression because I must show directly to all the medical missionaries that they are not fulfilling their calling. The Lord has been speaking to Dr. Kellogg through His word, but he would not understand that word. He would not change his course of action, and for the last thirty years especially, my message has been given to him, which message he has in strongest assertions professed to believe. But when the plain reproofs came to him through the messenger God has chosen, just prior to the time of the conference at South Lancaster, he decidedly stated that I was no longer his friend because I stated the facts as they had been presented to me by the Lord. But he had set his mind upon a course of action that the Lord would not sustain him in pursuing. His mistakes were presented before him; likewise the dangers growing out of these mistakes. Our ministers were tempted. They must be on guard, and not in any way be seduced from the straight line of the work God had given them to do, but stand firm like men. Be strong, yea, be strong. Then the Doctor became set and determined, and for a time he had been losing the balance of his mind. He went to Europe and we urged him to come to Australia; to throw off care for a time and have nothing to do to weary and depress his mind. But although he received the message sent him, he did not accept the invitation. At that time his financial outlook was anything but favorable.  {PC 6.2}
[PC 6.3]         Warnings had been given me for twenty years that Doctor Kellogg was embracing too much. He could not have a well-balanced mind, and he lost patience and brotherly kindness if interrupted in carrying out his purpose and intentions. The Lord sent him warnings that he was endangering himself. Warnings had come to him that unless he guarded his mind he would become overwrought and make mistakes in speech and mistakes in selecting his men to be his helpers and he would not take kindly to any one that questioned his course.  {PC 6.3}
[PC 6.4]          Dr. Kellogg had been represented to me as chosen for a physician. My husband and myself united in taking three promising young men from their humble labors, and placing in the hands of each one thousand dollars to obtain an education in medical lines. This had been the selection that the Lord put into the mind of my husband. The Lord had given light and preference to these three youth, and they were to give themselves to the work of physicians.                                                                              7.  {PC 6.4}
[PC 7.1]          Urgent invitations are sent me to visit Washington, to attend an important meeting. Several are urging my presence. I would gladly attend these meetings, but a great work is before me, and I must keep at this work; for it is of great importance. This work is the bringing out of the warnings that have been given me for Dr. Kellogg. As he will present anything and everything possible to make of no effect the testimonies that the Lord has given me, I must do my part to meet the situation just now.  {PC 7.1}
[PC 7.2]          I thought I would take this matter up before, but light came that Dr. Kellogg, united with his associates, was doing a special work. Their plans were being laid, and I was to allow them to make the first move; for then there would be a necessity to "meet it," and I would be saved from much blame.  {PC 7.2}
[PC 7.3]          After this light came, I said to my son, "I will heed this warning. I can see the force of it."  {PC 7.3}
[PC 7.4]          In the visions of the night, I was in an assembly of physicians, and I saw the work that was being planned. Then I said to my son, "I must get everything in readiness; for soon we shall see the necessity of having the armor on, ready for action. In that meeting many things were said which I can and must meet. I must work now." And we did work.  {PC 7.4}
[PC 7.5]          Letters copied from my diary were sent to Elders Daniells and Irwin, and they were prepared for the issue. You will see by the copies enclosed what took place in Battle Creek. I need not go over the same ground.                                                      (signed)                                                         Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 7.5}
[PC 7.6]     August 13, '12-5=                                      MS 59-1912                                       Fragments     Dear Brother Kress:            In the past you have practised health reform too rigorously for your own good. Once, when you were very sick, the Lord gave me a message to save your life. You have been too strenuous in restricting your diet to certain articles of food. While I was praying for you, words were given me for you to set you in the right path. The message was sent that you were to allow yourself a more generous diet. The use of flesh meat was not advised. Directions were given as to the food to be taken. You followed directions given, rallied, and are still with us.  {PC 7.6}
[PC 7.7]          I often think of the instruction then given you. I have been given so many precious messages to bear to the sick and the afflicted. For this I am grateful, and I praise the Lord.                                                      (signed)                                                          Ellen G. White     8.  {PC 7.7}
[PC 8.1]                                      Work in the Cities          I have been pleading with the Lord to roll the burden on the watchmen. Presidents of Conferences and church elders must work. Two and two laborers are to be sent forth into the unworked cities. No man is to be authorized to carry the work alone.  {PC 8.1}
[PC 8.2]          I am charged to repeat the warnings given in the past,--that it is not by making a great display that the work in New York and other places is to be carried forward. In the past mistakes have been made in the work in New York, mistakes which placed an erroneous stamp on the work, and left a wrong impression on the minds of those who witnessed the wonderful performance. Much time has thus been lost, and many false impressions made, regarding our work and the truth we believe.                                                    -    {PC 8.2}
[PC 8.3]                                                                MS. -24-a.                                      Per Ardua, Williams St., Granville, N.S.W.                                                              April 23, 1894            ...The Lord would have every one acknowledge that He is the rightful owner of all the goods which He has lent us to trade upon. He says to us, Render back to Me the tithes and gifts and offerings, as a token of your loyalty to Me, and of your dependence upon Me, and I will bless you, and you shall be channels of blessing. Your gratitude offerings will be a token of your sense of obligation to Me. The gratitude that ends simply in words, has no particular value; for faith is made perfect by works, and without works your profession of faith is of no worth. God is continually giving, and the human agent is continually receiving. When we become weary of returning to the Lord His own, His blessing will be withheld from us. As long as we are dependent upon God's bounty, our obligations to render gratitude offerings to Him are upon us.                                                     (signed)                                                        Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 8.3}
[PC 8.4]     June 9, '08-6-                                               MS.-65-'08                 Labor to be Given to Lakeport and the Surrounding Settlements            ...The Lord is calling His people to go forth into the highways and byways, and call men and women to come to the gospel feast. If His servants will put their hearts into the work of proclaiming the truth to those who know it not, they may be assured that angels who minister unto those who shall be heirs of salvation, will give them grace and power and efficiency for their labors, and that the Spirit of God will go before them to impress hearts to respond to their efforts. The Lord will work through those who will open the Scriptures to the people who have made their homes in these retired places of the country. I appeal to my brethren and sisters to unite in doing this good work, and carry it to completion...  {PC 8.4}
[PC 8.5]          The people who live in the country places are often more easily reached                                                                           9.     than are those who dwell in the thickly populated cities. Here among the scenes of nature, Christian character is more easily formed than amid the wickedness of city life. When the truth takes hold of the hearts of the simple-hearted, and the Spirit of God works upon their minds, leading them to respond to the proclamation of the Word, there will be some raised up to help support the cause of God both by their means and their labors...  {PC 8.5}
[PC 9.1]          From the camp-meeting we may take with us a better understanding of our home duties. There are lessons to be learned here regarding the work the Lord would have our sisters do in their homes. They are to learn to cultivate politeness of speech when speaking to husband and children. They are to study how they may help to bring every member of the family under discipline to God. Let fathers and mothers realize that they are under obligation to make home pleasant and attractive, and that obedience is not to be obtained by scolding and threats. Many parents have yet to learn that no good is accomplished by outbursts of scolding. Many do not consider the need of speaking kindly to the children. They do not remember that these little ones are bought with a price, and are the purchased possession of the Lord Jesus...  {PC 9.1}
[PC 9.2]          In our labors at the camp-meetings more attention should be given to the work of teaching the principles of health and temperance reform; these questions are to take an important place in our efforts at this time. My message is, Educate, educate on the question of temperance. In our schools let only those teachers be employed who will exert a reformatory influence in matters of eating and drinking and dressing. Encourage the spirit of self-denial and self-sacrifice. In all our sanitarium and school work, let matters pertaining to health reform take a leading part. The Lord desires to make our sanitariums an educating force in every place. Whether they are large or small institutions, their responsibility remains the same. The Saviour's commission to us is, "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven."...  {PC 9.2}
[PC 9.3]          There are many of our people who, if they would go out of the cities, and begin to labor in these byways, and also highways, would recover physical health. I urge our brethren to go out as missionaries, two and two, to these country places. Go in humility. Christ has given an example, and the Lord will certainly bless the efforts of those who will move out in the fear of God, bearing the message the Saviour gave to the first disciples, "The Kingdom of God is come nigh unto you."                                                       (signed)                                                          Ellen G. White.                                                    -    {PC 9.3}
[PC 9.4]     Oct. 10, '11-5                                        Ms. 23--'11                               Regarding the Testimonies            Regarding the testimonies, nothing is ignored; nothing is cast aside; but time and place must be considered. Nothing must be done untimely. Some matters must be withheld because some persons would make an improper use of the light given. Every jot and tittle is essential and must appear at an opportune time. In the past, the testimonies were carefully prepared     10.     before they were sent out for publication. And all matter is still carefully studied after the first writing.  {PC 9.4}
[PC 10.1]                                         Accusations          Tell them to eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God. Place His Word before them. There will be those who will misinterpret and misrepresent. Their eyes have been blinded, and they will set forth the figures and interpretations that Satan has worked out for them, and entirely wrong meaning will be placed upon the words that Sister White has spoken. Satan is just as verily claiming to be Christ's child as did Judas, who was on the accusing side. They have educated themselves in Satan's school of misstating. A description of them is given in the third chapter of Zechariah. Nothing in the world is so dear to God as His church. Satan has worked upon human minds, and will continue to betray sacred trust in a spurious way.  {PC 10.1}
[PC 10.2]         ... I can see plainly that should every one who thinks he is qualified to write books, follow his imagination and have his productions published, insisting that they be recommended by our publishing houses, there would be plenty of tares sown broadcast in our world. Many from among our own people are writing to me, asking with earnest determination the privilege of using my writings to give force to certain subjects which they wish to present to the people in such a way as to leave a deep impression upon them.  {PC 10.2}
[PC 10.3]          It is true that there is a reason why some of these matters should be presented; but I would not venture to give my approval in using the testimonies in this way, or to sanction the placing of matter which is good in itself in the way which they propose.  {PC 10.3}
[PC 10.4]          The persons who make these propositions, for aught I know, may be able to conduct the enterprise of which they write in a wise manner; but nevertheless I dare not give the least license for using my writings in the manner which they propose. In taking account of such an enterprise, there are many things that must come into consideration; for in using the testimonies to bolster up some subject which may impress the mind of the author, the extracts may give a different impression than that which they would were they read in their original connections....  {PC 10.4}
[PC 10.5]          I am not prepared to advise that we make the matter of meat eating a test question with our people. There are some things on this subject that I can write out to be read before the churches, which it is essential for believers to understand; but when it comes to making this a test question, I dare not place it before the people in that positive way. There are those who would stumble over such a presentation, and there are others who would make of it a stone of stumbling.  {PC 10.5}
[PC 10.6]          Let us give this matter due consideration. I am prepared to stand for some things; but not yet are we as a people fully ready for this issue. There should be first a fair representation of the subject, and it should be considered in all its bearings. Read carefully the record of Genesis 18:6-8.  {PC 10.6}
[PC 10.7]          The Lord has given us much instruction on the subject of meat-eating; and from the light He has given we should not prepare meat and place it on our tables for our families. If meat is not placed before them the temptation to eat it is removed.                                             (signed)                                                Ellen G. White                                                                               11.  {PC 10.7}
[PC 11.1]          The following is quoted from a letter written to Elder J.A. Burden, Nov. 25, 1908, File No. B-332--'08  {PC 11.1}
[PC 11.2]         Christ will instruct those who manifest a teachable spirit. Among those who heed His instruction He will raise up men and women to act as His agents. But those who follow their own wisdom, fearing to walk in harmony with the revealed plans of the Lord, can be but a hindrance to the work He desires to be performed. You, Brother Burden, have seen how the Lord has wrought when men have not placed themselves directly in the way of the working of His plans.  {PC 11.2}
[PC 11.3]          We are engaged in an important and an essential work. We must carry on an aggressive warfare. We are to stand for the true Protestant principles; for the policies of the papacy will edge their way into every place possible, to proscribe liberty of conscience. Every eye must now be single to the glory of God. Those who have been seeking to undermine the confidence of our people in the testimonies that God has given for their benefit, and in the leadings of Providence in our work, will some day be revealed as having acted a part similar to that acted by Judas.  {PC 11.3}
[PC 11.4]         Judas was tempted and tried, but not rising above his temptations and trials, he lost ground, and finally went so far as to betray his Lord. Christ permitted him to go with the other disciples on their evangelistic tours, but he often manifested a spirit of superiority. He sought to exercise authority over his brethren. This spirit, unchecked and unrestrained, opened the way for the enemy to work upon his mind and heart, until at length he went so far as to betray his Lord and Saviour with a treacherous kiss.  {PC 11.4}
[PC 11.5]         There are today, among the professed people of God, some who are walking in the same path as did Judas. Unless they are converted, they will some day be numbered among the open enemies of God's work for this time.                                                    -    {PC 11.5}
[PC 11.6]          The following is from a letter addressed "Dear Brethren in the Ministry and the Medical Missionary Work," written April 10, 1905, File B.-317--'05;  {PC 11.6}
[PC 11.7]          The cloud of divine wrath was gathering over Jerusalem. Christ saw the city beleaguered. He saw it lost. In a voice full of tears He exclaimed, "If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace! but now they are hid from thine eyes."  {PC 11.7}
[PC 11.8]          I present this feeble representation of a terrible picture, to those who today are going over the same ground, refusing the messages of the grace of God, rejecting the warnings against a course of wickedness. The ground trodden by the Jewish leaders is being trodden today by those who have made light of the warnings from heaven, with looks, with words, with gesticulations. I have heard the ridicule of the warnings sent them and refused by them, I know that the same spirit that existed in the days of Christ exists today. The blessings that the Saviour longs to bestow He is forced to withhold, because of the contempt manifested by the men who give proof in their lives that they reject all warnings, all entreaties, all efforts for their salvation. They know not the day of their visitation. They despise the evidence of God's working, and history is being repeated.     12.  {PC 11.8}
[PC 12.1]          The following paragraphs are taken from a letter to Dr. George A. Hare, written December 2, 1903, File H. 260--'03  {PC 12.1}
[PC 12.2]         We want the Washington sanitarium to be established upon different principles, and conducted upon different plans from those that have been followed in the Battle Creek Sanitarium. We shall not, therefore, go to Battle Creek to receive counsel regarding the establishment of this institution. The time has come when we must move under the direction of our great Leader, the divine Commander.  {PC 12.2}
[PC 12.3]          Please do not delay. Consecrate yourself to God, and He will be to you a present help in time of need. By doing the work that awaits your presence and assistance, depending entirely upon God for guidance and direction, you will obtain an invaluable experience.  {PC 12.3}
[PC 12.4]          God always has men of His appointment to step into the places where work needs to be done, men with whom and by whom He can work. A special work is committed to each one of God's workers. To every man the Lord has entrusted talents, gifts that correspond to the needs of some place.  {PC 12.4}
[PC 12.5]          The Lord will give understanding to every one who will fully connect with His work. We are not left to trust in human wisdom. In the Lord is wisdom, and it is our privilege to look to Him for counsel.  {PC 12.5}
[PC 12.6]          To no one man is given all the qualifications for every branch of the Lord's work. We are all members of God's family, in all in a greater or less degree entrusted with God-given talents, for the use of which we are held responsible. Whether our talent be great or small, we are to use it in God's service, and we are to recognize the right of every one else to use the gifts entrusted to them.  {PC 12.6}
[PC 12.7]          Never should we disparage the smallest physical, intellectual, or spiritual capital. Some may trade in pennies and farthings, and by God's blessing, and unwearied diligence, these humble ones may make successful investments, and make a gain proportionate to the capital entrusted to them. No one should make light of any humble worker, who is filling his place, and is doing a work that some must do, however small that work may seem.  {PC 12.7}
[PC 12.8]          O how my heart is grieved, as I see men who have had great opportunities, seeking to place in a circumscribed sphere, some one who, with encouragement, might develop to fill a position of great usefulness. The Lord makes use of vessels both large and small. Many whose lives are filled with activity and earnestness need from others counsel and encouragement, and words of approval. God looks with pleasure upon the improvement made by His children as they help and encourage one another.  {PC 12.8}
[PC 12.9]          All, whether entrusted with a few or with many talents, are to blend together in unity. We need more of the spirit of the Saviour that we may help those who have been restricted and hindered. How much we may help them in their efforts to rise will never be known till it is made manifest in the judgment. We should have a word of encouragement to speak to all, remembering that there are a diversity of gifts. Some who desire to fill a large place and do some great service, overlook the little things that must be done by somebody, and forget that those who do these things need encouragement.                                                                                13.  {PC 12.9}
[PC 13.1]          If we pray much as we work, we shall gain more than if we give ourselves entirely to seeking for the wisdom that comes by experience. The Master-workman is supervising His workers. When, as I write, a new thought comes into my mind, I reverentially thank God for the appropriate word or sentence brought to my mind.                                                    -    {PC 13.1}
[PC 13.2]          The following is quoted from page 3 of a manuscript written on the train from Norwich to Boston, en route for Lynn, Mass., Aug. 28, 1898, File MS. 106, 1898:  {PC 13.2}
[PC 13.3]         Those who have a hold of the truth theoretically, with their finger tips, as it were, who have not brought its principles into the inner sanctuary of the soul, but have kept the vital truth in the outer court, will see nothing sacred in the past history of this people which has made them what they are and has established them as earnest, determined missionary workers in the world. The truth for this time is precious, but those whose hearts have not been broken by falling on the Rock, Christ Jesus, will not see and understand what is truth. They will accept that which pleases their ideas and will begin to manufacture another foundation than that which is laid. They will flatter their own vanity and esteem, thinking that they are capable of removing the pillars of our faith.  {PC 13.3}
[PC 13.4]          This will continue to be as long as time shall last. Any one who has been a close student of the Bible will see and understand the solemn position of those who are living in the closing scenes of this earth's history. They will feel their own inefficiency and weakness, and will make it their first business to have not merely a form of godliness, but a vital connection with God. They will not dare to rest until Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. Self will die; pride will be expelled from the soul, and they will have the meekness and gentleness of Christ.                                                    -    {PC 13.4}
[PC 13.5]          The paragraph quoted below is from a letter written Dec. 14, 1903, to Elder George I. Butler. File B--43--'03:  {PC 13.5}
[PC 13.6]          We are on the earth as combatants. This is no time or place for us to be negligent, indifferent, or careless. We have a heaven to win and a hell to shun. There is frequently presented to me a scene of conflict and of determined opposition. How can it be otherwise when we are in an enemy's country?                                                    -    {PC 13.6}
[PC 13.7]          Below are given quotations from pages 2 and 3 of a manuscript entitled "The Work in Melbourne," written June 29, 1905, File No. MS--76--'05:  {PC 13.7}
[PC 13.8]          Let centers be no longer made in the cities. Let children no longer be exposed to the temptations of the cities that are ripe for destruction. The Lord has sent us warning and counsel to get out of the cities. Then let us make no more investments in the cities. Fathers and mothers, how do you regard the souls of your children? Are you preparing the members of your families for translation into the heavenly courts? Are you preparing them to become members of the royal family? children of the heavenly King? What shall it profit a man if he gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?     14.     How will ease, comfort, convenience, compare with the value of the souls of your children?  {PC 13.8}
[PC 14.1]          There is not one family in a hundred who will be improved physically, mentally, or spiritually, by residence in the city. Faith, hope, love, happiness, can far better be gained in retired places, where there are fields, and hills and trees. Take your children away from the sights and sounds of the city, away from the rattle and din of street cars and teams, and their minds will become more healthy. It will be found easier to bring home to their hearts the truth of the word of God.  {PC 14.1}
[PC 14.2]          The Lord would have the believers in Melbourne consider the example set by Battle Creek, and not pattern after it. God has sent warning after warning that our schools and publishing houses and sanitariums are to be established out of the city, in places where the youth may be taught most effectively what is truth. Let no one attempt to use the Testimonies to vindicate the establishment of large business interests in the cities. Do not make of no effect the light that has been given upon this subject.  {PC 14.2}
[PC 14.3]          Men will arise speaking perverse things, to counter-work the very movements that the Lord is leading his servants to make. But it is time that men and women reasoned from cause to effect. It is too late, too late, to establish large business firms in the cities,--too late to call young men and women from the country to the city. Conditions are arising in the cities that will make it very hard for those of our faith to remain in them. It would therefore be a great mistake to invest money in the establishment of business interests in the cities.                                                    -    {PC 14.3}
[PC 14.4]          The following is quoted from a manuscript written Aug. 25, 1897, No. 86. It was written at "Sunnyside," Cooranbong;  {PC 14.4}
[PC 14.5]          Your letter to me, under date of February 12, is received. Your question is, "Is it advisable to employ a good, Christian physician, who treats his patients on hygiene principles? In urgent cases, should we call in a worldly physician, because the Sanitarium doctors are all so busy that they have no time to devote to outside practice? Some say that when the Sanitarium doctors do use drugs, they give larger doses than ordinary doctors."  {PC 14.5}
[PC 14.6]          If the physicians are so busy that they cannot treat the sick outside of the institution, would it not be wiser for all to educate themselves in the use of simple remedies, than to venture to use drugs, that are given a long name to hide their real qualities? Why need any one be ignorant of God's remedies,--hot water fomentations and cold and hot compresses? It is important to become familiar with the benefit of dieting in case of sickness. All should understand what to do themselves. They may call upon some one who understands nursing, but every one should have an intelligent knowledge of the house he lives in. All should understand what to do in case of sickness.  {PC 14.6}
[PC 14.7]          Were I sick, I would just as soon call in a lawyer as a physician from among general practitioners. I would not touch their nostrums, to which they give Latin names. I am determined to know, in straight English, the name of everything that I introduce into my system.                                                                                15.  {PC 14.7}
[PC 15.1]          Those who make a practice of taking drugs sin against their intelligence and endanger their whole after life. There are herbs that are harmless, the use of which will tide over many apparently serious difficulties. But if all would seek to become intelligent in regard to their bodily necessities, sickness would be rare instead of common. An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure.  {PC 15.1}
[PC 15.2]          You say, "The reason why I advise with you is because there are some who have never heard of the principles of health reform. Converts of the S.D.A. faith, whom one would naturally suppose would be easily led to see the beauty of hygienic remedies for the sick, are being taught to take the Lord for their Healer, without even using simple means and heaven-blessed agencies for the recovery and preservation of health. These agencies are excluded by close rooms and a neglect to procure pure water."                                                    -    {PC 15.2}
[PC 15.3]          Taken from Diary of April 25, '99-6- File 68.  {PC 15.3}
[PC 15.4]          The building work on our hospital has not yet commenced, but the land is being cleared preparatory to building. We need a hospital so much. On Thursday Sister Sara McEnterfer was called to see if she could do anything for Brother Palmer's little son, who is eighteen months old. For several days he has had a painful swelling on the knee, supposed to be from the bite of some poisonous insect. Pulverized charcoal, mixed with flaxseed, was placed upon the swelling, and this poultice gave relief at once. The child had screamed with pain all night, but when this was applied, he slept. Today she has been to see the little one twice. She opened the swelling in two places, and a large amount of yellow matter and blood was discharged freely. The child was relieved of its great suffering. We thank the Lord that we may become intelligent in using the simple things within our reach to alleviate pain, and successfully remove its cause.  {PC 15.4}
[PC 15.5]          Some matters have been deeply impressed upon my mind, and one is the necessity for much better facilities in the bathrooms. This is where impressions will be made upon minds. We must have conveniences in these rooms--massage tables, and a cot on which to give packs. All these things make their impression. Conversation will sometimes arise, and words will be spoken that will open a flood of light to the patient as to the best methods of caring for the human body, the temple of God. Therefore, the greatest care should be taken to observe decency and strict purity in conversation and in every action. A small, crowded bathroom leaves on the mind an impression of cheapness and commonness, and this should not be.                                                    -    {PC 15.5}
[PC 15.6]          The following paragraphs are quoted from a letter to Elder W.C. White, Aug. 18, 1903, File W. 186--'03:  {PC 15.6}
[PC 15.7]         The ministerial evangelist who engages in the canvassing work is performing a service fully as important as that of preaching the gospel before a congregation Sabbath after Sabbath. God looks upon the faithful evangelistic canvasser with as much approval as He looks upon any faithful minister. Both workers have a light, and both are to shine in their respective spheres of influence. God calls upon every man to cooperate with the great Medical     16.     Missionary Worker, and to go forth into the highways and byways. Each man in his particular line of service, has a work to do for God. Such laborers, if converted, are true missionaries.  {PC 15.7}
[PC 16.1]          Missionaries are needed in workshops. As they toil, they may realize that they are representing Christ and His mission on this earth. In every phase of physical labor God requires His agencies in missionary lines of effort to speak a word at the right time, to caution, to warn, to learn how to adapt themselves to the situation in which they find themselves, and in every respect to be representatives of Christ's great medical missionary work.  {PC 16.1}
[PC 16.2]          When Christ was living on this earth, how surprised would have been His associates, if, after becoming acquainted with Him, they had heard Him utter one word of impatience, one word of accusation or of faultfinding! He expects those who love Him and believe in Him, to represent Him in character.  {PC 16.2}
[PC 16.3]          Although a man may be able to educate others to act as they should, yet if he does not glorify God himself with his lips, he had better first reveal in word and deed that he has received power to become a child of God, an heir of the kingdom, before attempting to teach others. After receiving his life-insurance papers as a member of the elect of God, his great desire henceforth will be to reveal Christ's presence to his fellow men in missionary fields.  {PC 16.3}
[PC 16.4]          Only those whose hearts are filled with the love of God and who reveal that Christ has given them His grace to adorn their office-work as missionaries for Him, should make application to engage in medical missionary work. Those who take up this line of missionary effort should look upon their work as a high and holy calling. This work is committed to them as a sacred trust; and wherever they may be, the Lord expects them to reveal the excellency of their mission.                                                    -    {PC 16.4}
[PC 16.5]          Quotations from a letter written June 24, 1903, to Brother and Sister Kress, File K.--116--'03.  {PC 16.5}
[PC 16.6]          I certainly think that at present it would not be wise to invest two or three thousand dollars in electric light baths and in machinery to operate them. The prosperity of the Sanitarium is not dependent on electric light baths. It is dependent on the prayers and faith and labors of the workers...  {PC 16.6}
[PC 16.7]          Strike the true keynote in the Sanitarium. When Jesus sent out the twelve disciples, He said, "As ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give."  {PC 16.7}
[PC 16.8]          Let there be in the Sanitarium much prayer for the healing of the sick. We must depend more decidedly upon the great Healer. It is the miracle-working power of God that will give efficiency to the gospel message. As believers, are we not sons and daughters of God? Is not Christ our Elder Brother? Then shall we not believe that He will reveal His power in restoring the sick to health? Tell Him your wishes and desires, and plead the promise, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me." Christ can not too often be reminded of His pledged word.                                                                               17.  {PC 16.8}
[PC 17.1]          Let us not take ourselves out of the hand of God. Our medical missionary work should bear the similitude of the greatest Missionary this world has ever seen. Present the Lord Jesus, the great Healer, as the One upon whom you depend. The instruction that you give the patents in your parlor lectures will be received much more readily if you send to heaven a petition for the power that is above all human power.  {PC 17.1}
[PC 17.2]          Encourage the patients to breathe the fresh air. Teach them how to breathe deep and how to exercise their muscles. Teach them to use the abdominal muscles in breathing. Encourage them to spend much time in the open air. Make the grounds so attractive that they will want to be out of doors. Provide some pleasant, easy work for those who are able to work. Show them how agreeable and health-giving this out-of-door work is. This is an education that will be invaluable to them after they return to their homes.  {PC 17.2}
[PC 17.3]          Use nature's remedies,--water, sunshine, and fresh air. Do not use drugs. Drugs never heal; they only change the features of the disease.  {PC 17.3}
[PC 17.4]          Do not allow the helpers to overwork. Let the patients see nurses that are cheerful and bright, not nurses who, because they are overworked, are discouraged and downhearted. It is most inconsistent with the principles on which our sanitariums are founded for the nurses to be allowed to break down in their work.  {PC 17.4}
[PC 17.5]          The workers are to practice the principles of health reform in all that they do,--standing, walking, breathing, eating, and dressing. They are to surround themselves with an atmosphere of praise. They are to cultivate the voice, keeping it pleasant and sympathetic. No word of discouragement is to be heard. Let the nurses and physicians face the light. Let them open the windows of the heart heavenward, that it may be flooded with the beams of the Sun of Righteousness.                                                    -    {PC 17.5}
[PC 17.6]         Quoted from a letter addressed to Brethren Kilgore and Jacobs, June 26, 1902. File No. K--95--'02:  {PC 17.6}
[PC 17.7]          In a certain place, preparations were being made to clear the land for the erection of a sanitarium. Light was given that there is health in the fragrance of the pine, the cedar, and the fir. And there are several other kinds of trees that have medicinal properties that are health-promoting. Let not such trees be ruthlessly cut down. Better change the site of the building than cut down these evergreen trees.  {PC 17.7}
[PC 17.8]          ...Our sanitariums should be surrounded with choice flowers, that by their growth and beauty they may reveal the advantages of culture. They teach us that it is our privilege to improve. God desires us to bring fragrance into our life-work. We are to be the plants of the Lord, serving Him in whatsoever way He wills. Let us do all in our power to beautify our characters.  {PC 17.8}
[PC 17.9]          The Lord has entrusted His garden to skillful tenders whose work it is to care for His beautiful plants. Tender care must be given                                                                              18  to the delicate plants. The useless off-shoots must be taken away. The bruised parts must be carefully bound up. So those who are weak in the faith must have fostering care. We are to bind to our stronger purposes the weaklings in the Lord's garden, giving them support.  {PC 17.9}
[PC 18.1]          From the endless variety of plants and flowers, we may learn an important lesson. All blossoms are not the same in form or color. Some possess healing virtues. Some are always fragrant. There are professing Christians who think it their duty to make every other Christian like themselves. This is man's plan, not the plan of God. In the church of God there is room for characters as varied as are the flowers in the garden. In His spiritual garden there are many variety of flowers...  {PC 18.1}
[PC 18.2]          Do that which presents itself in its time, demanding the first attention. Do not pass by the first duty to do the second. One duty accomplished prepares the way for the next. Readiness to engage in the second known duty brings the Lord's blessing. And the second duty is more easily done if the first has been faithfully performed. The burden is off the soul. The heart is filled with the peace and gladness of Christ.                                                    -    {PC 18.2}
[PC 18.3]          The following paragraph is quoted from a manuscript entitled, "The Time of the End," written Oct. 9, 1903. File No. MS--122--'03:  {PC 18.3}
[PC 18.4]          God may spare my life, that I may still work in His cause. Physically, I have always been as a broken vessel; and yet in my old age the Lord continues to move upon me by His Holy Spirit to write the most important books that have ever come before the churches in the world. The Lord is evidencing what He can do through weak vessels. The life that He spares I will use to His glory. And, when He may see fit to let me rest, His messages shall be of even more vital force than when the frail instrumentality through whom they were delivered, was living.                                                    -    {PC 18.4}
[PC 18.5]          The following is taken from a letter written to Mrs. S.M.I. Henry, Dec. 1, 1898. File, H.--118:  {PC 18.5}
[PC 18.6]         In the night I am aroused from my sleep, and I write in my diary many things that appear as new to me when read as to any who hear them. If I did not see the matter in my own handwriting, I should not think my pen had traced it...  {PC 18.6}
[PC 18.7]          In the providence of God you have been led to the light, to obtain a knowledge of the truth, and the education you have received in the grand temperance work, in connection with your sister workers, is the education you need to bring into the work with men whose hearts are softened by the Spirit of God, and who are searching for the truth as for hidden treasure. For twenty years I have seen that the light would come to the women workers in the temperance lines. But with sadness I have discerned that many of them are becoming politicians, and that against God. They enter into questions and debates and theories of many things that they have no need to touch.                                                                               19.  {PC 18.7}
[PC 19.1]          Quotations from a letter to J.E. White, Jan. 5, 1903. (File W--11--'03)  {PC 19.1}
[PC 19.2]         I cannot, at my own impulse, take up a work and launch out into it. I have to be impressed by the Spirit of God. I cannot write unless the Holy Spirit helps me. Sometimes I cannot write at all. Then again I am aroused at eleven, twelve, and one o'clock; and I can write as fast as my hand can move over the paper...  {PC 19.2}
[PC 19.3]          Our missions and commissions are all different. No two persons are given precisely the same work. Each has his own manner of performing his work, and that manner must be Christ-like.  {PC 19.3}
[PC 19.4]          God must show us every step of the way. Every hour we must have the new impulses of His Spirit. Love for Him should be the mainspring of our actions. Every hour has its duties, and every moment its cares. Let a controlling power from above check the hasty speech. Let your heart be filled with the kindest, most tender compassion. Never allow yourself to be ruled by impulse. Never get out of patience. New scenes are opening before us, and we need to hear a voice from heaven, directing us to the right or to the left, saying, "This is the way; walk ye in it." God's will, not ours, is to control. "A man's heart deviseth his way; but the Lord directeth his steps."                                                    -    {PC 19.4}
[PC 19.5]          From a letter written November 16, 1905, addressed to "My dear Granddaughter Mabel." (W.--329--A 1905.):  {PC 19.5}
[PC 19.6]          I have the most precious matter to reproduce and place before the people in testimony form. While I am able to do this work, the people must have these things, to revive past truth, without one heretical sentence, in that which I have written. This, I am instructed, is to be a living letter to all in regard to my faith....  {PC 19.6}
[PC 19.7]          We have every encouragement that if we daily surrender our wills to God, the promise will be fulfilled, "And of His fullness have we all received, and grace for grace." Every revealing of the grace of Christ in our behalf is for us. We are to reveal His grace in our lives, in thought, word, and deed. Let us not lose our opportunity to speak and act Christ Jesus. We are to represent the mercy, the love, and the power of Christ,--the power that He has given us. "God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble. Therefore will not we fear, though the earth be removed, and though the mountains be carried into the midst of the sea."  {PC 19.7}
[PC 19.8]          Were it not for the power received through Christ, we would have no strength. But Christ has all power. "Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." Here is our power, our comfort. Of ourselves we have no strength. But He says, "I am with you alway," helping you to perform your duty, guiding, comforting, sanctifying, and sustaining you, giving you success in speaking words that will draw the attention of others to Christ, and awaken in their minds the desire to understand the hope and meaning of     20.     the truth, turning them from darkness to light and from the power of sin to God.  {PC 19.8}
[PC 20.1]          It is a wonderful thought that human beings can speak the word of God, in simple words of comfort and encouragement. The humblest instruments will be used of God to sow the seeds of truth, which may spring up and bear fruit, because the one in whose heart they were sown needed help,--a kind thought, a kind word, made effective by the One who has said, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."                                                    -    {PC 20.1}
[PC 20.2]                                                          File No. MS.-22-                                     Sanitarium                                                   Battle Creek, Mich. Sept. 1887            I have received letters from different states asking me to answer their inquiries in regard to the wisdom of investing means in building sanitariums, where the sick may be treated, and where there could be a right influence exerted, to point sick souls to Jesus, who is the great Physician of the soul as well as of the body. This is a question that cannot be answered in quick, Italian fashion with "Yes" or "No." There are many sides to the question.  {PC 20.2}
[PC 20.3]         Letters have come to me from Ohio. They have erected a health institution there. Some of our ministers and leading men in Ohio have acted a prominent part in the building of this institution, and now they find that they have no one that is able to run such an institution. There was monied men, I have been told, who would put thousands into this institution, but could not be induced to invest means in our home or foreign missions. I came fresh from Europe, where I had seen fields open before us on every side. Hearts were being softened, and were longing for the truth. Calls were constantly coming from all countries for books and for preachers. All was done that could be done, but there was an empty treasury, and a want of qualified men who had experience to do a good work in wisdom, presenting the truth as it is in Jesus. I attended camp-meetings. I tried to set the condition of things before the people, and besides that, wrote to several for means, either to loan or to donate. One of these returned answer that his means were invested in the Sanitarium in Ohio, and he could do nothing. Of some ten letters that we sent, only one was responded to. Brother Smouse, of Mount Pleasant, Iowa, sent one hundred dollars.  {PC 20.3}
[PC 20.4]          The building of health institutions is in itself well enough, if the matter has been duly considered, if there has been prayerful, thoughtful investigation of the subject, and if those who enter upon the enterprise are discerning, careful, prayerful managers, and they begin to build, fully counting the cost, so they know whether they are able to finish that which they enter upon, or not.  {PC 20.4}
[PC 20.5]          Have these brethren in Ohio unselfishly looked to God for light and wisdom how to invest as wise stewards the Lord's money for the upbuilding of His cause and the advancement of His kingdom? Have they decided that the Lord's means was in their hands? Or have they followed their own inclination, and in the place of selling and giving alms, or, in short, investing in the very work that is most essential to open the Word of God to all nations, tongues, and peoples, have they invested their means where they will be sure to get either honor or returns? The judgment will reveal the matter as it is. Every man's work will be tested and proved by the Lord.                                                                                21.  {PC 20.5}
[PC 21.1]          If small institutions can be built in some localities, and there are discreet men and women to conduct these institutions, then we will say, Let them be built, if in so doing the cause is not in any way crippled for means to send missionaries to foreign countries, according to the commission Christ gave His disciples. They were to go to all nations, tongues, and peoples, beginning at Jerusalem, and He gave them promise: "Lo, I am with you alway, even to the end of the world."  {PC 21.1}
[PC 21.2]          I have found it no easy matter to secure means to invest in health institutions. But it has proved a still more difficult matter to secure persons who were qualified to conduct such institutions. It requires thoroughly balanced characters to do this work, not men who have some strong traits of character, but who are weak as children in other points. Plenty of physicians can be obtained who ceased to be students when they received their diplomas, who are self-inflated, who feel that they know all that is worth knowing, and what they do not know is not worth knowing. But this class are not the ones we want. When a physician enters upon his work as a practitioner, the more genuine, practical experience he has, the more fully will he feel his want of knowledge. If self-sufficient, he will read articles written in regard to disease and how to treat them without nature's aid; he will grasp statements and weave them into his practice, and without deep research, without earnest study, without sifting every statement, he will merely become a mechanical worker. Because he knows so little, he will be ready to experiment upon human lives, and sacrifice not a few. This is murder, actual murder. He did not do this work with evil design, he had no malicious purposes; but life was sacrificed on account of his ignorance, because he was a superficial student, because he had not had that practice that would make him a safe man to be entrusted with human lives. It requires care-taking, deep, earnest taxation of the mind to carry the burden a physician should carry in learning his trade thoroughly. Every physician who has received a thorough education will be modest in his claims. It will not do for him to run any risk upon experimenting on human life, lest he be guilty of murder, and this be written against him in the books of heaven. There should be a careful, competent physician who will deal scarcely ever in drugs, and who will not boast that powerful poisons are far more effective than a smaller quantity carefully taken, It is true, it kills, if it does not cure; but drugs never cure. They change the order of difficulties, but never heal them, never remove the cause.  {PC 21.2}
[PC 21.3]          We have deeply regretted that there were not a large number of institutions working from the hygienic principles that are now in existence. All these cannot be prepared upon a large scale, involving large expense; but the question is, will they preserve the principles of hygiene, or will they use the easier method of using drugs, to take the place of treating diseases without resorting to drug medications? There could be many hygienic institutions in all parts of our world, if there were plenty of means and plenty of persons who had the qualifications to manage such institutions. The physicians who shall be employed should not only have a book knowledge, but a practical experience to understand disease and its causes, and will feel the necessity, as soon as they are brought into positions of trust, to commence the work of carrying the burden necessary for them to bear, in order to do the most careful, thorough work. They will, if they are not closely connected with God, become careless and venturesome. The first labors of a physician should be to educate the sick and suffering the very course they should                                                                              22  pursue to prevent disease. The greatest good can be done by our trying to enlighten the minds of all we can obtain access to, as to the best course for them to pursue to prevent sickness and suffering, and broken constitutions, and premature death; but those who do not care to undertake work that taxes their physical and mental powers will be ready to prescribe drug medication, which lays a foundation in the human organism for a two-fold greater evil than that which they claim to have relieved.  {PC 21.3}
[PC 22.1]          A physician who has the moral courage to peril (imperil) his reputation in enlightening the understanding by plain facts, in showing the nature of disease and how to prevent it, and the dangerous practice of resorting to drugs, will have an up-hill business, but he will live and let live. He will not use his powerful drug medication, because of the knowledge he has acquired by studying books. He will, if a reformer, talk plainly in regard to the false appetites and ruinous self-indulgence, in dressing, in eating and drinking, in overtaxing to do a large amount of work in a given time, which has a ruinous influence upon the temper, the physical and mental powers. Knowledge is what is needed. Drugs are too often promised to restore health, and the poor sick are so thoroughly drugged with quinine, morphine, or some strong health-and life-destroying (word illegible), that nature may never make sufficient protest, but give up the struggle; and they may continue their wrong habits with hopeful impunity. Right and correct habits, intelligently and perseveringly practiced will be removing the cause of disease, and the strong drugs need not be resorted to. Many go on from step to step with their natural indulgences, which is bringing in just as unnatural condition of things as possible.  {PC 22.1}
[PC 22.2]          Diseases of every stripe and type have been brought upon human beings by the use of tea and coffee and the narcotics, opium and tobacco. These hurtful indulgences must be given up, not only one, but all; for all are hurtful, and ruinous to the physical, mental, and moral powers, and should be discontinued from a health standpoint. The common use of the flesh of dead animals has had a deteriorating influence upon the morals, as well as the physical constitution. Ill-health in a variety of forms, if effect could be traced to the cause, would reveal the sure result of flesh eating. The disuse of meats, with healthful dishes nicely prepared to take the place of flesh meats, would place a large number of the sick and suffering ones in a fair way of recovering their health, without the use of drugs. But if the physicians encourage a meat-eating diet to his invalid patients, then he will make a necessity for the use of drugs. Nature will want some assistance to bring things to their proper condition, which may be found in the simplest remedies, especially in the use of nature's own furnished remedies,--pure air, and with a precious knowledge of how to breathe; pure water, with a knowledge of how to apply it; plenty of sunlight in every room, if possible, in the house, and with an intelligent knowledge of what advantages are to be gained by its use. All these are powerful in their efficiency, and the patient who has obtained a knowledge of how to eat and dress healthfully, may live for comfort, for peace, for health; and will not be prevailed upon to put to his lips drugs, which, in the place of helping nature, paralyzes her powers. If the sick and suffering will do only as well as they know in regard to living out the principles of health reform perseveringly, they will, in nine cases out of ten, recover from their ailments.  {PC 22.2}
[PC 22.3]          The feeble and suffering ones must be educated line upon line, precept                                                                              23  upon precept, here a little, and there a little, until they will have respect for, and live in obedience to, the law that God has made to control the human organism. Those who sin against knowledge and light, and resort to the skill of a physician in administering drugs, will be constantly losing their hold on life. The less there is of drug-dosing, the more favorable will be their recovery to health. Drugs, in the place of helping nature, are constantly paralyzing her efforts. The health institutions for the sick will be the best places to educate the suffering ones to live in accordance with nature's laws and cease their health-destroying practices in wrong habits in diet, in dress, that are in accordance with the world's habits and customs, which are not at all after God's order, they are doing a good work to enlighten our world.  {PC 22.3}
[PC 23.1]          Drugs always have a tendency to break down and destroy vital forces, and nature becomes so crippled in her efforts, that the invalid dies, not because he needed to die, but because nature was outraged. If she had been left alone, she would have put forth her highest efforts to save life and health. Nature wants none of such help as so many claim that they have given her. Lift off the burdens placed upon her, after the customs of the fashion of this age, and you will see in many cases nature will right herself. The use of drugs is not favorable or natural to the laws of life and health. The drug medication gives nature two burdens to bear, in the place of one. She has two serious difficulties to overcome, in the place of one. There is now positive need even with physicians, reformers in the line of treatment of disease, that greater painstaking effort be made to carry forward and upward the work for themselves, and to interestedly instruct those who look to them for medical skill to ascertain the cause of their infirmities. They should call their attention in a special manner to the laws which God has established, which can not be violated with impunity. They dwell much on the working of disease, but do not, as a general rule, arouse the attention to the laws which must be sacredly and intelligently obeyed in such to prevent disease. Especially if the physician has not been correct in his dietetic practices, if his own appetite has not been restricted to a plain, wholesome diet, in a large measure discarding the use of the flesh of dead animals,--he loves meat, he has educated and cultivated a taste for unhealthful food. His ideas are narrow, and he will as soon educate and discipline the taste and appetite of his patients to love the things that he loves, as to give them the sound principles of health reform. He will prescribe for sick patients, flesh-meats, when it is the very worst diet that they can have; it stimulates, but does not give strength. They do not inquire into their former habits of eating and drinking, and take special notice of their erroneous habits which have been for many years laying the foundation of disease. Conscientious physicians should be prepared to enlighten those who are ignorant, and should with wisdom make out their prescriptions, prohibiting those things in their diet which he knows to be erroneous. He should plainly state the things which he regards as detrimental to the laws of health, and leave these suffering ones to work conscientiously to do those things for themselves which they can do, and thus place themselves in the right relation to the laws of life and health. When from an enlightened conscience they do the very best they know how to do, to preserve themselves in health, then in faith they may look to the great Physician, who is a healer of the body as well as of the soul. We are                                                                              24  health reformers. Physicians should have wisdom and experience, and be thorough health reformers. Then they will be constantly educating by precept and example their patients from drugs. For they well know that the use of drugs may produce for the time being favorable results, but which will implant in the system that which will cause great difficulties hereafter, which they may never recover from during their lifetime. Nature must have a chance to do her work. Obstructions must be removed, and opportunity given her to exert her healing forces, which she will surely do, if every abuse is removed from her, and she has a fair chance.  {PC 23.1}
[PC 24.1]          The sick should be educated to have confidence in nature's great blessings which God has provided, and the most effective remedies for disease are pure soft water; the blessed god-given sunshine coming into the rooms of the invalids; living outdoors as much as possible; having healthful exercise; eating and drinking in foods that are prepared in the most healthful manner. To resort to the drugging process lays upon nature a most fearful, merciless burden from which they may never recover. There are many laboring under chronic diseases. They will swallow anything in the line of drugs prescribed by the unbelieving physician, when an intelligent knowledge that they are indulging in unnatural appetites which explains to them the cause of their suffering, if Christians, they would place themselves in a position as health reformers. They would change the cause which produces this sure result.  {PC 24.1}
[PC 24.2]          There are many, many afflicted in our world with tobacco poison, but the physicians who are summoned to treat their patients under painful afflictions brought upon them by tobacco using,--are not instructed by these worldly physicians to let the poisons alone, in order that they may recover health; for many of these physicians use these poisons themselves. How can they, then, consistently enlighten the understanding of those who indulge in the poisonous narcotic, tobacco? The physician, if he is not a novice, can trace the effects back to the true cause, but he dares not forbid its use, because he indulges in it himself. Some will in an undecided, halfway manner advise the tobacco users to take less of this narcotic; but he does not say to them, This habit is killing you. They prescribe drugs to cure a disease which is the result of indulging unnatural appetites, and two evils are produced in the place of removing one.  {PC 24.2}
[PC 24.3]          Thousands need to be educated patiently, kindly, tenderly, but decidedly, that nine-tenths of their complaints are created by their own course of action. The more they introduce drugs into the system, the more certainly do they interfere with the laws of nature and bring about the very difficulties they drug themselves to avoid. Let everyone who contemplates erecting an institution, carefully consider whether they are to make it an institution conducted upon the principles of health reform, or whether they design to copy the popular institutions all through our land. If an institution for health is conducted upon the principles of health reform, it will require for its management a large amount of faith, large amount of patience, a large amount of perseverance, a large amount of moral power, such as they have scarcely dreamed of, to make such an institution a success and to pay its own way. The managers will require moral backbone, as well as superior educated skill. Lectures need to be given in such an institution every day upon some points connected with the custom and habits of the people, of disease and its causes, and the only true course to be taken to prevent disease. All connected with our health institutions as managers and helpers                                                                              25  should possess the very best ability, should have abundance of Christian courtesy, should practise universally Christian politeness, should be tender, pitiful, courteous. This is positively essential in order to leave the right impression upon the minds of sick people. While trying to educate them away from the habits and customs of the world, many will be glad to be enlightened, while many who are wedded to their own fashionable, health-destroying indulgences will be offended, and make it very unpleasant for those who wish to do them good; and some have not the moral courage to keep right on in the fear of the Lord. There is even among those who have intelligence in regard to the laws of life and health, a constant selfish indulgence in those things which are injurious to both soul and body. There is intemperance in eating, and in the many varieties of food taken at one meal. In the preparation of food, there are unhealthful mixtures which ferment in the stomach, and cause great distress. And yet these go on, continuing their indulgence, which lays the foundation for numerous difficulties. If these would have self-control, and educate their taste to eat only those things which the abused stomach can and will assimilate, they would save large expense in doctor bills, and avoid great sufferings.  {PC 24.3}
[PC 25.1]          There are many who spend their money for that which is not bread--for tea, coffee, the large use of flesh meats. All of these produce their sure results in painful affliction. Many animals have been butchered, when their blood was in a high state of fever, apparently boiling with madness. Those who eat of these meats are subject to inflammation and blood-poisoning. Some have distressing spasms, some have great distress of the bowels. It is the work of the physician to educate those who are ignorant in regard to these things. There should be training-schools to educate nurses and prepare the minds to sense the danger and to see the importance of bringing in skill and tact in the preparation of foods which shall be substituted for the meat diet. This kind of education will pay in the end. Wisdom should be used not to remove meat all at once from those who have been in the habit of using it, but educate the mind to see the importance of the use of healthful foods.  {PC 25.1}
[PC 25.2]          We must not go to work in building our institutions, until we shall carefully look the ground over and see whether we can complete that which we have in our mind to undertake. There is danger of making rash moves which will not bear the sanction of heaven, of erecting large buildings, and binding up a large amount of God's means that is needed at the very time in other branches of the work in sustaining our poverty-stricken missions that are directly engaged in the salvation of souls. This means invested in this important work may not bring the greatest honor and flattering praise to the one who invests it; but in the heavenly records every dollar is placed to their account as treasures laid up that they will come into possession of when Christ shall come. Let none flatter themselves that it is an easy way to erect and conduct an institution upon health reform principles. It is not an easy matter to run an institution where the sick of all classes shall be treated. Every such institution should have as its managers and helpers the very best talents that the world can produce. Then they will have an educating school and be thoroughly disciplined and fitted, that representatives shall be sent out to any part of the world to impart their knowledge to those who are ignorant, and who greatly need it. This drill is to be kept up, until men and women are prepared to do the very best kind of work as educators, as well as all the time to be learning themselves, disciplining their powers to obtain increased knowledge, that they may as stewards of God have wisdom                                                                              26  and light, that they can impart, too, that they are connected with in any branch of the work.  {PC 25.2}
[PC 26.1]          In all our institutions there are many who are deficient in knowledge, who might be fitted to do a much better work, if they made the best use of the opportunities and privileges which God has given them. These will boast of their knowledge, when they are very ignorant of the things which they ought to know. If they knew themselves better, they would have a sense of their inefficiency; they would grasp the higher rounds of the ladder, without climbing with painstaking efforts round after round to reach this elevation. It is much easier to boast than to execute. In these institutions we have it (illegible corrections) a most puzzling question how to keep managers and helpers in harmonious working order. The very best kind of material is needed for the upbuilding of institutions for the sick. We have had an experience from the first establishment of the institution in the city of Battle Creek, and in the institution at St. Helena, and we feel compelled to say that it has cost much time and great amount of perplexity, and quite an amount of money, to get these institutions in working order. There have been counsels and painful reproofs given, most earnest entreaties and appeals made; one set of workmen discharged because inefficient, and others have been placed in their place. Step by step a little has been gained here and there. There has been much said in order to keep out licentious practices and improper familiarity between men and women. This has to be met and reproved, and constantly guarded against, and the ones that are corrected become angry; in the place of reforming, they try to work their revenge upon the faithful workers in the institution. My own soul has been weighed down with burdens that are inexpressible, as I have tried in the fear of God to do my duty to all parties and to the institution.                                                    -    {PC 26.1}
[PC 26.2]    Nov. 9, '99-5-                                                      W-182-                                                   Maitland, N.S.W.,Nov. 6, '99     Dear Brother Peter Wessels:            I have some things to say to you which you need. There are places you might fill, places in which you might be a blessing in many ways. But erroneous ideas keep you from filling these places. Your character needs to be pruned; for there is a superfluous growth that needs to be cut away from you. The idea which you hold that no remedies should be used for the sick is an error. God does not heal the sick without the aid of the means of healing which lie within the reach of man; or when men refuse to be benefitted by the simple remedies that God has provided in pure air and water.  {PC 26.2}
[PC 26.3]         There were physicians in Christ's day and in the days of the apostles. Luke is called the beloved physician. He trusted in the Lord to make him skilful in the application of remedies. When the Lord told Hezekiah that He would spare his life for fifteen years, and as a sign that He would fulfill His promise, caused the sun to go back ten degrees, why did He not put His direct, restoring power upon the king? He told him to apply a bunch of figs to his sore, and that natural remedy blessed by God, healed him. The God of nature directs the human agent to use natural remedies now.  {PC 26.3}
[PC 26.4]          I might go to any length in this matter, my brother, but I leave it now with a few instances. A brother was taken sick with inflammation of the                                                                              27  bowels and bloody dysentery. The man was not a careful health reformer, but indulged his appetite. We were just preparing to leave Texas, where we had been laboring for several months, and we had carriages prepared to take away this brother and his family, and several others who were suffering from malarial fever. My husband and I thought we would stand this expense rather than have heads of several families die and leave their wives and children unprovided for. Two or three were taken in a spring wagon on spring mattresses. But this man who was suffering from inflammation of the bowels, sent for me to come to him. My husband and I decided that it would not do to move him. Fears were entertained that mortification had set in. Then the thought came to me like a communication from the Lord to take pulverized charcoal, put water upon it, and give this water to the sick man to drink, putting bandages of the charcoal over the bowels and stomach. We were about one mile from the city of Denison, but the sick man's son went to a blacksmith's shop, secured the charcoal, and pulverized it, and then used it according to the directions given. The result was that in half an hour there was a change for the better. We had to go on our journey and leave the family behind, but what was our surprise the following day to see their wagon overtake us. The sick man was lying in a bed in the wagon. The blessing of God had worked with the simple means used.  {PC 26.4}
[PC 27.1]          I still remember another case. At our first camp-meeting here, held in Brighton, a young lady was taken sick on the ground, and remained sick during most of the meeting. She was thought to have typhoid fever, and although many prayers were offered in her behalf, she left the ground sick. Dr. M.G. Kellogg, half-brother to J.H. Kellogg, of Battle Creek, was attending her. He came to me one morning, and said, Sister Price is in great pain. I cannot relieve her. She cannot sleep, and every breath seems as though it would be her last. We prayed for her, and then like a flash of lightning there came to me the thought of the charcoal. "Send to the blacksmith for charcoal, and pulverize it, I said, "and put a poultice of it on her side." He tried this, and in one hour he came to me and said, "That prescription was an inspiration from God. Sister Price could not have lived until now if no change had come. The sick one fell into a restful sleep; the crisis passed, and she began to amend. In a few days she was taken from Melbourne to her home in Melbourne (?), and is alive and well today.  {PC 27.1}
[PC 27.2]         All these things teach us that we are to be very careful lest we receive radical ideas and impressions. Your ideas regarding drug medication, I must respect; but even in this you must not always let the patients know that you discard drugs entirely until they become intelligent on the subject. You often place yourself in positions where you hurt your influence and do no one any good, by expressing all your convictions. Thus you cut yourself away from the people. You should modify your strong prejudice.  {PC 27.2}
[PC 27.3]          I cannot speak as fully on this subject as I would like to, but let me say, "Hide Peter Wessels in Christ." Here I must leave you; for I have not time to write more.                                                    -                                                                                28   {PC 27.3}
[PC 28.1]     L.B. #00, P. 255                                              File W. 35 '90                                               Battle Creek, Mich., Feb. 16, 1890     Dear Brother Wessels:            I shall have to apologize for delaying to answer your letter. It seemed to be my duty to attend the ministerial institute, and to speak to the brethren assembled there. Then I am under the necessity of keeping four workers busy on different kinds of books. This with my much letter writing seems to keep me employed from three o'clock A.M. till seven o'clock P.M. I deeply sympathize with you, my brother, in your perplexities and trials. As to praying for the sick, it is too important a matter to be handled carelessly. I believe we should take everything to the Lord, and make known to God all our weaknesses, and specify all our perplexities. When in sorrow, when uncertain as to what course to pursue, two or three who are accustomed to pray should unite together in asking the Lord to let His light shine upon them, and to impart His special grace; and He will respect their petitions, He will answer their prayers. If we are under infirmities of body it is certainly consistent to trust in the Lord, making supplications to our God in our own case, and if we feel inclined to ask others in whom we have confidence, to unite with us in prayer to Jesus who is the mighty Healer, help will surely come if we ask in faith. I think we are altogether too faithless, too cold and lukewarm.  {PC 28.1}
[PC 28.2]         I understand the text in James is to be carried out when a person is sick upon his bed; if he calls for the elders of the church, and they carry out the directions in James, anointing the sick with oil, in the name of the Lord, praying over him the prayer of faith. We read, "The prayer of faith shall save the sick, and the Lord shall raise him up; and if he hath committed sins, they shall be forgiven him." It cannot be our duty to call for the elders of the church for every little ailment we have, for this would be putting a task upon the elders. If all should do this, their time would be fully employed,--they could do nothing else; but the Lord gives us the privilege of seeking Him individually in earnest prayer, of unburdening our souls to Him, keeping nothing from Him who has invited us, "Come unto me, all ye who are weary and heavy laden, and I will give you rest." O how grateful we should be that Jesus is willing and able to bear all our infirmities and strengthen and heal all our diseases if it will be for our good and for His glory. Some died in the days of Christ and in the days of the apostles because the Lord knew just what was best for them. I would not speak one word to lessen your faith and perplex and worry you. There is never danger of our being too much in earnest and having too much confidence and trust in God. Be of good courage; look to Jesus constantly.  {PC 28.2}
[PC 28.3]          Now in regard to that which we can do for ourselves. There is a point that requires careful, thoughtful consideration. I must become acquainted with myself, I must be a learner always as to how to take care of this building, the body God has given me, that I may preserve it in the very best condition of health. I must eat those things which will be for my very best good physically, and I must take special care to have my clothing such as will conduce to a healthful circulation of the blood. I must not deprive myself of exercise and air. I must get all the sunlight that it is possible for me to obtain. I must have wisdom to be a faithful guardian of my body. I should do a very unwise thing to enter a cool room when in a perspiration; I should show myself an unwise steward to allow myself to sit in a draught,                                                                              29  and thus expose myself so as to take cold. I should be unwise to sit with cold feet and limbs and thus drive back the blood from the extremities to the brain or internal organs. I should always protect my feet in damp weather. I should eat regularly of the most healthful food which will make the best quality of blood, and I should not work intemperately if it is in my power to avoid doing so. And when I violate the laws God has established in my being, I am to repent and reform, and place myself in the most favorable condition under the doctors God has provided,--pure air, pure water, and the healing, precious sunlight. Water can be used in many ways to relieve suffering. Draughts of clear, hot water, taken before eating (half a quart, more or less), will never do any harm, but will rather be productive of good. A cup of tea made from catnip herb will quiet the nerves. Hop tea will induce sleep. Hop poultices over the stomach will relieve pain. If the eyes are weak, if there is pain in the eyes, or inflammation, soft flannel clothes wet in hot water and salt, will bring relief quickly. When the head is congested, if the feet and limbs are put in a bath with a little mustard, relief will be obtained. There are many more simple remedies which will do much to restore healthful action to the body. All these simple preparations the Lord expects us to use for ourselves, but man's extremities are God's opportunities. If we neglect to do that which is within the reach of nearly every family, and ask the Lord to relieve pain, when we are too indolent to make use of these remedies within our power, it is simply presumption. The Lord expects us to work in order that we obtain food. He does not propose that we shall gather the harvest unless we break the sod, till the soil, and cultivate the produce. Then God sends the rain and the sunshine and the clouds to cause vegetation to flourish. God works and man cooperates with God. Then there is seed time and harvest. God has caused to grow out of the ground, herbs for the use of man, and if we understand the nature of those roots and herbs, and make a right use of them, there would not be a necessity of running for the doctor, so frequently, and people would be in much better health than they are today. I believe in calling upon the Great Physician when we have used the remedies I have mentioned. In regard to manner of labor, we certainly need to be wise as serpents and harmless as doves. We might be very zealous, but it might be an unwise zeal, and serve to hedge up our way. Then there is danger of being so circumscribed in our work as to do very little good.                                                    -    {PC 28.3}
[PC 29.1]     Extract from Ms. 115 '07, dated--                                                        October 22, 1907            The great reason we have sanitariums is that these institutions may be agencies in bringing men and women to a position where they may be numbered among those who shall some day eat of the leaves of the tree of life, which are for the healing of the nations.  {PC 29.1}
[PC 29.2]          "And there shall be no more curse; but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him."  {PC 29.2}
[PC 29.3]          Our sanitariums are established as institutions where patients and helpers may serve God. We desire to encourage as many as possible to act their part individually in living healthfully. We desire to encourage the sick to discard the use of drugs, and to substitute the simple remedies                                                                              30  provided by God, as they are found in water, in pure air, in exercise, and in general hygiene.  {PC 29.3}
[PC 30.1]          Some have asked me, "Why should we have sanitariums? Why should we not, like Christ, pray for the sick, that they may be healed miraculously.?"  {PC 30.1}
[PC 30.2]          I have answered, "Suppose we were able to do this in all cases: how many would appreciate the healing? Would those who were healed become health reformers, or continue to be health destroyers?"  {PC 30.2}
[PC 30.3]          Jesus Christ is the great healer, but He desires that by living in conformity with His laws, we may co-operate with Him in the recovery and the maintenance of health. Combined with the work of healing there must be an imparting of knowledge of how to resist temptation. Those who came to our sanitariums should be aroused to a sense of their own responsibility to work in harmony with the God of truth.  {PC 30.3}
[PC 30.4]          We cannot heal. We cannot change the diseased condition of the body. But it is our part, as medical missionaries, as workers together with God, to use the means that He has provided. Then we should pray that God will bless these agencies. We do believe in God; we believe in a God who hears and answers prayer. He has said, "Ask, and ye shall received, seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you."                                                    -    {PC 30.4}
[PC 30.5]     Extract from MS. 29, '11            Any man, be he minister or layman, who seeks to compel or control the reason of any other man, becomes an agent of Satan, to do his work, and in the sight of the heavenly universe he bears the mark of Cain.  {PC 30.5}
[PC 30.6]          The Wage Question.--Those engaged in the Master's service are not to wait for a stipulated sum as their wages, as if the great Husbandman-householder would not deal truly with them. Murmurers will obtain no sympathy for their murmuring. A grumbling worker will always find something to grumble at; it is his heart that needs to be changed.  {PC 30.6}
[PC 30.7]          The parable of the householder's dealing with the workers in his vineyard represents God's dealing with the human family. Had the hearts of the first laborers been purified from selfishness, they would have recognized the liberality of the householder in paying those who came at the eleventh hour, the same wages as he paid them who came at an earlier period.  {PC 30.7}
[PC 30.8]          In the parable, the first laborers agreed to work for a stipulated sum, and they received the amount specified, nothing more. Those later hired believed the Master's promise, "Whatsoever is right, that shall ye receive." They showed their confidence in him by asking no question in regard to wages. They trusted his justice and equity. They were rewarded, not according to the amount of their labor, but according to the generosity of his purpose.  {PC 30.8}
[PC 30.9]          So God desires us to trust in him who justifieth the ungodly. He does not deal with his servants after the manner of the world. The standard of men received no recognition.                                                                              31   {PC 30.9}
[PC 31.1]          Those who are ever watching for something to find fault with in their brethren and sisters, show that they have no conception of God's manner of dealing. The spirit of fault-finding and complaining is the spirit of the elder brother, but it finds a place in the hearts of many who rank as followers of Christ. The murmurer may be first in enduring hardships and in bearing burdens, but his unchristlike spirit spoils his service.                                                    -    {PC 31.1}
[PC 31.2]     Extract from Letter B. 69 '98 dated--                                                         August 29, 1898            As to drugs being used in our institutions, it is contrary to the light which the Lord has been pleased to give. The drugging business has done more harm to our world and killed more than it has helped or cured. The light was first given to me why institutions should be established, that is, sanitariums were to reform the medical practices of physicians. This is God's method. The herbs that grow for the benefit of man, and the little handful of herbs kept and steeped for sudden ailments, have served tenfold, yes, one hundred-fold better purpose, than all the drugs hidden under mysterious names and dealt out to the sick. It is a delusion and farce, and the Lord has revealed to me that this practice would not preserve life, but would introduce into the system those things which should never be there, for they would do a deleterious work on the human organism.  {PC 31.2}
[PC 31.3]          The living connection with the Great Physician is worth more than connection with a world of drugs. The soothing power of pure truth, seen, and maintained in all its bearings, is of a value no language can express, to people who are suffering with disease.  {PC 31.3}
[PC 31.4]          Keep ever before the suffering sick the compassion and tenderness of Christ, and awaken their conscience to a belief in His power to relieve suffering, and lead them to faith and trust in Him, the great Healer, and you have gained a soul and ofttimes a life.  {PC 31.4}
[PC 31.5]          Therefore, personal religion for all physicians in the sickroom is essential to success in giving the simple treatments without drugs. He who is a physician and guardian of the health and body, God would have every way educated to learn lessons of the Great Teacher, how to work in Christ and through Christ to save the souls of the sick. How can any physician know this until the Saviour shall be received as a personal Saviour to him who administers to suffering humanity?  {PC 31.5}
[PC 31.6]          Religion should be made prominent in a most tender, sympathetic, compassionate way. No one of all the parties with whom he is acquainted can do as much for the sick one as a truly converted nurse and physician. Actions of purity, refinement in looks and words, and above all the sweet words of prayer, though few, yet if sincere, will be a sure anchor to the suffering ones.  {PC 31.6}
[PC 31.7]          Of all men, the physician should be the most earnest, and sincere, full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, and then he can accomplish more than the minister in the pulpit.                                                                              32   {PC 31.7}
[PC 32.1]     Extract from Letter K. 159 '02, dated--                                                           October 9, 1902            Our faith in eternal realities is weak, our sense of duty small, in view of the opportunities that we have to point souls to the Saviour as their only hope. We are not to be cold and indifferent in regard to giving efficacious remedies for the healing of the soul. It is our duty to make known the truth, not in our own strength, but in the strong faith, assurance and confidence that God imparts.  {PC 32.1}
[PC 32.2]         In our sanitariums no day should be allowed to pass without something being done for the salvation of souls. We are to offer special prayers for the sick, both when with them and when away from them. Then when they inquire about the remedy for sin, our own souls, softened by the Holy Spirit, will be all aglow with a desire to help them give their hearts to God.  {PC 32.2}
[PC 32.3]          All the nurses and helpers are to give treatments and perform other kinds of service in such a delicate, reverential way, and withal so solidly, thoroughly, and cheerfully, that the Sanitarium will prove a haven of rest.  {PC 32.3}
[PC 32.4]          The individual worker in any line in the treatment of the sick and the afflicted in a medical institution, is to act as a Christian. He is to let his light shine forth in good works. His words are to magnify our Lord Jesus Christ. In the place of waiting for great opportunities to come before doing anything, he is to make the very best use of the talents lent him of God, in order that these talents may be constantly increased. He is not to think that he must be silent on religious subjects.  {PC 32.4}
[PC 32.5]          It is highly important to know how to approach the sick with the comfort of a hope gained through faith in Christ Jesus and acceptance of His promises. When the awakened conscience cries out, "Lord, be merciful to me a sinner; make me thy child," be ready to tell the sufferer, the once indifferent one, that there is hope for him, that in Jesus he will find a refuge.  {PC 32.5}
[PC 32.6]          The Saviour is inviting every one, "Look unto Me, and live. Come unto Me, and find rest." Those who in meekness and in love present the hope of the gospel to afflicted souls so much in need of this hope, are the mouthpiece of the One who gave Himself for all mankind, that He might become a healer, a tender, sympathetic, compassionate Saviour.  {PC 32.6}
[PC 32.7]          Let every means be devised to bring out the saving of souls in our medical institutions. This is our work. If the spiritual work is left undone, there is no necessity of calling upon our people to build these institutions. Those who have no burning desire to save souls are not the ones who should connect with our sanitariums.                                                    -    {PC 32.7}
[PC 32.8]     June 14, 1906 -8-                                               B.172 - '06                                                 Sanitarium, California, June 14,'06     Dr. David Paulson and Elder W.S. Sadler     Dear Brethren:-            I have been working hard, and am weary, and yet I will not give up, for                                                                              33  there is much to do. During the dedication of the Loma Linda Sanitarium, I spoke for a short time on the open platform on the lawn, while the wind was blowing. The exercises were very impressive. We also had an excellent meeting at the dedication of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium.  {PC 32.8}
[PC 33.1]          I am glad that these sanitarium properties have come into the possession of our brethren and sisters in the Southern California Conference. For years we have worked at a disadvantage; but now I am so thankful that in the providence of God many facilities have been placed within our reach, and we can encourage our brethren in Southern California to awake to their opportunities. Every one in that field should be grateful to God; for He has wrought for us in a remarkable manner.  {PC 33.1}
[PC 33.2]          The Sanitarium at Loma Linda, is in need of larger quarters for their treatment-rooms. An addition for this purpose will be built this summer. The Paradise Valley Sanitarium has added a large wing to the main building, and is now provided with excellent treatment-rooms. The second story of the new part is finished for the accommodation of patients, but the third story is not yet finished. However, both institutions are in running order, and are making good use of the facilities they have.  {PC 33.2}
[PC 33.3]          Through circumstances that I could not well control, I have been suffering for some time from the weariness of constant anxiety. I am sensible to the fact that I am mortal, and that I must guard my physical mental and moral powers. The constant changing from place to place necessitated by travel, and the taking hold of public labor wherever I have gone, have been too much for me, in addition to the writings that I have been preparing day and night as the Lord has worked my mind by His Holy Spirit. And when I am meeting with evidences that these communications will be treated by some in accordance with the human judgment of those who shall receive them; when I realize that some are watching keenly for some words which have been traced by my pen and upon which they can place their human interpretations in order to sustain their positions and to justify a wrong course of action,-- when I think of these things, it is not very encouraging to continue writing. Some of those who are certainly reproved, strive to make every word vindicate their own statements. The twistings and connivings and misrepresentations of the Word, are marvelous. Persons are linked together in this work. What one does not think of, another mind supplies.  {PC 33.3}
[PC 33.4]          When the true converting power comes home to us as human agents, we see a power in God's plans, and embrace the evidence of the divine remedy for sin. "If I walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin." I can rely wholly and unmistakably upon the sure Word of prophecy.  {PC 33.4}
[PC 33.5]          I am now carrying a very heavy burden for those who are lost in the mysteries of false science. I have had physical suffering of the heart; therefore I could not quickly answer the questions that you and Elder Sadler have presented to me. A severe cold has been upon me ever since the Loma Linda meeting. I assure you it is not because I do not respect you, Brethren Paulson and Sadler, that I do not answer your questions now. Pray for me, and I will pray for you; and as soon as I can, I will clear                                                                              34  up, if possible, the misunderstandings regarding the work God has given me to do. Certainly a very great work is before us. I must now watch and pray and wait.  {PC 33.5}
[PC 34.1]          "And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure."                                                    -       Extract from Letter F. 35 '04, dated Jan. 19, 1904  {PC 34.1}
[PC 34.2]         The Lord has greatly helped me healthwise. Difficulties that I have had for twenty-five years have been removed. I have used no medicine, but for hours during the night season, when I was unable to sleep, I prayed for the healing power of God. I asked the Lord to restore my eyesight, to strengthen my heart, and to relieve the spinal difficulty. I have improved wonderfully. My health is better this winter than it has been for many years. The Great Physician has wrought in my behalf, and I praise His holy name.                                                    -    {PC 34.2}
[PC 34.3]     From Document File, No. 111, dated Jan. 8, 1904            Many act as if health and disease were things entirely independent of their conduct, and entirely outside their control. They do not reason from cause to effect, and submit to feebleness and disease as a necessity. Violent attacks of sickness they believe to be special dispensations of Providence, or the result of some overruling, mastering power; and they resort to drugs as a cure for the evil. But the drugs taken to cure the disease weaken the system. If those who are sick would exercise their muscles daily, women as well as men, in outdoor work, using brain, bone, and muscle proportionately, weakness and languor would disappear. Health would take the place of disease, and strength the place of feebleness.                                                    -    {PC 34.3}
[PC 34.4]     From MS. 83, 1908                    Written June 25, 1908            I wish to make some statements regarding our sanitariums which I hope will not be misunderstood. The light given me is that where a sanitarium is established, there should also be a school. This can be placed near enough to the sanitarium so that the medical teachers can meet often with the students, yet it should not be so near that there will be danger of the students disturbing the patients or patrons of the health institution being a means of hindrance to the students.  {PC 34.4}
[PC 34.5]          Education includes the important work of voice culture. The students are to be taught to give their reading and recitations such expression as will make their work interesting to the hearers. They are to be taught how to use the abdominal muscles in speaking, and this study will prove to be a remedy for many voice and chest difficulties, and the means of prolonging life.  {PC 34.5}
[PC 34.6]          Let the same lessons be given to the patients. The physician should                                                                              35  teach the patient how to breathe deeply, and this in many cases will be found to be a means of healing.  {PC 34.6}
[PC 35.1]          Those who desire to become missionaries are to hear instruction from competent physicians, who will teach them how to care for the sick without the use of drugs. Such lessons will be of the highest value to those who go out to labor in foreign countries. And the simple remedies used will save many lives.                                                    -    {PC 35.1}
[PC 35.2]                                     Drugs   From MS No. 49, 1908.    "Lessons from the Experience of Pentecost"            Page 7: In our sanitariums, we advocate the use of simple remedies. We discourage the use of drugs, for they poison the current of the blood. In these institutions sensible instruction should be given, how to eat, how to drink, how to dress, and how to live so that the health may be preserved.  {PC 35.2}
[PC 35.3]          Before there were any sanitariums amongst us, my husband and I began work in medical missionary lines. We would bring to our house cases that had been given up by the physicians to die. When we knew not what to do for them, we would pray to God most earnestly and He always sent His blessing. He is the mighty Healer, and He worked with us. We never had time or opportunity to take a medical course, but we had success as we moved out in the fear of God, and sought Him for wisdom at every step. This gave us courage in the Lord.  {PC 35.3}
[PC 35.4]          Thus we combined prayer and labor. We used the simple water treatments, and then tried to fasten the eyes of the patient onto the great Healer. We told them what He could do for them. If we can inspire the patients with hope, this is greatly to their advantage. We want all that have any part to act in our sanitariums to have a firm grasp on the power of the Infinite. We believe in Him and in the power of His word. When we do our best for the recovery of the sick, we may then look for Him to be with us, that we may see of His salvation. We put too little confidence in the power of the hand that rules the world.                                                    -    {PC 35.4}
[PC 35.5]     Extract from letter B.90 '08, dated March 24, 1908.            I have been shown that we should have many more women who can deal especially with the diseases of women, many more lady nurses who will treat the sick in a simple way and without the use of drugs.  {PC 35.5}
[PC 35.6]          There are many simple herbs which, if our nurses would learn the value of, they could use in the place of drugs, and find very effective. Many times I have been applied to for advice as to what should be done in cases of sickness or accident, and I have mentioned some of these simple remedies, and they have proved helpful.                                                                              36   {PC 35.6}
[PC 36.1]          On one such occasion a physician came to me in great distress. He had been called to attend a young woman who was dangerously ill. She had contracted fever while on the campground, and was taken to our school building, near Melbourne, Australia. But she became so much worse that it was feared she could not live.  {PC 36.1}
[PC 36.2]          The physician, Dr. Merritt Kellogg, came to me and said, "Sister White, have you any light for me on this case? If relief cannot be given our sister, she can live but a few hours."  {PC 36.2}
[PC 36.3]          I replied, "Send to a blacksmith shop, and get some pulverised charcoal, make a poultice of it, and lay it over her stomach and sides."  {PC 36.3}
[PC 36.4]          The doctor hastened away to follow out my instructions. Soon he returned, saying, "Relief came in less than half an hour after the application of the poultices. She is now having the first natural sleep she has had for days."  {PC 36.4}
[PC 36.5]          I have ordered the same treatment for others who were suffering great pain, and it has brought relief, and been the means of saving life.  {PC 36.5}
[PC 36.6]          My mother told me that snake bites and the sting of reptiles and poisonous insects could often be rendered harmless by the use of charcoal poultices.  {PC 36.6}
[PC 36.7]          When working on the land at Avondale, Australia, the workmen would often bruise their hands and limbs, and this in many cases resulted in such severe inflammation that the worker would have to leave his work for some time. One came to me one day in this condition, with his hand tied in a sling. He was much troubled over the circumstance; for his help was needed in clearing the land. I said to him, "Go to the place where you have been burning the timber, and get me some charcoal from the eucalyptus tree, pulverize it, and I will dress your hand." This was done, and the next morning he reported that the pain was gone. Soon he was ready to return to his work.  {PC 36.7}
[PC 36.8]          I write these things that you may know that the Lord has not left us without the use of simple remedies which when used, will not leave the system in the weakened condition in which the use of drugs so often leaves it. We need well-trained nurses who can understand how to use the simple remedies that nature provides for restoration to health, and who can teach those who are ignorant of the laws of health how to use these simple but effective cures.                                                    -    {PC 36.8}
[PC 36.9]     Extract from letter B.82, dated Feb. 20, '08.            This blending of our schools and sanitariums will prove an advantage in many ways. Through the instruction given by the sanitarium, students will learn how to avoid forming careless, intemperate habits of eating. Let the instruction be given in simple words. We have no need to use the many expressions used by worldly physicians, which are so difficult to understand that they must be interpreted by the physician. These long names are often used to conceal the character of the drugs being used to combat disease. We do not need these.                                                                              37   {PC 36.9}
[PC 37.1]          Nature's simple remedies will aid in recovery without leaving the deadly after-effects so often felt by those who use poisonous drugs. They destroy the power of the patient to help himself. This power the patients are to be taught to exercise by learning to eat simple, healthful foods, by refusing to overload the stomach with a variety of foods at one meal. All these things should be given showing how to preserve health, how to shun sickness, how to rest when rest is needed.  {PC 37.1}
[PC 37.2]          There are many inventions which cost large sums of money, which it is just as well should not come into our work. They are not what our students need. Let the education given be simple in its nature. In giving us His Son the Father gave the most costly gift that heaven could bestow. This gift it is our privilege to use in our ministration to the sick. Let Christ be your dependence. Commit every case to the great Healer; let Him guide in every operation. The prayer offered in sincerity and in faith will be heard. This will give confidence to the physicians and courage to the sufferer.  {PC 37.2}
[PC 37.3]          I have been instructed that we should lead the sick in our institutions to expect large things because of the faith of the physician in the great Healer who, in the years of His earthly ministry, went through the towns and villages of the land, and healed all who came to Him. None were turned empty away; He healed them all. Let the sick realize that, although unseen, Christ is present to bring relief and healing.                                                    -    {PC 37.3}
[PC 37.4]     From letter K. 100 '03, dated, May 25, 1903            Be sure that the orchard has some means expended on it. It will respond to treatment. Give it the care that will enable it to do its best. I look upon that orchard as of great value to the institution.  {PC 37.4}
[PC 37.5]         Do all that you possibly can to perfect the institution inside and out. Be sure that your premises are in the best of order. Let there be nothing about them that will make a disagreeable impression on the minds of the patients.  {PC 37.5}
[PC 37.6]          Encourage the patients to live healthfully and to take an abundance of exercise. This will do much to restore them to health. Let seats be placed under the shade of the trees, that the patients may be encouraged to spend much time out-of-doors. And a place should be provided, enclosed either with canvas or with glass, where, in cooler weather, the patients can sit in the sun without feeling the wind.  {PC 37.6}
[PC 37.7]          Obtain the best help in the cooking that you can. If food is prepared in such a way that it is a tax on the digestive organs, be sure that investigation is needed. Food can be prepared in such a way as to be both wholesome and palatable.  {PC 37.7}
[PC 37.8]          Fresh air and sunshine, cheerfulness within and without the institution, pleasant words and kindly acts,--these are the remedies that the sick need, and God will crown with success your efforts                                                                              38  to provide these remedies for the sick ones who come to the sanitarium. By happiness and cheerfulness and expressions of sympathy and hopefulness for others, your own soul will be filled with light and peace. And never forget that the sunshine of God's blessing is worth everything to us.  {PC 37.8}
[PC 38.1]          Teach nurses and patients the value of those health-restoring agencies that are freely provided by God, and the usefulness of simple things that are easily obtained.  {PC 38.1}
[PC 38.2]          I will tell you a little about my own experience with charcoal as a remedy. For some forms of indigestion it is more efficacious than drugs. A little olive oil into which some of this powder has been stirred tends to cleanse and heal. I find it is excellent. Pulverized charcoal from eucalyptus wood, we have used freely in cases of inflammation...  {PC 38.2}
[PC 38.3]          When we first went to Cooranbong, the men who were clearing in the woods often came in with bruised hands. In these and other cases of inflammation, I advised the trial of a compress of pulverized charcoal. Sometimes the inflammation, which was very high before the compress was applied, would be gone by the next day.  {PC 38.3}
[PC 38.4]          Always study and teach the use of the simplest remedies, and the special blessing of the Lord may be expected to follow the use of these means which are within the reach of the common people...  {PC 38.4}
[PC 38.5]          Do not forget that a worker must not take upon himself so many burdens that his soul will become weary. His first and greatest care should be to keep fresh and fragrant in spirit. In the unfolding of God's plan, we are to be restored to a state corresponding to the perfection of divinity.                                                    -    {PC 38.5}
[PC 38.6]     From Document File No. 111, dated Sept. 4, 1902.            Long Courses of Study -- Questions have arisen in regard to the management of sanitariums, and in regard to the plans to be followed in the education of physicians and nurses. We are asked whether a few or many should take a five years' course.  {PC 38.6}
[PC 38.7]          All are to be left perfectly free to follow the dictates of an enlightened conscience. There are those who with a few months' instruction would be prepared to go out and do acceptable medical missionary work. Some cannot feel that it is their duty to give years to one line of study.  {PC 38.7}
[PC 38.8]          Nurses not to be restricted.-- After the nurses have served the term agreed upon, and have given their services in return for their education, they should be at liberty to take up work where they wish, and to earn what they can. Some may not have been able to save any money while getting their education. Their board and clothing, with the gifts they have made to the cause of God, may have taken all their earnings. Then if they are taken sick, they have no money to fall back on, and they are helped by the sanitarium as cases of charity.                                                                              39  This is a species of slavery to which some will conscientiously submit, while others will backslide from the truth.  {PC 38.8}
[PC 39.1]          The young men and women who take their medical course of the nurses' course, should not be taught that after their graduation they will ever after be amenable to the association under which they received their education. When nurses go to patients not in the sanitarium, they should not be required to return to the sanitarium all that they earn, except just enough to cover the cost of food and clothing.  {PC 39.1}
[PC 39.2]          There is much to be considered in regard to this matter. From the light I have, I know that these things are not properly adjusted. The nurses give their services in return for the education that they receive. They are not always to be required to pay a portion of their wages to the sanitarium. This is not just.  {PC 39.2}
[PC 39.3]          And when their term of service has expired, the nurses should be left free to work where they please, and to recognize that they are accountable only to God for the use they make of the money they earn. They are not to be required to pay to the sanitarium at which they received their training, a certain part of their earnings. They are to be left free as those who have settled their indebtedness, and are now at liberty to use their earnings as God directs.  {PC 39.3}
[PC 39.4]          Perhaps they have brothers and sisters who need an education in our schools. Perhaps their parents need what they can spare from their earnings. Their duty to their parents comes first. There has been suffering in families for want of the means that nurses have given in donations to our sanitariums. This very money was needed by their parents.  {PC 39.4}
[PC 39.5]          A reformation is needed on this point, for justice has not been done. A hold is not to be retained on the nurses educated in our sanitariums, as if they had sold themselves to the institution for life. This matter has been presented to me as something that needs to be set right.  {PC 39.5}
[PC 39.6]          How much depression and anxiety has been the result of this unwise business arrangement will never be known until the cases of all are seen as they really are. Many of the arrangements made in the name of medical missionary work, need adjusting by the wisdom of a Physician that is above all human physicians. Men need to understand that equity and justice and mercy are the attributes of the Most High. In no case will the Lord be pleased with a course such as has been followed in dealing with those who are anxious to obtain a knowledge in the treatment of the sick. These nurses and helpers rendered faithful service, but have not received an equivalent.  {PC 39.6}
[PC 39.7]          Practical Instruction to be Given.-- Great care should be exercised in the training of young people for the medical missionary work; for the mind is moulded by that which it receives and retains. Too much incomplete work has been done in the education given. The most useful education is that found in practical work.  {PC 39.7}
[PC 39.8]          Our institutions are not to be so overgrown that the most important                                                                              40  points in education do not receive the proper consideration. Instruction should be given in medical missionary work. The teaching given in medical lines should be blended with a study of the Bible. And physical training should not be neglected.  {PC 39.8}
[PC 40.1]          Great care should be exercised in regard to the influences that prevail in the institution. The influences under which the nurses are placed will mold their characters for eternity...  {PC 40.1}
[PC 40.2]          Simplicity in Diet and Treatments.- It would have been better if, from the first, all drugs had been kept out our sanitariums, and use had been made of such simple remedies as are found in pure water, pure air, sunlight, and some of the simple herbs growing in the field. These would be just as efficacious as the drugs used under mysterious names and concocted by human science. And they would leave no injurious effects in the system.  {PC 40.2}
[PC 40.3]          Thousands who are afflicted might recover their health if, instead of depending upon the drug-store for their life, they would discard all drugs and live simply, without using tea, coffee, liquor, or spices, which irritate the stomach and leave it weak, unable to digest even simple food without stimulation. The Lord is willing to let His light shine forth in clear, distinct rays to all who are weak and feeble.  {PC 40.3}
[PC 40.4]          Vegetables, fruits, and grains should compose our diet. Not an ounce of flesh-meat should enter our stomachs. The eating of flesh is unnatural. We are to return to God's original purpose in the creation of man.                                                    -    {PC 40.4}
[PC 40.5]     Extracts from letter B.53 '05, dated February 2, 1905.            If only our souls will be converted from the error of their ways, and seek the Lord, and learn the science of preserving the health of the body and the soul! And where can they learn these much-needed lessons as well as at our sanitarium, which the Lord has said should be established in many places? Lectures might be given to the multitudes, but while the words spoken would enlighten many minds, how can people understand fully without a practical knowledge? One patient, successfully treated, will have a testimony to bear of the virtue of the simple methods of treatment, the simple, healthful remedies that nature has provided, without the use of drugs.  {PC 40.5}
[PC 40.6]          When Christ was upon this earth, He did not direct fisherman to leave their nets and boats, and go to the Jewish teachers to gain a preparation for the gospel ministry. Walking by the Sea of Galilee, He saw "two brothers, Simon, called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishers. And He said unto them, Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed Him. And going on from thence, He saw two other brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets; and He called them. And they immediately left the ship, and their father, and followed Him."                                                                              41  This prompt obedience, without any question, without one promise of wages, seems remarkable. But the words of Christ were an invitation that implied all that He meant it should. There was an impelling influence in His words. There was no long explanation, but what He said had a drawing power.  {PC 40.6}
[PC 41.1]         It was at the very beginning of His ministry that Christ began to gather in His helpers. This is a lesson to all ministers. They should constantly be looking for and training those who they think could help them in their work. They should not stand alone, trying to do by themselves all that needs to be done.  {PC 41.1}
[PC 41.2]          Christ would make these humble fishermen, in connection with Himself, the means of taking men out of the service of Satan, and making them believers in Christ; teaching them in regard to the kingdom of God. In this work they would become His ministers, fishers of men. They were to be His prime ministers. But He did not tell them to go to worldly schools to obtain the advantages of worldly cultivation. He did not tell them to go to the Jewish synagogues to learn of the rabbis, their customs and traditions, in order that they might be prepared for the work He had for them to do as His evangelists. He said, "Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men."                                                    -    {PC 41.2}
[PC 41.3]     From Letter H. 97 '04, dated Feb. 23, 1904.            Do you know if any clover tops were gathered and dried for me in Battle Creek? If so, will you please send them to me?                                                    -    {PC 41.3}
[PC 41.4]     Extracts from letter K. 203 '05, dated July 18, 1905.            When an opportunity presents itself to purchase at a low price buildings in which our work may be carried on, let us take advantage of these opportunities. Had this been done by the leaders of the medical work in Battle Creek, there would now be many, many plants in our cities in America, cities that have not yet been enlightened by the truth upon health reform.  {PC 41.4}
[PC 41.5]         There should be sanitariums in all our large cities. Advantage should be taken of the opportunities to purchase buildings in favorable locations, that the standard of truth may be planted in many places.  {PC 41.5}
[PC 41.6]          Our sanitariums are to be schools in which instruction shall be given in medical missionary lines. They are to bring to sin-sick souls the leaves of the tree of life, which will restore to them peace and hope and faith in Christ Jesus. Forbid not those who have a desire to extend the work. Let the light shine forth. All worthy health productions will create an interest in health reform. Forbid them not. The Lord would have all opportunities to extend the work, taken advantage of.                                                                              42   {PC 41.6}
[PC 42.1]          We shall have to labor under difficulties, but because of this let not our zeal flag. The Bible does not acknowledge a believer who is idle, however high his profession may be. There will be employment in heaven. The redeemed state is not one of idle repose. "There remaineth therefore a rest to the people of God, "But it is a rest found in loving service. Some among the redeemed will have laid hold of Christ in the last hours of life, and in heaven instruction will be given to these who, when they died, did not understand perfectly the plan of salvation. Christ will lead the redeemed ones beside the river of life, and will open to them that which while on this earth they could not understand.                                                    -    {PC 42.1}
[PC 42.2]     Aug. 8, 1910 -6-                                             K. 64, '10                                                 Sanitarium, Calif.,                                                   July 16, 1910. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:            I have received and read your letters. I will say that I have not received light that your connection with the Sanitarium at Takoma Park should be broken. This connection may be a special advantage to you in your missionary work in the cities, and you may also be a help to the health institution in Washington. As the Lord's servant, set apart to the gospel ministry, you should be fully qualified to speak the truth, pointing sinners to the great Healer of both soul and body.  {PC 42.2}
[PC 42.3]         I have had no light that you should wholly disconnect from the Sanitarium. But it would not be consistent for you to act as head physician; for your work in the cities will lead to your absence from the institution a large part of the time. Your ministerial labor will not disqualify you for counseling with your brethren regarding the work of the institution, nor for doing the work of a physician in the Sanitarium while you are there.  {PC 42.3}
[PC 42.4]          You are both to be led and taught of God. If you individually seek Him daily, you will have the Holy Spirit's guidance. I can see that you greatly need divine wisdom to enable you to serve in two positions of responsibility,--as a skillful physician, and also as a preacher of the gospel. There must be a daily conversion in order to blend successfully the work for body and soul. I can not tell you in detail just how this should be done, but I know that you can do an important work in the ministry of the Word, in instructing the souls for whom you labor to believe in Jesus Christ. Encourage the suffering ones to receive treatment from the great Physician, for the healing of both body and soul.  {PC 42.4}
[PC 42.5]          A sanitarium is a most favorable place in which to set forth convincing truths. I would that all our physicians might have a living connection with the great Chief Physician, that they might speak wisely to the suffering sick. Those who minister in our sanitariums need to be sanctified, that they may speak words in season, presenting Christ as the Healer of sin-sick souls, as well as of afflicted and diseased bodies.                                                                              43   {PC 42.5}
[PC 43.1]          Not a poisonous drug should be used. When you have a case that does not respond to the use of simple remedies, take it to the Lord in prayer. Talk to Him as the only one who can help. Quote simple scripture with tenderness and faith. As Christ's chosen physicians, speak His words, sometimes to convince of sin, but always to inspire hope. When laboring for the patients, consider that their sensibilities must be awakened to the fact that Christ came to our world to save perishing souls.  {PC 43.1}
[PC 43.2]          I am pained that there are not more decided efforts put forth to win souls to a belief of the truth. I am pained at the indifference manifested in our institutions established for the care of the sick, by many who know the truth. Many who come to these institutions are ignorant of the great life and death question, and they need to be enlightened. But among those connected with our sanitariums there seems to be a lack of earnest seeking after God, that they may speak words that will exert an influence for the truth. This is a work too often left undone in our churches and in our health institutions. Those connected with these institutions should be representatives of Christ.  {PC 43.2}
[PC 43.3]          In your labors you are acting in Christ's stead. The mind must be kept open to receive impressions from Him. If you understand the gospel message, remember that you are accountable, if, when you come in contact with those who are unsaved, you do not represent the truth in its saving influence.  {PC 43.3}
[PC 43.4]          I am unable to describe to you the impression made upon my mind when I realize that many, even among our brethren who are teachers of the word, are not daily converted. Christ stands ready to impart wisdom and grace; but those in important positions of responsibility can not guide others in the right paths unless they are converted daily. If they rely upon their own supposed wisdom, they will mislead others who look to them believing that these ministers understand the sacred work entrusted to them. Those who accept responsible charges need to be on their guard, and by humble prayer to be sanctified, refined, and purified. Unless they sense their true condition, and unless they become Christlike, they can never reveal the truth as it is in Jesus.  {PC 43.4}
[PC 43.5]          In the night seasons I seem to be addressing large congregations in the words:  {PC 43.5}
[PC 43.6]          "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like trumpet, and show My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek Me daily, and delight to know My ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinances of justice; they take delight in approaching to God."  {PC 43.6}
[PC 43.7]          The Lord has a decided work to be done now. We need ministers of the gospel who are true to the knowledge of the truth. Many fables of every character will be brought in as subjects of discussion. We must have good, sanctified, common sense in dealing with human minds. May the Lord sanctify our hearts and minds that we may lay hold upon the important work to be done.                                                                              44   {PC 43.7}
[PC 44.1]          I am writing to my brethren most earnestly; for I can not hold my peace. Night after night I am in agony. There is a world to be warned. The neglect to do work that should have been started in various lines many years ago has made the work much harder to plan for and to execute. May the Lord now give wisdom. If the workers make a complete consecration of soul, mind, and body, much may be accomplished.  {PC 44.1}
[PC 44.2]          I have read letters telling of the meetings held in New York City regarding the city work. As you see the magnitude of the work that needs to be done, you can better understand why I have felt so keenly the necessity of having our people arouse that they may sense the situation. May the Lord teach our ministers how to take up the great work that should interest every worker. I have more hope as I see that the situation is being sensed, and that our leading brethren seem determined to take hold of the work earnestly. I shall now feel more courage.                                                    -    {PC 44.2}
[PC 44.3]     L.B. 18, P. 426                                             C-106-                                            Nov. 29, '98 Dear Brother Chapman:            We were pleased to receive word from you this week. Your letter was read to me by Willie. Every word of it was of interest.  {PC 44.3}
[PC 44.4]          This morning I sent you copies of the things I said to the people when in Rockhampton. I have a very deep interest in the church in that place. Why should I feel an interest in them? Because the Lord has an interest in them, an interest much greater than it is possible for me to have. I am praying that the Lord will lead and guide you. I have spoken to the ear, but the Lord alone can speak to the heart. The Lord says, "As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous, therefore, and repent." He would have every soul heed His counsel, which is given for their present and eternal good. Again He says: "I know thy works." When these works are not in harmony with the truth, they are against the truth. "Behold, I stand at the door and knock: if any man hear My voice and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame and am set down with my Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches."  {PC 44.4}
[PC 44.5]          The Lord is speaking to the church in Rockhampton. O that they would be doers of His word! My brethren and sisters, I call upon you in the name of Christ to hear the word of God and to practice it. Of the Israelites the apostle says, "The word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it." This opens before us the secret of this matter, the reason why there is so little accomplished by the many discourses that are preached. The words may be indited by the Holy Spirit, but the result lies with the ones who hear. The oft-repeated charge of the Lord in His word is, "He that hath an ear, let him hear."  {PC 44.5}
[PC 44.6]         It makes every difference whether the word spoken is received                                                                              45  into good and honest hearts. The Israelites had the word spoken to them by Jesus Christ from the pillar of cloud, but like many who hear the glad tidings of truth and righteousness in these last days, they did not hear with consecrated ears, and believe. Selfishness and pride, murmuring and unbelief compassed them about as with a garment. They aggravated their guilt by not hearing with faith, and practising the word spoken.  {PC 44.6}
[PC 45.1]          It was faith that men lacked in the days of Noah, and it was this lack of living faith that brought destruction upon them. How different would have been the result had they heeded Noah's appeal as the voice of God speaking through him. But they were unwilling to hear and to receive the engrafted word which would have saved them. It is faith, an active faith, that will make the gracious promise of any avail.  {PC 45.1}
[PC 45.2]          Again the apostle speaks, "But as we were allowed of God to be put in trust for the gospel, even so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God which trieth our hearts. For neither at any time used we flattering words, as ye know, nor a cloak of covetousness; God is witness, nor of men sought we glory, neither of you, nor yet of others, when we might have been burdensome, as the apostles of Christ. But we were gentle among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her children: so being affectionately desirous of you, we were willing to have imparted unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us. . . For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming? For ye are our glory and joy." (1 Thessalonians 2:4-8, 19-20)  {PC 45.2}
[PC 45.3]          We know and understand the deep poverty of many who are striving for the crown of life. We are not ignorant in regard to the deep working of Satan, which our brethren will have to encounter. Brethren, you must bear in mind that Satan is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish. He moves upon men to make it hard and trying for those who strive for the crown of life. He has come down with great power, working his will, carrying out his plans, that he may keep souls under his control.  {PC 45.3}
[PC 45.4]          I write to the church: Be not unbelieving, but have faith. Receive the message sent to you from God. He has sent you light, not because he would afflict you and cause you pain, but because He loves you and would have you escape from the snares of the enemy which would entangle your souls. Let the good work of purification go forward. Meet the standard the Lord has given you. My brethren in Rockhampton, who I love in the Lord, I feel an intense desire that Satan shall not triumph over you, but that you should think soberly and righteously and make thorough work for eternity. Read the third chapter of First Thessalonians. The apostle had a great burden for his brethren in Thessalonica. He writes, "For this cause, when I could no longer forbear, I sent to know your faith, lest by some means the tempter have tempted you, and our labor be in vain." (1 Thessalonians 3:5)                                                                              46   {PC 45.4}
[PC 46.1]          When we read the letter from Brother Chapman, we praised the Lord. We felt somewhat as we supposed Paul felt when he wrote, "But now when Timotheus came from you unto us, and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity, and that ye have good remembrance of us always, greatly desiring to see us, as we also to see you, therefore, brethren, we were comforted over you in all our afflictions and distress by your faith: for now we live, if we stand fast in the Lord. For what thanks we render to God again for you, for all the joy wherewith we joy for your sakes before our God; night and day praying exceedingly that we might see your face, and might perfect that which is lacking in your faith...And the Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another and toward all men, even as we do toward you: to the end that He may establish your hearts unblamable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all His saints." (1 Thessalonians 3:6-10, 12-13)  {PC 46.1}
[PC 46.2]          The same spirit which moved the apostle to write to his brethren has moved me to write to the church in Rockhampton. I feel a tender solicitude for you that the Lord may do for you all that the apostle Paul so greatly desired should be done for his brethren in Thessalonica.  {PC 46.2}
[PC 46.3]          The apostle continues, "Furthermore, then, we beseech you brethren, and exhort you by the Lord Jesus, that as ye have received of us how ye ought to walk and to please God, so ye would abound more and more, for ye know what commandments we gave you by the Lord Jesus. For this is the will of God, even your sanctification, that ye should know how to possess his vessel in sanctification and honor...For God hath not called you unto uncleanness, but unto holiness. He therefore that despiseth, despiseth not man, but God, who hath also given unto us His Holy Spirit. But as touching brotherly love, ye need not that I write unto you: for ye yourselves are taught of God to love one another. And indeed ye do it toward all the brethren which are in all Macedonia: but we beseech you, brethren, that ye increase more and more; and that ye study to be quiet, and to do your own business, and to work with your own hands, as we commanded you; that ye may walk honestly toward them that are without and that ye have lack of nothing." (1 Thessalonians 4:1-4, 7-12)  {PC 46.3}
[PC 46.4]          We must keep the standard uplifted. God is not slack in the fulfillment of His promises. He is jealous for His name's glory. A whole heaven of resources are at His command. Seasons of prayer are essential. We all need to pray more, and to watch unto prayer. Read the first chapter of second Thessalonians. I present this entire chapter as appropriate for your case. I speak to you in love, for my heart is full of tender compassion in your behalf. You will have trial, but ever guard your soul, that you may not dishonor your Lord who has bought you with a price. He will that you should have strong faith and a lively hope. He wants you to improve in order and discipline and courage and fortitude and love for one another, that you may seek to help one another to keep the law of God, and be blessed.                                                                              47   {PC 46.4}
[PC 47.1]          Brother Chapman, be of good courage in the Lord. Have faith. Place yourself in the hands of the great Physician, believing He will restore you to health. Do not doubt for a moment. Did not Christ come to the world as the One testified to in the prophecy of Isaiah?  {PC 47.1}
[PC 47.2]          "The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me; because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent Me to bind up the broken hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn; to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified." (Isaiah 61:1-3)  {PC 47.2}
[PC 47.3]          And the very One who gave this prophecy to Isaiah testified to his own work in Luke 4:16-18; therefore we are encouraged to hope largely and receive abundantly of His rich grace. We must come in faith. Take the Lord at His word. He is abundantly able and glad to respond to the faith of his believing ones.  {PC 47.3}
[PC 47.4]          Satan is the destroyer, the Lord is the Restorer.  {PC 47.4}
[PC 47.5]          The Lord has not worked a physician in the way that He desires to work, because He says, Ye will not come to Me, that I may give your life. We look to every source to relieve except to the One who proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, "I am the resurrection and the life." (John 11:25) Christ came into our world to seek and to save that which was lost. His work as the one who heals all manner of diseases is unequalled. There are those whom the Lord uses as His co-laborers in the medical missionary work. These He is seeking to illuminate, that they may receive light and knowledge to communicate to others, and thus brighten the dark pathway of those who are oppressed by suffering and disease. If the sufferers would only come in faith to the divine Healer, they would see of the salvation of God.  {PC 47.5}
[PC 47.6]          But instead of co-operating with the mighty Healer, by using the very means He has provided, by educating themselves to use water and fresh air, and to avoid all uncleanness of person and premises, they turn to physicians who are in no way connected with the Lord Jesus, and take their prescriptions of drug medications. These leave their poisonous trail behind, implanting in the system seeds of suffering and death. Why do they not inquire of God? Why do they not seek help from the One who so loved them that He gave His only begotten Son to save all who would believe on Him? Is He not just as well able now to heal disease as when He walked in humanity upon the earth? Where is our faith when we turn to every conceivable resource but to the One who declares that He came to the world to do a special work in healing the sick. Why are not all who accept Christ so illuminated that they can irradiate others, and lift them from grovelling in intemperance of all kinds, leading them to let drugs alone.                                                                              48   {PC 47.6}
[PC 48.1]          Christ met one poor soul who had spent all her living in order that she might be cured of a physical malady. The statement is that she had spent all that she had on many physicians, and was nothing better, but rather made worse. But one touch of Christ by faith took away the infirmity of long years. This suffering woman came behind Christ, and touched His garment by faith in the person whom the garment covered, and instantly she was made whole. "Who touched Me," said Christ. Peter was astonished. He answered, "Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, Who touched Me?"  {PC 48.1}
[PC 48.2]          Christ desired to give a lesson which all present would never forget. He would show the difference between the touch of living faith and a casual touch. He said, "Somebody hath touched Me; for I perceive that virtue hath gone out of Me." When the woman saw that she could not be hid, she came forward trembling, and throwing herself at His feet, told her pitiful story. Christ comforted her. "Daughter," He said, 'thy faith hath made thee whole; go in peace and be whole of thy plague."  {PC 48.2}
[PC 48.3]          Why do we not come to Jesus in faith? Many give Him a casual touch, coming in contact only with His person. The woman did more than this. She put forth her hand in faith, and was healed instantly.  {PC 48.3}
[PC 48.4]          The Lord will heal those who believe, but He has given natural blessings for the benefit of the afflicted, and He would have these used. God could have healed Hezekiah with a word. But He heard Hezekiah's prayer, and gave directions that a bunch of figs be placed upon the diseased parts. This was done, and Hezekiah recovered. But his recovery was not instantaneous. He had not the same faith that the afflicted woman had. We need to exercise faith. To practice the use of drug medication does not harmonize with faith. Appealing to worldly physicians is dishonoring to God. Those who come to God in faith must co-operate with Him in accepting and using His heaven-sent remedies,--water, sunlight, and plenty of air.  {PC 48.4}
[PC 48.5]          It is of no use to have seasons of prayer for the sick, while they refuse to use the simple remedies which God has provided, and which are close by them. If there is an unsanitary condition of things in the house and about the premises, the very first thing is to take up the work that has been neglected, and cleanse and purify the house and premises, making everything sweet, that the atmosphere may not be tainted by the least offensive smell.  {PC 48.5}
[PC 48.6]          The Lord gave certain directions to the children of Israel. They were to gather at the base of Mount Sinai, to hear the voice of God speaking the ten commandments. But first they were to wash their clothes. Again He commanded that no uncleanliness should be tolerated in the encampment, lest the Lord should pass by and see their uncleanness, and because of this refuse to go up with their armies to battle.  {PC 48.6}
[PC 48.7]          Some people ask God to preserve their families from all sickness and disease, while uncleanliness and untidiness are seen in the home, with the very things that create disease. Can God glorify His name by working a miracle to prevent the plague coming nigh the dwelling of those who do not care to act their part to prevent malaria and                                                                              49  fevers? The Lord does not work in this way. The human agent must act his part intelligently, keeping his body and his clothing clean, and every room in the house in order. Then the Lord can approach his dwelling. I will be honored, saith the Lord, by them that approach unto Me.  {PC 48.7}
[PC 49.1]          All who claim to love and serve God have a duty to perform. They are to keep themselves from all filthiness of the flesh and of the spirit, and perfect holiness in the fear of the Lord. It is the failure to do these things that makes the religion of those who profess to be Christians vain. Our God is too pure and holy to tolerate any disorder, any uncleanness. The individual who poisons his breath with tobacco is defiling the temple of God, and him will God destroy. The will of God must be done on earth. Ignorance in regard to these things is sin.  {PC 49.1}
[PC 49.2]          The friends of the truth will honor Him who is the Author and Finisher of their faith. Christ will prove Himself a physician in restoring the body as well as the soul. The workers together with God will yoke up with Christ, and place themselves, soul, body, and spirit, in right relation to God. Individuals and households will reveal the character of their faith by their dress, by their purity of speech, by their diligence in educating themselves and their children to be clean in the house, allowing no impurity in the home, no uncleanness on the premises, lest the Lord pass by and see their uncleanness. The Lord would have all things sweet about the home, that angels of God from the heavenly courts may be welcome guests, and not kept away by dirt and uncleanness.  {PC 49.2}
[PC 49.3]          The will of men, women, and children must be trained by cooperation with God. When they uplift themselves, the Lord will set them in desirable places. Then, by precept, and example, they can exert a refining, elevating influence upon their neighbors. The melody of spiritual joy and spiritual as well as physical health will be revealed, and will promote that blessedness which the Lord Jesus came to our world to impart to every individual who will believe. All may not be preachers, but all can minister, showing others how to be tidy and hopeful. This is like medicine to body and soul. Thus we may add grace to grace, and be all the time fitting ourselves for heaven. I send this that you may read it to the church.                                                    -    {PC 49.3}
[PC 49.4]     April 2, 1906                                             MS 33, 1906                                            Sanitarium, Cal.,March 20, '06                                The Chicago Work            During the general meeting held here in June 1902, I attended three meetings in the Sanitarium Chapel. I had a decided message to bear to the people. A heavy burden rested upon me to make a clear statement of the principles that should be followed in our medical missionary work. I was very thankful that Judge Arthur                                                                              50  was present to hear the message that the Lord had given me. I asked the Lord to help, and was assured of His presence.  {PC 49.4}
[PC 50.1]          On the third morning Judge Arthur came in a little late. After I had finished speaking, he rose and bore his testimony. He said that he had felt very tired that morning, and had told his wife that he would not attend the morning meeting. But afterward he felt impressed that he must attend, and he did. During his remarks, he said, "I could not rest till I had come to this meeting, and I am so thankful that I did not miss it. This message will be a great blessing to me. I have heard the very things I needed to hear." He bore an excellent testimony, and we were all very much pleased with the words spoken.  {PC 50.1}
[PC 50.2]          Shortly after the meetings closed, Judge Arthur and his wife spent part of a day at my home. We had much pleasant and profitable conversation. Among other things discussed was the matter of the representation that had been given me of an expensive building in the city of Chicago, used for various lines of medical missionary work. I related how that when I was in Australia, I was shown a large building in Chicago, which, in its erection and equipment, cost a large amount of money. And I was shown the error of investing means in any such buildings in our cities.  {PC 50.2}
[PC 50.3]          At the time that I saw this representation, scenes that would soon take place in Chicago, and other large cities also, passed before me. As wickedness increased, and the protecting power of God was withdrawn, there were destructive winds and tempests; buildings were destroyed by fire and shaken down by earthquakes. I saw the expensive building above referred to fall, with many others.  {PC 50.3}
[PC 50.4]          As I related some of these matters, and described the building that had been shown me, Judge Arthur said: "I can tell you something in regard to that building. A plan was drawn up for the erection of just such a building in Chicago. It seemed necessary to our work. It would have cost considerable money. Brother William Loughborough of Battle Creek, drew up the plans, and several men occupying responsible positions in the medical work met together to consider the matter. Various locations were considered. One of the plans discussed was very similar to what you have described.  {PC 50.4}
[PC 50.5]          Some time after this, I was shown that the vision of buildings in Chicago and the draft upon the means of our people to erect them, and their destruction, was an object lesson for our people, warning them not to invest largely of their means in property in Chicago, or any other city, unless the providence of God should positively open the way and plainly point out duty to build or buy as necessary in giving the note of warning. A similar caution was given in regard to building in Los Angeles. Repeatedly I have been instructed that we must not invest means in the erection of expensive buildings in cities.  {PC 50.5}
[PC 50.6]          In a letter that I wrote to Dr, Kellogg, dated Oct. 28, 1903, I spoke of this matter as follows:-  {PC 50.6}
[PC 50.7]          "Repeatedly it has been shown me that in many cases you have worked upon minds to undermine confidence in the Testimonies. The evil leaven that you have placed in these                                                                              51  minds has destroyed their faith in the principles of the truth and in the Testimonies. Since the re-opening of the Sanitarium, you have placed this leaven in many minds, and it will do its work. One thing that can now be done to undo this work is for me to present to our people the Testimonies as they have been given me, that others may not go on undermining the faith of their associates. They must not be left to retain impressions that have been made on their minds, as, after receiving a Testimony of reproof from me, you have said, 'Somebody has told her these things, but they are not so.'  {PC 50.7}
[PC 51.1]          "Over and over again you have told others how I once sent you a testimony reproving you for erecting a large building in Chicago, before any such building had been erected there. In the visions of the night a view of a large building was presented to me. I thought that it had been erected, and wrote you immediately in regard to the matter. I learned afterward that the building which I saw had not been put up.  {PC 51.1}
[PC 51.2]          "When you received my letter, you were perplexed, and you said, 'some one has misinformed Sister White regarding our work.' But no mortal man had ever written to me or told me that this building had been put up. It was presented to me in vision. If this view had not been given me, and if I had not written to you about the matter, an effort would have been made to erect such a building in Chicago, a place in which the Lord has said that we are not to put up large buildings. At the time when the vision was given, influences were working for the erection of such a building. The message was received in time to prevent the development of the plans and the carrying out of the project.  {PC 51.2}
[PC 51.3]          "You should have had discernment to see that the Lord worked in this matter. The very feature of the message that perplexed you should have been received as an evidence that my information came from a higher source than human lips. But instead, you have over and over again related your version of the matter, saying that some one must have told me a falsehood."  {PC 51.3}
[PC 51.4]          When Dr. Paulson showed me the location that had been secured for sanitarium work at Hinsdale, I was thoroughly pleased; for this place answered to the representations that had been given me of places that would be obtained by our people for sanitarium work outside of the large cities. Time will show that such properties as this can be used to a far greater advantage than buildings in Chicago; for the wickedness of Chicago is as the wickedness of Sodom and Gomorrah. It was also represented to me that there were other places near Chicago, but away from the city, which the Lord would have His people secure. There are souls to be reached. The message must be proclaimed. This is the light that has been given to me.                                                                              52   {PC 51.4}
[PC 52.1]          I have been given a representation of the preaching of the word of truth with clearness and power in many places where it has never been heard. The Lord would have the people warned; for a great work will be done in a short time. I have heard the word of God proclaimed in many localities outside the city of Chicago. There were many voices proclaiming the truth with great power. That which they proclaimed was not fanciful theories, but the warning message. While the solid truth of the Bible came from the lips of men who had no fanciful theories or misleading science to present, there were others who labored with all their power to bring in false theories regarding God and Christ. And miracles were wrought, to deceive, if possible, the very elect.  {PC 52.1}
[PC 52.2]         I heard the message proclaimed in power by men who had not been educated in Battle Creek. Among those who were engaged in the work, were young men taken from the plow and from the fields, and sent forth to preach the truth as it is in Jesus. Unquestioning faith in the Lord God of heaven was imparted to those who were called and chosen. "All this," said my Instructor, "is a parable of what should be and what will be."  {PC 52.2}
[PC 52.3]          For the present, some will be obliged to labor in Chicago; but these should be preparing working-centers in rural districts, from which to work the city. The Lord would have His people looking about them, and securing humble, inexpensive places as centers for their work. And from time to time, larger places will come to their notice, which they will be able to secure at a surprisingly low price.                                           (Signed) Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 52.3}
[PC 52.4]     MS 15                                   Basle, Switzerland 1886            I have been shown that in times past men have made grievous mistakes. Some who have stood in positions of sacred trust have sullied their integrity. They have not, in their individual responsibility, stood in moral power before God. Those who were not worthy have been flattered while those who have stood fast for truth and for righteousness, because their ideas did not agree with those of their brethren have been denounced, discredited, and misjudged. Evil has been imagined against them.  {PC 52.4}
[PC 52.5]          Greatness without goodness, is valueless. It is as a tinkling symbol. The man who does not gather about him the rays of light that God has let shine upon his pathway will surely surround himself with the shadows of darkness. God designs that his people shall press closer and still closer to the light. Then they will go forward and upward.  {PC 52.5}
[PC 52.6]          "Light is sown for the righteous, and truth for the upright in heart." There is altogether too little searching, with painstaking effort, for the truth, as for hidden treasure. With hearts softened and subdued by the grace of God, the conscience quickened by habitual prayer and searching of the Scriptures, the whole soul may become familiar with heavenly truth. Such will stand firmly for the right because it is right. Pure and undefiled religion will be interwoven                                                                              53  with the life-practice. They will honor God, and God will honor them.  {PC 52.6}
[PC 53.1]          I have been shown that there is a fault with us. We honor and flatter human beings, accepting their ideas and their judgment as the voice of God. We advocate their cause. But they are not always safe to follow. Their judgment is erring.  {PC 53.1}
[PC 53.2]          God would have us ever refuse to plead against the truth. His frown is upon all that is false and unfair. This should be the position of every one who stands to minister in the service of their Master. For if one to whom God has entrusted holy responsibilities allows envy, evil surmising, prejudice, and jealousies to find place in the heart, he is guilty of breaking the law of God. And his words, his ideas, and his errors will extend just as far as his sphere of influence extends. God says to every man to whom He entrusts responsibilities, "Put not your trust in man, neither make flesh your arm." Look to God. Trust in his infallible wisdom. Regard as a sin, the practice so common, even among Seventh-day Adventists, of becoming the echo of any man, however lofty his position. Listen to the voice of the great Shepherd, and you will never be led astray. Search the Scriptures for yourself, and be braced for duty and for trial by the truth of God's word. Let no friendship, no influence, no entreaty let not the smiles, the confidence, or the rewards of any man, induce you to swerve from the path in which the Lord would lead you. Let Christlike integrity and consistency control the actions of your life. The man who sits most at the feet of Jesus, and is taught by the Saviour's spirit, will be ready to cry out, "I am weak and unworthy, But Christ is my strength and my righteousness."  {PC 53.2}
[PC 53.3]          Godliness, sobriety, and consistency will characterized the life and example of every true Christian. The work which Christ is doing in the sanctuary above will engage the thoughts, and be the burden of the conversation, because by faith he has entered into the sanctuary. He is on earth, but his sympathies are in harmony with the work that Christ is doing in heaven. Christ is cleansing the heavenly sanctuary from the sins of the people, and it is the work of all who are laborers together with God to be cleansing the sanctuary of the soul from everything that is offensive to him. Everything like evil surmising, envy, jealousy, enmity, and hatred, will be put away; for such things grieve the Holy Spirit of God, and put Christ to an open shame. Love of self will not exist, nor will any engage in this work be puffed up. The example of Christ's life, the consistency of His character, will make his influence far-reaching. He will be a living epistle, known and read of all men.  {PC 53.3}
[PC 53.4]          "Finally, be ye all of one mind, having compassion one of another, love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous: not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing, but contrariwise, blessing; knowing that ye are thereunto called, that ye should inherit a blessing. For he that will love life, and see good days, let him refrain his tongue from evil, and his lips that they speak no guile; let him eschew evil, and do good; let him seek peace, and ensue it. For the eyes of the Lord are over the righteous, and his ears are open unto their prayer but the face of the Lord is against them that do evil." (1 Peter 3:8-12)                                                                              54   {PC 53.4}
[PC 54.1]          It is not safe for us to open our minds and hearts to envy and evil speaking. The fruits of God's Spirit are plainly specified, so that we need not entertain or cherish those attributes that proceed from the enemy of God and man. The false tongue beguiles the unwary, and makes an easy conquest of those who are not strengthened, stablished, and settled, having root in themselves. The atonement of Christ is to be the anchor of our hope, and the word of God a lamp to our feet, and a light to our path. Then our words will not be of self, but of Christ and of the all-essential work for this time.  {PC 54.1}
[PC 54.2]          With many there is but a very limited perusal of the Holy Scriptures. The truth is not dwelt upon, and the result is that it is not made the theme of conversation. It is made evident that Christ is not abiding in the heart. Our tongues should speak more of the matchless love of Jesus.  {PC 54.2}
[PC 54.3]          "If some of the branches were broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert grafted in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree; boast not thyself against the branches. But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee. Thou wilt say then, The branches were broken off, that I might be grafted in. Well; because of unbelief they were broken off, and thou standest by faith. Be not highminded, but fear: for if God spared not the natural branches, take heed lest he also spare not thee. Behold therefore the goodness and severity of God; on them which fell, severity; but toward thee, goodness: otherwise thou shalt also be cut off." (Romans 11:17-22)  {PC 54.3}
[PC 54.4]          The Lord has shown me that as a people we must have a purer morality. There is among us a flippant reproduction of arguments that are the product of other brains than ours, while the man who first uttered them has not spent hours of earnest study each day in order to know the truth. In his self-sufficiency he has turned away from the truth unto fables. He has not poured out before God his earnest prayer that he might know the hidden mysteries of God's word, that he might present to the people things new and old, which painstaking effort he has dug from the mine of truth.  {PC 54.4}
[PC 54.5]          Mysteries which have been hidden for ages are to be revealed in these last days to a humble people, who lean upon the arm of infinite power. Truth will be opened to the humble seeker, whose life is hid with Christ in God.  {PC 54.5}
[PC 54.6]          God calls upon his people to be Christians in thought, in word, in deed. Luther made the statement that religion is never so much in danger as among reverend men. I can say that many who handle the truth are not sanctified through the truth. They have not the faith that works by love, and purifies the soul. They become accustomed to handling sacred things, and because of this, many handle the word of God irreverently. They have not walked in the light, but have closed their eyes to light.  {PC 54.6}
[PC 54.7]          This is an age of signal rejection of the grace God has purposed to bestow upon his people, that in the perils of the last days they may                                                                              55  not be overcome by the prevailing iniquity, and unite with the hostility of the world against God's remnant people. Under the cloak of Christianity and sanctification, far-spreading and manifest ungodliness will prevail to a terrible degree, and will continue until Christ comes to be glorified in all them that believe. In the very courts of the temple scenes will be enacted that few realize. God's people will be proved and tested, that he may discern between him that serveth God, and him that serveth him not.  {PC 54.7}
[PC 55.1]          Vengeance will be executed against those who sit in the gate, deciding what the people should have, and what they should not have. These take away the key of knowledge. They refuse to enter in themselves, and those who would enter, they hinder. These bear not the seal of the living God. All who now occupy responsible positions should be solemnly and terribly afraid lest in this time they shall be found as unfaithful stewards.  {PC 55.1}
[PC 55.2]          Satan has come down with great power, knowing that his time is short. The continued apostasy, the abounding iniquity, which chills the faith and constancy of many, should call the faithful ones to the front. Straight, clear, decided testimonies, freighted with light for the time, will be given. Truth, undimmed by the furnace, will shine brighter and brighter until the perfect day. The Spirit and power of the coming One will be imparted in large measure to those who are preparing to stand in the day of God, who are hastening the second advent of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To these faithful ones Christ gives special communications. He talks with them as he talked with his disciples before leaving them. The Spirit of truth will guide them into all truth. God has lines of communication with the world today. Through his appointed agencies, he speaks to the people he is purifying, warning and encouraging them.  {PC 55.2}
[PC 55.3]          There are those who listen with open ears and quickened understanding for the words of reproof and encouragement addressed to them. But Satan is ever on the alert to make these words of counsel of none effect. He seeks to close every avenue through which people receive truth. Unto those that have shall more be given, but from those that have not, shall be taken away, even that which they have. If the ears are dull of hearing, if the eyes are closed to the light which God flashes into the pathway, the light previously received is so mingled with supposition, uncertainty, and darkness, that light cannot be distinguished from darkness. There are those whom we have loved in the faith who have turned from it, and given heed to seducing spirits. "They went out from us, but they were not of us, for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued with us. But they went out, that they might be made manifest that they were not all of us. (1 John 2:19)  {PC 55.3}
[PC 55.4]          The love, the tender compassion, the marvelous condescension of Christ for his disciples is without a parallel. He made them the depositaries of sacred truth, as they could comprehend it. But He said to them, "I have many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now." (John 16:12) Although Christ was with them, as their instructor, yet their former teaching had so moulded their ideas and opinions that should Christ unfold the many things he longed to communicate, they would have misinterpreted his words. While                                                                              56  he was with them, He sought to impress upon them the knowledge there was for them in the mysteries of the kingdom of God. He would have them see that it was an evidence of his love for Him to lift the veil of the future, and make them the depositaries of knowledge concerning events to come. But much He had told them had been dimly comprehended, and much would be forgotten. He told them that after His crucifixion and ascension the Holy Spirit would open many things to them, and give them a better understanding of what He had tried to tell them. He would still continue to reveal sacred truth to them, and His Spirit would more fully impart truth to them.  {PC 55.4}
[PC 56.1]          While Christ unfolded the iniquity and sorrow that must come to His disciples, the persecutions, and the trials they must bear, and the rejection of their testimony. He did not design that they should cloud their lives by looking on the dark side. He assured them that they would not be left alone, but be sustained by His Holy Spirit, which would guide them into all truth. "The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost," He said, "whom the Father will send in My name he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you." "I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now. Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth is come, he will guide you into all truth; for he will not speak of himself, but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak; and he will show you things to come."  {PC 56.1}
[PC 56.2]          Here is a precious promise; the purposes and plans of God are to be opened to his disciples. What is a disciple?--A learner, ever learning. Coming events, of solemn character, are opening before us, and God would not have any one of us think that in these last days there is no more that we need to know. This is a continual snare of Satan. He would have us meet coming events without that special preparation which is essential to guide them through every difficulty. He would have all stumbling their way along in ignorance, making self-conceit, self-esteem, self-confidence, take the place of true knowledge. The more satisfied any one is with himself, and his present knowledge, the less earnestly and humbly will he seek to be guided into all truth. The less of the Holy Spirit of God he has, the more self-satisfied and complacent he will feel. He will not search earnestly and with the deepest interest to know more truth. But unless he keeps pace with the Leader, who is guiding into all truth, he will be left behind, belated, blinded, confused, because he is not walking in the light.  {PC 56.2}
[PC 56.3]          All who follow Christ will walk in the light as He is in the light. They will not then regard light with indifference, nor will they misapply the light, or stumble over it as did the Jews.  {PC 56.3}
[PC 56.4]          A spurious light will be accepted in the place of truth by some who feel called upon to be expositors of the Scriptures, because of their calling or position. Extravagance, dishonesty, fraud, licentiousness, is mingled with sacred things, until no difference is made between the sacred and the common. Many who claim to preach the word contemplate some portions of Scripture truth, but do not apply it to the heart and character. They expatiate upon the plan of redemption, and upon the law of God, and become enthusiastic upon some of these glorious themes, but they take no personal interest in the matter. Christ is not brought into their lives. Can we then be surprised to hear of ministers falling under temptation and sin, disgracing                                                                              57  the cause they were professedly advocating? Can we wonder that there are apostasies, when men who urge conversion upon others are not themselves converted; when they commend to others the love of Christ, which does not glow in their own souls, preaching repentance which they themselves have not practiced, and faith which they have no experimental knowledge of, telling of a Saviour whom they have never known except by rumor? They are self-deceived men, not far from destruction. Pitiful indeed is their situation. All may seem peaceful to them, because the palsy of death is upon them.  {PC 56.4}
[PC 57.1]          We are fully aware that dishonest men, immoral men, who preach the word, are not always reproved and warned. They are not unmasked. They learn to hold the truth in unrighteousness, and can tamper with it without a trembling heart and rebuke of conscience. O that with pen and voice we might lead the people who claim to be depositaries of sacred and eternal truth to feel the necessity of enthroning the word of God in their heart, and bringing every thought, word, and action into subjection to Jesus Christ. It is a fearful responsibility to be in daily connection with the truth of God, telling others of eternity, and yet be unsanctified through the truth.  {PC 57.1}
[PC 57.2]          It is not safe to place men in the position God should occupy; for men cannot be trusted. If they do not constantly live as in the presence of God, if they do not walk humbly before God and their brethren, they will diverge almost imperceptibly, and by slight degrees, from the straight line of God's work. Trusting to their own wisdom, they will deceive themselves and their fellow-men. Their ideas become so confused that they offer strange fire before the Lord.  {PC 57.2}
[PC 57.3]          The word of God is to be the man of our counsel. With pen and voice I proclaim to all who bear credentials, to all licentiates, to all colporteurs, and all canvassers, that the Bible, and the Bible only, studied on your knees, laid up in your heart, and practiced in your life, attended by the Holy Spirit's power, can be your safeguard. It alone can make you righteous and holy and keep you thus. Every human influence is weak and varying unless the truth of God's word is brought home to the soul, and placed upon the throne. Not till this is done, will the heart be sanctified, purified and made holy, a fountain out of which are the issues of life.  {PC 57.3}
[PC 57.4]          Discourses that have little of Christ and his righteousness in them are given in the desk. They are Christless sermons. To preach in the demonstration of the Spirit is completely beyond the power of those who are without Christ. They are feeble, empty, and without nourishment. They have no Christ to carry with them in private life. They are full of boasting, of pride, of self-esteem, speaking evil of things of which they have no real knowledge. They manifest an impatience of everything that does not follow in their line. They will even scoff and mock at sacred things, because they do not see that spiritual things are spiritually discerned. They degrade themselves by perverting and falsifying truth.  {PC 57.4}
[PC 57.5]          By his Holy Spirit, the Lord will demonstrate that his word is the only thing that can make men right and keep them right. I have been shown that God's revealed truth alone can keep men in the path of humble obedience. Standard bearers are falling round us, not only through death, but through the deceptions of Satan. All heaven is looking upon                                                                              58  the remnant people of God, to see if they will make truth alone their shield and buckler. Unless the truth is presented as it is in Jesus, and is planted in the heart by the power of the Spirit of God, even ministers will be found drifting away from Christ, away from piety, away from religious principle. They will become blind leaders of the blind.  {PC 57.5}
[PC 58.1]          Our faith cannot be vested in any man. We need Christ's righteousness. We need Jesus ever by our side. He is our Rock. It is by his might that we conquer, and by his righteousness that we are saved. When I see men exalted and praised, extolled as almost infallible, I know that there must come a terrible shaking. When God's lamp of life shines into the heart with clear and steady ray, darkness will instantly be dispelled. Every idol will be dethroned, and the peace of God which passeth all understanding will reign in the heart. Truth, precious truth, will be seen, appreciated, and obeyed. The standard will be elevated, and many will rally round it.                                                   (Signed)     (M.H. May 9, '97)                                Ellen G. White                 (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                                              59   {PC 58.1}
[PC 59.1]    Nov. 1, 1907                                    Sanitarium, Cal., July 4, 1906                            Lessons from the Visions of Ezekiel                                           Part One                                Exhortation to Faithfulness            In the visions of the night I seemed to be speaking with great earnestness before an assembly of people. A heavy burden was upon my soul. I was presenting before those gathered together the message of the prophet Ezekiel regarding the duties of the Lord's watchmen.  {PC 59.1}
[PC 59.2]          "Again the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, speak to the children of thy people, and say unto them, When I bring the sword upon a land if the people of the land take a man of their coasts, and set him for their watchman; if when he seeth the sword come upon the land, he blow the trumpet and warn the people; then whosoever heareth the sound of the trumpet, and taketh not warning; if the sword come, and take him away, his blood shall be upon his own head. He heard the sound of the trumpet, and took not warning: his blood shall be upon him. But he that taketh warning shall deliver his soul. But if the watchman see the sword come and blow not the trumpet, and the people be not warned; if the sword come, and take any person from among them, he is taken away in his iniquity: but his blood will I require at the watchman's hand."  {PC 59.2}
[PC 59.3]          "So thou, O son of man, I have set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore thou shalt hear the word at my mouth, and warn them from me. When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt surely die; if thou dost not speak to warn the wicked from his way, that wicked man shall die in his iniquity, but his blood will I require at thine hand. Nevertheless, if thou warn the wicked of his way to turn from it; if he do not turn from his way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul.  {PC 59.3}
[PC 59.4]          "Therefore, O thou son of man, speak unto the house of Israel: Thus ye speak, saying, If our transgressions and our sins be upon us, and we pine away in them, how should we then live? Say unto them, As I live, saith the Lord God, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked; but that the wicked turn from his way and live: turn ye, turn ye, from your evil ways; for why will ye die, O house of Israel?" (Ezekiel 33:1-11)  {PC 59.4}
[PC 59.5]         The prophet had by the command of God ceased from prophesying to the Jews just at the time when the news came that Jerusalem was invaded, and siege laid to her. In the twenty-fourth chapter Ezekiel records the representation that was given to him of the punishment that would come upon all who would refuse the word of the Lord. The people were removed from Jerusalem, and punished by death and captivity. No lot was to fall upon it to determine who should be saved and who destroyed.  {PC 59.5}
[PC 59.6]          "Wherefore thus saith the Lord God: Woe to the bloody city, to the pot whose scum is therein, and whose scum is not gone out of it! bring it out piece by piece; let no lot fall upon it. For her blood is in the midst of her. . . . Therefore thus saith the Lord God; Woe to the bloody city! I will even make the pile for fire great. Heap on wood, kindle the fire, consume the flesh, and spice it well, and let the bones be burned. . . . She hath wearied herself with lies, and her great scum went not forth out of her:     60.     her scum shall be in the fire. In thy filthiness is lewdness: because I have purged thee, and thou wast not purged, thou shalt not be purged from thy filthiness any more, till I have caused my fury to rest upon thee. I the Lord have spoken it: it shall come to pass, and I will do it; I will not go back; neither will I spare, neither will I repent; according to thy ways and according to thy doings shall they judge thee, saith the Lord God.  {PC 59.6}
[PC 60.1]          "Also the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, behold I take away from thee the desire of thine eyes with a stroke; yet neither shalt thou mourn nor weep, neither shall thy tears run down. Forbear to cry; make no mourning for the dead. . . . So I spake unto the people in the morning: and at even my wife died: and I did in the morning what I was commanded.  {PC 60.1}
[PC 60.2]          "And the people said unto me, Wilt thou not tell us what these things are to us, that thou doest so? Then I answered them, The word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Speak unto the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will profane my sanctuary, the excellency of your strength, the desire of your eyes, and that which your soul pitieth; and your sons and your daughters whom ye have left shall fall by the sword. And ye shall do as I have done; ye shall not cover your lips, nor eat the bread of men. And your tires shall be upon your heads, and your shoes upon your feet; ye shall not mourn nor weep; but ye shall pine away for your iniquities, and mourn one toward another. Thus Ezekiel is unto you a sign: according to all that he hath done shall ye do; and when this cometh, ye shall know that I am the Lord God." (Ezekiel 24:6-24)  {PC 60.2}
[PC 60.3]         I am instructed to present these words before those who have had light and evidence, but who have walked directly contrary to the light. The Lord will make the punishment of those who will not receive his admonitions and warnings as broad as the wrong has been. The purpose of those who have tried to cover their wrong, while they have secretly worked against the purposes of God, will be fully revealed. Truth will be vindicated. God will make manifest that He is God.  {PC 60.3}
[PC 60.4]          There is a spirit of wickedness at work in the church that is striving at every opportunity to make void the law of God. While the Lord may not punish unto death those who have carried their rebellion to great lengths, the light will never again shine with such convincing power upon the stubborn opposers of truth. Sufficient evidence is given to every soul regarding what is truth and what is error. But the deceptive power of evil upon some is so great that they will not receive the evidence and respond to it by repentance.  {PC 60.4}
[PC 60.5]          A long-continued resistance of truth will harden the most impressionable heart. Those who reject the Spirit of truth place themselves under the control of a spirit that is opposed to the word and work of God. For a time they may continue to teach some phases of the truth; but their refusal to accept all the light God sends will after a time place them where they will do the work of a false watchman.  {PC 60.5}
[PC 60.6]          The interests of the cause of present truth demand that those who profess to stand on the Lord's side shall bring into exercise all their                                                                              61.     powers to vindicate the advent message, the most important message that will ever come to the world. For those who stand as representatives of present truth to use time and energy now in attempting to answer the questions of the doubting ones, will be an unwise use of their time. It will not remove the doubts. The burden of our work now, is not to labor for those who, although they have had abundant light and evidence, still continue on the unbelieving side. God bids us give our time and strength to the work of preaching to the people the messages that stirred men and women in 1843 and 1844.  {PC 60.6}
[PC 61.1]          We are now to labor unceasingly to get the truth before Jew and Gentile. Instead of going over and over the same ground to establish the faith of those who should never have accepted a doubt regarding the Third Angel's Message, let our efforts be given to making known the truth to those who have never heard it. God calls upon us to make known to all men the truths that have made us what we are, Seventh-Day Adventists.  {PC 61.1}
[PC 61.2]          God is speaking to His people today as He spoke to Israel through Moses, saying, "Who is on the Lord's side?" My brethren, take your position where God bids you. Leave alone those who after light has been repeatedly given them have taken a stand on the opposite side. You are not to spend precious time in repeating to them what they already know, and thus lose your opportunity of entering new fields with the message of present truth. Take up the work which has been given us. With the word of God as your message, stand on the platform of truth and proclaim the soon coming of Christ. Truth, eternal truth, will prevail.  {PC 61.2}
[PC 61.3]          For more than half a century the different points of present truth have been questioned and opposed. New theories have been advanced as truth, which were not truth, and the Spirit of God revealed their error. As the great pillars of our faith have been presented, the Holy Spirit has borne witness to them, and especially is this so regarding the truths of the sanctuary question. Over and over again the Holy Spirit has in a marked manner endorsed the preaching of this doctrine. But today, as in the past, some will be led to form new theories and to deny the truths upon which the Spirit of God has placed His approval.  {PC 61.3}
[PC 61.4]          Any man who seeks to present the theories which would lead us from the light that has come to us on the ministration in the heavenly sanctuary, should not be accepted as a teacher. A true understanding of the sanctuary question means much to us as a people. When we were earnestly seeking the Lord for light on that question light came. In vision I was given such a view of the heavenly sanctuary, and the ministration connected with the holy place, that for many days I could not speak of it.  {PC 61.4}
[PC 61.5]          I know from the light that God has given me that there should be a revival of the messages that have been given in the past, because men will seek to bring in new theories, and will try to prove that those theories are scriptural, whereas they are error which if allowed a place will undermine faith in the truth. We are not to accept these suppositions and pass them along as truth. No, no; we must not move from the platform of truth on which we have been established.  {PC 61.5}
[PC 61.6]          There will always be those who are seeking for something new, and who stretch and strain the word of God to make it support their ideas and     62.     theories. Let us, brethren, take the things that God has given us, and which His Spirit has taught us is truth, and believe them, leaving alone those theories which His Spirit has not endorsed.                                                                                  63.  {PC 61.6}
[PC 63.1]     Nov. 1, 1907                                    Sanitarium, Cal, July, 4, 1906                                Lessons from the Visions of Ezekiel                                             Part Two                                  Warning Against Rebellion     Ezekiel again writes:            "The word of the Lord came again unto me, saying, Son of man, say unto the Prince of Tyrus, Thus saith the Lord God; Because thine heart is lifted up, and thou hast said, I am a God, I sit in the seat of God, in the midst of the seas; yet thou art a man and not God, though thou set thine heart as the heart of God: behold, thou art wiser than Daniel; there is no secret that they can hide from thee; with thy wisdom, and with thine understanding thou hast gotten these riches, and has gotten gold and silver into thy treasures: by thy great wisdom and by thy traffic hast thou increased thy riches, and thine heart is lifted up because of thy riches; therefore thus saith the Lord God; Because thou hast set thine heart as the heart of God; behold, therefore I will bring strangers upon thee, the terrible of the nations; and they shall draw their swords against the beauty of thy wisdom, and they shall defile thy brightness. They shall bring thee down to the pit, and thou shalt die the deaths of them that are slain in the midst of the seas. Wilt thou yet say before him that slayeth thee, I am God? But thou shalt be a man, and not God, in the hand of him that slayeth thee. Thou shalt die the deaths of the uncircumcised by the hand of strangers: for I have spoken it, saith the Lord God.  {PC 63.1}
[PC 63.2]          "Moreover the word of the Lord came unto me saying, Son of man, take up a lamentation upon the king of Tyrus, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord God; Thou sealest up the sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty. Thou hast been in Eden, the garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering, the sardius, topaz, and the diamond, the beryl, the onyx, and the jasper, the sapphire, the emerald, and the carbuncle, and gold; the workmanship of thy tabrets and of thy pipes was prepared in thee in the day that thou wast created. Thou art the anointed cherub that covereth; and I have set thee so; thou wast upon the holy mountain of God; thou hast walked up and down in the midst of the stones of fire; thou wast perfect in thy ways from the day that thou wast created till iniquity was found in thee. By the multitude of thy merchandise they have filled the midst of thee with violence, and thou hast sinned; therefore I will cast thee as profane out of the mountain of God, and I will destroy thee, O covering cherub, from the midst of the stones of fire. Thine heart was lifted up because of thy beauty, thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness: I will cast thee to the ground, I will lay thee before kings, that they may behold thee. Thou hast defiled thy sanctuaries by the multitude of thine iniquities, by the iniquity of thy traffic; therefore will I bring forth a fire from the midst of thee, it shall devour thee, and I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold thee. All they that know thee among the people shall be astonished at thee: thou shalt be a terror, and never shalt thou be any more.  {PC 63.2}
[PC 63.3]         "Again the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, set thy face against Zidon, and prophecy against it. And say, Thus saith the     64.     Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Zidon; and I will be glorified in the midst of thee and they shall know that I am the Lord, when I have executed judgments in her, and shall be sanctified in her. For I will send into her pestilence, and blood into her streets; and the wounded shall be judged in the midst of her by the sword upon her on every side; and they shall know that I am the Lord.  {PC 63.3}
[PC 64.1]         "And there shall be no more a pricking brier unto the house of Israel, nor any grieving thorn of all that are round about them, that despised them; and they shall know that I am the Lord God. Thus saith the Lord God; When I shall have gathered the house of Israel from the people among whom they are scattered, and shall be sanctified in them in the sight of the heathen, then shall they dwell in their land that I have given to my servant, Jacob. And they shall dwell safely therein, and shall build houses, and plant vineyards; yea, they shall dwell with confidence, when I have executed judgments upon all those that despise them round about them; and they shall know that I am the Lord their God." (Ezekiel 28:1-26)  {PC 64.1}
[PC 64.2]         The first sinner was one whom God had greatly exalted. He is represented under the figure of the prince of Tyrus flourishing in might and magnificence. Little by little Satan came to indulge the desire for self-exaltation. The Scripture says:  {PC 64.2}
[PC 64.3]          "Thine heart was lifted up because of thy beauty; thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness." "Thou hast said in thine heart. . . I will exalt my throne above the stars of God; . . .I will be like the Most High."  {PC 64.3}
[PC 64.4]          Though all his glory was from God, this mighty angel came to regard it as pertaining to himself. Not content with his position, though honored above the heavenly host, he ventured to covet homage due to the Creator. Instead of seeking to make God supreme in the affections and allegiance of all created beings, it was his endeavor to secure their service and loyalty to himself. And coveting the glory with which the infinite Father has invested His Son, this Prince of angels aspired to power that was the prerogative of Christ alone.  {PC 64.4}
[PC 64.5]          To the very close of the controversy in heaven, the great usurper continued to justify himself. When it was announced that with all his sympathizers he must be expelled from the abodes of bliss, then the rebel leader boldly avowed his contempt for the Creator's law. He denounced the divine statutes as a restriction of their liberty, and declared that it was his purpose to secure the abolition of law. With one accord, Satan and his host threw the blame of their rebellion wholly upon Christ, declaring that if they had not been reproved, they would never have rebelled.  {PC 64.5}
[PC 64.6]          Satan's rebellion was to be a lesson to the universe through all coming ages, a perpetual testimony to the nature and terrible results of sin. The working out of Satan's rule, its effects upon both men and angels, would show what must be the fruit of setting aside the divine authority. It would testify that with the existence of God's government and His law, is bound up the well-being of all the creatures He has made. Thus the history of this terrible experiment of rebellion was to be a perpetual safeguard to all holy intelligences, to prevent them from being deceived                                                                    65.     as to the nature of transgression, to save them from committing sin, and suffering its punishment.  {PC 64.6}
[PC 65.1]          At any moment God can withdraw from the impenitent the tokens of His wonderful mercy and love. Oh, that human agencies might consider what will be the sure result of their ingratitude to Him and of their disregard of the infinite Gift of Christ to our world! If they continue to love transgression more than obedience, the present blessings and the great mercy of God that they now enjoy, but do not appreciate, will finally become the occasion of their eternal ruin. When it is too late for them to see and understand that which they have slighted as a thing of naught they will know what it means to be without God, without hope. Then they will realize what they have lost by choosing to be disloyal to God and to stand in rebellion to His commandments.  {PC 65.1}
[PC 65.2]          In His great mercy God has spoken words of encouragement to the children of men. To all who repent and turn to Him, He offers abundant pardon. Repentance for sin is the first fruits of the working of the Holy Spirit in the life. It is the only process by which infinite purity reflects the image of Christ in His redeemed subjects. In Christ all fulness dwells. He teaches us to count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus our Lord.  {PC 65.2}
[PC 65.3]          This knowledge is the highest science that any man can reach. It is the sum of all true science. "This is life eternal," Christ declared, "that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent."  {PC 65.3}
[PC 65.4]          The time has come when the righteous should understand that God's judgments are to fall on all who transgress His law, and that those who walk humbly with Him will triumph with holy gladness. As Jehovah is holy He requires His people to be holy, pure, undefiled. For without holiness no man shall see the Lord. Those who worship Him in sincerity and truth will be accepted by Him. If church members will put away all self worship, and will receive in their hearts the love for God and for one another that filled Christ's heart, our heavenly Father will constantly manifest His power through them. Let His people be drawn together with the cords of divine love. Then the world will recognize the miracle working power of God, and will acknowledge that He is the Strength and the Helper of His commandment-keeping people.     66.  {PC 65.4}
[PC 66.1]     MS-61                            Sanitarium, California, June 3, 1906                      Hold Fast the Beginning of Your Confidence            For many months I have been troubled as I have seen that some of our brethren whom God has used in His cause are now perplexed over the scientific theology which has come in to lead men away from a true faith in God. Sabbath night, a week ago, after I had been prayerfully studying over these things, I had a vision, in which I was speaking before a large company where many questions were asked concerning my work and writings.  {PC 66.1}
[PC 66.2]          I was directed by a messenger from heaven not to take the burden of picking up and answering all the sayings and doubts that are being put into many minds. "Stand as the messenger of God anywhere in any place," I was bidden, "and bear the testimony I shall give you. Be free. Bear the testimonies that the Lord has for you to bear in reproof, in rebuke, in the work of encouraging and lifting up the soul; 'teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.'"  {PC 66.2}
[PC 66.3]          After the vision I prayed aloud with great fervor and earnestness. My soul was strengthened; for the words had been spoken: "Be strong, yea, be strong. Let none of the misleading words of ministers or physicians distress your mind. Tell them to take the light given them in publications. Truth will always bear away the victory. Go straight forward with your work.  {PC 66.3}
[PC 66.4]          "If the Holy Spirit is rejected, all My words will not help to remove, even for the time being, the false representations that have been made, and Satan stands ready to invent more. If the evidence already given is rejected, all other evidence will be useless until there is seen the converting power of God upon minds. If the convincing impressions of the Holy Spirit made in the past will not be accepted as trustworthy evidence, nothing that can be presented hereafter will reach them, because the bewitching guile of Satan has perverted their discernment."  {PC 66.4}
[PC 66.5]          To those who have been convinced again and again as the Holy Spirit has borne witness, all the words that can now be said can not be as forcible as the impression  made by the Holy Spirit of God.  {PC 66.5}
[PC 66.6]          To my brethren, I say, Go forward. Be of good courage. Whenever the Spirit of God is entertained in the place of the underworking of evil influences on mind and heart, those who have been working against God will come to their right bearings. A great work is to be done now in convicting souls. The message must in no case be changed from what it has been. As has been foretold in the Scriptures, there will be seducing spirits and doctrines of devils in the midst of the church, and these evil influences will increase; but hold fast the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end.  {PC 66.6}
[PC 66.7]          Let not souls be drawn into Battle Creek. Warnings are to be given. A message similar to that borne by John the Baptist is to be heard. But beware of men; for they will seek to divert the mind from the necessity of heeding the true issues for this time. Carry                                                                         67.     on the work now for those who need the truth and who have not resisted the evidences of the truth for fallacies and scientific imaginations.  {PC 66.7}
[PC 67.1]          The time is at hand when Satan will work miracles to confirm minds in the belief that he is God. All the people of God are now to stand on the platform of truth as it has been given in the Third Angel's Message. All the pleasant pictures, all the miracles wrought, will be presented in order that if possible the very elect should be deceived. The only hope for any one is to hold fast the evidences that have confirmed the truth in righteousness. Let these be proclaimed over and over again, until the close of this earth's history.  {PC 67.1}
[PC 67.2]          The perils of the last days are upon us. Devote not precious time in trying to convince those who would change the truth of God into a lie. Proclaim the Third Angel's message. Bear a straight-forward, clear-cut message.  {PC 67.2}
[PC 67.3]          Thus I was speaking before a perplexed company just before I called them to take their stand on the right side. If some chose another position, let them alone. Labor for those who have never had the evidence of truth. So long as men hold fast to men, and believe men in the place of the word of God, you can do little to help them. You are working against principalities and powers, as is represented in Ephesians 6:12.  {PC 67.3}
[PC 67.4]          We are to revive the truth; to stand in the truth. Whoever is determined to depart from the faith can not be helped by you. All your reasoning will be as idle tales.  {PC 67.4}
[PC 67.5]          Take the banner of truth and hold it aloft, higher and still higher. The Lord calls for faithful minute men. Go into the cities that need the message of a soon-coming Saviour. Thousands of unbelievers in our cities need to hear the last message of warning.  {PC 67.5}
[PC 67.6]          It is Satan's plan to produce these variances, to keep our minds on dissensions and unprofitable problems until the last woe shall come upon the world. Time is too precious to be lost through confusion. Proclaim to the world that Christ is soon coming.  {PC 67.6}
[PC 67.7]          Gather not at Battle Creek; spoil not the minds of youth, physicians and ministers. Set at work in the cause of God every soul who has heeded the words of warning given.  {PC 67.7}
[PC 67.8]          I have been instructed that it is not extravagant display which is now required in giving the last message of mercy to our world. We must go forth in the simplicity of true godliness. Our sanitariums, our schools, our publishing houses, are to be God's instrumentalities to represent the humble manner of Christ's teaching. In a marked manner the Lord will be the strength and power of His people. Maintain simplicity; and pray in faith constantly. Wherever you are, your only safety is in prayer. Hold fast the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end.  {PC 67.8}
[PC 67.9]          Beware of the leaven of evil. Talk less; criticise less. Let every one remember that he is now on test and trial for life, eternal life.  {PC 67.9}
[PC 67.10]          God now calls for all who choose to serve Him, to stand firmly on     68.     the platform of eternal truth. Let those who have brought about the present state of confusion by making the division that exists, stop to consider seriously before going any farther. "Choose you this day whom ye will serve." "If the Lord be God, follow Him; but if Baal, then follow Him."                                              (Signed)                                                        Ellen G. White                        (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                                        69.  {PC 67.10}
[PC 69.1]                               Sanitarium, California, September 16, 1910                        An Appeal for Labor in the Cities     To Conference Presidents:            During the night of February 27, a representation was given me in which the unworked cities were represented before me as a living reality, and I was plainly instructed that there should be a decided change from past methods of working. For months the situation has been impressed on my mind, and I urge that companies be organized and diligently trained to labor in our important cities. These workers should labor two and two, and from time to time all should meet together to relate their experiences, to pray, and to plan how to reach the people quickly, and thus if possible redeem the time.  {PC 69.1}
[PC 69.2]          This is no time to colonize. From city to city the work is to be carried quickly. The light that has been placed under a bushel is to be taken out and placed on a candle stick, that it may give forth light to all that are in the house.  {PC 69.2}
[PC 69.3]          Thousands of people in our cities are left in darkness, and Satan is well pleased with the delay; for this delay gives him opportunity to work in these fields with men of influence to further his plans. Can we now depend upon our men in positions of responsibility to act humbly and nobly their part? Let the watchmen arouse. Let no one continue to be indifferent to the situation. There should be a thorough awakening among the brethren and sisters in all our churches.  {PC 69.3}
[PC 69.4]          For years the work in the cities has been presented before me and has been urged upon our people. Instruction has been given to open new fields. There has sometimes been a jealous fear lest some one who wished to enter new fields should receive means from the people that they supposed was wanted for another work. Some in responsible positions have felt that nothing should be done without their personal knowledge and approval. Therefore efficient workers have been sometimes delayed and hindered, and the carriage wheels of progress in entering new fields have been made to move heavily.  {PC 69.4}
[PC 69.5]          In every large city there should have been a strong force of workers laboring earnestly to warn the people. Had this been undertaken in humility and faith, Christ would have gone before the humble workers and the salvation of God would have been revealed.  {PC 69.5}
[PC 69.6]          Let companies now be quickly organized to go out two and two, and labor in the spirit of Christ, following His plans. Even though some Judas may introduce himself into the ranks of the workers, the Lord will care for the work. His angels will go before and prepare the way. Before this time, every large city should have heard the testing message, and thousands should have been brought to a knowledge of the truth. Wake up the churches. Take the light from under the bushel.  {PC 69.6}
[PC 69.7]          Where are the men who will work and study and agonize in prayer as did Christ? We are not to confine our efforts to a few places. If they shall persecute you in one city, flee ye to another. Let Christ's plan be followed. He was ever watching for opportunity to engage in personal labor, ever ready to interest and draw men to a study of the Scriptures. He labored patiently for men who had not an intelligent knowledge of what is truth. While we are not     70.     awake to the situation, and while much time is consumed in planning how to reach perishing souls, Satan is busy devising and blocking the way.  {PC 69.7}
[PC 70.1]          O, if I could but see the depth of experience coming to our people which they must have before they can enter heaven, then would I be filled with grateful thanksgiving to God! I speak to our people, ministers, physicians, and all who profess to believe the truth. A work of thorough conversion needs to be done. Walk in the footsteps of Christ Jesus. Why do we not take heed? The Lord has long waited for us as a people who know the truth, to make that truth known to all possible who will hear and be converted.                                      (Signed)                                            Ellen G. White                        (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                                    71.  {PC 70.1}
[PC 71.1]     July 11, 1907              Sanitarium, California, July 2, 1907                          To the Battle Creek Church            I am urged to say to those who have had the light of the word, but who fail to walk according to the word, your failure to act upon the light is imperiling your eternal welfare.  {PC 71.1}
[PC 71.2]          The Lord knows all about the needs and trials of His people. Through affliction He seeks to point them to heaven. There they will know no disappointment or trial or grief.  {PC 71.2}
[PC 71.3]          In the word of God we are encouraged to study the character of the world's Redeemer. He is the pattern of every man in his work of character-building. The Son of God was tempted in all points like as we are, but He resisted every temptation. Through prayer He obtained the power to become victor in the struggle with the powers of Satan. In the groves and mountains the Saviour spent whole nights in prayer for Himself and His disciples, and for those for whom His disciples would labor. Christ's followers are to find strength where their Master found it.  {PC 71.3}
[PC 71.4]          The world hides a man from himself. It conceals from him his dangers by shutting out the prospect of a future life, and by constantly appealing to his human senses. By thus keeping in his mind only the interests of this life, it seeks to make him a creature of time. But fixing his eyes upon the eternal world, man sees the cross of Christ and the death of the Son of God to save a perishing world.  {PC 71.4}
[PC 71.5]          Christ left the courts of Heaven, laid aside His kingly crown and royal robe, and came to live the life of the poor. He subjected Himself to all the temptations common to humanity, that man might look upon the Prince of Heaven, and see in Him a perfect exhibition of the conquest of sin. In all trials and temptations and trials Christ sinned not, neither was guile found in His mouth. He clothed His divinity with humanity, but in His teaching and ministry His divinity was clearly manifest.  {PC 71.5}
[PC 71.6]          On one occasion Christ was moved to condemn: "Then began He to upbraid the cities wherein most of His mighty works were done, because they repented not: Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Sidon they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted unto Heaven, shall be brought down to hell: for if the mighty works, which have been done in you, had been done in Sodom, it would have remained unto this day. But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and in the day of judgment than for thee." (Matthew 11:21-24)  {PC 71.6}
[PC 71.7]          Here is a wonderful statement. The cities that have had the most done for them, and yet do not yield to the evidences of truth, are rejecting the power of the Holy Spirit. They are refusing the great light shining amid their moral darkness.  {PC 71.7}
[PC 71.8]          I am instructed that one place which will be classed with those     72.     where many mighty works have been done, and where the people have turned from light and evidence, is Battle Creek. Battle Creek has been the seat of rebellion among a people to whom the Lord has given great light and special opportunities. But the light has been discarded for the privilege of pleasing self, and of following the unsanctified will. Minds and characters that might have been moulded and fashioned after the divine similitude, have been marred and stunted by self-serving. The opportunities that God has given whereby men might secure His help and favor have been neglected.  {PC 71.8}
[PC 72.1]          And every place that has turned from light and evidence falls under the same condemnation. Woe unto those who having received great light, having seen manifestations of the powers of God, and having acknowledged this light and this power as from God, have turned from the light and refused to accept the evidence! To those as to the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida, the words are spoken, "If the mighty works which were done in thee, had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes."  {PC 72.1}
[PC 72.2]          If the people of these cities had accepted the message, exercised themselves unto repentance, and carried the light of truth to other cities, thousands of souls would have been converted as a result. Now Christ will take humble men, and reveal to them the great and precious truths for these last days; these He will use in carrying to completion His work in the earth.  {PC 72.2}
[PC 72.3]          Surrounding every soul there is an influence either for or against truth and righteousness. "He that is not for Me," Christ said, " is against Me; and he that gathereth not with Me, scattereth abroad." Influence is an important talent. Used on the side of Christ, it becomes a power unto life eternal.  {PC 72.3}
[PC 72.4]          The faculty of speech is a precious talent. Like the talent of influence, it conveys either light or darkness to those about us. Sanctified to God, it becomes the means of imparting the grace of Christ.  {PC 72.4}
[PC 72.5]          God designs that our knowledge of the truth shall be to men a savor of life unto life. The highest employment of the powers of speech is that of imparting divine truth. Wherever the audience may be, whoever may compose that audience, Christ's witness is to speak the plain, unvarnished truth. He is to minister grace to his hearers. His words will be in harmony with the teaching of Christ. The soul who is truly converted will have his lips touched with the sacred fire of cleansing. To every individual he meets he will find an opportunity of speaking the good news of salvation. He believes; therefore he utters the sentiments of his heart. He stands as the oracle of God, speaking to men the words of life and salvation. No one will mistake his position; no one will doubt on which side he stands. He stands as Christ's witness, consecrated, set apart, to declare to others the character of the Redeemer.  {PC 72.5}
[PC 72.6]          My brethren and sisters, Lift Him up, the risen Saviour. Lift Him up, as you plead before God in prayer.                                        (Signed)     (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                 Ellen G. White                                                                        73.  {PC 72.6}
[PC 73.1]     July 6, 1906-7                                            B.230 '06                                      Sanitarium, California, July 5, 1906                     To the Elders of the Battle Creek Church,                                       and                            to Ministers and Physicians            I have instruction to give from the Lord. The condition of things in Battle Creek is to be clearly outlined and understood. Those who have brought about this condition are sadly deceived, and are misleading others. But the Lord will be glorified. Great spiritual transformations are to take place. All those who would be led of God, should walk very humbly before Him. In no case are they to be diverted from the path of duty that God has marked out for His people. They are not to believe falsehoods, though they be published in abundance.  {PC 73.1}
[PC 73.2]          A voice is to be heard in the Tabernacle giving God's word for this time in clear notes of warning. God has human instrumentalities that will not hold their peace. They are to advocate the word and will and way of Jehovah. In a clear, decided manner they are to proclaim the truth in all its beauty and power. No strange doctrines are to be introduced. There is to be no undermining of the fundamental truths that the Lord has submitted by many miraculous evidences. A voice is to be heard in clear affirmation of the truth, in contradiction to the skepticism and fallacies that have been coming in from the enemy of truth. Reformations will take place, and the working out of the principles of divine truth will reveal growth in grace; for the divine agencies are efficient to enlighten and sanctify the human understanding.  {PC 73.2}
[PC 73.3]          The truth as it is in Jesus, as it was proclaimed by Him when He was enshrouded by the pillowy cloud, is verity and truth in this our day, and will just as surely renovate the mind of the receiver as it has renovated minds in the past. Christ has declared, "If they hear not Moses and the Prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead." (Luke 16:31)  {PC 73.3}
[PC 73.4]          As a people, we must prepare the way of the Lord, under the overruling guidance of the Holy Spirit, for the spread of the gospel in its purity. The stream of living water is to deepen and widen in its course. In all fields, nigh and afar off, men will be called from the plow, and from the more common commercial business vocations that largely occupy the mind, and will become educated in connection with men who have had experience - men who understand the truth. Through most wonderful workings of God, mountains of difficulty will be removed and cast into the sea. Let us labor as those who have experienced the virtue of truth as it is in Jesus.  {PC 73.4}
[PC 73.5]          There is to be, at this period, a series of events which will reveal that God is master of the situation. The truth will be proclaimed in clear, unmistakable language. Those who preach the truth will strive to demonstrate the truth by a well-ordered life and godly conversation. And as they do this, they will become powerful in advocating the truth, and in giving it the sure application that God has given it.     74.  {PC 73.5}
[PC 74.1]          When the men, who have known and taught the truth, turn aside to human understanding, and mete out to deceived minds their own dish of fables, it is high time for those who have once been laborers in evangelistic work, but who have been drawn away into the management of restaurants, food stores, and other commercial lines of work, to come into line, study their Bibles diligently, and with the word of God in hand, dispense the Bible truth, the spiritual food, in cooperation with the heavenly angels. This work now calls loudly for workmen of divine appointment. Omnipotence will then say to the mountains of difficulty, Be thou removed and cast into the sea.  {PC 74.1}
[PC 74.2]          The call is to go forth, "Son, go labor today in My vineyard." As this call is obeyed, the message that means so much to the dwellers on the earth, will be heard and understood. Man will know what is truth. Onward, and still onward, will the work advance. And marked events of Providence will be seen and recognized, in judgments and in blessings. The truth will bear away the victory.  {PC 74.2}
[PC 74.3]          To all students we would say, In the name of the Lord do not permit yourselves to be held where the spiritual atmosphere is poisoned with skepticism and falsehood. Those who have had the evidence of truth, but who for days, weeks, months, and years, have had about them a subtle influence that gives a distorted representation, a false coloring, to the truth of God, are not fit for teachers for our youth. Where falsehoods regarding the word and work of God are reported as truth is no place for students who are preparing for the future, immortal life. We are seeking heaven, wherein can enter none who have changed the truth of God into a lie.  {PC 74.3}
[PC 74.4]          Truth has a spiritual influence. It enters the mind, direct and uncorrupted, from One who is truth. The reception of truth in the inward parts is charged with the greatest results. Truth is to be received into the heart, and developed and expressed in the character.  {PC 74.4}
[PC 74.5]          No lie is of the truth. On every occasion possible, Satan is on hand to introduce the leaven of his deceptive fallacies. Listen not a moment to the interpretations that would loosen one pin, remove one pillar, from the platform of truth.  {PC 74.5}
[PC 74.6]          Human interpretations, the reception of fables, will spoil your faith, confuse your understanding, and make of none effect your faith in Jesus Christ. Study diligently the third chapter of Revelation. In it is pointed out the danger of losing your hold upon the things that you have heard and learned from the Source of all light. "Remember. . .how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent." Why repent? Because there have come in faults, in the form of theories so subtle that by the influence of mind upon mind, through the agency of those who have departed from the faith, the wily foe will cause you imperceptibly to be imbued with the spirit that will draw you away from the faith.  {PC 74.6}
[PC 74.7]          There are many who are in a perilous position spiritually, many who are "ready to die." The Revelator was bidden to write to the church in Sardis: "These things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou                                                                       75.     livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent." (Revelation 3:1-3)  {PC 74.7}
[PC 75.1]          There is a censure resting upon those who have heard the truth, received the truth, and who afterward have acted like men spiritually dead. "Remember therefore." In our work we are not to be drawn into any plausible theories that would lead to a denial of our past faith in the truth we have heard and advocated. "If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee." (Revelation 3:3)  {PC 75.1}
[PC 75.2]          "Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy." (Revelation 3:4)  {PC 75.2}
[PC 75.3]          "Moreover I will make a covenant of peace with them; it shall be an everlasting covenant with them; and I will place them, and multiply them, and will set My sanctuary in the midst of them forevermore. My tabernacle also shall be with them: yea, I will be their God, and they shall be My people." (Ezekiel 37:26-27)  {PC 75.3}
[PC 75.4]         This last scripture carries our minds forward to the triumph of Israel and Judah. The accomplishment of the work will be through human instrumentalities charged with divine power. All the glory is ascribed to the great power of God, but it is through unity and cooperation of the human with the divine, that the result is made possible. Humanity, blended with divinity, grasps the divine efficiency, and the work is complete.  {PC 75.4}
[PC 75.5]          We have been filled with pain of heart, which language can not describe, as we have seen feature after feature of the work that should have been conducted in the purest channels as a means of bringing souls to a knowledge of the truth, corrupted by ambition and commercialism. Thus some features of the health work have proved a snare to capture talents of influence that might have been used in feeding souls with the bread of life. While thousands are perishing without a knowledge of the truth, while multitudes have not the bread of life to feed upon, while God is calling for a quick work to be done to prepare a people for the coming of Christ, shall our hygienic restaurants prove a snare, by being operated merely for commercial advantage, and their influence extend no farther? It was hoped that much good would be done by preparing food for worldlings, that thereby many would be brought to a knowledge of the truth. And this might have been, had the glory of God been kept in view. But these enterprises have been run so largely on a commercial basis, for the temporal advantages to be gained, that they have often become a snare, as it were, to hold men and women of talent, who, by study and diligent effort, could do acceptable service in the winning of souls to Christ. The end of all things is at hand. We must learn to fulfill God's purposes. Let no one delay.  {PC 75.5}
[PC 75.6]          There are those who once were teachers of righteousness, but who have turned from the truth and are wandering in the mists of error. Satan with much persistency is striving for the mastery.     76.     Christ calls upon many who are in training for His service, to obtain an education of a character altogether different from that which they have been receiving. The Lord Jesus calls upon us to fulfil His commission given just before His ascension to meet the heavenly armies that escorted Him to the city of God.  {PC 75.6}
[PC 76.1]          We have the battle of tribulation before us, but our commission is, "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world." Who will pass this by, and continue in any commercial business that will not bring souls to Christ? Shall this condition change? Will you give the last note of warning to the world?                                      (Signed)                                                  Ellen G. White                      (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                                      77.  {PC 76.1}
[PC 77.1]                                  Sanitarium, California, April 17, 1907                        To the Brethren in Battle Creek            I speak to the believers in Battle Creek: Cling to the Lord with mind and heart. Give heed to the warnings that the Lord has sent, and you will not be overcome by Satan's delusions. You will have trials to meet, but if you will look to the Lord, He will be your strong tower, to which you may run and be safe.  {PC 77.1}
[PC 77.2]          My heart aches when I consider the stubborn resistance on the part of some to the truth we have held for half a century. Night after night I can not sleep. My soul is bowed down with heavy burdens when I consider that some of my old friends, and some of my own relatives are refusing to walk in the light that God is sending by His Holy Spirit. O that the searcher of hearts would arouse these souls to realize their true condition. I call to mind the trial that Christ was called to endure when He was rejected by the members of His own family. "Neither did His own brethren believe in Him," - this must have been one of the cruelest of His many trials.  {PC 77.2}
[PC 77.3]          May the Lord open the blind eyes, that the men who have withstood the counsels and warnings of God, and have acted as though it were a virtue to resist the instruction of the Holy Spirit, may discern their true condition. I have written to Frank Belden, and to Russel Hart, but my appeals have not moved them. They continue to reveal what manner of spirit has taken possession of them.  {PC 77.3}
[PC 77.4]          In my dreams I seem to be pleading with the believers in Battle Creek. I am so burdened for these souls who seem determined to fight against the message sent, that I awake in the night pleading with God to open the blind eyes.  {PC 77.4}
[PC 77.5]          I thank the Lord that there are many who can discern now, if not before, the spirit that has taken possession of those who resist the warnings of the Spirit of God. I am bidden to say to the believers in Battle Creek, Press together. Let no words be spoken to irritate or provoke. Stand firmly in the faith in which God has led us for the last fifty years.  {PC 77.5}
[PC 77.6]          Time is passing into eternity. Many who ought to have keen perceptions are blinded by false theories and false influences. They are unready to meet the last great conflict, and they do not realize their unprepared condition. My prayer for them is: "O Thou searcher of hearts, let Thy word, which is quick and powerful and sharper than any two-edged sword, pierce to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and discern the thoughts and intents of the heart. Bring these souls who are in so great peril because of their lack of discernment to realize that they must cope with Satanic powers."  {PC 77.6}
[PC 77.7]          Many are closing their hearts against the Holy Spirit of God. Many who once understood the workings of the Spirit of God, Christ does not own today. O that Christ would stir the hearts of those who have once walked in the light, but who now walk in darkness; who have once known what it meant to have the grace of God in their hearts, but who are now destitute of that grace. They have had the light of the Spirit of God, but in their blindness they have quenched     78.     that light, and they are now under the condemnation of God.  {PC 77.7}
[PC 78.1]          Who have a realization of the condition of the unbelieving world? Who are preparing their hearts to receive the impressions of the Spirit of God? Those who receive the light and walk in the light, will have increased light.  {PC 78.1}
[PC 78.2]          In these last days God calls for united efforts from His people. Never was there a time when there was greater need of the deep movings of the Spirit of God than now when we are called to contend with men imbued with the spirit of Satan. Those who have departed from the faith will make manifest that they were led away by seducing spirits and doctrines of devils, and that these have taken possession of the soul.  {PC 78.2}
[PC 78.3]          What an account must be rendered to God by those who are placing themselves on Satan's side! I am praying that God will anoint their eyes with eye salve, that they may see their peril and escape from their dangerous position as quickly as possible. When these poor souls realize that they have lost time, lost experience which should have made them wise unto salvation, they will understand that they have been working on the enemy's side. Then they will ask themselves, What have I been teaching to others? What has been my testimony for truth and righteousness? How does my record stand in the books of heaven?  {PC 78.3}
[PC 78.4]          "Then came the word of the Lord unto Jeremiah saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; Go and tell the men of Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem, will ye not receive instruction hearken to my words? Saith the Lord. . . I have sent also unto you all My servants the prophets, rising up early and sending them, saying, Return ye now every man from his evil way, and amend your doings, and go not after other gods to serve them, and ye shall dwell in the land which I shall give you and to your fathers, but ye have not inclined your ear, nor hearkened unto Me. . .Therefore thus saith the Lord God of hosts, the God of Israel, Behold, I will bring upon Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem all the evil that I have pronounced against them; because I have spoken unto them and they have not heard; and I have called upon them, but they have not answered.  {PC 78.4}
[PC 78.5]          "And Jeremiah said unto the house of the Rechabites, Thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; Because ye have obeyed the commandments of Jonadab your father, and kept all his precepts, and done according unto all that he hath commanded you: therefore thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; Jonadab the Son of Rechab shall not want a man to stand before me forever." (Jeremiah 35:12-19)  {PC 78.5}
[PC 78.6]          As a people we need to study this portion of sacred history: for these experiences are being brought into the lives of the people of God in these last days. A people who have had great light and every evidence of truth are turning away from the light, and following their own impulses. The instruction God has given in the record of His people in early days is not regarded. The mistakes and sins of His early people are being repeated in His people today: warnings and admonitions given in that day are not being heeded in this. Notwithstanding all the warnings that have been given, they                                                                     79.     see not their danger, but join the ranks of the enemy, and fight on his side. They choose to entertain their own ideas and to follow the suggestions of their own minds. The Lord is greatly dishonored by their course, and he is removing His Spirit from them. "Shall I not judge them for these things," saith the Lord, "unless they repent?"  {PC 78.6}
[PC 79.1]          In the thirty-sixth chapter of Jeremiah is recorded an act on the part of Jehoiakim, king of Judah, that our people would do well to study. "And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee, from the days of Josiah even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. Then Jeremiah called Baruch the son of Neriah: and Baruch wrote from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord, which he had spoken unto him, upon the roll of a book.  {PC 79.1}
[PC 79.2]          "And Jeremiah commanded Baruch, saying, I am shut up; I can not go into the house of the Lord: therefore go thou, and read in the roll, which thou hast written from my mouth, the words of the Lord in the ears of the people in the Lord's house upon the fasting day: and also thou shalt read them in the ears of all Judah that come out of their cities. It may be they will present their supplication before the Lord, and will return every one from his evil way: for great is the anger and the fury that the Lord hath pronounced against this people. And Baruch the son of Neriah did according to all that Jeremiah the prophet commanded him, reading in the book the words of the Lord in the Lord's house. . .  {PC 79.2}
[PC 79.3]          "When Michaiah the son of Gemariah, the son of Shephan, had heard out of the book all the words of the Lord, then he went down into the King's house, into the scribe's chamber: and, lo, all the princes sat there. . . . Then Michaiah declared unto them all the words that he had heard, when Baruch read the book in the ears of the people. Therefore all the princes sent Jehudi. . . unto Baruch saying, Take in thine hand the roll wherein thou hast read in the ears of the people, and come. So Baruch the son of Neriah took the roll in his hand, and came unto them. And they said unto him, Sit down now, and read it in our ears. So Baruch read it in their ears.  {PC 79.3}
[PC 79.4]          "Now it came to pass, when they had heard all the words, that they were afraid, both one and other, and said unto Baruch, We will surely tell the king all these words. And they asked Baruch, saying, Tell us now, How didst thou write all these words at his mouth? Then Baruch answered them, He pronounced all these words unto me with his mouth, and I wrote them with ink in the book. Then said the princes unto Baruch, Go, hide thee, thou and Jeremiah; and let no man know where ye be.  {PC 79.4}
[PC 79.5]          "And they went into the king into the court, but they laid up the roll in the chamber of Elishama the scribe, and told all the words in the ears of the king. So the king sent Jehudi to fetch the roll: and he took it out of Elishama the scribe's chamber.     80.     And Jehudi read it in the ears of the king, and in the ears of all the princes which stood beside the king.  {PC 79.5}
[PC 80.1]          "Now the king sat in the winter house in the ninth month, and there was a fire on the hearth burning before him. And it came to pass when Jehudi had read three or four pages, he cut it with the penknife, and cast it into the fire that was on the hearth, until all the roll was consumed in the fire that was upon the hearth. Yet they were not afraid, nor rent their garments; neither the king, nor any of his servants that heard all these words. Nevertheless Elnathan and Delaiah and Gemariah had made intercession to the king that he would not burn the roll: but he would not hear them."                                               (Jeremiah 36:1-25)  {PC 80.1}
[PC 80.2]          Some in the experience of the past few years have virtually repeated the act of king Jehoiakim in burning the messages of the Spirit of God. But today as of old these messages of warning have been repeated.  {PC 80.2}
[PC 80.3]          "Then the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah, after that the king burned the roll, and the words which Baruch spake at the mouth of Jeremiah, saying, Take thee again another roll, and write in it all the former words that were in the first roll, which Jehoiakim the king of Judah hath burned. And thou shalt say to Jehoiakim king of Judah, Thus saith the Lord; Thou hast burned this roll saying, Why hast thou written therein, saying, The king of Babylon shall certainly come and destroy this land, and shall cause to cease from thence man and beast? Therefore thus saith the Lord of Jehoiakim king of Judah; He shall have none to sit upon the throne of David: and his dead body shall be cast out in the day to the heat, and in the night to the frost. And I will punish him and his seed and his servants for their iniquity; and I will bring upon them and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and upon the men of Judah, all the evil that I have pronounced against them; but they hearkened not." (Jeremiah 36:27-31)  {PC 80.3}
[PC 80.4]          The Lord has been trifled with by his people. The time that should have been devoted to repentance and reform has been spent in criticism and in following man-formed opinions and ideas. A terrible influence for evil is exerted when men turn from the right way to follow selfish devisings. Satan is playing the game of life for the souls of men, and he is gaining victory. We can learn from a study of King Jehoiakim's example what men will do when they pass the boundary line. We see it in the persecution and suffering that Christ endured at the hands of wicked men. We see it in the treatment that the Lord's faithful servants in every age have received.                                        (Signed)                                                    Ellen G. White                       (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                                     81.  {PC 80.4}
[PC 81.1]     July 3, 1906-7-                                          B.214'06                                    Sanitarium, California, July 3, 1906                           Aggressive Work to be Done     To Ministers and Physicians:            There is a heavy burden resting on my soul. I pray the Lord to impress the hearts of His people with the solemnity of the time in which they are living, and with the necessity of making straight paths for their feet. Some who have long known the truth, are confused by leaders who have been walking in false paths.  {PC 81.1}
[PC 81.2]         "I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life," Christ declares. "No man cometh unto the Father, but by Me." Those who have a living connection with Christ will reveal it by their works. "Faith, if it hath not works, is dead, being alone."  {PC 81.2}
[PC 81.3]          We have reached an important chapter in our experience. We have advance movements to make. Straightforward work must be done. Faith without works is dead, unproductive of good. Faith works by love, and purifies the soul; faith must be revealed and substantiated by works. There is a spurious faith, which does not work to the point, because the heart is decidedly opposed to the truth. Some may take comfort in the thought that God will number them with His people because they make a profession. We may have a measure of faith, a knowledge of the theory of truth, but unless self dies, unless we live Christ's life of obedience, our profession is worthless.  {PC 81.3}
[PC 81.4]          Nothing can take the place of obedience to a "Thus saith the Lord." Knowledge that does not lead to a practice of self-denial and self-sacrifice, to a daily walk in the foot-steps of Christ, but rather to self-exaltation and self-sufficiency, is opposed to practical godliness. God calls for obedience.  {PC 81.4}
[PC 81.5]          Self-sufficiency, exercised in a family or institution, means great injury to the work of God. It is destructive to the spiritual life of those who cherish it. True faith leads away from selfish plans and from the self-pleasing life. Obedience, in order to be acceptable to God, must be the whole-souled obedience that Christ ever offered to the Father.  {PC 81.5}
[PC 81.6]          In response to the question, Who shall enter the kingdom of heaven? Christ says, "Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven, but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven." (Matthew 7:21)  {PC 81.6}
[PC 81.7]          What must we do to inherit eternal life? The answer is, Keep the commandments. To the question, Who are the blessed? Christ answers, "Blessed are they that hear the Word of God, and keep it." "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city." "Without are dogs, and sorcerers," "and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie."  {PC 81.7}
[PC 81.8]          The theories that lead to unbelief in the Word of God, and to a lack of the faith that works by love and purifies the soul, are     82.     theories of the enemy. They may be very pleasing, and very attractive, but they develop into strange doctrines, which unsettle faith in the past experience of God's people, and take away the foundation pillars. These theories have come in amongst us, and have been a seductive power, robbing some of the faith that enables human beings to see where they are living in the history of the world. They are false theories, leading away from the truth into subtle errors.  {PC 81.8}
[PC 82.1]          When physicians are diligent students of the Scriptures, when our ministers live in accordance with the Word of God, making this Word their text-book, then the truth will be proclaimed with power, and souls will be converted.  {PC 82.1}
[PC 82.2]          Christ, our divine Teacher, and the greatest Medical Missionary that ever trod this earth, came to our world at great sacrifice to show human beings that correct light in which to regard God. He has given His life as our example in all things. I have been instructed that those who in the daily life heed not the instructions of the Bible, do not know God or Christ whom He has sent. Those who have not lived the Scriptures will invent sophistries to occupy the mind and absorb the attention, and teach things that the One who owns man - body, soul, and spirit - has not said should be taught.  {PC 82.2}
[PC 82.3]          Just before His ascension, Christ gave His disciples a wonderful presentation, as recorded in the twenty-eighth chapter of Matthew. This chapter contains instruction that our ministers, our physicians, our youth, and all our church members need to study most earnestly. Those who study this instruction as they should will not dare advocate theories that have no foundation in the Word of God. My brethren and sisters, make the Scriptures, which contain the alpha and the omega of knowledge, your study. All through the Old Testament and the New there are things that are not half understood.  {PC 82.3}
[PC 82.4]          "Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world." (Matthew 28:19, 20)  {PC 82.4}
[PC 82.5]         The giving of this message is our work in the world. Those of our people who are living in large centers, would gain a precious experience, if, with their Bibles in their hands, and their hearts open to the impressions of the Holy Spirit, they would go forth to the highways and byways of the world with the message they have received. There is aggressive work to be done. Evangelistic work, opening the Scriptures to others, warning men and women of what is coming upon the world, is to occupy more and still more of the time of God's servants.  {PC 82.5}
[PC 82.6]          Regarding the messages he had written out, John the Revelator declared: "I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, If any man shall add unto these things," - to lessen the force of their meaning - "God shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this book." Many will make the words of the Revelation a spiritualistic mystery, robbing them                                                                     83.     of their solemn import. God declares that His judgments shall fall with increased dreadfulness upon any one who shall try to change the solemn words written in this book - the Revelation of Jesus Christ. "Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein; for the time is at hand." "If any man shall take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and from the things which are written in this book. He which testifieth these things saith, Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus." (Revelation 22:19, 20)  {PC 82.6}
[PC 83.1]         "Know ye not, that to whom ye yield yourselves servants to obey, his servants ye are to whom ye obey." Study these words. Study the instruction found in Matthew 25:14-46. Compare this instruction with your life-record. Let every man put away his boasting. Self-sufficiency is a fearfully dangerous thing for any one to entertain. It leads men to make of no effect the words of Christ.  {PC 83.1}
[PC 83.2]          Let us walk in the footsteps of Christ, in all the humility of true faith. Let us put away all self-trust, committing ourselves, day by day and hour by hour, to the Saviour, constantly receiving and imparting His grace. I beg those who profess to believe in Christ to walk humbly before God. Pride and self-exaltation are an offense to Him. "If any man will come after Me," Christ declares, "let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." Those only who obey this word will He recognize as His believing ones. "As many as received Him ,to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name; which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. (John 1:12-14)  {PC 83.2}
[PC 83.3]          "And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us." Oh, wonderful condescension! The Prince of heaven, the Commander of the heavenly hosts, stepped down from His high position, laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might become the divine Teacher of all classes of men, and live before human beings a life free from all selfishness and sin, setting them an example of what, through His grace, they may become.  {PC 83.3}
[PC 83.4]          "The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth." Praise God for this wonderful statement! The possibilities that it presents seem almost too great for us to grasp, and put to shame our weakness and our unbelief. Let us praise God that we can see our Saviour by faith. Let us grasp the great gift. Our only hope in this life is to reach forth the hand of faith, and grasp the hand outstretched to save. Daily we are to "behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." If we would look away from self to Jesus, making him our guide, the world would see in our churches a power that it does not now see.                                      (Signed)                                                      Ellen G. White                     (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)     84.  {PC 83.4}
[PC 84.1]                            Berrien Springs, Mich., Monday, May 22, 1904                     Remarks Made by Mrs. E. G. White            We may find valuable instruction in the words of Christ: "If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath ought against thee; leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift." (Matthew 5:23, 24)  {PC 84.1}
[PC 84.2]         In moving the College from Battle Creek and establishing it in Berrien Springs, Brethren Magan and Sutherland have acted in harmony with the light that God gave. They have worked hard under great difficulties. Upon the school there was a heavy burden of debt that they had not created. They labored and toiled and sacrificed in their endeavor to carry out right lines of education. And God has been with them. He has approved of their efforts.  {PC 84.2}
[PC 84.3]          But who has appreciated the work that has been done in this place? Many have taken an attitude of opposition, and have spoken words that have made it hard to carry forward the work. Wicked prejudice and false accusations have been met. With some there has been a settled disposition to complain and to find fault with those who have striven with all their might to carry out the Lord's instruction.  {PC 84.3}
[PC 84.4]          Sister Magan worked with her husband, struggling and praying that he might be sustained. And God did sustain them, as they walked in the light. From her small store of money, Sister Magan gave five hundred dollars, to erect the Memorial Hall. She strove untiringly to maintain a perfect home government, teaching and educating her children in the fear of God. Twice she had to nurse her husband through an attack of fever.  {PC 84.4}
[PC 84.5]          But it seemed to her as though some of our brethren had not a heart of flesh. After the General Conference in Oakland, a report was circulated that Sister White had turned against Brother Magan. There was not a word of truth to this statement. But his poor wife, who had toiled and sacrificed and prayed with him was informed that Sister White had taken a stand against her husband. O why did any one ever say such a thing? Sister White never turned against Brother Magan or against Brother Sutherland. But Sister Magan was so weighted down with sorrow that she lost her reason.  {PC 84.5}
[PC 84.6]          I ask, Who, in the day of judgment, will be held responsible for putting out the light of that mind, that should be shining today? Who will be accountable in the day of God for the work that caused the distress which brought on this sickness? She suffered for months, and the husband suffered with her. And now the poor woman has gone, leaving two motherless children. All this, because of the work done by unsanctified tongues.  {PC 84.6}
[PC 84.7]          Her husband has the comfort of the promise, "Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord." Sister Magan was a Christian. She was one of Christ's followers, and He loved her. Her works do follow her.  {PC 84.7}
[PC 84.8]          You see the work that has been established here. You see that                                                                    85.     advancement has been made, and that the education has been carried forward in right lines. This work of opposition and dissatisfaction has come from the devil. It has cost the life of a wife and mother. But it has not taken away her crown of eternal life, nor hindered her from receiving the commendation, "Well done, good and faithful servant, . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord."  {PC 84.8}
[PC 85.1]          I would say to Brethren Magan and Sutherland, God has looked with pleasure upon you as you have struggled through the difficulties you have had to meet here. Now the work has reached a point where you can go to labor elsewhere. You have written to me that you had a burden to work in the Southern field. There is plenty of room for you there. They are in need of more workers. They need school-teachers, they need managers. We have been looking and praying for men to take up the work there, and we are glad that God has opened the way for you to work in that field.  {PC 85.1}
[PC 85.2]          And to our brethren I can say, Brother Sutherland and Brother Magan do not go out from this place as men who have made a failure, but as men who have made a success. They have taught the students from the Bible, according to the light given through the Testimonies. The students that have been with them need not be ashamed of the education they have received.  {PC 85.2}
[PC 85.3]          To the students I would say, You are to let your teachers go willingly. They have had a hard battle here, but they have made a success, and as they leave, the Lord will go with them. His arms will be beneath them. If they will follow on to know the Lord, they shall know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. Let the teachers and students who remain take hold of the work in the name of the Lord. Do not be discouraged or depressed.  {PC 85.3}
[PC 85.4]          The burdens here have rested heavily upon Brother Magan. He has not yet fully recovered from the effects of the long fever. He should be allowed to rest for at least one year, that he may have opportunity to regain his strength.  {PC 85.4}
[PC 85.5]          Brethren and sisters, has there not been among us enough of this work of criticising and accusing? Think you that you can carry this spirit with you to the heavenly courts? You might far better have been praying; you might far better have been doing the work of the Lord, than trying to discourage those who were endeavoring to carry out the educational principles that God had presented before them. Now let there be a thorough examination of your past lives. And wherever you see that you have in any way taken advantage of one of your brethren, repent of it, and make it right.  {PC 85.5}
[PC 85.6]          I speak the truth as God has presented it to me. Sister Magan died as a martyr, right among her own brethren. My brethren, this work of hurting one another does not pay. May God help you to cleanse your hearts from this evil thing. Ask pardon of God, and ask pardon of those whom you have wronged. Soon it will be too late for wrongs to be made right, and while we have a little opportunity granted us, let us, O let us right every wrong.  {PC 85.6}
[PC 85.7]          Every one is to be judged in the courts of heaven according to the deeds that are done in the body. And this work of oppressing     86.     souls, of making the work doubly hard for others will make a very poor showing in the books of heaven. Shall we not cease this work? We need sanctified tongues, we need lips touched by a live coal from the altar. Our voices should give forth melody. When you speak to those who are in discouragement, let them know that they have your sympathy. How much better to speak kind and tender and loving words than words that will bruise and wound the soul! Will you remember that these souls are the purchase of the blood of Christ? He says, As ye do these things unto one of the least of these, my brethren, ye do them unto Me. They are Christ's property, and we want to lift them up, that they may be in health, in courage, in faith, in hope.  {PC 85.7}
[PC 86.1]          Let us seek the Lord. Let us seek Him as we go from this meeting. Let us make a covenant with Him by sacrifice. God longs to meet us here. He does not want us to go away as we are now. He wants every soul to melt into tenderness before Him, that He may bestow His rich blessing upon us. Will not you, who have been accusing your brethren, come off Satan's ground? Will you not learn to speak words that will encourage? It will not blister your tongue to speak words of tenderness and kindness. It will do you good. It will encourage in you the spirit that should dwell in you. Gather with Christ, but do not, by word or action, discourage those who are putting to the strain every nerve and muscle to carry out the work that God has directed to be done.  {PC 86.1}
[PC 86.2]          Let us humble ourselves before God, lest He shall punish us for our course of action in these things. We want to walk humbly with God, and let the spirit of kindness reign in our lives. Let affection and love be cultivated. Let the sweet spirit of Christ come in and abide with us. When you sit together with Christ in heavenly places, let me tell you, you will reveal in your countenances the very light of heaven.  {PC 86.2}
[PC 86.3]          If Brethren Sutherland and Magan shall leave Berrien Springs, and I believe it is their duty to go, I beg of you, for Christ's sake, not to follow them with criticism and fault-finding. And take right hold to help and strengthen whoever comes in here to take their place.  {PC 86.3}
[PC 86.4]          Several times, even before they took up the work in Berrien Springs, Brethren Magan and Sutherland expressed to me their burden for the work in the South. Their hearts are there. Do not blame them for going. Do not put any impediments in their way. Let them go, and may God go with them, and may His blessing attend them. They will take with them from this place many pleasant memories of seasons of peace and joy. There have been times of sorrow, but they do not go because of this. They think that they can better glorify God by going to a new field. This is their own choice; I have not persuaded them. They did not know but what Sister White would stand in their way. But when they laid the matter before me this morning, I told them that I would not hinder them for one moment. Any one who takes up work in the South has before him a hard battle. The work there should be far in advance of what it is now. We should encourage the men who go there, and hold them up by our faith and by our prayers.  {PC 86.4}
[PC 86.5]          In the South also, our brethren have had to work under a spirit                                                                 87.     of fault-finding and accusing. I say these things to you now, that you may realize that you are not called by God to say depressing things, or to manifest a spirit of coldness and indifference to those who go to carry burdens in the South. We hope that you will remember these words, and that the terrible history of the past may not be repeated.  {PC 86.5}
[PC 87.1]          For over twenty years, the work of the Southern field has been held up before you, but you have not done for the work what should have been done. There is a large field there, and the burden of sustaining the laborers in this field belongs to the people of America.  {PC 87.1}
[PC 87.2]          If any of the students and workers here desire to go with Brother Magan and Brother Sutherland, let them go and help them to carry the light to those who have never heard the truth, to a class of people that has been suffering with neglect and poverty. I know that Brother Haskell and Brother Butler will be glad to have the help of Brethren Magan and Sutherland, and will unite with them in the work of God. They will have a hard time of it at the best, but if God is with them, they may know that He will sustain them.                                       (Signed)                                                    Ellen G. White                 (Taken from Doctor Paulson's Collection)     88.  {PC 87.2}
[PC 88.1]                                            Received September 17, 1897               Extracts from a Recent Communication on Schools                                By Mrs. E. G. White            We have labored hard to keep in check everything in the school like favoritism, attachments, and courting. We have told the students that we would not allow the first thread of this to be interwoven with their school work. On this point we were as firm as a rock. I told them that they must dismiss all idea of forming attachments while at school. The young ladies must keep themselves to themselves, and the young gentlemen must do the same. The school was established at a great expense, both of time and labor, to enable students to obtain an all-round education, that they might gain knowledge of agriculture, a knowledge of the common branches of education, and above all, a knowledge of the word of God.  {PC 88.1}
[PC 88.2]          Those whom the Lord has presented to me as not being properly trained in the home life, who have not thought it necessary to use the powers of their mind and their physical strength and ingenuity as members of the home firm, will always look upon order and discipline as needless restraint and severity. Again and again the Lord has presented this matter before me in clear lines. The teachers must be carefully picked. No haphazard work must be done in the appointment of teachers. Those who have devoted years to study, and yet have not gained the education essential to fit them to teach others, in the lines the Lord has marked out, should not be connected with our schools as educators. They need to be taught the first principles of true, all-around education.  {PC 88.2}
[PC 88.3]          We are living in solemn times, and the reason why there are so many failures in our schools is because teachers neglect to keep the way of the Lord. Some teachers feel the burden and carry the load of responsibility. Others do surface work. They fail to see that the woeful influence of this deficiency is seen in the words and deportment of their students. This influence counter-works the influence that God-fearing teachers, who aim to meet the high standard of Christian education, seek.  {PC 88.3}
[PC 88.4]          I would that the teachers in our schools could be of God's selection and appointment. Souls will be lost because of the careless work of professedly Christian teachers, who need to be taught of God day by day, else they are unfit for the position of trust. Teachers are needed who will strive to weed out their inherited and cultivated tendencies to wrong, who will come into line, wearing themselves the yoke of obedience, and thus giving an example to the students. The sense of duty to their God, and to their fellow-beings, with whom they associate, will lead such teachers to become doers of the word, and to heed counsel as to how they should conduct themselves.  {PC 88.4}
[PC 88.5]          God holds every one responsible for the influence that surrounds his soul, on his own account, and on the account of others. He calls upon young men and young women to be strictly temperate and conscientious in the use of their faculties of mind and body. Their capabilities can be developed only by the diligent use and                                                                        89.     wise appropriation of their powers to the glory of God and the benefit of their fellow-men.  {PC 88.5}
[PC 89.1]          To know what constitutes purity of mind, soul, and body is the highest class of education. Paul the apostle sums up in his letter to Timothy the attainments possible for him, by saying, "Keep thyself pure." Impurity of thought or action will never be seen in the child of God. The body is represented as the temple of the Holy Spirit. Every encouragement and the richest blessings are held up before the overcomers of evil practices, but the most fearful penalties are laid upon those who profane the body and defile the soul.  {PC 89.1}
[PC 89.2]          Students and teachers, Blessed are the pure in heart - now; not, Blessed will be the pure in heart. "Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God." Yes, as did Moses, they shall endure the seeing of Him who is invisible. They have the assurance of the richest blessings, both in this life and in the life that is to come.  {PC 89.2}
[PC 89.3]          Avoid exciting the brain. Too much study stimulates the brain and increases the flow of blood to it. The sure result of this is depravity. The brain cannot be unduly excited without producing impure thoughts and actions. The whole nervous system is affected, and this leads to impurity. The physical and mental powers are depraved, and the temple of the Holy Spirit is defiled. The evil practices are communicated, and the consequences cannot be estimated. I am compelled to speak plainly on this subject.  {PC 89.3}
[PC 89.4]          The proportionate taxation of the powers of mind and body will prevent the tendency to impure thoughts and actions. Teachers should understand this. They should teach students that pure thoughts and actions are dependent on the way in which they conduct their studies. Conscientious actions are dependent on conscientious thinking. Exercise in agricultural pursuits, and in the various branches of labor is a wonderful safeguard against undue brain taxation. No man, woman, or child who fails to use all the powers God has given him can retain his health. He cannot conscientiously keep the commandments of God. He cannot love God supremely and his neighbor as himself.  {PC 89.4}
[PC 89.5]          Many whom God has qualified to do excellent work by giving them powers to use to his glory, accomplish little because they attempt little. Thousands who come into the world pass through life as though they had no definite object for which to live, no standard to reach. Such will obtain a reward proportionate to their works. Health and a clear conscience will attend those who work faithfully keeping the glory of God in view. There are many who are mere fragments of men. In Christ is seen the perfection of Christian character. He is our Pattern. His life was not a life of indolence or ease. He lived not to please Himself. He was the Son of the infinite God, yet He worked at the carpenter's trade with His father. As a member of the home firm, He faithfully acted His part in helping to support the family.  {PC 89.5}
[PC 89.6]          All are capable of using their talents in God's service. God asks them only to do their best. Those who study the life of     90.     Christ and yoke up with Him, will not use the brain only, but will reason from cause to effect, and will use every part of the human machinery. The Lord designs that useful labor shall compose a part of every man's life.  {PC 89.6}
[PC 90.1]          The flood of corruption that is sweeping over our world is the result of the misuse and abuse of the human machinery. Men, women, and children should be educated to labor with their hands. Then the brain will not be overtaxed, to the detriment of the whole organism. Time is a talent, to be wisely employed. The voice is a talent, to be used in communicating knowledge that will make men pure, holy, and refined. The tongue should be educated to speak in such a manner that God will be magnified. "Lord, increase my faith," will be the prayer of the true child of God. "Deliver me from evil thoughts and perverse actions." Thus he is enabled to say with boldness, "Behold, God is my salvation: I will trust and not be afraid. For the Lord Jehovah is my strength and my song; he also is become my salvation." Completeness of Christian character is possible. How? - "We are complete in Him."                       (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                                    91.  {PC 90.1}
[PC 91.1]                                                             A.-74-1910                        Sanitarium, Napa Co., Cal., September 12, 1910     Mr. G. W. Amadon,        Battle Creek, Michigan     Dear Brother Amadon:            We have heard of the calamity that overtook you during the Battle Creek camp meeting, in the wrecking of the large tent. This news does not surprise us; for the prince of the power of the air will do strange things in his efforts to hinder God's people; and much more in the future than he has in the past.  {PC 91.1}
[PC 91.2]          I have been surprised that we have seen so little of the working and manifestation of his wrath. I have seen that just such things as have happened at the Battle Creek camp meeting will take place again. As Lucifer sees that we are making efforts to work the cities as if we meant to give the last message, his wrath will be aroused, and he will employ every device in his power to hinder the work.  {PC 91.2}
[PC 91.3]          Lucifer was cast out of heaven because he was fully determined to have a position above that of Christ. He could not obtain what he coveted, and there was war in heaven, and he was cast out.  {PC 91.3}
[PC 91.4]          Satanic agencies have held control at Battle Creek, and as I read the account of your experience, I was not at all surprised; for I realize that many more such things will take place. As the cities are worked by the Lord's messengers, there will be many strange revelations, but we are to go straight forward, heeding them not.  {PC 91.4}
[PC 91.5]          Take the case of Job. See how Satan was permitted to show himself and his indignation against God's servant. In the future we shall see more of the violence described in the Bible. But we must not be surprised, as though some strange thing happened unto us. As special victories are gained in the work of arousing our people to a sense of their true position, Satan will reveal himself.  {PC 91.5}
[PC 91.6]          We were greatly blessed during our camp meeting at Berkeley. We had an exceptionally favorable location, and this I appreciated. Sara and I had rooms in a house just across the road from the campground. My room was opposite the large pavilion. I had only to walk across the street, go a short distance further, and I was in the tent. I was thankful that it was so little trouble for me to get to the speakers' stand.  {PC 91.6}
[PC 91.7]          Brother Crisler and his family and Willie had a cottage in the back yard of the house we occupied. It was very favorable for me to be so near my workers.  {PC 91.7}
[PC 91.8]          The camp meeting was carried through with success, and no accidents occurred. The attendance at the meeting was large. I solicited an opportunity to speak on the last day of the meeting, when I read and explained some writings that will be of great consequence to those who will accept them. These writings I was deeply impressed     92.     to present. By faith we must grasp more firmly the words unfailing truth.  {PC 91.8}
[PC 92.1]          About a week after returning from the camp meeting, I visited the Pacific Union College, where a special meeting was then being held by the teachers of the church schools in this conference. Sara and I left our home for the College on Friday morning, taking the longer route, because the short one is rocky, and at this time of the year very dusty. The long road is about ten miles, four miles farther round than the short route, but it is an excellent road, ascending the mountain gradually. We suffered little annoyance from the dust, but it is a drive of two and a half hours, and a continual ascent, and on reaching the school I felt very weary.  {PC 92.1}
[PC 92.2]          Notwithstanding my weariness, I spoke to a full house the following morning. The Lord gave me freedom of speech, and I spoke for about an hour, The following words, which were on my mind. I spoke to the people:  {PC 92.2}
[PC 92.3]          Entering the Cities: Again and again I am instructed to present to our churches in every place the work that should be done, not only where we have churches already established, but in new fields, where the truth has never been fully established. In our cities, as verily as in far-off lands, there are people of all nationalities, whose souls are precious, and who must hear the message. The way must be opened to reach those unworked fields. Decided work must be done, openings must be made.  {PC 92.3}
[PC 92.4]          Those of our ministers who, Sabbath after Sabbath, preach to the same ones, accomplish very little. If they were wide awake, their words would make a decided impression and souls would be enlightened and led to accept the truth.  {PC 92.4}
[PC 92.5]          It is impossible for man to measure the ingenuity shown by Satan in deceiving human minds. As Christ saw the working out of Satan's plans to deceive man in many ways, He gladly came to our world as an infant, to live in this world, to meet the wily foe in every stage of human life, and to counterwork his Satanic wiles. No one could understand as Christ did the enemy's power of deception. He saw that the world was being captivated by the delusive power exercised through commercialism of various kinds. He came to take human nature, and to stay this overwhelming power of deception, which was leading souls to their ruin.  {PC 92.5}
[PC 92.6]          Thus was laid the plan for Christ to act His part as a Saviour. He came to our world to live, and suffer, and die, that He might win to God the souls deceived by Satan. He is wise in an understanding of the tempter's plans, and He can teach men and women how to become wise to discern and to escape the corruption that Satan is constantly inventing.  {PC 92.6}
[PC 92.7]          Christ declared, I have pledged Myself, as the only begotten Son of the Lord God Almighty, to carry out God's plan to win souls from Satan to the Lord's side. Christ alone can defeat the enemy. He works in man's behalf to uncover his plans, that souls may be led to turn from the arch-deceiver.                                         (Signed)     (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)              Ellen G. White                                                                       93.  {PC 92.7}
[PC 93.1]     January 16, 1906-7-                                  Sanitarium, California, January 15, 1906     Dear Brother Amadon:            I have received your letter. I will send you copies of things taken from my diaries. These articles contain presentations and instructions given me, point by point. For instance, the evening after the Sabbath I retired, and rested well without ache or pain until half past ten. I was unable to sleep. I had received instruction, and I seldom lie in bed after such instruction comes. There was a company assembled in Battle Creek, and instruction was given by One in our midst that I was to repeat and repeat with pen and voice. I left my bed, and wrote for five hours as fast as my pen could trace the lines. Then I rested on the bed for an hour, and slept part of the time.  {PC 93.1}
[PC 93.2]          I placed the matter in the hands of my copyist, and on Monday morning it was waiting for me, placed inside my office door on Sunday evening. There were four articles ready for me to read over, and make any corrections needed. The matter is now prepared, and some of it will go in the mail today.  {PC 93.2}
[PC 93.3]          This is the line of work that I am carrying on. I do most of my writing while the other members of the family are asleep. I build my fire, and then write uninterruptedly, sometimes for hours. I write while others are asleep. Who then has told Sister White? A messenger that is appointed.  {PC 93.3}
[PC 93.4]          If Elder Daniells is in Battle Creek, please place in his hands the manuscripts I send you. I have my work to do, to meet the misconceptions of those who suppose themselves able to say what is testimony from God and what is human production. If those who have done this work continue in this course, Satanic agencies will choose for them. At the Berrien Springs meeting, the richest blessing was proffered them. This blessing they could have had if they had let Christ help them, confessing their wicked obstinacy. But they refused to take the right course. The holy angels turned away, and evil angels have been holding sway over minds. Evil angels obtained the victory at that meeting. But there is no need for me to give the particulars of this.  {PC 93.4}
[PC 93.5]          If Brother Daniells is not in Battle Creek, please read to the church what I am sending you. I have many letters to write, and I can not add more to this now. There is just one thing the Lord calls for, and that is, for every man, minister, or physician, or lay member, to confess his own sins. Each one will have a hard battle to fight with his own perverse self. Those who have stood directly in the way of the people, having a clear realization of their perilous condition, will have an account to settle with God. Those who have helped souls to feel at liberty to specify what is of God in the Testimonies, and what are the uninspired words of Sister White, will find that they were helping the devil in his work of deception. Please read Testimony No. 33, p. 211, "How to Receive Reproof." (Or, Testimonies, Vol. 5, p. 683).                                         (Signed)     (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                    Ellen G. White     94.  {PC 93.5}
[PC 94.1]                                     "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, N. S. W.,                                                         May 26, 1896     Elder O. A. Olsen        Review And Herald           Battle Creek, Michigan     My Dear Brother Olsen:            I received the American mail on Monday, the 25th, and today, Tuesday, Sister McEnterfer read me a letter of which I send you a copy. Whether this particular case is correct or incorrect, just such scenes have been presented before me.  {PC 94.1}
[PC 94.2]          I have written to Brother_____in reference to himself and his responsibilities. He was answered me in a good humble spirit; and I pray the Lord to strengthen him to resist temptation.  {PC 94.2}
[PC 94.3]          Now, my brother, I want you to make it your first business to investigate, in company with some others of a different spiritual experience than that of_____, and every one of like influence, every man in that office, and that you will make it your special business to inquire of the youth who are employed there in regard to their work. Open your eyes wide to see what needs adjustment and correction.  {PC 94.3}
[PC 94.4]          Less long, sweeping journeys across the continent, and more close investigation of the true inward working of the heart is essential. The rooms in the office need inspection, that the things you know not, you may discern and search out. The temple of God must be cleansed, that His name shall not be dishonored by men who are not connected with Him. My heart is pained as, in my dreams, I am visited, and appealed to by different ones, placing the corruptions in the office of publication before me. I awaken to find it a dream; but know it to be the truth. My dear brother, the spirit of severity, of lording it over the ignorant and helpless, is being opened before me. In the place of the office being an educating school to prepare the youth to give their hearts to the Lord, the teachers and overseers, by their course of action, drive them on to Satan's battleground. It is not a place where the Lord Jesus is entertained as a heavenly guest. Some of the overseers, and the workers under their supervision, give little time to thoughts of a high and holy order; the Lord is not glorified.  {PC 94.4}
[PC 94.5]          I wrote some time since in reference to the Oakland office, and then my guide revealed to me that the same spirit, in a more decided manner, leavened the office at Battle Creek; and there were souls lost, eternally lost, through the influence of words of severity and of harshness. Things will transpire in our institutions that will need adjustment, and at once; but let the reformation be made with a spirit to restore, not to destroy. We are fearfully behind in the work of Christ for the saving of souls. We have not that sharp conception of duty required by the truth which we profess to love and to honor. We allow a freezing atmosphere to surround our souls; we withhold words that ought to be spoken from the Scriptures. In order to fulfil our duty as God's faithful watchmen, we should give words of correction in humility of mind,                                                                    95.     "considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted." Neglect not to bind up, with your reproof, words of encouragement. Be cheerful, but not light and trifling; pray for discernment, for a wholesome, Christ-like spirit. Paul, in his letter to the Philippians, said, "And this I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment; that you may approve things that are excellent; that ye may be sincere and without offense till the day of Christ; being filled with the fruits of righteousness, which are by Jesus Christ, unto the praise and glory of God." (1:9-11)  {PC 94.5}
[PC 95.1]         Sincerity means much more than many are inclined to suppose. It means being true to your brother; never allowing yourself to do him wrong, or suffer him to be unfaithful in the discharge of his duty.  {PC 95.1}
[PC 95.2]          Those who are set to keep the rooms in a healthful condition, that the angel of God passing through may approve, must be sincere. There must be no haphazard work. Carry the Spirit of Christ in all your dealings. I would not, under any consideration, send a child of mine to learn the printer's trade under the present discipline and management of the several rooms. All are not managed in exactly the same objectionable manner; but all are much in need of the sanctifying grace of Jesus Christ. Are the men set over others, wise counsellors of youth? Are they sincere Christians, or make-believers? Is their submission to divine authority as perfect as that they require of the youth who are being educated under them? Overbearing, harsh words are unprofitable in professors of religion. A harsh, tyrannical spirit has come in, resulting in great and various evils. The temptations to sin come to every youth; and the overseers in every room need to be thoroughly converted men. What are the attributes most prized, and which bring greatest joy to the Saviour who died to save sinners? It is to have men and women cooperating with him to seek and to save the lost. Everyone who is self-denying, self-sacrificing, for the sake of helping poor souls that need help, will have his reward. If we are children of God, we should be, and will be, living channels of light.  {PC 95.2}
[PC 95.3]          Those who have not received Christ as their personal Saviour should never be placed as directors of the youth. If they cannot submit themselves to the control of God, they are not qualified to teach order and law to those brought under them. Those who claim to be Christ's disciples, if themselves under discipline to God, will make tender, loving, wise guides and instructors of the youth; for Christ says, "I will manifest myself unto them."(sic)  {PC 95.3}
[PC 95.4]         If we love one another God dwelleth in us, and His love is perfected in us; and that love cannot be restrained. God is love, and he that dwelleth in love, dwelleth in God, and God in him. Only by becoming a partaker of the divine nature can the law of God be fulfilled by men. Only he who loves God with all the heart, soul, mind, and strength, and his neighbor as himself, can give glory to God in the highest, and peace on earth, good will to men. This was the work of Christ; and when his work is appreciated and represented by his followers, the great result will be achieved in the "joy that was set before him" in the saving of the souls for whom He gave His life.     96.  {PC 95.4}
[PC 96.1]          The Lord has been laboring constantly from age to age to awaken in the souls of men a sense of their divine brotherhood, and thus to establish an order and divine harmony proportionate to the great and eternal deliverance He has wrought out for everyone who will receive Him. The Lord calls upon all who profess to believe in Him to be co-workers with Him, and to use every God-given ability, opportunity, and privilege to lead perishing souls within the sphere of their influence, to Jesus Christ. Here is the only hope for transformation of character; this will give peace and joy in believing, and fit them for the society of the heavenly angels in the kingdom of God. O how earnest, persevering, and untiring should be the efforts of every sin-pardoned soul to seek to bring other souls to Jesus Christ, that their neighbors shall become joint-heirs with Jesus. Whoever is your neighbor is to be sought for, labored for. Is he ignorant? Let your communication, your association, make him more intelligent. The outcast, the youth, full of defects in character, are the very ones God enjoins upon us to help. "I came not to call the righteous," said Christ, "but sinners to repentance."  {PC 96.1}
[PC 96.2]         See what sinners the colored people were, the downtrodden, the poor. These Christ died to save, and they can, through painstaking and judicious management, become trophies of His grace, heirs to God, and joint-heirs with Jesus Christ. Through faith in Jesus Christ they become purified, sanctified; for the religion of Jesus Christ never degrades the receiver, but works with transforming power, refining the taste, sanctifying the judgment, fitting the soul for the entrance of the word that giveth life, that giveth understanding even to the simple. Those who will be humble enough to learn, the very nobility of the world will consider it an honor to go to heaven in their company, and angels of God will cooperate with such as are workers together with God. We need to hunger and thirst after righteousness, that we may have Christ in us as a well of water, springing up into everlasting life.  {PC 96.2}
[PC 96.3]          Right at the head of the work there must be deeper piety, more faithful taking heed to the word of God, a watching for souls as they that must give an account. Each worker should be moved by a living, abiding, converting principle. It is not large establishments where much money is invested to make them more convenient, that will obtain influence and win hearts. The school and the office should be an asylum for the sorely tempted youth. They are God's property. They have hearts to be won; they have souls to save. Instead of spending money in bicycles, in picture-making, in little and great idols to place upon your tables and on your walls, let the means be used to gather in the youth; teach them, and patiently watch over them, in wisdom dealing with their follies. Pray with them alone. Converse with them, with hearts filled with pity and that love which Christ has shown for you. Angels of God will give every true worker a rich experience in doing this work. We are to labor in earnest to break down every barrier that has been built up to keep Christ from entering the citadel of the heart. There is more joy in heaven over one sinner that repenteth than over ninety and nine persons that (think they) need no repentance. Let instructors do their duty patiently, and although they may be often tried, be assured they will not fail                                                                    97.     nor be discouraged. Be not weary in well-doing; the heavenly intelligences will work with your every effort. A word of love and encouragement will do more to subdue the hasty temper and wilful disposition than all the fault-finding and severe censure that you can heap upon the erring ones.  {PC 96.3}
[PC 97.1]          It is those who are in positions of trust, those who have great light, large opportunities, who are not forming characters and carrying into their life practice principles that will stand the test of trial. These need to be rebuked sharply for their influence over the young. The impetuous temper must be eradicated. When provoked do not pour out a torrent of words and commit sin; but talk with your Lord about it. Say to your soul, "Be still, and know that I am God." If the God-given responsibilities of saving souls ready to perish, were understood, old habits, traditionary sentiments that clog and hinder reformatory action would be cut away from the heart and life, and a transformation would take place in character. Advice, reproof, and counsel should be given patiently, taking the bitterness of the self-mingling spirit out of it. The language should not be exaggerated, but should be gentle and humble, The stern, harsh spirit that humiliates and crushes the wrong-doer will seldom work a reformation. "Thy gentleness hath made me great." It sets before the wrong-doer his sins, and helps him to recover himself from the snares of Satan.  {PC 97.1}
[PC 97.2]          God has not set any man on the judgment seat. "Judge not," He said, "that ye be not judged." The grace of humility should be cherished in the heart. It will modify and mold the words that fall from our lips, into expressions of Christ-like tenderness and care. The Master's work is not to be neglected; but it must be done in love, declaring the Master's message in the Master's Spirit.  {PC 97.2}
[PC 97.3]          Wrongs are often in need of being met; and though firmness and decision may be required, it should not be done in an arbitrary overbearing, crushing manner. Not until the heart is cleansed and purified through obedience to the truth can we be laborers together with God, and work with the mind of Christ.                                        (Signed)                                                      Ellen G. White                     (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)     98.  {PC 97.3}
[PC 98.1]                                  Sanitarium P. O., Napa Co., California                                                   December 26, 1906     Dear Brother Olsen:            I am not in the best condition to write to you; for, for the past week I have been suffering from my third attack of influenza this winter. I have been having special treatment for this disease, and am now improving.  {PC 98.1}
[PC 98.2]          We see in our world confusion upon confusion. We hear of accidents by sea and by land. Crime is increasing, this we know from the reports of our daily newspapers. Political developments in San Francisco are of a character to show how little confidence can be placed in the men who occupy official positions. Many of these men, some even who profess to be religious, are being exposed before the public as guilty of various crimes. They are giving evidence that it is time for the Lord of heaven to destroy their property. The last great issue is soon to come. We must see, we must understand, that the spirit of God is being withdrawn from the wicked nations who have long discarded God's work, His holy law, and have formed false theories and false laws, exalting them above the commandments of God.  {PC 98.2}
[PC 98.3]          The signs are certainly fulfilling that show that the end of this earth's history is near; and we have an individual work to do in fitting ourselves to sound the last message of warning to our world, and prepare it for the closing scenes which according to the word of God, are soon to come. I feel deeply the need of every worker to stand as faithful watchmen to give this last note of warning, to prepare the church that those who have had the light may be awake, realizing the importance of keeping every piece of the armor on.  {PC 98.3}
[PC 98.4]          "This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, truce-breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; from such turn away; having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof. Ever learning (ever presenting some new theory) but never able to come to a knowledge of the truth." (2 Timothy 3:1-7)  {PC 98.4}
[PC 98.5]         This whole chapter is being fulfilled in San Francisco and Oakland at the present time. These cities, through their newspapers, are daily opening to us their true condition, the iniquity of their high officials. The very men who are placed in office to suppress evil are themselves corrupted with all kinds of evil works.  {PC 98.5}
[PC 98.6]          "As Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also resist the truth; men of corrupt minds; reprobate concerning the faith. But they shall proceed no farther; for their folly shall be manifest unto all men, as theirs also was." We have been given this example in Bible History to teach us that God will vindicate His word and fulfil His holy purpose. (2 Timothy 3:8, 9)  {PC 98.6}
[PC 98.7]         By way of contrast the apostle presents the opposite condition                                                                 99.     of morals that will exist among those who are faithful in their service for keeping the law of God. "Thou hast fully known my doctrine, manner of life, purpose, faith, longsuffering, charity, patience, persecutions, afflictions, which came into me at Antioch, at Iconium, at Lystra; what persecutions I endured." Then for our encouragement he sounds the glad word, "Out of them all the Lord delivered me. Yea, and all that will live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution. But evil men and seducers shall wax worse and worse, deceiving and being deceived. But continue thou in the things which thou hast learned, and hast been assured of, knowing of whom thou hast learned them; and that from a child thou hast known the holy Scriptures, which are able to make thee wise unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus. All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works." Read also Paul's solemn charge to Timothy in the fourth chapter of second Timothy.  {PC 98.7}
[PC 99.1]          The time spent by the officials of San Francisco in investigating the frauds of some of their officers has been, in the providence of God, a precious opportunity for Brethren Simpson and Hibbard to present the truth to large congregations in the city of Oakland. Before these brethren began their series of meetings, Elder Haskell and wife were holding meetings in the large tent in Oakland, following up the work of the camp meeting, and instruction (classes) some who wished to learn how to do Bible work. This was a successful meeting. The Lord manifested His power and grace. Elder Hibbard assisted Elder Haskell in his work, speaking at the evening meetings. This brought the truth before the people of Oakland in clear lines; and the work was continued until Elder Simpson commenced his tent effort.  {PC 99.1}
[PC 99.2]          Brother Simpson's meetings were largely attended, and the people listened to his words with spellbound interest; the interest continued from first to last. With his Bible in his hand, and basing all his arguments on the word of God, Brother Simpson traced out before them the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation. His own words were few; he made the Scriptures themselves explain the truth to the people. After giving them the truth, Elder Simpson would draw an expression of opinion from his congregation. "Now," he would say, "those who see the truth of what I am saying, raise your hands;" and in response many hands would be raised. I can only poorly represent to you the interest his work has created.  {PC 99.2}
[PC 99.3]          In his teaching, Elder Simpson showed that the Spirit of prophecy has an important part to act in the establishment of the truth. When binding off his work, he called for me to go to Oakland to speak to the people.  {PC 99.3}
[PC 99.4]          When the call came, I had just begun to recover from an attack of influenza; but I said, I will go. This was the first time for four weeks that I had left my home premises. We left St. Helena on Thursday afternoon. On Friday I was very ill; nevertheless I spoke on the Sabbath in the Congregational church in which our people usually meet for their Sabbath worship. Between four and five hundred people were assembled. I was feeling weak from my illness; but I prayed that God would help me. As soon as I began     100.     to speak, the reviving influence of the Spirit of God came upon me, and I was strengthened. I spoke one hour and fifteen minutes with a clear voice; for the power of His grace was upon me. I was very thankful for this evidence of the power of the Spirit of God.  {PC 99.4}
[PC 100.1]          On Sunday I rode several miles to the Baths, where Elder Simpson baptized thirty-one candidates. The service was beautifully conducted, and everything passed off with perfect order. The songs interspersed through the service seemed to be carrying the joyful news to heaven. As many more persons will be baptized in about four weeks' time; for all were not fully prepared to go forward in this ordinance at that time. My heart is filled with gratitude for this representation of those who have received the truth under the teaching of Elder Simpson.  {PC 100.1}
[PC 100.2]          I have also spoken in the meeting house in San Francisco which James White and I and a few others were the means of establishing there. The house was preserved through the San Francisco fire, and only slightly injured. The chimneys were thrown down, and some of the plaster shaken off.  {PC 100.2}
[PC 100.3]          The work is still being carried forward in San Francisco and Oakland; for souls must be warned. Now is our time and opportunity, while these revelations of dishonesty and fraudulent transactions are being made. While these people have these things brought daily before their notice, the reasonable arguments of the word of God, its predictions that just such practices will be carried on in every city, will appeal to their minds and consciences better than would any language we could use to represent the existing evil and point out their meaning. Elder Simpson will take up his work again in about two weeks' time, and after that he will labor in San Francisco. The truth is being proclaimed in these cities as it has never been before. We feel that now is our time to work, just now. We must unite, be united in the work, and press together.  {PC 100.3}
[PC 100.4]          My workers are now engaged in preparing my diaries of my experience in Europe and Australia. We want to prepare this matter for book publication, that the people may understand the character of the work the Lord has given me to do for the last half century.  {PC 100.4}
[PC 100.5]          I am of good courage in the Lord, and I praise His holy name for this.                                        (Signed)                                                     Ellen G. White                      (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                                     101.  {PC 100.5}
[PC 101.1]                                      George's Terrace, February 6, 1894   Mr. and Mrs. J. E. White     Dear Children:            Since the camp meeting we have settled down in the school building. We are very pleasantly situated in the second story of terrace no. 3. I have a very large room with three ample windows. I sleep in this room, and have plenty of air. The next apartment is the dining room, pleasant and roomy. May sleeps alone in that room. Sister Tuxford and May do the cooking in still another room. We go down a half-a-dozen steps from the dining room, then up two or three steps; first we come to the bath room, then to the kitchen with a gas stove, then to still another room, where Sister Tuxford and Emily sleep and Emily does her work. Our family consists of Sister Tuxford, Marian, Emily, May, and myself. Here we are, well settled, to remain only six weeks; then we must be emptied out, for the fall term of school begins.  {PC 101.1}
[PC 101.2]          I am getting to be very tired of moving. It worries me out, settling and unsettling, gathering up Manuscripts and scattering them, to be gathered up again. If I should look to my poor, finite self, I should soon become discouraged; but in looking unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of my faith, I take courage, and press forward with His name on my lips to the mark for the prize of the high calling which is in Christ Jesus. If we at times feel our infirmities encompassing us, and a discouragement comes upon us, we must look away from self unto Jesus, and pray for spiritual eyesight. We need it now, in order to understand His word. A flood of light is poured into the chambers of the mind and the soul temple that we may understand the scriptures. There is truth, precious, sacred truth. "The entrance of thy words giveth light; it giveth understanding to the simple." All who are simple (meek and lowly in heart) will humble self, and seek counsel of the Lord in His Holy word. Feeling is nothing reliable, but the word is solid rock. We can safely study our Bibles, and the Holy Spirit will impress our minds and heart.  {PC 101.2}
[PC 101.3]          The Lord has a work for you to do, and if you listen to His voice, you will not be left in darkness. The Saviour says, "My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me." "And a stranger will they not follow; for they know not the voice of strangers." I am sure that the Lord is revealing to you the perfection and fullness of the atoning work, that your whole heart may be filled with love and thanksgiving, and that you may reveal to others that which the Lord is revealing to you. The image of Christ engraved upon the heart is reflected in character, in practical life, day by day, because we represent a personal Saviour. The Holy Spirit is promised to all who will ask for it. When you search the scriptures, the Holy Spirit is by your side, personating Jesus Christ. The truth is a living principle made to shine in precious clearness to the understanding, and then, O then, it is time to speak words from the Living Christ. "Ye are laborers together with God." Christ said to the woman of Samaria, "If thou knowest the gift of God, and who it is that said to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. . . A well of     102.     water springing up into everlasting life." Those who have the out pouring of the gospel of Christ which comes from the heart imbued by His Holy Spirit will give light and comfort and hope to hearts that are hungering and thirsting for righteousness. It is not excitement we wish to create, but deep, earnest consideration, that those who hear shall do solid work, real, sound, genuine work that will be enduring as eternity. We hunger not for excitement, for the sensational; the less we have of this, the better. The calm, earnest reasoning from the scriptures is precious and fruitful. Here is the secret of success, in preaching a living, personal Saviour in so simple and earnest a manner that the people may be able to lay hold by faith of the power of the word of life. Present not Anna Phillips' productions, but the truth, substantiated by the authority of the living word, which is the power of God unto salvation.  {PC 101.3}
[PC 102.1]          My dear Son Edson, I am deeply interested in your experience, and I hope you will trust in the Lord continually. I hope you will not allow your feelings to control you. God has given you a work to do; be faithful to your Redeemer. God can open the way before you, he can place your feet in safe paths,  and lead you on to victory. We want to understand daily the meaning of these words: "Turned to God." Here are true holiness, rest and peace, grace and glory. Turn not to any living man to be your helper. Tell everything to Jesus. He knows all the bearings, all the results of every purpose and every plan. His wisdom is unerring, and He has given evidence how much He loves His purchased possession, and how willing, how gratified He is to help His children, to guide them in judgment. My God shall supply all your need, according to His riches in glory by Jesus Christ.  {PC 102.1}
[PC 102.2]          Then come to Jesus although you feel your unworthiness. The life of simple dependence upon God is a daily lesson in knowing God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent. "He that spared not his own Son, but delivered him up for us all, how shall he not with him also freely give us all things?" The voice of invitation is, "Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light." To God, only to God, pour out the sorrows, the great needs and troubles of your soul. He will help you. "My soul, wait thou only upon God; for my expectation is from him. He only is my rock and my salvation; he is my defence; I shall not be moved." (Psalms 62:5, 6)  {PC 102.2}
[PC 102.3]         Under the showers of the latter rain the inventions of man, the human machinery, will at times be swept away, the boundary of man's authority will be as broken reeds, and the Holy Spirit will speak through the living, human agent with convincing power. No one then will watch to see if the sentences are well rounded off, if the grammar is faultless. The living water will flow in God's own channels. But let us be careful now not to exalt the men, their sayings and doings; and let not any one consider it a grand point to have a startling experience to relate; for here is a fruitful field where credence will be given to unworthy persons. Young men and women will be lifted up, and will regard themselves as wonderfully favored, called to do some great thing. There will be conversions many, after a peculiar order but they will not bear the divine signature. Immorality will come in and extravagance and                                                                   103.     many will make shipwreck of faith. Our only safety is in keeping fast hold of Jesus. Never are we to lose sight of Him. He says, "Without me ye can do nothing." We must cultivate an abiding sense of our own inefficiency and helplessness and rely wholly on Jesus. This should keep us individually calm and steadfast in words and deportment. Excitement in the speaker is not power but weakness. Earnestness and energy are essential in presenting Bible truth, the gospel, which is the power of God unto salvation.  {PC 102.3}
[PC 103.1]          March 16, I am unable to sleep this morning, and arise from my bed at two o'clock to write to you, my dear children. In the last letter that I sent you I made suggestions in reference to your coming to this country, but I fear that our course of action will be such that it will not be advisable at present. Your plans in reference to working for the colored people are, I believe, correct. But, Edson, do not gather responsibilities upon yourself. The enemy will seek to get you involved in plans and in inventions that will embarrass you. Take up the work in some line where you can work to a purpose. The talent God has given you in the ability to comprehend the truths of His word is a precious gift. If your opportunities are improved, your mind will be led into fruitful study, to an intelligent understanding of the grand, elevating, sanctifying truths for this time, and you can bless others in your work.  {PC 103.1}
[PC 103.2]          The Lord evidently designs to cut you clear from any earthly dependence and to teach you the precious lessons of entire trust in Him. The Holy Spirit has been grieved that you have not surrendered your will to God's will, and years have passed into eternity, that might have been rich in good works for the saving of souls. I wish I could communicate all that is in my mind upon some points, but today the mail leaves for America, and I have not been able to write as much as I desired. Since I came to Melbourne the work has been pressing urgently upon me. I have spoken in Brighton and in Williams-town, where the interest is excellent, and the field ripe for the harvest. The weather has been very warm, and it has been taxing to speak under the tent, but I have reason to praise my heavenly Father that he grants me so largely of His Holy Spirit, that I can continue to bear the message of His grace and love in demonstration of His Spirit. The congregations listen with profound interest. Should I not praise God for this with heart and soul and voice?  {PC 103.2}
[PC 103.3]          In Brighton several have taken their position on the Sabbath. In Williamstown also some have decided to obey the truth. There was not a Sabbath-keeper in the place when the tent was set up there, but the interest has steadily increased since camp meeting, several are now in the valley of decision. I speak in the hall in that place next Sunday afternoon. O my son, I pray for the Lord to work in His own way upon the minds of the people, that a healthy church may be raised up in Williamstown. Already the matter of erecting a church building in this place is under serious consideration. It can be done, and must be done at once. Besides laboring for these who are just hearing the truth, we find work to do in setting things in order among ourselves, that the machinery may run without friction.  {PC 103.3}
[PC 103.4]          Edson, I feel a deep interest for your prosperity, and I know that your only safe course is to break away from every business transaction, and put your mind and soul into the exposition of the word. Be determined that you will not fail nor be discouraged. If you trust     104.     in the Lord moment by moment, if you search the scriptures with earnest prayer, you will have opened to you the richest treasures from the word of God. In humility, as a learner in the school of Christ, you will learn His meekness and lowliness of heart. God is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him than parents are to give good gifts unto their children. I am sure that there is a heaven full of the richest enduring treasures to be freely given to all who will appropriate them to themselves, and becoming enriched thereby will impart freely to others. I know this to be truth. I have many things to say; my heart is full of thankfulness. I often awake in the night season praising the Lord that He has given me the measure of health I now enjoy, and that His hand, in loving, pitying tenderness, has laid hold upon you, my son, and placed your feet upon the Solid Rock. And in this I see how much can be done in saving other poor souls that are ready to perish.  {PC 103.4}
[PC 104.1]          But there are presented to me dangers and quicksands that must be carefully avoided. While those who are obeying the word in Isaiah, "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins," in this work so essential to be done, things will be encouraged that will result in marring the work of God, unless the messengers are endowed with heavenly wisdom. We must act like men in earnest. We need to obtain a rich daily experience in prayer; we should be like the importunate widow, who, in her conscious need, overcame the unjust judge by the bare force of her determined pleading. God will be enquired of to do these things for us; for this is giving depth and solidity to our experience. The soul that seeks God will need to be in earnest. He is a rewarder of all those that seek him diligently.  {PC 104.1}
[PC 104.2]          There are quicksands upon which many are in danger of being swamped. It is always safe to seek for the earnest of the Spirit of God, if we do not mingle with it a force and presumption that is not heaven born. There is need of caution in all our utterances lest some poor souls of ardent temperament shall work themselves up into a zeal not according to knowledge. They will act as though it was their prerogative to use the Holy Spirit instead of letting the Holy Spirit use them, and mold and fashion them after the Pattern of the divine. There is danger of running ahead of Christ. We should honor the Holy Spirit by following where it shall lead. "Lean not to thine own understanding." This is one danger of those who teach the truth to others. To follow where Christ leads is a safe path for our feet. His work will stand. Whatsoever God saith is truth.  {PC 104.2}
[PC 104.3]          But ministers who bear the last message of mercy to fallen men must utter no random words; they must not open doors whereby Satan shall find access to human minds. It is not our work to experiment, to study out something new and startling that will create excitement. Satan is watching his chance to take advantage of anything of this order that he may bring in his deceiving elements. The Holy Spirit moving upon the human agents, will keep the mind well balanced. There will not be a wrought-up excitement, to be followed by reaction. Satan will make use of every extravagant expression to the injury, not only of the speaker but of those who shall catch the same spirit and infuse others                                                                 105.     to their harm. Calmness and solemnity should be cultivated; the solemn truths we dwell upon will lead us to manifest deep earnestness. How can we do otherwise when weighted with the most sacred message to bear to perishing souls, weighted by the sense of the nearness of our Saviour's coming.  {PC 104.3}
[PC 105.1]          If we are constantly looking unto Jesus and receiving His Spirit, we shall have clear eye sight. Then we shall discern the perils on every side, and shall guard every word we utter, lest Satan find opportunity to weave in his deceptions. We do not want to have the minds of the people wrought up into an excitement. We should not encourage an expectation to see strange and wonderful things. But teach them to follow Jesus, step by step. Preach Jesus Christ, in whom our hope of eternal life is centered.  {PC 105.1}
[PC 105.2]          The enemy is preparing to deceive the whole world by his miracle working power. He will assume to personate the angels of light, to personate Jesus Christ. Every one who teaches the truth for this time is to preach the word. Those who cling to the word will not throw open the doors for Satan by making unguarded statements in reference to prophesying or to dreams and visions. To a greater or less degree false manifestations have been coming in, here and there, since 1844, after the time when we looked for the second coming of Christ. We have had them in the Garmire case, in the statements of E. R. Jones, in the Stanton movement. We shall have them more and more, and like faithful sentinels we must be on guard. Letters are coming to me from many persons concerning visions which they have had and feel it their duty to relate. May the Lord help His servants to be cautious.  {PC 105.2}
[PC 105.3]          When the Lord has a genuine channel of light, there are always plenty of counterfeit. Satan will surely enter any door thrown open for him. He will give messages of truth mingling with the truth ideas of his own, prepared to mislead souls, to draw the mind to human beings and their sayings, and prevent it from holding firmly to a Thus saith the Lord. In God's dealing with His people, all is quiet; with those who trust in Him all is calm and unpretending. There will be simple, true, earnest believers in the Bible, and there will be doers of the word as well as hearers. There will be sound, earnest, sensible, waiting upon God. The believer will hang his helpless soul on Jesus Christ. Christ will be exalted. Working and praying, watching and waiting, is our position. We should not desire to be recognized and to have our work appreciated in the fullest measure. Heaven is the best and safest place in which to hear from the lips of our Redeemer the result of our work.  {PC 105.3}
[PC 105.4]          It is not necessary or helpful nor is it pleasing to the spiritual worker, to have the name paraded in the papers with flattering words concerning his talents and efficiency. God knows all about the work accomplished by every laborer in His vineyard. I plead not for less earnestness, for every soul needs now the vitalizing power of God; but if the Holy Spirit works through the human agent it is because he hides self in Jesus, and becomes (he is) in Christ a laborer together with God.  {PC 105.4}
[PC 105.5]          My son, walk humbly with God. Your power and efficiency are in Jesus. The mighty tide of spiritual power will come upon the men     106.     who preach the word, uplifting Jesus. This inspires in the hearer a living faith, which brings forth fruit abundantly. We want the truth spoken to human hearts by men that have been baptized with holy love for Christ, and for the purchase of His blood, men who are themselves thoroughly impressed with the truth they are presenting to others; and who are practicing the same in their own life. The word of God is sure, and every speaker should seek to link the hearer to Christ (read John 17:22-24; Ephesians 1:3-8).  {PC 105.5}
[PC 106.1]          Here are presented to us the riches of heaven's blessings. We cannot conceive of anything greater or more blessed. We have here the possibility before the human agent. It is the will of God that we should be so thoroughly identified with His Son that we shall be one with Christ as Christ is one with the Father. Through faith we may be wholly one with Christ; we may have our entire soul, body and spirit bound up with Christ in God, so that we shall share in the very same love wherewith Christ is loved by the Father.  {PC 106.1}
[PC 106.2]          And we are to be sharers in His glory; for Christ says, "The glory which thou givest me I have given them." What is that glory? The character of Christ. Can we ask any greater endowment? To have any place in heaven, to be in the presence of Christ, seems a blessing too great for sinful human beings to enjoy. But the marvelous mercy and goodness and love of God are beyond our comprehension. By accepting Christ as his personal Saviour, man is brought into the same close relation to God, and enjoys His special favor as does His own beloved Son. He is honored and glorified and intimately associated with God, his life being hid with Christ in God. O, what love, what wondrous love! Read the scriptures referred to; copyist left them out for want of time.  {PC 106.2}
[PC 106.3]          This is my teaching - moral purity. The opening up of the blackness of impurity will not be one half as efficacious in uprooting sin as will the presentation of these grand and ennobling themes. The Lord has not given to women a message to assail men, and charge them with their impurity and incontinence. They create sensuality in place of uprooting it. The Bible, and the Bible alone has given the true lessons upon purity. Then preach the word. Such is the grace of God, such the love wherewith He hath loved us, even when we were dead in trespasses and sins, enemies in our minds by wicked works, loving divers lusts and pleasures, the slaves of debase appetites and passions, servants of sin and Satan. What depth of love is manifested in Christ, as He becomes the propitiation for our sins. Through the ministration of the Holy Spirit souls are led to find forgiveness of sins.  {PC 106.3}
[PC 106.4]          The purity, the holiness of the life of Jesus as presented from the word of God, possess more power to reform and transform the character than do all the efforts put forth in picturing the sins and crimes of men and the sure results. One steadfast look to the Saviour uplifted upon the cross will do more to purify the mind and heart from every defilement than will all the scientific explanations by the ablest tongues. Before the cross the sinner sees his unlikeness of character to Christ, he sees the terrible consequences of transgression, he hates the sin that he has practiced, and he lays hold upon Jesus by living faith. He has judged his position of uncleanness in the light of the                                                                 107.     presence of God and the heavenly intelligence. He has measured it by the standard of the cross; he has weighed it in the balances of the Sanctuary. The purity of Christ has revealed to him his own impurity in its odious colors. He turns from the defiling sin, he looks to Jesus and lives.  {PC 106.4}
[PC 107.1]          He finds an all absorbing, commanding, attractive character in Jesus Christ, the One who died to deliver him from the deformity of sin, and with quivering lip and tearful eye he declares, "He shall not have died for me in vain. Thy gentleness hath made me great." How prone we are on all occasions to look to our fellowmen for sympathy for uplifting, instead of looking to Jesus! How ready is the human agent to forsake the fountain of living waters, the cool snow waters of Lebanon, and drink of the turbid streams of the valley. O, in His mercy and faithfulness, God will cause our fellow-men in whom we place confidence to fail us in order that we may learn the folly of trusting in man, and making flesh our arm. Listen to the words of the prophet: (see Jeremiah 17:5-8). Talk of heavenly things, talk of the eternal weight of glory that will be awarded to the overcomer, and you will have success in your work.                                    (Signed)                                              (Mother)                                                         Ellen G. White     108.  {PC 107.1}
[PC 108.1]                                  Sanitarium, Napa Co, California   Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:            I thank you for your letter, telling me about your movements and plans. . . .  {PC 108.1}
[PC 108.2]          That you should receive an invitation to go to Battle Creek, and give Bible lessons to the nurses and medical students, is not a surprise to me. I have been instructed that an effort would be made to obtain your names as teachers to the nurses at Battle Creek, so that the managers of the Sanitarium can say to our people that Elder and Mrs. Haskell are to give a course of lessons to the Battle Creek Sanitarium nurses, and use this as a means of decoying to Battle Creek those who otherwise would heed the cautions about going there for their education.  {PC 108.2}
[PC 108.3]          I warn you against doing anything which would help those who are working directly contrary to the counsels of God, to carry out any of their deceptive plans. I know you would not willingly place yourself in any such position, and I warn you because I know the men and the plans better than you do.  {PC 108.3}
[PC 108.4]          If you should be drawn into such a plan, it would bring much perplexity upon me, and I should have another hard battle to fight. You must take no part in healing "the hurt of the daughter of My people slightly." Should the word to forth that Elder and Mrs. Haskell were to take part in teaching the nurses in the Battle Creek Sanitarium, it would be my duty to send forth testimonies, that I do not wish to be called upon to bear.  {PC 108.4}
[PC 108.5]          Elder and Mrs. Farnsworth have been requested to spend some time in Battle Creek, laboring for the church. I encourage them to do so, and shall counsel them how to labor. It will be well for Elder Farnsworth and Elder A. T. Jones to stand shoulder to shoulder preaching the Word in the tabernacle for a time, and giving the trumpet a certain sound. There are in Battle Creek souls who need bracing up. Many will gladly hear and distinguish the note of warning. But Elder Farnsworth should not remain in Battle Creek long. I write these things to you, because it is important that they should be understood.  {PC 108.5}
[PC 108.6]          God would have men of talent who will not deviate from the principles of righteousness to stand in defense of the truth in the tabernacle at Battle Creek. One man should not be stationed in Battle Creek for a long time. After he has faithfully proclaimed the truth for a time, he should leave to labor elsewhere, and some one else be appointed who will give the trumpet a certain sound.  {PC 108.6}
[PC 108.7]          We should understand by experience word for word the message the Lord gave to Isaiah, and from this message there is to be no deviation. The Holy Spirit's meaning will be understood. This meaning is not to be changed a hair's breadth to harmonize with any new doctrine.  {PC 108.7}
[PC 108.8]          We know that in the past the truth has been demonstrated by the Holy Spirit. Not one word of human devising is to be                                                                      109.     permitted to subvert minds, or to add unto or to take from the message God has given.  {PC 108.8}
[PC 109.1]          There must be connected with our Sanitariums in various places ample facilities for the training of workers. And great care should be taken in the selection of young people to connect with our Sanitariums. We can not afford to accept every one who is willing to come. Great injury is done to our medical institutions when we connect with them inexperienced youth, who do not understand what it means to do faithful service for God.  {PC 109.1}
[PC 109.2]          Every soul connected with our institutions is to be tested and tried. If self is not hid with Christ in God, the workers will blindly do many things that will hinder the precious work of God.  {PC 109.2}
[PC 109.3]          "Sanctify the Lord of hosts Himself; and let him be your fear, and let him be your dread. And he shall be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling, and for a rock of offense to both the houses of Israel, for a gin and for a snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. And many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken. Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples." (Isaiah 8:13-16)  {PC 109.3}
[PC 109.4]          God has a denominated people, who are to wait on and trust in Him. They are to be true to the light He has given them, following closely the sacred landmarks. Their language is to be:  {PC 109.4}
[PC 109.5]          "I will wait upon the Lord, that hideth His face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for Him. Behold, I and the children whom the Lord hath given me, are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the Lord of hosts, which dwelleth in Mt. Zion. (Isaiah 8:17, 18)  {PC 109.5}
[PC 109.6]         "And when they shall say unto you, Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep and that mutter: should not a people seek unto their God? for the living to the dead? To the law and to the testimony: if they speak not to this word, it is because there is no light in them." (Isaiah 8:19, 20)  {PC 109.6}
[PC 109.7]         The things mentioned in this scripture will be worked out before us. Some of them we see even now.  {PC 109.7}
[PC 109.8]          Those who have crowded into Battle Creek, and are being held there, see and hear many things that tend to weaken their faith, and engender unbelief. They would gain a more practical knowledge in an effort to impart to others that which they receive of the word of God. They should scatter out, and be working in all our cities, under the training of men who are sound in the faith. If those who teach these workers are true and loyal, a great work will be accomplished.  {PC 109.8}
[PC 109.9]          There is to be a working of our cities as they never have been worked. That which should have been done twenty, yea, more than twenty years ago, is now to be done speedily. The work will be more difficult to do now than it would have been years ago, but it will be done.  {PC 109.9}
[PC 109.10]          Our work is made exceedingly hard because of many false theories     110.     that have to be met, and because of the dearth of efficient teachers and willing helpers.  {PC 109.10}
[PC 110.1]          It is not the work of the Lord that so many are gathered in Battle Creek, receiving a mold which unfits them for the work of the Lord till they are thoroughly converted.  {PC 110.1}
[PC 110.2]          The Lord is to do a strange work very soon. A representation has been given me, that I have not yet had strength to trace upon paper. I must know when to speak, and when to keep silent. When the Lord bids me speak, I can not keep silent.  {PC 110.2}
[PC 110.3]          The Lord will work. Great facts will be revealed in the word. There are rich experiences to be received from the great Medical Missionary. The knowledge of salvation through faith, and a full trust in a personal God and a personal Saviour, will be manifest. Those who have held the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end, will have the proof of the things which they have learned by personal experience.  {PC 110.3}
[PC 110.4]          The gospel will be revealed and verified. The experience of the day of Pentecost will surely be repeated. Some will receive the Holy Spirit of truth; yea, some who are now in uncertainty. The Lord has given His word. For years he has been sending messages of warnings, but by many they have been unheeded. Notwithstanding the repeated urgent warnings God has given, many have been turned away from their original faith, and are lost in the fog of error. They have refused to follow the light that God has given to point out the true path.  {PC 110.4}
[PC 110.5]         Christ is the same Christ that He has ever been. He is our Redeemer. Those who have been striving to quench their thirst at broken cisterns, which can hold no water, need to be born again, that Christ may be formed within, the hope of glory.  {PC 110.5}
[PC 110.6]          There are those who will never receive the gospel message in its fullness; they will never see the greater light and working of the Holy Spirit. There is a depth of depravity in unbelieving human nature, that will never be healed, because the true light has been misinterpreted, and misapplied. The Lord has given His Spirit in abundance of assurance to enable men and women to understand the fallacies and errors of Satan and to guard against them.  {PC 110.6}
[PC 110.7]          Some will soon turn from their deceptive errors and calculations. To those who will be born again, the Bible will become a new book. There is a higher elevation to reach. True faith is to take the place of unbelief. The living springs of the word of God, with all their rich treasure are to flow into the soul. The truth of the Christian religion depends upon the divine authority of the word of God. The authority of the word is yea and amen.  {PC 110.7}
[PC 110.8]         Jesus Christ is the Way, the Truth and the Life. Our great need is to have Him formed within, the hope of glory. He is to come into our individual experience, as a personal Saviour. He is the foundation of our faith, the Rock of Ages. "Blessed is the man to whom the Lord imputeth not iniquity." (Psalms 32:2)                                                                    111.  {PC 110.8}
[PC 111.1]          When Christ shall come in His glory and all the holy angels with Him, then will all men be convinced of the truth that God has set apart him that is godly for Himself. But the words of Isaiah will come to many winds. "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins." The fifty-eight chapter of Isaiah gives a wonderful presentation of truth.  {PC 111.1}
[PC 111.2]          I wish you could make a visit at my home. I should indeed be pleased to see you and talk with you. Do nothing that will lead others to  make of no account the long, determined resistance which has been shown to the messages sent by the Lord.  {PC 111.2}
[PC 111.3]          We do not want the impression left on minds that our nurses should be educated and trained in Battle Creek. You are not to remove the impression that I  have been trying to make that our people are to be drawn away from Battle Creek.  {PC 111.3}
[PC 111.4]          I have light regarding the impression that your going to Battle Creek would make on our people who have had placed before them many falsehoods regarding the work and influences there. Your going to Battle Creek in answer to the call you have received, would not be in harmony with the light God has given me.  {PC 111.4}
[PC 111.5]          If you can not understand this, I can, and I will make every possible effort possible to save our people from being mixed up with the methods followed by some of the Battle Creek Sanitarium managers.  {PC 111.5}
[PC 111.6]          The Lord would have Dr. Morse leave Battle Creek, and labor where the light of truth has not been taught, and that he may break every thread of sophistry. The sophistry that there is no personal God and no personal Christ has been set forth, and still lives, to be brought forth and fastened up human minds. I have seen Satanic agencies leading and controlling the minds of those who have taught these theories. Unless the snare is broken ruin will result as surely as to the house built upon the sand.  {PC 111.6}
[PC 111.7]          Great trials are right upon us, to test every soul. The end of the world is near at hand. We are not to consent to have our workers, God's workers, tied up in Battle Creek. "Out of Battle Creek" is my message. I understand perfectly the meaning of the invitation that has been sent you. You have not a sense of what it means, but I am to tell you that God has not given you the work of teaching nurses in Battle Creek, or in any encouraging our youth to go there for their training. . . .  {PC 111.7}
[PC 111.8]          If we turn unto the Lord with full purpose of heart, teaching in the places He indicates, all things that He has commanded, we may be assured of the promise, "Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world." God is able and waiting to be gracious.                                (Signed)                                             Ellen G. White                     (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)     112.  {PC 111.8}
[PC 112.1]                     Sunnyside, Cooranbong, N. S. W., June 16, 1899   Dear Children, Edson and Emma White:            I have been writing out some matters in reference to the South. I have read your letters to Brother Irwin and myself. Prior to this I had written in my diary in regard to yourself and Emma. The light that I have is that you should have a change. W. C. White and I have been consulting together, and from the light given me this burden resting upon you cannot be born with the want of cooperation evidenced. There is a spirit cherished among men at Battle Creek, those not standing in the position where they can be worked by the Holy Spirit, that they will think they see something to criticise in you, and then this is made an excuse why they do not feel a burden to do what they would otherwise do in the work in which you are engaged.  {PC 112.1}
[PC 112.2]          And when you are straining every nerve and every muscle to make the work a success, you are yourself led to be sharp in the use of the pen, and it hurts your influence to do the same work they are doing in criticising. And as this work has been hurting them, and as the enemy sees he can hurt you, weaken your hands, and discourage your heart, he is pleased. You are wearing out too fast, and the Lord does not require that you and Emma should, under the existing state of things, carry the load without the cooperation of those in responsible places. Some would encourage you if there was not such an influence to meet in doing so. Therefore you are sacrificing life and health under a great disadvantage, and must have a respite. Your own spirit is becoming soured and you tempted. Now the Lord would have you come apart and rest awhile, and let the Southern field be worked by men whom they may choose to put into it, and let the responsibility rest upon them, and they carry it.  {PC 112.2}
[PC 112.3]          There is a great work to be done in this (Australian) field, and there are souls just as precious in the sight of God as those for whom you are laboring. They will never have a more devoted worker, or one better adapted to the work than you have been, or that will, under the same circumstances, show better results. The Lord has been your helper.  {PC 112.3}
[PC 112.4]          How much I have needed you connected with my work no one knows or ever will know. I can support you in this field myself, but this will not be necessary. While you work for me I expect to do this. But there is an extensive field you can take, in the islands of the sea. You can visit these islands and see what can be done to help them to do the very work you are doing in the South. The experience you have had will be of value with our American workers.  {PC 112.4}
[PC 112.5]          Willie proposes that you come by the way of England, stopping at different islands and places on the route. He thinks it would be a great help, but in talking with Brother Irwin, he thinks the very best route for you to take is the same as he took, by Vancouver. It is the best and cheapest route for you and Emma to take. You can spend two or three years here and see if you cannot avoid a complete breakdown in health. W. C., yourself, and Emma are malarious subjects, and the Southern field is most taxing                                                                  113.     on your strength and vitality, and the poison of malaria will obtain a strong hold upon you. This climate, where we are located, among the blue gum trees, seems to be a healthful climate. I wish you could see Willie's children. They are rugged and solid in bone and muscle. All our family are in good health, except Marian, who is not strong, but not down sick.  {PC 112.5}
[PC 113.1]          I will in this letter send you an order on Review and Herald for your passage money. The trying season will have fully opened upon you in the South before this reaches you, and it is important that you should make a change. I therefore invite you to come direct to this place as we need you. I expect we shall have a printing press shipped from Pacific Press if they will make us a donation of such an article. We must now have a press of our own so that we can issue small books and use these books to help us in carrying forward the work here.  {PC 113.1}
[PC 113.2]          We are much pleased with your little paper Gospel Herald. The editing of it is excellent.  {PC 113.2}
[PC 113.3]          I shall not write you a long letter, but I am going to send the copies of letters written. You will see I have had important matters to handle. We are doing all we can, and we desire your help to start our press and set it in operation. We do not propose to confine you to the preparation of books, but you can help us in this. If after two years' trial in this country you recover your health, you can then return, if it is your desire, and take up the work in any line you see fit. If you choose to remain here in this country, and it seems to be the will of the Lord, and if your talent can accomplish more good here than in America, then you follow your own convictions.  {PC 113.3}
[PC 113.4]          I have not been willing to call you from the Southern field, knowing your unwillingness to leave that field. But the Lord has been giving me special light for different men who have been working in different fields, that their lives would be shortened by continuing to remain, although they themselves were reluctant to leave, but the health must be preserved. If the work is too taxing in one locality, or the atmosphere unfavorable, they must try other localities. As there is no dearth of work to be done, and there are places that are in need of workers, no one need, in this country be confined to an unhealthful location. We have therefore changed the location of the workers with the best results. New Zealand has a bracing climate. Tasmania is excellent, more like Colorado. Adelaide has a mild and healthful climate. I am not disposed to recommend Melbourne. But we have the opportunity to select most any climate easy of access.  {PC 113.4}
[PC 113.5]          Here we have plenty of fruit in its season. In August will be our crop of oranges. Our own trees are loaded with oranges and lemons. The sight is beautiful. We can begin to use them in July, but I want all who shall come to our Conference to behold the show. The little trees bear on little branches five or six large oranges in a cluster. The Mandarin trees are loaded with fruit of the largest size, and the frosts are not so severe as to cut them or do them any damage. Come, children, and see them. If you could only come so as to be here at Conference time, how glad I should be, but I have not hope that you will be here then.     114.     At this Conference you would see the men who have been laboring in the islands of the sea.  {PC 113.5}
[PC 114.1]          I must now leave the matter with you, for you must consider for yourself; but you could be a great help to me. The Lord would strengthen you in making a change now. I see that W. C. W. is fully in harmony with what I have written you. He thinks that after you have been here two years you will then be settled what is best for you to do. My health is good when I do not have to stand on my feet to speak so often; but I am getting old. What I have to do I wish to do quickly and solidly. I wish now to take the Old Testament history from Solomon to the last chapter of Malachi, and the New Testament from the ascension of Christ to the Revelation; but how can I do it? Brother Colcord is helping me. W. C. White is necessarily called to advise and to attend frequent councils, for with the buildings being erected we need constant help from the Lord to teach us His way and His will.  {PC 114.1}
[PC 114.2]          I now leave this matter with you. Write me at once. I have good help in the three lady workers, Maggie Hare, Minnie Hawkins, and Sarah Peck. But there must be those who have been with me from my earliest experience who understand the workings of the cause and our history from earlier dates. My memory is good. Trusting in the Lord, my writing ability continues, but how long this will be I know not. But I now have to leave this with you and Emma. Certainly if you continue as you have been doing your health will not endure the strain of the Southern climate, and my need of your help is now very great.  {PC 114.2}
[PC 114.3]          If you can get out my books I can then have something to pay you and keep all my workers. You have no need to fear in that matter. There is to be a holding of the four winds a little longer, and when they are let loose there will be no peace any longer upon the earth. The truth is now our only shield and buckler. It is our front guard and rearward. May the Lord work for His people is my prayer. I am now writing to our people on important subjects. But I must close this letter. I am up at half past two o'clock in the morning. June 21, 1899.  {PC 114.3}
[PC 114.4]          The mail leaves today. Brother Irwin goes to Sydney today to spend the Sabbath, and from there to Melbourne and Adelaide and will then return to the Conference here at Cooranbong. He will then return by direct route to America, spend one Sabbath in California, and pass on to the center of the work at Battle Creek.  {PC 114.4}
[PC 114.5]          Brother Ballenger has sent me a letter in regard to his plans for the South, but, Edson, I cannot encourage such plans. He will calculate to have all things move smoothly. A community to settle in the South in accordance with the plans he has thought would prove a success, would prove a failure. What is the prospect for feeding and clothing this community? Where is the money to be pledged for building homes for families? The outlay would be greater than the income. There would be a gathering of good and bad, there would be the need of men of clear conception, baptized with the Holy Spirit of God, to                                                                115.     run such an enterprise. I might present many things that make it objectionable. There cannot be any colonizing without Satan's stirring up the Southern element to look with suspicion on the Northern people, and the least provocation would awaken up the Southern Whites to produce a state of things they do not now imagine.  {PC 114.5}
[PC 115.1]          There must be laborers in the South who possess caution. They must be as wise as serpents and harmless as doves. All who engage in this work should be men who have their pen and tongues dipped in the Holy oil of Zechariah 4:11-14. An unadvised word will stir the most violent passions of the human heart and set in operation a state of things that will close the way for the truth to find access to the fields now in such great need of workers.  {PC 115.1}
[PC 115.2]          It is not ministers that can preach that are needed so much as men and women who understand how to teach the truth to poor, ignorant, needy, and oppressed people. And as to making it appear that there is not need of caution, it is because those who say such things do not know what they are talking about. It needs men and women who will not be sent to the Southern field by our people, but who will feel the burden to go into this neglected portion of the vineyard of the Lord; men while their hearts burn with indignation as they see the attitude of the white people toward the black, will learn of the Master, Jesus Christ, that silence in expression regarding these things is eloquence. They all need the intelligence that they may learn of Jesus Christ and the simplicity of how to work.  {PC 115.2}
[PC 115.3]          The cultivation of the soil is an excellent arrangement, but it is not by Northern people grouping together in a community that will accomplish the work they imagine will be a success. Hot tempered men better remain in the North. Men and women who possess the true Christ-like spirit of ministry may do excellent work among the Southern colored people. Make no masterly efforts to break down the prejudices of the Southern people, but just live and talk the love of Jesus Christ. There cannot be any greater harm done to the Southern colored people than to dilate on the harm and wrong done them by the white Southerners. Just keep the lips closed although there cannot but be the burning indignation that longs to express itself.  {PC 115.3}
[PC 115.4]          There is need of level-headed men and women who love the Lord Jesus, and who will love the blacks for Christ's sake, who have the deepest pity for them. But the methods of Sister S---- are not the methods that will be wise to practice. They cannot be petted and treated just as if they were on a level with the whites without ruining them for all missionary work in the Southern field. There is a difference among the blacks as there is among the whites. Some possess keen and superior talents, that if the possessor is not made too much of, and is treated from a Bible standpoint, as humble men to do a Christ-like missionary work, not exalting them, but teaching them religious love, and Christ-like love for the souls of their own colored race, and keep before them that they are not called into the field to labor for the whites, but to learn     116.     how to labor in the love of God to restore the moral image of God in those of their own race, then a good work can be done.  {PC 115.4}
[PC 116.1]          There is a work to be done in opening schools to teach the colored people alone, unmixed with whites, and there will be a successful work done in this way. The Lord will work through the whites to reach the black race, many of them through white teachers, but it needs the man and his wife to stand together in the work. More than one family of white teachers should locate in a place. Two or three families should locate near each other, not huddle together, but at a little distance apart, where they can consult together, and unite in worship of God together, and work to strengthen each others' hands to raise up colored laborers to work in the South.  {PC 116.1}
[PC 116.2]          There is a mistake often made by those who labor in Southern fields expecting that their brethren in the Northern fields of labor can advise them what to do. Those who have had no experience in the Southern field are not prepared to give reliable advice. It is those who are engaged in the work that must understand that when emergencies arise they must not depend upon men who have not any experience to advise them. They will often obtain advice that if followed would be ruinous to the work. Therefore it is not good policy for one family alone to settle in a locality. Men and women who have not children are best qualified for the Southern field, and if the Southern field is too taxing or debilitating, one family from the two or three who have settled in a locality can be spared. But let none feel that it is their bounded duty to remain in the Southern field after their health has testified that they cannot do this safely. Some persons can endure the climate and do well. But let our brethren in a more favorable climate consider all these things and provide every facility possible to make the conditions of workers in these unfavorable locations as pleasant as possible.  {PC 116.2}
[PC 116.3]          In places where money has been expended on buildings, and a start has been made, it is the duty of the men in responsible positions to give attention to that locality, so that workers shall be sustained in accomplishing the work designed when the plant was made. There is to be a work done in the South, and it needs men and women who will not need to be preachers so much as the teachers, humble men who are not afraid to work as farmers to educate the Southerners how to till the soil, for whites and blacks need to be educated in this line. But when perplexities arise in the South, spread out your wants to the Master of the vineyard. And those who know nothing of the Southern field, let them be sparing and cautious what advice they give. But sympathy, kind words, and encouragement are always in place.                                   Your mother,                                          (Signed)                                                    Ellen G. White                    (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                                 117.  {PC 116.3}
[PC 117.1]     May 17, 1907-6-                     Paradise Valley Sanitarium                                          National City, Calif.,                                                      May 6, 1907     Elder M. N. Campbell And G. A. Amadon     Dear Brethren:            I am now visiting the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. Since I came here last Wednesday I have spoken twice to the workers in the institution, and to the church in San Diego Sabbath morning and Sunday afternoon.  {PC 117.1}
[PC 117.2]          Wherever I go I try to emphasize the fact that our success in missionary effort is dependent upon the character we manifest. The truth of the word of God, obeyed, and carried out in earnest action, after the divine pattern, will bring sure results. But if we yield to worldly influences, there will be a decline of Christian zeal and devotion, and a corresponding failure to win souls to the truth.  {PC 117.2}
[PC 117.3]          The church is to increase in activity and to enlarge her bounds. Our missionary efforts are to be expansive; we must enlarge our borders. There must be action and reaction. The work of educating our youth must be maintained and increased. They are to be taught to reach higher and still higher, pressing toward the standard of genuine Christian education.  {PC 117.3}
[PC 117.4]          While there have been fierce contentions in the effort to maintain our distinctive character, yet we have as Bible Christians ever been on gaining ground. Remembering that the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom, we are to labor earnestly ever praying that the saving grace of God will instruct us at every step. We must ever seek to ascertain the will of the Lord, and to walk in harmony with it. Let us follow on to know the Lord, whom to know aright is life eternal.  {PC 117.4}
[PC 117.5]          The Lord is giving me strength for my labors in Southern California. I am trusting Him for strength to speak to our people in Redlands and Riverside and San Bernardino. Never have I felt more deeply the necessity of keeping the way of the Lord, and of doing His will at all times. Wherever I speak to our people, I tell them that now is the time to do a thorough work for eternity. We must be humble, yet trustful. We must make use of every talent the Lord gives us.  {PC 117.5}
[PC 117.6]          We have been blessed with great and precious light from the word of God, and we should study how we can make the very best use of this light. Individually we are on test and trial. God is watching to see how we use His great blessings.  {PC 117.6}
[PC 117.7]          What can we say to arouse our people to use their entrusted talents to honor and glorify God. Property is of real value only as it is used in the carrying forward of the Lord's work The world's greatest need is consecrated effort in labor for the conversion of souls. Thousands upon thousands are perishing without a knowledge of the truth. My soul is sometimes stirred to its very depths, as I see the terrible picture. I prize     118.     the truth that we now hold sacred, and I would urge upon all our people that they seek to bring every thought into subjection to Christ, that all their powers may be employed in the work of saving souls.  {PC 117.7}
[PC 118.1]          There should be no sleeping now. It is time to awake, and to watch for souls as they that must give an account. As members of the church of Christ, we must do His will on earth.  {PC 118.1}
[PC 118.2]          Let those who desire to be refreshed in mind and instructed in the truth, study the history of the early church during and immediately following the day of Pentecost. Study carefully in the book of Acts the experiences of Paul and the other apostles; for God's people in our day must pass through similar experiences.  {PC 118.2}
[PC 118.3]          Those who have held the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end are to bear their living testimony, and their words will have a convincing power upon the people, and many will turn to the Lord. Some will be imprisoned because they refuse to desecrate the Sabbath of the Lord. As the world becomes more imbued with the spirit of the enemy, there will be a very much more vehement opposition to the Word.  {PC 118.3}
[PC 118.4]          Will our churches now arise, and awake to the situation? The representatives of Christ are to carry a burden for souls. Every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, is to hear the last message of mercy to a fallen world. When our churches shall arouse from their drowsy stupor they will have a better understanding of Bible truth, and they will be ready to devote their money to the cause of God, and to give themselves in earnest labor under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. God's people are His agents, appointed to proclaim the truth in all parts of the world. The heavenly agencies will act their part, and we must cooperate with them. Behold Christ, our Pattern, how He travailed in soul for the salvation of men.  {PC 118.4}
[PC 118.5]          By their indifference many church members have grieved the Holy Spirit of God. In Christ's stead they are to beseech others to become reconciled to God. Heavenly agencies stand ready to cooperate with those who engage in the work of the Lord. The Holy Spirit is waiting to unite in sympathy with every true believer, and to make him a laborer together with God. Let no means be neglected that will advance the work to be done. There must be no self-exaltation, and far more prayer.  {PC 118.5}
[PC 118.6]          Make Christ all in all, and He will give dignity to your work; His mind will guide you, and you will be sanctified by His truth. Acknowledge Him as your Redeemer, and you become one with Him, even as He is one with the Father.  {PC 118.6}
[PC 118.7]          Christ has taught us to pray, "Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth as it is in heaven." This opens to us a height to which we are to attain by steady progression and continual advancement. If all would do unto others as they would that others should do to them, it would be an indication of a converted world. Upon this principle the Christian is to                                                                119.     build. We are to ascend a ladder of progress whose top reaches unto heaven.  {PC 118.7}
[PC 119.1]          Every church member is to be engaged in active service for the Master. "Why stand ye here all the day idle?" asks the Master. "Go work today in My vineyard. Work while it is day; for the night cometh in which no man can work." "Ye are My witnesses, saith the Lord." Can we comprehend it? We are Christ's property, bought with a price even the precious blood of Christ. (Matthew 21:28; John 9:4; Isaiah 43:10)  {PC 119.1}
[PC 119.2]         Now is our period of stewardship. We are training on our Lord's goods. Our means, our speech, our influence, all are talents to be used in the Master's service, to be multiplied by wise investment. We must increase our capabilities. If God has entrusted us with three talents, He will not accept of two in return. If we have but one talent, but with it gain yet another, we shall have a position and a place in Christ's service, and will finally hear the blessed words of commendation and approval from the lips of our Saviour.  {PC 119.2}
[PC 119.3]          What a terrible mistake for a professed Christian to devote to himself all his time and means and energies! All are to deny themselves, that they may follow Christ. Many souls have not refrained from accepting martyrdom for the sake of Christ. For them is the blessed promise, "He that loseth his life for My sake shall save it unto life eternal." (Matthew 10:39)                                      (Signed)                                                Ellen G. White                    (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                    -    {PC 119.3}
[PC 119.4]    April 3, 1907-6-                                    C. 116.                   Sanitarium, Napa Co., Cal., March 23, 1907     Elder M. N. Campbell        Battle Creek, Mich.     Dear Brother:            We have received and read the interesting letters from you and Brother Amadon. We feel deeply grieved at the course that Frank Belden has pursued. That my nephew should urge his unsanctified opinions in such a persistent manner causes me much sorrow of heart. This is a repetition of the way in which he conducted himself when he had plans of his own to carry at the Review and Herald office. His actions reveal the spirit that controls him. I feel sorry for him beyond anything that I can express, and I ask you to pity him and to pray for him. His mother was my sister, and a sincere, devoted Christian.  {PC 119.4}
[PC 119.5]         There have been presented before me scenes that often occurred in the Review and Herald office when Frank Belden had some plan     120.     that he desired to carry out. He would determinedly stand up and with a loud voice continue to talk until he had fully presented his ambitious plans before his brethren; and I am sorry to say that very often these plans were adopted. He did more than any other one man in the office to bring in wrong sentiments and carry out his own plans. These plans, when afterward brought to bear upon himself, he did not find so agreeable. I feel sad when I think of the record he must meet of impetuous action and the surrender of those principles that his uncle James White and I have ever striven to maintain. Frank Belden has excellent talent, and had he walked humbly with his God, the Lord would have used him to His name's glory.  {PC 119.5}
[PC 120.1]          In the Saviour's life is given us a pattern of the character we are to attain. He met the severest temptations of an obstinate foe, and in spite of powerful and sorcerous delusions, made His path plain.  {PC 120.1}
[PC 120.2]          The simplicity of the work of the Messiah gave unmistakable evidence of His mission. He swept away the errors that existed in the religious world with a confidence and tact that could not be gainsaid. He would have truth stand out clear and free from every error with which Satan would try to enshroud it. He presented heaven-born principles so clearly before the minds of the people, that the way to heaven was made clear and plain, and he who missed the way had no excuse.  {PC 120.2}
[PC 120.3]          To the forerunner of Christ was given the message, "Repent ye for the kingdom of heaven is at hand." The work of the herald of Christ was a continuous effort to destroy the popular delusion concerning the coming Messiah, and to show that repentance and forsaking of sin are necessary preparations for the coming kingdom. This work constituted the preparation for the establishment of the true church.  {PC 120.3}
[PC 120.4]          On coming to the temple at the opening of His ministry, Christ repaired to the temple, and found His Father's house desecrated by worldly traffic. He drove out from the temple courts the buyers and the sellers, and the priests and rulers. He "poured out the changers' money, and overthrew the tables, and said unto them that sold doves, Take these things hence; make not my Father's house a house of merchandise." The money taken by the dealers for the sacrificial offerings was robbery of the people; and they had made the house of God a den of thieves, and with a stern rebuke Christ exposed their extortionate traffic.  {PC 120.4}
[PC 120.5]          By expelling the worldly traffickers who were profaning sacred things, Christ would impress upon those who were to compose His church on earth that name and position weigh as nothing in the scale with virtue and purity of character, with honesty and righteous dealing.  {PC 120.5}
[PC 120.6]          What excuse will be rendered to God by those who, having had every advantage of the knowledge of the precious truth for this time, disregard the word of God and go contrary to His expressed will, violating the principles of the divine law                                                               121.     so definitely stated?  {PC 120.6}
[PC 121.1]          I feel more sorry than I can express that my own nephew should so boldly place himself in opposition to all the light that has been given. He has steadily pursued his own way for so long, and has expressed his own opinions so often, that he now ridicules truth, and discards that which once he respected. I have had presented distinctly before me the past, present, and future of those who have thus departed from the faith.  {PC 121.1}
[PC 121.2]          I was instructed to write out the truth as it was revealed to me, and point by point give it to the people. I have done this, and still there is much to present that the truth may be made simple and plain. The work God has given me to do is to stand firmly and intelligently for that which I know to be truth. That which I have given to the people was given in the purpose of God, to strengthen the believers, that they might not be led away by seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.  {PC 121.2}
[PC 121.3]          I have no appeals to make to those who have once stood firmly for the truth, but who have now departed from the faith and refuse a "Thus saith the Lord." My books contain the light that God has given me, and they are my argument. Those who having believed their testimony in the past, now cast it aside, will have no excuse to render for their course; for today as then the light shines clearly, declaring what is truth.  {PC 121.3}
[PC 121.4]          There is much more that I wish to write to our people, but what I shall write will only be a confirmation of the messages given in the past. I shall be called once more to give the light to those who are departing from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and moving in strange paths. But the Lord has shown me that all that can be given to these souls is but a repetition and confirmation of the truths that have already been placed impressively before them. Not one principle of the truths we have held in the past can be denied.  {PC 121.4}
[PC 121.5]          The men in Battle Creek who are taking their position against the warnings of the Spirit of God, have received message after message, but with some there has been no change. O that they would make a covenant with God, and humble their hearts before Him! O that they would repent of the time they have lost in taking up a work that God has not given them to do! O that Frank Belden would see his mistakes and repent!  {PC 121.5}
[PC 121.6]          Who will give evidence that they want to know the will of God concerning them? Who are willing to receive the message of the Lord which has been coming to them through His servant to point out their errors? O that these men would see themselves as the Lord sees them. They have an earnest work to do in repenting before God of the harm they have done to themselves and others.     122.  {PC 121.6}
[PC 122.1]          The prophet Isaiah in the fifty-eighth chapter of that book delineates the case of these men. They need to repent and afflict their souls before God. Now is their time to contemplate the Saviour's life of humiliation and His death of suffering. The cross of Christ was needed to bring salvation within our reach, and to make our redemption certain. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish but have everlasting life." (John 3:16)                                      (Signed)                                                 Ellen G. White                     (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                    -    {PC 122.1}
[PC 122.2]                               Sanitarium, Calif., March 12, 1906   Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth:            I feel the deepest interest in you both. I hope that Brother Farnsworth will not leave Battle Creek just now.  {PC 122.2}
[PC 122.3]          Let us say nothing to provoke men to anger, but ever present the affirmative of truth, Bible truth. This is to be our position.  {PC 122.3}
[PC 122.4]          I feel no surprise in regard to the course of _____. Last night my mind was called out upon many subjects. In the visions of the night I was reading the Scriptures, and the power and Spirit of God was upon me. Many things were presented to me in vision, which I may give at the right time.  {PC 122.4}
[PC 122.5]          I was saying with great power: "Isaiah 49:8-17; 52:5." (See those references). Hear and understand this matter. The time is now short. We must remember that we are not to be conquered by discouragement. No power can conquer Satanic agencies but the power of Him who gave His life to redeem man, dying in the sinner's place, that all who will may repent and be converted. Christ is the propitiation for the sins of all who repent and believe in Him as their personal Saviour.  {PC 122.5}
[PC 122.6]         "I gave my back to the smiters, and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair." Do you understand that it was the Lord our Saviour who went through these scenes of humiliation? Hear ye, and understand, and let every soul take in the situation. Christ suffered all this that is written of Him. Who prompted this cruel treatment? The one who was once the most exalted of the angels in the heavenly courts. He was imbuing minds with his own attributes. It was Satan who led men to treat Christ thus. See Isaiah 50:7-11                                                          123.  {PC 122.6}
[PC 123.1]          My brother and sister, be of good courage. Let your hearts be glad and rejoice. There is no need for us to complain; for the Lord is the strength of His people. You may be surprised to hear words that you have heard from _____, but I am not at all surprised. This is the development of the man when the spirit that is counter to the Spirit of God comes upon him. In him as he is at the present time, you have a representation of a man who is not under the molding influence of the Spirit of God. The Lord accepts no such demonstrations of bitterness. They do not become the man, when the Lord has been so gracious to him, helping him in the time of his distress.  {PC 123.1}
[PC 123.2]         Read in my books, "Patriarchs and Prophets," and "Great Controversy," the story of the first great apostasy. History is being repeated and will be repeated. Read then, and understand. The time is drawing to a close when power of influence, of intellect, of knowledge in science, can cover the least departure from the Lord's way. He has pledged His word that He will humble every oppressor of His ministers, or the appointed agencies engaged in His work. Persecuting powers will be brought to judgment; for all the resources of heaven and earth are to be called at God's command to do His work. God sees and knows those who are proud and self-sufficient, and He will bring them into judgment. Before the flood men cast off the fear of God, and trampled under foot His holy law, but judgment overtook them. Read Isaiah 47:10.  {PC 123.2}
[PC 123.3]          Say to our brethren and sisters who have known and understood the voice of God in His word, Let nothing interpose between you and eternal interests. Think of this representation given of Christ in the Scriptures I have quoted. The Saviour, in His supreme power, could have palsied the hands that smote Him, challenging Him, the Prince of life, to prophesy.  {PC 123.3}
[PC 123.4]          When men refuse the counsels of God, and walk directly contrary to them, they make very strange speeches, but do not be the least concerned or surprised. The Lord is watching every movement. There are straight messages to be given, and in no case are we to fear the face of man. If Christ endured so much, can we not endure something for His sake? Who was He? The Prince of heaven.  {PC 123.4}
[PC 123.5]          (Read Isaiah 9:6; Matthew 28:18-20).  {PC 123.5}
[PC 123.6]          These words outline our appointed work, and we are to engage in this work as never before. Soul-saving is to be our object; Christ's words are our commission; and we are to lay hold of the Saviour by faith, and put all our capabilities to the task of learning the science of soul-saving. The fields that have been neglected call now for repentance on the part of those who have heard the truth; they call upon them to take up their appointed work.                                     (Signed)                                                   Ellen G. White                    (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)     124.  {PC 123.6}
[PC 124.1]     January 27, 1903-8-                               J. -27-                             "Elmshaven," Sanitarium, California                                            January 27, 1903     Alonzo T. Jones, C. H. Jones, and M. C. Wilcox.     My dear Brethren in Positions of Trust:            I received your letter this morning, and will respond at once.  {PC 124.1}
[PC 124.2]          Brother Harper came to St. Helena last week especially to lay before me the question of the location of the General Conference soon to be held. He told me that the brethren and sisters of the Healdsburg church offered to entertain the delegates free of cost, if the General Conference would be held there. He asked if I had any preference to express. I told him that if the Healdsburg church proposed to entertain the delegates free, the Conference would be held at Healdsburg, if I had any voice in deciding this matter; for to hold it there would be much more in accordance with the light given to leave the cities as much as possible, than holding it in Oakland would be.  {PC 124.2}
[PC 124.3]          I thought that if the brethren and sisters at Healdsburg would do what I was told they were so desirous of doing, to hold the Conference there would be much more desirable than to hold it in Oakland at this time of the year. I knew that accommodations in Oakland for entertaining to large a company were very limited, and expensive.  {PC 124.3}
[PC 124.4]          I desire my personal preferences to have no special influence in determining where the Conference shall be held; for unless specially convinced by the Spirit of the Lord that it is my duty to be present, I will not attend, no matter where the meeting may be held. If I knew that I should have to attend the Conference, I might express my preference for Healdsburg as the location; for I could drive over, and have my horse and carriage there to use at any time, and to return when necessary.  {PC 124.4}
[PC 124.5]          At present, I most decidedly dread to attend either camp meetings or Conferences. When present at such meetings, I am reigned up to speak plainly and strongly in regard to matters; for I dare not do otherwise than to tell the truth. The burden that comes upon me at such times is very heavy. The experiences I have passed through in attending meetings since returning to America, have been most afflicting; for it seems as if my efforts are of none effect. The testimonies borne bring upon me a great burden of soul, and seem to accomplish so little to change the order of things. The testimonies are speculated upon, and do not reform existing evils.  {PC 124.5}
[PC 124.6]          Just now my courage is not the best. Since the Fresno camp meeting, I have carried the burden of the Southern field in direct opposition to the plans of leading brethren. I have                                                                  125.     lost confidence in some of these men as being taught and directed of God. If they are thus taught and directed, I am not teaching the way of the Lord. Therefore I am convinced that my place is at home. I can continue to write, if I avoid the crushing burdens that overwhelm me. And these burdens come upon me whenever I attend a meeting where there are men whom I know are not walking in the counsel of God. I care not to face such matters any longer; for it seems useless. I long for retirement, and I mean to have it, if it be the Lord's will to give it to me.                                    (Signed)                                                Ellen G. White                    (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                    -    {PC 124.6}
[PC 125.1]     June 27, 1906-7-                                       A. -200-.                                                 Sanitarium, California                                                      June 26, 1906     Brother and Sister Amadon:            I have read your letters, but have not had time to answer them. I have been permitted to view the case of Elder A. T. Jones. His bitterness is as gall, though he has been warned. At Washington, during the General Conference, I conversed with him for about three hours, but he would not receive my warnings. He seemed very self-confident, and when he spoke of his work at Battle Creek, his boastings were a surprise to many. All that I could say to him at Washington, seemed to make no impression on his mind.  {PC 125.1}
[PC 125.2]          A. T. Jones has had precious opportunities to see and feel the power of the messages of warning sent by the Lord to His people. He himself has been admonished to be constantly on guard, else the power of other minds would be exercised on his mind, and he was cautioned regarding the subtle working of spiritual science upon human minds. He had eyes, but he saw not; ears, but he heard not, and he has done the very work that he was warned to avoid doing. I am very sorry for the man, for all these chapters in his experience are bringing him over a road that will have to be retraced step by step, if he ever comes to an understanding of the work he is now doing, and turns his feet to follow the precious Saviour, our Leader.  {PC 125.2}
[PC 125.3]          We must walk circumspectly before God. We can not afford to make mistakes now. Truth will bear away the victory. I am not angry as I read statement after statement of falsehood, regarding my writings and my work. I am sure that the Lord     126.     has helped you to stand for and vindicate the truth. Brother Farnsworth made a wise decision when he said, I will keep to the affirmative. We are to show the people that the truth of heavenly origin is sufficient to keep every soul. It is our duty to rebuke sin, for with Satanic energy, men will do all in their power to overcome the testimony of the righteous, with falsehoods and misstatements.  {PC 125.3}
[PC 126.1]          One time when we were in Healdsburg, we heard reports that cast a shadow on the integrity of Brother Cady. I met these with the remark that I had confidence in Brother Cady, and it must be that they were mistaken in the matter of the report. There was another matter regarding his relation to the school that had troubled me much. I thought a mistake had been made in proposing that he should work in the interest of all the schools in general. I felt that his place in the Healdsburg school could not then be properly supplied. I felt that the Healdsburg school should have the continual influence that Brother and Sister Cady would exert. I considered that he had done a good work in this school, and I greatly feared that the school would not succeed as it had done, were he separated from it.  {PC 126.1}
[PC 126.2]          When I was about to leave for Washington, I left in his care a young man whom I wished him to see and to take into Healdsburg College. What was lacking in his expenses, I promised to pay.  {PC 126.2}
[PC 126.3]          In a recent letter I wrote:  {PC 126.3}
[PC 126.4]          "In response to the enemy's work on human minds, I am to sow the good seed. When questions suggested by Satan arise, I will remove them if I can. But those who are picking at straws had better be educating mind and heart to take hold of the grand and soul-saving truths that God has given through the humble messenger, in the place of becoming channels through whom Satan can communicate doubt and questioning.  {PC 126.4}
[PC 126.5]          "To allow images of straw to be created as something to attack is one of the most unprofitable things that one can engage in. It is possible for one to educate himself to become Satan's agent in passing along his suggestions. As fast as one is cleared away, another will be proffered.  {PC 126.5}
[PC 126.6]          "I have been instructed to say, The Lord would not have my mind thus employed. I have written something on the meaning of the words, "I", "we", and "us" in the Testimonies. This point is, as it were, a man of straw, set up in the imagination of some who have been sowing tares."                                      (Signed)                                               Ellen G. White                   (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                                     127.  {PC 126.6}
[PC 127.1]                            George's Terrace, St. Kilda Road, Melbourne                                                       March 15, 1894     Dear Brethren and Sisters:            As the report has been quite widely circulated that Sister White has endorsed what has been written and circulated as revelations from God through Miss Anna Phillips, I feel that it is my duty to speak. I have not endorsed these productions. Warnings have been given to me in reference to them, that they will most certainly mislead. Woven in them will be statements that will lead to extremes and to wrong action on the part of those who accept them. It would be well for our brethren and sisters to move more cautiously, in accordance with the light given them. They should test these so-called visions before accepting them and presenting them in connection with the light God has given me. I see that our people are in danger of making grave blunders and premature movements. God says of these prophets that are springing up, "I have not sent them, yet they ran. Believe them not."  {PC 127.1}
[PC 127.2]          But that which grieves me is that some of our brethren have associated the exercises of Annie Phillips with the testimonies of Sister White, and have presented the two to the people as one and the same thing. Many have accepted the whole as proceeding from me. And when the result of such productions shall be seen in the true character, when falsehoods are presented as truths from God, and individuals act upon these things, believing them to be a message from the Lord, movements will be made that bear not the divine credentials, doubt will be cast on the true work of the Spirit of prophecy, and the testimonies that God sends to the people will bear the stigma of these false utterances. These revelations are largely a repetition of that which has been before the people in publications for years; and yet mingled with this are some things that will lead astray.  {PC 127.2}
[PC 127.3]          I cannot endorse the course Brother_____has pursued. He has not written one word to me, to see if God has given any light in these matters; yet he has presented them in public, making manifest his confidence in them. The fact that Brother _____has been presenting precious light to the people, leads them to regard all he says as if inspired of God, else Brother_____would not present them as he has done, I cannot see wisdom in this course. More clearly than do my Brethren I discern the inwardness of this thing, and the results that will follow. I have already made decided statements in reference to this matter, and I am sorry it has been brought in as it has, to do a work which will cast reflections upon the testimonies God has given. Where these so-called revelations are accepted, they will surely lead many into erroneous, precipitate action. I am burdened over these things.  {PC 127.3}
[PC 127.4]          Recently a letter was published in the Melbourne Age, from a New York correspondent, giving an account of the wonderful meeting held in Battle Creek on the occasion when so much jewelry was donated. And the work was said to have been done     128.     after the reading of a vision given by Mrs. White, a prophetess, urging the people to sell and give away their property. How can you think I feel, to be at work here in this new field, and just as the interest is ripening off, souls deciding for the truth, to have some of the productions of Anna Phillips brought in, to be received and to go out as my testimony? Will my brethren please make no reference to the testimonies of Sister White in connection with Anna Phillips? In the name of the Lord I protest against this mixing up work, for it will result in making the testimonies God has given me responsible for the influence and effect of Anna Phillips' words. I beg my brethren just to come to the people with the evidence from the Bible, and not strengthen the opposition which is so strong against us, and is intensified by the falsehoods of Grant and Canright.  {PC 127.4}
[PC 128.1]          From time to time reports come to me concerning statements that Sister White is said to have made, but which are entirely new to me, and which cannot fail to mislead the people as to my real views and teaching. A sister, in a letter to her friends, speaks with much enthusiasm of a statement by Brother _____, that Sister White had seen that the time had come when, if we hold the right relation to God, all can have the gift of prophecy to the same extent as do those who are now having visions. Where is the authority for this statement? I must believe that the sister failed to understand Brother _____, for I cannot think that he made the statement. The writer continues: "Brother_____said last night that is the case, not that God will speak to all for the benefit of every one else, but to each for his own benefit, and this will fulfil the prophecy of Joel. He stated that this is already being developed in numerous instances. He spoke as if he thought none would hold such a leading position as Sister White had done, and will still do. Referred to Moses as a parallel. He was a leader, but many others are referred to as prophesying, though their prophecies are not published. He, (Brother _____), will not give permission to have the matter copied for general circulation that has been read here from some sister. I wonder if you have seen one of these visions? They represent us as in the closing moments of time, with hours all in the past, and it is moments now. How solemn!"  {PC 128.1}
[PC 128.2]          These statements, interwoven with other matter that professes to be from God, are misleading; many minds will eagerly seize upon them, and through false impressions will misapprehend our true position and work. With much that is truth, there is mingled error that is accepted in its extreme meaning, and acted upon by persons of excitable temperament. Thus fanaticism will take the place of well-regulated, well-disciplined, heaven ordained efforts to carry forward the work to its completion.  {PC 128.2}
[PC 128.3]          These ideas in relation to prophesying, I do not hesitate to say, might better never have been expressed. Such statements prepare the way for a state of things that Satan will surely take advantage of to bring in spurious exercises. There is danger, not only that unbalanced minds will be led into                                                                    129.     fanaticism, but that designing persons will take advantage of this excitement to further their own selfish purposes. Jesus has raised His voice in warning: "Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. Ye shall know them by their fruits." "Thus saith the Lord of hosts, hearken not unto the words of the prophets that prophesy unto you: they make you vain. They speak a vision of their own heart, and not out of the mouth of the Lord." "If any man shall say to you, Lo, here is Christ; or, lo, He is there; believe him not: for false Christs and false prophets shall arise, and shall show signs and wonders, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect. But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all these things."  {PC 128.3}
[PC 129.1]          I have a warning to give to our brethren, that they shall follow their Leader, and not to run ahead of Christ. Let there be no haphazard work in these times. Beware of making strong expressions, which will lead unbalanced minds to think that they have wonderful light from God. The one who bears a message to the people from God must exercise perfect self-control. He should ever bear in mind that the path of presumption lies close beside the path of faith. In no case should he make use of extravagant expressions, for a certain class are sure to be affected, and influences are set in motion that can no more be controlled than can an impetuous horse. Once let impulse and emotion get the mastery over calm judgment, and there may be altogether too much speed, even in traveling a right road. He that travels too fast will find it perilous in more ways than one. It may not be long before he will branch off from the right road into a wrong path.  {PC 129.1}
[PC 129.2]          Not once should feeling be allowed to get the mastery over our judgment. There is danger of excess in that which is lawful, and that which is not lawful will surely lead into false paths. If there is not careful, earnest, sensible work, solid as a rock in the advancement of every idea and principle, in every representation given, souls will be ruined. Truth is mighty, and it will prevail. It will do its own work upon human hearts. We need not resort to the use of strong expressions that lead to overaction. The truth stated calmly, clearly, will enter into the mind of the receiver, and become a part of their very nature. The Comforter, the Holy Spirit, remolds the character, making a new man in Christ Jesus. The thoughts, the ideas, the principles, are sound, sensible, bearing with them a weight of influence that flows in the new and divine channel. The heart and the soul are enlisted. The yea and amen of heaven must bring up the rear of every movement, else the worker will lose the reward of success. But he should weed out from every effort all extravagant expressions. This caution will make his work far more efficient and commendable, even to those who do not believe the truth. There is danger, even in reproof, of cunning minds to dwell upon topics that lead to sensuality. Even the subject of moral purity may be so treated as to produce the very results it is desired to guard against.  {PC 129.2}
[PC 129.3]          The greatest care should be exercised concerning those who     130.     claim to receive revelations from God. There needs to be much close watching and much praying. Those who are acting a part in the great work for these last days need to counsel together in regard to every new thing that shall be introduced, for no one man's mind is to be left to judge of, or to place before the public, important matters which have a relation to the cause of God. At this very time we are suffering from the reproach that was brought on the cause in the first message by unwise, ill-balanced minds, who thought they were obtaining a wonderful experience which should receive the credence of all men. In our early experience we had to encounter their over-strained humility and false notions. The first labor given me to do was to reprove their man-made tests. The testimony which I bore against fanaticism gained for me the envy, jealousy, evil-surmising, and criticism of those who participated in those movements. We know full well what it cost us personally because we would not receive the visions, dreams, and testimonies of those fanatics. We were compelled to know something of their cruel influence upon the cause of God. The truth had to bear the reproach of the error and fanaticism which we were everywhere called to condemn and reprove. And now that fanaticism I labored faithfully to repress, bearing the testimony given me of God to counteract its baleful influence is by Grant and Canright charged upon me. I have been shown that whenever and wherever God works, we must watch; every man and woman must stand as a faithful sentinel, for the arch-deceiver is waiting and ready to set in operation various devices for misleading souls. If possible he will mingle the counterfeit with the genuine, so that, in the effort to separate the two, souls will be imperiled. Whenever and wherever God works, Satan and his angels are on the ground. (Please read "Life Sketches," pages 92-94.)  {PC 129.3}
[PC 130.1]          The Lord has not commissioned Brother _____ to present Anna Phillips' revelations to our people. The truth of the word of God is of sufficient authority and power. It bears its own credentials. The testimonies given me from God are designed to call the attention of the people to a "Thus saith the Lord." Brother _____ is in positive danger, and his brethren do not see that danger. They are placing the servant where God should be. The Lord has given Brother _____ a message to prepare a people to stand in the day of God; but when the people shall look to Elder _____ as to God they will become weak instead of being strong. It is no time now to be careless and ignorant of Satan's masterly devices to draw the people into deceptions and delusions.                                          (Signed)                                                   Ellen G. White                   (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                               131.  {PC 130.1}
[PC 131.1]                             Basle, Switzerland, February 18, 1887   Dear Brethren Waggoner and A. T. Jones:            I have some things to say to you that I should withhold no longer. I have been looking in vain as yet to get an article that was written nearly twenty years ago in reference to the added law. I read this to Elder Waggoner; I stated then to him that I had been shown his position in regard to the law was incorrect, and from the statements I made to him he has been silent upon the subject for many years.  {PC 131.1}
[PC 131.2]          I have not been in the habit of reading any doctrinal articles in the paper, that my mind should not have an understanding of anyone's ideas and views; and that not a mould of any man's theories should have any connection with that which I write.  {PC 131.2}
[PC 131.3]          I have sent repeatedly for my writings on the law, but that special article has not yet appeared. There is such an article in Healdsburg. I am well aware, but it has not come as yet. I have much writing many years old on the law; but the special article that I read to Elder Waggoner has not come to me yet.  {PC 131.3}
[PC 131.4]          Letters came to me from some attending the Healdsburg College in regard to Brother E. J. W.'s teachings in regard to the two laws I wrote immediately protesting against their doing contrary to the light which God had given us in regard to all differences of opinion, and I heard nothing in response to the letter. It may never have reached you.  {PC 131.4}
[PC 131.5]          If you, my brethren, had the experience that my husband and myself have had in regard to this known difference being published in articles in our papers, you would never have pursued the courses you have, either in your ideas advanced before our students at the College, neither would it have appeared in the Signs.  {PC 131.5}
[PC 131.6]          Especially at this time should everything like differences be repressed. These young men are more self-confident and less cautious than they should be. You must, as far as difference is concerned, be wise as serpents and harmless as doves. Even if you are fully convinced that your ideas of doctrines are sound, you do not show wisdom that that difference should be made apparent. I have no hesitancy in saying you have made a mistake here. You have departed from the positive directions God has given upon this matter, and only harm will be the result.  {PC 131.6}
[PC 131.7]          This is not in God's order. You have now set the example for others to do as you have done, to feel at liberty to put in their various ideas and theories and bring them before the public, because you have done this. This will bring in a state of things that you have not dreamed of.  {PC 131.7}
[PC 131.8]          I have wanted to get out articles in regard to the law, but I have been moving about so much my writings are where I cannot have the advantage of them. It is no small matter for you to come out in the Signs as you have done, and God has plainly revealed that such things should not be done. We must keep     132.     before the world a united front. Satan will triumph to see differences among Seventh-day Adventists. These questions are not vital points.  {PC 131.8}
[PC 132.1]          I have not read Elder Butler's pamphlet, or any articles written by any of our writers, and do not mean to; but I did see years ago that Elder Waggoner's views were not correct, and read to him matter which I had written. The matter does not lie clear and distinct in my mind yet. I cannot grasp the matter, and for this reason I am fully convinced that presenting it has been not only untimely but deleterious.  {PC 132.1}
[PC 132.2]          Elder Butler has had such an account of burdens he was not prepared to do this subject justice. Brother E. J. W. has had his mind exercised on this subject, but to bring these differences into our General Conferences is a mistake. It should not be done.  {PC 132.2}
[PC 132.3]          There are those who do not go deep, who are not Bible students, who will take positions decidedly for or against, grasping at apparent evidence, yet it may not be truth. And to take differences into our Conferences where the differences become widespread, and sending forth all through the fields various ideas, one in opposition to the other, is not God's plan; but at once arise questionings, doubts, whether we have the truth, whether after all we are not mistaken and in error.  {PC 132.3}
[PC 132.4]          The Reformation was greatly retarded by making prominent differences on some points of faith, and each party holding tenaciously to these things where they differed. We shall see eye to eye ere long. But to become firm, and consider it your duty to present your views in decided opposition to the faith or truth as it has been taught by us as a people, is a mistake, and will result in harm, and only harm, as in the days of Martin Luther.  {PC 132.4}
[PC 132.5]          Begin to draw apart, and feel at liberty to express your ideas without reference to the views of your brethren, and a state of things will be introduced that you do not dream of.  {PC 132.5}
[PC 132.6]          My husband had some ideas on some points, differing from the views taken by his brethren. I was shown that however true his views were, God did not call for him to put them in front before his brethren, and create differences of ideas. While he might hold these views, subordinate himself, if they were once made public other minds would seize upon them, and just because others believed differently would make these differences the whole burden of this message, and get up contention and variance.  {PC 132.6}
[PC 132.7]          There are the main pillars of our faith, subjects which are of vital interest. The Sabbath, the keeping of the commandments of God, and speculative ideas should not be agitated, for there are peculiar minds that love to get some point that others do not believe, and argue and attract everything to that one point, and urge that point, magnifying that point when it is really a matter which is not of vital importance, and will be understood differently.                                                                133.  {PC 132.7}
[PC 133.1]          Twice I have been shown that everything of a character to cause our brethren to be diverted from the very points now essential for this time, should be kept in the background. Christ did not reveal many things that were truth because it would create a difference of opinion and get up disputations. But young men, who have not passed through this experience we have had, would have as soon a brush as not. Nothing would suit them better than a sharp discussion.  {PC 133.1}
[PC 133.2]          If these things come into our Conference, I would refuse to attend one of them for I have had so much light upon this subject that I know that unconsecrated and unsanctified hearts would enjoy this kind of exercise.  {PC 133.2}
[PC 133.3]          Too late in the day, brethren; too late in the day. We are in the great day of atonement, a time when a man must be afflicting his soul; confessing his sins, humbling his heart before God and getting ready for the great conflict.  {PC 133.3}
[PC 133.4]          When these contentions come in before the people they will think one has the argument, and then that another directly opposed has the argument. Thus the poor people become confused, and the Conference will be a dead loss, worse than if they had had no Conference.  {PC 133.4}
[PC 133.5]          Now when everything is dissension and strife there must be decided efforts to publish with pen and voice these things that will reveal only harmony.  {PC 133.5}
[PC 133.6]          Elder Waggoner has loved discussions and contention. I fear that E. J. W. has cultivated a love for the same. We need now good humble religion. E. J. W. needs humility and meekness, and Brother Jones can be a power for good if he will constantly cultivate practical Godliness that he may teach this to the people. But how do you think I feel to see our two leading papers in contention? I know how these papers came into existence. I know what God has said about them, - that they are one, that no variance should be seen in these two instrumentalities for God. They are one, and they must remain one, breathing the same spirit exercised in the same work to prepare a people to stand in the day of the Lord, - one in faith and one in purpose.  {PC 133.6}
[PC 133.7]          (Then follows remarks concerning the Gospel, Sickle, etc., but nothing further on this.)                                         (Signed)                                                      E. G. White                        (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)     134.  {PC 133.7}
[PC 134.1]                            Extracts from Letter to H. W. K., dated              Norfolk Villa, Prospect St., Granville, N. S. W.,                                                 August 3, 1894            When we came to Australia, our people had not a meeting house in the whole country. Since that time a church has been erected in Parramatta, but there is a heavy debt upon it. There is a church in Kellyville, in an orange grove; the building is small, plain and neat, and is free from debt. At Seven Hills there is a little company of twenty who have accepted the truth. Including the children, there are about forty who meet on the Sabbath. They have no dwelling house large enough to hold meetings in. Some weeks ago it became too cold for the tent, for it is now mid-winter here. We decided that a simple, neat church must be erected, that should cost about three hundred dollars. The Sabbath keepers at Seven Hills are intelligent, excellent people, but they are all poor. They have lifted the cross, separating from opposing friends and relatives, and have taken their stand under the blood stained banner of Christ, to be loyal to all the commandments of God. We could not leave this little company without a place where they could assemble to worship God, lest our labor should prove in vain. It has cost much steady, earnest, persevering effort to secure the result we now see. Brother Hickox labored alone for many weeks after the campmeeting; then he married one who could be his helper, and she has stood nobly by his side. We have done what we could to help him in speaking to the people, and in labor for them; if there is joy in the presence of the angels over one sinner that repenteth, we know that there is joy over these twenty precious souls, whom, one after another, have had the moral courage to decide to obey the truth. Now this little flock are babes in Christ, and need to be taught and led along, step by step, into faith and assurance; they need to be educated and trained to do the work of soldiers in the army of the Lord, and to bear hardness, that is, trials and opposition, contempt and scorn, as good soldiers of Jesus Christ.  {PC 134.1}
[PC 134.2]          Last Sabbath, Elder Corliss, Emily Campbell, and I rode out to Seven Hills to attend the service. I could not venture to enter the private house where so many men, women and children were assembled; I had been very ill with affection of the heart for one week, with difficulty of breathing. I sat in the carriage, in the grove outside, while Elder Corliss opened the Scriptures to feed the little company in the house. They had Sabbath School, followed by a Bible reading, which was interesting and instructive to all.  {PC 134.2}
[PC 134.3]          Then I stood in the door of the cottage and spoke to them nearly half an hour. The Lord strengthened me, and put words in my mouth, presenting the love of God as expressed to the world in giving Jesus to a life of shame, reproach, and suffering, and a cruel death to save sinners. Just prior to His crucifixion, the Lord Jesus prayed for His disciples, "Father, keep them in thy name." None can be kept in His name, if they are careless and inattentive in regard to keeping themselves. They have something to do, if their souls are to                                                           135.     be kept in the love of God; they must cooperate with God in the grand work. Their faith is to lay hold upon the divine nature, that they may be kept by the power of God, through faith, unto salvation.  {PC 134.3}
[PC 135.1]          The question is asked, "Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword?" Hear the triumphant cry of victory from the apostle Paul, that hero of faith: "I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor death, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord." "I know in whom I have believed," We are not to be ignorant as to whose precious blood was shed for us, that we may rejoice in a personal Saviour. Satan desires to sift us, every one, as wheat; but thank God, our Advocate is praying for us.  {PC 135.1}
[PC 135.2]          I tried to lead these dear souls to have sense of their responsibility as light bearers to the world. We encouraged all to feel that individually they had a part to act in every meeting when assembled to worship God. The Lord has given us rich promises. "Then they that feared the Lord spake often one to another: and the Lord hearkened, and heard it, and a book of remembrance was written before him for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon his name. And they shall be mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up my jewels; and I will spare them, as a man spareth his own son that serveth him." All but one of the company testified for the Lord, giving evidence of the power of truth on the human heart. We felt that the meeting was a success because of the presence of Jesus. All seemed cheered and comforted and blest. We then rode eight miles to our home in Granville, and as the horse climbed the hilly road, we ate our lunch with cheerfulness and gladness of heart. Thank God, the meeting-house is going up; it is small, as cheap as possible, but it will be a precious place, dedicated to the service of God. O, how carefully we considered the question of means. What a hunting there was to see if we could not find some hidden treasure which we could appropriate; how we prayed and studied and planned! Our family did what they could. I engaged to be responsible for five pounds, brethren Starr and Hickox united in giving five pounds stg., Willie gave two pounds, and some other members of the family gave one pound. Well, the amount was still insufficient to make a start. The little company in their poverty did all they possibly could, each giving one pound; one brother gave five pounds; yet the amount was so small; then I doubled my subscription, making it ten pounds, but I saw that discouragement was upon the minds of the brethren as to the possibility of reaching the sum required. Again I doubled my subscription, and then added still five pounds more, making twenty-five in all. The meeting house must not have a debt hanging upon it.  {PC 135.2}
[PC 135.3]         In every place where churches are raised up, just such a work must be done. If there are twelve believers, there must     136.     be a house of worship where they can assemble for the service of God. This part of the work is a positive necessity. During my illness two years ago I received from my brethren in California donations amounting to nearly forty dollars for my own personal benefit. I have added to it enough to swell it to fifty, and have given it toward lifting the debt from the church in Parramatta. These three little meeting houses in New South Wales are the only ones we own in all Australia, one at Kellyville, eleven miles from Granville, one in Parramatta under a heavy debt, and one in process of building at Seven Hills, in a farming district. This church we will not dedicate until the last dollar is paid, not if I have to increase my donation.  {PC 135.3}
[PC 136.1]          I tell you all this that you may be enlightened, and may enlighten others, in regard to the character of the work in these missions. It is very difficult for those so far distant to lift their eyes to see far off. If they desire to build as they have done in Battle Creek, they will do so, adding building to building, when God has cautioned them not to do it. Battle Creek will not escape the dragon's wrath; there will be stormy times, perilous times. The interests that have been centered and accumulating in this modern Jerusalem will be a mark for the arrows of Satan. It becomes those who are connected with our institutions to move as God shall direct, and not follow the imagination of their own heart. If they choose their own way, they will become entangled in perplexities, and lose the favor of God because they do not move aright. They have absorbed the means which the Lord desired to have placed in missionary fields where the believers have nothing of their own to give character to the work. As this has been laid out before me, I have tried to present it to my brethren in Battle Creek, and at the Pacific Press, and I still cry aloud, and spare not. Your counselors need to be under the inspiration of the Spirit of God, they need to be converted and transformed, need to look and labor more decidedly for regions beyond.  {PC 136.1}
[PC 136.2]          Though I may fail to make an impression on the minds of some of my brethren, I shall not keep silent; I will begin to plead with another class. I have said quite enough to those who ought to have taken heed. I have endured agony of soul because of the disregard of the warnings God has given, because of the want of consecration on the part of men who should be in touch with God, living channels of light, faithful sentinels with eyes keen to see and discern the needs for this time. God has given me relief. I have spoken the word of the Lord, and now I will wait and let God bear me up. I will trust in Him, and Him alone. I feel shaken off from every human being. I shall look to God, and to Him alone, to learn my duty, for I dare not trust in man or make flesh my arm. My work will be to cry aloud and spare not, whether men will bear or forbear.  {PC 136.2}
[PC 136.3]          I am writing this letter by lamp light, sitting upon my bed. I could not sleep longer than half past two A.M. The Lord lives and reigns. There is to be such a time of trouble as there never was since there was a nation. Already nations are angry, already Satan is working with signs and lying                                                            137.     wonders, and this will increase until the end. God will use his enemies as instruments to punish those who have followed their own pernicious ways whereby the truth God has been misrepresented, misjudged, and dishonored. These enemies of God are living evidences of the truth of His word; they are fulfilling that which holy men of old spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost. God does not forewarn His people of trifles; the repetition of caution and warnings shows that there is importance in that which was spoken. Do those who claim to want light, treat the light with the respect which is due?  {PC 136.3}
[PC 137.1]          O, the solemnity of the day of God is upon us. The Lord cometh out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the world for their iniquity, and the earth shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain. A great work is to be done in God's moral vineyard. I can say from the heart, I have done all I could to help the work in this new field; I have borne agony of soul because there has been so little perception of the work to be done in these far off regions. If God has seen fit to send the truth to these countries, it is not that it shall be hindered, but the responses shall be made to our appeals for this field because there is an intelligent understanding of the whole field and an appreciation of the work done by the workers in these fields. It becomes those who act a part as Christ's representatives at this time not to dwell upon one portion of the work or of the vineyard, to the neglect of others portions of the field. All should share equally in attention, cultivation, and development. The great saving truths, vital with interest for this time, are to be proclaimed. These truths are to be the woof and warp of every discourse given, every plan devised, and every effort made, the sum, the substance, the core, the life of every appeal. The converting power of God must come to our people, not in spasmodic waves, but as a holy breathing from heaven, making known God's hidden treasure, the unsearchable riches of the Scriptures.  {PC 137.1}
[PC 137.2]          I am told that before finishing the life of Christ I ought to visit Jerusalem, the holy land. What made it holy? The Majesty of heaven clothed His divinity with humanity, and dwelt upon our earth. He was despised and rejected of men; in Jerusalem He was crucified by wicked hands. I have not the slightest inclination to visit Jerusalem, to see where it is thought probable that Jesus trod, where He may have labored, and where He may have been crucified. The means which might be expended thus I would prefer to treasure, that I may point souls to the Saviour risen from Joseph's tomb, and proclaiming, "I am the resurrection and the life." I can trace His footprints in the sure word of prophecy, and can obtain a better idea of His works and of His ways, than I could by visiting Jerusalem, defiled with unholy feet and unholy deeds. I could not expend money to visit these places when the living interests of Christ's kingdom are to be presented to the people. We are to teach the word of God, and to be doers of that word, which is represented as building upon the rock; the structure thus built will withstand the storm and the tempest, because it is founded on the eternal Rock.                                                                              138   {PC 137.2}
[PC 138.1]         I wish to see Jerusalem when the fires of the last great day shall have cleansed it from all sinful defilement. Jerusalem is now no more sacred to me than any other place on the globe. Wherever by his Holy Spirit Jesus makes known His presence, wherever his righteousness shines forth in bright and glorious beams, wherever his divine love illuminates the humble places of the earth, wherever his honor dwells, there I am pleased to be. Christ looks with sadness upon the delusions that ensnare human minds who are so eager to behold the place where His feet are supposed once to have trodden, and yet who do not heed His command, "Follow me," who do not walk in the light as He is in the light. A shadow is resting over Jerusalem, a terrible shadow, which I have no desire to come under. Everywhere a curse is visible, which I have no desire to look upon. I can see marks of the curse everywhere. To be able to say I have visited Jerusalem would not shed a distinct ray of light upon one soul. It would not enable me better to tell men and women what they must do to be saved. I present the word of God in truth. I listen to the precious lessons which Christ gave His disciples. In my mind the scenes of His ministry, the places where He taught by the lake side, and clothed with the solemnity and beauty which nature and the word of God have given them. I am content: I would not have darker pictures. I do not wish to look upon the desecrated shrines, with all the repulsive features that would meet my view. I would not be hired to behold the traces of the curse so evidently resting upon Jerusalem. I hope to see this spot when the earth shall be made new, when I shall behold Him whom my soul loveth, in His majesty and glory crowned as King of kings and Lord of lords.  {PC 138.1}
[PC 138.2]          I have not one word of encouragement for any person, neither have I money to impart to any person, to visit Jerusalem. As it now is, it would be a picture I would never wish to hang in memory's hall. Brethren, do you believe that you will soon see Jesus? Then do not needlessly expend means that is of so great value to save precious souls; they need never get a sight of Jerusalem under the curse, but with inspired words you can point them to the New Jerusalem, to Jesus the Mediator of the better covenant, who ever liveth to make intercession for us, and whose intercession is wholly efficacious in our behalf. I know that Christ looks with sadness upon those who are searching for the places He passed over while in the flesh, but who fail to recognize Him as a living Saviour, on any ground, in any place. He says, "Lo, I am with you always, even to the end of the world." Men may search in vain for the foot-prints of Christ in Jerusalem. I care more for where He is now, in heaven, and for what He is doing in my behalf.  {PC 138.2}
[PC 138.3]          Give to Jesus your devotion where He is in the heavenly sanctuary; seek for the holy Spirit as His representative wherever His people bow to worship Him. It becomes us to know Jesus by an experimental knowledge, as a personal Saviour. We should be gathering up every ray of divine light, not looking to old Jerusalem where Christ was once, but to the New Jerusalem where He is now. Let us be gathering from the                                                         139.     tree of life that God has planted, leaves that shall be for the healing of the nations, and fruit, precious, life-giving fruit as food to the soul.  {PC 138.3}
[PC 139.1]          O, search with prayer, most earnest prayer, to know what God has written; and to trace the foot-prints of Jesus in His life of perfect obedience to His Father's commandments. Endeavor to catch the inspiration in expounding the word, the sure word of prophecy, that it shall not be as dead letter, but a living, burning, shining light from the throne of God, preparing a people to endure the trails, the sufferings and persecution which Christ endured.  {PC 139.1}
[PC 139.2]          Who can be made to understand that the inner life must be hid with Christ in God? Such are in the habit of praying, for Christ prayed. Such are in the habit of searching the Scriptures for themselves, and more earnestly as they see the day approaching. Such ones, who love God supremely and their neighbors as themselves, will give themselves to God as a free will offering, and that gift will include all they have. None can give themselves without reserve unless their possessions also are included, and they are dispensing their God-given trust of means as the Lord's goods. They produce fruit in good works. "Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city."                                            (Signed)                                                      Ellen G. White                   (From Doctor Paulson's Collection)                                                    -    {PC 139.2}
[PC 139.3]          Some are acting the part of Aaron, to help on the work of apostasy. They have been weighed in the balances, and have been found wanting. Men are spoiling their record, and are proving that they are not to be trusted, but that they will betray the interests of the cause of God, making them the sport of sinners. The messages of heavenly origin that God has sent to his people, to prepare them to stand in the last days, they have sneered at and scorned. But the evidence we have had for the past fifty years of the presence of the Spirit of God with us as a people, will stand the test of those who are now arraying themselves on the side of the enemy and bracing themselves against the message of God. -Testimony to members of the B. C. Church, October 24, 1907.-                                                    -    {PC 139.3}
[PC 139.4]          Great principles and minute practice cannot be disconnected in a symmetrical life. -Mrs. E. G. White, August 3, 1894, Doctor Paulson's Collection.-     140.  {PC 139.4}
[PC 140.1]          O how little men, even presidents of conferences, know of the power and helpful strength that God gives to the earnest, humble seeker who puts his trust in God, and does not place men as counselors, in the place where God alone should be. There are thousands upon thousands and ten thousand times ten thousand angels that minister unto those who shall be heirs of salvation. -A. O. Tait, August 27, 1896, From Doctor Paulson's Collection.-                                                    -    {PC 140.1}
[PC 140.2]          Just at that time the devil was influencing minds to hold back my books published at Review and Herald. Those at the head of the work there discouraged the agents about handling "Patriarchs and Prophets" and "Great Controversy," the very books which the people should have had at once, and concentrated their efforts on "Bible Readings," promising that at a certain time they would concentrate their efforts on my books. But this promise they never kept. At the very time when "G. C." should have been circulated everywhere, it was lying idle on the shelves of the Review and Herald and Pacific Press. -J. N. Loughborough, February 19, 1899, Doctor Paulson's Collection.-                                                    -    {PC 140.2}
[PC 140.3]          The light given by God for the people was hidden away in the publishing houses. The inner working of this matter was presented to me, and I saw that the very men who said that the canvassers would not handle my books, were themselves arranging matters so that they should not handle them. They told me falsehoods. -Id.                                                    -    {PC 140.3}
[PC 140.4]          The Lord Jesus sent a mighty angel to make plain to John, by the use of symbols, the things that were to come to pass until the coming of Christ. He was bidden to write the instruction in a book for the benefit of the seven churches. This writing we now have preserved in the book of Revelation, but this book is understood by only a few. It contains the message for the last days, and we are to dwell much upon these prophecies. -The work in Oakland and San Francisco, December 26, 1906.-                                                                 141.  {PC 140.4}
[PC 141.1]                                       North Fitzroy, January 5, 1892                     Unity and Humility Among the Workers            The stewards of God have not done their duty. If they had, the work would be far in advance of what it is today. But we labor under far less difficulty than the world's Redeemer had to encounter. We should feel that we are stewards of His grace, trusted with our Masters goods. If we do our best, exercise our entrusted capabilities with the sole purpose of doing our Master's work and promoting His glory, the smallest talent, the humblest service, may become a consecrated gift, made acceptable by the fragrance of His own merit.  {PC 141.1}
[PC 141.2]          We have grant and mighty truths, and in presenting these truths to the world there is a field for the exercise of the highest capabilities. But the Lord will scorn your unwilling service. The truth is grand, eternal, because it proceeds from Him who is truth, and righteousness. And He will not accept the half-hearted, reluctant service of one of you. Unless you have a love for Jesus, unless you receive in your heart the Bible truth, and Christ as your personal Saviour, He will not accept your worthless sacrifice or your service.  {PC 141.2}
[PC 141.3]          When it is evident that those who are engaged in the Lord's work have made mistakes in some things, Satan is jubilant; he taunts Jesus and the angels of God with the sins he tempts men to commit. He presents these mistakes in all their discouraging features, clothing the erring ones with filthy garments. As the accuser of the brethren he presents these errors and wrong-doings in the worst light possible, and parades them before those who will help him in his work. Then the murmurers and those who are far from God think they have an excuse to be stubborn and sullen. They do not see that hell is triumphing, and that if they had a sense of their responsibility they would like faithful soldiers seek to retrieve the disgrace of defeat, not by leaving the ranks, but by closing up the ranks and pressing to the charge against the enemy, that God might not be dishonored and His cause languish.  {PC 141.3}
[PC 141.4]          The time when the work goes the hardest is the very time to test the spiritual strength and wisdom of every worker. When difficulties arise in any branch of the cause, as they will, for the church militant is not the church triumphant, all heaven is watching to see what will be the course of those who are entrusted with sacred responsibilities.  {PC 141.4}
[PC 141.5]          Like their Master, those who are abiding in Christ will not fail nor be discouraged. (See Isaiah 42:4-6)  {PC 141.5}
[PC 141.6]          The Lord requires our undivided affection. If men are not whole hearted, they will fail in the day of trial. When the enemy shall put his forces in array against them, and the battle seems to go hard, at the very time when all the strength of intellect, all the tact of wise-generalship, is needed to repulse the enemy, those who are half-hearted will turn their weapons against their own soldiers; they weaken the hands that should be strong for warfare. God is testing all     142.     who have a knowledge of the truth to see if they can be depended on to fight the battles of the Lord when hard pressed by principalities and powers and the rulers of the darkness of the world and wicked spirits in high places. Perilous times are before us, and our only safety is in having the converting power of God every day, yielding ourselves fully to Him to do His will, and walk in the light of His countenance. (See 1 Peter 2;9)  {PC 141.6}
[PC 142.1]          Now when we are just on the borders of the promised land, let none repeat the sin of the unfaithful spies. They acknowledged that the land they went up to see was a good land, but they declared that the inhabitants were strong, the giants were there, and they themselves were in comparison as grasshoppers in the sight of the people and in their own sight. All the difficulties were magnified into insurmountable obstacles. They made it appear as folly and presumption to think of going up to possess the land. Thus they leavened the whole congregation with their unbelief. The people broke forth into lamentations and loud outcries. But Caleb stilled them before Moses, and said, "Let us go up at once, and possess it; for we are well able to overcome it."  {PC 142.1}
[PC 142.2]          This was the language of faith; but the men who had spoken discouragingly were not to be baffled in their attempts to prevent the people from going forward in doing the word of the Lord. They tried to cry down the voice of Caleb, saying, "We be not able to go up against the people; for they are stronger than we." And they exaggerated the difficulties until all the congregation were crazed with discouragement and fear. The people wept all night, and murmured against the very men in whom they should have had confidence. Then in their exasperation they cast reflections upon God, wishing that they had died in Egypt or in the wilderness; they planned rebellion, proposing to thrust aside their God-appointed leaders. "Let us make a captain," they said, "and let us return into Egypt." What sorrow can be brought upon the ones whose hearts are in the work, by those who are unconsecrated, stubborn, and rebellious. Amid all the lamentations and bitterness of feeling, Caleb and Joshua spoke to the congregation, "The land which we passed through to search it is an exceeding good land." (See Numbers 14:8-10) but the people wished to believe the worst, and while the ringing voice of Caleb was heard above the tumult they stood with stones in their hands to batter down the men who bore the right testimony. Then "the glory of the Lord appeared in the tabernacle of the congregation before the children of Israel. (See Nos. 14:1, 12)  {PC 142.2}
[PC 142.3]          While the people were cherishing doubts, and believing the unfaithful spies, the golden opportunity for Israel passed by. The inhabitants of the land were aroused to make a determined resistance, and the work which the Lord had prepared to do, for them to manifest His greatness and His favor to His people could not be done because of their wicked unbelief and rebellion.  {PC 142.3}
[PC 142.4]          Shall it be thus in these last days, just before we enter into the heavenly Canaan, that God's people shall indulge the spirit that was revealed by ancient Israel? Men full of doubts                                                           143.     and criticisms and complaints can sow seeds of unbelief and distrust that will yield an abundant harvest. The history of Israel was written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. (See Hebrews 3:7-14) (Hebrews 4:1, 2)  {PC 142.4}
[PC 143.1]          Our only safety is in a diligent searching of the Scriptures. If we waste our precious opportunities to become familiar with the word of God, we are losers in every respect. "All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness; that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works."                                     (Signed)                                               Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 143.1}
[PC 143.2]                                        George's Terrace, St. Kilda Road                                                    February 6, 1894     Sister Fannie:            I have so often told you that your words and ideas must not take the place of the words and ideas given me, that the repetition of this is utterly useless. You have chosen your own way, and mingled self with your work, and have become less and less sensible of the danger to your own self and to the work. You have come to think that you were the one to whom credit should be given for the matter that comes from your hands. I have had warnings concerning this, but could not see how I could come to the very point. . . .                                                Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 143.2}
[PC 143.3]                                      George's Terrace, February 6, 1894   Mr. and Mrs. J. E. White     Dear Children:            Under the showers of the latter rain the inventions of man, the human machinery, will at times be swept away, the boundary of man's authority will be as broken reeds, and the Holy Spirit will speak through the living, human agent with convincing power. No one then will watch to see if the sentences are well rounded off, if the grammar is faultless. The living water will flow in God's own channels. But let us be careful now not to exalt the men, their sayings and doings; and let not anyone consider it a grand point to have a startling experience to relate; for here is a fruitful field where credence will be given to unworthy persons. Young men and women will be lifted up, and will regard themselves as wonderfully favored, called to do     144.     some great thing. There will be conversions many, after a peculiar order but they will not bear the divine signature. Immorality will come in and extravagance and many will make ship-wreck of faith. Our only safety is in keeping fast hold of Jesus. Never are we to lose sight of Him. He says, "Without Me you can do nothing." We must cultivate an abiding sense of our own inefficiency and helplessness and rely wholly on Jesus. This should keep us individually calm and steadfast in words and deportment. Excitement in the speaker is not power but weakness. Earnestness and energy are essential in presenting Bible truth, the gospel, which is the power of God unto salvation. . . .  {PC 143.3}
[PC 144.1]          There are quicksands upon which many are in danger of being swamped. It is always safe to seek for the earnest of the Spirit of God, if we do not mingle with it a force and presumption that is not heaven born. There is need of caution in all our utterances lest some poor souls of ardent temperament shall work themselves up into a zeal not according to knowledge. They will act as though it was their prerogative to use the Holy Spirit instead of letting the Holy Spirit use them, and mold and fashion them after the Pattern of the divine. There is danger of running ahead of Christ. We should honor the Holy Spirit by following where it shall lead. "Lean not to thine own understanding." This one danger of those who teach the truth to others. To follow where Christ leads is a safe path for our feet. His work will stand. Whatsoever God saith is truth.  {PC 144.1}
[PC 144.2]          But ministers who bear the last message of mercy to fallen men must utter no random words; they must not open doors where by Satan shall find access to human minds. It is not our work to experiment, to study out something new and startling that will create excitement. Satan is watching his chance to take advantage of anything of this order that he may bring in his deceiving elements. The Holy Spirit moving upon the human agents, will keep the mind well balanced. There will not be a wrought up excitement, to be followed by re-action. Satan will make use of every extravagant expression to the injury, not only of the speaker but of those who shall catch the same spirit and infuse others to their harm. Calmness and solemnity should be cultivated; the solemn truths we dwell upon will lead us to manifest deep earnestness. How can we do otherwise when weighed with the most sacred message to bear to perishing souls, weighted by the sense of the nearness of our Saviour's coming.  {PC 144.2}
[PC 144.3]          If we are constantly looking unto Jesus and receiving His Spirit, we shall have clear eye sight. Then we shall discern the perils on every side, and shall guard every word we utter, lest Satan find opportunity to weave in his deceptions. We do not want to have the minds of the people wrought up into excitement. We shall not encourage an expectation to see strange and wonderful things. But teach them to follow Jesus, step by step. Preach Jesus Christ, in whom our hope of eternal life is centered.  {PC 144.3}
[PC 144.4]          The enemy is preparing to deceive the whole world by his miracle-working power. He will assume to personate the angels                                                             145.     of light, to personate Jesus Christ. Every one who teaches the truth for this time is to preach the word. Those who cling to the word, will not throw open the doors for Satan by making unguarded statements in reference to prophesying or to dreams and visions. To a greater or lesser degree false manifestations have been coming in, here and there, since 1844, after the time when we looked for the second coming of Christ. We have had them in the Garmire case, in the statements of E. R. Jones, in the Stanton movement. We shall have them more and more, and like faithful sentinels we must be on guard. Letters are coming to me from many persons concerning visions which they have had and feel it their duty to relate. May the Lord help His servants to be cautious.  {PC 144.4}
[PC 145.1]          When the Lord has a genuine channel of light, there are always plenty of counterfeit. Satan will surely enter any door thrown open to him. He will give messages of truth mingled with the truth ideas of his own, prepared to mislead souls, to draw the mind to human beings and their sayings, and prevent it from holding firmly to a Thus saith the Lord. In God's dealing with His people, all is quiet; with those who trust in Him all is calm and unpretending. There will be simple, true, earnest believers in the Bible, and there will be doers of the word as well as hearers. There will be sound, earnest, sensible, waiting upon God. The believer will hang his helpless soul on Jesus Christ. Christ will be exalted. Working and praying, watching and waiting, is our position. We should not desire to be recognized and to have our work appreciated in the fullest measure. Heaven is the best and safest place in which to hear from the lips of our Redeemer the result of our work. . . .                                     (Signed)                                             Mother                                                   Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 145.1}
[PC 145.2]                                        North Fitzroy, August 30, 1892   Elder Uriah Smith Battle Creek, Michigan     Dear Brother:            I am deeply interested that in every move you make, you should have the Lord with you. God bestows upon His people great blessings in giving them faithful, upright ministers. In all ages He has wrought through human instrumentalities to give decided messages of warning to His people, that they may be aroused and convicted of their sins, and be led to repent and reform. But at the very time when He is thus empowering men by His Holy Spirit to cry aloud, to spare not, to lift up the voice like a trumpet, and to show His people their transgressions and the house of Jacob their sins, there are     146.     other influences at work to counteract the work of God through His appointed agencies. There are those to whom this Scripture is applicable, "They have healed the hurt of the daughter of My people slightly, saying, Peace, peace; when there is no peace." . . .  {PC 145.2}
[PC 146.1]          It is sin in some form that brings variance and disunion. The affections need transforming, a personal experience of the renewing power of Christ must be obtained. "In whom we have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace;" The apostle speaking to Christian believers, called by God's grace says, "If we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sins." Here are conditions plainly stated, If we walk in the light as He is in the light, the sure result will follow; We have fellowship one with another. . . .  {PC 146.1}
[PC 146.2]          True Christianity will always be aggressive, and wherever it exists, it will arouse enmity. All who live a conscientious life, who bear testimony of the claims of God, of the evil of sin, of the judgment to come, will be called the disturbers of Israel.  {PC 146.2}
[PC 146.3]          Those whose testimony awaken the apprehension of the soul, offend pride, and arouse opposition. The hatred of evil against good exists as surely now as in the days of Christ, when the multitude cried, "Away with Him!" "Release unto us Barabbas." There is no kind of evil in our world, but that some have an interest in maintaining it. Evil is ever warring against good. And since we know that the conflict with the prince of darkness is constant, and must be severe, let us be united in the warfare. Cease to war against those of your own faith. Let no one help Satan in his work. . . .  {PC 146.3}
[PC 146.4]          The first thing recorded in Scripture history after the fall was the persecution of Abel. And the last thing in Scripture prophecy is the persecution against those who refuse to receive the mark of the beast. We should be the last people on the earth to indulge in the slightest degree the spirit of persecution against those who are bearing the message of God to the world. This is the most terrible feature of unchristlikeness that has manifested itself among us since the Minneapolis meeting. Sometime it will be seen in its true bearing, with all the burden of woe that has resulted from it.  {PC 146.4}
[PC 146.5]         A passive piety will not answer for this time; let the passiveness be manifested where it is needed, in patience, kindness, and forbearance. But we must bear a decided message of warning to the world. The Prince of Peace thus proclaimed His work, "I come not to send peace on earth but a sword." Evil must be assailed; falsehood and error must be made to appear in their true character; sin must be denounced; and the testimony of every believer in the truth must be as one. All your little differences, which arouse the combative spirit among brethren, are devices of Satan to divert minds from the great and fearful issue before us. The true peace will come among God's people when through united zeal and                                                             147.     earnest prayer the false peace that exists to a large degree is disturbed. Now there is earnest work to do. Now is the time ［to］ manifest your soldierly qualities; let the Lord's people present a united front to the foes of God and truth and righteousness. . . .  {PC 146.5}
[PC 147.1]         When the Holy Spirit was poured out upon the early church, "The whole multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul." The spirit of Christ made them one. This is the fruit of abiding in Christ. But if dissensions, envy, jealousy, and strife are the fruit we bear, it is not possible that we are abiding in Christ. To draw nourishment from the Living Vine is the same that Christ represents as eating His flesh and drinking His blood. And if we are feeding upon Him, we shall manifest His spirit.  {PC 147.1}
[PC 147.2]          Jesus longs to bestow the heavenly endowment in large measure upon His people. Prayers are ascending to God daily for the fulfillment of the promise, and not one of the prayers put up in faith is lost. Christ ascended on high, leading captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. When after Christ's ascension the Spirit came down as promised, like a rushing, mighty wind, filling the whole place where the disciples were assembled, what was the effect? Thousands were converted in a day. We have taught, we have expected that an angel is to come down from heaven, that the earth will be lighted with his glory. Then we shall behold an ingathering of souls similar to that witnessed on the day of Pentecost.  {PC 147.2}
[PC 147.3]          But this ［mighty］ angel comes bearing no soft, smooth, message, but words that are calculated to stir the hearts of men to their very depths. That angel is represented as crying mightily with a strong voice, saying, "Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird." "Come out of her, My people that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues." Are we indeed as the human agencies, to cooperate with the divine instrumentalities in sounding the message of this mighty angel who is to lighten the earth with his glory? . . .                                            (Signed)                                                       Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 147.3}
[PC 147.4]                                       George's Terrace, St. Kilda Road                                          Melbourne, January 9, 1893     Captain C. Eldridge Battle Creek, Michigan     Dear Brother:            The word of the Lord has come to me in clear lines in reference to the principles and practices of those connected with the     148.     Review Office. There has been need of self-examination on the part of the workers. Every man who has to do with sacred things should perform his work in a Christ like manner. There must be no sharp practice. "A false balance is abomination to the Lord." A false balance is a symbol of all unfair dealings, all devices to conceal selfishness and injustice under an appearance of fairness and equity. God will not in the slightest degree favor such practices. He hates every false way. He abhors all the selfishness and covetousness. Unmerciful dealing He will not tolerate, but will repay in kind. God can give prosperity to the working man whose means are acquired honestly. But His curse rests upon all that is gained by selfish practices. When one indulges in selfishness or sharp dealing he knows that he does not fear the Lord or reverence His name. Those who are connected with God will not only shun all injustice, but will manifest His mercy and goodness toward all with whom they have to do. The Lord will sanction no respect of persons; but He will not, approve the course of those who make no difference in favor of the poor, the widow, and the orphan. . . .  {PC 147.4}
[PC 148.1]         The Lord is looking upon men in the different spheres in which they move, and the character is tested under the different circumstances in which they are placed. The truth, pure, refined, elevating, is a continual test, to measure the man. If truth controls the conscience and is an abiding principle in the heart, it becomes an active, working agent; it works by love, and purifies the soul. But if the knowledge of the truth produces no beauty in the soul, if it does not, subdue, soften, and recreate the man after God's own image, it is of no benefit to the receiver; it is as sounding brass or tinkling cymbal. The truth as it is in Jesus, planted in the heart by the Holy Spirit, always works from within outward; it will be revealed in our words and spirit and actions toward every one with whom we are connected.  {PC 148.1}
[PC 148.2]          The wave of truth flowing from the infinitely wise God to His frail human agents, is not subject to the will of man. God prescribes the terms, and specifies every condition upon which we may receive His gifts. With the one party there is infinite power, wisdom, mercy, and goodness; with the other party is weakness, and ignorance, and helplessness, and sin. Even the faculties and resources of men, which God will accept in cooperation with the divine, are ours only in trust. In the great condescension of God to admit finite beings as co-laborers in the saving of the world, He makes it a condition that the human agent shall receive counsel from God, diligently obeying every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. And our success in the religious life will be according to the integrity and thoroughness with which these conditions are fulfilled. . . .  {PC 148.2}
[PC 148.3]          God designs that all who are laborers together with Him should have a rich experience in His love and His power to save. Never should we say, "I have no experience;" for that God who gave Paul an experience will reveal Himself to every one who will earnestly seek Him. What said God of Abraham? "I know him," saith the heart-searching God, "that He will command His children and His household after Him; and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment." Abraham would cultivate home religion, and the fear of the Lord would lead to integrity                                                              149.     of life. He who blesses the habitation of the righteous says, "I know Him, that He will command." There is no betraying of sacred trusts, no hesitating between right and wrong. The Holy One has given rules for the guidance of all, the standard of character from which none can swerve and be guiltless. God's will is to be diligently and conscientiously studied, and it must be made paramount in all the affairs of life. The laws which every human agent is to obey flows from the heart of infinite love.  {PC 148.3}
[PC 149.1]          That same holy Watcher who says, "I know Abraham," knew Cornelius also, and sent His angel with a message to the man who had received and improved all the light God had given him. The angel said, "Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter." Then the specific directions are given, "He lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the seaside; he shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do." Thus the angel of the Lord works to bring Cornelius in connection with the human agent through whom he might receive greater light. Study the whole chapter carefully, and see the simplicity of the whole transaction. Then consider that the Lord knows every one of us by name, and just where we live, and the spirit we possess, and every act of our life. The ministering angels are passing through the churches, noting our faithfulness in our individual line of duty. . . .                                                    -    {PC 149.1}
[PC 149.2]                                        George's Terrace, St. Kilda Road                                           Melbourne, January 9, 1893            This afternoon I had a long conversation with Brother Foster a member of the Prahran Church, who is in perplexity and trial. He is a tailor by trade, and is a first class workman. Before accepting the truth he had a position that commanded $30.00 a week. When he began to keep the Sabbath, he was permitted to retain his position, losing only the day's wages for the Sabbath. He is a man of good address, and has good ability to teach the truth. He left his position, and went into the field as a laborer, but was sent alone into a hard field, and became discouraged and confused, and almost fell under the delusive power of Satan. At the conference one year ago he had a conversation with me. He became free, the meeting did him good. He has since moved to Melbourne, and works at his trade and leads the meetings in Prahran. But in the present depression of business, he is in close circumstances; and being in poor health, with a large family, he has become much discouraged, and in this state of mind Satan has pressed temptation and darkness upon him. For weeks he has been in sore trial, and today he came to tell me his troubles.  {PC 149.2}
[PC 149.3]          He says he knew so little of the testimonies, he did not understand the relation they sustained to the cause. Some time since, while he was in perplexity, asking the Lord for light, he had a very striking dream. He saw Sister White in a boat riding on the billows, which were sending the spray like light     150.     in every direction. It came into the room where he was with many others; he moved to get beyond its reach, when a hand stretched out to him gave him a paper. The paper was on fire, and a voice said, "Read quickly." He put out the fire, and opened the paper. There was a testimony, and a key lying upon the testimony. The interpretation came to his mind with great force, "The key to the testimonies is the testimonies themselves." He woke with the blessing of God upon him. Then he prayed, "Lord direct me to the testimony I should read to help my case." He took up testimony 31 and opened at the article, "The testimonies rejected." He read it through with intense interest and was deeply impressed that the testimonies were from God.  {PC 149.3}
[PC 150.1]          After this he saw in the Review the article of Brother A. T. Jones in regard to the image of the beast, and then the one from Elder Smith presenting the opposite view. He was perplexed and troubled. He had received much light and comfort in reading articles from Brethren Jones and Waggoner; but here was one of the old laborers, one who had written many of our standard books, and whom we had believed to be taught of God, who seemed to be in conflict with Brother Jones. What could all this mean? Was Brother Jones in the wrong? Was Brother Smith in error? Which was right? He became confused. When the important laborers in the cause of God take opposite positions in the same paper, whom can we depend upon? Who can we believe has the true position?  {PC 150.1}
[PC 150.2]          Brother Foster was in such perplexity, that he sent word by letter that he could not lead in the meetings. Since the beginning of the week of prayer, temptations have pressed so strongly upon him that he has received no benefit. These differences among our leading men have absorbed all his thoughts and he is much distressed over the matter. I told him I expected that others who should read these articles would have the same experience. These differences should not have been made public, for some who are weak in the faith would be caused to stumble, and as the result might lose their souls. I felt keen regret and deep sorrow of heart, for I knew that the Lord was displeased.  {PC 150.2}
[PC 150.3]          But I said, "Brother Foster, you have the Bible. Search its pages with a prayerful heart; your Redeemer has promised that the Holy Spirit shall lead you into all truth. You have an Instructor that is full of wisdom, one who never errs. I charge you before God to cease worrying, receive the precious rays of light that come to you, feast upon the truth as it in Jesus, walk in the light while you have the light, and more light will shine upon you from the Source of all light. Do not suffer your mind to dwell upon the differences you think you discern. If our leading Brethren are so unwise as to allow their conflicting views to appear in the paper published to go to the world; if they present these differences before the large gatherings that assemble to worship God in the tabernacle or else where, they are doing the very things the Lord Jesus told them not to do, and going directly contrary to the light given them through the testimonies."                                                                 151.  {PC 150.3}
[PC 151.1]          Now, brethren, the zeal that leads to this kind of work is not inspired of God; Christ never prompts any man to work against Christ. He will not lead us to counteract His own instruction, or to act contrary to the spirit of the prayer He offered for His disciples just before He left them. He knew they would be exposed to trials from the opposition of the world, and He said, "While I was with them in the world, I kept them in Thy name: Those that Thou gavest Me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdition; that the Scripture might be fulfilled. And now I come to Thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves and I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world, but that Thou shouldst keep them from the evil."  {PC 151.1}
[PC 151.2]          Our work is clearly aggressive. Our warfare is to be directed against error and sin, not against one another. God requires us to be a strength to one another, to heal, not to destroy. We are to be constantly receiving light; and we are not to spurn the message or the messengers by whom God shall send light to His people.  {PC 151.2}
[PC 151.3]          If before publishing Elder Jones' article concerning the image of the beast, Elder Smith had conferred with him, plainly stating that his own view differed from that of Brother Jones, and that if the article appeared in the Review, he himself must present the opposite position, then the matter would appear in a different light from what it now does. But the course pursued in this case was the same as that taken at Minneapolis. Those who opposed Brethren Jones and Waggoner manifested no disposition to meet them like brethren, and with the Bible in hand consider prayerfully and in a Christ-like spirit the points of difference. This is the only course that would meet the approval of God, and His rebuke was upon those who would not do this at Minneapolis. Yet this blind warfare is continued; men of the same faith, in the same city, turn their weapons against each other. It is an astonishment to the heavenly universe. I feel deeply grieved, and if these things are a grief to me, how do they appear to Jesus, who suffered untold agony upon the cross to redeem men from the power of Satan and make them one in Christ? "All ye are brethren." What can lead brethren to present before the world opposite opinions, without first coming together in love, and comparing views to see if they cannot come into harmony? Will my brethren tell me what spirit is moving them to action?  {PC 151.3}
[PC 151.4]          We know that Brother Jones has been giving the message for this time, meat in due season to the starving flock of God. Those who do not allow prejudice to bar the heart against the heaven sent message, cannot but feel the spirit and force of the truth. Brother Jones has borne the message from church to church, and from state to state; and light and freedom and the out-pouring of the Spirit of God has attended the work. As events of a most startling nature in the fulfillment of prophecy has shown that the great crisis in rapidly approaching, Brother Jones seeks to arouse the professed people of God from their death-like slumber, to see the importance of giving the warning     152.     to the world. But he advances some ideas with which all do not agree, and instantly Brother Gage is aroused; he harnesses for the battle, and before the congregation in the tabernacle he takes his position in opposition to Brother Jones. Was this in the order of God? Did the Spirit of the Lord go before Brother Jones and inspire Brother Gage to do this work? Suppose that Brother Jones' statement concerning the formation of the image was premature; did the case demand such demonstrations? I answer No, no; not if God has ever spoken by me.  {PC 151.4}
[PC 152.1]          The Bible rules must be strictly followed. The matter concerning which difference of opinion prevails should be calmly considered, with much prayer, with hearts yearning for unity, and with perfect love for one another's souls. Examine every point as if you could see the whole heavenly universe looking upon you. If there is positive evidence that one of the brethren is in error, try to convince him from the work of God. If success should not crown your efforts, even then the world has no business with the matter; for it would only dishonor the God of truth, and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent.  {PC 152.1}
[PC 152.2]          I have received letters from different points telling the sad, discouraging results of these things. We have opposition enough from our foes, and we shall have conflicts fierce and strong; let us not now cause Satan to glory because of the pitched battles within our own ranks. The unity for which our Saviour prayed should be brought into our practical life. Peace, the peace of Christ, inspired by truth, and sustained by righteousness, we must each cultivate. God so loved the world, that He manifested His love by giving His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. Jesus said, A new commandment I give unto you that ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one for another, as I have loved you." Let your zeal be manifest, not in exposing your variances but in cultivating the precious plant of love, just as Jesus has told us to do.  {PC 152.2}
[PC 152.3]          "Hereby perceive we the love of God, because He laid down His life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the brethren. . . My little children, let us not love in word, neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth. And hereby we know that we are of the truth, and shall assure our hearts before Him. . . And this is His commandment, That we should believe in the name of His Son Jesus Christ, and love one another; for love is of God; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God. He that loveth not, knoweth not God; for God is love. In this was manifested the love of God toward us, because God sent His only begotten Son into the world, that we might live through Him. Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us, and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins.  {PC 152.3}
[PC 152.4]          "Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought to love one another. No man hath seen God at any time. If we love one another, God dwelleth in us, and His love is perfected in us. Hereby know we that we dwell in Him, and He in us, because He hath                                                             153.     given us of His Spirit." "If a man say, I love God, and hateth his brother, he is a liar; for he that loveth not his brother whom he hath seen, how can he love God whom he hath not seen? And this commandment have we from Him, that he who loveth God loveth his brother also."  {PC 152.4}
[PC 153.1]          I have quoted only a few passages, but the Bible abounds in just such lessons. If it is not possible to love God unless we love our brother, the case will certainly go against us in the courts of heaven if we do not cherish Christ like love for one another. The word is very explicit. I am pained beyond measure when I see how little love is cherished and manifested among brethren. How long shall Satan use his arguments against us and weaken our influence by revealing to others how little love and deference and respect are shown for one another? Is it not time we were doers of the word, and not hearers only? Shall we not closely examine our own hearts, and see whether we are in possession of the love of God? Jesus came in the likeness of sinful flesh, by a pure and holy life to condemn sin in the flesh. He came to our world to represent the character of God, and it is our work to represent the character of Christ. If we have lost His love out of our hearts, our work is to seek the Lord, that our hearts may be renewed by His Holy Spirit.  {PC 153.1}
[PC 153.2]         "I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same things and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment." For it has been declared unto you, my brethren, by them which are of the house of Chloe, that there are contentions among you. Now this I say, That every one of you saith, I am of Paul; and I am of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ. Is Christ divided? Was Paul crucified for you? Or were you baptized in the name of Paul?  {PC 153.2}
[PC 153.3]          The cause of divisions or discord in the church is separation from Christ. The secret of unity is union with Christ. Christ is the great center. We shall approach one another just in proportion as we approach the center. United with Christ, we shall surely be united with our brethren in the faith. To be a Christian means a great deal more than is supposed. A Christian is Christ-like. Membership in the church does not make us Christians. Has the light from Christ penetrated the heart? Are justice and purity and truth abiding in the soul temple? We may know; for the fruits will appear. "The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance; against such there is no law. And they that are Christ's have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts. If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit. Let us not be desirous of vain glory, provoking one another, envying one another. Brethren, if a man be overtaken in a fault, ye which are spiritual, restore such an one in the Spirit of meekness, considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted. Bear ye one another's burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ. For if a man think himself to be something, when he is nothing, he deceiveth himself. This is not a time for brother to cherish prejudice against brother. Put not into our enemies' hands anything that     154.     bears the least suggestions of differences among us, even in opinion.  {PC 153.3}
[PC 154.1]         The conference at Minneapolis was the golden opportunity for all present to humble the heart before God, and to welcome Jesus as the great Instructor; but the stand taken by some at that meeting proved their ruin. They have never seen clearly since, and they never will; for they persistently cherish the spirit that prevailed there, a wicked criticizing, denunciatory spirit. Yet since that meeting, abundant light and evidence has been graciously given, that all might understand the truth. Those who were then deceived might since have come to the light. They might rejoice in the truth as it is in Jesus, were it not for the pride of their own rebellious hearts. They will be asked in the Judgment, "Who required this at your hand, to rise up against the message and the messengers I sent to My people with light, with grace and power? Why have you lifted up your souls against God? Why did you block the way with your own perverse spirit? And afterward when evidence was piled upon evidence, why did you not humble your hearts before God, and repent of your rejection of the message of mercy He has sent you? The Lord has not inspired these brethren to resist the truth. He designed that they should be baptized with the Holy Spirit, and be living channels of light to communicate the light to our world, in clear, bright rays.  {PC 154.1}
[PC 154.2]          "The Lord hath from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth." Here, according to the appointment of God, are the two agencies in man's salvation, - the divine influences, and a strong, living, working faith, a faith that receives the truth. God requires no man to cast aside his reason, and yield to the control of blind credulity. But we are to search the Scriptures in the spirit of learners. In the meekness of Christ canvas every point of difference. Search for the truth as for hidden treasures. It will not do to ignore these questions of vital interest. Human assertions are as valueless as straw. Many will miss the path to heaven because they rest their faith upon men. They resist the message of mercy because some one in whom they have confidence is indifferent to it. But the soul is of too great value to rest its faith on man. No one but Christ can ransom the soul. We have the word of God, and this alone can we trust unwaveringly. Let brethren seek God together. Let them fall upon the Rock and be broken. "Ye are laborers together with God." We must understand the obligations imposed upon us by this co-operation, or we shall never stand approved in the Judgment. Laborers together with God means fellow-laborers with those of our own fallen race, but cooperating with divine agencies. It is the work of salvation to accomplish this union of the human with the divine.  {PC 154.2}
[PC 154.3]          The time of peril is now upon us. It can no longer be spoken of as in the future. And the power of every mind, sanctified to the Master's work, it to be employed, not to hedge up the way before the messages God sends to His people, but to labor unitedly in preparing a people to stand in the great day of God. It is not the inspiration from heaven that leads one to be suspicious, watching for a chance and greedily seizing upon                                                               155.     it to prove that those brethren who differ from us in some interpretation of Scripture are not sound in the faith. There is danger that this course of action will produce the very result assumed; and to a great degree the guilt will rest upon those who are watching for evil. Had our brethren been free from prejudice, and walking in humility, they would have been ready to receive light from whatever source; recognizing the Spirit of God and the grace of Christ, they would be indeed channels of light, and their long experience would make them safe counsellors, men of sound judgment.  {PC 154.3}
[PC 155.1]          God would have His people love one another and help one another, thus strengthening every good work. We should counsel with one another, the old, experienced laborers with those whom God shall raise up to advance His work as we approach the great consummation. But if such men as Elder Smith, Elder Van Horn, and Elder Butler shall stand aloof, not blending with the elements God sees essential to carry forward the work in these perilous times, they will be left behind. God will complete His work in righteousness. These brethren have had every opportunity to stand in the ranks that are pressing on to victory; but if they refuse, the work will advance without them. God will send by whom He will; His message will not return unto Him void, but will accomplish that whereunto it is sent. And if they refuse the message, the men whom God designed should hold the same relation to the younger workers as did Moses to Joshua, will fail of doing the work the Lord designed they should do. They will be a hindrance in the place of a blessing. The work will go forward; but these brethren, who might have received the richest blessings, will meet with eternal loss; for though they should repent and be saved at last, they can never regain that which they have lost through their wrong course of action. They might have been God's instruments to carry the work forward with power; but their influence was exerted to counteract the Lord's message, to make the work appear questionable. Every jot and tittle of this will have to be repented of.  {PC 155.1}
[PC 155.2]          The opposition in our own ranks has imposed upon the Lord's messengers a laborious and soul trying task; for they have had to meet difficulties and obstacles which need not have existed. While this labor had to be performed among our own people, to make them willing that God should work in the day of his power, the light of the glory of God has not been shining in clear, concentrated rays to our world. Thousand who are now in darkness of error, might have been added to our numbers. All the time and thought and labor required to counteract the influence of our brethren who oppose the message has been just as much taken from the work of warning the world of the swift coming judgments of God. The Spirit of God has been present in power among His people, but it could not be bestowed upon them, because they did not open their hearts to receive it.  {PC 155.2}
[PC 155.3]          It is not the opposition of the world that we have to fear; but it is the elements that work among ourselves that have hindered the message. The efficiency of the movements for extending the truth depends upon the harmonious action of those who profess to believe it. Love and confidence     156.     constitute a moral force that would have united our churches, and insure harmony of action, but coldness and distrust have brought disunion that has shorn us of our strengths.  {PC 155.3}
[PC 156.1]          The Lord designed that the messages of warning and instruction given through the Spirit to His people should go everywhere. But the influence that grew out of the resistance of light and truth at Minneapolis tended to make of no effect the light God had given to His people through the Testimonies. Great Controversy Vol. IV, has not had the circulation it should have had, because some of those who occupy responsible positions were leavened with the spirit that prevailed at Minneapolis, a spirit that clouded the discernment of the people of God.  {PC 156.1}
[PC 156.2]          The work of opponents to the truth has been steadily advancing, while we have been compelled to devote our energies in a great degree to counteracting the work of the enemy through those who were in our own ranks. The dullness of some and the opposition of others have confined our strength and means largely among those who knew the truth but did not practice its principles. If every soldier of Christ had done his duty, if every watchman on the walls of Zion had given the trumpet a certain sound, the world might ere this have heard the message of warning. What account will be rendered to God for thus retarding the work?  {PC 156.2}
[PC 156.3]          While the angels were holding the four winds that they should not blow, giving opportunity for every one who had light to let it shine to the world, there have been influences at work among us to cry peace and safety. Many did not understand that we had not time or strength or influence to be lost through dilatory action. While men slept, Satan has been stealing a march upon us, working up the advantages given him to have things after his own order.  {PC 156.3}
[PC 156.4]          The Lord has revealed to us that the Laodicean message applies to the church at this time, and yet how few make a practical application of it to themselves. God has wrought for us; we have no complaint to make of Heaven, for the richest blessings have been proffered us, but our people have been very reluctant to accept them. Those who have been so stubborn and rebellious that they would not humble themselves to receive the light God sent in mercy to their souls, became so destitute of the Holy Spirit that the Lord could not use them. Unless they are converted, these men will never enter the mansions of the blest. Some have been preaching the word whose labors are tainted with impurity and licentiousness. They have done far more harm than good. Unless they shall turn from their evil ways, they will perish with the wicked. Others have carried the truth in a very indifferent manner; they have had no real burden for the work; they have gone backward rather than forward. It is high time for these to retrace their steps; for they have lost their first love. The Lord's injunction to them is, "Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; Or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove they candlestick out of thy place, except thou repent."                                                             157.  {PC 156.4}
[PC 157.1]          A great work is before us. There are a few who carry the heavy burden of responsibility. They feel that God has committed to our American churches a solemn trust in the messages of truth to be given to the world. From all nations the Macedonian cry is heard, "Come over and help us." God in His providence has opened fields before us, and if the human agents co-operate with the divine agencies, many souls may be made partakers of a pure and saving faith. For years the appeal has been made, but the Lord's professed people have been sleeping over their allotted work, and it remains almost untouched. God has sent message after message to arouse our churches to do something, and to do it now. But to the call of God, "Whom shall I send?" There has been few voices to respond, "Here am I, send me." Through this neglect, many souls will lose the opportunity the Lord desires to give them.  {PC 157.1}
[PC 157.2]          "A certain man made a great supper, and bade many: and sent his servant at supper time to say to them that were bidden, Come; for all things are now ready. And they all with one consent began to make excuse. The first said unto him, I have bought a piece of ground, and I must needs go and see it: I pray thee have me excused. And another said, I have bought five yoke of oxen, and I go to prove them, I pray thee have me excused. And another said, I have married a wife, and therefore I cannot come. So that servant came, and showed his lord these things. Then the master of the house being angry said to his servant, Go out quickly into the streets and lanes of the city, and bring in hither the poor, and maimed, and the halt, and the blind. And the servant said, Lord, it is done as thou hast commanded, and yet there is room. And the lord said unto the servant, Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled. For I say unto you, That none of those which were bidden shall taste of my supper."  {PC 157.2}
[PC 157.3]          When the message of God is brought to them, many will thus excuse themselves. But the work must be pressed wherever there is an opening. Men and money are needed to carry the work forward. Still there is opportunity for us to share the Saviour's self denial and sacrifice for the salvation of souls. The necessities of the work now demand a far greater outlay than ever before. The Lord calls upon His people to make every effort to curtail their expenses. Again I plead that instead of spending money for pictures of yourselves and your friends, you should turn it into another channel. Let the money that has been devoted to the gratification of self flow into the Lord's treasury to sustain those who are working to save perishing souls. Let those who have houses and lands give heed to the message, "Sell that ye have, and give alms." "Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in mine house, and prove Me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it."  {PC 157.3}
[PC 157.4]          The Lord is soon to come. We must work while the day lasts; for the night is coming, in which no man can work. Many, many have lost the spirit of self-denial and sacrifice. They have been burying their money in temporal possessions. There are     158.     men whom God has blessed, whom He is testing to see what response they will make to His benefits. They have with-held their tithes and offerings until their debt to the Lord God of hosts has become so great that they grow pale as the thought of rendering to the Lord His own, a just tithe. Make haste, brethren, you have now opportunity to be honest with God; delay not. For your souls' sake no longer rob God in tithes and offerings.  {PC 157.4}
[PC 158.1]          The Lord calls for every talent of means and ability to be put to use. When the reproach of indolence and slothfulness shall have been wiped away from the church, the Spirit of the Lord will be graciously manifested. Divine power will combine with human effort, the church will see the providential interpositions of the Lord God of hosts, the light of truth will be diffused, the knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ whom He hath sent. As in the apostles' time many souls will turn unto the Lord. The earth will be lightened with the glory of the angel from heaven.  {PC 158.1}
[PC 158.2]          If the world are to be convinced of sin as transgressors of God's law, the agency must be the Holy Spirit working through human instrumentalities. The church needs now to shake off her death-like slumber; for the Lord is waiting to bless His people who will recognize His blessing when it comes, and diffuse it in clear, strong rays of light. "Then will I sprinkle clear water upon you, and ye shall be clean. . . .And I will put My Spirit upon you, and cause you to walk in My statutes." If the wilderness of the church is to become as a fruitful field, and the fruitful field to be as a forest, it is through the Holy Spirit of God poured out upon His people. The heavenly agencies have long been waiting for the human agents, the members of the church, to cooperate with them in the great work to be done. They are waiting for you. So vast is the field, so comprehensive the design, that every sanctified heart will be pressed into service as an agent of divine power.  {PC 158.2}
[PC 158.3]          At the same time there will be a power stirring every thing from beneath. The working of evil angels will be manifest in deceptions, delusions, in calamities, and casualties, and crimes of no ordinary character. While God employs the angels of mercy to work through His human agents, Satan sets his agencies in operation, laying under tribute all the powers that submit to his control. There will be lords many and gods many. The cry will be heard, "Lo, here is Christ, and Lo, He is there." The deep plotting of Satan will reveal its working everywhere for the purpose of distracting attention from present duty. The appearance of a false Christ will awaken delusive hopes in the minds of those who allow themselves to be deceived. The church members that are awake will rise to the emergency, manifesting greater diligence as iniquity abounds. The very manifestations of Satanic power are to be presented in their true light before the people. There will be signs and wonders in the world of nature. The powers of earth and heaven will manifest a terrifying, destructive activity. But the eye of faith will discern in all these manifestations harbingers of the grand and awful future, and the triumphs that will surely come to God's people.  {PC 158.3}
[PC 158.4]         Let all who believe the truth for this time put away their                                                        159.     differences; put away envy and evil speaking and evil thinking. Press together, press together. "Seeing ye have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit unto unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fervently."  {PC 158.4}
[PC 159.1]          Work, O work, keeping eternity in view. Bear in mind that every power must be sanctified. In yourselves you are powerless to do anything good. Christ declares, "Without Me ye can do nothing." Becoming partakers of the divine nature you can do all things. Through Christ you can have power with God and with men. A great work is to be done. Let the prayer go forth from unfeigned lips, "God be merciful unto us, and bless us; and cause His face to shine upon us; that Thy way may be known upon the earth, Thy saving health among all nations." Our God is waiting to be gracious. "And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent." Will the church give to the world the light of the knowledge of Jesus Christ? Shall the light shine forth to all nations, kindreds, tongues and peoples?  {PC 159.1}
[PC 159.2]          "There is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon Him. For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved. How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe in Him of whom they have no heard? and how shall they hear without a preacher? and how shall they preach, except they be sent? as it is written, How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things." "For so hath the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set thee to be a light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldst be for salvation unto the ends of the earth."  {PC 159.2}
[PC 159.3]          "But when He saw the multitudes, He was moved with compassion because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd. Then saith He unto His disciples, The harvest truly is plentious, but the laborers are few; pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that He will send forth laborers into His harvest." Our work is plainly laid down in the word of God. Christian is to be united to Christian, church to church, the human instrumentalities cooperating with the divine, every agency to be subordinate to the Holy Spirit, and all to be combined in giving to the world the good tidings of the grace of God.                                      (Signed)                                                  Ellen G. White                       (From Dr. Paulson's Collection)     160.  {PC 159.3}
[PC 160.1]                                                               Ms-3- '97                                Health Reform                                         "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, N. S. W.                                                      January 11, 1897            I was awakened at 11:30 last night, and commenced writing. We were in a meeting where important instruction in many lines was being given. Among those assembled were physicians, editors, publishers, ministers, and a large number of other persons. We were considering many things in regard to health reform. The matters of exercise and reformatory methods in regard to the foods we eat were under discussion. Some were advocating a flesh meat diet. Speaking in support of this diet they said that without it they were weak in physical strength.  {PC 160.1}
[PC 160.2]          But the words of our Teacher to us were, "As a man thinketh, so is he." The flesh of dead animals was not the original food for man. Man was permitted to eat it after the flood because all vegetation had been destroyed. But the curse pronounced upon man and the earth and every living thing has made strange and wonderful changes. Since the flood the human race has been shortening its period of existence. Physical, mental and moral degeneracy is rapidly increasing in these latter days.  {PC 160.2}
[PC 160.3]          The educational work in the medical missionary line is a great advance step toward awakening man to his moral responsibilities. Had the ministers taken hold of this work in accordance with the light that God has given them in various lines, there would have been a most decided reformation in eating, in drinking, and in dressing. But there are those who have stood directly in the way of the advance of Health Reform. They have held the people back by their indifferent or depreciatory remarks, and their supposed pleasantries and jokes. They themselves and a large number of others have been sufferers, even unto death, but all have not yet learned wisdom.  {PC 160.3}
[PC 160.4]          The Lord would vindicate the word He has given to His servants. Had all united to walk in the light, from the time the light was first given on this subject, there would have been an army of sensible arguments employed to vindicate the work of God. But it has been by most aggressive warfare that any advancement has been made. The souls and bodies of the people have been the case, if those who claimed to believe the truth had lived out its sacred principles in their lives. But these were unwilling to deny self, unwilling to yield their mind and will to the will of God; they were determined to have their own way, and they have realized in their own sufferings the sure results of such a course.  {PC 160.4}
[PC 160.5]          God has claims upon all who are engaged in his service. He desires that every power and endowment shall be under the divine control, and that they shall be as healthy as careful, strictly temperate habits can make them. We are under obligation to God to make an unreserved consecration of ourselves to him, body and soul, with all the faculties appreciated as God's entrusted gifts, to be employed in his service. All our energies and capabilities                                                            161.     are to be constantly strengthened and improved during this period of probationary time.  {PC 160.5}
[PC 161.1]          But those who have occupied positions of influence have not appreciated the work which has been so long neglected. They have not become interested and diligent students of the building which God has made for his habitation. They consider it far more important to become learners upon subjects of less consequence to the human agent. Thousands upon thousands know nothing of the body, and how to care for it. David declared, "I am fearfully and wonderfully made." And when God has given us such a habitation, why should not every apartment be critically examined. The chambers of the mind and the heart apartment are the most important. Why should men and women continue in ignorance, and live in the basement of the house, enjoying sensual and debasing pleasures?  {PC 161.1}
[PC 161.2]          Great care should be taken when the change is made from a flesh meat to a vegetarian diet to supply the table with wisely prepared, well-cooked articles of food. So much porridge eating is a mistake. The dry food, that requires mastication is far preferable. The health food preparations are a blessing in this respect. Good brown bread and rolls, prepared in a simple manner yet with painstaking effort will be healthful. Bread should never have the slightest taint of sourness. It should be cooked until it is most thoroughly done. Thus all softness and stickiness will be avoided.  {PC 161.2}
[PC 161.3]          For those who can use them, good vegetables, prepared in a healthful manner are better than soft mushes or porridge. Fruits used with thoroughly cooked bread two or three days old will be more healthful than fresh bread. This with slow and thorough mastication, will furnish all that the system requires.  {PC 161.3}
[PC 161.4]          "As a man thinketh so is he." If the appetite is allowed to rule, then the mind will be brought under its control. When the stomach is educated to discard that which will prove only an injury to it, the simplest kinds of food will satisfy its hunger.  {PC 161.4}
[PC 161.5]          It is not well to take a great variety of foods at one meal. When fruit and bread, together with a variety of other foods that do not agree, are crowded into the stomach at one meal, what can we expect but that a disturbance will be created?  {PC 161.5}
[PC 161.6]          The mixing largely of white or brown flour bread with milk in the place of water is not a healthful preparation. If the bread thus cooked is allowed to stand over, and is then broken open, there will frequently be seen long strings like cobwebs, and this, in warm weather, soon causes fermentation to take place in the stomach. Milk should not be used in place of water in breadmaking. All this is extra expense, and is not wholesome. The taste may be educated so that it will prefer bread prepared in this way; but the more simply it is  made, the better it will satisfy hunger, and the more natural will be the appetite to enjoy the plainest diet.  {PC 161.6}
[PC 161.7]          We had a large family to cook for, and the ten quarts of milk which our cow gave each day was not sufficient for our family     162.     use. At times three extra quarts had to be purchased to give us enough to mix the bread with milk. This was a most extravagant business, and wholly unnecessary. I had this order of things changed, and the testimony of nearly all was that the bread was more appetizing than when mixed with milk.  {PC 161.7}
[PC 162.1]          Every housekeeper should feel it her duty to educate herself to make good sweet bread, and in the most inexpensive manner; and the family should refuse to have upon the table bread that is heavy and sour; for it is injurious. There are a large number of poor families who buy the common baker's bread which is often sour, and is not healthful for the stomach. In every line of cooking the questions that should be considered is, "How shall the food be prepared in the most natural and inexpensive manner?" And there should be careful study that the fragments of food left over from the table be not wasted. Study how, that in some way these fragments of food shall not be lost. This skill, economy, and tact is a fortune. In the warmer part of the season, prepare less food. Use more dry substance. There are many poor families, who, although they have scarcely enough to eat, can often be enlightened as to why they are poor, there are so many jots and tittles wasted.  {PC 162.1}
[PC 162.2]          The meat diet is the serious question. Shall human beings live on the flesh of dead animals? The answer, from the light that God has given is, No; decidedly no. Health Reform institutions should educate on this question. Physicians who claim to understand the human organism ought not to encourage their patients to subsist on the flesh of dead animals. They should point out the increase of disease in the animal kingdom. The testimony of examiners is that very few animals are free from disease, and that the practice of eating largely of meat is contracting diseases of all kinds, - cancers, tumors, scrofula, tuberculosis, and numbers of other like affections. If men will subsist on the food that God has so abundantly provided without having it first pass into the animal organism and become sinew and muscle, and then take it second hand by eating of the corpse, his health would be much better insured.  {PC 162.2}
[PC 162.3]          The ministers in our land should become intelligent upon Health Reform. They need to become acquainted with the science of physiology. They will be intelligent in regard to the laws that govern physical life, and their bearings upon the health of mind and soul. Then they will be able to speak correctly upon this subject. In their obedience to physical laws that are to hold forth the word of life to the people, and lead up higher and still higher in the work of reform. "I beseech you therefore brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service." "Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul; having your conversation honest amongst the Gentiles: that, whereas they speak against you as evil doers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation. All who claim to be teachers should urge, both by precept and example the necessity of abstaining from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul.                                                                  163.  {PC 162.3}
[PC 163.1]          What shall arouse those who claim to be walking in the light that is shining upon the people of God in these last days? A lethargy of unconscious sensualism through indulgence of perverted appetite, a constant submitting of soul and body and spirit to moral defilement is upon the people. Under the marriage vow, which our Creator has instituted, appetite has been perverted and indulged. And these lustful appetites, with their destroying power, have been transmitted from parents to children, and so intensified that their names are recorded in the books of heaven as transgressors of God's law. Upon their very countenances is imprinted the sin of Sodom. And continuance in these sins will bring the sure and terrible results. They will suddenly be destroyed, and that without remedy. They will receive the sentence, "He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still. And, behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man according, as his work shall be. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and enter in through the gates into the city. For without are dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie."  {PC 163.1}
[PC 163.2]          This is the final judgment. Let the senses of all be aroused; for many whose names now appear on the church books are not the children of God. In the books of heaven it is recorded of them, "Thou art weighed in the balances, and found wanting." Let every church in our land arouse to the importance of studying the word of God, and with much earnest prayer, not stand afar off, but "draw nigh unto God." The promise is, "He will draw nigh unto you." Then you may keep life in your souls, and obtain a sound experience. Then you will not be of that class of whom it is written, "And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold."  {PC 163.2}
[PC 163.3]          Let the Lord Jesus come into your houses and into your hearts. Every talent entrusted to us is to be used and improved in accordance with the will of the Giver. Days, months, and years are added to our existence that we may improve our opportunities and advantages for working out our own individual salvation, and promoting the well-being of others by our unselfish life. Thus may we build up the kingdom of Christ, and make manifest the glory of God.  {PC 163.3}
[PC 163.4]          Human exertion, physical and intellectual ability, will be taxed to the utmost to keep the feet of the youth in the path where we can trace the footprints of Jesus. The young men have not had all the attention that they should have had in order to develop their talents. The arrangements made in the missionary line of work are far in the rear. Councils have been corrupted, and board meetings been conducted by inefficient members who felt not the necessity of having the constraining power of the Holy Spirit upon the youth, to help them to choose the illumination from above. The youth need sanctified example, an acknowledgment of Omnipotence in the grand work of becoming home and foreign missionaries. They need to behold in the cross of Christ the only     164.     true power to sustain the human agent in his continuous struggle against temptations, amid disappointments and reverses. How many of the General Conference have said to the workers "Go," but have left many to make brick without straw, have given them no facilities or help.  {PC 163.4}
[PC 164.1]          The malarious, poisonous atmosphere, which surrounds the souls of those who are dead in trespasses and sins, is causing them to become like the inhabitants of the Noatic world, who, because they chose to follow the imaginations of their own corrupt minds, and dishonor God by their wicked inventions, they became corrupt in body and soul, and hated the God who made them. God sent them a message that they should not live, but should be destroyed because of their wicked works. And whole families today are in need of being terribly alarmed. They have been, and still are, corrupting their way before God. They are so steeped in licentiousness that they do not discern the difference between the pure affections given them of God, the attributes of human nature, and the destructive lusts which by indulgence and wicked inventions make them as sinful as were those before the flood and the inhabitants of Sodom.  {PC 164.1}
[PC 164.2]         In assuming human nature that He might reach to the very depths of human woe and misery, and lift man up, Christ has shown what estimate He places upon the human race. In this work everything was at stake. Satan claimed to be the lawful owner of the fallen race; and with what persistent efforts did he seek to overthrow Christ through his subtlety! It was only by most desperate conflict with the powers of Satan that Christ could accomplish his purpose of restoring the almost obliterated image of God in man, and place his own signature upon his forehead. It was a desperate battle; for Satan had so long worked in league with human intelligences as to about completely intercept every ray of light shining from the throne of God upon the human mind. The cross of Calvary alone could destroy the works of the devil. In that wondrous sacrifice all eyes were called to "behold the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world." The love of Christ kindles in the heart of all who continue to behold him.  {PC 164.2}
[PC 164.3]          Satan's ear caught the words spoken by John the Baptist, "Behold the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world," and he determined to unite all the power of his army and of human beings with himself to accomplish the ruin of the race. He would commence with the appetite. He could bring his temptations to bear upon this point, and by a perverted appetite destroy the mental and physical force, and make man appear a revolting, polluted being before his Maker. And Satan has carried out his purpose.  {PC 164.3}
[PC 164.4]          All nature makes manifest the work of God. Man is fearfully and wonderfully made, and if man had obeyed the laws of Jehovah in his natural laws, the image of God would have been revealed in him. But by sinning against his own body, by indulging his unnatural appetite and disturbing the action of the human machinery; by the use of alcoholic drinks, narcotics, and the flesh of diseased animals, man has dis-ordered and crippled the Lord's divine arrangements. Nature does her best to expel the poisonous drug tobacco, but frequently she is overborne. She gives up the struggles to expel the intruder, and the life is sacrificed in                                                                   165.     the conflict. Every pernicious drug placed in the human stomach, whether by prescription of physicians, or by man himself doing violence to the human organism, injures the whole machinery. Every intemperate indulgence of lustful appetite is at war with natural instinct and the healthful condition of every nerve and muscle and organ of the wonderful human machinery which through the Creator's powers possesses organic life.  {PC 164.4}
[PC 165.1]          Nature would do her work wisely and well if the human agent would, in his treatment of the body, co-operate with the divine purpose. But how Satan and his whole confederacy rejoice to see how easily his powers of deception and art can persuade men to form an appetite for most unpleasant stimulants and narcotics. And then when nature has been overborne, enfeebled in all her working force, there is the drug medication to come from the physicians, to kill the remaining vital force and leave men miserable wrecks of suffering, of imbecility, of insanity, and of loathsome disease. God is hidden from the human observation by the hellish shadow of Satan.  {PC 165.1}
[PC 165.2]          In Luke 4:16-19, Christ announces his mission and work for the world: "And he came to Nazareth, where he had been brought up, and, as his custom was, he went into the synagogue on the Sabbath day, and stood up for to read. And there was delivered unto him the book of the prophet Esaias. And when he had opened the book, he found the place where it was written, The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor: he hath sent me to heal the broken hearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, to preach the acceptable year of the Lord." Jesus himself became man's ransom, his liberator from the oppressive power of Satan. "Ye are not your own," he says, "for ye are bought with a price." We are bought from a power whose slaves we were. And the price our ransom cost was the only begotten Son of God. His blood alone could ransom guilty man. "For God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {PC 165.2}
[PC 165.3]          O, if every one could discern these matters as they have been presented to me those who are now so careless, so indifferent in regard to their character building; those who plead for indulgence in a flesh meat diet, would never open their lips in justification of an appetite for the flesh of dead animals. Such a diet contaminates the blood of their veins, and stimulates the lower animal passions. It enfeebles keen perception and vigor of thought to the understanding of God and the truth, and a knowledge of themselves.  {PC 165.3}
[PC 165.4]          Christ gave his life a ransom for many. Christ was to come under the cruel power of Satan. Satan hoped if he could once gain the supremacy he would overcome Christ. He had obtained mastery over the human family, and through disobedience to God's holy law, had brought them under his jurisdiction. He unjustly claimed them as his own subjects. But Christ takes the prey from the enemy. Satan was to be overcome by the Son of man.     166.  {PC 165.4}
[PC 166.1]          Christ removed every obstruction that man might return to his allegiance to God. Christ became subject to suffering in behalf of man. And yet man by his selfish indulgence, is willing to place himself in slippery places, and through unnatural appetite obliterate the image of God. Man, who has been endowed with physical, mental, and moral power, has placed himself where he is a weakling. Satan knows that he cannot overcome man unless he can control his will. He can do this by deceiving man so that he will co-operate with him in transgressing the laws of nature in eating and drinking, which is transgression of the law of God.  {PC 166.1}
[PC 166.2]          Here is where the subject on intemperance grows into importance. Here is where Satan works to so confuse minds by a perverted appetite that man cannot discern sacred things from common. Cheap things are placed on a level with the sacred. Animalism is strengthened, the higher powers weakened.  {PC 166.2}
[PC 166.3]          The physical and mental condition of the parents is perpetuated in their offspring. This is a matter that is not duly considered. Wherever the habits of the parents are contrary to physical law, the injury to themselves will be repeated in the future generations. Satan knows this very well, and he is perpetuating his work through transmission. Let the husband and wife in their married life prove a help and a blessing to one another. Let them consider the cost of every indulgence in intemperance and sensualism. These indulgences do not increase love, not ennoble and elevate. Those who will indulge the animal passions and gratify lust will surely stamp upon their offspring the debasing practices, and grossness of their own physical and moral defilement. By physical, mental, and moral culture all may become co-workers with Christ. Very much depends upon the parents. It lies with them whether they shall bring into the world children who will prove a blessing or curse.  {PC 166.3}
[PC 166.4]          There is a much higher standard to be reached in every family. All can rise. By drawing nigh to God, they may receive power to resist the devil; for the Spirit of God lifts up a standard for them against the enemy. The father and the mother who know no higher rule of life than selfish indulgence of lustful passions are not Christians. They are lowering the standard of intellectual and moral character, and are descending down toward the brute creation, rather than upward to work in harmony with Jesus Christ to restore the moral image of God in man. Appetites are cherished that are low and debasing, and entirely unnatural.  {PC 166.4}
[PC 166.5]          God calls for reform in our churches. Satan is playing the game of life for every soul. He is seeking to brutify humanity whom God values. But when the appetite is held under the control of an intelligent, God-fearing mind, there will be a cultivation of pure, spiritual attributes. There will be a refusal to be led into a slavery that kills both physical, mental, and moral worth, and leaves the human agent, for whom Christ has paid so high a price, crippled, worthless, and tossed about with temptation.  {PC 166.5}
[PC 166.6]          Benumb not by intemperate habits, the faculties that God has given for wise improvement. Touch not, taste not, handle not,                                                                      167.     spirituous liquors in any form. But intemperance does not stop here. There are manufactured appetites which the author of our being has never created, and every departure from the simple natural laws which he has established in our being, is a departure from the law of God. This law embraces the treatment of the entire being. Every nerve and fiber and muscle of the body has been constructed by God, and so arranged as to minister happiness to the human agent. But man has sought out many inventions. He has treated his body as if its laws had no such thing as penalty, and in this sin against his body he has dishonored his Maker.  {PC 166.6}
[PC 167.1]          Satan has carried out his plans in this respect. Man's appetite has become perverted, his organs and powers enfeebled, crippled, and diseased. And these results which he has through his specious temptations brought about he uses to taunt God with. He presents before God the appearance of the human being whom Christ has purchased as his property. And what an unsightly representation he is of his Maker! God is dishonored, because man has corrupted his ways before the Lord.  {PC 167.1}
[PC 167.2]         The Creator of man has arranged the living machinery of our bodies. Every function is wonderfully and wisely made. And God pledged himself to keep this human machinery in healthful action if the human agent will obey his laws and co-operate with God. Every law governing the human machinery is to be considered just as truly divine in origin, in character and in importance as the Word of God. Every careless, inattentive action, any abuse put upon the Lord's wonderful mechanism, by disregarding his specified laws in the human habitation, is a violation of God's law. We may behold and admire the work of God in the natural world, but the human habitation is the most wonderful.  {PC 167.2}
[PC 167.3]          From the first dawn of reason, the human mind should become intelligent in regard to the physical structure. Here Jehovah has given a specimen of himself for man was made in the image of God. It is Satan's determined work to destroy the moral image of God in man. He would make the intelligence of man, his highest, noblest gift, the most destructive agent, to pollute with sin everything he touches.  {PC 167.3}
[PC 167.4]          Not only the human, but the brute creation are made to suffer through Satan's attributes wrought out through the human agent. One human being becomes Satan's co-partner to tempt, allure, and deceive his fellow-men by vicious practices. And the sure result is diseased bodies, because of the violation of moral law; "Because iniquity shall abound the love of many shall wax cold." It is Satan's determined purpose to deceive the human family to such an extent that he can bring them as a mass on his side to work with him in making man believe that the law of God is no longer obligatory upon the human race. Then he will find agencies which will multiply his efficiency in leading man to ignore the law of God. When they do this, then he rules them with a rod of iron.  {PC 167.4}
[PC 167.5]          The only definition of sin given in God's Word is transgression of the law. It is not excusable, and has no defence or justification. It will be the final and eternal condemnation of the originator of sin and all the angels who united with him in the heavenly courts, who joined the confederacy of evil, identifying     168.     themselves with the great apostate. When the question comes, "Why have ye done thus?" every tongue will be silent; the rebellious world will stand speechless before God. Of Satan God had said, "Thou was perfect in all thy ways from the day that thou wast created, until iniquity was found in thee."  {PC 167.5}
[PC 168.1]          Sin entered the world by the defection of one who stood at the head of the holy angels. What was it that wrought so great a change, transforming a loyal, honored subject into an apostate? The answer is given, "Thine heart was lifted up because of thy beauty; thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness." Had not the Lord made the covering cherub so beautiful, so closely resembling his own image; had not God awarded him special honor; had anything been left undone in the gifts of beauty and power and honor, then Satan might have had some excuse. But God declares, "Thou sealest up the sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty. Thou hast been in Eden the garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering. . . .Thou art the anointed cherub that covereth; and I have set thee so; thou wast upon the holy mountain of God: thou hast walked up and down in the midst of the stones of fire. Thou wast perfect in all thy ways from the day that thou wast created until iniquity was found in thee. By the multitude of thy merchandise they have filled the midst of thee with violence, and thou hast sinned; therefore I will cast thee as profane out of the mountain of God; and I will destroy thee, O covering cherub, from the midst of the stones of fire. Thine heart was lifted up because of thy beauty, thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness; I will cast thee to the ground, I will lay thee before kings, that they may behold thee. Thou hast defiled thy sanctuary by the multitude of thine iniquities, by the iniquity of thy traffic; therefore will I bring forth a fire from the midst of thee, it shall devour thee, and I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold thee. All that know thee among the people shall be astonished at thee; thou shalt be a terror, and never shalt thou be any more."  {PC 168.1}
[PC 168.2]          Why O why cannot the world see where they are drifting, and the sure result. The Lord has wrought in sending the living preacher with the word of life. It is the word of God to a people who through Satan's devices know him not. When the Lord's ministers in sincerity hold forth the word of life, there should be those connected with him to help him in the work.  {PC 168.2}
[PC 168.3]          The sowing of the gospel seed will not be a success unless the seed is quickened into life by the dew of heaven. Before one book of the New Testament was written, the Holy Spirit came upon the praying apostles, and the testimony of their enemies was, "Ye have filled all Jerusalem with your doctrine."  {PC 168.3}
[PC 168.4]          The teacher himself must be the living embodiment of truth. His self denial and charity is his witness that he bears the message of heaven. He has himself eaten of the flesh and drank of the blood of the Son of God, and this is eternal life. Taught by the Spirit, he will not be satisfied with less than the salvation of souls.     M. V. H. January 11, '07                                                                       169.  {PC 168.4}
[PC 169.1]     June 19, 1911                                            MS -9-1911              Remarks of Mrs. E. G. White Regarding Aggressive Moves                                at Loma Linda                                                At a meeting in the Chapel                                                        April 20, 1911            (Thursday afternoon, April 20, there was a council meeting called in the Loma Linda Chapel, to consider the opportunity that had just been presented to purchase from Mr. Kelly a tract of land west of the Pepper Drive and south of the Colton Road, consisting of about eighty-four acres.  {PC 169.1}
[PC 169.2]          After very brief remarks about the Vine and the branches, and the benefits resulting from the disciplinary process of pruning, Sister White spoke of various phases of the work.)  {PC 169.2}
[PC 169.3]          Today with Sister McEnterfer, and again with my son, I rode around the Loma Linda grounds, and took more particular notice of them than ever before; and I feel very thankful that we have such a place. Surely we ought to be a grateful people because God has brought us into possession of this beautiful place.  {PC 169.3}
[PC 169.4]          In our meetings during this council, we have been speaking of the higher education. What is the higher education? It is to understand Christ's words and teachings, and to follow on to know the Lord. It is to know that His going forth is prepared as the morning.  {PC 169.4}
[PC 169.5]          Today, as I looked over the place more thoroughly than ever before, and saw the grounds, the drives, and the cottages that were standing before we came here, I felt gratitude in my heart toward God, that through His providence we had been brought into possession of Loma Linda. I felt thankful also to see the improvements that have been made since we have had the place. And I thought how important it is that we make every move in accordance with the will of God.  {PC 169.5}
[PC 169.6]          As the Lord prospers us, we should manifest our gratitude by a willingness to advance. We should see the advantage of adding to that which we already have. I feel a burden regarding the danger of letting anybody come into the neighborhood to spoil the place.  {PC 169.6}
[PC 169.7]          There is a piece of land across the railroad, lying next to a piece already purchased, which should be secured. One day we drove over it, and all around it. We wanted to see all about it. And I am sure from the representations that have been made to me, that this piece of land ought to come into our possession. If you are wise, the next time I come here, you will have that land. I will try to help you all I can. Let us work intelligently.  {PC 169.7}
[PC 169.8]          There are several reasons why you should have this land. You need the produce from it for your cattle to subsist upon; this piece is close at hand, and joins that which you already have.     170.  {PC 169.8}
[PC 170.1]          Here we have our school, and here many important interests are centered. We must not permit elements to come in that will tend to hinder and retard the work. It will be pleasing to the Lord if we keep our eyes wide open, and are fully awake, ready to take advantage of every circumstance, that will place us in right relation to the work we have to do. It would be a grievous error for us to allow to pass an opportunity to secure this property, for we might never again have such an opportunity. I advise you to secure it before it becomes so expensive that you could not afford to buy it.  {PC 170.1}
[PC 170.2]          There is danger of our becoming too narrow. These many little houses close together across the railroad do not look well. If we can get land, and have room, so as not to build any more in that way, it will be better.  {PC 170.2}
[PC 170.3]          You need the land, and it will be a matter of regret bye and bye if it is not secured. Do not make any delay to take steps that will prevent it being taken up by those who would plan for unbelievers to crowd into it. We should keep them out. If we do this, we shall have reasons to rejoice.  {PC 170.3}
[PC 170.4]          The Lord is well pleased with what you have already done here at Loma Linda. When one sees the prosperity that has attended the work, and the spirit of consecration that prevails, the conviction deepens that you are working in harmony with God.  {PC 170.4}
[PC 170.5]          I desire that all the work of this place shall be a correct representation of what our health institutions should be. Let everything that we lay our hands to show the result of the moving of the Spirit of God upon the human hearts. This will be evidence that we have the higher education. Workers whose hearts are in obedience to the movings of the Spirit of God will make this place what God desires it to be. I am surprised, happily surprised to see everything looking so well. It is beyond my expectations. And now let everyone strive to keep it so, and labor for improvement.  {PC 170.5}
[PC 170.6]          I am highly gratified as I look upon the land we already have. This will be one of the greatest blessings to us in the future, one that we do not fully appreciate now, but which we shall appreciate bye and bye. I hope that you will get the other land that I have spoken of, and join it to that which you already have. It will pay you to do this. As I have carried the burden of this place from the very beginning, I wanted to say this much to you. Now I leave the matter with you; and let us work in harmony.  {PC 170.6}
[PC 170.7]                            Our Duty to Reach Out          Individually we should stand in freedom before God, serving Him intelligently. The Lord will work through every soul who is consecrated to Him. He will give them knowledge and spiritual understanding; and He will direct their steps. How shall we know that He is leading us? Because we act in accordance with the Holy Spirit, and are in harmony with Christ.                                                                    171.  {PC 170.7}
[PC 171.1]          You know how hard the enemy worked that we should not get this place. Now it is in our possession, and you have been working to the point of occupying and using and improving the place for the benefit of the sick and the honor of Christ's name. The Lord is pleased with this. He wants you to work His vineyard faithfully; and your faithful service appeals to the understanding of the patients and visitors. If it were not for this faithfulness, you never would have secured the favor and gained the advantages that you enjoy today in regard to the educational work taken up here. You stand in favor before the people. This advantageous position you could not have gotten if there had been a laxness in the work and a leaving things at loose ends. "Wherefore, gird up the loins of your mind; be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ."  {PC 171.1}
[PC 171.2]          Those who stand here are to be an example in humility, in steadfastness, in high standing, showing to the world what is the higher education, showing what it means to be linked up with Christ. If your will is united with Jesus Christ, we shall see the work of God advance steadily in this place. It will reach to Riverside; it will reach to other places that are all around. There is a work to be done in many little settlements round about here. There is no virtue in settling down in one place, and spending all your time and energies there. There are many towns and settlements where earnest work needs to be done for the saving of souls. You are to have an arm of strength in all these places. The word comes to you: Be wise; be vigilant.  {PC 171.2}
[PC 171.3]          We should feel a deep interest in those souls who are brought into connection with us. We are to labor for them, leaving unused no means that God has put in His world for our use in the behalf of others. It was thus that Christ labored. Going from place to place, He preached the precious gospel, sowing the seeds of truth in the hearts of the men and women who would listen to His testimony. And He wants every soul of us to appreciate the work that He has given us, and the example He has set.  {PC 171.3}
[PC 171.4]                            Unity Among the Workers          Do not let division come in to destroy the spirit of unity. We want unity; and when we pray together, let faith lay hold upon the Mighty One. Christ is looking upon us in love. If we will walk in His footsteps, following on to know the Lord, we shall know that His going forth is prepared as the morning.  {PC 171.4}
[PC 171.5]          The blessed Saviour did not refuse to die for men, but for their sakes submitted to abuse and mockery from His enemies. His life was taken away in cruelty. As He hung upon the cross, His enemies, standing at the foot, divided His garments among them. Consider how much Christ endured that we might believe that no experience can come to us that He does not fully understand. We are to be led by a spirit entirely opposite to that which inspired the enemies of Christ. It is our privilege to help one another and sustain one another, thus showing that the Spirit of God is working in heart and mind and character.  {PC 171.5}
[PC 171.6]          I am glad there are sensible men and women here. I am pleased that there is a strong force of physicians and teachers. And I     172.     want to say to you all: Work in harmony. "I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no division among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind, and in the same judgment." The Lord wants you to do this, and I believe you will. If you can not possibly do it here, just go away where you can. We need to draw steadily with Christ, and to labor to glorify His holy name. And the responsible men and women in this place should give thanks to God for His manifold mercies. But do not complain, or indulge in criticism, because this is all out of place. It will spoil the work.  {PC 171.6}
[PC 172.1]                      Not Amusements, but Consecrated Work          There are some who feel that if there is prosperity here it will be necessary to get up some amusement. Let us not cherish such thoughts as this. Rather let the people see that you have a mind for usefulness and duty, and that to the saving of the soul. The amusements that consume time, just to gratify self, do not pay.  {PC 172.1}
[PC 172.2]          I have felt so thankful regarding the improvements that I see here. God has prospered you, and He will continue to prosper. And we must give ourselves to the education of those who do not appreciate these things. We must keep it before them in the living light. Regarding the securing of means for the development of the work, you must exercise that living faith that takes hold from above. Some here know what a battle we have had in order to secure harmonious action; and we thank the Lord that when the enemy comes in like a flood, then the Spirit of the Lord lifts up for us a standard against the enemy.  {PC 172.2}
[PC 172.3]          Some will think that by having amusements here we will gain more influence. But what we want is to go steadily forward, with our hands firmly holding the divine promises, believing that Christ will lead and guide and bless, and place a heavenly stamp upon our work. Do not feel that there is not enough in all that we have to do in this place for Christ and heaven, and that you must reach out for some amusement outside of your God-given work. Do not do it; for this will not harmonize with Christ's example. Stand solidly for God. Tell the students, Here we have Riverside and other places. If you want to do a good work, take our publications, and carry them to these places. Hold meetings, and let the people see that you have a living connection with heaven.  {PC 172.3}
[PC 172.4]          If you are a child of God, your prayers, and your work to strengthen and build up will have an influence, and God will bestow His blessing upon you. We need not feel that we must provide amusements to gratify the desires of some who come in here hoping to attract attention to themselves. It would be better that such ones should go elsewhere. We are here to give the last message of warning to a perishing world, and every jot of our influence is to be consecrated to God. It is not His will that frivolous, unsanctified amusements shall be instituted here. We have a heaven to win, a hell to shun; let us work solidly in behalf of ourselves and others for eternal life in the kingdom of God.                                                                173.  {PC 172.4}
[PC 173.1]          At Paradise Valley I told the workers that they must do all in their power to honor and glorify God. God makes the impression upon hearts; it is not we who make it. If we work faithfully to glorify God, He makes the impression upon the people. He will lift up and strengthen every soul that seeks Him in sincerity. He will teach us how to lay hold of His promises, so that His grace shall abound in the soul.  {PC 173.1}
[PC 173.2]          It is our privilege to be co-workers with God. Let no one feel that he must secure the highest place in order that he may do the greatest amount of acceptable service. Do not fear that you will lose patronage unless you enter into some of the world's fashions and amusements. Your eyes must be fixed on the pattern Christ Jesus. Imitate Him, in works, in conversation, in your deportment before the people. If you will follow in the footsteps of Jesus, you will have an everlasting reward. The way is open for you to work in unison with Christ; and He who gave His precious life for you will help and strengthen you, and guide you step by step, if you desire to be led.                                              Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 173.2}
[PC 173.3]                               "Be of Good Cheer"          Talk by Mrs. E. G. White at the time of the Board meeting of the College of Medical Evangelists, Loma Linda, California, November 9, 1912.  {PC 173.3}
[PC 173.4]          I feel very thankful that it is our privilege to believe in God and to walk carefully in accordance with the instruction He has given us in His Word. If we do this, our hearts will respond to the impressions of the Spirit of God, and we shall follow on to know the Lord, whose going forth is prepared as the morning. And let us always remember that just as His going forth is prepared as the morning, so we are to expect the revelations of His grace as we advance. But if we keep silent, if we do not feel the importance of moving in harmony with His will, we shall not have His blessing attending us. We cannot afford, brethren and sisters, to be without His help and guidance. We need to be in a position where we can talk with God. We are to commune with Him. He who is our sanctification, our righteousness, has given us the privilege of being in a position where we may have a continually increasing faith. We must ever live by faith, and follow on to know the Lord.  {PC 173.4}
[PC 173.5]          God's promises to us are so rich, so full, that we need never hesitate or doubt; we need never waver or backslide. In view of the encouragements that are found all through the Word of God, we have no right to be gloomy or despondent. We may have weakness of body; but the compassionate Saviour says: "Ask, and it shall be given you, seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened."  {PC 173.5}
[PC 173.6]          Will you believe these assurances? Will you say, "Yes, Lord, I take Thee at Thy word. I will begin where I am to talk an increase     174.     of faith; I will take hold of the promises; they are for me." Oh, brethren and sisters, what we want is a living, striving, growing faith in the promises of God, which are indeed for you and for me.  {PC 173.6}
[PC 174.1]          Many, many times I have been instructed by the Lord to speak words of courage to His people. We are to put our trust in God, and believe in Him, and act in accordance with His will. We must ever remain in a position where we can praise the Lord and magnify His name. Then we shall see light in His Word, and follow on to know Him, whose going forth is prepared as the morning.  {PC 174.1}
[PC 174.2]         In the first Epistle of Peter we read: "Peter, an apostle of Jesus Christ, to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia, elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father, through sanctification of the spirit, unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you, and peace, be multiplied. Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to an inheritance incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for you, who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation ready to be revealed in the last time."  {PC 174.2}
[PC 174.3]          These words are all-sufficient evidence that God desires us to receive great blessings. His promises are so clearly stated that there is no cause for uncertainty. He desires us to take Him at His word At times we shall be in great perplexity and not know just what to do. But at such times it is our privilege to take our Bibles, and read the messages He has given us; and then get down on our knees, and ask Him to help us. Over and over again He has given evidence that He is a prayer-hearing and prayer-answering God. He fulfills His promises in far greater measure than we expect to receive help.  {PC 174.3}
[PC 174.4]          So long as Satan continues to live, we shall have perplexity; and if we choose to follow the counsel of the enemy, we shall have constant difficulty; but if we refuse to yield to Satanic influences, choosing rather to lay hold on God and on the promises of His Word, we shall be able to help and strengthen and uphold one another. Thus we shall bring into the work with which we are connected a spirit of courage. Never are we to utter a word that would arouse doubt or fear, or that would cast shadows over the minds of others. I am determined not to permit myself to speak discouraging words; and when I hear criticism and complaint, or an expression of doubt and fear, I know that he who thus speaks has his eyes turned away from the Saviour. I know every such person does not appreciate Him who at infinite sacrifice left the royal courts and came down into the world that was lost, and lived among the children of men in order that He might speak words of hope and good cheer to the discouraged and the desponding.                                                                175.  {PC 174.4}
[PC 175.1]          Wherever we are, we are under obligation, as disciples of our Lord and Master, to anchor our faith in the promises of God. Individually we are to believe. We are not to cast about for a possible doubt, or imagine that sometime we may have to stand beneath the shadow of a cloud that seems to be gathering. We are chosen of God to be His children. We have been bought with an infinite price, and we have no occasion for placing the suggestions of the enemy before the assurances of the Lord Jesus Christ.  {PC 175.1}
[PC 175.2]          The Lord desires us to act sensibly. We shall have trials; we need never expect anything else; for the time has not yet come when Satan is to be bound. Wherever we may be, we shall continue to have trials. But if we give up to the suggestions of the enemy, we lose the battle. Can we afford to yield to the arch-deceiver? Oh, no! We are to turn for help and deliverance to Him who "according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ," even the hope of an eternal inheritance reserved for those "who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation."  {PC 175.2}
[PC 175.3]          I was here at Loma Linda when this place was purchased. As I spoke to the people, the power of God came into our midst again and again. On the occasion of my first visit to look over the property, I knelt right down with our brethren and the representatives of the owners of the place who were here, I knelt right down in the midst of them and prayed to God about the work that should be undertaken and carried forward in Loma Linda. When I got up, some of those who were not of our faith seemed to be deeply moved. From that time I have ever felt under bounden duty to God to make this place just what it should be. I know that there are men here who have wrestled in the cause of God, and I know that they have passed through an experience that they never would have had if Satan had not had the power to oppress them.  {PC 175.3}
[PC 175.4]          Let us all strive to make of Loma Linda just what God means it should be. This is the principal thing I have to say - make this place what God would have you make of it. Every one of you is under bounden duty to God to labor in harmony, and to press the battle to the gate. If unbelievers come in and talk their doubts and fears, remember that Satan is not dead. He has agencies through whom he works; but shall we become discouraged because of this? Oh, no! Christ, our Saviour, lives and reigns. Let us not look on the dark side . As soon as we yield to the temptation to do this, we shall have plenty of company. But there is nothing to be gained by looking on the dark side. What we want is courage in the Lord; and we want to follow on to know the Lord, that we may know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. This is not going back into darkness. You know how the morning is prepared. If you follow on to know the Lord every day, you will increase in brightness, in courage, in faith, and the Lord Jesus will be to you a present help in every time of need.                                   Ellen G. White     176.  {PC 175.4}
[PC 176.1]                 Talk to Students and Helpers, Mrs. E.G. White                         in Chapel, April 16, 1912            Matthew 6.  "Take heed that ye do not your alms before men, to be seen of them; otherwise ye have no reward of your Father which is in heaven." Now there is a point we want to mark of these points: that if we expect that which Heaven is ready to bestow upon us, we must comply with the condition. "Therefore when thou doest thine alms, do not sound a trumpet before thee, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, that they may have glory of men. Verily I say unto you, They have their reward. But when thou doest alms, let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth: That thine alms may be in secret: and thy Father which seeth in secret himself shall reward thee openly." Now we want to understand every word, for it belongs just as much to this company as in the days when Christ was upon the earth to speak the words that he spoke.  {PC 176.1}
[PC 176.2]          "And when thou prayest, thou shalt not be as the hypocrites are: for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and in the corners of the streets, that they may be seen of men. Verily I say unto you, They have their reward. But thou, when thou prayest, enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret; and thy Father which seeth in secret shall reward thee openly. But when ye pray, use not vain repetitions, as the heathen do; for they think that they shall be heard for their much speaking. Be not ye therefore like unto them: for your Father knoweth what things ye have need of, before ye ask him." Now how particular is the marking out of this matter:  {PC 176.2}
[PC 176.3]          "After this manner therefore pray ye: Our Father which art in Heaven, hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors." Now there is a point that is of great advantage to us not to forget. You see we want all these things that are presented before us, we want them decidedly in our minds. "And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory for ever, Amen." Now here is one lesson, and we want to understand this lesson; we want to study it out and we want to see how much force and power that there is given us that we may understand how to conduct ourselves. "Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen." Now here is the prayer for our daily bread, and we want to understand that we are to recognize the gifts of God to us. And then again, "After this manner pray ye: Our Father which art in heaven. Hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come." Are we ready for it? Do we want it to come? Have we done all that God has specified that we should do in order that we may take this in completely and entirely? "Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our debts as we forgive our debtors." This is especially for us to practice, to learn. "For give us our debts as we forgive our debtors. And lead us not                                                           177.     into temptation, but deliver us from evil; for thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever, Amen."  {PC 176.3}
[PC 177.1]          Here is a positive agreement with God to us, and we want to understand this perfectly and intelligently, to carry it out. "And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: for thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, forever. Amen. For if ye forgive men their trespasses"--now let your ears be wide open--"if ye forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you: but if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses.  {PC 177.1}
[PC 177.2]          "Moreover when ye fast" - now here is special directions for us: "Moreover when ye fast, be not, as the hypocrites, of a sad countenance, for they disfigure their faces, that they may appear unto men to fast. Verily, I say unto you, They have their reward." It is all they will get. They won't get anything more. What they want is the very spirit of the prayer that they offer, to take it in and let that prayer be carried out in their daily life. "But thou, when thou fastest, anoint thine head, and wash thy face: That thou appear not unto men to fast, but unto thy Father which is in secret: and thy Father, which seeth in secret, shall reward thee openly." What does Sister White read all this for? you say. Because we have lessons to learn that we have not yet learned. "Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: But lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also." These are lessons that every one of us want to understand and become intelligently upon.  {PC 177.2}
[PC 177.3]          "The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light." What a promise! How broad! It could not be broader! "But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness!  {PC 177.3}
[PC 177.4]          "No man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one and love the other; or else he will hold to the one and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon. Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought" - that is, anxious thought, unbelieving thought - "for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment?" Can you answer that question? We want and God wants us to recognize that every gift that we receive, to be a help and strength to us, it cometh from God. And we should be grateful and we are to carry the gratitude in our individual hearts. And if we carry that gratitude into our individual hearts, let me tell you there will be a different atmosphere surrounding our souls from what we now have. Try to live closely - take the truth of God just as it is given in his word.  {PC 177.4}
[PC 177.5]          "No man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the     178.     one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon. Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought" - that is, anxious thought - "for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment?" Now that is what we want to understand. We want to understand the Word intelligently, and we do not want to make any makeup or make believe story about it, but we want to know that we are planning for an eternal inheritance in the kingdom of heaven. I want that understood. "Therefore I say unto you, Take no" - what? - anxious thought "for your body what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink: nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment? Behold the fowls of the air: for they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father feedeth them. Are you not much better than they? Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature? And why take ye thought (anxious thought) for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin; and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Wherefore, If God so clothes the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith? Therefore take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we drink? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed? (For after all these things do the Gentiles seek:) for your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness; and all these things shall be added unto you. Take therefore no thought for the morrow: for the morrow shall take thought for the things itself. Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof."  {PC 177.5}
[PC 178.1]          Now, I want to bring before you some things that have been presented to me, where many are making a mistake; and that is, their mind is more upon eating and drinking and dressing themselves than in feeling humble and prayerfully to serve God. And from the light the Lord has given me there is a decided change to take place in every family that has not this scripture unfolded in its meaning to them. We want to know what shall I do to be saved? individually. And when you begin to know the word in this way, you will find that God looks upon you and he will impart to you the understanding of his word that you shall not be covetous, after this thing and that thing and the other thing that is in the world. That is what this lesson is given for. And we want to be in that position that we can take our lessons, and that we can learn our lesson faithfully and put on Christ; put on the very elements of Christ's character in all our actions, in all our doings. That is what I felt intensely anxious that you should understand; that there is a work that you are to do in unity with Christ, and if you do that work in unity with Christ, the Holy Spirit will give you representations to the world that you are a man that is following on to know the Lord and to be taught of God. "Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body raiment?" Will you weary your body, and will you worry and will you fret and will you spoil your religious experience,                                                                   179.     because you do not trust in the Lord Jesus Christ to work for you when you are doing your best on your part? "Nor yet for your body, what shall ye put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment? Behold the fowls of the air: for they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they? Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature? And why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin" - excellent opportunity you have to study that - "and yet I say unto you that even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these." What a wonderful speech that is! "Wherefore, etc." Now we want to understand this. As it was presented to me, there is so much thinking and worrying and trouble of mind about things that you cannot help if you should think a week upon them. You cannot change it, but the Lord would help you to put your trust in Him, to look to Him, and his Holy Spirit will come upon you and you will have - not a disposition to quarrel because you do not have everything you want - but you will have a disposition to thank God from the heart for what you have. That is what we need. And unless you have that Spirit, and unless you carry it out, you will never enter the kingdom of Heaven.  {PC 178.1}
[PC 179.1]          I wanted to talk this morning, and I want you to see and understand that our Lord is a just and righteous God. We do not want the constant worry and fretting and complaining, we do not want to encourage it at all. We want to just stand in a position that we can see the goodness of God. Then we will have a pleasant disposition, and your company will be that which is pleasant, and the angels of God will see that you are copying the example that they have presented before you. We want, every one of us, to have an amiable disposition, and unless you have a sanctified, amiable disposition, you will lose heaven entirely. So that the care, anxiety, instead of worrying all the time for fear you shall not have something good and nice to eat or some dresses to put on, - now it is the most foolish thing, because you want to stand in a correct position before God. There is a mighty work to be done for everyone of us. And we are to understand it, and we cannot afford to lose the lessons that are brought in. We must know what God wants to work out through us. There is a great deal of mischief done in the imagination of our own hearts and minds that we want our individual way. But God wants us to come into right relation to him. And if we will consent to learn, why then we shall see of the salvation of God.  {PC 179.1}
[PC 179.2]          "Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith? Therefore take no thought saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we drink? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed? (For after all these things do the Gentiles seek:) for your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. But seek ye first the kingdom of God and his righteousness" - now there is where our lack is. We do not study and contemplate that disposition that calls us to help everyone that we possibly can, but we want that everything should come in an easy way to us. Now everyone will have the Holy Spirit of God upon them if they will seek for it in the right way, if they will     180.     come to him as little children, and if they will ask him for his Grace and his power and his salvation that they can be lifted up? - No, that isn't it. But that they may have all these advantages to present to be a blessing to those that are around them. What we want is to study the Bible and to find out the way that may take hold of the promises of God and claim them as ours. And we will be happy in that. The devil cannot get a chance either to come in and to tempt you and to destroy your peace. We must bring ourselves in right relation to God.  {PC 179.2}
[PC 180.1]          We want the blessing of God to rest upon every scholar and every teacher and these teachers should be converted daily to God. Angels of God will help them, and the ugly disposition that comes in like a flash - it isn't there. There is no place for it. We do not give it room. We aren't studying how we can get above our brother, or those that are around us, or our Sister. We must not do that. But we want to prepare to meet Christ every day. He came to this earth to give his life for us, that we might gain the precious victory of eternal life in the kingdom of glory. And he wants to encircle every one of you in his precious care, that you shall not reveal to the world a disposition that will not tend to elevate the religion of Jesus Christ, but lower it. You cannot afford it. And the great work that has been presented to me for our people is now - We have the great advantages here, and none has worked for them harder than I have tried to work in order that I might every step honor Christ, in our work here in this world. We are not to have a hasty temper; that is the devil's work, and we are not to have a wicked speech and unhappy thoughts of this one and that one and the other. No, indeed. We are not to try and excel this one and excel that one, but let our own fruit, in words, proper words, right words, words that will bless someone - let these words be spoken. But the converting power of God needs to be in all our schools, and we want to act for Christ. We want to serve him. We want to glorify him. We want to honor him, who made it possible by coming into our world and giving himself, giving himself a sacrifice to make it possible for us to be saved. That is what we want to appreciate, and we want to work it out in our life. We do not want to be a careless people here. We want everyone of us to be in the path that leads heavenward. And you read in the precious Book that "if you will follow on to know the Lord ye shall know his going forth is prepared as the morning." You know what that is. We need not give you any explanation at all. We want the saving grace of God. We do not want to try - and there is in every place, as it is presented to me, always all this striving to be first, for fear you shall not have the first honor and that you shall not have the glory of this and that and the other thing.  {PC 180.1}
[PC 180.2]          There is a great work to do. The Lord has a very special work to do for every soul of us, if we ever see the kingdom of heaven. Here are the young people. You are to have just that education that can win souls to Christ. It is not yourselves, merely, that are to be saved, but you are winning by giving an example to those that are around you, what the power of truth can be upon the individual mind. We want Christ within, the hope of glory. And when we make up our minds to be right, you just read this and keep it in your life, and you will be the most                                                           181.     contented person, and not striving for the best place. No such thing. You want just the place that God would desire for you, where the Lord can look upon you with pleasure, and if you "follow on to know the Lord, you shall know that his going forth is prepared as the morning." Now, I do not need to describe the morning to you. You know all about that. You are right here where you can see it, and we have not had very pleasant days for a few days, but we haven't heard anyone going around and complaining about the sun not shining. No indeed. You just go and try to help some soul that cannot get out of doors and see if you can encourage them, and it will be a blessing to them, but a much larger one to you.  {PC 180.2}
[PC 181.1]         What we want is to get what that as a people we shall reveal the sanctification of the Holy Spirit in our words and in our looks, and thus overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony. Now here is the point that will bring us into right relations to God. And when we begin to think that somebody else is getting ahead of us, just ask the Lord to put his Holy Spirit upon our mind and upon our heart and upon our character. What we want is pure and undefiled religion, and when we get that, let me tell you, three will be such a spirit seen here - Why, I remember how hard we work for fear that we would not get this place. There was a good many standing in our way, that did not want us to have it. They said that they could not carry the debt. They did not want us to have it. But we made our prayers to God, and came right where the men were and said, Not the first thing we will do is to present this case to God, and if he wants us to have this place, and we act in a righteous manner to get it, I have no question but we shall have it. The fears were started from a tall man that was in possession of the house, and dropping, dropping.  {PC 181.1}
[PC 181.2]          Well, now these words are precious in the sight of God, and he wants every one of us to educate ourselves in the faculty of the Spirit that is to circulate in the heavenly court when we shall enter there. And we must circulate that spirit here, or we will never enter there. What we want is righteousness and truth and the glory that God will bestow upon the ones that are diligently seeking in the right way to serve God that they may obtain Christ's righteousness. And in that way we shall find that our homes will be pleasant. Why, fathers and mothers have no right to be scolding and fretting with their children in their homes. It is a sin. We are fitting up - what for? The heavenly mansions. And we can teach it to our children that we can have no words, no crossness, we can have no quarreling in our house because that will send the angels of God away. We want the angels of God to fit us up that we may inherit the kingdom prepared for us from the foundation of the world.  {PC 181.2}
[PC 181.3]          Seek to practice the life that Christ has presented to us, that is a righteous life. That is what I wanted to say to my brethren here. There is to be no quarreling at all. There is room enough in our world, and there is a chance for everyone of us to perfect a Christian character in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth; and let us take hold of the work intelligently and then when there is any change to take place in the working of     182.     the cause here, if there is that sweetness and sanctification of the Holy Spirit of God there will be no such thing as this striving for the mastery. And when I said how here we have worked from place to place in order to obtain the health institutions I have felt it my duty to set before them the only claims they have of eternal life is to speak and act righteously. All this striving for the mastery is of the devil.  {PC 181.3}
[PC 182.1]          We want a place in the kingdom of God, and we cannot afford to speak an unrighteous word. Christ gave his life for us. What have we given him?  {PC 182.1}
[PC 182.2]          When I saw this place I knelt right down before the man and prayed that God would give it to us if it was right that we should have it. And when we got up from praying, he just took us around the premises and in every place and explained things to us, and showed us the greatest courtesy. Said, he, I would rather you would have it than any others. We can't keep it. And said he, we feel perfectly free that you should have this place. We gave him a price that we thought he would accept, and he did accept it, so that it was brought into our possession.  {PC 182.2}
[PC 182.3]          Well now we had three seasons of prayer, perhaps more than that, right in his presence, asking the Lord to have an influence upon our people, a sanctifying influence, because that Satan was going about like a roaring lion seeking whom he could devour; and we could not afford to be devoured. We were trying with all our might to obtain this place in such a manner that it would be perfectly harmonious with the one that wanted to sell it to us. And it was, from the beginning to the end.  {PC 182.3}
[PC 182.4]          Well, I want to tell you that I would not have this place enlarged one step unless there is a different atmosphere that shall circulate all through the premises here, and not one striving to get a place, and another striving to get a place, but that we should take everything into reasonable consideration. And every soul will have to be striving to do that every day. We want the light of heaven to decide our questions.  {PC 182.4}
[PC 182.5]          And when we went around with him from place to place, and he making his remarks about he was glad to have us have it, he thought we ought to have it, why, it pleased me very much. Well, here we have it, and the additions we have, and we are very grateful to God. But I want to tell you that it has been presented to me unless there is a decided change in some of the dispositions that are here, that they  can never enter the kingdom of heaven. It is self, self, self. And you can't afford it. We can't any of us afford to serve ourselves. We want to work intelligently, and do that which will bring glory to God. That is what we want. And that spirit must come in here and abide here. It has not been here in all times and in all places; and when there is a striving the enemy comes in and suggests things to the mind. You don't want that. You don't want his companionship nor his advice. Not at all. You want to work like intelligent Christians, and we tried to work that way in obtaining this place. I do not know that there has been one word of disagreement spoken since we have come to purchase the place. But whenever we met the men                                                              183.     we would tell them how thankful we were that we had this place, that we needed so very much and didn't know how that we should get along without it. "Well," said he, "I am just as glad as you are that you have got it. I am just as glad that you are the ones that have got the place." Well, now, I would a great deal rather than he would say that then for him to be complaining because we have it.  {PC 182.5}
[PC 183.1]          And I want to say that there is a lot to be done for your children in your homes. No crossness; they are God's children. It is the Lord's heritage, and you have no right to speak to them in a way which will create an unhappy disposition and spoil their tempers. You want to speak to your children kindly. I have felt it my duty, notwithstanding all my trials and these things, to bring up some children. They say, Why, you are bringing up so many children! I want them right in my home. I see the mothers do not know how to discipline them, and they are very glad to have me take them. And so I take them, and I have now three or four children that I have taken and trained in the very way I told you, never to speak a cross word. I would tell them, We will give you a ride every day, and we will try in all our words that there is nothing that shall deserve a tod. That is what we are going to try for. Well now, we accomplish what we try for.  {PC 183.1}
[PC 183.2]          Now there is an additional property that has come to us. Of course we have not purchased it, but we are glad of the addition. Why? Because we shall need it - every foot of it. I know how the matter has been presented to me. And I want to say that the Lord wants us to represent the Christian character. That is what he wants us to do. And it has not been represented here, not by all. But what did Christ do? When they tell me, "Why do you with all your work bring this child and that child and the other child?" Why, I said, "They would lose their souls if I did not." They have got to be educated kindly and brought up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. And I want to say that the Lord wants every soul of us to be in a position not to strive for the greatest place or the greatest honor. He wants us to work out the disposition that he may work in if you will let him. And we want the truth, and we want you to stand in that position that we will feel that we have not taken all these responsibilities for naught. We want to realize it. Why, I have tried with all my might to work at this and that and the other that would be a blessing, and we must be where we can cooperate with Heaven. And may the Lord give us grace and his Holy Spirit.  {PC 183.2}
[PC 183.3]          I have more to say on this subject. I was going away today, but I told them I must tell them something here; that the converting power of God must come through the congregations of those that settle here in this place if we give honor and glory to God. And this disposition to strive to get the highest place, and to strive for this and that and the other - let us put a stop to it. It does not please Jesus. And instead of laying the rod upon them, I take them in my chamber.     184.     Now, children, you have a character to form, I tell them, and unless you overcome the evil of your character, why, the Lord cannot receive you. But the Lord loves you, and he wants to have you. Now, you are younger than I. We will take you out every day, and we will go out into the woods and groves and we will talk together and we will pray together. And this we do.  {PC 183.3}
[PC 184.1]          And God wants us to be converted. O, how my heart aches for our children. We want them saved, but we must save them in God's appointed way. And I want you to understand that we have a Heaven to win, a heaven to win. And when I think of it, that so many children are not prepared nor getting prepared to enter heaven, I want to give every place something of this that we have got. We want heaven, and we want every one of these children should enter the courts of heaven and enjoy that life. What is it? Eternal life in the kingdom of glory. One child saved; one child taken from the clutches of the enemy, and we want you to walk in this direction to save the children. We have got a people that are watching us. And we are to conduct ourselves in such a way that they will be convinced we have got something that they have not got. And we are seeking for heaven, and we want every soul here to gain heaven.  {PC 184.1}
[PC 184.2]          We can be here only now and then. We have got more souls that are watching and waiting and begging for us to come, and we shall go as soon as we get through here, I expect. But I want to tell you we have a heaven to win, and a hell to shun! And it becomes us to be laborers together with Christ to redeem our souls in such a way that Christ shall say, Well done, thou good and faithful servant. Enter thou in to the joy of thy Lord. We are helping the Lord, and we want in all our schools to educate and train the youth, and we want the help of every soul that is in the place. The Son of God gave his life to redeem us, and what can we do for this? What can we do for all that are around us. We have got to act out the principles of heaven. We have got to try with all our might. And the Lord will help us, surely he will help us.  {PC 184.2}
[PC 184.3]          I do not want to weary you; I think I have talked about enough now. But I want you to understand that I appreciate everything that is to the advantage of this place, because I hope there will be an army that will be raised up here to glorify Jesus Christ, who gave his life for us. What can we do, only to show that we appreciate that gift? We are to show it in word, and show it in action; and may God bless every one of us, is my prayer. Amen.                                                               185.  {PC 184.3}
[PC 185.1]                                  Glendale, Los Angeles, California                                              September 4, 1905            We have recently purchased another sanitarium property, known as Loma Linda. I am most grateful to the Lord for making it possible for us to secure this property. It lies sixty miles east of Los Angeles, on the main line of the Southern Pacific Railway. It's name, Loma Linda, - Beautiful Hill - describes the place. Of the seventy-six acres comprised in the property, about thirty-four form a beautiful hill, which rises one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. Upon this hill the sanitarium building is situated.  {PC 185.1}
[PC 185.2]          The main building is an imposing structure of sixty-four rooms, having three stories and a basement. It is completely furnished, heated, by steam and lighted with electricity It is surrounded with large pepperwood trees and other shade trees.  {PC 185.2}
[PC 185.3]          The entrance steps broaden as one ascends, and from them is entered the glass parlor, a large, beautiful room three sides of which are glass. In this room there are ten rocking chairs, and more can be supplied if necessary. At appropriate distances, there are two decorative pillars, which look something like bowls turned upside down, and round these pillars are seats. This room opens into another large parlor, carpeted with excellent body brussels. In this room there are three lounges, ten rockers, and some upholstered chairs.  {PC 185.3}
[PC 185.4]          The second parlor opens into a spacious hall, which is furnished with easy chairs. At the right of the hall, double doors open into a large dining room. Ascending a few steps, one enters an office room, this room opens onto a beautiful grove of pepperwood trees.  {PC 185.4}
[PC 185.5]          About ten rods away, on what is known as Summit Hill, there is a group of fine cottages. The central cottage has nine beautiful rooms and two bathrooms. In the basement is the heating plant for the five cottages. Prettily grouped around this large cottage are four small ones, having four rooms each, with bath and toilet. An interesting feature of these cottages is that each room has its verandah, with broad windows running to the floor, so that the beds can be wheeled right out on to the verandah, and the patients can sleep in the open air.  {PC 185.5}
[PC 185.6]          There is another building, which was known as the Recreation building. In this is a billiard table, which must have cost several hundred dollars. This, of course, will be disposed of. A partition runs through this building, and we have thought that one side could be used for meetings, and the other side for class rooms.  {PC 185.6}
[PC 185.7]          The land is well cultivated, and will furnish much fruit and vegetables for the institution. Fifteen acres of the valley land is in alfalfa hay. Eight acres of the hill are     186.     in apricots, plums, and lemons. Ten acres are in good bearing orchard. Many acres of land round the cottages and the main building are laid out in lawns, drives, walks.  {PC 185.7}
[PC 186.1]          There are horses and carriages, cows and poultry, farming implements and wagons. The building and grounds are abundantly supplied with water.  {PC 186.1}
[PC 186.2]          This property is now in our possession. It cost the company from whom we purchased it about one hundred and forty thousand dollars. They erected the buildings, and ran the place for a time as a sanitarium. Then they tried to operate it as a tourist hotel, but this plan did not succeed, and they decided to sell. It was closed last April, and as the stockholders became more anxious to sell, it was offered to us for forty thousand dollars, and for this amount our brethren have purchased it.  {PC 186.2}
[PC 186.3]          O, how I long to see the sick and suffering coming to this institution. It is one of the most perfect places for a sanitarium that I have ever seen. I thank our heavenly Father for giving us such a place. It is provided with almost everything necessary for sanitarium work, and it is the very place in which sanitarium work can be carried forward by faithful workers.  {PC 186.3}
[PC 186.4]          The buildings are all ready, and work must be begun in them as soon as we can secure the necessary physicians and nurses. For some time I have been looking for just such a place as this, with good buildings, all ready for occupancy, surrounded by shade trees and orchards. When I saw Loma Linda, I said, Thank the Lord, This is the very place that I have been hoping to find.                                           Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 186.4}
[PC 186.5]                                           Paradise Valley Sanitarium                                        National City, California                                               September 15, 1905     Dr. Julia A. White:     Dear Sister:            I write to urge you to connect with our sanitarium work at Loma Linda. In the providence of God, this property has passed into our hands. The securing of this sanitarium, thoroughly equipped and furnished, is one of the most wonderful providences that the Lord has opened before us. It is difficult to comprehend all that this transaction means to us.  {PC 186.5}
[PC 186.6]          The Lord has signified that the time has come for us to work Redlands, San Bernardino, Riverside, and the neighboring towns. I am filled with a solemn joy at the thought that                                                               187.     these places are soon to be entered by our workers.  {PC 186.6}
[PC 187.1]          We need your services, my sister, just as soon as you can come. We are hoping that we may secure the services also of Dr. Holden. Sister Sarah Peck may undertake some of the lines of educational work. We are now anxious to see the work started and we hope to see you just as soon as you can come.  {PC 187.1}
[PC 187.2]          I have recently spent two weeks at Loma Linda. I am sending you a booklet that will give you some idea of the property. The large main building is furnished in an expensive manner. There are also five cottages, one having nine rooms, and others four each. In some of these, the verandahs are so arranged that beds can be rolled out from the rooms. The grounds are beautifully laid out. There are concrete walks between all the buildings. These walks are bordered with flowers. There is a good orchard, and ample grounds for garden. There are many eucalyptus, peppertrees, and many other varieties of ornamental trees and shrubbery. Meeting can be held in the open air on the beautiful lawns. There is also another building that has been used as a bowling alley and billiard hall. This can be utilized as a meeting house.  {PC 187.2}
[PC 187.3]          We hope that you can see your way clear to connect with this sanitarium as lady physician. Your services will be greatly appreciated, and I hope that you may soon be on the grounds.                                         Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 187.3}
[PC 187.4]                                               Sanitarium, California                                               September 27, 1905     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            I cannot express the relief that your recent letter has brought to us. I thank the Lord that you are able to secure the services of Dr. Julia White. I believe she will do well. I think it well for you to ask Dr. Abbott to connect with the Loma Linda Sanitarium for the present.  {PC 187.4}
[PC 187.5]          White I was in Los Angeles, I spoke to you of inviting Dr. Gibbs to connect with the work in our sanitariums. What I said should not lead you to understand that he is to act as  chief physician, but he can come in on trial. I hardly feel clear before God in giving him no further opportunity to be proved.  {PC 187.5}
[PC 187.6]          Have you learned how much Dr. Holden proposes to charge for his services? If a physician does his work skilfully, his talents should be recognized, but there is danger of our being brought into perplexity. If we introduce a new system of paying our surgeons high wages, there may be a hard     188.     problem to settle after a time. Other physicians will demand high wages, and our ministers will require consideration also.  {PC 187.6}
[PC 188.1]         I very much wish that Brother and Sister Haskell might be with the faculty at Loma Linda, and inaugurate in Redlands, Riverside, and San Bernardino a work similar to the work they conducted in Avondale and in Nashville.  {PC 188.1}
[PC 188.2]          I am glad that you are taking steps to have the water supply at Loma Linda pure and good. Very much depends upon having good water. We must be sure that the representations given in the books descriptive of this place are true in every sense of the word.  {PC 188.2}
[PC 188.3]          Last week we had an important gathering at the sanitarium here of our health food workers. I spoke to them on Sabbath, and on Sunday I addressed them for about an hour on the subject of our restaurant work. I told them that there must be a thorough reformation in the health food business. It is not to be regarded so much as a commercial enterprise. At present but little is seen as the result of this work to lead us to recommend the establishment of more places to be conducted as our restaurants have been in the past. But few have been converted by this work in Los Angeles and in San Francisco. Many of the workers have lost the science of soul saving.  {PC 188.3}
[PC 188.4]          Please read carefully what is published in Testimonies, Vol. 7, regarding the health food work and the evangelical work. I feel more and more impressed that we must make diligent efforts to present the truth. I need not write much now regarding these lines of work, for the light has been in print for some time. But since these testimonies were published, circumstances have arisen that reveal the necessity for the cautions that have been given. Health reform needs a reformation, before it shall stand as God designs it should. We need to practice true godliness in every undertaking. In all the restaurants in our cities there is danger that the combination of many foods in the dishes served, shall be carried too far. The stomach suffers when so many kinds of food are placed in it at one meal. Simplicity is a part of health reform. There is danger that our work shall cease to merit the name which it has borne.  {PC 188.4}
[PC 188.5]          If we would work for the restoration of health, it is necessary to restrain the appetite, to eat slowly, and only a limited variety at one time. This instruction needs to be repeated frequently. It is not in harmony with the principle of health reform to have so many different dishes at one meal. We must never forget that it is the religious part of the work, the work of providing food for the soul, that is more essential than anything else.  {PC 188.5}
[PC 188.6]          Our young men and young women should be encouraged to attend schools away from the cities, that under intelligent teachers, they may receive a training that will fit them to stand on vantage ground. How can our young people advance                                                        189.     spiritually, while working as servants simply to prepare food for and serve worldlings? They often do unnecessary work in the preparation of foods that are not even wholesome. Shall our youth be encouraged to rest satisfied with such an education?  {PC 188.6}
[PC 189.1]          The Lord does not design that His denominated people shall exhaust their strength to carry on restaurants in the manner in which they are now conducted. The many complicated combinations of food that are not wholesome tend to make of the health reform a health deform.  {PC 189.1}
[PC 189.2]          There is great necessity for decided reform to be made in regard to our dealings with the workers in our sanitariums. Faithful, conscientious workers should be employed, and when they have performed a reasonable amount of work in a day, they should be relieved that they may secure needed rest.  {PC 189.2}
[PC 189.3]          Only a reasonable amount of labor should be required, and for this the worker should receive a reasonable wage. If helpers are not given proper periods for rest from their taxing labor, they will lose their strength and vitality. They cannot possibly do justice to the work, nor can they represent what a sanitarium employee should be. More helpers should be employed if necessary, and the work should be so arranged that when one has performed a day's labor, he may be freed to take the rest necessary to the maintenance of his strength.  {PC 189.3}
[PC 189.4]          Let no man consider it his place to judge of the amount of labor a woman should perform. A competent woman should be employed as matron, and if any one does not perform her work faithfully, the matron should deal with the matter. Just wages should be paid, and every woman should be treated kindly and courteously, with out reproach.  {PC 189.4}
[PC 189.5]          And let those who have charge of the men's work be careful lest they be too exacting. The men should have regular hours for service, and when they have worked full time, they are not to be begrudged their periods of rest. A Sanitarium is to be all that the name indicates.  {PC 189.5}
[PC 189.6]          Every worker should seek to educate himself to perform his work expeditiously. The matron should teach those under her charge how to make quick, careful movements. Train the young to perform the work with tact and thoroughness. Then when the hours of work are over, all will feel that the time has been faithfully spent, and the workers are rightfully entitled to a period of rest.  {PC 189.6}
[PC 189.7]          Educational advantages should be provided for the workers in every sanitarium. The workers should be given every possible advantage consistent with the work assigned them.                                           Ellen G. White     190.  {PC 189.7}
[PC 190.1]                                                  Sanitarium, California                                                    October 27, 1905            Sanitarium work is one of the most successful means of reaching all classes of people. Our sanitariums are the right hand of the gospel, opening ways whereby suffering humanity may be reached with the glad tidings of healing through Christ. In these institutions the sick may be taught to commit their cases to the great Physician, who will co-operate with their earnest efforts to regain health, bringing to them healing of soul as well as healing of body.  {PC 190.1}
[PC 190.2]          Christ is no longer in this world in person, to go through our cities and towns and villages healing the sick. He has commissioned us to carry forward the medical missionary work that He began; and in this work we are to do our very best. Institutions for the care of the sick are to be established, where men and women suffering from disease may be placed under the care of God-fearing physicians and nurses, and be treated without drugs.                                                    -    {PC 190.2}
[PC 190.3]                                    "Elmshaven," St. Helena, California                                                   November 1, 1905     Brother And Sister Burden:            I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice that he has brought Loma Linda to our notice, that we might obtain it. I thank the Lord that he has sent you to help me carry out in determined effort that which he designed should be a great blessing to us. Redlands will be a center, and so also will Loma Linda. A school will be established as soon as possible, and the Lord will open the way. I could not but think, as I read the notice of the people flocking into Los Angeles, if Loma Linda had not been sold to us, there would now be a ready sale for it. With all the buildings in connection with the main building, we have large advantages. If we will walk humbly with God, and do according to that which he has prospered us, we will have Christ as our friend and helper. "If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me." These are the terms of our discipleship. Will we comply with them?  {PC 190.3}
[PC 190.4]          Christ was the Prince of heaven, but he made an infinite sacrifice, and came to a world all marred with the curse brought upon it by the fallen foe. He lays hold of the fallen race. He invites us, "Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light." The offer is ours, and every advantage is ours if we will accept the terms. I am trying to do this most earnestly.                                                              191.     We can be an example to others by our cheerful obedience to the will of God. Let us comply with the conditions, and in complying we shall find the rest we crave.  {PC 190.4}
[PC 191.1]          In regard to the proposition made by Brother Holden, I look at the matter as you do. We cannot afford to start out on the high wage plan. This was the misfortune of the people in Battle Creek, and I have something to say on this point. We have before us a large field of missionary work. We are to be sure to heed the requirements of Christ, who made himself a donation to our world. Nothing that we can possibly do should be left undone. There is to be neatness and order, and everything possible is to be done to show thoroughness in every line. But when it comes to paying twenty-five dollars a week, and giving a large percentage on the surgical work done, light was given me in Australia that this could never be, because our record is at stake. The matter was presented to me that many sanitariums would have to be established in Southern California; for there would be a great inflowing of people there. Many would seek that climate.  {PC 191.1}
[PC 191.2]         We must stand in the counsel of God, every one of us prepared to follow the example of Jesus Christ. We cannot consent to pay extravagant wages. God requires of His under-physicians a compliance with the invitation, "Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light."  {PC 191.2}
[PC 191.3]          We see so much help to be given to our ministers laboring in the gospel in every country where messengers are sent. In every place there needs to be a school, and in very many places a sanitarium. In Jesus Christ is our help and our sufficiency to carry the work forward intelligently. God has looked upon the great display made by some who have labored in New York; but He does not harmonize with that way of preaching the gospel. The solemn message becomes mingled with a large amount of chaff, which makes upon minds an impressions that is not in harmony with our work. The good news of saving grace is to be carried to every place; the warning must be given to the world, but economy must be practised if we move in the spirit of which Christ has given us an example in his life-service. He would have nothing of such outlay to represent health reform in any place.  {PC 191.3}
[PC 191.4]          The gospel is associated with light and life. If there were no sunlight, all vegetation would perish, and human life could not exist. All animal life would die. We are all to consider that there is to be no extravagance in any line. We must be satisfied with pure, simple food, prepared in a simple manner. This should be the diet of high and low. Adulterated substances are to be avoided. We are preparing for the future, immortal life in the kingdom of heaven..We expect to do our work in the light and in the power of the great, mighty Healer. All are to act the self-sacrificing part. Every one of us is to learn of Christ. "Learn of me," he says; "for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls."     192.  {PC 191.4}
[PC 192.1]          All the great displays that have been made in the medical missionary work, or in buildings, or in dress, or in any line of adornment, are contrary to the will of God. Our work is to be carefully studied, and is to be in accordance with our Saviour's plan. He might have had armies of angels to display his true, princely character, but he laid all that aside, and came to our world in the garb of humanity, to suffer with humanity all the temptations wherewith man is tempted. He was tempted in all points as human beings are tempted, that he might reveal that it is possible for us to be victorious overcomers, one with Christ as Christ is one with the Father. He came unto his own, and his own received him not; but as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believed on his name.  {PC 192.1}
[PC 192.2]          God calls upon Seventh-Day Adventists to reveal to the world that we are preparing for those mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who will purify their souls by obeying the truth as it is in Jesus. Let every soul who will come after Christ, deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow him. Thus saith the great Teacher.     Love to all the family,                      Ellen G. White (stamp)                                                    -    {PC 192.2}
[PC 192.3]                           The Loma Linda Sanitarium          I wish to present before our people the blessings that the Lord has placed within our reach by enabling us to obtain possession of the beautiful sanitarium property known as Loma Linda. This property lies sixty miles east of Los Angeles, on the main line of the Southern Pacific Railway. It's name, Loma Linda, - beautiful hill - describes the place. Of the seventy-six acres comprised in the property, about thirty-five form a beautiful hill, which rises one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. Upon this hill the sanitarium building is situated.  {PC 192.3}
[PC 192.4]          The main building is a well-planned structure of sixty-four rooms, having three stories and a basement. It is completely furnished, heated by steam, and lighted by electricity. It is surrounded by large pepper trees and other shade trees.  {PC 192.4}
[PC 192.5]          About ten rods away and on the highest part of the hill, there is a group of five cottages. The central cottage has nine beautiful living-rooms and two bathrooms. In the basement is a heating plant for the five cottages.  {PC 192.5}
[PC 192.6]          Prettily grouped around this larger cottage are four smaller                                                       193.     ones, having four rooms each, with bath and toilet. An interesting feature of three of these cottages is that each room has its verandah, with broad windows running to the floor, so that the beds can be wheeled right out onto the verandah, and the patients can sleep in the open air.  {PC 192.6}
[PC 193.1]          Between these cottages and the main building, there is a recreation building, which can be used as a gymnasium, and for classrooms and meetings.  {PC 193.1}
[PC 193.2]          In all there are ninety rooms, The buildings are furnished throughout, and are ready for use.  {PC 193.2}
[PC 193.3]          There is a post office in the main building, and most of the trains stop at the railway station, about forty rods from the sanitarium.  {PC 193.3}
[PC 193.4]          The seventy-six acres of hill and valley land is well cultivated and will furnish much fruit and many vegetables for the institution. Fifteen acres of the valley land is in alfalfa hay. Eight acres of the hill are in apricots, plums, and almonds. Ten acres are in good bearing orange orchard. Many acres of land round the cottages and the main building are laid out in lawns, drives , and walks.  {PC 193.4}
[PC 193.5]          There are horses and carriages, cows and poultry, farming implements and wagons. The buildings and grounds are abundantly supplied with excellent water.  {PC 193.5}
[PC 193.6]          This property is now in our possession. It cost the company from whom we purchased it about $140,000.00. They erected the buildings, and ran the place for a time as a sanitarium. Then they tried to operate it as a tourist hotel. But this plan did not succeed, and they decided to sell. It was closed last April, and as the stockholders became more anxious to sell, it was offered to us for $40,000.00, and for this amount our brethren have purchased it.  {PC 193.6}
[PC 193.7]          We must now secure money with which to complete the payments. Ten thousand dollars have already been paid. Ten thousand more must be paid in September and December, and the remaining twenty thousand at the end of two years.  {PC 193.7}
[PC 193.8]          Until our recent visit, I had never before seen such a place as this with my natural eyes, but four years ago just such a place was presented before me as one of those that would come into our possession if we moved wisely. It is a wonderful place in which to work for the sick, and in which to begin our work for Redlands and Riverside. We must make decided efforts to secure helpers who will do most faithful medical missionary work. If Christ will bless the treatment given, and let His healing power be felt, a great work will be accomplished. We shall need to secure competent physicians and nurses, - men and women who are true and faithful; and who can be relied on; men and women who live in constant dependence upon the great Healer; men and women who humble their hearts before God and believe His word, keeping their eyes fixed on their Leader and Counselor, the Lord Jesus Christ.     194.  {PC 193.8}
[PC 194.1]          O, how I long to see the sick and suffering coming to this institution! It is one of the most perfect places for a sanitarium that I have ever seen, and I thank our heavenly Father for giving us such a place. It is provided with almost everything necessary for sanitarium work, and it is the very place in which sanitarium work can be carried forward on right lines by faithful physicians and managers.  {PC 194.1}
[PC 194.2]          The buildings are all ready, and work must be begun in them as soon as we can secure the necessary physicians and nurses. I am anxious to see the work started. For some time I have been looking for just such a place as this, with good buildings, all ready for occupancy, surrounded by shade-trees and orchards. When I saw Loma Linda, I said, Thank the Lord. This is the very place we have been hoping to find.  {PC 194.2}
[PC 194.3]          The character of the buildings, the terraced hill, covered by graceful pepper-trees, the profusion of flowers and shrubs, the tall shade trees, and the orchards and fields, - all combine to make this place meet fully the descriptions that I have given in the past of the place presented to me as the most perfect for sanitarium work. Everything at Loma Linda is fresh and wholesome and attractive. The patients could live out of doors a large part of the time. The land will serve as a school for the education of patients. By outdoor exercise and working in the soil, men and women will regain their health. Rational methods for the cure of disease will be used in a variety of ways. Drugs will be discarded.  {PC 194.3}
[PC 194.4]          Out of the cities, has been my constant advice. But it has taken years for our people to become aroused to an understanding of the situation. It has taken years for them to realize that the Lord would have them leave the cities and do their work in the quiet of the country, away from the turmoil and noise and confusion. We are thankful to God for Loma Linda. It is one of the best locations for sanitarium work that I have ever seen. At this place the sick can be given every natural advantage for regaining health and strength.  {PC 194.4}
[PC 194.5]          Forty years ago the Lord began to give us instruction in regard to the establishment of sanitariums, as one of His chosen ways for proclaiming the third angel's message. Men and women bring disease upon themselves by transgressing the laws of God. The laws of nature, as truly as the precepts of the decalogue, are divine, and only in obedience to them can health be recovered or preserved. Many are suffering as the result of hurtful practices, who might be restored to health if they would do what they might for their own restoration. They need to be taught that every practise which destroys the physical, mental or moral energies is sin, and that health is to be secured through obedience to the laws that God has established for the good of all mankind.  {PC 194.5}
[PC 194.6]          Our sanitariums are to be schools in which people of all classes shall be taught the way of salvation. In them the sick are to be taught to overcome the appetite for tea, coffee, flesh-meat, tobacco, and intoxicating liquor of all kinds.                                                                195.  {PC 194.6}
[PC 195.1]          In every one of our medical institutions the sick and suffering are to be pointed to the Saviour as their only hope. In the Christian life there is strength and joy and courage. Turning away from the injurious fashions of this degenerate age brings peace of mind and the assurance of the love and friendship of the heavenly Father. Receiving the Lord in simplicity places men and women where they know the meaning of the words, "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God."  {PC 195.1}
[PC 195.2]          Out of the cities, is my message. Those who have had the light, but have neglected to follow the instruction that the Lord has given regarding the location of our health institutions and our schools, will one day see the folly of clinging to the cities. They will realize how kind the Lord was to point out the right way.  {PC 195.2}
[PC 195.3]          Let your schools, the high and the lowly, be out of the cities. If you desire to live a heavenly life in this world, place yourselves in right relation to God. Let your aspirations be Christlike. Christ lived much in contact with nature. God's missionaries are to form their lives after the divine similitude. They are to have a close connection with Christ. His life is to be their example.  {PC 195.3}
[PC 195.4]          For the past twenty years, the Lord has been giving the message that plants are to be made in many places. He will greatly bless us as we endeavor to carry out His will. Out of the city into the country is the word that has been given, and this word is to be obeyed. Our sanitariums are to be established in the most healthful surroundings. We have tried to follow closely the Lord's directions in this matter, and He has let light shine on our pathway, as we have endeavored to establish sanitariums where sin-sick souls may be led to the great Healer. God declared that we should find buildings suitable for our work, and that these buildings would be offered to us at a very low price. Has not our recent experience in Southern California proved this true?  {PC 195.4}
[PC 195.5]          I could not but weep for joy as I saw how plainly the providence of God had been revealed in our selection of places for sanitarium work in San Diego, Los Angeles, and the Redlands and Riverside districts.  {PC 195.5}
[PC 195.6]          Money is needed with which to establish the work in places outside of the cities, from which the cities can be worked. We must have means with which to meet the payments on Loma Linda. I ask our brethren who have means to awake to the responsibilities resting on them, and to do what they can to help us. Those who have the Lord's money in trust should regard it as a privilege to give of their means to help to pay for a place so well adapted for sanitarium work. Gifts, and loans at a low rate of interest, will be gladly received. My brethren it is the Lord's money that you are handling, and you cannot invest it better than by putting it into the Lord's work. Thus you will lay up treasure in heaven. I beseech you, by the mercies of God, "that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto                                                                              196  God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world, but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good and acceptable and perfect will of God."  {PC 195.6}
[PC 196.1]          I have had much to write in regard to the shortness of time. Our work is soon to close, and we are now to place ourselves in working order in God's way. We are not to link ourselves up with those who are not wise to discern what is the will of God. We are to come out from among them and be separate. The end of all things is at hand, and the message of warning must be given. A spirit of anger is stirring the nations, and it will soon be too late to work for the Lord. Every conceivable deception will be brought in, and the enemy will work with masterly power. Stronger and stronger will be his efforts, until in heaven it is said, "It is finished."                                                Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 196.1}
[PC 196.2]                            Glendale, Los Angeles County, California   Dr. W. B. Holden Portland, Oregon     Dear Brother And Sister Holden:            I have been disappointed and sorry that you did not feel that you could unite with us in our sanitarium work. If you knew how much we need you, I think you would change your mind. I know you have the ability to act a part in the work in more than one line of work. You can do good work as a teacher and as a surgeon. I ask you to come and help us here in Southern California. Sister Sarah Peck, who has been connected with my work for several years, has been telling me a little of your experience. We are sorry that you have been so disappointed. If you will come to Southern California, I can assure you that you will receive a hearty welcome. We are in great need of a thoroughly trained man to act as surgeon and teacher. Come, and we will treat you as the son of the Prince of life, your wife as the daughter of the King, and your little one as the Lord's child.  {PC 196.2}
[PC 196.3]          I will send you a booklet describing Loma Linda, the institution with which we wish you to connect. For sanitarium work, this place is in advance of any other place that I have yet seen.  {PC 196.3}
[PC 196.4]          Dr. Abbie Winegar-Simpson, with whom you were associated in Battle Creek, is here in the Glendale Sanitarium. I have been talking with her about our work at Loma Linda. She holds you and your wife in the highest esteem, and is anxious that you should come to our help here in Southern California. We need the aid of your talents. We need the help that you                                                                              197  can give as a physician and teacher.  {PC 196.4}
[PC 197.1]          I highly esteem your wife's mother, Sister Harris. She was one of our best and truest friends.  {PC 197.1}
[PC 197.2]          I think that Dr. Patience Bourdeau will come to Loma Linda to act as lady physician. I am told that she is an excellent physician.  {PC 197.2}
[PC 197.3]          Brother and Sister Burden, my dear and faithful friends, will be connected with the institution. Brother Burden will be general manager. He is well qualified for the position. His wife will act as accountant. We hope to carry forward the work of the institution in accordance with the will of the Lord.  {PC 197.3}
[PC 197.4]          Dr. Holden, I write you to come and see Loma Linda. It is a grand place for sanitarium work. It is the Lord's doing that this place has come into our possession, and we praise His holy name. We realize that we are highly favored in having been able to obtain possession of this property. We are greatly pleased with it.  {PC 197.4}
[PC 197.5]          Right around the Loma Linda Sanitarium there is a wide field for missionary effort. Redlands is only five miles from the institution, San Bernardino about the same distance, and Riverside a little farther away. These cities are all important places. Elder Simpson has done some work in Redlands and Riverside, and in each a neat little meeting house has been erected. But the Lord has a larger work to be done in these places. In the future I expect to spend a portion of my time at Loma Linda.  {PC 197.5}
[PC 197.6]          By placing Loma Linda in our hands, the Lord has opened the way for us to work these places. We are to regard the district in which these towns are situated as our special field of missionary work. We are anxious to become known to the people living in these places, and especially to those whom we can help in spiritual and physical lines. Through the power of Jesus Christ our Lord, we may lift them out of suffering; and bring them to health of body and soul. You know what joy there is in taking the weak and suffering by the hand and raising them up. You have rejoiced in this work in the past, and there is much for you to do in the future. It will bring you lasting joy and satisfaction.  {PC 197.6}
[PC 197.7]          A great battle must be fought. Time is short. Let us keep step with Christ. Let us by faith clasp His hand, and hold it fast. He will never repulse us.  {PC 197.7}
[PC 197.8]          My brother, turn your mind away from your disappointment, and believe that the Lord is leading you. Trust in the Lord God, and let Him be your helper. Use your talents in advancing the most important interests. Let it be your one desire to please God and do His will. Then you will have courage in the Lord. We must all be determined to make a success of our life work, even though some have no                                                                              198  appreciation of our efforts. If any man love God, the same is known of Him. Then make the Lord Jesus your trust always.  {PC 197.8}
[PC 198.1]          God sees our dangers, and knows the weight of our burdens. He remembers that we are in need of His strength, and those who make Him their trust will be enabled to resist every temptation. We shall have enemies who will plot against us because they know not the value that God places on those whom He has chosen. But the Lord God knoweth them that are His. However misrepresented and misjudged these may be, if they walk humbly before Him, He will give them help in time of need. They may be compassed with discouragements, but He who knows what is the mind of the Spirit knows all who love Him, and He will honor them.  {PC 198.1}
[PC 198.2]          In the work in Southern California, we need men of earnest, determined faith, and unshaken courage in the Lord. Our time to work is short, and we are to labor with unflagging zeal. I earnestly hope that you will decide to come to our assistance. Please consider this matter carefully, because we need your help. Please respond to this letter, addressing me at Sanitarium, Napa County, California.                                                Ellen G. White  {PC 198.2}
[PC 198.3]                                    Sanitarium, Napa County, California   Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:            I thank you for your letter telling me about your movements and plans.  {PC 198.3}
[PC 198.4]          I think I have kept before you my expectation that you would spend a part of the winter in California. By unmistakable representations, the Lord has given evidence that a great work is to be done in Southern California.  {PC 198.4}
[PC 198.5]          Elder Simpson has been holding tent meetings in Los Angeles with good results. Many souls have been converted to the truth. We thank the Lord that we have a good sanitarium at Paradise Valley, seven miles from San Diego; a sanitarium at Glendale, eight miles from Los Angeles; and a large and beautiful place at Loma Linda, sixty-two miles east from Los Angeles, and close to Redlands, Riverside, and San Bernardino. The Loma Linda property is one of the most beautiful sanitarium sites I have ever seen. There has been expended on the place more than one hundred and fifty thousand dollars, and it was purchased by our people for forty thousand. Of the seventy-six acres of land comprised in the property, about one half forms a hill which stands one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. On this hill the buildings are situated.                                                           199.  {PC 198.5}
[PC 199.1]          Loma Linda is about five miles from Redlands, five miles from San Bernardino, four miles from Colton, and nine miles from Riverside.  {PC 199.1}
[PC 199.2]          Redlands and Riverside are places which the Lord has shown me should be thoroughly worked. Elder Simpson has done some evangelical work in these places, and in each of them a company of believers has been raised up, and a meeting house built. But more work must be done there, and a work must be done in San Bernardino.  {PC 199.2}
[PC 199.3]          I have wished that you and your wife could come to Loma Linda, and carry on a work similar to that which you have done in other places. You could make your home at the sanitarium, and drive back and forth to Redlands and Riverside and other surrounding places. The roads are level and well oiled.  {PC 199.3}
[PC 199.4]          By the securing of Loma Linda, the Lord has opened the way for a work to be done in the neighboring cities and towns. The securing of this property at such a price as we paid for it, is a miracle that should open the eyes of our understanding. If such manifest workings of God do not give us a new experience, what will? If we cannot read the evidence that the time has come to work in the surrounding cities, what could be done to arouse us to action?  {PC 199.4}
[PC 199.5]          That you should receive an invitation to go to Battle Creek, and give Bible lessons to the nurses and medical students, is not a surprise to me. I have been instructed that an effort would be made to obtain your names as teachers to the nurses at Battle Creek, so that the managers of the sanitarium can say to our people that Elder and Mrs. Haskell are to give a course of lessons to the Battle Creek Sanitarium nurses, and this as a means of decoying to Battle Creek those who would otherwise heed the cautions about going there for their education.  {PC 199.5}
[PC 199.6]          I warn you against doing anything which would help those who are working directly contrary to the counsels of God, to carry out any of their deceptive plans. I know you would not willingly place yourself in any such position, and I warn you because I know the men and the plans better than you do.  {PC 199.6}
[PC 199.7]          If you should be drawn into such a plan, it would bring much perplexity upon me, and I should have another hard battle to fight. You must take no part in healing "the hurt of the daughter of my people slightly." Should the word go forth that Elder and Mrs. Haskell were to take part in teaching the nurses in the Battle Creek Sanitarium, it would be my duty to send forth testimonies that I do not wish to be called upon to bear.  {PC 199.7}
[PC 199.8]          Elder and Mrs. Farnsworth have been requested to spend some time in Battle Creek laboring for the church. I encouraged them to do so, and shall counsel them how to labor. It will be well for Elder Farnsworth and Elder A. T. Jones     200.     to stand shoulder to shoulder, preaching the word in the tabernacle for a time, and giving the trumpet a certain sound. There are in Battle Creek precious souls who need bracing up. Many will gladly hear and distinguish the note of warning. But Elder Farnsworth should not remain in Battle Creek long. I write these things to you because it is important that they should be understood.  {PC 199.8}
[PC 200.1]          God would have men of talent, who will not deviate from the principles of righteousness, to stand in defence of the truth, in the Tabernacle at Battle Creek. One man should not be stationed in Battle Creek for long at a time. After he has faithfully proclaimed the truth for a time, he should leave to labor elsewhere, and some one else be appointed who will give the trumpet a certain sound.  {PC 200.1}
[PC 200.2]          We should understand by experience word for word the message the Lord gave to Isaiah, and from this message there is to be no deviation. The Holy Spirit's meaning will be understood. This meaning is not to be changed a hair's breadth to harmonize with any new doctrine.  {PC 200.2}
[PC 200.3]          We know that in the past the truth has been demonstrated by the Holy Spirit. Not one word of human devising is to be permitted to subvert minds or to add unto or to take from the message that God has given.  {PC 200.3}
[PC 200.4]          There must be connected with our sanitariums in various places ample facilities for the training of workers and great care should be taken in the selection of young people to connect with our sanitariums. We cannot afford to accept everyone who is willing to come. Great injury is done to our medical institutions when we connect with them inexperienced youth, who do not understand what it means to do faithful service for God.  {PC 200.4}
[PC 200.5]          Every soul connected with our institutions is to be tested and tried. If self is not hid with Christ in God, the workers will blindly do many things that will hinder the precious work of God.  {PC 200.5}
[PC 200.6]          "Sanctify the Lord of hosts Himself; and let Him be your fear, and let Him be your dread. And He shall be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling, and for a rock of offence to both the houses of Israel, for a gin and for a share to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. And many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken." "Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples."  {PC 200.6}
[PC 200.7]          Those who have crowded into Battle Creek, and are being held there, see and hear many things that tend to weaken their faith and engender unbelief. They would gain a more practical knowledge in an effort to impart to others that which they receive of the word of God. They should scatter out, and be working in all our cities under the training of men who are sound in the faith. If those who teach these                                                                              201  workers are true and loyal, a great work will be accomplished.  {PC 200.7}
[PC 201.1]          There is to be a working of our cities as they never have been worked. That which should have been done twenty, yes, more than twenty years ago, is now to be done speedily. The work will be more difficult to do now than it would have been years ago; but it will be done.  {PC 201.1}
[PC 201.2]          Our work is made exceedingly hard because of many false theories that have to be met, and because of a dearth of efficient teachers and willing helpers.  {PC 201.2}
[PC 201.3]          It is not the work of the Lord that so many are gathered in Battle Creek, receiving a mould which unfits them for the work of the Lord, till they are thoroughly converted.  {PC 201.3}
[PC 201.4]          The Lord is to do a strange work very soon. A representation has been given me that I have not yet had strength to trace upon paper. I must know when to speak and when to keep silent. When the Lord bids me speak, I cannot keep silent.  {PC 201.4}
[PC 201.5]          The Lord will work. Great facts will be revealed in the Word. There are rich experiences to be received from the great Medical Missionary. The knowledge of salvation through faith and a full trust in a personal God and a personal Saviour, will be manifest. Those who have held the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end will have the proof of the things which they have learned by personal experience.  {PC 201.5}
[PC 201.6]          The gospel will be revealed and verified. The experience of the day of Pentecost will surely be repeated. Some will receive the Holy Spirit of truth; yea, some who are now in uncertainty. The Lord has given His word. For years He has been sending messages of warning, but by many they have been unheeded. Notwithstanding the repeated urgent warnings God has given, many have been turned away from their original faith, and are lost in the fog of error. They have refused to follow the light that God has given to point out the true path.  {PC 201.6}
[PC 201.7]          Christ is the same Christ that He has ever been. He is our Redeemer. Those who have been striving to quench their thirst at broken cisterns, which can hold no water, need to be born again, that Christ may be formed within, the hope of glory.  {PC 201.7}
[PC 201.8]          There are those who will never receive the gospel message in its fullness; they will never see the greater light and working of the Holy Spirit. There is a depth of depravity in unbelieving human nature that will never be healed, because the true light has been misinterpreted and misapplied. The Lord has given His spirit in abundance of assurance to enable men and women to understand the fallacies and errors of Satan, and to guard against them.  {PC 201.8}
[PC 201.9]          Some will soon turn from their deceptive errors and                                                                              202  calculations. To those who will be born again, the Bible will become a new book. There is a higher elevation to reach. True faith is to take the place of unbelief. The living springs of the word of God, with all their rich treasure, are to flow into the soul. The truth of the Christian religion depends upon the divine authority of the word of God. The authority of the word is Yea and Amen.  {PC 201.9}
[PC 202.1]          Jesus Christ is the way, the truth, and the life. Our great need is to have Him formed within, the hope of glory. He is to come into our individual experience, as a personal Saviour. He is the foundation of our faith, the Rock of Ages. "Blessed is the man to whom the Lord imputeth not iniquity."  {PC 202.1}
[PC 202.2]          When Christ shall come in His glory and all the holy angels with Him, then will all men be convinced of the truth that God hath set apart him that is godly for Himself. But the words of Isaiah will come to many minds. "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins." The fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah gives a wonderful presentation of truth.  {PC 202.2}
[PC 202.3]          I wish you could make me a visit at my home. I should indeed be pleased to see you and talk with you. Do nothing that will lead others to make of no account the long, determined resistance which has been shown to the messages sent by the Lord.  {PC 202.3}
[PC 202.4]          We do not want the impression left on minds that our nurses should be educated and trained at Battle Creek. You are not to remove the impression that I have been trying to make, that our people are to be drawn away from Battle Creek.  {PC 202.4}
[PC 202.5]          I have light regarding the impression that your going to Battle Creek would make on our people who have had placed before them many falsehoods regarding the work and influences there. Your going to Battle Creek in answer to the call you have received, would not be in harmony with the light God has given me.  {PC 202.5}
[PC 202.6]          If you cannot understand this, I can, and I will make every possible effort to save our people from being mixed up with the methods followed by some of the Battle Creek sanitarium managers.  {PC 202.6}
[PC 202.7]          The Lord would have Dr. Morse leave Battle Creek, and labor where the light of truth has not been taught, and that he may break every thread of sophistry. The sophistry that there is no personal God and no personal Christ has been set forth, and still lives, to be brought forth and fastened upon human minds. I have seen satanic agencies leading and controlling minds of those who have taught these theories. Unless the snare is broken, ruin will result as surely as to the house built upon the sand.                                                                              203   {PC 202.7}
[PC 203.1]          Great trials are right upon us, to test every soul. The end of the world is near at hand. We are not to consent to have our workers, God's workers, tied up in Battle Creek. "Out of Battle Creek" is my message. I understand perfectly the meaning of the invitation that has been sent you. You have not a sense of what is means, but I am to tell you that God has not given you the work of teaching nurses in Battle Creek, or in any way encouraging our youth to go there for their training.  {PC 203.1}
[PC 203.2]          We must soon start a nurses' training school at Loma Linda. This place will become an important educational center, and we need the efforts of yourself and your wife to give the right mould to the work in this new educational center, and in Los Angeles, where there are many converts.  {PC 203.2}
[PC 203.3]          If you see your way clear to labor a portion of this winter in Southern California, I think I could be with you, and I will help you all I can to open up the work. If you will gather about you a group of workers, and do for a time in Southern California a work similar to that which you have done in New York and Nashville, praying and working and doing the will of the Lord, God will not fail to show Himself your helper; for you will be following where He has marked out the way.  {PC 203.3}
[PC 203.4]          I do not propose that you divorce yourself permanently from the work in the cities of the Southern States, but I ask you to come and help us start the work of training true medical missionaries in this very fruitful field, Southern California.  {PC 203.4}
[PC 203.5]          If we turn unto the Lord with full purpose of heart, teaching in the places He indicates, all things that He has commanded, we may be assured of the promise, "Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world." God is able and waiting to be gracious.                                                    -    {PC 203.5}
[PC 203.6]                                      St. Helena Sanitarium, California                                                  December 10, 1905     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            I have received a letter from each of you. I was glad to hear the good news of $5000 being raised, and the interest amounting to $300 being cut out. This is very favorable. I am so much pleased that Sister Burden is in the very place that will be beneficial to her healthwise. I am continually thankful to our heavenly Father that in His providence we have been favored to secure this beautiful location for a health resort. It answers perfectly to the representation that was given me, a main building and cottages to well fitted with windows. The surroundings are very attractive. Praise the Lord for His goodness and mercy expressed to us amidst                                                                              204  the difficulties we have to meet. The Lord is our helper, our keeper, and our constant guide. We may expect that everything will not move as encouragingly as we could wish in our connection with the work of God, but we will praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice. I say to you, my brother and sister, Jesus will be to us a present help in every time of need. . . .  {PC 203.6}
[PC 204.1]          I think Elder Haskell is on his way to Loma Linda. I have received a letter from Sister Haskell, stating that they would leave South Lancaster December 7. They are precious help in Bible lines. Loma Linda is just the climate for them, and the whole place will be a delight to their senses.  {PC 204.1}
[PC 204.2]          Do not be disappointed if we do not come just now. I do not know of a place where I should be more pleased to be for a time than in Loma Linda. I could enjoy every bit of the scenery and all the advantages. The reason my coming may be doubtful is that I do not wish to leave my workers just at this stage of my work. I am in good health for me; better than I have been in for years, and while my mind is clear, I want nothing to interpose as an extra burden. I want every jot and tittle of my strength to reproduce the representations the Lord has given me, and to make them as vivid as possible while I can do so. This is the only reason I plead not to leave my workers. We have all the multitudinous productions of the pen to be placed in the best order to handle, and I am more than pleased with the care that is manifested in arranging everything so that it may be well prepared for me to use.  {PC 204.2}
[PC 204.3]          In regard to the school, I would say, make it all you possibly can in the education of nurses and physicians. What about Dr. Holden? Will he not become an education force in the Sanitarium? Brother and Sister Haskell are versed in the Scriptures; and after a few weeks I may meet my son at Loma Linda. But at present I wish to advance a little more decidedly in the writings I am preparing.            We are having beautiful weather. It is almost like summer.                                             Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 204.3}
[PC 204.4]                                   Sanitarium, Napa County, California                                                 December 11, 1905     Dear Brother Burden:            I have been conversing with you in the night season in regard to some matters that I will write you about. We were conversing in reference to Brother Hansen and his manufacturing health foods. In regard to the family, you understand that Sister Hansen must be carefully cared for, because                                                                              205  she has had lung trouble. It would be well for them to be provided with a home by themselves. They can be so located that burdens shall not come upon Sister Hansen too heavily, and where she can care for their own family. She may entirely recover from her lung difficulty, but it will be well to take every precaution. Matters can be managed so that those who need to be connected with the institution may not in any way be exposed. You and your wife may be wise on this subject, and a word to the wise is sufficient.  {PC 204.4}
[PC 205.1]          Brother Hansen is fully as severe in his family as is required. He needs the softening, subduing influence of the Spirit of God. He is not hard-hearted, but he needs more of the softening grace of Christ. You will help him on these points. It will be well for those of his children who are old enough to be in school.  {PC 205.1}
[PC 205.2]          We were conversing in regard to erecting a store, and One of authority who was in our midst, speaking to several present, suggested the propriety of erecting such a building at a distance from the main building and all other buildings that are now standing there, so that there will be no danger to them from fire. He suggested that changes would need to be made after thorough study, and that the building should be placed where the wind would not carry the smoke and sparks to the main building. Great care is to be exercised in regard to this matter, and intelligence is to be shown in the movements made.  {PC 205.2}
[PC 205.3]          Although Brother Hansen is an outspoken man, his children and all who associate with him can be so managed that there will be no need of roughness. All can be educators of themselves, placing themselves under God's discipline. Let their criticising propensities be exercised upon themselves; then no one will suppose that he must place himself on the judgment seat to condemn others.  {PC 205.3}
[PC 205.4]          The Speaker said, "You can all be a blessing to one another, if you open your hearts to receive the precious love of Christ. Let all keep diligent guard over their own disposition, and then pleasant words will be spoken. Let not those who are connected with the Sanitarium as helpers think that they have liberty to exercise authority over others. God will help the ones who are chosen to act a part in the duties connected with the Sanitarium, to labor as workers together with God. Let them be sure to take charge of their own individual selves. Those who come to the Sanitarium as patients are to see that Christian love and kindness are shown to all who are connected with the institution. Let every one stand in his lot and place, refusing to go out of his way to assume authority as a dictator. The Lord calls upon every man to be courteous and to discipline himself. He is not to exercise authority that is not given him. Let every one learn daily his lesson of preparing his own heart for the heavenly inspection, for the record is written in the books of heaven. Let souls be emptied of self. Then invite Christ to come in, and open the door of the heart to his knock. He says, "If any man hear my voice, I will come in and will sup with him, and he with me." This divine companionship                                                                              206  is what is needed in every home, in every church, in every sanitarium. There is need of strong, spirited men, men who will be sure to do special honor to the Lord Jesus Christ. We must be preparing to become members of the royal family in the heavenly mansions Christ is preparing for every one who through the grace received will wear his yoke.  {PC 205.4}
[PC 206.1]          Christ invites us, "Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light." In our character-building give encouragement to every divine, sacred influence. The blessing from Jesus makes everything good and profitable. Have his praise in your heart and in your voice and in your words, and your hearts will become fit temples for the Holy Spirit of God. Your success depends upon constant watchfulness and earnest prayer. "Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoever I have commanded you." Depending upon the Lord, you can do the very things that are to be done, without murmuring and without disputing.  {PC 206.1}
[PC 206.2]          Satan is watching to secure every soul possible, to do him service by careless work and careless words. He desires to impress the minds of the converted and the unconverted that those connected with the Sanitarium are lacking in piety and the meekness of Christ, that they are not Christians. Jesus will help you to prevent this impression being made.  {PC 206.2}
[PC 206.3]          Christ would have every one possess in abundance the grace of heaven. He desires that his joy may be in you, and that your joy may be full. Every soul is to discipline himself in strict, faithful service, just as verily out of meeting as in meeting. You are in full view of the heavenly angels, and every faithful disciple may be, if he will, as was Ezra before the king. The hand of God is upon all those for good who seek Him, but his power and his wrath are against those who forsake him, and who trust in the help and friendship of the world, going to the god of Ekron to inquire, and heeding not the counsel of the living God.  {PC 206.3}
[PC 206.4]          The children of God will know who is their helper. They will know in whom they can trust implicitly, and with Christ's help, they may, without presumption, have a holy confidence. Yes, his servants may safely trust in him alone, without fear, looking unto Jesus, pressing on in obedience to his requirements, leaving everything that is joined to the world, whether the world opposes or favors. Their success comes from God, and they will not fail because they have not the wealth and influence of wicked men. If they fail, it will be because they do not obey the Lord's requirements, and the Holy Spirit is not with them.  {PC 206.4}
[PC 206.5]          I am determined that our only safety is in being joined to the Lord Jesus Christ. We can afford to lose the friendship of worldly men. Those who join themselves to worldly men, that they may carry out their unsanctified purpose, make a fearful mistake; for they forfeit the favor and blessing of God. I am to urge upon the attention of our people that                                                                              207  the Lord Himself has placed a wall of separation between the world and that which He has established on the earth. God's people are to serve Him; for Christ has called them out of the world, and sanctified and refined them, that they may do his service. He has been given all power in heaven and in earth.  {PC 206.5}
[PC 207.1]          There is no such thing as maintaining concord between the profane and the holy. There can be no concord between Christ and Belial. But "the Lord hath set apart him that is godly for himself." And this consecration to the Lord, this separation from the world, is plainly declared and positively enjoined in both the Old and the New Testaments.  {PC 207.1}
[PC 207.2]          Brother Burden, before closing my letter, I will finish what I intended to say about the building of the food factory. This work requires much wisdom and genuine good sense. If you can bring it about, do so. Make the best possible use of "Ministry of Healing" to aid you in your work. I believe that you can accomplish that which seems to be a necessity. I think that if we all walk humbly with God, we shall always have grateful hearts.  {PC 207.2}
[PC 207.3]          There will be those who will invest their means in our sanitariums, with the understanding that they shall be given a home there as long as they shall live. These should receive kind, Christian treatment. I have in mind a Brother Merrel, with whom we stayed while attending the San Jose camp-meeting. He has no family and lives alone. While I was at his house, he questioned me in regard to our sanitariums. Not long ago I sent him a copy of "Ministry of Healing," and asked him to communicate with you if he had means that he could lend to the Sanitarium. Have you received any word from him? I asked him for a loan of five thousand dollars. If such a man could invest his means in the Sanitarium, and make the institution his home, I think it would be a wise move. He is a business man, and I think is pretty careful as to how he invests his means. I thought that if I asked him to lend me some money, he might respond, but as yet I have received no word from him.  {PC 207.3}
[PC 207.4]          Later. This morning, December 14, I could not sleep after one o'clock, so I rose and dressed, and have come to my office to complete the letter that I began writing to you two or three days ago. We are interested in every movement made at Loma Linda.  {PC 207.4}
[PC 207.5]          Did not the Lord have oversight, I should not care to live another day. But his is a question settled in my mind, - that we are under a power which is beyond human control, and in that power we can trust. The Lord is good to us, and if we will walk carefully before him, he will ever reveal his power in our behalf. He will save to the uttermost all who love and obey him.  {PC 207.5}
[PC 207.6]          I long daily to be able to do double duty. I have been pleading with the Lord for strength and wisdom to reproduce the writings of the witnesses who were confirmed in the faith in the early                                                                              208  history of the message. After the passing of the time in 1844, they received the light and walked in the light, and when the men claiming to have new light would come in with their wonderful messages regarding various points of Scripture, we had, through the moving of the Holy Spirit, testimonies right to the point, which cut off the influence of such messages as Elder A. F. Ballenger has been devoting his time to presenting. This poor man has been working decidedly against the truth that the Holy Spirit has confirmed. When the power of God testifies as to what is truth, that truth is to stand forever as the truth. No after-suppositions contrary to the light God has given are to be entertained.  {PC 207.6}
[PC 208.1]          Men will arise with interpretations of scripture which are to them truth, but which are not truth. The truth for this time, God has given us as a foundation for our faith. He himself has taught us what is truth. One will arise, and still another with new light, which contradicts the light that God has given under the demonstration of His Holy Spirit. A few are still alive who passed through the experience gained in the establishment of this truth. God has graciously spared their lives to repeat and repeat, till the close of their lives, the experience through which they passed, even as did John the apostle till the very close of his life. And the standard-bearers who have fallen in death are to speak through the re-printing of their writings. I am instructed that thus their voices are to be heard. They are to bear their testimony as to what constitutes the truth for this time.  {PC 208.1}
[PC 208.2]          We are not to receive the words of those who come with a message that contradicts the special points of our faith. They gather together a mass of scripture, and pile it as proof around their asserted theories. This has been done over and over again during the past fifty years. And while the Scriptures are God's word, and are to be respected, the application of them, if such application moves one pillar of the foundation that God has sustained these fifty years, is a great mistake. He who makes such an application knows not the wonderful demonstrations of the Holy Spirit that gave power and force to the past messages that have come to the people of God.  {PC 208.2}
[PC 208.3]          Elder Ballenger's proofs are not reliable. If received they would destroy the faith of God's people in the truth that has made us what we are. We must be decided on this subject; for the points that he is trying to prove by scripture are not sound. They do not prove that the past experience of God's people was a fallacy. We had the truth; we were directed by the angels of God. It was under the guidance of the Holy Spirit that the presentation of the sanctuary question was given. It is eloquence of every one to keep silent in regard to the features of our faith in which they acted no part.  {PC 208.3}
[PC 208.4]          God never contradicts himself. Scripture proofs are misapplied if forced to testify to that which is not true. Another and still another will arise, and bring in supposedly                                                                              209  great light, and make their assertions. But we stand by the old landmarks.  {PC 208.4}
[PC 209.1]          "That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled of the word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with his son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in him is no darkness at all.  {PC 209.1}
[PC 209.2]          "If we say that we have fellowship with him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth: but if we walk in the light, as he is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ his son cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us."  {PC 209.2}
[PC 209.3]          I am instructed to say that these words we may use as appropriate for this time; for the time has come when sin must be called by its right name. We are hindered in our work by men who are not converted, who seek their own glory. They wish to be thought originators of new theories, which they present, claiming that they are truth. But if these theories are received, they will lead to a denial of the truth that for the past fifty years, God has been giving to his people, substantiating it by the demonstration of the Holy Spirit.  {PC 209.3}
[PC 209.4]          Let all men beware what is the character of their work. They would better be falling into line; for their own soul's sake and for the sake of the souls of others. "If ye walk in the light as he is in the light, the blood of Jesus Christ his son cleanseth us from all sin." It is nothing to the credit of any man to start on a new track, using scripture to substantiate theories of error, leading minds into confusion, away from the truths that are to be indelibly impressed on the minds of God's people, that they may hold fast to the faith.                        (Stamp) Ellen G. White                                                    -                                                 Sanitarium, California                                                December 19, 1905     Mrs. Jessie Christiansen Sebastapol, California     My dear Sister:                                                                              210   {PC 209.4}
[PC 210.1]          I am trying to do all I possibly can to urge the work forward in new places. The Lord has signified that in different places there are buildings which would be offered to us at a very low price, which we could use in our work. His word to us regarding this has been verified in our experience in opening up medical missionary work in Southern California. Recently the Lord has placed a great blessing within our reach by enabling us to obtain a beautiful sanitarium property known as Loma Linda. This property is sixty miles from Los Angeles, and it is a wonderful place in which to work for the sick, and in which to begin work for Redlands and Riverside.  {PC 210.1}
[PC 210.2]          Its name - Loma Linda, "beautiful hill," - describes the place. Of the sixty-six acres comprised in the property, about thirty-five form a beautiful hill, which rises one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. Upon this hill the sanitarium building is situated.  {PC 210.2}
[PC 210.3]          The main building is a well-planned structure of sixty- four rooms, having three stories and a basement. It is completely furnished, heated by steam, and lighted by electricity. It is surrounded by large pepper trees and other shade trees.  {PC 210.3}
[PC 210.4]          About ten rods away and on the highest part of the hill there is a group of five cottages. The central cottage has nine beautiful living-rooms and two bath-rooms. In the basement is the heating plant for the five cottages.  {PC 210.4}
[PC 210.5]          Prettily grouped around this larger cottage are four smaller ones, having four rooms each, with bath and toilet. In all there are ninety rooms. The buildings are furnished throughout, and are ready for use.  {PC 210.5}
[PC 210.6]          The seventy-six acres of hill and valley land are well cultivated and will furnish much fruit and many vegetables for the institution. Fifteen acres of the valley land are in alfalfa hay. Eight acres of the hill are in apricots, plums, and almonds. Ten acres are in good bearing orange orchard. Many acres of land round the cottages and main building are laid out in lawns, drives, and walks.  {PC 210.6}
[PC 210.7]          This property cost the company from whom we purchased it, about one hundred and forty thousand dollars. They erected the buildings, and ran the place for a while as a sanitarium. They tried to operate it as a tourist hotel. But this plan did not succeed, and they decided to sell. It was closed last April, and as the stockholders became more anxious to sell, it was offered to us for forty thousand dollars, and for this amount our people purchased it.  {PC 210.7}
[PC 210.8]          This property came into our possession in such a way that we knew the hand of the Lord was in the matter. Loma Linda is one of the most perfect places for a sanitarium that I have ever seen, and I thank our heavenly Father for giving us such a place. It is provided with almost everything necessary for sanitarium work, and it is the very place in which sanitarium                                                                              211  work can be carried forward on right lines by faithful physicians and managers.  {PC 210.8}
[PC 211.1]          Not far away are the cities of Redlands and Riverside and San Bernardino. These places are to be thoroughly worked. Something has already been done in Redlands and Riverside, and a neat house of worship has been erected in each place. But as soon as possible a thorough evangelistic effort must be made.                                      Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 211.1}
[PC 211.2]                                               Sanitarium, California                                                    March 1, 1906     My dear Niece Addie:            Loma Linda has a large, beautiful lawn, which is encircled with pepper-trees; and on it there are comfortable benches. I once spoke on this lawn to quite an audience, a number not of our faith being present. But the tops of the pepper-trees met over the stand, and the odor of these trees, which I thought would be most beneficial to me, was too strong, I find that we must live to learn. . .  {PC 211.2}
[PC 211.3]          Soon we shall begin evangelistic work in Redlands, a town about four miles from Loma Linda. Elder Haskell and his wife have come from the East to help us start this work. They spent a month with us here, and then visited Sister Haskell's sister at Armona. They are now at Loma Linda. . .  {PC 211.3}
[PC 211.4]          A few miles from Redlands, there are cities that have never been worked. Riverside is eight miles from Loma Linda. We have treatment-rooms there. They are not extensive, but are large enough to accommodate the people of that city. While we were in Redlands last year, we drove to Riverside, a distance of eleven miles, and I spoke to our church there. At this place our people have a very nice meeting-house. We drove over in order to see the country. We passed through acres of orange groves. It was a beautiful and interesting sight; for the trees were loaded with fruit. I never saw anything like it before. We returned to Redlands on the train, and again we passed through miles of orange land, the trees laden with their beautiful, golden fruit. We saw also large groves of grape fruit and lemon trees.  {PC 211.4}
[PC 211.5]          Our future effort must be to reach the people of these cities with the truth. At Fernando, . . . we have a school . . . This school is not far from Loma Linda and Redlands.  {PC 211.5}
[PC 211.6]          President Roosevelt, on a journey through Southern California when he first got a view of the city of Redlands and its surroundings, took off his hat, and said, "This is glorious. I never imagined such a sight." The scenery is indeed charming.                                                                              212   {PC 211.6}
[PC 212.1]          In Redlands we have a splendid opening for work. Some time ago Elder Simpson held a series of tent meetings here, and a company of believers was raised up. They built a small but very neat house of worship, and in this church I spoke when I was in Redlands, a year ago.  {PC 212.1}
[PC 212.2]          It was in the providence of God that we obtained possession of Loma Linda. This property comprises one large building, five cottages, and a seventy-six acres of land, in a most beautiful location. The land was purchased and the building erected and equipped by a company of one hundred and fifty physicians, at a cost of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars. Under their management the institution did not succeed financially, and not long ago we bought it, furnished throughout with durable, high-grade furniture, for forty thousand dollars. Twenty thousand dollars of the purchase price was to be paid in several payments at stated times, with the balance in two years. But the former owners found themselves in need of money, and agreed to take off two hundred dollars interest, were a certain payment made at a date before the time agreed upon. Brother Burden raised the money, and thus saved two hundred dollars.  {PC 212.2}
[PC 212.3]          Once more these men found themselves in a strait place, and they said that if we would pay the remaining amount of indebtedness, they would throw off nine hundred dollars. Brother Burden paid the whole amount, some of our people taking stock in the institution, and some making gifts. This means to the institution a saving of eleven hundred dollars, which otherwise would have had to be paid. This was a great advantage.  {PC 212.3}
[PC 212.4]          In enabling us to obtain possession of this property, the Lord has certainly brought to the cause a most wonderful opportunity. We praise God with heart and soul and voice. There are five cottages, well fitted up, besides the large building. These are all furnished in the best of style. The smaller cottages are made with wide piazzas running round the four sides, and the windows are so arranged that the beds can be wheeled out on to the verandah. In each cottage there is a bathroom. The larger cottage has two stories, and is furnished throughout with solid red and black mahogany furniture.  {PC 212.4}
[PC 212.5]          All the mattresses, blankets, sheets, pillow slips, couchpillows, and bedding in general were in excellent condition when we took over the property. There are about eighty towels besides those in the bathrooms, and about one hundred and thirty- five small linen towels. There are table napkins in abundance, and silverware of all description, as well as chinaware.  {PC 212.5}
[PC 212.6]          There is one room in which sun baths may be taken, and a large parlor, two sides of which are of glass. This is the most beautiful room I was ever in in my life. There is also another large, well-furnished parlor. Two rooms above this have in them twenty rocking chairs and reclining chairs, which are very comfortable.                                                                              213   {PC 212.6}
[PC 213.1]          Besides these buildings, there is another building, which was used as a recreation building. This will serve for a time as a meeting house. Both lower and upper stories are fitted up with rocking chairs. Those in charge seemed to have a passion for rocking chairs.  {PC 213.1}
[PC 213.2]          There are two barns and some carriages, somewhat worn, several horses, four cows, and a large calf, a good number of chickens and some turkeys. There were some hogs, but those have been disposed of.  {PC 213.2}
[PC 213.3]          Ten acres of the land is in oranges and apricots. The apricots are the largest I have ever seen. We only tasted the oranges when we were there, but Brother Burden has recently sent us several boxes of oranges and grape-fruit, which we find most excellent. The apples grown there do not amount to much. We secured the place last summer before the fruit was ripe, and more was put up during the season than they will be able to use this summer. We had to buy peaches for canning. I helped to pick some of them. We bought the fruit on the trees, and it was delicious. They are now setting out more grape vines and orange trees and other kinds of fruit, but these will not come into bearing for some time.  {PC 213.3}
[PC 213.4]          The main building stands on an eminence, and one must climb a long flight of steps to reach the front door. About two hundred rods from the building there is a little railway station. From here there is a drive of easy and gradual ascent, which encircles the rise of ground upon which stand the main building, the nine-roomed cottage, and the four smaller cottages. The hill is set out to ornamental and fruit trees. On it there is still another cottage, which has been used for the laborers.  {PC 213.4}
[PC 213.5]          The Loma Linda Sanitarium will be dedicated in four or five weeks. I hear that the institution is filled with patients. Every one who has gone there is delighted with the place.  {PC 213.5}
[PC 213.6]          Now I have written you the fullest description of Loma Linda that I have written to any one, as I thought you would like to hear about the place. I have never lost my interest in you; for you are one of my children, a member of my family. If you will love and serve the Lord I shall be grateful that in your childhood I consented to take charge of you. You are the purchase of the blood of Christ, and I do want you to find entrance into the city whose builder and maker is God. Let us all strive together to secure the immortal inheritance. . . .                                           Ellen G. White                                                                              214   {PC 213.6}
[PC 214.1]                                               Loma Linda, California                                                      May 1, 1906                        To Ministers and Physicians            I am now charged to write out the straight testimony which was given me Monday night. I am to withhold none of it. I am to say to ministers and physicians, We must have a work done among us which will bear the gospel message. We need the power of the truth in the soul. The close of this earth's history is drawing near, and our work has not extended into the highways and byways as it should have done. In very many places the gospel message must be given in all its power, and in such a way that souls will be aroused. A spirit of self-sacrifice must take possession of ministers and physicians; every one must do a self-denying work. Souls are perishing in their sins.  {PC 214.1}
[PC 214.2]          Sanitariums must be established in various places away from the cities. Schools must be established in connection with the sanitariums. As far as possible, these organizations must be blended, each helping the other, and yet each doing its special work.  {PC 214.2}
[PC 214.3]          No longer should our people go to Battle Creek as they have been doing. Infidelity has been sown there in words, in false statements, in unsanctified influence of mind over mind. God is dishonored, and we are to prepare to accept the situations God may prepare for us. Never before did the matter appear as the Lord presents it today. False theories, repeated again and again, appear as falsely inviting today as did the fruit of the forbidden tree in the garden of Eden. The fruit was very beautiful, and apparently desirable for food. Through false doctrines many souls have already been destroyed. Some will never see the light and come to their senses. The Lord God of Israel now declares, "If the Lord be God, serve Him; and if Baal, serve him. Choose ye this day whom ye will serve."  {PC 214.3}
[PC 214.4]          The light of truth must be held up in Battle Creek. Faithful watchman must be stationed there. The truth must go forth by the exposition of the Word, to saints and to sinners. Laborers are now needed there, who will distinguish the difference between eating of the fruit of the forbidden tree, and the eating of the fruit of the tree bearing the gospel message.  {PC 214.4}
[PC 214.5]          I am instructed to say, Prepare places where will be given true education free from deceptive theories. Let the plain words of Christ, uncontaminated by false science, be taught. It will require no elaborate preparations to engage sincerely, humbly, prayerfully in this work.  {PC 214.5}
[PC 214.6]          Will we now make thorough work for eternity? We have no time to criticize another soul. Do not consider it your duty to chastise another. See that your own soul is right with God.                                      Ellen G. White                                                                              215   {PC 214.6}
[PC 215.1]                                               Sanitarium, California                                                     May 28, 1906            Melrose and Loma Linda are both very beautiful places. Each has excellent advantages, and these two places near cities will open the way for the truth to find access to many people who have never heard it.  {PC 215.1}
[PC 215.2]          Elder Haskell and wife have begun work at San Bernardino, and they are sparing no pains. They are doing their best. They labor earnestly to keep the workers all alive and interested to sell the literature, and the work is certainly taking hold. Some souls have already taken their stand.  {PC 215.2}
[PC 215.3]          We feel deeply interested to see our cities worked. We hope that our workers in Boston will have courage in the Lord. The Lord is soon to come, and there is need that every talent shall be improved.  {PC 215.3}
[PC 215.4]          I have seen the city of San Francisco, and what a scene of devastation it presents. We were an hour and a half riding through the ruins. As we looked at such complete destruction, we could hardly realize that the largest city in California was in ruins.  {PC 215.4}
[PC 215.5]          We shall do all we possibly can to get the truth before the people now. The special number of the "Signs of the Times" is a medium through which much good will be accomplished.  {PC 215.5}
[PC 215.6]          If I were twenty-five years younger, I would certainly take up labor in the cities. But I must reach them with the pen.  {PC 215.6}
[PC 215.7]          Looking at the tall buildings in San Francisco, some of them having one side still standing, it seemed to say, The touch of the Lord's finger will lay in ruins the most costly and the highest of buildings. One of the standing walls of these high structures came down with a crash as we were looking at it. The completeness of the ruin cannot be described. . . .  {PC 215.7}
[PC 215.8]          We know not what may come next to arouse the people to investigate Bible truth. The day of the Lord will come unlooked for, as a thief in the night. If these awful calamities do not make an impression on our minds, what will?  {PC 215.8}
[PC 215.9]          "Be ye also ready, for in such a day as ye think not, the Son of man cometh."                                          Ellen G. White                                                                              216   {PC 215.9}
[PC 216.1]                                    Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California                                                     June 8, 1906     Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:            I am glad that you are carrying forward the work you have undertaken in San Bernardino. I believe that you are working in harmony with the light that has been given to me. In your work you come in contact with people who need to feel a hunger and thirst after righteousness. The Lord's blessing will be with all who work in harmony with His plans.  {PC 216.1}
[PC 216.2]          It has often been presented to me that there should be less sermonizing by ministers acting merely as local pastors of churches, and that greater personal efforts should be put forth. Our people should not be made to think that they need to listen to a sermon every Sabbath. Many who listen frequently to sermons, even though the truth be presented in clear lines, learn but little. Often it would be more profitable if the Sabbath meetings were of the nature of a Bible class study. Bible truth should be presented in such a simple, interesting manner that all can easily understand and grasp the principles of salvation.  {PC 216.2}
[PC 216.3]          We should seek to follow more closely the example of Christ, the great Shepherd, as He worked with his little company of disciples, studying with them and with the people the Old Testament Scriptures. His active ministry consisted not merely in sermonizing, but in educating the people. As he passed through villages, He came in personal contact with the people in their homes, teaching, and ministering to their necessities. As the crowds that followed Him increased, when He came to a favorable place, He would speak to them, simplifying His discourse by the use of parables and symbols.                                                    -    {PC 216.3}
[PC 216.4]                                    Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California                                                    June 17, 1906     Dear Brother Burden:            For several days I have thought of writing to you, but could not because of so many things demanding immediate attention have come in. I may have written to you regarding the equipment of your treatment rooms, but fearing that I have not, I will come right to the point.  {PC 216.4}
[PC 216.5]          When we were at Paradise Valley Sanitarium, we were conducted through the new treatment rooms. One room was elaborately fitted up with electrical appliances for giving the patients treatment. That night I was instructed that some connected with the institution were introducing things for the treatment of the sick that were not safe. The application of some of these electrical treatments would involve the patient in serious difficulties, imperiling life.                                                                              217   {PC 216.5}
[PC 217.1]          One was conversing with the doctors, and with great earnestness was saying, "Never, never carry out your wonderful plans. There have been various mechanical devices brought into the treatment rooms that are expensive, and the men who make a specialty of treating certain cases are liable to make grave mistakes."  {PC 217.1}
[PC 217.2]          There are men who make a specialty of treating the rectum, and some feel that they have been greatly benefited. But I have been instructed that this treatment, as well as many surgical operations leave many with many a serious weakness.  {PC 217.2}
[PC 217.3]          Several things were mentioned that have been brought into the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, which were not necessary and which should not have been purchased without consultation with other physicians. The amount of money which some of these machines cost, and the salary which must be paid to the one who operates them, should be taken into consideration. I felt impelled to talk with Brother Robinson in reference to these matters, although we were driving with a number of people, and it was not a favorable place to converse about such matters.  {PC 217.3}
[PC 217.4]          Now I am certain that great care should be taken in purchasing electrical instruments and costly mechanical fixtures. Move slowly, Brother Burden, and do not trust to men who suppose that they understand what is essential, and who launch out in spending money for many things that require experts to handle them.  {PC 217.4}
[PC 217.5]          Several times I have been instructed that much of the elaborate, costly machinery used in giving treatments, did not help in the work as much as is supposed. With it we do not get so good results as with the simple appliances we used in our earlier experiences. The application of water in various simple ways is a great blessing.  {PC 217.5}
[PC 217.6]          I have been instructed that the X-ray is not the great blessing that some suppose it to be. If used unwisely, it may do much harm. The results of some of the electrical treatments are similar to the results of using stimulants. There is a weakness that follows. . . .  {PC 217.6}
[PC 217.7]          Keep the patients out of doors as much as possible, and give them cheering, happy talks in the parlor, with simple reading and Bible lessons easy to be understood, which will be an encouragement to the soul. Talk on health reform, and do not you, my brother, become burden bearer in so many lines that you cannot teach the simple lessons of health reform. Those who go from the sanitarium should go so well instructed that they can teach others the methods of treating their families.  {PC 217.7}
[PC 217.8]          There is  danger of spending far too much money on machinery and appliances which the patients can never use in their home lessons. They should rather be taught how to regulate the diet, so that the living machinery of the whole being will work in harmony. Let them become intelligent in regard to the importance of laying aside corsets and shortening their skirts.                                                                              218  Such lessons will be to the women more valuable than they can estimate.                                     Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 217.8}
[PC 218.1]                                             Oakland, California                                             August 19, 1906     To Elders Reaser, Burden, and the Executive Committee of the                 Southern California Conference     Dear Brethren:            I am very anxious that Brethren Reaser and Burden and their associates shall see all things clearly. God has given to every man a certain work to do, and He will give to each the wisdom necessary to perform his own appointed work.  {PC 218.1}
[PC 218.2]          To Brethren Reaser and Burden I would say, In all your counsels together, be careful to show kindness and courtesy toward each other. Guard against anything that has the semblance of a domineering spirit.  {PC 218.2}
[PC 218.3]          Be very careful not to do anything that would restrict the work at Loma Linda. It is in the order of God that this property has been secured, and He has given instruction that a school should be connected with the sanitarium. A special work is to be done there in qualifying young men and young women to be efficient medical missionary workers. They are to be taught how to treat the sick without the use of drugs. Such an education requires an experience in practical work.  {PC 218.3}
[PC 218.4]          The work at Loma Linda demands immediate consideration. Preparations must be made for the school to be opened as soon as possible. Our young men and young women are to find in Loma Linda a school where they can receive a medical missionary training, and where they will not be brought under the influence of some who are seeking to undermine the truth. The students are to unite faithfully in the medical work, keeping their physical powers in the most perfect condition possible, and laboring under the instruction of the great Medical Missionary. The healing of the sick and the ministry of the Word are to go hand in hand.  {PC 218.4}
[PC 218.5]          There is to be a thorough education in Bible truth. The word of God is spirit and life. We need constantly to look to Jesus. The efficiency of every worker is largely determined by the education and training he receives. In our educational institutions there is to be a higher class of education than can be found elsewhere. The students are to be treated kindly, tenderly, and interestedly.  {PC 218.5}
[PC 218.6]          In order to properly fit the sanitarium and the school at Loma Linda to carry on the work that the Lord has plainly                                                                              219  directed should be carried on, means must be raised. And let no one act a part in influencing our brethren and sisters in Southern California not to do that which needs to be done.  {PC 218.6}
[PC 219.1]          The Lord has blessed Elder Burden, and He will continue to bless him, as he continues to move in the fear of God, and plans wisely and economically with his associates for the fitting up and management of the institution. If any of his brethren act arbitrarily in an effort to restrain him in this, they would be found hindering the very work that the Lord has signified should be done. He is not to be forced to turn aside from his convictions as to the way in which the work under his charge shall be carried on.  {PC 219.1}
[PC 219.2]          In the carrying forward of the educational work at Loma Linda, our brethren must certainly guard against the efforts of the enemy to bring in a spirit of criticism and of alienation between brethren.  {PC 219.2}
[PC 219.3]          There are times when certain sanitariums will have to pass through a close, severe struggle for means in order to do a special work which the Lord has particularly designed should be done. In such emergencies, they are to be free to receive gifts and donations from our churches. Some who receive the truth have means, and they will aid in sustaining the good work which should be done in our sanitariums.  {PC 219.3}
[PC 219.4]          My brethren, I am praying that the Lord will guide you in the very best methods of reaching hearts. Let no one, whatever his official position, decide matters fully on his own judgment, or he may make mistakes that will have to be corrected. One thing is certain, we have a short work before us. We are living very near the end of this earth's history.  {PC 219.4}
[PC 219.5]          For years we have wrestled to see the work of God advanced in Southern California. At one time we found such narrow, prescribed plans that the work could not move forward. Then when an effort was made to advance, it resulted in large outlay, and in extravagant plans that were altogether out of order. Then followed a pressure for money, and the work was held back.  {PC 219.5}
[PC 219.6]          Still the light kept coming to me that the work should be conducted after a different order, that many plans and devisings of men needed to be changed. Of late some moves have been made. The Lord has wrought in the securing of properties at Fernando, at Paradise Valley, and at Glendale.  {PC 219.6}
[PC 219.7]          A sanitarium has been established at Loma Linda, and this is in the providence of God. Some know how difficult it has been to accomplish the work that has been done. But the work at Loma Linda is not yet perfected. More money must be raised in order to make this place a center for the training of medical missionary evangelists.  {PC 219.7}
[PC 219.8]          As the president and executive committee of the Southern California Conference unite with Brother Burden and his                                                                              220  associates in planning for the thorough accomplishment of the sanitarium and school work at Loma Linda, they will find strength and blessing. Brother Burden is not to be bound about in his work.  {PC 219.8}
[PC 220.1]          Pray to the Lord, my brethren, counsel together, and then labor unitedly to help in establishing the work which we all so greatly desire shall not be hindered.  {PC 220.1}
[PC 220.2]          The work of higher education has been greatly hindered because men and women have not discerned spiritual things as they should. We should know the facts that are of weight in making decisions.  {PC 220.2}
[PC 220.3]          All our brethren are to be sober-minded and cautious. Those who hold office need the ability to view every matter wisely. We are all to be workers together with God.                                           Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 220.3}
[PC 220.4]                                                 Sanitarium, California                                                    September 3, 1906     Roy Logan:     Dear Brother:            Sister King has spoken to me of you as a young man desiring advice in regard to entering a school of Osteopathy, conducted by unbelievers.  {PC 220.4}
[PC 220.5]          I would caution you to be on your guard. You cannot be too careful how you place yourself in a position where you will be surrounded by students who are unbelievers, and receive instruction from teachers who are not taught by the great Teacher, the Lord Jesus Christ.  {PC 220.5}
[PC 220.6]          It has frequently been seen that what seemed to be favorable opportunities for obtaining an education in worldly institutions, were snares of the enemy. The time of the students has been fully occupied, to the exclusion of the study of God's word. They have completed the course of study, but they were not fitted to take up the study of the work of the Lord.  {PC 220.6}
[PC 220.7]          It is not necessary for you to go to a worldly school to obtain an education; for there are excellent opportunities before you in schools conducted by those who understand the truth, and where you can receive an education in Bible knowledge. If you desire to fit yourself for medical missionary work, you can find at Loma Linda the very best opening. If you need preliminary work, this you can obtain at the college in Healdsburg. Would it not be wisdom for you to attend one of these schools, rather than to place yourself in the company of those who neither teach nor obey the commandments of God?                                                                              221   {PC 220.7}
[PC 221.1]          You will have severe enough battles to fight, even when you place yourself under the best influences possible. Would it not be presumption to place yourself unnecessarily in school where the teachers do not have respect to the Lord's commandments, where the Sabbath is not recognized as His sign?. . . .  {PC 221.1}
[PC 221.2]          Our young men need above all else, to be thoroughly instructed that they may teach the way of the Lord to perishing souls. "The words that I speak unto you," says Christ, "they are spirit, and they are life." Study the word. The strictest fidelity is to be cherished. The love of the truth, and a genuine desire for improvement in the understanding of the Word, will make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the service of God. As you learn, you should seek for opportunities to explain the truth to others.  {PC 221.2}
[PC 221.3]          The tempter is watching you, in your uncertainty. He will make a determined effort to secure you to serve his purposes. How few understand Satan's great power to deceive! Close every door where he might enter. Surrender yourself, body, soul, and spirit, to God.  {PC 221.3}
[PC 221.4]          Place yourself under those who teach and obey the truth, and learn all you can from them. When you place yourself under the influence of the Holy Spirit, then you can see light in God's light, and you will rejoice in His truth. Keep yourself in the circle of His light, where His light is cherished, and then "let your light so shine before men that they, by seeing your good works, may glorify your Father which is in heaven.". . . .                                                    -    {PC 221.4}
[PC 221.5]                                       From a Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White                                             Los Angeles, California                                                   September 9, 1905            We are so thankful that God has opened the way for us to secure such favorable locations for our institutions in Southern California. He brought first to our notice the buildings now occupied by the Fernando school. When some one wrote and told me of the buildings that were offered for sale at such reasonable prices, I replied, "Lose no time in securing the property." The instruction given was obeyed, and for two or three years a school has been conducted there. God calls upon you to take a greater interest in this school than you have taken in the past.  {PC 221.5}
[PC 221.6]          The Lord has wonderfully opened up the way for us to establish sanitariums. These institutions should be centers of education. They should be conducted by men and women who have the fear of God in their hearts, and who can speak words in season, bringing to troubled souls the comfort of the grace of God. This is the work that should be done in every sanitarium.  {PC 221.6}
[PC 221.7]          For a long time we have desired to see a work begun in Redlands. Now, in the providence of God, we have come into                                                                              222  possession of Loma Linda. This will give you an influence in Redlands and Riverside, enabling us to find openings for the proclamation of present truth. This beautiful property was offered to us at a very low price. It is completely furnished. We have only to take possession. We trust that our people will rally to the support of this institution, that it may not be burdened with a large interest-bearing debt.  {PC 221.7}
[PC 222.1]                               A Reform Needed          At this time when Satan is rallying his forces, shall the people of God lay off the armor, and go to sleep? Shall we do nothing, or shall we remember that there is One who says, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world."  {PC 222.1}
[PC 222.2]          Many have so little faith in God that He is unable to work for them. Elder Simpson has labored diligently and faithfully in Los Angeles, and the Lord has given him success. But his success would have been far greater had the church rallied to his support, had every member been consecrated to God. Some have thought that Elder Simpson should labor for the church. The church-members should rather have assisted Elder Simpson by going to their neighbors and telling them of the truth, inviting them to attend the meetings.  {PC 222.2}
[PC 222.3]          There is now a large number of believers in Los Angeles. Many of these should be fitting themselves to work for the Master, that the truth may go forth as a lamp that burneth. Read the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. Read it over many times, and you will receive a deeper impression each time.  {PC 222.3}
[PC 222.4]          I have always felt a deep interest in the work in Southern California. For more than twenty years this part of the State has been represented to me as an important field. Our people should be ready to meet those who come and go, and speak to them the words of life. They should scatter the publications containing present truth. The Lord will do great things for those who cooperate with Him.                                                    -    {PC 222.4}
[PC 222.5]                                                 Sanitarium, California                                                 September 14, 1906     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            The work of the school and the sanitarium (Loma Linda) will be a blessing, the one to the other. Each must act its individual part, but both must blend together; then the interests of both will be advanced. If there is co-operation                                                                              223  between the educational work and the work of the sanitarium, we can heartily recommend that the higher education be carried on in the sanitarium grounds; for this is the Lord's plan. If the men at the head of this enterprise plan for the usefulness of these institutions, each helping the other, there is nothing to hinder the operations of the school. As the work grows, buildings may have to be prepared.                                     Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 222.5}
[PC 223.1]                                            Sanitarium, California                                              November 2, 1906     Elder J. A. Burden     Dear Brother:            I have words to speak to you. The Lord has laid upon you responsibilities of no ordinary nature. At the time of the meeting held before you were settled at Loma Linda, when I was so sick, the Lord showed me what was to be your work as director of the Sanitarium, and that if you would connect yourself with divine wisdom, you would be taught of God. You need a clear mind in order to settle wisely the many questions that come to you for decision. The Lord would have you taught of Him.  {PC 223.1}
[PC 223.2]          My brother, do not allow men of limited experience to come in, as Elder Reaser has done, and assume a controlling power. Brother Reaser has placed himself as teacher and adviser and ruler in many matters, and unless you work and watch carefully, such an influence will retard the work. Brother Reaser should learn that he is not qualified to do the work he supposes he is to do.  {PC 223.2}
[PC 223.3]          Brother Reaser supposes that if it was not for his watching of the finances, there would be serious losses; whereas if he had nothing to do and say in these matters, it would save many perplexities. He has taken upon himself burdens that the Lord has not laid upon him. He has learned some of his lessons of Elder Healey, who has done much to retard the work in the South. If he would attend to his work of ministry, and keep his hands off the work of directing, he would save himself and others many burdens. From the light that has been given me, I know that it is a mistake for him to be connected with our sanitariums; he should not be a manager.  {PC 223.3}
[PC 223.4]          In regard to the health food business, I would urge you to move slowly. Dr. Kellogg's proposition to sell the corn flake rights to our people for twenty years has just been considered by our brethren here; and I fear, if I had not been on the ground, this matter would have been carried through to the loss of our food business. When a thing is exalted,                                                                              224  as the corn flakes has been, it would be unwise for our people to have anything to do with it. It is not necessary that we make the corn flakes an article of good.  {PC 223.4}
[PC 224.1]          I would advise you, my brother, to keep away from the influence of Dr. Kellogg's ingenious plans. Let us use our own ingenuity to invent the best kinds of food possible. We are living in the closing days of this earth's history; souls are starving for a knowledge of the word of God and of healthful living. Let us seek to carry our work solidly, giving all possible instruction regarding the principles of health reform, praying with the sick, and teaching the people how to care for themselves in sickness and health.  {PC 224.1}
[PC 224.2]          The Lord has sent us valuable help in Dr. White, who is studying to know how to follow the way of the Lord. Let there be much earnest prayer on the part of the workers, each depending on the great Physician to carry the work according to His purposes. "For we are laborers together with God: ye are God's husbandry; ye are God's building." In our efforts to build up the cause of God in the earth, we are to make sure work for eternity.  {PC 224.2}
[PC 224.3]          Many workers who are bearing responsibilities are embracing too much authority; and they will certainly confuse the human judgment by their dictatorial authority. I must warn my brethren to be on their guard against this. The cause of God is imperiled when the workers become self-confident, and seek to embrace more than the Lord has laid upon them. Hindrance instead of advancement is the result of such a spirit.  {PC 224.3}
[PC 224.4]          Brother Burden, carry your work intelligently, even consulting the word of God; for this word is very precious to the worker in the cause. Study the messages that God has sent to His people for the last sixty years through the Spirit of Prophecy. Do not seek the counsel of men, but by earnest prayer seek the wisdom of God. A mistake has been made in the past by leaning upon the guidance of men. Seek to correct this mistake.                                                    -    {PC 224.4}
[PC 224.5]                                          Sanitarium, California                                           November 25, 1906            Yesterday was a strange day for me. I was compelled to leave letters and other writings unfinished.  {PC 224.5}
[PC 224.6]          The Lord has been working with Elder Simpson, teaching him how to give to the people this last warning message. His method of making the words of the Bible prove the truth for this time, and his use of the symbols presented in Revelation and Daniel, are effective. Let the young men learn as for their lives what is truth, and how it should be presented. We are living in the last days of the great conflict; the truth alone will hold us securely in this time of trouble. The                                                                              225  way should be prepared for Elder Simpson to give the message, and our young men should attend his evening meetings.  {PC 224.6}
[PC 225.1]          Those who have considered themselves qualified to bear responsibilities in the churches, should seek to obtain light and a knowledge of how to prosecute their work at this time in the cities, north and south, east and west, that are calling for a knowledge of the truth for this time. Our camp meetings should do a more thorough work in preparing the laborers for the work that is to be done in every place.  {PC 225.1}
[PC 225.2]          The camp meetings which my husband attended were made special seasons of seeking the Lord. Every morning at an early hour the ministers assembled in the large tent, where we wrought to become of one mind. The question would be asked, Have we any personal difficulties to settle? If so, let us settle them. Let us not pass one day on this ground cherishing hard feelings against a brother. Let there be no evil speaking one of another; for this will greatly dishonor God. Let us by every means in our power seek to remove the alienation and differences that exist.  {PC 225.2}
[PC 225.3]          Then we would have a season of prayer, and these were times of confession and breaking of heart before God. Often the workers, and especially the ministers, would state their true feelings, relating their temptations, and confessing their loss of confidence in their brethren. These confessions tended to clear away any ill feeling that existed, and brought in a very different atmosphere.  {PC 225.3}
[PC 225.4]          At these camp meetings no one man carried the burden of deciding who should speak, but those were chosen who were experienced in the message and in conducting camp meetings. We used then the very arguments that are now given why the young men should not be brought to the front while the aged workers were passed by.  {PC 225.4}
[PC 225.5]          God speaks through the men who understand the guiding of the Holy Spirit. When thousands come out to attend our meetings, they desire to get the greatest possible benefit, and it is poor policy to place as speakers men who are not fully adapted to meet the needs of the situation. The word should be spoken by men who have felt the deep moving of the Spirit upon their hearts, and who feel the burden of the message that God has given them for the people. The old soldiers of the cross are not to be passed by.  {PC 225.5}
[PC 225.6]          Men who have been placed in office for the first time, and who are just gaining their experience, need to move carefully and in humility of mind; for often they are not able to judge wisely. When Elder Reaser was placed in a position of responsibility, he did not see his need to learn all that he could from the experience of others who had a knowledge of the history of the work in Southern California, and who had burdens laid upon them for that work by the Lord. At the first assuming of his new responsibilities, Elder Reaser should have considered that these persons understood                                                                              226  the situation better than he did. By his officious attitude, he has made the work much more perplexing than it otherwise would have been. If he will be taught, the Lord will teach Elder Reaser that he has men on the ground who are fully as capable of planning and devising for the interests of the work as himself.  {PC 225.6}
[PC 226.1]          The Lord has given you your work, Brother Burden. He has not appointed Elder Reaser to tell you what your duty is. As superintendent of the sanitarium, your work is an important one. Elder Reaser is not to intrude himself upon that which God has given you to do. That there shall be no more money in the sanitarium until the institution shall have earned that amount required, is not for Elder Reaser to decide. Hire money, if this is necessary in order to perfect the work.                                                    -    {PC 226.1}
[PC 226.2]                         Sanitarium Post Office, Napa County, California                                                   February 12, 1907     To the Workers in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium     Dear Brethren and Sisters:            The past night has been one of wakefulness and prayer. I am anxious to understand the ways of the Lord, and to know what words I should speak to those who are in charge of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium.  {PC 226.2}
[PC 226.3]          I heard One of authority speaking to a company of workers, including every one who has a part to act in the sanitarium. These were the words he said:  {PC 226.3}
[PC 226.4]          "Let not your hearts be troubled; ye believe in God believe also in Me. In my Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself, that where I am there ye may be also."  {PC 226.4}
[PC 226.5]          When Jesus spoke these words to His disciples, he was about to leave them. He had just given them a portion of His parting address, and in that he had foretold the work of Judas in betraying his Lord for thirty pieces of silver. When Judas left the presence of Christ to perform this terrible work, Jesus said to His disciples, "Now is the Son of Man glorified, and God is glorified in Him. If God be glorified in Him, God shall also glorify Him in Himself, and shall straightaway glorify Him. Little children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek me, and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go ye cannot come; so now I say to you. A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one for another."                                                                              227   {PC 226.5}
[PC 227.1]          "Simon Peter said unto Him, Lord, whither goest Thou? Jesus answered him, Whither I go thou canst not follow Me now; but thou shalt follow Me afterwards. Peter said unto Him, Lord, why cannot I follow Thee now? I will lay down my life for Thy sake. Jesus answered him, Wilt thou lay down thy life for My sake? Verily, verily I say unto thee, The cock shall not crow, till thou hast denied Me thrice."  {PC 227.1}
[PC 227.2]          The workers in our sanitariums should understand that each has an individual work.  Each should realize his duty to keep his soul and body under discipline to the great Physician, who gave His life to rescue us from the control of a powerful foe. After He had burst the fetters of the tomb, He said to His disciples, "I am the resurrection and the life." And before he ascended to heaven, He declared, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world."  {PC 227.2}
[PC 227.3]          Here is your work. Teach the sick. Proclaim the gospel to them, persuading them to become Christ's disciples. The Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit are pledged to be with you in every emergency. Act as Christians, having divine orders. God is to be trusted, believed, obeyed. His character is to be represented in every household.  {PC 227.3}
[PC 227.4]          A wonderful responsibility rests upon those connected with the sanitariums established in His name for the treatment of the sick. This is to be done without the use of poisonous drugs. Those who become workers in the sanitarium are to believe the words of Christ, "Lo I am with you always, even unto the end of the world." Those who have the fear of God in the heart will cultivate a sweet disposition. Forbearance and courtesy will be manifested in the life. Duties will be faithfully discharged and in a way that will not leave a disagreeable impression on the minds of the sick of the well.  {PC 227.4}
[PC 227.5]          In order to maintain a right influence, the workers must reveal that they are one in sentiment. Do not let it be seen that there is disunion among the helpers.  {PC 227.5}
[PC 227.6]          If you have any care of the sick, act tenderly, kindly, faithfully, that you may have a converting influence upon them. You have need of the grade of Christ in order to properly represent the service of Christ. And as you present the grace of truth in true, disinterested service, angels will be present to sustain you. The Comforter will be with you to fulfill the promise of the Saviour, "Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world."  {PC 227.6}
[PC 227.7]          I have a charge to give, a message to bear to our sanitarium workers. Keep your souls in purity. Do a work that will have a winning influence on those placed in your charge. You can speak often to the sick of the great Physician, who can heal the diseases of the body as verily as He heals                                                                              228  the sickness of the soul. Pray with the sick, and try to lead them to see in Christ, their Healer. Tell them that if they will look to Him in faith, He will say to them, "Thy sins be forgiven thee." It means very much to the sick to learn this lesson.                                                    -    {PC 227.7}
[PC 228.1]                                            National City, California                                                      May 7, 1907     Elder J. E. White     Dear Son Edson:            In many places I see great need for the investment of means in the cause of God. Next week I expect to return to Loma Linda, and while there I will do what I can to help forward the work in the surrounding cities. I desire to invest some means in the work in these places. I hope to find opportunity to speak to our people in that locality, and to arouse them to a sense of their responsibility to hold up the light of truth. If, before I leave Loma Linda, I can see the right work begun, I shall not feel pressed as a cart beneath sheaves, after I return home.  {PC 228.1}
[PC 228.2]          Mrs. Dr. Starr has been doing a good work in San Bernardino. She has been giving education in health principles, and has found access to many fine homes. I hope to strengthen her hands, and give her encouragement to continue the work in Redlands and Riverside.                                                    -    {PC 228.2}
[PC 228.3]                                                 Loma Linda, California                                                       May 19, 1907                             An Open Letter     Dear Brethren and Sisters:            The Lord has greatly blessed our people in Southern California, in enabling them to secure at very low cost valuable sanitarium properties. Through the institutions that are established here, the Lord desires to reach a class that can be reached in no other way. Therefore I would urge upon our people to whom the Lord has entrusted the talent of means, that they make loans and gifts to place these institutions in a position where they can do without embarrassment the work that will be to the honor and glory of God.  {PC 228.3}
[PC 228.4]          For forty thousand dollars our brethren secured at Loma Linda buildings and land that cost originally one hundred and fifty thousand dollars. These buildings were furnished completely, far more elegantly than we would have furnished them.                                                                              229   {PC 228.4}
[PC 229.1]          The Lord has worked wonderfully in bringing us into possession of this place. Here is a center from which light is to shine into the surrounding cities of Redlands, Riverside, San Bernardino, Colton, and other places near by.  {PC 229.1}
[PC 229.2]          It has been found necessary to provide additional bathroom facilities at Loma Linda, and to make some changes to adapt the building to sanitarium work. An elevator is greatly needed, and a small bakery should be added. We are in need of means to accomplish that which must be done, and we pray the Lord to put it into the heart of our brethren and sisters to help in this time of necessity.  {PC 229.2}
[PC 229.3]          For years the Lord has instructed us that we should have a sanitarium in the vicinity of San Diego, where many thousands of tourists come every year. A valuable property was secured at National City at a very small part of its original cost. There is an important work to be done in caring for the sick, and in reaching many with the light of truth. At the Paradise Valley Sanitarium also it was found necessary to add to the original building, and obligation have been made that must soon be met. The Lord has blessed this institution, and some have been converted to the truth as the result of the work already done.  {PC 229.3}
[PC 229.4]          At Glendale, a few miles from Los Angeles, we purchased a sanitarium at about one fourth its real value. This institution is at the present time full of patients. It is well-equipped for work, and is in a position of influence. Its need is not so pressing as that of the sanitariums at Loma Linda and National City.  {PC 229.4}
[PC 229.5]          The establishment of these three institutions has brought a heavy financial burden to our people in Southern California. Yet they have cheerfully responded to the calls for means that have been made. Brother Burden, Dr. White, and others connected with these sanitariums have invested all they could spare, that the work might not be hindered.  {PC 229.5}
[PC 229.6]          We have none too many sanitariums. There is need for every one that has been established. In these institutions we are endeavoring to carry the work earnestly and solidly. in harmony with the instruction the Lord has given in regard to sanitarium work. They are to stand as a means of teaching the truth in these great centers of tourist resort.  {PC 229.6}
[PC 229.7]          At our request, Brother Burden is going East to attend some of our camp meetings, where he may come in contact with many of our brethren and sisters, and lay before them the opportunities for assisting these important branches of the Lord's work. We unite in asking those who have means to spare, to consider the matter of investing some of their money in these institutions, thus helping to provide necessary facilities, that a thorough work may be done in caring for the sick who are coming to Southern California in search of health.                                                                              230   {PC 229.7}
[PC 230.1]          May the Lord give ability to help, and a willing mind.                                                    -    {PC 230.1}
[PC 230.2]                                  Sanitarium, Glendale, California                                                  May 20, 1907     Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:            We left home on our visit to Southern California April 18. On our way to San Diego, we stopped off at Fernando, and we spent a few days at Loma Linda. At the Paradise Valley Sanitarium we found a very small patronage. Twice I spoke to the helpers and guests. On Sabbath and Sunday, May 4 and 5, I spoke to the church in San Diego. I bore a very plain testimony. Sunday afternoon, I followed an earnest appeal with a prayer. This was followed by a social meeting at which some confessions were made. . . .  {PC 230.2}
[PC 230.3]          I remained at Loma Linda nearly a week, during which time I spoke to the students twice. Sabbath afternoon I spoke to a large number who had assembled from the surrounding churches. The meeting was held on the lawn. Among those present were some who have recently begun the observance of the Sabbath in Redlands, where Elder Hare and Elder Whitehead have been conducting a series of meetings.  {PC 230.3}
[PC 230.4]          Seats were arranged under the pepper trees at the back of the sanitarium. It was an interesting occasion. The Lord blessed me in speaking from the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. Before I closed, I made a strong appeal to those who had means to help in the Lord's work, and I presented the needs of the Loma Linda Sanitarium. I urged them not to spend all their efforts merely in commercial lines, but to lay up treasure beside the throne of God.  {PC 230.4}
[PC 230.5]          In the evening, Brother Nichols came to my room, his face aglow with happiness, and said, "I want to tell you what your words today have accomplished. A sister came to Brother Burden, and gave him ten dollars, and a gentleman has offered to lend him a thousand dollars for a year without interest." I thank the Lord for this response.  {PC 230.5}
[PC 230.6]          From Brother Burden I learned that the one who had offered to lend him a thousand dollars is a patient who had been in the sanitarium for some time. He had a serious stomach difficulty, and for some time his life was hanging in the balance. The crisis safely passed, he has begun to study the truth, and is deeply interested.  {PC 230.6}
[PC 230.7]          After the morning service, a lunch was provided by the sanitarium, on the lawn, for the visitors. Brother Burden felt that the sanitarium would not be a loser by doing this, and I agreed with him; for I remember the experiences we have had in the past in making similar provision. Such actions are sometimes the means of sowing seed in the hearts of those                                                                              231  who are inquiring after truth.  {PC 230.7}
[PC 231.1]          In the afternoon, Elder Luther Warren gave an excellent discourse. Brother Warren is an able worker, and we hope he may labor for a time in this needy field. Now is a favorable time to work Redlands. The Woman's Christian Temperance Union recently held an important convention in Redlands, and Dr. Starr attended their meetings. She was introduced to the convention, and by invitation spoke to them on the subject of healthful dress. She was well received, and has received many invitations to give lectures at various places. We trust that the Lord will open the way before her, that she may be a help in removing the prejudice of some, that they may be willing to listen to the truth.                                                    -    {PC 231.1}
[PC 231.2]                                             Sanitarium, California                                                 April 12, 1905     Dear Brother Burden:            I hear that plans are being laid for Elder W. W. Simpson to leave Southern California to labor elsewhere. If Elder Simpson feels it his duty to go, I have nothing to say against it. But I had hoped to see him extend his work from Los Angeles to Redlands and Riverside. The condition of Brother Simpson's health is such that great care must be exercised in regard to the location of his field of labor. He should have suitable help, that he may be relieved from the burden of speaking so frequently. Would it not be well if Elder Corliss and Elder Simpson could labor together?  {PC 231.2}
[PC 231.3]          Redlands and Riverside have been presented to me as places that should be worked. These two places should not longer be neglected. I hope soon to see an earnest effort put forth in their behalf. Will you please consider the advisability of establishing a sanitarium in the vicinity of these towns, with treatment rooms in each place to act as feeders to the institution?  {PC 231.3}
[PC 231.4]          We cannot afford to allow these places to go unwarned. Instead of Elder Simpson's going somewhere else to work, would it not be better to let a determined effort be put forth to make a success of the work in these places. There are other cities in Southern California in which a work similar to that carried on by Elder Simpson in Los Angeles should be conducted. The Lord would have His ministers working zealously for those who have never heard the truth. But Elder Simpson should have some one connected with him to help him in the work.  {PC 231.4}
[PC 231.5]          Our people in the churches of Southern California need to arouse to do a work that is necessary within their own borders. Let them awake to prayer and labor. They need                                                                              232  more spiritual vitality. They need to be converted, that they may labor for souls. Wherever there is spiritual life, there will be an imparting as well as a receiving of light and blessing. The nourishment from God's word will be received and earnest work will be done. The act of imparting keeps open the channel for receiving. This truth our Saviour ever sought to keep before the people.  {PC 231.5}
[PC 232.1]          I have a message to bear to the church members in Southern California: Arouse, and avail yourselves of the opportunities open to you. While Christ pleads in your behalf, plead for yourselves, that you may be purified from every unrighteous thought, every unholy action. Make an entire surrender to God of body, soul, and spirit. Be determined to do all in your power to learn the true science of soul-saving. While the light of God's mercy still shines, gather up every divine ray.  {PC 232.1}
[PC 232.2]          Are you prepared to sell all, that you may purchase the field that contains the treasure? Said the apostle Paul, "I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord. . . that I may win Christ, and be found in him."  {PC 232.2}
[PC 232.3]          Give up the self-righteousness that you have been cherishing. If the Lord permits you to behold such work as has been done in Los Angeles, seek with all humility to act your part. Not in your own strength, but in the strength of Christ, you are to ascend the ladder heavenward, round by round. Make diligent, thorough work in humbling yourselves, that the old habits and practices and all evil speaking may be put away. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. Die to self; live to God.  {PC 232.3}
[PC 232.4]          Brother Burden, say to the church that the Lord will manifest Himself to all who seek him with humble hearts. The end of all things is at hand. Let your eyes be fixed upon Christ. As the called and chosen of God, we must represent truth in its purity. Our lives are to be such that the world will take knowledge of us that we have been with Christ, and that truth may seem to them more desirable than error.  {PC 232.4}
[PC 232.5]          If rightly conducted, our sanitariums may exert a refining, ennobling influence, and lead many souls to Christ. The religious principles maintained in these institutions will demonstrate that there is relief for the soul, weary and sick with sin. Many are weak and sick because of disease of the soul. Let Christ be held up before them as the great Healer, who invites them to come to Him and find rest. Tell them that the heart of Christ is drawn out in compassion and love for His blood-bought heritage. He will heal the troubled heart that looks to him in faith.  {PC 232.5}
[PC 232.6]          To the poor, sin-sick soul repeat the Saviour's invitation: "Come to me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me;                                                                              233  for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light." There is true joy in learning of Christ.  {PC 232.6}
[PC 233.1]          Tell the suffering ones of a compassionate Saviour. He is the only physician who can heal both body and soul. He has given Him life for the world, that men should not perish, but have everlasting life. He looks with compassion upon those who regard their case as hopeless.  {PC 233.1}
[PC 233.2]          While the soul is filled with fear and terror, the mind cannot see the tender compassion of Christ. Our sanitariums are to be an agency for bringing peace and rest to the troubled minds. If you can inspire the despondent with hopeful, saving faith, contentment and cheerfulness will take the place of discouragement and unrest. Wonderful changes can then be wrought in their physical condition. Christ will restore both body and soul, and, realizing His compassion and love, they will rest in Him. He is the bright and morning star, shining amid the moral darkness of this sinful, corrupt world. He is the light of the world, and all who give their hearts to Him will find peace, rest, and joy.  {PC 233.2}
[PC 233.3]          The world is filled with sickness. Sin is increasing, especially in the large cities. Death is taking away large numbers. But the great Medical Missionary invites men to come to Him. "Come unto me," He says, "and I will give you rest." "Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you."  {PC 233.3}
[PC 233.4]          Our part is, by believing His word, to find rest in Christ Jesus. His words are spirit and life. In believing them there is rest and peace. "Knock, and it shall be opened unto you."  {PC 233.4}
[PC 233.5]          Our prayers will reach the ear of Christ, and He will open unto us the rich treasures of His grace. Through prayer we are brought into communion with the high and holy One who inhabiteth eternity. He opens the door to every one who will knock.  {PC 233.5}
[PC 233.6]          As I think of how the skillful Physician longs to heal every sin-sick soul, I feel so anxious that those who are drawn to our sanitariums may there find what they need for the cure of their physical and spiritual maladies.  {PC 233.6}
[PC 233.7]          "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty." This invitation will be accepted by those who are burdened for souls. They will become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King.  {PC 233.7}
[PC 233.8]          The law of God is to be obeyed. Obedience is the life of the soul. It brings health and peace and assurance. Seek the Lord in every necessity, and know that you have a friend in Jesus, one who loves you with an everlasting love. He will                                                                              234  be as an anchor to the soul, both sure and steadfast. When men and women come just as they are, he cleanses them from their sins, and they become His sons and daughters.                                                    -    {PC 233.8}
[PC 234.1]                                       Takoma Park, Washington, D. C.                                                     May 23, 1905     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            I feel very grateful to the Lord that he has strengthened me to speak six times at this meeting. When I left my home in St. Helena, I was suffering from a severe cold, and I thought it rather a risk to run to attempt to attend the meeting. But I decided to start with the party, thinking that I would go as far as Los Angeles, and then, if I could not go any further, I would return to St. Helena. The Lord strengthened me, and I have been able to bear my testimony six times since the meeting began. All seem surprised that my voice is so clear and strong. I have said many things that the Lord has given me to say, and I still have more to say. I attend only those meetings in which I can bear my testimony.  {PC 234.1}
[PC 234.2]          I have been waiting to hear from you again regarding the place near Redlands, about which you wrote not long ago. I hope that this place can be secured, because I think that the Lord has made it possible for us to obtain it. If you have anything further to tell us, please do so. We do not want this place to be a snare to us; for I feel impressed that it will be a great blessing. I hope that you will send me a line when you have come to a decision regarding the place.  {PC 234.2}
[PC 234.3]          Redlands and Riverside must be worked, and they could be worked from the place about which you have written us. If Brother and Sister Haskell can possibly get away from Nashville, I should like them to spend a little time in Southern California.                                                    -    {PC 234.3}
[PC 234.4]                                        Takoma Park, Washington, D. C.                                                      May 24, 1905     Dear Brother Burden:            We received your letter today. I wish to say that I can not ask the Conference to invest in a sanitarium at Redlands. They have enough responsibilities to carry without taking upon them other responsibilities. If you in Los Angeles will do your best, we will do our best. If you will do nothing, say so, and we will do nothing. If you will work intelligently, as we know you can, then we will do what we can. But if you                                                                              235  do nothing, waiting for the Conference, you will lose your chance. If you are going to depend on the Conference purchasing it, I have no hope of your obtaining it.  {PC 234.4}
[PC 235.1]          Can you give us definite terms of payment? Then we shall know what to tell the people. I am anxious to secure the place for a sanitarium, but if you cannot state anything definite as to the terms of payment, we are left without any certain information.  {PC 235.1}
[PC 235.2]          Brother Burden, if you wait for Brother Santee to work out the plans, there will be no hope at all in the matter. I will not write more till I hear something further from you. Telegraph us at once the price of the property, and the best terms of payment you can obtain.                                                    -    {PC 235.2}
[PC 235.3]                                        Takoma Park, Washington, D. C.                                                      May 14, 1905     Dear Brother Burden:            Your letter has just been read. I had no sooner finished reading it then I said, "I will consult no one; for I have no question at all about the matter." I advised Willie to send you a telegram without spending time to ask the advice of the brethren. Secure the property by all means, so that it can be held, and then obtain all the money you can make sufficient payments to hold the place. This is the very property that we ought to have. Do not delay; for it is just what is needed. As soon as it is secured, a working force can begin operations in it. I think that sufficient help can be secured to carry this matter through. I want you to be sure to lose no time in securing the right to purchase the property. We will do our utmost to help you raise the money. I know that Redlands and Riverside are to be worked, and I pray that the Lord may be gracious, and not allow any one else to get this property instead of us.  {PC 235.3}
[PC 235.4]          We had a very pleasant trip from San Francisco to Washington. Several times a song-service was held in the car, and this took well. Many of the passengers outside of our party united in the singing.  {PC 235.4}
[PC 235.5]          I am recovering from the cold that I caught about three weeks before leaving home. On Thursday morning I spoke in the large tent, and on Sabbath morning I spoke again. The large tent was crowded, and I am told that my voice could be heard very distinctly even by those on the seats at the very back. I shall send you a copy of my talk when it is written out.  {PC 235.5}
[PC 235.6]          Today, Sunday, Elder Haskell spoke in the forenoon. The afternoon meeting was broken up by a thunderstorm. The rain came through the large tent, and people were                                                                              236  obliged to hurry away to the small tents.  {PC 235.6}
[PC 236.1]          A good work is being done on the school and sanitarium land here. Money is coming in for the completion of the one hundred thousand dollar fund. Last Friday morning, at a meeting held for this purpose, about six thousand dollars were handed in by the delegates for the Washington work. A great many Conferences had not at that time reported fully, and at the end of this week, there will be several thousand dollars more to hand in.  {PC 236.1}
[PC 236.2]          We hope that this meeting will be the means of accomplishing much good. If the Lord sees that we are in earnest in seeking Him, He will be found of us. Oh, it would be sad indeed to get above the simplicity of the work. When we are humble enough to receive wisdom, the Lord will certainly teach us His way. I have such a hungering and thirsting after God: I must have a strong faith, and I must bear a decided testimony, which will not be weakened. Bible truth will prevail, and oh, how my heart longs to see our church members obtaining a deep experience, which will stand the test that is before us.  {PC 236.2}
[PC 236.3]          Let us seek the Lord while He may be found, and call upon Him while He is near. "Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts; and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God; for He will abundantly pardon."  {PC 236.3}
[PC 236.4]          Let us make straight paths for our feet. The Lord will not leave those who love Him and keep His commandments to be spoiled by the enemy. A short work is to be done. Let us read and study the fifty-fifth and fifty-sixth chapters of Isaiah; for they contain wonderful encouragement, and the Lord wants us to bring all the uplifting possible to His people.  {PC 236.4}
[PC 236.5]          "Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it and keepeth his hand from doing any evil.  {PC 236.5}
[PC 236.6]          "Neither let the son of the stranger that hath joined himself to the Lord speak saying, The Lord hath utterly separated me from His people; neither let the eunuch say, Behold, I am a dry tree. For thus saith the Lord unto the eunuchs that keep my Sabbaths, and choose the things that please Me, and take hold of My covenant: Even to them will I give in Mine house and within My walls a place and a name better than of sons and of daughters: I will give them an everlasting name, that shall not be cut off.  {PC 236.6}
[PC 236.7]          "Also the sons of the stranger, that join themselves to the Lord, to serve Him, and to love the name of the Lord,                                                                              237  to be His servants, every one that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of My covenant; even them will I bring to My holy mountain, and make them joyful in My house of prayer; their burnt-offerings and their sacrifices shall be accepted upon Mine altar; for Mine house shall be called an house of prayer for all people. The Lord God, which gathereth the outcasts of Israel, saith, Yet will I gather others to Him, beside those that are gathered unto Him."  {PC 236.7}
[PC 237.1]          Here is the word of the Lord. Open up every place possible. We are to labor in faith, taking hold of a power that is pledged to do large things for us. We are to reach out in faith in Los Angeles and in Redlands and Riverside.                                                    -    {PC 237.1}
[PC 237.2]                                       Takoma Park, Washington, D. C.                                                     June 2, 1905     Dear Brother Burden:            I am much encouraged by the letters that I have received from you regarding Loma Linda. From your description of the place, I believe it meets the representation which I have seen of what we should seek for as sanitarium locations. Such a place was presented to me a few miles from an important city. The city has recently been built up.  {PC 237.2}
[PC 237.3]          I have tried to place before our people the representations given me regarding sanitariums in the country, and I have urged upon them the necessity of establishing our sanitariums outside of the cities. I have had repeatedly presented to me the advantage of securing locations some miles out of the cities. Those who follow the counsel of God in providing places where the sick and suffering can receive proper treatment will be guided to the right places for the establishment of their work.  {PC 237.3}
[PC 237.4]          Let our sanitariums be located where there is an abundance of land. I can see the advantage of such a place as Loma Linda. The Lord worked to help us to secure this property. The work of this institution is to be carried forward on pure, elevated lines. It can be conducted in such a way that the truth will be presented as the rock upon which to build.  {PC 237.4}
[PC 237.5]          In order that our institutions shall teach right lessons, there must be connected with them men of such simplicity that they are willing to learn of the great Teacher. "To you it is given," Christ said, to the people who keep My commandments and do those things that I have presented in my work, "to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven."  {PC 237.5}
[PC 237.6]          We are to proclaim the truth to the world, for thus the great Medical Missionary has commanded us. "What ye                                                                              238  hear in the ear, that preach ye upon the house top; for there is nothing hid that shall not be made known." "The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him, and keep His commandments." "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God."  {PC 237.6}
[PC 238.1]          The church of Christ is dependent on Him for her very existence. Only through Him can it gain continued life and strength. The members are to live constantly in the most intimate, vital relationship with the Saviour. They are to follow in His steps of self-denial and sacrifice. They are to go forth into the highways and byways of life to win souls to Him, using every possible means to make the truth appear in its true character before the world.  {PC 238.1}
[PC 238.2]          The truth is to be presented in various ways. Some in the higher walks of life will grasp it as it is presented in figures and parables. As men labor to unfold the truth with clearness, that conviction may come to their hearers, the Lord is present as He promised to be. As they go forth on their mission, teaching all things whatsoever Christ has commanded, the promise will be fulfilled, "Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world." Those who are honest in heart will see the importance of the truth for this time, and will take their place in the ranks of those who are keeping and teaching the commandments.  {PC 238.2}
[PC 238.3]          All that can be done to make clear the mystery of godliness is to be done. The earthly has its place in illustrating the heavenly. All nature is a lesson-book, a teacher to every one who will learn.  {PC 238.3}
[PC 238.4]          In His wonderful sermon on the mount, Christ used the lilies of the field in their natural loveliness to illustrate a great truth. His language is adapted to the opening intellect of child life. The great Teacher brought His hearers in contact with nature, that they might listen to the voice which speaks in all created things; and as their hearts became tender and their minds receptive, He helped them to interpret the spiritual teachings of the scenes upon which their eyes rested. The parables, by means of which He loved to teach lessons of truth, show how open His spirit was to the influences of nature, and how He delighted to gather spiritual teaching from the surroundings of daily life.  {PC 238.4}
[PC 238.5]          The birds of the air, the lilies of the field, the sower and the seed, the shepherd and the sheep, - with these Christ illustrated immortal truth. He drew illustrations from the facts of life, facts of experience familiar to the hearers, - the hid treasure, the pearl, the fishing net, the lost coin, the prodigal son, the houses on the rock and on the sand. In His lessons there was something to interest every mind, to appeal to every heart. Thus the daily task, instead of being a mere round of toil, bereft of higher thoughts, was brightened and uplifted by constant reminders of the spiritual and the unseen.                                                                              239   {PC 238.5}
[PC 239.1]          Our medical workers are to do all in their power to cure disease of the body and also disease of the mind. They are to watch and pray and work, bringing spiritual as well as physical advantages to those for whom they labor. The physician in one of our sanitariums who is a true servant of God has an intensely interesting work to do for every suffering human being with whom he is brought in contact. He is to lose no opportunity to point souls to Christ, the great Healer of body and mind. Every physician should be a skilful worker in Christ's lines. There is to be no lessening of the interest in spiritual things, else the power to fix the mind upon the great Physician will be diverted. While the needs of the body are to be strictly attended to, while all efforts are to be made to break the power of disease, the physician is never to forget that there is a soul to be labored for.  {PC 239.1}
[PC 239.2]         God would draw minds from the conviction of logic to a conviction deeper, higher, purer, and more glorious, a conviction unperverted by human logic. Human logic has often nearly quenched the light which God would have shine forth in clear rays to convince minds that the God of nature is worthy of all praise and all glory, because He is the Creator of all things.  {PC 239.2}
[PC 239.3]          Christ illustrated character-building by a house built on a rock, against which storm and tempest were powerless, and the house built on the sand, which was swept away. We are living in perilous times.                                                    -    {PC 239.3}
[PC 239.4]                                    Takoma Park, Washington, D. C.                                                  May 31, 1905     Dear Brother Burden:            Our general meetings closed last night. We have had excellent meetings, but I cannot give you a full report, for I have gone to those meetings only at which I have spoken. I came to the Conference with fear and trembling, but determined to do my best. I have spoken ten times, and have done considerable writing. Night after Night I have been up writing as early as two o'clock, and yet I am doing well healthwise.  {PC 239.4}
[PC 239.5]          On the whole, we have had beautiful weather. At the first of the meetings there was a heavy thunder storm, but since then the days have been pleasant. Last night there was a little shower, which is a great blessing; for the dust has been settled.  {PC 239.5}
[PC 239.6]          For the rest of the week, committee meetings will continue, and the first of next week we shall start home. On way out we shall stop to see the place that means so much to me.     240.  {PC 239.6}
[PC 240.1]          During the meeting I did not dare to make any call for money; but last Sunday afternoon, when I had finished speaking the thought came to me that perhaps the people standing on the outside of the tent might give something for the colored work, so I made a call. A contribution was taken up, and in a very few minutes word came that one hundred and twenty-eight dollars had been given. The subduing influence of the Spirit of God rested upon the people, and a good impression was made by the meeting. As I walked from the tent to my room, many stopped me, and with tears of rejoicing shook my hand.  {PC 240.1}
[PC 240.2]          The Conference has called forth very weighty testimonies, and I am pleased with the appreciation shown to these testimonies.  {PC 240.2}
[PC 240.3]          We hope to see you soon now, but in regard to the purchase of "Loma Linda", I will say, Go ahead. I hope to be able to help by giving the proceeds from a certain number of copies of "Ministry of Healing". I can do no more, except to borrow. I wish the place purchased. Do not neglect to tell me all I ought to know. I have been looking over your descriptive letter, and I am well satisfied that the place is one we ought to have. It is cheap at forty thousand dollars. We will not leave you, but will stand back of you, and help you to raise the means. In regard to the right man to manage the institution? I am confident that we shall find some one when the right time comes.  {PC 240.3}
[PC 240.4]          As soon as we can be released from here, we shall return to California. I will let you know when we shall leave here, as soon as I can find out.                                     (Stamped)                                          Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 240.4}
[PC 240.5]                                    Takoma Park, Washington, D. C.                                                  May 28, 1905     Dear Brother Burden:            When you wrote to me about the advisability of purchasing the property known as "Loma Linda", I did not consult with anyone, because I thought this would hinder us, and I believed that we could carry the matter forward without putting the burden on the Conference. We do not desire to bring perplexity upon the Conference regarding this matter. Be assured, my brother, that I never advance anything unless I have a decided impression that it should be carried out, and unless I am firmly resolved to assist.  {PC 240.5}
[PC 240.6]          I am glad that means is in sight to make the first payment on the place; for we ought to have it. I do not know just where to look for the rest of the money needed. I have                                                                              241  asked Brother Washburn to let me know of anyone who would be willing to lend me some money without interest. He thinks that I could get means on these terms.  {PC 240.6}
[PC 241.1]          We will appropriate the proceeds of the sale of a certain number of copies of "Ministry of Healing" toward the purchase of this property. The book will soon be on the market.  {PC 241.1}
[PC 241.2]          By all means secure the property, if you can; for I believe it to be the very place the Lord desires us to have. We do not desire to burden the Conference. We can as a company raise the required sum, I believe. I hope that we shall see you soon, and then we can talk these matters over. We shall have to stay here for a week after the meetings close, because Willie has some committee work to do.  {PC 241.2}
[PC 241.3]          Since coming to the Conference, I have spoken nine times. Up to today I had not made any call for means. At the close of my talk this afternoon, I called for a contribution for the work among the colored people of the Southern field. One hundred and twenty-eight dollars was raised. I was much pleased. When I left my tent, it looked as if I would not be able to get to my room, there were so many who wanted to speak to me. Edson was present, and he felt very grateful for the donation.  {PC 241.3}
[PC 241.4]          We had a large profitable meeting on Sabbath. The tent was filled, and a number of people stood on the outside. This afternoon I spoke to a large company.  {PC 241.4}
[PC 241.5]          This is a beautiful place, and I am glad that the school is established here. A sanitarium must be erected, and we hope that this can be done soon. Then there is the publishing house to be built, but we hope that after both the school and the sanitarium have been completed, there will be something left for the publishing house.                                          (Stamped)                                                   Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 241.5}
[PC 241.6]     M.-247-'05               Loma Linda, Near Redlands, California July 24, 1911                                  August 24, 1905     Dr. John F. Morse     Dear Brother:            I write to invite you to connect with our sanitarium work in Southern California.  {PC 241.6}
[PC 241.7]          We now have three sanitariums in this southern part of the State. Loma Linda, the one most recently purchased, is the most desirable place I have ever seen for a sanitarium. We realize that the Lord has been very gracious to us in opening the way                                                                              242  for us to secure this plant, which was originally constructed as a sanitarium.  {PC 241.7}
[PC 242.1]          Upon this property there has been made an investment of about a hundred and fifty thousand dollars. Several months ago our brethren spoke to me of the place as a beautiful location with grant buildings, but they supposed that it would be valued so high that we could not possibly secure it.  {PC 242.1}
[PC 242.2]          Until I saw Loma Linda I could not feel that I had seen a place that seemed in every respect to correspond with the representations I had seen of what a sanitarium should be. I had been instructed to say to our brethren that we should have a sanitarium situated near Redlands and Riverside. This institution is about five miles from Redlands and twelve from Riverside. But I had no idea that we would be able to purchase Loma Linda, though we had heard that the owners were very anxious to sell the property.  {PC 242.2}
[PC 242.3]          While I was at Takoma Park attending the General Conference, I received a letter from Brother Burden describing the property at Loma Linda, and informing me that the place was offered for sale for forty thousand dollars. There were others who desired to secure the property, but we were given an option till the brethren could communicate with us. The description given by Brother Burden answered in every respect to that of places that I had been instructed would be offered far below their original cost.  {PC 242.3}
[PC 242.4]          This letter from Brother Burden I received one Friday afternoon. I asked W. C. White to telegraph immediately to Brother Burden that he should by all means secure the property. Some of our brethren connected with the Conference advised otherwise, fearing that the Conference would be more deeply involved in debt. But I followed my telegram with a letter, saying distinctly that the place should be purchased without delay. I considered that the advantages of this location authorized me to speak positively regarding this matter. I said, There is sufficient money in the hands of God's people, and if we seek the Lord, He will make their hearts willing to help in this time of need.  {PC 242.4}
[PC 242.5]          After writing to Brother Burden, the uncertainty so affected me that for several nights I was unable to sleep. I lifted my heart to God in prayer. With great anxiety I waited, till at last word came that a deposit of one thousand dollars had been made and the way was open for us to secure the place.  {PC 242.5}
[PC 242.6]          We now have possession of this valuable property. All the negotiations have been pleasant and agreeable. Brother Burden has been a man in the right place. The former owners have every confidence in him, and seem pleased that we have purchased the place. We thank the Lord for this.  {PC 242.6}
[PC 242.7]          We have just been attending the Los Angeles camp meeting,                                                                              243  and before going home I am spending a few days here, and expect to stop for a few days at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium.  {PC 242.7}
[PC 243.1]          Owing to a weakness in my hip, I was unable to go over the building when I was here last spring, but I could see something of the advantages of the place and the beauty of the seventy-six acres. There are many lovely pepper-trees, and other varieties of trees, the names of which I have not learned. Hundreds of happy birds sing in the branches. There is a large orchard set out to orange trees, grapefruit, plums, peaches, nectarines, lemons, pears, etc.  {PC 243.1}
[PC 243.2]          In the cellar I see a large quantity of jellies that have been put up. Shelf after shelf is laden with jars of rich fruit. The work of fruit-canning is now going on, superintended by those who thoroughly understand the business. Some of the fruit will be sent to the sanitarium at San Diego.  {PC 243.2}
[PC 243.3]          The buildings here are completely furnished with nearly every essential necessary to conduct a sanitarium. Every room is furnished with a bed and elegant and substantial furniture. The mattresses and pillows are excellent. The chairs are well selected. Many of them are very expensive. The buildings are lighted with electricity. The main building has four stories. Everything is in first class condition. There are many articles of furniture that we could not have furnished if we had been fitting up the building. We thank the Lord for His providence that has brought us to this beautiful place.  {PC 243.3}
[PC 243.4]          We have also a beautiful property near San Diego. We thank the Lord for such a beautiful location and such excellent buildings at so low a cost. We must put forth every effort to fulfil the purpose of God in this institution. Suitable bathrooms are needed there, and we are asking the people to help us in making the necessary additions.  {PC 243.4}
[PC 243.5]          We are to take advantage of every blessing within our reach. Above all things, let us seek for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ. The apostle Paul, who had received abundant revelations from God, whose judgment had been formed under the special intuition of the Holy Spirit, says: "Yea, doubtless, I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord." That knowledge we must impart to others.  {PC 243.5}
[PC 243.6]          The knowledge of Jesus Christ is obtained through correct views of our Lord. Through the work of our sanitariums the light of truth may shine forth to the world. To these institutions we may invite all classes of people, men and women of every denomination. We must have physicians who will reveal Christ in knowledge and in speech. We want well-qualified physicians, who have a well grounded hope in Jesus Christ.                                                                              244   {PC 243.6}
[PC 244.1]          It is through the love of Christ that we receive spiritual food, that we may break the bread of life to others. His blessings, which have gladdened our hearts, are to be communicated to those who know not Christ. We must make every provision possible to lead others to become acquainted with the Saviour.  {PC 244.1}
[PC 244.2]          The highest and most noble work we can do in this world is to reflect the glory of God as seen in the face of Jesus Christ. Let Christ appear through those who love the truth. Let Him be seen as the Desire of all ages.  {PC 244.2}
[PC 244.3]          How can we prepare the way of the Lord? We will present our reasonable request that He may open the way before us, then we will walk and work and act our faith. "Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." Christ is all and in all, and we need an increase of faith.  {PC 244.3}
[PC 244.4]          Brother Morse, I feel impressed to ask you to come to California and connect with the sanitarium at Loma Linda. Your talent is needed here. If you but have faith in our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, your health will improve physically and spiritually.                                       (Stamped)                                                  Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 244.4}
[PC 244.5]     K.-253-'05                            Loma Linda, California                                                August 29, 1905     Dear Brother and Sister Kress:            I have just enjoyed the pleasure of reading your good letters.  {PC 244.5}
[PC 244.6]          Brother H. W. Kellogg from Battle Creek spent Sabbath and Sunday with us here at Loma Linda. He was astonished that such a beautiful premises and such a complete equipment could be purchased at so low a price as that for which we have secured this property.  {PC 244.6}
[PC 244.7]          We regard this place as one especially provided for us by the Lord. Some of the brethren had spoken to me of Loma Linda as a popular health resort, conducted as a hotel, but it was not considered possible that we would be able to pay so much as it was supposed they would ask. I had supposed we would be obliged to erect buildings for Sanitarium work in the vicinity of the beautiful cities of Redlands and Riverside.  {PC 244.7}
[PC 244.8]          Last spring I asked Brother Burden to look carefully for any opening to secure property suitable for a sanitarium                                                                              245  in this vicinity. While I was in Washington, he wrote to me describing the beauty of Loma Linda, and stated that everything connected with the place was offered to us for forty thousand dollars.  {PC 244.8}
[PC 245.1]          When I read the description of the property as written by Brother Burden, I recognized it as answering fully to an ideal sanitarium property such as has been presented to me. I received the letter on Friday afternoon, and I told W. C. White to telegraph Brother Burden immediately that he should secure the place. One of our brethren sent another telegram contrary to this. Some of the men connected with the conference thought that such a large place would be like an elephant on their hands. I was so burdened that for several nights I could not sleep. I feared lest the enemy might, through unbelief, keep this property out of our hands.  {PC 245.1}
[PC 245.2]          In the meanwhile Brother Burden had been obliged to tell the men that we would be unable to purchase the property. But when he received from me a letter of good cheer and hope, and an assurance that this was the place for which I had long been looking to correspond with places such as the Lord had shown me would be offered to us at a small part of their original cost, Brother Burden, in fear and trembling, returned to the agent, and told him we would purchase the place. Had he been an hour later, the opportunity might have been lost; for they were sending men to offer the property to other parties.  {PC 245.2}
[PC 245.3]          The main building contains four stories. In its entrance is a most beautiful sun-parlor. There is also a large parlor, carpeted with the very best body Brussels. The furniture in the house is of first class quality,- not fancy but durable and very handsome. We could not have furnished the building as expensively as it has been furnished by others. In this main building the furniture cost twelve thousand dollars and has been in use less than two years.  {PC 245.3}
[PC 245.4]          The long halls are carpeted with fine Brussels carpet, and there are carpets and rugs for the various rooms throughout the building. There is a large roll of rubber carpet that can be used wherever it is thought best. The mattresses on the beds look like new ones. There are two feather pillows, sheets, blankets, quilts, and spreads for every bed. Every room contains chairs, substantial, but very comfortable.  {PC 245.4}
[PC 245.5]          Besides the main building, in which there are about sixty rooms that can be used by patients, there are four four-roomed cottages sitting back on higher ground. Some of these are so arranged that each room is connected with a private veranda, where, in warm weather, a bed can be rolled from the room through the large windows. Besides the four cottages with four rooms each, there is a two story cottage with nine beautiful rooms, splendidly furnished. This of itself is quite a large building.  {PC 245.5}
[PC 245.6]          Between the cottages and the main building is what they                                                                              246  called the amusements building. This has been used for a bowling alley and a billiard hall. The billiard table will be sold; and with a few alterations the building may be made into a good meeting house.  {PC 245.6}
[PC 246.1]          There are seventy-six acres of land in this property. Quite a portion of it is set out in orchard. They raise oranges, lemons, grapefruit, peaches, apples, plums, pears, etc. I am having strawberries from the second crop, and they are very nice.  {PC 246.1}
[PC 246.2]          Five horses, three cows, about a hundred hens and a few turkeys were purchased with the place. There were also a number of hogs which have since been sold.  {PC 246.2}
[PC 246.3]          About a hundred and fifty thousand dollars has been expended in making the property what it is at present, and forty thousand dollars seems very reasonable for such a complete equipment as we find here. It would be a heavy tax if we had to pay interest on such an amount, but we believe that our brethren will raise this money, and that we shall soon be free from debt. Every dollar is to be expended with great care. Something must be done to furnish treatment rooms, but this need not incur great expense.  {PC 246.3}
[PC 246.4]          The city of Redlands is five miles from the institution. This city is one of the most beautiful cities in America. When President Roosevelt visited Redlands about two years ago, he expressed the thought that it was as near like heaven as any place he had ever seen. The purchase of Loma Linda will help to give us an influence with the people of this city.  {PC 246.4}
[PC 246.5]          The more we realize of the advantages of this location, the more certain we feel that we are in the line of duty. We shall now endeavor to secure the very best help possible to conduct the work of this institution. Some of the outside stairways need to be painted, and other work must be done before we are ready to open the institution.  {PC 246.5}
[PC 246.6]          For a time we had to work against fearfulness and unbelief in the minds of some of our brethren. There are some who will always be found holding back when any advance move is to be made.  {PC 246.6}
[PC 246.7]          Last June a meeting was called at Los Angeles to consider the question of the purchasing of Loma Linda. I was very glad that Elder Irwin was present. When some expressed themselves as thinking it unwise for the Conference to incur further indebtedness by such a heavy investment, Elder Irwin spoke right to the point, urging them to follow the manifest leadings of God.  {PC 246.7}
[PC 246.8]          I also bore my testimony that the Lord would bless us if we would act in faith. There are some who seem to consider it a virtue to talk unbelief and to hold back when there should be an advance. We are hoping that there may be connected with the work in Southern California men who will act                                                                              247  in faith.  {PC 246.8}
[PC 247.1]          Only a few were present at this meeting, but they expressed themselves as favoring the purchase of the property, and they pledged eleven hundred dollars as a gift to start the enterprise.  {PC 247.1}
[PC 247.2]          Last Sunday afternoon quite a number of our brethren from neighboring churches met on the lawn under the trees just back of the main building, and Brother Burden says they had an excellent meeting. One man said he had gone to the camp meeting in Los Angeles as an unbeliever, but had been convicted of the Sabbath truth. He seemed very happy, and made a donation of one hundred dollars to Loma Linda. We shall now endeavor to secure the necessary means, so that we shall not have to carry a heavy burden of interest on borrowed money.  {PC 247.2}
[PC 247.3]          Let us praise the Lord that He is making it possible for us to obtain such advantages, where we can help the sick to take their minds away from themselves, and delight in the beauty of God's handiwork.     D.R.                                                    -    {PC 247.3}
[PC 247.4]     K. 233 '05                "Elmshaven," Sanitarium, California                                                August 9, 1905     Dear Brother and Sister Kress:            I wish to say to you that if God opens the way for the brethren in other parts of Australia to purchase property that may be used for sanitarium work, such as the place that Brother Semmens has written about, forbid them not. Utter not one word of remonstrance. There are many cities to be worked, and medical missionary work is not to be confined to a few centers.  {PC 247.4}
[PC 247.5]         For a long time the Battle Creek Sanitarium was the only medical institution conducted by our people. But for many years light has been given that sanitariums should be established near such cities as Melbourne and Adelaide. And when opportunities come to establish the work in still other places, never are we to reach out the hand and say No, you must not create an interest in other places, for fear that our patronage will be decreased. If sanitarium work is the means by which the way is to be opened for the proclamation of the truth, encourage and do not discourage those who are trying to advance this work.  {PC 247.5}
[PC 247.6]          May the Lord increase our faith, and help us to see that He desires us all to become acquainted with His ministry of healing and with the mercy-seat. He desires the light of His grace to shine forth from many places. We are living                                                                              248  in the last days. Troublous times are before us. He who understands the necessities of the situation arranges that advantage should be brought to the workers in various places, to enable them more effectually to arouse the attention of the people. He knows the needs and the necessities of the feeblest of His flock, and He sends His own message into the highways and the byways. He loves us with an everlasting love.  {PC 247.6}
[PC 248.1]          There are souls in many places who have not yet heard the message. Henceforth medical missionary work is to be carried forward with an earnestness with which it has never yet been done. This work is the door through which the truth is to find entrance to the large cities, and sanitariums are to be established in many places.  {PC 248.1}
[PC 248.2]          Since we returned from Australia, the Lord has opened the way for the establishment of the sanitarium work in Southern California. The brethren there have found opportunity to buy several properties at a price very much below the original cost. The first of these was an opportunity to purchase the Fernando school buildings.  {PC 248.2}
[PC 248.3]          About seven miles from San Diego our brethren found a building admirably adapted for sanitarium work. . . .  {PC 248.3}
[PC 248.4]          Not long ago a building at Glendale, eight miles from Los Angeles, was purchased and fitted up for sanitarium work. Originally this building was an expensive one, costing the owners about forty thousand dollars. There are seventy-five rooms, many of which are arranged in suites, a small one for a bedroom, and a larger one for a sitting-room. There were two bathrooms on each floor, but they were not such as would be needed in giving treatments, and new treatment rooms have been added.  {PC 248.4}
[PC 248.5]          The rooms in the building are pleasant, and the location of the building is very good. The place is a sightly one.  {PC 248.5}
[PC 248.6]          When Brother Burden first went to see the agent about purchasing this place, twenty thousand dollars was asked for it. Brother Burden then told the agent something of the purpose for which those desirous of purchasing the building wished to use it. He told him about our medical missionary work, and assured him that this work was carried on without any thought of making money except for missionary purposes. The agent was much interested, and was inclined in favor of the idea, and he named a sum considerably lower than the sum first mentioned. But Brother Burden told him that it would be impossible for us to pay that price, and he then said, "You can have it for twelve thousand five hundred dollars, and you may consider the remainder of the price a gift to the institution."  {PC 248.6}
[PC 248.7]          Recently we have purchased what is known as the Loma Linda property. This property is sixty miles from Los Angeles, and is on the main railway line from Los Angeles to New                                                                              249  Orleans. It was owned by a corporation of one hundred and fifty people, seventy of whom were physicians. But the physicians did not agree among themselves, and the place lost money instead of making it; and it was decided to sell. It continued to be a loss financially, and the stockholders became anxious to sell. It was offered for forty thousand dollars, and for this price our brethren have purchased it, paying down five thousand dollars. They will make three other payments of five thousand each, and after that will have two years in which to pay the remainder, at six per cent interest.  {PC 248.7}
[PC 249.1]          The property is a most beautiful one. There are seventy-six acres of land, twenty-three of which are set out to fruit and ornamental trees. There are twelve acres of oranges, and eight acres of plums, apricots, lemons, and grapefruit. The rest of the land is garden, alfalfa, and pasture land.  {PC 249.1}
[PC 249.2]          There is one large building and five cottages, four of which have four rooms each, and one nine rooms. In all there are ninety rooms. The buildings are all furnished throughout, and are ready for use.  {PC 249.2}
[PC 249.3]          There are several good carriages, five horses, four cows, and one hundred and thirty-five chickens.  {PC 249.3}
[PC 249.4]          There is an ample water-supply, the property have two good wells.  {PC 249.4}
[PC 249.5]          I know that it was in the providence of God that we had an opportunity to purchase this property.  {PC 249.5}
[PC 249.6]          I wrote the foregoing last night, and this morning I am roused up to repeat the instruction that the Lord has given me in regard to establishing sanitariums. Again and again this matter has been presented to me, and one case especially has been urged upon my notice. At great cost a sanitarium was erected at Boulder, Colorado. It has been a very difficult matter to make this sanitarium what it should be, and yet meet all expenses. The effort to do this has meant a great deal of hard work and much careful study.  {PC 249.6}
[PC 249.7]          During the past four years one of our doctors established himself in the city of Boulder, just a little distance from our sanitarium, and began to build up a private sanitarium. This was not right, and has been to the injury of our sanitarium, which has always had a struggle to make a success and to accomplish the work which the Lord designed it to do. The action of the one who established this private sanitarium was neither just nor righteous. Were he to continue to do as he has done in the past, constant difficulties would arise. He draws patients away from the sanitarium established in the order of God. More than this, he allows his patients to have meat, while the workers in our sanitariums have always endeavored to show their patients that they would be better off without meat.                                                                              250   {PC 249.7}
[PC 250.1]          The question is, What shall be done? Here are two institutions, one endeavoring to hold up and follow the principles of health reform, and the other allowing its patients to indulge in the use of flesh meat, and because of this, drawing patients away from the first institution. The matter is to be treated in a fair, Christ-like manner. When the one who has established himself so close beside the Lord's institution, is converted in heart and mind, he will see the necessity of carrying out the principles of the word of God, and will harmonize with his neighbors. If he cannot blend with them, he will go to some other place. There are many other places to which he could go.  {PC 250.1}
[PC 250.2]          The question has been asked, Should we sell the Boulder Sanitarium to the one who has set up a practise so close to it? I answer, No, no! The one who has offered to buy it is not keeping up the standard of health reform, and the Lord would not be pleased to have the institution sold to him. The Boulder Sanitarium is to do its appointed work. From it the truth for this time is to shine forth, and the great message of warning be given. . .                                                    -    {PC 250.2}
[PC 250.3]                                                San Jose, California                                                   June 25, 1905     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            It is just daylight, and I am seated on my couch, beginning a letter to you. Our meeting here began a day or two ago, and I think there will be a good attendance of our people. On Sabbath the brethren and sisters at Mountain View turned out well. On Sabbath morning at half past ten I spoke to a large number in the big tent.  {PC 250.3}
[PC 250.4]          I have an intense desire that this meeting shall be the very kind of meeting that the Lord desires us to have. I hope much for the revival of the Spirit of the Lord.  {PC 250.4}
[PC 250.5]          I have consented to remain here till the close of the camp meeting - one week from Monday. We shall then return to our home at St. Helena.  {PC 250.5}
[PC 250.6]          There are many matters to be considered, and we all need the guidance of the Holy Spirit. I pray that a right impression may be made on the minds of those present at the meeting.  {PC 250.6}
[PC 250.7]          The school question will receive careful attention, and we hope that matters may be so adjusted that future work in educational lines will be of a more advanced and satisfactory character. The Lord can do much through the teachers and students of our schools, if they will carry the work steadily forward and upward.                                                                              251   {PC 250.7}
[PC 251.1]          I shall be pleased to hear from you at any time. I sincerely hope that the brethren in Southern California will unite in pressing forward the school work and the sanitarium work.  {PC 251.1}
[PC 251.2]          In regard to Sister Burden continuing to hold her place as bookkeeper, I think that if she would take the exercise that she should, the evils I have feared might be avoided. She should not confine herself too closely. She can be a real help in teaching others how to keep books. This is a line of education that is greatly needed, and in no case should it be neglected. But Sister Burden should be left entirely free to take up the work that she chooses. She can help with her experience in many ways. She can give valuable counsel in regard to many matters that will come up for discussion.  {PC 251.2}
[PC 251.3]          I have a great desire that you may both be greatly blessed in your work in the new sanitarium. I hope that Brother Reaser will move understandingly in reference to the sanitariums already in operation, and also in regard to the new sanitarium. I pray that the Lord may provide suitable people to connect with this institution, people who will be a genuine strength to the institution.  {PC 251.3}
[PC 251.4]          Do not be discouraged if in any wise there is some cutting across of your plans, and if you are somewhat hindered. But I hope that we shall never again have to meet the hindrance that we have met in the past because of the way in which things have been conducted on some lines in Southern California. I have seen the holdback principles followed, and I have seen the displeasure of the Lord because of this. If the same spirit is manifested, I shall not consent to keep silent as I have done.  {PC 251.4}
[PC 251.5]          It is the most awful thing a man can do to dethrone God from his heart, refusing to take the Bible as his counselor. The man who does this debases whatever he has connection with. Christ does not abide in his heart. The law of God is to him an empty form. He may be supposed to be a Christian, but he debases whatever he touches.  {PC 251.5}
[PC 251.6]          The gospel of Christ has been dishonored by being handled with sin-stained hands. Professed Christians act and speak in a way that is no honor to God. What men and women need now is thorough conversion. Every part of their intelligence should go out to meet Christ, and every part of their spiritual nature should yearn for more of Him. The Father seeketh such to worship him - those who worship Him in spirit and truth and in the beauty of holiness. Let us separate from the contaminating influences of the world, and hold communication with the Saviour. Let us bring ourselves, in thought, word, and deed, into conformity with the will of Christ. The Redeemer is seeking for those whose highest aim is to serve and glorify God.  {PC 251.6}
[PC 251.7]         The message that the Lord has given me for the church                                                                              252  in Los Angeles is, Through faith and diligent service you are to become one with Christ. You are to eat His flesh and drink His blood, making His words a part of the daily life. The great Teacher will accept only the purest integrity, the most distinct representation of His words and His Spirit. Spiritual-mindedness must not be allowed to become a strange thing among us. We are to become more and more nearly conformed to Christ. The joy of the Lord, the praise of God, is to be on our lips and in our hearts. The character is to be transformed from the mist and cloud of uncertainty into the radiance of the light proceeding from heaven. The world is to be eclipsed by the contemplation of heavenly things.  {PC 251.7}
[PC 252.1]         I ask the believers in Los Angeles to seek for a deeper, higher experience in the things of God. The Father seeketh such to worship Him. Arise, and brace your souls for action. Take an extensive survey of the work that is to be done. Read your Bibles with an increasing determination to have a larger experience in the things of God. Stand in the light of the Sun of Righteousness.  {PC 252.1}
[PC 252.2]          What could induce the pure, sinless Son of God to tabernacle with men in a world filled with crime and strife and wickedness? He did this that He might better reach the lost and perishing. He suffered, being tempted. Proportionate to the perfection of His holiness, was the strength of the temptation. Because of the depravity so revolting to His purity, His residence in the world was a perpetual sorrow. On every hand He saw men and women destroying themselves by yielding to perverted appetite and passion.  {PC 252.2}
[PC 252.3]          Christ gave His life for the life of the world. He came to this earth in the likeness of man, to present before human beings an example of the character that all must form in order to be saved. He came to bring them power to overcome all the temptations of the enemy.  {PC 252.3}
[PC 252.4]          O that every soul might be awakened, and led to become a subject of the heavenly kingdom, surrendering all to Christ. The word of God gives us no encouragement that a sinner is pardoned in order that he may continue in sin. He is pardoned on condition that he receives Christ, confessing and repenting of his sin, and becoming renewed. Many who pass under the name of Christian are not converted. Conversion means renovation. The sinner must enter into the renovating process for himself. He must come to Jesus. He must give up the wrong habits in which he has indulged. He must bring his unsubdued, unchristlike tendencies under the control of Christ, else he cannot be made a laborer together with God. Christ works, and the sinner works. The life of Christ becomes the life of the human agent. It is through the renewing power of the divine Spirit that man is fashioned into a perfect man in Christ.  {PC 252.4}
[PC 252.5]          By the character that he is forming, every man is                                                                              253  deciding his future destiny. In the books of heaven is made the record. There the character is photographed. There is seen a picture of the unclothed soul.  {PC 252.5}
[PC 253.1]          The promise is given, "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name." It is the striving souls who receive the assistance of heaven and partake of its elements. It is by test and trial that the followers of Christ are fitted to dwell with Him in the heavenly courts.                                (Stamped)                                         Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 253.1}
[PC 253.2]     B-183-'05                                Glendale, California July 24, 1911                                   June 23, 1905     Dear Brother Butler:            Since leaving Washington, I have had much writing and speaking to do. I have spoken twice to the Los Angeles church. The Lord gave me a message for the people before leaving San Diego.  {PC 253.2}
[PC 253.3]          On our way to Los Angeles, we stopped off at "Loma Linda" and visited the property that we have purchased for sanitarium work. We were taken through the different buildings. There is one large main building, which was built for sanitarium work, and is well adapted for that purpose. Some changes will have to be made regarding bath and treatment facilities, but otherwise, everything is in readiness for us to begin work at once.  {PC 253.3}
[PC 253.4]          Until this recent visit, I had never before seen such a place with my natural eyes, but four years ago such a place was presented before me as one of those that would come into our possession if we moved wisely. It is a wonderful place in which to begin our work for Redlands and Riverside. We must make decided efforts to secure helpers who will do most faithful medical missionary work. If God will bless the treatment given, and Christ will let His healing power be felt, a wonderful work will be accomplished.  {PC 253.4}
[PC 253.5]          We shall need the very best physicians that can be secured, men and women who are faithful and true, and who will live in constant dependence upon the great Healer, men and women who will humble their hearts before God, and believe his word, men and women who will keep their eyes fixed on their leader and counselor, the Lord Jesus Christ.  {PC 253.5}
[PC 253.6]          This work must be carried on aright. In the past, decided failures have been made in the institutions established for the care of the sick because so much business                                                                              254  has been crowded in that the main object for which our sanitariums are established has been lost sight of. Great Loss has thus been sustained. I am to urge upon our people that the proclamation of the principles of truth must be kept prominent, as the main line of work for which our sanitariums were instituted.  {PC 253.6}
[PC 254.1]          The Lord calls for a solemn dedication to him of the sanitariums that shall be established. Our object in the establishment of these institutions is that the truth for this time may through them be proclaimed. In order that this may be done, they must be conducted on right lines. In them business interests are not to be crowded in to take the place of spiritual interests. Every day devotional exercises are to be held. The word of God is in no case to be given a secondary place. Those who come to our sanitariums for treatment must see the word of God, which is the bread of life, exalted above all common, earthly considerations. A strong religious influence is to be exerted. It must be plainly shown that the glory of God and the uplifting of Christ are placed before all else.  {PC 254.1}
[PC 254.2]          The stupidity of soul that has been evidenced in our plans must now cease to bear away the victory. "What shall it profit a man, if he gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?"  {PC 254.2}
[PC 254.3]          Many who should have stood with us in solid rank and file have given themselves up to ambitions which have led to objectionable practises, opposed to honest and righteous dealing. The service of such ones God does not accept. They are drawing into the pattern strange threads, which will spoil the figure, and the Lord cannot endorse their work. Those who become adept in unfair dealing gain their success at altogether too high a price. Their mental powers are used to overreach and defraud, and opposite their names in the books of heaven God writes the words, Unfaithful stewards. God and eternal life become of little account to them when the greed for gain and for the mastery are in the scale. An eternity of blissful experience is exchanged for the flattery of supposed success. Transaction after transaction forbidden by God is entered into. The Voice said, Better, far better the loss of all earthly possessions that the loss of the favor of God and the eternal interests that are at stake.  {PC 254.3}
[PC 254.4]          The time is not far distant when the last venture will be made in giving the enemy the advantage over the soul. And the loss will be for eternity. Success in such ventures is a terrible disaster to those who take part in them. The words were spoken, Better the cross and the disappointment, better the shattered hopes and the world's charge of foolishness, than to gain a name, to sit with princes, and to forfeit heaven.  {PC 254.4}
[PC 254.5]          There is in the world today a power that palsies the                                                                              255  spiritual energies, benumbs the sense of right, and robs man of the victory of overcoming. The benumbed soul does not recover. The spiritual paralysis continues until the end. Lies are spoken, lies are acted. Deception is practised, and dishonesty connived at. This leaves a deadly sting in the soul. The father of lies has taken possession of the citadel of the heart. The false, the deceptive, has turned the whole current of life. Business transactions have become corrupt. And this moral degradation has been chosen instead of a rich current of light from heaven.  {PC 254.5}
[PC 255.1]          The time has come when men who were once chosen of God have become degenerate. The word will soon be spoken, He is joined to his idols; let him alone.  {PC 255.1}
[PC 255.2]          There is much more that I might say, but I will withhold it. God pity those who are deceived by men. I am instructed to say, Lift up your voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Now is the time to raise the standard aloft. I am to give the message that all advantage gained by compliance with tainted customs, will leave its slimy trail. Any man, whatever his profession may be, who has committed himself to an objectionable course of action, opposed to that which is pure, lovely, and of good report, will trample upon the word of God. Would that those who have had great light would, in this the day of atonement, humble their souls and confess and forsake their sins, declaring that from henceforth by the grace of God, they will hold fast to their integrity, saying, Get thee behind me, Satan, and taking the word of God as their rule of conduct, their standard of duty.  {PC 255.2}
[PC 255.3]          When men plan and scheme to get the advantage of one another in business dealing, it is because they have cast the word of God behind them. It pains my heart even to trace these words. The word of God does not restrict man's diligence in business transactions that are according to righteousness. But it bears plain witness against underhand dealing. Upon this point it is clear and decided, and no one need err in understanding it. The word of God is a light put into man's hand. God tells him to be guided by its precepts. Thus only can he become an heir of God and a joint heir with Jesus Christ. In obeying the word, man is acquiring immortal treasures, which will never pass away. The peace of God is worth everything to the receiver.  {PC 255.3}
[PC 255.4]          The talents entrusted to us by God are to be used in his service. Thus only can the highest results be obtained from their use. Man will not be deprived of the powers given him, if he uses these powers to the glory of God. I am given a message to bear to the members of our churches. My brethren and sisters, Consecrate all that you have and are to God. The silver and the gold that we possess is but lent us in trust. The sin of covetousness is                                                                              256  destroying the value of holy principles. It is leading us to act in opposition to God's will. It is eating our the hearts of men. Let us not cherish it longer.  {PC 255.4}
[PC 256.1]          How disgraceful are the disclosures that are being made regarding men who have occupied high places in the world. Shall the intrigues practised by these men be practised by the members of the church of God? Shall we  not obey the injunction, "Honor the Lord with thy substance?" My brethren and sisters, it was the favor of God that enabled you to gather together your substance. All that you have belongs to him, and cheerfully and gladly yor are to lay your means and talents upon the altar of service, that they may be used in saving perishing souls.  {PC 256.1}
[PC 256.2]         The Christian in the market place who keeps his soul unspoiled has a credit in the heavenly courts. His means will not be used to carry out the devising of the enemy, but to do good, in the very lines that God has marked out. The Lord will teach us how to employ all our powers to the glory of His name. The gathering of wealth is to be used in the service of the Master. Thus used, it will bring a hundredfold in this life, and in the life to come glorious and eternal riches.  {PC 256.2}
[PC 256.3]          To every church member I would say, Never, never let there be any departing from the strictest integrity. Do not mock God, the Majesty of heaven, by a disregard of his word. Never, never, defraud a fellow-being, and then suppose that your sharpness is something to be proud of. Do not follow maxims of business that are based on false pretensions. There is in this our day a great deal of falsity. The pretender, the deceiver, is increasing in numbers, and truth and integrity are violated. Lies are spoken, lies are acted, and are becoming more and more common among those who do not make the word of God their counselor.  {PC 256.3}
[PC 256.4]          Never was there a time when truth and righteousness should be so highly exalted by those who are in God's service as the present. Let us urge upon our people the necessity of laying hold upon the foundation principles of the truth. Oh, there are so many who fail to enjoy the blessing that comes from a clear conviction of what the people of God must be. There is nothing in self upon which it is safe to rest. In the place of being confused in regard to the foundation of our faith, which has been confirmed by the power of the Holy Spirit, in the place of building flimsy foundations upon the sands of error, let us hold fast to the great principles of truth given us, refusing to be moved. Those who receive theories of Satan's furnishings are building upon the sand. When the storm and tempest come, their building will suddenly collapse, and great will be the fall of it.  {PC 256.4}
[PC 256.5]          Let us thank God, Brother Butler, that there are still some living who have had an experience from the beginning                                                                              257  in the proclamation of the great and solemn messages that have come to our world in warning. We know that the Holy Spirit's power has confirmed the word spoken. We can say, as did John, "That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; . . . that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with his Son Jesus Christ."  {PC 256.5}
[PC 257.1]          From our own personal experience we can speak of the truth that has made us what we are, - Seventh-day Adventists. Truth felt within is most precious, but truth confirmed by the testimony of the word and by the Holy Spirit's power is of the highest value. We can confidently say, The truth that has come to us through the Holy Spirit's working is not a lie. The evidences given for the last half century bear the evidence of the Spirit's power. In the word of God we have found the truth that substantiates our faith. We have watched the influence of the heresies that have come in, and we have seen them come to naught. God has given us sacred, holy truths. Let us hold them fast. I am instructed to say that we are now to present these truths, in plainness and simplicity, to the people of God.                           (Stamped)                                      Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 257.1}
[PC 257.2]     W. 392 '07                         Paradise Valley Sanitarium                                       National City, California                                                December 1, 1907     Elder and Mrs. J. E. White     Dear Children:            I thank the Lord that He has sustained me on this journey. I have done much important writing. On Sabbath a week ago, and again last Sabbath, I spoke in the church at San Diego.  {PC 257.2}
[PC 257.3]          I am hoping and praying that I may understand my duty. It seems to me that I must remain in this section of the country until after Elder Haskell arrives, and then I may not be able to leave for some weeks to come. An important work has been begun in the vicinity of Riverside. The third year class of students at Loma Linda went over to Riverside a few weeks ago, and did their first practical work in canvassing for "Ministry of Healing." There were eight in the class, and their object in visiting the homes of the people was more to become acquainted and to                                                                              258  talk of the work at Loma Linda, than it was to sell books for profit. However, in the course of their conversation, they would usually introduce "Ministry of Healing," tell the story of the book, and then offer to sell it as a volume that contained the principles taught in the school at Loma Linda. In this way, about seventy copies of the book were placed in the homes of the people, in a little over one week; and the students made many, many friends for the work at Loma Linda. Wherever they went, they sought to leave a good impression. We believe they did a good work. They were wide awake, and full of courage in the Lord, and seem to have met with success.  {PC 257.3}
[PC 258.1]          The second year class will undertake a similar work soon, while the third year class continue their studies at Loma Linda. Later on, it is hoped that some members of the first year class can go out. Thus each of the several students in the school will assist in working Riverside. I suppose you have seen that place. It is a grand city, and the managers of the Loma Linda school are seeking to gain a foothold there by introducing, first, the "Ministry of Healing." Afterward, they will send out students with "Christ's Object Lessons." They will earnestly endeavor to handle these books wisely.  {PC 258.1}
[PC 258.2]          A similar work is to be carried on in other places besides Riverside. We are all praying that the Lord may abundantly bless these first working forces going out from the school. It means much to our Loma Linda training school and sanitarium, not only with regard to the good impression that they hope to make on the minds of the people, but in a financial way as well. Many new students have come in, and considerable money will be needed to care for them all, and at the same time keep up the other running expenses of the school and sanitarium. At Loma Linda there are now over a hundred under training for medical missionary work.  {PC 258.2}
[PC 258.3]          Oh, how anxious I am to have a small press in operation at Loma Linda, so as to print the discourses that shall be given in the surrounding cities! I have mentioned the matter to Brother Henry W. Kellogg; for he has a special interest in this line of work. We need a small press for printing notices, and for bringing out in printed form, for use in surrounding cities, discourses that will be given from time to time. Now is our time to work. We expect to connect with the W. C. T. U. in some lines of service.  {PC 258.3}
[PC 258.4]          I cannot feel free to return to St. Helena until I see the work fully in running order. The Lord has given light that these cities in the San Bernardino Valley should be worked. The time has come to do this work, and we are to have wise managing forces to carry the work forward intelligently.  {PC 258.4}
[PC 258.5]          There never was a time when we needed more to encourage faith, than at the present time; for these are perplexities on the right hand and on the left.                                                                              259   {PC 258.5}
[PC 259.1]     MS-3-'06                      The Work in Southern California            Southern California is a field that should depend more that it has upon its own resources. It should have more facilities, and should not be cramped as it has been in some respects.  {PC 259.1}
[PC 259.2]          Southern California is a missionary field, a large part of which has received but little missionary effort. Henceforth it should receive more attention. The various lines of work that can be carried on should be diligently studied, and the advantages of such cities as Redlands and Riverside, and the need of putting forth decided effort for them, faithfully investigated.  {PC 259.2}
[PC 259.3]          Los Angeles demands constant labor because of its changing population. San Bernardino calls for earnest missionary effort. The work for all these places needs to be done by those who can adapt themselves to the needs of the field. In our work we miss the laborers of Elder Simpson; but we must not leave the work undone because some of the faithful workers fall by the way.  {PC 259.3}
[PC 259.4]          In Loma Linda we have an advantageous center for the carrying on of various missionary enterprises. We can see that it was in the providence of God that this sanitarium was placed in the possession of our people. We should appreciate Loma Linda as a place which the Lord foresaw we should need, and which He gave.  {PC 259.4}
[PC 259.5]          The cities in the San Bernardino Valley were presented before me as places where the truth should go with power. The small printing press that Brother H. W. Kellogg has furnished should prove a blessing to the work in that part of the field, by printing publications that will be needed for the furtherance of the work in the Southern California cities. Our publications must now be greatly multiplied. Papers and leaflets containing the best discourses preached by our ministers are to be published and scattered widely throughout the regions where meetings are being held.  {PC 259.5}
[PC 259.6]          It was the Lord who placed in our possession the sanitariums at Loma Linda, Glendale, and Paradise Valley.  {PC 259.6}
[PC 259.7]          We have been indolent in regard to our duty to Southern California. The many tourists who visit the cities in this conference should be given opportunity to hear the truth for this time. Let us do all in our power to enlighten the people in this large field. It is the privilege of every believer to let the light shine forth. We are drawing near to the close of this earth's history; we have not one hour to devote to needless matters. Our ministers in the Southern California Conference should now devote their best efforts to proclaiming the message of truth in all these large resorts. The Lord will impart His grace to all who                                                                              260  will work in Christ's lines. And hope and faith will strengthen as the workers for God put their trust in Him.                                                    -    {PC 259.7}
[PC 260.1]     B.-90-'08                          Sanitarium, California                                              March 14, 1908     Elder J. A. Burden and Others      Bearing Responsibilities at Loma Linda     Dear Brethren:            I feel a deep interest that careful study shall be given to the needs of our institutions at Loma Linda, and that the right moves may be made. In the carrying forward of the work at this place, men of talent and of decided spirituality are needed.  {PC 260.1}
[PC 260.2]          We may, in the work of educating our nurses, reach a high standard of the knowledge of the true science of healing. That which is of most importance is that the students be taught to truly represent the principles of health reform. Teach the students to pursue this line of study faithfully, combined with other essential lines of education. The grace of Jesus Christ will give wisdom to all who will follow the Lord's plan of true education.  {PC 260.2}
[PC 260.3]          Let the students follow closely the example of the One who purchased the human race with the costly price of His own life. Let them appeal to the Saviour, and depend upon Him as the One who heals all manner of diseases. The Lord would have the workers make special efforts to point the sick and suffering to the great Physician who made the human body. He would have all become obedient children to the faith, that they may come with confidence and ask bodily restoration. Many who come to our sanitariums will be blessed as they learn the truth concerning the word of God, many who would never learn it through any other medium.  {PC 260.3}
[PC 260.4]          It is well that our training schools for Christian workers should be established near to our health institutions, that the students may be educated in the principles of healthful living. Institutions that send forth workers who are able to give a reason for their faith, and who have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul, are of great value.  {PC 260.4}
[PC 260.5]          I have clear instruction that wherever it is possible, schools should be established near to our sanitariums, that each institution may be a help to the other. But I dare not advise that steps be taken at this time to branch out so largely in the educational work at Loma Linda that a large outlay of means will be required to erect new buildings. Our faithful workers at Loma Linda must not be overwhelmed with such great responsibilities that they will                                                                              261  be in danger of becoming worn and discouraged.  {PC 260.5}
[PC 261.1]          I am charged to caution you against building extensively for the accommodation of students. It would not be wise to invest at this time so large a capital as would be required to equip a medical college that would properly qualify physicians to stand the test of the medical examinations of the different states.  {PC 261.1}
[PC 261.2]          A movement should not now be inaugurated that would add greatly to the investment upon the Loma Linda property. Already there is a large debt resting upon the institution, and discouragement and perplexity would follow if this indebtedness were to be greatly increased. As the work progresses, new improvements may be added from time to time as they are found necessary. An elevator should soon be installed in the main building. But there is need of strict economy. Let our brethren move cautiously and wisely, and plan no longer than they can handle without being overburdened.  {PC 261.2}
[PC 261.3]          In the work of the school maintain simplicity. No argument is so powerful as is success founded upon simplicity. And you may attain success in the education of students as medical missionaries without a medical school than can qualify physicians to compete with the physicians of the world.  {PC 261.3}
[PC 261.4]          Let the students be given a practical education. And the less dependent you are upon worldly methods of education, the better it will be for the students. Special instruction should be given in the art of treating the sick without the use of poisonous drugs, and in harmony with the light that God has given. Students should come forth from the school without having sacrificed the principles of health reform.  {PC 261.4}
[PC 261.5]          The education that meets the world's standard is to be less and less valued by those who are seeking for efficiency in carrying the medical missionary work in connection with the work of the third angel's message. They are to be educated from the standpoint of conscience; and as they conscientiously and faithfully follow right methods in their treatment of the sick, these methods will come to be recognized as preferable to the method of nursing to which many have been accustomed, which demands the use of poisonous drugs.  {PC 261.5}
[PC 261.6]          We should not at this time seek to compete with worldly medical schools. Should we do this, our chances of success would be small. We are not now prepared to carry out successfully the work of establishing large medical institutions of learning. Moreover, should we follow the world's methods of medical practice, exacting the large fees that worldly physicians demand for their services, we would work away from Christ's plan for our ministry for the sick.  {PC 261.6}
[PC 261.7]          There should be at our sanitariums intelligent men and                                                                              262  women, who can instruct in Christ's methods of ministry. Under the instruction of competent, consecrated teachers, the youth may become partakers of the divine nature, and learn how to escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust. I have been shown that we should have many more women who can deal especially with the diseases of women, many more lady nurses who will treat the sick in a simple, way and without the use of drugs.  {PC 261.7}
[PC 262.1]          There are many simple herbs which, if our nurses would learn the value of, they could use in the place of drugs, and find very effective. . . .  {PC 262.1}
[PC 262.2]          I write these things that you may know that the Lord has not left us without the use of simple remedies which when used will not leave the system in the weakened condition in which the use of drugs so often leaves us. We need well-trained nurses who can understand how to use the simple remedies that nature provides for restoration to health, and who can teach those who are ignorant of the laws of health, how to use these simple but effective cures.  {PC 262.2}
[PC 262.3]          He who created men and women has an interest in those who suffer. He has directed in the establishment of our sanitariums and in the building up of schools close to our sanitariums, that they may become efficient mediums in training men and women for the work of ministering to suffering humanity. In the treatment of the sick, poisonous drugs need not be used. Alcohol or tobacco in any form must not be recommended, lest some soul be led to imbibe a taste for these evil things. There will be no excuse for the liquor-dealers in that day when every man shall receive according to his works. Those who have destroyed life will by their own life have to pay the penalty. God's law is holy and just and good.  {PC 262.3}
[PC 262.4]          We have seen the poor wrecks of humanity come to our sanitariums to be cured of the liquor habit. We have seen those who have ruined their health by wrong habits of diet, and by the use of flesh-meats. This is why we need to lift up the voice like a trumpet, and "show my people their transgression and the house of Jacob their sins."  {PC 262.4}
[PC 262.5]          The Lord will judge according to their works those who are seeking to establish a law of the nations that will cause men to violate the law of God. In proportion to their guilt will be their punishment. The Lord would have us lift up the Sabbath of the Lord our God. We have a sacred work to do in opening blind eyes in regard to the day that the Lord has set apart and sanctified as the rest day of mankind. He declares, "The seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God." He has placed His own                                                                              263  signature upon that day that He has set apart to be observed as long as time shall last. We should have much to say upon this subject just now.  {PC 262.5}
[PC 263.1]          Let Seventh-day Adventist medical workers remember that the Lord God omnipotent reigneth. Christ was the greatest Physician that ever trod the sin-cursed earth. The Lord would have his people come to Him for their power of healing. He will baptize them with His Holy Spirit, and fit them for a service that will make them a blessing in restoring the spiritual and physical health of those who need healing.                                                    -    {PC 263.1}
[PC 263.2]     B.-132-'08                             Sanitarium, California                                                  April 23, 1908     To the Brethren in Southern California     Dear Brethren:            I am instructed to say to you, Let every soul earnestly seek the Lord. We all need to understand clearly what is our duty, that we may make no false moves. We need to hold fast the experiences which in the past the Lord has given us. I have a great desire to see success attend every movement we shall make.  {PC 263.2}
[PC 263.3]          There is a very precious work to be done in connection with the interests of the sanitarium and school at Loma Linda; and this will be done when we all work to that end. The word of God is to be our lesson book. In the unity that is coming in among our people we can see that God is working in our midst.  {PC 263.3}
[PC 263.4]          "Wherefore be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is." Let us walk and work circumspectly. Let humble prayers go up to God, and let us seek Him with the whole heart. Then the Lord will open the way for us to lay wise plans. My brethren, speak to yourselves in psalms, and hymns, and spiritual songs, "singing and making melody in your hearts to the Lord, giving thanks always for all things unto the Lord."  {PC 263.4}
[PC 263.5]          Ever bear in mind that heaven is interested in every question that agitates your mind in regard to your school and sanitarium. Both are to be strengthened. The Lord is our helper and our God; let us look to Him to open the way for the carrying out of our plans.  {PC 263.5}
[PC 263.6]          We must have a church at Loma Linda, that those in the sanitarium and school may have a suitable place in which to meet for worship; but this should not be an expensive building. We shall build a neat, modest, but roomy chapel, that will show that we believe that we are living in the closing days of this earth's history, in a time when many                                                                              264  of the cities because of their sins will be cast down and their lofty buildings destroyed.  {PC 263.6}
[PC 264.1]          In our school at Loma Linda many can be educated to work as missionaries in the cause of health and temperance. The best teachers are to be employed in this educational work, - not men who esteem highly their own capabilities, but men who will walk circumspectly, depending wholly upon the Lord.  {PC 264.1}
[PC 264.2]          Small cottages will have to be built at little cost to accommodate the teachers and students; for these are to gain all the advantages possible from the lectures given at the sanitarium. This work should go forward as fast as means for it be obtained.  {PC 264.2}
[PC 264.3]          If the teachers in medical lines will stand in their lot and place, we shall see a good work done. My soul is drawn out in earnest prayer to God that He will preserve the honest in heart from being led astray by those who are themselves in confusion and darkness.  {PC 264.3}
[PC 264.4]          Teachers are to be prepared for many lines of work. Schools are to be established in places where no efforts have been made. Missionaries are needed to go to other States where little work has been done. Truth, Bible truth, is to be presented in many places. Christ is represented as identifying Himself with all the needy upon earth when He says, "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these, My brethren, ye have done it unto Me."  {PC 264.4}
[PC 264.5]          All should put forth efforts to enlarge their experience. We are in a most critical situation; but Christ identifies Himself with our necessities. Christians are to learn daily of Christ. Spiritual sinew and muscle are now needed to work out right principles in every city and town and village. Varied talents are to be appreciated and cultivated, and with all we need true wisdom. We may not see our need of counseling with God; but the true Christian in every place will inquire what is the will of the Lord concerning his individual work.  {PC 264.5}
[PC 264.6]          All heaven is interested in the work of preparation to be done in our schools. Let the talent that is among us be combined wisely for the accomplishment of the greatest good. "Ye are God's husbandry; ye are God's building." Then link up the powers that God has given for the doing of the special work he designs to have done. If self, is kept humble, the transforming grace of Christ and His wisdom will blend heart to heart. Let us make our gifts and offerings with a single heart. Let us draw upon our talents remembering that for this purpose they were given. To every man God has given His work; and He would have this work done intelligently. The Lord will make it possible for each to do a work that can be accepted by Him.                                                                              265   {PC 264.6}
[PC 265.1]          The Lord expects all, by acts of self-denial, to help in the upbuilding of His work. In the house of worship to be erected, and the additional schoolrooms that will be needed, let all be willing to do their best, willing to deny themselves the unnecessary expenditure for display, that they may have means to give to the cause of God. The work in promulgating the principles of health reform, which the Lord has outlined to us, must be accomplished. When we study the self denial of Christ, and make His life our example, truth and righteousness will prevail among us. We will esteem as of highest value the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price.                                                    -    {PC 265.1}
[PC 265.2]     D.-196-'08                            Sanitarium, California                                                  June 20, 1908     Elder A. G. Daniells Tacoma Park Station Washington, D. C.     Dear Brother:            I have been reading letters from you concerning the Bible teacher needed at Union College.  {PC 265.2}
[PC 265.3]          I will say that Elder Owen is needed just where he is, and he is where the Lord would have him be. God has a work of special importance to be done in Southern California, and I know from the light given me that this work must now be perfected.  {PC 265.3}
[PC 265.4]          Loma Linda has been specified to me as a very important place, and one which demands the best Bible teacher we can supply. There are promising youth here who are to be qualified to fill important positions in the work. They should have the best class of instructors, and capable Bible teachers who understand the truths of the word. The truth and righteousness revealed in the word of God is to be the stronghold of our workers.  {PC 265.4}
[PC 265.5]          There has been given to me an outline of the work that must be done at Loma Linda, and I know that we must give to that place our best labors. The Lord wants the wisest talent there, for by means of our very best educational talent we are to train our ministerial laborers. The work is to be carried after the Lord's order, and not according to the supposition of man.  {PC 265.5}
[PC 265.6]          The Lord has given us a wonderful advantage in enabling us to secure Loma Linda for the establishment of the work in progress there. A school is to be built up at Loma Linda that will train Bible workers and missionary nurses for                                                                              266  efficient service. The Lord calls for the best talents to be united at this center for the carrying on of the work as He has directed, not the talent that will demand the largest salary, but the talent that will place itself on the side of Christ to work in His lines.  {PC 265.6}
[PC 266.1]          We must have medical instructors who will teach the science of healing without the use of drugs. If physicians refuse to give their services unless they can be paid the highest wage, we shall not bribe them. We are to prepare a company of workers who will follow Christ's methods.  {PC 266.1}
[PC 266.2]          There has been a dearth of means for our educational work because we have neglected to follow fully the Lord's directions. The Lord now asks that energy and zeal be given to the carrying out of His methods. The books "Christ's Object Lessons" and "Ministry of Healing" are the Lord's specified agencies for the financial aid of our institutions. By following the plan that He has laid down, a continual work of education may be carried on. I pray that God may teach us to understand His ways, and help us to learn daily of Christ.                                                    -    {PC 266.2}
[PC 266.3]     K.-94-'09                                January 14, 1909     Dear Brother and Sister D. H. Kress:            Soon after the Paradise Valley Sanitarium had been secured, the brethren at Los Angeles, after long search, decided to purchase a hotel property at Glendale, eight miles from the city. This property was offered at a price below its original cost, and within the reach of the conference. As everything seemed favorable, it was secured, and has since been refitted and opened as the Glendale Sanitarium. Some additions have been made to the old building.  {PC 266.3}
[PC 266.4]          When we first saw the Glendale property, so unlike some other properties we had visited in the vicinity of Los Angeles, we believed that this was a place that had been providentially reserved for us, and we have had no reason since for changing our minds.  {PC 266.4}
[PC 266.5]          In less than a year after the establishment of the Glendale Sanitarium, the Loma Linda property was purchased. Thus, within a comparatively short period of time, God wrought marvelously in the establishment of three sanitariums within the territory of the Southern California Conference.                                                                   -                                                                                267   {PC 266.5}
[PC 267.1]     April 20, '09-5                 Loma Linda, California M.-70-'09                               April 12, 1909     Eliza Morton:            We are about to leave Loma Linda for our journey to College View, Nebraska. I have spoken once while here. Last Sabbath the patients and church members assembled on the beautiful grounds of the sanitarium, and I spoke to them from the 58th chapter of Isaiah.  {PC 267.1}
[PC 267.2]          We hope that in the school established at Loma Linda many will be qualified to go forth and impart the knowledge of truth they have here received. A quick work will the Lord do in our world, for Satan is preparing his forces to seek to overcome the remnant people who love God and keep His commandments. He points to the smallness of their numbers, and flatters his followers that his larger army can out number the believers. We know how powerful are the hosts of Satan; but God is more powerful than they. Our risen Saviour is all sufficient for our needs.                                                    -    {PC 267.2}
[PC 267.3]     B.-100-'09                                Washington, D. C.                                                  June 9, 1909     Elder J. A. Burden Loma Linda, California            In the night season I seemed to be conversing with you, and encouraging you to go forward in the name of the Lord, preparing your school to give the education most needed at this time. The education that is to be given by our people in the large cities of Southern California is set before me day and night. The people in these cities are to be made to understand what constitutes "higher education." Higher education means conformity to the plan of salvation.  {PC 267.3}
[PC 267.4]          Obtain facilities for your school work. Let the means that shall come to you be used very economically. Do not spend one dollar unnecessarily.  {PC 267.4}
[PC 267.5]          Endeavor to place yourself where you will not be confused by the representations and forbiddings of human agencies who would misinterpret the true meaning of the higher education. Lift up the Man of Calvary. By the work of teaching and by earnest prayer, endeavor to place the students where they will receive the inspiration of heaven. Jesus Christ is to be presented before them as the Source of all light and knowledge. Let none dishonor Him by choosing to accept the world's interpretation of what the higher education means. Let us leave that to those who do not acknowledge the truths of the word of God as the source of all true knowledge.                                                                              268   {PC 267.5}
[PC 268.1]          Give to the teachers all the advantages possible, to secure a clear understanding of what constitutes the essential education.  {PC 268.1}
[PC 268.2]          Teach the students to look for wisdom to the One who gave His life for the salvation of the world. Now is your time to work. That same Jesus who walked with His disciples on earth, and who taught them from day to day, will teach His servants in this age.  {PC 268.2}
[PC 268.3]          I would call your attention to the eighth chapter of Acts, in which is related Philip's experience with the Ethiopian seeker after truth. The record states:  {PC 268.3}
[PC 268.4]          "And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert. And he arose and went: and, behold a man of Ethiopia, a eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship, was returning, and sitting in his chariot read Esaias the prophet.  {PC 268.4}
[PC 268.5]          "Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot. And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou readest? And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him.  {PC 268.5}
[PC 268.6]          "The place of the Scripture which he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so opened He not His mouth: in His humiliation His judgment was taken away: and who shall declare his generation? for His life is taken from the earth.  {PC 268.6}
[PC 268.7]          "Then Philip opened his mouth, and began at the same scripture, and preached unto him Jesus.  {PC 268.7}
[PC 268.8]          "And as they went on their way, they came unto a certain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized? And Philip said, if thou believest with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.  {PC 268.8}
[PC 268.9]          "And he commanded the chariot to stand still: and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him. And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went on his way rejoicing. But Philip was found at Azotus, and passing through he preached in all the cities, till he came to Caesarea."  {PC 268.9}
[PC 268.10]          The whole of the book of Acts should receive careful                                                                              269  study. It is full of precious instruction; it records experiences in evangelistic work, the teachings of which we need in our work today. This is wonderful history; it deals with the highest education, which the students in our schools are to receive.                                                    -    {PC 268.10}
[PC 269.1]     M.-53-'09     Talk by Mrs. E. G. White before the General Conference Committee, June 11, 1909:            When Brother Burden was leaving for Southern California at the close of this conference, he inquired of me, "What shall we plan to do for Loma Linda?" "Go straight ahead," I replied; "let the truth shine forth in every possible way. Continue to work with all your zeal in the territory surrounding your sanitarium. Help your students to learn how to labor, and keep sending them out into Redlands, and Riverside, and San Bernardino, and the smaller towns and villages round about. Introduce our publications, and do thorough work. Let your light shine as a lamp that burneth. Encourage the students to greater activity in missionary labor while taking their course of study."  {PC 269.1}
[PC 269.2]          Our brethren at Loma Linda are in need of funds with which to carry on their work. But notwithstanding their present necessity, I have encouraged them not to falter, but to go forward in the name of the Lord. And now I appeal to my brethren in Washington not to allow them to suffer. While we are planning to support the educational work in such places as Washington, we must not forget the important work that must be done at Loma Linda, and in other centers of training.                                                    -    {PC 269.2}
[PC 269.3]     MS-7-                                 September 23, 1909                 The Relation of Loma Linda College              to Worldly Medical Institutions     Report of interview at the home of Mrs. E. G. White, Sanitarium, California, September 20, 1909. Present Mrs. E. G. White, W. C. White and J. A. Burden.            E. G. White: We want none of that kind of "higher education" that will put us in a position where the credit must be given, not to the Lord God of Israel, but to the god of Ekron. The Lord designs that we shall stand as a distinct, sanctified, and holy people, so connected with him that he can work with us. Let our physicians realize that they are to depend wholly upon the true                                                                              270  God.  {PC 269.3}
[PC 270.1]          I felt a heavy burden this morning when I read over a letter that I found in my room, in which a plan was outlined for having medical students take some work at Loma Linda, but to get the finishing touches of their education from some worldly institution. God forbid that such a plan should be followed. I must state that the light I have received is that we are to stand as a distinct, commandment-keeping people. The Sabbath is a great distinguishing line, and its observance will separate us from the world. As God's peculiar people we should not feel that we must acknowledge our dependence upon men who are transgressing God's law to give us influence in the world. It is God that gives us influence. He is our exceeding great reward. He will give us advantages that are far beyond all the advantages we might receive from worldlings, by uniting with those who do not recognize the law of God.  {PC 270.1}
[PC 270.2]         J. A. Burden: I know that these thoughts are what you have presented to us before. We do not want to cause you to carry a heavy burden. We simply wanted to know if we were moving in right lines. If the Lord gives you light, well and good, we will be glad to receive it; if not, then we will wait.  {PC 270.2}
[PC 270.3]          E. G. White: If we follow on to know the Lord, we shall know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. There are some who may not be able to see that here is a test as to whether we shall put our dependence on man, or depend upon God. Shall we by our course seem to acknowledge that there is a stronger power with unbelievers than there is with God's own people? When we take hold upon God, and trust in Him, He will work in our behalf. But whatever the consequences may be, we are in regard to our faith to stand distinct and separate from the world.  {PC 270.3}
[PC 270.4]          I feel a decided interest in the work at Loma Linda, and I desire that it shall exert a powerful influence for the truth. Your success depends upon the blessing of God, not upon the ideas and views of men who are opposed to the requirements of the law of God. When people see that God blesses us, and gives success to our work as we make Him supreme, then they will be led to give consideration to the truths we teach. Many will be compelled to recognize that our methods are superior to those employed in the schools of the world, as they are commonly conducted.  {PC 270.4}
[PC 270.5]          We need not tie to men in order to secure influence. We need not think that we are dependent upon the knowledge and experience of men who do not recognize the Lord as their Master. Our God is a God of knowledge and understanding, and if we will take our position decidedly on His side to be wholly influenced by His spirit, He will give us wisdom. I would that all our people might see the                                                                              271  inconsistency of those who profess to be God's commandment-keeping people, a peculiar people zealous of good works, thinking that they must copy after the world's pattern, in order to make their own successful. Our God is stronger than any human influence. If we will accept Him as our educator, if we will make Him our strength and righteousness, He will work in our behalf.  {PC 270.5}
[PC 271.1]          The following out of these principles may result in a condition of things that is not just as we would desire it to be. We might like to see certain conditions, for the attainment of which we would be dependent on the world, but the result would be an experience that means weakness rather than strength. We should realize a bondage that we do not anticipate.  {PC 271.1}
[PC 271.2]          Jesus Christ is our saviour today, and He is willing to work in our behalf, if we will not put our dependence upon some other power. If we are sustained by the living God, the superiority of His power will be manifested in His people. This is the testimony that I have borne all the way along, and it is the testimony that I shall continue to bear. We must exalt God who is our wisdom, our sanctification, and our exceeding great reward.  {PC 271.2}
[PC 271.3]          J. A. Burden: We love to hear the truth over and over again, that we may be sure it is the truth.  {PC 271.3}
[PC 271.4]          E. G. White: You have the Word which tells you that God's commandment-keeping people are to have His special favor, and that they are to be sanctified through obedience to the truth. Shall we unite ourselves with those that are full of error, who have no respect for God's commandments, and shall our students go forth to obtain the finishing touches of their education from men who, unless they are converted will not be honored with a place in the councils of heaven.  {PC 271.4}
[PC 271.5]          W. C. White: What is to be the final outcome? Will all our medical missionaries be simply nurses? Shall we have no more physicians, or shall we have a school in which we can ourselves give the finishing touches?  {PC 271.5}
[PC 271.6]          E. G. White: Whatever plan you follow, take your position that you will not unite or be bound up with those that do not respect God's commandments.  {PC 271.6}
[PC 271.7]          W. C. White: Does that mean that we are not to have any more physicians, but that our people will work simply as nurses, or does it mean that we shall have a school of our own where we can educate physicians?  {PC 271.7}
[PC 271.8]          E. G. White: We shall have a school of our own. But we are not to be dependent upon the world, we must put our dependence upon a power that is higher than all                                                                              272  human power. If we honor God, He will honor us, because we observe all His commandments, which mean eternal life.  {PC 271.8}
[PC 272.1]          J. A. Burden: The governments of earth provide that if we conduct a medical school, we must take a charter from the government. That in itself has nothing to do with how the school is conducted. It is required, however, that certain studies shall be taught. There are ten subjects required. Physiology is one of these. It is required that those who labor as physicians shall be proficient in these subjects. In starting our sanitariums for the care of the sick, we must secure a charter from the government; our printing offices must do the same. Would the securing of a charter for a medical school, where our students might obtain a medical education, militate against our depending upon God.?  {PC 272.1}
[PC 272.2]          E. G. White: No, I do not see that it would, if a charter were secured on the right terms. Only be sure that you do not exalt men above God. If you can gain force and influence that will make your work more effective without tying yourselves to worldly men, that would be right. But we are not to exalt the human above the divine.  {PC 272.2}
[PC 272.3]          J. A. Burden: That is the vital point, where we have been hanging for three years. The only thing that we have asked for in this matter is to take advantage of the government provision that would give standing room to our students when they are qualified.  {PC 272.3}
[PC 272.4]          E. G. White: I do not see anything wrong in that, as long as you do not in any way lift men above the Lord God of Israel, or throw discredit upon His power. But enter into no agreement with any fraternity that would open a door of temptation to some weak souls to lose their souls on God.  {PC 272.4}
[PC 272.5]          J. A. Burden: In planning our course of study, we have tried to follow the light in the Testimonies, and in doing so it has led us away from the requirements of the world. The world will not recognize us as standing with them. We shall have to stand distinct, by ourselves.  {PC 272.5}
[PC 272.6]          E. G. White: You may unite with them in certain points that will not have a misleading influence, but let no sacrifice be made to endanger our principles. We shall always have to stand distinct. God desires us to be separate, and yet it is our privilege to avail ourselves of certain rights. But rather than to confuse our medical work, you had better stand aloof and labor with the advantages that you yourselves can offer.  {PC 272.6}
[PC 272.7]          J. A. Burden: Now the proposition in this letter                                                                              273  was to deviate from that, so that standing as we do, would enable us to stand with them and to have their advantage. From the instruction that has come, it has seemed to me from the very first, that we were to stand by ourselves in a distinct light, following the light that God has given with reference to physical healing, and that when we do that, God will open the way before us, and give us prestige with the people. But if we deviate and connect with these other schools, we would find ourselves being thrown more and more into the very things that they are doing, and our students would be molded after their similitude instead of after the similitude of truth.  {PC 272.7}
[PC 273.1]          E. G. White: That is what I am trying to guard against all the time. As we read our Bible we see that God is dishonored when His people go to any worldly power, or put their trust in a worldly power. That is where God's people again and again became ensnared, and spoilt their history. You must arrange this matter the best you can, but the principle that is presented to me is that you are not to acknowledge any power as greater than that of our God. Our influence is to be acknowledged of God, because we keep His commandments, and His commandments are not grievous. Here is our standard. Keep God's commandments as the apple of your eye.  {PC 273.1}
[PC 273.2]          W. C. White: Jesus said at one time, "The scribes and the Pharisees sit in Moses' seat: all therefore whatsoever they bid you observe, that observe and do; but do not ye after their works." Now the law says that a man shall not practice medicine unless he has a diploma from a college, and unless he has passed the examination of the state board, and has a certificate. The law would not recognize the diplomas of our physicians unless they have studied some things that we do not think are really essential. For instance, in their preparation they have to study a number of things that we think they might get along without, but we can teach them. We do not have to teach these subjects in their way; we can teach them in our way. When it comes to the study of drugs, they teach how to give them. We can teach the dangers of using them, and how to get along without them. In some other schools they teach geology on the evolution basis. We can teach geology, and show that the theory of evolution is false.  {PC 273.2}
[PC 273.3]          E. G. White: Well, you must plan these details yourselves. I have told you what I have received, but these details you will have to work out for yourselves.  {PC 273.3}
[PC 273.4]          J. A. Burden: It seems clear to me that any standing we can lawfully have without compromising, is not out of harmony with God's plan.  {PC 273.4}
[PC 273.5]          E. G. White: No, it is not. All I can say is that                                                                              274  I have had very distinct light, however, that there is danger of our limiting the power of the Holy One of Israel, in connection with certain plans for connecting our schools with worldly methods. He is the God of the universe, and our influence is dependent upon our carrying out the precepts of His word. We weaken our powers by not placing our dependence upon God, and taking hold of His strength. This is our privilege.                                                    -    {PC 273.5}
[PC 274.1]     H.-358-'07                          Loma Linda, California                                             November 3, 1907     Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:            We thank you for your letters, and for the news that they contain. . .  {PC 274.1}
[PC 274.2]          For more than a year the light has been coming to me that here at Loma Linda we should have a school of the highest order, and that the very best talent should be obtained, in order to prepare young men and young women for medical missionary work. This work we are desirous of seeing accomplished. It should not be necessary for students to be placed under the influence of teachers who do not obey the law of God.  {PC 274.2}
[PC 274.3]          I wish that you might have been present at this meeting. I think it would be well for you to be here as soon as possible. The instruction you might give would just now be very timely. You should be here with us to help in molding and fashioning the work. We are all doing the best we can to take advanced steps in the right direction.  {PC 274.3}
[PC 274.4]          There should be a different mold placed upon the work in this Southern California Conference. The president of this field has not had the experience that one should have who occupies such an important position. He seems to be unable to understand the Lord's plans for the carrying forward of the work.  {PC 274.4}
[PC 274.5]          A man lives unto God when he continually recognizes Him as a present Helper. When there is a recognition of the Lord Jesus Christ, there will be a holy fear lest he shall make mistakes. The soul will be drawn out continually in earnest prayer as he realizes his need. As he draws night unto God, God will draw night unto him, the love of God will be kindled in his heart, and he will be able to speak the words of God. The language of the heart will then be, "Whom have I in heaven but Thee, and who on earth do I desire besides Thee?"                                                                              275   {PC 274.5}
[PC 275.1]          We must give evidence of a spiritual relationship to God, in all our ways acknowledging Him. Others will be able to detect Christ as all and in all. When we have the fear of the Lord ever before us, our experience will not be tame and spiritless. Christ formed within will be the hope of glory.  {PC 275.1}
[PC 275.2]          The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom. In Him there is a hope that "maketh not ashamed." The joy of the Lord will break forth from lips that are sanctified. We must now receive rich experiences in the service of God.  {PC 275.2}
[PC 275.3]          Our faith is to be expressed in thanksgiving. "Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God." "In everything give thanks." "Bless the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me, bless His holy name." Let expressions of praise flow forth from human lips. We are to rejoice in the Lord more than we have done. Let not the heart remain cold and dull and unimpressive.  {PC 275.3}
[PC 275.4]          There are some who think that in matters of practical Christianity, they have a superior intelligence. Whether or not this is so, will be demonstrated by the life actions. Are they self centered, or are they moved by the Holy Spirit of truth and righteousness? Religion is to become a living, active principle. The one all absorbing motive of the true Christian is to give an expression of the goodness and love of Christ.  {PC 275.4}
[PC 275.5]          We need you here, Brother Haskell, to exert your influence against the presumption of men who feel that their brethren must ask permission of them, before engaging in the Lord's service where and in the manner that He indicates. Such presumption should find no place in the cause of God. We hope that there may be such changes here that the work of the Lord may move on more smoothly. . .  {PC 275.5}
[PC 275.6]          The Lord sends His messages to correct the erring, however highly they may regard themselves. He asks that they submit their judgment to His control. Every soul must be under discipline to God. To occupy an exalted position is not always evidence that the Lord has placed an individual in that position. It is the works, not position, that testify to the value of a man. Hereditary traits of character need to be overcome. A man cannot safely be entrusted with the control of others. unless he himself is under the sanctification of the Holy Spirit.  {PC 275.6}
[PC 275.7]          In the spirit of meekness and lowliness of heart, all methods and plans should be submitted to wise counsellors for their prayerful consideration and their endorsement. Otherwise, a restless, speculative energy and ambition may make an evil mark upon the cause of                                                                              276  God, and subvert and hinder the very work that the Lord has declared should be done in this Conference.  {PC 275.7}
[PC 276.1]          In order that the great work of sanctification that needs to be carried forward in the churches of Southern California, may be accomplished, the minds and wills of our ministers, and physicians, and teachers should be united, their hearts blending in one spirit to give the trumpet a certain sound. Let every voice proclaim distinctly the third angel's message. In word and act let those who are proclaiming the message, reveal that they are numbered among those "that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus."  {PC 276.1}
[PC 276.2]          If this had been done faithfully, with the word of the living God as the great lesson book, the third angel's message would have gone with greater power. Had all God's ministers, as faithful stewards of the grace of God, called upon the world to hear the last note of warning, giving the trumpet a certain sound, thousands more might have been converted, and added their voices in proclaiming the message to the world. In distinct notes of solemn warning is to be given the closing message that will prepare a people to receive the seal of the living God.  {PC 276.2}
[PC 276.3]          Satan is working to fill minds with the spirit of ambition and of commercialism. Those whose minds are thus diverted, will lose their opportunity of giving the last message to the world.  {PC 276.3}
[PC 276.4]          If a faithful work had been done during the last few years that have gone into eternity, thousands of souls would now be found with Bibles in their hands, reading the Word of God, and praying for light and guidance. Many of these would be engaged in the work of hunting for souls, and fitting up a people to stand in the great day of God. But some who ought to be missionaries, are filled with the spirit of commercialism, and with an ambition to secure for themselves certain advantages. The truth becomes to them a dead letter, not practiced nor obeyed.  {PC 276.4}
[PC 276.5]          Jehovah is the true God. Let Him be feared and reverenced.                                                    -    {PC 276.5}
[PC 276.6]     MS.-73                                       August 15, 1907                        Jehovah Is Our King            God has revealed many things to me which He has bidden me give to His people by pen and voice. Through this message of the Holy Spirit, God's people are given                                                                              277  sacred instruction concerning their duty to God and to their fellow-men.  {PC 276.6}
[PC 277.1]          A strange thing has come into our churches. Men who are placed in positions of responsibility that they might be wise helpers to their fellow workers, have come to suppose that they were set as kings and rulers in the churches, to say to one brother, Do this, to another, Do that, and to another, Be sure to labor in such and such a way. There have been places where the workers have been told that if they did not follow the instruction of these men of responsibility, their pay from the conference would be withheld.  {PC 277.1}
[PC 277.2]          It is right for the workers to counsel together as brethren; but that man who endeavors to lead his fellow workers to seek his counsel and advice regarding the details of their work, and to learn their duty from him, is in a dangerous position, and needs to learn what responsibilities are really comprehended in his office. God has appointed no man to be conscience for his fellow man, and it is not wise to lay so much responsibility upon an officer that he will feel that he is forced to become a dictator.  {PC 277.2}
[PC 277.3]                          A Constant Peril          For years there has been a growing tendency for men placed in positions of responsibility to Lord it over God's heritage, thus removing from church members their keen sense of the need of divine instruction and an appreciation of the privilege to counsel with God regarding their duty. This order of things must be changed. There must be a reform. Men who have not a rich measure of that wisdom which cometh from above, should not be called to serve in positions where their influence means so much to church members.  {PC 277.3}
[PC 277.4]          In my earlier experience in the message I was called to meet this evil. During my labors in Europe and Australia, and again at the San Jose camp meeting I had to bear my testimony of warning against it, because souls were being taught to look to man for wisdom, instead of looking to God who is our wisdom, our sanctification, and our righteousness. Recently the same message has again been given me, more definite and decisive, because there has been a deeper offence to the Spirit of God.  {PC 277.4}
[PC 277.5]                          An Exalted Privilege          God is the teacher of His people. All who humble their hearts before Him, will be taught of God. "If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally and upbraideth not, and it shall be given him." The Lord wants every church member to pray earnestly for wisdom, that he may know what the Lord                                                                              278  would have him do. It is the privilege of every believer to obtain an individual experience, learning to carry his cares and perplexities to God. It is written, "Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you."  {PC 277.5}
[PC 278.1]          Through His servant Isaiah God is calling His church to appreciate her exalted privilege in having the wisdom of the infinite at her demand: "O Zion, that bringest good tidings, get thee up into the high mountain; O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings, lift up thy voice with strength; lift it up, be not afraid; say unto the cities of Judah, Behold your God! Behold, the Lord will come with a string hand, and His arm shall rule for Him: behold, His reward is with Him, and His work before Him. He shall feed His flock like a shepherd: He shall gather the lambs with His arm, and carry them in His bosom, and shall gently lead those that are with young." (Isaiah 40:12-17, 28-31)  {PC 278.1}
[PC 278.2]          In the forty-first to the forty-fifth chapters of Isaiah, God very fully reveals His purpose for His people, and these chapters should be prayerfully studied. God does not here instruct His people to turn away from Him and look to finite man for wisdom. (Isaiah 44:21-23;  45:21-25)  {PC 278.2}
[PC 278.3]          I wrote this fully because I have been shown that ministers and people are tempted more and more to trust in finite man for wisdom, and to make flesh their arm. To conference presidents and men in responsible places I bear this message: Break the bands and fetters that have been placed upon God's people. To you the word is spoken, "Break every yoke." Unless you cease the work of making man amenable to man, unless you become humble in heart, and yourselves learn the way of the Lord as little children, the Lord will divorce you from His work. We are to treat one another as brethren, as fellow laborers, as men and women who are, with us, seeking for light and understanding of the way of the Lord, "and who are jealous for His glory.  {PC 278.3}
[PC 278.4]          God declares, "I will be glorified in My people;" but the self confident management of men has resulted in putting God aside, and accepting the devisings of men. If you allow this to continue, your faith will soon become extinct. God is in every place, beholding the conduct of the people who profess to represent the principles of His word. He asks that a change be made. He wants His people to be molded and fashioned, not after man's ideas, but after the similitude of God. I entreat of you to search the Scriptures as you have never yet searched them, that you may know the way and will of God. O that every soul might be impressed with this message, and put away the wrong!                        Paul's Experience                                                                              279   {PC 278.4}
[PC 279.1]          We would do well to study carefully the first and second chapters of First Corinthians. "We preach Christ crucified," the apostle declared, "unto the Jews a stumbling block, and unto the Greeks foolishness; but to them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God, and the wisdom of God." (1 Corinthians 1:24-28; 2:16  {PC 279.1}
[PC 279.2]         Read also the third chapter of this book, and study and pray over these words. As a people of our faith and practice need to be energized by the Holy Spirit. No ruling power, that would compel men to obey the dictates of the finite mind, should be exercised. "Cease ye from man, whose breath is in his nostrils," the Lord commands. By turning the minds of men to lean on human wisdom, we place a veil between God and man, so that there is not a seeing of Him who is invisible.  {PC 279.2}
[PC 279.3]          In our individual experience we are to be taught of God. When we seek Him with a sincere heart, we will confess to Him our defects of character; and He has promised to receive all who come to Him in humble dependence. The one who yields to the claims of God will have the abiding presence of Christ, and this companionship will be to him a very precious thing. Taking hold of divine wisdom, he will escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust. Day by day he will learn more fully how to carry his infirmities to the One who has promised to be a very present help in every time of need.  {PC 279.3}
[PC 279.4]         This message is spoken to our churches in every place. In the false experience that has been coming in, a decided influence is at work to exalt human agencies, and to lead some to depend on human judgment and to follow the control of human minds. This influence is diverting the mind from God, and God forbids that any such experience should deepen and grow in our ranks as Seventh-day Adventists. Our petitions are to reach higher than erring man, to God. . . God does not confine Himself to one place or person. He looks down from heaven upon the children of men; He sees their perplexities, and is acquainted with the circumstances of every issue of life. He understands His own work upon the human heart, and He needs not that any man should direct the workings of His Spirit.  {PC 279.4}
[PC 279.5]          "This is the confidence that we have in Him, that if we ask anything according to His will, He heareth us. And if we know that He hears us, we know that we have the petitions that we desire of Him." God has appointed the angels that do His will to respond to the prayers of the meek of the earth, and to guide His ministers with counsel and judgment. Heavenly agencies are constantly seeking to impart grace and strength and counsel to God's faithful children, that they may act their part in the work of communicating light to the world. The wonderful sacrifice of Christ has made it possible for every man to do a special work. When the worker receives wisdom                                                                              280  from the only true source, he will become a pure channel of light and blessing; for he will receive his capability for service in rich currents of grace and light from the throne of God.                                                    -    {PC 279.5}
[PC 280.1]    B-200.                                       August 29, 1907     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            I have been very anxious to learn something of the meetings you have been holding. W. C. White has written us no particulars. I would be glad if you would bear in mind that I am intensely interested in this meeting, and desire to know about it. Has it meant victory or defeat?  {PC 280.1}
[PC 280.2]          One night this week, I think it was Sunday, I did not sleep any through the entire night; and again on Wednesday I had a wakeful night. I slept for a short time before three o'clock. While I lay awake, I spent the time in prayer that God would give to His people sanctified and converted minds, that individually they might comprehend their duty, and learn to reveal the power of the truth in sound speech that cannot be condemned.  {PC 280.2}
[PC 280.3]          The talent of speech is a precious talent. The riches of the grace of Christ which He is every ready to bestow upon us, we are to impart in true, hopeful words. "Rejoice in the Lord always, and again I say, Rejoice." If we would guard our words, so that nothing but kindness shall escape our lips, we will give evidence that we are preparing to become members of the heavenly family! In words and works we shall show forth the praise of Him who has called us out of darkness into His marvelous light. O what a reformative influence would go forth if we as a people would value at its true worth the talent of speech and its influence upon human minds.  {PC 280.3}
[PC 280.4]          The Sabbath meetings, the morning and evening worship in the home, the services held in the chapel, all should be vitalized by the Spirit of Christ. Each member of the Sanitarium family confess Christ openly and with gladness, expressing the joy and comfort and  hope that is written in the soul. Christ is to be set forth as the chiefest among ten thousand, the one altogether lovely. He is to be set forth as the Giver of every good and perfect gift. the one in whom our hopes of eternal life are centered. If we would do this, all narrowness must be set aside, and we must call into exercise the love of Christ. The joy we experience in this love will be a blessing to others.  {PC 280.4}
[PC 280.5]          I am bidden to say to the sanitarium family, let your                                                                              281  social meetings, and all your religious exercises be characterized by a deep earnestness and a joy that expresses the love of God in the soul. Such meetings will be profitable to all; for they will bind heart to heart. Let there be earnest seasons of prayer; for prayer will give strength to the religious experience. Confess Christ openly and bravely, and manifest at all times the meekness of Christ.  {PC 280.5}
[PC 281.1]          The Lord would have the family of workers at Loma Linda channels of light. If we will keep the heart and mind opened heavenward, cherishing the comfort of His grace in the heart, the presence of Christ will be revealed. Let earnestness and zeal come into your lives. Make no backward movements. The Lord is our Helper, our Guide, our Shield, our exceeding great Reward. Do not allow levity to come into your experience, but cultivate cheerfulness; for this is an excellent grace. We cannot afford to be unmindful of our words and deportment.  {PC 281.1}
[PC 281.2]          During the past night I seemed to be standing before a large congregation, speaking to the people the words of life. I long to understand more perfectly about this meeting that was presented to me. I seemed to hear the sweet melody of praise to God, and expressions of gratitude were coming from souls that were the recipients of the grace of Christ. The voice of praise and thanksgiving was heard, and countenances were aglow with the light of the love of God. It seemed that angels' voices united with those in the meeting who were offering praise to God.  {PC 281.2}
[PC 281.3]          My father was a very cheerful Christian. No doleful testimony was ever suffered to go forth from his lips. When those about him were giving doleful testimonies, his voice would be heard, "What doth much increase the store? When I thank Him, He gives me more."  {PC 281.3}
[PC 281.4]          We all have very much to be thankful for; let us open our lips in praise and thanksgiving to God. Let us come nearer to the Lord Jesus, and acknowledge our daily obligations to Him. He has made it possible for us to secure for ourselves a very happy life even in this world of sin, and holds out the hope of being continually in His presence in the kingdom He is preparing for His people. Should not these thoughts call forth from us praise and thanksgiving? May the Lord bless you, and bless the sanitarium family, is my prayer.                                                    -    {PC 281.4}
[PC 281.5]     -97-                                     September 19, 1907                         In Humility and Faith            Special instruction has been given me for God's people, for perilous times are upon us. In the world, destruction                                                                              282  and violence are increasing. In the church man power is gaining the ascendency; those who have been chosen to occupy positions of trust think it their prerogative to rule.  {PC 281.5}
[PC 282.1]          Men whom the Lord calls to important positions in His work are to cultivate a humble dependence upon Him. They are not to seek to embrace too much authority; for God has not called them to a work of ruling, but to plan and counsel with their fellow laborers. Every worker alike is to hold himself amenable to the requirements and instructions of God.  {PC 282.1}
[PC 282.2]          To our brethren in Southern California I bear this message: The president of your conference has the lesson to learn that he is not to endeavor to rule his fellow laborers who have occupied positions of trust under God in the work; neither is he to consider himself capable of carrying all things after his own ideas. He has thought that it was his right to rule in every branch of the conference work, and this has led him to judge and criticize fellow laborers who were better able than he to do the work. He must first rule himself before he can hope to rule others wisely, or to plan wisely for the advancement of the work. Position will not give to any man an all-round education.  {PC 282.2}
[PC 282.3]          Because of the importance of the work in Southern California, and the perplexities which now surround it, there should be selected no less than five men of wisdom and experience to consult with the presidents of the local and union conferences regarding general plans and policies. The Lord is not well pleased with the disposition some have manifested to rule those of more experience than themselves. By this course of action, some have revealed that they are not qualified to fill the important positions which they occupy. Any human being who spreads himself out to large proportions, and who seeks to have the control of his fellows, proves himself to be a dangerous man to be entrusted with religious responsibilities.  {PC 282.3}
[PC 282.4]          Upon the Union Conference President should rest the greater responsibilities, and I am instructed that he needs other helpers to advise him in his work. He should not cling to the idea that unless money is in hand no move should be made that calls for the investment of means. If in our past experience we had always followed this method, we would often have lost special advantages, such as we gained in the purchase of the Fernando School property, and in the purchase of the sanitarium properties at Paradise Valley, and Loma Linda.  {PC 282.4}
[PC 282.5]          To make no move that calls for the investment of means unless we have the money in hand to complete the contemplated work, should not always be considered the wisest plan. In the up building of His work, the Lord does not always make everything plain before His servants. He sometimes tries the confidence of His people by having them move forward in faith. Often He brings them into strait and                                                                              283  trying places, bidding them go forward when their feet seem to be touching the waters of the Red Sea. It is at such times, when the prayers of His servants ascend to Him in earnest faith, that he opens the way before them, and brings them out into a large place.  {PC 282.5}
[PC 283.1]          The Lord wants His people in these days to believe that He will do as great things for them as He did for the children of Israel in their journey from Egypt to Canaan. We are to have an educated faith that will not hesitate to follow His instructions in the most difficult experiences. "Go forward," is the command of God to His people.  {PC 283.1}
[PC 283.2]          Faith and cheerful obedience are needed to bring the Lord's designs to pass. When He points out the necessity of establishing the work in places where it will have influence, the people are to walk and work by faith. By their godly conversation, their humility, their prayers and earnest efforts, they should strive to bring the people to appreciate the good work that the Lord has established among them. It was the Lord's purpose that the Loma Linda Sanitarium should become the property of our people, and He brought it about at a time when the rivers of difficulty were full and overflowing their banks.  {PC 283.2}
[PC 283.3]          The working of private interests for the gaining of personal ends is one thing. In this men may follow their own judgment. But the carrying forward of the Lord's work in the earth is entirely another matter. When He designs that a certain property should be secured for the advancement of His cause and the building up of His work, whether it be for sanitarium or school work, or for any other branch, He will make the doing of that work possible, if those who have experience will show their faith and trust in His purposes, and will move forward promptly to secure the advantages He points out. While we are not to seek to wrest property from any man, yet when advantages are offered, we should be wide awake to see the advantage, that we may make plans for the upbuilding of the work. And when we have done this, we should exert every energy to secure the free will offerings of God's people for the support of these new plans.  {PC 283.3}
[PC 283.4]         Often the Lord sees that His workers are in doubt as to what they should do. At such times, if they will put their confidence in Him, He will reveal to them His will. God's work is now to advance rapidly, and if His people will respond to His call, He will make them the possessors of property willing to donate of their means, and thus make it possible for His work to be accomplished in the earth. "Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." Faith in the word of God will place His people in the possession of property which will enable them to work the large cities that are waiting for the message of truth.                                                                              284   {PC 283.4}
[PC 284.1]         The cold, formal, unbelieving way in which some of the laborers do their work is a deep offense to the Spirit of God. The apostle Paul says, "Do all things with out murmurings and disputings: that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world; holding forth the word of life, that I may rejoice in the day of Christ, that I have not run in vain, neither labored in vain. Yea, and if I be offered on the sacrifice and service of your faith, I joy and rejoice with you all."  {PC 284.1}
[PC 284.2]         We are to encourage in one another that living faith that Christ has made it possible for every believer to have. The work is to be carried forward as the Lord prepares the way. When he brings His people into straight places, then it is their privilege to assemble together for prayer, remembering that all things come of God. Those who have not yet shared in the trying experiences that attend the work in these last days, will soon have to pass through scenes that will severely test their confidence in God. It is at the time when His people see no way to advance, when the Red Sea is before them, and the pursuing army behind, that God bids them "Go forward." Thus He is working to test their faith. When such experiences come to you, go forward, trusting in Christ. Walk step by step in the path He marks out. Trials will come, but go forward. This will give you an experience that will strengthen your faith in God, and fit you for truest service.  {PC 284.2}
[PC 284.3]          A deeper and wider experience in religious things is to come to God's people. Christ is our example. If through living faith and sanctified obedience to God's word, we reveal the love and grace of Christ, if we show that we have a true conception of God's guiding providence in the work, we shall carry to the world a convincing power. A high position does not give us value in the sight of God. Man is measured by his consecration and faithfulness in working out the will of God. If the remnant people of God will walk before him in humility of faith, He will carry out through them His eternal purpose, enabling them to work harmoniously in giving to the world the truth as it is in Jesus. He will use all, men, women, and children, in making the light shine forth to the world, and calling out a people that will be true to His commandments. Through the faith that His people exercise in Him, God will make known to the world that He is the true God, the God of Israel.  {PC 284.3}
[PC 284.4]          "Let your conversation be as becometh the gospel of Christ," the apostle Paul exhorts, "that whether I come and see you, or else be absent, I may hear of your affairs, that ye stand fast in one spirit; with one mind striving for the faith of the gospel; and in nothing terrified by your adversaries; which is to them an evident token of perdition, but to you of salvation, that of God. For unto you it is given in the behalf of Christ, not only to believe on Him, but also to suffer for His sake."                                                                              285   {PC 284.4}
[PC 285.1]          I have been instructed to present these words to our people in Southern California. They are needed in every place, where a church is established; for a strange experience has been coming into our ranks. It is time now for men to humble their hearts before God, and to learn to work in His ways. Let those who have sought to rule their fellow workers study to know what manner of spirit they are of. They should seek the Lord by fasting and prayer, and in humility of soul. Christ in His earthly life gave an example that all can safely follow. He appreciates His flock and he wants no power set over them that will restrict their freedom in His service. He has never placed man as a ruler over His heritage. True Bible religion will lead to self control, not to control of one another. As a people we need a larger measure of the Holy Spirit, that we may bear the solemn message that God has given us without exaltation.  {PC 285.1}
[PC 285.2]          Brethren, keep your words of censure for your individual selves. Teach the flock of God to look to Christ, not to erring man. Every soul who becomes a teacher of the truth must bear in his own life the fruit of holiness. Looking to Christ and following Him, He will present to the souls under His charge an example of what a living, learning Christian will be. Let God teach you His way. Inquire of Him daily to know His will. He will give unerring counsel to all who seek Him with a sincere heart. Walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called, praising God in your daily conversation as well as in your prayers. Thus, holding forth the word of life, you will constrain other souls to become followers of Christ.                                                    -    {PC 285.2}
[PC 285.3]     R.-182-'07                             Glendale, California                                                  May 22, 1907     Elder A. T. Robinson     Dear Brother Robinson:            At our request Brother Burden has consented to visit important gatherings of our people in the Middle West, and to endeavor to secure gifts or loans for some of our Southern California Sanitariums. We desire that wherever he goes, he may be given opportunity to present the word and needs of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium and the Loma Linda Sanitarium. We need help in both these places. Both at Loma Linda and at Paradise Valley it has been necessary to build additions to the main building for bathrooms. This has left us with debts that must be met shortly, and we greatly need financial assistance.  {PC 285.3}
[PC 285.4]          At Loma Linda, a school is being conducted for the training of medical missionary evangelists, and we want this school to be of the highest order. Both the sanitarium                                                                              286  and the school can be a help one to the other.  {PC 285.4}
[PC 286.1]          Elder Burden has felt an earnest interest in the advancement of the sanitarium work along right lines. He and Sister Burden have put their whole soul into an effort to make the work at Loma Linda a success. They have put into the institution all the means they could spare to keep the enterprise moving. We have the utmost confidence in the integrity of Brother Burden, and have no reason to doubt that the Lord selected him as the manager of the Loma Linda Sanitarium.  {PC 286.1}
[PC 286.2]          Will you, Brother Robinson, assist Brother Burden in his mission in behalf of these institutions? You may introduce him to some of our loyal brethren who have means, or you may permit him to speak before gatherings of our people, and raise donations or loans in your conference. We trust that our brethren in Nebraska may be able to assist in relieving the pressure for means that exists at present in these two sanitariums that the Lord has providentially placed in our hands.                                                    -    {PC 286.2}
[PC 286.3]     B.-186-'07                          Sanitarium, California                                                 May 29, 1907     Elder G. I. Butler 24th Avenue North Nashville, Tennessee     My dear Brother:            I received your letter, for which I thank you. I am always glad to hear from you.  {PC 286.3}
[PC 286.4]          For nearly six weeks I have been absent from St. Helena, traveling in Southern California . . Sabbath and Sunday, April 20 and 21, I spent at Fernando. Our school this year at Fernando has been greatly blessed. Many of the students have offered themselves for service in the Master's vineyard. On Monday I left for Loma Linda. I remained there a little over a week, and returned again to Loma Linda after a visit to Paradise Valley, San Diego, San Pasqual, and Escondido.  {PC 286.4}
[PC 286.5]          On Sabbath, May 18, the members of several churches gathered at Loma Linda, and we held meetings under the pepper trees on the lawn at the back of the sanitarium. In the forenoon I spoke for one hour, and the Lord helped me wonderfully. Before closing my remarks, I presented to those present the needs of the sanitarium, and expressed the desire that sufficient money be received to complete the payments on the additions that have been made to the main building. Before we                                                                              287  purchased the property, the main building had been used mostly as a hotel, and the bathroom facilities were limited. In order to do efficient work in the sanitarium, it was necessary to make additions to the buildings already standing. Dr. White, Brother and Sister Burden, and the sisters of Sister Burden, invested in the sanitarium at Loma Linda all that they could possibly spare, but there still remains an indebtedness that must be cleared off.  {PC 286.5}
[PC 287.1]          After the morning service, a lunch was provided by the sanitarium for the visitors, and served on the lawn. Brother Burden felt that the sanitarium would not be a loser by this entertainment, and I agreed with him; for I remember the experiences we have had in the past in making similar provision. Such acts of hospitality are sometimes the means of sowing seed in the hearts of those who are inquiring after truth.  {PC 287.1}
[PC 287.2]          In the afternoon Elder Luther Warren gave an excellent discourse. Brother Warren is an able worker, and we hope that he may labor for a time in this needy field. At present he is resting somewhat on account of the condition of his own and his wife's health. After his service, the visitors left for their homes; and all were agreed that they had spent a pleasant day, and had been blessed by the discourses.  {PC 287.2}
[PC 287.3]          After the Sabbath, Brother Nichols came to my room, his face glowing with happiness, and said, "I want to tell you what your words today have accomplished." He then told me that one sister had come to Brother Burden and given him ten dollars and that a gentleman had offered to lend him one thousand dollars for a year without interest. I felt to praise the Lord at this response.  {PC 287.3}
[PC 287.4]          Later, Brother Burden gave me some particulars concerning this man who has loaned the money. He was brought to the sanitarium in such a distressed condition that his case was thought to be hopeless. But he was carefully treated, and the crisis was safely passed. He is one of the most grateful patients they have had. He has become interested in the truth, and by his loan he has shown his appreciation of what has been done for him.  {PC 287.4}
[PC 287.5]          I had promised to speak at Los Angeles on Sunday afternoon, so it was necessary for us to hasten away by the early train from Loma Linda. We had about sixty miles to travel. On our arrival at Los Angeles, we went up to our restaurant and treatment rooms on Hill Street, and while waiting there before the service, I prayed to the Lord for strength for the work before me.  {PC 287.5}
[PC 287.6]          At the church we found that a large crowd had gathered. Every foot of room was occupied, even the aisles being                                                                              288  filled, and I was told that some were unable to find entrance to the building. Among those present were a large number not of our faith.  {PC 287.6}
[PC 288.1]          I presented the importance of obedience to the commandments of God, dwelling upon the instruction given in connection with the proclamation of the law from Mt. Sinai. Never before had these Scriptures appealed to me so forcibly. I spoke for a full hour, and the interest was marked throughout. As I felt my voice weakening, I paused to send a prayer to heaven for help. Then the power of the Holy Spirit strengthened me, and I knew that angels of God were by my side. At the last I became somewhat hoarse, but I felt very thankful that the Lord has permitted me to speak for so long and so distinctly.                                                    -    {PC 288.1}
[PC 288.2]     B.-276-'07     Dear Brother Burden:            I have read with much interest your letter regarding the camp meeting.  {PC 288.2}
[PC 288.3]          I have a message to bear to some who hold positions of responsibility in the Southern California Conference. They have lost from their experience that true fervor which the presence of the Holy Spirit gives, and which would teach them to subdue self and walk humbly in the way of Christ. The responsible worker who will not become a humble follower of Christ will do great harm to the cause of God, by molding and fashioning the experience of the conference to a common, cheap standard. The sacred work that we handle will never, if performed in a spirit of consecration, cheapen the experience of a single soul.  {PC 288.3}
[PC 288.4]          That man is unfit to be the president of a conference or a leader among God's people, who has not broad ideas and views. It is the privilege and duty of those who bear responsibilities in the cause to become learners in Christ's school. The professed follower of Christ must not follow the dictates of his own will; his mind must be trained to think Christ's thoughts, and enlightened to comprehend the will and way of God. Such a believer will be a learner of Christ's methods of work.  {PC 288.4}
[PC 288.5]          A mistake was made in the methods that were adopted to clear the schools in California from debt. The book, "Christ's Object Lessons" was given to relieve the indebtedness of our schools. But this plan has not been presented in our schools as it should have been; the students and teachers have not been educated to take hold of this book and push its sale for the benefit of                                                                              289  the educational work. The plan that has been followed of calling on our people to support these schools must not be continued; for this is giving to our teachers and students, and to our people in general a wrong education. They must not be so instructed that they will forget the needs of other fields outside their own.  {PC 288.5}
[PC 289.1]          In the cities of Riverside, Redlands, and San Bernardino a mission field is open to us that we have as yet only touched with the tips of our fingers. A good work has been done there as far as our workers have had encouragement to do it; but there is need of means to carry the work successfully. It was God's purpose that by the sale of "Ministry of Healing" and "Christ's Object Lessons" the necessary means would be raised for the work of our sanitariums and schools, and thus our people be left free to donate of their means for the opening of the work in new fields. If our people had engaged in the sale of these books as God purposed they should, we would now have the means to carry the work in the way the Lord designed.  {PC 289.1}
[PC 289.2]          Wherever the work of selling "Christ's Object Lessons" has been taken hold of in earnest, the book has had a good circulation. And the lessons that have been learned by those who have been engaged in this work have well repaid their efforts. Our people should all be encouraged to take part in this missionary effort. Light has been given me that in every possible way instruction should be given to our people in the best methods of presenting this book to the people. We have been instructed that at our large gatherings, workers should be present who will teach our people how to sow the seeds of truth. This means more than instruction in how to sell the Signs of the Times and other periodicals. It includes such books as "Christ's Object Lessons" and "Ministry of Healing". These are books which contain precious truths, and from which the reader can draw lessons of highest value.  {PC 289.2}
[PC 289.3]          At your recent camp meeting, was anyone appointed to present the interests of this line of work to our people? If this was not done, you lost a precious opportunity of placing large blessings within the reach of the people, and an opportunity of raising means for the relief of our institutions. My brother, let us encourage our people to take up this work without further delay. Let those who have had experience in the sale of health foods interest themselves in the sale of "Christ's Object Lessons" and "Ministry of Healing"; for here is food unto eternal life. Los Angeles has been presented to me as a very fruitful field for the sale of these books. I know that every household in the land would be benefited by their presence in the home.  {PC 289.3}
[PC 289.4]          Those who bear responsibilities in our sanitariums and schools should act wisely in this matter, encouraging                                                                              290  all by this means to gather the money required to meet the expenses of the different institutions. We have need of workers in Southern California who have clear spiritual eyesight, men who will weigh matters wisely, and can see afar off. If our workers were more fully consecrated to the cause of God, a much more effective work would be done.  {PC 289.4}
[PC 290.1]          God's Spirit is grieved because His people are so slow to understand that which the Lord requires of them. Our workers should present these books to our people at our large and small gatherings, and call for volunteers who will engage in the sale of them. When this work is entered into with the earnestness which the times in which we live demand, the indebtedness that now rests upon our schools and sanitariums will be wiped out, and the people who are now being called on to give of their means to support these institutions, will be free to donate their offerings to missionary work in other needy places.  {PC 290.1}
[PC 290.2]          Great good will result by bringing these books before the women of the W.C.T.U. Invite these workers to your meetings, and give them an opportunity to become acquainted with our people. Place these books in their hands, and tell them the story of their gift to the cause and its object. Explain how by the sale of "Ministry of Healing", patients will be brought to the Sanitarium for healing who could never get there unaided, and how through this means also sanitariums will be established in places where they are needed. If our sanitariums are managed wisely by men and women who have the fear of God before them, the workers in the temperance cause will not be slow to see the advantage of this branch of the work. If you will in earnestness and faith work out the plan that God has laid down, angels of God will attend your steps, and the blessing of heaven will be upon your efforts.  {PC 290.2}
[PC 290.3]          I send you these lines because I see that there is need of a deeper intuition, a wider perception, on the part of our sanitarium and educational workers if they would get all the benefit that God intends shall come to them through these books. I ask you, Brother Burden, to read these words to our people, that they may learn to show the wisdom of a sound mind. The Lord gave me His Holy Spirit to enable me to write the manuscript for this book, the Review and Herald and the Press donated the labor required to prepare it for the public; and God now calls upon our people, men and women and youth, to make the most of this gift to His cause. Let the students, under wise directors, be set to work to sell the books, and let all understand why they are engaged in this missionary enterprise. The blessing and approval of God will rest upon those who make the effort.                                                                              291   {PC 290.3}
[PC 291.1]     306                                Sanitarium, California                                          September 30, 1907     Dr. C. C. Nicola Hinsdale, Illinois     Dear Brother and Sister Nicola:            Brother Burden has informed me that you have been considering again going to Loma Linda. I thank the Lord for this, for I know that Loma Linda is the place where you should go. I trust that the snare of the enemy is broken.  {PC 291.1}
[PC 291.2]          A message has been given me for you. I am charged to say to you, Do not go to Battle Creek. You do not understand how the enemy is working to place you in opposition to the truth and the work of God.  {PC 291.2}
[PC 291.3]          A. T. Jones, Dr. Kellogg, and Elder Tenney are all working under the same leadership. They are classing themselves with those of whom the apostle writes, "Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils." In the case of A. T. Jones, I can see the fulfilment of the warnings that were given me regarding him.  {PC 291.3}
[PC 291.4]          I want this message to come to you before you shall make a wrong move. I do not want you to imperil your souls. Heed the message that the Lord sends, and have nothing to do with those at Battle Creek who are opposing the messages of the Spirit of God. Clear light has been given me regarding those who are thus departing from the faith.  {PC 291.4}
[PC 291.5]          I want you to understand that you are both in positive danger. I plead with you to break this influence that would lead you into wrong paths. It proceeds from the one who, if it were possible, would deceive the very elect. Free yourselves from the influence prevailing at Battle Creek, and place yourselves fully on the Lord's side. I do not want you to lose your souls. I beg of you to resist the devil. Make your calling and election sure. Christ gave His precious life for you. Do not let him make this sacrifice in vain.  {PC 291.5}
[PC 291.6]          My brother and sister, this is a life and death question with you. As the Lord's messenger, I urge you to free yourselves from the snare of Satan, and place yourselves on the platform of eternal truth. I cannot let you take this step without warning you of your danger. If I should do this, I could not be clear before God.  {PC 291.6}
[PC 291.7]          The world is fast becoming as it was before the flood. Wickedness of every description is abroad in the land. Very soon the earth will be ripe for destruction. It is time now for those who believe that Jesus is soon coming to take their stand fully on the Lord's side. I have an                                                                              292  earnest desire that you shall stand with God's loyal people.  {PC 291.7}
[PC 292.1]          I believe, Brother and Sister Nicola, that you will heed these words, and decide to connect with the Loma Linda Sanitarium. Will you not write to me as soon as you receive this, and set my mind at rest? May the Lord give you His Holy Spirit to guide and direct you, is my prayer.                                                    -    {PC 292.1}
[PC 292.2]     B.312                                      October 2, 1907     Elder J. A. Burden Loma Linda, California     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            I have just written a letter to Brother and Sister Nicola. I have sent you a copy of this. We should use every opportunity we have to save these souls.  {PC 292.2}
[PC 292.3]          The apostle Paul writes, (Jude 3, 4, 20-23)  {PC 292.3}
[PC 292.4]          We shall have more decided opposition to meet from those who have departed from the faith. Those who were once strong teachers, but who have forsaken the way of the Lord, will be just as strong in their opposition of the truth. There is need now that our people be educated to put their trust in God alone. They must learn that their trust is not to be placed in any human voice or arm of flesh. We need ever to keep in mind the experiences of the children of Israel, and learn the lesson that the record of their failures is intended to teach us. . . .  {PC 292.4}
[PC 292.5]          The Lord wants you to understand your individual responsibility for the salvation of your soul. With the word of God as your guide and instructor, you are to personally work out your own salvation. You are to strive to secure eternal life, when you may dwell forever with the Lord. In studying how you may gain this, seek for that wisdom which God alone can impart. Accept the invitation, "If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given." "My brethren," the apostle James writes, "Count it all joy. . ." James 1:2-8 {PC 292.5}
[PC 292.6]         There is an individual work for all to do before our labors can accomplish anything for others. Blessed is the man who endures temptation, who when he is tried, takes the word of life as his own, brings the promises to the Lord, and claims them as his. This man relies not on any human power, but on the strength of the Lord.  {PC 292.6}
[PC 292.7]          Faith in the word of God will bring to us the                                                                              293  fulfilment of His promises. "Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do," the Saviour declares. "If ye shall ask anything in My name, I will do it." "And all things whatsoever ye shall ask in faith, believing, ye shall receive." When we learn to place our reliance, not on the words of man, but in God, He will make that word yea and Amen to us in Christ Jesus.  {PC 292.7}
[PC 293.1]          Brother and Sister Burden, study the Word. You are not to go to any man to learn your duty. Take the Bible as your guide; live its teachings. "Ask, and ye shall receive." We all need a deeper spirituality; we should each seek God for ourselves. Let us ever remember that while we seek to follow one pattern Christ Jesus, we are to maintain our individuality.  {PC 293.1}
[PC 293.2]          (James 1:16-20)          When the word of God is received and obeyed, your light will shine forth in good works. (James 1:22-27)                                                    -    {PC 293.2}
[PC 293.3]     October 22, 1907                       Sanitarium, California MS. 117-'07                                  October 11, 1907                   The Work Hindered by Lack of Faith            How shall we obtain means for our sanitariums, is a question that must be solved. Some of our institutions are prospering; some seem to have come to a standstill; and others are running behind. As I present our perplexities to the Lord, there comes to my mind with considerable force this scripture, "Although the fig-tree shall not blossom, neither fruit be in the vine; and the labor of the olive shall fail, and the flock shall be cut off from the fold; and there shall be no herd in the stall; yet I will rejoice in the Lord, and joy in the God of my salvation."  {PC 293.3}
[PC 293.4]          In the word of God I find these promises, "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord of Hosts, that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah. Not according to that which I made with their fathers when I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; which my covenant they brake, although I was an husband unto them, saith the Lord. But this shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel: After those days, saith the Lord, I will put My law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; and will be their God, and they shall be My people. And they shall teach no more every man his neighbor; for they shall all know Me, from the least of them even unto the greatest, saith the Lord; for I will forgive their iniquity, and I will remember their sin no more."                                                                              294  I thank the Lord for these words of comfort and encouragement. I will put my trust in the Lord, and will wait patiently for Him. He will work in our behalf, and make us to rejoice in His mercies. He will surely be the help of His people.  {PC 293.4}
[PC 294.1]          Unbelief is finding an entrance in our churches, in our sanitariums, and in our publishing houses. There are some who have committed the error of turning away from the source of their strength to follow devices and plans of men, plans that are not after the order of the Lord; and because of this, they are weak when they should be strong. This is the reason that God has not wrought more mightily for His people. Had he done more for us, human beings would have taken to themselves the glory that should be given to God.  {PC 294.1}
[PC 294.2]          God has a purpose in leaving men in their weakness when they turn from Him to follow the dictation of human minds. He wants them to learn where only true light and wisdom dwells. The Lord pities our weakness; he is grieved because of the error that has come in, because of the education that has been given to believers to look to men for wisdom and help. He wants his people to learn lessons of faith and trust in Him, and to stand in the strength of Israel's God.                                                    -    {PC 294.2}
[PC 294.3]         Our sanitariums should all be in running order, so that they may act their part in influencing that class of people who can be reached in no other way than by the work of the sanitarium. Our physicians are to rebuke in decided terms the sins which are the cause of sickness and disease. We have need of men who, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, will rebuke gambling and liquor drinking, which are such prevalent evils in these last days. We need men who will bear their message against the selfishness that is eating out the very vitals of godliness. God calls for men of faith and prayer. "Pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest that He will send forth laborers into His harvest."  {PC 294.3}
[PC 294.4]          Tremendous responsibilities are ours; and men are called for who will not misinterpret their responsibilities, but will do their appointed work in a spirit of humility and in the fear of God. We should ever be afraid of a spirit that would lead us to place restrictions on the work of others, lest we hinder the advance of the message of truth. Those who have in the past allowed such a spirit to control them have sadly hurt the work. They need to repent and be converted; for the Holy Spirit can not work with them while they refuse to acknowledge His counsel and control. He cannot use the men who employ the trust He has imposed upon them as an oppressive power to close the lips that He has opened.  {PC 294.4}
[PC 294.5]          This age demands that the servants of God be men of faith and prayer, who realize the responsibilities that rest upon them as bearers of the last message of mercy to a perishing                                                                              295  world. "Ye are the light of the world," Christ declared. "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." Many, many souls will be brought to a knowledge of the truth if intelligent labor is put forth in their behalf.                                                    -    {PC 294.5}
[PC 295.1]     360-'07                                   Loma Linda, California                                                   October 30, 1907     Mrs. Mabel Workman     My dear granddaughter:            I have just read a letter that you wrote to your father, and will now begin a letter to you. . .  {PC 295.1}
[PC 295.2]          Last Sunday night we were on the cars, and I was unable to sleep well. The next night we spent at Loma Linda. I had a good bed, but was wakeful, and had but a short period of rest. At the early morning meeting on Tuesday, I spoke to the people. After breakfast I rode out for an hour.  {PC 295.2}
[PC 295.3]          Tuesday afternoon I met with the stockholders of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. Their council-meeting was held in the bowling alley. In coming out, we had to pass through the assembly room, where there was a large audience. Brother Burden asked me to stay, as they were speaking of the work of higher education that should be carried on in medical lines, but I thought it best not to do this. After I had climbed the long flight of stairs to my room on the third floor, which was the third time for that day. I found an article that I had written about a year ago, in reference to the establishment of a school of the highest order, in which the students would not be taught to use drugs in the treatment of the sick. With this I went down stairs again, and returned to the meeting.  {PC 295.3}
[PC 295.4]          Elder Burden was reading some extracts from letters that I had written about the school work. When he had finished I read the article I had with me, which was right to the point. It spoke of the school that should be operated here at Loma Linda. Here there are wonderful advantages for a school. The farm, the orchard, the pasture land, the large buildings, the ample grounds, the beauty, all are a great blessings. If all will now take hold intelligently of the work that should be done here, there will be success.  {PC 295.4}
[PC 295.5]          For some weeks before this meeting, I had been feeling very poorly. But the Lord has greatly blessed me here, and for this I am very thankful. The Lord has imparted to me strength as the occasion has demanded.  {PC 295.5}
[PC 295.6]          Thursday morning, Sara came to my room, and told me it was time to go to the early meeting. I had been writing since                                                                              296  three o'clock. I attended the meeting, and spoke for about three-quarters of an hour, and then there was a testimony meeting. I could not hear what was said, but I was told that it was an interesting meeting. In all my talks I have tried to present Christ as our wisdom, our sanctification, and our righteousness.                                                    -    {PC 295.6}
[PC 296.1]     December 24, 1909                         Sanitarium, California -178-'09                                        December 6, 1909     To The Leading Ministers In California     Dear Brethren:            In the night watches of November 22, I seemed to be bearing my testimony in a meeting where believers and unbelievers were assembled. I spoke to them in regard to the short work to be done in the earth, and our need of keeping before the world the evidences that the Lord is in our midst. This evidence may be given in words of praise and thanksgiving. "Whosoever offereth praise glorifieth God." The Lord calls for faithful witnesses. With our lips and in our works we should praise Him. As a people we have received special advantages from the Lord, but we do not render to Him sincere thanksgiving. Daily His praise should be spoken by every one of us.  {PC 296.1}
[PC 296.2]          My attention was called to these words, which are profitable for our study:  {PC 296.2}
[PC 296.3]          "I am the Lord and there is none else, there is no God beside me: I girded thee, though thou hast not known Me: that they may know from the rising of the sun, and from the west, that there is none beside Me. I am the Lord, and there is none else. I form the light, and create darkness: I make peace, and create evil: I the Lord to all these things. Drop down, ye heavens from above, and let the skies pour down righteousness: let the earth open and let them bring forth salvation, and let righteousness spring up together; I the Lord have created it."  {PC 296.3}
[PC 296.4]          "Thus saith the Lord, in an acceptable time have I heard thee and in a way of salvation have I helped thee: and I will preserve thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people, to establish the earth, to cause to inherit the desolate heritages; that thou mayest say to the prisoners, Go forth; to them that are in darkness, Show thyselves. They shall feed in the ways, and their pastures shall be in all high places. They shall not hunger nor thirst; neither shall the heat nor sun smite them; for He that hath mercy on them shall lead them, even by the spring of water shall He guide them. And I will make all my mountains a way, and my highways shall be exalted. Behold these shall come from far: and lo, these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim.                                                                              297   {PC 296.4}
[PC 297.1]          "Sing, O ye heaven, and be joyful; and break forth into singing, O mountains: for the Lord hath comforteth His people, and will have mercy on His afflicted. But Zion said, The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me. Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she may not have compassion on the son of her womb? yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee. Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me."  {PC 297.1}
[PC 297.2]          "Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath no money; come ye, buy and eat; yea, come buy wine and milk without money and without price. Wherefore do ye spend money for that which is not bread? and your labor for that which satisfieth not? hearken diligently unto me, and eat ye that which is good, and let your soul delight itself in fatness. Incline your ear, and come unto Me, hear, and your soul shall live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you, even the sure mercies of David. Behold, I have given Him for a witness to the people, a leader and a commander to the people. Behold thou shalt call a nation that thou knowest not; and nations that know not thee shall run after thee, because of the Lord thy God, and for the Holy One of Israel; for he hath glorified thee.  {PC 297.2}
[PC 297.3]          (Isaiah 55:6-13)          Let the instruction given in the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah be studied in connection with these scriptures. Wonderful would be the results if ministers and church members would be converted, and adopt Christ's manner of witnessing to the power of the Lord.  {PC 297.3}
[PC 297.4]          In many places, and especially in Southern California, plans and methods of labor have been followed that have hindered the Lord's work, so that those upon whom the Lord has laid special burdens could not do the work to which they were appointed. In some cases watchers were sent to restrict the work and to hedge up the way of some who were laboring most earnestly for advancement. Unsanctified plans were laid that worked counter to the plans of God. All this was displeasing to the Lord, and it was work which He repudiated. There were cities that might have been entered and a good work begun, but through lack of faith there developed a counter working influence. With unbelief, jealousies arose, and with sacred missionary enterprises were linked up men who themselves needed to experience the converting power of God, and to learn to walk humbly with Him.  {PC 297.4}
[PC 297.5]          To those who had kept the way hedged up, I wrote out the instruction given me, and trusted the result with the Lord. The burden was heavy, and I feared I should not live to see the results of my efforts to break the yokes which men were placing upon their fellow workers. The Lord presented before me in decided representations that it would take years to root out the evil resulting from placing in the hands of finite men the power to hinder and delay the work of God. Repeated messages of reproof and counsel were necessary,                                                                              298  that capable men whom the Lord had specified as the ones to do a special work might be set free to follow the light that God was giving.  {PC 297.5}
[PC 298.1]          There were strong men in Southern California who stood decidedly against the light the Lord was giving His messenger regarding the work to be done. They were following their own counsel and judgment, and were imperiling the cause of God. I was instructed that the only way to counterwork this evil was to have placed in positions of trust men who would be guided by the counsel of the Lord, and who would not be turned aside by those who were deficient in faith.  {PC 298.1}
[PC 298.2]          The Lord has wrought in a remarkable manner to uphold the messages sent to correct the strange work that was being done. The evil has been checked, but it has not yet been fully rooted out, and if there were not a continuation of the messages from the Lord to His people, the will and ways of men would yet prevail to bring in strife and contention, and a deformed work would be the result. I was shown that human power is constantly working to weave itself into the work of God. This brings in disjointed and inharmonious action. The messages of pure and unadulterated truth are in danger of being trampled under feet by self-willed, unconverted men who work to destroy confidence in the warnings that God would speak to the hearts of His people to correct error, and to encourage righteousness.  {PC 298.2}
[PC 298.3]          A great many of the difficulties that have come into our work in California and elsewhere have come in through a misunderstanding on the part of men in official positions concerning their individual responsibility in the matter of controlling and ruling their fellow laborers. Men entrusted with responsibilities have supposed that their official position embraced very much more than was ever thought of by those who placed them in office, and serious difficulties arose as the result.  {PC 298.3}
[PC 298.4]          Simple organization and church order are set forth in the New Testament Scriptures, and the Lord has ordained these for the unity and perfection of the church. The man who holds office in the church should stand as a leader, as an advisor and a counselor and helper in carrying the burdens of the work. He should be a leader in offering thanksgiving to God. But he is not appointed to order and command the Lord's laborers. The Lord is over His heritage. He will lead His people if they will be led of the Lord in the place of assuming a power God has not given them. Let us study the twelfth and thirteenth chapter of First Corinthians, and the fifteenth chapter of Acts.  {PC 298.4}
[PC 298.5]          Let the men carrying responsibilities treat those who labor with them with the same consideration that they would wish to receive, were they the helpers, and others the leaders. "All ye are brethren," the Saviour declares. Position does not give a man kingly authority. The meekness of Christ is a wonderful lesson given to the fallen world. Learning this                                                                              299  meekness from the great Teacher, the worker will become Christlike.  {PC 298.5}
[PC 299.1]          For several years there have been leading men in the Northern California Conference who exercised an authority which they supposed was theirs by virtue of their office, to control the work according to their own disposition and judgment. The work was becoming confused, and the Lord gave me a message regarding the movements that should be made. Because of the strange conditions in the conference, Elder Haskell was to be called to take the presidency.  {PC 299.1}
[PC 299.2]          Elder Haskell and his wife have been engaged in the work for years, and their faith in the truth and in the Testimonies given by the Holy Spirit is strong. They have unitedly served according to the Lord's appointment, and we have sought to sustain them in their work. Conditions in the churches have changed decidedly, but the Lord has shown me that some in responsible positions are not yet converted, and without thorough conversion, they cannot conduct the work in right lines. Some who have been reproved and warned are not established and settled, and fully yielded to the guiding power of the Holy Spirit. Satan is not yet fully cast out of the minds of some, and it would take very little to produce again the conditions that existed ten years ago.  {PC 299.2}
[PC 299.3]          The cause of God in Oakland, San Francisco, and the surrounding places needs men of solid Christian character, who fear God and take counsel of God, or believers will be misled by those who attach themselves to the work, and who desire to guide and control according to human judgment and plans. The Lord desires to work through men of clean purposes and decided experiences, men who will learn from the Testimonies of His Spirit where they have not been in harmony with the Lord's will, and who will be converted. Then decided changes will be made. The perils threatening the work will be seen conversions will be experienced, and our people will be preparing to stand firmly and unitedly with God to build up His kingdom in the earth.  {PC 299.3}
[PC 299.4]          Men who repudiate the teachings of the Spirit of God are not the proper persons to be placed in office as leaders in the church. There is danger that the teachings of men who are not soundly converted may lead others into bye and forbidden paths. In our efforts to secure consecrated leadership, we may expect to encounter opposition, for the enemy is seeking through unconverted men in positions of trust to mold the work, and he has too much at stake lightly to lose their influence.  {PC 299.4}
[PC 299.5]          Many have refused to see and adopt the light, because they would not humble themselves before God, and be daily converted to Christ. Yet this must be the experience of all who overcome by the blood of the lamb and the word of their testimony. When men humble their hearts, and are daily converted, following the example of the meek and lowly Jesus, then there is hope that they will become wise in their religious experience. . . .                                                                              300   {PC 299.5}
[PC 300.1]          I see a crisis before us, and the Lord calls for His workmen to come into line. Every soul should now stand in a position of deeper, truer consecration to God, than during the years that are past.  {PC 300.1}
[PC 300.2]          God corrects His people when they are in danger of being corrupted by those who obey not the truth. I have been charged to stand faithfully in the position in which the Lord has placed me among His people, that they might be instructed and counseled.  {PC 300.2}
[PC 300.3]          I have been shown that there are men helping to form committees, and men filling important positions in the churches, who are self-righteous, men walking after the counsel of their own hearts. Neither these self-righteous men nor those who have been influenced to hurt the work of God, should now be out in places of large responsibility; for the work of God will be marred by such steps. There are some who will always be deceived. We are living amid the perils of the last days. Let the word of God teach righteousness. Let the chaff be separated from the wheat.  {PC 300.3}
[PC 300.4]          The work of Elder Haskell and others who have labored in Oakland and the near-by places might have been a much greater blessing, had they not been obliged to meet wrong influences in opposition to the counsels that God has given to build up and prepare a people for the final conflict that is before us.  {PC 300.4}
[PC 300.5]          It is not in harmony with the plan of God that men who are working counter to the spirit of the messages that the Lord gives to bless and strengthen His people, should be given places of large influence in our churches. Such men are not a help, but a hindrance. Their work is to unsettle minds, and they sow the seed which will spring up and bear its fruit to make of none effect the counsels that the Lord has so graciously given to His people.                                                    -    {PC 300.5}
[PC 300.6]     November 5, 1909                        Sanitarium, California B.-140-                                       November 5, 1909     Elder J. A. Burden Loma Linda, California     Dear Brother Burden:            Some questions have been asked me regarding our relation to the laws governing medical practitioners. We need to move understandingly, for the enemy would be pleased to hedge up our work so that our physicians would have only a limited influence. Some men do not act in the fear of God, and they may seek to bring us into trouble by placing on our necks yokes that we could not consent to bear. We cannot submit to regulations if the sacrifice of principle is involved; for                                                                              301  this would imperil the soul's salvation.  {PC 300.6}
[PC 301.1]          But whenever we can comply with the law of the land without putting ourselves in a false position, we should do so. Wise law have been framed in order to safeguard the people against the imposition of unqualified physicians. These laws we should respect, for we are ourselves by them protected from presumptuous pretenders. Should we manifest opposition to these requirements, it would tend to restrict the influence of our medical missionaries.  {PC 301.1}
[PC 301.2]          We must carefully consider what is involved in these matters. If there are conditions to which we could not subscribe, we should endeavor to have these matters adjusted so that there would not be strong opposition against our physicians. The Saviour bids us be wise as serpents and harmless as doves.  {PC 301.2}
[PC 301.3]          The Lord is our leader and teacher. He charges us not to connect with those who do not acknowledge God. "Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep, for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations." Connect with those who honor God by keeping His commandments. If the recommendation goes forth from our people that our workers are to seek for success by acknowledging as essential the education which the world gives, we are virtually saying that the influence the world gives is superior to that which God gives. God will be dishonored by such a course. God has full knowledge of the faith and trust and confidence that His professed people have in His providence.  {PC 301.3}
[PC 301.4]         Our workers are to become intelligent in regard to Christ's life and manner of working. The Lord will help those who desire to cooperate with Him as physicians, if they will become learners of Him how to work for the suffering. He will exercise His power through them for the healing of the sick.  {PC 301.4}
[PC 301.5]          Intemperance and ungodliness are increasing everywhere. The work of temperance must begin in our own hearts. And the work of the physicians must begin in an understanding of the works and teachings of the great Physician. Christ left the courts of heaven that He might minister to the sick and suffering of earth. We must cooperate with the chief of physicians, walking in all humility of mind before Him. Then the Lord will bless our earnest efforts to relieve suffering humanity. It is not by the use of poisonous drugs that this will be done, but by the use of simple remedies. We should seek to correct false habits and practices, and teach the lessons of self denial. The indulgence of appetite is the greatest evil with which we have to contend.  {PC 301.5}
[PC 301.6]          The truth brought to light by Christ teaches that humanity through obedience to the truth as it is in Jesus, may realize power to overcome the corruptions that are in the world through lust. Through living faith in the merits of Christ the soul may be converted and transformed into Christlikeness. Angels of God will be by the side of those who in humbleness of mind learn daily the lessons taught by Christ.                                                                              302   {PC 301.6}
[PC 302.1]     B.122-'09                          Sanitarium, California                                            October 11, 1909     Elder J. A. Burden     Dear Brother:            I am instructed to say that in our educational work, there is to be no compromise in order to meet the world's standard. God's commandment-keeping people are not to unite with the world, to carry various lines of work according to worldly plans and worldly wisdom.  {PC 302.1}
[PC 302.2]          Our people are now being tested as to whether they will obtain their wisdom from the greatest Teacher the world ever knew, or seek to the god of Ekron. Let us determine that we shall not be tied by so much as a thread to the educational policies of those who do not discern the voice of God, and who will not hearken to His commandments.  {PC 302.2}
[PC 302.3]          We are to take heed to the warning: "Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it." Those who walk in the narrow way are following in the footprints of Jesus. The light from heaven illuminates their path.  {PC 302.3}
[PC 302.4]          Shall we represent before the world, that our physicians must follow the pattern of the world, before they can be qualified to act as successful physicians? This is the question that is now testing the faith of some of our brethren. Let not any of our brethren displease the Lord, by advocating in their assemblies the idea that we need to obtain from unbelievers a higher education than that specified by the Lord.  {PC 302.4}
[PC 302.5]          The representation of the great Teacher is to be considered an all-sufficient revelation. Those in our ranks who qualify as physicians are to receive only such education as is in harmony with these divine truths. Some have advised that students should, after taking some work at Loma Linda, complete their medical education in worldly colleges. But this is not in harmony with the Lord's plan. God is our wisdom, our sanctification, and our righteousness. Facilities should be provided at Loma Linda, that the necessary instruction in medical lines may be given by instructors who fear the Lord, and who are in harmony with His plans for the treatment of the sick.  {PC 302.5}
[PC 302.6]          I have not a word to say in favor of the world's ideas of higher education in any school that we shall organize for the training of physicians. There is danger in their attaching themselves to worldly institutions, and working under the ministrations of worldly physicians. Satan is                                                                              303  giving his orders to those whom he has led to depart from the faith. I would advise that none of our young people attach themselves to worldly medical institutions in the hope of gaining better success, or stronger influence as physicians.  {PC 302.6}
[PC 303.1]          "When Israel was a child then I loved him, and called My son out of Egypt. As they called them, so they went from then: they sacrificed unto Baalim, and burnt incense to graven images. I taught Ephraim also to go, taking them by their arms; but they knew not that I healed them. I drew them with cords of a man, with bands of love: and I was to them as they that take off the yoke on their jaws, and I laid meat unto them."  {PC 303.1}
[PC 303.2]          The Lord gave to His people advantages which they failed to recognize. "My people," he says, "are bent to backsliding from Me: though they called them to the Most High, none at all would exalt Him. How shall I give thee up, Ephraim? how shall I deliver thee, Israel? how shall I make thee as Admah? how shall I set thee as Zeboim? Mine heart is turned within Me, My repentings are kindled together." Read also the promises of blessing to Israel on condition of their repentance, recorded in the fourteenth chapter of Hosea. These scriptures were written in times past, but they have also a present-day application.  {PC 303.2}
[PC 303.3]          The enemy has worked in Southern California, and has tried to thwart the purposes of God. Messages of reproof have been sent to leading men whose work was not done in righteousness. Reformations have been called for. What is now needed is that the leaders in the Lord's work shall be fully converted. It is time that the Lord's voice was heeded, and that men should put away the spirit of self confidence and self sufficiency. Should the ideas of some who are wise in their own estimation be carried out, there would result a condition of things that would demand a most thorough reformation.  {PC 303.3}
[PC 303.4]          Let none think that they can pass safely through the perils of these last days, while puffed up with self sufficiency. Some would unsettle minds by urging the carrying out of false plans. False theories are taught as truth, and I am charged to meet these errors decidedly. We should heed the instruction found in the third and fourth chapters of second Timothy, especially the solemn charge given by Paul to Timothy:  {PC 303.4}
[PC 303.5]          "I charge thee therefore, before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing; preach the word, be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all long suffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they keep to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure                                                                              304  afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of the ministry."  {PC 303.5}
[PC 304.1]          "I am now ready to be offered, and the time of my departure is at hand. I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge shall give me at that day; and not to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing."  {PC 304.1}
[PC 304.2]          I am intensely in earnest that our people shall realize that the only true education lies in walking humbly with God. The teachings of the word of God are opposed to the ideas of those who think that our students must receive the mold of an education that is according to human ideas. Some are departing from the faith, as a result of receiving from the world what they regard as a "higher education." The word of God just as it reads contains the very essence of truth. The highest education is the keeping of the law of God.  {PC 304.2}
[PC 304.3]          "Therefore, my brethren dearly beloved and longed for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved, Let your moderation be known unto all men. The Lord is at hand. Be careful for nothing; but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanks giving let your requests be made known unto God. And the peace of God which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.  {PC 304.3}
[PC 304.4]          "Finally brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. Those things which ye have both learned, and received, and heard, and seen in me, do: and the God of peace shall be with you."                                                    -    {PC 304.4}
[PC 304.5]     MS.-7-'10                      A Statement Regarding the Training                            of Physicians            (The statement given below, was called forth by a question submitted by Elders I. H. Evans, E. E. Andross, and W. H. Cottrell, reading as follows: "Are we to understand, from what you have written concerning the establishment of a medical school at Loma Linda, that, according from the light you have received from the Lord, we are to establish a thoroughly equipped medical school, and the graduates from which will be able to take State Board examinations and become registered, qualified physicians?")  {PC 304.5}
[PC 304.6]          The light given me is, we must provide that which is essential to qualify our youth who desire to be physicians, so that they may intelligently fit themselves to be able to stand the examinations                                                                              305  essential to prove their efficiency as physicians. They are to be prepared to stand the essential tests required by the law, and to treat understandingly the cases of those who are diseased, so that the door will be closed for any sensible physician to fear that we are not giving in our school the instruction essential for the proper qualification of a physician. Continually the students who are graduated are to advance in knowledge; for practice makes perfect.  {PC 304.6}
[PC 305.1]          The medical school at Loma Linda is to be of the highest order, because we have a living connection with the wisest of all physicians, from which there is communicated knowledge of a superior order. And whatever subjects are required as essential in the schools conducted by those not of our faith, we are to supply so that our youth need not go to these worldly schools. Thus we shall close the door that the enemy could be pleased to have left open; and our young men and young women, whom the Lord would have us guard religiously, will not then need to connect with worldly medical schools conducted by unbelievers.                                                    -    {PC 305.1}
[PC 305.2]                                                       January 27, 1910   Elder H. W. Cottrell            Those who have the responsibility of locating and keeping in operation our sanitariums and schools, are ever to bear in mind that these institutions are to be regarded as divinely appointed agencies for the restoration of the entire man, physical, mental, and spiritual. In planning for the establishment of sanitariums in places where God has designated we should do a special work, we are to allow no selfishness, no personal ambition to mar the work. Over and over again I have repeated that the establishment and maintenance of sanitariums is ordained of God for the advancement of His cause in the earth. While Christ was on this earth, He ministered to the needs of suffering humanity. He is our example. We are to labor intelligently; and in planning for the extension of Sanitarium work, we are to seek to secure the very places that God indicates are most suitable for carrying forward this line of our work.  {PC 305.2}
[PC 305.3]          In the providence of God, there come to His people, times of need, favorable opportunities to secure valuable facilities for the rapid advancement of the cause. At times, the Lord has specified that we should come into possession of properties in certain localities where we needed to gain an entrance for the proclamation of the third angel's message. The idea that we are not to purchase any such properties, unless first the money is in hand, is not in accordance with the mind of God. Again and again, in years past, the Lord has tested our faith by opening the way for us to secure places possessing advantages, at a cost far below their real value, and at a time when we had no money. We have, at such times, met the situation by borrowing money on interest, and advancing in harmony with the                                                                              306  command of our divine Leader who made us advance in faith. These experiences have been attended with many perplexing problems, but the Lord has helped us through them all, and His name has been glorified. Had we hesitated, the precious cause would have been retarded rather than advanced, and, in many cases, opportunity would have been given our enemies to triumph over our failure to secure these advantages placed within our reach. In such matters as these, we are to learn to walk by faith, when necessary, as some have walked in the past.  {PC 305.3}
[PC 306.1]          Light has been given that it is best to establish our sanitariums outside the cities. Some of our physicians have spoken in favor of locating our sanitariums in the cities. It is difficult to understand why any one should plan to establish a large sanitarium in a city. The very atmosphere of the cities is objectionable. We must conduct our sanitarium work in places suitable for the recovery of the sick. The more attractive the surroundings, the better. In the gardens of nature, the sick rapidly find something to please. Their thoughts are uplifted to the Creator. Let us thank God that so many of our sanitariums are established in pleasing country locations, and yet within easy reach of important centers of population where there are many people to whom we are to communicate a knowledge of saving truth.  {PC 306.1}
[PC 306.2]          It is the favorable situation of the property, that makes Loma Linda an ideal place for the recovery of the sick, and for the warning of many who might otherwise never hear the truth for this time. It is God's plan that Loma Linda shall be not only a sanitarium, but a special center for the training of gospel medical missionary evangelists.                                                    -    {PC 306.2}
[PC 306.3]     B.-60-'10                                   Sanitarium, California June 28, 1910                                       April 27, 1910     Elder J. A. Burden     Dear Brother:            I wish to express to you some thoughts that should be kept before the sanitarium workers. That which will make them a power for good is the knowledge that the great Medical Missionary has chosen them to this work, that He is their chief instructor, and that it is ever their duty to recognize Him as their Teacher.  {PC 306.3}
[PC 306.4]          The Lord has shown us the evil of depending upon the strength of earthly organizations. He has instructed us that the commission of the medical missionary is received from the very highest authority; He would have us understand that it is a mistake to regard as most essential the education given by physicians who reject the authority of Christ, the greatest Physician who ever lived upon the earth. We are not to accept and follow the                                                                              307  views of men who refuse to recognize God as their teacher, but who learn of men, and are guided by man-made laws and restrictions.  {PC 306.4}
[PC 307.1]          During the night of April 26, many things were opened before me. I was shown that now in a special sense we as a people are to be guided by divine instruction. Those fitting themselves for medical missionary work should fear to place themselves under the direction of worldly doctors, to imbibe their sentiments and peculiar prejudices, and to learn to express their ideas and views. They are not to depend for their influence upon worldly teachers. They should be "looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith."  {PC 307.1}
[PC 307.2]          The Lord has instructed us that in our institutions of education, we should ever be striving for the perfection of character to be found in the life of Christ, and in His instruction to his disciples. Having received our commission from the highest authority, we are to educate, educate, educate, in the simplicity of Christ. Our aim must be to reach the highest standard in every feature of our work. He who healed thousands with a touch and a word is our Physicians. The precious truths contained in His teachings are to be our front guard and our reward.  {PC 307.2}
[PC 307.3]          The standard set for our sanitariums and schools is a high one, and a great responsibility rests upon the physicians and teachers connected with these institutions. Efforts should be made to secure teachers who will instruct after Christ's manner of teaching, regarding this of more value than any human methods. Let them honor the educational standards established by Christ, and following His instruction give their students lessons in faith and in holiness.  {PC 307.3}
[PC 307.4]          Christ was sent of the Father to represent His character and will. Let us follow His example in laboring to reach the people where they are. Teachers who are not particular to harmonize with the teachings of Christ, and who follow the customs and practices of worldly physicians, are out of line with the charge that the Saviour has given us.  {PC 307.4}
[PC 307.5]          It is not necessary that our medical missionaries follow the precise track marked out by medical men of the world. They do not need to administer drugs to the sick. They do not need to follow the drug medication in order to have influence in their work. The message was given me that if they would consecrate themselves to the Lord, if they would seek to obtain under men ordained of God, a thorough knowledge of their work, the Lord would make them skilful. Connected with the divine Teacher, they will understand that their dependence is upon God and not upon the professedly wise men of the world.  {PC 307.5}
[PC 307.6]          Some of our medical missionaries have supposed that a medical training according to the plans of worldly schools is essential to their success. To those who have thought that the only way to success is by being taught by worldly men, and by pursuing a course that is sanctioned by worldly men, I would now say,                                                                              308  Put away such ideas. This is a mistake that should be corrected. It is a dangerous thing to catch the spirit of the world; the popularity which such a course invites, will bring into the work a spirit which the word of God cannot sanction. The medical missionary who would become efficient, if he will search his own heart and consecrate himself to Christ, may by diligent study and faithful service, learn how to grasp the mysteries of his sacred calling.  {PC 307.6}
[PC 308.1]         At Loma Linda, at Washington, at Wahroonga, Australia, and in many other sanitariums established for the promulgation of the work of the third angel's message, there are to come to the physicians and to the teachers new ideas, a new understanding of the principles that must govern the medical work. An education is to be given that is altogether in harmony with the teachings of the word of God.  {PC 308.1}
[PC 308.2]          In the first chapter of Ephesians, beginning with verse 2, we read: "Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ: according as he hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love: having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself, according to the good pleasure of His will, to the praise of the glory of His grace, wherein he hath made us accepted in the beloved. In whom we have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace, wherein He hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; having made known unto us the mystery of His will, according to His good pleasure which He hath purposed in Himself." Study the whole of this chapter, and grasp the assurances that are given again and again for your acceptance.  {PC 308.2}
[PC 308.3]         It is a lack of faith in the power of God that leads our physicians to lean so much upon the arm of the law, and to trust so much to the influence of worldly powers. The truly converted man and woman who will study these words of inspiration spoken by the apostle Paul may learn to claim in all their depths and fulness the divine promises.  {PC 308.3}
[PC 308.4]          I am charged to present these scriptures to our people, that they may understand that those who do not believe the word of God cannot possibly present to those who desire to become acceptable medical missionaries, the way by which they will become most successful. Christ was the greatest physician the world has ever known; His heart was ever touched with human woe. He has a work for those to do who will not place their dependence upon worldly powers.  {PC 308.4}
[PC 308.5]          God's true commandment-keeping people will be instructed by Him. The true medical missionary will be wise in the                                                                              309  treatment of the sick, using the remedies that Nature provides. And then he will look to Christ as the true Healer of disease. The principles of health reform brought into the life of the patient, the use of nature's remedies, and the cooperation of divine agencies in behalf of the suffering, will bring success.  {PC 308.5}
[PC 309.1]          Satan will try to place barriers in the way of the true medical missionary. He will seek to bring discouragement upon those who recognize the commandments of God, and are determined to obey them. We must be careful not to carry our views of health reform to extremes, thus making it "health deform." Our food should be plain and free from all objectionable elements, but let us be careful that it is always palatable and good.  {PC 309.1}
[PC 309.2]          A time will come when medical missionaries of other denominations will become jealous and envious of the influence exerted by Seventh-day Adventists who are working in these lines. They will feel that influence is being secured by our workers which they ought to have. We should have in various places, men of extraordinary ability, who have obtained their diplomas in medical schools of the best reputation, who can stand before the world as fully qualified and legally recognized physicians. Let God-fearing men be wisely chosen to go through the training essential in order to obtain such qualifications. They should be prudent men who will remain true to the principles of the message.  {PC 309.2}
[PC 309.3]          These should obtain the qualifications, and the authority to conduct an educational work for our young men and women who desire to be trained for medical missionary work.  {PC 309.3}
[PC 309.4]          Now while the world is favorable toward the teaching of the health reform principles, moves should be made to secure for our own physicians the privileges of imparting medical instruction to our young people who would otherwise be led to attend the worldly medical colleges. The time will come when it will be more difficult than it is now, to arrange for the training of our young people in medical missionary lines.                                                    -    {PC 309.4}
[PC 309.5]     B. 20-1911                            Sanitarium, California May 22, 1911 -5-                              April 30, 1911     Elder J. A. Burden Loma Linda, California     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            On Wednesday evening we took the train at Los Angeles. We had good accommodations, and nothing in particular transpired to cause any unpleasantness. It was a very long                                                                              310  train of cars. We had a good lunch, and were all very comfortable.  {PC 309.5}
[PC 310.1]          My letter must be a short one, as my head is easily wearied. As soon as I begin to use it, I am troubled with disagreeable pains. I have not yet recovered from the severe affliction I suffered at Glendale. After our trip to Fernando my heart and arm were seriously painful. Sara gave me most thorough treatment, and after a long time relief came. I was urged to visit Long Beach, to see how they were situated, in the work there; but I was in such pain that I had to refuse. I dared not venture to go.  {PC 310.1}
[PC 310.2]          In the afternoon of the day that we left for home, Elder Andross took us in an automobile to visit the several churches and the Bible workers' home in Los Angeles. We did not get out of the conveyance, but stopped and spoke to some of those engaged in the work. It was a very pleasant trip, and I was very glad to see so much of the work in Los Angeles. The automobile was an easy-riding machine that did not jolt me, so I was spared any increased suffering.  {PC 310.2}
[PC 310.3]          We reached home in safety, and on Friday I got relief from the pain I had endured for two days and nights. I felt that the Lord had blessed me; and on the next day, Sabbath, I consented to speak in the Sanitarium chapel. I was surprised to meet so large a congregation there, and was thankful for the opportunity of speaking to them.  {PC 310.3}
[PC 310.4]          My mind is settled in regard to the purchase of the land in front of the Loma Linda Sanitarium. We must have that piece of land. I will pledge myself to be depended upon for one thousand dollars. I hope to be favored with an opportunity to hire some money soon; but I shall not worry in regard to this, or I shall not be able to do anything. The effort of speaking on Sabbath and of reading my letters today is all I have been able to do to the present time. But as soon as I can I will make some movement concerning the raising of the one thousand dollars. The piece of land we must have; for it will never do to have buildings crowded in there. Do not fail to carry through the purchase of it. Do your best, and I will do my best. The money from me you may depend upon. We shall be able to send it soon.                                                    -    {PC 310.4}
[PC 310.5]     B. 18, 1911                             Sanitarium, California May 22, 1911 -5-                                  May 18, 1911     J. A. Burden:            I wish to say to Elder Burden that the money which I pledged to help purchase the eighty-five acres will be sent without fail. Please let me know if a couple of weeks delay will trouble you seriously. I am truly glad that I gave my promise to help to purchase this land, under the influence                                                                              311  of the Spirit of God. I felt that the land must be secured; otherwise that we should have reason to regret that we did not obtain it.                                                                   -    {PC 310.5}
[PC 311.1]     K. 32-1911                              Sanitarium, California June 7, '11-5-                                    June 5, 1911     Dr. D. H. Kress:            I realize that a place like Loma Linda needs experienced men and women to conduct the work in its different departments. But the Lord is willing to work with all who will commit their ways to Him, and who will be led by the Holy Spirit. All are to be workers with Christ. He commits to His true followers the power of persuasion, the power of His grace and truth, a deep and constant love for His work in home and foreign fields. He gives them hearts that are in earnest and gathering with Christ. With helpers possessing such gifts as these, the medical missionary work cannot be without fruit.  {PC 311.1}
[PC 311.2]          The power of persuasion is a wonderful gift. It means much to those who would win souls to Christ. Let us keep our souls in the love of God. If Christ is working with His messengers, fruit will be seen as the result of their efforts.                                                    -    {PC 311.2}
[PC 311.3]     B. 34-1911                              Sanitarium, California July 7, '11-5-                                    June 7, 1911     Elder J. A. Burden Loma Linda, California     Dear Brother and Sister Burden:            I want to say to you both that I am thankful I was moved to speak as I did concerning the piece of land in front of the Loma Linda Sanitarium. I was urged by the Spirit of God to make the pledge of one thousand dollars; and I did so hoping that others, who were better able to give than I, would follow my example. I dared not leave the meeting without following the conviction I had; and now I feel that I have done my duty, showing my faith by my works.  {PC 311.3}
[PC 311.4]          I am glad that we were able to send you a part of the first payment a few days ago.  {PC 311.4}
[PC 311.5]          I would like to inquire what progress has been made in the raising of the means for the purchase of the land. My investment was not made in order to lessen the responsibility                                                                              312  of others who should help. Do what you can to encourage those who have money that they can use in the cause, to use it wisely and not let it slip away into speculation. Secure pledges from those who have not the money in sight. We need special wisdom to move out at the right time. I thank the Lord that He encouraged me to walk by faith, and I pray that He will help you to show others their privilege in this matter.  {PC 311.5}
[PC 312.1]          True faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. Thus far the Lord has led us as we have moved under the guidance of His Spirit. He will continue to work for us if we are careful to follow the counsel He gives.  {PC 312.1}
[PC 312.2]          Medical missionary work is the pioneer work of the gospel, Let us seek to understand the scope of the work to be done in our sanitariums for the saving of the souls and the healing of the bodies of those who come to us for relief. My soul is drawn out to encourage men and women to see in Christ the great Physician. If they will be drawn to Him, He will be their helper. He understands their every need. He stands ready to heal both body and soul. Let physicians and nurses learn to tell of the One who has power and who is willing to do a marvelous work for human beings. Talk of His love, tell of His power to save every sinful soul who will cast himself upon Christ's merits. His power will save to the uttermost all who truly accept Him.  {PC 312.2}
[PC 312.3]          I am glad that your wife is wholeheartedly united with you in the work. Let her stand by you to give help and encouragement.  {PC 312.3}
[PC 312.4]          I have written to you the instruction that has been given me regarding the special work to be done by the lady physicians in our sanitariums. It is the Lord's plan that men shall be trained to treat men, and the women trained to treat women. In the confinement of women, midwives should take the responsibility of the case. In Bible times it was not considered a proper thing for men to act in this capacity; and it is not the will of God that men should do this work today. Very much evil has resulted from the practice of men treating women, and women treating men. It is a practice according to human devising; and not according to God's plan. Long has the evil been left to grow, but now we lift our voice in protest against that which is displeasing to God.                                                    -    {PC 312.4}
[PC 312.5]     MS.-13-1911       Regarding the Purchase of Land Adjoining Loma Linda            Loma Linda is an important center. We needed this place and all its advantages. We were successful in obtaining it, and we have had success in operating it, notwithstanding the opposition shown by some who should have been acting as                                                                              313  helpers in the effort to equip the sanitarium properly. I have a deep interest in Loma Linda. It is a beautiful place. For sanitarium work, we could not have a more favorable situation. And it is well adapted for the other lines of work that we desire to see done there.  {PC 312.5}
[PC 313.1]          Recently the question arose about securing some more of the nearby land that is for sale. One piece, a tract of 86 acres, has already been purchased, and there is another of 47 acres joining the Loma Linda property, which is now for sale. Because this piece of land is so near to our Loma Linda buildings, we do not want to see it sold to outsiders, who will divide it up, and sell it to those who may desire to crowd into this neighborhood. In the night season I was talking to our brethren, telling them that this must not be allowed, and pointing out what unfavorable results would follow. If this piece of land should be purchased by outsiders, and divided up and sold to those who would be no help to our work, the injury to Loma Linda would be serious and lasting. I cannot bear the thought of this. Cannot a group of individuals who are alive to the vital interests of the Lord's work, unite together and make this land our property? Then if we wish to sell a portion of it, let it be sold to our people. There is an orange orchard on the place, and this could be handled to advantage by the sanitarium. The institution is hardly complete without the control of this orchard.  {PC 313.1}
[PC 313.2]          As the number of patients and students increases, more land will be needed. Grape vines could be planted, thus making it possible for the institution to produce its grapes.  {PC 313.2}
[PC 313.3]          Families and institutions should learn to do more in the cultivation and improvement of land. If people only knew the value of the products of the ground, which the earth brings forth in their season, more diligent efforts would be made to cultivate the soil. All should be acquainted with the special value of fruit and vegetables fresh from the orchard and garden.  {PC 313.3}
[PC 313.4]          Will not some of our brethren who thus far have invested but little in Loma Linda, help the Lord's cause by assisting in the purchase of this piece of land? I place this matter before you, feeling sure that you will not allow the land to pass into the hands of unbelievers. We ought not to place ourselves where we shall become unfavorably associated with those who could make it hard for us if they chose to do so, and restrict us to certain limits.  {PC 313.4}
[PC 313.5]          We must have room to keep ourselves distinct as a Sabbath keeping people. The Lord has given directions that we are to make provision which will prevent our being harassed and inconvenienced by having to crowd in with unbelievers. I wish I might make on your minds the impression that has been made on mind regarding this matter.  {PC 313.5}
[PC 313.6]          If a portion of this land must be sold, we can sell it                                                                              314  to the friends of the institution.                                (Stamp)      Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 313.6}
[PC 314.1]     H. 78-1911                          Sanitarium, California September 28, 1911 -5-                  September 28, 1911     Elder S. N. Haskell:            I have made some investments for Loma Linda to enable that institution to secure land adjoining the sanitarium that was for sale. Had this land been sold to unbelievers, and they had crowded in, the institution would have been placed at a disadvantage. I felt that we could not afford to run this risk. The land is now purchased, and to that extent we are safe from elements that might work trouble and confusion to our medical school. I could not rest until I had the assurance that we were safe from this possibility. This purchase may mean the keeping away from the institution a class of people who might have proved burdensome. Now that we have this land a burden is rolled off my heart.                                                    -    {PC 314.1}
[PC 314.2]                              Union with Christ                        Talk given at Riverside, December 11, 1904            Christ had been giving his disciples the instruction contained in the fourteenth chapter of John. Then he led them from the upper chamber out through the city to the Mount of Olives. On their way they passed a beautiful vine, and the disciples charmed with its loveliness, called the Saviour's attention to it. As they looked upon it, Christ said, "I am the true vine, and my Father is the husbandman. Every branch in me that beareth not fruit, he taketh away; and every branch that beareth fruit, he purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit."  {PC 314.2}
[PC 314.3]          God allows trouble to come upon us, that he may test and try us. The pruning will cause pain, but it is God who applies the knife. The divine husbandman prunes away the harmful growth, that the fruit may be richer and more abundant.  {PC 314.3}
[PC 314.4]          "Abide in me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine, no more can ye, except ye abide in me. I am the vine, ye are the branches. He that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without me ye can do nothing."  {PC 314.4}
[PC 314.5]          "Abide in me, and I in you." How are we to abide in Christ? By a daily, hourly faith. We are not safe in any other position. A man may have his name on the church books,                                                                              315  and make a high profession, but this avails nothing unless he has a living connection with Christ, unless his spirit, his words, his deportment, his business transactions with believers and unbelievers, reveal the virtues that come from such a union. A man who is thus united with Christ has a living faith, which takes hold upon divine power; and he is enabled to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.  {PC 314.5}
[PC 315.1]          "If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them and cast them into the fire and they are burned. If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you."  {PC 315.1}
[PC 315.2]          In thought, word, and deed show that you are abiding in Christ. Let your speech reveal this. Speech is a precious talent. Our words are to be words that God and the holy angels can hear with approval. Our minds are to be storehouses filled with the treasures of the Bible. Let the walls of memory's hall be hung with the treasures of God's word, with his precious promises. Store up these promises, that in time of need you may be able to give them to the weary and heavy laden. You are God's missionary just as soon as you take your stand under his banner. You are to be a laborer together with him.  {PC 315.2}
[PC 315.3]          "Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be my disciples." What is the fruit that ye are to bear? - The fruit of the Spirit, - "Love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance."  {PC 315.3}
[PC 315.4]          "As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you; continue ye in my love. If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love, even as I have kept my Father's commandments, and abide in his love." He keeps us in connection with him as he is in connection with the Father. What possibilities, what strength, there are in that promise! Why do we not believe it? If there are hindrances in our way, and if we meet with difficulties, let us not give up in despair, but keep fast hold of the promises.  {PC 315.4}
[PC 315.5]          "These things I have spoken unto you," - That you may be sad and discouraged, refusing to believe that you can live the Christian life? No. "These things have I spoken unto you, that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full."  {PC 315.5}
[PC 315.6]          Although you may be in trouble, you can go forward with confidence. Knowing that you have an abiding Christ. He tells those who are in trouble and perplexity to bring their burdens to him. He does not tell them to go to their neighbors and talk the matter over. To those who are weary and heavy laden, he says, "Come unto me, and I will give you rest." "Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto                                                                              316  your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light."  {PC 315.6}
[PC 316.1]          Do not wear a yoke of human manufacture; such yokes are heavy and galling. When we learn Christ's meekness and lowliness, and lay our burdens upon him, rest will come to us. He is ever ready to help us. The Lord is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to those that ask him than parents are to give good gifts unto their children. How full, how broad, this statement!  {PC 316.1}
[PC 316.2]          But often we take ourselves in our own hands, thinking that we can arrange matters in a way that will bring us peace and rest. Do we succeed? No. We get into more trouble than before. When things arise to perplex our minds, we fret and worry, and begin to accuse others, and to find fault with them. What ought we to do? Christ tells us. "Verily, verily, I say unto you," He declares, "except ye eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of man, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth my flesh and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me and I in him. As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father, so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me." "It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life." These words are clearly explained in John 5:24; "Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth My word, and believeth on Him that sent Me, hath everlasting life, and he shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life."  {PC 316.2}
[PC 316.3]          Do not talk of the faults of others. Take care of your own garden. See that your own heart is cleansed by the power of God. When trouble comes, instead of getting out of patience instead of fretting and worrying, go to the Lord, and tell Him all about it. Has He not said, "Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you?" Go right to the Lord, and in humility of mind, tell him about your trouble. Do not go to human friends; for they have all the burdens they can bear. Go to the One who gave his life for you. You have been bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are his. Do not walk in self-sufficiency, thinking that you are capable of guiding yourself aright. "Learn of me," Christ says, "For I am meek and lowly in heart."  {PC 316.3}
[PC 316.4]          Kneel before the Lord, and ask him to be a help to you. Tell him your heart is burdened, and ask him to remove the load. Night after night I have told him this, when for hours I have been unable to sleep, because of the thought of what must be done here and elsewhere to lead our people to realize the glorious probabilities and possibilities before those who engage wholeheartedly in the Lord's work, and to get them to take up this load.  {PC 316.4}
[PC 316.5]          "Then answered Jesus and said unto them, Verily, verily,                                                                              317  I say unto you, the Son can do nothing of himself, but what he seeth the Father do: for what things soever he doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise. For the Father loveth the Son, and showeth him all things that himself doeth; and he will show him greater works than these, that ye may marvel. For the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them, even so the Son quickeneth whom he will. For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment to the Son; That all men should honor the Son, even as they honor the Father. He that honoreth not the Son honoreth not the Father which hath sent him."  {PC 316.5}
[PC 317.1]          Do not think that by placing your burdens on others, you can find relief. Come right to the Burden-bearer, and tell him about them. Believe that he is able and willing to meet the circumstances of your case. When in contrition you come to the foot of the cross, when you have faith in the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour, you will receive power through him. As you cast your helpless soul upon him, he gives you peace and joy and strength and courage. Then you are able to tell someone else how precious Christ is to you. You can say, "I sought him, and found him precious to my soul."  {PC 317.1}
[PC 317.2]          "Ye shall find rest." How? By living experience. Because God's yoke is a yoke of patience and gentleness and long-suffering. He, the Prince of the heavenly host, humbled himself. He took upon himself human nature, and stood at the head of humanity that he might teach fallen man how to be a partaker of the divine nature. Those who learn his meekness and lowliness learn also how to love one another as he has loved them. They will reach the place where they refuse to criticize and condemn others. They learn that there is committed to them a work that no one else can do for them, the work of learning of Christ. When we place ourselves in his hands, he shows us the possibilities and probabilities before us, and bids go for help to One infinitely higher than erring human beings.  {PC 317.2}
[PC 317.3]          Christ is our efficiency. How do I know this? I know it by experience. For a while, many years, ago, I was in despair. Then I cast myself on the mercy and love of the Saviour, and his power came upon me. At one time those who were working over me thought me dead. But all at once I raised my voice in prayer. The power of God was upon me all night long, and henceforth I understood that I must look to Christ, and not to any human being for relief. I had been praying and praying for help, and all the time my Saviour was by my side, waiting for me to recognize him as my sufficiency, my strength, my grace. I learned the lesson, and after that, when I kneeled down to pray, I believed that I would receive an answer, whether I felt as if I would or not. Feeling is not to be our guide. Feeling is not faith, but it is as widely separated from faith as the east is from the west.  {PC 317.3}
[PC 317.4]          Why should we have a question as to whether we shall receive the promised blessing? God does not alter the word that has gone forth out of his mouth. When we trust in                                                                              318  him, our hearts will be filled with peace and joy. When irritating words are spoken to us, we do not retaliate, but, when opportunity offers, we tell how good the Lord is, and what he is willing to do for those who trust in him.  {PC 317.4}
[PC 318.1]          God wants every one of us to come to him as little children come to their parents. He wants us to ask him in faith, nothing doubting, for grace to supply our needs. "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him."  {PC 318.1}
[PC 318.2]          We are God's little children, but let us not forget that he expects us to grow up to the full stature of men and women in Christ. Let us talk of God's goodness and tell of his power, putting away gloom and unbelief. Let us talk faith. God wants us to be strong in his strength. He died to save us, and he wants us to reach the high standard that he holds before us.  {PC 318.2}
[PC 318.3]          We are not to stand still in the Christian life. There is an advancement for us to make. We are to lay hold of him who has all power, remembering that every hour, every moment, we need his help. We are to be always ready to speak to others in regard to the grace and the saving power of our Lord Jesus Christ. It is the privilege of every one to grow in grace, daily reaching higher attainments in the Christian life.  {PC 318.3}
[PC 318.4]          Oh, how I wish that we would honor Christ by realizing what he wants to do for us, and taking him at his word. If we would do this, we should be sunshiny Christians. By beholding Christ, we would be changed into his likeness. But we shall never grow in grace by beholding the faults and mistakes and defects of someone else. Instead, we will become spiritually dwarfed and enfeebled. Let us keep looking to Christ, thinking of what he has done for us and of what he has promised to do. Thus we shall be changed into his likeness. This is true religion. In the future we shall have to contend with difficulties tenfold greater than any we have yet had. Do you ask why I say this? Do you not realize that his time is short? He is working and planning with intensity of effort to place obstacles in the way of God's people, and to hinder their progress. We have the powers of darkness to meet. At this time, more than ever before, willing, unquestioning, obedience is needed, if we come off conquerors.  {PC 318.4}
[PC 318.5]          "This is my commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you." My dear friends, for Christ's sake take your stand on higher ground. Every feature of our faith is to be tested in the way that is the most trying. The pillars of our faith are to be tested. Sophistry will be brought in as it was to Adam and Eve. You will be strongly tempted, and unless you have firm faith in the principles of the truth for this time, you will be led astray. Look to Christ as your helper. Take him into your                                                                              319  heart as an abiding friend. As you do this, his blessing will rest upon you in large measure. You will be kept by the power of God. The enemy will not be able to lead you to swerve from your allegiance.  {PC 318.5}
[PC 319.1]          My dear friends, I want to ask you in conclusion to do what you can to help in the establishment of Glendale Sanitarium. You may have to make sacrifice in order to respond to this call, but God will richly bless you in so doing. Those who have the work in hand are doing their best, but they are in great need of funds. This institution must be furnished. First give yourselves to the Lord, and then bring your offerings to him. We want to see the Glendale Sanitarium put in working order, so that the sick who come for treatment may hear the truth. Often we meet those who first heard and became interested in the truth while at one of our sanitariums, and who have been keeping the Sabbath ever since.                                  (Stamped)    Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 319.1}
[PC 319.2]     P.-75-'05                  Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California                                              February 20, 1905     Dear Brethren Palmer and Ballenger:            We are well pleased with the reports that Brother Ballenger has sent us of the work of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. What we see being accomplished there is a fulfillment of what I have been instructed we might expect. For this we thank the Lord, and take courage for the future, believing that the Lord will bless and guide.  {PC 319.2}
[PC 319.3]          The patronage you are receiving, even before you are fully prepared to accommodate patients, has exceeded my expectations. The Lord has been good to us, and we must ever bear in mind that this sanitarium is to be made a means of communicating truth to those who know it not.  {PC 319.3}
[PC 319.4]          Treatment rooms should be fitted up soon. Let them be, as we suggested when we were there, outside the main building. Were they inside the sanitarium, the steam from them would make an unhealthful atmosphere, which would pervade the rooms of the patients. Let us take every precaution to make everything connected with the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, healthful and wholesome.  {PC 319.4}
[PC 319.5]          We are made sad as we see in many places so much left undone that should be done. But the Lord will use in the accomplishment of His work means that we do not now see. He will raise up from among the common people, men and women to do His work, even as of old He called fishermen to be his disciples. There will soon be an awakening that will surprise many. Those who do not realize the necessity                                                                              320  of what is to be done, will be passed by, and the heavenly messengers will work with those who are called the common people, fitting them to carry the truth to many places. Now is the time for us to awake and do what we can.  {PC 319.5}
[PC 320.1]          I have received a letter from Brother Burrill of Canada, in which he speaks of the Sunday question that is soon to be met there. He says that they especially need Brother Robinson to help them in meeting this issue. He is a native-born Canadian, and can be a great help to them at this time.  {PC 320.1}
[PC 320.2]          Brother Burrill has written to me because he understood that I had encouraged Brother Robinson to come to San Diego. At first I could remember nothing in regard to the matter. But after I received Brother Ballenger's letter stating that Brother Robinson was expected in San Diego soon to act as business manager of the Sanitarium, I remembered that Brother Robinson was one whose name had been mentioned in some of our councils. I think he was presented as one who was not well, and who needed a change of climate. I asked if he were qualified to act as manager. When it was stated that he seemed to have the qualifications necessary for the place, I think I said, "Then by all means let him come." But I did not present this as light that had been given me by the Lord. It was merely my personal judgment, formed from your presentation of the case.  {PC 320.2}
[PC 320.3]          Brother Burrill also stated that Elder W. W. Simpson is a Canadian, and that such men as he are needed in Canada. He seemed to think that it is not right that Elder Simpson should be held in Los Angeles. I know nothing in regard to Elder Simpson's case, except that he has been used by the Lord in His work in Los Angeles, and that he has been greatly blessed. Over one hundred have taken their stand for the truth as a result of his labors. At the close of his last series of tent meetings he thought of changing his field of labor, but he received a petition signed by many of the citizens of Los Angeles, asking him to remain and continue his meetings. The Lord has given Brother Simpson a spirit of adaptability, with wisdom to plan and carry out his work, and He has blessed him in the bringing out of leaflets, notices, and charts that have aroused the interest of the people.  {PC 320.3}
[PC 320.4]          I would say, Let Brother Simpson labor where his message is evidently accomplishing great good. Those who have come to his meetings have given freely of their means to sustain the work that he has carried forward. At this time, when there is such urgent need of workers in Los Angeles, when the brethren are                                                                              321  seeking to establish a sanitarium there, I dare not say to Elder Simpson, You must go back to Canada. And besides, such a move might not be best for his health. For the present let him remain in Los Angeles; for the Lord is giving him marked success in bearing the message to the people. Let him give the trumpet a certain sound, arousing those who have never heard the truth. May the Lord encourage him to remain in Los Angeles until the church members are aroused to gird on the armor, and show that they have a burden to give the message. Our ministers are not to hover over the churches. They are to proclaim the truth, as Elder Simpson is doing. Let those who know not the truth be given as opportunity to hear the reasons of our faith.  {PC 320.4}
[PC 321.1]          I believe that Brother Simpson is presenting the truth as God would have many others present it. Some of the brethren in Los Angeles felt that he should do more in the church there. When this was suggested to me, I thought of the answer that Christ gave when the priests and rulers reproached Him for eating with publicans and sinners. "I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance," he declared. Let the work now being accomplished for those who have never before heard the truth, lead our ministers and church members in Los Angeles to arouse. Let them take hold, as they see that God is working. Let them make diligent work in repenting of their coldness and indifference and selfishness. As the church is by repentance cleansed from this neglect, and the members are converted, they will heartily engage in laboring from house to house. By teaching those who are seeking for the light of truth, they themselves will receive a valuable education.  {PC 321.1}
[PC 321.2]          Let no one, by precept or example, seek to draw Elder Simpson from his God-appointed work. Let all take hold with him in an effort to carry the work in clear lines. The members of the Los Angeles church need to heed every message that comes to them bidding them arouse from their stupor. If they will earnestly seek the Lord, he will give them light and life, and the quickening power of the Holy Spirit.  {PC 321.2}
[PC 321.3]          The message that I have to bear to the church in Los Angeles is, Awake, and put on the whole armor of God. There is selfishness in the church that must be rooted out.                The Next Page Missing in Manuscript                                                                              322  bring the truth before unbelievers.  {PC 321.3}
[PC 322.1]          Let the older members be an example to those who have recently come into the truth. I entreat those who have been long in the truth not to hurt the new converts by living irreligious lives. Lay aside all murmuring, and do thorough work in your own hearts. Break up the fallow ground of your hearts, and seek to know what you can do to advance the work in Los Angeles.  {PC 322.1}
[PC 322.2]          Temptations are being brought in by men who have been long in the truth. The truths that we received in 1841, '42, '43, and '44 are now to be studied and proclaimed. The messages of the first, second, and third angels will in the future be proclaimed with a loud voice. They will be given with earnest determination and in the power of the Spirit.  {PC 322.2}
[PC 322.3]          The members of the Los Angeles church need to have a deep work of grace done in their own hearts. Let every one build over against his own house. The messages given by Elder Simpson, which convert sinners, should be sufficient to arouse you also. Awake, awake, and give to the unconverted evidence that you believe the truth of heavenly origin. Unless you do awake, the world will not believe that you practice the truth that you profess to hold.  {PC 322.3}
[PC 322.4]          Pray earnestly. Read and study the prayer of Christ, as given in the seventeenth chapter of John, and then seek to live lives that will answer that prayer. Read also the messages given in the third chapter of Revelation. God sent his angel from heaven to give these messages. The message to the Laodicean church belongs to the church in Los Angeles, and to our churches generally. Will they arouse, and do the work that God has given them to do?                                                    -    {PC 322.4}
[PC 322.5]     February 26, 1905        Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California                                            February 26, 1905     Dear Brother Ballenger:            I received your letter on Friday, and we feel deep sympathy with you in your emergency. I wish that Sister Hall could spend some time with you, but she is under engagement to leave us in two or three weeks to stay with her relatives for a while.  {PC 322.5}
[PC 322.6]          I have been trying to think of some one who could go to your assistance. But we do not know exactly what you want. Sister Hall has been telling me of a friend of hers, a Miss Webber, who worked with her for a time in                                                                              323  the Battle Creek Sanitarium. Miss Webber has had a long experience in sanitarium work, and has diplomas from two schools at least. She is thorough in all that she does, and is as firm as a rock to duty and principle. I think she would answer your purpose. She would come to California if we asked her to.  {PC 322.6}
[PC 323.1]          But even though we should decide to send for Miss Webber, I suppose it would be necessary to get some one to fill the place till she could get here. If necessary I could spare my matron, Mrs. Nelson, who is an excellent cook and caretaker, and who has taken part of the nurses' course in Battle Creek.  {PC 323.1}
[PC 323.2]          I have asked Mrs. Ings to consider the matter, and see if there is any one at the Sanitarium here who could fill the bill. I could barely mention the matter to her, as it was Sabbath, and I had only a few minutes in which to talk with her before going to the Chapel to speak. I asked her to report to me after the Sabbath, and I shall doubtless hear from her soon.  {PC 323.2}
[PC 323.3]          Please let me know whether you have any one in mind who could fill the vacancy. Of course, you will stand by, and your wife might be able to help until we can make other arrangements. Perhaps Sister Howard could come in for a while, until a suitable matron could be found.  {PC 323.3}
[PC 323.4]          I can think of no one more competent than Miss Webber. I know her to be a faithful woman, one who will show a care for things in doors and out of doors. Sister Hall has just received a letter from her, saying that she will be coming to California in about two months.  {PC 323.4}
[PC 323.5]          Brother Ballenger, I am very desirous that the buildings and land that we designed to purchase shall not be allowed to pass into other hands. I think we ought to obtain this property, even if four thousand dollars are asked for it. If we had only purchased it before the rain came, what a good thing it would have been. We must ask the Lord so to arrange matters that we can obtain this property. We shall need every foot of the land.  {PC 323.5}
[PC 323.6]          I hope, Brother Ballenger, that when you see a suitable place in Redlands, which could be used as a sanitarium, offered for sale at a reasonable price, you will let us know about it. We shall need a sanitarium in Redlands. Unless we start an enterprise of this kind, others will. I understand that the property-owners are afraid that consumptives will come in, and thus the reputation of the place be spoiled. But, of course, we should make it clear that we were not going to establish a consumptives' home.  {PC 323.6}
[PC 323.7]          I merely mention this matter so that you and Brother                                                                              324  Burden may keep it in view. We shall not take any steps to establish a sanitarium in Redlands until we can be assured that we are doing the right thing. Brother Burden and you can visit the place from time to time, and see what openings there are. And in all that you do, be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves.  {PC 323.7}
[PC 324.1]          Our sanitarium work is one of the most successful means of reaching such people as live in Redlands, and bringing the truth before them. We must educate, educate, educate, pleasantly and intelligently. We must preach the truth, pray the truth, and live the truth, bringing it, with its gracious, health-giving influences within the reach of those who know it not. As the sick are brought into touch with the Life-giver, their faculties of mind and body will be renewed. But in order for this to be, they must practice self-denial, and be temperate in all things. Thus only can they be saved from physical and spiritual death, and restored to health.  {PC 324.1}
[PC 324.2]          When the human machinery moves in harmony with the life-giving arrangements of God, as brought to light through the gospel, disease is overcome and health springs forth speedily. When human beings work in union with the life-giver, who offered up His life for them, happy thoughts fill the mind. Body and mind and soul are sanctified. Human beings learn of the great Teacher, and all upon which they look ennobles and enriches the thoughts. The affections are drawn out in gladness and thankfulness to the Creator. The life of the man who is renewed in the image of Christ is as a light shining in darkness.  {PC 324.2}
[PC 324.3]          Adam listened to the specious sophistry of Satan, and received it as truth. He had originally the wonderful gift of a sinless nature. But he listened to the falsehoods of the one who fell from his first estate. Satan exercised his hypnotism upon him, and Adam, listening to him, sinned, and thus opened the door through which the enemy could ever after gain access to human beings. Adam and Eve lost the spiritual life that would have been theirs by continual endowment.  {PC 324.3}
[PC 324.4]          Christ came to this world bearing a message freighted with redemption. To all who receive him as a personal Saviour he gives power to become the sons of God. "The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us. . . full of grace and truth. . .And of his fulness have all we received, and grace for grace."  {PC 324.4}
[PC 324.5]          All who become the sons of God are possessed of his nature. They are the objects of his love and special affection. They dwell in Christ as Christ dwells in God. Knowing the power of his grace, they are commissioned and qualified to bear the message of salvation to a sinful world, to make known his grace and truth. As they consecrate themselves wholly to God, the grace                                                                              325  they impart will be continually renewed in increased measure. Converted to the truth, imbued with the Holy Spirit, they are under the transforming influence of divine grace. The life of self-indulgence they once lived has been changed to a life of service. They become sons of God, spiritual children, adopted into the Lord's family.                             (Stamped)                                             Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 324.5}
[PC 325.1]                    The Loma Linda Training School                                   (Extract from "Review and                                   Herald," June 21, 1906)            One of the chief advantages of situation at Loma Linda is the pleasing variety of charming scenery on every side.  {PC 325.1}
[PC 325.2]          But more important than magnificent scenery and beautiful buildings and spacious grounds, is the close proximity of this institution to a densely populated district, and the opportunity thus afforded of communicating to many, many people a knowledge of the third angel's message. We are to have clear spiritual discernment, else we shall fail to understanding the opening providences of God that are preparing the way for us to enlighten the world. The great crisis is just before us. Now is the time for us to sound the warning message, by the agencies that God has given us for this purpose. Let us remember that one most important agency is our medical missionary work. Never are we to lose sight of the great object for which our sanitariums are established, the advancement of God's closing work in the earth.  {PC 325.2}
[PC 325.3]          Loma Linda is to be not only a sanitarium, but an educational center. With the possession of this place comes the weighty responsibility of making the work of the institution  educational in character. A school is to be established here for the training of gospel medical missionary evangelists.  {PC 325.3}
[PC 325.4]          Much is involved in this work, and it is very essential that a right beginning be made. The Lord has a special work to be done in this part of the field. He instructed me to call upon  Elder and Mrs. S. N. Haskell to help us in getting properly started a work similar to that which they had carried on in Nashville and at Avondale. They came, and are now laboring with all the powers of their being to do a solid work. They conduct classes regularly in the institution, and have established a Bible training-school at San Bernardino, from which center is                                                                              326  extending an influence throughout this district. Prof. W. E. Howell and his wife have consented to unite with the forces at Loma Linda in an effort to develop the school that must be carried on there. As they go forward in faith, the Lord will go before the, preparing the way.                                                    -    {PC 325.4}
[PC 326.1]     March 15, 1905            Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California B. 97'05                                     March 14, 1905     To the Workers in the Glendale Sanitarium:            We are glad that notwithstanding some delay, the property at Glendale has been secured for a sanitarium. Years ago the Lord gave me instruction that there should be a sanitarium near the city of Los Angeles. Instruction was also given that we should find properties for sale on which there would be buildings suitable for sanitarium purposes, and that we might secure such properties at a very low cost. The location of the Glendale Sanitarium meets the representation given  me of places God has reserved for us. The electric cars running close by the institution make access to it very convenient.  {PC 326.1}
[PC 326.2]          Let all connected with this sanitarium keep in mind the purpose for which this property has been secured. The institution is to act a special part in bringing souls to Christ, leading them to love God and keep His commandments. Unless the workers have a living connection with God, unless there is seen in the institution a spirit of kindness and compassion, establishment of the sanitarium will have been in vain. Spiritual as well as physical healing is to be brought to those who come for healing.  {PC 326.2}
[PC 326.3]          Brother and Sister Burden, I am glad that you have a part in the work of the Glendale Sanitarium. May the Lord increase your wisdom and courage and faith. I am glad that Dr. Simpson and her husband can unite with you. You and Dr. Abbott and the other workers may do a precious work in letting the light of present truth shine forth in clear rays. Remember that you are doing a work for time and for eternity. You should have an ever-increasing faith in the promises of God's word. It is your privilege to seek wisdom and help from God. Come to the Saviour in humility, confessing your sins, and asking for strength and grace.  {PC 326.3}
[PC 326.4]          The Holy Spirit enlightens the mind of the one who depends on the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour, and indites a prayer of confession and repentance that is acceptable to the Lord. "We know not what we should pray for as we ought; but the Spirit itself maketh intercession for us, with groanings that cannot                                                                              327  be uttered," "He that searcheth the heart knoweth what is the mind of the Spirit, because he maketh intercession for the saints according to the will of God."  {PC 326.4}
[PC 327.1]          Let no man boast that he does not confess the sins that the Lord has pointed out to him. If he makes no confession, he receives not forgiveness and pardon from God. He must go forth in sorrow, to work in his own strength. The enemy finds him in this position, a subject to be deceived.  {PC 327.1}
[PC 327.2]          There are many, many of this class. May the Lord open their eyes, that they may see the danger of their self-sufficiency. A superficial work is always a snare to every professed Christian. Satan finds easy access to the heart of the one who is careless and slack in his experience, and beguiles him with seducing theories that will destroy his faith in God. "He that cometh to God must believe that He is, (as He has declared Himself in His personality) and that He is a rewarder of those who diligently seek Him."  {PC 327.2}
[PC 327.3]          In every sanitarium there must be kept before all in the institution the principles of true service. From the institution is to go forth light and knowledge. All connected with it are to act their part intelligently, as representatives of the truth for this time. It is that they may be trained to do true missionary work, that young people are brought to our sanitariums.  {PC 327.3}
[PC 327.4]          If you will co-operate with God, He will go before you, and the glory of the Lord will be your reward. Heavenly angels will break forth into singing as souls receive the great gift of God through Jesus Christ. You may assure the sick and afflicted that Christ is the great Healer. They may believe on Him, and trust in His word; for it will never fail.  {PC 327.4}
[PC 327.5]          "Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil."  {PC 327.5}
[PC 327.6]          What a representation is here given! "My salvation is near to come," - that great salvation wrought out for each soul through Jesus Christ, the salvation for which the prophets have inquired and searched diligently. Our Lord is soon to come to us in mercy and compassion and love. We must go forth to receive Him as a welcome guest.  {PC 327.6}
[PC 327.7]          The Lord Jesus calls upon every one to become interestedly engaged in the work of becoming a channel of light through which the grace of Christ may flow. Jesus has said, "Ye are the light of the world. . . Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good                                                                              328  works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." In the great salvation wrought through Jesus Christ, the unbelieving world is to be helped through the work of believers. In the work you do in the sanitarium, many may become convinced that you are indeed the children of God.  {PC 327.7}
[PC 328.1]          "Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near: let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon."  {PC 328.1}
[PC 328.2]          "For My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways My ways, saith the Lord, For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways, and My thoughts than your thoughts. For as the rain cometh down, and the snow from heaven, and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, that it may give seed to the sower, and bread to the eater; so shall My word be that goeth forth out of My mouth: it shall not return unto Me void, but it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it."  {PC 328.2}
[PC 328.3]          All the promises of God's word are made on gospel terms. If we on our part will fulfill the conditions, if we will seek the Lord, while He may be found, we may claim the promise:  {PC 328.3}
[PC 328.4]          "For ye shall go out with joy, and be led forth with peace: the mountains and the hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands. Instead of the thorn shall come up fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree: and it shall be to the Lord for a name, for an everlasting sign, that shall not be cut off."  {PC 328.4}
[PC 328.5]          Let this message be sounded to all people, Seek the Lord while He may be found. Seek Him against whom you have been in rebellion. Let us make every effort to check the seducing sentiments that would come into our ranks. Let every soul be wide-awake to close every avenue of the soul to the sophistry of Satan, as revealed in heaven and in Eden. Let us be armed with that vigilance that shall resist his enchantments.                                                    -    {PC 328.5}
[PC 328.6]     February 16, 1904-7-    Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California                                           February 15, 1904     Elder Daniells and Prescott and Dr. Hare:     My dear Brethren:            The instruction that has been given me in regard to                                                                              329  the buildings to be erected in Washington is that it is not the Lord's will for an imposing display to be made. The buildings are to show, to believers and to those not of our faith, that not one dollar has been invested in needless display. Every part of the buildings is to bear witness that we realize that there is before us a great, unworked missionary field, and that the truth is to be established in many places.  {PC 328.6}
[PC 329.1]          If the buildings erected correspond to the truth that we are proclaiming, a telling influence will be exerted on minds. Actions speak louder than words. Say frankly, God has charged us not to invest a large amount of means in one place, and He has charged us also not to invest means in gratifying the desire for display. The principles that we are to follow in our work are exemplified in the life of Christ. He was the Majesty of heaven, and yet He worked at a carpenter's bench.  {PC 329.1}
[PC 329.2]          A few words more in regard to buildings. In reference to the question of building with wood, or brick, or stone, the instruction given me in the past is that brick buildings are not the most healthful, and that wooden buildings, while properly put up, are preferable to brick or stone buildings. And while we are under the keeping power of God, a wooden building is as safe from fire as a stone building.  {PC 329.2}
[PC 329.3]          In planning for the erection of the buildings that you propose to put up, do not follow the counsel of those who would invest means for the sake of display. Do not launch out into expensive investments. In laying plans for the sanitarium building, remember that this is to be a building for the sick and suffering. To those who plead for buildings of brick or stone, say, "We believe that the Lord is soon to come, and we cannot consent to launch out into the erection of expensive buildings." For years the erection of such buildings has borne the rebuke of God, but His warnings were not heeded, and at last He permitted His judgments to fall upon the Sanitarium and the publishing house in Battle Creek.  {PC 329.3}
[PC 329.4]          The buildings that you erect must be solid and well constructed. No haphazard work is to be done. The buildings are to be thoroughly presentable, but no extravagance is to be seen. We are not to make it possible for worldlings to say that we do not believe what we preach - that the end of all things is at hand.  {PC 329.4}
[PC 329.5]          The buildings should be put up at as little cost as possible. No money is to be spent on them merely for show. We are living in a time of fearful depravity. The whole world has thrown off the restraints of religion. Worldlings and church members are making void the law of God. We are to bend every energy to the proclamation of the message of warning.                                                                              330   {PC 329.5}
[PC 330.1]          There are many other places where memorials for God are to be established, many other places in which sanitarium work is to be started. In many countries gospel medical missionary work is to be done. God's agencies are to act their appointed part. In all that is done, in all the institutions that are established, the example of economy that Christ has set in His life is to be followed.  {PC 330.1}
[PC 330.2]          On no account is the course followed in the erection of the Boulder Sanitariums to be followed in the erection of the Washington Sanitarium. If this course were followed places in which sanitariums should be established, would be left destitute.  {PC 330.2}
[PC 330.3]          My brethren, in your work at the capital of the nation, let the principles of unselfishness revealed in Christ's life be carried out. Remember that in many other places, as well as in Washington, gospel medical missionary work is needed, to open doors for the entrance of the truth.                                      Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 330.3}
[PC 330.4]                     Extracts from Recent Letters                from Mrs. E. G. White Re B.C.     In a letter of September 19, 1906, to G. W. Amadon:            I wish to say to you and to the leading men in the church: and to the trustees of the Tabernacle, that light has been given to me very distinctly that Elder A. T. Jones has taken a position that divorces him from the privileges of the use of the Tabernacle. He does not know what spirit is leading him. Efforts are being made in an underhand way to get possession of the Tabernacle.  {PC 330.4}
[PC 330.5]          Brethren, be on guard. Keep burnished for action the weapons of your warfare, which is the Word of God. Pray, believe, and walk humbly with God, and let all your prayers be without ceasing that God shall be glorified. Make a most earnest effort to call to Battle Creek the very best ministerial talent, men of experience in the early days of the message, men who will give the trumpet a certain sound. Hold the fort. Do not let it be taken by those who have placed themselves decidedly in a position of opposition to the truth which God has given us for these last days.  {PC 330.5}
[PC 330.6]         Our call is, Come out from among them and be ye separate; and the Tabernacle should be set apart decidedly to those who are true and loyal.  {PC 330.6}
[PC 330.7]          Those who have denied their faith, and who would now tear down that which is past years they have laboured to build up, should understand that they have no lot nor                                                                              331  part in the faith that has firmly held the people of God in unity. You do not know how earnestly they will work to get possession of the Tabernacle. But this must not be permitted. In no case should a decidedly opposing element be permitted in the Tabernacle.                                                    -    {PC 330.7}
[PC 331.1]    In a letter to Dr. and Mrs. Kress, written July 27, 1906            I feel intensely sorrowful when I see some of our brethren in Battle Creek taking a course that is leading them away from the truth: for I have had a presentation of the first apostasy in the heavenly courts. The warnings of the Holy Spirit have been disregarded, and there has been persistent work of deception. A. T. Jones has permitted himself to be used as the voice of Dr. J. H. Kellogg.  {PC 331.1}
[PC 331.2]          It is our privilege to believe in a personal Father, who has made a gift of His only Begotten Son, that a fallen world might repent, and accept of a personal Saviour, and be permitted to eat of the leaves of the tree of life. Thank God, we may uplift the Saviour before the people, as had been done at these meetings. The work will advance more and more, as we humble our hearts, and bring our wills in submission to God. Some will place themselves under Satan's rule, but we will not fail nor become discouraged.  {PC 331.2}
[PC 331.3]          Brother Kress, I am thankful that you have not been deceived by the representations of Dr. Kellogg. At the Berrien Springs meeting, the Lord showed me what He was willing to do for Dr. Kellogg. The most blessed invitation was given to Him. But the doctor wrenched himself away from the outstretched hand of Christ. It seemed that in the agony of my soul I should die.  {PC 331.3}
[PC 331.4]          I have seen how Dr. Kellogg has united with the arch deceiver in using hypnotic influence upon souls to deceive them. Those who sustain him in his course are guilty with him of resisting the Spirit of God. Such blindness of understanding seems strange in one who has known the truth for this time.  {PC 331.4}
[PC 331.5]          A. T. Jones has a theory of the truth, as expressed in his books. He does not repudiate these, but he virtually goes back upon their teachings, by the course of action he is following.  {PC 331.5}
[PC 331.6]          Dr. Kellogg places himself before the world in the position of one who is greatly abused. He writes many letters, as he has to you, making such a representation as would call forth sympathy. But he is still at work with all subtlety. I have felt compelled to warn our people: for they do not understand his cunning.                                                                              332   {PC 331.6}
[PC 332.1]          I have seen that the leaders in the medical work in Battle Creek will try to secure possession of the Tabernacle. Their scheming is so subtle, that I greatly fear that this may be accomplished.  {PC 332.1}
[PC 332.2]          If Dr. Kellogg can destroy the faith of any of our people in the testimonies, he will do it. He sometimes takes the nurses and others, sometimes alone in the night season, and talks with them for hours framing a tissue of falsehood, to make them believe himself a much abused man. Some of these poor souls have heard the truth, and they wish to get out of Battle Creek. They realize that their safety consists in leaving the place where they are so deceived. The doctor will take advantage in every way to make an impression upon human minds in destroying all confidence in the testimonies. If we are not constantly on guard, he will destroy by his sophistries, if possible, the very elect. And those associates who have upheld him will have to answer before God for their individual course of action.  {PC 332.2}
[PC 332.3]          The messages of encouragement given to Dr. Kellogg have been many. They have been tender and true, but there have always been conditions involved. We might say much more than we do, but we do not wish to expose before the world the things we might say. But we should so far as possible overcome the impression that we sustain and honor one who follows such a course as has the doctor and his associates. Our only object in publishing any of those things has been to save some of our own people from being destroyed.                                                    -    {PC 332.3}
[PC 332.4]          In a letter to Elder G. I. Butler dated October 30, 1906, she says "Recently I have written letters to different ones who are in danger of being misled by the deceptive influence that prevails at B. C. The disaffected ones will make every effort possible to secure the Tabernacle, and to gain other advantages by which to disseminate their wrong theories and carry forward their apostasies. But the Lord lives and reigns. I am writing out the cautions He gives me. I will not give up. I must relieve my soul of its burden. It may be that I shall have to visit Battle Creek.  {PC 332.4}
[PC 332.5]          I have been pleading with the Lord to help His people on every point: for He alone can control the elements of wickedness in B. C. He will shortly bring something to pass. What a privilege it is to be able to bring our perplexities to the Lord in prayer. He has invited us to do this, and why should we not avail ourselves of this privilege. "Ask, and it shall be given you: seek and ye shall find: knock and it shall be opened unto you." We need much more faith and much more earnest prayer. We need to humble our hearts before God, and put all selfishness out of the way. We must have that strength, that wisdom                                                                              333  that cometh from our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. With the hand of faith we must grasp the hand of infinite power, and hold on believing with the whole heart the promises God has made. Our will and way are to be submerged in the Lord's will and way. Self must surrender not to discouragement, though difficulties be piled mountain high, but to God.                                                    -    {PC 332.5}
[PC 333.1]     R. & H. Extra December 24, 1889             An Address in Regard to the Sunday Movement     Dear Brethren and Sisters:            I have been much burdened in regard to movements that are now in progress for the enforcement of Sunday observance. It has been shown to me that Satan has been working earnestly to carry out his designs to restrict religious liberty. Plans of serious import to the people of God are advancing in an underhand manner among the clergymen of various denominations, and the object of this covert maneuvering is to win popular favor for the enforcement of Sunday sacredness. If the people can be led to favor a Sunday law, then the clergy intend to exert their united influence to obtain a religious amendment to the Constitution, and compel the nation to keep Sunday.  {PC 333.1}
[PC 333.2]          There are many who, if they understood the spirit and the result of religious legislation, would not do anything to forward in the least the movement for Sunday enforcement. But while Satan has been making a success of his plans, the people of God have failed at their post. God had an earnest work for them to do; for the honor of his law and the religious liberty of the people are at stake. God would have us see and realize the weakness and depravity of men, and put our entire trust in him; "For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand."  {PC 333.2}
[PC 333.3]          There are many who are at ease, who are, as it were, asleep. They say, "If prophecy has foretold the enforcement of Sunday observance, the law will surely be enacted," and having come to this conclusion, they sit down in calm expectation of the event, comforting themselves with the thought that God will protect his people in the day of trouble. But God will not save us if we make no effort to do the work he has committed to our charge. We must be found faithfully guarding the outposts, watching as vigilant soldiers, lest Satan shall gain an advantage                                                                              334  which it is our duty to prevent. We should diligently study the word of God; and pray in faith that God will restrain the powers of darkness; for as yet the message has gone to comparatively few, and the world is to be lightened with its glory. The present truth - the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus - has not yet been sounded as it must be. There are many almost within the shadow of our own doors for whose salvation no personal effort has ever been made. We are not prepared for the time when our work must close. We must take a firm stand that we will not reverence the first day of the week as the Sabbath, for it is not the day that was blessed and sanctified by Jehovah, and in  reverencing Sunday we should place ourselves on the side of the great deceiver. The controversy  for the Sabbath will open the subject to the people, and an opportunity will be given that the claims of the genuine Sabbath may be presented. Blindness, disloyalty to God, so prevails that his law is made void, but the psalmist says of such a condition, "It is time for thee Lord to work; for they have made void thy law."  {PC 333.3}
[PC 334.1]         It is time for God's people to work as never before, because of the increase of wickedness. The God-fearing, commandment-keeping people should be diligent, not only in prayer, but in action: and this will bring the truth before those who have never heard it. The world is over-borne with falsehood and iniquity and those whom God has made the depositaries of his law, and of the pure religion of Jesus, must be determined to let their light shine. If they do nothing to disabuse the minds of the people, and through ignorance of the truth our legislatures should abjure the principles of Protestantism, and give countenance and support to the Roman fallacy, the spurious sabbath, God will hold his people who have had great light, responsible for their lack of diligence and faithfulness. But if the subject of religious legislation is judiciously and intelligently laid before the people, and they see that through Sunday enforcement the Roman apostasy would be re-enacted by the Christian world, and that the tyranny of past ages would be repeated, then whatever comes, we shall have done our duty.  {PC 334.1}
[PC 334.2]          The man of sin thinks to change times and laws. He is exalting himself above God, in trying to compel the conscience. But God's people should work with persevering energy to let their light shine upon the people in regard to the law, and thus to withstand the enemies of God and his truth. When the law of God has been made void, and apostasy become a national sin, the Lord will work in behalf of his people. Their extremity will be his opportunity. He will manifest his power in behalf of his church.  {PC 334.2}
[PC 334.3]          My brethren, you must have Jesus enthroned within, and self must die. We must be baptized with the Holy Spirit, and then we shall not sit down, saying unconcernedly,                                                                              335  "What is to be will be; prophecy must be fulfilled." O awake, I pray you, awake! for you bear the most sacred responsibilities. As faithful watchmen, you should see the sword coming, and give the warning, that men and women may not pursue a course through ignorance that they would avoid if they knew the truth. The Lord has enlightened us in regard to what is coming upon the earth, that we may enlighten others, and we shall not be held guiltless if we are content to sit at ease, with folded hands, and quibble over matters of minor importance. The minds of many have been engrossed with contentions, and they have rejected the light given through the Testimonies, because it did not agree with their own opinions.  {PC 334.3}
[PC 335.1]          God does not force any man into his service. Every soul must decide for himself whether or not he will fall on the Rock and be broken. Heaven has been amazed to see the spiritual stupidity that has prevailed. You need individually to open your proud hearts to the Spirit of God. You need to have your intellectual ability sanctified to the service of God. The transforming of power of God must be upon you, that your minds may be renewed by the Holy Spirit, that you may have the mind that was in Christ.  {PC 335.1}
[PC 335.2]          If the watchmen sleep under an opiate of Satan's and do not recognize the voice of the true Shepherd, and do not take up the warning, I tell you in the fear of God, they will be charged with the blood of souls. The watchmen must be wide awake, men who will not slumber at their post of duty, day nor night. They must give the trumpet a certain sound, that the people may shun the evil, and choose the good. Stupidity and careless indifference cannot be excused. On every side of us there are breakers and hidden rocks which will dash our bark in pieces, and leave us helpless wrecks, unless we make God our refuge and help. Every soul should now be distrustful of self. Our own ways, our own plans and ideas, may not be such as God can approve. We must keep the way of the Lord to do his will, making him our counselor, and then in faith work away from self.  {PC 335.2}
[PC 335.3]          Light must come to the people through agents whom God shall choose, who will give the note of warning, that none may be in ignorance of the purposes of God or the devices of Satan. At the heart of the work, Satan will use his hellish arts to the utmost. He will seek in every possible way to interpose himself between the people and God, and shut away the light that God would have come to his children. It is his design to keep them in ignorance of what shall come upon the earth. All should be prepared to hear the signal trumpet of the watchmen, and be ready to pass the word along the walls of Zion, that the people may prepare themselves for the conflict. The people must not be left to stumble their way along in darkness, not knowing what is before them, and unprepared for the great issues that are coming. There is a work to be done for this time in fitting a people to stand in the day of trouble,                                                                              336  and all must act their part in this work. They must be clothed with the righteousness of Christ, and be so fortified by the truth, that the delusions of Satan shall not be accepted by them as genuine manifestations of the power of God.  {PC 335.3}
[PC 336.1]         Years have been lost, but will you now awake? Will those in responsible positions take in the situation, or will they by their indifference and inactivity, say to the people, "Peace and safety"? May God help every one to come up to the help of the Lord now. The watchmen have been asleep, but may God grant that they may not sleep the sleep of death. Let all who are standing upon the walls of Zion give the trumpet a certain sound. It is a solemn time for God's people, but if they stand close by the bleeding side of Jesus, he will be their defense. He will open ways that the message of light may come to great men, to authors, and law makers. They will have opportunities of which you do not dream, and some of them will boldly advocate the claims of God's downtrodden law.  {PC 336.1}
[PC 336.2]          Instead of increased power as we enter the perils of the last days, weakness, dissension, and strife for supremacy, are apparent. But if we had a connection with the God of heaven, we should be mighty in him, and yet we would walk with all lowliness of mind, having self hid in Jesus. But now both spiritual and natural feebleness and death are depriving us of workers. God alone, by his Holy Spirit, can arouse us from the slumber of death. There is now need of earnest working men and women who will seek for the salvation of souls; for Satan as a powerful general has taken the field, and in this last remnant of time he is working through all conceivable methods to close the door against light that God would have come to his people. He is sweeping the whole world into his ranks, and the few who are faithful to God's requirements are the only ones who can ever withstand him, and even these he is trying to overcome. Much upon these things has been shown to me, but I can only present a few ideas to you. Go to God for yourselves, pray for divine enlightenment, that you may know that you do know what is truth, that when the wonderful miracle working power of Satan shall be displayed, and the enemy shall come as an angel of light, you may distinguish between the genuine work of God and the imitative work of the powers of darkness. Ministers may do a great work for God if Jesus abides in the heart by faith. "Without me," says Christ, "ye can do nothing." I would that I had the power to present before you your sacred responsibility.  {PC 336.2}
[PC 336.3]          It is now too late in the day for men to please and glorify themselves. Ministers of God, it is too late to be contending for the supremacy. The solemn time has come when ministers should be weeping between the porch and the altar, crying, "Spare thy people, O Lord, and give not thine heritage to reproach." It is a day when instead of lifting up their souls in self-sufficiency, ministers                                                                              337  and people should be confessing their sins before God and one another. The law of God is made void, and even among those who advocate its binding claims, are some who break its sacred precepts. The Bible will be opened from house to house, and men and women will find access to these homes, and minds will be opened to receive the word of God; and when the crisis comes, many will be prepared to make right decisions even in the face of the formidable difficulties that will be brought about through the deceptive miracles of Satan. Although these will confess the truth and become workers with Christ at the eleventh hour, they will receive equal wages with those who have wrought through the whole day. There will be an army of steadfast believers who will stand as firm as a rock through the last test. But where in that army are those who have been standard bearers? Where are those whose voices have sounded in proclaiming the truth to the sinning? Some of them are not there. We look for them but in the time of shaking they have been unable to stand, and have passed over to the enemy's ranks.  {PC 336.3}
[PC 337.1]          Brethren and sisters, the Lord wants to impart to us increased light. He desires that we shall have distinct revealings of his glory; that ministers and people shall become strong in his strength. When the angel was about to unfold to Daniel the intensely interesting prophecies to be recorded for us who are to witness their fulfillment, the angel said, "Be strong, yea, be strong." We are to receive the very same glory that was revealed to Daniel, because it is for God's people in these last days, that they may give the trumpet a certain sound. God help us to work unitedly and as we never have worked before, is my prayer. There is need now of faithful Calebs, whose voices will be heard in clear, ringing notes, saying of the immortal inheritance, "Let us go up at once and possess it, for we are well able." We need now the courage of God's faithful servant of old; not one wavering, uncertain note should come from the watchers' trumpets. They must be true to the sacred, solemn work that has been entrusted to them, and lead the flock of God in right pathways.                               (Signed)                                         Mrs. E. G. White                                                    -    {PC 337.1}
[PC 337.2]                          Camp Meeting Appeal          "The Lord has seen our backslidings, and he has a controversy with his people." Their pride, selfishness, their opening of the mind to doubt and unbelief, are manifest in his sight and grieve his heart of love. Many gather darkness about their souls as a garment, and virtually say, We want not a knowledge of thy way, O                                                                              338  God; we choose our own way. These are the things which separate the soul from God. There is in the soul of man an obstacle which he holds there with stubborn persistency, and which interposes between his soul and God. It is unbelief. God gives sufficient evidence, but man with his unsanctified will refuses to receive evidence unless it comes in his own way, to favor his own ideas. With a spirit of bravado he cries, "Proof, proof, is what we want," and turns away from the evidence that God gives. He talks doubt, unbelief, sowing the seeds of evil, which will spring up and yield their harvest. He is separating his soul farther and farther from God.  {PC 337.2}
[PC 338.1]          Why is it that men do not believe upon sufficient evidence - because they do not want to be convinced. They have no disposition to give up their own will for God's will. They are willing to acknowledge that they have cherished sinful unbelief in resisting the light of God has given them. They have been hunting for doubts, for pegs upon which to hang their unbelief. They have been willing to accept testimony which is weak and insufficient, testimony which God has not given them in his word, but which pleases them because it agrees with their ideas and is in harmony with their disposition and will. These souls are in great peril. If they will bow their proud wills and put it on God's side of the question, if they will, with humble, contrite hearts, seek for light, believing that there is light for them, then they will see the light because the eye is single to discern the light which comes from God. They will acknowledge the evidence of divine authority. Spiritual truths will shine forth from the divine page. But the heart must be open for the reception of light, for Satan is ever ready to obscure the precious truth which would make them wise unto salvation. If any do not receive it, it will forever remain a mystery of mysteries to them.  {PC 338.1}
[PC 338.2]         "We should earnestly seek to know and appreciate the truth, that we may present it to others as it is in Jesus. We need to have a correct estimate of the value of our own souls; them we would not be as reckless in regard to our course of action as at present. We would seek most earnestly to know God's way; and we would work in an opposite direction from selfishness, and our constant prayer would be that we might have the mind of Christ, that we might be molded and fashioned after his likeness. It is in looking to Jesus and beholding his loveliness, having our eyes steadfastly fixed upon him, that we become changed into his image. He will give grace to all who keep his way and do his will and walk in truth. But those who love their own way, who worship their ideas of opinion and do not love God and obey his word, will continue to walk in darkness. Oh, how terrible is unbelief! As well let light be poured upon the blind as to present truth to these souls; the one cannot see; the other will not see.  {PC 338.2}
[PC 338.3]          "I beseech you whose names are registered on the church books as worthy members, to be indeed worthy through the                                                                              339  virtue of Christ. Mercy and truth and the love of God are promised to the contrite soul. The displeasure and judgments of God are against those who persist in walking in their own ways, loving self, loving the praise of men. They will certainly be swept into the Satanic delusions of these last days because they receive not the love of the truth. Because the Lord has in former days blessed and honored them, they flatter that they are chosen and true, and do not need warning, instruction, and reproof. The True Witness says, "As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore and repent! The professed people of God have the charge against them. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou hast fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of its place, unless thou repent.  {PC 338.3}
[PC 339.1]         "The love of Jesus that once burned in the heart has become dim and almost extinguished. Spiritual strength has become enfeebled. The displeasure of the Lord is against his people. In their present condition it is impossible for them to represent the character of Christ. And when the True Witness has sent them counsel, reproof, and warning because he loves them, they have refused to receive the message; they have refused to come to the light, lest their deeds should be reproved. Jesus said, "I lay down my life for the sheep. . .Therefore doth my Father love me." By taking your sins upon myself, I am opening a channel through which his Grace can flow to all who will accept it. In giving myself for the sins of the world, I have prepared a way for the unrepressed tide of his love to flow to men.  {PC 339.1}
[PC 339.2]          "All heaven is filled with amazement that when this love, so broad, so deep, so rich, so full, is presented to men who have known the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, they are so indifferent, so cold and unmoved. What does it mean that such amazing grace does not soften our hard hearts? Oh, it is because of the power of unbelief - because "thou hast left thy first love." This is why the Word of God has so little influence. It is as a fire, but it cannot penetrate nor warm the ice bound heart that cherishes unbelief.  {PC 339.2}
[PC 339.3]          "The infinite treasures of truth have been accumulating from age to age. No representation could adequately impress us with the extent, the richness of those vast resources. They are waiting the demand of those who appreciate them. These gems of truth are to be gathered up by God's remnant people, to be given by them to the world; but self confidence and obduracy of soul refuse the blessed treasure. God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth on him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Such love cannot be measured, neither can it be expressed. John calls upon the world to "Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us that we should be called the sons of God." It is a love that passeth knowledge. In the fulness of the sacrifice nothing was withheld. Jesus gave himself. God designs that his                                                                              340  people should love one another as Christ love us. They are to educate and train the soul for his love. They are to reflect this love in their own character, to reflect it to the world. Each should look upon this as his work. In his prayer to the Father, Jesus said, "As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I sent them into the world." Christ's fullness is to be presented to the world by those who have become partakers of his grace. They are to do that for Christ which Christ did for the Father, represent his character.  {PC 339.3}
[PC 340.1]         "There is a lack of moral and spiritual power throughout our Conferences. Many churches do not have light in themselves The members do not give evidence that they are members of the True Vine by bearing much fruit to the glory of God, but appear to be withering away. Their Redeemer has withdrawn his light, the inspiration of his Holy Spirit, from their assemblies; for they have ceased to represent the self denial, the sympathy and compassionate love of the world's Redeemer; they have not love for the souls for whom Christ died. They have ceased to be true and faithful. It is a sad picture - the lack of consecration and devotion to God. There has been a separation of the soul from God; many have cut off the communication between him and the soul by refusing his messengers and his message.  {PC 340.1}
[PC 340.2]          "In our largest churches the greatest evils exist because these have had the greatest light. They have not a true knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ whom he has sent. The leaven of unbelief is working, and unless these evils which bring the displeasure of God are corrected in its members, the whole church stands accountable for them. The deep movings of the Spirit of God are not with them. Many come to the assembly as worshippers like a door upon its hinges. They understand not the true application of the Scriptures nor the power of God. They have eyes but they see not; ears have they but they hear not; they continue in their evil ways yet regard themselves as the privileged obedient people, who are doers of the word. A carnal security and ease in Zion prevail. Peace, peace, is sounded in her borders when God has not spoken peace. They have forfeited the terms of peace; there is reason for an alarm to be sounded in all my holy mountain. The sinners in Zion should be afraid; in a time when they do not expect it, sudden destruction will surely come upon all who are at ease.  {PC 340.2}
[PC 340.3]         "The Holy Spirit strives to make apparent the claims of God, but men pay heed only for a moment and turn their minds to other things. Satan catches away the seeds of truth; the gracious influence of the spirit of God is effectually resisted. Thus many are grieving away the Holy Spirit for the last time and they know it not.  {PC 340.3}
[PC 340.4]          Will the church see where she has fallen? A coldness, a hardness of heart, a want of sympathy for the brethren exists in the church. An absence of love for the erring is manifested. There is a withdrawing from the very ones                                                                              341  who need pity and help. A severity, an overbearing spirit, such as existed among the Pharisees, exists in our churches, and especially in those entrusted with sacred responsibilities. They are lifted up in self-esteem and self-assurance. The widow and the fatherless have not their sympathy or their love. This is entirely unlike the spirit of Christ. The Lord looks with displeasure upon the coarse, harsh spirit that has been manifested by some - a spirit so devoid of sympathy, of tender appreciation of those whom he loves. Brethren, you who close the heart against Christ's suffering ones, remember that as you deal with them, God will deal with you. When you call, he will not say, "Here am I;" when you cry, he will not answer. Satan is watching, preparing his delusions to ensnare those who are filled with self-importance while they are spiritually destitute.  {PC 340.4}
[PC 341.1]          "The road to Paradise is not one of self-exaltation but of repentance, confession, humiliation, of faith and obedience. The message to the Laodicean church is appropriate to the church at this time: "And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write: These things saith the Amen, the Faithful and True Witness, the beginning of the creation of God: I know thy works that thou are neither cold nor hot; I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou are lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spew thee out of my mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou are wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eye salve that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent." There are many who are priding themselves upon their spiritual riches, their knowledge of the truth, and are living in guilty self-deception. When the members of the church humble themselves before God by zealous, not half-hearted, lifeless action, the Lord will receive them. But he declares, "I will come unto thee quickly and remove thy candlestick out of its place except thou repent." How long shall this warning be resisted? How long shall it be slighted?  {PC 341.1}
[PC 341.2]          "The True Witness declares: "I know thy works," "Repent, and do the first works." This is the true test, the evidence that the Spirit of God is working in the heart to imbue with his love. "I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent." The church is like the unproductive tree, which, receiving the dew, and rain, and the sunshine, should have produced an abundance of fruit, but on which the divine Searcher finds nothing but leaves. Solemn thought for our churches, solemn                                                                              342  indeed for every individual. Marvelous is the patience and forbearance of God, but "except thou repent," it shall be exhausted; the churches, our institutions, will go from weakness to weakness, from cold formality to deadness while they are saying, "I am rich and increased in goods, and have need of nothing." The True Witness says, "And knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked. Will they ever see clearly their true condition?  {PC 341.2}
[PC 342.1]          "There is to be in the churches a wonderful manifestation of the power of God, but it will not move upon those who have not humbled themselves before the Lord and opened the door of the heart by confession and repentance. In the manifestation of that power which lightens the earth with the glory of God, they will see only something which in their blindness they think dangerous, something which will arouse their fears, and they will brace themselves to resist it. Because the Lord does not work according to their ideas and expectations they will oppose the work. "Why," they say, "should not we know the spirit of God when we have been in the work for so many years?" Because they did not respond to the messages, the warnings, and entreaties of the Lord, but persistently said, "I am rich and increased in goods, and have need of nothing." Talent, long experience, will not make men channels of light, unless they place themselves under the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness, and are called and chosen and prepared by the endowment of the Holy Spirit. When men who handle sacred things will humble themselves under the mighty hand of God, the Lord will lift them up. He will make them men of discernment, men rich in the grace of his Spirit.  {PC 342.1}
[PC 342.2]         "The end is near. We have not a moment to lose. Light is to shine forth from God's people in clear, distinct rays, bringing Jesus before the churches and before the world. God will give additional light, and old truths will be recovered and replaced in the framework of truth; and wherever the laborers go they will triumph. As Christ's ambassadors, they are to search the Scriptures to seek for the truths that have been hidden beneath the rubbish of error, and every ray of light received is to be communicated to others. One interest will prevail, one subject will swallow up all others, Christ our Righteousness. This is life eternal, "That they might know thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom thou hast sent." "Thus saith the Lord, Let not the wise man glory in his wisdom, neither let the mighty  man glory in his might, let not the rich man glory in his riches; but let him that glorieth, glory in this, that he understandeth and knoweth me, that I am the Lord which exerciseth loving kindness, judgment, and righteousness in the earth; for in these things I delight, saith the Lord."                                                                              343   {PC 342.2}
[PC 343.1]          "As the Saviour came to glorify the Father by the demonstration of his love, so the Spirit came to glorify Christ by revealing to the world the riches of his love and grace. If the Holy Spirit dwells in us, our work will testify to the fact. We will lift up Jesus. Not one can afford to be silent now. The Burden of the work is to present Christ to the world. All who venture to have their own way, who do not join the angels who are sent from heaven with a message to fill the whole earth with its glory, will be passed by. The work will go forward to victory without them, and they will have no part in its triumph." T. Oakland, Cal. Aug. 1, 1891.  {PC 343.1}
[PC 343.2]          "There has been an abundance of slipshod work done. The only conclusion that the world can come to is that those who profess to believe that the end of all things is at hand, do not really believe the tremendous truth that Christ is at the door. Do they believe the mission of Christ was to save the lost and perishing; that Christ is the only remedy for sin; that the world's Redeemer came to the world all seared and marred with the curse to lift up fallen man, to reveal to the perishing the love of the Father, and bring them to look and live, and thereby bring many sons and daughters to glory. . . .  {PC 343.2}
[PC 343.3]          The most grievous sin of idolatry exists in the church. Anything that interposes between the Christian and the whole hearted service to God, takes the form of an idol, and the most grievous sin of idolatry is idolatry itself. The testimonies of God's word are plain and clear in regard to the snares of the devil. But these are not only church members on the devil's ground, but those who are opening the Scriptures to others, practice evil, and defile soul and body. They are guilty before God because they are unholy. Were the church living by faith and had they the oil of grace in their vessels with their lamps, the guilty repose would end. Those who believe the sacred, elevating truths for this time, they cannot sleep over them. . .  {PC 343.3}
[PC 343.4]         Is this exclusively addressed to the few individuals who have been ordained to the ministry? No; but to every Christian young or old, rich or poor. If Christ has forgiven them of their sins, if the truth has made them free, have they not a work to do for the Master? If they are Christians, they will present the truth to others. They will not consider that all they have to do is to serve themselves, live to please and glorify themselves.  {PC 343.4}
[PC 343.5]          Sins of a grave character are in our borders, and unless there is an awakening such as we have not seen for some time which will convict and convert professed Sabbath keepers, they will die in their sins; and the punishment of Sodom and Gomorrah will be light in comparison with those who have had great light and                                                                              344  precious opportunities, but have been worldly minded, corrupt in thoughts and practices, and have not purified their souls by obeying the truth.  {PC 343.5}
[PC 344.1]          Now we see need of workers in the opening fields before us, but where are the men who can be trusted, men who have been year by year growing into a better knowledge of God and his ways, and the movings of his providence? I want to sound in the ears of these sleepy, half paralyzed souls the words spoken to Nicodemus, "Except a man be born again he cannot see the kingdom of God." There is need to ask God with all the heart, to elevate the standard. The commonness, the cheapness of conversation reveal the measure of spirituality of the members of the church. Now, those who have lived years in this same experience know not God nor Jesus Christ whom he hath sent; and should such go forth as representatives of Jesus Christ? These men will never give the right mold to other minds. They have not grown up to the full stature of men and women in Jesus Christ. They simply live the name of Christian, but are not fitted for the work of God, and never will be until they are born again, and learn their A.B.C.'s in the religion of Jesus Christ. There is hope in one direction. Take the young men and women and place them where they will come as little as possible in contact with our churches, that the low grade of piety which is current in this day shall not leaven their ideas of what it means to be a Christian. The worshippers of God are in need of transforming grace to subordinate the world to religion. In the place of making the temporal interest first, exhausting soul, body, and spirit to secure temporal advantages, Jesus points us to the heavenly treasure, and tells us not to lay up our treasure in earth which will perish, but to lay up for ourselves treasure in heaven which will not perish, for where our treasure is there will our heart be also. Jesus would have all that profess to believe in him deal in the currency of heaven, handling those things upon which God has stamped his image and superscription. These he presents before us of infinite value. We see the need of a deep and thorough work in our churches; but the Lord alone can by his Holy Spirit make the hearts that are as steel, soft and sympathetic, and true to the service of Christ. We are far behind because the churches have folded their hands in a peace and safety attitude, and are at ease in Zion, doing almost nothing when the living zeal should be in their hearts as never before. Satan is stirring the powers from beneath to make one last desperate effort to convert the world to his own principles. He has his plans laid with Satanic subtlety, and destruction cometh suddenly while these that have the light, the warnings that such a crisis is before us are almost unmoved. . .  {PC 344.1}
[PC 344.2]          Those who quibble over the authenticity of the Scriptures, and question the authenticity of Revelation will not be influenced. Their hearts are not sound.                                                                              345  They are not at enmity with Satan. The heart is the treasure house of sin. Not being expelled, it is hidden until an hour of opportunity, and then is revealed and springs into action. The first work is with the heart. Truth, the love of Jesus must supply the vacuum, Saith Christ, Make the tree good and the fruit will be good. . . .  {PC 344.2}
[PC 345.1]          We must as a people rise up from our formality. We must enter the straight gate. Satan has placed his active agents all along the passage to dispute the way of every soul. Christ has encouraged his followers not to be intimidated, but to press, urge your way through. Strive to enter in at the straight gate, "For many I say unto you, shall seek to enter in, but shall not be able." Darling cherished idols will have to be given up, the sins that have been indulged in, even if it comes as close as the plucking out of the right eye, or cutting off the right arm. Arouse! Force your way through the very armies of hell that oppose your passage.  {PC 345.1}
[PC 345.2]          Oh, we must be terribly in earnest to impress every soul that there is a hell to shun and a heaven to be won. Every energy of the soul must be aroused to force their passage, and seize the kingdom of heaven by force. Satan is active, and we must be active. Satan is untiring and persevering, and we must be. This is no time now to make excuses and blame others for our backslidings; no time now to flatter the soul: if circumstances had only been more favorable, how much easier for us to work the work of God. We must tell even those who profess the truth that they must cease to offend God by their sinful excuses. Jesus has provided for every emergency. If they will walk where he leads the way, he will make rough places plain. He, with his presence, will create an atmosphere for the soul. He closes the door and brings the soul into seclusion with God, and the needy soul is to forget everyone and everything but God. Satan will walk with him; but speak aloud to God, and he will drive back the hellish shadow of Satan. With humble, subdued, thankful hearts, they will come forth saying, Thy gentleness hath made me great. The sincere seeker comes forth from the audience with God, rich in the assurance of his love to go forth to distill a heavenly fragrance wherever he goes. He can talk of the righteousness of Christ; he can talk the love of God with sincerity. He has tested, and he knows the Lord is good. This work is to be done in all our churches. Christ his love, his forgiveness, his purity is to be the theme upon which we dwell. The charms of Jesus are to be kept ever before our minds, charged with the elevated character of the true model that every soul should copy. Let us turn our hearts from everything that would dishearten and discourage. Satan will seek to distort everything to                                                                              346  our vision, and make a mountain of a mole hill. Our eyes must be steadily fixed on Jesus. The Lord Jesus is our leader. We must follow where he leads the way. We are not to commence to plan for the second step. We are not to say, Lord, after I have taken this step, what shall I do, for I shall meet with difficulties? But by faith we must take that one step, come what will, and trust in Jesus.  {PC 345.2}
[PC 346.1]          The reason why our ministers are so inefficient is, that they go to their labors and come from their labors, if they have any success, full of themselves. The disciples of Christ did this when they came and said, "Even the devils are subject unto us." Jesus could discern their danger, and he said, "Come ye yourselves apart into a desert place, and rest awhile - come out of the din of the battle, away from the conflict, and hold communion with God." Thus it is with many workers, they are too strong, too full of self. The Lord cannot lead them or teach them, or use them to his glory, for they are wise in their own conceit, and vainly imagine that the Lord cannot do without them. Self must be buried. We must educate the people to seek the Lord. We must speak plain words to the ministers who are walking in the sparks of their own kindling. The praise and flattery of men make ministers hungry for more, until they think as did Elder Daniels, the praise and flattery of men of more value than the approval of God.  {PC 346.1}
[PC 346.2]         We must, if saved, imbibe the spirit and power of Christ, self must be hidden in Christ, and Christ alone appear. Our work is to elevate, not by praising any one, but by upholding Jesus, bringing the mind to Jesus. Lift him up, the Man of Calvary, before the people, and he can do all things for the humble, trusting, believing soul.            E. G. White, Preston, Melbourne, Victoria, May 9, 1892                                                    -    {PC 346.2}
[PC 346.3]          "But of how many will Christ say in the judgment, "Good and faithful servant." I think of how the angels must feel seeing the end approaching and those who claim to have a knowledge of God and Jesus Christ whom he hath sent, huddle together, colonize, and attend the meetings, and feel dissatisfied if there is not much preaching to benefit their souls, and strengthen the church while they are doing literally nothing. If they are branches really and truly of the true vine, nourished by the sap which flows from the vine to the branches, they are indeed partakers of the divine nature. They have moral power from Christ to overcome Satan, to hate sin; and these cannot be silent. Souls are perishing for the light and knowledge of the truth which they have. It is their duty to put that knowledge to use to save souls.                                                                              347   {PC 346.3}
[PC 347.1]          What self denial have our churches as a whole manifested? They may have given donations as a whole in money, but have withheld themselves. The heavenly agencies are waiting to cooperate with human agencies in a grand work of reflecting light to the world. Wherever there is even one soul converted on earth, there is a response of joy circulated through-heaven. Whenever one soul is snatched from Satan's hand and given as a trophy to Jesus Christ, there is joy in the presence of God, Jesus Christ and Holy angels, because the lost is found. I send my appeal to the churches to "Arise, shine, for the light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee." "Ye have not," said Christ, "chosen me, but I have chosen you and ordained you, that you should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whosoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he may give it to you."  {PC 347.1}
[PC 347.2]          Have you tasted of the powers of the world to come? Have you been eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God? Then if ministerial hands have not been laid upon you in the world, Christ has laid his hands upon you, and said, "Ye are my witnesses" go trade on the talents I have given you. . . .  {PC 347.2}
[PC 347.3]          Let us ask why there are so few martyrs now? What is the reason that Christians and the world confederate together in confidence. Has the world become converted, or has the church lost her holy and peculiar character and assimilated to the world? They do not come out and separate from the world, and do not maintain her high and holy character. Many of the professed followers of Christ feel no more burden for souls than does the world. The lusts of the eye, and the pride of life, the love of display, the love of ease has separated the professed Christians from God, and the missionary spirit in reality exists in but few. What can be done to open the eyes of these sinners in Zion, and make hypocrites tremble?  {PC 347.3}
[PC 347.4]          I have been alarmed for some years because I have seen the line of demarkation between the church and the world almost obliterated. The design of God in the formation of the church, was that the very action of the separation from the world, is itself sufficient to attract attention.  {PC 347.4}
[PC 347.5]          It is a solemn statement that I make to the church that not one in twenty whose names are registered upon the church books are prepared to close their earthly history, and would be as verily without God and without hope in the world as the common sinner. They are professedly serving God, but they are very earnestly serving mammon. This half and half work is a constant denying of Christ rather than a confessing of Christ. So many have brought their own unsubdued spirit, unrefined, their spiritual taste is perverted by their own immoral, debasing                                                                              348  corruptions, symbolizing the world in spirit, in heart, in purpose, confirming themselves in lustful practices, and are full of deception through and through in their professed Christian life; living as sinners claiming to be Christians. Those who claim to be Christians and will confess Christ, should come out from among them and touch not the unclean thing and be separate. There is a Satanic policy that is practiced by those who are spirit-blind, that they can mingle safely with the worldly element, confederate with them, be in co-operation with them, but it will not require a great length of time to discern that they are no longer with Christ, or place the least value upon living one with their brethren. They have left the cool snows coming from Lebanon for the putrid stream of the valley. The words of God, "Come out from the world, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean thing" has to a great extent lost its effect upon many. The words of the great deceiver are, you will greatly augment your influence if you confederate with the world. Your influence in receiving their knowledge will greatly increase your popularity, and will by connection with them be much larger. Let all who are not completely deluded pray as never before that they may be kept from the bewitching snares of Satan to delude unwary souls in these last days. The work of every Christian has ever been to sprinkle the door posts with blood, gather their children into their houses with them, that the destroying angel might see the mark of God pointing to the only begotten Son of the Father.  {PC 347.5}
[PC 348.1]         "He is the rock, his work is perfect; for all his ways are judgment; a God of truth, and without iniquity, just and right is he. They have corrupted themselves, their spot is not the spot of their children; they are a perverse and crooked generation." Is he not thy Father that hath brought thee? Hath he not made thee and established thee?"  {PC 348.1}
[PC 348.2]          I lay down my pen and lift up my soul in prayer, that the Lord would breathe upon his backsliding people, which are as dry bones, and they shall live. The end is near, stealing upon us stealthily, so imperceptibly, no noiselessly, like the muffled tread of the thief in the night to surprise the sleepers off guard and unready. May the Lord grant to bring his Holy Spirit to bear upon the hearts of all who are now at ease, that they may no longer sleep as others but watch and be sober.  {PC 348.2}
[PC 348.3]          Who will consent even now, after wasting much of your lifetime, to give your will as clay into the hands of the potter, and you cooperate with God in becoming in his hands molded a vessel unto honor. - L. T.                                                                              349   {PC 348.3}
[PC 349.1]          "As Christ was riding into Jerusalem, on the crest of Olivet, He broke forth in uncontrollable grief, exclaiming in broken utterances, as he looked upon Jerusalem, "If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day,  the things which belong unto thy peace! but now they are hid from thine eyes. " He wept not for himself, but for the despisers of his mercy, long suffering and forbearance. The course taken by the hardhearted and impenitent inhabitants of the doomed city, is similar to the attitude of churches and individuals toward Christ at the present time. They neglect his requirements and despise his forbearance. There is a form of godliness, there is ceremonial worship, there are complimentary prayers; but the real power is wanting. The heart is not softened by grace but is cold and unimpressionable. Many like the Jews are blinded by unbelief, and know not the time of their visitation. So far as the truth is concerned, they have had every advantage; God has been appealing to them for years, in warnings, in reproofs, corrections, and instructions in righteousness but special directions have been given only to be disregarded and placed on a level with common things." T. 32, p. 14  {PC 349.1}
[PC 349.2]          "The only hope for our churches of today is to repent and do their first work. The name of Jesus does not kindle the heart with love. A mechanical, formal orthodoxy has taken the place of deep, fervent charity and tenderness to one another. Will any give heed to the solemn admonition, "Turn ye, turn ye; for why will ye die?" Fall upon the rock and be broken; then let the Lord Jesus prepare you, mould and fashion you, as a vessel unto honor. Well may the people fear and tremble under these words: "Except thou repent, I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place." What then? "If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness!"  {PC 349.2}
[PC 349.3]          One matter burdens my soul; the great lack of the love of God, which has been lost through continued resistance of light and truth, and the influence of those who have been engaged in active labor, who in the face of evidence piled upon evidence, have exerted an influence to counteract the message God has sent. I point them to the Jewish nation and ask, Must we leave our brethren to pass over the same path of blind resistance, till the very end of probation? If ever a people needed true and faithful watchmen, who will not hold their peace, who will cry day and night, sounding the warning God has given, it is the Seventh-day Adventists. Those who have had great light, blessed opportunities, who like Capernaum have been exalted to heaven in point of privileges, shall they, by nonimprovement, be left to darkness corresponding to the greatness of the light given?" T. to Ministers No. 2 pp. 25-28, September 1892.  {PC 349.3}
[PC 349.4]          We have been plainly told that the standard of the                                                                              350  ministry must be raised, and also that if we do not come where we will meet the mind of God; we will be severed from the work. These are very solemn words to me, and I desire that they shall have their full effect upon my own heart. Nothing can be more certain than that if we do not take heed to the counsel from the Lord, we shall be left to go into a still greater darkness. O.A. Olsen 1892 {PC 349.4}
[PC 350.1]         Leaving Pitcairn, Tahiti was reached August 25. The boat remained just long enough to take on needed supplies. . . Those connected with the enterprise feel that the cruise has  been a successful one in every respect. No accident or harm has come to the ship, and wherever she has touched prejudice has been disarmed. The workers were very careful not to press upon the people the peculiar views held by Seventh-day Adventists, but to preach Christ Jesus and Him crucified. Clipping from article published in Oakland Times, January 18, 1893, furnished by our people.                                                    -    {PC 350.1}
[PC 350.2]                    Forwardness and Consolidation                 Sunnyside, Cooranbong, N. S. W., MAY 31, 1896     Elder O. A. Olsen Battle Creek, Michigan, U. S. A.     My dear Brother:            Scenes that were a shame to Christians, have been presented to me, as taking place in the council meetings held after the Minneapolis meeting. The loud voice of dispute, the hot spirit, the harsh words, resembled a political meeting more than a place where Christians were met for prayer and counsel. These meetings should have been dismissed as an insult to heaven. The Lord was not revered as an honored guest by those assembled in council, and how could they expect divine light to shine upon them; how could they feel that the presence of Jesus was molding and fashioning their plans? The place of meeting was not held as sacred, but was looked upon as a common business place. Then how could those assembled receive an inspiration which would lead them to enthrone truth in their hearts, to speak words in the tender, loving spirit of the Master?  {PC 350.2}
[PC 350.3]          In your council meetings and committee meetings, decisions are made, plans devised and matured, which, when put into practice, leave an impression on the work at large; and no vestige of a spirit of harshness should appear. Loud, impatient words should never be heard. Remember that in all your council meetings, there is a                                                                              351  heavenly Watcher. Do not allow one word of vanity to be spoken; for you are legislating for God, and he says to you, "Be still, and know that I am God."  {PC 350.3}
[PC 351.1]          If your committee meetings and council meetings are not under the direct supervision of the Spirit of God, your conclusions will be earth-born, and worthy of no more consideration than are any man's expressions. Christ says, "Without me ye can do nothing." If he is not honored in your assemblies as chief counsellor, your planning comes from no higher source than the human mind.  {PC 351.1}
[PC 351.2]          Brother Olsen, you speak of my return to America. For three years I stood in Battle Creek as a witness for the truth. Those who then refused to receive the testimony given me by God for them, and rejected the evidences attending these testimonies, would not be benefited should I return.  {PC 351.2}
[PC 351.3]          I shall write to you; but should I return to Battle Creek, and bear my testimony to those who love not the truth, the ever ready words would rise from unbelieving hearts, "Somebody has told her." Even now unbelief is expressed by the words, "Who has written these things to Sister White?" But I know of no one who knows them as they are, and no one could write that which he does not suppose has an existence. Someone has told me, He who does not falsify, misjudge, or exaggerate any case. While at Minneapolis he bade me follow him from room to room that I might hear what was spoken in the bed chamber. The enemy had things very much his own way. I heard no word of prayer, but I heard my name mentioned in a slurring, criticising way.  {PC 351.3}
[PC 351.4]          I shall never, I think, be called to stand under the direction of the Holy Spirit as I stood at Minneapolis. The presence of Jesus was with me. All assembled in that meeting had an opportunity to place themselves on the side of truth by receiving the Holy Spirit, which was sent by God in such a rich current of love and mercy. But in the rooms occupied by some of our people, we heard ridicule, criticism, jeering, laughter. The manifestations of the Holy Spirit were attributed to fanaticism. Who searched the Holy Scriptures as did the noble Bereans, to see if the things they heard were so? Who prayed for divine guidance? The scenes which took place at this meeting made the God of heaven ashamed to call those who took part in them, his brethren. All this the heavenly Watcher noticed, and it is written in the book of God's remembrance.  {PC 351.4}
[PC 351.5]          The Lord will blot out the transgression of those who, since that time, have repented with a sincere repentance, but every time the same spirit wakens in the soul, the deeds done on that occasion are endorsed, and the doers of them are made responsible to God, and must answer                                                                              352  for them at his judgment throne. The same spirit that actuated the rejectors of Christ, rankles in their hearts and had they lived in the days of Christ, they would have acted toward him in a manner similar to that of the godless and unbelieving Jews.  {PC 351.5}
[PC 352.1]          God's servants have no tame testimony to bear at this time, whether men will hear or whether they will forbear. He who rejects the light and evidence God has been literally bestowing upon us, rejects Christ; and for him there is no other Saviour.  {PC 352.1}
[PC 352.2]                       The Work at Battle Creek          The spirit of the Lord has outlined the condition of things at the Review and Herald Office. Speaking through Isaiah God says, "I will not contend forever, neither will I be always wroth, and he went on frowardly in the way of his heart."  {PC 352.2}
[PC 352.3]          This is precisely what has been done in the office of publication at Battle Creek. Covetousness has been woven into nearly all the business transactions of the institution, and has been practiced by individuals. This influence has spread like the leprosy, until it has tainted and corrupted the whole. As the publishing house has become corrupted, the General Conference Association has stepped in, and proposed to take the diseased child off its hands, and care for it. But it is a snare for the General Conference Association to take the publishing work on its shoulders. This puts no special sanctity upon the work, but upon the General Conference Association a burden which will weigh it down, cripple it, and weaken its efficiency unless men who have firm principle, mingled with love, shall conduct the business lines.  {PC 352.3}
[PC 352.4]          In this step there has been a change of responsibility, but the wrong principles remain unchanged. The same work that has been in the past will be carried forward under the guise of the General Conference Association. The sacred character of this association is fast disappearing. What will then be respected as pure, holy, and undefiled? Will there be any voice that God's people can regard as a voice they can respect? There certainly is nothing now that bears the divine credentials. Sacred things are mixed and mingled with earthly business that has no connection with God.  {PC 352.4}
[PC 352.5]          To a large degree the General Conference Association has lost its sacred character, because some connected with it have not changed their sentiments in any particular since the Conference held at Minneapolis. Some in responsible positions go on "Frowardly" in the way of their own hearts. Some who came from South Africa and from other places to receive an education which would qualify them for the work, have imbibed this spirit,                                                                              353  carried it with them to their homes, and their work has not borne the right kind of fruit. The opinions of men which were received by them, still cleave to them like the leprosy; and it is a very solemn question whether the souls who became imbued with the spiritual leprosy in Battle Creek, will ever be able to distinguish the principles of heaven from the methods and plans of men. The influences and impressions received in Battle Creek have done much to retard the work in South Africa.  {PC 352.5}
[PC 353.1]          As things now exist in Battle Creek, the work of God can not be carried forward on a correct basis. How long will these things be? When will the perceptions of men be made clear and sharp by the ministration of the Holy Spirit? Some there do not detect the injurious effects of the plans which for years have been working in an underhanded manner. Some of the managers at the present time are walking in the light they have received, and are doing the best they can, but their fellow workers are making things so oppressive for them that they can do but little. The enslaving of the souls of men by their fellow men are deepening the darkness which already envelopes them. Who can now feel sure that they are safe in respect the voice of the General Conference Association? If the people in our churches understood the management of the men who walk in the light of the sparks of their own kindling, would they respect their decisions? I answer, No, not for a moment. I have been shown that the people at large do not know that the heart of the work is being diseased and corrupted at Battle Creek. Many of the people are in a lethargic, listless, apathetic condition, and assent to plans which they do not understand. Where is the voice, from whence will it come, to whom the people may listen, knowing that it comes from the true Shepherd? I am called upon by the Spirit of God to present these things before you, and they are correct to the life, according to the practice of the past few years. . . .                                                    -    {PC 353.1}
[PC 353.2]                Consolidation of the Publishing Work          The Lord has presented before me matters that cause me to tremble for the institutions at Battle Creek. He has laid these things before me, and I shall not be consistent if I do not seek to repress the spirit in Battle Creek, which reaches out for more power, when for years there have not been men who were qualified to preside, with Christian faithfulness, over the charge they already have.  {PC 353.2}
[PC 353.3]          The scheme for consolidation is detrimental to the cause of present truth.  Battle Creek has all the power                                                                              354  she should have. Some in that place have advanced selfish plans, and if any branch of the work promised a measure of success, they have not exercised the spirit  which lets well enough alone, but have made an effort to attach these interests to the great whole. They have striven to embrace altogether too much, and yet they are eager to get more. When they can show that they have made these plans under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, then confidence in them may be restored.  {PC 353.3}
[PC 354.1]          Twenty years ago, I was surprised at the cautions and warnings given me in reference to the publishing house on the Pacific Coast, that it was ever to remain independent of all other institutions; that it was to be controlled by no other institution, but it was to do the Lord's work under his guidance and protection. The Lord says, "All ye are brethren;" and the Pacific Press is not to be envied and looked upon with jealousy and suspicion by the stronger publishing house at Battle Creek. It must maintain its own individuality, and be strictly guarded from any corruption. It must not be merged into any other institution. The hand of power and control at Battle Creek must not reach across the continent and manage it.  {PC 354.1}
[PC 354.2]          At a later date, just prior to my husband's death, the minds of some were agitated in regard to placing these institutions under one presiding power. Again the Holy Spirit brought to my mind what had been stated to me by the Lord. I told my husband to say in answer to this proposition, that the Lord had not planned any such action. He who knows the end from the beginning, understands the matter better than erring man.  {PC 354.2}
[PC 354.3]          At a still later date the situation of the publishing house at Oakland was again presented to me. I was shown that a work was to be done by this institution which would be to the glory of God if the workers would keep his honor ever in view; but that an error was being committed by taking in a class of work which had a tendency to corrupt the institution. I was also shown that it must stand in its own independence, working out God's plan under the control of none other but God.  {PC 354.3}
[PC 354.4]          The Lord presented before me that branches of this work would be planted in other places, and carried on under the supervision of the Pacific Press, but that if this proved a success, jealousy, evil surmisings, and covetousness would arise. Efforts would be made to change the order of things, and embrace the work among other interests at Battle Creek. Men are very zealous to change the order of things, but the Lord forbids such a consolidation. Every branch should be allowed to live, and do its own work.  {PC 354.4}
[PC 354.5]          Mistakes will occur in every institution, but if the managers will learn the lessons that all must learn to                                                                              355  move guardedly, these errors will not be repeated, and God will preside over the work. Every worker in our institutions needs to make the Word of God his rule of action. Then the blessing of God will rest on him. He can not with safety dispense with the truth of God as his guide and monitor. If man can take one breath without being dependent upon God, then he may lay aside God's pure, holy, word, as guide book. The truth must take control of the conscience and the understanding in all the work that is done. It is to direct in all temporal and spiritual actions.  {PC 354.5}
[PC 355.1]          It is well pleasing to God that we have praise and prayer, and religious services, but Bible religion must be brought into all we do, and give sanctity to each daily duty. The Lord's will must become men's will in everything. The Holy One of Israel has given rules of guidance to all, and these rules of guidance are to be strictly followed, for they form the standard of character. No one can swerve from the first principles of righteousness without sinning. But our religion is misinterpreted and despised by unbelievers because so many who profess to hold the truth, do not practice its principles in dealing with their fellow men.  {PC 355.1}
[PC 355.2]          To my brethren at Battle Creek, I would say, You are not in any condition to consolidate. This means nothing less than placing upon the institutions at Battle Creek the management of all the work, far and near. God's work cannot be carried forward successfully by men who, by their resistance to light, have placed themselves where nothing will influence them to repent or change their course of action. There are men connected with the work at Battle Creek whose hearts are not sanctified and controlled by God.  {PC 355.2}
[PC 355.3]          If those connected with the work of God will not hear his voice and do his will, they should be separated entirely from the work. God does not need the influence of such men. I speak plainly, for it is time that things were called by their right name. Those who love and fear God with all their hearts are the only men that God can trust. But those who have separated their souls from God, should themselves be separated from the work of God, which is so solemn and so important.                                   E.G. White     See Appendix:  Authority of the General Conference                                                                              356   {PC 355.3}
[PC 356.1]     Criticising, Condemning and All Evil Speaking to be                        Put Away                                                                   -              It is the duty of God's servants to work constantly with an eye single to his honor and glory. No man's person is to be respected or looked upon with admiration if his heart and soul is not enlisted in the work of God, unless he seeks to carry forward that work with self-sacrificing efforts. There are those who think more highly of themselves than they ought to think. They speak evil of their brethren because after a thing is done, they can look back and tell how differently they would have done it. But their forethought would not have been any better than that of their brethren had they been in their place. God sees that faults and imperfections have characterized the lives of the very ones who speak evil of their brethren.  {PC 356.1}
[PC 356.2]          Keep yourselves off the judgment seat. All judgment is committed unto the Son of God. Your words and your works will not be judged according to the light in which you view them, but according to God's unerring standard. By uniting and talking with those who have grievances, by emptying your heart of all the hard feelings and wounds and bruises you have sustained, you have made great blunders. God will hold you accountable for every seed of that kind which you have sown in human hearts. Satan will water that seed, and inspire you with all the bitterness and evil speaking and wrath and malice that he can.  {PC 356.2}
[PC 356.3]          O how can anyone suppose that he can be in harmony with Christ and indulge in this cruel and wicked work? All who do so are departing from the word of God, disregarding that word, and failing to act out the lessons of Jesus Christ. Talking with solemn earnestness the Counsellor has said: "There are many who, when their own ideas and will is crossed, reveal a bitterness of spirit. They cherish the same feelings as an unconverted man. They watch for an opportunity to complain, and thus set a wrong example for others. In that day, declares the word of God, "shall the deaf hear the words of the book, and the eyes of the blind shall see out of obscurity, and out of darkness. The meek shall also increase their joy in the Lord, and the poor among men shall rejoice in the Holy One of Israel. For the terrible one is brought to nought, and the scorner is consumed, and all that watch for iniquity are cut off; that make a man an offender for a word, and lay a snare for him that reproveth in the gate, and turn aside the just for a thing of nought."  {PC 356.3}
[PC 356.4]          Here is one man professing to be a Bible Christian. But if everything does not harmonize with his ideas, he looks upon himself as abused. He feels justified in making a great fire out of a spark. Another brother in connection with the work of God thinks that he has                                                                              357  been treated unjustly. What if he has? Does not the Lord know all about that? It would not be surprising if the human agent did not know himself; for the heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked; who can know it?  {PC 356.4}
[PC 357.1]          A condition of things has been coming into existence that is not after the order of Christ. Those who look for evil, who are ready to charge those who do not meet all their expectations by accommodating them and carrying out their ideas with evil, who feel at liberty to judge their brethren and misconstrue their motives, are not Christians. Those who encourage and sustain persons who are not walking in the ways of the Lord, are aiding Satan by doing his work. They are not feeding on Christ, the bread from heaven. They have ever lived for self. Self has been their center. As long as they can be first, all goes well.  {PC 357.1}
[PC 357.2]          I wish all my brethren who shall read the words I am placing on paper to carefully consider that which I present before them. No man liveth for himself. Whatever course of action the human agent may pursue, others are influenced. God alone knows the extent of this individual responsibility. Apparent influence may be deceiving; real influence requires all that there is of a man. Whatever the position of surroundings of old or young, they carry with them an influence. Their responsibility is great. No one can be lax, self-indulgent, self-serving, and be counted worthy of eternal life.  {PC 357.2}
[PC 357.3]          Never let your tongue and voice be employed in discovering and dilating upon the defects of your brethren; for the record of heaven identifies Christ's interests with those he has purchased with his own blood. "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren," he says "ye have done it unto me." We are to learn to be loyal to one another, to be true as steel in the defence of our brethren. Look to your own defects. You had better discover one of your own faults than ten of your brother's. Remember that Christ has prayed for these, his brethren, that they all might be one as he is one with the father. Seek to the uttermost of your capabilities to be in harmony with your brethren to the extent of Christ's measurement, as he is one with the Father. Then your evil thinking and evil speaking will cease. You will not become bitter and hard against them because they do not make enough of your merits and show special partiality to you. Those who are missionaries for the Master will have the spirit of truth and righteousness.  {PC 357.3}
[PC 357.4]          "Love as brethren; be pitiful; be courteous." True moral worth does not seek to have a place for itself by evil thinking and evil speaking, by demeriting others. All envy, all jealousy, all evil speaking, with all                                                                              358  unbelief, must be put away from God's children.  {PC 357.4}
[PC 358.1]          Satan works zealously to cause men to offend on this point. Those whose tongues are so free to utter words of criticism, the adroit questioner, who draws out expressions and opinions which have been put into the minds by sowing seeds of alienation, are his missionaries. They may repeat the expressions they draw from others as originating with the ones they so slyly led on to forbidden ground. These persons seem always to see something to criticise and condemn. They treasure up everything of a disagreeable nature, and then leaven others. Their tongues are ready to exaggerate everything evil. What a great matter a little fire kindleth. They scatter their fire brands, putting doubts and mistrust into other minds, falsifying because they view everything in a false light. Thus neighbors and churches are leavened.  {PC 358.1}
[PC 358.2]          Jesus said to his disciples, "Take heed and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees." His voice comes sounding down the lines of our time, "Beware of that misrepresenting tongue, which is not content unless leagued with the disaffected, with those who are tempted to think that they have been misused.' Self, self, self is their theme. They have become envious and jealous, and Satan has helped them, putting his magnifying glass before their eyes, until a mote looks to them like a mountain, and they thing themselves the most abused persons in the world. With a beam on their own eye, they are very much interested in pulling the mote out of their brother's eye.  {PC 358.2}
[PC 358.3]          It is Satanic to be an accuser of the brethren, to delight to tell of the imperfections and wrongs of others. Those who suppose themselves to be God's missionaries and yet work upon the minds of those who are weak and inexperienced in the faith, may see the time, if they are converted, when they will wish to counteract their past work. But it is not an easy matter to do this. Eternity alone will reveal on whose side everyone has been working, and the good or ill they have wrought.  {PC 358.3}
[PC 358.4]          Shall the attributes of the enemy be revealed in the life practice of professed Christians? Shall men who put on the armour and stand as faithful sentinels for God, refusing to favor any man, and seeking to do the work God has given them to do with humble faith and sincerity, be despised by men who know not that they have given themselves to do the work of Satan? O how much better it would be if those who thus judge others would themselves feed on the flesh and blood of the Son of God, studying and practicing the word of God.  {PC 358.4}
[PC 358.5]          Men who have large opinions of themselves are often in error, but they will not confess this. Envy and                                                                              359  jealousy are diseases which disorder all the faculties of the being. They originated with Satan in Paradise. After he had started on the track of apostasy, he could see many things that were objectionable. After he fell he envied Adam and Eve in their innocency. He tempted them to sin, and to become like himself, disloyal to God. Those who accept of his attributes will demerit others, misrepresent and falsify in order to build up themselves. These persons are generally incurable, and as nothing that defileth can enter heaven, they will not be there. They would criticise the angels. They would covet another's crown. They would not know what to do, or what subjects to converse upon unless they could be finding some errors, some imperfections, in others. O that such ones would be changed by following Christ. O that they would become meek and lowly of heart by learning in the school of Christ. Then they would go forth, not as missionaries for Satan, to cause disunion and alienation, but as missionaries for Christ, to be peacemakers to work with Christ in restoring, not to bruise and mangle character. Let the Holy Spirit of God come in and expel this unholy passion, which cannot in the slightest degree survive in Heaven. Let it die. Let it be crucified. Open the heart to the attributes of Christ, who was pure, holy, undefiled, without guilt.  {PC 358.5}
[PC 359.1]          "Keep thy heart with all diligence; for out of it are the issue of life." The word of God tells us that the heart is to be kept as a temple holy unto God. The unconverted heart is represented as a habitation for the evil one, who brings in a whole brood of unholy thoughts, and stirs up the natural passions. But the Spirit of God must cleanse the soul from its defilement. Every room must be purified. The conscience must be quickened by the Holy Spirit. Truth must take hold of the thoughts and actions. Holy vigilance must keep guard to spy out the approach of the enemy. Woe unto that man who falls asleep and lets the enemy take possession of his house.  {PC 359.1}
[PC 359.2]          Genuine conversion is needed, not once in years, but daily. This conversion brings a man into new relation with God. Old things, his natural temper, natural passions, and hereditary traits of character pass away, and the man is renewed, converted, sanctified. But this work needs to be continued, or else the heart will become estranged from God; for just as long as Satan lives, he will make an effort to carry out his will. The human agent will constantly encounter a strong undercurrent. His heart needs to be barricaded by faithful watchfulness and unceasing prayer, else the embankment will give way, and like a mill stream, the undercurrent of natural and cultivated tendencies will sweep away the safeguard. Then the old objectionable traits of character will assert their sway. No renewed heart can keep in a condition of                                                                              360  sweetness and grace without the application of the salt of the word. Divine grace must be applied daily, else no man will stay converted.  {PC 359.2}
[PC 360.1]         It is the sufferings of our Redeemer in his life and death that makes it possible for fallen man to become refined and elevating. As the divine substitute and surety, he elevates the fallen race in character, and brings their minds into healthful sympathy with the divine mind. Those who are partakers of the divine nature see that true-heartedness means continual humiliation, self-denial, and self sacrifice. Those who have spiritual eyesight will discern that God does not honor those who are honored by the world, but those who are true to principle.                                         December 26, 1896                                        L.E.H.                                                    -    {PC 360.1}
[PC 360.2]                        The Use of Flesh Foods          I have been calling to mind the light God has given me on health reform. Have you carefully and prayerfully sought to understand the will of God in this matter?  {PC 360.2}
[PC 360.3]          The use of meats is entirely out of harmony with health reform principles. If we would allow reason to take the place of impulse and love of sensual indulgence, we should not taste the flesh of dead animals. What is more repulsive to the sense of smell than a shop where flesh meats are kept for sale? The smell of the raw flesh is offensive to all whose senses have not been depraved by culture of the unnatural appetites. What more unpleasant sight to a reflective mind than the beasts slain to be devoured? If the light God has given in regard to health reform is disregarded, he will not work a miracle to keep in health those who pursue a course to make themselves sick.  {PC 360.3}
[PC 360.4]          You may think, you cannot work without meat. I thought so once, but I know that in his original plan, God did not provide for the flesh of dead animals to compose the diet of man. It is a grossly perverted taste that will accept such food. Then the fact that meat is largely diseased should lead us to make strenuous efforts to discontinue the use entirely.  {PC 360.4}
[PC 360.5]          My position now is to let meat altogether alone. It will be hard for some to do this - as hard as for the rum-drinker to forsake his dram - but they will be better for the change.  {PC 360.5}
[PC 360.6]          You know how you would answer a tobacco devotee if he urged, as a plea for the use of tobacco, the arguments                                                                              361  some advance as a reason why they should continue the use of the flesh of dead animals as food. The weakness some experience without the use of meat is one of the strongest arguments that can be presented why they should discontinue its use. Those who eat meat feel stimulated after eating this food, and they suppose they are made stronger. After one discontinues the use of meat, he may for a time feel a weakness, but when his system is cleansed from the effect of this diet, he no longer feels the weakness, and will cease to wish for that which he had pleaded for as essential to his strength.  {PC 360.6}
[PC 361.1]          I have a large family which often numbers sixteen. In it there are men who work at the plow and who fell trees. These men have vigorous exercise, but not a particle of flesh of animals is placed upon our table.  {PC 361.1}
[PC 361.2]          I have felt urged by the Spirit of God to set before several the fact that their suffering ill health was caused by a disregard of the light given them upon health reform. I have shown them that their meat diet, which was supposed to be essential, was not necessary, and that, as they were composed of what they ate, brain, bone and muscle were in an unwholesome condition because they lived on the flesh of dead animals; that their blood was being corrupted by this improper diet; that the flesh which they ate was diseased, and their entire system was becoming gross and corrupted.  {PC 361.2}
[PC 361.3]          There is an alarming lethargy shown on the subject of unconscious sensualism. It is customary to eat the flesh of dead animals. This stimulates the lower passions of the human organism. In the preparation of food, the golden rays of light are to be kept shining, teaching those who sit at the table how to live. Physicians are not employed to prescribe a flesh diet for patients, for it is this kind of diet that has made them sick. Seek the Lord. When you find him, you will be meek and lowly of heart. Individually, you will not subsist upon the flesh of dead animals, neither will you put one morsel in the mouth of your children. Physicians will not prescribe flesh, tea or coffee for their patients, but will give talks showing the necessity of a simple diet. They will cut away injurious things from their bill of fare. To have the physicians of our institutions educating by precept and example those under their care to use a meat diet, after years of instruction from the Lord, disqualifies them to be superintendents of our health institutes. The Lord does not give light on health reform that it may be disregarded by those who are in positions of influence and authority. The Lord means just what he says, and he is to be honored in what he says. Light is to be given upon these subjects. It is the diet question that needs close investigation and prescriptions should be made in accordance with health principles.                                                                              362   {PC 361.3}
[PC 362.1]          The Lord intends to bring his people back to live upon simple fruits, vegetables, and grains. He led the children of Israel into the wilderness, where they could not get a fresh diet, and he gave them the bread of heaven. Men did eat angels' food, but they craved the fleshpots of Egypt, and mourned and cried for flesh, notwithstanding that the Lord had promised them if they would submit to his will, he would carry them into the land of Canaan and establish them there, a pure, holy, happy people, and there should not be a feeble one in all their tribes, for he would take away all sickness from among them. But, although they had a plain thus saith the Lord, they mourned and wept and murmured and complained until the Lord was wroth with them, and because they were so determined to have the flesh of dead animals, he gave them the very diet he had withheld from them. The Lord would at first have given them flesh if it had been essential for their health; but he created and redeemed them, and led them a long journey in the wilderness to educate and discipline and train them into correct habits. The Lord understood what the influence of flesh eating is upon the human system. He would have a people that would, in their physical appearance, bear the divine credentials notwithstanding their long journey.  {PC 362.1}
[PC 362.2]          When I hear those who profess to believe the truth for this time pleading for the use of flesh meats, I am forcibly reminded of the complainings of the children of Israel because they were not favored with a meat diet. The diet of animals generally used for food is vegetables and grains. Must the vegetables be animalized before we can eat them? Must they be incorporated into the system of an animal before we can digest them? Must we obtain our vegetable diet by eating the flesh of dead creatures? God provided fruit in its natural state for our first parents. He gave Adam charge of the garden to dress it and to care for it, saying, "To you it shall be for meat." The plan was not for one animal to destroy another animal for food. After the fall, the eating of flesh was suffered in order to shorten the period of the existence of the long-lived race. It was allowed because of the hardness of the hearts of men. One of the great errors that many insist upon is, that muscular strength is dependent upon animal food. But the simple grains, fruits of the trees, and vegetables have all the nutritive properties necessary to make good blood. This a flesh diet cannot do.  {PC 362.2}
[PC 362.3]          When a limb is broken, physicians recommend their patients not to eat meat, as there will be danger of inflammation setting in. Condiment and spices used in the preparation of food for the table aid in digestion in the same way that tea, coffee and liquor are supposed to help the laboring man perform his tasks. After the                                                                              363  immediate effects are gone, they drop as correspondingly below par as they were elevated above par by these stimulating substances. The system is weakened, the blood is contaminated, and inflammation is the sure result.  {PC 362.3}
[PC 363.1]          After all the light that has been given on the diet question, for the people of God to lament because they cannot exercise freedom in meat eating is very similar to the complainings, lamentations and weeping of the children of Israel in the ears of the Lord.  {PC 363.1}
[PC 363.2]          Our sanitariums should never be conducted after the fashion of the hotel. A meat diet changes the disposition and strengthens animalism. We are composed of what we eat, and eating much flesh will diminish intellectual activity. Students would accomplish much more in their studies if they never tasted meat. When the animal part of the human agent is strengthened by meat eating, the intellectual powers diminish proportionately. A religious life can more successfully be gained and maintained if meat is discarded, for this diet stimulates into intense activities lustful propensities, and enfeebles the moral and spiritual nature. "The flesh warreth against the spirit, and the spirit against the flesh."  {PC 363.2}
[PC 363.3]          We greatly need to encourage and cultivate pure, chaste thoughts and to strengthen the moral powers rather than the lower and carnal powers. God help us to break from our self indulgent appetites! The idea of eating dead flesh is abhorrent to me; the thought of one living animal eating the flesh of another animal is shocking. There is no call for it.  {PC 363.3}
[PC 363.4]          Cancers, tumors, and all inflammatory diseases are largely caused by meat eating. From the light God has given me, the prevalence of cancers and tumors is largely due to gross living on dead flesh. I sincerely and prayerfully hope that our physicians and our people will not forever be blind on this subject, for blindness is mingled with a want of moral courage to deny appetite, to lift the cross, which means, to take up the very duties which cut across the natural passions.  {PC 363.4}
[PC 363.5]          The juices and fluids of what we eat pass into the circulation of the blood, and, as we are composed of what we eat, by feeding on flesh we become animalized; thus a feverish condition is created, because the animals are diseased, and by partaking of their flesh we plant the seeds of disease in our own tissue and blood. Then when exposed to the changes in a malarious or poisonous atmosphere, these are more sensibly felt; also when we are exposed to prevailing epidemics and contagious diseases the system is not in condition to resist disease.  {PC 363.5}
[PC 363.6]          I have the subject presented to me in different aspects. The mortality caused by meat eating is not discerned; if it were, we would hear no more                                                                              364  arguments and excuses in favor of the indulgence of the appetite for dead flesh. We have plenty of good things to satisfy hunger without bringing corpses upon our tables to compose our bill of fare.  {PC 363.6}
[PC 364.1]          I might go to any length upon this subject, but I forbear. I do hope that our physicians will not, by precept and example, counterwork that which the Lord has given me to enlighten minds and bring in thorough reforms. I am working earnestly along these lines, and shall never cease working against the practice of meat-eating. I have had opened before me the stumbling block which this diet question has been in the spiritual advancement of some, and what a stumbling block they in turn have placed in the paths of others, and all because their own sensibilities were blunted through the selfish gratification of the appetite. For Christ's sake, look deeper, study deeper, and act in accordance with the light God has been pleased to give on this subject.                                                    -    {PC 364.1}
[PC 364.2]                          Basle, Switzerland, March 1, 1886   Dear Brother:            Your letters have been received. Your last in reference to the College came this morning. I was not aware that our College was in debt twenty thousand dollars. This must make it a necessity to call for donations.  {PC 364.2}
[PC 364.3]          The evils of centering so many responsibilities in Battle Creek have not been small. The dangers are great. There are unconsecrated elements that only wait for circumstances to put all their influence on the side of wrong. I can never feel exactly safe in regard to B. C. or Battle Creek College. I can not at this time state all my reasons. That which led me to write as I did was the great need of business managers - godly, devoted men to take hold of the work and push it in a God fearing manner.  {PC 364.3}
[PC 364.4]          Whatever may have been the object in placing the tuition of students at so low figures, the fact that the College has been running behind so heavily is sufficient reason for changing the price, that this shall not be the showing in the future. The low price is not in its favor, even if at higher rates the College is not so largely patronized. Those who really want the advantages to be obtained at B. C. will make extra exertions to receive these advantages, and a large class who would be induced to come because of the low tuition would be of no benefit to other students or to the church. The larger the number, the more tact, skill, and vigilance                                                                              365  are required to keep them in order, and from becoming demoralized.  {PC 364.4}
[PC 365.1]          Some provision should be made to have a fund raised to loan to the worthy poor students who desire to give themselves to the missionary work; and in some cases they should receive donations. Then these youth should have it plainly set before them that they must work their way as far as possible and partly defray their expense.  {PC 365.1}
[PC 365.2]          The churches in different localities should feel that a solemn responsibility rests upon them to train youth and educate talent to engage in missionary efforts. When they see any in the church who give promise of making useful workers, but who are not able to educate themselves, they should lift that responsibility and send them to the College to be instructed, and developed, with the object in view of becoming workers in the cause of God. There is material that needs to be worked up, and that would be of good service in the Lord's vineyard; but they are too poor to obtain the advantages of the College. The churches should feel it a privilege to take the responsibility of defraying their expenses.  {PC 365.2}
[PC 365.3]          The tuition should be placed higher, and if there are some who need help, let them be helped as above stated. When the College was first started there was a fund placed in the Review and Herald office for the benefit of those who wished to obtain an education but had not the means. This was used by several students until they could get a good start, and earn enough to replace what they had drawn, so that others could be benefited by it. That which costs little will be appreciated little, but that which costs something near its real value will be estimated accordingly.  {PC 365.3}
[PC 365.4]          If there were fewer students, and they were of a hopeful character, it would be a blessing to Battle Creek. If there are men as teachers in the College and associated with it, who are well balanced, and have a strong moral influence, who know how to deal with minds, and possess the true missionary spirit; then if the College was crowded so as to necessitate the building of another equally as large, that would be the best missionary field in the world. It is this ability that is greatly needed in the College.  {PC 365.4}
[PC 365.5]         If these superior qualities were found in the men connected with the office at Battle Creek, the outlook would be more encouraging. Great and important interests are in danger of being misshaped, and of coming forth defective from their hands. If some felt their ignorance more, and would depend less on self, be less self-sufficient, they might learn of the Great Teacher meekness and lowliness of heart.  {PC 365.5}
[PC 365.6]          In regard to the College I would say, Raise the price of tuition and have a better class of students. But                                                                              366  provision should be made to do the very best for those who come, to secure for them every healthful, intellectual, and moral advantage. I see the need of still another boarding house, and there may be need of another building for the students. I cannot see how you can do better than you have in calling for means while this debt is against the College. It ought not to be there, and if there had been the right kind of planning it would not exist; that is, if those especially employed in the College were all enterprising men of broader ideas. They would constantly be exercising ingenuity and tact, and devising means whereby the College should not become burdened with debt.  {PC 365.6}
[PC 366.1]          If we only had devoted, spiritually-minded workers connected with our important institutions, who relied upon God more than upon themselves, we might certainly look for far greater prosperity than we have had hitherto. But where there is a decided want of humble trust, and of an entire dependence upon God, we are sure of nothing. Our great need today is men who are baptized with the Holy Spirit of God. Men who walk with God as did Enoch; men who are not so narrow in their outlook that they will bind about the work in place of enlarging it; men who will not say, "Business is business, religion is religion." We need men who can take in the situation; men who are far seeing; men who can reason from cause to effect.  {PC 366.1}
[PC 366.2]          I will here give some extracts from a letter written November 8, 1880:  {PC 366.2}
[PC 366.3]          "The interest of every part of the cause is as dear to me as my life. Every branch of the work is important. I was shown that there is great danger not of making the tract and missionary work so absorbing that it will become intricate through a multiplicity of plans: that it will become perplexing and absorb every other interest. It was also brought before me that there was too much machinery in the tract and missionary, and in the Sabbath school work. There was a form and arrangement, but little of Christ-like simplicity felt or practised by the workers. We want less machinery and mechanical arrangement, and more heart work, more real piety and true holiness; especially in the missionary work everywhere. There needs to be piety, purity, and wise generalship, and then far greater and much better work would be done with less expenditure of means.  {PC 366.3}
[PC 366.4]          There is a broad field to be covered, and a getting above the simplicity of the work. Now is the time to work, and to work in the wise counsel of God. If you connect unconsecrated persons with mission fields and with the Sabbath schools, our work will take on a formal mold and be without Christ. The workers must study carefully, prayerfully, in every part of the field, how to work with the simplicity of Christ, and in an economical manner; to plan and devise the most successful manner of reaching hearts.                                                                              367   {PC 366.4}
[PC 367.1]          We are in danger of spreading over more territory, and starting more enterprises than we can possibly attend to properly. There is danger of overdoing some branches of the work, and leaving some important parts of it to be neglected. To undertake a large amount of work and do nothing perfectly, would be a bad plan. We are to move forward, but must not get so far above the simplicity of the work that it will be impossible to look after the enterprises entered into without sacrificing our best helpers to keep things in order. Life and health must be regarded.  {PC 367.1}
[PC 367.2]          While we should ever be ready to follow the opening providence of God, we should lay no larger plans, nor occupy more ground than there is help and means to bind off the work well, keep up and increase the interest already started. While there are broader plans and fields constantly opening for the laborers, our ideas and views must broaden in regard to the workers who are to labor to bring souls to the truth. Our young ministers must be encouraged to take hold of the work with energy, and labor in educating, as well as encouragement must be given to these men. They must be trained and disciplined to carry forward the work in simplicity.  I am astonished to see how little some of our young ministers are appreciated, and how little encouragement they receive. Yet some of them cling to the work and do anything and everything with unselfish interest; but some will yet be lost to the cause because they are not receiving proper encouragement.  {PC 367.2}
[PC 367.3]          There must be more of Christ's ways and less of self. Sharp criticisms should be repressed. Sympathy, compassion, and love should be cultivated in every worker. Unless Jesus comes in and takes possession of the heart; unless self is subdued, and Jesus exalted, we shall not prosper as a people. I testify that which I have seen. I beseech of you brethren, to labor wholly in God. Do not have too many plans, but strive to have the work carried on healthfully, circumspectly, and with such thoroughness that it will not ravel out.  {PC 367.3}
[PC 367.4]         There is another subject which I wish to mention to you. It is the matter of royalties on books. W. C. W. has received letters since he returned from America, from A. R. Henry of a very decided character on this point. W. C. W. has stated the positions taken by your board in B. C. I am very sorry that they are not far seeing in judgment. They evidence that they are narrow in their views and comprehension. They will arouse much unpleasantness of feeling in the bookmakers, and will not accomplish that which they have undertaken. This movement will create a want of harmony. God will not sanction any such means as they have in view, because they are not just. Here is the danger of depending on unsanctified men to make decisions.  {PC 367.4}
[PC 367.5]          Selfish policy is not heaven-born, but earthly. The leading maxim is, "The end justifies the means." And                                                                              368  in pursuing the course entered upon, it stops at nothing, but seeks its own success. This may be traced in every department of business; it is the prevailing element in every class of society; in the  grand councils of nations, and in every meeting where the Spirit of Christ is not the ruling principle. Prudence and caution, tact and skill, need to be cultivated by every one who is connected with our institutions. But the laws of justice and righteousness must not be left to one side, nor the all-prevailing principle to be to make their own branch of the work a success regardless of other branches. The interests of others should be investigated to see that no one's right is invaded.  {PC 367.5}
[PC 368.1]          The policy plan is a snare. While the council may pride themselves in the thought that they are doing a very nice thing, they show a shortsighted wisdom which will cripple their own efforts for success. The structure must be built upon a right foundation in order to stand. When the Board of the Publishing Association takes it upon themselves to urge that all the profits from books shall go to the Publishing Association, they are seeking to control matters which do not come under their jurisdiction. They are taking upon themselves a work which they can not carry out.  {PC 368.1}
[PC 368.2]          These brain-workers have as much interest in the cause of God as those who compose the Board, which is willing to be conscience for them. Some of these have had a connection with the work almost from its infancy. God has not placed upon this Board the work of being conscience for others. They should not seek so persistently to force men to their terms. The policy plan is not to be classed with discretion; although it is too often mistaken for this. It is a species of selfishness in whatever cause it is exercised, and stops at nothing which promises success: but discretion uses judgment, and is never narrow in its workings, and has broad ideas, and the eye of the mind is capable of taking in more than one object, and views questions from all sides. While policy has a short range of vision, seeing every object near at hand, but failing to discover those at a distance. It is ever watching to obtain advantages which do not belong to it; and would build itself up by pulling out the foundation from another's building.  {PC 368.2}
[PC 368.3]          Let it not be necessary for God to send rebuke to men in responsible positions, who should be guardians of the people, especially of the interests of those who have long served in the cause of God; whose pen and voice have been active in bringing up the work to its present proportions. I wish I could lay these matters before these men in their true light. Ever since the Publishing Association was formed, light has been given in cases of perplexity. The Lord has often spoken, laying down principles and rules which must be carried out by all the workers. The grave responsibilities resting upon those in positions of trust have been continually kept before us, and we have sought the Lord from three to five times a day to give us heavenly wisdom that we might sacredly guard the interests of the cause, and of his chosen people. I have been repeatedly shown that we must do this. It was shown me that                                                                              369  those who preside over these institutions should ever bear in mind that there is a Chief Director, even the God of Heaven. There should be strict honesty in the business transactions in every department of the work. While there should be firmness in preserving order, there should also be compassion, mercy and forbearance incorporated into the character. Justice has a twin sister - love - and they should stand side by side.  {PC 368.3}
[PC 369.1]          It has been repeatedly presented before me that God is observing every transaction in that office. "Thou God seest me," should be ever in mind; courtesy and Christian politeness should be exercised by every one who bears responsibilities in the office. They should have a sense of the encroachment upon others' rights which is so common in the world's practice, but which is an offense to God. The board of directors should ever act as under the divine eye, with a continual sense that they are finite men, and are liable to make mistakes in judgment, decisions, and plans, unless they are closely connected with God, and seeking to have every deficiency removed from their characters. As they are only weak and erring men themselves they should feel kindness and pity for others who may err. The divine standard must be met. You should take the Lord with you into every one of your councils. If you sense that God is in your assemblies every transaction will be conscientiously carefully and prayerfully considered. Every unprincipled act will be repressed, and uprightness will characterize the dealings in small as well as in large matters. There should be cultivation of universal kindness with the workers. First seek counsel of God, for this is necessary for you to properly counsel together.  {PC 369.1}
[PC 369.2]          There should be a watchcare lest the busy activities of life, the accumulating business, should so engross the workers that it would lead them to neglect prayer when the strength it would give them is most needed. Here comes in all the evils, because they deprive their souls of the strength and wisdom of heaven which is waiting their demand upon it. We need that illumination which God alone can give, and we are unfitted to transact business unless we have this wisdom. There are a few words of prayer uttered at the commencement of the meetings, but the heart is not brought into sympathy and harmony with God by earnest, importunate prayer, offered by broken hearts and contrite spirits, in living faith. If they divorce themselves from the God of wisdom and power, they can not preserve that high integrity in dealing with their fellow men which God requires. Without divine wisdom, the objectionable traits of their characters will be woven into the decisions they make. And if these men are not in communication with God, Satan will just as surely be one in their councils, and take advantage of their unconsecrated state in their decisions. There will be acts of injustice because God is not presiding in their councils. The spirit of Christ must be an abiding, controlling power over the hearts and mind. In the world the god of traffic is the god of fraud. It must not be so with those who are dealing with God's cause. The worldly principle and standard is not to be the standard of those who are connected with                                                                              370  sacred things.  {PC 369.2}
[PC 370.1]          Some years ago the matter of publication of books came up, and plans were laid which I cannot now fully call to mind. A decision was made something like this: that no one individual was to be benefited by the publication of his own book. A proposition was then made to us which my husband, without ability to fully consider, assented to, that the Publishing Association should have the benefit of his books. I was considering the matter, and thought like this: I wish the Testimonies to go to as many as possible: they are a message from God to this people, and I wish no personal benefit from this work. Thus we stated the matter. But shortly after I was shown that this was not wisdom, to relinquish our right to control our own writings: for we would know better how to use the profits of these books, than would those who had far less experience; publications were to be multiplied, and the profits we would receive would enable us to lead out in the advancing work, to build up the interests of the cause, and to carry others with us in the work. There was a principle to be maintained to guard the interests of the true workers. We were not the only ones who would be affected by this decision. Justice must be maintained: the cause of God would be continually widening, it would embrace the whole world as its field: the wants of the cause would not be determined by one man's mind and one man's obscure vision: there would be important work done in God's moral vineyard, and no man should feel that that part of the work over which he presides is to swallow all other interests.  {PC 370.1}
[PC 370.2]          I have been shown that brain workers have a God-given capital. The improvement of their brain belongs to God, and not man. If the worker gives the time to his employer for which he receives his pay, the employer has no further claim upon him. But if by close and diligent economy of moments he prepares matter for publication, it is his to do with as he, in the fear of God, thinks he can serve the cause of God the best. If he gives up all except a small royalty, he should not be urged to do more: he has already done a good work for those who handle the books; but if the publishers want it all, and cannot see that they are exceeding their rights in the demand, it would be the worst thing that could be done for the author to accede to their grasping, avaricious spirit, even though the plea be that it is for God's cause. The authors are responsible for the manner in which they use means received. There will be many calls for it. It was shown me that there would be many interests to build up, and that my husband and myself would be called upon to invest in meeting houses that would have to be erected which would never be built unless some one should feel and know the needs of the cause, and lead out in investments themselves.  {PC 370.2}
[PC 370.3]         I was also shown that there would be mission fields to be entered, and this would require means. Those to whom God has entrusted talents are to trade upon these talents according to their ability, for they are to act their part in carrying forward these interests. And that we would not be working for the best and most successful interests of the cause of God to have our income barely enough to sustain life,                                                                              371  as our experience would enable us to set many ways and opportunities of helping the cause which others would not discern. God, in his wise providence, gives the ability to write, and he designs that means should come into our hands to be used wisely, as his stewards, unrestricted by compromise. It is not our duty to shift our stewardship upon any man or set of men, but to invest our means in his cause when and where the Spirit of God shall indicate. God himself has given us the ability to write, and calls upon us to use this entrusted talent for the advancement of his cause.  {PC 370.3}
[PC 371.1]          It was presented to me that there were poor men whose only means of obtaining a livelihood was their brain work. There are men who have not grown up with our institutions, and been benefited by the instruction which God has given from time to time, business men who will not incorporate in their business management the religion and spirit of Christ. They would separate religion, in a large degree from their business; therefore, even the Publishing Association should not be an all-controlling power. Individual talent and individual right must be respected. Should rules be established and arrangements entered into to invest the benefits of personal talent in the Publishing Association, other important interests would be crippled. Men would at times have a controlling power in connection with the Publishing Association who would not have compassion, and guard the interests of those in poverty and distress. There would be one iron rule, after the policy of the world rather than after the spirit of Christ, to bear upon all. The principles established would mean more to others than to us, therefore, we must be guarded in every decision.  {PC 371.1}
[PC 371.2]          Years ago it was shown me that my husband and myself should not be dependent upon others, because there would be men connected with our institutions who have been educated and trained as business men of the world, and they would work, acting our their spirit to make us feel our dependence if they had the chance; for all men are not, in character, as God would have them, tender, compassionate, and Christlike. He would have us guard the means entrusted to us, and use it in different branches of his work; stimulating others by our example to invest in the different enterprises, We should not invest largely in any one institution, for our message is a worldwide one, and there are necessities continually arising that demand means. To every man he has given his work, and talents of means and influence, and those who have the cause of God at heart will understand the voice of God telling them what to do. They will have a burden to push the work where it needs pushing, but others will only see the needs of their own respective branches, and other branches will be left to suffer for want of far seeing judgment.  {PC 371.2}
[PC 371.3]          It has several times been pointed out to me that there has been a close, ungenerous spirit exercised toward Brother _____, from the very first of his labors in Battle Creek. It makes me sad to state that the reason is that he came                                                                              372  to them in poverty, and a stranger. Because of this poverty he has been placed in unpleasant positions and made to feel his poverty. Because men connected with our institutions have thought they could bring him to their terms, he has had a very unpleasant time. There are unpleasant chapters in his experience which would not have been recorded if his brethren had been kind and dealt with him after the manner of Christ. The record in heaven is of such a character as some will not be proud to meet in the day of final settlement of all accounts. The Lord's cause should always be free from the slightest act of littleness, injustice, or oppression.  {PC 371.3}
[PC 372.1]          There were some men and women who invested means in the Publishing Association as a donation. Afterwards, through misfortune they were brought to actual distress and want. When my husband was stricken down by disease they came to the ones who occupied his place, and begged that some of the means which they had invested in good faith should be returned to them. The matter was treated on the policy plan, that business is business, religion is religion. The managers reasoned that nothing donated to the cause should be returned to the donors under any circumstances, and they took no measures to relieve the situation of those in distress. When my husband returned to his position in the office, these persons laid the matter before him. In the case of means donated by widows, my husband had objected when it was freely offered, and had entered upon the books the statement that the money should be repaid when donors needed it. Notwithstanding this, their cases were passed by with indifference. Such management may be dictated by worldly policy, but it is not in accordance with the character of Christ. We can best serve the cause of God by ever considering in tenderness the needs of suffering humanity.  {PC 372.1}
[PC 372.2]          In the cause of God, Christ's Spirit and manner of working are to be carried out in every particular. Mercy and justice will be the ruling principles where Christ abides. In order to be qualified for their positions of trust, men who are connected with the work of God, must be Christ like in all their dealings with each other. These principles we have labored to have maintained from the very first in our Publishing Association. We have had to fight the battle over and over with men connected with the Publishing Association. This is God's institution, and we prize it too highly to allow one blot or stain to rest upon this instrumentality, if we can do or say anything to prevent it.  {PC 372.2}
[PC 372.3]          The policy which worldly business men adopt is not to be chosen or carried out by men connected with out institutions. I think it was in 1881 that the precious light was given me upon the scenes of the judgment. The books registering the deeds of men revealed the                                                                              373  dealings of those professing godliness in our institutions, showing that it was after the world's standard, and not in strict accordance with God's great standard of righteousness. That which bears a close relation to the question of dealing with others, especially with those connected with the work of God, was opened to me quite fully. The Spirit of Christ did not enter into and control the brethren's business arrangements. Their dealings were too much after the sharp policy plan, and not according to God's rule of right and justice. Some were suspicious and jealous, imagining that others were trying to gain advantages at their expense. Their attitude toward each other was not such as should exist between Christians.  {PC 372.3}
[PC 373.1]          I saw that there should be no close, sharp dealing between these brethren who were representatives of two important institutions of a different character, but branches of the same work. They should ever maintain a noble, generous, Christlike spirit; the spirit of grasping avarice should have no place in their dealings with each other. God's cause cannot be advanced by any acts which are contrary to the Spirit and character of Christ. Men should show an unselfish interest, seeking to advance one another's interest; for the cause of God can afford to be fair. Even a single instance of sharp dealing is an offense to God; and that which is sown will be reaped again. A selfish manner of dealing will provoke the same spirit in others. So with the manifestation of a Christian gentleman in spirit and word and deed; liberality, courtesy awaken the same spirit in others.  {PC 373.1}
[PC 373.2]          There is a spirit of worldly policy coming into the council and board meetings; a critical spirit in which personal feelings mold in a greater of less degree, decisions that are being made. A hard, unsympathetic spirit is ruling out the spirit of kindness, compassion, and love. Those who compose our councils need to sit daily at the feet of Christ, learning in his school to be meek and lowly of heart. They are not prepared to deal justly, to love mercy, and to exhibit that true courtesy which characterized the life of Christ, unless they see the necessity of yoking up with Christ and bearing the burdens of his cause. The love of Christ must be incorporated into the work of the several departments in the office, not only to do justice to the work, but to the workers also.  {PC 373.2}
[PC 373.3]          Your council and board meetings in 1886 need this instruction just as much, and even more, than in 1881. Let men receive a mold of character in the school of Christ; learning meekness and lowliness of heart from Jesus, and they will be less self-sufficient, less self-confident, and will not have too high an opinion of their own ability, but will be regarded by those in the office as Christian brethren, walking humbly with God,                                                                              374  trying to serve in whatever capacity they can do the most good without trying to exalt themselves. This lesson has not been learned by some. Therefore, they have a new character to form, a new experience to gain, which shall fit them to come close to the hearts of their brethren, and to deal with those who have a part to act in the work. They will have to guard themselves closely, or they will be dictatorial and officious, ready to give orders, to speak of, and to take the oversight of, things of which they are ignorant, and will thus disgust the workers in the office. If they take hold in a humble way, trying to learn as much as they can, maintain the position of learner rather than a director, they will make themselves friends in the office. Every one that serves in the board meetings, needs to seek most earnestly the wisdom from above. The influence of the Spirit of Christ upon their hearts will then place a right mold upon the work. The transforming grace of Christ will be manifest in every board meeting, quelling tumultuous actions, and charming away the unhallowed effects of business, and checking the sharp critical, worldly policy which makes men overbearing and ready to accuse. There will have to be most earnest reformation in the characters of those who are now connected with our important institutions. Some of these men possess valuable talents, but they must fashion their lives after the divine character of Christ. Every one must remember that they have not yet "attained" - the work of character building is not yet finished. If they will improve every ray of light God has given, and walk in this light, they will learn lessons from Christ. By comparing their lives with Christ's character, they will be able to discern where they have failed to meet the requirements of God's holy law; and will seek to make themselves perfect in their sphere even as God is perfect in his sphere. If men of today had realized the importance of their positions, they would have been far in advance, far better qualified to fill positions of trust than they are.  {PC 373.3}
[PC 374.1]         In these hours of probation we are to seek for perfection of character. We must learn daily of Christ. We are connected with the cause of Christ, not because we are perfect and unerring, but notwithstanding these defects, and God expects those connected with his work to be constantly studying how to copy the pattern.  {PC 374.1}
[PC 374.2]          Jesus connected John, Peter, and Judas with him in his work, making them colaborers with him, and at the same time they were to be constantly learning lessons of Christ gathering from the divine Teacher instructions that would correct their wrong ideas and incorrect views of what constituted a Christian character. John and Peter were not perfect, but they improved every opportunity to learn. Peter did not learn to be jealous and distrustful of himself, until he was overcome by the devil                                                                              375  and denied the Lord. Judas had the same opportunities to learn as did the other disciples, but he was a hearer only, and not a doer. The result was manifested in the betrayal of His Lord. God has connected men with his instrumentalities, and he wants them to be learners; they must not feel self-sufficient, or self-important, but must ever realize that they are treading on holy ground. Angels of God are ready to minister unto them, and they must receive light and heavenly influences daily, or they are no more fit for the work than are unbelievers. Transformation will be wrought in those who will repress unfavorable traits of character, and develop Christlike dispositions; this alone will bring them up to the highest standard of Christian character. Judas failed to be benefited because he did not see the importance of having his character molded after the example of Christ.  {PC 374.2}
[PC 375.1]          The Lord guards every man's interest. He was always the poor man's friend, and would have his interests sacredly guarded. There is a most wonderful dearth of the love of Christ in the hearts of nearly all of those who are handling sacred things. I would echo from one part of the earth to the other, that the love of Christ should be cultivated; it should well up in the soul of the Christian like streams in the desert, refreshing the heart, bringing gladness, peace, and joy into their own as well as into other lives. No man liveth unto himself. If there is the least of depression practised toward the poor, or unjust dealing with them either in large or small things, God will hold the actor accountable. The very first work, my brethren, is to secure the blessing of God in your own hearts. This is where the work begins. Then take the blessing into your homes; let the atmosphere of cheerfulness and kindness prevail; put away your criticisms, overcome your exacting spirit. The atmosphere that surrounds you in your homes will also envelop you in the office. Wherever the love of Jesus reigns, there is pity, tenderness, and thoughtful care for others. The most precious work that my brethren can engage in is that of forming a Christlike character that they may enter into the mansions which Christ has gone to prepare for them. I cannot be a party to any unjust dealing with any of God's children.  {PC 375.1}
[PC 375.2]          Do not seek to make with Elder Smith, Professor Bell, or any other brain-worker terms that are not perfectly just and fair. Do not urge nor compel them to accept terms dictated by those who do not know what it is to make books. They have a conscience and are accountable to God for the use and improvement of their entrusted talents; and they want the privilege of investing the means which they acquire by hard labor, when and where the Spirit of God shall indicate. My brethren must remember that the cause of God includes more than the publishing house, and other institutions established                                                                              376  at Battle Creek. No one understands better than Brother Smith the difficulties through which the Publishing Association was brought into existence, for he has been connected with it from its earliest years when it was oppressed by poverty, and self-denial had to be carried into our practical life. The table was hardly supplied with sufficient food to sustain our lives; there was economy in dressing and in wages paid. This was positively necessary in order that the paper might live. Those who passed through these experiences would be ready, under similar circumstances, to undergo the same privations again. It does not show very good grace for those who have had no part in raising the work up to its present prosperous condition, to press and urge, and even try to force the early workers to submit to terms which they can see no justice in. Brother Smith loves the cause of God. He loves the truth, and will invest his means to advance it wherever he sees that it is necessary. But leave this burden upon those with whom God has entrusted talents and means; they are responsible to him, and the Publishing Association or its chief workers, are not to assume their stewardship.  {PC 375.2}
[PC 376.1]          If the Board should succeed in bringing the workers to their terms, would the writers feel that they had been dealt with justly, would it not rather open a door of temptation to them, and break up sympathy and harmonious action between the brethren? If they should carry out this plan to grasp all the profits for the Publishing Association, it would be worse than they can imagine. A train of evils would grow out of such an arrangement that would be disastrous to the Association. And it would encourage a spirit of intolerance, a narrow conceited spirit, which God cannot approve but which Satan enjoys, and longs to have take possession of those who are connected with God's sacred work. The Bible precepts must be carried out in every day life. They will be a lamp to your feet and a light to your path. The greatest of all deceptions is for a man to think that he can find a better guide through difficulties than is found in the word of God. It is the worst kind of policy to leave the Lord out of your councils and put your confidence in the wisdom of men. In your positions of trust you are, in a special sense, to be the light of the world, and in order that you may be clean channels of light you should feel an intense desire to place yourselves in connection with the God of light, of wisdom and knowledge. Important interests that relate to the prosperity and advancement of present truth are to be considered; and how can you be competent to arrive at right decisions, to give wise counsels, and to make proper plans unless you are connected with the source of all wisdom and righteousness? Your councils have been regarded in altogether too cheap a light, and common talk, and comments upon others' doings have found a place in these important meetings. You should bear in mind that the all seeing                                                                              377  eye of Jehovah is a witness in all your councils; he measures everyone of your decisions, and compares them with his holy law, the great moral standard of righteousness. Those holding the positions of counselors should be unselfish men, men of faith, men of prayer, men that will not dare to rely upon their own human wisdom, but will seek earnestly for light and intelligence as to what is the best manner of conducting their business. Joshua, the commander of Israel, searched the books diligently in which Moses had faithfully chronicled the directions given by God; his requirements, reproofs, and restrictions, lest he should move unadvisedly. Joshua was afraid to trust his own impulses, or his own wisdom. He regarded everything that came from Christ, who was enshrouded with a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night, as of sufficient importance to be sacredly cherished. He meditated day and night upon the words which had been spoken to Moses, the servant of God. Joshua desired to know and to do, God's will, and he was commanded by God to study and meditate upon all the directions which had been given: "For then, shalt thou make thy way prosperous, and thou shalt have success." The secret of Joshua's victories was that, even amid his accumulated cares and responsibilities, he dared not trust to his own finite wisdom, but made God his counselor and guide.  {PC 376.1}
[PC 377.1]          The Pharisee, scribes, and elders, in Christ's days manifested an avaricious spirit which brought them under the control of Satan, and was the main cause of their hatred toward Christ; for his teaching and example rebuked everything of this character. If such a spirit should be cherished in our institutions under any pretense, God cannot abide there. There should not be a grasping spirit manifested toward brethren, for it is not born of heaven, but from beneath. Any injustice done to God's children is registered in the books of heaven as done unto Christ. That success which is attained through taking advantage of another by sharp dealing, will prove to be a loss in the end; but that which appears to be loss through the practise of principles that represent the life of Christ, is divine success.  {PC 377.1}
[PC 377.2]          Those connected with the work of God have not yet the crown of immortal glory upon their brows, but are still engaged in earthly battles. They are still on probation, being tried and tested by God's great standard of righteousness and it is their business to prove themselves true men, lovers of righteousness and haters of every evil practise, which makes our world today like the world before the flood. They must be men willing to venture something in order to carry out the precious principles laid down by the word of God. They should make determined efforts to be representative men after God's pattern, rejoicing in success only when it arises from obedience to duty and truth. They need to strive                                                                              378  to show their wisdom by the confession of weakness and inefficiency; for this throws them on the strength and all sufficiency of Christ. They that be whole need not a physician, but they that are sick. The most deplorable lack any can suffer is that of an earnest determination to do right at whatever cost to self. The lack of humility, the loss of faith and sterling integrity, should cause intense sorrow. If the soul is filled with earthly things; if the heart has not maintained close communion with God; there is no room for heavenly intelligence to work, and there is an earthliness in every project that is devised. The communication with heaven must be kept open; clear the channel in some way. He that is to plan and devise in the interests of God's cause must see that his connection with heaven is not cut off, before he should dare to come into the room for counsel, otherwise Satan will accompany him and manipulate his thoughts and plans to suit his satanic majesty. The atmosphere of heaven must surround you if you would have your plans and works in harmony with heaven. O, how important it is that the representative men keep themselves in the love of God, so that they may be quick to discern, and respond to the signals from heaven.  {PC 377.2}
[PC 378.1]          March 2. My head became so weary I could not complete this in time to mail it last night. I wish to say to my brethren that Michigan has been shown to me as being bound about with too extreme caution, a determination to save means for the Conference; but while economy and caution are essential in our work, unless the mind is broad enough to take in its real needs, these elements will be a block before the wheel of its progress.  {PC 378.1}
[PC 378.2]          There is talent in Michigan, but it needs to be discerned and educated and disciplined. There are some who have experience, who should put forth every effort, in the dying churches as well as in new places, to select suitable young men, and men of mature age, to assist in the work. Thus they will obtain useful knowledge by interesting themselves in personal efforts, and scores of helpers may be fitted up for usefulness as Bible workers canvassers, and family visitors. But his kind of work is being neglected because there is such great fear of using the Conference money, and men reluctant to bear essential responsibilities to educate men to do the work.  {PC 378.2}
[PC 378.3]         Our brethren should always go out two and two, taking as many as they can really to engage in personal visiting, seeking to interest families. But those who would work in these lines are not encouraged; when mistakes are made, they are not corrected in tender compassion, but are disheartened. Michigan is one of the best mission fields in the world, but it needs men with far-seeing judgment to push the work.                                                                              379   {PC 378.3}
[PC 379.1]          God would have those in responsible positions show tact, skill, and wise generalship in detecting, seizing upon, and putting talent to use. He will not work miracles to advance the truth, without human agents cooperating. He has material in men and women, and he wants the generals in his army to have intelligence to bring it out and act their part to put it to use, not be constantly studying how to bind about the work, so that it shall not branch out and create a demand for more means. Set men to work under those who have some knowledge of the work, and who can educate them. Thrust the workers out into the harvest field. All that they want is encouragement.  {PC 379.1}
[PC 379.2]         Elder _____'s mind must grow with the work, or he must be replaced by some one who will take a more extensive view of what needs to be done to warn the world. Do something, do it now. Let the pull-back principle go, and the go-forward principle come in. The angel with the third message flies swiftly.                                       (Signed) E. G. White  {PC 379.2}
[PC 379.3]          I have spoken to you the truth because I dare not withhold it. My words are not designed to discourage, but to open before you the fact that although you may have good business qualities and tact, yet something higher than this is necessary in the work in which you are engaged. You may become men as valuable as gold, and this is why I have written as I have. Your character must reflect the character of Christ.                                       (Signed) Ellen G. White (Copied, W.F.C., November 27, 1894)                                                    -    {PC 379.3}
[PC 379.4]     (Recopied February 7, 1895)                      Christiania, Norway, October 1, 1885     Dear Brother Butler:            I was more sorry than I can express, to learn that under your instruction Brother Farnsworth and Burrill sought to restrict the work at the New York camp meeting. You could not have advised them to do a worse thing, and you should not have put a work into their hands that they were not fitted to do in a wise manner. Be careful how you repress advancing work in any locality. There is little enough being done in any place, and it certainly is not proper to seek to curtail operations in missionary lines.  {PC 379.4}
[PC 379.5]          After looking matters over carefully and prayerfully, I wrote as I did in my notes of travel. I wanted to leave the matter in such a shape as not to discourage the laborers in New York in their efforts to do something,                                                                              380  although I desired to give them caution, so that they would not make any extreme moves in their plans. The workers were doing well, and ought to have been encouraged and advised to go on with their work. There are men in New York who should have helped them by making needed donations to invest in the cause. They will have to give to the work before they will grow in grace and the knowledge of the truth.  {PC 379.5}
[PC 380.1]          You and your workers should have looked at this matter from different points of view than you did. You should have investigated the work thoroughly, and asked yourselves if five thousand dollars was too large a debt to incur in the important work in which these workers were engaged. Your influence should have been exerted in such a way as to cause the people to see the importance of the work, and to realize that it was their duty to rise to the emergency. You should have done as I have tried to in my notes of travel. But if our brethren feel at liberty to stop the work when they cannot see where money is coming from to sustain it, then the work will not only be contracted in Michigan and New York, but in every other State in the Union. If our workers are going forward in any place, do not put up the bars, and say, "Thus far shalt thou go and no farther." I feel sad that you have closed up the school at Rome, N. Y. I see that the brethren sent to look after this enterprise have not taken measures to advance the work by soliciting donations from men who could give. There are rich men in the Conference who have made complaints about the debt that has been incurred, who ought to have sustained these workers. While reproach and discouragement have been cast upon the workers, the impression has been left upon those who have means that they have a perfect right to question every enterprise that calls for money.  {PC 380.1}
[PC 380.2]          God does not require you to take such a course that the workers in New York or anywhere else shall not feel at liberty to make advance movements unless they can consult you, and ask what your judgment of the matter is before they advance. I cannot sanction the idea that you must have a personal oversight of all the details of the work. If I did the result would be that no worker would dare to exercise his own judgment in anything. The workers would have to rely upon one man's brain and one man's judgment, and the result would be that men would be left in inefficiency because of their inactivity. There are altogether too many of this class now, and they amount to next to nothing. I write this because I feel deeply on this point. We are not doing one half that we ought to do.  {PC 380.2}
[PC 380.3]          It is true that the South Lancaster school must be sustained, but this need not hinder us from sustaining other schools. We should have primary schools in different localities to prepare the youth for our                                                                              381  higher schools. It may seem to you that it is wise to close up the school in Rome, N. Y., but I fail to see the wisdom of it. To close up this school will seem to reflect discredit upon all that the people have done, and will discourage them from making further advancement. I cannot see that you have gained anything in making the move that you have, nor can I feel that it is in accordance with God's order. It will work nothing but injury, not only to those that have complained about the debt, but also to the workers. Men who have property, and could have helped this enterprise, will breathe more freely. These moneyed men will be encouraged not to do more for the cause than they have done, but to do less. They will feel at liberty to complain concerning anything that calls for an outlay of means.  {PC 380.3}
[PC 381.1]          O that the Lord might guide you. You should never in a single instance allow hearsay to move you to action, and yet you have sometimes done this. Never take action to narrow and circumscribe the work unless you know that you are moved to do so by the Spirit of the Lord. Our people are doing work for foreign missions, but there are home missions that need their help just as much as these foreign missions. We should make efforts to show our people the wants of the cause of God, and to open before them the need of using means that God has entrusted to them to advance the work of the Master both at home and abroad. Unless those who can help in New York are roused to a sense of their duty, they will not recognize the work of God when the loud cry of the third angel shall be heard. When light goes forth to lighten the earth, instead of coming up to the help of the Lord, they will want to bind about his work to meet their narrow ideas. Let me tell you that the Lord will work in this last work in a manner very much out of the common order of things, and in a way that will be contrary to any human planning. There will be those among us who will always want to control the work of God, to dictate even what movements shall be made when the work goes forward under the direction of the angel who joins the third angel in the message to be given to the world. God will use ways and means by which it will be seen that he is taking the reins in his own hands. The workers will be surprised by the simple means that he will use to bring about and perfect his work of righteousness. Those who are accounted good workers will need to draw nigh to God, they will need the divine touch. They will need to drink more deeply and continuously at the fountain of living water, in order that they may discern God's work at every point. Workers may make mistakes, but you should give them an opportunity to learn caution by leaving the work in their hands.                                   (Signed) Ellen G. White (Recopied February 7, 1895, H. E. R.)                                                                              382   {PC 381.1}
[PC 382.1]                                Orebo, Sweden, October 28, 1885   Dear Brethren Butler and Haskell:            My prayer is that the Lord may be with you in great power during the coming Conference. Some may be absent that you might wish were present; but Jesus is your helper. I sincerely hope and pray that those who bear responsibilities in Michigan, New England, Ohio, Indiana, and other States, shall take broader views of the work than they have done. I hope Michigan will take a step in advance. I feel to regret the fact that there is such a dearth of breadth of mind and of far seeing ability. Workers should be educated and trained for the fields of labor. We need missionaries everywhere. We need men and women who will give themselves without reserve to the work of God, bringing many sons and daughters to God.  {PC 382.1}
[PC 382.2]         I have been shown that there is one practise which those in responsible places should avoid; for it is detrimental to the work of God. Men in position should not lord it over God's heritage, and command everything around them. Too many have marked out a prescribed line which they wish others to follow in the work. Workers have tried to do this with blind faith, without exercising their own judgment upon the matter which they had in hand. If those who were placed as directors were not present, they have followed their implicit directions just the same. But in the name of Christ, I would entreat you to stop this work. Give men a chance to exercise their individual judgment. Men who follow the leading of another, and are willing that another should think for them, are unfit to be entrusted with responsibility. Our leading men are remiss in this matter. God has not given to special ones all the brain power there is in the world. Men in responsible positions should credit others with some sense, with some ability of judgment and foresight, and look upon them as capable of doing the work committed to their hands. Our leading brethren have made a great mistake in marking out all the directions that the workers should follow, and this has resulted in deficiency, in a lack of the care taking spirit in the worker, because they have relied upon others to do all their planning, and have themselves taken no responsibility. Should the men who have taken this responsibility upon themselves step out of our ranks, or die, what a state of things would be found in our institutions. Leading men should place responsibilities upon others and allow them to plan and devise and execute, so that they may obtain an experience. Give them a word of counsel when necessary, but do not take away the work because you think the brethren are making mistakes. May God pity the cause when one man's mind and one man's plan is followed without question. God would not be honored should such a state of things exist. All our workers must have room to exercise their own judgment and discretion. God has given men talents which he means that they should use. He has                                                                              383  given them minds, and he means that they should become thinkers, and do their own thinking and planning, rather than depend upon others to think for them.  {PC 382.2}
[PC 383.1]          I think I have laid out this matter many times before you, but I see no change in your actions. We want every responsible man to drop responsibilities upon others. Set others at work that will require them to plan, and to use judgment. Do not educate them to rely upon your judgment. Young men must be trained up to be thinkers. My brethren, do not for a moment think that your way is perfection, and that those who are connected with you must be your shadows, must echo your words, repeat your ideas, and execute your plans. There are men today might be men of breadth of thought, might be wise men, men to be depended upon, who are not such, because they have been educated to follow another man's plan. They have allowed others to tell them precisely what they should do, and they have become dwarfed in intellect. Their minds are narrow, and they cannot comprehend the needs of the work. They are simply machines to be moved by another man's thought. Now do not think that these men who do follow out your ideas are the only ones that can be trusted. You have sometimes thought that because they do your will to the letter, that they were the only ones in whom you could place dependence. If any one exercised his own judgment, and differed with you, you have disconnected from him as one that could not be trusted. Take your hands off the work, and do not hold it fast in your grasp. You are not the only man whom God will use. Give the Lord room to use the talents he has entrusted to men, in order that the cause may grow. Give the Lord a chance to use men's minds. We are losing much by our narrow ideas and plans. Do not stand in the way of the advancement of the work, but let the Lord work by whom he will. Educate, encourage young men to think and act, to devise and plan, in order that we may have a multitude of counselors.  {PC 383.1}
[PC 383.2]          How my heart aches to see presidents of conferences taking the burden of selecting those whom they think they can mold to work with them in the field. They take those who will not differ from them, but will act like mere machines. No president has any right to do this. Leave others to plan, and if they fail in some things, do not take it as an evidence that they are unfitted to be thinkers. Our most responsible men had to learn by a long discipline how to use their judgment. In many things they have shown that their work ought to have been better. The fact that men make mistakes is no reason that we should think them unfit to be caretakers. Those who think that their ways are perfect, even now make many grave blunders, but others are none the wiser for it. They present their success, but their mistakes do not appear. Then be kind and considerate to every man who conscientiously enters the field as a worker for the Master. Our most responsible men have made some unwise plans, and have carried them out because they thought                                                                              384  their plans were perfect. They have heeded the mingling of other elements of mind and character. They should have associated with other men who could view matters from an entirely different point of view. Thus they would have helped them in their plans.  {PC 383.2}
[PC 384.1]         This same character of spirit is found here in Europe. For years Elder Andrews held the work back from advancing, because he feared to entrust it to others lest they would not carry out his precise plans. He would never allow anything to come into existence that did not originate with him. Elder Loughborough also held everything in his grasp while he was in California and England, and as a result the work is years behind in England. Elder Wilcox and Sister Thayer have the same spirit of having everything go in the exact way in which they shall dictate, and no one is being trained in such a way as to know how to get hold of the work for himself. What folly it is to trust a great mission in the hands of one man, so that he shall mold and fashion it in accordance with his mind, and after his own diseased imagination. Men who have been narrow, who have served tables, who are not far seeing, are disqualified for putting their mold upon the work. Those who desire to control the work think that none can do it perfectly but themselves, and the cause bears the marks of their defects.                                        (Signed) Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 384.1}
[PC 384.2]                                                      Prussia, 1886          In another letter I have spoken in reference to your accumulating so many responsibilities in Battle Creek, when there is so little managing talent that is consecrated to the work of God to take care of these interests. I have spoken in disapproval of the enlargement of the Sanitarium, on the ground that so large a share of its responsibilities are resting upon one man. Doctor Kellogg has to be both physician and manager. Now, my brother, these things are not as God would have them. He is not pleased that so much means should be invested in one locality. Other men should be educated to share in the responsibility that Doctor Kellogg is burdened with, in order that if he fails, another will be prepared to carry the institution forward. We feel to thank God that Dr. Kellogg has the good health that he has, but he may not always have it, and the fact that he has it now, is no reason why our people should sleep till the last moment. They should manage this matter wisely. Great interests are at stake, and unless Dr. Kellogg has less responsibilities, he will not be enabled to stand the pressure for a great while.  {PC 384.2}
[PC 384.3]          There is great need that some one should also stand at the side of Brother C. J. Jones, in order to share the                                                                              385  responsibility that he carries, so that if he should fail another could go forward with the work without a disagreeable break. If he were relieved of some of his burdens, he would last the longer. He should not have so great cares, and so heavy burdens to carry, and should not be obliged to work when he should rest. The children of this world are wiser in their generation than the children of light. Jesus said this, and we see that the world works on a different plan in these matters. Weighty responsibilities connected with the business of the world, are not placed wholly upon one man. In large business enterprises, responsible men choose others to share their burdens, and lift their responsibilities, so that in case one should fail, there is some one ready to step into his place. Some one should feel a burden over these matters, and a decided change should take place in the manner of our work.                                    (Signed) ELLEN G. WHITE (Recopied February 7, 1895)                                                    -    {PC 384.3}
[PC 385.1]                           Brooklyn, New York, November 25, 1890          "John to the seven churches which are in Asia; Grace be unto you, and peace, from him which is, and which was, and which is to come; and from the seven Spirits which are before his throne; and from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood, and hath made us kings and priests unto God and his Father; to him be glory and dominion forever and forever. Amen. Behold he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the Lord, which is and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty." After this is given a message revealing future events; for John is commanded to write "the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter."  {PC 385.1}
[PC 385.2]          Matters of deep importance were opened before John which were to be given to the world to be read, understood, and appreciated, in the ages to come. Again and again the true witness says, "He that hath ears to hear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches." But it is evident from what is written that some who have ears to hear, will not hear, will not receive the message, and will not become wise in the scriptures. The Lord Jesus, the Alpha and Omega, gave a message to John in regard to the work of the churches; for he understood how great would be the danger of neglecting their God given work, and thus make a failure of diffusing light to others. The invitation                                                                              386  of the gospel was to extend from Christ to the church, and from the church to the world. "And the Spirit and the Bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say Come. And let him that is a thirst say Come, and whosoever will, let him take of the water of life freely." The work of diffusing the gospel is neglected by those who are specified as hearing. But when the professed people of God hear the message to some purpose, when they take on the burden of the work and say to others, "Come," then they will become laborers together with God.  {PC 385.2}
[PC 386.1]          During the night I have been in communion with God. I have been brought by my guide into councils in Battle Creek, and I have a message to bear to you whether you will hear or not, whether you will receive it or reject it. The people must know that they are not moving in the order of God. They have left Christ out of their councils. Leading men are giving a mold to the work that will result in a loss of many souls; for they are moving away from the safe path. Many come here from foreign countries, thinking that Battle Creek, from whence come the publications of truth, will be next to heaven. How disappointed they feel, when they hear in this place, the message of God spoken of lightly, when they hear the messengers of God, by some in responsible places, made a subject of ridicule, and why is this? It is because the message of the messengers does not coincide in every particular with the ideas of these whom the Lord names of his scorners, although it is a message sent from heaven.  {PC 386.1}
[PC 386.2]          Where the truth is rejected, it opens up a way where false waymarks will be set up, and perils will rise on all sides. Through neglect of seeking the earnest counsel of God, men will be connected with the office, who will form themselves into a ring, to echo the sentiments of him whom they consider most influential, and who pleases their human ideas. My guide spoke slowly and solemnly, "Associate yourselves, O ye people, and ye shall be broken in pieces; and give ear all ye far countries; gird yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces. Take counsel together, and it shall come to naught; speak the word, and it shall not stand; for God is with us."  {PC 386.2}
[PC 386.3]          Men may be selected by the Conference to connect with the office of publication, but unless these men look to God, and with a transformation of character, unless they seek counsel of God in large and small matters, concerning things connected with the sacred work of God, unless they are emptied of vanity and self, they will be turned from the safe path, and will turn others from the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord. Unless these associated together are converted men, and they walk in, see, and realize the sacredness of the work of God, for these last time, they will surely imperil the work of God, and discouragement will come upon the people. It is not enough that they assent to the truth; the question is, "Are they sanctified through the truth? Has the truth been brought into the inner sanctuary of the soul?"                                                                              387  The past, present, and future, was plainly revealed to me.  {PC 386.3}
[PC 387.1]         When Brother Chadwick was connected with the office at first, he needed a decided change in his character; he needed the gentleness of Christ. His connection has not been to his advantage, or to the benefit of those with whom he was connected; but the atmosphere he has breathed, the words, the precepts, and the example of strong minds and firm wills, sat in the wrong way, brought to the front objectionable traits in his character. He has become sick at heart and desperate in impulse when opposed, and he is man with another spirit. Saul became another man, because the Spirit of the Lord rested upon him, and he had another heart given him. But in the case of Brother Chadwick, the change is of a different character, and from a different source. I have no words to speak individually, to the men from whom this influence has come; my words must be spoken to them as a whole. It is not to be left to them to repeat my words as they have done, interpret them as they please, and thus transmit them to others. I wish to present the matter to them from my own lips as God has presented it to me. How long shall blindness be upon men who have evidence piled on evidence that the Testimonies are indicted by the Spirit of God to his people? How long shall men in positions of trust fail to discern how and where God is working? Eyes have they but they see not, ears have they but they hear not, understanding have they, but they understand not the things of God. Reproofs should not harden you, for "Behold, happy is the man whom God correcteth: therefore despise not the chastening of the Almighty; for he maketh sure, and he bindeth up; he woundeth, and his hands maketh whole."  {PC 387.1}
[PC 387.2]          Many of the old, experienced hands have fallen in death. Those who led out in the work of God, and who could tell how it came into existence, have passed away from the scene of action. In every branch of the work, men have been departing from the principles laid down by the Lord Jehovah to control the working of the cause. Inexperienced hands and unsanctified minds have been placing their mold upon the work, and self has been woven into it in every branch.  {PC 387.2}
[PC 387.3]          Before the destruction of the old world, there were talented men, men who possessed skill and knowledge; but they became lifted up in their own imaginations; just as men are doing today, and because they left God out of their plans and councils, they became wise to do that which God had never told them to do, wise to do evil. Their wisdom would have worked destruction to those who should be born who should come in contact with them, and the Lord took the matter in hand, and cut them off from the earth. After sending them warnings for a hundred and twenty years, God's mercy and forbearance was exhausted, and then the day of probation was ended. The probation given them in mercy, they devoted to ridiculing Noah,                                                                              388  whom God had sent with a message. They caricatured and criticized him, just as some who thought themselves wise have done; they have laughed at the messengers just as they did in Noah's day for his peculiar earnestness, and for his intense feelings in regard to the judgments that were sure to come. Noah warned them that God would fulfill his word; but they reasoned among themselves, they talked of science, and of the laws controlling nature, and they laughed Noah to scorn, calling him a crazy fanatic. Men who believe themselves to be wise in our day, will do good to their own souls, and to the souls for whom Christ died, if they recognize that there is a wisdom, an unsanctified wisdom, that comes from beneath, which has been in the world ever since the fall.  {PC 387.3}
[PC 388.1]         I have been shown that there is a great want of personal piety among the workers in the office, nearly every one of them, and that their unsanctified wisdom is a result of a lack of connection with God. They take very little time to seek God's counsel with humble contrition of soul, with earnest searching of heart; self-sufficient they walk in the sparks of their own kindling. The spiritual atmosphere which surrounds their soul, does not make manifest that they have constant reliance upon God. The most sacred truths are fast losing their preciousness and sanctity to them, because they do not have a full connection with God, and receive the things that be of God. Unless the converting power of God shall be felt upon the hearts and characters of men in positions of trust, they will not, cannot, be one with Christ, keeping the way of the Lord, but like the Pharisees in the days of Christ, they will teach the doctrines and commandments of men, and the Lord will have no more use for them. They cannot be laborers together with God, while they keep the spirit that has actuated them in the past. They have felt but little respect for those who have stood under the direction of God in seeking counsel from him who is mighty in wisdom, in founding and building up his great work in the earth. The consecration, the vital piety, the humility which God requires, does not exist among them. Self is exalted, and Jesus is not glorified. Jesus, the blessed and only potentate between God and man, is not working with them. Satan's insinuations are credited, and plain commands of God in regard to mercy and tender compassion are ignored. Those who are handling sacred truths in the publishing work or in any branch of the cause of God, are invited of God to put forth their highest mental and moral energies, to study continually, in their business line, not the will of men, but the will of God.  {PC 388.1}
[PC 388.2]          The office is fast losing its peculiar character of the Lord directed in its establishment, and it is never to take a worldly mold. Those who are welded together to sustain each other, determined to carry out certain plans without the counsel of the church or the people, any succeed for a time, but not long; for God will not permit it.                                                                              389  There is too much self, too much confidence in what men can do, too little confidence and dependence upon God, the divine ruler. Men handling sacred things, are not to speak lightly, but with trembling of the work of God. God's grace must be manifested in all the work, of whatever kind it may be. The proud heart must be humbled every day before God, lest he shall humble it. Success of the right kind will attend your efforts in proportion to your consecration, self-denial, and self-sacrifice.  {PC 388.2}
[PC 389.1]          I was instructed that the Lord's will was not fulfilled when the leaders in the office were willing to take such large wages; but how quickly was the bribe taken, how quickly selfishness was manifested. This is greatly at variance with the principles upon which the publishing house was established; and it is not in harmony with the spirit and work of God. There have been serious mistakes made in exalting business above the service and worship of God. Here is where thousands have made shipwreck of faith, and made the greatest possible mistake. The Lord says we are to be "Not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord." The Lord has left a wide door open for those who would go into his work, but energy must be mingled with another element, with living zeal in the service of God. We must be not only diligent in business, but "fervent in spirit, serving the Lord." Devotion and piety and godliness must be interwoven with every transaction. Without this in your business, you will commit robbery toward God, while professing to serve him. We see family and home religion neglected, altars broken down, first love abandoned, and the religion of Christ expelled from the soul, to give place to engaging in speculation and business enterprises, and these things are constantly multiplying. Men are leaving God and Heaven out of their calculations, and time spent in searching the heart is considered wasted. The Bible is neglected, and a multitude of cares overbalance the precious truth of God in the heart, and spiritual eyesight is put out. How much men need the heavenly anointing!                                (Signed) Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 389.1}
[PC 389.2]     (Copy for Elder O. A. Olsen)             Brighton, Victoria, Australia, January 13, 1894     Dear Brethren in Responsible Positions in the Review and Herald Office:            I am much pleased that you have restored Henry Kellogg to his old position, who I trust is born again, not of the flesh but of the Spirit of God. I greatly feared that his long separation from the work would disqualify him to stand in the position he is now occupying; but if the Lord has indeed accepted him, and I know he is                                                                              390  always ready to accept any soul who will return from his wanderings and accept of Jesus Christ, he will be qualified to do the work to which God has called him. The arms of Jesus are open to accept him, and he is willing to bless and to teach him. He will realize the force of the word that Christ spoke to Joshua, the high priest, "And the angel of the Lord protested unto Joshua, saying Thus saith the Lord of Hosts; for if thou wilt keep my charge, (the Lord has in his messages shown what this charge is) then thou shalt also judge my house, and shalt also keep my courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by.  {PC 389.2}
[PC 390.1]          I long to see the righteousness of Christ upon every one who has any official standing in the office, For a long time warnings, invitations, entreaties, reproofs have been given of God in order that decided reforms should be made in those who were not revealing the life of Christ in their characters. God has sent messages in order that there might have been a transformation of the natural temperament. So that men, leaning on Christ, might be laborers together with God. Men should heed the instruction, "Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls." Many moves have been made, many decisions have been carried out in your counsels, that have not been after Christ's likeness. Why? Because self has not been under the control of the Spirit of Christ. You have too often revealed in your counsels a hard, harsh, iron like spirit, to those who differ with you, that has been as unlike the meekness and gentleness of Christ, as Satan is unlike Christ. The Spirit of Christ has been grieved, and his great heart of love has been wounded, because souls have been torn and bruised that might have been healed and bound up, and saved, that might today have been doing acceptable service in the Lord's army.  {PC 390.1}
[PC 390.2]          What great need there is of cultivating tenderness and gentleness. None should be ashamed to manifest a tender, compassionate spirit for those who err; for those who think they make no mistakes, are far from being without fault before God. No one needs to think that the manifestation of compassion is something for which they need be ashamed, Thorough and decided reformation must be made that this hard, iron like spirit which has been so often and easily brought to the front and made manifest in words and measures that savor more of the attributes of Satan than of the Spirit of Christ, should be overcome. I have a message for the workers in both high and low position in the office to each one of them in their several departments. It is that unless the transforming grace of Christ conforms you to his character, you will never be numbered with the family of God in heaven. Now is the testing time. Angels of God are watching the development of character.                                                                              391  Angels of God are weighing moral worth and nothing can make a man truly great in God's estimation except being truly good, being a partaker of the divine nature, escaping the corruption of the world through lust. The world's Redeemer demands that those who are called by his name, who claim to stand under his banner shall represent his character; Christianity is intensely practical. When Christianity is brought into the circumstances of actual life, it is a safeguard to the soul in all daily cares, perplexities, and annoyances, and then it is that the sympathy, tenderness, and gentleness of Christ is manifested in the deportment, and revealed in the character of those in whose heart God abides; and then it is that the kingdom of God comes in through his representatives into the world.  {PC 390.2}
[PC 391.1]         The whole man is then molded after the divine likeness, and he manifests the character of Christ in the home, in the office, and in the congregation where saints assemble to worship God. Christianity then becomes a working power, and has a transforming effect upon the agents in a working world; for then men cooperate with divine agencies in their daily occupations whatever they may be, or wherever they may be. At the present time there is not a thorough, correcting, transforming power circulating through the publishing institution, such as God requires. A deeper and more thorough work is needed in the hearts of those who hold positions, from the lowest to the highest. "And whatsoever ye do in work or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by him." Again comes the requirement, "Whether ye eat or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God."  {PC 391.1}
[PC 391.2]          The truth of God revealed in his word is to be a living, abiding principle. It is not to be looked upon as an influence among many others. It will exercise a power over the life and conduct until the whole being is assimilated to the image of the perfect pattern, and the human agent is complete in Jesus Christ. "As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in him, rooted and built up," not in self, not after man's ideas, but "in him established in the faith as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgiving. Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the traditions of men, after the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ." Your greatest danger will be that you will not see the need of contemplating the character of Christ with a set purpose to imitate his life, and conform your character to his character. You are to show a marked difference between your character and that of the world. "For in him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily, and ye are complete in him, which is the head of all principality and power." "Epaphras who is one of you, a servant of Christ, saluteth you always laboring for you in prayers, that ye may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God."                                                                              392   {PC 391.2}
[PC 392.1]          The grand truths of the Bible are for us individually, to rule, to guide, to control our life; for this is the only way in which Christ can be properly represented to our world in grace and loveliness in the characters of all who profess to be his disciples. Nothing less than heart service will be acceptable with God. God requires the sanctification of the entire man, body, soul, and spirit. The Holy Spirit implants a new nature, and molds through the grace of Christ the human character, until the image of Christ is perfected; this is true holiness. Will the workers in the office give heed to the light which God has sent you in the lines which I trace this morning?  {PC 392.1}
[PC 392.2]          You are handling sacred things, and the spirit and word and influence you carry are making impressions upon the minds of others. The atmosphere which surrounds the soul, if it is evil, will be like a spiritual malaria, which will be poisoning to those around. But it is profitable for the soul to have an atmosphere that will be as a savor of life unto life to others. When the soul is weighted with the truth which works by love and purifies the soul, a heavenly atmosphere will pervade the soul. "He that walketh with wise men, shall be wise; but a companion of fools shall be destroyed." Every one who claims to believe the truth should manifest uprightness of character, devotion to God, steadfastness of purpose, and represent the character of Christ in a well-ordered life and godly conversation, you should render service to God with an eye single to his glory. You should cultivate true respect for every soul with whom you come in contact, because the soul is of great value with God. Saints and sinners are to be treated with courtesy, with kindness, with love, that Christ has manifested for all souls. He died that we might live.  {PC 392.2}
[PC 392.3]          Satan uses human agents to bring the soul under the power of temptation, but the angels of God are searching for human agents through whom they may cooperate to save the tempted ones. Angels are looking for those who will work in Christ's lines, who will be moved by the realization that they belong to Christ. They are looking for those who will feel that those who fall under temptation, whether high or low, are the ones who need their special labors, and that Christ looks on those who are passed by, neglected, wounded and bruised by the enemy, and ready to die, and is grieved at the hardness of men, who refuse to exercise the faith that works by love, which will purify the soul. Angels of God will work with, and through, and by those who will cooperate with the heavenly agencies for the saving of a soul from death, and the hiding of a multitude of sins. That will lead them to consider themselves, lest they also be tempted. It is the sick that need a physician, not those who are whole. When you expend labor on those who do not need it, and take no notice of the very ones that your words and actions could bless, you are forming a character that is not after the likeness of Christ. Christ says, "I come not to call the righteous but sinner to repentance." Let none dream that these obligations do                                                                              393  not belong to this time; for they do rest upon all. "Moreover it is required of stewards that a man be found faithful." Those who are making it manifest that they are not faithful in doing the very work that God has enjoined upon them, are working in an exactly opposite direction to Christ. "First cast out the beam out of thine own eye, and then thou shalt see clearly to cast out the moat of thy brother's eye." Be careful yourselves not to become tempters in evil things.  {PC 392.3}
[PC 393.1]          When a soul is in peril, one who knows little of sympathy and has little of the meekness and lowliness of Christ, by unadvised words, may bruise where he should bind up, and fail to draw to Christ. They are likely to fail to give the words of tenderness and love that they should, to stand back in cold dignity, which is most hateful in the sight of God, and drive souls into the very snare that Satan has laid for their feet. Those who do this will have the blood of souls on their garments, because they obeyed the orders of Satan and disregarded the words of Christ.  {PC 393.1}
[PC 393.2]          When a crisis comes in the life of any soul, and another attempts to give advice, that advice and counsel will have only the weight of influence for good that the example and spirit of the adviser has accumulated for him. It is the consistent life, the revelation of a sincere, Christlike interest for the soul in peril, that will make counsel effectual to persuade and win into safe paths. Those who are quick to advise others, who speak words that cut and bruise the already wounded soul, are doing Satan's work, and are laborers with the prince of darkness. But the True Witness says: "I know thy works," every work shall be brought into Judgment with every secret thing whether it be good or whether it be evil." They will have to give an account for their neglect of those whom they might have blessed, strengthened, upheld, and healed.  {PC 393.2}
[PC 393.3]         "And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith he that hath the seven spirits of God, and the seven stars. I know thy works that thou hast a name that thou livest, and are dead. Be watchful and strengthen the things that remain that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come unto thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I shall come unto thee." How many times the human agent fails and, when the urgency arises, is all unprepared to do service for Christ. Had he watched, he would have proved himself a friend indeed, and an ambassador of Jesus. But the Spirit of Christ is not in him, it is another Spirit.  {PC 393.3}
[PC 393.4]          Let the tempted and tried souls remember that when chastisement comes upon them, it is the Lord who would save them from death. Let the souls to whom reproof comes, remember that "As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten." The human agent imbued with the Spirit of Christ will watch for souls as they that must give an account.                                                                              394  The claims of Christ are upon us, and we must understand our duty, and do it in the fear of God, with an eye single to his glory, and not prove unfaithful. Let no thought of self or of natural feelings be cherished to keep the lips silent. Speak, and be not afraid, with the heart full of tenderness and love for souls, care, exhort, and entreat. Never cease to labor for a soul while there is one ray of hope. Your words may cut to the soul. Oh, then be cautious and clothe them with the love and tenderness of Jesus. Soften every accent with love and sympathy, remembering that you are not to be ignorant of the plague of your own heart, and that if Christ should mark your every word and action, there would be an array of figures written in his book, showing that you yourself are greatly out of harmony with his holy will. As you deal with others, as you judge others, so the Lord will judge and deal with you. Let the agent who claims to be a child of God, practise the lessons of Christ. If he is compelled to wound, let him feel the duty of healing as compulsory upon him. The truth is ever to be spoken in love, with the Spirit of God abiding in the soul.  {PC 393.4}
[PC 394.1]         God calls upon you to conquer your own spirit, to correct your own mistakes, to confess your sins before God that pardon may be written off against your own names. With earnest prayer seek wisdom of God, and be careful how you judge and pass sentence upon your brother. God has not placed you on the judgment seat. Great and grand truths for this time are to be brought into practical life. Christ says, "I will sanctify myself, that as head and representative of the human family, the soul may believe on me, and may be sanctified." A religion that does not touch the heart, cannot transform the character, and sanctify the life. Religious vigilance can never be laid to rest. We must stand as faithful sentinels over the mind and soul, lest Satan steal away the heavenly gifts. Dare not to cast the first stone at your neighbor, lest Christ shall say to you, as you parade the sins of others, presenting them in an aggravated light, "Let him that is without sin cast the first stone." Would you not then be covered with confusion of face, as you consider the daily record of sins in your practical life, and remember what is written in the books of heaven? It is these things that are bringing the wrath of God on the children of disobedience. The discrepancy of profession and practise is doing a baleful work, and misrepresenting the character of Christ. Oh that all would realize what great harm is done to souls by little acts, and by sinful inconsistencies! Oh that all might see this and be converted!  {PC 394.1}
[PC 394.2]          The Lord is soon to come and the perils of the last days are upon us. Probation will soon close. Will you fall upon the rock and be broken? Self must die . Your heart can be made tender only by the grace of Jesus Christ. Redeem the time, and no longer pull down with one hand what you are striving to build up with the other, The influence of your words is too often destroyed by the                                                                              395  inconsistency of your example. The power of your principles is neutralized by your practise. The unsubdued passions of the human heart, the hard judgment that if meted out to others in your manner and words, does not reveal the meekness of Christ, and in the records of heaven you are judged as you have judged others, and your hard heart has become more unfit for heaven. Take away the stumbling blocks for the sake of your own soul and for the sake of the souls of others for whom Christ died. Open the door of the heart to the love and gentleness of Christ. Let it pervade the soul, and brighten the lives of others, and you will know what the blessing of God is.                            (Signed)    Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 394.2}
[PC 395.1]           Qualifications Essential For the Work of God            In his word the Lord enumerates the gifts and graces that are indispensable for all who connect with his work. He does not teach us to ignore learning or despise education, for when controlled by the love and fear of God, intellectual culture is a blessing; yet this is not presented as the most important qualification for the service of God. Jesus passed by the wise men of his time, the men of education and position, because they were so proud and self sufficient in their boasted superiority, that they could not sympathize with suffering humanity, and become colaborers with the Man of Nazareth. In their bigotry they scorned to be taught by Christ. The Lord Jesus would have men connected with his work who appreciate that work as sacred; then they can cooperate with God. They will be unobstructed channels through which his grace can flow. The attributes of the character of Christ can be imparted to those only who distrust themselves. The highest scientific education cannot in itself develop a Christlike character. The fruits of true wisdom come from Christ alone.  {PC 395.1}
[PC 395.2]          Every worker should test his own qualifications by the word of God. Have the men who are handling sacred things a clear understanding, a right perception of things of eternal interest? Will they consent to yield to the working of the Holy Spirit, or do they permit themselves to be controlled by their own hereditary and cultivated tendencies? It becomes all to examine themselves, whether they be in the faith.  {PC 395.2}
[PC 395.3]          Those who occupy positions of trust in the work of God should ever bear in mind that these positions involve great responsibility. The right performance of the solemn work for this time, and the salvation of the souls connected with us in any way, depend in a great degree upon our own spiritual condition. All should cultivate a vivid sense of their responsibility; for their own present,                                                                              396  well being, and their eternal destiny will be decided by the spirit they cherish. If self is woven into the work, it is as the offering of strange fire in the place of the sacred. Such workers incur the displeasure of the Word. Brethren, remove your hands from the work, unless you can distinguish the sacred fire from the common.  {PC 395.3}
[PC 396.1]          Those who have stood as representative men are not all Christian gentlemen. There is prevalent a spirit that seeks the mastery over others. Men regard themselves as authority, they express their opinions, and pass resolutions about matters of which they have no experimental knowledge. Some who are connected with the publishing house at _____, pass through the office, speaking with different ones, giving directions which they suppose it proper for them to give, when they do not understand what they are talking about.  {PC 396.1}
[PC 396.2]          Great injustice and even dishonesty have been committed in the board meetings, in bringing matters before those who have not an experience that will enable them to be competent judges. Manuscripts have been placed in the hands of men for criticisms, when the eyes of their understanding were so blinded that they could not discern the spiritual import of the subject with which they were dealing. More than this, they had no real knowledge of bookmaking. They had had neither study nor practise in the line of literary productions. Men have sat in judgment upon books and manuscripts unwisely placed in their hands, when they should have declined to serve in any such capacity. It would have been only honest for them to say, "I have had no experience in this line of work, and should certainly do injustice to myself and to others, in giving my opinion. Excuse me, brethren; instead of instructing others, I need that some one should teach me." But this was far from their thoughts. They expressed themselves freely in regard to subjects of which they knew nothing. Conclusions have been accepted as the opinions of wise men, when they were simply the opinions of novices.  {PC 396.2}
[PC 396.3]          The time has come when, in the name and strength of God, the church must act for the good of souls and for the honor of God. A lack of firm faith and of discernment in sacred things should be regarded as sufficient to bar any man from connection with the work of God. So also the indulgence of a quick temper, a harsh, overbearing spirit, reveals that its possessor should not be placed where he will be called to decide weighty questions that affect God's heritage. A passionate man should have no part to act in dealing with human minds. He cannot be trusted to shape matters which have a relation to those whom Christ has purchased at an infinite price. If he undertakes to manage man, he will hurt and bruise their souls; for he has not the fine touch, the delicate sensibility which the grace of Christ imparts. His own heart needs to be softened, subdued by the Spirit of God; the heart of stone has not become a heart of flesh.  {PC 396.3}
[PC 396.4]          Those who are thus misrepresenting Christ, are placing a wrong mold upon the work; for they encourage all who are                                                                              397  connected with them to do as they do. For their souls' sake, for the sake of those who are in danger from their influence, they should resign their position; for the record will appear in heaven that the wrongdoer has the blood of many souls upon his garments. He has caused some to become exasperated, so that they have given up the faith; others have been imbued with his own Satanic attributes, and the evil done, it is impossible to estimate. Those only who make it manifest that their hearts are being sanctified through the truth, should be retained in positions of trust in the Lord's work.  {PC 396.4}
[PC 397.1]          Let all consider that whatever their employment, they are to represent Christ, with steadfast purpose, let every man seek to have the mind of Christ. Especially should those who have accepted the position of directors or counselors feel that they are required to be in every respect Christian gentlemen. While in dealing with others we are always to be faithful, we should not be rude. The souls with whom we have to do are the Lord's purchased possession, and we are to permit no hasty, overbearing expression to escape the lips. Brethren, treat men as men, not as servants, to be ordered about at your pleasure. He who indulges a harsh, overbearing spirit, might better become a tender of sheep, as did Moses, and thus learn what it means to be a true shepherd. Moses gained in Egypt an experience as a mighty statesman, and as a leader of the armies, but he did not there learn the lessons essential for true greatness. He needed an experience in more humble duties, that he might become a caretaker, tender toward every living thing. In keeping the flocks of Jethro, his sympathies were called out to the sheep and lambs, and he learned to guard these creatures of God with the gentlest care. Although their voice could never complain of mistreatment, yet their attitude might show much. God cares for all the creatures he has made. In working for God in this lowly station, Moses learned to be a tender shepherd for Israel.  {PC 397.1}
[PC 397.2]          The Lord would have us learn a lesson also from the experience of Daniel. There are many who might become mighty men, if, like this faithful Hebrew, they would depend upon God for grace to be overcomers, and for strength and efficiency in their labors. Daniel manifested the most perfect courtesy, both toward his elders and toward the youth. He stood as a witness for God, and sought to take such a course that he might not be ashamed for heaven to hear his word or to behold his works. When Daniel was required to partake of the luxuries of the king's table, he did not fly into a passion, neither did he express a determination to eat and drink as he pleased. Without speaking one word of defiance, he took the matter to God. He and his companions sought wisdom from the Lord, and when they came forth from earnest prayer, their decision was made. With true courage and Christian courtesy, Daniel presented the case to the officer who had them in charge,                                                                              398  asking that they might be granted a simple diet. These youth felt that their religious principles were at stake, and they relied upon God whom they loved and served. Their request was granted, for they had obtained favor with God and with men.  {PC 397.2}
[PC 398.1]         Men in every position of trust need to take their place in the school of Christ, and heed the injunction of the Great Teacher; "Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light." We have no excuse for manifesting one wrong trait of character. "Not by might nor by power, but by my Spirit, saith the Lord of Hosts." In your dealing with others, whatever you see or hear that needs to be corrected, first seek the Lord for wisdom and grace, that in trying to be faithful, you may not be rude. Ask him to give you the gentleness of Christ; then you will be true to your duty, true to your position of trust, and true to God, a faithful steward, overcoming natural and acquired tendencies to evil.  {PC 398.1}
[PC 398.2]          None but a whole hearted Christian can be a perfect gentleman, but if Christ is abiding in the soul, his Spirit will be revealed in the manner, the words, and the actions. Gentleness and love cherished in the heart, will appear in self denial, in true courtesy. Such workers will be the light of the world.                          (Signed)   Ellen G. White     (April 23, 1896)                                                    -    {PC 398.2}
[PC 398.3]                  Right Relations in the Work of God          Men, fallible men, are not to think it is their prerogative to control, to mark out, or to prescribe the labors of their fellow men. When God works upon the human instrumentality, let men be very careful how they intermeddle; for it is its process, the work of God is divine. The work of God has often been hindered by men considering that they had power to say, "Go here" or "Go there" "Do this" or "Do that," without consulting the individual himself, or respecting his convictions as a laborer together with God. God has promised his presence to every believer; and let those who are in positions of authority, presidents of conferences and board councils, and everyone who has to do with the human mind, respect the individuality of mind and conscience. These workers are in copartnership with Jesus Christ, and you may interpose yourself so as to interfere with God's plans; for the human agent is under his special authority and dictation.  {PC 398.3}
[PC 398.4]          When men composing boards and councils, are themselves walking at a distance from God, of what value is their discernment and wisdom to decide in reference to the work                                                                              399  of God's delegated servants? The human mind is open to jealousies, evil surmisings, and selfish considerations, and God's plans are often turned aside by the caprice and by the plans of unconsecrated men. If the door is not closed to the enemy, he will enter and will figure largely in human inventions. The Lord requires the men who have a directing influence in his work, to be wholly consecrated to him. He wants them to have hearts of flesh, and not of steel.  {PC 398.4}
[PC 399.1]          Men who do not control their own impulses are not chosen by the Lord to deal with human minds. For this work, there is need of much prayer, much humiliation before God, much deep sensibility of the value of the human soul, for whom Christ has paid so great a price. It was to seek for the pearl of great price that he left the enjoyments of heaven. And when the pearl is found, all heaven rejoices. When this is the case, why do not men tremble when they see the pearl in danger of being lost? Why are they not working conscientiously to secure that pearl for Jesus Christ? God sees that men in official positions are lifted up by self confidence and self importance. He sees that they are speaking and acting wrongly toward those who need wise instruction, and who need to come in contact with men who have hearts of flesh and not of steel.  {PC 399.1}
[PC 399.2]          Christ is our example, and everyone placed in a position of trust, needs the subduing influence of the Spirit of God upon the heart day by day. Christ wept with those that wept. In all their afflictions he was afflicted, and was touched with the feeling of their infirmities. He is a tender and faithful High Priest. He considers the cases of the tried and tempted ones as verily his own, and he ministers unto them. These weak ones of the flock are to be carefully nourished with the manna Christ has supplied. They are to be educated not to look to men and trust in men, whatever may be their calling.  {PC 399.2}
[PC 399.3]          God would have all such confederacies broken to stone and remodeled upon Christlike principles. The foundation stone must be mercy. Human minds are not to be trampled, and bound and driven by human hands. The Lord Jesus must hold the reins in his own hands that were pierced to bring peace and comfort and hope to every soul who will believe on him. He gives to the purchase of his blood the guardianship of his grace; they shall move in his light, clad in the robes of his righteousness. To every man is given his work; and while souls are brought into church capacity, work is assigned them of God. They are to move as winds that are under the controlling influence of God.  {PC 399.3}
[PC 399.4]          Men are educated to look to men, and to depend on men. One man, by virtue of his position, exercises authority over others as if they were to be led by lines, this way and that, as dumb animals. God has not directed in this way. God is our chief, God is our instructor, and to him we must look. We must ask the Holy Spirit's guidance,                                                                              400  and expect to be led and controlled by it. The church organization is to be respected, but it is not to be made in any way a galling yoke. Men are not to assume the prerogative of God, and think to rule and coerce and oppress the souls of God's purchased possessions. All heaven is indignant at what men, with complacency, will do to their fellow men, claiming at the same time to be representatives of Jesus Christ. They too often represent the spirit and character of Satan.  {PC 399.4}
[PC 400.1]          Christ has found his pearl of great price in lost, perishing souls. He sold all that he had to come into possession, even engaged to do the work, and run the risk of losing his own life in the conflict. How then should man regard his fellow man? Christ has demonstrated the way. He says, "A new commandment I give unto you, that ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another."  {PC 400.1}
[PC 400.2]          When these words are heeded and obeyed in the spirit and in the letter, we will be doers of the word, and not hearers only. When these words are practised by those who claim to have wisdom to guide the sheep of the Lord's pasture, there will be far less selfishness, far less boasting, far less putting forth the finger and speaking vanity. Jesus is to superintend all events in the present and future of his church. John was instructed to write the things which he had seen "and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter; the mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in my right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches; and the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven churches."  {PC 400.2}
[PC 400.3]          Oh, that men would revere the great Head of the Church, and would manufacture less human methods, bringing down spirituality to the very dust with human inventions. God has been left out, and the church is not prepared to advance to the conflict under the banner of Jesus Christ. It is not doing the work for suffering souls, which Christ owns as if done to himself. But the church, defective as it is, and enfeebled with so much chaff, is the only object on earth upon which He bestows His highest regard. In His estimation, the church in heaven and the church on earth are identical. He has promised to come personally into the midst of his church. He says to everyone holding a position of trust, "Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light."  {PC 400.3}
[PC 400.4]          Men in official position must realize that their position gives them no license to be unkind or uncourteous, no license to be oppressive, and to let their tongues, which should be sanctified, speak words which will open a door of temptation, and help the great adversary in his work of discouraging souls. God has given us a work to do in saving souls from the companionship of Satan.                        (Signed)           Ellen G. White                                                                              401   {PC 400.4}
[PC 401.1]                  General Interests of the Cause   Dear Brother:            At half past two in the morning, while the house is locked in slumber, I commence penning these lines to you. I think of the large church at Battle Creek, and of the important interests centered there, which makes it a missionary field in the highest sense. People are coming from all parts of the world to the Sanitarium, and many youth from the different States are attending the College. That field requires the very best methods of labor, that the strongest religious influence may be constantly exerted upon all. God would have men cultivate their abilities, that they may have broader ideas in planning and executing his work. When this is done, the saving power of the grace of Christ will be manifested by those who believe present truth.  {PC 401.1}
[PC 401.2]          As the work grows, if the workers will rely firmly upon the wisdom and power of God, their minds will expand to keep pace with his opening providence. Those who possess piety and ability should be encouraged to obtain the necessary education, that they may assist in the great work of spreading the light of truth. Progress will then be seen in the great closing message for these last days.  {PC 401.2}
[PC 401.3]          God has different sets of work men for the different branches of his cause. When those whom he has called to do a certain work, have carried that work along as far as they can with the ability he has given them, the Lord in his providence will call and qualify other men to come in and work with them, still making advance moves, that together they may carry it still farther, and lift the standard higher. He will never allow his work to diminish in strength for efficiency, if those to whom he has given their work will act their part with unswerving fidelity. There must be no (belittling) the men whom God has accepted as his workmen.  {PC 401.3}
[PC 401.4]          This great and solemn work is not to be carried to its completion by a few men who have been selected as opportunity has offered, to bear responsibility. There are some minds which do not grow with the work, but allow the work to grow far beyond them, and they find themselves tired and worn before they comprehend the circumstances. Then when those whom God is qualifying to assist in the work, take hold of it in a little different way from that in which these responsible men have tried to do it, they should be very careful not to hinder these helpers, or to circumscribe the work. Since they did not see the work in all its bearings, and did not have the burden which God has specially laid upon others, why should they say just how that work should be done? Those who do not discern and adapt themselves to the increasing demands of the work, should not stand blocking the wheels, and thus hindering the advancement of others.                                                                              402   {PC 401.4}
[PC 402.1]          The case of David is to the point. He made large provisions for building a temple for the Lord; but the Lord told him that he was not the one to do that work; it must devolve on Solomon, because of his large experience; but the younger man must do the work.  {PC 402.1}
[PC 402.2]          The weary, worn minds of all the older brethren do not take in the greatness of the work in all its bearings, and are not inclined to keep pace with the opening providences of God. Therefore, the responsibilities of the work should not rest wholly with them, as they would not bring into it all the elements essential for its advancement, and thus the work would be retarded.  {PC 402.2}
[PC 402.3]          The work in Battle Creek, and in the State of Michigan is far, far behind. For several years there has been on the part of the Conference Committee and the laborers, a want of wise planning and discreet management in regard to it. While the President of the General Conference was willing to do much work he did not see the necessity of training the powers of mind and qualifying himself to plan to discern the talents of young men and set them to work, associating with himself those who could help him. It is well to see and understand the situation, and the needs of foreign missions, so as not to neglect them, we should also be able to comprehend the needs of the work at our very doors. Home missions should not be neglected. There has been an oversight in doing this.  {PC 402.3}
[PC 402.4]          There is a sad neglect at Battle Creek in not using the many advantages right at hand, to keep the heart of the work in a healthy condition. Vigorous heart beats from the center should be felt in all parts of the body of believers. But if the heart is sickly and weak in its action, its inefficiency affects all branches of the work. A sound, healthy, working power at the center of the work, is positively essential, in order that the truth may be carried to the world. It must be diffused through families and communities. This will require wise generalship in devising plans, and educating others to assist in the work. Persons of talent must be sought out, and encouraged to labor in various places, according to the capabilities God has given them. Let every instrumentality of God that is brought within the reach of those older in experience, be encouraged by them to find a place in the work, and these to be educated with the advancing work.  {PC 402.4}
[PC 402.5]          Much ability has been lost to the cause of God; because many in responsible positions were so narrow in their ideas, that they did not discern the increasing responsibilities. They did not have extended vision to see that the work was becoming altogether too large to be carried forward by the workers then engaged in it. The work had outgrown them. Much, very much is now left undone which should have been done because men have held things in their own finite hands, instead of proportioning the work to a larger number of workers and trusting that God would help them. They have                                                                              403  tried to take all branches of the work upon themselves, fearing others would not prove as efficient. Their wills have therefore controlled in everything, and through some unwise decisions, made because of their inability to grasp all the wants of the cause in its various parts, and as the result, great losses have been sustained. The work has been bound about, not from design, but from not discerning the necessity of a different order of things to meet the demands for the time. This is largely due to the feeling of Elder Butler that position gave unlimited authority. Greater responsibilities were pressed upon him and accepted, than one person could carry; and the consequence was a demoralized condition of affairs, notwithstanding he may have done the very best he himself could do under the circumstances. But the infinite God saw there was different kind of qualifications needed to place a different mold on the work. On the part of his brethren there was a fear that others desired Brother's place, which has caused suspicions, and has resulted in keeping in the background those men whom God would have used, could they have had sufficient encouragement, and an opportunity to work. God has not wrought as he would, because of surmisings and suspicions, and because there was not discernment and planning to let every man do the work that God is fitting him to perform, in an understanding, intelligent manner. The lesson must be learned, that when God appoints means for a certain work, we are not to neglect these means, put them aside, and then pray and expect that he will work miracles to supply our neglect. To every man God has appointed his work, according to his capacities and capabilities. Wise planning is needed to place each one in his proper sphere in the work, in order that he may obtain an experience which will fit him to bear increased responsibility.  {PC 402.5}
[PC 403.1]          In God's dealings, in temporal as well as spiritual things, blessings come to man through the use of means. If the husbandman neglects to till his ground, God works no miracle to make up for his neglect; and when the harvest time comes, he has no crops to gather. As in the natural world, so in the spiritual; God always honors the use of the means he has ordained to do his work. It is by practise that men must be qualified for any emergency that may arise. Men need to become better acquainted with themselves and be discerning in regard to their own weak points of character, and then make every effort to strengthen these points, for God makes this their duty.  {PC 403.1}
[PC 403.2]          No one should lean wholly upon another's mind; but as God's free agent, each should ask wisdom of him. When the learner depends in a large degree upon another man's thoughts and goes no farther than to accept his plans, he sees only through that man's eyes, and is so far only an echo of the other. God will, by his own Spirit, work directly through the mind he has put in man, if the man will only give him a chance to work, and will recognize                                                                              404  his dealings with him. God designs that men shall use their minds and consciences for themselves. He never designed that one man should become the shadow of another, and utter only another's sentiments. But this error has been coming in among us, that a very few are to be mind, conscience, and judgment for all God's workers. The foundation of Christianity is "Christ, our Righteousness." Men are individually responsible to God and must act as God acts upon them, not as another human mind acts upon their mind; for if this method of indirect influence is kept up, souls cannot be impressed and directed by the great I Am. They will, on the other hand, have their experience blended with another, and will be kept under a moral restraint, which allows no freedom of action or of choice.  {PC 403.2}
[PC 404.1]          God deals with his creatures as with responsible beings. He has issued no command that the leaders of the Battle Creek church shall remain anchored, until by some mighty miracle-working power the church is sent forward and upward to the harbor God has appointed. If we would be wise, and use diligently, prayerfully, and thankfully the means whereby light and blessings are to come to his people, then no voice nor power upon earth would have authority over us to say, "This shall not be."  {PC 404.1}
[PC 404.2]          The Lord has presented before me that men in responsible positions are standing directly in the way of the workings of God upon his people, because they think that the work must be done and the blessings must come in a certain way they have marked out, and they will not recognize that which comes in any other way. "We are laborers together with God." Copy the ways of the Lord Jesus. He was a perfect character.  {PC 404.2}
[PC 404.3]          May the Lord place this matter before you as it is. God works, not as men plan, nor as men wish, but "in a mysterious way, his wonders to perform." Why treat God's ways as worthless, because they do not coincide with our private ideas? God has appointed channels of light, but these are not necessarily through the minds of any particular man or set of men. When all shall take their appointed places in God's work, and not allow others to mold them at will, then one great advance will have been made toward letting the light shine upon the world.  {PC 404.3}
[PC 404.4]          The efforts made here to close every avenue to light and truth which is supposed to disagree with the opinions of some leading men, are very unreasonable. Are these men infallible? Has God appointed them supreme judges of how light shall come to his people? I answer, No.  {PC 404.4}
[PC 404.5]          During the Conference at Battle Creek, when the question of the law in Galatians was being examined,                                                                              405  I was taken to a number of houses, and heard the unchristian remarks and criticisms made by delegates. Then these words were spoken: "They must have the truth as it is in Jesus, else it will not be a saving truth to them." "Without me," says Christ, "ye can do nothing." When finite men shall cease to put themselves in the way, to hinder, then God will work in our midst as never before.  {PC 404.5}
[PC 405.1]          It was shown me that broader plans should be laid but at the same time the work in each branch of the cause should be harmoniously united with that in every other branch, all making a perfect whole; but now, selfish ideas and principles are interwoven with the plans of the workers, which makes the work defective. One man, who has the oversight of a certain line of work, magnifies his responsibilities until that one branch, in his mind, is above every other branch, when in reality all are equally important. When this narrow, selfish idea is received, all his energies are set to imbue the people with the same idea. This is human nature, but not after Christ's order. Just in proportion as this policy is followed, Christ is pushed aside, and self appears prominent. When the Saviour is allowed his part in the work, none will become entirely absorbed in any one branch of it, but all will have broad ideas, and will attribute to all parts of the work their due importance.  {PC 405.1}
[PC 405.2]          The Jews, in Christ's day, in the exercise of their own spirit of self exaltation, brought in rigid rules and exactions, and so took away all chance for God to work upon minds, until mercy and the love of God were entirely lost sight of in their work. It was this which caused rulers to lay upon the people the heavy burdens of which they justly complained, which our Saviour condemned. Do not follow in their track. Leave God a chance to do something for those who love him, and do not impose upon them rules and regulations, which, if followed, will leave them as destitute of the grace of God as were the hills of Gilboa, without dew or rain. Your very many resolutions need to be reduced to one third their number, and great care should be taken as to what resolutions are framed. Ours is missionary ground, having many advantages; and if wisely improved, a much larger number of workers would be fitted to go out into the field, as pastors and evangelists; but shortness of vision, and the narrowness of mind in some, have circumscribed the work. There is need of having vigorous efforts put forth in the churches in every conference. A living message, showing the living features of our times should be presented to them, not in a tame, lifeless style, but in the                                                                              406  demonstration of the Spirit, and in the power of God. Responsibilities must be laid upon individual members of the church. A missionary spirit should be awakened, and wise workers appointed as they are needed, who will be active pastors, making personal efforts to bring the church up to that condition where spiritual death will not be seen in all her borders.  {PC 405.2}
[PC 406.1]          There was much said to me in reference to other departments of the work, which I will not at this time write. When I came to know where I was, I was sitting up in bed, weary, and my heart very, very sad. I arose and prayed, and tried to write. The knowledge, Brother ____, communicated to me at that time and since then in regard to your positions and feelings, has distressed me beyond measure. The positions and ideas also which are entertained by Elder ____ are of that character to lead you both to occupy incorrect positions, where it would be impossible for me to stand with you; and if you maintain these positions, I shall be compelled, not only to differ with you in some things, but to withstand your ideas and your influence. I was never more conscious of this than during the experience I have had here at this meeting. I have not the least hesitancy in saying that a spirit has been brought into this meeting, not of seeking to obtain light, but to stand barricading the way, lest a ray should come into the hearts and minds of the people, through some other channel than that which you had decided to be the proper one.                                                                              407   {PC 406.1}
[PC 407.1]                         Personal Appeal          God calls upon you who are connected with his instrumentalities, to do his work according to his plans, not your own. He calls for an entire consecration of yourselves to him. If you heed the requirement, it will be a blessing to you in this life and the inheritance of life eternal. There is now a precious period, though short, allotted to you for repentance and improvement.  {PC 407.1}
[PC 407.2]          Brethren A. R. Henry and Harmon Lindsay, God is in earnest with you. Your duty is plain and imperative. Your minds need cultivation, that you may discern heavenly things, and choose them above the common and the earthly. Let not the present opportunity pass unimproved. Unless the warnings that God in his mercy is sending to you, are heeded, before a long time shall elapse you will make shipwreck of faith. You have sown the seeds of unbelief all along the line. And you have so long refused the evidence of the operation of the Holy Spirit that it is questionable whether you will ever again recognize the light from heaven. It may even appear as darkness to you, until the time shall come when every knee shall bow, and every tongue shall confess to God. Instead of regarding it as your imperative duty to cultivate personal piety, with a zeal proportionate to the preciousness of the holy faith you profess and the responsibility of your position, you have suffered yourselves to drift along, your impulses controlled by unholy imaginations and prejudices, until your course is an offense to God. What wonder that you lead the minds of others into the same channels? What wonder that some, following you, turn away from the rock foundation of eternal truth, to build, as you are building, upon the sand? It is a grievous robbery of God to become so blinded as you are today because you have refused heaven's light, slighted the appeals that God has sent you, and have done your best to prove them inconsistent, and have declared them untrue. Your assertions have not made them untrue, but by your resistance against God your hearts have become hard and stubborn.  {PC 407.2}
[PC 407.3]          Again I appeal to you: Will you now be zealous and repent? You have shown your zeal in strong words and oppressive measures towards your brethren. Now I beseech you to give evidence of earnest repentance before it shall be forever too late.  {PC 407.3}
[PC 407.4]          Those who, notwithstanding the light given, have yoked up with you as men imbued with the Spirit of God, and actuated by a self denying interest in his cause, make yourselves responsible for the influence you have exerted and will exert contrary to the truth. Guilt will rest upon those who have placed increasing responsibilities upon you, when you have no living connection with God.                                                                              408   {PC 407.4}
[PC 408.1]          A condition of things has been brought about that, unless God in mercy shall interpose, will work disaster to his cause. Inexperienced minds are being troubled at the outlook. For reasons that you can give, God is not moving upon the hearts of his people to supply the treasury. When you shall receive the Holy Spirit's unction by returning unto the Lord with full purpose of heart, you will see yourselves in a new light altogether. You who are finite, erring, and unsanctified, have supposed that God's children were put under your jurisdiction, for you to plan for them, and bring them to your terms. The policy you have labored so hard to establish in your connection with the work is an offense to God. He has never justified any arrangement, through organization, discipline, or laws, whereby men who have evidenced that they are not susceptible to the Holy Spirit's moving, shall use their power to sustain others in a like disregard of the Spirit's work. But such has been the arrangement that has prevailed. You have made it hard for those whom you do not especially like, while others who are self serving have been favored and exalted. Partiality and hypocrisy have excluded the Spirit of God from many hearts, and left them as destitute of his grace as the hills of Gilboa were destitute of dew or rain. Let it no longer be regarded as your privilege to control God's heritage.  {PC 408.1}
[PC 408.2]         The Lord himself will turn and overturn, and set things in order. He has the responsibility of his own work, and he has not entrusted the management of his people to unsanctified human minds.  {PC 408.2}
[PC 408.3]          It is hard for men to learn their real weakness and ignorance and inefficiency. It is hard for the ambitious heart to receive God's ideas and plans with unquestioning faith and obedience. Some have very high ideas of the importance of their own individuality, and by their headstrong course are saying, We want not God's way, but our own way.  {PC 408.3}
[PC 408.4]          The time is near when God by his providence will make manifest what principles have been cherished by the men connected with the management of his work. Unless these men are converted, they will be separated from the work. But the appeals and warnings given have had no more effect upon their hearts than the messages of Christ had upon the Pharisees, and I greatly fear in their behalf, lest they shall continue to walk in the same path, manifesting the same exacting and intolerant spirit, as did the ruling Pharisees. I fear that the same judgments will fall upon them because they have rejected the Lord's reproof, and have set the stumbling block of their iniquity before their eyes.  {PC 408.4}
[PC 408.5]          My brethren, in the name of the Lord I counsel you to seek him by repentance and confession. Let your sins of omission and commission go beforehand to judgment, that pardon may be written against your names, that you may                                                                              409  be accounted worthy to stand before him when he shall appear.                           (Signed) Ellen G. White     (Written May 30, 1895; copied May 6, 1896.) Recopied, HER                                                    -    {PC 408.5}
[PC 409.1]                       Granville, N. S. W. September, 1895   To Men in Responsible Positions in Battle Creek     Dear Brethren:            You have no right to absorb in Battle Creek the means that is sent in by our people, and leave mission fields impoverished. The funds that accumulate in Battle Creek have not been created by those who handle the means. It is the faith of the people in the cause and work of God that has brought tithes and offerings to the treasury.  {PC 409.1}
[PC 409.2]          The efforts made to induce our people to move away from Battle Creek have not succeeded. And why? Because the enlargements constantly going forward have been encouraging people to move in. There was represented to me a mammoth vineyard, requiring much labor to tend and care for it. Men were working in one part of the vineyard, while other parts were left unworked, to grow thorns and briers. One of dignified bearing said, Why are you setting out so many plants in this part of the field? Take some of the plants to other portions of God's vineyard. More ground may be brought under cultivation. Thus the work will be greatly extended, and new elements will be brought in. When the people are congregated together as they are in Battle Creek, it requires more labor to keep the church in a right condition than would be required to minister to the same number if they were scattered as they should be in different parts of the field.  {PC 409.2}
[PC 409.3]          Consolidation means that all institutions are to be merged into the Battle Creek institutions. For years something of this kind has been proposed by one and another. But according to the light I have had, the plan is wrong, decidedly wrong. Let every institution stand in its own individuality, doing its respective work in its own locality. There are not in Battle Creek men of sufficient clearness of discernment, sanctified by the grace of Christ, to carry the responsibilities which they now assume. If there is any action taken to merge everything into one institution under the dictation of those now presiding, it will be one of the worst pieces of business that were ever transacted in Battle Creek in connection with the cause of God.                                                                              410   {PC 409.3}
[PC 410.1]          The Pacific Press should stand in its own moral independence, carrying on its work beyond the Rocky Mountains, in a little world of its own. Its managers are responsible to God to do their work as in full view of the universe of heaven.  {PC 410.1}
[PC 410.2]          Men are coming to trust in men, and to make flesh their arm; and when that arm is not linked in the arm of Christ, they will find that they are leaning upon a broken reed. The publishing houses were established in America in the counsel of God, under his direction and supervision, and they should stand in their own individuality, as sister institutions. Never should they be so related to each other that one shall have power to control the running of the other. If one institution shall adopt a policy which the other does not sanction, the other institution is not to be corrupted, but is to stand in its God given responsibility, true to the principles that were expressed in its establishment, and carrying forward the work in harmony with those principles.  {PC 410.2}
[PC 410.3]          Our people do not know what they are about. In some of their movements they act like blind men. The managers at Battle Creek are taking altogether too much on their hands; but they do not understand the result of this confederacy. Every institution should work in harmony with the other institutions, but farther than this they should not go toward confederacy or merging into one. Already there are men, who, supposing themselves wise, are trying to shape matters according to their ideas. Things may for a time appear to prosper in their hands, but the result will be that which they do not now anticipate.  {PC 410.3}
[PC 410.4]          For years a spirit of oppression has been coming into Battle Creek. The human agents are lifting up themselves unto selfishness and domination. Not a work can be published but they try to gain control of it, and if authors do not concede to their propositions, those who publish the work will exert an influence with canvassers and other agents that will hinder its sale, and this wholly irrespective of the value of the book. And when every institution is merged into the one that is greatest - that is, measured by her power of control - that one will indeed be a ruling power, and if the principles of action in the most powerful institution are corrupted, as is now the case, and as has been in the history of the past, every other institution must follow the same path, also a determined influence will be brought to bear against it. The difficulty is not in the institution, but in the members.  {PC 410.4}
[PC 410.5]          This disposition to press men into hard places if you cannot bring them to your ideas, is not according to God's order. Those who do this when it suits them, are bringing souls into unbelief and temptation, and driving them on Satan's battlefield. They forget that God will deal with them as they deal with their fellow men. God's cause is not to be molded by one man,                                                                              411  or half a dozen men. All his responsible stewards are to bear a share in the devising, as well as in the execution of the plans. Men must not forget that the God of heaven is a God of justice; with him is no partiality, no hypocrisy. He will not serve with men's selfishness, nor sanction their plans to rob one soul of his rights because they can press him inconsiderately, and make statements and plans that compel surrender or leave him helpless.  {PC 410.5}
[PC 411.1]         Shall everything pass under the control of men whom we know have not a living connection with God? He who says, "I know thy works," hears all their suggestions, listens to all their plans. The institutions of God's creating, which he established upon principles of justice and equity, they are seeking to make a means of oppression, forcing the Lord's workers to accept terms which they themselves were the situation reversed, would not accept.  {PC 411.1}
[PC 411.2]          God's instrumentalities are not chosen of men, or under their jurisdiction. They are to prepare a people to stand in the day of the Lord. God is a party to every transaction, and He is sinned against and misrepresented. The Lord's powerful instrumentalities are made as a cutting sword to weaken and destroy, because those who are managing these instrumentalities possess attributes that lead them to do this. When men swerve from truth and righteousness, violate justice in deal, making contracts that bind others according to their will, and violate contracts, let them remember that for all this, God will bring them into judgment. By no sharp dealing or underhand advantage is the Lord to be glorified or his truth served. Money acquired in this way to supply the treasury will benefit no one; for God will not serve with the sins of oppression and selfishness.  {PC 411.2}
[PC 411.3]         It should be written on the conscience as with a pen of iron upon a rock that no man can achieve true success while violating the eternal principles of right. There must be a cleansing of the institutions similar to Christ's cleansing of the temple of old. "It is written," saith the Lord, "my house shall be called a house of prayer, but ye have made it a den of thieves." There are in our institutions today transactions similar to those that took place in the temple court in Christ's time; and all heaven is looking on.  {PC 411.3}
[PC 411.4]          God is dishonored by those who are in responsible places of stewardship, yet do not realize the necessity of being, both in spirit and words, an example to those connected with them, who have learned to do as they require. Every one must have the grace of God for his own soul, he must confide in the pardoning mercy of God through the merits of Christ. Then he will not manifest a harsh zeal to bruise and wound, but a sanctified zeal                                                                              412  to answer the prayer of Christ, which he offered before his crucifixion, zeal not for human uplifting, but for the glory of God.  {PC 411.4}
[PC 412.1]          The change of the natural, inherited, and cultivated tendencies of the human heart, is that change of which Jesus spoke when he said to Nicodemus, "Except a man be born again, he cannot see (discern) the Kingdom of God." Nicodemus did not understand Christ's words. He inquired, "How can these things be?" The answer comes home to every man in responsible positions, "Art thou a master of Israel, and knowest not these things? Verily, verily, I say unto thee, We speak that we do know, and testify that we have seen: And ye receive not our witness. If I have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, how shall ye believe if I tell you of heavenly things? And no man hath ascended up to heaven but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of Man which is in heaven."  {PC 412.1}
[PC 412.2]         The change of heart represented by the new birth can be brought about only through the effectual working of the Holy Spirit. Self love and pride resist the Spirit of God. Every natural inclination of the soul withstands and opposes the change from self importance and pride to the meekness and lowliness of Christ. It is only through receiving divine light, only through the cooperation of heavenly intelligences, that we can discern the spiritual character of the kingdom of God. Only thus can we have a lively sense of the duties due to all with whom we are connected in labor, or with whom we are brought in contact. We are under contract to God. The express requirements of the Old Testament are in perfect agreement with the teaching of the New Testament.  {PC 412.2}
[PC 412.3]         The Lord Jesus spoke from the pillar of cloud, "And now, Israel, what doth the Lord require of thee, but to fear the Lord thy God, to walk in all his ways, and to love him, and to serve the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul, to keep the commandments of the Lord and his statutes, which I command thee this day for thy good? For the Lord your God is a God of gods, and Lord of lords, a great God a mighty, and a terrible, which regardeth not persons, nor taketh regards: he doth execute the judgment of the fatherless and widow, and loveth the stranger, and giveth him food and raiment." Compare this with the words of Christ in the New Testament: "A certain lawyer stood up, and tempted him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life? He said unto him, What is written in the law, how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself. And he said unto him, Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live." "A father of the fatherless and a judge of the widow is God in his holy habitation." "The Lord preserveth the strangers: he relieveth the fatherless and the                                                                              413  widow: but the way of the wicked he turneth upside down." "If thy brother be waxen poor, and falleth into decay with thee; then thou shalt relieve him; yea, though he be a stranger, or a sojourner; that he may live with thee; Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury, nor lend him thy victuals for increase. I am the Lord your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to give you the land of Canaan, and to be your God. Thou shalt not rule over him with vigor, but shall fear thy God." See also Deuteronomy 15:7-11; 24:14, 15, 19-21; Leviticus 19:32-37. "Owe no man anything, but to love one another." The oppression of the poor, which is nothing less than actual robbery, is not punishable by human course, except in very extreme cases; but it is marked by the God of heaven as the abhorred practise which he would in no case tolerate.  {PC 412.3}
[PC 413.1]         The apostle James says to the rich, "Behold, the hire of the laborers who have reaped down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth: and the cries of them which have reaped are entered into the ears of the Lord of sabbaoth." God condemns injustice wherever manifested, whoever the person, whatever the business. Wherever schemes are devised to withhold money from those to whom it is due, or to deprive any man of his rights, there God's disapprobation rests. It is for the interest of every soul connected with the work of God to receive his warnings and reproofs, and die to that stubborn will which has opposed the will of God.  {PC 413.1}
[PC 413.2]         The publishing houses were brought into existence in a spirit of sacrifice, and no persons should have been permitted to hold a responsible position in the work, who desired to work according to the world's policy. The consecration and purity of the worker will be evidenced by the principles manifested in his attitude toward every child of God. The publishing house was established for the purpose of doing business upon the principles of justice and equity, judging every case without partiality and without hypocrisy. In our institution the Spirit of Christ was to be a witness to the world of the character of God, a living epistle, known and read of all men. These institutions were to reveal nothing like oppression; the managers were to be those who showed decidedly that they were under the control of God. Selfishness and the love of money was not to set aside those principles of sacrifice which characterized the establishment of these instrumentalities.  {PC 413.2}
[PC 413.3]         No one should be allowed to engage in the sacred work who could be bought or sold for money. No one is to take advantage of any man's ignorance or necessity, in order to charge exorbitant prices for work done or for goods sold. The managers are not obeying the commandments of God when by any selfish devising they secure the benefit of the time or talents of the workmen. Such a course is robbery of your neighbor. God has given everyone of his                                                                              414  workers certain qualifications for which he is responsible, not to any man or set of men, but to God. He is so to use them that they will be a blessing to himself by having it in his power to be a blessing to others. The practises that have prevailed in the Review and Herald office, and which are now leavening the managers of the Conferences, are not correct. I can not specify all the departures from righteousness; they are too many to be enumerated, and I am not told to do this.  {PC 413.3}
[PC 414.1]          Some will urge that in dealing with sharpers, those who have no conscience, one must conform in a large degree to the customs that prevail; that should he adopt a course of strict integrity, he will be compelled to give up his business, or fail to secure a livelihood. Where is your faith in God? He owns you as his sons and daughters on condition that you come out from the world and be separate and touch not the unclean thing. There will be violent temptations to diverge from the straight path; there will be innumerable arguments in favor of conforming to custom, and adopting practises that are really dishonest.  {PC 414.1}
[PC 414.2]         When one worker enters into a confederacy with another, as has been done, seeking to supply that other's lack of aptitude or knowledge, he is doing that one an injury, and assisting in a deception. That worker receives pay for qualifications which he has not, and his failures in duties which he is supposed to perform, are many. Yet the largest wages are received, and the treasury is robbed. God has been greatly displeased by these things.  {PC 414.2}
[PC 414.3]          These may be regarded by men as little things, but was it a little thing for Adam and Eve to eat of the fruit which God had forbidden them to eat? The smallness of the act did not avert the consequences. It was disobedience to God's commandments, and the floodgates of woe were opened upon our world. We cannot be Christians and connive at any dishonest practise or breach of trust. The Christian will not be found spending extravagantly means that he has not earned. God requires every man to be punctual, just, and without guilt in his lips or in his heart. Be righteous in all dealings with your fellow men if you would have not only the name but the character of a Christian. Those who depart from Bible principles, and vindicate their defects as righteous, have never received the true knowledge of Christ or the experience of being in truth doers of the word. There is nothing in the word of God that glosses over or excuses one phase of selfishness, one approach to overreaching or dishonesty.  {PC 414.3}
[PC 414.4]          God pledges his most holy word that he will bless you if you will walk in his way, and do justice and judgment. "Thou shalt not have in thy bag divers weights, a great and a small: thou shalt not have in thine house divers                                                                              415  measures, a great and a small: but thou shall have a perfect and just weight, a perfect and just measure shalt thou have: that thy days may be lengthened in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee. For all that do such things, and all that do unrighteousness, are an abomination unto the Lord thy God. Remember what Amalek did unto thee by the way when we were come forth out of Egypt; how he met thee by the way, and smote the hindermost of thee, even all that were feeble behind thee, when thou wast faint and weary: and he feared not God." Notwithstanding that the children of Israel had often grieved the Lord by departing from his counsel, he still had a tender care for them. The Lord Jesus Christ saw their enemies taking advantage of their circumstances, to do them an injury; for that work was to bring suffering against the weary, who were journeying under God's leading. Hear the judgments which God pronounced: "Therefore it shall be, when the Lord thy God hath given rest from all thine enemies round about, in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee for an inheritance to possess it, that thou shalt blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven; thou shalt not forget it."  {PC 414.4}
[PC 415.1]          I pen these words of God that those who profess to be his children may not receive the curse pronounced upon Amalek because they have followed the practises of Amalek. If the heathen received this denunciation from their course for overcoming the faint and weary, what will the Lord express toward those who have had light, great opportunities, and privileges, but have not manifested the Spirit of Christ toward their own brethren? The Lord sees all the dealings of brother with brother, which weaken faith, and which destroy their own confidence in themselves as men dealing with justice and equity. In the most positive language he expresses his displeasure at the iniquity practised in trade. He says, "Shall I count them pure with the wicked balances, and with the bag of deceitful weights?" The very wrong here mentioned may not have been committed in our institutions, but acts which these things represent have been, and are still being done. Page after page might be written in regard to these things. Whole conferences are becoming leavened with the same perverted principles. "For the rich men thereof are full of violence, and the inhabitants thereof have spoken lies, and their tongue is deceitful in their mouth." The Lord will work to purify his church. I tell you in truth, the Lord is about to turn and overturn in the institutions called by his name. Just how soon this refining process will begin, I cannot say, but it will not be long deferred. He whose fan is in his hand will cleanse his temple of its moral defilement. He will thoroughly purge his floor. God has a controversy with all who practise the least injustice; for in so doing they reject the authority of God, and imperil their interest in the atonement, the redemption which Christ has undertaken for every son and daughter of Adam. Will it pay to take a course abhorrent to God? Will it pay                                                                              416  to put upon your censors strange fire to offer before God, and say it makes no difference?  {PC 415.1}
[PC 416.1]          It has not been after God's order to center so much in Battle Creek. The state of things now exists that was presented before me as a warning. I am sick at heart at the representation. The Lord gave warnings to prevent this demoralizing condition of things, but they have not been heeded. "Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men."  {PC 416.1}
[PC 416.2]          I appeal to my brethren to wake up. Unless a change takes place speedily, I must give the facts to the people; for this state of things must change; unconverted men must no longer be managers and directors in so important and sacred work. With David we are forced to say, "It is time for thee, Lord, to work; for they have made void thy law."                         (Signed)     Mrs. E. G. White                                                    -    {PC 416.2}
[PC 416.3]               Norfolk Villa, Prospect St., Granville, N. S. W.                                         November 26, 1894     Elder O. A. Olsen Dear Brother:            Of late I have not addressed so many communications to you as heretofore, fearing to lay upon you responsibilities that would be a tax. When we left Michigan, I placed in your hands Testimonies in regard to matters in the office. They were important and explicit, and I enjoined upon you to have a most faithful work done in reading the Testimonies to those concerned, in order to correct the existing evils. But you did not follow the directions, and the same things went on accumulating in their objectionable features until the matter was again presented to me in an aggravated character, with these words for those in responsible positions: "Neither will I serve with your sins, nor be with you anymore, unless you put away the wrongs from among you."  {PC 416.3}
[PC 416.4]          I learned from letters received from you that you did not read the Testimonies to those concerned and decidedly point out their errors. Here you failed to do your duty as President of the General Conference. You were presented to me in council meetings, listening to the statements and decisions of strong minded and hard hearted men who were not under the controlling influence of the Spirit of God. You knew that these decisions were not according to God's order, yet you did not protest against them, and thus suffered them to pass as having received your sanction. Thus things have been going according to the will and impulse of men who are opposed to God's will, and are                                                                              417  bringing in an order of things that God cannot accept or sanction.  {PC 416.4}
[PC 417.1]          You thought that you would deal with these matters in your discourse, by dwelling upon general principles, and hoped that this would prove the best method of correcting the wrongs. But you should have spoken in the board and council meetings. The wrong principles advanced should not have been permitted to take form in wrong practise, because you held your peace or gave such a feeble protest that those who were pursuing the wrong course thought you were with them. The sanction which you gave by your silence strengthened their hands in an evil work.  {PC 417.1}
[PC 417.2]          You yourself have not been able to discern clearly the right and justice, the tenderness and mercy and strict integrity, which should have been maintained in all your decisions. These matters have several times been presented before me, and I dare not withhold them. You might better have done far less preaching, and reserved your energies to take your stand personally against the wrong in spirit, in mind, in judgment, that has struggled for the mastery, and in a large degree obtained it, leading to a wrong course of action. Had you thus taken your stand, your discernment would have been a sharper, and you would have been able to give your decision against the slightest act of injustice toward God's heritage. Those who are working contrary to the will of God, and misrepresenting his character, would have been given to understand distinctly that you could not permit these things to go on; you could not let them pass in heaven as your action. It was your duty to speak decidedly, but you kept silent.  {PC 417.2}
[PC 417.3]          I send this to you because I do not wish you to feel that I am in harmony with your course in these things. I beseech you to serve God with your mind, might, and strength, and make straight paths for your feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. I have deep, earnest interest and love for you, and I am so anxious that you shall not in any case give your endorsement to wrong doing.  {PC 417.3}
[PC 417.4]          I have recently sent very earnest, decided Testimonies to men in responsible positions, which they should not have occupied up to this time without evidence of a thorough transformation of character. Whatever their business tact, these men who have so long been evidently resisting light and evidence, fighting against God, should have been separated from the work, both for their own soul's sake and for the sake of the cause. For while they are kept in positions of trust, their voice and influence sway many things in the wrong direction. When matters of the greatest importance have come up for decision, their judgment on the questions has depended on the state of mind they chanced to be in. The mind and heart are not under the influence of the Spirit of God. They are men of strong temperament, decided preferences, and much force of character, and their will and influence have decided matters under the control of another spirit than the Spirit of God.                                                                              418  If these men had a sense of what they have been doing, of what they must meet in that great day, when all shall see as they are seen, and know as they are known, they would feel an anguish of heart, an agony of soul, that would be somewhat proportionate to the harm they have done the cause of God. At times temptations come into such minds with overpowering force, for Satan never sleeps, and never takes a vacation. He is always watching his chance to crowd into your important meetings, to reveal his own attributes through the workers, and make of no effect the spirit of testimony that has been appealing to them in reproof and warnings for many years.  {PC 417.4}
[PC 418.1]          The only hope for these men of iron will and hearts of stone is to fall on the Rock and be broken. Contact with Christ brings currents of divine power into the soul, so that the old cherished, natural tendencies, habits, and practises, are changed by the Spirit of God. What they need is a genuine conversion . When they have this experience, these weak, tempted souls will look unto Jesus, and say, "I can do all things through Christ which strengthen me." They need to appreciate every ray of light that comes from the throne of God into their pathway. They need to catch the Spirit and principle of the holy law of God, and conform their life to the character of Christ. A new power takes possession of the new heart. Man can never work out this change for himself. It is a supernatural work, bringing supernatural element into weak and wicked human nature. This power will cast out the devils that possessed the mind and will, and whose power has been revealed even in the words and works of those who claim to be the children of God.  {PC 418.1}
[PC 418.2]          The truth of God has been resisted and trampled down by men who hated its pure and heavenly principles. Men have walked in the fire of the sparks of their own kindling. God wants every man who is connected with his sacred work to be a man with whom he can communicate, a man of humble, teachable spirit, and a contrite heart. Workers who possess this character will not creep and grovel in earthliness, they will not be in bondage to men not to Satanic agencies. They will quit themselves like men, and be strong. They will turn their faces to the Sun of Righteousness, rising above all baser things into an atmosphere pure from all spiritual and moral defilement.  {PC 418.2}
[PC 418.3]          He who has become a partaker of the divine nature knows that his citizenship is above. He catches the inspiration from the Spirit of Christ. His soul is hid with Christ in God. Such a man Satan can no longer employ as his instrumentality to insinuate himself into the very sanctuary of God, to defile the temple of God. He gains victories at every step. He is filled with ennobling thoughts. He regards every human being as precious, because Christ has died for every soul.  {PC 418.3}
[PC 418.4]          "They that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength;                                                                              419  they shall mount up with wings and eagles." The man who waits upon the Lord is strong in His strength, strong enough to hold firm under great pressure. Yet he is easy to be entreated on the side of mercy and compassion, which is the side of Christ. The soul that is submissive to God is ready to do the will of God; he diligently and humbly seeks to know that will. He accepts discipline, and is afraid to walk according to his own finite judgment. He communes with God, and his conversation is in heaven.  {PC 418.4}
[PC 419.1]          O, how much evil has been committed by placing a high estimate on human talent, when the possessor was unconsecrated unsanctified. All human talent is valueless before God until the superscription of Jesus is placed upon it. Then in and through Christ the possessor becomes an efficient agent for good because he has a living connection with God. When truth gets full possession of a man's conscience, it sanctifies the soul. All his sensibilities are aroused, his sympathies are not fitful. The light from the Sun of Righteousness shines into his heart, and he becomes a earnest, living representative of truth. It is not the most eloquent men or the so called great men in business matters that are essential but men who may be looked upon as having little talent, yet who are true, simple, humble great hearted men; these may attain to wide usefulness blessing humanity everywhere. Jesus says, "Ye are the salt of the earth. Would that every man in the office of publication would practise the lesson taught by this symbol, and represent the saving salt. God is not deceived; he knows every grain of pure salt.  {PC 419.1}
[PC 419.2]          Enoch walked with God, and he was not, for God took him. The Lord would have us walk with him. If he directs the work, it will move in his way, and will bear his impress.  {PC 419.2}
[PC 419.3]          I write you this because I dare not do otherwise. I do not want you to bear all the responsibility, therefore I will send this to others who should understand the situation and help you. We are praying for you, that God will give you his supporting grace.  {PC 419.3}
[PC 419.4]          With sincere desire that you may be wholly and ever on the Lord's side, I will wait and watch and pray.                        (Signed)    Mrs. Ellen G. White                                                    -    {PC 419.4}
[PC 419.5]                    Norfolk Villa, Granville, September 10, 1895   Elder O. A. Olsen     Dear Brother:            For years I have carried a consuming burden for the cause of God in Battle Creek. I am now deeply troubled over the                                                                              420  shape which matters are taking there, and the influence which is being exerted on the work everywhere. I ask you, my brother, how can you entrust A. R. Henry and Harmon Lindsay with so much responsibility in the work, and send them hither and thither to all parts of the field? They are not by precept or example giving the third angel's message. The atmosphere which surrounds their souls, and which is revealed in spirit and influence, shows that they have lost the Spirit of God out of their hearts and their experience. They are made responsible for many, many things, while they do not feel their accountability to God.  {PC 419.5}
[PC 420.1]          Brother Nelson who is in the office, cannot be regarded as in exactly the same position as these men; but he needs a different mold of character. He has not that kind, Christian courtesy that will have a saving, fragrant influence upon the minds of those who associate with him or do business with him. Though he may hold to right principles, his manner of representing these principles is such as to make a disagreeable impression upon the minds of those associated with him. His words, his manner of expression, creates thoughts and feelings that are very objectionable. A good man is to manifest his principles, but he can do this in a way that will not make such a disagreeable impression upon those with whom he does business. God requires Brother Nelson to learn his lessons more perfectly in the school of Christ. His principles should be kept more vividly before his own mind, that they may bring forth in him the peaceable fruits of righteousness. His unfortunate manner of expression, and his spirit of criticism, destroy his influence, that, if sanctified, might be of real value.  {PC 420.1}
[PC 420.2]          The Lord wants Brother Nelson to clothe himself with the garments of righteousness, and to bring into his practical life the sweetness and fragrance of the character of Christ. This brother possesses qualifications of mind and character that, if sanctified daily for the Master's use, would enable him to become a vessel of honor. But he needs the molding and fashioning of Jesus. "The love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after, they have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with many sorrows. But thou, O man of God, flee these things: and follow after righteousness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meekness. Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold on eternal life, whereunto thou art also called, and hast professed a good profession before many witnesses."  {PC 420.2}
[PC 420.3]          I would say to Brother Nelson, Let your heart be joined to the heart of Infinite love; let your life be knit by hidden links to the life of Jesus. Let your life be hid with Christ in God; then because Christ liveth, you will live also. God wants you to let him manage you that you may be a lovable Christian. The Lord would have the natural and hereditary traits of character come under the pruning knife. Look steadfastly unto Jesus, that you may catch his spirit, and cherish the qualities of Christlike character. Then it will be recognized by all who have                                                                              421  any connection wit you, that you have learned of Christ his meekness, his affection, his tenderness, his sympathy. Never rest satisfied until you possess a loving and lovable spirit. Your words may come from the good treasure of the heart, to strengthen, help, bless, and win all around you. True conscientiousness will make the religious life attractive. But your religion has altogether too much acidity to be palatable. You sour your influence by a stubborn, set determination; your critical censoriousness sets the teeth on edge. God help you, my brother, for you need melting.  {PC 420.3}
[PC 421.1]          Others catch your spirit. The seeds we sow will bear a harvest, in goodness, patience, kindness, and love, or exactly the opposite. It is not your purpose to do wrong acts, but you do not see the necessity of doing pleasant acts, so that from you men would receive a better impression of the Christian character. More of the spirit of the beloved disciple John would make you more fragrant and lovable, and a far better example of what constitutes a true Christian life.  {PC 421.1}
[PC 421.2]          Many, many need melting over. Be sound in principle, true to God, but do not manifest one stern, ungenial phase of character. God does not want you to incur contempt by manifesting a disposition like a ball of putty, but he does want you to be a principle as sound as a rock, yet with a healthful mellowness. Like the Master, be full of grace and truth. Jesus was incorruptible, undefiled, yet in his life were mingled gentleness, meekness, benignity, sympathy and love. The poorest were not afraid to approach him, they did not fear a rebuff. What Christ was, every Christian should strive to be. In holiness and winsomeness of character he is our model.  {PC 421.2}
[PC 421.3]          "Learn of me," says Christ; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls." We should all learn of Christ what it means to be a Christian. Let us learn of him how to combine firmness, justice, purity, and integrity with unselfish courtesy and kindly sympathy. Thus the character becomes lovable and attractive. The beauty of holiness will disarm scoffers.  {PC 421.3}
[PC 421.4]          The workers at the Review and Herald office will not enter into the kingdom of heaven, unless their character reflects the character of Christ. The heart must receive the divine current, and let it flow out in rich streaks of mercy and grace to other hearts. All who would win souls to Christ must be winsome. A word to the wise is sufficient.                             (Signed)    Mrs. E. G. White                                                                              422   {PC 421.4}
[PC 422.1]                  Authority of the General Conference          The highest authority under God among Seventh-day Adventists is found in the will of the body of that people, as expressed in the decisions of the General Conference, when acting within its proper jurisdiction. - Action Of General Conference, 1877 Year Book, 1914 page 255.  {PC 422.1}
[PC 422.2]          I have been shown that no man's judgment should be surrendered to the judgment of any one man. But when the judgment of the General Conference, which is the highest authority that God has upon the earth, is exercised, private independence and private judgment must not be maintained, but surrendered. - Testimonies For The Church, Vol. III page 492 (1875)  {PC 422.2}
[PC 422.3]          God has ordained that the representatives of his church from all parts of the earth, when assembled in a General Conference, shall have authority. The error that some are in danger of committing is in giving to the mind and judgment of one man, or of a small group of men, the full measure of authority and influence that God has vested in his church, in the judgment and voice of the General Conference assembled to plan for the prosperity and advancement of his work.  {PC 422.3}
[PC 422.4]          At times, when a small group of men entrusted with the general management of the work have, in the name of the General Conference, sought to carry out unwise plans and to restrict God's work, I have said I could no longer regard the voice of the General Conference, represented by these few men, as the voice of God. - Testimonies For The Church, Vol. IX page 260  {PC 422.4}
[PC 422.5]          That these men (leaders) should stand in a sacred place, to be as the voice of God to the people, as we once believed the General Conference to be, that is past. - General Conference Bulletin 1901 page 25  {PC 422.5}
[PC 422.6]          Let those in America who suppose the voice of the General Conference to be the voice of God, become one with God before they utter their opinions. - Testimony To Elder Haskell, November 16, 1899.  {PC 422.6}
[PC 422.7]          Do not understand me as approving of the recent action of the General Conference Association, of which you write, but in regard to that matter it is right that I should speak to them. They have many difficulties to meet, and if they err in their action, the Lord knows it all, and can overrule all for the good of those who trust in him. - Testimony To Elder Littlejohn, August 3, 1894  {PC 422.7}
[PC 422.8]          Who can now feel sure that they are safe in respecting the voice of the General Conference Association? If the people in our churches understood the management of the men who walk in the light of the sparks of their own kindling, would they respect their decisions? I answer, No, not for a moment. I have been shown that the people at                                                                              423  large do not know that the heart of the work is being diseased and corrupted at Battle Creek. Many of the people are in a lethargic, listless, apathetic condition, and assent to plans which they do not understand - Special Instruction Relating To The Review And Herald Office And The Work In Battle Creek, pp. 19, 20 (1896)  {PC 422.8}
[PC 423.1]          After the truth has been proclaimed as a witness to all nations, at a time when every conceivable power of evil is set in operation, when minds are confused by the many voices crying, "Lo, here is Christ; Lo, he is there; This is truth, I have the message from God, he has sent me with great light." and there is a removing of the landmarks and an attempt to tear down the pillars of our faith - then a more decided effort is made to exalt the false sabbath, and to cast contempt upon God himself by supplanting the day he has blessed and sanctified. - To Brethren In Responsible Positions, 1892.  {PC 423.1}
[PC 423.2]          There seems to be a burning desire to get up something fictitious and bring it in as new light. Thus men try to weave into the web as important truths a tissue of lies. This fanciful mixture of food that is being prepared for the flock will cause spiritual consumption, decline and death. When those who profess to believe present truth come to their senses, when they accept the Word of the living God just as it reads, and do not try to wrest the Scriptures, then they will build their house upon the eternal Rock, even Christ Jesus.  {PC 423.2}
[PC 423.3]          There are those who say, not only in their hearts, but in all their works, "My Lord delayeth his coming." They show the effect of error upon them by smiting their fellow servants and eating and drinking with the drunken. As in the days of Noah, those who have had great light will show their inconsistency. Because Christ's coming has been long foretold, they conclude that there is a mistake in regard to this doctrine. But the Lord says, "If the vision tarry, wait for it: for it will surely come. It will not tarry past the time that the message is borne to all nations, tongues and people." - Testimony To Elder A. G. Daniells, October 14, 1900.  {PC 423.3}
[PC 423.4]          In ours, as in Christ's day, there may be a misreading or misinterpreting of the Scriptures. If the Jews had studied the Scriptures with earnest, prayerful hearts, their searching would have been rewarded with a true knowledge of the time, and not only the time, but also the manner of Christ's appearing. They would not have ascribed the glorious second appearing of Christ to his first advent. They had the testimony of Daniel; they had the testimony of Isaiah and the other prophets; they had the teaching of Moses; and here was Christ in their very midst, and still they were searching the Scriptures for evidence in regard to his coming. And they were doing unto Christ the very things that had been prophesied they would do. They were so blinded they knew not what they were doing.                                                                              424   {PC 423.4}
[PC 424.1]          And many are doing the same things today, in 1897, because they have not had experience in the testing messages comprehended in the first, second and third angels' messages. There are those who are searching the Scriptures for proof that these messages are still in the future. They gather together the truthfulness of the messages, but they fail to give them their proper place in prophetic history. Therefore such are in danger of misleading the people in regard to locating the messages. They do not see and understand the time of the end, or when to locate the messages. The day of God is coming with stealthy tread; but the supposed wise and great men are prating about "Higher Education." They know not the signs of Christ's coming, or of the end of the world - Testimony dated December 20, 1896  {PC 424.1}
[PCO 0.1]         PCO - A Place Called Oakwood    This book is a collection of Ellen White’s rich and insightful counsel to the Oakwood Educational Institution from its inception in 1896 to the end of her life in 1915. For the first time all of the published and unpublished counsel of Ellen White to Oakwood College is gathered together in one volume.    Comprehensive, organized, and innovative, A Place Called Oakwood: Inspired Counsel is one of a kind. It will cause you to ponder Oakwood’s divine purpose, marvel at its remarkable development, and be inspired at its providential role in God’s plan for the education and training of men and women for global service to God and humanity.    OAKWOOD COLLEGE  7000 Adventist Boulevard, NW  Huntsville, Alabama 35896  256-726-7000  www.oakwood.edu    A PLACE CALLED OAKWOOD: INSPIRED COUNSEL    A Comprehensive Compilation  of Ellen G. White Statements on the  Oakwood Educational Institution    Compiled by  BENJAMIN J. BAKER    Produced 2007 at Oakwood College, Huntsville, Alabama.  Printed at the Review and Herald  Publishing Association, Hagerstown, Maryland.    Typeface: Berkeley Book Family and Clarendon Condensed Bold  Cover Design and Layout by Howard Bullard    Compiler Acknowledgements    Appreciation is expressed to the Oakwood College Administration and Office of the  President for the role they played in supporting the idea and initiative of this project  and subsequently commissioning and providing essential guidance. Equally important was  the expertise and materials provided by the Oakwood College Archives and the Ellen G.  White Estate Branch Office located on the Oakwood College campus. Special thanks are  given to the Ellen G. White Estate staff at the General Conference of Seventh-day  Adventists in Silver Spring, Maryland for their invaluable assistance. The leadership at  the Southern Union Conference is appreciated for helping to underwrite this project.    The following specific individuals are noted for going beyond expectations: Kenneth Wood,  Jim Nix, and William Cleveland. Also gratitude is owed the following individuals for  their personal efforts and contributions: Jeannie Watkins, Kaven Ible, Minneola Dixon,  Joyce Williams, Denise Finley, Mervyn Warren, Howard Bullard, and Tim Poirier.    Besides thanking God for providing the inspiration for this project, I thank my parents,  Delbert and Susan Baker, for instilling in me a love for scholarship, research, and writing.    Benjamin J. Baker, compiler and graduate of Oakwood College, is currently pursuing a Ph.D. in history at Howard University. Baker is the author of Crucial Moments: Twelve Defining Events in Black Adventist History.     Dedication    To the sacrificial founders, pioneers, administrators, workers and students of Oakwood.  {PCO 0.1}
[PCO 0.2]     Table of Contents    Foreword	i  Oakwood Keys	ii       Key Terms	ii       Key Individuals	ii       Key Places	iii       Key References	iv  Oakwood Names	v  Oakwood Timeline	vi  Oakwood Leaders	ix       Oakwood Principals	ix       Oakwood Presidents	ix  Compilation Procedural Style	x  Chapter 1 - Speeches	3       1 - Some of the Best and Highest Talents	4       2 - So Well Begun	7  Chapter 2 - Letters	10       1 - No Colonizing	11       2 - The Lord Led	14       3 - Let Not Means Be Diverted	15       4 - Self-Supporting	16       5 - Men Who Will Catch the Notes	17       6 - Hanging in the Balance	18       7 - My Soul Is Stirred	19       8 - Rise Up	20       9 - Much Improved	23       10 - Make the School a Success	23       11 - Bricks Cannot Be Made Without Straw	25       12 - Poverty-stricken Condition	26       13 - The Work Must Go Forward	27       14 - In the Providence of God	28       15 - Self-Denial Boxes	30       16 - A Large Work Done	31       17 - Must Have Help	33       18 - A Special Work	33       19 - Greatly in Need of Help	34       20 - God Has Not Left Them	35       21 - Tell About the Huntsville School	38       22 - I Am Glad I Can Do This Much	39       23 - Do Our Very Best	39       24 - An Object Lesson	40       25 - A Great Work To Be Accomplished	41       26 - Do Not Lose Interest	42       27 - A Very Different Showing	44       28 - A Deep Interest	45       29 - An Appeal	46       30 - A Long Delay	49       31 - Huntsville School Must Be Finished	50       32 - A Much Broader Work	51       33 - Redeem the Time	52       34 - A Blessed Place	54       35 - A Place of Special Interest	55       36 - A Special and Important Work	57  Chapter 3 - Articles	58       1 - The Work in Graysville and Huntsville	59       2 - Our Duty Toward the Huntsville School	60       3 - An Opportunity to Help a Needy Cause	62       4 - Will You Help?	64       5 - The Work Among the Colored People	65       6 - The Lord Loveth a Cheerful Giver	70       7 - A Message to Teachers	71       8 - Medical Missionary Work Among the Colored People of the South	72       9 - Left for Years	75       10 - The Huntsville School	75  Chapter 4 - Manuscripts/Testimonies	77       1 - Centers of Influence	78       2 - The Work in the South	80       3 - Nashville	80       4 - Our Attitude Toward the Work and Workers in the Southern Field	81       5 - A Most Beautiful Place	81       6 - Needy Enterprises	82       7 - Act Your Part	83       8 - A Broader Work	83       9 - Words of Counsel to Our Colored People	84  Chapter 5 - Unpublished Documents	86       1 - All It Should Be	87       2 - Spared for Huntsville	92       3 - Yet Be a Success	93       4 - We Shall Go to Huntsville	93       5 - Love and Mercy	94       6 - A Man Is Needed	97       7 - Change for the Better	98       8 - The Advancement of the Huntsville School	100       9 - Dear Friend	100       10 - Blossom as a Rose	101       11 - Do All I Can	102       12 - Back a Year 	103       13 - A Precious Treasure	104       14 - A Holy Influence	105       15 - The Right Thing Is Being Done	106       16 - Blend Together	107       17 - A Deep Interest in the Huntsville School	109       18 - Especial Help	112       19 - The Big Fund	112       20 - Pleased Indeed	113       21 - Establish Their Work	114       22 - You Have Done Well	114       23 - We Have Just Arrived in Huntsville	116       24 - Instructions Regarding the Huntsville School	118       25 - Counsel Regarding the Work at Huntsville	122       26 - Directions Regarding Work for Colored People	124       27 - The Work in and About Nashville	128       28 - Words of Counsel to Our Colored People	128       29 - There Cannot Be a Place More Appropriate	131       30 - This Thy Great Work	132       31 - A People All Around in Huntsville	133       32 - Be Saving	134       33 - Interview With the Huntsville School Board	135  Appendix	147       A. Oakwood Categories	148       B. Oakwood Quotables	160       C. Oakwood Principles	163       D. Our Duty to the Colored People	164       E. Source Document Legend	172       F. Bibliography	173  Index		175       A	175       B	175       C	175       D	175       E	175       F	175       G	175       H	175       I	175       J	175       K	175       L	176       M	176       N	176       O	176       P	176       R	176       S	176       T	176       U	177       W	177  {PCO 0.2}
[PCO i.1]     Foreword         Oakwood College and its accomplishments are now legendary. {PCO i.1}
[PCO i.2]         Initially, however, the school seemed less than promising. The year was 1896. A 360-acre plot in Huntsville, Alabama, the site of a former slave plantation, was chosen as a location for the first Seventh-day Adventist advanced school for Blacks. The Alabama landscape was sloping and uneven; the red clay was hard as granite; dense brush encircled the property; the limbs of the trees sagged; derelict brush lay strewn all over; and the soil was barren from having been overworked. It took vision and faith to see a future in this unpromising plot in Alabama in the heart of the South 30 years after the Civil War. {PCO i.2}
[PCO i.3]         To make matters more challenging, barely enough funds were on hand to buy the property, let alone start a school. The General Conference was pressed for money, and church leaders would be slow to funnel funds into an enterprise such as this. Conditions did not look good. {PCO i.3}
[PCO i.4]         In the midst of this challenging situation, a clarion voice was heard. It was a voice that spoke for God, convinced that this was the spot the Lord would have the denomination purchase for a school to train blacks to be workers in His vineyard. {PCO i.4}
[PCO i.5]         From the start Ellen G. White championed Oakwood’s cause. Unquestionably she is worthy of the title “cofounder of Oakwood.” Throughout the subsequent years, as Oakwood grew, Ellen White continually spoke out for the school, doing all in her power to make sure it prospered. She wrote, visited, prodded, sacrificed, prayed, donated, advocated, and cried for the fledgling institution to ever fulfill its God-given destiny. As a result of her efforts and the support of the General Conference, and subsequently the support of the Regional conferences, Oakwood College is the success it is today. {PCO i.5}
[PCO i.6]         This volume is a comprehensive collection of Ellen G. White’s written statements (published and unpublished) on Oakwood, or “the Huntsville School,” as she often referred to it.  {PCO i.6}
[PCO i.7]         Her words still instruct and encourage administrators, faculty, staff, students, alumni and supporters with timeless counsel and inspiration for “a place called Oakwood.” {PCO i.7}
[PCO 0.3]    Benjamin J. Baker  {PCO 0.3}
[PCO ii.1]     Oakwood Keys    Keys to Unlock Ellen G. White’s Oakwood Statements    Key Terms         Colored people: This was the popular designation for African-Americans in the nineteenth and early part of the twentieth century. In context, the term Colored people was not necessarily derogatory or demeaning. {PCO ii.1}
[PCO ii.2]         Farm: This frequently used term refers to the Oakwood training school and to the Oakwood property. {PCO ii.2}
[PCO ii.3]         Huntsville School: Before the name Oakwood was adopted, the school was popularly referred to as the Huntsville School. {PCO ii.3}
[PCO ii.4]         Southern cause: This term refers to the Seventh-day Adventist denominational effort to evangelize and educate the recently freed slaves in the southern part of the United States. This cause was championed by Ellen White, her son James Edson, selected workers in the Southern field and broader church, black workers and leaders like Charles Kinney. {PCO ii.4}
[PCO ii.5]      Key Individuals         George I. Butler (1834-1918): One of the pioneers of the Seventh-day Adventist movement, Butler served in many positions in the church, most notably as General Conference president from 1871-1874 and 1880-1888.  Butler received more letters from Ellen White than anyone else mentioning the Oakwood School. When she wrote these letters, he was the president of the Southern Union Conference and the Southern Publishing Association. {PCO ii.5}
[PCO ii.6]         Arthur G. Daniells (1858-1935): Longtime church worker and administrator, Daniells held several key denominational positions and was one of Seventh-day Adventism’s most dynamic leaders. He served as General Conference president from 1901-1921, holding that position longer than anyone else. {PCO ii.6}
[PCO ii.7]         Solon M. Jacobs (1846-1927): The first principal of the Oakwood School, Jacobs was a white man from Fontanelle, Iowa. Jacobs and his family arrived at Oakwood in 1896. The Jacobs’ were tireless workers, doing anything and everything possible to keep the school running. Jacobs stayed on as principal one year, then served as the farm foreman until 1902. {PCO ii.7}
[PCO ii.8]         Benjamin E. Nicola (1856-1943): Oakwood’s principal from 1899-1904, Nicola was the first principal to serve for longer than two years. (The two subsequent presidents would not stay longer than two years either.) The school made significant strides during his years in office, but he would receive reproving counsel from Mrs. White concerning his tenure. {PCO ii.8}
[PCO ii.9]         Fred R. Rogers (1869-1920) Rogers served as Oakwood’s principal from 1904-1905. Before taking up his post at Oakwood, Rogers was a diligent worker in the Southern cause, serving as the superintendent of SDA mission schools in Mississippi, and working with James Edson White and his Morning Star boat crew. {PCO ii.9}
[PCO ii.10]         James Edson White (1849-1928): The second son of James and Ellen White, Edson was the premier champion of the Southern cause. He began his evangelistic efforts in 1894 by constructing an innovative steamboat called the Morning Star. He sailed the steamer from city to city along the Mississippi River, leaving SDA schools and churches for black people in his wake. He chose this witnessing medium for safety, mobility, and drawing appeal. Edson compiled his mother’s writings on the Southern cause into one handy volume called The Southern Work. Edson’s successes and influence helped to facilitate the establishment of Oakwood. {PCO ii.10}
[PCO iii.1]      Key Places         Graysville, Tennessee: This small country town was where George A. Colcord opened a Seventh-day Adventist school in 1891. Then a boarding academy with an adjacent sanitarium, Graysville Academy would move to property east of Chattanooga and become Southern Junior College, then Southern Missionary College, and finally Southern Adventist University. This area was a crucial spot in the early days of the movement in the training of Adventist workers. It is centrally located, roughly one hundred miles from both Nashville and Huntsville. {PCO iii.1}
[PCO iii.2]         Huntsville, Alabama: The home of the Oakwood educational institution, the first Seventh-day Adventist higher education institution for African Americans. Huntsville, Alabama, is a city that has historically been noted for being progressive in its racial views and, more recently, for its  technological advancement. It was/is an ideal location for the Oakwood educational enterprise. Huntsville, situated in the northern part of Alabama, is the southern part of the Nashville-Huntsville-Graysville triangle. {PCO iii.2}
[PCO iii.3]         Madison, Tennessee: Located ten miles northeast of Nashville, Madison was an important spot in early Southern Seventh-day Adventism. The Madison property (often referred to as the Madison Farm) was purchased in 1904 with the financial assistance of Nellie Druillard and the prophetic vision of Ellen White. Spearheaded by Edward A. Sutherland and Percy T. Magan, the Madison contingent would spawn a collection of schools, hospitals, industries and churches around the South. {PCO iii.3}
[PCO iii.4]         Nashville, Tennessee: The capital of Tennessee, Nashville was the hub of the burgeoning Southern work in the Seventh-day Adventist movement. Home of the first black congregation, at Edgefield Junction, Nashville would also later become home to two SDA conferences (Gulf States Conference and South Central Conference) and the first SDA hospital for blacks (Riverside Sanitarium). A major factor in the location of schools at Huntsville and Graysville was their proximity to Nashville. {PCO iii.4}
[PCO iv.1]      Key References         Self-denial boxes: These were small boxes in the homes of Seventh-day Adventists in which monetary contributions were to be placed for the black work in the South. This innovative practice was encouraged by Ellen White in 1904. {PCO iv.1}
[PCO iv.2]         The fire: On October 11, 1906, Chapel Hall on the Oakwood campus was totally consumed by fire. One student, Will (aka John, Alfred) Willingham, perished. No one else was harmed. {PCO iv.2}
[PCO iv.3]         The orphanage: Upon the urging of Ellen White, Oakwood assumed management of an orphanage constructed by Mrs. Stephen N. Haskell in 1911. This orphanage took in black children of unfortunate backgrounds, caring for and educating them. A number of the orphans would later attend the Oakwood primary and training school. The orphanage closed its doors in 1930. {PCO iv.3}
[PCO iv.4]         The sanitarium: Also started as a result of the counsel of Ellen White, the Oakwood Sanitarium, a modest two-story building, began a nursing and medical training program in the summer of 1910 under the leadership of Martin M. Martinson. The sanitarium trained nurses and medical workers and offered medical assistance to the community at large. The sanitarium had a tumultuous history, and in 1937 it was closed. {PCO iv.4}
[PCO v.1]      Oakwood Names    Official Names of Oakwood       Oakwood Industrial School (1896) Oakwood Manual Training School (1904) Oakwood Junior College (1917) Oakwood College (1943) {PCO v.1}
[PCO v.2]    Names for Oakwood used by Ellen White       Huntsville Huntsville School Farm our school for the colored people our school in Huntsville the farm the Huntsville School the Industrial School the institution at Huntsville the Lord’s farm the Oakwood enterprises the Oakwood Farm? the Oakwood School the Oakwood School Farm the school the school at Huntsville the school here at Huntsville Training School {PCO v.2}
[PCO vi.1]      Oakwood Timeline    The Early Years: 1891-1915       This chronological outline of key events pertaining to Oakwood covers the 25-year period from 1891 to 1915, the year of Ellen White’s death (July 16, 1915). {PCO vi.1}
[PCO vi.2]    1891       Ellen White delivers historic address “Our Duty to the Colored People” to the General Conference session in Battle Creek, Michigan, in 1891 in which she urges the church to develop the work in the South. {PCO vi.2}
[PCO vi.3]    1893       Edson White reads Our Duty to the Colored People for the first time in tract form and dedicates his life to the black work in the South. {PCO vi.3}
[PCO vi.4]    1894       Edson White and Will Palmer via the Morning Star steamship begin to educate and evangelize Southern Blacks and found mission schools that later became feeder schools for Oakwood. {PCO vi.4}
[PCO vi.5]    1895       Premier black SDA pioneer Charles M. Kinney recommends the Beasley estate as the site for Oakwood. {PCO vi.5}
[PCO vi.6]         Southern Missionary Society, devoted to working for Blacks in the South, is begun, headed by Edson White. This organization is the precursor to the Southern Union Conference and was a strong supporter of Oakwood. {PCO vi.6}
[PCO vi.7]         Ellen White encourages General Conference leaders to move forward with the Oakwood School. {PCO vi.7}
[PCO vi.8]    Autumn 1895       The General Conference sends Ole A. Olsen, George A. Irwin, and Harmon Lindsay to assess the Beasley estate. {PCO vi.8}
[PCO vi.9]    January 23, 1896       The Huntsville property is purchased by the General Conference. {PCO vi.9}
[PCO vi.10]    April 3, 1896       Solon Jacobs arrives to become the first principal of the Oakwood Industrial School. {PCO vi.10}
[PCO vi.11]    November 16, 1896       Oakwood Industrial School opens. {PCO vi.11}
[PCO vi.12]         Boys’ dormitory opens. {PCO vi.12}
[PCO vi.13]    1897       Henry H. Shaw becomes principal of Oakwood. {PCO vi.13}
[PCO vi.14]    1899       Chapel/Study Hall built. {PCO vi.14}
[PCO vi.15]         Benjamin E. Nicola begins as principal. {PCO vi.15}
[PCO vi.16]         Colporteur work begun in earnest by Oakwood students. {PCO vi.16}
[PCO vii.1]    1901       Oakwood’s agricultural sales pay all of school’s expenses and net a profit.  {PCO vii.1}
[PCO vii.2]    1902       West Hall is finished. {PCO vii.2}
[PCO vii.3]    1904       Name changed to Oakwood Manual Training School. {PCO vii.3}
[PCO vii.4]         Fred R. Rogers becomes principal. {PCO vii.4}
[PCO vii.5]         Summer institutes and workshops begin at Oakwood. {PCO vii.5}
[PCO vii.6]         Lottie Blake, the first Black Seventh-day Adventist MD, joins the Oakwood teaching staff as the first Black teacher and the first with a doctorate. {PCO vii.6}
[PCO vii.7]         Louis Sheafe and William Brandon are the first blacks to sit on the Oakwood School Board. {PCO vii.7}
[PCO vii.8]    Late June 1904*       Ellen White’s first visit to Oakwood; she delivers two addresses to the Oakwood student body.* {PCO vii.8}
[PCO vii.9]    1905-1906       G.H. Baber starts as principal. {PCO vii.9}
[PCO vii.10]         “Sunnyside” (a teacher’s cottage) completed. {PCO vii.10}
[PCO vii.11]         “Hilltop” (a faculty cottage) completed. {PCO vii.11}
[PCO vii.12]         “Oaklawn” (principal’s housing) completed. {PCO vii.12}
[PCO vii.13]         Print shop completed. {PCO vii.13}
[PCO vii.14]    1906       Walter J. Blake assumes principal position. Oakwood fire: Chapel Hall burns to the ground. {PCO vii.14}
[PCO vii.15]    1908       Butler Hall erected. {PCO vii.15}
[PCO vii.16]    1909       Oakwood’s first graduates. {PCO vii.16}
[PCO vii.17]         Sanitarium building finished. {PCO vii.17}
[PCO vii.18]         Late April: Ellen White visits Oakwood again. {PCO vii.18}
[PCO vii.19]    Summer 1910       Oakwood sanitarium opens. {PCO vii.19}
[PCO vii.20]    1911       Oakwood orphanage opens. {PCO vii.20}
[PCO vii.21]         Clarence Boyd begins as principal. {PCO vii.21}
[PCO vii.22]         Dining hall finished. {PCO vii.22}
[PCO vii.23]    1912       Oakwood graduates first ministerial student. {PCO vii.23}
[PCO vii.24]         “The Pines” (a teacher’s apartment building) is erected. {PCO vii.24}
[PCO viii.1]    1914       Henderson Hall (women’s dormitory) is built. {PCO viii.1}
[PCO viii.2]    1915       New laundry built. {PCO viii.2}
[PCO viii.3]         Barn and silo added. {PCO viii.3}
[PCO viii.4]         Ellen White dies. {PCO viii.4}
[PCO viii.5]      *Note on Ellen White’s Oakwood Visits       There is considerable conjecture and debate as to how many times Ellen White visited Oakwood. There are two speeches five years apart (June 21, 1904, and April 19, 1909) that were transcribed and have been preserved. Mrs. White also wrote of these two visits in her diary and personal correspondence. If Mrs. White made additional visits to Oakwood other than in 1904 and 1909, there is no extant record or document to support those visits. Therefore, any other visits to Oakwood by Mrs. White than on these two dates can only be presumed until further evidence is discovered. {PCO viii.5}
[PCO viii.6]         Ellen White returned to the United States from Australia in 1900. The 1904 and 1909 visits took place when she traveled across the country from Elmshaven, her home a few miles from the town of St. Helena (70 miles north of San Francisco) to Battle Creek, Michigan, and Washington, DC, center of the growing Adventist Church. {PCO viii.6}
[PCO viii.7]         These trips coincide with the Seventh-day Adventist Encyclopedia reference that states: {PCO viii.7}
[PCO viii.8]         “Her journeys across the continent between 1901 and 1909 often took her through the South, where the work of the church was slowly developing. An appeal from her pen in 1891, followed in 1895 and 1896 by articles published in the Review and Herald urging educational and evangelistic endeavors for the neglected black race, sparked a work in which her own son, James Edson White, took an active part. She was keenly interested in the development of missionary endeavors geared for most effective results in white and black communities, and sent the workers in this field many messages of counsel and encouragement. She lent strong support to the establishment of Oakwood College, in Huntsville, Alabama, for black young people, and the Nashville Agricultural and Normal Institute, near Madison, Tennessee, a privately operated training center for mature white young people. The work of the church in the South was of deep concern to her through the remaining years of her life.” ［Seventh-day Adventist Encyclopedia, Second Revised Edition M-Z, Review and Herald Publishing Association, Hagerstown, MD 21740, pp. 879-880.］ {PCO viii.8}
[PCO x.1]      Oakwood Leaders    Oakwood Principals    Solon M. Jacobs (1896-1897)  Henry H. Shaw (1897-1899)  Benjamin E. Nicola (1899-1904)  Fred R. Rogers (1904-1905)  Grandville H. Baber (1905-1906)  Walter J. Blake (1906-1911)  Clarence J. Boyd (1911-1917)    Oakwood Presidents    James I. Beardsley (1917-1923)  Joseph A. Tucker (1923-1932)  James L. Moran (1932-1945)  Frank L. Peterson (1945-1954  Garland J. Millet (1954-1963)  Addison V. Pinkney (1963-1966)  Frank W. Hale (1966-1971)  Calvin B. Rock (1971-1985)  Benjamin F. Reaves (1985-1996)  Delbert W. Baker (1996- )    Compilation Procedural Style         TITLES: At the beginning of each Ellen White quotation there is a title. The compiler has supplied titles for each speech or letter from some words or phrase that appear in the speech or letter. The articles have the original titles appearing in the periodical. The manuscript and testimony titles vary; some are supplied by the compiler (italicized), others by Mrs. White or her original editors. The unpublished document titles are also a mix of original and supplied.  {PCO x.1}
[PCO x.2]         SELECTIVITY: At times Mrs. White began a letter with the standard address “Dear Brother _______” or “Dear Sister ________,” etc. This address is left out of some letters because the selected quotation is so far into the letter that the integrity of the selection would be compromised by giving the address followed by an ellipsis. {PCO x.2}
[PCO x.3]         ELLIPSIS: An ellipsis (…) means parts of original text were left out either because of lack of relevancy or manuscript difficulties (the original document contained the ellipsis or the next part is missing from original document or is unclear). An ellipsis plus a period (….) means the sentence is complete but that some of the text following is not included. {PCO x.3}
[PCO x.4]         ABRIDGED/UNABRIDGED: The word abridged or unabridged comes at the end of each selection. Abridged means that only portions of the document salient to Oakwood were printed; some portion of the original is not printed here. Unabridged means the entire known document is printed. {PCO x.4}
[PCO x.5]         SOURCE REFERENCES: The source/sources at the end of a quotation are all the places the selection or portions thereof occur in published Ellen G. White books or in her unpublished letter and manuscript files. This is supplied for readers who may choose to go to the original sources of the reference. {PCO x.5}
[PCO x.6]         BRACKETS: A word in brackets in the unpublished documents section means that an error occurs in the original manuscript and the compiler is inserting his correction. However, it should be noted, no corrections of ideas were made, only of grammar, spelling, or usage. {PCO x.6}
[PCO 3.1]      Chapter 1 - Speeches         Late June of 1904 is the first recorded visit of Ellen White to Oakwood in Huntsville, Alabama. Thanks in no small part to the counsel and efforts of Ellen White, by the time of her visit, Oakwood was off to a solid start. Mrs. White, her son Edson, and a small group of other church workers toured various fledgling Adventist efforts in the South in the trilogy of cities central and crucial to the Adventist work. {PCO 3.1}
[PCO 3.2]         Ellen White spoke, shared counsel and admonished at the various sites she visited. Following her deliveries, she often grouped together her counsels for convenience, publication, and future reference. {PCO 3.2}
[PCO 3.3]         On such a tour she made an historic visit to Huntsville and spoke for the first time at Oakwood. Two of her talks were transcribed. These speeches, delivered to the student body in the school chapel, are full of positive exhortations and high admonitions. {PCO 3.3}
[PCO 4.1]      1 - Some of the Best and Highest Talents    Place: Huntsville School Chapel, Huntsville, Alabama  June 21, 1904       I am so pleased to see the colored students who are here today. I wish that there were a hundred of them, as it has been presented to me that there should be. I wish there were many more here in training for service; for there is a large field to be worked among the colored people. To those who are here, I would say, “Seek to understand the Scriptures. God will help you. His eye is upon the colored race, and He will send His angels to open your understanding.” {PCO 4.1}
[PCO 4.2]         In regard to this school here at Huntsville, I wish to say that for the past two or three years I have been receiving instruction regarding it—what it should be and what those who come here as students are to become. All that is done by those connected with this school, whether they be white or black, is to be done with the realization that this is the Lord’s institution, in which the students are to be taught how to cultivate the land, and how to labor for the uplifting of their own people. {PCO 4.2}
[PCO 4.3]         Those connected with the farm are to work with such earnestness and perseverance that it will bear testimony to the world, to angels, and to men, of the fidelity with which the land has been cared for. This is the Lord’s land, and it is to bear fruit to his glory. Those who attend this school are to be taught in right lines, on the farm or in the schoolroom. They are to be taught how to live in close connection with God.  {PCO 4.3}
[PCO 4.4]         The Lord says, “Work out your own salvation.” How are you to do this? By doing the very things He wants you to do, that you may become intelligent in His service. He has given you talents to be improved. He has bestowed on the colored race some of the best and highest talents. He will bless in the work of transforming mind and character. {PCO 4.4}
[PCO 4.5]         Students, there is something for every one of you to do in God’s service. The Lord wants you to be His helping hand in reaching souls in many places. He wants you to have an intelligence so sharp and clear that you can grasp the most precious truths, and in the simplicity of Christ present these truths to those who have never heard them. There is great need for colored workers to labor for their own people. You can labor in many places where others cannot. White workers can labor for the colored people in some places. This is why we have established our printing office in Nashville. In and near Nashville there are large institutions for the education of the colored people. The men who established these institutions have opened the way for the light of the gospel to go to the colored people.  {PCO 4.5}
[PCO 4.6]         We want every one who comes to this school, to try to get some other one to come. There should be one hundred students in attendance at the next session of the school. Will you not try in every way possible to swell the number to one hundred? And when the school year is over, these students should not be sent out to go where they please. They are to be trained and educated till they are able to go out into the field to work successfully for the Master.  {PCO 4.6}
[PCO 5.1]    5       “Ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” Do not bring to the foundation that which is represented as wood, hay, and stubble; for such material will be destroyed by fire. Bring the material that is spoken of in the word of God as gold, silver, and precious stones. This will stand the test. If you bring worthless material to the foundation, your work will be consumed. Could you be satisfied yourself to be saved, and have nothing to show for your life work? Would you work merely to save your own soul? {PCO 5.1}
[PCO 5.2]         God desires you not only to save your own soul, but to bring others to Him. These ransomed ones, when the redeemed are gathered home, will be among those who will cast their glittering crowns at the feet of the Redeemer, and fill all heaven with rich music. They will exclaim, “Worthy, worthy is the Lamb that was slain, and that lives again, a triumphant conqueror;” and then they will go to the ones who spoke to them the words which brought them into right relation to God and will say, “It was your influence, through Christ, that led me to accept the truth of heavenly origin.” {PCO 5.2}
[PCO 5.3]         “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” You are to fear lest you make a mistake, and lead others to follow a wrong example. All that you do is to show the fidelity which God acknowledges. God has given to every man his work, and He puts His stamp on all work that is genuine. But spurious work is of no value in His sight. Everything is to be done with thoroughness. There is to be no sham work. If you will do thorough work here, your education will be worth double to you in after life than if you should leave school with a superficial education, not having done thorough work.  {PCO 5.3}
[PCO 5.4]         I feel so grateful that we have this large farm on which to carry on our school work. I am so glad that it is productive land. But it cannot be expected to bring forth fruit if it is left uncultivated, From this we may learn a spiritual lesson. “It is My Father’s good pleasure,” Christ says to His disciples, “that ye bear much fruit.” But you cannot bear much fruit unless you take out of your lives the weeds of selfishness and sin. We do not ask what your past life may have been. We ask you to take out of your hearts, now, the weeds of evil, and let the word of truth dwell in you richly, that your lives may produce the fruits of righteousness and holiness. If you will do this, you will see in the kingdom of God the result of what you have learned on this school farm. Pull up the weeds of evil in your hearts, and plant the seeds of truth. {PCO 5.4}
[PCO 5.5]         Every one before me is to be a missionary for Christ. Students, we want you to bring others to this school. And we want you to do your level best yourselves in gaining a fitness for service. You have precious opportunities here, and we want you to learn how to train the minds and hands of others, so that they in turn can lead still others to Christ, and receive a crown of rejoicing. You are to be patient, kind, gentle, and yet firm and strong for the right. You are to place your feet on the platform of eternal truth-the platform that no storm or tempest can sweep away. Do you ask what this platform is? It is the law of God. He says that if you will love the Lord Jesus, and keep His commandments, you will be a kingdom of priests, heirs of God and joint heirs with Christ. {PCO 5.5}
[PCO 5.6]         God’s eye is upon all. He wants the students in this school to make all they do a means of helping them to gain an education that will enable them to present the truth  6  to their own people. {PCO 5.6}
[PCO 6.1]         I am speaking to the students here today because I want to encourage them. They have a battle to fight; they have a strong prejudice to work against. If they will do this righteously and patiently, not cherishing the feeling that they are misused, God will greatly bless them. Students, remember that Christ loves you; that God so loves you that He gave His only begotten Son to die for you, that you might be brought into the faith. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” {PCO 6.1}
[PCO 6.2]         I say again, I am so glad that we have this farm. Not long ago one came to me, and said, “I think it is a mistake to keep that large farm. It is not half cultivated. I think they might better sell a portion of it.” That night instruction was given me regarding the matter. It was God’s purpose that the school should be placed here. He saw that the workers here would not have to fight every inch of ground in order to establish the truth, as the workers in some places have had to do. The instruction was given me, Never part with an acre of this land. It is to be used in educating hundreds. If those who stand here as teachers will do their part, if with courage they will take up the work appointed them, trusting in the Lord, sending their petitions to heaven for light and grace and strength, success will attend their efforts. The teachers are to be kind and tender, and at the same time very thorough in discipline. This is most essential. {PCO 6.2}
[PCO 6.3]         Minute-men are needed in this school-men who have vitality and power, men who are prepared to use the capabilities of the whole being in active service, that everything about this school may be of a character to recommend it to angels and to men. Teachers and students will then have the satisfaction of knowing that the work is acceptable to the Lord.  {PCO 6.3}
[PCO 6.4]         Students, God will help you; but you must not think that you can retain the unchristlike traits of character that you naturally possess. You must place yourselves in the school of Christ. You must learn from the One who learned from His Father. Christ declared: “As the Father gave Me commandment, even so I do.” In order that His Father might be glorified through the Son. Christ did what His Father had commissioned Him to do. How important that we do what Christ commissions us to do! {PCO 6.4}
[PCO 6.5]         We are preparing to enter the holy city. Keep this thought in mind all the time. There is a heaven of bliss before us. Keep thinking of this. And there is a joy that we may have in Christ even in this world. To those who keep His commandments He says, “My joy shall be in you, and your joy shall be full.” Keep His commandments and live, and His law as the apple of thine eye. May God bless you all. If I never see you again on this earth, I hope that I shall see you in the kingdom of God. {PCO 6.5}
[PCO 7.1]      Sources: GH, June 1, 1904; SpTB12 pp. 9-13; 6MR pp. 210-212; Ms 60, 1904, pp. 4-8; 4MR pg. 25    Footnote: 1 “Never part with an acre of this land.” The General Conference originally purchased 360 acres of farmland known as the Beasley estate in Huntsville, Alabama, for $8,000 in 1895. This land was expressly bought to be the site of the Oakwood Industrial School and the acreage Ellen White spoke of to “never part with.” Since then the Oakwood College constituency has acquired upwards of twelve hundred additional acres. Some of these additional acres have been sold.  It has been the practice, however, to discriminate between the original 360 acres and the additional acreage.    2 - So Well Begun    Place: Oakwood School, Huntsville, Alabama  April 29, 1909       I am glad to have an opportunity of speaking to this company of students. Some time I expect that this room will be filled, and that another room will be filled also. We expect to see a work done here that men will be proud to acknowledge. We are glad indeed to see so many present.  {PCO 7.1}
[PCO 7.2]         This morning I will first read a few words from the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah: “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek me daily, and delight to know my ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God: they ask of me the ordinances of justice; they take delight in approaching to God. {PCO 7.2}
[PCO 7.3]         Wherefore have we fasted, say they, and thou seest not? Wherefore have we afflicted our soul, and Thou takest no knowledge?” Here the complaint comes not against themselves, but against God. Listen to the answer: “Behold, in the day of your fast ye find pleasure, and exact all your labors. Behold, ye fast for strife and debate, and to smite with the fist of wickedness; ye shall not fast as ye do this day, to make your voice to be heard on high. Is it such a fast that I have chosen? A day for a man to afflict his soul? is it to bow down his head as a bulrush, and to spread sackcloth and ashes under him? wilt thou call this a fast, and an acceptable day to the Lord?”  {PCO 7.3}
[PCO 7.4]         The Lord declares what is the fast that He chooses. “Is not this the fast that I have chosen?” He says, “to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?” {PCO 7.4}
[PCO 7.5]         This is the work we are trying to do, and the work we are setting before His people, God’s people, as the work that should be done. Yes, Lord, we can say, we, Thy commandment-keeping people, are trying to do this work as fast as possible.  {PCO 7.5}
[PCO 7.6]         We are endeavoring to bring the colored people to that place where they can be self-supporting. The time will come when you will be able to escape many of the evils that will come upon the world because you have obtained a correct knowledge of how to plant and to build, and how to carry on various enterprises. This is why we want this land occupied and cultivated, why we want buildings put up. The students are to learn how to plant and to build and to sow. As they learn to do this, they will see a work before them which they will be very glad to have a part in. Opportunities will present themselves by which they can make themselves a blessing to those around them.  {PCO 7.6}
[PCO 7.7]         “Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are  8  cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?” It is the privilege of every student and worker upon this school land to know what it is to be moved by the impulse of the Spirit of God. {PCO 7.7}
[PCO 8.1]         “Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily.” Why this assurance regarding the health? Health is given because you learn to use your muscles as well as your brain powers. It is very important that we tax our physical and mental powers equally. “Thy righteousness shall go before thee,” the Lord continues, “and the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward.” How will our righteousness go before us? It will be revealed in righteous words, in righteous actions, in our useful employments. This work is given to the colored people as surely as it is given to the white people. According to their opportunities they are to work out faithfully the problems that God presents to them. When we do the work that God requires of us, the blessings He has promised will attend us.  {PCO 8.1}
[PCO 8.2]         If we will do justice, if we will exalt the truth, the Lord Himself will be our Keeper and our Preserver, enabling us to do His will. God takes care of those who are looked down upon by their fellow men. It is because He regards the needs of those who are despised and rejected that we have this school farm where you can receive a preparation for labor right here in the South. It is His desire that those who receive a training here shall go forth to labor to lift up the oppressed, to strengthen the weak hands, that through your efforts men and women may learn to honor and glorify God. The teaching of this fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah means just this to you. {PCO 8.2}
[PCO 8.3]         I am glad of this opportunity of saying these few words to you. Let everything you do be done in faith. Believe that the Lord will surely fulfill His promises. He wants us to take comfort in His word; He wants us to be consoled by His promises; He longs to see the righteousness of the Lord go before us and the glory of God be our rereward. I see great possibilities for this experience to come to the students in this school. You have great advantages here. You are shut away from the world at large, away from the carousing and the amusements and the confusion. You do not need these things. You need to be where you can be free to serve the Lord conscientiously. He does not cast you off because of your color. The Lord wants the white people to help the colored people. If they will encourage them, and open ways for them, the blessing of the Lord will surely come upon them, as it comes to those whom they are trying to help. This will be a working out of God’s plan.  {PCO 8.3}
[PCO 8.4]         It is the privilege of each student here to know that the Most High has a care for you. He will watch over you for good, and not for evil. If you follow on to know the Lord, you will know His going forth is prepared as the morning. You will increase continually in light and knowledge. I want to see the goodness and mercy of God revealed in this place. We will pray for you; we will do all we can to help you; we will send you publications that you can read and study. I want to meet you each in the kingdom of God. Let us fight the battles of the Lord manfully and righteously, that we may see in the city of God the faces we look upon here today. Let us educate and train the younger members of the Lord’s family. They are to stand firmly with God’s people.  {PCO 8.4}
[PCO 8.5]         I need not say any more this morning. I am very thankful that I could visit your school. For years I have done what I could to help the colored people, and I have  9  never found the work so well begun in any place as I find it here at the present time. In all your experiences, remember that angels of God are beside you. They know what you do; they are present to guard you. Do not do anything to displease them. As you work and they work, this school will become consecrated ground. I shall want to hear how you succeed. All heaven is interested in the moves you are making. Let us do our utmost to help one another to obtain the victory. Let us so live that the light of heaven can shine into our hearts and minds, enabling us to grasp the treasures of heaven. May God help you, is my prayer. {PCO 8.5}
[PCO 10.1]      Sources: Ms. 27, 1909 pp. 1-5; 2MR pp. 82-85; SF Echo, June 1, 1909    Chapter 2 - Letters         One of the primary methods of communications in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries was written correspondence: personal letters. Ellen White certainly utilized this method, penning thousands of letters. A good portion of the letters were of a personal nature, but because of their rich counsel many appeared in denominational periodicals, the Testimonies to the Church volumes, pamphlets, and later posthumous collections. Mrs. White wrote letters to further God’s work; encouraged individuals to personal holiness; warn church members of dangers in their path; open the mysteries of God; urge a particular course; share visions; and raise money for church causes. {PCO 10.1}
[PCO 10.2]         Mrs. White penned letters about Oakwood to select individuals, constituencies, church congregations, and even the Oakwood student body. The school, at first in the denomination’s proverbial backseat, was thrust nearer to the forefront through Mrs. White’s personal correspondence. In the following letters, Ellen White shares the burden for Oakwood God placed on her. {PCO 10.2}
[PCO 11.1]      Note: A few transcribed talks with references to Oakwood are also included in this section. The only transcribed speeches Ellen White gave on the Oakwood campus appear in the previous chapter.    1 - No Colonizing    Context: A.F. Ballenger wrote to Ellen White in Australia in 1899 about setting up a type of colony in the South comprised of a collection of Adventist families in order to aid the Southern blacks. The families would purchase a plot of land and develop it while teaching blacks agricultural methods and the Adventist message. The missionaries, however, would have to pledge five years of service in order to join the colony.  June 5, 1899  Dear Brother__________:       I remember you distinctly, and I have rejoiced to see you growing in grace and working in the Lord’s vineyard. I would say, my brother, you would best stand at your post of duty, laboring in the ministry of the Word.  {PCO 11.1}
[PCO 11.2]         As you say, there is no more fruitful field than the South. It is the prejudice of the white against the black race that makes this field hard, very hard. The whites who have oppressed the colored people still have the same spirit. They did not lose it, although they were conquered in war. They are determined to make it appear that the blacks were better off in slavery than since they were set free. Any provocation from the blacks is met with the greatest cruelty. The field is one that needs to be worked with the greatest discretion. Any mingling of the white people with the colored people, as sleeping in their houses, or showing them friendship as would be shown by the Whites to those of their own color, is exasperating to the white people of the South. Yet these same persons employ colored women to nurse their children and further, not a few White men have had children by colored women. Thus the colored people have received an education from the whites in immorality, and many of them stand ready to treat the whites as the whites have treated them. The relation of the two races has been a matter hard to deal with, and I fear that it will ever remain a most perplexing problem.  {PCO 11.2}
[PCO 11.3]         You speak of a way of helping the colored race in a way which does not excite the prejudice of the white Southern-born citizens; that is, the Industrial School. As you have presented, the greatest caution needs to be exercised in regard to politics. Some persons are of such a temperament that they would make trouble by want of proper consideration. Words dropped unadvisedly would be like a spark, kindling a flame of intense jealousy and dangerous opposition. Whoever works in the South needs to be sanctified in body, soul, and spirit. Then there will be wise words, not words spoken at random or without duly weighing every expression.  {PCO 11.3}
[PCO 11.4]         It is from the whites that the greatest opposition may be expected. This is the quarter that we shall need to watch. The white people are prejudiced against the doctrines  12  taught by the Seventh-day Adventists, and a religious opposition is the greatest difficulty. The white people will stir up the blacks by telling them all kinds of stories; and the blacks, who can lie even when it is for their interest to speak the truth, will stir up the whites with falsehoods, and the whites who want an occasion will seize upon any pretext for taking revenge, even upon those of their own color who are presenting the truth. This is the danger. As far as possible, everything that will stir up the race prejudice of the white people should be avoided. There is danger of closing the door so that our white laborers will not be able to work in some places in the South. {PCO 11.4}
[PCO 12.1]         All that you have written in regard to the great necessity of the colored people is correct. I have seen that those who know the truth for this time have a special work to take up for this people. Christ came to our world, clothing His divinity with humanity, that He might work with humanity, fallen, degraded, corrupted. He came of poor parentage, and lived the life of a poor man. He was accustomed to privation. As a member of the family He acted His part in laboring with His hands for the support of His mother and His brothers and sisters. Thus He, the Majesty of heaven, was not to appear as honoring the greatest men because of their wealth. He has forever removed from poverty the disgrace which is attached to it because it is destitute of worldly advantages. He says, “The foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man hath not where to lay his head.”  {PCO 12.1}
[PCO 12.2]         Four thousand years before a voice of strange and mysterious import was heard in heaven from the throne of God: “Sacrifice and offering thou didst not desire; mine ears hast thou opened: burnt offering and sin offering hast thou not required. Then said I, Lo, I come: in the volume of the book it is written of me, I delight to do thy will, O my God: yea, thy law is within my heart.” Christ in counsel with His Father laid out the plan for His life on earth. It was not a chance, but a design that the world’s Redeemer should lay off His crown, lay aside His kingly robe, and come to our world as a man. He clothed His divinity with the garb of humanity, that He might stand at the head of the human family, His humanity mingled with the humanity of the race fallen because of Adam’s disobedience. The poverty and humiliation of the Son of the infinite God teach lessons that few care to learn. There is a link that connects Christ with the poor in a special sense. He, the life, the light of the world, makes poverty His own teacher, in order that He may be educated by the same stern, practical teacher ［as are the poor］. Since the Lord Jesus accepted a life of poverty, no one can justly look with contempt upon the poor. The Saviour of the world was the King of glory, and He stripped Himself of His glorious outward adorning, accepting poverty, that He might understand how the poor are treated in this world. He was afflicted in all the afflictions of the human family, and He pronounces His blessing, not upon the rich, but upon the poor of this world. {PCO 12.2}
[PCO 12.3]         You speak of the Oakwood Industrial School for colored students as not having sufficient buildings to accommodate the students, twelve in number occupying one room. My brother, is it not the duty of someone laboring in this line to labor for the creation of a fund to supply this need? Let appeals be made to our people. Let each give a little, even among the poor. Without delay, encourage the brethren to erect a humble building large enough to accommodate the students. Ask the people to heed the words of Christ, “Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take  13  up his cross, and follow me.” The example of Christ is for our imitation. {PCO 12.3}
[PCO 13.1]         Those who undertake work in the South must not enter into any plan for colonizing, for this will place them in perilous circumstances. Some families should be found who for Christ’s sake will volunteer to enter the Southern field. At Huntsville there is a building, and something has been done there. Let the proper ones try to make that place different by bringing into it new, live elements. This plant must not become useless. Elements must be brought in which will make the institution self-sustaining. Then if it is necessary, cheap additions can be made.  {PCO 13.1}
[PCO 13.2]         I would not encourage your plan. It means much, very much more than you think, to obtain and improve hundreds of acres of land. Your aftersight in this matter would be very different from your foresight. This work for the Southern people will require the tact of the most ingenious Christian. In the past you have seen families settled in localities where they could work successfully for the spread of the truth, and you have thought that this same plan could be adopted for the work in the South. But your expectation will not be realized.  {PCO 13.2}
[PCO 13.3]         The expenses of such company in food and clothing must be considered. The results would not be such as you suppose. This plan will bring disappointment. Let each family who shall commit itself to the work, go as the Lord’s missionaries, to work their own way. Workers are not to pledge themselves to five years’ labor, for many will not bear the test. Some would find fault and complain, and thus sow the seed of evil surmising. These persons might work interestedly for a time, and then become dissatisfied and want a change. The Lord looks upon every heart. There are some souls you cannot trust. They are unreliable. In the company you would form you would find tares among the wheat. It would be better to begin work in Huntsville and make the work there a success.  {PCO 13.3}
[PCO 13.4]         I would say to you, my brother, that in the future nothing can be relied on in the Southern States. You cannot make settlements with the purpose of carrying on a large business, cultivating lands, and teaching the colored people how to work. At the least provocation the poison of prejudice is ready to show its true character, and provocations will be found. It is very hard to make the work run smoothly. Outbreaks will come at any moment, and all unexpectedly, and there will be destruction of property and even of life itself. Hot-headed people, professing the faith, but without judgment, will think they can do as they please, but they will find themselves in a tight place. I speak that which I know. Everyone takes his life in his hands by following such a course. There are some localities less perilous than others, but never can there be large settlements built up in the South. Every act is to be oiled with the grace of God, every word spoken, carefully studied. Parties are already formed, and they are waiting, burning with a desire to serve their master, the devil, and do abominable work. Professed Christians are more determined in these things than out-and-out sinners. {PCO 13.4}
[PCO 14.1]      Unabridged    Sources: Letter 90, 1899; SW pp. 83-88    2 - The Lord Led    Context: In this letter, directed to those in positions of responsibility in the Southern field, Ellen White shares a dream she had about the work in the South.  February 5, 1902       In the night season I was taken from place to place, from city to city, in the Southern field. I saw the great work to be done—the work that ought to have been done years ago. We seemed to be looking at many places. Our first interest was for the places where the work has already been established, and for the places where the way has opened for a beginning to be made. I saw the places in the South where institutions have been established for the advancement of the Lord’s work. One of the places that I saw was Graysville, and another ［was］ Huntsville. The Lord led in the establishment of these schools. Their work is not to be discouraged, but encouraged. They are to receive encouragement and support. Both of these places have advantages of their own. There has been delay in pushing forward the work in these places. Let us delay no longer. At these schools students may gain an education that, with the blessing of God, will prepare them to win souls to Christ. If they unite with the Saviour, they will grow in spirituality, and will be prepared to present the truth to others. {PCO 14.1}
[PCO 14.2]         We must provide greater facilities for the education and training of the youth, both white and colored. We are to establish schools away from the cities, where the youth can learn to cultivate the soil, and thus help to make themselves and the school self-supporting. Let means be gathered for the establishment of such schools. In connection with these schools, work is to be done in mechanical and agricultural lines. All the different lines of work that the situation of the place will warrant are to be brought in.  {PCO 14.2}
[PCO 14.3]         Carpentering, blacksmithing, agriculture, the best way to make the most of what the earth produces—all these things are part of the education to be given to the youth. {PCO 14.3}
[PCO 14.4]         Those who have charge of the schoolwork at Graysville and Huntsville should see what can be done by these institutions to establish such industries, so that our people desiring to leave the cities can obtain modest homes without a large outlay of means, and can also find employment. {PCO 14.4}
[PCO 15.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 25, 1902; 2MR pp. 64-65; 7T pg. 231; LDE pg. 101    3 - Let Not Means Be Diverted    Context: Ellen White pens a letter to R.M. Kilgore, leader of the effort in Graysville, with advice on how to proceed. The Graysville workers were contemplating purchasing a piece of property, and Mrs. White urged them to obtain it. She encourages Kilgore, impressing upon him the importance of the work in Graysville and Huntsville while advising him to stay moderate and patient.  June 11, 1902       I have a caution for my brethren who are working in the Southern field. Do not move hastily in establishing interests in new places, in a way that will divide your workers and your means, so that your force will be weakened. Wait until some of the interests that have been started more nearly approach perfection. Do not rush into new enterprises until the work that has already been started in Graysville and Huntsville is better established, and the interests in Nashville are strengthened. The reasons for strengthening the work in Nashville have been presented to you quite fully.  {PCO 15.1}
[PCO 15.2]         The light given me is that the schools in Graysville and Huntsville make these towns places of special interest. In both of these places there are excellent opportunities for giving the students manual training. I mention these places particularly because they have been presented to me by the Lord as places in which we should make persevering efforts to build up and strengthen the work. In these places there is much to be done, and the efforts of the laborers should be specially directed to this work until something is completed that will be an object lesson of what can be done. Let not the means at your disposal be spent in so many places that nothing satisfactory is accomplished anywhere. It is possible for the workers to spread their efforts over so much territory that nothing will be properly done in the very places where, by the Lord’s direction, the work should be strengthened and perfected.  {PCO 15.2}
[PCO 15.3]         There will be those who do not see any special necessity to perfect the equipment of our schools in Graysville and Huntsville, because, from outward appearance, these places may seem inferior to some other places. But let not the work in Graysville and Huntsville, or the work in Nashville, be passed over to enter a place like Chattanooga, to begin a work that will call for quite an outlay of means, and that will divert the attention of the workers. Let not means be diverted from the places in which the work should just now be developed and strengthened. The fact that a place is popular is not sufficient reason that it should be entered. Popularity is not to be the power that draws God’s people. Because some have taken a fancy to Chattanooga, this is not conclusive evidence that God desires to have work done there before the  16  work in other places is solidly established. This is the instruction given me. {PCO 15.3}
[PCO 16.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 87, 1902; 2MR pp. 65-66; 14MR pp. 46-47; 7T pg. 234    4 - Self-Supporting    Context: Ellen White advises the president of the Southern Union Conference and the Southern Publishing Association, G.I. Butler, on how to go about the work in the South.  September 10, 1903       In regard to what you write about Brother and Sister Hughes, I assure you that nothing like extravagance was seen in their work in Australia. Do not allow prejudice against them to enter your mind. Do not allow them to be condemned before you have carefully investigated matters. {PCO 16.1}
[PCO 16.2]         In their connection with the school in Australia, Brother and Sister Hughes sacrificed and labored and gave of their means to help the school. They were never extravagant. It must be a mistaken report that has been borne in regard to their work at Huntsville. I feel very deeply interested in Brother and Sister Hughes. I know how earnestly they worked for the interests of the school in Australia. I am deeply grieved as I think of the trouble that is brought into our work by unsanctified words.    {PCO 16.2}
[PCO 16.3]         I have been shown that with proper management the Huntsville School and the Graysville school could be self-supporting. But I was instructed, also, that the difficulties to be overcome in the Huntsville School would be far greater than in some other schools. A school for colored students cannot be compared with or treated in the same way as a school for white students. Not all that ought to have been done for the Huntsville School has been done, and those who take the management of the school in the future will have a trying time. But God will be with them if they make Him their dependence. This school has land, and the cultivation of fruit should be carried on. But the school cannot do this without help. {PCO 16.3}
[PCO 16.4]         Since writing the above, I have been down to breakfast. I will now add a few words to this letter. I want you to get all the help you possibly can in your work. I know that you cannot help feeling troubled as you see the shortcomings of those who know the truth, yet are not sanctified through the truth. Let us do our best, and then trust the Lord to do what we cannot possibly do. Our work is to be placed on a higher plane. We are to have a faith that will not fail or be discouraged. {PCO 16.4}
[PCO 16.5]         I have not much confidence in doing a large amount of work for those who already know the truth. Nothing will stir the South like taking hold of the work in new places. The cities are to be entered. But to try to bring those who know the truth, yet do not do  17  their best, up to where they ought to be, is, I must say, almost labor lost, and greatly hinders aggressive work. Let the workers press into the cities still in ignorance. Let men and women be trained to conduct schools and sanitariums for white people. Let colored workers be educated to labor for their own people. And let the workers all remember that no raid is to be made on slavery and cruel taskmasters. {PCO 16.5}
[PCO 17.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 200, 1903; 2MR pg. 66    5 - Men Who Will Catch the Notes    Context: Ellen White responds to two letters from an overworked G.I. Butler.  October 13, 1903       I wish to speak of another point. In regard to Brother Rogers connecting with the Huntsville School, I thought at first that this might be best, but light has come to me that he can accomplish a much greater work in Vicksburg. In a short time, as the work opens up in the large cities, he will be needed as a man who can be depended upon. At present he is needed in Vicksburg. Let God use the men of capability just where their influence will tell for the most good. Brother Nicola has been placed in charge of the Huntsville School. Give him another trial, and keep looking for a man to take hold there who is sound and solid in every respect, and who will stand firm for principle. {PCO 17.1}
[PCO 17.2]         At this time we need, not men who will catch up new, fanciful ideas, but men who will catch the notes that sound from the heavenly courts, and who, without consulting any man, will obey God’s orders. We have been warned that the enemy will bring in his deceptive working. In so subtle a way will he work that he will appear to be an angel of light. I am bidden to lift up my voice and say to all our people, Beware, beware. Those who, having had warnings and entreaties and counsels, still follow their own will, are not laborers together with God. {PCO 17.2}
[PCO 18.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 219, 1903; 17MR pp. 311-312     6 - Hanging in the Balance    Context: Ellen White writes to longtime friend and church worker Nellie Druillard.  At the time of this letter Mrs. Druillard was involved with helping her nephew, Edward Sutherland, open the school at Madison, Tennessee.  June 9, 1904       Brother Sutherland thought that perhaps he ought to return to Berrien Springs immediately upon reaching Nashville after this trip; but we do not think that this would be wisdom. Early next week we have an important meeting to attend at Huntsville, and it is very important that our brethren should be at that meeting, for decisions are to be made as to what shall be done with the Huntsville School. The future of this school is hanging in the balance. And if Brother Sutherland and Brother Magan are to work in the South, they should have every opportunity to understand the outlook, and to see the probabilities and possibilities of the work here. I do not think that they should return to Berrien Springs before visiting Huntsville with us. I wish to talk with them more than I have. I have not been able to talk with them much since they came, for I have been quite ill. The labor at the Berrien Springs meeting was all that I could endure, and I have been feeling the consequences. I am sure that Brother Magan and Brother Sutherland ought to be at the Huntsville meeting. We must all consult together, and decide important matters. Our brethren are to be on the ground, and they must not rush away until some matters are settled. They must know what the Lord would have them do. {PCO 18.1}
[PCO 19.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 193, 1904; 3MR pg. 264    7 - My Soul Is Stirred    Context: Aboard the Morning Star visiting key SDA places in the South, Ellen White writes to the then General Conference president, A.G. Daniells.  June 13, 1904       I have been instructed that the land on which our schools shall be established should be near enough to Nashville that there might be a connection between the schools and the workers in Nashville. Further than this, there are in Nashville large institutions for the education of the colored people, and our colored school is to be near enough to these institutions for the wing of their protection to be thrown over it. There is less inclination to oppress the colored people in this section of Tennessee than in many other parts of the South. Prejudice will not be so easily aroused. The institutions that have been established for the education of the colored people are richly endowed, and are in charge of white men. The presence of these institutions was one reason why Nashville was designated as the place in which the printing-office was to be established. I was instructed that the work in the South should have every advantage to print and publish books, that this work might gain a standing far ahead of that which it has had in the past. {PCO 19.1}
[PCO 19.2]         Suggestions have been made by some that it might be well to sell our property in Huntsville, and move the school to some other place, but I have been instructed that this suggestion had its birth in unbelief. Our school in Huntsville is in a good location, and the large State Normal school for the training of colored teachers, which is carried on not far from there by those not of our faith, has created an influence in favor of educating the Negro, which our people should appreciate. We should have in Huntsville facilities for the education of a goodly number of students. We should have a primary school and a school for more advanced students. It would take years to build up in a new place the work that has already been done in Huntsville.  {PCO 19.2}
[PCO 19.3]         My soul is stirred within me as this matter is presented to me. I have not yet been to Huntsville, but I have an article written regarding what should be there in the future.  {PCO 19.3}
[PCO 19.4]         We must plan wisely. God will go before us if we will look to Him as our Counselor and our strength. We need to get away from our selfishness, and begin to work for the Lord in earnest. {PCO 19.4}
[PCO 20.1]      Abridged    Sources: SpTB11 pp. 6-7    8 - Rise Up    Context: This letter is to Ellen White’s longtime friend, Marian Davis.  Mrs. White toured the Southern sites to see the progress of the work and provide encouragement. She gives Marian Davis a rather thorough account of the status of affairs efforts at Graysville, Huntsville and Nashville. Ellen White treats on the Oakwood situation extensively in this letter, perhaps her most lengthy account of the particulars of the school. Her insights are keen and accurate.  June 30, 1904       Early on Monday morning we took the train for Huntsville. We reached the school at one o’clock the same day. That afternoon we were taken over a portion of the school farm. We find that there are nearly 400 acres of land, a large part of which is under cultivation. Several years ago Brother S. M. Jacobs was in charge of the farm, and under his care it made great improvement. He set out a peach and plum orchard, and other fruit trees. Brother and Sister Jacobs left Huntsville about three years ago, and since then the farm has not been so well cared for. We see in the land promise of a much larger return than it now gives, were its managers given the help they need. {PCO 20.1}
[PCO 20.2]         Brother Jacobs put forth most earnest, disinterested efforts, but he was not given the help that his strength demanded. Sister Jacobs also worked very hard, and when her health began to give way, they decided to leave Huntsville and go to some place where the strain would not be so heavy. Had they then been furnished with efficient helpers and with the means necessary to make the needed improvements, the advancement made would have given Brother Jacobs encouragement. But the means that ought to have gone to Huntsville did not go, and we see the result in the present showing. {PCO 20.2}
[PCO 20.3]         Recently the suggestion has been made that the school at Huntsville is too large, and perhaps it would be better to sell the property there, and establish the school elsewhere. But in the night season instruction was given me that this farm must not be sold. The Lord’s money was invested in the Huntsville School Farm to provide a place for the education of colored students. The General Conference gave this land to the Southern work, and the Lord has shown me what this school may become, and what those may become who go there for instruction, if His plans are followed.  {PCO 20.3}
[PCO 20.4]         There is need at the Huntsville School of a change in the faculty. There is need of money, and of sound, intelligent generalship, that things may be well kept up, and that the school may give evidence that Seventh-day Adventists mean to make a success of whatever they undertake. {PCO 20.4}
[PCO 20.5]         Wise plans are to be laid for the cultivation of the land. The students are to be  21  given a practical education in agriculture. This education will be of inestimable value to them in their future work. Thorough work is to be done in cultivating the land, and from this the students are to learn how necessary it is to do thorough work in cultivating the garden of the heart.  {PCO 20.5}
[PCO 21.1]         The facilities necessary for the success of the school must be provided. At present the facilities are very meager. There is not a bathroom on the premises. A small building should be put up, in which the students can be taught how to care for one another in times of sickness. There has been a nurse at the school to look after the students when they were sick, but no facilities have been provided. This has made the work very discouraging.  {PCO 21.1}
[PCO 21.2]         The students are to be given a training in those lines of work that will help them to be successful laborers for Christ. They are to be taught to be separate from the customs and practices of the world. They are to be taught how to present the truth for this time, and how to work with their hands and with their head to win their daily bread, that they may go forth to teach their own people. The bread-winning part of the work is of the utmost importance. They are to be taught also to appreciate the school as a place in which they are given opportunity to obtain a training for service.  {PCO 21.2}
[PCO 21.3]         Wise plans are to be laid for the cultivation of the land. The students are to be given a practical education in agriculture. This education will be of inestimable value to them in their future work. Thorough work is to be done in cultivating the land, and from this the students are to learn how necessary it is to do thorough work in cultivating the garden of the heart. ［Paragraph inserted from a slightly different version from RH, September 1, 1904 par. 8.］ {PCO 21.3}
[PCO 21.4]         The teachers should constantly seek wisdom from on high, that they may be kept from making mistakes. They should give careful consideration to their work, that each student may be prepared for the line of service to which he is best adapted. All are to be prepared to serve faithfully in some capacity.  {PCO 21.4}
[PCO 21.5]         No laxness is to be allowed. The man who takes charge of the Huntsville School should know how to govern himself and how to govern others. The Bible teacher should be a man who can teach the students how to present the truths of the Word of God in public, and how to do house-to-house work. The business affairs of the farm are to be wisely and carefully managed.  {PCO 21.5}
[PCO 21.6]         Each student is to take himself in hand, and with God’s help overcome the faults that mar his character. And he is to show an earnest, unselfish spirit in the welfare of the school. If he sees a loose board in a walk or a loose paling on the fence, let him at once get a hammer and nails and make the needed repairs. The wagons and harnesses should be properly cared for and frequently examined and repaired. When harnesses and wagons are sent out in a dilapidated condition, human life is endangered.  {PCO 21.6}
[PCO 21.7]         These little things are of much more importance than many suppose in the education of students. Businessmen will notice the appearance of the wagons and harnesses, and will form their opinions accordingly. And more than this, if students are allowed to go through school with slack, shiftless habits, their education will not be worth half as much as it would be if they were taught to be thorough in all they do. “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much.” Little things needing attention, yet left for days and weeks till they become an unsightly neglect, teach  22  the students lessons that will cling to them for a lifetime, greatly hindering them in their work. Such an example is demoralizing, and students whose education is after this order are not needed in the world. {PCO 21.7}
[PCO 22.1]         Should not our God be served most faithfully? We are called upon as teachers to rise up with firm purpose of heart, and discipline ourselves with sternness and vigor to habits of order and thoroughness. All that our hands find to do is to be well done. We have been bought with a price, even the blood of the Son of God, and all that we do is to honor and glorify our Redeemer. We are to work in partnership with Christ, as verily as Christ works in partnership with the Father.  {PCO 22.1}
[PCO 22.2]         Christ is pleading for us in the presence of God, and we are to lay aside every weight “and the sin which doth so easily beset,” in order that we may follow our Lord. All that we do, whether it be done with the hands or with the head, is to be done with exactitude. Then Christ is not ashamed to call us brethren.  {PCO 22.2}
[PCO 22.3]         The soul suffers a great loss when duties are not faithfully performed, when habits of negligence and carelessness are allowed to rule the life. Faithfulness and unselfishness are to control all that we do. When the soul is left uncleansed, when selfish aims are allowed to control, the enemy comes in, leading the mind to carry out unholy devices and to work for selfish advantage, regardless of results.  {PCO 22.3}
[PCO 22.4]         But he who makes Christ first and last and best in everything, will not work for selfish purposes. Unselfishness will be revealed in every act. The peace of Christ cannot abide in the heart of a man in whose life self is the mainspring of action. Such a one may hold the theories of the truth, but unless he brings himself into harmony with the requirements of God’s Word, giving up all his ambitions and desires for the will and way of Christ, he strives without purpose, for God cannot bless him. He halts between two opinions, constantly vacillating between Christ and the world. It is like one striving for the mastery yet cumbering himself by clinging to heavy weights. {PCO 22.4}
[PCO 22.5]         To Brother Rogers, who is to take charge of the Huntsville School, I would say, Look to Jesus, the Author and Finisher of your faith. You will have provocations, but do not lose your patience and your self-control. Do not allow yourself to be easily provoked. I am sure that you are in the right place, and I ask you to work with an eye single to the glory of God. {PCO 22.5}
[PCO 23.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 215, 1904; RH, September 1, 1904; 2MR pp. 67-69; 14MR pp. 37-42; SpTB12 pp. 6-10; SpM pp. 359-361; LDE pg. 102    9 - Much Improved    Context: Frank Foote receives a letter from Ellen White about the shift of leadership at Oakwood. F.R. Rogers assumes the principal’s position.  July 6, 1904       Brother _____ has been chosen to act as business manager and principal of the Huntsville School. For years he has labored in school work for the colored people in Mississippi, under the direction of the Southern Missionary Society. He is a teacher of experience, and is a capable manager. Associated with him will be a faculty competent to carry forward all branches of instruction both in the school lines and in industrial training. The efficiency of the school will be much improved this year. {PCO 23.1}
[PCO 23.2]      Abridged    Source: Letter 221, 1904; 2MR pg. 69    10 - Make the School a Success    Context: Sharing a sort of journal of her travels, Mrs. White kept Elder and Mrs. E.R. Palmer abreast of her touring.  This letter carries a very important message for Oakwood, however, and its counsel would affect the school for years to come.  July 8, 1904       Last Wednesday, July 6, W. C. White, Sara, Maggie, and I left Nashville for Washington. Just before we left, a meeting of the Southern Union Conference Committee was held in Nashville for the purpose of devising some means of helping the Huntsville School. Those who have had charge of the school have not felt the importance of putting brain, bone, and muscle to the tax in an effort to make the school a success. The students who attend this school are to be given an education that will fit them to work for the Master. They are to be given more than book knowledge. Should they be given book knowledge merely, their education would be imperfect. {PCO 23.2}
[PCO 24.1]    24       There should be a special school for the younger ones. Fathers and mothers are to be placed on the land, and parents as well as children are to be given an education. Promising families are to be brought in and settled upon a piece of ground as large as shall be deemed best. In connection with the school there should be an experienced carpenter who can teach the fathers and their boys how to build their homes, which are to be neat, convenient, inexpensive buildings. The mothers should be taught how to prepare food hygienically, and how to care for the sick.  {PCO 24.1}
[PCO 24.2]         While I was in the South, I visited Huntsville. The Southern Union Conference Committee held a meeting while we were there, and I had much to read to the brethren assembled. A heavy burden rested upon me while I was at this place. I knew that there must be a change in the faculty—that more thorough men must take up the work. When a man has occupied the same position for years, and yet the school, in its inside and outside working, is still far from what it ought to be, a change must be made. A man must be put in charge who knows how to govern himself and others, and how to make the school show constant improvement.  {PCO 24.2}
[PCO 24.3]         Teachers and students are to cooperate in doing their best. The constant effort of the teachers should be to make the students see the importance of constantly rising higher and still higher. Careful attention is to be given to the little things. Nothing in the house or about the premises is to be allowed to present a slack, dilapidated appearance. The horses are to be carefully stabled, and everything about the barn and stable is to be kept neat and clean. {PCO 24.3}
[PCO 24.4]         The leading, controlling influence in the school must be faithfulness in that which is least. Thus the students will be prepared to be faithful in greater things. This is all that I can write now on this matter. But you know how hard it is for one who had not been trained to be faithful in little things, to be faithful in larger trusts. And when one standing at the head of a school allows things to go at loose ends, his example has an influence on all around him. He should not be allowed to continue to sow the seeds of neglect and carelessness. {PCO 24.4}
[PCO 25.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 233, 1904; 14MR pg. 215    11 - Bricks Cannot Be Made Without Straw    Context: Ellen White informs Elder N.C. McClure, California minister and friend, about her Southern travels.   July 12, 1904       During the time that we spent in Nashville, we had many profitable counsels in regard to the work. We also spent considerable time in looking at properties for sale. On the way down the river we looked at a four-hundred-acre farm that Brother Magan and Brother Sutherland thought would be a favorable place for the training school that they wish to establish near Nashville, and the moderate sum for which it could be purchased seemed to point it out as the very place for our work here. The house is old, but it can be used until more suitable school buildings can be erected.  {PCO 25.1}
[PCO 25.2]         Other properties were examined, but we found nothing so well suited to our work. The price of the place, including standing crops, farm machinery, and over seventy head of cattle, was $12,723. I felt so thoroughly convinced that it was a favorable location for the work that I advised our brethren to make the purchase.   {PCO 25.2}
[PCO 25.3]         The place has been purchased, and as soon as possible Brethren Magan and Sutherland, with a few experienced helpers, will begin school work. We feel confident that the Lord has been guiding in this matter.  Possession cannot be taken of the house until September. Brethren Magan and Sutherland have returned to Berrien Springs to bind off their work there and to raise funds in the North for the new training school. {PCO 25.3}
[PCO 25.4]         After our trip up the river we visited Graysville and Huntsville. We found that the work at Graysville had made encouraging advancement. But the Huntsville School must be given assistance. Bricks cannot be made without straw.   {PCO 25.4}
[PCO 25.5]         I need money to use in the work. I hope that you may have an opportunity to sell my Healdsburg place. I have felt that I ought to receive $3,000 for it. At one time you asked me if I would accept $2,800, and I hesitated. But now I would be glad to sell it for $2,800 if I could have the money to use in this time of necessity. Please advertise the place for sale, in the Healdsburg paper, and also the Signs of the Times. {PCO 25.5}
[PCO 26.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 245, 1904, pp. 1-3; 3MR pg. 268    12 - Poverty-stricken Condition    Context: A California Adventist named Abbie Simpson wrote to Ellen White in 1904 apprising her of the good progress Adventists were making in their initial efforts to evangelize the blossoming Los Angeles area.  Apparently this sister had a general concern for the welfare of Adventist efforts in other areas as well.  Mrs. White replies.  July 22, 1904  My Dear Sister __________:       Today I received and read your very cheering letter. For the good news which it contained I praise our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. Your description of the work being done in Los Angeles agrees with the representations that God has given me. The delay in beginning this work has been very painful to me; but if the work is now carried on in earnest faith, if the truth as it is in Jesus is magnified, if wise personal efforts are made, many souls will be brought from darkness to light. What a work might have been done many years ago! But I thank the Lord for the favorable beginning that has now been made. {PCO 26.1}
[PCO 26.2]         In the visions of the night I was bearing a message to our churches, pointing out the work that as believers we should at once take up. I related some things that were presented to me in Nashville, just after I had returned from Huntsville.  {PCO 26.2}
[PCO 26.3]         A school for colored people is being carried on in Huntsville, but I was greatly pained while there to see the poverty-stricken condition of the institution. I knew from previous presentations, that this was displeasing to God, and that the school was not accomplishing that which He designed it to accomplish. I resolved to bear a plain, clear-cut testimony to our people, telling them that the money spent in the adornment of dress is a misappropriation of God’s money, lent us to use in the advancement of His work. {PCO 26.3}
[PCO 26.4]         Here are our ministers and physicians and missionaries. They labor hard and earnestly, but often they are greatly hindered in their work because the treasury is empty, and they cannot have the facilities necessary for the greatest success of their labors. {PCO 26.4}
[PCO 26.5]         To us has been entrusted the work of proclaiming the last message of mercy to be given to our world—the message that is to prepare a people to stand in the day of God. Do we realize our accountability? Are we acting our part in the proclamation of this message? {PCO 26.5}
[PCO 27.1]      Abridged    Sources: AUCR, September 1, 1904    13 - The Work Must Go Forward    Context: A motion to take up a general collection for the blacks in the South in all of the churches on November 5, 1904, was unanimously passed by the General Conference Committee, and this letter was printed in The Southern Watchman to inspire the members to give liberally.  October 25, 1904  To My Brethren and Sisters in America,       We are thankful that the light of present truth has been shining in the Southern States, and that a few laborers in this field have been working wholeheartedly to communicate the truth to the colored people. Those who have not borne the burden of opening up the work among the colored people can know comparatively little of the trials, the prayers, and the wrestling of those who have been pioneers in this work.   {PCO 27.1}
[PCO 27.2]         In the face of the most trying circumstances, a good beginning has been made in this needy field. The Lord now calls upon us to come up to His help. Again and again He has placed before our people the needs of the work among the colored race, but there are many who have done very little to help. Prejudice has existed in the minds of some against those who have been laboring far beyond their strength to carry forward this work. Those who have given place to unbelief and criticism are under the rebuke of God for every word they have spoken to discourage the workers, and to create prejudice against them. Doing nothing themselves, they have blocked the wheels so that others could not advance. {PCO 27.2}
[PCO 27.3]         The Lord has put the seal of his approval on the work done among the colored people in the South. Mistakes have been made, but have not mistakes been made in every other missionary field? When you watch for mistakes and put out your hand to discourage where God approves, you are working and talking against the Master. God is very much displeased with every one who has placed any hindrance in the way of the advancement of the work for the colored people.   {PCO 27.3}
[PCO 27.4]         Some may think that the work in the Southern States is already receiving from the General Conference more than its share of attention, more than its proportion of men and means. But if the South were not a neglected, needy field, if there were not a pressing necessity for more work to be done there in many different lines, why should the Lord keep the question constantly before His people as He has done for so many years? We must redeem the time. Without delay this long-neglected field must be worked. {PCO 27.4}
[PCO 27.5]         Few realize the magnitude of the work that must be done among the colored people. In the South there are millions who have never heard the third angel’s message. These must be given the light of present truth. For the accomplishment of this, the Lord has provided many agencies. Gospel medical missionaries are to be trained and  28  sent throughout the land. Small sanitariums and well-equipped treatment-rooms are to be established near the crowded centers. Colored evangelists are to be educated and sent forth to proclaim the truth in its simplicity to their own race. Canvassers are to carry the printed page into the homes of the people. And in order that this literature may result in good, the people are to be taught to read. How can they become intelligent Christians, unless first they learn to read the Bible? Schools are to be established and maintained; churches are to be built. Throughout the South there are to be erected memorials for God and His truth.   {PCO 27.5}
[PCO 28.1]         All this will require self-sacrificing effort on the part of our brethren and sisters in America. Those who live in the South cannot bear the burden alone. We must lend them financial assistance. {PCO 28.1}
[PCO 28.2]         I present before you, my dear brethren and sisters, the work among the colored people as the object of your liberality. The mission-schools, the training-school at Huntsville, the Nashville colored sanitarium, the ministers and Bible workers devoting their time to the salvation of the colored people-all these and many other agencies are in great need of funds. The work must go forward. Every penny that can be spared should be invested in the Lord’s cause. Let us see if the November collection cannot result in thousands of dollars flowing into the treasury. {PCO 28.2}
[PCO 28.3]         “God loveth a cheerful giver,” and if we with grateful hearts bring our gifts and offerings to Him, “not grudgingly or of necessity,” His blessing will attend us for He has promised, “I will open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing.” He will accept not only the gifts but the giver. And although it may have cost self-denial on our part, the approval of conscience and the blessing of heaven will fill our hearts with happiness. {PCO 28.3}
[PCO 28.4]      Unabridged    Source: SW, October 25, 1902    14 - In the Providence of God    November 2, 1904  Dear Brethren and Sisters:       I would call your special attention to the needs of the Huntsville School. This school is on a farm of over three hundred acres, which was purchased by the General Conference, and given to the work for the colored people of the South. This school farm is to be made a representation of what can be done to help the colored people. {PCO 28.4}
[PCO 28.5]         It was in the providence of God that the Huntsville School Farm was purchased. It is in a good locality. Near it there are large nurseries, and in these nurseries some of the students have worked during the summer to earn money to pay their expense at the Huntsville School. Those for whom these students have worked give them a  29  high recommendation, saying that they have accomplished more than an equal number of other hands. {PCO 28.5}
[PCO 29.1]         The Huntsville School greatly needs additional buildings. It ought to be fitted up for the accommodation of one hundred students, to be trained as teachers of their own race. A small building, in which, the students can be taught to care for the sick, should be put up near the school, and conveniences furnished. {PCO 29.1}
[PCO 29.2]         The students are to be carefully disciplined. They are to be given a thorough education, an education that will fit them to teach others. As soon as possible they are to be prepared for service. The young men who attend school should be taught how to put up buildings and how to cultivate the soil. At present white teachers can take part in the work of this school, educating and training the students. But soon it will be impossible for them to do this. Let us make earnest efforts to help this school to act its part now, while the way is still open. At present there are no outside opposing influences to hinder its progress.  {PCO 29.2}
[PCO 29.3]         I now ask you to give of your means for the Huntsville School. Facilities are needed there. Things about the institution are at loose ends, and should be put in proper order, that the school may be a credit to the cause it represents. . . . {PCO 29.3}
[PCO 29.4]         I present this matter to you, my brethren and sisters, and I ask you to do what you can for the advancement of the work that a few faithful laborers are trying to do for the colored race. This work has been greatly retarded by neglect and because means sufficient to supply its needs have not been provided.  {PCO 29.4}
[PCO 29.5]         I ask you, my brethren and sisters, to do your best. . . . By willing liberality let us prepare the way for the laborers in the South to do a work of mercy for this people. I urge you in the name of the Lord to do something, and do it now. I pray that God will open your hearts and help you to do justice to the needs of the work for the colored people. {PCO 29.5}
[PCO 30.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 313, 1904; SpTB12 pp. 11-12; LDE pg. 102; 4MR pg. 26    15 - Self-Denial Boxes    Context: Self-denial boxes were an innovative idea championed by Mrs. White to forward the work among blacks. These were little boxes in which family members (parents and children) put money. The contents would go to help the blacks in the South.  November 11, 1904  To My Brethren in America:       I have a message for you: It is the duty of those in all parts of America to have a special regard for the men who are giving the powers of heart, mind, and soul to the work in the Southern field. This field is a responsibility that does not rest upon the men and women only who are engaged in the work there. None should feel that they have no burden to carry in reference to this field. The wrongs that have existed in the past must not be repeated. Not one word of discouragement should be spoken to anyone engaged in the work. This field must be worked. Every grace is needed.  {PCO 30.1}
[PCO 30.2]         That which has been done in sending out self-denial boxes is well-pleasing to God. By the use of these boxes a double good is accomplished-gifts are received for the advancement of the work, and the families in which these boxes are used receive an education in self-denial. . . . {PCO 30.2}
[PCO 30.3]         The work for the colored people needs liberal offerings, and parents as well as children may do much by self-denial and sacrifice to aid this work.  {PCO 30.3}
[PCO 30.4]         Parents, these self-denial boxes are a precious reminder in your home. Therefore deny yourselves in order to be able to put money into them, just as long as there are needs to be supplied. . . . {PCO 30.4}
[PCO 30.5]         A primary school should be fitted up in Huntsville for the education of colored children. Provision should also be made for those who can be prepared to minister to their own race. For this work wise teachers are needed. And gifts of money are needed. Do not suppose that small offerings will not be appreciated. Larger gifts will also be needed. Self-sacrifice is called for at every step. It is a great work to prepare colored youth to teach their own race. {PCO 30.5}
[PCO 31.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 304, 1904; 2MR pp. 69-70 Sources for the Self-denial box concept: RH, August 18, 1904; AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904; YI  November 1, 1904; ST, November 30, 1904; RH, June 22, 1905; GH, July 1, 1905; November 1, 1906; June 1, 1908; GH May 1, 1910; CG pg. 132; PH126 pp. 8-11; 2MR pg. 70    16 - A Large Work Done    Context: F.R. Rogers, principal of Oakwood, wrote Mrs. White recounting the blessings God bestowed on the school. The report was positive and upbeat. Ellen White replies with counsel and encouragement.  December 27, 1904  Dear Brother __________:       Your letter was received and read some time ago. We rejoice with you for the precious tokens you have of the Lord’s blessing. Praise the Lord. Oh, let us be encouraged. Let our hearts be filled with thankfulness. Continue to work earnestly and interestedly and have perfect trust in God. Do not doubt His goodness. When difficulties seem to surround you, remember the promise that the Father is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him than parents are to give good gifts to their children. If God will only let His blessing rest on the workers, everything will work out to His glory, and souls will be converted. The Lord will acknowledge and bless all who walk before Him in earnest, hopeful confidence. Look and live. Draw near to God, and He will draw near to you. He will draw near to each one who exercises faith and labors courageously to advance the work, because this is what God directs. {PCO 31.1}
[PCO 31.2]         I am glad that you are of good courage. Our hearts should always be filled with praise and rejoicing. Truth will triumph. {PCO 31.2}
[PCO 31.3]         “Behold, one came and said unto Him, Good Master, what good thing shall I do, that I may have eternal life? And he said unto him, Why callest thou me good? there is none good but One, that is, God; but if thou wilt enter into life, keep the commandments. {PCO 31.3}
[PCO 31.4]         “He saith unto him, Which? Jesus said, Thou shalt do no murder, Thou shalt not commit adultery, Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt not bear false witness, Honor thy father and thy mother; and, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. {PCO 31.4}
[PCO 31.5]         “The young man saith unto him, All these things have I kept from my youth up; what lack I yet? Jesus said unto him, If thou wilt be perfect, go and sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven; and come and follow me. {PCO 31.5}
[PCO 31.6]         “But when the young man heard that saying, he went away sorrowful; for he had great possessions.”  {PCO 31.6}
[PCO 31.7]         This young ruler was a man of prepossessing appearance and of much outward piety. He had high capabilities, and might have been a great blessing. But Christ saw in his character one great defect, which, unless remedied, would mar his whole life. His possessions were his idol. Unless these were given their proper place, they would rob him of eternal life. How kindly and tenderly the Saviour treated him. “If thou wilt be perfect,” he said, “go and sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven.”  {PCO 31.7}
[PCO 32.1]    32       The young ruler’s errand to Christ was not a pretense. He fully desired to be as Christ was. He realized the importance of gaining the future eternal life. He was not ignorant of the service that man owes to God. He was fully convinced that there is a place of happiness prepared for all who in this life obey the commands of God. He realized that in order to gain a place in the abodes of bliss, he must work out a perfect character. He thought himself an honest applicant as to what he must do in order to gain eternal life.  {PCO 32.1}
[PCO 32.2]         He was attracted and charmed by Christ’s life and His manner of teaching, and he realized that to be fitted to live eternally with God in the world to come would be a wonderful reward.  {PCO 32.2}
[PCO 32.3]         When this young man asked what he should do that he might gain eternal life, Christ answered him plainly. When he asked, “What lack I yet?” Jesus pointed out to him wherein he fell short. He failed when tested in regard to his worldly possessions. These were his idol. Distinctly and definitely Christ told him that his riches stood in the way of his gaining eternal life: “If thou wilt be perfect,” he said, “go and sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come and follow me.” But when he heard this, “he went away sorrowful; for he had great possessions.” He wanted the heavenly treasure, but he wanted also the temporal advantages his riches would bring him. He desired eternal life, but he was not willing to make the sacrifice. To give up his earthly treasure that was seen, for the heavenly treasure that was unseen, was too great a risk. He refused the offer of eternal life, and went away, and ever after the world was to receive his worship.   {PCO 32.3}
[PCO 32.4]         “Then said Jesus unto his disciples, Verily I say unto you, that a rich man shall hardly enter into the kingdom of heaven. And again I say unto you, It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God. When his disciples heard it, they were exceedingly amazed, saying, Who then can be saved? But Jesus beheld them, and said unto them, With men this is impossible; but with God all things are possible.  {PCO 32.4}
[PCO 32.5]         “Then answered Peter and said unto him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed thee; what shall we have therefore? And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my name’s sake, shall receive an hundredfold, and shall inherit everlasting life. But many that are first shall be last; and the last shall be first.” {PCO 32.5}
[PCO 32.6]         Christ gave his life to the work of soul-saving, making it possible for human beings to return to their loyalty, and take their stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel. {PCO 32.6}
[PCO 32.7]         Brother and Sister _____, be of good courage. Remember that we are deeply interested in you and your work. We want to help you to be a help to those whom you are trying to educate. I am so glad that you are not discouraged. I am so glad, too, that the students appreciate your efforts in their behalf. I pray that there may be a large work done in Huntsville. I pray that all who shall visit the school farm may see, by the united efforts of students and teachers, that the best kind of education is being given. I pray that the farm may tell its own story of thrift and painstaking effort,  33  that those who gave this beautiful place to the work for the colored people may rejoice with you all. {PCO 32.7}
[PCO 33.1]         Heavenly angels are watching that farm, desiring that it may be so worked by the students, that the students themselves, under the direction of wise teachers, shall show that improvement in their characters which God desires to see.  {PCO 33.1}
[PCO 33.2]         I hope to visit the Huntsville School again sometime, that I may see the result of the earnest, faithful efforts put forth on this, the Lord’s farm. {PCO 33.2}
[PCO 33.3]      Unabridged    Sources: SpTB12 pp. 12-16    17 - Must Have Help    Context: Ellen White writes to a church in Reno, Nevada, asking for support for the Huntsville effort.  January 4, 1905       Special efforts must be made just now to help the colored people. The sanitarium that has been established in Nashville for the colored people must be provided with better facilities, and those who are making efforts to build at Huntsville an orphanage for colored children, must have help. {PCO 33.3}
[PCO 33.4]      Abridged    Sources: PH163 pg. 3    18 - A Special Work    Context: Mrs. White addresses two well-known church leaders, I.H. Evans and J.S. Washburn in this letter.  The correspondence covers many subjects, including Ellen White’s burden for Oakwood and its specific needs.  July 19, 1905       I am glad that these men are still able to do solid, substantial work. They must have greater encouragement, in point of financial assistance, in their work in the  34  Southern field. Their efforts have brought many souls into the truth, and they must not be left to wear out their souls in discouragement. The Southern field is a very hard, needy field, and it must receive assistance. Chosen men should be appointed to receive the funds that will now be called for in behalf of the enterprises that must now come to the front in this needy field.  {PCO 33.4}
[PCO 34.1]         Over and over again the light has been given that a special work is to be done in Huntsville. Those who are rooted and grounded in the truth, in all its bearings, are to be placed in charge of the work. A beginning has been made on the orphanage for colored children, but this work stands unfinished. On the beautiful farm of over three hundred acres, God purposes that an efficient missionary training school shall be conducted, which will develop many workers for the colored people.  {PCO 34.1}
[PCO 34.2]         A small sanitarium should also be established in connection with the Huntsville School. The sanitarium building should not be of a shoddy character. Neither should it be narrow and contracted. It should be built substantially, and there should be in it a room for the physician and nurses, to carry on the work of healing the sick and giving patients and students an education in regard to the right principles of living. {PCO 34.2}
[PCO 34.3]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 205, 1905; SW August 29, 1905; 8MR pg. 130; SpM pg. 380; PH163 pp. 3-4    19 - Greatly in Need of Help    Context: Writing from California, Ellen White addresses the ministers and physicians of the Colorado Conference.  Oakwood is not far from her mind.  August 10, 1905       The school at Huntsville is greatly in need of help, that young colored people may be prepared to go forth to work as teachers for their own race. This is a great need in the Southern field of an orphanage for colored children. At Huntsville a beginning has been made on a building for this purpose, but the work has stopped for lack of means. A small sanitarium is also needed at Huntsville. Let those who desire to work place their zeal and their efforts where they will tell in supplying a genuine necessity.   {PCO 34.3}
[PCO 35.1]      Abridged    Sources: SpTB05 pg. 36    20 - God Has Not Left Them    Context: October 7, 1905, was a unique Sabbath; this letter was to be read in all Seventh-day Adventist churches and a special collection was to be taken for the work among blacks in the South.  September 28, 1905  Dear Brethren and Sisters:       I am thankful that the General Conference has set apart the first Sabbath in October as a day upon which a general contribution will be taken up in all our churches for the advancement of the work among the colored people of the Southern States. I have great hope that this important work will receive substantial help as the result of this collection. I am working, praying, and hoping for this; and I shall leave the result with God.   {PCO 35.1}
[PCO 35.2]         Some may say that the work in the Southern States is already receiving from the General Conference more than its share of attention, more than its proportion of men and means. But if the South were not a neglected, needy field, if there were not a pressing necessity for more work to be done there in many different lines, why should the Lord keep the question constantly before His people as He has done for so many years? {PCO 35.2}
[PCO 35.3]         Over and over again the Lord has presented before me the pioneer work that must be done in new territory. When a difficult field is presented before me as one that must receive special attention, I understand that it is my duty to make this field my special burden until, before the earnest, continuous efforts put forth, the difficulties disappear and the work is established. {PCO 35.3}
[PCO 35.4]         The work among the colored people in the Southern field, with its encouraging and discouraging features, has been kept before me for many years. While in Australia, I earnestly called upon my brethren and sisters in America to awake to the responsibility resting upon them to carry the third angel’s message to this neglected race. And since my return to this country, I have borne a similar message in every place where I have been. I have an intense interest in all that concerns the welfare of the work among the colored people.  {PCO 35.4}
[PCO 35.5]         Few realize the magnitude of the work that must be done among the colored people. In the South there are millions who have never heard the third angel’s message. These must be given the light of present truth. And it is because of the neglect of our people to take hold of this work heartily, that the Lord has instructed me to continue making appeals in their behalf. {PCO 35.5}
[PCO 35.6]         At one time I felt as if I could no longer bear the burden of this work. I thought that if men would continue to do as they have done, I would let matters drift and let those who have so much confidence in their own plans go on as they chose to go. I  36  intended merely to pray that the Lord would have mercy upon the ignorant and those who are out of the way. But I dared not lay down the burden, for in the visions of the night the Lord asked me the question: “Will you do that which many would be only too pleased to see you doing? Will you keep silent? Will your voice no longer be heard presenting clearly and distinctly the needs of this long-neglected field? If so, you yourself will share the reproach that rests on the ministers and people who have not done for the Southern field the work the Lord has given them to do, who have passed by on the other side those who are their neighbors, treating them with indifference and cruel neglect.”   {PCO 35.6}
[PCO 36.1]         I know not how to describe the way in which the Southern field has been presented to me. In this field thousands and thousands of people are living in ignorance of the third angel’s message, and they are right within the shadow of our doors. This field bears testimony to the neglect of a people who should have been wide-awake to work for the Master among all classes, but who have done very little for the colored people of the South. A little work has been done there, it is true; we have touched the field with the tips of our fingers; but not one hundredth part of the work has been done that should be done. God calls upon his people to stand in a right position before Him, to heed the light given fifteen years ago-that the colored people be labored for and helped.   {PCO 36.1}
[PCO 36.2]         My brethren and sisters, I entreat you to arouse and show a living interest in the unworked portions of the Lord’s vineyard. Catch the spirit of the great Master Worker. His heart was ever touched with human woe. Why are we so cold and indifferent? Why are our hearts so unimpressionable? Christ placed Himself on the altar of service, a living sacrifice. Why are we so unwilling to give ourselves to the work to which He consecrated His life? Something must be done to cure the terrible indifference that has taken hold upon us. Let us bow our heads in humiliation as we see how much less we have done than we might have done to sow the seeds of truth. {PCO 36.2}
[PCO 36.3]         To the members of our churches I am instructed to say once more, Take hold of this work now, at once, and resolutely put away all compliance with selfish desires. Come right to the merits of the case. The work among the colored people must be helped with an earnestness that is proportionate to its discouraging features. Many excuses present themselves for our not taking up this work, but these excuses are not prompted by the Holy Spirit.   {PCO 36.3}
[PCO 36.4]         The sentiment prevails in some minds that when colored people are given an education, they are spoiled for practical work. Of the education given in some schools, this may be true to a certain extent, but it will not be so in the schools where the Bible is made the foundation of all education, and where the students are taught to work in the fear and love of God, as their Master worked. It will not be so where students follow the example of the One who gave His life for the life of the world. {PCO 36.4}
[PCO 36.5]         There are among the Negro race those who have superior natural intelligence, and who, if converted to Christ, could do a good work for their own people. Many should be given the opportunity of learning trades. Others are to be trained to labor as evangelists, Bible workers, teachers, nurses, hygienic cooks, and colporteurs. Many can be taught to be home missionaries. {PCO 36.5}
[PCO 36.6]         We ask our people to enlarge their gifts, that the training of workers may be hastened, and that the various lines of work so greatly needed may be established without  37  further delay. Every church member should awake to the responsibility resting upon him. The colored people are to be shown that God has not left them, but that He is working that they may receive an education that will enable them to read, believe, and do the words of Christ, catching His Spirit, that in turn they may work for their own people. {PCO 36.6}
[PCO 37.1]         Churches of believers are to be developed. Meetinghouses are to be built. Facilities for caring for the sick are to be provided. Small books specially prepared to meet the needs of the people, are to be given a wide circulation. In all the large cities of the South the light of present truth is to shine forth to the colored people. And in all parts of the field, the believers, by a wise use of the talent of speech and by practical Christian Help work, are to live out the truth before those who know it not.   {PCO 37.1}
[PCO 37.2]         The Lord has instructed me that those who are now carrying on work among the colored people cannot remain in the field in a bare-handed condition, and do the work that is required. It will be necessary for them to receive help. The Lord has been calling upon His people in the stronger conferences of the North, the East, and the West to sustain the Huntsville School by liberal gifts. We pray that He will put it into their hearts to respond nobly.  And the smaller mission schools must also be sustained. In past years this line of work has been approved and blessed of heaven, and it must now be developed and strengthened. Means must be raised for establishing the medical missionary work also, and for training and supporting ministers and house-to-house workers. {PCO 37.2}
[PCO 37.3]         Will our brethren awake to a realization of their responsibility? Will they give liberally, that the work in the South may be so established that it may be self-supporting? This world was established and is supported by the charity of a benevolent Creator. We are sustained by God’s compassionate love. God is the donor of all we have. He calls upon us to return to Him a portion of the abundance He has bestowed upon us. Think of the care He gives the earth, sending the rain and the sunshine in their season, to cause vegetation to flourish. It is the great Husbandman who gives life to the seeds planted in the earth. He bestows His favors on the just and on the unjust. Shall not the recipients of His blessings show their gratitude to Him by giving of their bounties to help suffering humanity?   {PCO 37.3}
[PCO 37.4]         Greater liberality must be shown toward the work among the colored people than has yet been shown. The families among us who have every comfort and convenience of life are to work out plans by which, through self-denial and self-sacrifice, they may help to accomplish what God has said should be accomplished. {PCO 37.4}
[PCO 37.5]         There is before us a long-neglected duty—the practice of self-denial and economy. In every transaction of life we are to follow the example and reveal the spirit of the greatest Teacher the world has ever seen. He is our example in all things. When we follow His example, we shall let our light shine forth in good works. {PCO 37.5}
[PCO 37.6]         I call upon our people in America to come up to the help of the Lord. Let those who cannot do more, bring their mites; and let those who have been entrusted with more, bring larger offerings. We ask fathers and mothers to make gifts for the advancement of the work in the South, and we ask them to tell their children of the blessing they will receive if they will give of their pennies and nickels and dimes.   {PCO 37.6}
[PCO 37.7]         I present this matter to you, my brethren and sisters, and I ask you to do your best on the day that the General Conference has set apart as the time when gifts are  38  to be made for work among the colored people. By willing liberality let us prepare the way for the laborers in the South to do a work of mercy for this people. I urge you in the name of the Lord to do something, and do it now. I pray that God will open your hearts, and help you to do justice to the needs of the work for the colored people. {PCO 37.7}
[PCO 38.1]      Unabridged    Sources: RH, September 28, 1905; SpTB12x pp.15-16    21 - Tell About the Huntsville School    Context: Ellen White writes a pioneering paragraph on fundraising among non-Seventh-day Adventists in this letter to J.H. Baldwin.  October 18, 1905       Several years ago it was presented to me that the Gentile world should be called upon to make donations to our work in the Southern field. Let discreet, God-fearing men go to worldly men that have means, and lay before them a plan of what they desire to do for the colored people. Let them tell about the Huntsville School, about the orphanage that we desire to build there, and about the colored mission schools that are needed all over the Southern states. Let the needs of this work be presented by men who understand how to reach the hearts of men of means. Many of these men, if approached in the right way, would make gifts to the work. {PCO 38.1}
[PCO 39.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 295, 1905; 2MR pg. 70    22 - I Am Glad I Can Do This Much    Context: Ellen White wrote periodically to Michael Harper, a colporteur very much interested in spreading the gospel. Often they would update each other on the work and needs in various areas.    October 27, 1905       I am sending you a copy of a letter which I recently received from Brother F. R. Rogers, who for some years has been laboring in the Southern field in connection with the mission schools for Colored children. I send you his letter that you may see what requests come to me. I will send Brother Rogers the books he asks for. This shall be my donation to the Vicksburg school. I will also send some books to the Huntsville School. I am glad that I can do this much to help them. {PCO 39.1}
[PCO 39.2]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 307, 1905; 9MR pg. 227    23 - Do Our Very Best    Context: Ellen White writes to G.I. Butler, lamenting the Oakwood fire and the life lost. She encourages the work to go on.  October 30, 1906       I felt great sadness of heart on hearing that one of the Huntsville School buildings had been consumed by fire. I am so sorry that one life was lost. We must now do our very best to make the needed improvements at the school. I am not favorably impressed by what you say about all the buildings that are to be erected being small. We must not let the work at Huntsville flag, or be brought down to small dimensions. There is need of buildings, and there is need of larger buildings, but these must not be extravagantly large, for the work in other places in the South must be considered. {PCO 39.2}
[PCO 40.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 348, 1906; 2MR pg. 71    24 - An Object Lesson    Context: Ellen White addresses the Southern Conference workers in this open letter, speaking about Nashville, Madison, and Huntsville, and of the Madison champions, E.A. Sutherland and P.T. Magan.  Both Madison and Huntsville were to be object lessons “to the people in their vicinity.”  March 4, 1907       I have been instructed that encouragement should be given to the work in the South, and that special help should come to the work in Nashville, Madison, and Huntsville. {PCO 40.1}
[PCO 40.2]         At the school in Madison it has been necessary to work with the strictest economy that the educational work undertaken there might be carried forward. Let our brethren who have means remember this school and its needs.   {PCO 40.2}
[PCO 40.3]         A good work was done by Brethren Magan and Sutherland at Berrien Springs, and in their labors in that place they labored beyond their strength, imperiling their health, and even their lives. In their work at Madison, they are working too hard, and amid many difficulties. These brethren need not only our confidence but also our help, that they may place the Madison School where it can accomplish the work that God designs it to do. I pray that the Lord will sanctify the understanding of our people that these men will not be left to so work as to sacrifice their health in what they are trying to do. I pray that teachers and students may have wisdom and courage to act well their part, and that they may be especially blessed in making the school a success. {PCO 40.3}
[PCO 40.4]         It is impossible to make the Madison School what it should be unless it is given a liberal share in the means that shall be appropriated for the work in the South. Will our brethren act their part in the Spirit of Christ?   {PCO 40.4}
[PCO 40.5]         The neglected South is to be especially favored now, because of the neglect of the past. The atonement for the failure of the past to meet the needs of this field, should be full and ample. The institutions in the South that for years should have stood on vantage ground are now to be especially favored. The Huntsville School must be encouraged to enlarge its work. Every possible advantage should be given to these schools, that they may show what can be done in making the earth to yield her treasures. The Madison and Huntsville Schools are to be an object lesson to the people in their vicinity.   {PCO 40.5}
[PCO 40.6]         I was shown that there is danger of these schools being circumscribed in their plans and limited in their advantages. This should not be. Everything possible should be done to encourage the students who need the class of instruction that can be given at those schools, that they may go forth properly instructed to do a work for others  41  who need the same education and training that they have received. Fields are opening in every side to the work that such laborers could do.   {PCO 40.6}
[PCO 41.1]         At Huntsville a sanitarium is needed in connection with the school. I am interested to see a building on that school farm, equipped for the treatment of the sick.   {PCO 41.1}
[PCO 41.2]         Cannot the students at Madison and Huntsville be trained to sell the books, Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing? And will not many of our people join them in this work? {PCO 41.2}
[PCO 41.3]         For the sick in and about Nashville, we should do all we can to put it on a solid basis. The work should be conducted in a simple way, but in a way that will recommend the truth. There are many places in the South open to our work, but by all means begin the work in the important cities, and carry the message now. “For thus saith the Lord of hosts, Yet once, it is a little while, and I will shake the heavens and the earth, and the sea, and the dry land; and I will shake all nations, and the desire of all nations will come; and I will fill this house with glory, saith the Lord of hosts.” {PCO 41.3}
[PCO 41.4]      Unabridged    Sources: SpM pp. 400-401; SpTB pp. 3-4    25 - A Great Work To Be Accomplished    Context: The directors of the rapidly developing Nashville Sanitarium and the Southern Union Conference were the recipients of this correspondence. Ellen White warned them against centralizing funds, instead of spreading them out equally.  March 10, 1907  Dear Brethren:       During the night some matters were brought before me, which I was charged to present to you. We seemed to be in a Council meeting, where certain questions were being considered. One of these questions was the necessary arrangements to be made for the prosecution of the work at Huntsville.  {PCO 41.4}
[PCO 41.5]         A mistake is being made in the use of means in some parts of the field. The workers need to sit down and count the cost of the tower they are building, to know if they are able to finish it.  {PCO 41.5}
[PCO 41.6]         In the past the work in the South has been carried on by earnest effort and with limited means. Now more money than is necessary is being invested in building the sanitarium at Nashville. This will not leave a correct influence on the workers in other parts of the field. At this time, when there is so great need of help in many lines of the work, any extravagance in fitting up the Nashville Sanitarium will leave an impression on the workers and on others that will not be healthful. There is great need of means to support the workers in the field, and the strictest economy should  42  be practiced with every advance step that is taken. The tendency to invest large sums of money in the Nashville Sanitarium must be guarded against. There must not be a large showing in one place while very little interest is manifested in other places of great importance.  {PCO 41.6}
[PCO 42.1]         There is a great work to be accomplished at Huntsville, and a large demand for means in order to erect appropriate buildings and carry on a successful work there for the colored people. Again, at Madison help is needed in order to continue the educational work that has been established there. It would be a great advantage to the school in Madison if a food factory were put into operation in connection with the work of the school. {PCO 42.1}
[PCO 42.2]         The school at Madison has been established in the order of the Lord, and it requires its share of help. Brethren Sutherland and Magan, in their work at Berrien Springs, overtaxed their physical powers, and both need to be guarded against laboring beyond their strength, at Madison. Brother Sutherland needs to guard himself very carefully, and keep near to the great Healer. Both these workers are to be appreciated by their fellow workers. {PCO 42.2}
[PCO 42.3]         The needs of the different parts of the field should be considered fairly, and proportionate help given to each. It is not right that those who have been laboring under burdens for years, and whose health has been broken by their arduous work, should be left to struggle along almost unaided under a great load of perplexity. {PCO 42.3}
[PCO 42.4]      Abridged    Sources: SpM pg. 402    26 - Do Not Lose Interest    Context: Mrs. White replies to long-time church administrator J.S. Washburn, admonishing him to “not lose interest in the work for the colored people.”  April 17, 1907  Dear Brother Washburn:       I have just received and read your letter, in which you tell me about your visits to the colleges in Nashville. I am so glad that you are beginning to understand why our work should be located in Nashville. A wide interest should be manifested for the colored people. We ought to have in Nashville a first-class sanitarium established for the colored people, that shall be conducted by physicians and workers who will do their work wisely. The colored people of the South are to become educated workers; through the reception of the gospel they are to become teachers of the gospel to their own people. {PCO 42.4}
[PCO 43.1]    43       Brother Washburn, you and your colaborers should ever bear in mind that you are in a missionary field where a grand, all-round work is to be done for God. The heathen are right about you. Should you follow the course that has been pursued in the past toward the colored people, you would not fulfill your duty. The Lord calls for missionary work to be done. Those who make the South their field of labor are not to perpetuate the prejudice that has existed in the past against the colored people. The teachers of the truth are to labor for this neglected race, and by their efforts win the respect, not only of the colored people, but of the workers in other denominations. May the Lord bless you in this work, is my earnest prayer.  {PCO 43.1}
[PCO 43.2]         The words that Christ spoke to His disciples when He sent them forth the first time, will apply to the experiences of the worker today. “Behold,” He said, “I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves.” You will need to understand how to meet all classes. “Be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.” “He that spared not his own Son, but delivered Him up for us all (black as well as white), how shall he not,” the apostle asks, “with Him also freely give us all things?” Well might the apostle also ask, How shall we not all freely give Him our most devoted service?   {PCO 43.2}
[PCO 43.3]         We need to study the life of Him who, though He was rich, yet for our sakes became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich. Then we shall not be unwilling to give kind, disinterested labor to those who need it.   {PCO 43.3}
[PCO 43.4]         Do not lose interest in the work for the colored people. Do not rest until sanitarium work is established for them, both at the Huntsville School and at Nashville. In the past much labor has been given to this people under the most trying circumstances; and you should not overlook what has been done by the hardest kind of labor. Do not ignore what has been done, but unite your sympathies with the sympathies and labors of those who have gone before you and prepared the way. God help you, and give you wisdom to know how to treat your fellow workers. Christian instrumentality is a wonderful thing. If its place in the divine economy is appreciated as it should be, the workers will appreciate more than they do what has been accomplished in the Southern field.   {PCO 43.4}
[PCO 43.5]         When I first visited the South, I learned many things regarding the work that has been done there, and when I can do so I will have a history of that work published. Those who did not take part in it cannot fully understand how much of self-denial and sacrifices is called for.  {PCO 43.5}
[PCO 43.6]         I hope you will follow up the work begun in Nashville, for there is much to be done for all classes in that city. Give special attention to the colleges established there. Much labor has been expended in educational lines of work by other denominations. {PCO 43.6}
[PCO 43.7]         We must not treat the colored people as though God has not a message for them. Become acquainted with the teachers. Encourage them in their work, and take a part with them in their labors when this is possible. The gospel in its simplicity is to be presented to this people. If you will labor in the spirit of Christ, conversions to the truth will be the result of this work. {PCO 43.7}
[PCO 44.1]      Unabridged    Sources: Letter 154, 1907; 2MR pp. 71-72; 4MR pg. 29; SpM pp. 408-409    27 - A Very Different Showing    Context: Addressed to the officers of the General Conference, this letter points out the mistakes made in the Southern work, and the rectification possible if God’s plan is followed.  June 14, 1907       For some time I have had a great desire to be in Washington, but I cannot leave my work here; there is too much to do, too many important interests at stake.   {PCO 44.1}
[PCO 44.2]         Some very decided instruction has been given me in regard to the work to be done in Huntsville, and the necessity of our placing the Training School there on vantage ground. Let us delay no longer to do the work that so long has been left undone in the Southern field. Soon this work of training colored people to be laborers in the cause of God will be much harder to handle than it is now.   {PCO 44.2}
[PCO 44.3]         The Lord has presented before me our neglect of improving opportunities for good, in failing to get acquainted with the work that is being done in the large institutions for the education of the colored people. Long ago we should have made a thorough study of the best ways of educating the colored people to be workers for the Colored people. We should use every opportunity to work wisely for the teachers and students in these large educational institutions. We do not need to work hastily to indoctrinate the workers, but we can seek in every way possible to help them, and to let them know that we appreciate their labors. . . . {PCO 44.3}
[PCO 44.4]         A mighty influence should now be set in operation to arouse earnest efforts in behalf of the colored people. The chafing and annoyances that have existed among the workers in the Southern States, the holding back, and the hindrances, have not been of the Lord’s order; and these things have prevented the work from being done that God designed should be done in that field. Had the workers been prepared to act harmoniously, and under the dictation of the Spirit of God, there would have been a very different showing than there is today. Now an earnest work is to be done for the teachers in Nashville, and a wise work is demanded for the colored students. . . {PCO 44.4}
[PCO 44.5]         God will multiply our numbers and our men of means, and through His converted agencies will accomplish the work that He designs shall be done. It is the baptism of His Holy Spirit that is needed among His laborers. When this lack is supplied, we shall serve Him with a thousandfold more earnestness than we do now. {PCO 44.5}
[PCO 45.1]      Abridged    Sources:  Letter 228, 1907; 2MR pp. 72-73    28 - A Deep Interest    Context: Again writing to G.I. Butler and his “co-laborers in the Master’s vineyard,” Ellen White continues to promote the Oakwood cause.  September 10, 1907       I have been writing for our paper on the needs of the Southern field. This is a living subject with me. I hope that our people will not stop to question about everything that does not exactly meet their ideas before giving to the work that needs their help so much. I have tried to bring before our people the needs of the Training School at Huntsville. This school should have special advantages, and our people should understand that liberal gifts made to this enterprise will be money well invested. {PCO 45.1}
[PCO 45.2]         At the Huntsville School a thorough work is to be done in training men to cultivate the soil and to grow fruits and vegetables. Let no one despise this work. Agriculture is the ABC of industrial education. Let the erection of the buildings for the school and the sanitarium be an education to the students. Help the teachers to understand that their perceptions must be clear, their actions in harmony with the truth, for it is only when they stand in right relation to God that they will be able to work out His plan for themselves and for the souls with whom, as instructors, they are brought in contact.   {PCO 45.2}
[PCO 45.3]         Let us encourage all Seventh-day Adventists to have a deep interest in the work that is being done at Huntsville for the education of men and women to be laborers among the colored people. The preparations for a sanitarium for these people should go forward at Huntsville without delay. If we will move forward with faith in God, He will fulfill His word to us. We have no time to lose, for wickedness in the cities is reaching a terrible pass. The night is coming in which no man can work. Let us not grudge to the colored people a well-equipped sanitarium in connection with the Huntsville School. The building should not be restricted. It should be made roomy enough to accommodate with comfort those who shall come to it. . . . {PCO 45.3}
[PCO 45.4]         The gospel of Christ embraces the world. Christ purchased the human race at a price that was infinite. The ransom embraced every nationality, every color. We should think of this when we consider the colored people in our own land who are so greatly in need of our help. These men and women should not receive the impression that because of the color of their skin they are excluded from the blessings of the gospel. The white people are under obligation to God, by the innumerable favors they have received, to take an interest in those who have not been so highly favored. . . . {PCO 45.4}
[PCO 45.5]         Our people everywhere have given freely of their means to establish in Nashville a sanitarium for the white people; let them now be generous in their offerings that a sanitarium may be established at Huntsville for the colored people. If our charities to the colored race were as large and as numerous as they have been to the white people, we would call forth their gratitude and love. {PCO 45.5}
[PCO 45.6]         My brethren, I entreat you not to let the work for the colored people be longer neglected. Meetinghouses, simple but convenient, should be built for them, where they can come together to study the Word of God. . . .   {PCO 45.6}
[PCO 46.1]    46       The Southern field is in need of humble, God-fearing workers. It is in need of means. Who will rally our people at this time, encouraging them to give all they possibly can for this work? God will be pleased to have not only our own people, but whosoever will, make liberal offerings. Who will teach our brethren to measure their gifts by the spirit of benevolence that led the Father to give His only begotten Son to make us the recipients of eternal blessings? When we allow the Spirit of Christ to guide us in giving, God’s blessing will go with our gifts, and wisdom will be given to those who have the responsibility of the disbursement of means, that the best appropriation of the funds may be made.   {PCO 46.1}
[PCO 46.2]         The people of the South must be helped, not only in a few places, but in many places where help is needed. Brethren, let us be true missionaries. Let us open our hearts to the needs of the colored people, realizing the responsibility that rests upon us to impart of the blessings God has given us. In the day of final reckoning, He who has entrusted us with His goods will demand His own with usury. {PCO 46.2}
[PCO 46.3]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 289, 1907; 2MR pp. 73-75    29 - An Appeal    Context: Ellen White penned this letter almost a year after the tragic Oakwood fire that claimed the life of a student and the school’s main building. Oakwood was in dire financial straits and in need of assistance.  September 10, 1907  To My Brethren and Sisters in America:       I have a deep interest in the work of the Southern field. I am especially interested in those branches of our work that are established at Huntsville and other places where efforts are being put forth for the training of laborers to work for the spiritual uplifting of the colored race. {PCO 46.3}
[PCO 46.4]         The work at Huntsville has been in special need of help since the fire. In Huntsville promising colored youth are to be trained to labor as missionaries for their own race. Many teachers must be educated and sent forth to enlighten those in the darkness of error. Our donations are needed that this work may go forward.  {PCO 46.4}
[PCO 46.5]         Our buildings in Huntsville are being put up with as little expenditure of means as possible; and our workers have gone forward almost as far as they can with this work until means come in so that they can advance. The work there now demands that we have a modest but roomy sanitarium, where the sick can be taken in and treated. The colored race should have the benefits of such an institution as verily as should the white people. In this sanitarium colored nurses are to be trained for service in the field as gospel medical missionaries. {PCO 46.5}
[PCO 47.1]    47       Our ideas of what should be done for this people are too narrow and limited. Years ago they should have had the benefits of an all-round education. As I consider how much is needed in order to do for this people all that God expects us to do, I am urged to call upon our church-members to give of their abundant fulness that the work may be accomplished. {PCO 47.1}
[PCO 47.2]         In a few places in the South, noble efforts have been put forth for the salvation of the colored people; but God asks that they be labored for more diligently. We can all pray for them; some of our missionaries can work among them; and many of us who have not done so in the past, can help with our means. We may not be able to do all that we desire; but if we will remember that the colored race is the purchased possession of Christ, bought by the shedding of His precious blood, this thought will teach us to deny self in order that they may have the privileges that Christ died to give them. {PCO 47.2}
[PCO 47.3]         When I see those who claim to believe present truth spending their means for useless trimmings and personal adornment; when I see their tables loaded down with story-periodicals which have cost money; when I see the many photographs which have called for the outlay of means that might have been used in blessing the needy, my heart is made sad, and I pray, “Lord, lay not this sin to their charge.” I wish such souls could understand the spirit in which Christ, the Prince of heaven, came to this world. He laid off His kingly crown and royal robe, and for our salvation assumed human nature. He would give to every church that should be established in His name an example of what every true missionary worker should be. He was in the world as “a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief.” Though He was one with God, and had made the world, He became a member of a humble family, and experienced the privations of the poor. Throughout his life He ever manifested a burden for the souls of men. {PCO 47.3}
[PCO 47.4]         The example of the humble life of Christ should lead us to ask ourselves the question, Do I practice His humility? Fathers and mothers, are you educating your children to follow the example of him who, though He was rich, yet for our sakes became poor that He might give to us eternal riches? Are you teaching them to deny self, and take up the cross of Christ, and follow Him?  {PCO 47.4}
[PCO 47.5]         I do not speak these words to wealthy men and women only, but to those also who by works of self-denial and self-sacrifice can have a part in giving the message to the colored race. This work should not be confined to the few places where a good beginning has been made. It should extend to every place where the colored people live; for every soul needs the knowledge of this last message of mercy to the world.  {PCO 47.5}
[PCO 47.6]         There is a great and grand work to be done in the South. Shall we not, my brethren and sisters, redeem our past neglect? Shall we not appreciate the gift of God to us, and work for the salvation of the colored people with a zeal that is proportionate to the light we have had? To as many as receive Him God will give power to become the sons of God. {PCO 47.6}
[PCO 47.7]         The collection for the work among the colored people has been left until near the close of the year. Many other calls for means have been made. But I would say to my brethren and sisters who have been liberal in their offerings to other missionary enterprises, Let your gifts for the support of this branch of the work in the Southern field be generous. Keep in mind the great need of this mission field within the shadow  48  of our doors. Let every member of the family have a part in the work of giving, and let each feel that it is a work for God. {PCO 47.7}
[PCO 48.1]         Through the efforts that have been put forth by faithful workers, churches have been raised up among the colored people in the South. When the company in Vicksburg, who had received the truth under the labors of Elder J. E. White and his associates, met for the dedication of their church, I was present with them, and the Lord gave me freedom in speaking to those assembled. Quite a large number of persons from other churches were present, and many of them were surprised to see the neatly dressed women, and to hear the excellent singing. These colored people had learned to know that Christ had died for them, and their hearts were glad in the truth. They bore sincere testimonies to the goodness of the Lord. My heart rejoiced as I saw these converts to the faith. And this is an illustration of what can be accomplished in other places for this people. {PCO 48.1}
[PCO 48.2]         We must never forget that Christ died for all—the Negroes as well as the white people. All may alike be the recipients of His grace. The apostle Paul declares, “The preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but unto us who are saved it is the power of God. For it is written, I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and will bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent. Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is the disputer of this world? hath not God made foolish the wisdom of this world? For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe. For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek after wisdom: but we preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews a stumbling-block, and unto the Greeks foolishness; but unto them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God, and the wisdom of God. Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is stronger than men.  {PCO 48.2}
[PCO 48.3]         “For ye see your calling, brethren, how that not many wise men after the flesh, not many mighty, not many noble, are called: but God hath chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty; and base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen, yea, and things which are not, to bring to naught things that are: that no flesh should glory in his presence. But of him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption: that, according as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord.”  {PCO 48.3}
[PCO 48.4]         My brethren and sisters, your talent of means is needed. The Lord grant that you may use it at this time to His name’s glory. Just as long as we drift with the current of the world, we need neither canvas nor oar; our labors begin when we turn to stem the tide. Now, just now, let your works of self-denial testify that you are stemming the current of selfishness. It is the duty of every soul who names the name of Christ to contend for the faith once delivered to the saints. My brethren, yoke up with Christ. He left the royal courts and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might make all humanity partakers of the divine nature, and enable them to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. He practiced self-denial that He might save perishing souls; his followers are to work His works. Shall we not let the Spirit of Christ take possession of our hearts, that we may be cleansed from every taint of selfishness?  49  When we allow our lives to be controlled by the Holy Spirit of God, we shall with willing hearts bring our gifts and offerings to Him, that He may use them where they are most needed. {PCO 48.4}
[PCO 49.1]      Unabridged    Sources:  RH, September 26, 1907    30 - A Long Delay    Context: This letter was written to two high ranking church leaders, Elders A.G. Daniells and I.H. Evans, General Conference president and General Conference treasurer, respectively. Mrs. White took her burden for the Southern work to the highest church level in this letter.  September 23, 1907       I desire to say to you, my brethren, that not one penny of the means that comes in from different sources for the work in the Southern field should be diverted to the work elsewhere. If the Lord has opened the hearts of His people to give to this field that its distressing needs may be met, let it not be truthfully said that any portion of the means given was withheld from the field for which it was intended. {PCO 49.1}
[PCO 49.2]         The standard of truth is to be lifted in new territories in the South. School buildings, humble but neat, are to be erected in various places. Churches are to be established. Some of the school buildings may be erected by the students themselves, under the instruction of men who understand this line of work. If the work of instruction is faithfully done, every stroke can be made to tell in the education of the students. And the buildings will be an object lesson to those living in the community, as well as a channel through which souls will be converted to the truth. {PCO 49.2}
[PCO 49.3]         My brethren, I ask you in the name of the Lord, that you be careful how you handle the donations that are made to the Southern field. Not one dollar is to be turned aside to any other field. I entreat of you to be very careful. {PCO 49.3}
[PCO 49.4]         The Lord has instructed me that, from the first, the work in Huntsville and Madison should have received adequate help. But instead of this help being rendered promptly, there has been long delay. And in the matter of the Madison school, there has been a standing off from them because they were not under the ownership and control of some conference. This is a question that should sometimes be considered, but it is not the Lord’s plan that means should be withheld from Madison, because they are not bound to the conference. The attitude which some of our brethren have assumed toward this enterprise shows that it is not wise for every working agency to  50  be under the dictation of conference officers. There are some enterprises under certain conditions, that will produce better results if standing alone. {PCO 49.4}
[PCO 50.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 314, 1907; 8MR pp. 201-202    31 - Huntsville School Must Be Finished    Context: On occasion, Ellen White wrote letters to individual church congregations.  This she did several times to the church at Nashville, one with a fair amount of money and means. Whenever she addressed the congregation she reminded them of the needs of blacks and of their duty to do all in their power to help them.  September 24, 1907       The attention of statesmen is being called to the condition of the colored people, and by some the national laws are being studied in the light of Bible requirements. Erelong we are to have a closer view of the conflict that is before us. The workers in our institutions, the members of our churches, should now be cleansing from their lives every wrong principle, that they may be prepared to meet the emergency when it comes. . . . {PCO 50.1}
[PCO 50.2]         The cities of the South have been long neglected. Light that has been given me in the past has been repeated, concerning the work to be done in New Orleans, in Memphis, and other cities. Yet how little has been done. I encouraged Brother Washburn to feel that if the call came for him to engage in ministerial work for these needy cities, he should regard it as the call of the Lord to him. Brother Staines has purchased land near to Nashville, where he is erecting a school for the colored people. This will answer the present needs until the way is made more plain. It would not be wise to start too many enterprises at one time, and then find ourselves unable to carry them successfully. The Huntsville School must be finished, and students from that place fitted to take hold of the work of educating their own people. {PCO 50.2}
[PCO 51.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 317, 1907, pp. 1-2; 4MR pg. 30    32 - A Much Broader Work    Context: Mrs. White instructs the officers of the General Conference on Southern matters and brings up the Oakwood sanitarium.  October 2, 1907       The land at Huntsville was a donation from our people to the colored work. A much broader work would have been accomplished there had our people moved forward in faith and self-denial. It was God’s design that Huntsville should have convenient school buildings and a sanitarium for the colored people. This sanitarium building has become a positive necessity. Some of the brethren have been free to give their advice concerning this institution, saying that it should be “a small sanitarium.” The advice I have had to give has been that we should have a modest but roomy sanitarium, where the sick can be taken in and treated. The colored race should have the benefits of such an institution as verily as should the white people. In this sanitarium colored nurses are to be trained for service in the field as gospel medical missionaries. {PCO 51.1}
[PCO 51.2]         The Lord is calling for converted workers who will act as faithful ministers and teachers to the colored people. We need less of commercial enterprises, and more church buildings and missionaries. Let us be very guarded in the use of means, that money may not be used largely in a few places, when there are so many places that the missionary must enter with the last message of warning. {PCO 51.2}
[PCO 52.1]      Abridged    Sources: Letter 322, 1907; 2MR pp. 77-78    33 - Redeem the Time    Context: This letter was written for the officers of the General Conference. Mrs. White was discouraged about the restrictions and hindrances put up by these leaders to those who wished to pioneer efforts in the South.  This letter is a plea to break down the barriers.  May 26, 1908  Dear Brethren:       I have read a very encouraging letter from Prof. P. T. Magan to Prof. E. A. Sutherland regarding the recent council held in Washington. I am very thankful for the good report it brings regarding the council. {PCO 52.1}
[PCO 52.2]         I was very thankful to hear of the efforts that are to be made in behalf of the Huntsville and Madison schools. They have long waited for the help they need, and an earnest effort should be made to redeem the time.  {PCO 52.2}
[PCO 52.3]         When I read the resolutions published in the Review, placing so many restrictions upon those who may be sent out to gather funds for the building up of institutions in needy and destitute fields, I was sorry for the many restrictions. I can but feel sad, for unless the converting grace of God comes into the conferences, a course will be taken that will bring the displeasure of God upon them. We have had enough of the spirit of forbidding. {PCO 52.3}
[PCO 52.4]         This morning I could not sleep after midnight. I awoke bearing this message to our leading men, Break every yoke that would hinder or limit the power of the third angel’s message. The calls that have been made for large liberality, which have been responded to so nobly by our people, should lead to feelings of confidence and gratitude, rather than to the placing of yokes upon the necks of God’s servants. Let your requirements ever be dictated by the Holy Spirit of God. When the officers of the General Conference allow such restrictions to be made, they give evidence that they need clearer spiritual eyesight, that the heavenly anointing is not upon them.  {PCO 52.4}
[PCO 52.5]         Representations have been made to me of a work that does not bear the divine credentials. The prohibitions that have been bound about the labors of those who would go forth to warn the people in the cities of the soon coming judgments, should every one be removed. None are to be hindered from bearing the message of present truth to the world. Let the workers receive their directions from God. When the Holy Spirit impresses a believer to do a certain work for God, leave the matter to him and the Lord. I am instructed to say to you, Break every yoke that would prevent the message from going forth with power to the cities. This work of proclaiming the truth in the cities will take means, but it will also bring in means. A much greater work would have been done if men had not been so zealous to watch and hinder some who were  53  seeking to obtain means from the people to carry forward the work of the Lord. {PCO 52.5}
[PCO 53.1]         The Lord’s mercy and love are misrepresented by a policy that would hinder the message of His grace from going to any part of the world. Is man to be a dictator to his fellow man? Is he to take the responsibility of saying, You shall not go to such a place? Let us rather say to those who desire to labor, It is your privilege to work for souls on every occasion, and to make earnest request of God in their behalf. “And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” Put on charity which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which ye are also called in one body; and be ye thankful. Let the word of God dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and the spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.” The Holy Spirit is working upon human minds. Those upon who the Spirit lays the burden of labor, and who are of good report in the church, encourage them to enter new fields. Let the work of the Lord go forward with power. Let the people be encouraged to prepare the way of the Lord and to make straight in the desert a highway for our God. {PCO 53.1}
[PCO 53.2]         The enemies of truth are working with all their unconsecrated powers to hinder the advance of the message. The churches of the world are being drugged with the opiates of error. The great deceiver is making determined efforts to becloud the understanding of the people. Let not those be discouraged who would go forth to warn a perishing world. The cause of God needs the labors of men who have faith, men who can pray, and who can open the Scriptures in simplicity to the people. It is the simplicity of true godliness that will speak of the love of God for souls ready to perish. {PCO 53.2}
[PCO 53.3]         God requires much more of the men at the head of the work than they give Him. Some give Him long sermons, but this He does not require. Workers are needed just now who will explain the word of God in its simplicity. There is a fearful deception upon human minds. Even those who hold positions of trust are not all faithful. But do not allow yourselves to sleep. The light of truth must go forth as a lamp that burneth. {PCO 53.3}
[PCO 53.4]         If our leaders realized the time of night, they could not leave our cities unwarned and be willing to do so little to change the present condition of things in the world. God requires that every soul who believes in Christ shall go forth and bear much fruit. He requires that they be in earnest in doing missionary work, faithful in their home life, in their student life, true to their church duties. Those who have pledged themselves by baptism to follow Christ, who have professed to put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness, are to consider the words of the apostle Paul, “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God.” {PCO 53.4}
[PCO 53.5]         Let there be less sermonizing and more humbling of the soul in prayer for the divine presence among us. Our meetings should be seasons of humble seeking after God. Oh, that we might sense our need of Christ, and by living faith claim the promise of His presence! {PCO 53.5}
[PCO 53.6]         There are some of our ministers who are true burden bearers, whose hearts go out in prayer to God, and who weep between the porch and the altar, crying, “Spare thy people, O Lord, and give not thine heritage to reproach.” There are a few who are in  54  earnest. But there are many who have but little sense of their great need of the divine blessing. {PCO 53.6}
[PCO 54.1]         In visions of the night I was in a company where our ministers were assembled. A few were humbling themselves before God and confessing their sins. They were weeping and pleading with God to spare His people and to give not His heritage to reproach. But with many there was no special burden to get near to the Lord. I looked for the burden bearers, but there were few who carried any genuine burden for souls. The very ones who needed to seek the Lord most earnestly were not coming to Him with broken hearts and contrite spirits. While some of the ministers were brokenly calling upon the Lord, and were weighted down as a cart beneath sheaves, the hearts of many were untouched. What kind of account will those have to give who stand in holy places of trust, and yet have little or no burden for the souls of the perishing!  {PCO 54.1}
[PCO 54.2]         There is need of a great reformation in our ranks. The ministers who are drawing pay from the conference need to ask themselves the question, Am I a faithful worker? Am I a spiritual help to the church? There are those who demand high wages for their labors, but who bring few souls into the truth to stand steadfast and true to its principles. It is time for our ministers to humble their hearts before the Lord, and bear a straight, convincing testimony to the people. It is time for them to labor earnestly to increase the membership of the churches, leading all to a thorough understanding of the truth for this time. The Lord wants living members in His church, men and women who will encourage one another in faithful service. {PCO 54.2}
[PCO 54.3]      Unabridged    Sources: SpM pp. 435-437    34 - A Blessed Place    Context: In this open letter to those recently assembled at the Oakwood School, Mrs. White unburdens her heart.  August 23, 1908       I cannot rest because of the many representations made to me, showing that our people are in danger of losing precious opportunities of working earnestly and wisely for the proclamation of the third angel’s message. Satan with all his agencies is working to hold God’s people back from giving all their powers to His service. But as a people we are to be active and decidedly in earnest, improving every opportunity to increase our usefulness in religious lines. We are to be “not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord.” Possessing true godliness and knowledge of the Word of God, every church member may become a working agency, laboring with  55  dignity and confidence, yet with humble dependence, remembering the words of Christ to His first disciples, “I send you forth as lambs in the midst of wolves: be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves.” We need to exercise wisdom in all our ways if we would work in the name and fear of God. Unfeigned faith is what we need, for faith is “the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.”  {PCO 54.3}
[PCO 55.1]         I have visited the Huntsville School, and I believe that it has many advantages for the carrying on of the work of an all-round education. It is the privilege of those who labor there to make it a blessed place of preparation for usefulness in the work of God. {PCO 55.1}
[PCO 55.2]         I am praying that every soul of you will fill the place that the Lord designs for you. He will work for each one according to his faith. There is a picture representing a bullock standing between a plow and an altar, and with the picture is the inscription, “Ready for either.” Thus we should be ready to tread the weary furrow or to bleed on the altar of sacrifice. This singleness of purpose, this devotion to duty, is to be expressed in the life of every child of God. This was the position our Saviour occupied while upon the earth; it is the position that every follower of His will occupy. {PCO 55.2}
[PCO 55.3]         The salvation made sure to the human race through the sacrifice of Christ was intended alike for all races and nationalities. There are some of all nationalities who are never inclined to draw in even cords with their fellow men. They want to be a ruling power. And unless the power of God is recognized and appreciated, and believers work intelligently for the accomplishment of God’s purpose for all mankind, God will leave them to their own ways, and will use other instruments through which to accomplish His plans. And those who refuse to do the work laid upon them will finally be found on the enemy’s side, warring against order and discipline. {PCO 55.3}
[PCO 55.4]      Abridged    Source: Letter 244, 1908; 2MR pp. 82-83    35 - A Place of Special Interest    Context: By this time, an Oakwood orphanage was being seriously considered; in fact, tentative plans were already in motion.  Ellen White writes to those in charge of the orphanage enterprise.  February 16, 1909  Dear Brethren:       The question has been asked if the orphanage for colored children ought to be located on the Oakwood School Farm. {PCO 55.4}
[PCO 56.1]    56       Long before I visited Huntsville the Oakwood School Farm was presented to me, both as it then was and as it might be in the future if wisely managed and properly cared for.   {PCO 56.1}
[PCO 56.2]         The presentation of what the place ought to be, included an orphanage and a sanitarium. I was also shown cultivated fields, gardens where vegetables were cultivated, and orchards bearing abundance of fruit.   {PCO 56.2}
[PCO 56.3]         Instruction was given me that the Lord would have consecrated, unselfish Christian workers connected with the Oakwood School, who would use skilfully the advantages of the Oakwood Farm for the benefit of the students in the school and the children in the orphanage. These advantages were to be used wisely in helping to supply the necessities of the orphans and in obtaining for them an education and training that would be pleasing to the Lord. {PCO 56.3}
[PCO 56.4]         I have been instructed that for the development of the Oakwood enterprises, the very best class of workers should be secured, because a special work is to be done here in revealing what religious education will do for the orphans and the outcasts through the labors of consecrated and skilful teachers. The teachers connected with the school must bear in mind that they are dealing with the purchase of the blood of Christ, with souls who, through earnest, God-fearing labors may become members of the Lord’s family.   {PCO 56.4}
[PCO 56.5]         This work is not to be despised because the children are colored. Because they are colored, and because they are fatherless and motherless, they are to be brought up with kindness which is revealed in words and actions. There should be no scolding, no extravagant display; none should be treated with indifference, but all should be given respectful treatment, and this will win respectful attention and obedience from them in return.   {PCO 56.5}
[PCO 56.6]         These children are the purchase of the blood of Christ. Their color is something that they cannot change; but the Lord will cooperate to change the character if we will work in harmony with Him who gave His life to secure the pardon of every sinner of every land, and of different colors.  {PCO 56.6}
[PCO 56.7]         When this light was given me, I had never seen Huntsville. I was shown that Huntsville would be a place of special interest to those who would act their part to help the colored people. {PCO 56.7}
[PCO 57.1]      Unabridged    Sources: PH163 pp. 1-2;  SpTB12x pg. 2    36 - A Special and Important Work    Context: This open letter to the students of Oakwood appeared in the magazine The Southern Field Echo.  April 1, 1910       Are you daily preparing for graduation into the higher school? Are you daily becoming better fitted for entrance into the heavenly courts? Are you making the most of your privileges, seeking earnestly to overcome all evil habits? At the great examination day, one wrong habit unconquered will keep you from receiving the overcomer’s reward. Do not let sin obtain the victory over you. Strive to enter in at the strait gate. “Wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be that go in thereat.” “Strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth to life, and few there be that find it.”   {PCO 57.1}
[PCO 57.2]         There is a special and important work for you to accomplish. Clear directions are given in the Word of God regarding the part that you are to act. “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead and your life is hid with Christ in God.” {PCO 57.2}
[PCO 57.3]         “When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory. . . . Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, long-suffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any; even as Christ forgave you, so, also do ye. And above all these things, put on charity, which is the bond of all perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body: and be ye thankful. Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” {PCO 57.3}
[PCO 57.4]         I would urge upon you the importance of determination to honor God by consecrating to Him the power of mind and body. It is your privilege to give yourselves to God. In word and deed seek to honor Him. Set your mark high, and by constant watchfulness gain decided victories. {PCO 57.4}
[PCO 57.5]         Be kind in all you do and say. If anyone speaks harsh, irritating words to you, do not retaliate. Speak gently, and thus help those around you to bear the cross after Jesus. In every perplexity ask God for advice and counsel, and it will be given. When your mind is troubled, go to the Lord Jesus and ask Him to give you His grace. Cast all your care upon Him who cares for you. “In everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God.” {PCO 57.5}
[PCO 58.1]      Unabridged    Sources: SF Echo, April 1, 1910    Chapter 3 - Articles         The means to reach the most people in the denomination in the early twentieth century was the written word.  The means to reach the most people in the denomination in the early twentieth century with that written word were the denomination’s publications.  Ellen White utilized both of these effectively. {PCO 58.1}
[PCO 58.2]         Mrs. White penned scores of articles on the Southern cause and mentioned Oakwood numerous times. She had a genuine burden for the fledgling school, and she made a habit of bringing Oakwood to the denomination’s attention when, to all appearances, it seemed as if many had forgotten it. {PCO 58.2}
[PCO 58.3]         These articles educated about Oakwood; treated its providential beginnings; solicited money for the school; provided updates on its goings-on; offered spiritual challenges to its students and teachers; and placed the school and its progress in the light of the great controversy. (See Oakwood Categories section for fuller discussion.) {PCO 58.3}
[PCO 59.1]      1 - The Work in Graysville and Huntsville    Periodical: The General Conference Bulletin  April 14, 1903       Nashville is within easy access of Graysville and Huntsville, where a beginning of great value to the work in the South has been made. God has answered the many prayers offered in behalf of these two places. By the work in Nashville, the work in Graysville and Huntsville is to be confirmed, strengthened, and settled. Graysville and Huntsville are near enough to Nashville to strengthen the work there and to be strengthened by it. But it must be understood that we are to put forth special efforts to help the colored people. No longer is our indifference in this respect to continue.  {PCO 59.1}
[PCO 59.2]         The schools in Graysville and Huntsville were established in the order of God. They are to do a work for Him. They are to become self-supporting, by making the best use of their land, by raising those products best suited to the climate and soil of their locality. Various industries are to be established. The Lord will greatly bless these industries if the workers will walk in His counsel. If they will look to Him, He will be their wisdom and their righteousness. His wisdom will be seen in the work of those who follow His directions. He will teach all who will learn of Him His meekness and lowliness. {PCO 59.2}
[PCO 59.3]         The workers in the school at Huntsville are to have our tender sympathy and our practical aid. Do not let them suffer for the lack of facilities, for they are trying to educate the colored people. The school at Huntsville is in positive need of our care and our donations. {PCO 59.3}
[PCO 59.4]         The interests in Graysville and Huntsville will grow into usefulness, if the believers there will do their very best in the Lord’s way. Let each one connected with the schools in these places remember that on him rests the responsibility of reflecting light to those in darkness. {PCO 59.4}
[PCO 60.1]      Unabridged    Sources: GCB, April 14, 1903; SW, October 25, 1904; 1888 pg. 1800    2 - Our Duty Toward the Huntsville School    Periodical: The Gospel Herald  September 1, 1904       My visit to our school for the colored people, at Huntsville, Alabama, brought me great sorrow of heart. I had known that this institution was in pressing need of substantial help, but I had not understood fully the real condition of the school. That which I saw staggered me. I asked myself, “How can the brethren in the South, who have seen the needs of this school, remain silent? In what light does God regard their failure to bestir themselves in an effort to place this school on vantage-ground? How can He acquit the sight of their eyes?” {PCO 60.1}
[PCO 60.2]         The equipment of the Huntsville School is very incomplete. Even some of the most common necessities are lacking. There are no proper facilities for giving treatment to the sick. Those who attend this school have been getting along with crude makeshifts, hoping that in time some of the necessities would be supplied. {PCO 60.2}
[PCO 60.3]         That which to me seemed the greatest mystery of all, was the striking contrast between ——- and Huntsville. At ——- the school and the sanitarium have been built up substantially by friends both in the North and in the South. The ——- brethren and sisters have given much toward the erection and equipment of good buildings. The ——- community has an appearance of thrift and prosperity. This is as it should be. But I could not understand how those there, who have known of the destitution of a sister institution at Huntsville, have been content to continue building up their home institutions, without doing something for the training-school for colored people. {PCO 60.3}
[PCO 60.4]         How neighborly, how Christlike, it would have been for those at ——- to say: “We have been prospered in our efforts to establish institutions in this place. And while we are not planning the ——- work unwisely, nor building too substantially, yet, in consideration of the more urgent need of the institution at Huntsville, let us send on to our fellow workers there some of the means now flowing in to us.” What an encouragement this would have been to the struggling teachers and students at Huntsville! How pleased the Lord would have been to see the needed facilities thus provided for!  {PCO 60.4}
[PCO 60.5]         I refer to the neglect manifested by the ——- church, simply to illustrate the spirit that has characterized other churches in the South and elsewhere. Those in charge of the work at Huntsville also failed of fulfilling their whole duty. They should have put forth every effort possible to place their needs before our people in the South. Earnest letters appealing to the generosity of Seventh-day Adventists throughout the South should have been written and sent out freely. Hearts would have been touched by such appeals. {PCO 60.5}
[PCO 60.6]         As the Saviour was teaching during His earthly ministry, “a certain lawyer stood up, and tempted Him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?” The Saviour entered into no controversy. He required the answer from the questioner himself.  61  “What is written in the law?” He asked, “how readest thou?” {PCO 60.6}
[PCO 61.1]         The lawyer said, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” “Thou hast answered right,” Christ said; “this do, and thou shalt live.”  {PCO 61.1}
[PCO 61.2]         Unwilling to acknowledge the truth, the lawyer put another question, saying, “Who is my neighbor?” {PCO 61.2}
[PCO 61.3]         Instead of entering into controversy, Christ answered this question by relating the parable of the good Samaritan. “A certain man,” He said, “went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed leaving him half dead.” {PCO 61.3}
[PCO 61.4]         A priest and a Levite, coming that way at intervals, “passed by on the other side.” But a Samaritan, traveling the same road, came to the wounded man, and “when he saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee.”  {PCO 61.4}
[PCO 61.5]         The lawyer was convinced. When Christ asked him, “Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves?” he answered, “He that showed mercy on him.”  {PCO 61.5}
[PCO 61.6]         “Then Jesus said unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.” {PCO 61.6}
[PCO 61.7]         My dear brethren and sisters in the Southern field, let us learn anew the lesson taught by this parable. We are sometimes content to allow a brother or a neighbor to struggle unaided under adverse circumstances. The same heartless neglect is sometimes manifested toward institutions. The attitude of some toward the Huntsville School, so destitute of many necessities, has not been the attitude that we should reveal toward a neighbor in distressing need.  {PCO 61.7}
[PCO 61.8]         Had our people in the Southern States taken the interest in the Huntsville School that God would have been pleased to see them take, this institution would now be on high vantage-ground. Tried men should have gone from church to church in the Southern field, setting before our people the needs of this school. I have been burdened so heavily over this matter, that I have felt that if my strength would be sufficient to enable me to travel from place to place in the South, and arouse our people to fulfill their duty toward this school, I would then be willing to die. From the light given me, I know that God is in earnest with us regarding our neglect of duty toward this institution. {PCO 61.8}
[PCO 61.9]         Let us now redeem the time. The Lord has been calling upon His people in the stronger conferences of the North to sustain the Huntsville School by liberal gifts. We pray that He will put it into their hearts to respond nobly. Shall not His people in the South act their part faithfully, by taking a neighborly, substantial interest in the welfare of an institution planted in their own field? The Lord will bless every unselfish effort put forth. {PCO 61.9}
[PCO 62.1]      Unabridged    Sources: GH, September 1, 1904; Ms. 100, 1904     3 - An Opportunity to Help a Needy Cause    Periodical: Signs of the Times  November 30, 1904       For years I have been deeply interested in Gospel work among the colored people in the South. It has been my privilege to visit this field a few times, and to become personally acquainted with its needs. During the nine years I spent in Australia, I kept pace with the advance of the work among the colored people in America. I knew of the struggles and makeshifts, the self-denial and self-sacrifice, of the laborers in the South, and I helped as much as I could. {PCO 62.1}
[PCO 62.2]         Early this past summer I visited the South, and spent several weeks there. As I traveled from place to place, I saw anew the poverty-stricken condition of the field, and was reminded vividly of scenes that have often been presented to me in the night season. {PCO 62.2}
[PCO 62.3]         The condition of the Industrial School established for the training of Christian workers at Huntsville, Ala., appealed strongly to my sympathies. The large farm of three hundred and sixty acres, purchased by the General Conference as a home for this institution, will, with intelligent cultivation, meet a considerable portion of the running expenses of the school. But the buildings have been inadequate for the work that should be done. The teachers and students have very few schoolroom appliances. In the students’ home and on the farm there have been very few suitable facilities. Some new buildings must be erected and furnished. Good bathrooms are greatly needed. In connection with this school, students are to be trained for the medical missionary work.  {PCO 62.3}
[PCO 62.4]         Brother F. R. Rogers has been chosen to act as business manager and principal of the Huntsville School. For years he has labored in school work for the colored people in Mississippi, under the direction of the Southern Missionary Society. Associated with him will be a faculty competent to carry forward all branches of instruction, both in school lines and in industrial training. The efficiency of the school will be much improved this year. We desire to do a strong work in preparing the Colored people of the South to accomplish that which must be done for their own race. Among the most promising youth are those who must be trained to labor as canvassers, missionary nurses, hygienic cooks, teachers, Bible workers, and ministers.  {PCO 62.4}
[PCO 62.5]         The mission schools that have been established in Mississippi and in other states are doing a good work; and these should receive our continued support. Hundreds of these schools must be established. This line of effort has been especially presented before me as one of the most effectual and economical methods of giving the truth to the Colored people. But the work is almost at a stand-still for the lack of money to provide facilities and pay the wages of the teachers.  {PCO 62.5}
[PCO 62.6]         In Nashville I found a little sanitarium, fully equipped, and patronized by the better class of colored people. This is the only sanitarium we have for the colored people  63  in the South. And it is sadly in need of assistance. Liberal gifts to this enterprise would be pleasing to the Lord. The establishment of this institution on a permanent basis will be but the beginning of a great work that must be done in the cities of the South. We have delayed long enough in the establishment of sanitariums and treatment-rooms in which colored men and women can minister to the physical as well as the spiritual necessities of their fellow-men. {PCO 62.6}
[PCO 63.1]         My soul longs to see carried on in the South the work that has so long been in need of our assistance. The great necessity for schools in the cities and out of the cities, for sanitariums and treatment-rooms, and for evangelical work, demands that we do everything we possibly can. This barren field is sending up to Heaven its pitiful appeal for help. Where can we find another field in which the need is greater?  {PCO 63.1}
[PCO 63.2]         As I have been made acquainted with the poverty of the Southern field, I have earnestly desired that some method might be devised by which the work for the colored people could be sustained. One night, as I was praying for this needy field, a scene was presented to me, which I will describe.  {PCO 63.2}
[PCO 63.3]         I saw a company of men working, and asked what they were doing. One of them replied: “We are making little boxes to be placed in the home of every family that is willing to practise in order that they may send of their means to help the work among the colored people of the South. Such boxes will be a constant reminder of the needs of this destitute race; and the giving of money that is saved by economy and self-denial will be an excellent education to all the members of the family.”  {PCO 63.3}
[PCO 63.4]         Without delay I wrote to our brethren in the South to make little self-denial boxes, and circulate them extensively, to be used as silent messengers in the homes of our people-to remind parents and children of their duty toward a neglected race. The Southern Missionary Society, of Edgefield Junction, Tenn., took up this matter at once, and are now prepared to send the boxes to all who desire to help in this way.  {PCO 63.4}
[PCO 63.5]         Fathers, mothers, teach your children lessons of self-denial, by encouraging them to unite with you in dispensing with the things we really do not need, and in giving to the colored work the money thus saved. Tell your children of the poor colored people and their necessities. Implant in each tender heart a desire to deny self in order to help others. Lead the children early to realize the close relationship existing between money and missions. {PCO 63.5}
[PCO 63.6]         The fields are white for the harvest. Shall not the laborers have means for gathering in the precious grain? Will not those who know the truth see what they can do to help, just now? Will not every one cut off all needless expenditures? See what you can do in self-denial. Dispense with all that is not positively necessary. Come up to the measure of your God-given responsibility. Fulfill your duty toward the colored race. {PCO 63.6}
[PCO 63.7]         Some may say: “We are being drawn upon continually for means. Will there be no end to these calls?” We hope not, so long as there are in our world souls perishing for the Bread of life. Until all has been done that you can do to save the lost, we ask you not to become weary of our repeated calls. Many have not yet done that which they might do, that which God will enable them to do, if they will consecrate themselves unreservedly to Him.  {PCO 63.7}
[PCO 63.8]         The Lord’s servants are to feel a noble, generous sympathy for every line of work carried on in the great harvest field. We are to be interested in everything that concerns  64  the human brotherhood. By our baptismal vows we are bound in covenant relation with God to make persevering, self-denying, self-sacrificing efforts to promote, in the hardest parts of the field, the work of soul-saving. God has placed upon every believer the responsibility of helping to rescue the most needy, the most helpless, the most oppressed. Christians are to enlighten the ignorance of their less-favored brothers. They are to break every yoke, and let the oppressed go free from the power of vicious habits and sinful practises. By imparting the knowledge sent from heaven, they are to enlarge the capabilities, and increase the usefulness, of those most in need of a helping hand. {PCO 63.8}
[PCO 64.1]      Unabridged    Sources: ST, November 30, 1904; PH126 pp. 5-11    4 - Will You Help?    Periodical: The Pacific Union Recorder  January 12, 1905       I have a special message to give to our people regarding the necessities of the work in the Southern field, and especially regarding the necessities of the work in Nashville and Huntsville. A sanitarium near Nashville is greatly needed. Dr. Hayward and Brother Hansen have done, and are doing, a good work in Nashville, but they are in great need of better facilities. We had hoped the way would open for them to rent a roomy place near the city, but the way has not opened for them to do this. At present, they are working under great disadvantages, and they must have a building outside the city, with room enough to care for the patients who may come.   {PCO 64.1}
[PCO 64.2]         Brethren Sutherland and Magan and Sister Druillard, with other faithful helpers, have begun school work on a farm about nine miles from Nashville. There is on this farm abundant room for both a school and a sanitarium. The two institutions would be a help to each other in carrying out the purposes of God for them.   {PCO 64.2}
[PCO 64.3]         Brethren Sutherland and Magan have done a noble, self-sacrificing work at Berrien Springs. They might have remained there, but they felt impressed to go to the South, and work for the people there. They thought that perhaps they might begin their school work in some retired place, but we felt that they should unite with their brethren near Nashville.   {PCO 64.3}
[PCO 64.4]         It is with pleasure that I think of the farm which they have purchased, and on which they are beginning school work. The Lord will open ways before the humble, self-denying workers connected with this school, and will make them a great blessing. He will give them success in the unselfish missionary work that is to be done.   {PCO 64.4}
[PCO 64.5]         I ask our people to come up to the help of the Lord, acting their part in helping forward the establishment of this school. We see what has been done in Berrien Springs by the blessing of the Lord. He gave courage and strength to those who were  65  struggling with inconvenience and difficulty, and helped them to make the school a success. {PCO 64.5}
[PCO 65.1]         And now, as Brethren Sutherland and Magan, with other educators, have gone to a new hard field, to do pioneer work, let us hold up their hands and do all in our power to encourage them. Let us help them to make the school they are establishing a sample of the work that must be done in the South. {PCO 65.1}
[PCO 65.2]         The school at Berrien Springs is to be appreciated, and the very best talent is to be brought into it, that it may not deteriorate, but may continue to increase in efficiency. God has been the counselor in the work done there, and our people should appreciate the self-sacrificing efforts that have been made in behalf of the work in that place. {PCO 65.2}
[PCO 65.3]         Many easier fields might have been chosen by those who have gone from Berrien Springs to Nashville. But these workers did not seek easy fields. They resolved to do what they could to help where help was most needed. And we ask our people not to leave them without assistance. They have been given plain evidence that the farm which has been purchased is the place on which God would have them establish a school, and we call upon our people to help them in the great work that lies before them. {PCO 65.3}
[PCO 65.4]         As I looked at the large vineyards owned by our people in central and southern California, I thought, How I wish that those who own these vineyards could see and appreciate the needs of our workers in Nashville; for then they would surely help them by sending them gifts of fruit. My brethren and sisters, will you not see what you can do to help those who are just starting out in the establishment of a work that God has said must be done? Gifts of money or gifts of fruit would be greatly appreciated by the workers in these needy southern schools. I have reason to know that they need your assistance. If you will take hold to help them, the Lord will certainly reward your liberality.   {PCO 65.4}
[PCO 65.5]         I have done what I could. I have given over two tons of prunes to needy schools and missions. Who will join me in this work? {PCO 65.5}
[PCO 65.6]      Unabridged    Sources: PUR, January 12, 1905; SpM pp. 375-376    5 - The Work Among the Colored People    Periodical: The Review and Herald  September 21, 1905  Dear Brethren and Sisters:       I greatly desire to impress your minds with the importance of doing what you can to help forward the work for the colored people in the Southern States. In this field  66  there are thousands and thousands of Negroes, many of whom are ignorant and in need of the gospel. Upon the white people of the United States the Lord has laid the burden of uplifting this race. But, as yet, Seventh-day Adventists have done comparatively little to help them. {PCO 65.6}
[PCO 66.1]         There are many, many places in the South in which no earnest Christian effort has been made for the colored people. These unentered fields, in their unsightly barrenness, stand before heaven as a witness against the unfaithfulness of those who have had great light. When I think of the way in which this line of work has been treated, there comes over me an intensity of feeling that words cannot express. Like the priest and the Levite, men have looked indifferently on a most pitiful picture, and have passed by on the other side. For years this has been the record. Our people have put forth only a hundredth part of the earnest effort that they should have put forth to warn the indifferent, to educate the ignorant, and to minister to the needy souls in this field. {PCO 66.1}
[PCO 66.2]         A few faithful laborers have made beginnings here and there. And among our brethren and sisters in the more favored fields of America, there are warm hearts beating in sympathy with the hearts of those who, with integrity and faithfulness, have bravely borne a burden of labor for the colored people, laying a foundation that will be as enduring as eternity. The Lord has been working with and for the tried laborers in the South. Many are preparing to put their shoulders to the wheel, to help advance the work. The cloud of darkness and despondency is rolling back, and the sunshine of God’s favor is shining upon the workers. The Lord is gracious. He will not leave the work in the South in its present condition. The people living in this great field will yet have the privilege of hearing the last message of mercy, warning them to prepare for the great day of God which is right upon us. Now, just now, is our time to proclaim the third angel’s message to the millions living in the Southern States, who know not that the Saviour’s coming is near at hand.   {PCO 66.2}
[PCO 66.3]      The Training of Workers         For the accomplishment of the Lord’s work among the colored people in the South, we cannot look wholly to white laborers. We need, Oh, so much! colored workers to labor for their own people, in places where it would not be safe for white people to labor. Without delay, most decided efforts should be made to educate and train colored men and women to labor as missionaries. We must provide means for the education and training of Christian colored students in the Southern States, who, being accustomed to the climate, can work there without endangering their lives. Promising young men and young women should be educated as teachers. They should have the very best advantages. Those who make the fear of the Lord the beginning of wisdom, and give heed to the counsel of men of experience, can be a blessing by carrying to their own people the light of present truth. Every worker who labors in humility and in harmony with his brethren will be a channel of light to many who are now in the darkness of ignorance and superstition.   {PCO 66.3}
[PCO 66.4]         It was for the education of Christian workers that, in the providence of God, the General Conference purchased a beautiful farm of three hundred acres near Huntsville, Alabama, and established an industrial training-school for colored students. During the past two or three years I have often received instruction in regard  67  to this school, showing what manner of school it should be, and what those who go there as students are to become. {PCO 66.4}
[PCO 67.1]         All that is done by those connected with the Huntsville School, whether they be teachers or students, is to be done with the realization that this is the Lord’s institution, in which the students are to be taught how to cultivate the land and how to labor for the uplifting of their own people. They are to work with such earnestness and perseverance that the farm will bear testimony to the world, to angels, and to men, regarding the fidelity with which this gift of land has been cared for. This is the Lord’s farm, and it is to bear fruit to His glory. Heavenly angels will be able to read, in the thrift and painstaking effort revealed in the care of the farm, the story of the improvement made by the students themselves in character-building. On this farm the students are to learn how to earn their living by honest work. Such a knowledge will be of inestimable value to them when they go forth to teach others of their race. {PCO 67.1}
[PCO 67.2]         The students of the Huntsville School are to be given a training in many lines of service. All are to be taught the importance of practical Christianity. And they are to learn how to present the truth for this time to their own people. Not only are they to learn to do public work, but they should learn also the special value of house-tohouse work in soul-saving. In carrying forward work among the colored people, it is not learned men, not eloquent men, who are now the most needed, but humble men who in the school of Christ have learned to be meek and lowly, and who will go forth into the highways and hedges to give the invitation, “Come; for all things are now ready.” Those who beg at midnight for loaves for hungry souls will be successful. It is a law of heaven that as we receive, we are to impart.   {PCO 67.2}
[PCO 67.3]         In all the Lord’s arrangements, there is nothing more beautiful than His plan of giving to men and women a diversity of gifts. The church of God is made up of many vessels, both large and small. The Lord works through the men and women who are willing to be used. He will bless them in doing the work that has brought blessing to many in the past-the work of seeking to save souls ready to perish. There are many who have received but a limited religious and intellectual training, but God has a work for this class to do, if they will labor in humility, trusting in Him.   {PCO 67.3}
[PCO 67.4]         The Lord says, I will take illiterate men, obscure men, and move upon them by My Spirit to carry out My purposes in the work of saving souls. The last message of mercy will be given by a people who love and fear Me. “Not by might, nor by power, but by my Spirit.” We should give willing, devoted men every possible encouragement to go forward and in their humble way reveal their loyalty to principle and their integrity to God. Let them visit the people at their homes, and talk and pray with the unwarned regarding the soon-coming Saviour. Let them take a personal interest in those whom they meet. Christ took a personal interest in men and women while He lived on this earth. He was a true missionary everywhere He went. His followers are to go about doing good, even as He did. By personal efforts to meet the people where they are, coarse and rough though some of these people may be, humble house-tohouse missionaries and colporteurs may win the hearts of many to Christ. In their unpretentious way they can reach a class that ministers generally cannot touch.   {PCO 67.4}
[PCO 67.5]      The Establishment of Schools         No line of work will be of more telling advantage to the colored people in the  68  Southern field than the establishment of small schools. Hundreds of mission schools must be established; for there is no method of giving the truth to these people so effectual and economical as these small schools. This line of work has been specially presented before me. But the work is almost at a standstill for the lack of money to provide facilities for the training of teachers, and for the building of schoolhouses, and for paying the wages of the teachers. {PCO 67.5}
[PCO 68.1]         There are many who cannot even read the divine Word; many are slaves of superstition; and yet through divine power these poor, ignorant beings, degraded by sin, may be saved, elevated, sanctified, ennobled. And in the Lord’s estimation every soul saved is worth more than the wealth of the whole world. Those who are ignorant must be educated; and this means much. Instead of making superabundant provision for educating a few, we should devise ways and means of helping the many who are neglected and oppressed.   {PCO 68.1}
[PCO 68.2]         So far as possible, these mission schools for colored people should be established outside the cities. But in the cities there are many children who could not attend the schools that will be established out of the cities; and schools should be opened for them. {PCO 68.2}
[PCO 68.3]         The colored people need simple books. They have been left in ignorance when they should have been taught; left unconverted when every effort possible should have been put forth to rescue and save them.   {PCO 68.3}
[PCO 68.4]         This work will require talent and, above everything else, the grace of God. The colored youth will be found to be far more difficult to manage than the white youth, because they have not been taught from their childhood to make the best use of their time. Many of them have had no opportunity to learn how to take care of themselves. Those who for years have been working to help the colored people, know their needs; and they are the best fitted to begin schools for them. colored teachers must work for the colored people under the supervision of well-qualified men who have the spirit of mercy and love. How important it is, then, that we place our training-school at Huntsville on vantage-ground, so that many may be educated to labor as teachers of their own race! {PCO 68.4}
[PCO 68.5]      Medical Missionary Work         In no place is there greater need of genuine gospel medical missionary work than among the colored people in the South. Had such a work been done for them immediately after the proclamation of freedom, their condition today would have been very different. Medical missionary work must be carried forward for the colored people. Sanitariums and treatment rooms should be established in many places. These will open doors for the entrance of Bible truth. {PCO 68.5}
[PCO 68.6]         This work will require devoted men and means, and much wise planning. Years ago we should have been training colored men and women to care for the sick. Plans should now be made to do a quick work. Let promising colored young men—young men of good Christian character—be given a thorough training for this line of service. Let them be imbued with the thought that in all their work they are to proclaim the third angel’s message. Strong, intelligent, consecrated colored nurses will find a wide field of usefulness opening before them.  {PCO 68.6}
[PCO 68.7]         Christ, the great Medical Missionary, is our example. Of Him it is written, that He  69  “went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people.” He healed the sick and preached the gospel. In His service, healing and teaching were linked closely together. Today they are not to be separated. The nurses who are trained in our institutions are to be fitted to go out as medical missionary evangelists, uniting the ministry of the Word with that of physical healing.   {PCO 68.7}
[PCO 69.1]         The Lord has instructed us that with our training-schools there should be connected small sanitariums, that the students may have opportunity to gain a knowledge of medical missionary work. This line of work is to be brought into our schools as part of the regular instruction. Huntsville has been especially pointed out as a school in connection with which there should be facilities for thoroughly training consecrated colored youth who desire to become competent nurses and hygienic cooks. We have delayed long enough the carrying out of this instruction.   {PCO 69.1}
[PCO 69.2]      Redeeming the Time         My brethren and sisters, let us look at the destitution of this field. Let us consider the ignorance, the poverty, the misery, the distress of many of the people. They know but little in regard to Bible truth. They are unacquainted with the Lord Jesus Christ. And yet this field lies at our door! How selfish and inattentive we have been to our neighbors! We have passed them by, doing little to relieve their suffering. The condition of this field is a condemnation of our professed Christianity.   {PCO 69.2}
[PCO 69.3]         Let us now arise, and redeem the time. Everything in the universe calls upon those who know the truth to consecrate themselves unreservedly to the proclamation of the truth as it has been made known to them in the third angel’s message. That which we see of the needs of the millions of colored people in the South, calls us to our duty. We are not to become dispirited and disheartened over the outlook. The Lord lives and reigns. And He expects us to do our part, by training for service and by sustaining in the field those who are best fitted to labor for the colored people. To our every effort He will add His blessing. His faithful servants in charge of the various lines of work will be given wisdom to discern talent and to train an army of workers to labor with courageous perseverance for their own race. There is work to be done in many hard places, and out of these places laborers are to come. The field is opening in the Southern States, and many wise, Christian colored men and women will be called to the work. The Lord now gives us the opportunity of searching out these men and women, and of teaching them how to engage in the work of saving souls. When they go forth into the field, God will cooperate with them and give them the victory. {PCO 69.3}
[PCO 70.1]      Unabridged    Sources: RH, September 21, 1905; SpTB08 pp. 18-22; SpTB12x pp. 3-8    6 - The Lord Loveth a Cheerful Giver    Periodical: The Southern Watchman  April 16, 1907       “The Lord now calls upon the members of the Seventh-day Adventist Church in every locality to consecrate themselves to Him, and to do their very best, according to their circumstances, to assist in His work. By their liberality in making gifts and offerings, He desires them to reveal their appreciation of His blessings, and their gratitude for His mercy.   {PCO 70.1}
[PCO 70.2]         My dear brethren and sisters, all the money we have is the Lord’s. I now appeal to you, in the name of the Lord, to unite in carrying to successful completion enterprises that have been undertaken in the counsel of God and that are waiting for their portion of the $150,000 fund which has been called for by the General Conference Committee. Let not the work on the Nashville Sanitarium and the Takoma Park Sanitarium be hindered for lack of means. Let not the work of rebuilding at Huntsville be made difficult and burdensome because the necessary means is withheld. Let not those who are struggling to build up the other enterprises, great and small, that are needing the promised aid, become disheartened because we are slow to unite in making up the fund that is asked for. Let all our people arise, and see what they can do. Let them show that there is unity and strength among Seventh-day Adventists. {PCO 70.2}
[PCO 70.3]         In the providence of God, some may gather more wealth than do others. The Lord blesses them with health, with tact and skill, that they may receive of His goods and bestow upon others. The possession of means brings a test of character. All have a responsibility according to that which they have received; and from those who possess wealth, the Lord looks for bountiful gifts. To those who desire to be baptized with the Holy Ghost, I would say, Take up the work of God where you are, and with your gifts help the work in places nigh and afar off.  {PCO 70.3}
[PCO 70.4]         My dear brethren and sisters, let us every one make a covenant with God by sincere self-denial and self-sacrifice, that we may help in extending the truth to many places. The Lord will certainly bless all who do His will without murmuring or complaining. {PCO 70.4}
[PCO 71.1]      Abridged    Source: SW, April 16, 1907; SpTB08 pp. 5-6    7 - A Message to Teachers    Periodical: The Gospel Herald  October 1, 1907       To our workers among the colored people, and especially to those who are teaching the children and the youth, I would say, Hold fast. Do not lose courage. We shall all be tried, to see of what material we are made. Work with an eye single to the glory of God. Labor to uplift and ennoble your students. They will be what you make them, largely. Teach them that their souls can be made clean in the blood of the Lamb. Hold up before them the hope that they can be Christians in thought, in word, in deed. Thus souls will be won to Christ. Tell them, oh, tell them of the love of Jesus, who taketh away the sin of the world. {PCO 71.1}
[PCO 71.2]         Keep ever before your students the thought that they are in school to be fitted to act their part in helping others to prepare for a place in the family above. The Lord desires them to act kindly and courteously, because they are members of His family. Keep this before them always. Doing this, you cannot speak harshly to them, neither can you be coarse or rough, because this would not harmonize with the Bible principles that you are trying to teach them.   {PCO 71.2}
[PCO 71.3]         Teachers, keep heaven and the Saviour before your students. Impress their minds with the thought that they must do their very best, for God’s eye is upon them. This teaching you may certainly class as a branch of higher education. {PCO 71.3}
[PCO 71.4]         Teachers are to bring into the schoolroom a softening, subduing influence. In their daily habits they are to be an example of propriety. In their dress they are always to be neat and tidy. Children are naturally quick to imitate; and as they see habits of order and cleanliness, industry and Christian integrity, exemplified in the daily life of their teacher, their own lives will be powerfully influenced for good. Excellent results will appear.   {PCO 71.4}
[PCO 71.5]         The work done in the Huntsville School is to be an object lesson of what can be done for the colored youth and children in every school, small or large, in providing advantages and surroundings that will tend to uplift and ennoble those who attend. The Huntsville School is to be a place where the standard is kept high. The teachers must be filled with a determination to teach the students, in connection with book-knowledge, practical lessons of neatness and refinement. Nothing coarse or slovenly is to be allowed in the dress of the students. Their deportment is to be above reproach. They are to be taught to be neat in their habits. And in all that pertains to the premises of the school, both inside the various buildings, and on the school-grounds and the farm, an object lesson of orderliness and thrift is to be taught.   {PCO 71.5}
[PCO 71.6]         The Huntsville School is to exert a far-reaching influence for good. To the teachers in this school I am instructed to say, Encourage the students. Inspire them with the hope that they can work successfully for the Master. And as you labor, remember that your school is to be an example of what all other colored schools should be, with  72  respect to carefulness of deportment and thoroughness of work. {PCO 71.6}
[PCO 72.1]         In the smaller schools for colored pupils, there are promising youth who can be trained to enter the field as teachers. As these attend school, let them see that their teachers have confidence that they will become workers who will fill their appointed places in God’s great plan. And let efforts be made to give those who have done faithful work, an opportunity to secure further training, if need be, at Huntsville.   {PCO 72.1}
[PCO 72.2]         Men and women from the colored race are to be educated to work as missionaries for their own people. This education and training is to be given them within their own borders. They are to be taught line upon line, precept upon precept: here a little, and there a little. This will require patient, earnest, persevering, judicious effort. But such effort is richly rewarded.   {PCO 72.2}
[PCO 72.3]         Schools for colored children and youth are to be established in many different places in the Southern field. I am deeply interested in the maintenance of these schools. I have often spoken on the importance of this work. I desire to do my part in helping this branch of the Lord’s cause in the Southern field. And I am calling upon my brethren and sisters in America to act their part. I am pleading with them to show by their works a firm faith in the power of God to gather out from the Southland a people who shall be a praise to His name, and who shall finally unite with the redeemed from among men in singing the song of Moses and the Lamb. {PCO 72.3}
[PCO 72.4]      Unabridged    Source:  GH, October 1, 1907    8 - Medical Missionary Work Among the Colored People of the South    Periodical: The Gospel Herald  May 1, 1908       When connected with other lines of gospel effort, medical missionary work is a most effective instrument by which the ground is prepared for the sowing of the seeds of truth, and the instrument also by which the harvest is reaped. Medical missionary work is the helping hand of the gospel ministry. So far as possible, it would be well for evangelical workers to learn how to minister to the necessities of the body as well as the soul, for in doing this, they are following the example of Christ. But intemperance has well-nigh filled the world with disease, and the ministers of the gospel cannot spend their time and strength in relieving all in need of help. The Lord has ordained that Christian physicians and nurses shall labor in connection with those who preach the Word. The medical missionary work is to be bound up with the gospel ministry. {PCO 72.4}
[PCO 73.1]    73       In no place is there greater need of genuine gospel medical missionary work than among the colored people in the South. Had such a work been done for them immediately after the proclamation of freedom, their condition today would have been very different. Medical missionary work must be carried forward for the colored people. Sanitariums and treatment-rooms should be established in many places. These will open doors for the entrance of Bible truth. {PCO 73.1}
[PCO 73.2]         This work will require devoted men and means, and much wise planning. Years ago we should have been training colored men and women to care for the sick. Plans should now be made to do a quick work. Let promising colored youth—young men and young women of good Christian character—be given a thorough training for this line of service. Let them be imbued with the thought that in all their work they are to proclaim the third angel’s message. Strong, intelligent, consecrated colored nurses will find a wide field of usefulness opening before them.  {PCO 73.2}
[PCO 73.3]         The Lord Jesus is our example. He came to the world as a servant of mankind. He went from city to city, from village to village, teaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing the sick. Christ spent more time in healing than in teaching.   {PCO 73.3}
[PCO 73.4]         As our example, Christ linked closely together the work of healing and teaching, and in this our day they should not be separated. In our schools and sanitariums nurses should be trained to go out as medical missionary evangelists. They should unite the teaching of the gospel of Christ with the work of healing. {PCO 73.4}
[PCO 73.5]         The Lord has instructed us that with our training schools there should be connected small sanitariums that the students may have opportunity to gain a knowledge of medical missionary work. This line of work is to be brought into our schools as part of the regular instruction. Huntsville has been especially pointed out as a school in connection with which there should be facilities for thoroughly training consecrated colored youth who desire to become competent nurses and hygienic cooks. Let us rejoice that the managers of our Huntsville School are now planning to carry out this instruction without further delay. Let us help them make Huntsville a strong training center for medical missionary workers.   {PCO 73.5}
[PCO 73.6]         The colored medical missionary worker stands on vantage ground. In the providence of God, a wide field of usefulness is open to him. He is permitted to enter where others are refused admission. In his consistent daily life of self-denial and self-sacrifice, he may exert a quiet yet far-reaching influence in behalf of the truth for this time. And he will not lack opportunity for testifying of the saving grace by which his life is being constantly transformed into the likeness of the great Medical Missionary. {PCO 73.6}
[PCO 73.7]         To many of the colored people, the difficulties against which they have to contend seem almost insurmountable. But there are those who will not give up. All who are conscientiously and in the fear of God trying to acquire an education are to be helped and encouraged. There is talent among the colored race, and this talent will be developed where least expected. Every advantage possible is to be given to the colored youth who are capable of becoming useful workers in the Lord’s vineyard. There are those who with proper training can be prepared to conduct sanitariums for colored people. In all cases they will need, at times, the assistance of white workers, but their talents will tell greatly for the success of the work.   {PCO 73.7}
[PCO 73.8]         Oh, that we might catch a glimpse of the work God desires us to accomplish for the colored people in the South! Could the veil be removed, could we but realize the  74  distressing condition of thousands suffering from physical and spiritual maladies, how earnestly would we plan to train suitable colored workers to go forth to minister to the needs of their own race! How gladly would we come up to the help of the Lord, by giving freely of our means for the establishment and maintenance of training centers where colored youth could be fitted for helpful service as true medical missionary evangelists! May God enable us to discern the opportunities now afforded us to lay broad plans for carrying forward this line of work in a manner befitting its importance. {PCO 73.8}
[PCO 74.1]         Those who are able to relieve the sick of their temporal necessities will often find ready access to hearts. Grateful for the loving ministry performed in their behalf, many will gladly listen to words of spiritual comfort and consolation. Their hearts will be susceptible to the influence of the Holy Spirit as the consecrated medical missionary opens the Scriptures of truth and brings to their attention the special warning message for this time. Many will decide to yield their all to the Lord.   {PCO 74.1}
[PCO 74.2]         Such a work as this is sadly needed in the cities of the South. Thousands of colored people have drifted into these congested centers. In many, many families, want and misery and deep spiritual poverty prevail. For such classes as these, the medical missionary evangelist is peculiarly fitted. But work of this character cannot be undertaken unless the workers are first trained and then supplied with needed facilities. Means is needed for the prosecution of such work. And in the privilege of contributing to the support of His cause in the earth, God has graciously given us opportunity to participate in the rewards of those who engage in this line of service.   {PCO 74.2}
[PCO 74.3]         Soon the work of God in the earth will close triumphantly. Soon those who have remained steadfast unto the end will be granted an abundant entrance into the kingdom of our Lord. As the opportunities for service are now presented, shall we not quickly respond, giving freely of our means for the support of the closing work? It is now our privilege to return unto the Lord His own, in free-will gifts and offerings; soon we shall receive the reward of the faithful.  {PCO 74.3}
[PCO 74.4]         Of all the joys that await the redeemed in the earth made new, one of the highest will be the privilege of mingling our voices with the voices of those whom we have helped to save, in praise and adoration to the One who put into our hearts a desire to give. As God hath prospered us, let us now do all in our power to further the interests of His kingdom. Soon “the redeemed of the Lord shall return, and come with singing unto Zion; and everlasting joy shall be upon their head: they shall obtain gladness and joy; and sorrow and mourning shall flee away.” {PCO 74.4}
[PCO 75.1]      Unabridged    Sources: GH, May 1, 1908; RH, September 10, 1908    9 - Left for Years    Periodical: The Gospel Herald  December 1, 1908       Years ago the truth should have been proclaimed from city to city in those fields where there are many colored people. In these cities sanitariums and schools are to be established, in suitable locations; and these institutions are not to be left barren of much-needed facilities, as the Huntsville School was left for years. {PCO 75.1}
[PCO 75.2]      Unabridged    Source: GH, December 1, 1908    10 - The Huntsville School    Periodical: The Southern Field Echo  May 1, 1910       I have been writing for our papers on the needs of the Southern field. This is a living subject with me. I hope that our people will not stop to question about everything that does not exactly meet their ideas before giving to the work that needs their help so much. I have tried to bring before our people the needs of the Training School at Huntsville. This school should have special advantages, and our people should understand that liberal gifts made to this enterprise will be money well invested. {PCO 75.2}
[PCO 75.3]         At the Huntsville School a thorough work is to be done in training men to cultivate the soil and to grow fruits and vegetables. Let no one despise this work. Agriculture is the ABC of industrial education. Let the erection of the buildings for the school and the sanitarium be an education to the students. Help the teachers to understand that their perceptions must be clear, their actions in harmony with the truth; for it is only when they stand in right relation to God that they will be able to work out His plan for themselves and for the souls with whom, as instructors, they are brought in contact.   {PCO 75.3}
[PCO 75.4]         Let us encourage all Seventh-day Adventists to have a deep interest in the work that is being done at Huntsville for the education of men and women to be laborers among the colored people. The preparations for a sanitarium for these people should go forward at Huntsville without delay. If we will move forward with faith in God,  76  He will fulfill His word to us. We have no time to lose, for wickedness in the cities is reaching a terrible pass. The night is coming in which no man can work. Let us not grudge the colored people a well-equipped sanitarium in connection with the Huntsville School. The building should not be restricted. It should be made roomy enough to accommodate with comfort those who shall come to it. {PCO 75.4}
[PCO 76.1]         “Ye are laborers together with God,” the apostle Paul declares. We are a part of God’s great plan, bound up with Christ in God. The greatness of our work is to be measured by the power of the grace of Christ to enable us to perform it. We are to be the means of concentrating the light of heaven upon souls; we should therefore pray earnestly that the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness may shine forth. By faith we are to present Christ as a personal Saviour; then Christ will prepare the mind and heart to receive the truth as it is in Jesus.  {PCO 76.1}
[PCO 76.2]         The first and great commandment is, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind. And the second is like unto it, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself.” {PCO 76.2}
[PCO 76.3]         The gospel of Christ embraces the world. Christ purchased the human race at a price that was infinite. The ransom embraced every nationality, every color. We should think of this when we consider the colored people in our own land who are so greatly in need of our help. These men and women should not receive the impression that because of the color of their skin they are excluded from the blessings of the gospel. {PCO 76.3}
[PCO 76.4]         Let those who have known of the faithfulness of the laborers, and of the progress of the work in the Southern States, testify to all our people of what they have seen and heard. I am satisfied that those who are carrying the burden of the work at Huntsville are doing their best to carry on the work of education for the colored people acceptably, and to provide increased facilities. The white teachers who are acting a part in the school, should be encouraged. The colored youth are there to be educated to labor for their own people as teachers, nurses, and Bible workers. {PCO 76.4}
[PCO 76.5]         My brethren, I entreat you not to let the work for the colored people be longer neglected. Meetinghouses, simple, but convenient, should be built for them, where they can come together to study the Word of God. God gave to you the greatest gift that Heaven could bestow. “Freely ye have received, freely give.”   {PCO 76.5}
[PCO 76.6]         Let our ministers say to the people, Our time to work is short. You who have land that you can dispose of, use it to advance the cause of truth. Make it possible to secure places from which the work for the colored people can be carried on. As the Lord’s stewards we are responsible for the welfare of the needy. {PCO 76.6}
[PCO 77.1]      Unabridged    Source: SF Echo, May 1, 1910    Chapter 4 - Manuscripts/Testimonies         In some instances, Ellen White’s writings were not published or she wrote about particular subjects in a style that cannot be classified as letters, articles or books. Such materials are designated as manuscripts. A few of Mrs. White’s statements on Oakwood can be found in these manuscripts. {PCO 77.1}
[PCO 77.2]         Mrs. White’s correspondence on the Oakwood School was current and active. She could support the school most effectively by dialoguing with others about it. So, comments about Oakwood and other denominational happenings are, for the most part, not included in her books. Most books that do have comments about Oakwood are posthumous compilations. A couple of quotations are in her books, however, and these are classified as testimonies. These testimonies are similar to letters and articles, but are not necessarily addressed to anyone in particular. {PCO 77.2}
[PCO 78.1]      1 - Centers of Influence    Source: 7T pp. 231-234  1902       A good beginning has been made in the Southern field. In the forward march of events the Lord has wrought most wonderfully for the advancement of His work. Battles have been fought, victories won. Favorable impressions have been made; much prejudice has been removed.   {PCO 78.1}
[PCO 78.2]         In the night season I was taken by my Guide from place to place, from city to city, in the South. I saw the great work to be done—that which ought to have been done years ago. We seemed to be looking at many places. Our first interest was for the places where the work has already been established and for those where the way has opened for a beginning to be made. I saw where there are institutions for the advancement of the Lord’s work. One of these places was Graysville, and another, Huntsville, where we have industrial schools. These schools are to receive encouragement and help, for the Lord led in their establishment. Each has advantages of its own. {PCO 78.2}
[PCO 78.3]         From the light given me I know that the work at Hildebran, if properly managed, will be a great blessing to the surrounding country. I have been instructed that we must establish schools in just such districts, away from the cities and their temptations. {PCO 78.3}
[PCO 78.4]         Eternity alone will reveal the work accomplished for the colored people by the small schools at Vicksburg, Yazoo City, and other points in the South. In this field we need many more such schools.   {PCO 78.4}
[PCO 78.5]         We must provide greater facilities for the education and training of the youth, both white and colored, in the South. Schools are to be established away from the cities, where the youth can learn to cultivate the soil and thus help to make themselves and the school self-supporting. In connection with these schools all the different lines of work, whether agricultural or mechanical, that the situation of the place will warrant are to be developed. Let means be gathered for the establishment of such schools. In them students may gain an education that, with God’s blessing, will prepare them to win souls to Christ. If they unite with the Saviour they will grow in spirituality and will become valuable workers in His vineyard.   {PCO 78.5}
[PCO 78.6]         With our larger schools should be connected small sanitariums, that the students may have opportunity to gain a knowledge of medical missionary work. This line of work is to be brought into our schools as part of the regular instruction. Small sanitariums should be established in connection with the schools at Graysville and Huntsville. {PCO 78.6}
[PCO 78.7]      Nashville as a Center         As a people we should take a special interest in the work at Nashville. At the present  79  time this city is a point of great importance in the Southern field. Our brethren selected Nashville as a center for work in the South because the Lord in His wisdom directed them there. It is a favorable place in which to make a beginning. Our workers will find it easier to labor in this city for the colored race than in many other cities of the South. In this city much interest is taken in the colored people by those not of our faith. In and near the city are large educational institutions for the colored people. The influence of these institutions has prepared the way for us to make this city a center for our work. {PCO 78.7}
[PCO 79.1]         Into the institutions of learning at Nashville the truth is to find entrance. There are those in these institutions who are to be reached by the third angel’s message. Everything that can be done to interest these teachers and students in the message of present truth should now be done, and it should be done in a wise and understanding manner. From the experienced teachers may be learned precious lessons regarding the best ways of helping the colored people.   {PCO 79.1}
[PCO 79.2]         The truth is also to be brought before those who have given of their means and influence for the benefit of the colored race. They have taken a noble stand for the uplifting of this people. They are to see a representation of our work that will be to them an object lesson. We are to do all we can to remove the prejudice that exists in their minds against our work. If the efforts we put forth are in accordance with God’s will, many among them will be convicted and converted. The Lord causes light to shine on the pathway of those who are seeking for light.   {PCO 79.2}
[PCO 79.3]         Nashville is within easy access of Graysville and Huntsville. By the work in Nashville, the work at Graysville and Huntsville is to be confirmed and settled. Graysville and Huntsville are near enough to Nashville to strengthen the work there and to be strengthened by it.   {PCO 79.3}
[PCO 79.4]         It was in accordance with God’s purpose that the publishing work was started at Nashville. In the Southern field there is need of a printing office for the publication of the truth for this time, and especially for printing reading matter suitable for the different classes of people in this field. And there is no city in the South better suited than Nashville for the carrying forward of publishing work. The establishing of such an institution is an advance movement. If rightly managed, this institution will give character to the work in the South and to many souls will be the means of imparting a knowledge of the truth. The Nashville publishing house will still need to be assisted for a time by gifts and offerings.   {PCO 79.4}
[PCO 79.5]         Sanitarium work also has been begun in Nashville. This must be wisely managed and given support. Medical missionary work is indeed the helping hand of the gospel ministry. It opens the way for the entrance of truth. {PCO 79.5}
[PCO 79.6]         I am instructed to caution my brethren in the Southern field not to move hastily in establishing large enterprises and new centers just now, in a way that will divide their workers and their means, thus weakening their forces at this critical time in their work. Let them wait until some of the interests that have been started approach more nearly to perfection. Let them not rush into new enterprises before the institutions at Graysville and Huntsville are more firmly established and the interests centering in Nashville are strengthened. {PCO 79.6}
[PCO 79.7]         As yet there are comparatively few places in the South that have been worked. There are many, many cities in which nothing has been done. Centers of influence  80  may be established in many places by the opening up of health food stores, hygienic restaurants, and treatment rooms. Not all that needs to be done can be specified before a beginning is made. Let those in charge of the Southern work pray over the matter, and remember that God is guiding. Let no narrowness or selfishness be manifested. Plan to carry forward the work simply, sensibly, economically. {PCO 79.7}
[PCO 80.1]      2 - The Work in the South    Source: PH151 pg. 61  1902       It is time that every city in the South that can be entered should be worked. The people, both white and black, are to hear the testing message for this time. Our people were directed to Nashville because in many respects it was a favorable place for the publishing work and other important lines. Our workers find it easier to labor there for the uplifting of the colored race than in many other cities of the South. Prejudice against the introduction of plans for the education of the colored people is not so pronounced in Nashville as it is in other places.  {PCO 80.1}
[PCO 80.2]         In Graysville, in Huntsville, and in many other places, God has been opening the way for the establishment of interests that will be as lights in a dark place, and will prepare the way for the acceptance of saving truth. {PCO 80.2}
[PCO 80.3]      3 - Nashville    Source: PH151 pg. 76  1902       In establishing schools, one important point is to secure land sufficient for the carrying forward of industries that will enable the students to be self-supporting. There should be land sufficient for the raising of the fruit and vegetables required by the school, and also some for sale. Agriculture should be made a financial benefit to the school. {PCO 80.3}
[PCO 80.4]         Nashville, Graysville, Huntsville, and Hildebran have been presented to me as places favorable for the raising of crops for the use of the school, and for marketing. {PCO 80.4}
[PCO 81.1]      4 - Our Attitude Toward the Work and Workers in the Southern Field    Source: SpM pg. 278  1902       The entering of Nashville by our workers was providential. When I visited this place, I was instructed that it was to become a center for the Southern work. Graysville and Huntsville are so near by that the institutions there can be helping hands to sustain the institutions in Nashville. Some of our brethren desired to begin the publishing work elsewhere, within their own borders; but this was not God’s plan. There are to be memorials for God erected in cities. His work is not to be done in a corner, or simply at one or two points, like Graysville and Huntsville, but in many places and in a variety of ways. {PCO 81.1}
[PCO 81.2]         Our brethren in the South now have opportunity to reveal the strength of their faith, whether or not they have faith sufficient to begin to make centers of influence in various places. If they continue to cherish a spirit of disunion, envy, and accusation against every one who will do advanced work, they will fail of meeting the test.  {PCO 81.2}
[PCO 81.3]         I had hoped that our brethren in the South would recognize the Lord’s hand in leading our brethren to begin work in Nashville, making this a center. In this city buildings offered at a low price were purchased, and fitted up for use. Advantages were taken of circumstances favorable for a beginning. An excellent company of workers was brought together to labor in the publishing house. The Lord God looked upon the lovingly and approvingly. Had the brethren in the South appreciated the situation and been converted by the Holy Spirit of God, their influence would have been a savor of life unto life. If they had done more praying, and less talking with one another, each deferring, this company of workers in the office of publication would have had peace and contentment and rest of soul. But the clashing of words has brought evil. This is one of the reasons that so little has been done in the South. The Lord calls upon His people to be converted, and instead of hindering the work, to help it, so that it shall advance. {PCO 81.3}
[PCO 81.4]      5 - A Most Beautiful Place    Sources: SpTB12x pp. 13-15; LDE pg. 102  1904       The Huntsville School Farm is a most beautiful place, and with its three hundred and more acres of land, should accomplish much in the line of industrial training and  82  the raising of crops. Heavenly angels will be able to read, in the thrift and painstaking effort revealed in the care of the farm, the story of the improvement made by the students themselves in character-building. {PCO 81.4}
[PCO 82.1]         The teachers in our schools should remember that they are not only to give the students lessons from books, but they are to teach them how to earn their own living by honest work. Such knowledge will be of inestimable value to them when they go forth to teach others of their race. {PCO 82.1}
[PCO 82.2]         There should be a special school for the younger ones. Fathers and mothers are to be placed on the land, and parents as well as children are to be given an education. Promising families are to be brought in and settled upon a piece of ground as large as shall be deemed best. {PCO 82.2}
[PCO 82.3]         In connection with the school there should be an experienced carpenter who can teach the fathers and their boys how to build their houses, which are to be neat, convenient, inexpensive buildings. The mothers should be taught how to prepare food hygienically, and how to care for the sick. {PCO 82.3}
[PCO 82.4]         The workers in the school at Huntsville are to have our tender sympathy and our practical aid. Do not let them suffer for the lack of facilities, for they are trying to educate the colored people. This school is in positive need of our care and our donations. {PCO 82.4}
[PCO 82.5]      6 - Needy Enterprises    Source: SpTB14 pg. 16  1905       The brethren and sisters of the Southern California Conference have done much to help the three sanitariums in their territory, and our friends in the East have lent their assistance. In this they have done well. At the August (1908) campmeeting in Los Angeles, our brethren pledged many thousands of dollars to the foreign missions. And Sister Gotzian, who has been a strong supporter of our California sanitariums, is desirous of transferring some of her means to the needy enterprises in Nashville, Madison, and Huntsville. {PCO 82.5}
[PCO 83.1]      7 - Act Your Part    Sources: Ms 103, 1907, pp. 4-5; 2MR pg 78  1907       My brethren and sisters in the South, will you not act your part in the good work of helping the Huntsville School? Have you not some time to spare in its behalf, that you can devote to the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons? By taking up this work, you will be acting as missionaries for the Lord Jesus. His approval will rest upon you as you try to assist the faithful workers in the Huntsville School. By circulating Christ’s Object Lessons, not only will you be helping the Huntsville School, but you will be placing in the hands of men and women a book containing the most precious spiriThe Huntsville School is in need of help. Let our people take hold earnestly of the circulation of Object Lessons in its behalf. If you will act your part faithfully, the school can get the equipment that it so much needs. Christ says to His disciples, “Ye are the light of the world.” “Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” {PCO 83.1}
[PCO 83.2]      8 - A Broader Work    Source: SpM pg. 406  1907       I was also instructed that in the South a first class sanitarium should be erected where the colored people can be treated by hygienic methods, and where many youth can be trained to be skillful nurses and teachers of the gospel of Christ. Our people in the South must be quick in laying hold of advantages that are needed there. The true missionary spirit must be cherished in the hearts of all our workers. We have a school at Huntsville. If we are wise, we will make very decided efforts that the work of this school may be strengthened, and conducted in no inferior way. {PCO 83.2}
[PCO 84.1]      9 - Words of Counsel to Our Colored People    Sources: Ms 105, 1908, pp. 1, 3-5; 2MR pp. 78-80  1908       I am instructed to say to our colored laborers: Be kind in your families. Do not bring into the home circle any of the spirit or the customs of slavery. Let no harsh words be heard in your homes. Overcome disorderly habits. Never indulge a harsh, authoritative manner. Never treat your wife as your slave. Remember that you are members of the Lord’s family, and that in this world you are to give an example of what the Lord expects the members of His family to be. Your lips are to be sanctified to the Lord’s service. You are to be Christlike in word and act. You may have witnessed much tyranny on the part of those who looked upon the Negro as their property, to be treated as they pleased, but because of this you are not yourself in your home to be a tyrant. God is the owner of all human beings. {PCO 84.1}
[PCO 84.2]         Those who feel at liberty to torture those over whom they have authority will be dealt with by the Creator as they have dealt with those under them. . . .   {PCO 84.2}
[PCO 84.3]         Years ago the truth should have been proclaimed from city to city in those fields where there are many colored people. In these cities sanitariums and schools are to be established, in suitable locations, and these institutions are not to be left barren of much-needed facilities, as the Huntsville School was left for many years. Those who knew of the condition of things in this school, both white and black, should have helped to raise means for the placing of the school where it could do a more successful work. Industries should be started in connection with this school that will help it to be self-supporting. {PCO 84.3}
[PCO 84.4]         The hearts of the colored people are not to be left without hope or courage. They are to be filled with hope by those who have learned to believe that the colored people appreciate the efforts put forth in their behalf, and are ready to be co-workers with Christ, the Master Worker.   {PCO 84.4}
[PCO 84.5]         To carry this work forward, helping the people, here a little and there a little, teaching them to live, not as if there were no hope of a change for the better in their condition, but as if there were something better for them, requires patient, earnest, judicious, persevering effort. But such effort is richly rewarded.   {PCO 84.5}
[PCO 84.6]         For this work many men and women of the colored race are to be educated to work as missionaries for their own people. These workers are not to feel that their sphere of labor is to be among the white people. They are to be educated and trained to be missionaries within their own borders.   {PCO 84.6}
[PCO 84.7]         Perseverance. To many of the colored people, the difficulties against which they have to contend seem insurmountable. But there are those who will not give up. All who are conscientiously and in the fear of God trying to acquire an education are to be encouraged. There is talent among the colored race, and this talent will be developed,  85  sometimes where least expected. Every advantage possible is to be given to the colored youth who are capable of becoming useful workers in the Lord’s vineyard. {PCO 84.7}
[PCO 85.1]         There are those who with proper training can be prepared to conduct sanitariums for colored people. In all cases they will need the assistance of white workers, but their talents will tell greatly for the success of the work.  {PCO 85.1}
[PCO 85.2]         Schools for colored children and youth are to be established in many places. The teachers are to bring a softening, subduing influence into the school. In their habits and their dress they are always to be neat and tidy. They will find that the students need this example. And they will find also that they are very quick to imitate. When old or young show refinement of manner and taste in dress, this is never to be discouraged. {PCO 85.2}
[PCO 86.1]      Chapter 5 - Unpublished Documents         Quite a number of Ellen G. White’s writings have never been published. These documents consist of letters, manuscripts, diary entries, sermon excerpts, church remarks, board meetings and other forms of correspondence. This invaluable archive is preserved in the Ellen G. White Estate office and its various branches. {PCO 86.1}
[PCO 86.2]         Many of the documents in this section have never been published before. They are consistent with the thoughts presented in her published materials, reflecting Mrs. White’s enduring concern for the Oakwood School and its future. The documents appear in the respective aforementioned categories and are in chronological order. {PCO 86.2}
[PCO 87.1]      Letters    1 - All It Should Be    Date: August 1, 1903 Location: St. Helena, California Source: Letter 304, 1903 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Mrs. White writes to nearly discouraged Oakwood workers Brother and Sister C.B. Hughes. Brother Hughes served as a teacher and business manager at Oakwood. The two had quite an influence on the direction the school took, as seen in the contents of this letter.  Dear Brother and Sister Hughes,       I have some things to write to the Huntsville School. {PCO 87.1}
[PCO 87.2]         I am hoping, Brother and Sister Hughes, that you will not become discouraged, but let your persevering, patient efforts continue, line upon line. Now, this school in Huntsville is to be a school that shall have special advantages which it does not have now. Everything must be taken up with a determination to bring in with the studies practical lessons of refinement. There must be colored schools that shall be in buildings a representation of what can be done for the colored people-plain, solid, convenient buildings. {PCO 87.2}
[PCO 87.3]         As far as advantages and surroundings are concerned, every effort should be put forth to make all the advance possible in true, straightforward lines. I felt very much pleased that you could take up a work in a school for the colored and not leave the impression on minds that anything will do for the colored race. This is not the mind and will of God. Let the work be marked with a determination that the whole class of the colored race shall be cared for, particularly to redeem the past as much as possible, leading them to work not in a loose, coarse, slovenly way. {PCO 87.3}
[PCO 87.4]         Now, I would say to all in that school, as managers ［and］ teachers, reach upward in expectation. While you must do nothing to spoil the colored students and helpers with too much indulgence, but let the white teachers be sure you have them learn to be cleanly and to have good, wholesome, durable clothing. How pleased I was at Vicksburg to see those assembled on the Sabbath dressed in neat, cleanly apparel. Let the Huntsville School be a sample of how all colored schools should be. There are many of the colored race that can and will be gaining an education in preparation to enter the field as teachers. If they see their teachers have encouragement in them, being able to teach them ［so］ that they may become young men and women who will fill their place in God’s plan to become teachers, a great work is done for this depressed race, and their degradation is not of their own creating. God designed no such thing. {PCO 87.4}
[PCO 88.1]    88       Then let all labor to come back to God’s design, and while schools for the white class are having superior advantages, I have a message to bear that a decided influence shall be constantly going forth in Huntsville. As presented to me ［it］ will make its mark under correct ［guidance］, kindly but forcibly. I have a message to bear that our white teachers shall encourage the black students in every way possible to have hope of themselves in making this place all it should be, and that it is not the color of the skin that will spoil their record ［or］ that the Lord will make a special heaven for the whites and another for the blacks. All will receive their reward according to their cleanness of heart. {PCO 88.1}
[PCO 88.2]         If Christ makes the colored race clean and white in the blood of the Lamb, if He clothes them with the garments of His righteousness, they will be honored in the heavenly kingdom as verily as the white, and when the Lord Jesus’ face shall shine upon the righteous black they will shine forth in the very same complexion that Christ has. {PCO 88.2}
[PCO 88.3]         But now, Brother and Sister Hughes, hold fast your courage. We all shall have to be tried to see what material we are of. But I speak to you: Keep your eye single to the glory of God. You are to have a cleanly, uplifting, ennobling faculty to teach the colored people, and they will be what you will make them. There must be no neglect of human beings because of color line. Teach these ［that］ their souls can be made all white and clean in the blood of the Lamb. {PCO 88.3}
[PCO 88.4]         I have had this matter so presented to me that I would not venture to show that I despised one of these little ones. They need good, wholesome food such as white people have. They may not have been accustomed to it but it will have all the advantages upon brain, bone, and muscles as upon those of the human family whose skin is white. I tell you it is a white, clean heart that is of value with God. Well now, I have said all I will say at this time on this point. {PCO 88.4}
[PCO 88.5]         There are to be schools established in the South for the whites and blacks-separate schools in the South because of the particular prejudice. I will say to every church member, be careful how you keep human minds in a species of slavery because they have a black skin. Will any of you despise the workmanship of God, and depress and trample down those you should try to help up and prepare them through education to have clean, pure souls? We are to call upon all who love God and keep His commandments to unite in Christian Endeavor Societies (even a few in different localities) to see what may be accomplished for the blacks, as a special work God requires to be done. {PCO 88.5}
[PCO 88.6]         The Lord would have His people who love Him to know ［that］ the converted colored men and women who love God and try to do His will are His property, of as much value in His sight as the white who have not endured the same embarrassments that the colored race have, however educated and talented they may be. Let the white people who ignore the color of the skin be sure to show their appreciation of the same by making their own peace ［and］ gratitude offerings to God, and by teaching those who are not so highly favored that they will help, that they will restore to them as far as they can what has been lost through the years of privation and slavery. {PCO 88.6}
[PCO 88.7]         But let no Bible-believer think they are doing God service by treating with contempt one who has a colored skin given them of God. They are not responsible for their colored skin. You reproach God. They cannot change or alter their color ［even］  89  if they would. The irreligious are prejudiced against color, and they show their ignorance of God’s mind and His work by showing contempt to the human race because ［of］ color. {PCO 88.7}
[PCO 89.1]         Now, I have other words to say. It is not a proper thing to do to be in defense that the white and black shall intermarry, entailing upon their offspring difficulties their children should not be obliged to carry. Be decided on this subject. And let not, considering the prejudice that exists in the Southern field and with many in the Northern field, the colored field ［feel］ that the color line shall be obliterated. Should this be managed indiscreetly, it would make the work exceedingly hard to manage, and close the door whereby the help should come to the colored race. {PCO 89.1}
[PCO 89.2]         While this is the case existing, we must treat the case judiciously. We need to deal with both parties, white and black, as it is, and act intelligently, with great consideration. We must guard any premature movements, and there should be commencing work where there is the least prejudice, lest that work shall be rudely and abruptly blocked and so treated that there cannot be work done in the places where the white people have created in their own minds and hearts a most decided prejudice against the colored race, and have made their lot so exceedingly hard that oppression and reckless cruelty is the result. And these places, such as Vicksburg and all like unto it, can be worked only by the greatest precautions. Nashville will be a more favorable field (and outpost localities), and yet it is plenty hard enough to get hold. {PCO 89.2}
[PCO 89.3]         The truth should have been proclaimed years ago in the Southern States, from city to city. Health institutions should be arranged in a way that it ［the South］ will not be so distressingly barren of facilities as in Huntsville. Our people who have a knowledge of how meager were the preparations in some places ought to have done the very things in that locality to raise means to place them in a much more favorable, encouraging situation to work. Why has this not been done? Because of lack of means which they should have had. The Lord has graciously sent Brother and Sister Hughes to that locality, and the softening influence of these workers will put their mold on the work, as it should be in every locality if they have help where work is taken hold of in the South. {PCO 89.3}
[PCO 89.4]         It ［Huntsville］ is to be an object lesson, and the hope and courage is not to be taken out of the hearts of an abandoned people, but hope is to be inspired by those who have not been educated to consider ［that］ the colored race will not appreciate the refining, uplifting efforts made in their behalf. It requires patient, earnest, persevering, God-given energy to carry the work forward, step by step, here a little and there a little, and lifting at every step this people to consider that they are not to be treated as if shut up in themselves with no hope of a change in their condition. {PCO 89.4}
[PCO 89.5]         Those who believe Bible truth for this time will consider that there are men to be educated to work for their own colored people as missionaries, and they are not to feel that their sphere of labor must be for the whites, for they are to be educated and trained ［to］ become missionaries in their own borders. And the very difficulties these people have to contend with, to many of them will seem insurmountable. Yet many will not give up. All who will conscientiously, in the fear of God, set about the work of education of the colored are to be encouraged and helped. {PCO 89.5}
[PCO 89.6]         I mean to devote any book in the future, that will be the most suitable for the school purposes, to sustain the school for colored people. I am to act my part, and I  90  call upon those who have a sense of duty to act your part and show by your works a faith in God and His promises to go forward and lift the banner high and encourage-but not one discouraging word where the work is the most discouraging. Let the workers who have a mind to work be sustained and built up and helped in every way possible. If the white people who have sympathetic hearts will undertake this kind of ［work］, many will frame excuses why they should not do the work. If others will not ［work］, do not ease your own conscience by complaints that should never be heard from sanctified lips and from pure hearts who are dependent upon the very same Redeemer that every white and colored soul is dependent upon in order to be saved. {PCO 89.6}
[PCO 90.1]         There is talent in the colored race that will be developed where least expected. ［There should be］ a softening, subduing influence brought into the school by teachers in all their habits of dress, to be neat and tidy always, because the colored people need this example before them and they are great imitators. {PCO 90.1}
[PCO 90.2]         I am instructed of the Lord that ministers, colored laborers, often are in need of Bible education, to be kind in their own family, and never to practice slavery customs used by slavery masters in harsh speech and their own disorderly habits. Do your best to expect you are to change your own ideas, colored fathers and mothers, if you expect the white to treat you with compassion and sympathy and affection. Put away, ministering colored brethren who have wife and children, your harsh, authoritative practices, for the Lord will not accept your work; but consider “I am now a member of the Lord’s family and I am to sample His family in this world in having my lips ［and］ manners sanctified, my speech without passion. I am not authorized to be a tyrant because I have witnessed so much tyranny in those masters who have considered the slaves were ［their］ own flesh, heart, mind, soul and body, when God is their Owner.” {PCO 90.2}
[PCO 90.3]         All who shall feel at liberty to practice their ingenuity of torture of the body upon those they call their property ［must remember that］ the one God who created them will deal with the master as He would with the ignorant slave, for they are through education better able to comprehend God’s justice and mercy for all His created subjects. {PCO 90.3}
[PCO 90.4]         The Lord, He is God, and those who shall look on and see families of the colored race exercising taste in dress and refinement of manners should never feel that this is to be rudely dealt with. Never, never, for this shows that the black world of human beings may be cultivated, improved, elevated, ennobled, by change of treatment and change of diet, and everything is to be carried forward with decency and in order. {PCO 90.4}
[PCO 90.5]         Missionaries will be able in the fear of God to help both classes, the colored as well as the Whites that are themselves degraded to a level with the colored race. What injury will it do a White sister to sit in church beside a colored woman? Is her heart washed and made White in the blood of the Lamb? Then why should your hereditary tendencies be cherished after you are sanctified and cleansed, and your colored sister ［is］ sanctified and cleansed? {PCO 90.5}
[PCO 90.6]         The judgment is so near, when every case will be decided for life and for death, and I will say to the Lord’s missionary workers, make up your minds ［that］ if you are criticized because you will be laborers together with Jesus Christ to educate and train the very ones who need this work done for them, ［you will］ not let the criticism that  91  shall work be at all trying. {PCO 90.6}
[PCO 91.1]         When men and women will attend to their own soul’s salvation, and greatly fear lest a promise being left them any should seem to come short of this great reward, there will be more praying, more watching unto prayer. There will be more sincere, earnest, medical missionary work done than now bears the name. {PCO 91.1}
[PCO 91.2]         How shall we labor? If some of these are preparing to be medical missionaries to conduct, after thorough training, the sanitariums for colored people, give every advantage possible to those who are capable of expressing talents of living carefully, ［being］ instructed ［and］ encouraged. If these institutions shall be established and a good work accomplished, talent will tell in this work. {PCO 91.2}
[PCO 91.3]         The assistance of white medical missionaries will be needed in many cases, but the Lord God of Israel will be exalted. White teachers in schools are often essential, and why? Because many of the colored have been accustomed to see the cruelty practiced upon the colored. They have it printed in their own minds ［that］ they must act as they have seen white masters act, with greatest severity. Can you be surprised at this showing? Does it seem that with all the training they have had in brute force exercised upon them that the class of education of brute force will be entirely eradicated? They will manifest something of the same in church membership. The whole mind will have to be changed by the working, molding influence of the Holy Spirit. And the human mind of a colored person is not particularly different from a white person, and according to their advantages the enemy will work upon human minds to carry out his work of confusion in the minds of the ones who have the best opportunities and do not improve them to the glory of God. {PCO 91.3}
[PCO 91.4]         ［In］ all the education given in any line to the black class ［it］ should be ever kept before them by the teacher that they ［are］ seeking to act their part as the Lord’s missionaries to prepare them for a place in the Lord’s family above, and the Lord would have them act properly according to His ways, and politely because they are to be the members of the royal family and children of the Lord Jesus Christ, their heavenly King. Keep this before the students every day in your schools, and when you do this you cannot speak harshly to them, neither can you be coarse and rough, because you could not harmonize your actions with the Bible principles. {PCO 91.4}
[PCO 91.5]         Brother and Sister Hughes, I have more, much more, written which I will try to look up and send you, for you need all you can get along this line if you ［are to］ keep heaven and Christ, who has purchased them with His own blood. I am sure you will impress upon the students to do their very best, for God’s eye is upon them. Work as the Lord has specified. They are required to glorify their Redeemer. This you may class ［as］ a branch of higher education as you advance. I think candidly ［that］ the ［black］ leaders are truly determined to do the will of God if they see the meaning of this exemplified in the life and in the character of their teachers. We shall see an excellent work done in the future, after ［a］ Christlike order. All the time keep before them the neatness and order which is specially to be cultivated by all who shall come into the Lord’s heavenly kingdom. Keep ［their］ minds hopeful that they can be Christians in words, in deportment, and in all service, and you will gain souls. Tell them, oh, tell them, of the love of Jesus, that He taketh away all their sins. {PCO 91.5}
[PCO 91.6]         May the Lord help you, my missionary brother and sister, is my prayer. {PCO 91.6}
[PCO 92.1]      Unabridged    2 - Spared for Huntsville    Date: February 23, 1904 Location: St. Helena, CA Source: Letter 99, 1904 Status: Parts published  Context: Edson and Emma White, always intensely interested and involved in the affairs of the black work, receive counsel from Mrs. White on choosing Oakwood leadership.  Dear children Edson and Emma,       Yesterday I received a short letter from you, and this morning I found another under the door of my office room. {PCO 92.1}
[PCO 92.2]         You ask in regard to the work of Brother Rogers. The light that has been given me is that, with good helpers, Brother Rogers would be an excellent man to work out the Huntsville School problem. But there is a great lack of genuine workers, and the question comes, Can Brother Rogers be spared for Huntsville? I wish we had many such men-men who would fear God and glorify His name. I can see light in Brother Rogers’ being connected with the Huntsville School as a general helper. But it often happens that men filling such positions are depended on to do the work, while those who are more closely connected with the school fail to do their utmost to improve their capabilities, to make steady advancement, holding every inch they gain. {PCO 92.2}
[PCO 92.3]         The Lord has a man somewhere to take charge of the Huntsville School. The position is a difficult one to fill. It requires a man who will work patiently and kindly, yet firmly, exercising authority, yet without harshness and severity. God would have someone begin in the right way at Huntsville and put his ingenuity to the tax to make the work a success. {PCO 92.3}
[PCO 92.4]         Keep repeating the words, “But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in My name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance.” We must be more diligent students of the Word of God. We must eat the Word, as represented in the sixth chapter of John, making its divine principles a part of the life. {PCO 92.4}
[PCO 92.5]         Are we not inclined to look on the dark side and to talk unbelief? The Lord wants us to help one another, to build one another up in the most holy faith. Many may talk discouragingly in regard to the Huntsville School, but do not let this lead you to look at the school in their light. There is a bright side to the picture. Try to find it. In a humble, prayerful, consecrated spirit, talk the matter over together, and light will come in. {PCO 92.5}
[PCO 92.6]         I have no definite instruction to give you in regard to Brother Rogers. I dare not speak definitely in regard to matters that I do not understand. The Lord will guide you in counsel if you will seek Him with the whole heart. But there is one thing that I am able to say. It would hardly do to confine Brother Rogers to the Huntsville  93  School, when he is able to fill a wider sphere of usefulness. {PCO 92.6}
[PCO 93.1]         I believe that the Lord will help you to adjust these matters. Cast your souls upon Him in faith, and you will see a way out. Seek counsel of Him, and He will surely bless you. {PCO 93.1}
[PCO 93.2]      Abridged    3 - Yet Be a Success    Date: April 27, 1904 Location: Washington, D.C. Source: Letter 141, 1904 Status: Portions published  Context: Ellen White writes to her son and daughter-in-law.  This is the one paragraph where she mentions Huntsville.       I am glad that we shall meet you at Berrien Springs. There are many things that I wish to talk with you about. I view the Huntsville School question very much as you do. I believe that this school will yet be a success. {PCO 93.2}
[PCO 93.3]      Abridged    4 - We Shall Go to Huntsville    Date: June 15, 1904 Location: Nashville, Tennessee Source: Letter 199, 1904 Status: Portions published  Context: Ellen White keeps J.A. Burden, founder of what is now Loma Linda University, abreast of her travels.       I must now prepare to go to Graysville. We leave Nashville this morning. From Graysville we shall go to Huntsville. I have never visited either of these places. {PCO 93.3}
[PCO 94.1]      Abridged    5 - Love and Mercy    Date: June 15, 1904 Location: Huntsville, Alabama Source: Letter 243, 1904 Status: Portions published  Context: While visiting Oakwood for the first time, Mrs. White penned this letter to the Union Conference presidents.  To Union Conference presidents,       During the past night, scenes that clearly outline our present situation were vividly presented to me. Scenes that had passed before me while we were on the steamer Morning Star were again presented. These representations, with the instruction given me, make clear to my mind the experiences of the Berrien Springs meeting and of the councils which followed in Battle Creek. The long-suffering patience of God, and His wonderful forbearance, were manifested during the Berrien Springs meeting. Once more the Lord held forth to men who have been linking up with worldlings and working with unbelieving lawyers the words of love and mercy that He has been speaking for years. {PCO 94.1}
[PCO 94.2]         The meeting at Berrien Springs was an occasion of great perplexity to many of our brethren. It was a time of heavy burden and taxing labor for me. The Lord strengthened me and gave me power to stand before the people and speak words of counsel and encouragement. A special message of hope and courage was given for the men at Battle Creek. Oh, why did they not lay hold of it! There was opportunity for them to be placed upon vantage ground. Why did they not appreciate this opportunity? Greater evidence will not be given them that God is calling for a change of attitude. Some good confessions were made, but some chose to justify themselves and demanded confessions from their brethren. {PCO 94.2}
[PCO 94.3]         I have been given no encouragement to go to Battle Creek. I was shown that efforts would be made to call our leading men to Battle Creek to investigate the Scriptures and discuss points of difference. I was then instructed that the students who had been called to Battle Creek, and the ministers held there, are in a dangerous atmosphere. The proposition to continue the same relations to Battle Creek, which again and again have been pointed out as detrimental, and the proposal to do that which should not be done are ill timed and dangerous. The result of these relations is unbelief in the movings of the providence of God. The testimonies that the Lord has given to establish the faith of His people in His Word have been made of no effect. {PCO 94.3}
[PCO 94.4]         Men have sneered at the thought that it was God’s judgments which had come upon the institutions in Battle Creek. Notwithstanding this, God’s hand of mercy was not withdrawn from the institutions and the men in positions of responsibility. He still strove to save those who have been binding themselves up with worldlings. {PCO 94.4}
[PCO 95.1]    95       God sent His judgments on the institutions in Battle Creek for the purpose of scattering the many people congregated in that place. Those who counterwork the work of God, those who disregard His Word, must beware lest they bring upon themselves a still more severe retribution. The Lord’s long forbearance has been interpreted by some to mean that there was no special need for repentance. “Because sentence against an evil work is not executed speedily, therefore the heart of the sons of men is fully set in them to do evil.” {PCO 95.1}
[PCO 95.2]         I have been instructed to say that altogether too long have our ministers been answering the call to come to Battle Creek to attend councils. That which has been done by calling men away from their work to attend councils in Battle Creek for the purpose of bringing about a better understanding has failed to meet our expectations, because leading men in the medical work were determined to carry out their cherished plans, and at the close of each council these men have made representations that they had gained decided victories. {PCO 95.2}
[PCO 95.3]         It has been shown me that the effort made at Berrien Springs to save the leading men in the medical work was interpreted by them as a victory over their brethren and has been used to strengthen their hands in the carrying out of their purposes. The gracious invitation was given, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” But the invitation was not accepted. The Lord says, “Why will you not come to Me and find rest? Why do you refuse My outstretched, helping hand?” {PCO 95.3}
[PCO 95.4]         After speaking for the last time at Berrien Springs, a scene passed before me, showing that some would construe what had been done at that meeting to save them, as special victories for their side. I saw evil angels working with their deceptive sophistries on men’s minds, so that they might work on other minds, to deceive if possible the very elect. I was filled with an intense desire that those who were deceived might come to the light. {PCO 95.4}
[PCO 95.5]         Our brethren are not to be called to Battle Creek to hold a council for the examination of doctrines, while the men who profess to know the truth remain surrounded by a cloud of unbelief. Our ministers, instead of turning their faces toward a council at Battle Creek, should be considering the thousands of people in the cities of America, who should be hearing the message of warning. These cities have been strangely neglected, and the judgment will reveal the result. By the large investments of means in the Battle Creek Sanitarium, many have been robbed of the help that God designed them to have. {PCO 95.5}
[PCO 95.6]         This is not a time to call from the field our leading workers to discuss and adjust points of difference between the medical workers and the workers in other lines. The remedy for many of these differences will be found in heeding the messages of counsel published in recent testimonies. {PCO 95.6}
[PCO 95.7]         The present is a time for aggressive work in the field. To our brethren in Washington the word is given, “Arise and build.” To our people in all the Conferences the word is, “Strengthen the hands of the builders.” {PCO 95.7}
[PCO 95.8]         Let those who are asked to leave their work to engage in a council at Battle Creek read the sixth chapter of Nehemiah: {PCO 95.8}
[PCO 96.1]    96       “It came to pass, when Sanballat, and Tobiah, and Geshem the Arabian and the rest of our enemies, heard that I had builded the wall, and that there was no breach left therein, (though at that time I had not set up the doors upon the gates:) that Sanballat and Geshem sent unto me, saying, Come, let us meet together in some one of the villages in the plain of Ono. But they thought to do me mischief. And I sent messengers unto them, saying, I am doing a great work, so that I cannot come down; why should the work cease, whilst I leave it, and come down to you. Yet they sent unto me four times after this sort; and I answered them after the same manner. {PCO 96.1}
[PCO 96.2]         “Then sent Sanballat his servant unto me in like manner the fifth time with an open letter in his hand; wherein it was written, It is reported among the heathen, and Gashmu saith it, that thou and the Jews think to rebel; for which cause thou buildest the wall, that thou mayest be their king, according to these words. And thou hast appointed prophets to preach of thee at Jerusalem, saying, There is a king in Judah; and now it shall be reported to the king according to these words. Come now therefore, and let us take counsel together. {PCO 96.2}
[PCO 96.3]         “Then sent I unto him, saying, There are no such things done as thou sayest, but thou feignest them out of thine own heart.” {PCO 96.3}
[PCO 96.4]         History is being repeated. Work of this nature has been done and will be done again. {PCO 96.4}
[PCO 96.5]         Nehemiah continues: “For they all made us afraid, saying, Their hands shall be weakened from the work, that it be not done. Now therefore, O God, strengthen my hands. Afterward I came into the house of Shemiah, . . . who was shut up; and he said, Let us meet together in the house of God, within the temple, and let us shut the doors of the temple, for they will come to slay thee; yea, in the night they will come to slay thee. And I said, Should such a man as I flee? and who is there, that, being as I am, would go into the temple to save his life? I will not go in. And, lo, I perceived that God had not sent him; but that he pronounced this prophecy against me; for Tobiah and Sanballat had hired him. Therefore was he hired, that I should be afraid, and do so, and sin, that they might have matter for an evil report, that they might reproach me.” {PCO 96.5}
[PCO 96.6]         A work similar to this will be done, and Seventh-day Adventists will have to meet it. {PCO 96.6}
[PCO 96.7]         “Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked, and take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” {PCO 96.7}
[PCO 97.1]      Unabridged    6 - A Man Is Needed    Date: June 22, 1904 Location: Huntsville, AL Source: Letter 201, 1904 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: A frustrated Ellen White rebukes the Oakwood board for relying on her too heavily and not acting wisely during her first visit to Huntsville.  B.E. Nicola is still principal of Oakwood but the school is not improving as it should and Mrs. White expressly states that he should be relieved of his position and a new leader be installed.  To my brethren who are assembled in council:       I wish to speak a few words to you with my pen. I would not have needed to write this if you would stand in your place as men who have a work to perform. Our Brother Nicola should have been relieved of his responsibilities ere this. To every man is given his work. {PCO 97.1}
[PCO 97.2]         The light given me is that the school Board has not done its duty. Notwithstanding that the work on the farm and in the school has not advanced as it should have done, the same faculty have been permitted to exercise their judgment as fully capable men. The result of this has been that the efficiency of the school has been diminishing rather than increasing. {PCO 97.2}
[PCO 97.3]         I do not condemn Brother Nicola. This is not my work. If the Board have long seen the lack and the necessity of advancement, and yet have made no change in the faculty, the remissness will be charged to them, and the Lord will look upon them with disfavor.  They are supposed to take in the situation, and if they pass over deficiencies without making any change, they are guilty of neglect, and the Lord is displeased. {PCO 97.3}
[PCO 97.4]         There is no reason why the Huntsville School and farm should show so little improvement. The Lord looks upon the neglect and charges it to the men who have failed to do their work. It is time that the Board awoke to their duty. The true application of the gospel removes all this spiritual apathy. The Lord calls for fresh power to be brought in by a change of men. No longer let the years pass without new capabilities being brought in—men who will introduce new methods and who will work with determined missionary spirit for the colored people. This school should be enlarging. This can be done and should be done. {PCO 97.4}
[PCO 97.5]         This school should be filled with students; but as long as one stands at the head who feels himself to be all-sufficient, and who cannot see his deficiencies, how can this school be an example for other schools that will be set in operation? {PCO 97.5}
[PCO 97.6]         Brother Nicola has been here for several years. Let him now give place for someone else to be tested and tried. A man is needed to stand at the head of the school with capabilities that he has not. {PCO 97.6}
[PCO 98.1]    98       It is not right to try to make me carry the burden of doing the work of the Board. I shall not do it. I shall have no more to say in this matter. I shall call upon the Board to do their duty. Act like men, not with hesitancy and with apparent unwillingness to move forward.   {PCO 98.1}
[PCO 98.2]         Do not throw on Sister White the burdens that you should carry. {PCO 98.2}
[PCO 98.3]      Unabridged    7 - Change for the Better    Date: July 6, 1904 Location: Nashville, TN Source: Letter 227, 1904 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Mrs. White pens this letter at a critical time in the history of Oakwood. There is a transition in leadership and explicit instruction is given to the Oakwood board. In particular, E.B. Melendy, then business manager, is advised to cooperate with the new leadership.          To the members of the Huntsville School Board and Faculty, Dear Brethren, {PCO 98.3}
[PCO 98.4]         I have not time today to write out in full the instruction that I have given to you while the Board was in session; but this will all be written out soon, in order that you may have it. {PCO 98.4}
[PCO 98.5]         Regarding the faculty, I would say: The Lord has pointed out to us the advisability of making changes. Our dear Brother Nicola has occupied a leading position in the school for a long time, and yet the institution has not been built up as it should have been. To consent to his remaining longer would not be wise; for he would certainly be tempted to become dissatisfied, and this would lead others to feel dissatisfied. A disorganized state of things would result. {PCO 98.5}
[PCO 98.6]         I am instructed by the Lord to say that Brother Melendy, upon whom has rested the responsibility of managing the various business interests of the school, would, if disconnected from Brother Nicola, have an opportunity to prove himself. The time has come when new plans must be put into operation. Intelligent, capable men are to cooperate in making decided changes in the order of things. And if Brother Melendy feels free to unite as a Christian laborer with Brother Rogers in making these decided changes; if with much prayer and in faith, with all humility of mind, they work in Christlike harmony with each other, the Lord will work with them and give them wisdom and grace to improve in excellency of character. {PCO 98.6}
[PCO 98.7]         He who would become master of the situation in any line of work, and especially as the head of a training-school, must become intelligent, as a wise man, and by a Christian example in word and deed reveal to his students that he obeys the words of Christ and that his character has been transformed in accordance with the divine. In many things there is great room for improvement. “Come unto Me,” the Saviour  99  pleads, “all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” {PCO 98.7}
[PCO 99.1]         Men often establish wrong habits that need to be exchanged for right ones. Those who fail to realize their high and holy privilege of conforming to the divine standard, and neglect to remedy these defects of character, are not to be chosen or retained as educators of the youth. The example of every such a one would prove detrimental to the best interests of the school. Such men are often endowed with many excellent qualities, but their usefulness is impaired because of their failure to discern their defects and the danger of unconsciously stamping these defects upon other characters. Sad it is that some men retain these defects throughout the entire period of life. By earnest, prayerful study, by counseling with their brethren and putting forth untiring effort, they may, if they choose, remedy these defects. {PCO 99.1}
[PCO 99.2]         The Lord discerns that a change for the better must be made in the Huntsville School. Every teacher, whether a man or a woman, should be an apt scholar, capable of grasping advanced ideas and putting them into practice. The teacher is ever to be a learner. By his example of industry in seeking to advance in learning, and by his untiring efforts to develop a Christian character, he is constantly to strive to lead his students to higher attainments. {PCO 99.2}
[PCO 99.3]         Educators in our schools are themselves always to be learning of the Great Teacher, who is seeking to draw them unto Himself, that they may become complete in Him, without spot or wrinkle or any such thing. {PCO 99.3}
[PCO 99.4]         To Brother Melendy I wish to say: If you choose to be kind, courteous, and respectful to the man who has been appointed to come into the Huntsville School and stand at the head, there to use his capabilities in an effort to help the students to advance; if you choose to be a kind, brotherly companion to the head of the school, and unite with him heartily in the work of making improvements in every line of the school work, the Lord will be pleased. Through an unsanctified course, you would work in opposition to him and make it very hard for him. But I know you can unite with Brother Rogers, if you will wear the yoke of Christ and become a learner in the heavenly school. My heart’s desire is that you should do this. It is the wisest course for you to pursue. {PCO 99.4}
[PCO 99.5]         On the other hand, if you should remain, and feel that it is your privilege to criticize, and thus unconsciously imbue the students with disaffection, the results would be sad. Rather than remain to do this, it would be far better for you to leave. But, my dear brother, it would be not wise for you to cherish any defects of character. Through the strength that Christ will impart, it is your privilege to grow in grace and wisdom and become a strong laborer in His cause. {PCO 99.5}
[PCO 99.6]         May the Lord strengthen you, my brethren. May all who have any part to act in connection with the Huntsville School stand in their lot and place. Now is your time of test and trial. Act like God-fearing men; stand in the position that the Lord would have you occupy; do right because it is right. {PCO 99.6}
[PCO 99.7]         I have written these lines because the cause is now in great need of every hand that will work valiantly for the Master. We need faithful men who are continually growing in grace and in a knowledge of the truth. {PCO 99.7}
[PCO 99.8]         May the Lord bless you, my brethren. {PCO 99.8}
[PCO 100.1]      Unabridged    8 - The Advancement of the Huntsville School    Date: July 6, 1904 Location: Nashville, TN Source: Letter 219, 1904 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Ellen White is still on her Southern tour, having recently seen Oakwood for the first time. Here she writes to a donor to the Southern work.  My dear sister,       I am up early this morning, as I always am, and before anyone is stirring I will write you a few lines. For several weeks I have been with my son Edson in Tennessee. We end our visit today. Yesterday we were in a council meeting in which we tried to lay plans for the advancement of the work in this needy field, and especially for the advancement of the Huntsville School. I bore a very plain testimony, saying that the cities of the South must be worked. {PCO 100.1}
[PCO 100.2]         I received your letter and the ten dollars which you sent, and I thank you. I shall appropriate your gift for the colored sanitarium that is in operation here in Nashville. Every dollar is a help. {PCO 100.2}
[PCO 100.3]      Abridged    9 - Dear Friend    Date: July 11, 1904 Location: Takoma Park, Maryland Source: Letter 231, 1904 Status: Portions published  Context: Back from her tour of the South, Ellen White pens a note to a friend, Mrs. M. Crawford.  My dear friend,       I have just returned to this place from a trip to the South. We were away for about six weeks, and during that time we visited Nashville, Graysville, and Huntsville. {PCO 100.3}
[PCO 101.1]      Abridged    10 - Blossom as a Rose    Date: July 11, 1904 Location: Takoma Park, Maryland Source: Letter 239, 1904 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Mrs. White writes another letter on the day she returns, this time to her grandnieces, the Walling sisters.   Dear children Addie and May,       I have desired to keep up a correspondence with you, and this is why I write. I have a deep interest in you both. I pray that in your lifework you may glorify the Lord. {PCO 101.1}
[PCO 101.2]         I wish that Addie could be connected with some one of our schools, as a teacher of Spanish. And I wish that May could work in some one of our sanitariums, not to give heavy treatment, but as a teacher or a head nurse. I believe that she would be a blessing in the San Diego sanitarium, which, we hope, will soon be ready to open. {PCO 101.2}
[PCO 101.3]         I ask you to tell me frankly whether you would be willing to connect with the work in the way I have mentioned. I am sure that there are openings you could fill without finding the labor wearisome. Please think of this. I feel unwilling that either of you should remain in New York through another winter…. {PCO 101.3}
[PCO 101.4]         On Monday morning we went to Huntsville. We found the school situated in a beautiful country place. There are over three hundred acres in the school farm, most of which is under cultivation. But for several years the land has not received the attention that it should have had, and the present showing is not the most favorable. {PCO 101.4}
[PCO 101.5]         Not long ago the suggestion was made to me, “Would it not be well to sell the school land at Huntsville, and buy a smaller place.” Instruction was given me that the land should not be sold; that the situation possessed many advantages for the carrying forward ［of］ a colored school. I was shown what the school could become, and what those could become who go there for an education, if the will of God is carried out. But in order for this to be, a man of managing ability must be placed in charge, a man who can give the students an example of how things are to be done and make the school farm blossom as a rose. {PCO 101.5}
[PCO 101.6]         We stayed at Huntsville till Wednesday. I spoke several times. We saw but few of the students, as school had closed, and most of the students had gone their different ways. {PCO 101.6}
[PCO 102.1]      Abridged    11 - Do All I Can    Date: July 21, 1904 Location: Washington, D.C. Source: Letter, 265, 1904 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Mrs. White frequently corresponds with her son and daughter-inlaw on how the work in the South should be carried out.  Dear children Edson and Emma,       I am not very strong, but will write you a few lines. I hope that I shall soon feel better and will be able to add to what I can now write. {PCO 102.1}
[PCO 102.2]         I am anxious to hear how you have come out in your transactions regarding exchange of property. Do not worry about these matters. The Lord will certainly manifest Himself to those who commit their souls to His keeping. The meek will He guide in judgment. He is our hope and our crown of rejoicing. I believe that it is right for you to move into the country, and that the future will prove this to be true. But you must follow the way of the Lord. {PCO 102.2}
[PCO 102.3]         I have written to several people, asking for a loan of a thousand dollars. In one case I was one day too late with my request. The day before my letter reached the sister, the money had been lent to Dr. Paulson. But I know that he needs the money, and I will not even wish that I had written sooner and obtained the loan. {PCO 102.3}
[PCO 102.4]         In regard to the colored sanitarium, I wish to say, Do not enter into any arrangement just now for purchasing the building. I cannot endure the thought of investing three thousand dollars in this building. I am sure that better prospects can be found for a colored sanitarium. Some place can be secured where the surroundings are more healthful and pleasant. {PCO 102.4}
[PCO 102.5]         I wish that the Boscobel school buildings might be secured for the work of the white sanitarium. Do you know of anything that stands in the way of their purchase? If you do, I wish you would mention it in your next letter. {PCO 102.5}
[PCO 102.6]         I am deeply interested in the work in Huntsville and shall do all I can to strengthen those who carry the burden of the work there. {PCO 102.6}
[PCO 103.1]      Abridged    12 - Back a Year     Date: December 25, 1904 Source: Letter 337, 1904 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: In an extremely pointed letter, Ellen White rebukes Oakwood principal B.E. Nicola for staying on in the head post an additional year.   Dear Brother Nicola,       I am sorry that you were successful in retaining your position at the Huntsville School one year longer than some thought you ought. Whatever your qualifications may be, you are not the man to carry the Huntsville School forward successfully. By remaining at the school during the past year, you have put the institution back a year. I cannot see why this was permitted. The Lord is grieved when men of experience refuse to be true to their God-given work. {PCO 103.1}
[PCO 103.2]         The Lord calls for men of a different stamp of character in some respects to connect with the Huntsville School, men who are not only capable teachers, but who can see the needs of the school and meet the situation wisely. In such a school as Huntsville, there is needed keenness of discernment and a knowledge of how to build up the work. Unless those in charge have clear discernment, unless they can see what needs to be done, the school will make an unworthy representation. {PCO 103.2}
[PCO 103.3]         The instruction given me is that if the influence of your shortcomings were confined to your own family, it would not be so bad. But in the position that you have occupied, your defects have been an injury to many. You fail to see the importance of order and harmony and of allowing nothing to go to waste. You do not understand how to cure the evils that exist. This is your defect, and because of it many things about the school are neglected. {PCO 103.3}
[PCO 103.4]         The world is watching Seventh-day Adventists, because it knows something of their peculiar beliefs and of the high standard they have; and when it sees those who do not live up to their profession, it points at them with scorn. The unbelievers living near the Huntsville School will see the neglect perpetuated there and will read beneath the surface. {PCO 103.4}
[PCO 103.5]         Worldlings are glad to see defects in the lives of professing Christians; for they use these defects as justifying their own unchristlike course, as excusing their disregard of the requirements of God. When they see lax practices in the management of such a place as the Huntsville School, they build themselves up, and accusing conscience is quieted. {PCO 103.5}
[PCO 103.6]         There must be no pretense in the lives of those who have so sacred and solemn a message as we have been given to bear. Every transaction connected with the Huntsville School should be an object lesson, revealing the perfection that God requires in the work of His children. {PCO 103.6}
[PCO 103.7]         The Huntsville School Farm is a most beautiful place, and with the three hundred  104  acres of land, much should be accomplished in industrial training and in the raising of crops. The teachers in our schools should remember that they are not only to give the students lessons from books. They are to teach them how to earn their own living by honest work. {PCO 103.7}
[PCO 104.1]         Let us remember what is due to our Christian profession, and let us be careful not to place stumbling blocks in the way of sinners. Let not our teachers neglect those things that should have a prominent place in the training of all students. The ability to see and remedy defects in the fixtures of the home or the farm is necessary to a complete education. Teach the students to watch for repairs that need to be made and to keep things up in proper shape. {PCO 104.1}
[PCO 104.2]         A careless neglect in the things of this life means neglect in the things of the spiritual life. The progress of missionaries in foreign lands is often impeded by a failure to attend to little things. Those who perform faithfully the smaller duties will show no lack in performing larger duties. Let students be taught that a neglect of little things means a failure in larger responsibilities. {PCO 104.2}
[PCO 104.3]         Our Lord and Saviour would have the mind thoroughly cultivated. Forbid no aspirations or enterprises that pure religion sanctions. Let not those who take the name of Christian forget that they are to honor this name. Let them obey the instruction given in the first chapter of Second Peter. Those who do this will be richly blessed. {PCO 104.3}
[PCO 104.4]      Unabridged    13 - A Precious Treasure    Date: January 10, 1905 Source: Letter 11, 1905 Status: Portions published  Context: Key movers and shakers in the South met in Nashville during this time period to evaluate and plan the work in the South. This letter from Mrs. White was read during the council.       To those assembled in council at Nashville, Dear Brethren, {PCO 104.4}
[PCO 104.5]         I am deeply interested in the work that is being done in the Southern field, and especially in the work of the Huntsville School. This school farm was represented to me as having on it fruit trees in full bearing, and also a variety of grains and vegetables, which were in a flourishing condition. Then the words were spoken: “This land is a precious treasure. If thoroughly cultivated, it will yield a valuable increase for the support of the school. But special pains must be taken in its cultivation. Much more may be realized from it than now appears possible. If properly treated, this land will be a lesson book to the students, and to our people, and to those not of our faith.” {PCO 104.5}
[PCO 104.6]         There was presented before me a gathering in of the harvest with much rejoicing.  105  Painstaking effort had gained a liberal reward. Then the explanation was given: “Thus it may be in the lives of the students, if they will put forth patient effort to acquire knowledge and will respond to the painstaking effort put forth in their behalf. The seed sown by the diligent efforts of the teachers will be seen in the development of valuable faculties, which will be of use in the Lord’s cause. The students will gain knowledge that they can give to their own race.” {PCO 104.6}
[PCO 105.1]         When I was last in Nashville, I was asked whether it would not be best to dispose of the Huntsville School Farm and purchase land elsewhere. Those who asked this question thought that perhaps there was more land in this farm than could be properly managed by the students. {PCO 105.1}
[PCO 105.2]         When I was on the steamer Morning Star, the matter was opened before me. I wrote out the instruction given and read it to a large number at the Huntsville meeting. I will have this matter copied and sent to Brother Rogers and to other workers in the South. {PCO 105.2}
[PCO 105.3]      Abridged    14 - A Holy Influence    Date: January 26, 1905 Location: St. Helena, California Source: Letter 35, 1905 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Ellen White writes a pleasant letter on various subjects to her granddaughters, Ella May and Mabel (Willie’s daughters).  Dear Children,       Sara and I have just returned from Mountain View. We desired to reach home last evening, but made a mistake in regard to the train connections and left Mountain View on a train that went one hour after the one we should have taken. We were obliged to wait four hours in San Jose and one hour at Niles; and when we reached Oakland, the train for St. Helena was gone, so we were obliged to spend the night in Oakland…. {PCO 105.3}
[PCO 105.4]         Edson White came to St. Helena rather unexpectedly just before the meeting, and he and your father went to Mountain View on Tuesday. Sara, Sister Hall, Sister Peck, Dores, and I went down the following Thursday. Edson is collecting donations from our people for the purpose of establishing an orphanage in Huntsville for colored children. {PCO 105.4}
[PCO 105.5]         The colored people of the South need the sympathy and help of everyone. I would invite those who have means that they are willing to invest in the cause of God to send to me donations for this needy field, and I will see that the means thus  106  received is sent to the workers in the South. I have sent several hundred pounds of prunes to help them, but I have not been able to send them much money. My money has been exhausted in the preparation of new books—books that the people need, which I prepare in harmony with the will of God. In order to help in the establishment of sanitariums in southern California, I have hired money from the bank at heavy interest. {PCO 105.5}
[PCO 106.1]         We now have a sanitarium in San Diego and one in Los Angeles, both nearly ready to begin their work of caring for the sick. These sanitariums are not mammoth institutions but they are large enough to attract the attention of tourists and to represent the truth for this time which we are trying to give to the world. {PCO 106.1}
[PCO 106.2]         The colored people of the South must be helped. The Lord is greatly blessing the efforts that are being made to build up the work of the Huntsville School. This institution had been greatly neglected and was crippled because it had received so little support. But since Brother F. R. Rogers has taken charge of the school, conditions are much improved. There are seventy-five students in attendance, and fifteen more desire to come; but there is not sufficient room at present for their accommodation. {PCO 106.2}
[PCO 106.3]         There are many places where it is impossible for white workers to labor for the colored people. Colored workers must be trained for this work. In the Huntsville School colored students are being fitted to bear the message to their own race. Some are being educated for teachers. These will be able to establish many smaller schools for the Colored people, and in this work they will exert a holy influence, drawing others to the truth. {PCO 106.3}
[PCO 106.4]         A small building is being erected near the Huntsville School as a home for colored orphans. This enterprise should receive the sympathy and support of our people. {PCO 106.4}
[PCO 106.5]      Abridged    15 - The Right Thing Is Being Done    Date: March 28, 1905 Location: St. Helena, California Source: Letter 29, 1905 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Ellen White and her son Edson were perhaps the two who did the most to forward the Seventh-day Adventist work in the South.  Often their letters were focused on this work.  Dear children Edson and Emma,       I have been waiting anxiously for a letter from you, my son. There have been so many accidents on the road lately, and the trains have been so long delayed that I  107  have been somewhat troubled on your account. I know that you have been sick in body and worried in mind. {PCO 106.5}
[PCO 107.1]         I am glad that you had so much success in raising means to place the colored sanitarium in Nashville on a more favorable position. I think the property in North Nashville will be a most appropriate place for this institution. {PCO 107.1}
[PCO 107.2]         The work at Huntsville is another burden of intense interest. I hope the orphanage will soon be established there. There ought to be a primary school at Huntsville, and a school for older children, where they can be thoroughly educated and disciplined and given instruction in Bible subjects and in practical lines of work. Let them be taught the meaning of the words, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” {PCO 107.2}
[PCO 107.3]         I have strong assurance that the right thing is being done at Huntsville. Let all connected with this school be interested in its success. Let the farm be diligently worked. Let lessons be given in various lines that can be applied to the character building. “We are laborers together with God; ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” {PCO 107.3}
[PCO 107.4]      Abridged    16 - Blend Together    Date: July 22, 1905 Location: St. Helena, California Source: Letter 211, 1905 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Mrs. White writes to her overworked son. In this letter she gives counsel as to how men in responsibility at Oakwood should conduct themselves. A duplicate copy of this letter was also sent to G.I. Butler, then Southern Union president.  My dear son Edson,       I have written you some things sorrowfully. I dare not confide these things to you alone, but have sent them to Elder Haskell to be read to you. There are many who suppose that I sustain you in things that are not right. It would be doing an injustice to them and to you for me to keep back the warnings that I have received for you; therefore, though I feel more sad at heart than I can tell you, I dare not withhold these things from you. {PCO 107.4}
[PCO 107.5]         You have proposed that a Colored training school be started on your property at North Nashville and that Elder Rogers be placed in charge of it. I beseech you not to enter into any more plans that require means. I beg of you to stop where you are before another dollar is invested. {PCO 107.5}
[PCO 108.1]    108       “Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize. So run, that ye may obtain. And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown, but we an incorruptible. I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air, but I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection, lest that by any means when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway.” {PCO 108.1}
[PCO 108.2]         I am constantly holding up the necessity of every man doing his best as a Christian, training himself to realize the growth, the expansion, the nobility of character which it is possible for us to have. {PCO 108.2}
[PCO 108.3]         Men are to be laborers together with Christ, but unless they strive most earnestly, unless they constantly behold Christ, they are in danger of not holding the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end. You have a work to do, but if you continue to load yourself down with perplexities, you will become unable to give the trumpet a certain sound. The Lord is looking upon us to see what we have made of ourselves, to see whether He can enrich us with His grace. {PCO 108.3}
[PCO 108.4]         In all that we do, we are to sustain a Christlike relation to one another. We are to blend together, using every spiritual force for the carrying out of wise plans in earnest action. The gifts of God are to be used for the saving of souls. Our relations to one another are not to be governed by human standards, but by divine love, the love expressed in the gift of God to our world. {PCO 108.4}
[PCO 108.5]         My son, I desire you to show your appreciation of the truth that is to be proclaimed at this time. But when you load yourself down with responsibilities that overtax your brain, you are using up vital force without adding anything to the advancement of the cause of God. {PCO 108.5}
[PCO 108.6]         In regard to Brother Rogers, he has made mistakes. He has been accused of that of which he is not guilty; but at the same time, he has shown too much commonness in his association with the girl students at the Huntsville School. A man in the position that Brother Rogers occupied cannot be too careful of his words and acts. He should not allow the least familiarity to be seen in his relations to the students, such as placing his hand on the arm or shoulder of a girl student. He should not allow the least approach to familiarity in the school or out of the school, or in association with white students or colored students. {PCO 108.6}
[PCO 108.7]         In the past not all of our teachers have been clear and true and firm in this respect. They have not stood in a proper position. They need to see things in an altogether different light regarding the relations of teachers and students. {PCO 108.7}
[PCO 108.8]         The one standing at the head of a school should in no case give the impression that commonness and familiarity are allowable. His lips and his hands are to express nothing that anyone can take advantage of. Let men keep their place, and let the girl students, be they black or white, keep their place. Never should any liberties in word or act be taken by a teacher. {PCO 108.8}
[PCO 109.1]      Abridged    17 - A Deep Interest in the Huntsville School    Date: July 30, 1905 Location: St. Helena, California Source: Letter 229, 1905 Status: Portions published  Context: Mrs. White treats a very sensitive and inflammatory situation. Oakwood’s principal, F.R. Rogers, made a slight indiscretion and was handled harshly as a result.  This letter, sent to the Oakwood Board of Managers, speaks to those who took it in their hands to mete out a punishment.       To the Board of Managers of the Huntsville School, Dear Brethren, {PCO 109.1}
[PCO 109.2]         I have a deep interest in the Huntsville School. For three or four years I have been receiving instruction regarding it. From this school the truth must go forth to many places. The teachers must seek constantly for wisdom from on high, that they may be kept from making serious mistakes. The enemy will bring in everything possible to counterwork the very plans that God would have us carry out. {PCO 109.2}
[PCO 109.3]         I am awakened at half-past eleven o’clock. I am bearing a heavy burden in regard to recent transactions at Huntsville. The scenes that took place in connection with the removal of Brother Rogers have again been presented to me. Some things done at that time were most strange and unchristlike. {PCO 109.3}
[PCO 109.4]         Brother Rogers was a man who had been chosen to carry the responsibilities of the school. He was a man who had influence and who had accomplished good in the service of God. It was not his choice to go to Huntsville. He was taken from his work in Mississippi contrary to his choice, to stand at the head of the Huntsville School. {PCO 109.4}
[PCO 109.5]         The one who had been acting as principal of the school had been retained for some time longer than he should have been, for there were sufficient reasons for his removal. His inefficiency and the necessity for a change were laid before me, but I did not consider it my duty to enter into details and give publicity to the deficiencies of the one who had been serving as principal of the school. When it was decided by the brethren that it would be best for him to be removed, he felt greatly injured. My heart ached for the man, and I did not expose the worst features of his case. I greatly pitied him, that he should stand in such an objectionable light. I wrote to him and calmly pointed out his inefficiency and unfitness to accomplish the work that must be done in Huntsville, and that should have been done long ago. {PCO 109.5}
[PCO 109.6]         Under Elder Rogers’ administration there has been a marked reform in Huntsville in some respects. In the circumstances that recently occurred, men took action against a brother that they ought not to have taken. Unless those concerned in this matter undergo a transformation of character so complete that the Lord will accept their repentance, they should sever their connection with the Huntsville School. {PCO 109.6}
[PCO 109.7]         This has been presented to me in the past, and tonight I am awakened again by  110  the same presentation. The transactions that took place connected with Elder Rogers’ removal showed a lack of friendly wisdom, a lack of Bible religion. There was a departure from the Word of God. Unless faithful measures are pursued, unless there is genuine repentance, unless confessions are made regarding the wrong spirit manifested, these men cannot be trusted with the responsibilities of the school. The laws of God have been violated. {PCO 109.7}
[PCO 110.1]         At one time the disciples came to Jesus with the question, “Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven?” In answer Jesus called a little child unto Him, and setting him in the midst of them, said, “Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. And whoso shall receive one such little child in My name receiveth Me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea. Woe unto the world because of offenses; for it must needs be that offenses come; but woe to that man by whom the offense cometh.” {PCO 110.1}
[PCO 110.2]         A little child was the illustration chosen by Jesus to correct the false ideas held by the disciples in regard to greatness. Not outward exaltation, not high position, but spiritual excellence, spiritual purity, excellence of speech, meekness, and the carrying out of mercy, justice, and the love of God—this is what the Lord requires of every soul. Men must be truly converted. Their natural defects of disposition must be changed for the virtues of Christ’s character, else they will never enter the kingdom of heaven. They must be humble, charitable, kind, merciful; then they will be called, Blessed of the Lord. They must cherish a humble, submissive spirit, receiving, as would a little child, the lessons given by their Teacher and obeying every word proceeding from His mouth. Because of their love for Him, they are to love all who believe in Him. They are to exert a Christlike influence. {PCO 110.2}
[PCO 110.3]         True happiness does not consist in the possession of wealth or position, but in the possession of a pure, clean heart, cleansed by obedience to the truth. A disposition to treat men firmly and generously is essential. To every one is given the opportunity to carry out the principles of heaven. The forgiving of injuries, not the avenging of them, is an exhibition of that wisdom which is true goodness. Christlike love for the men through whom the Lord has wrought is a manifestation of real transformation of character. {PCO 110.3}
[PCO 110.4]         The Lord calls for true-hearted men who work with an eye single to His glory. “If thine eye be single,” the Word declares, “thine whole body shall be full of light.” The eye needs to be able to view things carefully, truly. A diseased eye will make a mountain out of a molehill. {PCO 110.4}
[PCO 110.5]         Elder Rogers has made a mistake, but the Lord looks pitifully upon him. He has been accused of that of which he is not guilty. He has been grossly misjudged and treated as if he were a wolf. {PCO 110.5}
[PCO 110.6]         In helping himself to some of the school milk, Elder Rogers did not consider himself a thief. He is a liberal man. There is little of selfishness in his nature. He was standing in a position of authority, and he supposed that he could favor himself and afterward return more than he had appropriated. In this he acted unwisely, but his well-known devotion to the interests of the school should have secured for him different treatment from that which he received. {PCO 110.6}
[PCO 111.1]    111       Angels beheld the scene that took place when these men found Elder Rogers helping himself to milk and treated a brother as they would a prowling wolf. Were they without sin? Did they stand guiltless before God? No, no! The test of true religion is doing the will of God. {PCO 111.1}
[PCO 111.2]         The Scriptures say, “If a man be overtaken in a fault, ye which are spiritual restore such an one in the spirit of meekness, considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted.” “Moreover if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone.” When a man has a suspicion of another, he should go to the one suspected of wrong and tell him his fault, as the scripture says, “between thee and him alone.” “If he will hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother.” Never is a member of the church to be treated as a rebel until every possible means has been used to bring about an understanding. We are strictly to follow the directions that Christ has taken special pains to give to the church. Not one item is to be disregarded. {PCO 111.2}
[PCO 111.3]         Christ compares those who hear and obey His Word to a man who builds his house upon a rock. Through their obedience to God, they abide in safety amidst the storm and tempest of temptation. The man who disregards the words which Christ has spoken is building on the sand. When the storm comes, the structure that he has reared will fall, and great will be the fall of it. {PCO 111.3}
[PCO 111.4]         The effect that will naturally follow the course that has been pursued in the matter of Elder Rogers’ removal has been presented to me. Had the men who are bringing charges against Elder Rogers reasoned wisely, from cause to effect, they would have discerned that the process of getting testimony from students, by questioning them, thus giving them an opportunity to discuss the character of their teacher, was a wrong way in which to work. {PCO 111.4}
[PCO 111.5]         They should have realized that even though all their suppositions were true, it was not wise to discuss the errors of a church member and the head of a school with students, to be carried by them to the world. The object of Christ in His teachings is to preserve the sacred, holy character of His church. These brethren have done a greater injury to the cause and work of God than they can comprehend. {PCO 111.5}
[PCO 111.6]         There were errors in the church in the days of Christ, but He taught that when a member followed an injudicious course, the knowledge of this was not to be made public property, but was to be confined to the members of the church. {PCO 111.6}
[PCO 111.7]         The truth is in our hands, placed there by the Word of God, which is our guidebook, and which is to be closely and sacredly followed. The perfection of a Christian experience is an individual work. If errors are committed by lay members or by ministers or teachers, there is a way to correct them. We must follow the instruction given by our Saviour. We are bound to take the word of a minister of the gospel, unless we have clear evidence that what he says is not true. The Lord condemns any unfair work, such as encouraging others to tell the suspicions that the enemy many have put into their minds, and acting upon such accusations. We are to guard jealously the reputation of ministers and church members. To go out of the way to surmise that a brother has sinned, because we have evidence that another man has done evil things, and to give the impression that the brother is guilty of the same things, is hunting up falsehoods to repeat as truth. {PCO 111.7}
[PCO 111.8]         The word of Christ is: “Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged; and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to  112  you again. And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, and considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye. Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye, and then thou shalt see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye.” {PCO 111.8}
[PCO 112.1]      Unabridged    18 - Especial Help    Date: June 3, 1907 Location: St. Helena, California Source: Letter 206, 1907 Status: Portions published  Context: J.E. Tenney, principal of the Graysville School (Southern Training School), receives a letter of warning from Ellen White.  Dear Brother:       I have words of caution to give you. You are in danger of crowding yourself with too many responsibilities. It would not be wise for you to try to carry on a school in addition to the important work you already have. This work demands all your talents. {PCO 112.1}
[PCO 112.2]         There are many branches of the work in which you are engaged that may be made to strengthen and further the work of the third angel’s message. Do not bring in a strange work in order to carry out certain ideas of your own which you suppose to be superior. There is a work for you to do, and there is a work for Elder Butler to do. There is a work to be done in establishing schools for the colored people of different grades. There is need of especial help at Huntsville and other centers in the South. We are greatly in need of a corps of workers who will labor unitedly. {PCO 112.2}
[PCO 113.1]      Abridged    19 - The Big Fund    Date: July 9, 1907 Location: St. Helena, California Source: Letter 220, 1907 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Ellen White corresponds with C.C. and Mary Nicola, veteran church workers, and informs them of her fundraising for Oakwood.  113  Dear Brother and Sister:       Just at the beginning of our St. Helena campmeeting, I wrote you a letter; but it was mislaid, and not until today did I find it. I am sorry for the delay. Since I wrote the letter June 20, I have heard that you are at Melrose. {PCO 113.1}
[PCO 113.2]         How do you find the work there? When will you be ready to come west? I hope you may be with us in southern California soon. {PCO 113.2}
[PCO 113.3]         At our St. Helena campmeeting there were over one hundred tents and about three hundred campers during the first week. Then people came in from Healdsburg, San Francisco, Oakland, and other places, so that there were more than five hundred present the last Sabbath and Sunday. {PCO 113.3}
[PCO 113.4]         I spoke six times. Some days it was very hot, and I felt the heat considerably. Have been very sick since the meeting, but am better now. {PCO 113.4}
[PCO 113.5]         Twenty-five were baptized at the close of the campmeeting, and others were to be baptized in their own churches. {PCO 113.5}
[PCO 113.6]         About $450 was raised on the big fund, and $150 for the Huntsville Sanitarium. {PCO 113.6}
[PCO 113.7]      Abridged    20 - Pleased Indeed    Date: May 10, 1908 Location: Lodi, California Source: Letter 142, 1908 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Mrs. White made it a practice to raise funds for Oakwood during her travels. She tells her son and daughter-in-law about one such occasion.  Dear Edson and Emma:       We were pleased, indeed, when the needs of the Huntsville School were presented at the Lodi campmeeting, to see the people take hold in earnest and give their pledges to the amount of $1,100. This was not the only call that was made for means at this meeting. A large number of our books and papers were taken by our people. The outlook for means was not very encouraging, we thought, at the beginning of the meeting. There was little appearance of wealth in the place. The homes of our people were small, one-story cottages. But the people had a mind to work, and money was raised for several lines of work. {PCO 113.7}
[PCO 114.1]      Abridged    21 - Establish Their Work    Date: May 22, 1908 Location: St. Helena, California Source: Letter 170, 1908 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: Writing to I.H. Evans, then treasurer of the General Conference, Ellen White laments the “hindering policy” some in the church continued to impose.  Dear Brother Evans:       While we were endeavoring to build up the work in Australia, which we did under great difficulties, the hindering policy was a grief to us and a shame to the people who professed to hold this precious, sacred truth regarding the soon coming of the Lord. It has been under similar difficulties that the workers at Madison and Huntsville have labored to establish their work. Had a true spirit of unselfishness rested upon the men at the head of the work, the Madison enterprise would have had the support of the people, and the work there would have gone forward much more rapidly. Many more souls would now be in the field, giving the message in the cities of the Southern field, and long ere this many of the cities of the South would have been faithfully worked. {PCO 114.1}
[PCO 114.2]      Abridged    22 - You Have Done Well    Date: August 13, 1908 Location: Los Angeles, California Source: Letter 246, 1908 Status: Portions published  Context: Ellen White writes to encourage a discouraged young man named W.E. Strother.  Dear Brother:       I have this morning received and read your letter. I am sorry because of your discouragement. I am sorry that your feelings are not so pleasant as you could wish them to be. But you must not feel that an exalted, uplifted feeling is the sign of your acceptance with God. You need to exercise faith. Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. You must not be discouraged. Feeling is  115  not always reliable. You have the written Word. To love and fear God is the duty of every believing soul. {PCO 114.2}
[PCO 115.1]         Our work is reformatory. As the light of the Sabbath comes to us from the sacred Word, we are to work and to pray and to study. If you will be of the number who act upon the light of the Word of God, there will surely come to you the assurance that you are accepted with God. You have consented to be of the number who build the old waste places. The first day of the week is not the Sabbath of the Lord. Let your mind be established on a plain “Thus saith the Lord.” {PCO 115.1}
[PCO 115.2]         Remember that faith is taking God at His word. The Son of God is preparing a place for you in the mansions above. Let thanksgiving be expressed for this. Do not feel that because you do not always feel uplifted, that you are not His child. Take hold with humility and zeal to do the work He asks of you. Appreciate every opportunity to do a work that will make you a blessing to those around you. Let it be your determination to do your part toward making the place where you are a place that God can approve and bless. {PCO 115.2}
[PCO 115.3]         Unite with your companion in searching the Scriptures. The Holy Spirit will help those who seek the Lord in order to know how to do His work. While you seek to obtain perfection of Christian character, be helpers wherever you are. Praise the Lord at all times. Look on the bright side of circumstances, not on the dark side. Be watchful and prayerful, and the Lord will bless and guide and strengthen you. See how much you can do to bless others. {PCO 115.3}
[PCO 115.4]         You are precious in the sight of God. He wants you to cherish the grace of humility and thankfulness of heart. Improve every opportunity of gaining an education, that you may impart what you learn to others. There are many who need your help. The Holy Spirit will use all who will be used. {PCO 115.4}
[PCO 115.5]         Truth is purifying in its nature. Let truth and righteousness prevail in your life, and faultfinding will be banished. I pray that the Lord may guide you and strengthen you. Study the words of Christ. Act upon them, and you will be safe. {PCO 115.5}
[PCO 115.6]         As you study the Word and allow the sanctification of the truth to mold your life, the Lord can make you an acceptable worker for Him. All who come together in church capacity should be among the Lord’s army of workers. But if the natural traits of character are left unsubdued, in times of crisis, when strong, hopeful words are needed, words of discouragement and hopelessness will be spoken, that bring heavy burdens on the church. {PCO 115.6}
[PCO 115.7]         My brother, you say that you feel that you have not a full connection with God. You say, “I cannot understand it. I am trying my very best, with the Lord’s help, to live up to the Word as far as I know, yet I feel a long way from the Lord, and I can’t tell why it is. We left Washington, my wife and I, to come to the Oakwood School to get a training for work.” You have done well in seeking to become fitted for the Master’s service. And I urge you and your wife to unite in seeking the Lord most diligently. Keep to the meekness and lowliness of Christ. Look constantly to Jesus, who is the Author and Finisher of your faith. Walk humbly with God, and do not talk discouragement. Have faith in God, and He will bless you and will make you an instrument for the accomplishment of a good work. {PCO 115.7}
[PCO 116.1]      Unabridged    23 - We Have Just Arrived in Huntsville    Date: April 27, 1909 Location: Huntsville, Alabama Source: Letter 74, 1909 Status: Portions published  Context: On her second known trip to Huntsville, Ellen White writes to Seventh-day Adventist pioneer S.N. Haskell.  Dear Brother:       We have just arrived in Huntsville, having left Nashville early this morning. I did not think that the journey would be so long and tedious. It made me very weary, and the pain in ［my］ left eye caused me much suffering. I feel that I should not do more taxing labor during this journey to Washington. I am not displeased with the results of my work at College View and here. I have borne my testimony several times, and I expect that some of these meetings will be reported. {PCO 116.1}
[PCO 116.2]         On Sabbath, April 24, I spoke to the people in the Memorial Church. What good will result to our workers in the publishing house, and how the word spoken will be received, we cannot now determine. The Lord gave me largely of His Holy Spirit, and I spoke for about one hour. I feel that a special work needs to be done in the printing office. This has been plainly revealed to me. The workers there are not all in working order. They do not perceive that the work is a sacred one, and one that is essential for the salvation of their own souls and for the saving work that must be done throughout the world. Unless they themselves are worked by the Holy Spirit’s power, their influence will be of a nature to dishonor God. We are not to make some wonderful effort to do some wonderful thing that will exalt self. I have worked strenuously to correct this evil which is threatening the pure, true work of God. I have been shown that our leading men must know that they are themselves led of the Lord, for unless they are, they will fall into grievous errors. {PCO 116.2}
[PCO 116.3]         Night after night I am giving decided messages in my sleeping hours to those who are working in the printing office. The power of God must come upon these workers or they will be overcome by the temptations of Satan. The enemy is working with intensity to carry out his plans in the arrangements that shall be made; and those who are determined and zealous in carrying out their own plans will not discern what they are bringing about until they have succeeded in harming many souls. {PCO 116.3}
[PCO 116.4]         On Sunday, April 25, I was greatly strengthened and blessed while speaking to the colored people in their church on Winter Street. The Lord gave me words to speak, and much satisfaction was expressed because of the blessing that the hearers received. When I had finished, Edson spoke for a short time. At the close of the meeting I went to Madison, where a teachers’ convention was in progress. It seemed to give great pleasure to our workers there that I could have the advantages of their new sanitarium. {PCO 116.4}
[PCO 117.1]    117       I will not write much at this time; but I would say to you, By all means come to the General Conference, and leave the work in the hands of Elders Knox and Cottrell. You and your wife are especially needed at this General Conference. There are many perplexing questions that will come up for decision. Come, both of you, even though it may be difficult to leave the responsibilities of the California work in the hands of others…. {PCO 117.1}
[PCO 117.2]         Now I will say, Goodnight. Remember that we want you at the conference and will not give up this point. You need a change, and the Lord will use you to help the brethren understand the California situation. May the rich blessing of God be upon you. {PCO 117.2}
[PCO 118.1]      Unabridged    Manuscripts    24 - Instructions Regarding the Huntsville School    Date: June 10, 1904 Location: Morning Star Steamer Source: Ms. 12, 1905 Status: Previously unpublished       There must be a change in the work of the Huntsville School. If true zeal and energy are manifested, this school may become a large educational institution for the colored people in the South. We trust there will be no falling off in the attendance. There should be many more students in the Huntsville School than there has been in the past. But it will be a difficult matter to bring the school up to a high standard and to regain that which has been lost in the past. {PCO 118.1}
[PCO 118.2]         The farm should have careful husbandry. We are sorry that Brother Jacobs has been obliged to leave Huntsville. He has left, not because of unfaithfulness or inefficiency, but because of the condition of his health and the feebleness of Sister Jacobs, brought on by hard work. Brother and Sister Jacobs should have had the help of others who were spiritual minded and intelligent. It may be that if proper facilities are provided to make the labor on the farm less taxing, Brother Jacobs might be encouraged to return and resume his work. If he should return, however, he should have able assistants to work with him. {PCO 118.2}
[PCO 118.3]         The Huntsville School must not be allowed to become a reproach to the cause of God. The workers having talent and ability to help must not all congregate in Graysville and leave Huntsville destitute of suitable workers. It is wrong for one place to become strong by leaving others to become weak. To our people in Graysville I would say, Be careful not to make Graysville a Jerusalem center. Some of the talent now in Graysville is needed in Huntsville. {PCO 118.3}
[PCO 118.4]         “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” Those who are wise may develop characters and ability that will enable them to work in the interests of the school, both in teaching the students from books and in working with them on the land. The knowledge of how to develop an upright character is an education that will tell to the saving of souls. {PCO 118.4}
[PCO 118.5]         The Huntsville School has been presented to me as being in a very desirable location. It would be difficult to secure another location as promising as the school farm now secured. The buildings and everything connected with the work there should be in harmony with the high and sacred work to be done there. Let there be nothing unsightly connected with the buildings or about the farm, nothing that would indicate slackness. {PCO 118.5}
[PCO 119.1]    119       If the land is well cared for, it will produce abundantly. Let the teachers go out, taking with them small companies of students, and teach these students how properly to work the soil. Let all those connected with the school study to see how they may improve the property. Teach the students to keep the gardens free from weeds. Let each one see that his room is clean and presentable. Let the care and cultivation of the land of the Huntsville School show to unbelievers that Seventh-day Adventists are reliable and that their influence is of value in the community. The sight of a farm, unproductive because of neglect, has a tendency to belittle the influence of the school. {PCO 119.1}
[PCO 119.2]         The farm, if worked intelligently, is capable of furnishing fruit and other produce for the school. The teachers, both in their work in the schoolroom and on the farm, should constantly seek to reach a higher standard, that they may be better able to teach the students how to care for the trees, the berries, the vegetables, and the grains that shall be raised. This will be pleasing to God and will bring the approval and respect of those in the community who understand the principles of agriculture. {PCO 119.2}
[PCO 119.3]         The youth should be thoroughly educated in all domestic duties. By well-qualified teachers, the young ladies should be given instruction in cooking, in the care of the house, in gardening, and in the making of clothes. {PCO 119.3}
[PCO 119.4]         We desire no one to be connected with the Huntsville School who reveals a faithless, unprofitable religion. Whatever a man’s profession, unless he daily learns of the great Teacher, he needs to be converted by the grace of Christ. He who is to impart instruction to others must receive from Christ the heavenly wisdom. I raise this note of warning that those who teach the colored people need to have a heart imbued with the love of Christ, in order to give an example of faithfulness, truthfulness, and righteousness. The world is in need of the light of good and gracious words, coming from a heart illuminated by the light of the Word of God, a heart softened and subdued and sanctified. {PCO 119.4}
[PCO 119.5]         So much work of a faulty nature has been done in the school at Huntsville that it will now require stern efforts to restore the work to healthfulness, but such efforts should be put forth. Many discouragements have come in, but the Lord will let His blessing rest upon those who will take hold of the work thoroughly and in earnest. There is a special need of intense earnestness. Take hold with heart and mind and strength to redeem the farm, that it may be, as it has been presented to me, a beautiful place, well pleasing to the Lord, a spectacle to angels and to men.     {PCO 119.5}
[PCO 119.6]         We hope that the present sickly appearance may give place to healthful conditions. Careful cultivation will bring good returns, and the sad lack now seen may be overcome by the exercise of intelligence in determining what must be done. Let us remember that the land is God’s property to be worked energetically to His glory. The trees and grains and vegetables will yield their fruit in proportion to the labor that is put forth in their care. {PCO 119.6}
[PCO 119.7]         Let the workers in the school remember: “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” Then be careful how you form your characters. Unless these words of the apostle make an impression on our minds, it can never be truthfully said of us, as of the church at Thessalonica, “From you sounded out the word of the Lord; in every place your faith to God-ward is spread abroad; so that we need not to speak  120  anything.” We need the power of the Holy Spirit, that we may have a depth of character that will enable us to do a genuine work in turning from error to the truth. {PCO 119.7}
[PCO 120.1]         We should never desire it to be said that the truth we profess to believe gives us such characters as are indicated by the neglected appearance of things indoors and about the premises at the present time in the Huntsville School. The temper, the style, and the spirit of those in charge is revealed by the condition of things to be seen about the institution. The present state of neglect would indicate old habits retained, defects of character unimproved, and does not bespeak a perfect character, thorough conversion. There is too much of self and too little of the imprint of the thoroughness of Christ. Too many words are spoken that are not profitable, words that reveal the spirit of the world. The presentation now seen indicates that Christ is not formed within, the hope of glory. The exhortations and admonitions given in the past seem to have fallen powerless on the ears of those to whom they have been sent. Reformation they have neglected so long that some are dead in trespasses and sins. {PCO 120.1}
[PCO 120.2]         In our work we should show the positive side of conversion. It is a turning away from those things that have ruled the heart and that have engaged the mind and affections. Our desires need to be changed. {PCO 120.2}
[PCO 120.3]         The talents entrusted to the keeping of those in the school have not been diligently put out to the exchangers. The character of much of the work has left an unfavorable impression upon the minds of unbelievers. It is time now to take up the work in faith and prayer with all the capabilities God has given. Cultivate the land and it will produce its treasures. Turn to God in faith, working as under the eye of the great Searcher of hearts. Let each worker encourage the one next to him, each holding up the hands of each, all yielding obedience to God’s requirements. {PCO 120.3}
[PCO 120.4]         As believers in the greatest truths ever given to mortals, we should put to the highest use the talents that God has entrusted to us. The farm and the school at Huntsville have been placed in our hands as a precious treasure. We cannot express in words all that is involved in the proper cultivation of the land and the education of the students in domestic duties. If this work is done in the fear of God, souls will be influenced to take their position on the side of an unpopular truth. {PCO 120.4}
[PCO 120.5]         “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” God desires us to be faithful in using our capabilities, that there may be continual improvement. Eternal principles are involved in the management of the schools that we establish. They are to bear fruit unto eternal life. All who in any way bear responsibilities in the school work are to glorify the Redeemer by striving to prepare souls to labor in various lines of the work of the Lord. The teachers need adaptability in order to know how to deal with the minds under their direction. This is a special gift that the Lord imparts to those only who realize their need of being imbued day by day with the Holy Spirit. {PCO 120.5}
[PCO 120.6]         Let the teachers labor most earnestly for the conversion of every one in the school. The Lord Jesus desires such a work to be done for the students that He can sanctify them through the truth. Through His grace He desires them to form characters that will be acceptable to God. {PCO 120.6}
[PCO 120.7]         There is no uncertainty about our privilege to be washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb; it is a precious, divine reality. The fragrance of the blood of Christ is the odor of our perfection. Our reliance is to be upon God. The name of Christ is  121  exalted in excellence, and in Him fallen man is also exalted. We are identified with Christ, bound up in Him. All who are thus favored will share His glory, sitting with Him upon His throne. {PCO 120.7}
[PCO 121.1]         Let none of our schools be conducted in a cheap, careless manner. He that is faithful in that which is least will be faithful also in that which is greater. If little things are left uncorrected, there is danger that larger evils will be regarded indifferently. The faithful steward of the Lord’s treasure will correct at once the small mistakes. Whether his duties are connected with the cultivation of the Lord’s land, or with the buildings that are erected on the land, he will do every stroke well. The Lord will take notice of his faithfulness, and He will strengthen the ability to plan and execute in temporal matters. And this faithful exactitude is a special necessity where eternal interests are involved. {PCO 121.1}
[PCO 121.2]         Said the apostle Paul, “I know in whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is able to keep that which I have committed unto Him against that day. Hold fast the form of sound words, which thou hast heard of me, in faith and love which is in Christ Jesus. The good thing which was committed unto thee keep by the Holy Ghost which dwelleth in us.” {PCO 121.2}
[PCO 121.3]         “We then as workers together with Him, beseech you also that ye receive not the grace of God in vain. (For He saith, I have heard thee in a time accepted, and in the day of salvation have I succored thee: behold, now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation.) Giving no offense in anything, that the ministry be not blamed; but in all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God, in much patience, in afflictions, in necessities, in distresses, in stripes, in imprisonments, in tumults, in labors, in watchings, in fasting; by pureness, by knowledge, by longsuffering, by kindness, by the Holy Ghost, by love unfeigned, by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armor of righteousness on the right hand and on the left, by honor and dishonor, by evil report and good report: as deceivers, and yet true; as unknown, and yet well known; as dying, and, behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; as sorrowful, yet alway rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as having nothing, and yet possessing all things.” {PCO 121.3}
[PCO 121.4]         We say to the teachers in the Huntsville School, There must in the future be greater diligence and industry manifested than there has been in the past. Time is precious; the moments are golden. There is much to be done both indoors and out of doors. Meet together and counsel together as to how the work may be advanced, and offer up your petitions to God for wisdom. You are all to be producers as well as consumers. {PCO 121.4}
[PCO 121.5]         Many persons have not been educated to care for the little things. Yet such an education is necessary to success. Those who reach a high standard must overcome the tendency to slothfulness. A tendency to neglect something that should be done at once grows into a habit of indolence. See that broken plastering, broken furniture, or broken carriages are promptly put in repair. Slothfulness in character is demoralizing. {PCO 121.5}
[PCO 121.6]         The horses should have the best of care. The vehicles and the harness must be kept in good repair that lives be not imperiled. Keep the harness well oiled. {PCO 121.6}
[PCO 121.7]         Several acres of land should at the right time be set out to tomatoes. Young plants should be ready to be transplanted as early as possible. Such a crop would be valuable  122  and might be used to good advantage. Let everything reveal religious thrift. {PCO 121.7}
[PCO 122.1]         There will be disagreeable tasks to be performed. Let no duty be overlooked, with the expectation that someone else will perform it. Let there be no superficial work done in any part of the school. Take hold of the forbidding task, and master it, and thus you will obtain a victory. The putting off even of little duties weakens the habits of promptness that should be encouraged. Cultivate the habit of seeing what ought to be done, and do it promptly. If a board is broken in the walk, do not leave it for someone else to repair. Let each one feel a responsibility for the care of the premises. Overcome natural indolence. Do not neglect the disagreeable things, supposing that they will be attended to by someone else. All these rules are important for the formation of right character. {PCO 122.1}
[PCO 122.2]         The influence of the teachers is to be an object lesson to the students, that they may become thorough and exact in all they do. This lesson will be worth more to them in practical efficiency than all the book knowledge they might otherwise gain. {PCO 122.2}
[PCO 122.3]         A teacher, whether engaged in physical labor or imparting mental instruction, unless he shall overcome his habits of slackness and inefficiency, will impart these same objectionable traits of character to those who are under him, and the essential qualities for success will be lacking in the students. A superficial character is revealed by habits of slackness and a failure to see and to do promptly whatever needs to be done. {PCO 122.3}
[PCO 122.4]      Unabridged    25 - Counsel Regarding the Work at Huntsville    Date: July 6, 1904 Location: Nashville, Tennessee Source: Ms. 139, 1904 Status: Previously unpublished  Context: The Oakwood leadership is transitioning. Ellen White writes to aid a successful transition.       I write to our brethren in Nashville. I have not time to copy that which I have read to those assembled, but it will all be written out that you may read it. {PCO 122.4}
[PCO 122.5]         Let our Brother Nicola now consider that the Lord has pointed out that changes should be made in the faculty. It would not be wise to consent for one to remain longer who has been years as the highest authority and yet has not filled the position to build up the school, for he would certainly be tempted, and would tempt others, to be dissatisfied and would create a disorganized state of things. Brother Melendy— who has also been on the farm—would have a chance to be proved, for the time has  123  come when experiments must be made and able, capable men come in who will work decidedly to make changes for the better. And if Brother Melendy can unite as a Christian with Brother Rogers to work decided changes, then in prayer and faith, and in all humility of mind, let these men unite. The Lord will bless them and will work with them, giving them wisdom and His grace to improve in all excellency of Christian character. The worker for the Master must become intelligent in regard to the situation and, as a wise man, give an example to his students that he heeds the words of Christ and practices them in his individual experience. There is great room for improvement in many things. {PCO 122.5}
[PCO 123.1]         “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; . . . and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light” (Matt. 11:28-30). {PCO 123.1}
[PCO 123.2]         It would be a sin to retain a man who has established habits which need to be changed for right habits, and who could not see his defects, and continue him as an educator of youth or as an example in a school. Those who discern his defects see many excellent qualities in the man, but he does not discern the danger of stamping his defects upon the characters of others—defects which they may retain through the whole period of their lives. The test has been made in Huntsville. {PCO 123.2}
[PCO 123.3]         The Lord discerns that there must be a change for the better. A teacher is always to be apt to learn, grasping every idea of advance because he needs knowledge that he may obtain that correct development of character which constantly leads to higher attainments. All who are educators in our schools are themselves to be ever learning of the great Teacher who is seeking to draw their attention to Himself, that they shall be complete in Christ Jesus, without spot or wrinkle or any such thing. {PCO 123.3}
[PCO 123.4]         Now I wish to say, Brother Melendy, if you cannot be kind, respectful, and courteous to the man chosen to come in to the Huntsville School and exercise his capabilities to help the students to advance; if you cannot be a kind brother, a companion to unite with him in continuing to make improvements, you will come to work in opposite directions and make it very hard through your unsanctified ways and spirit. I know you can unite with Brother Rogers if you will wear the yoke of Christ and become a learner in Christ’s school. My heart desires this, and it is the wisest thing that you can do. But rather than remain and feel it your privilege to criticize, and imbue the students with disaffection, the very best thing you can do is to leave. But it is not the best thing for you to do to cherish your own defects of character. {PCO 123.4}
[PCO 123.5]         May the Lord strengthen you, my brethren, all who have any part to act, to stand in your lot and fill your place. Now is your test and your trial. Come up to your position and do right because it is right. I have written these lines because every hand that will work valiantly for the Master will be needed. We need faithful men who are continually growing in grace and the knowledge of the truth. May the Lord bless you. {PCO 123.5}
[PCO 124.1]      Unabridged    26 - Directions Regarding Work for Colored People    Date: September 17, 1904 Location: College View, Nebraska Source: Ms. 114, 1904 Status: Portions published       I have a message to bear in every place. I call upon our people in America to awake to the responsibilities resting upon them. In your donations, be sure that you give liberally to sustain the work that is being done for the colored people in the Southern field. There are mission schools and sanitariums to be established for this people, and the work calls for means. {PCO 124.1}
[PCO 124.2]         In sending means for the missionary work for the colored people, conducted by the Southern Missionary Society, be careful to state distinctly that this is the object for which the money is to be used, and let it be passed quickly to those having this work in charge. If you desire to give to the Huntsville School, the colored sanitarium, the building of schools and meetinghouses, or to other specific lines of work for the colored people, be very careful to state your wishes plainly. If care is not taken in regard to this, the money will not always find its way to the places where it is so much needed. There is yet much to be done in this field. {PCO 124.2}
[PCO 124.3]         God has shown for human beings an infinite depth of love, and yet how far short we fall of appreciating this love. Christ died on the cross of Calvary that sinners might be redeemed from the slavery of sin and placed on vantage ground before God. Think of the wonderful love that the Father revealed in making this sacrifice. It is ours to point those outside the fold to this love, ours to tell sinners what Christ has done for them and what they may become through His transforming grace. {PCO 124.3}
[PCO 124.4]         We desire that in all that is done the Lord’s name shall be glorified and His cause advanced. Never was there a time when wise generalship was so much needed as at the present time. Human prejudice is not of God. To be guided by impulse is very dangerous. Human impulse is a poor commodity and cannot take the place of sanctified reason. The Lord Jesus is looking upon every soul with intense interest. He has declared that the spiritual character of His church is to be carefully maintained. The church is in the world and is to do a work for the world, but the doors of the church are not to be opened to worldliness. “Every plant which My heavenly Father hath not planted shall be rooted up.”     {PCO 124.4}
[PCO 124.5]         The church must be strictly guarded. Its sacred character must be demonstrated to the world. “Ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” {PCO 124.5}
[PCO 124.6]         Every line of work now to be done in the South is to be carefully and studiously  125  carried forward from point to point. The workers are to make the most of the opportunities that come to them to become acquainted with the leading men in the world. They are to set an example that will magnify and honor the truth. Every church is to work in a way that will reveal Christ. There is to be no coldness and indifference in the work. Sanitariums and schools for the white people and for the colored people are to be established. In the providence of God, we have a most beautiful location for our colored school in Huntsville. And the school is to be provided with buildings and facilities that will compare favorably with the location. The good work being done there for colored students is to receive encouragement. After the school term is over, the students are not to be left without employment, to seek for it among worldlings. A great deal is lost when this is done. {PCO 124.6}
[PCO 125.1]         All are to work unitedly, doing their best to help the students at this school, some of whom are fatherless and motherless, doubly orphaned. A deep, sensitive compassion should be felt for these youth. {PCO 125.1}
[PCO 125.2]         There is none too much land in the school farm. The school is to be so conducted that Christ can look upon it with pleasure. The farm is to be a noble representation of the work that the Lord wishes to see done on it. All connected with the school are to be trees of the Lord’s planting, revealing in their lives fruit that harmonizes with the purposes and work of the school. Their words and deeds are to bear witness to the difference between sin and obedience, revealing the transforming power of the grace of Christ on the hearts of those who give themselves to Christ as His children. {PCO 125.2}
[PCO 125.3]         The students who have given their hearts to the Lord are to be prepared to go forth as workers for Him. They are members of His family. It is His desire that everything about the school shall be neat and orderly. Nothing is to be left to go at loose ends. Special evangelistic work is to be done for those students who enter the school unconverted. There should be a church school for the younger ones. Before all is to be kept the thought that Christ is their Saviour, that they are called and chosen by Him. Strict discipline will be needed, and this can be secured by faithful instruction. {PCO 125.3}
[PCO 125.4]         The Lord has long looked for this work to be done at the Huntsville School. A great deal of work was done on the farm by Brother Jacobs. He was faithful and diligent in his work, trying to educate the land just as the minds of the students may be educated. {PCO 125.4}
[PCO 125.5]         God designs that this family of colored students shall furnish a representation of reform. In this locality the white can work for the colored people. The students are to be treated as the Lord’s property, bought with a price. The actions of those who believe that the Lord is soon to come are to harmonize with this belief. {PCO 125.5}
[PCO 125.6]         Special efforts are to be made to instruct the colored believers in the North. They may be found in twos and threes in many places, and they would be willing to receive instruction from their white brethren. {PCO 125.6}
[PCO 125.7]         I am bidden to say that there never was a time when we needed to be more zealous. Every one who can is to deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Christ. There is a solemn work before us. {PCO 125.7}
[PCO 125.8]         We are not to take the position that white believers are to worship by themselves and colored believers by themselves. But neither are we to say that they are to worship together. In some places prejudice against the association of the races is so strong in the minds of the whites that they would not attend meeting if colored people  126  were present. Both races must hear the saving truth that we have to present, and in places where the prejudice is so strong, let the colored people be given help to provide themselves with a place for worship in which they may meet together by themselves. When the mingling of whites and colored believers brings offense to the whites, other plans must be adopted; for both classes must hear the message that means so much. {PCO 125.8}
[PCO 126.1]         In the efforts that are made in the South to proclaim the message for this time, the work for the whites and the blacks will have to be done separately. The colored believers must be provided with meetinghouses of their own. This is the plan that has been followed in Nashville. The colored believers there have a neat, roomy meetinghouse, in which they can worship God in accordance with the light He has given them. Our colored brethren and sisters should be thankful for the privilege of meeting together for the worship of God and of working for their fellow men. {PCO 126.1}
[PCO 126.2]         We must do all in our power to remove the barriers that would prevent us reaching all classes of white people in the South, high and low, rich and poor. Thus the Lord has presented the matter to me. In cities where the prejudice against colored people is very strong among the whites, we must accommodate ourselves to circumstances and follow a course of action that will remove all hindrance to the acceptance of the truth. We must gain access to the white people. God has given us a message of great importance for them which they must hear. {PCO 126.2}
[PCO 126.3]         When the Lord Jesus sent His disciples forth on their first missionary journey, He charged them not to go to the Gentiles or the Samaritans, but to go to “the lost sheep of the house of Israel.” Why? Because if the disciples were to go to the Gentiles, the Jews would not listen to their message. After they had given the message to the Jews, they were at liberty to proclaim the truth to all nationalities, high and low, free and bond, rich and poor. {PCO 126.3}
[PCO 126.4]         Today the truth is to be proclaimed to all nations and kindreds and tongues and peoples. Christ desires us to labor in a way that will not arouse prejudice, for when prejudice is aroused some are cut off from hearing the truth. {PCO 126.4}
[PCO 126.5]         After Christ had been crucified and had risen from the dead, He remained with His disciples on this earth for forty days, giving them much instruction. The time came when He must ascend to His Father. But He promised to send them His Spirit as His successor. This Spirit was to be the guide and counselor of the church, teaching the disciples and bringing to their remembrance the things that Christ had told them. By the Spirit, under Christ’s own dictation, there was given to the church its only code and charter. No human being could interfere to prevent Christ’s followers from having the divine sufficiency of the Spirit. Said Christ, “My kingdom is not of this world.” It has no principles in common with the world. Human patronage is not to be sought by it. {PCO 126.5}
[PCO 126.6]         The Holy Scriptures are to be just as precious to the colored man as to the white man. In the South the white believers and the colored believers, because of the prejudice existing, may meet together in different houses of worship. But every church, whether composed of white or of colored members, is to reveal to the world a representation of Christ’s sufficiency. Every church is under the most sacred obligation to show that they are seeking a preparation for the future life in the earth made new, where there will be no lines of distinction. God will put up no walls of partition  127  between the white and the colored believers. Men have put up their barriers in this world, but there are no such barriers in the home that Christ is preparing for those who love Him. {PCO 126.6}
[PCO 127.1]         We are still in this world, where these barriers exist, and we must work in a way that will enable us to reach all classes. Let not the present obstructions worry you and destroy your faith and confidence in God. Let the believers in the South, both white and black, become, through the transforming grace of Christ, like the heavenly pattern. If the white church is to become a holy temple for God, the character building of the members must be after the character building of the meek and lowly Jesus. If the black man has given himself to God as His child, let him believe that he is just as precious in His sight as are His white children. He may lift his head toward the light and become a partaker of the divine nature. It is his privilege to reveal the character of Christ. By the divine presence, he may be transformed in heart and mind, and from him may radiate heaven’s dazzling beams. Christ may shine forth from him the perfection of all righteousness. The glory of the Saviour is his defense. {PCO 127.1}
[PCO 128.1]      Unabridged    27 - The Work in and About Nashville    Date: July 25, 1905 Location: St. Helena, California Source: Ms. 146, 1905; Ms. 146a, 1905 Status: Portions published       The Huntsville School greatly needs better facilities for its work. The preparation of the buildings does not correspond with the work that the Lord has outlined to be done by this school. An orphanage for the care of colored children is needed there, and humble, but neat, cottages should be put up to accommodate those who desire to bring their children to the church school. Improvements should be made on the school buildings, and in this there should be no delay. {PCO 128.1}
[PCO 128.2]         These places that I have mentioned must have their quota of means, else they cannot do the ［work of the］ Lord that they should do. I plead for Huntsville. An orphanage and a small sanitarium are greatly needed there, and the school should be made all that the Lord has declared it should be-a training school for the education of colored workers. {PCO 128.2}
[PCO 128.3]      Abridged    28 - Words of Counsel to Our Colored People    Date: October 19, 1908 Source: Ms. 105, 1908 Status: Portions published       I am instructed to say to our colored laborers: Be kind in your families. Do not bring into the home circle any of the spirit or the customs of slavery. Let no harsh words be heard in your homes. Overcome disorderly habits. Never indulge a harsh, authoritative manner. Never treat your wife as your slave. Remember that you are members of the Lord’s family, and that in this world you are to give an example of what the Lord expects the members of His family to be. Your lips are to be sanctified to the Lord’s service. You are to be Christlike in word and act. You may have witnessed much tyranny on the part of those who looked upon the Negro as their property, to be treated as they pleased; but because of this you are not yourself in your home to be a tyrant. God is the owner of all human beings. {PCO 128.3}
[PCO 128.4]         Those who feel at liberty to torture those over whom they have authority will be dealt with by the Creator as they have dealt with those under them. {PCO 128.4}
[PCO 128.5]      Counsel to Parents         The fathers and mothers who have accepted the truth are to strive to train their  129  children in the way of the Lord. No harshness, no arbitrary methods are to appear in the management of their children. They are to be guided and controlled by the law of kindness. Their homes are to be filled with the tenderness and love of Christ. Their children are to see plainly that the converting power of God is working on their hearts. When colored men and women reveal the spirit of the slave master in their treatment of their children, they make excuse for the white men who reveal this spirit toward them. {PCO 128.5}
[PCO 129.1]         “Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as is fit in the Lord. Husbands, love your wives, and be not bitter against them.” This is the rule that is to be followed by all husbands and wives, be they white or black. When this rule is followed, the result will appear in Christlike lives; and the converting power of God will be manifest. {PCO 129.1}
[PCO 129.2]      Make Home Pleasant         Fathers and mothers, let neatness and order prevail in the home. Make home a pleasant place for your children. Remember that each day you are to gain a more complete preparation for the home that Christ has gone to prepare for those who love Him. Sow the seeds of truth in the hearts of your children. Give evidence that even though your skin is dark, your heart is white—that it has been washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb. {PCO 129.2}
[PCO 129.3]         Remember that it is not profession that God values. He asks you to reveal the meekness of Christ. He asks you to bear good fruit. Your words will testify to the spirit that controls your life. They are an expression of the thoughts that fill your mind. Christ has declared, “By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned.” {PCO 129.3}
[PCO 129.4]         Your skin may be black; this you cannot help. You are not accountable for the color of your skin. And it does not in any way affect the question of your salvation. Your words are of far more consequence with God. It is your words and manner of works that tell whether you have passed from death unto life. Give yourselves to the hearing of the Word of God, and let each one make as much as possible of the opportunities that God has given him. You are not man’s property. You belong to Christ, for He has bought you. You have been redeemed by the blood of the Lamb. Will you not be witnesses for Christ? Will you not show by a well-ordered life and godly conversation that the seed of truth sown in your heart has sprung up to bear good fruit? {PCO 129.4}
[PCO 129.5]         We should be deeply impressed with the humility of Christ as His experience, in coming to this world, is brought before our minds. To save men and women, He descended to the lowest depths of humiliation; but in this He was untainted with sin. He came to our world to uplift fallen human beings, and He allowed no reproach, no hardship to turn Him from His work. His true missionaries are willing to work in the hardest places if thereby they can reach souls. {PCO 129.5}